Skip to main content

Full text of "Transactions of the American Philosophical Society"

See other formats


Cibrarij 
llniorrailg  of  Jlittaburgl) 

Darliugton  ^leinorlal  Library 

(IVdBi        Oj    Q\\ __ 

Siuil;   T^C-t    


TRANSACTIONS 


or  THE 


AMERICAN    PHILOSOPHICAL    SOCIETY, 


HELD  AT  PHILADELPHIA, 


FOR  PROMOTING  USEFUL  KNOWLEDGE. 


VOL.  IV.—NEW  SERIES. 


PUBLISHED   BY  THE   SOCIETY. 


PRINTED  BY  JAMES  KAY,   JUN.  &  CO.,  PRINTERS  TO  THE  SOCIETY. 

RACE  ABOVE  FOURTH  STREET. 

1834. 


,'-') 


^&^ 


EXTRACT 


FROM  THE 


LAWS  OF  THE  SOCIETY  RELATING  TO  THE  TRANSACTIONS. 


.    1.  The  Transactions  shall  be  published  in  numbers,  at  short  intervals,  under  the  direction 
of  the  Committee  of  Publication. 

2.  Every  communication  to  the  Society,  which  may  be  considered  as  intended  for  a  place 
in  the  Transactions,  shall  immediately  be  referred  to  a  committee  to  consider  and  report 
thereon. 

3.  If  the  committee  shall  report  in  favour  of  publishing  the  communication,  they  shall 
make  such  corrections  therein,  as  they  may  judge  necessary  to  fit  it  for  the  press  ;  or  if  they 
shall  judge  the  publication  of  an  abstract  or  extracts  from  the  paper  to  be  most  eligible,  the}- 
shall  accompany  their  report  with  such  abstract  or  extracts.  But  if  the  author  do  not  ap- 
prove of  the  corrections,  abstract,  or  extracts,  reported  by  the  committee,  he  shall  be  at 
liberty  to  withdraw  his  paper. 

4.  The  order  in  which  papers  are  read  before  the  Society  shall  determine  their  places  in 
the  Transactions,  priority  of  date  giving  priority  of  location. 


COMMITTEE  OF  PUBLICATION. 


Franklin  Bache,  M.D. 

Isaac  Lea. 

R.  Eglesfeld  Griffith,  M.D. 


n 


^ 


i' 


OFFICERS 

OF  THE 

AMERICAN    PHILOSOPHICAL    SOCIETY 

FOR  THE  YEAR  1834. 


Patron, 
President, 

Vice-Presidents, 

Secretaries, 

Counsellors  elected  for  ihree  j^ears. 
In  1832, 

In  1833, 


In  1834, 


Curators, 


Treasurer  and  Librarian, 

Vol,  IV.— 6 


His  Excellency,  the  Governor  of  Pennsylvania. 

Peter  S.  Du  Ponceau. 

Nathaniel  Chapman, 
Joseph  Ilopkinson, 
Oeorge  Ord. 


rpranklin  Baehe, 
J  John  K.  Kane, 
I  Alexander  D.  Uache, 
Lcharles  D.  Meigs. 

f  William  Hembel,  Jan., 
J  William  Rawle, 
)  Robert  Hare, 
l__Charles  D.  Meigs. 

f  William  Short, 
J  Samuel  Moore, 
■^  Clement  C.  Biddle, 

(^William  II.  Keating. 

fNicholas  Riddle, 
J  William  II.  Dc  Lanoey, 
*]  Thomas  Biddle, 

(^James  Mease. 


{ 


John  P.  Wetherill. 
Robert  E.  Griffith, 
Isaac  Lea. 

John  Vaughan. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS 


OF  THE 


AMERICAN    PHILOSOPHICAL    SOCIETY, 

Elected  since  the  publication  of  the  Third  Volume,  New  Series,  of  their  Transactions. 


Charles  J.  Ingersoll,  of  Philadelphia.  "1 

Jacob  Perkins,  of  Philadelphia.  ^  Omitted  in  former  volumes. 

Judge  Tait,  of  Alabama.  J 

Thomas  I.  Wharton,  of  Philadelphia. 

Lorenzo  Martini,  of  Turin. 

Andres  del  Rio,  Professor  of  Mineralogy  at  Mexico. 

Marc  Antoine  JuUien,  of  Paris. 

Prosper  Count  Balbo,  of  Turin. 

Hyacinth  Carena,  of  Turin. 

Louis  Philippe,  King  of  the  French. 

Thomas  P.  Jones,  M.D.,  of  Washington  City. 

Henry  Vethake,  Professor  of  Natural  Philosophy,  Princeton,  New  Jersey. 

Samuel  L.  Southard,  of  New  Jersey. 

Edward  Everett,  of  Massachusetts. 

Jjouis  iM'Lane,  of  Delaware. 

William  C.  Rives,  of  Virginia. 

Alexander  Everett,  of  Massachusetts. 

Martin  Fernandez  Navarrete,  of  Madrid. 

Francisco  Antonio  Gonzales,  of  Madrid. 

Jolm  James  Audubon,  of  Louisiana. 

Hartman  Bache,  Major  of  Topographical  Engineers,  of  Philadelphia. 

Baron  Larrey,  of  Paris. 

Julius  T.  Ducatel,  M.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  Baltimore. 

Henry  D.  Gilpin,  of  Philadelphia. 

Jolm  P.  Hopkinson,  M.D.,  of  Philadelpliia. 

John  Bell,  M.D.,  of  Philadelphia. 

Robley  Dunglison,  M.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  Baltimore. 

Stein  Bille,  Charge  d'Aflaires  of  his  Danish  Majesty. 


Viii  LIST  OF  MEMBERS. 

Tlioiiias  Sergeant,  of  Philadelphia. 

Theodore  Loriii,  of  Paris. 

Jiiitrh  L.  Ilodgo,  M.D.,  of  Philadelphia. 

.1.  .T.  Abort,  Colonel  of  Topographical  Engineers,  of  Washington  City. 

Juan  Jose  INIarlinez,  of  Spain. 

The  Duke  of  Sussex. 

E.  S.  Bring,  Professor  of  the  University  of  Lund  in  Sweden. 

Professor  Bujalsky,  of  St  Petersburg. 

iMarmaduke  Burrough,  M.I).,  of  Philadelphia. 

jSIattliias  W.  Baldwin,  of  Philadelphia. 

Edwin  James,  M.D.,  of  Albany. 

iMoncurc  Hohinson,  of  Virginia. 

M.  J.  Labouderie,  of  Paris. 

Charles  Nagy,  of  Pest  in  Hungary. 

Jacob  Randolph,  M.D.,  of  Philadelphia. 

Joshua  Fr.inci.?  Fisher,  of  Philadelphia. 

Gouverneur  Emerson,  M.D.,  of  Philadelphia. 

Henry  C.  Carey,  of  Philadelphia. 

Henry  R.  Schoolcraft. 

Viscount  Santai'cm,  of  Portugal. 

Titian  R.  Peak-,  of  Philadelphia. 

Franklin  Peale,  of  Philadelphia. 

Samuel  V.  Merrick,  of  Philadelpliia. 

Henry  J.  AVilliams,  of  Philadelphia. 


OBITUARY    NOTICE. 


Since  the  publication  of  our  last  volume,  death  has  deprived  us  of 
many  valuable  members.  Among  them  we  particularly  notice  the 
venerable  Isaiah  Thomas,  the  late  president  of  the  Antiquarian  So- 
ciety of  Massachusetts,  and  the  constant  friend  and  benefactor  of  our 
institution  ;  the  Rev.  Nicholas  Collin,  the  last  of  the  missionaries  sent 
by  the  government  of  Sweden  to  preside  over  the  Swedish  congrega- 
tions in  this  country  ;  Zaccheus  Collins,  one  of  our  vice-presidents  ; 
the  Rev.  Mr  Schweinitz,  of  Bethlehem  ;  Mr  William  Shaler ;  Mr 
Reuben  Haines  ;  Captain  William  Jones  ;  Mr  Edward  Burd  ;  the 
Rev.  Charles  J.  Wharton,  of  Burlington,  New  Jersey ;  and  the  Rev. 
Joseph  Hutchins,  one  of  the  original  members  of  our  Society,  of  whom 
only  two  at  present  survive.* 

Among  our  foreign  associates,  we  have  lost,  in  Denmark,  Professor 
Rask  ;  in  France,  Vauquelin,  Abel  Remusat,  Latreille ;  and,  while 
writing  this  notice,  we  receive  the  melancholy  news  of  the  death  of  our 
learned  associate,  Charles  Pougens,  who  closed  his  long  and  laborious 
life  on  the  19th  of  December  last. 

•  The  Right  Rev.  Bishop  White,  and  Thomas  Bradford,  Esq. 

Vol.  IV.— c  ! 


'^Ilt- 


CONTENTS. 


Laws  of  the  Society  relating  to  the  Transactions.        -----  iii 

Officers  of  the  Society  for  the  Year  1834.      ------  v 

List  of  the  Members  of  the  Society  elected  since  the  Publication  of  the  Tliird  Volume, 

New  Series.          ---------  vii 

Obituary  Notice.       -        .:-:;,,-■-.           -            -            -            -            -  is 


ARTICLE  L 

Grammatical  Sketch   and  Specimens  of  the   Berber  Language :    preceded  by  four 

Letters  on  Berber  Etymologies,  addressed  to  the  President  of  the  Society.  By 

William  B.  Hodgson,  Esq.             _             -             .             -             .             ^  - 


1 


ARTICLE  II. 
Description  of  a  new  Species  of  Sarracenia.     By  Thomas  Nuttall.     -  -  -        49 

ARTICLE  III. 

Description  of  a  Species  of  Orang,  from  the  north-eastern  Province  of  British  East 

India,  lately  the  Kingdom  of  Assam.     By  Richard  Harlan,  M.D.,  &c.        -  -         52 

ARTICLE  IV. 

Silver  Ores  reduced  by  the  Method  of  Becquerel.     By  Andres  del  Rio.  -  -         60 


Xll  CONTENTS. 


ARTICLE  V. 


Observations  on  the  Naiades,  and  Descriptions  of  new  Species  of  that  and  other  Fa- 
milies.    By  Isaac  Lea.      -.------         63 


ARTICLE  VI. 
Description  of  a  new  Genus  of  the  Family  Melaniana  of  Lamarck.     By  Isaac  Lea.  122 

ARTICLE  VII. 

Report  of  a  Committee  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society  on  Astronomical  Ob- 
servations ;  containing  Observations  made  in  different  Parts  of  the  United  States, 
on  the  Solar  Eclipse  of  February  12lh,  1831.         .....       125 

ARTICLE  VIII. 

Synopsis  Fungorum  in  America  Boreali  media  degentium.     Secundum  Observationes 

Ludovici  DaviJis  de  Scliweinitz.  ......       141 

ARTICLE  IX. 

Descriptions  of  the  Inferior  Maxillary  Bones  of  Mastodons  in  the  Cabinet  of  the 
American  Philosophical  Society,  with  Remarks  on  the  Genus  Tetracanlodon 
(Godman),  &c.     By  Isaac  Hays,  M.D.  .....       317 

ARTICLE  X. 

On  Irradiation.     By  Benjamin  F.  Joslin,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Natural 

Philosophy  in  Union  College,  Schenectady,  New  York.  ...       340 

ARTICLE  XL 

Names  which  the  Lcnni  Lenapc,  or  Delaw.ire  Indians,  who  once  inhabited  this 
Country,  had  given  to  Rivers,  Streams,  Places,  &c.  &c.,  within  the  now  Slates  of 


CONTENTS.  Xlll 

Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey,  Maryland  and  Virginia :  and  also  Names  of  Chieftains 
and  distinguished  Men  of  that  Nation  ;  with  the  Significations  of  those  Names, 
and  Biographical  Sketches  of  some  of  those  Men.  By  the  late  Rev.  John  Hecke- 
welder,  of  Bethlehem,  Pennsylvania.         -  -  -  -  -  -       351 


ARTICLE  XII. 

Notice  of  Fossil  Bones  found  in  the  Tertiary  Formation  of  the  State  of  Louisiana. 

By  Richard  Harlan,  M.D.,  &c.     -  -  -  -  -  -  -       397 

ARTICLE  Xm. 

Notice  of  the  Discovery  of  the  Remains  of  the  Ichthyosaurus  in  Missouri,  N.  A. 

By  Richard  Harlan,  M.D.,  &c.      -  -  -  -  -  -  -       405 

ARTICLE  XIV. 

Descriptions  of  new  North  American  Insects,  and  Observations  on  some  already  de- 
scribed.    By  Thomas  Say.  .......       409 


Donations  to  the  Library.      ........      471 


Donations  to  the  Cabinet.     ........      491 


Index  to  the  First,  Second,  Third  and  Fourth  Volumes,  New  Series.  -  -      495 


Vol.  IV.—d 


'tl.:4ll!-:ii      >.'(.. 


ERRATA. 


Page  74,  line  5,  for  divided  read  undivided 

Page  75,  line  II,  for  Ohio  read  Tennessee 

Page  324,  line  22,  for  (Plate  XXVI.  c)  read  (Plate  XXVI.  b) 

Page  336,  line  20,  for  whose  read  of  whose 


TRANSACTIONS 


THE    AMERICAN    PHILOSOPHICAL    SOCIETY.    - 


■    S  t         * 


VOL.  IV.— NEW  SERIES. 

■...•  S-- ,;   .;.    -         ,     .  ..-•>  ..■•J-.'  ,;■■•_-  >        ivT, 

■■'.,  :    ;•.     ':-■,      NO.' L^' •■- •^/:/' 


■f' 


Grammatical  Sketch  and  Specimens  of  the  Berber  Language :  preceded 

by  four  Letters  on  Berber  Etymologies,  addressed  to  the  President 

■    of  the  Society  by   William  B.  Hodgson,  Esq.     Read  October  2d, 

;:*   •'■'.•':■:•■>■■■•;"■■.■•■■■    ^'.'.     LETTER   I.  '   ..  .  ■^"-''  '^Jv    v'  '  •■-:  ■■-    ■• 
..■•■;     ■    ;.    •      .     •,."         .     .     --.  Algiers,  18  May  1828.    ' "; 

Dear  Sir, 

IN  compliance  with  your  desire,  I  have  the  pleasure  to  send 
you  a  grammatical  sketch  of  the  Berber  language,  as  spoken  by  the 
Kabyles  of  this  regency ;  or  rather,  I  ought  to  say,  a  series  of  specimehs 
of  its  grammatical  forms  and  of  its  syntax.  I  hope  to  be  able  to  pre- 
sent you  with  a  grammar  in  the  proper  sense  of  the  word;  but 
that  is  not  the  work  of  a  day,  and  it  will  require  time  and  labour  to 
accomplish  it.  All  the  moments  that  I  can  spare  from  my  official 
duties  and  the  study  of  the  Oriental  languages  are  employed  in  ac- 
quiring a  competent  knowledge  of  that  curious  idiom,  which,  from 
the  phenomena  it  exhibits,  may  in  many  respects  be  compared  to  those 

Vol.  IV A  .  ,  . 

.         ■:'-    •  ■  .•',,•       f  ......-•■.•■■. 


2  .     -       ON   THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE. 

of  our  American  Indians ;  at  least,  it  appears  to  me  that  it  possesses 
many  of  their  polysynthetic  forms,  as  you  have  denominated  them ; 
it  will  be  at  least  a  curious  discovery,  if  it  can  be  shown  that  the 
Berber  appertains  to  that  class  of  languages  which  was  thought  to  be 
exclusively  confined  to  our  American  continent ;  at  any  rate  it  is 
important  to  fix  its  proper  place  in  the  glossographic  scale,  and  to 
ascertain  the  family  to  which  it  belongs.  The  more  I  investigate 
the  subject,  the  more  I  am  satisfied  that  the  idiom  of  the  Berbers 
is  not  the  remains  of  the  ancient  Punic;  but  that  it  is  the  same 
language  which  was  spoken  by  the  inhabitants  of  the  northern 
coast  of  Africa,  at  the  time  of  the  foundation  of  Carthage ;  much 
corrupted,  however,  by  the  introduction  of  Arabic,  and  perhaps. 
in  this  district  at  least,  of  Punic  words  and  forms.  The  former, 
indeed,  are  so  visible,  that  it  is  easy  to  perceive  that  they  do  not 
belong  to  the  original  language,  from  the  peculiar  structure  of 
which  they  essentially  differ.  The  latter,  if  any  there  be,'  it  is  not 
so  easy  to  observe,  as  there  are  no  remains  of  the  Punic  language 
sufficient  to  assist  us  in  the  inquiry.  We  may,  perhaps,  discover 
hereafter,  some  traces  of  it,  by  comparing  the  Berber  of  what  was 
called  Africa  Proper,  with  the  dialects  of  those  parts  where  Cartha- 
ginian colonization  did  not  extend.  If  the  Punic  idiom  was  ever  in- 
corporated to  any  extent  with  the  language  of  the  Numidians  in 
the  vicinity  of  Carthage,  or  in  the  countries  under  her  dominion,  it 
must  have  produced  a  marked  difference  between  their  dialects  and 
those  of  the  more  distant  tribes,  which  cannot  escape  the  inquisitive 
eye  of  philologists.  •  .._    :■    .■,..■ 

My  knowledge  of  the  Berber  language  is,  as  you  will  readily  per- 
ceive, very  limited.  But  I  have  an  intelligent  Taleb.  a  native  Ka- 
bylc,  who  is  well  skilled  in  that  idiom,  and  in  the  literal  and  vulgar 
Arabic.  Hamet,  as  he  is  called,  is  a  young  man,  twenty-one  years  of 
age,  belonging  to  the  Emazzean  tribe,  vulgarly  called  Betii  Boojciah. 
and  to  the  village  of  Thcgedowem.  He  studied  the  Koran  and  Sidi 
Khalil  for  six  years,  at  the  Medcrcs  or  Theological  School  of  B()(»jciah. 
near  which  he  resides.  After  having  completed  his  course  of  divin- 
ity, he  came  to  Algiers,  where  he  was  made  known  to  me  by  a  Ka- 
byle,  in  the  employment  of  this  consulate.     On  the  suggestion  of  Mr 


.  ON  THE  BEUBER  LANGUAGE.  -  3 

Shaler,  I  engaged  his  services,  and  he  now  resides  in  the  Consular 
house,  at  Mr  Shaler's  expense :  such  is  the  devotion  of  this  excellent 
man  to  the  cause  of  science,  and  to  every  thing  that  may  be  honoura- 
ble or  useful  to  our  comi  try.  ..•  '.^v  .••  ■  '-••...•. 
■  •  Through  the  medium  of  the  Arabic  language,  my  young  Marabout 
instructs  me  in  his  native  tongue ;  and  the  enclosed  sketches  are  the 
first  fruits  of  the  instruction  I  have  received  from  him.  He  has 
translated  for  me  into  Arabic  several  Berber  tales ;  one  of  M'hich  I 
have  selected,  and  send  you,  as  well  as  a  piece  of  Berber  poetry,  wij;h 
literal  translations,  which  I  have  been  able  to  make  into  English  by 
means  of  the  explanations  of  my  Taleb.  I  could  not  have  done  it 
without  his  aid.  His  mind  is  equal  to  the  analytical  labour  which 
-it  required. 

"  '.  But  I  have  found  him  particularly  useful  in  my  investigation  of 
the  origin  of  the  Berber  language.     The  plan  which  I  pursued  was 
to  ascertain  whether  the  proper  names  of  persons  and  places  which 
abound  in  the  books  of  ancient  history  and  geography,  some. of  the 
latter  of  which  have  been  preserved  to  this  day,  were  in  any  way 
connected  Avith  the  Berber  idiom.     If  I  should  not  only  find  that  they 
bore  some  analogy  to  it,  but  that  they  had  such   significations  as 
might  naturally  be  supposed  to  be  connected  with  proper  names,  a 
strong  argument  would  be  obtained  in  favour  of  the  antiquity  of  this 
language  and  of  its  being  aboriginal  to  the  country.     If  those  signifi- 
cant names  extended  east  and  west  from  one  end  of  the  African  con- 
tinent to  the  other,  and  from  its  northern  coast  south  even  to  the 
Desart  of  Saara,  where  no  Phenician  colony  can  be  supposed  to  have 
existed,  it  would  be  clear,  independently  of  the  inferences  that  may 
be  drawn  from  the  different  structure  of  the  two  languages,  that  our 
Berber  could  not  be  the  Punic,  as  Marsden  and  others  have  supposed ; 
biit  was  the  language  of  the  Autochthones,  of  the  ancient  inhabitants 
of-  the  country,  which  the  Phenicians  who  founded    Carthage    and 
their  descendants  were  obliged  to  learn  and  to  speak  in  common  with 
their  own,  and  which  procured  them  the  appellation  of  Th/rii  hilingues. 
Full  of  this  idea,  Mr  Shaler  and  I  immediately  set  to  work,  by 
turning  over  the  leaves  of  Herodotus,  Pliny,  Strabo,  Pomponius  Mela, 
and  other  Greek  and  Roman  writers;  and  having  collected  a  conside- 


■f . 


4  •        '.        .-        •     ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE.  ..  ".  ... 

rable  list  of  geographical  names,  we  hastened  to  present  them  to  our 
Taleb,  and  were  not  a  little  delighted  to  find,  that  he  recognised  in 
many  of  them  words  of  his  own  language,  bearing  such  significations 
as  might  naturally  be  supposed  to  have  been  affixed  to  towns,  rivers, 
mountains,  &c.  and  that  this  was  particularly  the  case  with  those 
names  which  still  continue  to  be  in  use  from  the  remotest  antiquity, 
and  which  have  at  this  day  the  same  meaning  which  they  probably 
had  in  ancient  times.  So  far  as  we  have  gone,  our  success  has  ex- 
ceeded our  most  sanguine  expectations ;  so  much  so,  that  although  our 
labours  are  by  no  means  at  an  end,  I  cannot  refrain  from  giving  you 
some  specimens  of  our  progress.  I  regret  exceedingly  that  Mr  Sha- 
ler's  departure  deprives  me  of  his  powerful  assistance;  I  feel,  never- 
theless sufficient  courage  to  proceed  in  this  interesting  investigation, 
and  hope  to  obtain  still  more  convincing  proofs  of  the  fact  that  the 
Berber  language  is  no  other  than  the  ancient  Libyan,  or  Numidian,.as 
you  may  please  to  call  it. 

Permit  me  then  to  lay  before  you  some  of  those  curious  etymolo-' 
gies.  They  are  too  striking  and  too  numerous  to  be  the  work  of 
chance ;  and  if  the  proper  names  which  ancient  historians  and  geogra- 
phers have  preserved  should  be  found  to  be,  as  I  have  no  doubt  they 
are,  of  Berber  origin,  it  cannot  but  throw  some  light  on  the  history  of 
Northern  Africa  and  of  mankind. 

I  begin  with  the  word  Jltlas,  the  name  which  has  been  given 
from  the  highest  antiquity  to  that  chain  of  mountains  which  extends 
from  the  western  coast  of  Africa  to  the  confines  of  Egypt.  As  this 
name  has  come  down  to  us  through  the  Greeks,  and  is  closely  con- 
nected with  the  ancient  mythology  of  that  people,  it  seems  natural 
to  suppose  that  it  is  of  Grecian  origin ;  but  I  am  rather  inclined  to 
believe  that  it  is  derived  from  the  language  of  the  people  who  inhabit 
those  mountains,  from  whom  most  probably  the  Greeks  received  it, 
and,  according  to  their  well  known  custom,  softened  the  harshness 
of  its  sounds  to  give  it  that  euphony  which  their  delicate  ears  indis- 
pensably required. 

I  cannot  find  that  the  Berbers  of  this  day  have  any  discriminating 
name  for  the  chain  of  Mount  Atlas.     They  call  it  Adhraer^,  the  moun- 

/^  In  this  word  dh  has  tlic  sound  of  ^  in  modern  Greek,  or  of  the  English  th  in  then,  that. 


ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE.  O 

tain,  and  in  the  plural  Eilhrarin.  This  word  is  written  variously 
by  the  different  authors  who  have  treated  of  the  Berber  language. 
Hornemann  writes  it  Idrarn,  Ali-Bey  Mrer,  Dr  Shaw  Jlthrair ;  Mr 
Shaler's  vocabulary  has  the  spelling  of  two  persons,  one  of  whom 
writes  Mrar,  and  the  other  ^derer.  This  shows  how  differently  the 
auditory  organs  can  be  affected  by  the  sounds  of  a  language  greatly 
differing  from  our  own.  Then  why  could  not  the  Greeks  in  those 
remote  times  have  transformed  Mrar  or  Adhraer  into  Jitlas  ?  Etymo- 
logists well  know  how  easily  d  or  dh  is  changed  into  / ;  and  the 
liquid  sound  of  r  into  /  and  s.  I  think  it  unnecessary  to  cite  any 
examples  to  you,  who  are,  no  doubt,  familiar  with  these  transmuta- 
tions or  organic  sounds.  It  might  be  said,  perhaps,  that  when  the 
Greeks  invented  the  fable  of  the  giant  of  these  mountains,  who  sup- 
ported the  world  upon  his  shoulders,  they  changed  Mrar  into  ,^tlas 
by  analogy  to  the  words  of  their  own  language  ii^'icc  and  iex.Ti,;,  expres- 
sive of  his  mighty  struggles  to  bear  the  weight  imposed  upon  him  :  but 
we  must  be  on  our  guard  against  fanciful  conjectures. 

There  can  be  no  doubt  but  that  this  word  Jldrar  or  Adhraer  is 
very  ancient.  Dr  Shaw,  in  his  valuable  work  on  Barbary  and  the 
Levant,  observes  that  it  has  been  remarked  by  the  ancient  geogra- 
phers, that  the  Atlas  chain  of  mountains  was  called  in  their  times 
Dyris  or  Dyrim,  and  Jldderis  or  Adderim ;  and  upon  that  he  proceeds 
gravely  to  discuss  a  Hebrew  etymology  of  these  words  which  he  found 
in  Bochart,  and  an  Arabic  one  of  his  own.  But  we  have  at  last 
shaken  off  the  yoke  of  that  pedantic  prejudice  which  formerly  traced 
all  etymologies  to  the  Hebrew  and  the  Semitic  languages.  We  do 
not  think  that  the  christian  religion  will  be  less  followed,  or  the 
Mosaic  account  of  the  creation  less  believed,  because  we  cannot  find 
a  Hebrew  origin  for  all  the  idioms  of  the  earth. 

These  names,  which  are  found  in  Strabo  among  the  Greeks,  and  in 
Pliny,  Solinus  and  Marianus  Capella  among  the  Latin  writers,  appear 
to  me  to  be  nothing  else  than  the  Berber  words  Athraer,  Edhrarin, 
which,  as  I  have  said  before,  mean  a  mountain  or  mountains,  diffe- 
rently corrupted  from  what  they  had  been  before  when  they  were 
changed  to  Atlas/  Adrar,  Athraer,  Bdhrarin,  Adderis  nr  Adder im, 
are  evidently  the  same  word,  with  such  variations  as  may  naturally 
Vol.  IV.— B      . 


6  ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE. 

be  expected,  when  proper  names  pass  from  one  language  into  another. 
There  is  surely  not  more,  nor  perhaps  so  much  difference  between 
them,  as  between  Antwerpen  and  Amheres*,  Mechlin  and  Malines, 
Lugdunum  and  Lyons,  'oivactit  and  Ulysses.  Kagx'"^"''  and  Carthage. 
And  if  the  Romans  or  the  Greeks  changed  Adrar  and  Edhrarin  into 
Mderis,  or  in  the  accusative  Adilerim;  why  from  Mderis  might 
they  not  have  made  Adras,  Atras  or  Atlas  ?  The  weight  of  proba- 
bility, at  least,  appears  to  be  in  favour  of  this  supposition.  If  it  should 
be  found  correct,  we  may  say  of  Mount  Atlas,  in  the  language  of 
Virgil ; 

iEternumque  tenet  per  sEBCula  nomen.  ., 

I  should  not,  however,  have  advanced  this  conjecture,  if  it  had  not 
been  supported  by  many  more  palpable  etymologies  of  the  proper 
names  of  ancient  Numidia.  I  request  your  patience  while  J  proceed 
to  lay  some  of  them  before  you. 

The  next  that  I  shall  adduce  is  the  still  existing  name  of  Thala,  a 
town  celebrated  in  the  history  of  the  Numidian  wars  for  its  protracted 
siege,  sustained  against  the  army  of  Metellus,  and  for  the  sublime  devo- 
tion of  its  citizens,  who  preferred  committing  themselves  to  the  flames, 
rather  than  to  the  hands  of  their  conquerors.  See  Sallust,  Bell.  Jugurth. 
50 — 52.  Thala  is  the  parallel  of  Numantia,  and  the  ancient  Numi- 
dians  probably  rivalled  the  Iberians  in  warlike  virtues  and  the  love  of 
independence.  Tacitus,  Annal.  III.  c.  21,  mentions  another  town  of 
the  same  name. 

There  are  in  this  name  no  discrepancies  of  orthography  to  re- 
concile between  the  ancient  and  modern  spelling.  The  Romans 
wrote  it  Thala,  and  precisely  thus  do  the  Kabyles  pronounce  it  at 
this  day.  In  their  language  it  means  a  covered  fountain,  in  contra- 
distinction to  an  open  spring,  which  is  called  Aenser.  There  is  at  this 
moment  in  the  mountains  of  Boojeiah,  a  village  of  Kabyles,  called 
Thala  Edhrarin,  that  is  to  say  Thala  of  the  mountains,  from  the 
number  or^peculiar  character  of  its  fountains :  the  ancient  Thala  may 
have  been  so  called  for  the  same  reason ;  and  with  this  idea  the  follow- 
ing passage   of  Sallust  presents  a  remarkable  coincidence.     "Apud 

*  The  SpanisI)  name  for  Antwerp.        -  ■  ■  .    ••  i '.    ' 


ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE.  7 

Thalam,  baud  long  a  moenibus,  aliquot  fontes  erant :"  this  is  the  ad- 
vantage which,  he  says,  Thala  possessed  over  the  town  of  Capsa,  where 
there  was  but  one  spring  of  water,  una  modo  jugi  aqua. 

The  custom  of  the  Kabyles  relative  to  these  covered  fountains  is 
curious  and  interesting.  A  house  is  constructed  over  them,  for  their 
defence  from  the  rays  of  the  sun,  from  rain,  and  the  pollution  of 
animals.  No  man  is  allowed  to  enter  these  sacred  precincts ;  women 
alone,  who  have  ever  been  the  "  drawers  of  water"  among  uncultiva- 
ted people,  can  tread  the  hallowed  spot :  if  a  man  violate  the  sanc- 
tuary, punishment  is  inflicted,  and  an  ox  is  sacrificed  as  a  piaculum 
to  the  genius  of  the  fountain.  The  practice  of  sacrificing  goats,  cocks, 
&c.  to  Jin  or  Genii  is  still  observed  by  the  Arabs  and  Moors.  The 
ox  is  dissected  by  the  Amehran  or  chief  of  the  Kabyle  thedderth  or 
village,  and  by  him  distributed  to  the  people,  who  attend  in  numbers 
on  these  occasions. 

lUi  se  pr£Eda3  accingunt,  dapibusque  futuris. 

Thus  what  may  be  indifferent  to  an  aerial  being,  becomes  accepta- 
ble to  grosser  humanity.  ,  :■.■:% 

Ampsaga  is  the  name  of  a  river  well  known  to  geographers.  Plin. 
1.  5,  c.  2.  Mela,  1.  1,  c.  7.  It  is  now  called  by  the  Arabs  Wed 
El-Kibeer,  or  the  Great  river,  the  same  name  which  the  Spaniards 
have  corrupted  into  Gaudalquivir ;  but  it  continues  to  bear  its  ancient 
appellation  among  the  Berbers. 

On  this  river,  Dr  Shaw  makes  the  following  remark.  "  The  Wed 
El-Kibeer  or  Great  river,  the  Ampsaga  of  the  ancients,  falls  into  the 
sea,  ten  leagues  to  the  east  of  Jijel.  On  one  branch  of  the  stream 
now  called  the  Rummel,  stands  Constantino,  the  capital  of  the  eastern 
province  of  Algiers,  and  which,  as  the  ancient  Cirta,  was  the  metropo- 
lis of  Numidia."  Then  the  Doctor  again  quotes  Bochart  for  a  He- 
brew etymology  of  this  name.  He  might  as  well  have  sought  in  that 
language  for  the  origin  of  the  name  of  our  river  Mississippi.  To  me, 
the  name  Ampsaga  appears  to  be  derived  from  the  Berber  word 
Sagar  which  signifies  ivood,  coupled  with  the  particle  am,  like ;  so 
that  Am-Sagar  means  the  river-like  wood  or  the  woody  river,  a  very 


S  ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE. 

natural  name  to  be  given  to  a  stream* ;  and  the  description  of  the 
Ampsaga  by  my  Kabyle  Taleb  establishes  at  once  its  reason  and 
propriety.  Its  banks,  he  informs,  abound  in  pine,  of  which  there  is 
a  considerable  exportation.  The  cones  of  the  tree  are  esteemed  a 
salutary  and  pleasant  fruit,  and  it  is  on  the  Ampsaga  that  the  best 
is  said  to  grow.  He  was  shown  the  varieties  of  the  pine-tree  in  Mi- 
chaux,  and  identified  that  of  the  Ampsaga  with  the  j^inus  longifolia. 
The  generic  name  in  Arabic  is  Senuhar,  and  in  Berber  Jizumbey. 
To  prove  that  the  ancient  Ampsaga  is  still  so  called  by  the  Kabyles, 
the  following  fact  furnishes  a  conclusive  argument :  on  one  occasion  I 
propounded  some  names  of  antiquity  to  my  Taleb,  to  ascertain  if  they 
bore  any  meaning  in  his  language.  Among  others,  I  mentioned 
Ampsaga,  a  river  in  the  w^est,  inadvertently  confounding  it  with  the 
Muluchah.  He  immediately  replied  that  the  Ampsaga  was  a  river 
to  the  east  of  Bujeiah.  In  those  mountains  he  resides.  The  manner 
in  which  this  information  was  obtained  leaves  no  doubt  of  its  truth 
and  correctness.  Since  the  days  of  Pliny,  therefore,  the  Ampsaga  has 
preserved  its  name  among  the  people  who  live  in  its  vicinity. 

To  the  etymology  or  signification  of  this  name,  as  given  by  my 
Taleb,  I  can  see  no  objection  that  can  fairly  be  made.  It  may  be 
said,  perhaps,  that  because  the  banks  of  a  river  are  covered  with  wood, 
it  does  not  follow  that  the  river  itself  is  like  wood,  and  that  it  is  not 
probable  that  it  would  have  been  so  denominated.  This,  undoubtedly, 
is  not  according  to  the  modern  idiom -of  our  language  ;  but  it  is  not  by 
this  rule  that  we  are  to  judge  of  that  of  the  Berbers.  And  if  we 
were  even  to  do  so,  we  should  recollect  that  our  adjective  and  adver- 
bial termination  ly  (in  the  northern  languages  Uch,  lyk,  lig,)  is  derived 
from  like,  and  that  it  is  used  in  many  cases  where  it  does  not  directly  in- 
volve the  idea  of  similitude.  When  we  say  manly,  loomanly.  lovely,  we 
mean  like  man,  like  woman,  like  love,  and  that  is  the  true  construction 
of  this  grammatical  form ;  but  when  we  say  greatly,  unfortunately, 
steadily,  the  idea  of  like  disappears,  although  it  may  have  been  an- 
nexed to  those  words  when  they  were  first  used.  It  is  thus  that 
forms  of  expression  in  a  series  of  ages  come  to  vary  from  their  original 

*  The  Arabs  call  a  stream  near  Spaitla  Wed  El  Hataab,  i.  e.  River  of  Wood.     Shaw. 


ON    THE    BERBER    LANGUAGE.  9 

meaning,  and  although  they  are  retained  they  convey  a  different  sense 
from  that  which  their  etymology  would  point  out. 

These  compounds  of  am  are  very  common  in  the  Berber  language 
in  words  implying  some  qualification.  A  person  who  has  fine  eyes 
is  said  to  be  amtheit.  Now  theit  signifies  eyes,  and  thus  compounded 
with  «m,  it  might  be  translated  by  the  barbarous  English  word  eyey, 
as  the  French  say  of  a  person  having  a  big  belly,  that  he  is  ventru ; 
and  yet  this  word  is  compounded  of  «m,  which  signifies  liJic^  and  if  it 
were  to  receive  an  etymological  interpretation,  it  might  be  said  to 
mean  like  an  eye. 

Thus  the  Berber  prefix  am  has  experienced  the  fate  of  our  suf- 
fix ly,  and  whoever  has  reflected  on  the  peculiarities  of  languages, 
will  easily  understand  how  this  has  happened,  and  will  know  that 
what  appears  to  us  strange  and  uncouth  in  the  idiom  of  another 
nation,  will  sometimes,  gn  a  critical  examination,  be  found  to  exist  in 
our  own. 

Tunes  or  Tunetum,  modern  Tunis.  The  word  T7mncs,  according 
to  the  paraphrase  of  my  Taleb,  means  a  foreigner  in  jjeace  and  safety. 
If  we  suppose  Tunes  to  have  been  posterior  to,  or  coeval  with  Car- 
thage, then  the  erection  of  such  a  town  in  its  vicinity  might  have 
been  by  convention  between  the  Suffetes  of  that  city  and  the  Numi- 
dian  princes.  Or  might  not  that  name  have  been  given  to  it  in 
remembrance  of  the  asylum  granted  to  the  fugitive  Tyrians?  The 
philosophic  eye  of  Mr  Shaler  discovers  many  reasons  in  the  relation 
of  Carthage  to  the  surrounding  nations,  why  a  free  port  for  strangers 
might  have  been  established  in  its  neighbourhood.  If  the  chronology 
of  Herodotus  be  admitted,  a  post  securing  protection  or  perhaps 
franchises  to  the  Greek  and  Phenician  traders,  was  a  certain  means  of 
attracting  commerce.  At  any  rate,  this  etymology  of  the  name  of 
Tunis  has  in  it  nothing  improbable,  and  I  should  think,  must  be 
adopted,  until  a  better  one  shall  be  discovered. 

Sitifi  or  Sitiphis  is  another  name  also  well  known  to  the  ancient 
geographers  and  historians ;  Ptolemy  calls  it  Sitipha  Colonia.  In  the 
middle  ages  it  was  the  capital  of  a  district  or  province  called  Mauri- 
tania Sitifense,  and  was  at  an  early  period  the  metropolis  of  that  portion 
of  the  Caesarian  Mauritania.  In  Mayo's  Tabula  Romani  Imperii,  it 
Vol.  IV.— C 


10  ON    THE    BERBER    LANGUAGE. 

is  marked  at  less  than  one  degree  south  of  Salde,  the  modern  Boojeiah. 
The   word  Esfeef,  in  Berber,  signifies  a  white  earth,  chalk  or  clay. 
My  Taleb  informs  me   that  this  earth  is  brought  from  the  vicinity  of 
an  ancient  town  of  the  Romans,  and  sold   to   the   Tulba  (Talebs)  of 
Boojeiah,  for  the  purpose  of  whitening  the  slates,  or  Looha,  on  which 
they  wyite  their  lessons  from  the    Koran.     He  has  always  understood 
that  this  decayed  city  was  called  Esteef:  Dr  Shaw  says  it  is  now  called 
Seteef.     That  this  place  should  have  been  so  named  from  the  peculiar 
nature  of  the  soil  where  it  stood,  is  not  improbable;  such  denomina- 
tions are  common  in  our  own  country.     The    productions  of  the  soil 
are  likewise  sometimes  named  after  the  places  w^here  they  are  found ; 
thus  Creta,  chalk,  was  so  called  from  the  island  of  Crete,  now  Candia. 
Angela,  Jlugila,  Jlugilse  (Herod.  Tlin.).     Tliis  name,  as  ancient  as 
the  times  of  Herodotus,  is  still  given  at  this  day  to  an  Oasis  situate  in 
the  desert  of  Barca,  in  the  dominions  of  Tripoli.     Herodotus  informs 
us  that  it  abounded  in  dates,  and  so  probably  it  does  at  present.     There 
can  be  no  doubt  that  this  name,  which  was  continued  during  so  many 
ages,  is  of  Berber  derivation.     In  that  language  agela  means  ivealth, 
riches, possessiotis,  and  a  more  appropriate  name  could  not  be  given  to  a 
fertile  tract  of  country  situate  in  the  midst  of  a  sandy  wilderness.     It 
is  analogous  to  the  European  names  Richland,  Richmond,  Richelieu. 
It  cannot  be  supposed  to  be  of  Punic  origin ;  Carthage  never  carried 
her  conquests  to  those  desolate  regions,  and  at  the  time  when  Herodo- 
tus wrote,  about  three  hundred  years  after  the  foundation  of  that  city, 
her  language  could  not  have  extended  to  the  deserts  of  Libya. 

Tipusa  (Ptol.),  Thapsus  (Plin.),  Capsa  (Sail.)  Capse  (Notit.  Episc. 
Eccl.  Afr.),  Capsx  (^thic.)*.  My  Taleb  is  of  opinion  that  these  dif- 
ferent names  are  derived  from  the  Berber  word  Thefza,  sandy, 
gravelly,  meaning  a  sandy  or  gravelly  soilf.  The  two  first  derivations 
appear  to  me  probable  enough ;  but  there  might  be  some  difficulty  as 
to  Capsa,  Capse,  Capsae,  where  the  letter  C  takes  the  place  of  T,  with 

which  other  names  begin.     Yet,  such  changes  are  not  uncommon  in 

-If.  ■  ,         ^     .    _  ~ 

*  Leo  Africanus  speaks  of  a  town  called  Caphsa,  BileHulgerid,  the  walls  of  which  had 
been  razed  to  the  i,'round,  but  the  castle  of  wiiich,  in  his  day,  was  still  standing.  He  says  it 
was  built  by  tlie  Romans.  '     ■■ 

t  M.  Venture,  in  his  Vocabulary,  gives  Thefza  as  the  Berber  word  for  sand. 


ON    THE    BERBER    LANGUAGE.  I  1 

the  derivation  of  words.  The  town  of  Capsa,  according  to  Sallust, 
was  deficient  in  water,  having  but  one  single  spring  from  which  it 
could  be  supplied.  Therefore  it  might  have  taken  its  name  from  the 
dryness  of  its  soil.  But  that  is  of  little  importance,  as  the  objection 
does  not  apply  to  the  two  first  mentioned  towns.  There  is  at  present, 
in  the  empire  of  Morocco,  a  town  called  Thefza,  which  you  will  find 
in  Major  Rennell's  map,  to  which  this  derivation  cannot  be  denied*. 
I  do  not  find  it  mentioned  in  any  of  the  ancient  geographers.  It  may, 
nevertheless,  be  considered  of  great  antiquity. 

Ger  is  mentioned  by  Pliny,  (1.  5,  c.  1,)  as  the  name  of  a  river  in 
Mauritania  Caesariensis.  Ger  or  Gher^  in  the  Berber  language,  signi- 
fies hefwcen.  and  is  a  very  probable  etymology  of  the  name  of  this 
river.  There  is  a  town  in  the  empire  of  Morocco,  which  at  this  day- 
is  called  Gher.  It  lies  to  the  south  east  of  Fez,  between  two  ridges 
of  Mount  Atlas.  There  is  also  Cape  Gher  on  the  western  coast, 
between  Mogador  and  Santa  Cruz.  .      ' 

The  name  of  the  river  Tamila  (Mela,  c.  5 ;  Plin.  1.  5,  c.  2)  may 
be  derived  from  Themtida,  a  pond,  or  Thabuda,  a  kind  of  grass  growing 
by  the  side  of  rivers. 

Muthul  (Sail.),  from  Jlmeuthul^  like  a  hare,  or  hare  river. 

Jlsana  (Plin.),  from  jKsson,  reeds. 

Bagrada  (Plin.  1.  8,  c.  14),  from  Bagurda,  a  mouse,  iWbwse  river. 
It  is  now  called  Mejerda.  .   • 

The  following  are  names  of  towns : 

Tisidium  (Sail.),  Thisitha,  cows,  the  cow  pens. 

Thena  or  Thense  (Plin.  Strabo,  Ptol.  &c.)  appears  evidently  derived 
from  the  Berber  word  Tene,  dates :  it  is  well  known  that  this  fruit 
abounds  in  North  Africa.  .:.     '  -  > 

Thelga,  (the  Methelga  of  Pliny)  from  Thelga,  straw. 

Siga  (Plin.  1.  5,  c.  11),  perhaps  from  Sikka,  a  plough  share. 

From  the  names  which  were  known  to  the  ancient  geographers  I 

_.  *-Leo  Africanus  says,  that  this  town  was  built  by  the  Africans,  on  the  side  of  Mount  Atlas 
and  that  its  walls  are  made  of  most  excellent  marble,  which,  in  the  language  of  the  country  is 
called  Thefza,  from  which  the  town  took  its  name, 
t  With  the  formation  atn. 


12  ON    THE    BERBER    LANGUAGE. 

pass  on  to  those  which  exist  at  present,  but  the  antiquity  of  which  is 
not  well  established.  I  take  them  in  different  parts  of  North  Africa, 
from  the  Atlantic  to  the  confines  of  Nubia,  and  from  the  Mediterra- 
nean to  the  Desert  of  Saara,  inclusively. 

In  the  empire  of  Morocco,  we  find  a  town  called  Tenes,  at  a  short 
distance  south  west  from  the  capital.  This  word  in  the  Berber  lan- 
guage means  worshij),  adoration. 

Tetuan,  a  well  known  sea  port  of  the  kingdom  of  Fez,  is  derived 
from  Tetoivaii*,  which  in  Berber  means  eyes.  Every  where  in  the 
East,  places  are  so  called  from  eyes,  or  fountains  of  water  (ain). 

Tamara,  on  the  coast,  south  of  Cape  Ger,  appears  derived  from  The- 
mara,  a  mark,  e.  g.  for  shooting. 

Tafilet,  Thafilelet.  Afilelee,  in  Berber,  means  red  morocco  leather. 
The  place  of  its  manufacture  is  called   Thafilelet. 

Azamor,  on  the  Atlantic  coast.     This  word  means  olive  trees.    ■ 
Tagarost,  south  east  of  Santa  Cruz.      Thagarorth,  a  fig  tree. 
Tregeget,  in  the  mountains  south  east  of  Cape  Blanco.     This  word 
means  to  quake  or  tremble.  . 

Togda,  on  Tafilet  river.     Thogada,  there  is  here.  '  .  ' 

In  the  country  of  the  Mozabees  (Ancient  Ggetulia)  we  find: 
Berigan  (Ebrigan),  black.  ,  -     . 

Tsebiil  (Thebiil),  standing.  .  /,      -' -      :  .        'c  • 

Wergela  (Oorgelara),  don't  fly.  •    ;  ■   .      .  -     . 

Engousa.  (Egoitsah),  grapevines. 

Gar  deia  (Ghar-daiee),  come  hither.  '      .         ;.■>:•' 

Tegorarin(Thegoriirin^,  fig  trees.  '  -v 

In  Saara  and  the  country  of  the  Tuaricks,  on  the  route  from  Tata  in 
Morocco  to  Tombuctoo,  are  the  following  towns,  the  names  of  which 
are  all  significant  in  the  Berber  language. 

Taudeny,  snsTpicious.  -    '      .   • 

77scAe/,  a  spider.  •    •   .  ,      -.  v     ■.:•. 

Jiroan,  satiated  with  food. 
Twat  (Mwat),  a  bird  of  the  bittern  kind. 

*  M.  Venture  writes  it  thittaouin.  ■      ...      ■  .'.■ 


ON   THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE.  13 

■  jE7zat«m,  a  guard  stationed,  collector  of  tribute. 
On  the  route  from  Gadames  and  Mourtzoiik  to  Tombuctoo. 

-  Telliaguess,  shade  of  day,  or  three  days  journey. 

Tuggurt,  Tegart,  cultivated  ground.     These  words  are  probably 
corrupted  from  Thegerth,  a  garden. 
.  From  Mourtzouk  to  the  Oasis  of  Jupiter  Ammon,  and  to  Bornou. 

Temissa  from  Themis,  fire,  or  Themissa,  a  species  of  grass. 

Yzaghan  {Isnagan),  they  fight. 

Thegerhy  {Thegarth),  cultivated  ground  or  garden. 

On  the  coast  of  Barbary. 

Seibouse,  a  species  of  small  bird.  This  is  the  name  of  a  river  be- 
tween Tunis  and  Constantine. 

Zaine,  another  river,  the  ancient  Tusca.     Zaine,  oak. 

-  Tuckust,  a  mountain  near  Bona.    This  word  means  perpetual  snow. 
Tamendfust,  the  eastern  cape  of  the  bay  of  Algiers.      Thamete/us, 

the  right  hand. 

Tivunt,  name  of  a  river.  This  word  means  portion  or  division,  and 
is  here  particularly  appropriate,  for  this  river  separates  the  dominions 
of  Algiers  from  those  of  Morocco. 

Baryth  (some  write  it  Baruth^  is  the  name  of  a  cape  west  of  Algiers, 
believed  to  be  the  Promotitorium  Jlpollinis  of  Pliny,  1.  5,  c.  2.  The 
commentators  have  exhausted  their  ingenuity  to  derive  this  name  from 
some  word  in  the  Hebrew  or  some  other  oriental  language,  signifying 
the  sun,  day  light,  or  something  analogous  to  the  attributes  of  Apollo, 
forgetting  that  when  the  Romans  gave  names  to  towns  or  places  in  con- 
quered countries,  they  did  not  translate  those  which  the  barbarians  had 
before  given  them,  any  more  than  we  translate  in  America  the  Indian 
names  of  towns,  mountains  or  rivers.  Thus  New  York  is  not  a  trans- 
lation of  the  Indian  name  Manhattan,  nor  Philadelphia  of  Coaquan- 
nock.  We  sometimes  preserve  Indian  denominations,  but  never  trans- 
late them.  It  is  the  same  with  French  names.  We  have  corrupted 
L'Anse  a  la  Graisse,  into  Lancelot  Grease,  but  did  not  translate  it  into 
Greasy  Bend  or  Greasy  Cove. 

Baryth  is,  in  all  probability,  the  name  which  the  native  Africans 
gave  to  the  cape  which  the  Romans  called  the  Promontory  of  Apollo. 
This  word,  as  I  am  informed  by  my  Taleb,  means  in  the  Berber  lan- 
VoL.  IV.— D 


14  ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE. 

guage,  reconciliation  after  a  victory.  It  is  therefore  very  natural  to 
suppose,  that  cape  Baryth  was  so  named  in  ancient  times,  from  a  treaty 
of  peace  concluded  on  that  spot,  between  some  of  the  tribes  or  nations 
which  in  those  days  inhabited  the  country. 

I  have  not  been  so  successful  in  discovering  the  Berber  etymologies 
of  proper  names  of  persons,  as  I  have  with  respect  to  those  of  places. 
Whether  it  is  that  they  have  been  disfigured  by  the  Grecian  and  Roman 
writers,  I  cannot  tell :  certain  it  is  that  I  have  not  yet  been  able  to 
satisfy  myself,  except  as  to  the  name  of  Jugurtha,  which,  it  appears  to 
me,  may  be  easily  recognized  in  the  Berber  word  Jugurth,  which  sig- 
nifies a  croiv  or  raven.  This  name  reminds  me  of  those  of  our  Indian 
chiefs,  the  bear,  the  wolf,  the  tortoise,  &c.  and  is  good  enough  for  a 
barbarian  king.  Corvus,  Corvimis  were  not  uncommon  names  even 
among  the  civilized  Romans.  But  of  the  names  Juba,  Syphax,  Masi- 
nissa,  even  with  the  aid  of  my  Taleb,  I  own  I  cannot  make  any  thing. 
Still  I  do  not  mean  to  give  up  the  pursuit.  When  I  shall  have  acquired 
a  competent  knowledge  of  the  Berber  idiom,  I  may  possibly  discover 
what  hitherto  has  eluded  my  research. 

I  am,  &c. 

WILLIAM  B.  HODGSON. 

Peter  S.  Duponceau,  Esq. 

■  ^  '■  ■■'""    '.  '      :'    '         '  '  ':  ''  '^"'  '■ "  '    ; 

■•  ■  .■■■'• 

LETTER   IL      •  -        ' 

.  •  '         •'  Algiers,  Sept.  I,  1828. 

Dear  Sir,  ■  "  ' 

Since  I  had  the  pleasure  of  writing  to  you  on  the  1 8th  of  May 
last,  inclosing  a  sketch  of  the  grammar,  with  various  specimens  of 
the  Berber  language,  and  at  the  same  time  communicating  the  result 
of  my  etymological  researches,  I  have  addressed  to  you  several  let- 
ters, some  of  which,  at  least,  I  presume,  have  reached  you.  I  informed 
you  in  them  of  my  slow  progress  in  the  investigations  which  I  have 
undertaken  on  your  flattering  invitation ;  being  desirous  of  convincing 
you  of  my  disposition  to  comply  with  your  wishes,  and  at  the  same 


ON  THE  BERBER  I.ANGUAGE.  15 

time  yielding  to  a  growing  inclination  to  pursue  a  subject  which  is 
daily  becoming  more  and  more  interesting  to  me.  Philology  is,  in- 
deed, an  admirable  science,  and  will  amply  repay  the  labours  of  those 
who  make  it  the  subject  of  their  pursuits.  But  it  is  not  permitted  to 
me  to  attach  myself  exclusively  to  it.  The  service  of  my  country,  to 
which  I  have  devoted  my  life,  and  on  which  depend  my  future  pros- 
pects, demands  the  employment  of  the  greatest  part  of  my  time  in  the 
performance  of  public  duties,  and  in  the  acquisition  of  the  knowledge 
which  will  enable  me  to  render  to  my  government  the  most  elficieut 
service.  The  departure  of  Mr  Shaler.  leaving  to  me  in  charge  the 
affairs  of  this  consulate  general,  of  course  requires  that,  by  assiduous 
labour,  I  should  endeavour  to  show  myself  worthy  of  the  confidence 
with  which  I  have  been  honoured,  and  no  favourite  study  shall  ever 
divert  me  from  the  more  important  path  which  duty  prescribes  to  me. 
Still,  as  the  study  of  the  African  languages  is  connected  with  the  pri- 
mary object  for  which  I  have  been  sent  to  this  country,  I  think  1 
may,  without  impropriety,  employ  my  leisure  moments  in  the  investi- 
sation  of  the  interesting  idiom  of  the  Berbers.  Who  knows  whether 
it  may  not  be  hereafter  of  some  important  use  in  our  relations  with 
the  Barbary  powers? 

I  feel  very  sensibly  the  absence  of  Mr  Shaler,  whose  able  advice  and 
assistance  were  of  infinite  use  to  me.  I  feel  the  want  also  of  his  well 
chosen  library,  which  he  has,  of  course,  carried  away  with  him.  And 
to  add  to  my  misfortunes,  my  faithful  Taleb,  Hamet,  has  been  gone 
some  time  on  a  visit  to  his  native  mountains.  He  has  promised  to 
return ;  but  who  knows  what  accidents  or  circumstances  may  yet  pre- 
vent his  fulfilling  that  promise?  The  loss  of  that  intelligent  Numidian 
would  be  to  me  irreparable.  I  have,  however,  his  assurance,  that,  while 
at  home,  he  will  execute  the  literary  plans  which  I  have  suggested  to 
him. 

The  etymological  investigations  that  I  had  begun  are,  therefore, 
necessarily  suspended.  Nevertheless,  I  have  not  been  idle.  I  have 
now  in  my  possession  the  materiel  of  a  Berber  grammar,  an  ample 
vocabulary,  and  a  large  collection  of  Berber  tales,  songs,  and  other  spe- 
cimens of  that  language.  These  will  be  arranged,  methodized,  and 
communicated  to  you  or  Mr  Shaler  in  due  time.    I  regret  exceedingly 


16  ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE. 

that  I  could  not  accompany  my  friend  Hamet  to  the  mountains  of 
Boojeiah,  and  spend  at  least  six  months  with  him  among  the  native 
Berbers.  There  I  might  have  acquired  a  practical  knowledge  of  their 
idiom,  which  would  greatly  have  assisted  me  in  my  future  inquiries. 

Philologists,  it  is  said,  are  too  fond  of  generalizing  their  ideas,  and  in 
consequence  are  apt  to  build  theories  and  systems,  from  which  they 
can  afterwards  with  difficulty  extricate  themselves.  While  I  am  on 
my  guard  against  this  danger,  1  acknowledge  that  I  indulge  sometimes 
in  the  propensity  of  my  brother  word-catchers,  and  that  I  try  to  obtain 
some  general  results  from  my  laborious  investigations.  Being  in  this 
mood  of  thinking,  it  has  occurred  to  me  that  it  would  be  a  curious  and 
not  unimportant  subject  of  research,  to  inquire  whether  the  Berber 
language,  so  different  from  others  in  its  etymology  and  grammatical 
structure,  stands  alone  of  its  kind  along  the  mountains  of  North 
Africa,  or  whether  it  is  not  connected  with  the  neighbouring  idioms 
of  Nubia,  Abyssinia*  and  even  of  ancient  Egypt?  I  am  told  that 
philologists  agree  that  it  has  no  kind  of  affinity  with  the  Coptic: 
but  I  am  not  inclined  to  adopt  implicitly  the  opinions  of  others ;  I 
should  like  to  view  the  subject  with  my  own  eyes,  and  to  form  my 
own  conclusions  from  well  ascertained  premises.  The  ancient  writers, 
such  as  Herodotus,  Strabo  and  Diodorus  Siculus,  were  of  opinion  that 
civilization  had  descended  the  Nile,  and  had  penetrated  into  Egypt  from 
Ethiopia,  and  M.  Champollion  appears  to  have  adopted  the  same  senti- 
ment. Why  should  not  language  have  pursued  the  same  course? 
Great  light,  it  appears  to  me,  would  be  thrown  upon  this  interesting 
question,  if  we  had  materials  sufficient  to  institute  a  fair  comparison 
between  the  languages  of  Mount  Atlas,  the  Desert  of  Saara,  and  the 
Oases ;  the  various  dialects  of  Nubia,  Dongola,  Sennaar,  Darfur  and 
Abyssinia,  and  what  remains  to  us  of  the  ancient  Coptic.  But,  alas ! 
much  as  I  would  wish  to  contribute  my  feeble  aid  to  this  interesting 
investigation,  I  am  arrested  in  the  outset  for  want  of  books,  which  are 
not  to  be  obtained  in  this  country.    I  should  want  at  least,  the  Mithri- 

*  It  i3  a  very  remarkable  fiict,  that  tlie  aborigines  of  Abyssinia  call  themselves  Ghatian, 
according  to  Bruce.  He  knew  that  they  were  a  shepherd  people,  but  was  of  course  ignorant 
that  tiie  word  Ghazian  in  Berber  means  shepherds.  It  should  be  written  Amghazicn,  by  the 
addition  of  the  qualifying  particle  am,  like.  Hence,  the  names  of  the  Ghcez  and  Amharic  or 
Amgliaric  languages. 


..         -      '  ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE.  ■        .    '  17 

dates,  the  Ethnographical  Atlas  of  M.  Balbi,  Ludolph's  Grammars  of 
the  Amharic  and  Ethiopic,  Quatremere's  Researches  on  the  Language 
and  Literature  of  Egypt,  and  a  Coptic  Grammar  and  Dictionary,  if  any 
such  exist.  But  these  books  are  not  to  be  procured  here  for  any  price. 
I  must  therefore  postpone  satisfying  my  curiosity,  until  the  means  shall 
be  afforded  me  of  acquiring  that  preliminary  knowledge,  without  which 
my  efforts  would  be  vain.  .■•- .  -^  -   ■       -'•.. 

I  have,  however,  had  the  good  fortune  to  meet  here  with  a  copy  of 
the  most  excellent  work  of  M.  Champollion  the  yoimger,  entitled 
"  Precis  du  Si/steme  Hieroglypkique  tics  cmciens  JEgyptiens."  I  have 
read  it  with  avidity,  and  was  delighted  to  find  in  it  some  facts  w^hich 
seem  to  support  the  conjecture  which  I  have  ventured  to  offer  to  you. 
The  first  thing  that  has  struck  me,  is  some  real  affinities  in  the  gram- 
matical forms  of  the  Coptic  and  Berber  languages.  Nou,  ne  or  noui, 
and  e7it  answer  in  Coptic  to  our  pronoun  ichich.  In  the  Kabyle  dia- 
lect of  the  Berbers,  enoua  and  enta  have  the  same  signification.  Yours 
and  his,  in  both  languages,  are  expressed  by  nek  and  nes;  towards  you 
would  be  in  Coptic  eroeek,  in  Berber  the  phrase  is  rendered  by  Gkdreek 
or  ^rcek.  I  should  also  observe  that  P.  PH.  are  the  masculine  deter- 
minate articles,  and  T.  TH.  the  feminine  in  the  one  language,  and 
D.  DH.  are  the  masculine,  and  T.  TH.  the  feminine  determinate  arti- 
cles of  the  other,  and  that  in  both  they  are  used  as  prefixes. 
::..  These,  indeed,  do  not  amount  to  much ;  but  they  appear  to  me  to  be 
at  least  sufficient  to  induce  a  further  inquiry.  So  far,  I  am  certain, 
that  I  cannot  be  taxed  with  a  systematic  spirit;  or  with  being  disposed 
to  assume  as  facts,  wild  and  fanciful  theories.  Whether  what  is  going 
to  follow  will  make  me  liable  to  that  imputation,  I  leave  you  to  judge. 
1  offer  it  merely  as  conjectures ;  at  the  same  time,  I  cannot  but  acknow- 
ledge that  my  imagination  is  tickled  with  my  fancied  discovery.  I 
think  I  have  found  Berber  etymologies  for  four  Egyptian  proper  names. 
I  give  them  to  you  for  what  they  are  worth. 

Those  names  are  Jimmon,  Themis,  Thebes  or  Thehais,  and  Thoth. 
I  shall  proceed  with  them  separately  and  in  order. 
~  1.  Ammon.  This,  as  you  well  know,  is  the  name  of  the  Egyptian 
Jupiter.  It  appears,  however,  that  he  was  not  of  Egyptian,  but  of 
Libyan  origin.  Propertius,  1.  4,  eleg.  1,  calls  him  Jupiter  Libycus. 
Vol.  IV.— E 


18  ,  '.       ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE.      .        ._  . 

Lucan  in  his  Pharsalia,  lib.  10,  v.  511,  speaks  of  him  also  as  a  Libyan 
God,  the  only  one  that  had  a  temple  in  that  country.  It  is  related 
in  our  books  of  mythology,  that  Hercules,  crossing  the  Libyan  deserts 
with  his  army,'  on  his  way  to  India,  and  perishing  with  thirst,  implored 
the  aid  of  his  father  Jupiter,  who  appeared  to  him  in  the  form  of  a 
ram,  and  scratching  the  earth  with  his  foot,  a  spring  of  water  immedi- 
ately spouted  up.  Thus,  all  the  accounts  we  have  of  Jupiter  Ammon 
point  to  a  Libyan  origin,  and  it  is  well  known  that  his  celebrated  tem- 
ple was  not  in  Egypt,  but  in  an  Oasis,  supposed  to  be  that  of  Siwah, 
in  the  desert  of  Barca,  where  the  Berber  idiom  is  still  spoken. 

Yet  the  etymology  of  that  name  has  been  sought  for  almost  in  every 
language,  except  the  Berber,  which  ought  to  have  been  the  first  re- 
curred to.  The  most  generally  adopted  is,  that  this  word  is  derived 
from  the  Greek  a>^of  which  signifies  sand;  because,  forsooth,  Ammon's 
temple  was  in  the  midst  of  a  sandy  desert.  It  was  forgotten  that  the 
Oases  are  fertile  spots,  rich  in  vegetable  productions,  and  abundantly 
watered.  But  it  would  seem  that  in  the  opinion  of  some  learned  men, 
the  Greek  and  the  Hebrew  are  the  only  legitimate  sources  of  etymo- 
logical research. 

M.  Champollion  tells  us,  in  the  Tableau  General  prefixed  to  his 
volume  of  plates,  No.  39  or,  that  the  name  of  Ammon,  which  phone- 
tically is  abbreviated  by  Men,  appears  to  have  been  formerly  pronounced 
Amen  or  Emen :  if  he  is  well  founded  in  this  assertion,  the  etymology 
of  that  word  seems  obvious,  for  Aman  in  the  Berber  language  signifies 
water,  and  what  name  Can  be  better  appropriated  to  the  God  who  first 
supplied  the  Libyans  in  their  sandy  deserts  with  that  invaluable  ele- 
ment ?  Is  it  not  natural  to  suppose,  that  it  was  not  the  sandy  Jupiter, 
but  the  Jupiter  of  water,  who  was  honoured  in  that  splendid  temple 
which  religious  gratitude  erected  to  him  ?  Egypt,  which  owed  her 
fertility  to  the  waters  of  the  Nile,  must  have  adopted  that  worship  at 
an  early  period,  and  the  God  of  water  might  well  have  been  placed  at 
the  head  of  the  heavenly  protectors  of  that  country. 

Whatever  you  may  think  of  this  etymology,  it  is  certainly  prefera- 
ble to  any  one  that  may  be  derived  from  the  Greek  language ;  for,  how 
can  it  be  supposed  that  it  was  spoken  or  even  knowTi  in  Egypt  in  the 
remote  times  to  which  the  worship  of  Ammon  may  be  traced  ?     M. 


'■■''.,■  ON  THE  BERBER  liANGUAGE.  19 

Champollion's  researches  have  proved  to  us  that  it  existed  as  far  back 
as  the  reign  of  Sesostris.  Therefore  the  derivation  from  ^Wa""  must  be 
considered  at  this  day  as  utterly  inadmissible,  and  no  better  one  has 
been  suggested  that  I  know  of.     I  proceed  to  the  next  Egyptian  name. 

2.  Themis.  The  ancient  Egyptians,  accoi'ding  to  Champollion,  wrote 
this  name  Sine*,  with  their  phonetic  characters.  The  Greeks  wrote 
ei/Ai:.  This  goddess  was  the  daughter  of  heaven  and  earth.  In  the 
Grecian  mythology,  she  was  the  goddess  of  truth  or  justice.  The 
Greek  version  by  Hermapion,  of  her  hieroglyph,  found  on  an  obelisk, 
is  'Ax»9£M.  Now  Themis,  in  the  Berber  language,  signifies  fire,  the 
great  elemental  principle  of  nature,  and  the  symbol  of  purity.  The 
Romans  and  we  derived  puritas  and  purity  from  irSg  fire,  the  purest 
of  all  the  elements ;  why  could  not  the  name  of  the  goddess  of  purity 
be  derived  from  a  Berber  word  having  the  same  sound  and  the  same 
signification  ?  I  submit  this  etymology  to  you ;  it  may  serve,  at  least, 
until  a  better  one  shall  be  found. 

3.  Thebes,  Thehais.  History  records,  that  after  the  demise  of  Menes 
or  Osiris,  Egypt  comprised  four  dynasties :  Thebes,  Thin,  Memphis  and 
Tunis.  Thebes  was  the  capital  of  Thebais,  in  what  the  ancient  geo- 
graphers call  .EEgyptus  Superior,  or  upper  Egypt.  The  following  pas- 
sage from  Diodorus  appears  to  me,  if  not  fully  to  establish,  at  least  to 
give  great  probability  to  the  etymology  which  I  shall  presently  men- 
tion.    In  the  fifth  book  of  his  history,  De  Osiride  et  Iside,  he  says: 

t;r£^n///oy  ^oi«cr«, -rSc ^»Tgoc-  '"It  rcmalns  to  be  said  of  Osiris,  that  he  built  a 
city  of  one  hundred  gates  in  Thebais,  to  which  he  gave  the  name  of 
Blotherr 

The  explanation  of  this  passage  can  only  be  found  by  recurring  to 
the  Berber  language.  In  that  idiom,  Thehais  or  Thebaish  signifies 
the  breast  of  a  woman,  mamma,  while  Tamazegth  is  the  dug  or  teat 
of  an  animal.  If  by  metonymy  we  say  mamma  for  mother,  may  not 
the  same  license  be  allowed  to  Osiris?  The  celebrated  Thebes,  the 
hecatompylos  of  Homer,  corresponded  in  magnitude  and  wealth  to  the 
''  "  :"  "-■ .'  .'  ■  ■  "'■  ..■/■■  ■  .■  ■■■"  "     •'■".■^•■ 

*  M.  Champollion,  Precis  du  Systeme  HieroglypJiiqtce,  pp.  265,  267,  281,  second  edition, 
calls  this  Egyptian  goddess  J'/ne  or  Tkmei,  which  brings  this  name  still  nearer  to  the  Berber 
word  TAemis,  which  the  Greeks  have  preserved  without  variation.  ,   ■  • 


20  V  '  ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE.  ,      • 

populous  and  fertile  district  of  Thebais.  That  region  and  its  splendid 
capital  merited  the  appellation  of  mother  country  and  maternal  city, 
and  in  this  sense,  probably,  the  Greeks  adopted,  and  we  still  use  the 
word  metropolis. 

From  Champollion  we  learn  that  monumental  inscriptions  prove 
mouth  to  have  been  the  ancient  Egyptian  word  for  mother.  He  cites 
Plutarch  in  confirmation :  and  that  author  indeed  says,  that  the  ^^y^^- 
tians  ■^»Ata(»oi/cr;,  indicate,  designate  mother  by  the  term  mouth.  May  not 
the  word  have  been  thammdh,  thamooth  or  thamorth,  which  in  Berber 
signifies  the  earth,  our  common  mother,  or  thamattooth,  a  woman ;  or 
at  least  a  derivation  from  some  of  these  words  ?  Who  knows  what 
changes  have  taken  place  in  the  Egyptian  tongue,  during  so  many  cen- 
turies ;  what  words,  what  synonyma,  what  proper,  what  figurative 
expressions  may  have  been  lost  or  substituted  for  each  other  in  the 
course  of  so  many  ages  ?  It  is  a  remarkable  fact,  that  the  Berbers  (in 
this  district,  at  least)  have  lost  their  original  names  for  father  and 
mother,  and  now  use  the  Arabic  words  for  these  parental  relations. 
Nothing  informs  us  that  the  city  of  Thebes  was  ever  called  mouth  by 
the  ancient  Egyptians ;  but  we  know  it  was  called  mother,  and  the 
strong  analogy  of  its  name,  and  that  of  its  province  with  the  Berber 
words  above  mentioned,  seems  sufficient,  at  least,  to  put  us  on  further 
inquiry.  '       ;        '  ■ 

4.  Thot  or  Thoth.  This  god  was  the  Egyptian  Hermes  or  Mercury. 
Theut,  Thut  or  Thot  in  the  Berber  language  signifies  the  eye,  and 
this  appellation  seems  to  me  distinctly  to  characterise  the  winged  mes- 
senger and  plenipotentiary  of  the  gods,  and  the  vigilant  guardian  of 
Juno.  The  early  Greek  historians  relate,  that  when  Osiris  set  out  on 
his  expedition,  with  the  view  of  traversing  the  globe,  he  left  the  admi- 
nistration of  his  kingdom  to  his  wife  Isis,  and  appointed  Thoth  to  be' 
her  counsellor.  Vigilance  and  prudence,  therefore,  must  have  been 
the  qualities  that  recommended  him  to  that  high  trust.  The  Egyp- 
tians, according  to  Champollion,  ignorant  of  the  author  of  their  pho- 
netic signs,  attributed  the  invention  to  Thoth,  who  was  esteemed  the 
father  of  arts  and  sciences.  With  these  qualifications,  he  might  well 
have  been  entitled  to  the  allegoric  name  of  the  eye,  so  well  adapted  to 
the  objects  of  his  celestial  office.  .  * 


■    •  ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE.  21 

I  beg  leave  to  trouble  you  with  a  few  more  observations. 

The  ancient  city  of  Egypt,  called  On  by  the  Hebrews  and  Heliopolis 
by  the  Greeks,  was  by  the  Egyptians  named  Tailis  (Vide  D'Herbelot). 
The  Arabs,  following  the  analogy  of  the  Greek  denomination,  called 
this  city  Ain-el-Schems,  the  eye  of  the  sun.  This  corresponds  with 
the  Greek  Heliopolis.  The  import  of  the  Egyptian  Tadis  would  not 
have  been  known  probably,  but  for  Berber  etymology.  In  this  lan- 
guage, Tadij  signifies  the  sun. 

Apollinapolis  is  the  Greek  name  of  an  ancient  Egyptian  city  called 
by  the  early  inhabitants  Etfu.  This  is  a  Berber  word,  and  signifies 
the  light  of  the  sun,  whilst  Tadij  is  the  sun  itself.  This  etymology 
corresponds  with  the  Greek  name  of  Apollinopolis. 

Having  attributed  an  Ethiopian  or  Abyssinian  origin  to  the  Berber 
language,  I  was  pleased  to  find  that  the  names  for  God,  in  two  of  the 
principal  dialects  of  that  region,  were  Berber  words.  They  are  Egzar 
and  Ezgar ;  the  one  signifies  a  river,  and  the  other  a  bull.  The  Nile 
and  the  bull  Apis  were  objects  of  adoration  to  all  Egypt. 

In  submitting  these  conjectures  to  you,  (for  they  are  nothing  more,) 
I  have  only  in  view,  sir,  to  point  out  the  Berber  language,  as  well  as 
those  of  Nubia,  Abyssinia  and  other  adjacent  parts,  as  sources  from 
which  it  appears  to  me  that  much  light  may  be  thrown  on  Egyptian 
Antiquities ;  which  have  lately  and  justly  become  an  object  of  general 
interest  among  the  learned.  If  I  have  shown  that  there  are  at  least 
probabilities  in  favour  of  this  hypothesis,  I  shall  have  the  satisfaction 
of  having  opened  a  path  which  may  be  hereafter  trodden  by  others  of 
greater  knowledge  and  abilities  than  any  I  can  pretend  to,  and  I  hope, 
with  proportionate  success.  -    , 

I  am,  &c. 

WILLIAM  B.  HODGSON. 
'Peter  S.  Duponceau,  Esq. 


Vol.  IV.— F 


22  ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE. 

LETTER  III.  : 

Algiers,  Jan.  20,  1829. 

Dear  Sir,  ■  . 

Since  I  last  had  the  pleasure  of  writing  to  you,  I  have,  in  the 
absence  of  my  friend  Hamet,  directed  my  inquiries  to  the  various 
nations  or  tribes  comprehended  within  the  ancient  Gaetulia.  These 
are  denominated,  in  modern  geography,  Mozabies,  Biscaries,  Wadrea- 
gans,  and  Wurgelans ;  all  of  which  communities  are  mixed  with  the 
Bedouin  Arabs.  The  Mozabies  inhabit  an  Oasis  or  egzer  of  the  Saara, 
about  three  hundred  miles  south  of  Algiers ;  the  Biscaries,  to  the  south- 
east, inhabit  a  district  bordering  on  the  Saara,  distant  about  two  hun- 
dred miles ;  Tuggurt,  the  capital  of  Wadreag,  is  situated  south-east  from 
the  Biscaries,  one  hundred  miles ;  and  Wurgelah  is  thirty  leagues  to  the 
south-west  of  Tuggurt.  The  egzer  of  the  Mozabies  is  perhaps  in  latitude 
thirty-one  degrees  north,  and  Wurgelah  in  the  thirty-second  parallel ;  a 
more  particular  description  of  these  people  and  of  their  location,  may  be 
found  in  Shaw's  Travels  in  Barbary,  and  in  Mr  Shaler's  "  Sketches  of 
Algiers."  As  uniform  orthography  is  of  the  first  importance  in  relations 
of  countries  and  places,  I  have  adopted  that  of  the  Sketches,  which  I 
think  exceedingly  correct. 

In  the  past  history  and  present  condition  of  Africa,  the  Berber  lan- 
guage has  been  the  great  object  of  my  research.  It  will  afford  you 
pleasure,  sir,  to  know  that  I  have  ascertained  it  to  be  the  native  idiom 
of  the  Mozabies,  Wadreagans  and  Wurgelans.  The  Mozabies,  sepa- 
rated from  these  two  by  a  trackless  desert  of  eight  days  journey,  are 
yet  more  distinct,  in  their  moral  and  physical  constitution.  They  are 
a  white  people,  whilst  the  Wadreagans  and  Wurgelans  are  black. 
Their  dialects  are  identically  the  same,  presenting  only  modifications 
of  the  great  language  of  the  Atlas,  such  as  are  in  all  countries  produ- 
ced by  habitudes  and  climate.  The  Kabyles,  who  are  the  Highlanders 
of  Africa,  call  a  man  ergaz ;  the  inhabitants  of  the  lowlands  of  the 
Saara  adopt  the  soft  sound  of  g  and  say  erdjaz.  Themis,  fire,  they 
pronounce  Temis.  But  amidst  these  various  pronunciations,  the  Ber- 
ber language  is  always  to  be  recognised. 


ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE.  23 

The  structure  and  grammatical  changes  of  these  dialects,  do  not,  as 
far  as  I  have  examined  them,  present  any  material  differences.  I  de- 
nominate them  Mozabeah,  Eregiah  and  Wurgaleah,  from  the  names 
of  the  tribes ;  and  their  language  is  not  known  among  them  by  any 
other  appellations.  I  incline  to  think  that  Hoest  in  terming  the  Ber- 
ber of  Morocco  Tamazegth,  and  Shaw  that  of  Barbary  Shoiviah, 
were  both  led  into  error.  The  inhabitants  of  Wadreag  call  their  lan- 
guage Eregaiah.  the  compound  of  Wad-reag,  which  means  Oasis  or  Egzer 
of  Ereag.  Wad  is  the  Arabic  of  the  Berber  Egzer.  These  people  call 
their  tribes  respectively,  Aith  Emzab,  Aith  Eregaiah,  Aith  Wurgelah. 
like  the  Aith  Abbess,  Aith  Toojah  of  the  Atlas,  and  the  name  of  their 
language  is  that  of  the  tribe,  in  the  form  of  the  Arabic  substantive. 
Aith  answers  to  the  Beni  or  children  of  the  Arabs. 

The  Biscaries  originally  belonged  to  the  Berber  race,  as  the  names 
of  their  towns  indicate.  They  now  speak  the  Barbary  dialect  of  Ara- 
bic. How  this  tribe  lost  its  ancient  speech,  is  philosophically  shown 
by  Mr  Shaler. 

The  Mozabies  are  a  remarkably  white  people,  and  profess  the  Mo- 
hammedan religion.  Differing  in  some  points  of  discipline  from  the 
four  great  Mezhebs  or  sects,  they  constitute  the  Thames  or  fifth. 
Shaw,  in  relating  that  they  are  of  the  sect  3Ialekt,  appears  not  to  have 
sufficiently  examined  the  subject. 

The  Wadreagans  and  Wurgelans  are  a  black  people,  possessing  the 
moral  traits  of  the  Berber,  and  some  of  the  physical  characteristics  of 
the  Negro.  They  have  woolly  hair ;  skin  of  a  bronze  or  dark  brown 
colour,  short  nose,  moderately  depressed,  with  some  cartilage  in  the 
apex,  and  thick  lips.  They  are  doubtless  the  same  race  as  the  Brebers 
and  the  Nubians  of  Browne.  Malte-Brun  is  of  opinion,  that  the 
Copts  and  other  Negro  tribes  of  Egypt  are  a  mixed  race.  The  Wa- 
dreagans are  certainly  not  of  the  Caucasian  family,  as  are  the  Mozabies 
and  Kabyles.     Their  classification  is  left  to  naturalists. 

These  Negroes  are  unquestionably  the  Melano-Gaitulians  of  Ptolemy. 
When  I  first  saw  a  Wadreagan,  and  heard  him  speak  Berber,  my  satis- 
faction was  as  great  as  that  of  the  navigator,  at  the  discovery  of  new 
land.  And  I  have  no  doubt  that  this  language  is  spoken  quite  to  the 
southernmost  part  of  the  desert  of  Saara ;  for  in  Major  Rennell's  map 


24  ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE. 

of  North  Africa,  we  find  another  Tuggurt  and  another  Wurgela,  the  one 
in  the  twentieth,  and  the  other  in  the  twenty-fourth  degree  of  north  lati- 
tude, and  these  Berber  names  are  sure  indications  of  the  Berber  language. 
At  any  rate,  I  think  we  have  here  an  additional  elucidation  of  ancient 
geography.  It  is  true  that  Dr  Shaw  supposes  the  Mozabies,  and  the 
Wadreagans  to  be  the  black  Gaetulians  of  antiquity ;  but  as  the  former 
are  peculiarly  white,  his  generality  fails  in  the  particulars.  He  does 
not  seem  to  have  known  the  Wadreagans. 

In  the  city  of  Tuggurt,  the  capital  of  Wadreag,  there  exists  a  dis- 
tinct race  of  white  people,  called  by  the  Mohammedans  Muhedjerin. 
The  explanation  of  this  term  is  found  in  the  Koran  of  Maraccius  or 
of  Savary,  in  the  Surat  of  Women,  88th  verse.  It  is  there  applied  to 
those  who  emigrate  from  their  country,  and  adopt  the  religion  of  the 
prophet,  upon  which  condition  the  faithful  may  receive  them  as 
friends  and  companions.  The  ancestors  of  these  people  are  said  to 
have  been  Israelites.  To  the  woolly  head  and  black  skin  of  the  Wa- 
dreagan,  they  present  the  striking  contrast  of  light  hair  and  fair  com- 
plexion. They  are  Mohammedans,  speak  only  the  Arabic  language, 
have  a  monopoly  of  the  offices  of  state,  under  that  of  Sultan,  and  are, 
in  fact,  the  moneyed  and  influential  men.  Are  they  of  the  Leuco,  or 
white  Ethiopians  of  Pomponius  Mela  ?  Are  they  the  lost  tribes  of  Israel  ? 
The  Falasha,  a  tribe  of  Jews  discovered  by  Bruce  in  Abyssinia,  still 
looked  for  the  Messiah.  At  Tuggurt  or  Jugurth,  Israel  has  forgotten 
Jerusalem ;  and  yet  the  Jugurthans  say,  his  right  hand  has  not  forgot 
its  cunning. 

The  Canarii  are  placed  by  Shaw  somewhere  about  the  district  of 
Zebe  or  of  the  Biscaries,  and  he  affirms  that  they  eat  dog's  flesh,  as  did 
their  ancestors.  Pliny  speaks  of  the  Canaries  of  Morocco,  and  I  recol- 
lect to  have  read  of  them  in  the  Annals  of  Tacitus ;  but  I  am  ignorant 
that  there  were  such  people  in  Gsetulia.  It  is  certainly  true,  however, 
that  the  Biscaries  and  the  Wadreagans  make  great  use  of  dog-flesh, 
medicinally.  In  bilious  affections  to  which  they  are  subject,  this  meat 
and  its  broth,  spiced  with  ginger,  cinnamon  and  pepper,  appear  to  be 
a  sovereign  remedy.  It  is  emetico-cathartic,  and  induces  copious  dia- 
phoresis, exhaling  a  fetid  odour.  This,  I  suppose,  is  rather  the  effect 
of  the  spicy  infusion,  than  of  the  chemical  properties  of  canine  viscera. 


ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE.  25 

The  geographers  and  historians  of  antiquity,  describe  people  and 
places  in  Africa,  some  of  which  may  never  be  identified ;  and  of  others, 
the  existence,  at  any  time,  is  not  probable.  Until  I  had  compared  their 
wonders  of  the  distant  regions  of  this  continent,  with  the  discoveries 
of  modern  science,  I  regarded  them  mostly  as  legendary  tales,  I  now 
believe,  their  reports  were  in  general  founded  in  truth.  The  fons  soils 
at  the  oasis  of  Jupiter  Amnion  is  said,  by  Herodotus,  to  have  been 
boiling  hot  at  midnight,  and  cold  at  noon.  Belzoni  found  that  an  ex- 
traordinary change  of  temperature  at  these  periods,  produced  a  differ- 
ential heat,  mistaken  by  the  ancients,  to  be  thermometric  1  believe 
there  was  a  nation,  of  whatever  name,  called  by  Melas  Atlantes,  who 
cursed  the  sun  at  his  rising.  Until  the  introduction  of  Mohammedan- 
ism, the  Wadreagans  may  have  thus  done.  A  band  of  these  people 
having  wandered  to  the  mountains  of  Boojeiah,  were  asked,  why  they 
had  left  their  homes.  They  replied,  the  sun  ate  us  up.  The  exist- 
ence of  headless  Blemmyes,  with  eyes  in  their  breasts,  is  too  great  a  tax 
on  my  credulity,  but  it  seems  true  of  the  Troglodytes,  that  they  chatter 
rather  than  speak — Strident  magis  qidim  loquimtur.  Horneman  has 
proved  this ;  and  Hadjees  from  their  pilgrimage  to  Mecca,  at  this  day, 
recount  the  same  thing,  adding  that  these  men  have  but  one  joint  in 
their  legs.  If  this  be  true,  that  country  which  is  said  to  have  been 
once  inhabited  by  headless  men,  satyrs  and  retrogressive  beasts,  is  yet 
the  land  of  "  Gorgons,  hydras,  and  chimaeras  dire." 

At  every  successive  step  of  my  investigations,  new  proofs  accumu- 
late in  favour  of  my  hypothesis,  that  the  Berber  is  the  original  lan- 
guage of  all  North  Africa,  including  the  Egypts  and  Abyssinia.  The 
dialect  of  the  Tibboos  now  attracts  me,  like  a  mirage  of  their  desert ; 
like  to  that,  I  hope  my  idea  of  their  speaking  the  Berber  language, 
may  not  prove  an  illusion*.  The  ample  page  of  this  country's  history 
is  rich  with  the  spoils  of  time.  It  is  matter  of  lamentation,  that  the 
Roman  legions  should  have  collected  so  few  monuments  to  attest  the 
existence  of  this  ancient  and  warlike  people.  Posterity  will  admire 
the  enlightened  councils  of  our  republic  in  preserving  the  records  of 
our  red  men.     But  where  are  the  enduring  medals  to  perpetuate  those 

*  But  see  Letter  IV,  p.  28. 

.        Vol.  IV — G 


26  ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE. 

manly  forms,  for  which  after  ages  will  inquire  with  intense  curiosity. 
The  portraits  now  deposited  in  the  war  office  will  be  effaced,  before 
perhaps  the  Indians  themselves  are  extinct.  They  now  stand,  as  the 
"Last  of  the  Mohicans,"  like  blazed  trees,  in  a  clearing  of  white  men. 

I  am,  sir, 

WILLIAM  B.  HODGSON. 
Peter  S.  Duponcea.u,  Esq. 


LETTER  IV. 

Algiers,  1st  April  1829; 

Dear  Sir, 

I  understand  from  Mr  Shaler,  that  I  am  to  be  called  home  at 
the  beginning  of  next  year ;  but  little  time,  therefore,  remains  to  me 
to  pursue  my  favourite  studies.  I  wish  very  much,  when  the  new 
consul  shall  arrive,  to  be  able  to  proceed  to  Tunis,  Tripoli  and  Alex- 
andria*, where  I  think  important  discoveries  may  be  made.  At  Cairo, 
which  is  the  Babel  of  the  universe,  I  could  procure  vocabularies,  and 
information  about  all  people  and  tongues,  to  the  utmost  verge  of 
Ethiopia.  At  Tripoli,  I  would  converse  with  the  inhabitants  of  Cyre- 
naica,  Tibboo,  Ghadames  and  the  mountains  of  Gharian,  which  con- 
tain a  numerous  population  of  Berbers  and  Jews.  Near  the  Syrtis 
Minor,  are  the  Libyo-Phenicians  of  Strabo.  At  Tunis  may  be  found 
nations  of  those  districts  of  North  Africa,  more  immediately  under  the 
jurisdiction  of  that  Beylick,  particularly  of  Beled-ul-jereed.  Beyond 
anthropology,  I  propose  not  to  conduct  my  inquiries.  Before  I  return 
home,  it  would  be  well  that  I  should  see  mult  as  urbes  et  homines. 
Plutarch  tells  us  that  he  learned  languages  from  things. 

In  my  last  letter,  I  endeavoured  to  illustrate  the  Egyptian  mythology 
by  the  Berber  language.  That  theology  is  the  parent  of  the  Greek 
and  Roman.  I  have  explained  my  derivation  of  the  proper  names 
^mmon,  Themis,  Thoth  and  of  Thebes.  To  these  I  now  add  Osiris, 
Ms,  Atoo  and  the  name  of  the  celebrated  Nile. 

*  Thi3  wish  was  not  fulfilled. 


ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE.  27 

OsiR-is,  in  Berber,  means  an  aged  venerable  man,  and  Isis  signifies 
daughters,  in  the  plural  number,  the  singular  being  lie*.  Cham- 
pollion  says  that  the  termination  is  was  added  by  the  Greeks  to  the 
names  of  Egyptian  divinities.  I  shall  not  now  review  what  has  been 
said  of  the  interpretation  of  these  two  names  by  Kircher,  Jablonski, 
&c.  &c.  who  make  the  former  to  represent  the  sun,  and  the  latter  the 
moon.  All  the  symbols  of  Osiris  and  Isis  appear  to  me  to  accord  with 
my  interpretation,  the  venerable  beard,  staff  and  flagellum  of  the  one, 
and  the  numerous  mammillae  of  the  other.  They  represented  also  the 
organs  of  generation.  In  fact,  sir,  I  believe  that  Osir  was  nothing 
more  than  an  Arab  Scheikh,  subsequently  placed  among  the  national 
divinities. 

./2^oo,  according  to  ChampoUion,  signifies,  in  Coptic,  the  wmt'erse  ;  in 
Berber  it  means  the  whole  aerial  spacef.  This  confirms  what  Macrobius 
asserts  of  Egyptian  theology:  "^gyptii,  per  nomina  Deorum,  uni- 
versam  rerum  naturam,  juxta  theologiam  naturalem,  inteliigebant." 
On  this  supposition,  it  is  also  probable  that  Ammon  signified  water, 
and  Themis  ^re. 

I  now  come  to  the  famous  river  Nile.  In  the  first  book  of  either 
Herodotus  or  Diodorus  Siculus,  the  Egyptians  are  said  to  have  called 
the  Nile  Oceanus.  lie  or  like,  in  Berber  means  the  seaj,  which 
may  have  been  changed  into  Nile,  thus :  the  inhabitants  of  Egypt  pro- 
bably gave  to  their  sacred  river  some  appellation,  such  as  the  father  or 
fountain  of  the  sea.  With  this  supposition,  Nile  would  be  the  genitive 
inflection,  "  of  the  Sea."  If  the  ancient  historians,  whom  I  cannot  now 
consult,  report  correctly,  that  the  Nile  was  called  Ocean,  then  the  sea, 
with  the  determinate  masculine  article,  would  be  Dhile,  which  in  the 
softer  enunciation  of  the  Greeks,  might  have  been  made  Nile.     The 

*  Mr  Shaler,  in  his  vocabulary,  gives  the  word  amgar,  amegat  for  old ;  and'  M.  Venture 
translates  emgar,  feminine,  temgar,  by  vieillard.  He  gives  tagcJiicht  for  daughtet,  and 
thiahhdain  for  girls.  Mr  Shaler  has  illi,  elli,  for  daughter,  in  which  he  agrees  with  my  Taleb. 
These  differences  may  be  accounted  for  by  the  variety  of  dialects  and  the  richness  of  the 
language. 

t  M.  Venture  gives  for  the  word  air,  adou,  which  is  nearly  the  same.  This  word  is.  not 
given  in  Mr  Shaler's  Vocabulary. 

J  The  same  author  gives  lebhar  as  the  Berber  word  lanier  for  (the  sea).  But  M.  Langles,. 
his  editor,  in  a  note  (p.  438)  observes  that  it  is  an  Arabic  word.  So  that  lie  or  lUec  appears, 
to  be  the  genuine  Berber.     Mr  Shaler  gives  hhar  or  bahar,  also  Arabic. 


Og  ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE. 

Berber  word  for  se«,  I  obtained  after  a  long  search,  from  a  native  of 
the  island  of  Zerbi  or  Djerba,  the  ancient  Meninx,  in  the  Syrtis  Minor. 
The  inhabitants  of  this  island  were  the  Lotophagi  of  Homer.  They 
speak  the  Berber  language  less  mixed  with  Arabic  than  the  Kabyles 
of  Algiers. 

The  structure  of  the  Coptic  language  justifies  the  preceding  deri- 
vation. From  ChampoUion  I  learn  that  "en  Copte,  la  preposition  n 
remplace  le  cas  genitif  des  Latins."  (Precis,  p.  129.)  This  is  another 
coincidence  to  be  added  to  what  I  said  in  my  preceding  letter  on  the 
similarity  of  forms  between  the  Coptic  and  the  Berber. 

To  derive  the  appellation  Nile  from  Hebrew  or  Arabic  roots,  as  has 
been  done  by  Pococke  and  other  learned  men ;  would  be  to  suppose 
those  to  have  been  idioms  of  Egypt  anterior  to  the  flood.  I  have  in 
my  possession  a  valuable  Arabic  manuscript  of  Abou  Abbas  Ahmed 
Ben  Josef,  which  he  calls  Jlkhbar-ul-cloimvel  on  Mhar-ul-Eunvel^  in 
which  is  found  a  history  of  Egypt  prior  to  the  deluge,  and  the  Nile 
was  so  called  at  that  remote  period.  Whence  Abou  Abbas  obtained 
his  information  would  be  curious  to  know ;  for  no  records  or  traditions 
of  the  condition  of  this  globe  previous  to  the  grand  cataclysm,  can  be 
safely  received  but  from  the  Genesis  of  Moses. 

The  Geographical  Society  of  Paris,  at  its  institution  in  1823,  pub- 
lished a  series  of  questions  upon  this  part  of  Africa,  the  greater  part  of 
which  I  hope  I  may  be  with  time  prepared  to  resolve.  I  have  pro- 
jected a  map  of  North  Africa,  including  the  Saara,  in  which  I  have 
found  populous  oases,  I  believe  heretofore  unknown,  or  which  have 
been  comprehended  within  more  general  divisions  of  that  desert.  On 
this  map  I  have  described  itineraries  from  the  Atlantic  to  Fezzan, 
along  the  northern  border  of  the  Saara,  and  I  have  traced  the  lines 
of  march  of  trading  Kafilahs  through  different  sections  of  this  vasty 
waste. 

I  have  conversed  with  the  inhabitants  of  Dra,  Tafilet,  Fighig,  Twat, 
Tegoraza,  Tedeekels,  Wurgelah,  Ghadames,  Djerbi,  Gharian,  and 
have  found  the  Berber  language  radically  the  same  in  all  these  places. 
The  Tibboos  are  really  distinct  people,  as  a  comparison  of  their  words 
will  show. 


ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE. 


29 


English. 

Tibboo. 

Berber. 

Fire 

Wenee 

Themis 

Water 

Ee 

Aman 

Air 

Abonoo 

Atoo 

Earth 

Pestaboo 

Thamoorth 

I  think  I  can  account  for  this  fact  geographically.  I  have  various 
vocabularies ;  among  others,  of  the  Tergiah,  or  language  of  the  Tu- 
aryks  of  the  Saara,  which  is  pure  Berber.  Terga  is  the  singular  of 
Tuaryli. 

There  is  a  political  phenomenon  in  the  social  history  of  the  Berbers, 
which  is  worthy  of  the  attention  of  the  antiquary  and  of  the  philoso- 
pher. The  towns  of  Ghadames,  JFurgelah,  Eghivaat,  (Loivaat  of 
Shaw)  and  Tlemsan  are,  each  of  them,  divided  into  two,  three  or  four 
distinct  communities  or  tribes,  who  war  with  each  other  like  the 
Kabyle  classes  of  the  mountains :  to  these  towns  there  is  a  common 
wall ;  but  each  community  has  its  particular  section  enclosed  by  an 
interior  wall.  Since  the  domination  of  the  Turks,  the  Berbers  have 
abandoned  Tlemsan.  Captain  Lyon  made  known  this  curious  fact  in 
relation  to  Ghadames,  and  Shaw  to  Tlemsan ;  but  I  believe  I  have  first 
noticed  the  political  constitution  of  Wurgelah  and  Eghwaat.  The 
Geographical  Society  of  Paris  thus  remarks  upon  the  subject :  -  ce  fait 
etant  important  pour  toute  I'histoire  de  I'antiquitc,  on  est  prie  d'obtenir 
le  plus  de  details  possibles  sur  I'origine,  la  nature,  les  conditions  et  les 
resultats   de  cette   union." 


The  town  of  Eghwaat  is  built  in  this 


manner 


3=: 


1.1.  The  two  tribes.     2.  2.  Wall  of  partition  and  gate.     3.  3.  Respective  gates.      1.  4. 
Respective  gardens  enclosed  by  walls. 

Vol.  IV.— H 


30  ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE. 

The  town  is  elliptic,  but  the  gardens  attached  to  it  form  of  the  whole 
a  parallelogram :  the  middle  gate  is  closed  in  time  of  war. 

The  Beni  Mozab  are  called  in  their  language  Aith  eougalan,  or  the 
tribe  of  the  austere,  which  has  been  rendered  into  Arabic  by  Beni 
Mosab  or  Mozab.  Here  then,  sir,  we  call  back  these  people  to  the 
Berber  charter ;  they  had  almost  lost  for  ever  their  very  name.  Their 
sect  of  Islam  comprehends  the  inhabitants  of  Djerbi,  of  the  mountains 
of  Emfus,  and  of  Oman  on  the  Persian  Gulph.  In  all  essential  points 
of  doctrine  they  are  Wahhabees,  but  differ  from  them  in  two  articles 
of  speculative  divinity — the  essence  of  God,  and  the  nature  of  future 
punishments.  A  third  point  of  difference  is  the  law  of  inheritance. 
Their  schism  dates  from  the  fifth  century  of  the  Hegira. 

With  a  view  to  the  future  advantage  of  the  infant  colony  of  Libe- 
ria, I  have  extended  my  inquiries  to  the  mountains  of  Kong.  Of  the 
Soing,  the  principal  dialect,  I  have  a  vocabulary. 

I  have  now  laid  open  to  you,  sir,  the  wide  field  of  my  researches. 
I  have  attempted  something  towards  its  exploration,  but  much  will 
remain  for  others.  The  most  philosophical  disquisition  on  the  early 
inhabitants  of  Africa  that  I  have  yet  seen,  is  that  of  the  learned  Von 
Heeren,  entitled,  "Ideen  uber  die  politik,  den  verkehr  und  den  han- 
del  der  vomehmsten  Volker  der  alter  Welt,"  which  deduces  powerful 
arguments  from  the  Berber  language,  although  so  imperfectly  known. 
This  encourages  me  to  hope  that  my  philological  studies  may  con- 
tribute something  towards  unrolling  the  mysterious  scroll  of  man's 
history. 

I  am,  &c. 

WILLIAM  B.  HODGSON. 

Peter  S.  Duponceau,  Esq. 

:  P.S.  I  enclose  some  remarks  respecting  the  Tuarycks,  which  may 
not  be  unworthy  of  your  attention. 


ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE.  31 


REMARKS  UPON  THE  TUARYCKS. 

These  great  and  warlike  people  were  first  described  by  the  judicious 
traveller,  Frederick  Hornemann,  who,  in  the  year  1798,  passed  from 
Cairo  to  Fezzan.  Captain  Lyons,  Messrs  Denham  and  Clapperton, 
and  the  lamented  Major  Laing,  subsequently  travelled  through  or 
along  the  borders  of  the  Saara,  and  have  represented  this  nation  as 
distinguished  by  strong  physical  traits  and  manly  characters. 

The  Tuarycks  inhabit  that  extensive  portion  of  the  Saara  circum- 
scribed on  the  east  by  Fezzan  and  Tibboo,  south  by  the  Negro  nations 
of  Bournou,  Haoussa,  Gouber  and  Tombuctoo,  and  on  the  west  by 
the  oases  of  Tedeekels  and  Twat.  The  country  of  the  Mozabis, 
Engousah  and  Ghadames  are  their  northern  limits,  beyond  which 
they  never  proceed.  As  Nomadic  tribes,  they  are  found  in  the  vicin- 
ity of  all  the  Negro  population,  from  Tibboo  to  Tombuctoo,  where 
they  rove  for  the  purpose  of  kidnapping.  The  number  of  slaves  sold 
in  the  northern  njarkets  of  Mourtzouk,  Ain-Lalal,  Ghadames  and 
Mozab  by  these  AnthropoMephts,  must  be  very  great ;  for,  of  the  slaves 
with  whom  I  have  conversed  at  Algiers,  the  larger  part  were  ravished 
from  their  homes,  while  young,  by  these  bandits  of  the  desert. 
Among  the  Negro  tribes,  they  bear  different  names :  as  Sergoos,  they 
are  known  every  where ;  on  the  borders  of  Fezzan,  at  Aghadez  and  in 
Haoussa,  they  are  called  Kelluvi;  at  Sackatou  and  among  the  inhabit- 
ants of  Gouber,  they  are  known  as  Etesan;  and  at  Tombuctoo  and 
along  the  Quorra  or  Niger,  as  Oulemidan.  By  the  natives  of  Haoussa 
they  are  also  denominated  Ouzanoroah,  which  has  the  import  of  the 
Arabic  word  Kajir  or  infidel.  Kilgaris  is  another  name  which  they 
bear  in  the  district  between  Aghades  and  Soudan. 

The  Tuarycks  are  a  white  people  of  the  Berber  race,  and  are  Mo- 
hammedans of  the  sect  of  Maleki.  In  regard  to  the  practice  of  religion, 
it  is  believed  they  are  quite  as  indifferent  as  the  Kabyles  of  the  Atlas ; 
whilst  they  are  superstitious,  and  greatly  addicted  to  the  use  of 
amulets  or  herzes,  prepared  by  their  marabouts.  These  independent 
tribes  are  remarkable  for  their  commercial  habits  and  warlike  pro- 


32  ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE. 

pensities.  Their  kafilas  or  caravans  carry  on  the  commerce  of  Fezzan, 
with  Ghadames,  Twat  and  Soudan ;  and  Mourtzouk  derives  its  wealth 
and  importance  from  their  enterprise.  It  was  this  trading  impulse 
which  induced  Hornemann  to  suppose  that  the  Tuarycks  had  pushed 
forward  colonies  to  Angela  and  Siwah,  and  perhaps  to  Ghadames  and 
along  the  northern  fringe  of  the  Saara  to  the  empire  of  Morocco. 
This  idea  was  suggested  by  the  identity  of  language  of  the  Si  wahans  and 
Tuarycks ;  but  the  former,  rather  than  colonists,  are  believed  to  be  the 
descendants  of  the  ancient  Libyans,  the  aborigines  of  the  great  and 
lesser  oases ;  and  the  Tuarycks  are  doubtless  of  the  same  stock. 

The  etymology  of  the  appellation  Tuaryck  gives  to  this  subject  a 
new  aspect.  This  word  in  the  Berber  language  signifies  tribes.  The 
singular  form  is  Terga,  which  makes  Tuerga  in  the  plural,  or,  as  it  is 
commonly  pronounced,  Tuareg,  and  with  our  orthography  Tuaryck. 
To  one  man  Tergi  is  applied,  and  Tuaryck  to  the  nation.  I  speak 
advisedly,  for  I  have  the  authority  of  Twatters  who  have  had  long  inter- 
course with  these  people.  If  one  be  asked  what  language  the  Tuarycks 
speak,  he  will  reply  Tergeah ;  in  the  same  analogy  Arabcah  is  spoken 
by  Arabs  and  Kahylcah  by  Kabyles.  I  had  long  thought  that  Tuaryck 
was  a  Berber  term,  and  accident  discovered  its  signification,  which 
had  been  refused  to  repeated  inquiries.  I  had  requested  my  Taleb  to 
render  into  Berber,  some  Arabic  composition  in  which  occurred  the 
word  shuub,  tribes.  When  the  Taleb  translated  it  by  Tuerga,  my 
satisfaction  was  extreme,  because  henceforth  it  will  serve  to  illustrate 
the  history  of  this  interesting  nation. 

The  Berber  term  Tuaryck  corresponds  with  the  Arabic  Kabyle,  or 
with  a  more  literal  orthography,  Kahail,  both  of  which  signify 
tribes,  borders  or  families.  The  important  fact  is  hence  deduced, 
that  the  Kabyles  of  the  Atlas  have  an  appellation  similar  to  the 
Kabyles  of  the  desert ;  and  they  are  the  same  people,  as  will  be  proved 
by  a  comparative  vocabulary. 

These  names  were  not  given  to  the  Numidians  or  Gfetulians  by  the 
ancient  historians.  As  the  origin  of  Kabyle  is  positively  known,  that 
of  Tuaryck  may  be  inferred  by  analogy.  At  the  period  of  the  Saracen 
invasion,  the  Arabian  caliphs  found  the  Berbers  unimproved  in  their 
condition,  as  represented  to  have  been  under  the  government  of  Sallust. 


ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE.  33 

neque  moribus,  neque  lege,  neque  imperio  ciijusquam.  These  more 
cultivated  sectarians  of  the  Koran  applied  the  term  Kabyle  to  the 
unlettered  and  pagan  Mauritaneans.  With  a  like  sentiment  of  supe- 
riority, the  stationary  inhabitants  of  Fezzan  and  Twat  may  have 
denominated  Tuarycks,  the  Nomades  of  the  desert,  and  so  fully  has  the 
name  been  adopted,  that  a  district  of  the  Saara  is  called  Terga,  accord- 
ing to  Leo  Africanus. 

The  Kabyles  of  the  Atlas,  in  assuming  this  appellation,  seek  to  give 
to  it  an  honourable  derivation.  When  the  Mohammedans  preached 
to  them  the  first  article  of  Islam,  that  there  is  no  God  but  one  God, 
and  that  Mohammed  is  his  prophet,  they  replied  Nekabel,  we  receive. 
Hence,  they  affirm,  comes  the  term  Kabyle.  The  mountain  of  Fuss 
near  Tripoli  was  so  called,  say  the  Berbers,  for  the  same  reason,  to  in- 
dicate the  readiness  with  which  they  embraced  the  religion  of  the 
prophet.     Fuss  in  their  language  signifies  hand. 

The  aborigines  of  our  country  are  called  Indian  tribes ;  and  if  the 
man  be  an  Indian,  it  is  seldom  asked  whether  he  is  a  Chippeway  or  a 
Choctaw.  The  Fezzanians  in  denominating  the  surrounding  tribes 
Tuarycks,  and  the  Moors  those  among  them  Kabyles,  have  done  what 
we  have  in  a  similar  case.  We  have  adopted  the  epithet  Indian,  which 
is  not  known  to  our  indigenous  population,  and  by  which  they  are  in 
no  wise  characterised.  It  would  seem  that  the  human  mind  acts  by 
similar  laws  in  all  countries. 

Are  the  aborigines  of  North  Africa  known  by  any  generic  name ;  or 
do  the  various  tribes  bear,  each,  a  particular  appellation  ?  To  the  first 
part  of  this  question  it  is  answered,  that  the  term  Berber,  of  which  the 
plural  form  is  beraber,  is  universally  acknowledged  by  the  original 
population  of  this  country.  I  have  conversed  with  natives  of  Morocco 
and  of  Tripoli,  and  every  where  the  earlier  Africans  call  themselves 
Beraber.  The  etymology  of  this  word  cannot  now,  perhaps,  be  ascer- 
tained ;  but  its  origin  is  probably  anterior  to  the  Roman  domination. 
By  the  Arabian  geographers  and  historians.  El  IVardi,  Masoudi,  and 
Jichmed  Tchelebi  el  Karamani,  the  Berbers  are  distinctly  mentioned  as 
occupying  the  oases,  and  also  various  parts  of  North  Africa.  Leo  Afri- 
canus proposes  two  derivations ;  the  one  from  Ber  signifying  desert, 
and  the  other  from  Burbrera,  to  mutter.  As  etymologies  are  intimately 
Vol.  IV.— I 


34  ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE. 

connected  with  history  and  various  local  circumstances,  of  which  I 
am  ignorant  in  relation  to  Berher,  its  derivation  remains  sub  judice. 
Gibbon  asserts  that  this  word  is  of  Greek  origin,  being  the  corruption 
of  the  epithet  c»§ea5M,  which  was  applied  to  all  foreigners. 

The  second  part  of  the  question  is  answered  by  the  names  of 
numerous  tribes  which  have  been  published  by  Hoest,  Chenier,  Abadea 
and  Jackson,  inhabiting  the  empire  of  Morocco,  and  by  Shaw,  of  those 
belonging  to  Algiers.  To  all  of  these  individual  names,  the  word 
aith  is  prefixed,  which  corresponds  with  the  Arabic  beni  or  welled.^ 
signifying  sons  or  children.  The  tribe  of  Beni  or  Welled  Ammer, 
as  among  the  Arabs,  would  be  called  Aith  Ammer  by  the  Berbers. 
The  term  aith  would  be  rendered  into  Arabic  more  literally  by  eA/, 
meaning  companion,  family,  people ;  for  the  Moors  say  ehli  darek  the 
people  of  your  house,  and  the  Kabyles  for  the  same  phrase  say  aith 
eonalihameek.  This  peculiar  Berber  denomination  pervades  this 
continent.  The  Beni  Mozab,  are,  in  their  own  language,  called  Aith 
oodjelan;  and  I  believe,  that  instead  of  the  Arabic  names  which  they 
never  fail  to  assume  before  strangers,-  the  Berbers  will  every  where  be 
found  to  have  their  peculiar  appellations.  Among  the  Tuarycks  of 
Hagara,  who  inhabit  the  interior  of  the  Saara,  "in  the  deep  bosom  of 
that  ocean  buried,"  there  are  tribes  called  Aith  el  Hadj,  Aaith  el  Noah, 
Aith  Emgat  and  Esukemaran.  The  two  first  names,  Hadj  and  Noah 
indicate  how  great  has  been  the  influence  of  the  Koran  and  its  language 
in  obliterating  the  very  nomenclature  of  families.  In  the  oases  of 
Tedeekels,  Twat,  Tegorara  and  Fighig,  the  epithet  aith  predominates. 
The  late  major  Laing  traversed  the  great  desert  from  Ghadames  to 
Ain  Salah,  the  principal  town  of  Tedeekels,  and  thence  passed  through 
the  desert  of  Tenezarof  to  Tombuctoo.  If  the  papers  of  this  distin- 
guished traveller  should  ever  be  recovered,  much  important  informa- 
tion will  be  had,  in  relation  to  the  Tuarycks  and  Berbers.  But  if  his 
orthography  be  so  incorrect  as  that  of  Ensala,  which  should  be  Ain 
Salah,  a  subject  already  obscure  will  become  impenetrably  dark.  The 
Quarterly  Review  of  last  year  contains  some  notice  of  major  Laing's 
travels  among  the  Tuarycks.  A  vocabulary  of  their  language,  which 
has  been  long  esteemed  a  desideratum,  I  herewith  present. 


ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE. 


BS 


Singular. 

Plural. 

Water 

Aman 

Amanan 

Fire 

Temis 

Sun 

Tafookt  (literally 

the  light  of  the  sun) 

Moon 

Ayur 

Ayuran 

Star 

Ithree 

Ithran 

Man 

Erdjaz 

Erdjazan 

Woman 

Tamtot 

Khaleth  and  Tesidnan 

Head 

Ikf 

Ikfowan 

Eye 

Teit 

Tetouan 

Hand 

Afuss 

Efessan 

Dog 

Aidee 

Edan 

Cat 

Amshish 

Emshash 

Bull 

Azger 

Ezgeran 

Cow 

Tafoonest 

Tezith 

Bread 

Agrom 

Meat 

Aksoum* 

Salt 

Tesint 

Country 

Tamoort 

This  vocabulary  is  a  specimen  of  the  Berber  language,  wherever  it 
is  spoken.  The  only  difference  betwixt  the  highlander  and  the  inhab- 
itant of  the  plains,  in  this  respect,  is  that  the  former  pronounces  th  at 
the  beginning  and  end  of  words,  which  the  other  enunciates  /;  and  the 
hard  sound  of  g  becomes  the  softer  dj:  i.  e.  Themis  makes  Temis, 
and  ergaz  is  pronounced  erdjaz.  The  grammatical  structure  of  the 
language  is  every  where  the  same.  The  proof  is  therefore  conclusive, 
that  the  Tuarycks  and  the  Kabyles  are  one  people,  and  that  the  great 
Libyan  race  still  exists  in  Africa :  its  language  has  not  been  effaced, 
nor  has  its  character  degenerated ;  its  independence  has  been  preserved 
amidst  invasions  and  corruptions,  and  it  now  commands  the  proud 
eulogy  of  Rome, 

genus  insuperabile  bello. 


*  May  not  the  name  of  the   ancient  town  of  Axum,  in  Abyssinia,   be  derived  from  this 
word?     The  Abyssinians  are  great  meat-eaters. 


36  ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE. 

The  aboriginal  tribes  of  North  Africa  possess  no  literature,  nor  any 
monumental  records  to  attest  their  history.  What  has  been  trans- 
mitted by  Greek  and  Roman  writers  is  an  imperfect  sketch,  and  em- 
braces but  a  short  period  anterior  to  the  Christian  sera.  Where 
tradition  fails,  the  early  condition  of  a  people  may  be  read  in  the 
unerring  page  of  human  speech.  From  the  language  of  the  Berbers 
may  be  drawn  striking  illustrations  of  the  religion,  the  political  and 
social  state  of  Egypt  and  Libya.  The  papers  that  have  been  sub- 
mitted to  the  American  Philosophical  Society  prove  the  antiquity  of 
this  language. 

Quam  non innumerabilis 

Annoium  series,  et  fuga  temporum 
Possit  dirueie. 

If  this  idiom  be  not  the  Libyan,  it  is  confidently  asked,  by  what 
mighty  catastrophe  has  that  language  been  lost  ?  Since  the  period  of 
the  first  Punic  war,  we  are  accurately  informed  of  all  the  invasions 
which  have  successively  swept  over  this  continent ;  and  of  the  Saracen 
alone  does  any  vestige  remain.  When  the  learned  Marsden  discov- 
ered an  affinity  betwixt  the  Berber  of  Atlas  and  the  dialect  of  Sivvah, 
the  remarkable  fact  was  immediately  used  by  the  philosophic  writer 
Heeren*,  to  solve  the  question,  who  were  the  Libyans?  He  does  not 
hesitate  to  assert,  that  philology  has  proved  the  Tuarycks  to  be  the 
descendants  of  that  ancient  people.  Heeren  profoundly  investigated 
the  state  of  religion  and  commerce  among  the  earlier  Egyptians  and 
Libyans:  with  what  satisfaction  would  he  have  learned  that  the 
extensive  worship  of  Ammon  was  that  of  water — as  the  annual  pro- 
cession of  priests  bearing  this  god  in  a  boat  sufficiently  proves — and 
that  the  divinity  of  Themis  represented  fire. 

This  argument  for  the  African  origin  and  remote  antiquity  of  the 
Berber  language,  is  believed  to  be  irrefragable.  The  Quarterly 
Review  of  1826  renews  the  hypothesis  of  Mr  Marsden  and  the  erudite 
Langles,  that  it  may  be  a  dialect  of  the  ancient  Punic,  and  translated 
to  Africa  by  the  founder  of  Carthage.     The  analogy  between  the 

*  Ideen  uber  die  Politik,  &c.  der  vornehmsten  Valker  der  alten  VVcIt. 


ON   THE  BEUBER  LANGUAGE. 


37 


Berber,  and  the  Semitic  language  is  faint,  compared  with  the  numer- 
ous and  prominent  traits  of  character  which  distinguish  them.  It  has 
ah'eady  been  shown  by  Mr  Du  Ponceau,  that  the  Carthaginians  couhl 
not,  in  the  nature  of  things,  have  imparted  their  language  to  this  con- 
tinent; the  Punic  origin  of  the  Berber  may  therefore  be  abandoned. 

Were  additional  proof  required,  the  Berber  names  of  individuals 
might  be  adduced.  No  connection  subsists  between  them,  and  those  of 
the  Carthaginians  recorded  in  history.  These  appellations  have  been 
obtained  with  great  difficulty ;  for  the  Kabyles  bear  Arabic  names,  as 
wtII  as  Berber,  and  these  they  conceal  with  pertinacity  among  the 
Moors,  conceiving  them  to  be  contrary  to  the  true  faith. 


M 

;«'*  Names. 

Wo7ncn's  Naiyics. 

Wetoweet 

Bat 

Thafookt          Light  of  the  sun 

Aketot 

Talkafive 

Thezeree          Moon-light 

Azetot 

Dove 

Thefeddoonith  Move  the  earth 

Abeetot 

Short  coat 

Thezemerth      Lamb 

Serrefref 

Fearing  the  wind 

Thunes              Tunis 

Shenoof 

Hair-lipped 

Thesomtha        Pillow 

Amshesh 

Cat 

Theziziveeth      Bee 

Anefses 

Runner 

Theskooth         Partridge 

Ahenooh 

Neigher  {a  horse) 

Honouf 

Crooked-nose 

These  names,  compared  with  the  Phenician  Asdrubal,  Hannibal, 
Hamilcar,  &c.  present  no  similarity,  which  latter  may  be  derived  from 
the  Hebrew,  a  cognate  dialect  of  the  Phenician.  Our  North  American 
Indians  surpass  the  Berbers  in  the  grandiloquence  of  men's  names, 
but  more  poetic  appellations  for  women  exist  in  no  language. 

Important  facts  for  the  history  of  North  Africa  have  been  derived  from 
the  Berber  ;  ancient  mythology  has  also  received  plausible  illustrations 
from  it.  The  complete  investigation  of  this  idiom  may  facilitate  re- 
searches in  other  languages ;.  for  with  the  Coptic  it  has  a  positive 
affinity.  Comparative  philology,  which  was  equally  neglected  by  the 
sagacious  Greek  and  the  haughty  Roman,  is  in  modern  times  a  science 
indispensable  to  the  accurate  historian. 

WILLIAM  B.  HODGSON. 

Algiers,  June  10,  18^9. 
Vol.  IV.— K 


38  ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE. 


A  GRAMMATICAL  SKETCH  OF  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE. 

1.  Of  the  Alphabet. 

■  The  Berber  language,  having  no  literature,  has  properly  no  alphabet 
of  its  own.  It  is  written  nevertheless  by  means  of  the  Arabic  characters, 
which  are  generally  used  for  that  purpose.  But  as  the  sounds  of  the  two 
languages  do  not  exactly  agree,  some  alteration  has  been  made  in  the 
Arabic  alphabet,  in  order  to  adapt  it  to  the  representation  of  the  words 
of  this  idiom.  Of  the  twenty-eight  letters  that  compose  it,  the  fourth 
character  tsa,  numeral  500,  has  been  excluded,  and  five  more  have 
been  added,  three  of  which,  the  tchhn,  the  zhc,  and  the  ghcif,  have 
been  borrowed  from  the  Persian  alphabet,  in  order  to  represent  the 
sounds  of  the  English  ch,  the  French/,  and  the  guttural  sound  of  gh 
in  the  Flemish  or  Low  Dutch  language ;  the  Greek  e  has  also  been 
added  to  express  the  sound  of  the  English  th,  and  a  new  character, 
composed  of  the  Arabic  ta  and  sin  combined  together,  serves  to  express 
the  sound  given  by  the  Germans  to  the  letter  z,  or  the  combination  of 
the  letters  is.  Thus  the  Berber  alphabet  may  be  said  to  be  composed 
of  thirty-two  letters. 

II.   Of  the  Article. 

The  definite  article  is  sometimes  supplied  by  the  affixed  particle 
Ees — Ecshhamsa,  the  five  (persons). 

Sometimes  also  th  is  prefixed  to  and  suffixed  by  substantives.  Thus 
zerbia,  a  carpet,  becomes  thezerbceth. 

In  words  borrowed  from  the  Arabic  the  article  el  is  generally  pre- 
served, or  rather,  the  letter  I  is  prefixed  to  and  incorporated  with  the 
substantive.  Thus  el-kifab,  a  book,  becomes  Icktsah  ;  el-bahar,  the  sea, 
is  changed  into  kb/uir*. 

*  M.  Venture  (p.  420)  says  lliat  tlic  Berber  has  no  definite  article,  which,  in  general,  is 
probably  true.  Speaking  of  Arabic  words  introduced  into  that  language,  he  says,  (p.  416,) 
that  the  Arabic  aiticle  cl  is  changed  irito  t  prefixed  and  suffixed,  or  the  syllable  ?u7  is  placed 


ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE.  39 

In  general,  however,  Arabic  words,  when  adopted  by  the  Berbers, 
undergo  the  changes  required  by  the  analogy  of  their  language. 

Arabic  adjectives  are  made  Berber,  by  assuming  the  prefixed  par- 
ticle dha.     Thus  djcdld,  new,  becomes  dhadjedid. 

III.  Declension  of  JVouns  Substantive. 

Singular.  Plural. 

Nom.    Argaz,  a  man  Nom.  Ergazan,  men 

Gen.      Awergaz,  o/"  a  77ia»  Gen.  Ayergazan,  o/'?7icn 

Dat.       Eowargaz,  to  a  man  Dat.  Eeyergazan,  to  men 

Accus.  Ergaz,  a  man  Ghoor  yergazan,  to  the  men 

Voc.      Ai-Ergaz,  O  man  Accus.  Ergazan,  men 

Abl.       Azzeks,  aggargazj/j-om  the  man  Voc.  Ai-Ergazan,  O  men 

Abl.  As  yergazan,  hy  the  men*. 

IV.  Examples  of  the  JYumbers  in  JVouns. 

Argaz,  a  man,  pi.  Ergazan  Thamclakkalts,_/57'en(i,  f.  pi.  Themdukkal 

Thamattootli,  a  wotnan,  pi.  Khaleth  Eslee,  bridegroom,  pi.  Eslan 
Aksheesli,  a&oy,  pi.  Ekslieechan,  Elouashul        Thesleetii,  i;-JtZf,  pi.  Tlieselathcen 

Thakslieeth,  a  girl,  pi.  Thaksheesheen  Akarroee,  Jiead,  pi.  Ekaroecn 

Ammee,  a  son,  pi.  Arrou  OocIham,/hce,  pi.  Oodhamouean 

Allee,  a  daughter,  pi.  Assee  Tlieet,  eye,  pi.  Allen 

Aghma,  6)-o//ier,  pi.  Aeethma  Thinserth,  ?zo5e,  pi.  Anzoran 

Aoulatsma,  sister,  pi.  Yastliina  Elas,  tongue,  pi.  Elsoiiwan 

AmdakkaI,/cJenrf,  m.  pi.  Emdukkal  Akamftioosh,  mouth,  Ekammooshan 

at  the  end  of  the  substantive.  Thus,  from  el-mukhal,  which  is  Arabic  for  a  musket,  the 
Berbers  make  te  muJchalt  or  te  mukhalnit,  and  from  magas,  scissors,  temagast  or  temagasnit. 
P.  S.  D._ 

*  M.  Venture,  p.  420,  says  that  nouns  in  the  Berber  language  are  indeclinable,  but  their 
plural  varies  a  great  deal.  The  cases,  he  adds,  are  indicated  by  numerous  prepositions,  some 
of  which  he  instances,  which  are  en,  n,  eh,  nou,  eghy,  ou,  gh,  b.  Whenever  he  attempted  to 
make  use  of  any  of  these,  he  was  shown  that  he  was  in  an  error.  He  gives  the  dative  singular 
of  the  word  man,  precisely  as  our  author,  with  the  only  difference  of  the  French  spelling.  On 
the  whole  he  admits  that  he  is  not  sufficiently  familiar  with  the  language  to  be  able  to  give 
certain  rules.  It  would  appear  that  the  signs  of  the  cases  vary,  according  to  the  kind  of  sub- 
stantive to  which  they  are  applied,  or  perhaps  to  the  idea  meant  to  be  conveyed.  Thus:  to  the 
man  i  oucrghez;  to  iWekines,  ghi  Mclcnes;  to  the  house,  (or  perhaps,  at  the  house,  a  la  maison) 
s'ali-ham.  Mr  Hodgfon  will  probably  elucidate  these  points,  in  the  grammar  which  he 
intends  to  write  of  this  language. 

There  are  languages,  such  as  the  Laplandic  and  Finnic,  which  are  known  to  have  a  mul- 
titude of  cases;  and  it  is  probably  the  same  with  the  Berber.  Whether  these  are  expressed  by 
prepositions  or  inflexions,  makes  little  difference.  It  still  adds  to  the  precision  of  the  language. 
P.  S.  D. 


40  ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE. 

Oogel,  tooth,  p\.  Oogelan  Ahs,  hand,  pi.  Efessan 

Thigaanoos,  foretooth,  incisor,  pi.  Thag-  Amassat,  leg,  pi.  Emassatan 

annooseen  Atar,  foot,  pi.  Etarran 

Egheel,  arm,  pi.  Egliallan  Thifdents,  toe,  pi.  Thifadhnan. 

v.  Infections  of  an  Adjective. 

Argaz  dhalalee,  a  good  man  Dhefoohanan,  ni.  pi.  bad 

Thamattooth  dhalalee,  «  good  woman  Tsefoolianeen,  f.  pi.  had 

Ergazan  dlialalecn,  good  men  Amghar,  m.  sing,  old* 

■     Elkhaleth  dlialaleen,  good  women  Thamghaith,  f.  sing,  old 

Dhefoohan,  m.  sing,  had  Emgliaran,  m.  pi.  old 

Tsefoohants,  f.  sing,  had  Themghareen,  f.  pi.  old. 

VI.  Comparison  of  an  Adjective. 

Argaz  agasenen,  a  good  man 
Argaz  agasenen  fellas,  a  man  better  than  lie 
Argaz  agasenen  nezza,  a  very  good  man,  or  the  best  man 
«         Fellas,  (means')  above  him 
Nezza,  (means)  very. 

VII.  JVumerals. 

Ewan,  m.  Eweth,  f.  one. 
Seen,  m.  Seentli,  f.  tico. 

The  remaining  numerals  are  Arabic  and  suffer  no  changet. 

VIII.  Pronouns. 

1.  Personal. 
Nekkee,  m.  Nokkonce,  f.  I  Nekenee,  m.  Enkentsee,  f.  wc 

Khetchee,  m.  Khemmee,  f.  thou  Khoonwee,  m.  Khoonemtsee,  f.  you 

Netsa,  he;  Netselh,  she;  Ikra,  it  Nulhnee,  m.  Nuthentsee,  f.  they. 

*  What  is  the  word  for  old  in  Abyssinian  ?  Might  not  the  name  of  the  Amharic  language  be 
derived  from  it  ?     P.  S.  D. 

t  M.  Venture  gives  the  numerals  in  the  Berber  language,  from  one  to  one  hundred  millions. 
The  word  miyct,  one  hundred,  Mr  Langles,  in  a  note,  observes  to  be^Arabic,  and  ifid,  one 
thousand,  he  says,  is  a  corruption  of  the  Arabic  elf.  On  the  remainder  he  makes  no  observa- 
tion, which  would  seem  to  prove  that  the  Arabic  numerals  are  not  every  where  used  by  the 
Berbers,  though  they  may  be  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Algiers.     P.  S.  D. 


ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE.  41 


2.  Possessive. 

Eoo,  m.  and  f.  my  Annagh,  m.  tsagh,  f.  our 

Eek,  m.  eem,  f.  thy  An  wan,  m.  koonts,  f.  your 

Ees,  m.  and  f.  Ms  or  her  'Nsan,  m.  'nsants,  f.  their. 

3.  Independent  or  Possessive- 

Enoo,  m.  and  f.  mine  Nanwan,  m.  yours 

Nek,  m.  netn,  f.  thine  Koonts,  f.  yours 

Nes,  m.  and  f.  his  or  her  'Nsan,  m.  'nsants,  f.  theirs. 
Nannagh,  m.  'ntsagh,  f.  ours 

4.  Demonstrative. 

Wayee,  m.  thayee,  f.  this  Weyee,  m.  theyee,  f.  those 

Ouweed,  n.  ouwetseed,  f.  that  Ouwethend,  m.  ouwethenseed,  f.  those. 

5.  Relative. 

Winna,  m.  sing,  who  Enna,  m.  pi.  who 

Thinna,  f.  sing,  who  Jeena,  f.  pi.  who. 

6.  Interrogative. 

Enwawa,  m.  entsa,  f.  who?  Enwee,  m.  entsa,  f.  enwee,  n.  which? 

Ashou,  n.  what? ^ 

For  pronouns  combined  with  the  verb,  see  below. 

rX.  Of  the  Verb. 

In  this  language  the  imperative  mood  is  the  radical  from  which  the 
other  moods  and  tenses  are  derived. 

In  the  conjugation  of  verbs  there  is  a  masculine  and  a  feminine 
gender. 

The  following  paradigms  are  not  complete,  and  are  only  given  by- 
way of  specimens  of  the  manner  in  which  verbs  are  conjugated  in  the 
Berber  language. 

The  Substantive  Verb  to  be. 

IMPERATIVE   MOOD. 

Sing.  Elee,  m.  and  f.  he  thou 
Plur.  Eleeth,  m.  eleemths,  f.  he  ye. 

Vol.  IV L 


42 


ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE. 


Participle. 

Sing.  Ilia,  m.  thilla,  f.  being 
PI.      Ulan,  m.  illants,  f.  being. 


INDICATIVE  MOOD. 

Present  Tense*. 

Singular. 

m. 

Nekkee  adheleegh,  I  am                              m. 

f. 

Nekkinee  adheleegh,  lam                             f. 

m. 

Khetchee  atseleed,  thou  art                           m 

f. 

Khemmee  atseleed,  thou  art                        f. 

m. 

Nitsa  adhelee,  he  is                                       m. 

f. 

Netseth  atselee,  she  is                                 f. 

Plural. 
Nekenee  annelee,  we  are 
Enkentsee  annelee,  toe  are 
Khoonewee  atseleem,  you  are 
Khoonemtsee  atseleem,  you  are 
Nutheree  adheleen,  they  are 
Nuthentsee  adheleents,  they  are. 


Preterite. 


Singular. 
m.  Nekkee  allegh,  /  was 
f.    Nekkinee  allegh, /was 
m.  Khetchee  thaleed,  thou  wast 
f.    Khemmee  thaleed,  thou  wast 
m.  Netsa  ella,  he  was 
f.    Netseth  thella,  she  7oas 


Plural. 

m.  Nekenee  nella,  we  were 
f.    Enkentsee  nella,  we  were 
m.  Khoonwee  thellam,  you  were 
f.     Khoonemtsee  thellamts,  you  were 
m.  Nuthnee  ellan,  they  were 
f.    Nuthentsee  ellants,  they  were. 


Neuter  Verb  to  speak. 

IMPERATIVE   MOOD. 

Sing.  Sewal,  m.  and  f.  speaJc  thoii 

PI.      Sewalts,  m.  sevvalemts,  f.  speak  ye. 


iis'dicath'e  mood. 


Present  Tense- 


Singular, 

m.  Nekkee  adhseiilagh,  I  speak  m. 

f.    Nekkinee  adhsculagh,  /  speak  f. 

m.  Ketchee  atssculad,  thou  spcakest  m. 

f.    Khemmee  atssculad, //iou  s/3Ca/fC5i  f. 

m.  Netsa  adhseual,  he  speaks  m. 

f.    Netseth  adhseual,  she  speaks  f. 


Plural. 
Nekenee  anseual,  ice  speak 
Enkentsee  anseual,  tee  speak 
Khoonwee  atsseulem,  ye  speak 
Khoonemtsee  atsseulemts,  2^c  speak 
Nuthnee  adhseulan,  they  speak 
Nuthentsee  adiiseulants,  //fcy  speak. 


*  M.  Venture  says  that  in  the  Berber  verbs  tiie  present  tense  is  wanting,  and  is  expressed 
l)y  the  preterite,  as  in  the  Arabic  and  Hebrew  languages.     P.  S.  D. 


ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE. 


43 


Preterite. 


Singular. 
m.  Nekkee  aseulagh,  I  spoke 
f.    Nekkinee  aseulagh,  J^pote 
m.  Khetchee  tseulat,  thou  spokest 
f.    Khemmee  tseulat,  tJiou  spokest 
m.  Netsa  eseual,  he  spoke 
f.    Netseth  tseual,  she  spoke 


Plural. 
m.  Nekkenee  neseual,  we  spoke 
f     Enkentsee  neseual,  jce  spoke 
in.  Khoonwee  tseulem,  ye  spoke 
f.    Khoonemtsce  tseulemts,  i/e  spoke 
m.  Nuthnee  aseulan,  they  spoke 
f.    Nuthentsee  aseulants,  they  spoke. 


Active  Verb  to  strike. 


INDICATIVE  MOOD. 


Present  Tense. 

Singular. 

in. 

Nekkee  oothigh,  I  strike                               m. 

f. 

Nekkinee  oothigh,  I  strike                            f. 

tn. 

Khetchee  thootliid,  thou  strikest                    m. 

f. 

Khemmee  thoothid,  thou  strikest                  f. 

m. 

Netsa  yootha,  he  strikes                                m. 

f. 

Netseth  thootha,  she  strikes                         f. 

Preterite. 

Plural. 
Nekenee  annooth,  we  strike 
Enkentsee  annooth,  we  strike 
Khoonwee  atsoothem,  ye  strike 
Khoonemtsee  atsoothemts,  ye  strike 
Nuthnee  adhoothen,  they  strike 
Nuthentsee  adhoothents,  they  strike. 


s.  m.  Nekkee  oothighth,  I  have  struck 
p.  m.  Nekenee  nootlieth,  jce  have  struck 
p.  m.  Nuthnee  oothent,  they  have  struck. 

Future  Tense. 

s.  m.  Nekkee  athoothagh,  I  shall  or  teill  strike 
p.  ra.  Nekenee  athnoothagh,  we  shall  or  will  strike. 


Passive  Verb  to  be  struck. 


INDICATIVE  MOOD. 


Present  Tense. 


Singular. 

m.  Nekkee  atsoothagh,  I  am  struck  m. 

f.  Nekkinee  atsoothagh,  7  am  s^ruc/c  f. 

m.  Khetchee  thetsoothad,  thou  art  struck  m. 

f.    Khemmee  thetsoothad,  thou  art  struck  f. 

m.  Netsa  yatsooth,  he  is  struck  m 

f.    Netsath  thatsooth,  she  is  struck  f. 


Plural. 
Nekenee  netsooth,  we  are  struck 
Enkentsee  netsootli,  we  are  struck 
Khoonwee  tlietsoothcm,  you  are  struck 
Khoonemtsee  thetsoothem,  you  are  struck 
Nuthnee  athsoothem,  they  are  struck 
Nuthentsee  atsoothents,  they  arc  struck. 


44  ON  THE  BERBER  LA2JGUAGE. 


Negative  form  of  the  Verb  to  strike. 

s.  m.  Nekkee  oorakkathgara,  /  do  not  strike 
s.  f.    Nekkenee  oorakkathgara,  /  do  not  strike. 

The  same  with  Transitions. 

s.  m.  Nekkee  oorthakkathgara,  I  do  not  strike  him 
s.  m.  Nekkee  oorathnekkathgara,  I  do  not  strike  them. 

Further  Examples  of  Transitions. 

Efk,  give 

Efkas,  give  him 

Ef kee  vvayee,  give  me  that 

Efkagh,  give  us 

Efkasth,  give  it  to  him 

Oorasthatsakkara,  do  not  give  it  to  him 

Oorasnathtsakghara,  /  will  not  give  it  to  them. 

Note.  Efk,  the  imperative  form,  is  the  radical  syllabic,  from  which  the  pronouns  can  be 
readily  separated;  s  represents  the  accusative  or  dative  him  or  to  him;  and  th,  the  neuter  pro- 
noun it  or  to  it.  Oor  and  ra  are  the  initial  and  final  negatives.  This  greatly  resembles  the 
American  Indian  formations. 

» 

Another  Example. 

in.  &  f .  Netsa  yabgha-ee,  he  loves  me  m.  &.  f.  Abgay-agh,  he  loves  us 

m.  Abgegh-k,  I  love  thee  m.  Abghegh-koom,  I  love  you  (plural) 

f.  Abgegh-kem,  I  love  thee  f.  Abghegii-koonts,  I  love  you  (plural) 

m.  Abgegh-th,  /  love  him  m.  Abghegh-then,  Hove  them 

f  Abgegh-ths,  T  love  her  f.  Abghegh-thents,  Hove  them. 


BERBER  POETRY. 

Of  the  various  specimens  of  Berber  poetry  in  my  possession,  the 
following  is  not  the  fairest  example  of  its  versification.  In  this,  how- 
ever, rhythm  is  always  observed,  and  metre  generally.  The  second 
and  third  stanzas  are  of  trochaic  measure.  The  Berber  poetry  has 
various  metres,  and  among  others,  the  Greek  i'^ir^ii,;.  It  seems  to  be 
subjected  to  fixed  laws  of  pronunciation  and  orthometry. 


ON   THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE.  45 

The  following  song  is  sung  by  the  Kabyle  women,  at  the  departure 
of  the  errafka,  a  company  of  men  who  set  out  from  their  villages, 
under  the  safe  conduct  of  a  leader  called  the  bofessa,  to  go  to  Algiers. 
The  object  of  this  journey  is  thus  explained :  "under  the  treaties  ot 
peace  with  the  regency,  great  numbers  of  all  these  (Kabyle)  tribes 
seek  employment  in  Algiers  and  its  neighbourhood,  as  shepherds  and 
field  labourers,  and  with  foreigners,  as  house-servants."  Shaler's 
Sketches  of  Algiers,  p.  94.  With  their  wages  of  two  dollars  and  a  half 
per  month,  these  Kabyles  are  allowed  three  small  loaves  of  black  bread 
and  some  oil.  Their  lodgings  is  the  stable,  and  their  covering  the 
clothes  which  they  wear  in  the  day. 

Berber  Song. 

1 .  Awidden  dhedhesents  adhich  aminsee 

2.  Egan  gara  sanoee. 

3.  Aliath  'k-ldjennan,  agkhadem  latseraan 

4.  Aghrom  dlieraasas,  ishthok  eghatnan 

5.  Athemelewin,  hoozzimts  tliefrewin 

6.  Abreed  elliamma,  limbeth  glioorewin 

7.  Sbiagh  adhleel  arnegh  oola  adblaoonais 

8.  Agbra  lezair  anidha  ekhadem  elkais 

9.  Ai,  Sidi  Yahaya!  abab  netsa  booth 
10.  Afooyagh  adhnoob,  argaz  thamattooth. 

Translation. 

1.  I  wish  to  go  with  them  to  partake  of  the  Aminsee*, 

2.  To  enjoy  with  him  the  pleasures  of  love. 

3.  He  is  working  in  the  garden,  earning  the  tseinant, 

4.  Eating  saltless  bread,  and  longing  for  his  home. 

5.  Dove  !    Speed  thy  wings  in  flight, 

6.  Speed  to  El-hammaJ,  there  pass  the  night; 

7.  Bear  my  ear-ring,  and  even  my  necklace 

8.  To  Algiers,  where  the  good  man  is  working. 

9.  Oh,  Sidi  Yahaya§  !  thou  blessed  father, 
10.  Pardon  the  sins  of  the  man  and  his  wife. 

^  Aminsee,  the  evening  repast  of  the  Kabyles. 
t  Tseman,  a  small  coin. 
I  El-hamma,  a  place  so  called  near  Algiers. 
4  Sidi  Yahaya,  a  distinguished  Marabbui. 

Vol.  IV.— M 


46 


ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE. 


Imitation. 

Th'  errafka  's  gone — O  great  bofessa,  take 
Me  to  the  good  man,  nor  me  thus  forsake; 
Take  me  to  where  I  shall  behold  his  face, 
Taste  his  arainsee  and  his  sweet  embrace. 
Joyless  he  works,  in  gardens  or  in  fields. 
His  daily  labour  one  poor  tseman  yields: 
His  bread  is  saltless,  and  with  that  alone 
He  longs  and  wishes  for  his  chearful  home. 
O !  gentle  Dove,  quick  spread  your  wings  in  fiigiit, 
Speed  to  El-harama  and  there  pass  the  night: 
Bear  him  these  tokens,  my  necklace,  my  ring, 
My  bracelets,  my  pendents,  my  ev'ry  thing. 
Oh,  Sidi  Yahaya !  grant  us  blessings  and  life, 
And  pardon  the  sins  of  tl:e  man  and  his  wife. 


A  BERBER  TALE. 


WITH  AN  INTERLINEAL  TRANSLATION. 


Eweth       el  marra       beki'i,      ennan,      irouh  ewaii      itheddou 

One                    time             long  ago,       they  say,          went  one  traveller 

adh-ouabzeed  alemmi  adh-ewan  ad-el-hal  oumada  itswals  addakhan. 

in  the  road              till                  one                place           solitary  he  saw         a  smoke. 


Ikabbel    ghar-dhinna  alemmi  iwouad; 


gaf     adh-ewan   awergez 


He  approached  towards  there  till         lie  arrived;    he  found  one  of  man 

ala       metsa;     ouahedas    dha-oudcou,     adh-seen     el-bizan,    etletsa 

e.xccpt  him;  alone  he  with  a  horse,  with  two  falcons,  three 

ibrahasli;  adhiker        esbaeh,       adhirkeb   aoudeou,  yawee  ibrahash, 

pointer  dogs;     he  rises        in  the  morning,         mounts  horse,  takes         pointers, 

irouh,  enagh    ella-asha     '1  mehella,    ouahedas     ekled ;     eyan  weed 

went,       fights        till  evening        with  troops,  alone  he        he  returns;      those       with 

Ifragatin ;     alemmi 

Ifragatin;  till 

aranahadem  .■'       efan 

shall  we  do  ?  they  find 


itsnagh 


esmouansen 

their  name 


he  fought 

ennanassen 

they  said  themselves,       how 


amek 


those 

adh-ewan       aouess 

one  day 


aouamghar 


ewan 

one 


of  old  man 


ON  THE  IJERBER  LANGUAGE.  47 

isseulasen,  ennanas,         amek?      enniassen,        ashou     erkeb? 

lie  spoke  to  them,  they  say  to  him,  how?         he  says  to  them,  wliat  rides? 

ennanas,      dha-oudeou,  inannou   seen    ibrahash    adh-seen  el-bizan. 

they  say  to  him,  a  horse,  besides         two         pointers  and  two         lalcons. 

Enniassen:         awethes        setsa     el-khaleth     adh-seen     thibrahash 

He  says  to  them  :        talie  to  him  six  women  and  two         pointer  bitches 

adh-seen        el-bizan       dha  seeneth    thagmareen.       Azek      annetan 

and  two        falcons  (lemale)  and  two  mares.  The  morrow     tlie  other 

khademan  akenni;    raioutan,     netsa    iwouad,   azwonran.    El-khaleth 

they  do  so;  they  arrive,  he  arrives,  go  before.         The  women 

akenni       edtizra        erra       adahnis      ghoor-sent;      ibrahash    oozlan 

when  he  saw  them      moved  heart  his  towards  ihem;  pointers  run 

ghoor-thibrahash,    el  bizan    akenni,  asadeou  dra-genta ;  akenni    izra 

to  the  bitches,  the  falcons  so,  horse  he  also;  when      he  saw 

yarrasli     ghaf-thegamareth ;  azzinas,  atfant,  awouint. 

jum])ed  upon  the  mare;  they  surround  him,         take  him,  carry  him  off 

Ikka       setsa  ayam ;  had  ennias,      athnenogh ;    had  ennias,    asel ; 

He  remained       six  days;        one        said,"  I  will  kill  liim;        one         saiil,         not  so; 

ikrad  ewan  enniasan,        ghot:  adjmanas      esgaran:   essarghant. 

rose       one  said,  I  will  kill  him:   they  collected  him      wood:         they  burn  him. 

Athfook. 

Ended. 

Free  Translation. 

Once  upon  a  time,  they  say,  there  was  a  man  travelling  on  a  journey, 
when  he  came  to  a  solitary  place,  where  he  saw  smoke.  He  approached 
it,  and  found  one  man,  accompanied  by  his  horse,  two  falcons  and  three 
pointer  dogs.  This  man  rose  in  the  morning,  mounted  his  horse,  took 
his  pointers  with  him,  and  went  to  fight  with  the  troops  of  a  certain 
tribe.  He  alone  contended  with  them  till  the  evening,  and  then  re- 
turned. The  name  of  the  tribe  with  which  he  fought,  was  Ifragatin. 
This  he  continued  to  do  for  some  time ;  when  at  last  the  people  of  the 
tribe  said,  What  shall  we  do .?  They  resort  to  an  old  man,  to  ask  his 
counsel.  He  asked  them,  How  is  the  man  mounted }  They  replied, 
Besides  his  horse,  he  has  two  falcons  and  three  pointers.     The  old 


48  ON  THE  BERBER  LANGUAGE. 

man  then  said,  Take  with  you  to  the  battle  six  women,  two  pointer 
bitches,  two  female  falcons,  and  two  mares.  On  the  morrow  they 
followed  the  advice  of  the  old  man.  When  they  arrived  on  the  field 
of  battle,  they  sent  the  six  women  in  advance.  When  they  were 
perceived  by  the  enemy,  the  passion  of  love  inflamed  his  heart,  the 
pointers  ran  off"  after  the  bitches,  the  falcons  flew  to  their  females,  and 
the  horse  rushed  to  a  mare.  The  men  of  the  tribe  at  this  moment 
came  up,  surrounded  and  seized  them.  The  solitary  enemy  remained 
a  prisoner  for  six  days,  when  some  of  the  tribe  advised  his  death,  but 
others  opposed  it.  At  last  one  man  rose  up,  and  said.  He  shall  be  killed. 
Faggots  were  then  piled  around  him,  which  they  lighted,  and  burned 
him  to  death. 


H  .:\  w  'H  Aic  ;ii  r?  11 A  ^c  a]!.,^  k  a  ii.,  Air  a  , 


49 


NO.  II. 

Description  of  a  neto  species  of  Sarracenia.    By  Thomas   Nuttull. 

Bead  May  7th,  1830. 

AMONG  the  more  curious  new  species  of  plants  which  I  have  lately 
detected,  in  a  pedestrian  tour  of  twelve  hundred  miles  through  the 
states  of  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  Alabama  and  Florida,  is  the  fol- 
lowing : 

Sarracenia  *CALCEOiiATA. 

Puiiiila;  asckliis  reclinatis,  tubo  ventricoso,  operculo  subgloboso-inllato  canriato, 
gine  intruso-inflexo,  ore  subrotuiido  parvo.  .    •     . 

Description.  A  very  distinct  and  dwarf  species,  about  the  relative  size 
of  S.  adunca,  but  lower.  The  autumnal  ascidia  are  furnished  with 
broad  leafy  ridges  running  along  the  upper  edge  of  the  tube ;  these 
appendages  become  much  narrower  in  the  vernal  ones,  but  their  very 
similar  character  throughout  each  section  of  the  genus  renders  their 
specific  employ  wholly  useless  :  the  ordinary  ascidia  are  short  and 
reclinate,  with  a  ventricose  tube  scarcely  ever  exceeding  three  or  four 
inches  in  length.  The  operculum  (unlike  all  the  other  species)  is 
confluent  with  the  tube  and  of  a  singular,  inflated,  globular  form, 
carinafe  above,  bluntly  pointed  and  uncinately  curved,  with  the  edges 
broadly  inflected,  so  as  to  leave  only  a  circular  opening,  as  in  the  lip  of 
the  Cypripedium,  which  this  appendage  indeed  wholly  resembles ;  its 
colour  is  usually  a  fine  purple-red,  varied  and  reticulated  with  varioloid 
diaphanous  whitish  meshes  somewhat  similar  to  those  of  the  operculum 
Vol.  IV N 


50  DESCRIPTION  OF  A 

of  S.  variolaris;  the  inner  side  of  the  tube  is  almost  throughout  lined 
with  long  coarse  reflected  hairs,  which  must  thus  render  it  a  formidable 
trap  to  all  winged  insects.  Interfoliar  stipules  small  and  ovate. 
Scape  a  little  longer  than  the  ascidium.  Flowers  nearly  the  size  of 
those  of  -S".  purpurea,  the  petals  lingulate-oblong,  dark  blood-red ;  twice 
the  length  of  the  calyx ;  the  angles  of  the  peltate  stigma  deeply  emar- 
ginate. 

Hal)  it  at.  West  Florida,  near  Tallahassee  (ten  miles  west,  rare). 
Very  abundant  in  Tatnal  county,  Georgia,  particularly  within  a  few 
miles  of  the  new  court-house  ;  growing  with  S.  variolaris  and  ^S".  Jlava, 
in  the  drier  sphagnous  marshes,  by  the  margins  of  the  "Bay-galls"  or 
ponds,  in  the  usual  sandy  pine-forests.  Flowering  time,  March  to 
April : — confined  to  about  the  latitude  of  thirty  to  thirty-two  degrees. 

Observation  1st.  The  natural  affinity  of  this  very  singular  North 
American  genus  continues  to  demand  investigation.  After  many 
fruitless  attempts  on  my  own  part,  I  have  at  length  had  the  satisfaction 
of  observing  the  germination  of  S.  purpurea  in  the  collection  of  Mr 
Hibbert  of  Philadelphia,  who  very  opportunely  called  my  attention  to 
the  subject ;  this  species,  then,  has  perfectly  distinct,  long,  linear  cotyle- 
doxis ;  probably,  from  their  appearance,  folded  and  involute  within  the 
seed.  At  present,  we  cannot  but  consider  the  Sarracenia  as  the  type 
of  a  distinct  order  Sarraceniaccee,  bearing  some  remote  affinity  perhaps 
with  the  Nympheacese.  Most  of  the  species  are  confined  to  the  more 
temperate  regions  south  of  Virginia. 

Observation  2d.  The  genus  now  presents  three  sections  in  the 
form  of  the  ascidia. 

In  the  first,  the  ascidia  are  erect  and  tubular,  in  the  form  of  trum- 
pets, with  the  operculum  free  and  reflected.  In  this  are  included  S. 
Jlava  and  8.  Catcsbyana,  lately  restored  by  Mr  Elliott.  In  these  the 
flowers  are  yellow*. 

*  To  the  first  section  (with  S.  Jlava  and  S.  Cateshyana)  may  also  be  added,  to  me  an 
obscure  species,  S.  rubra  of  Walter,  "  foliis  erectis  tubulatis,  vaha  plana  erecta,"  which,  as 
Mr  Hooker  remarks  in  his  Exotic  Flora,  Vol.  1.  p.  11,  cannot  certainly  be  the  S.  ■psittacinaoi 
Miciicanx,  (a  species  with  which  I  am  familiar  from  the  very  places  quoted  by  the  discoverer), 
in  which  the  operculum  is  always  strongly  recurved  as  well  as  arched.  The  figure  given  by 
Mr  Hooker,  t.  13,  also  perfectly  accords  with  Walter's  character;  the  ascidium  in  fact  being 
cscct,  and  very  similar  to  that  o(S.fava,  except  in  the  greater  dilatation  of  the  summit  of  the 
tube.     In  this  species  the  fiower  is  a  deep  red. 


NEW  SPECIES   OF   SARRACENIA.  51 

In  the  second  section,  the  ascidia  are  ventricose  and  reclinate,  with 
the  operculum  free,  and  arched  over  the  aperture  of  the  tube.  The 
relative  order  of  this  section  to  the  preceding  will  be  S.  adunca^ 
somewhat  allied  to  the  preceding  in  the  almost  erect  tube; — then 
S.  purpurea,  of  which,  near  Northampton,  Massachusetts,  there  exists 
a  yellow-flowered  variety; — S.  variolaris,  with  the  operculum  also 
strongly  arched,  and  marked  with  diaphanous  reticular  meshes,  the 
flowers  yellow;  in  the  two  other  species  they  are  a  dark  brownish  red. 

Our  present  new  species,  S.  cakeolata,  will  form  a  third  section, 
characterized  by  producing  reclinate  ventricose  ascidia,  having  the 
operculum  confluent  with  the  tube,  and  with  the  margin  reflected 
inwards,  so  as  to  leave  only  a  circular  foramen  passing  into  the  tube ; 
it  is  also  like  S.  variolaris,  marked  with  diaphanous  discoloured  meshes. 
The  flower  is  deep  red.  This  is  the  most  southern  species  yet  discov- 
ered, and  confined  apparently  to  about  the  parallel  of  the  thirtieth 
degree.  . 


52 


NO.  111. 

Description  of  a  Species  of  Orang,  from  the  north-eastern  province  of 
British  East  India,  lately  the  kingdom  of  Assam.  By  Richard 
Harlan,  M.D.,  Sfc.     Read  November  I9th,  1830. 

SiMiA,  Linn. — Hilobates,  lUig. 

S.  Hoolock.  Colour  of  the  skin  and  hair,  deep  black  ;  canine  teeth  very  long;  a  band 
of  whitish  grey  hairs  over  each  eye. 

Dimensions.  Total  length,  about  two  feet  six  inches.  Humerus  eight  inches  nine- 
tenths  ;  radius  nine  inches  ;  hand,  from  the  beginning  of  the  wrist  to  the  end  of  the  fingers, 
six  inches  ;  inferior  extremities  about  thirteen  inches  ;  the  foot  six  inches. 

Habitat.  Garrow-IIills,  Assam,  and  probably  extending  into  China  between  latitudes 
twenty-five  and  twenty-seven  degrees  north.     Cab.  of  A.  JV.  S.  Philadelphia. 

The  present  specimen  is  an  adult  male;  and  forms  one  of  three 
individuals  which  lived  some  time  in  possession  of  Dr  M.  Bur- 
rovigh,  who  has  lately  returned  from  India,  with  a  magnificent  col- 
lection of  rare  and  valuable  skins  of  birds  and  quadrupeds,  selected 
principally  from  the  plains  of  the  Burrampooter  river.  Dr  Burrough 
informs  me,  that  there  is  not  much  exterior  difference  between  the 
adult  male  and  female.  The  young,  we  shall  have  occasion  to  notice, 
possesses  several  characteristic  marks.  They  were  all  taken  on  the 
Garrow-Hills,  in  the  vicinity  of  Goalpara,  in  the  latitude  of  twenty-six 
degrees  north ;  they  very  soon  became  tamed,  especially  the  young- 
one;  they  were  docile,  affectionate,  and  rather  inclined  to  melan- 
choly. 

According  to  the  accounts  of  the  natives,  these  animals  are  not 
found  south  of  the  regions  specified.     There  can  not  be  the  least 


DESCRIPTION  OF  A  NEW  SPECIES  OF   ORANG.  53 

doubt  but  that  this  species  is  the  same  mentioned  cursorily  in  Latreille's 
Buffou  Vol.  XXXV.  p.  140.  The  observations  relative  to  the  habits  of 
this  species  contained  in  this  account,  corresponding  in  so  many  respects 
with  the  specimens  introduced  by  Dr  Burrough,  induces  \is  to  make 
the  following  translation.  '•  INIr  Gordon  has  sent  me  the  drawing  of  an 
Orang,  which  the  King  of  Assam  had  made  a  present  to  ]Mr  Harwood, 
president  of  the  provincial  council  of  Uinagipal.  The  brother  of  Mr 
Harwood  brought  it  to  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  and  presented  it  to  Mr 
Gordon,  with  whom  it  unfortunately  lived  only  one  day.  It  had  been 
attacked  with  scurvy  on  ship-board,  and  on  arriving  at  the  Cape  was 
so  feeble  as  to  die  at  the  end  of  twenty-four  hours ;  thus  Mr  Gordon 
had  only  time  to  make  a  drawing  of  it ;  and  not  being  able  to  make 
any.  observations  on  its  habits,  has  communicated  the  information  he 
obtained  from  Mr  Harwood,  as  follows.  This  Orang-outang,  named 
Voulock  [Hoolock]  in  its  native  country,  was  a  female,  and  regularly 
menstruated,  but  the  discharge  was  interrupted  after  the  attack  of  scurvy. 
She  was  of  a  very  gentle  disposition,  only  monkej^s  displeased  her, 
whose  presence  she  could  not  endure.  She  always  walked  in  the  up- 
right attitude,  and  could  even  run  very  fast :  when  walking  on  a  table, 
or  among  china-ware,  she  was  very  careful  not  to  break  any  thing : 
when  climbing  she  used  only  her  hands ;  her  knees  resembled  those 
of  man.  Her  cry  was  sharp  and  deafening,  pronouncing  often  and 
frequently  repeating  the  syllables  yaa-hoa !  yaa-hoo !  yaa-hoo  ! — with 
the  emphasis  on  the  last  syllable,  particularly  on  the  terminal  sound : 
when  she  heard  any  noise  resembling  this,  she  commenced  crying  also. 
When  contented,  she  emitted  a  low  guttural  sound.  When  sick  she 
whined  like  a  child,  and  was  fond  of  being  nursed.  Her  food  consisted 
principally  of  vegetables  and  milk ;  she  would  never  touch  a  dead 
animal,  or  eat  meat,  and  refused  even  to  eat  from  a  plate  which  had 
contained  meat"  [in  this  respect  she  differed  from  those  individuals  in 
the  possession  of  Dr  Burrough,  these  latter  would  eat  meat  occasionally]. 
'■'When  thirsty,  she  plunged  her  fingers  into  the  water  and  licked 
them:  she  voluntarily  covered  herself  with  pieces  of  sail-cloth,  but 
would  not  endure  clothes.  She  would  come  when  called  by  name. 
She  was  commonly  melancholy  and  pensive.  When  answering  to  the 
Vol.  IV.— O 


54  DESCRIPTION  OF  A 

calls  of  nature  on  board  of  ship,  she  would  hold  on  to  a  rope  and  eva- 
cuate into  the  sea. 

The  length  of  her  body  was  two  feet  five  inches  and  a  half — the 
circumference  of  the  chest  was  one  foot  two  inches — that  of  the 
thinnest  part  of  the  body  was  ten  inches  and  a  half:  when  in  health 
she  was  fatter,  and  had  calves  to  the  legs.  '  " . . 

The  drawing  had  been  taken  during  illness,  or  after  death,  when 
the  subject  was  greatly  emaciated :  there  ^vere  nails  on  all  the  fingers." 

Notwithstanding  the  high  northern  latitude  of  the  country  in  which 
this  species  is  native,  it  would  appear  that  they  are  less  able  than  even 
other  Gibbons  to  endure  the  hardships  of  captivity  and  change  of 
climate.  All  those  belonging  to  Dr  B.  died,  either  on  their  passage 
down  the  river  from  Goalpara,  or  on  board  vessel  before  they  arrived 
at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

The  Gibbons,  or  long  armed  apes,  in  many  particulars,  all  bear  a 
very  close  resemblance  to  each  other.  Thus  the  *S'.  lar.,  leucisca, 
agilis,  syndactylus,  and  concolor,  which  includes  all  the  species 
hitherto  described,  differ  from  each  other  only  in  some  particulars  of 
size,  colour,  proportions  and  markings.  The  present  specimen  is  as 
strongly  characterized,  as  distinct,  as  any  of  the  others.  In  some  of  its 
habits,  particularly  in  its  mode  of  drinking,  it  resembles  the  Siamang 
of  Sir  Stamford  Raflles,  or  S.  syndactylus ;  but  differs  widely  in  other 
respects.  In  form,  size,  and  proportion,  it  is  most  closely  allied  to  the 
females  of  the  S.  agilis  of  F.  Cuv.,  but  is  very  different  in  colours  and 
markings,  especially  the  young  individuals  of  the  two  species,  which 
differ  totally  in  these  respects;  the  male  and  female  resemble  each  other 
in  the  present  species,  but  the  sexes  are  different  in  size  and  colour  in 
the  S.  agilis;  the  two  species  differ  also  in  their  habits;  both  differ 
also  from  the  S.  lar.,  Linn. 

The  skin  of  the  present  species  is  of  a  deep  black  colour,  which,  on 
the  hands  at  least,  is  not  confined  to  the  rete  mucosum,  as  the  cutis 
vera  of  the  palms  remains  black  after  maceration,  so  as  to  destroy  the 
epidermis. 

The  hair,  which  is  universally  black,  with  the  exception  of  the  grey 
band  across  the  forehead  of  the  adult,  covers  the  back  of  the  hand  to 
the  ends  of  the  fingers,  and  on  the  palm  descends  as  low  as  half  the 


NEW  SPECIES   OF   ORANG.  55 

length  of  the  metacarpal  bones.     In  both  old  and  young  the  hah'  on 
the  fore-arm  is  reversed.  ■      - 

In  the  young  individual,  which  is  about  half  the  size  of  the  adult, 
besides  the  difference  of  colour,  a  remarkable  peculiarity  was  noticed 
in  the  relative  proportions  of  the  arm  and  fore-arm,  as  will  be  observed 
in  the  following  measurements.  Total  length,  two  feet  six  or  eight 
inches;  humerus,  eight  inches  nine-tenths;  ulna,  ten  inches  three- 
tenths;  femur,  eight  inches :  tibia  seven  inches ;  length  of  the  head  from 
the  vertex  to  the  chin,  four  inches  five-tenths — breadth,  two  inches 
five-tenths. 

In  the  young  animal  the  fore-arm  is  shorter  than  the  arm,  a  fact  at 
variance  with  the  proportions  of  those  parts,  not  only  in  the  Orangs, 
but  in  all  the  race  of  adult  Simite.  In  the  adult  of  this  species  the 
arm  and  fore-arm  are  within  one  inch  two-tenths  of  being  equal  in 
length. 

In  the  S.  coHco/or,  (Harl.  Journ.  A.  N.  S.  Vol.  V.  p.  229,  pl.ix.)the 
fore-arm  is  two  inches  and  a  half  longer  than  the  arm*.  If  M.  F. 
Cuvier's  account  of  the  dimensions  of  the  ;S^.  agilis  be  correct,  there  is 
six  inches  diflference  between  the  length  of  the  arm  and  fore-arm ;  but 
if  the  author  has  improperly  included  the  hand  and  fingers  in  the  term 
"fore-arm,"  the  proportions  of  these  parts  are  nearly  similar  in  the  S. 
agilis,  and  S.  Hoolock. 

The  colour  of  the  young  of  the  present  species  is  blackish-brown — 
back  of  the  hands  and  feet  sprinkled  with  grey — buttocks  greyish : 
a  tuft  of  greyish  hairs  grows  from  the  point  of  the  chin,  and  a  line  of 
the  same  colour  extends  along  the  middle  of  the  front  of  the  body : 
the  band  of  grey  over  the  eyes  of  the  adult  is  generally  interrupted  in 
the  middle  of  the  forehead  by  a  line  of  black  hairs — which  is  absent 
in  the  young  one ;  the  band  is  broader  in  the  latter,  in  the  proportion 
of  seven-tenths  to  four-tenths. 

Buffon,  speaking  of  the  habitat  of  the  Gibbons  (Vol.  XXXV.  p. 
200),  remarks,  "it  appears  to  inhabit  the  more  northern  countries,  and 
that  the  ape  of  the  province  of  Gannaure,  on  the  frontiers  of  China, 

*  In  the  Bull.  des.  Sc.  Univers.  1830,  M.  Lesson  remarks  that  the  S.  concolor  is  probably 
a  variety  of  the  S.  lar.,  notwithstanding  the  former  animal  has  Iwo  dorsal  vertebrae,  and  ttvo 
ribs  more  than  the  former,  not  to  mention  other  distinctive  characters. 


■f 

5g  DESCRIPTION  OF  A 

ouo-ht  to  be  referred  to  the  Gibbon ;  which  some  travellers  have  indi- 
cated under  the  name  of  Fefe." 

The  following  extract  is  quoted  by  Buffou ;  "  in  the  kingdom  of 
Gannaure,  frontier  of  China,  there  exists  an  animal  very  rare,  which 
they  call  Fefe;  it  has  almost  the  human  form ;  the  arms  very  long ;  the 
body  black  and  hairy ;  walks  lightly  and  very  fast."  (Recueil  des 
Voyages,  (^-c.  Rouen,  1716,  Tome  III.  p.  1G8.) 

It  is  this  Fefe,  which  the  traveller  Nieuhoff  describes  as  carnivorous 
and  anthropophagous  ;  a  character  attributable  to  the  extreme  length  of 
the  canine  teeth.  It  is  highly  probable  that  Fefe  is  the  Chinese  name 
for  the  Assamese  "  Hoolock."  The  dentition  of  this  species  bears  close 
analogy  to  that  of  the  S.  agilis  or  Wou-wou,  so  accurately  detailed  by 
F.  Cuv.  (Dent  des  Manimiferes,  &c.):  the  only  difference  is  the  greater 
length  of  tiie  canines  of  the  Hoolock.  and  the  obsolete  appearance  of 
the  longitudinal  grooves,  especially  that  on  the  posterior  face  of  this 
tooth. 

In  all  particulars  not  mentioned  this  species  resembles  the  other 
Gibbons.  A  drawing  of  the  adult  male  and  young  female,  also  the 
cranium  of  the  adult  male,  accompanies  the  description. 

For  the  details  concerning  the  habits  of  the  specimens  which  form 
the  subjects  of  the  present  description,  we  refer  to  the  observations  con- 
tained in  the  annexed  letter  from  Dr  Burrough. 


"  To  Richard  Harlan,  M.D. 

"The specimens  of  OurangOutang,  or  Gibbons,  furnished  you,  were 
obtained  by  me  during  my  late  excursion  into  the  interior  of  Bengal. 
They  were  presented  to  me  by  Captain  Alexander  Davidson  of  the 
honoura])lG  East  India  Company,  stationed  at  Goalpara,  situate  on  the 
Burramjiooter  river  in  Assam.  This  district  of  country  was  formerly 
attached  to  the  Burmese  empire  ;  but  at  present  is  in  possession  of  the 
East  India  Company,  and  constitutes  the  north  eastern  limits  of  their 
territory  in  this  quarter. 

"The  Ourang,  of  which  I  am  now  to  speak,  called  by  the  Assamese 
'Hoolock,'  is  to  be  met  with  on  the  Garrow-Hills  in  the  vicinity  of 


NEAV  SPECIES   OF   ORANG.  57 

Goalpara,  between  latitudes  twenty-five  and  twenty-eight  degrees 
north,  and  the  specimens  brought  to  this  country  by  me  were  taken 
within  a  few  miles  of  the  town  of  Goalpara.  The  full-grown  one, 
which  at  this  time  you  have  prepared,  was  in  my  possession,  alive, 
from  the  month  of  January  to  May,  when  it  died  from  a  blow  it  re- 
ceived across  the  lumbar  region,  inadvertently  inflicted  with  a  small 
stick  by  one  of  my  servants  at  Calcutta.  They  inhabit  more  particu- 
larly the  loiver  hills,  not  being  able  to  endure  the  cold  of  those  ranges 
of  the  Garrows  of  more  than  four  or  five  hundred  feet  elevation. 
Their  food  in  the  wild  state  consists,  for  the  most  part,  of  fruits 
common  only  to  the  jungle  in  this  district  of  country,  and  they 
are  particularly  fond  of  the  seeds  and  fruits  of  that  sacred  tree 
of  India,  called  the  Peepul-tree,  and  which  on  the  Garrow-Hills 
attains  a  very  large  size.  They  likewise  take  of  some  species  of  grass, 
and  also  the  tender  twigs  and  leaves  of  the  Peepul  and  other  trees, 
which  they  chew,  swallow  the  juice  thereof,  and  reject  the  indigesti- 
ble part.  They  are  easily  tamed,  and  when  first  taken  show  no  dispo- 
sition to  bite  unless  provoked  to  anger,  and  even  then  manifest  a  reluc- 
tance to  defend  themselves,  preferring  to  retreat  into  some  corner 
rather  than  to  attack  their  enemy  ;  they  walk  erect,  and,  when  placed 
upon  a  floor  or  in  an  open  field,  balance  themselves  very  prettily,  by 
raising  their  hands  over  their  head  and  slightly  bending  the  arm  at  the 
wrist  and  elbow,  and  then  run  tolerably  fast,  rocking  from  side  to  side ; 
and  if  urged  to  greater  speed,  they  let  fall  their  hands  to  the  ground, 
and  assist  themselves  forward,  rather  jumping  than  running;  still 
keeping  the  body  however  nearly  erect — if  they  succeed  in  making 
their  way  to  a  grove  of  trees,  they  then  swing  with  such  astonishing 
rapidity  from  branch  to  branch,  and  from  tree  to  tree,  that  they  are 
soon  lost  in  the  jungle  or  forest. 

"The  individual  in  question  became  so  tame  and  manageable  in  less 
than  a  mouth,  that  he  would  take  hold  of  my  hand  and  walk  with  me, 
helping  himself  along  at  the  same  time  with  the  other  hand  applied  to 
the  ground  as  described  above.  He  would  come  at  my  call  and  seat 
himself  in  a  chair  by  my  side  at  the  breakfast  table,  and  help  himself 
to  an  egg,  or  the  wing  of  a  chicken  from  my  plate,  without  endangering 
any  of  my  table  furniture — he  would  partake  of  cofiee,  chocolate,  milk, 
Vol.  IV.— P 


58  DESCRIPTION  OF  A 

tea,  &c.,  and  although  his  usual  mode  of  taking  liquids  was  by  dipping 
his  knuckles  into  the  cup  and  licking  his  fingers,  still,  when  apparently 
more  thirsty,  he  would  take  up  the  vessel  from  which  I  fed  him  with 
both  hands,  and  drink  like  a  man  from  a  spring ;  his  principal  food  con- 
sisted of  boiled  rice,  boiled  bread  and  milk  with  sugar,  plantains,  ba- 
nanas, oranges,  &c.,  all  of  which  he  ate,  but  seemed  best  pleased  with 
bananas ;  he  was  fond  of  insects,  would  search  in  the  crevices  of  my 
house  for  spiders,  and  if  a  fly  chanced  to  come  in  his  reach  he  would 
dexterously  catch  him  in  one  hand,  generally  using  his  right  hand. 
Like  many  of  the  different  religious  castes  of  this  country,  he  seemed 
to  entertain  an  antipathy  to  an  indiscriminate  use  of  animal  food  and 
would  not  eat  of  either  the  flesh  of  the  cow  or  hog,  would  sometimes 
taste  a  little  piece  of  beef,  but  never  eat  of  it ;  I  have  seen  him  take  fried 
fish,  which  he  seemed  to  relish  better  than  almost  any  other  descrip- 
tion of  animal  food  with  the  exception  of  chicken,  and  even  this  he 
woTild  eat  but  very  sparingly  of,  preferring  his  common  diet,  bread  and 
milk,  and  milk  witli  sugar,  fruit,  &c.  In  temper  he  was  remarkably 
pacific,  and  seemed,  as  I  thought,  often  glad  to  have  an  opportunity  of 
testifying  his  affection  and  attachment  for  me.  When  I  visited  him  in 
the  morning,  he  would  commence  a  loud  and  shrill  Whoo-whoo- 
whoo-whoo,  which  he  would  keep  up  often  from  five  to  ten  minutes,  with 
an  occasional  intermission  for  the  purpose  of  taking  a  full  respiration ; 
until  finally,  apparently  quite  exhausted,  he  would  lie  down  and  allow 
me  to  comb  his  head,  and  brush  the  long  hair  on  his  arms,  and  seemed 
delighted  with  the  tickling  sensation  produced  by  the  brush  on  his 
belly  and  legs ;  he  would  turn  from  side  to  side,  first  hold  out  one  arm 
and  then  the  other,  and  when  I  attempted  to  go  away  he  would  catch 
hold  of  my  arm  or  coat  tail,  and  pull  me  back  again  to  renew  my  little 
attentions  to  him,  daily  bestowed  ,•  if  I  called  to  him  from  a  distance 
and  he  could  recognize  my  voice,  he  would  at  once  set  up  his  usual 
cry,  which  he  sometimes  gradually  brought  down  to  a  kind  of  moan, 
but  generally  resumed  his  louder  tone  when  I  approached  him.  This 
animal  was  a  male,  but  showed  no  particular  marks  of  the  sex,  and  by  a 
casual  glance  might  readily,  if  not  examined  more  closely,  have  passed 
for  a  female.  I  have  no  idea  of  his  age,  but  judging  from  the  size  and 
length  of  his  canine  teeth,  suppose  him  to  have  been  advanced  in  life. 


NEW  SPECIES   OF    ORANG.  59 

"The  other  large ^Hoolock,'  of  which  you  have  the  cranium,  was  also 
a  male  and  full  grown ;  he  was  likewise  obtained  from  the  Garrow- 
Hills  in  Assam,  presented  to  me  by  my  friend  Captain  A.  Davidson  of 
Goalpara.  He  came  into  my  possession  in  the  month  of  April,  and 
died  at  sea  in  July,  just  before  getting  up  with  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope, 
of  a  catarrhal  affection  :  his  death  probably  might  have  been  hastened 
from  the  want  of  proper  food,  such  as  is  not  procurable  on  long  voyages. 
This  animal  was  similar  in  habit  and  general  characters  to  the  one 
already  described,  and  may  have  been  eight  or  ten  years  of  age  or 
perhaps  older,  as  I  am  informed  by  the  natives  of  Assam  they  live  to 
the  age  of  twenty-five  or  thirty  years. 

"  The  young  specimen  was  also  alive  in  my  possession — this  is  a  fe- 
male, and  was  brought  to  me  by  a  Garrow  Indian  at  the  same  time 
the  first  was  received,  but  died  on  the  way  from  Goalpara  to  Calcutta 
of  a  pulmonary  disease  following  catarrh.  This  poor  little  creature 
when  first  taken  sick  suffered  great  pain  and  oppression  at  the  chest, 
for  which  I  prescribed  a  cathartic  of  castor  oil  and  calomel,  and  a 
warm  bath,  which  seemed  to  afford  it  some  temporary  relief,  but  she 
died  after  ten  days  illness.  The  animal  appeared  delighted  with  the 
bath,  and  when  I  removed  her  from  the  vessel  she  would  run  back 
again  to  the  water,  and  lie  down  again  until  again  removed;  she  was, 
like  the  others  I  had  in  my  possession,  gentle  and  pacific  in  disposi- 
tion, very  timid  and  shy  of  strangers,  but  in  less  than  a  week  from 
the  time  she  was  taken,  would,  if  put  down  in  an  open  place,  quickly 
run  to  me,  jump  in  my  arms  and  hug  me  round  the  neck,  I  sup- 
posed her  to  have  been  from  nine  months  to  a  year  old.  I  fed  her  on 
boiled  milk,  goat's  milk  diluted  with  water  and  sweetened  w'ith  sugar 
candy ;  she  also  would  sometimes  partake  of  a  little  bread  and  milk 
with  the  older  one ;  she  soon  learned  to  suck  the  milk  from  a  small 
bottle,  through  a  quill  covered  with  a  piece  of  rag. 


«M.  BURROUGH." 


^'Nov.  19th,  1830." 


60 


ARTICLE  IV. 

Silve)'  Ores  reduced  hy  the  Method  of  Becquerel.    By  Jlndres  del  Rio. 

Read  November  5,  1830. 

I  HAVE  the  honour  to  present  to  the  American  Philosophical  So- 
ciety, the  result  of  some  curious  researches,  which  in  more  dexterous 
hands  may  become  interesting.  They  were  suggested  to  me  by  the 
beautiful  experiment  of  M.  Becquerel,  inserted  in  the  Annales  de 
Chimie  et  de  Physique,  for  September  1829.  He  introduced,  into  a 
glass  tube,  some  carburet  of  sulphur,  with  a  solution  of  nitrate  of  cop- 
per, which,  being  of  less  specific  gravity,  floated  upon  its  surface ;  and 
by  means  of  a  copper  wire  he  established  a  communication  between 
the  two  liquids.  He  observed  that  the  surface  of  the  wire  became 
coated  witli  protoxide  of  copper,  w^hile  small  tables,  assuming  a 
metallic  and  glistening  appearance,  were  deposited  on  the  sides 
of  the  glass  tube.  These  M.  Wohler  has  since  shown  to  be  formed 
of  sulphuret  of  copper ;  whence  he  considers  the  method  of  Bec- 
querel as  being  merely  "a  new  mode  of  forming  sulphurcts,"  to  which, 
I  think,  he  should  have  added,  "  by  the  decomposition  of  other  sulphu- 
rcts." Indeed,  I  introduced  severally  into  three  small  glass  tubes,  some 
small  lamelhe  of  ductile  and  some  fragments  of  brittle  silver  glance  and  red 
silver  ore.  These,  being  exposed  to  the  action  of  nitrate  of  copper  and  a 
copper  wire,  were  reduced  in  eight  days  to  the  state  of  metallic  silver.  I 
repeated  the  experiment  on  the  ores  in  small  fragments,  which  became 
coated  with  silver  in  five  days.  The  formation  of  silver  was  even  appa- 
rent on  the  second  day  at  the  points  in  which  the  ore  came  in  contact 


SILVER  ORES  REDUCED  BY  BECqiTEREE'S  METHOD.  61 

with  the  glass.  By  what  process  nature  invests  silver  glance  and 
red  silver  ores  with  native  silver  in  the  mines,  is  a  question  which 
I  do  not  pretend  to  solve.  .  ' 

In  operating  upon  the  fragments  of  silver  glance,  wliich  were  coated 
in  the  preceding  experiments  with  metallic  silver,  I  added  a  little 
quicksilver.  In  fifteen  days  the  ore  w'as  transformed  into  an  amalgam 
of  silver.  The  brittle  sulphuret  and  the  red  silver  ore  required  nearly 
three  weeks  for  their  complete  amalgamation.  According  to  M. 
Wohler  the  carburet  of  sulphur  is  decomposable  in  the  same  way  by 
diluted  nitric  acid.  I  did  not  succeed  in  decomposing  the  dark  red 
silver  ore  by  nitric  acid,  until  after  a  subsequent  saturation  of  the  acid 
with  copper. 

These  experiments  afford  us  instances  of  the  reduction  of  silver  ores 
without  common  salt,  and  sulphuret  of  iron  and  copper  (the  magistral 
of  the  Mexicans).  I  always  suspected  that  the  latter  substance  was  very 
mischievous  in  the  process  of  amalgamation,  occasioning  the  great 
loss  of  silver  and  mercury  which  are  daily  experienced.  The  silver, 
being  oxidized  at  the  expense  of  the  sulphuric  acid,  retains  its  oxygen 
with  more  tenacity,  as  has  been  shown  by  M.  Berthier,  than  had 
been  previously  admitted ;  and  especially  when  in  contact  with  the 
oxide  of  copper,  which  possesses  this  property  to  a  high  degree.  The 
same  probably  happens  with  the  mercury;  and  the  sulphates,  bisul- 
phates,  and  subsulphates  which  are  thus  formed  are  lost  for  ever  in  the 
process  of  washing.  Hence,  I  think,  they  roast  their  silver  ores  in  Sax- 
ony with  common  salt  alone ;  and  they  treat  the  chloride  of  silver  by 
mercury.  By  this  means  the  loss  of  mercury  amounts  only  to  four 
ounces  per  five  mai'cs  of  silver  obtained  in  the  working  of  ores  that 
contain  two  ounces  per  quintal*.  How  satisfied  would  we  be  in 
Mexico  if  our  loss  were  no  greater. 

I  trust  that  the  pupils  of  the  college  of  mines  of  Mexico  may 
derive  some  advantage  from  these  small  experiments  of  mine.  Perhaps 
I  have  thus  approximated  to  the  discovery  made  by  my  lamented  pupil 
Valencia,  and  which  he  unfortunately  carried  with  him  to  the  grave. 

*  The  Mexican  amalgamator  divides  liisloss  of  mercury  into  two  parts;  the  first  he  terms 
consumido,  whicli  is  always  equal  at  least  to  the  weight  of  silver  obtained.  The  second, 
termed  perdida,  is  tlie  waste  in  washing,  tScc. 

Vol.  IV.— Q 


62  SILVER  ORES  REDUCED  BY  BECqUEREL  S  METHOD.  > 

I  can  state  as  a  fact,  that  by  his  genius  he  had  discovered  the  means  of 
avoiding  the  loss  of  mercury  termed  the  consumido.  Such  are  the 
fruits  resulting  from  colleges  of  mines.  In  my  last  letter  I  sug- 
o-ested  to  him  the  use  of  the  protomuriate  of  tin,  not  of  the  nitrate  of 
copper ;  and  in  his  reply  he  informed  me  that  his  method  w^as  so  simple, 
that  he  feared  the  workmen  would  deprive  him  of  the  fruits  of  it. 
As  the  mail  was  closing,  he  postponed  the  communication  to  his  next 
letter,  which  however  he  never  had  an  opportunity  of  writing,  having 
previously,  as  well  as  many  others  of  my  able  pupils,  fallen  a  victim  in 
the  war  of  independence. 

Should  the  Philosophical  Society  continue  their  liberality  to  me,  by 
supplying  me  with  a  fragment  of  the  white  silver  glance  (iveisgulden 
of  the  Germans),  I  propose  to  extend  my  experiments  to  that  ore. 


63 


ARTICLE  V. 

Ohscrvations  on  the  Naiades,  ami  Descriptions  ofNciv  Species  of  that  and 
other  Families.  By  Isaac  Lea.  Bead  before  the  American  Philo- 
sophical Society,  May  7,  1830. 

-I' 

SINCE  I  presented  my  last  paper  on  the  Naiades,  which  was  publish- 
ed in  the  third  volume  of  the  Society's  Transactions,  I  have  been  fortu- 
nate in  obtaining  many  species  hitherto  undescribed. 

I  have  possessed  for  several  years  many  individual  specimens  which 
I  supposed  to  be  new,  but  which  I  deferred  describing  until  I  should 
possess  of  each  kind  individuals  of  different  ages.  My  late  acquisitions 
have  converted  my  suppositions  into  certainty ;  and  I  now  offer  the 
following  descriptions  with  a  view  to  their  publication  in  the  fourth 
volume  of  the  Society's  Transactions,  to  be  accompanied  by  figures 
executed  like  those  attached  to  my  last  memoir. 

In  that  memoir  I  took  occasion  to  make  some  remarks  on  the  "  ele- 
vations on  the  surface  of  the  disks."  I  had  not  at  that  time  satisfied 
myself  entirely  jn  regard  to  the  manner  in  which  these  were  accom- 
plished by  the  animal.  Some  fine  specimens  of  the  Unio  cornutus, 
in  all  the  stages  of  growth,  having  since  been  procured,  I  have  been 
able  to  trace  these  formations  through  every  degree. 

It  will  be  observed  on  examination,  that  the  horns  alternate;  that  is. 
those  on  one  valve  are  not  placed  opposite  to  those  on  the  other; 
consequently  one  is  made  at  a  time.  The  animal  deposits  the  secreted 
carbonate  of  lime  on  the  outside  of  the  edge  of  one  valve,  where  the 
horn  is  to  be  formed,  and  on  the  inside  of  the  edge  of  the  other ;  the 


64  OBSERVATIONS  ON  NAIADES, 

consequence  of  which  is,  that  when  the  horn  is  sufficiently  elevated, 
the  line  of  the  opening  at  the  base  of  the  shell  has  diverged  from  the 
plane  of  the  valves  into  an  obtuse  angle  at  this  point.  The  deposit 
of  the  secretion  is  then  reversed,  and  the  line  of  the  opening  at 
the  base  is  soon  restored  to  the  plane  of  the  valves.  If  another 
horn  is  to  be  formed,  this  lateral  increase  of  the  edges  is  carried  on 
until  the  same  effect  is  produced  on  the  other  side  of  the  shell.  The 
natural  consequence  of  this  alternation  is  a  depression  on  the  outer 
side  of  one  valve  corresponding  to  the  horn  on  the  other,  and  thus  we 
ever  find  it.  In  one  of  my  specimens  the  turn  is  so  short,  after  the 
formation  of  the  last  horn,  that  this  side  passes  over  the  other  and  forms 
a  plane  one  third  of  an  inch,  so  that  the  specimen  presents  the  curious 
phenomenon  of  a  shell  standing  erect  on  its  base,  when  placed  on  a 
smooth  surface. 

The  plica?  or  folds  are  formed  on  the  same  principle.  In  the  basal 
and  posterior  margins  of  the  plicated  species  we  may  see  the  line  of 
opening  undulated  by  every  fold,  and  when  the  deviation  from  the 
plane  takes  place  in  one  valve  it  is  followed  up  always  by  the  other. 
In  the  Unio  tuherciilatus,  when  tuberculated  to  the  edge,  these  tuber- 
cles cause  it  to  be  crenate. 

In  the  Unio  metanever  we  are  presented  with  different  elevations  on 
the  disks.  This  beautiful  and  interesting  species  is  furnished  with 
elevations,  small  at  the  beaks,  and  enlarging  towards  the  base  along 
the  umbonial  slope.  These  elevations  are  antagonist,  and  being 
formed  at  the  same  time,  we  consequently  see,  in  a  certain  stage  of 
growth,  quite  a  knob  at  the  angle  of  the  basal  margin.  In  the  Unio 
lacrymosus,  which  is  furnished  with  smaller  elevations  on  the  umbonial 
slope,  wc  find  them  to  alternate. 

When  making  some  observations  on  "  colour"  in  my  last  memoir,  I 
mentioned  that  "the  green  irregular  spots  and  marks"  on  the  interior 
of  the  valves  w^cre  "accidental,  perhaps  the  effect  of  disease."  Subse- 
(|ucnt  observation  led  me  into  an  examination  of  these  marks,  and  the 
result  is  a  perfect  conviction  of  their  being  epidermal  matter,  evidently 
placed  occasionally  between  successive  layers  of  nacre,  as  it  were  in 
anticipation  of  a  future  erosion  of  the  beaks.  In  a  specimen  of  Unio 
jHcsi ulosiis  (herein  described)  in  my  cabinet,  erosion  has  taken  place 


AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES.  65 

into  the  mass  of  its  thick  beaks  to  the  distance  of  one  third  of  an  inch, 
where  vc  false  beak  is  exhibited  covered  with  a  thin  layer  of  epidermal 
matter,  and  a  fracture  of  this  false  beak  displays  another  within, 
entirely  covered  with  the  same  matter.  In  the  same  specimen,  which 
is  more  eroded  than  any  I  have  seen,  a  considerable  portion  of  the 
cardinal  tooth  is  visible  from  the  exterior,  and  this  portion  is  also 
covered  with  epidermal  matter. 

I  will  take  the  opportunity  here  to  remark  on  the  absolute  necessity 
of  studying  the  different  ages  of  the  species  of  this  family,  to  enable  us 
to  decide  upon  new  species.  I  have  never  been  more  thoroughly 
convinced  of  any  thing  than  this.  When  I  have  been  able  to  do  so,  I 
have  always  placed  in  my  cabinet  at  least  three  or  four  specimens  of 
different  ages.  Four  years  since,  I  obtained  a  large  old  specimen  of 
the  Unio  multipUcatiis  (herein  described),  which  I  placed  with  my 
specimens  of  Unio  pUcatus.  Two  young  specimens  were  received  at 
the  same  time,  and  so  totally  different  were  they  in  appearance,  that 
it  did  not  occur  to  me  there  was  any  similarity  between  them  and  the 
old  one.  These  were  placed  with  the  Unio  tuberculatus,  in  the  belief 
of  their  being  a  compressed  variety  of  that  species.  A  specimen 
subsequently  received,  which  furnishes  the  engraving,  proved  at  once 
their  identity  by  displaying  the  numerous  undulations  in  the  region  of 
the  beaks. 

I  have  continued  to  give  my  attention  to  the  habits  of  the  animals 
of  this  family,  but  I  have  in  vain  attempted  to  satisfy  myself  as  to  the 
nature  of  their  food.  Dissatisfied  with  the  results  of  the  observations 
mentioned  in  volume  third,  I  procured,  among  other  species,  a  fine 
Unio  cariosus,  the  valves  of  which  were  much  more  gaping  than  usual. 
Selected  specimens  of  various  species  were  placed  in  a  glass  vase,  in 
the  bottom  of  which  was  placed  clean  white  sand,  so  that  their  natural 
beds  might  be  somewhat  imitated.  In  this  vessel  they  assumed  their 
natural  position  by  pushing  the  sand  behind  them  with  the  protruded 
foot,  thus  forming  a  pit  into  which  the  base  of  the  shell  gradually  fell, 
the  ligament  taking  the  most  elevated  situation.  In  this  position  they 
soon  began  to  travel  round  the  vessel,  and  this  locomotion  continued 
for  some  days,  when  it  ceased  entirely. 

Their  extreme  timidity  or  apprehension  on  the  approach  of  danger 
Vol.  IV.— R 


66  OBSERVATIONS   ON  NAIADES, 

was  very  evident.  At  first  the  slightest  agitation  or  movement  of  the 
vessel  caused  them  to  close  their  valves  instantly.  Being  almost  daily 
disturbed,  this  alarm  after  a  time  ceased,  particularly  with  my  fine 
cariosus,  which  now  suffered  even  the  agitation  of  the  water  without 
closing  the  valves,  stretching  out  its  fine  dark  and  beautiful  tentacula 
from  the  borders  of  its  mantle,  and  forming  by  the  contact  of  its  edges 
two  openings  one  below  the  other. 

From  the  superior  of  these  openings  the  constant  stream  ejected  could 
be  plainly  perceived  for  two  inches  elevating  the  water  at  its  surface. 
Being  very  anxious  to  ascertain  through  what  part  the  water  necessary 
to  supply  this  stream  was  carried  into  the  shell,  I  discovered  it,  after 
many  experiments,  to  pass  in  by  the  inferior  opening  ;  that  it  passed 
out  by  the  superior  one  had  always  been  evident.  This  operation 
was  unremitted  while  the  water  was  fresh ;  when  left  unchanged  for 
some  days  this  current  invariably  ceased.  Doubting  the  correctness  of 
my  former  idea,  as  to  the  probability  of  their  feeding  on  animalcula, 
from  the  circumstance  of  finding  the  passage  of  the  water  to  exist  only 
while  fresh,  and  never  when  animalcula  were  visible  even  with  a 
microscope  of  great  power,  I  instituted  some  experiments  by  passing 
pieces  of  bread,  very  small  pieces  of  worms,  &c.  between  the  tentacula. 
Several  of  them  would  sometimes  remain  for  some  minutes  within 
the  mantle  and  so  far  within  as  to  be  invisible,  but  they  were  in  every 
case  in  a  very  short  time  thrown  out  with  a  rapid  and  sudden  jet  of 
water  to  the  opposite  side  of  the  vessel. 

These  experiments  were  frequently  repeated  during  the  course  of  a 
year  upon  the  same  specimen,  and  the  result  was  uniformly  the  same. 
No  food  introduced  into  the  shell  could  be  ascertained  to  have  remained ; 
it  may  therefore  be  pretty  safely  concluded,  that  neither  animalcula 
nor  food  in  a  more  solid  state  are  necessary  to  the  nourishment  of  the 
Naiades.  What  then  are  we  to  conclude  it  to  be  ?  Would  the  decom- 
position of  water  serve  the  purpose  of  nourishment  as  well  as  breath- 
ing ?  Certain  it  is,  that  during  the  many  years  I  have  been  in  the  habit 
of  almost  constantly  having  them  alive  for  examination,  dissection,  &c. 
I  have  never  in  any  instance  given  them  food,  unless  it  was  conveyed 
invisibly  to  them  in  the  pure  water  with  which  our  city  is  supplied 
through  our  works  from  the  river,  and  which  was  given  them  every 
few  days. 


AND  DESCniPTIONS   OF  NEW  SPECIES.  67 

When  I  established  the  genus  Symphynota* ,  I  remarked  on  the 
difficulties  attending  the  present  generic  divisions  of  the  family  Naiades. 
Since  that  period  a  closer  attention  to  these  divisions  has  convinced 
me  of  the  entire  impossibility  of  defining  limits  to  them.  The 
hinges  in  the  species  of  the  different  genera  glide  or  shade  away  so 
completely  into  each  other,  that  I  have  no  hesitation  in  saying  it  is 
entirely  impossible  for  any  naturalist  to  mark  out  a  line  of  unvarying 
character  to  most  of  them.  It  must  therefore  be  conceded  that  other 
characters  are  required  for  generic  divisions. 

If  we  examine  the 

Anodonta  cygnea  (Lam.),  we  find  the  margin  under  the  beak  and 
ligament  to  be  an  uninterrupted  line.     In  the 

Iridina  nilotica  (Sowerby)  this  line  is  slightly  interrupted  under  the 
point  of  the  beak.     In  the 

Anodon  areolatus  (Swainson)  we  have  this  interruption  more 
distinctly'  marked,  the  elevations  being  larger  and  more  curved,  evi- 
dently forming  an  incipient  tooth  which  approaches  very  closely  to  the 

Jllasmodonta  marginata  (Say),  and  forms  with  it  a  natural  link. 
The  next  in  the  chain  appears  to  be  the 

Alasmoilonta  rugosa  (Barnes),  which  has  an  incipient  lateral  tooth ; 
and  that  which  follows  very  closely  is  the 

Unio  calceolus  (Nob.),  which  has  the  lateral  tooth  very  slightly  more 
defined  than  the  preceding.     In  the 

Symplnjnota  compressa  (Nob.),  we  have  the  tooth  more  perfect  and 
extended,  forming  a  moderately  well  characterised  lateral  tooth  of  the 
genus  Unio.     The  well  known  . 

Unio  pidorum  (Mya  pictorum,  Lin.)  presents  us  with  cardinal  and 
lateral  teeth  completely  formed.  In  this  genus,  the  Unio,  we  have 
an  infinite  variety  in  the  forms  of  teeth.     In  the 

Symphynota  alata  (Nob.),  the  cardinal  and  lateral  teeth  are  com- 
pressed in  most  specimens ;  and  the  next  change  we  find,  is  in  the 

Hyria  avicularis];  (Lam.),  in  which  the  cardinal  tooth  is  somewhat 

*  See  Vol.  III.  p.  442. 

"^  When  the  animal  of  tliis  genus  shall  be  examined,  it  will  be  found,  I  have  no  doubt,  to 
differ  from  the  Unio,  Anodonta,  &c.  For  notwithstanding  Lamarck's  description,  "  elles  ont 
interieurement  les  impressions  musculaires  Jaterales  des  Nayades,"  I  have  discovered  that  the 


6S  OBSERVATIONS  ON  NAIADES, 

lamellar  and  forms  nearly  a  line  with  the  lateral  tooth.     The  next 
"nuance"  is  in  the 

Symphijnota  Igevissima  (Nob.),  which  possesses  lamelliform  cardinal 
and  lateral  teeth  forming  nearly  a  complete  arc.     Then  follows  the 

Symphynofa  biulata  (Nob.),  the  uninterrupted  curved  tooth  of  which 
is  little  more  than  an  elevated  line  under  the  ligament  and  beaks.  As 
far  as  one  may  be  able  to  judge  from  a  bad  description  and  very  bad 
drawing,  the 

Dipsas  plicatus  (Leach)  may  be  with  propriety  placed  at  the  end  of 
this  suite. 

In  the  U.  oriens  described  in  this  paper,  we  have  a  peculiarity  in 
the  formation  of  the  termination  of  the  lateral  tooth,  which  is  en- 
larged. 

Under  the  impression,  therefore,  that  the  teeth  in  the  Family  iVam(/es 
do  not  form  a  sufficient  distinctive  character  to  compose  genera,  I 
propose  to  make  a  "division"  of  the  family,  the  distinctive  character 
of  which  will  be  valves  free  and  valves  connate ;  the  genus  Unio  to 
include  the  first,  the  genus  Sympthynota  to  include  the  last.  If  subse- 
quent groups  be  necessary,  these  may  be  composed  of  subgenera. 

In  my  catalogue*  of  species,  which  I  presumed  should  be  considered 
as  established,  I  gave  the  umlulatus  of  Barnes  as  a  synonym,  consider- 
ing it  as  a  variety  of  the  plkutus.  Conversing  with  that  naturalist 
over  his  cabinet  some  time  before  his  death,  he  expressed  himself  as 
being  very  much  of  that  opinion.  At  that  period  neither  of  us  had 
seen  a  young  specimen  of  this  species ;  very  recently  I  have  been  for- 
tunate enough  to  obtain  several,  and  the  examination  of  the  beaks  of 
these,  which  are  nearly  perfect,  convinces  me,  that  although  the  umlu- 
latus resembles  the  plicatus  in  its  general  characters,  yet,  that  the 
beaks  are  sufficiently  dissimilar  to  make  them  specifically  different. 

extensor  muscle  of  the  foot  is  attaclied  to  the  internal  base  of  the  cardinal  tooth  and  there 
forms  a  remarkable  cicatrix,  which  of  course  is  over  the  large  anterior  (posterior  of  Lam.) 
cicatrix,  while  in  all  the  numerous  species  of  Naiades  which  I  have  examined,  the  cicatrix  of 
the  extensor  muscle  has  been  situated  below  the  large  anterior  cicatrix.  In  anatomical  struc- 
ture lliey  must  Ihciclbro  diflcr. 
*  Transactions,  Vol.  III. 


PL,lIE.VoI.4. 


/■///,'     rriij_iry.,iii/,v 


Ihtuni  SCEiui  U  I'll  /Hr,ti/U>n 


AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES.  69 


Unio  Trapezoides.     Plate  III.  fia:.  1 


&• 


Testa  trapezia  simili,  inaquilalerali,  transversa,  postice  undulata;  valvulis 
crassis ;  dentibus  cardinalibus  uti-iusqiie  valvulce  duplicibus ;  lateralibus  laminatis 
curvisque;  margaritd  purpurea  et  iridescente. 

Shell  trapezoidal,  inequilateral,  transverse,  undulated  behind ;  valves  thick ; 
cardinal  teeth  double  in  both  valves ;  lateral  teeth  curved  and  lamelliform  ;  nacre 
purple  and  iridescent. 

Hab.  Lake  St  Joseph,  Louisiana.     J.  T.  Griffith,  Esq. 

My  Cabinet. 

Cabinet  of  Prof.  Vanuxem. 

Diam.  1*9,  Length  2-6,  Breadth  4-3  inches. 

Shell  trapezoidal,  more  angular  behind,  transverse,  undulated  on 
posterior  half ;  umbonial  slope  elevated  almost  into  a  carina,  anterior 
to  which  the  undulations  are  oblique  and  disposed  to  lie  parallel  to 
each  other ;  posterior  slope  large  and  elevated  into  a  carina ;  sides 
flattened  ;  substance  of  the  shell  thick  ;  beaks  slightly  prominent  and 
incurved ;  ligament  large,  long  and  slightly  curved  ;  epidermis  black 
and  wrinkled  ;  cardinal  teeth  double  in  both  valves,  crenate  and 
deeply  cleft  in  the  left  valve  ;  lateral  teeth,  long,  curved  and  lamelli- 
form ;  anterior  cicatrices  distinct  and  rough ;  posterior  cicatrices  con- 
fluent; dorsal  cicatrices  situated  under  the  posterior  part  of  the  cardinal 
tooth ;  ventral  cicatrix  very  perceptible ;  cavity  of  the  beaks  wide  and 
deep ;  nacre  dark  purple  and  iridescent. 

Remarks — This  highly  interesting  species  came  into  my  possession 
through  the  kindness  of  J.  T.  Griffith,  Esq.  of  Natchez.  It  approaches 
the  U.  plicatus*  of  Lesueur,  more  nearly  than  any  other  species  with 
which  I  am  acquainted  ;  it  differs,  however,  from  that  species,  strik- 
ingly, in  the  colour  of  the  nacre,  in  the  general  outline  of  the  shell 

*  For  the  authority  of  this  name  and  author,  see  Am.  Conch,  article  Unio  crassus ;  also 
Barnes's  article  in  SilUman's  Journal,  Vol.  VI.  p.  120. 

Vol.  IV.— S 


70  OBSERAATIONS   ON  NAIADES, 

and  ill  its  remarkable  square  sides.  The  great  peculiarity  of  this 
species  is  in  its  possession  of  a  small  cicatrix  (which  I  propose  to  call 
the  ventral  cicatrix)  anterior  to  the  central  part  of  the  cavity  of  the 
shell.  In  no  other  species  have  I  ever  met  with  the  slightest  indi- 
cation of  this  cicatrix,  although  I  have  examined  numerous  larger  and 
more  globose  specimens  of  various  species  with  this  view. 


Unio  Multiplicatus.     Plate  IV.  fig.  2. 

Testa  Irapeziali,  incBquivalvi,  oblique  transversa,  maxinie  undidata ;  valvulis 
crassissimis ;  dentibus  cardinalibus  crassis,  lateralibus  longis  curvisque;  margaritd 
alba  et  iridescente. 

Shell  trapezoidal,  inequivalve,  obliquely  transverse,  much  undulated  ;  valves  very 
thick  ;  cardinal  teeth  thick  ;  lateral  teeth  long  and  curved  ;  nacre  pearly  white  and 
iridescent. 


Hab. 


Tennessee  Biver.     Prof.  Vanuxem. 
_  Ohio  River.     T.  G.  Lea. 

My  Cabinet. 
Cabinet  of  Prof.  Vanuxem. 
Diam.  2-2,  Length  3-8,  Breadth  5-6  inches. 

Shell  trapezoidal,  obliquely  transverse,  undulated  except  near  the 
anterior  margin,  compressed  towards  basal  and  posterior  margins  ; 
undulations  diverge  from  the  umbonial  slope  and  in  the  superior  part 
curve  towards  the  dorsal  margin  which  is  carinate  ;  substance  of  the 
shell  very  thick  ;  beaks  slightly  prominent  and  rugose  with  undulations 
extending  over  the  umbones  which  are  flattened  ;  ligament  large,  long 
and  curved ;  epidermis  black  and  much  wrinkled ;  cardinal  teeth  thick 
and  sulcate ;  lateral  teeth  large,  long  and  slightly  curved  ;  anterior 
cicatrices  distinct ;  posterior  cicatrices  confluent ;  dorsal  cicatrices 
situated  on  the  under  side  of  the  plate  betw^een  the  cardinal  and  lateral 
teeth;  cavity  of  the  beaks  rather  large  and  rounded;  nacre  pearly 
white,  iridescent  and  surrounded  by  a  distinct  dark  margin. 

Remarks. — This  fine  large   species   was  one  of  many  fine  shells 


PL.I\^A'ol.4. 


[  nic    iitii/r//ilii  ,/h/.' 


Vravjt,i  l^ui'tl  Ini  J.Drn 


TT.V.   Vol    1. 


i'liio      r/sfieri. 


Jlrawn  k£no  'J  tii'Mlralir. 


AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES.  71 

brought  by  Prof.  Vanuxem  from  the  western  states.  It  is  very  nearly 
allied  to  the  plicafus  (Lesueur)  in  its  general  characteristics,  but  when 
the  beaks  are  not  much  eroded,  it  may  be  at  once  distinguished  from 
that  species  by  the  numerous  small  irregular  undulations  which  sur- 
round and  cover  the  beaks,  and  of  which  the plicutus  is  entirely  destitute 
except  at  the  very  tip  of  the  beaks ;  where  the  small  folds  are  entirely 
unconnected  with  the  large  ones.  In  a  very  young  state  no  two 
species,  scarcely,  can  be  more  different,  the  multiplicatus  being  entirely 
covered  with  undulations,  while  the  plicutus  possesses  none,  except 
the  small  ones  at  the  tip.  In  this  state  it  resembles  exceedingly  the 
tubermlatus  of  Barnes,  and  when  I  received  my  first  specimen,  I 
referred  it  to  that  species,  considering  it  a  variety,  and  should  most 
probably  have  continued  to  be  of  that  opinion,  had  I  not  obtained  a 
large  specimen  sufficiently  perfect  to  display  the  irregular  undulations 
in  the  region  of  the  beaks.  The  facts  mentioned  above,  show  the 
absolute  necessity  of  studying  the  young  in  making  ourselves  acquainted 
with  the  species. 


Unio  Asperrimus.     Plate  V.  fig.  3. 

Testa  sebquadrangulari,  inaquilaterali,  postice  biangulari,  natihus  ad  baseos 
marginem  sulcata  et  nodulis  inslructa;  valvulis  percrassis ;  natihus  elevatis;  dentibus 
cardinalibus  prcBgrandibus,  lateralibus  magnis  subrectisque ;  margarita  pulchrd  et 
iridescente. 

Shell  sub-quadrangular,  inequilateral,  biangular  behind,  sulcated  from  beaks 
to  basal  margin,  thick  and  noduled ;  valves  very  thick;  beaks  elevated  ;  cardinal 
teeth  very  large  ;  lateral  teeth  large  and  nearly  straight ;  nacre  beautifully  pearly 
and  iridescent. 

Hab.  Ohio  River.     T.  G.  Lea. 

My  Cabinet.  .    - 

Cabinet  of  T.  G.  Lea. 
Cabinet  of  Lyceum  of  Natural  History  of  New  York. 
Diam.  2-3,  Length  3-6,  Breadth  4-8  inches. 

Shell  sub-quadrangular,  biangular  behind,  sulcated  from    beak  to 


72  OBSERYATIONS  ON  NAIADES, 

basal  margin,  roughly  noduled  and  thick ;  basal  margin  emarginate ; 
substance  of  the  shell  thick ;  beaks  prominent,  retuse  ;  noduled  along 
the  umbonial  slope  and  before  the  furrow,  which  is  smooth ;  posterior 
slope  covered  with  nodules ;  nodules  posterior  to  the  furrow  are  dis- 
posed to  be  transverse  and  on  the  umbones  erect  or  recurved  ;  ligament 
laro-e ;  epidermis  wrinkled  and  fuscous  in  adult  specimens, — in  younger 
specimens  it  is  yellowish  brown  with  obsolete  rays;  cardinal  tooth 
very  large,  widely  cleft,  sulcated  and  crested  in  the  left  valve,  in  the 
right  valve  emerging  from  a  pit ;  posterior  cicatrices  confluent ;  ante- 
rior cicatrices  distinct,  the  great  one  deep  ;  dorsal  cicatrices  situated  on 
the  under  part  of  the  cardinal  tooth ;  cavity  of  the  beaks  angulated, 
large  and  deep  ;  nacre  beautifully  pearly  white  and  iridescent. 

Remarks. — This  fine  and  interesting  species  is  nearly  allied  to  the 
U.  lacrymosus  (Nob.).  It  differs  from  it  distinctly  in  the  possession 
of  nodules  which  are  rough  and  disposed  to  be  erect  and  transverse. 
The  tubercles  of  the  lacrymosus  take  a  direction  towards  the  basal 
margin,  and  are  similar  to  tears  flowing  down  the  cheek.  The  pos- 
terior margin  in  the  present  species  is  more  protruded,  while  the  area 
of  the  anterior  portion  is  smaller  than  that  of  the  lacrymosus.  It 
cannot  be  mistaken  for  the  U.  metanever  (Rafinesque),  which  possesses 
large  elevations  along  the  umbonial  slope.  In  younger  specimens  than 
the  one  represented  here  the  basal  and  posterior  margins  are  more 
rounded. 


Unio  CoNGAR.tus.     Plate  VI.  fig.  4 


a* 


Testa  rhomboideo-elliptica,  transversa,  irKEquilaterali ;  valvidis  tenuibus;  natibiis 
subundulatis;  dente  cardinali  obliquo  compressoqiie ;  dentibus  lateralibus  longis,  ct 
prope  terminos  postcriores  auctis ;  margaritd  sericed  et  iridescente. 

Shell  elliptico-rliomboidal,  transverse,  inequilateral ;  valves  thin  ;  beaks  slightly 
undulated  ;  cardinal  tooth  oblique,  compressed;  lateral  teeth  long  and  enlarged 
towards  the  posterior  end  ;  nacre  satinlikc  and  iridescent. 

Hab.  Congarcc  River,  South  Carolina. 


PL.Vl  .Vol  .  4. 


L'nio    OTifiu 


Unio    conqrixus . 


rniii     />rt'Tiderj.j 


■  Drtain  tt  Etui  'd  hv  JBranU, 


AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OP  NEW  SPECIES.  73 

My  Cabinet. 
Cabinet  of  Prof.  Vanuxem. 
Cabinet  of  P.  H.  Nicklin. 
Cabinet  of  H.  C.  Carey. 
Cabinet  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  Philadelphia. 
Diam.  -7,  Length  -1,  Breadth  1-6  inches. 

Shell  elliptico-rhomboidal,  transverse,  somewhat  flattened  at  the 
sides;  posterior  slope  furnished  with  slight  undulations;  substance 
of  the  shell  thin ;  beaks  slightly  prominent,  and  furnished  with  par- 
allel concentric  undulations  near  the  tips ;  ligament  short ;  epidermis 
yellow,  and  yellowish  brown;  rays  green  and  numerous;  cardinal 
tooth  oblique,  compressed,  and  slightly  cleft  in  the  left  valve — in  the 
right  single ;  lateral  teeth  long,  slightly  curved  and  enlarged  towards 
the  posterior  end ;  anterior  cicatrices  distinct ;  posterior  cicatrices  con- 
fluent; dorsal  cicatrices  situated  under  the  plate,  between  the  cardi- 
nal and  lateral  teeth ;  nacre  satin  like,  and  beautifully  iridescent. 

Remarks. — I  obtained  several  specimens  of  this  shell,  on  the  shores 
of  the  Congaree,  at  Columbia,  S.  C.  It  resembles  the  radiafus  (Gme- 
lin)  and  comjilanatus*  (Solan.),  which  species  are  frequently  mistaken 
for  each  other,  and  this  may  readily  be  confounded  with  either  of 
them.  It  has,  like  the  ratliatus,  many  rays,  but  differs  in  being  more 
angulated  on  the  umbonial  slope,  and  in  measuring  less  from  the  pos- 
terior dorsal  margin  to  the  basal  margin.  It  differs  from  the  com- 
planatus  in  its  rays,  and  in  having  slight  undulations  on  the  posterior 
slope.  It  is  more  diminutive  in  size  than  either,  not  being  more  in 
volume  than  one-fifth  of  the  complanatiis  from  the  same  locality. 


Unio  Oriens.     Plate  VI.  fig.  5. 

Testa  longo-ovatd,  transversa,  inaquilaterali.  compressd  et  radiis  pulcherrimis 
picta,  valvulis  tenuibus;  natibus  subprominulis  et  retusis ;  denlibus  cardinalibus 

*  For  reclamation  of  this  species,  see  Vol.  JII.  p.  416. 

Vol.  IV.— T 


74  OBSERVATIONS   ON  NAIADES, 

parvis  et  imperfecHs,  later alibus  imperfectis  et  indivisis ;  margaritd  caruleo-albd, 
iridescente,  et  in  natium  cavo  purpurea. 

Shell  long-ovate,  transverse,  inequilateral,  compressed  and  beautifully  rayed ; 
valves  thin  ;  beaks  scarcely  prominent  and  retuse;  cardinal  teeth  small  and  imper- 
fect ;  lateral  teeth  imperfect  and  divided  ;  nacre  bluish  white,  iridescent  and  purple 
in  the  cavity  of  the  beaks. 

Hab.  Ohio  river,  T.  G.  Lea. 

My  Cabinet. 

Cabinet  of  R.  Peter,  Pittsburgh. 

Cabinet  of  Dr  Hildreth,  Marietta,  Ohio. 

Diam.  -5,  Length  1-1,  Breadth  2-8  inches. 

Shell  long-ovate,  transverse,  compressed;  substance  of  the  shell  very 
thin ;  beaks  scarcely  prominent,  and  situated  tov\^ards  the  anterior  mar- 
gin ;  ligament  linear ;  epidermis  slightly  wrinkled,  yellowish,  with  ob- 
lique interrupted  green  rays,  which  enlarge  posteriorly ;  cardinal  teeth 
very  imperfect ;  lateral  teeth  straight,  very  imperfect,  (having  little  or 
no  longitudinal  division,  even  in  the  left  valve)  enlarged  at  posterior 
termination ;  anterior  cicatrices  distinct ;  posterior  cicatrices  confluent ; 
dorsal  cicatrices  situated  in  the  centre  of  the  cavity  of  the  beaks ;  cavity 
of  the  beaks  wide  and  very  shallow ;  nacre  bluish  white,  iridescent, 
purple  in  the  cavity  of  the  beaks. 

Remarks. — The  specimen  which  is  here  described  and  figured,  was 
sent  to  me  three  or  four  years  since,  and  has  never  ceased  to  excite  in 
me  great  interest  and  attention.  The  very  imperfect  state  of  the 
teeth  compelled  me  to  doubt  of  the  propriety  of  erecting  it  into  a 
new  species,  although  the  specimen^bore  no  appearance  of  a  malforma- 
tion in  any  other  part,  however  diflerent  it  was  from  other  species  of 
the  family  I  had  seen.  Two  other  specimens,  one  of  which  is  young, 
having  recently  come  into  my  possession,  prove  to  possess  precisely  the 
same  characters  in  every  respect,  and  the  only  difficulty  which  now 
stood  in  the  way  of  giving  it  a  place  in  our  systems  was  to  determine 
its  gcmis !  It  appears  to  me,  for  the  present,  most  proper  to  place  it 
with  the  UnloncH.  It  cannot  be  placed  with  the  AnoJonta  of  Lam.  for 
he  describes  that  genus  as  having  "cardo  linearis  edentulus."  It 
would  be  equally  difficult  to  class  it  with  the  Masmodonta  of  Say,  for 


AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEAV  SPECIES.  75 

that conchologist says,  "hinge  with  a  primary  tooth  in  each  valve."  In 
the  oriens  the  cardinal  and  lateral  teeth  are  equally  imperfect,  and  in 
this  respect  it  resembles  the  U.  soleniformis  (Nob.),  though  much  less 
defined.  Under  these  circumstances,  it  appeared  necessary  to  give  it  a 
place  with  the  Uniones. 


Unio  Brevidens.     Plate  VI.  fis; 


O' 


Testa  subtriangulari,  inasquilaterali,  transversa ;  valvulis  crassis ;  dentibus  car- 
dinalibus  modicis,  lateralibus  curvis,  brevibus,  crassisque  ;  margaritd  alba. 

Shell  subtriangular,  inequilateral,  transverse;  valves  thick;  cardinal  teeth  rather 
small;  lateral  teeth  curved,  short,  and  thick;  nacre  pearly  white. 

Hab.  Ohio,  William  Cooper. 

My  Cabinet. 

Cabinet  of  Lyceum  of  Natural  History  of  New  York. 

Diam.  -8,  Length  1-2,  Breadth  1-7  inches. 

Shell  sub-triangular,  angular  behind,  transverse;  umbonial  slope 
curved  ;  sides  flattened  ;  substance  of  the  shell  thick  ;  beaks  slightly 
prominent ;  ligament  short ;  epidermis  yellow^,  wrinkled ;  rays  small, 
slightly  curved  and  interrupted ;  cardinal  tooth  rather  small,  slightly 
elevated  and  widely  cleft  in  the  left  valve,  single  and  emerging  from 
a  pit  in  the  right  valve  ;  lateral  teeth  curved,  short  and  thick,  posterior 
and  anterior  cicatrices  both  distinct ;  the  smaller  posterior  one  be- 
ing placed  directly  over  the  larger  and  beneath  the  point  of  the  lateral 
tooth  ;  dorsal  cicatrices  situated  on  the  under  part  of  the  cardinal  tooth ; 
cavity  of  the  beaks  arched,  shallow  ;  nacre  pearly  white. 

Remarks. — For  this  interesting  and  fine  species  we  are  indebted  to 
the  liberality  of  the  members  of  the  Lyceum  of  Natural  History  of 
New  York,  who,  in  accordance  with  their  known  zeal  in  the  promotion 
of  natural  science,  promptly  passed  a  vote  to  permit  their  new  fluvia- 
tile  shells  (herein  described)  to  be  described  for,  and  inserted  in  our 
Transactions,  under  the  impression  that  science  would  be  benefited  by 


76  OBSERYATIONS  ON  NAIADES, 

their  being  embodied  in  one  paper  with  those  which  I  was  about  to 
publish.  This  species  somewhat  resembles  U.  triangularis  of  Barnes. 
It  differs  from  it  in  being  less  ventricose,  more  ponderous,  possessing 
thicker  teeth  and  in  the  rays  which  are  interrupted  indistinct  lines. 


Unio  Pustulosus.     Plate  VII.  fig.  7. 

Testa  modice  producta,  aquilaterali,  inflatd,  dwiidio  postico  tuberculatd ;  valvu- 
lis  crassis;  natibus  prominentibus  et  ad  apices  granulatis;  dentibus  cardinalibus 
subgrandibus ;  lateralibus  brevibus,  crassis,  rectisque ;  margaritd  alba  et  irides- 
cent e. 

Shell  rather  elongated,  equilateral,  inflated,  tuberculated  on  posterior  half;  valves 
thick;  beaks  elevated  and  granulated  at  tip;  cardinal  teeth  rather  large;  lateral 
teeth  short,  thick  and  straight ;  nacre  pearly  white  and  iridescent. 

TT  ,     C  Ohio,  T.  G.  Lea. 

C  Alabama  river,  Judge  Tait. 

My  Cabinet. 
Cabinet  of  Professor  Vanuxem. 
Cabinet  of  P.  H.  Nicklin. 
Cabinet  of  H.  C.  Carey. 
Cabinet  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia. 
Cabinet  of  Peale's  Museum. 
Unio  verrucosus.     Var.  i?     Barnes. 
Diam.  1-4,  Length  2-2,  Breadth  2-1  inches. 

Shell  rather  elongated,  equilateral,  inflated,  irregularly  tuberculated 
on  posterior  half,  but  not  on  the  first  and  second  growths ;  tubercles 
generally  large  ;  substance  of  the  shell  thick ;  beaks  elevated  and 
granulated  at  tip  ;  ligament  short  and  thick ;  epidermis  bright  brown ; 
a  single  broad  interrupted  ray  passes  from  the  beak  nearly  to  the  cen- 
tre of  the  disk ;  cardinal  tooth  rather  large  and  widely  cleft  in  the 
left  valve — single  and  emerging  from  a  pit  in  the  right  valve ;  lateral 
teeth  short,  thick  and  straight ;  anterior  and  posterior  cicatrices  both 
distinct;  dorsal  cicatrices  situated  on  the  under  part  of  the  cardinal 


PL.Vll  Vol.4 


, <V, 

/S:'{r- ;,  .^, 


Tlrvixi    i:)\t.itvJ,OJi^i,s'- 


JTnio    ■ttaTif-s  . 


r/hio   jju^tulaiiLS. 


//i-ai^n  hy  J LlruyUm- 


AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES.  77 

tooth ;  cavity  of  the  beaks  deep  and  angulated ;  nacre  pearly  white  and 
iridescent. 

Bemarks. — This  species  has  heretofore  been  considered  as  the  Ver- 
rucosus of  Barnes.  Although  the  general  form  resembles  the  Verru- 
cosus, it  differs  from  it  in  several  essential  characters.  It  has  not  the 
beautiful  recurved,  and  finely  undulated  beaks,  nor  has  it  the  dark  cho- 
colate coloured  nacre  of  the  true  Verrucosus.  It  has  a  large  interrupted 
ray  across  the  centre  of  the  disk,  which  is  absent  in  the  other,  and  the  tu- 
bercles are  more  in  the  form  of  blisters.  In  the  Verrucosus,  the  first  and 
second  growths  are  furnished  with  tubercles ;  in  the  Pustulosus,  they  are 
not.  Objections  may  be  made  to  the  use  of  colour  of  nacre  as  a  character. 
It  maybe  safely  used,  when  on  examination  of  many  specimens,  there  is 
no  appearance  of  fading  away  by  tints  into  another  colour.  The  U.  tor- 
sus  (Rafinesque)  presents  us  always  with  a  rich  chocolate  nacre.  The 
U.  rectus  (Lam.)  varies  from  rich  purple  and  salmon  through  all  the 
tints  of  these  colours  to  perfect  white,  and  the  same  may  be  said  of 
the  U.  cuneaf  us  (Barnes)  and  U.  complcinatus  (Mya  comj)lanala,S  o]a.n.). 
The  U.  circiilus  (Nob.)  varies  from  perfect  white  to  dark  pink.  These 
variations  of  colours  are  frequent  in  this  genus.  Of  the  numerous  spe- 
cimens of  Verrucosus,  I  have  never  seen  one  which  was  not  chocolate 
coloured.  In  the  Pustulosus,  I  have  never  seen  the  nacre  other  than 
white. 


Unio  Stapes.     Plate  VII.  fis-  8. 


O' 


Testa  triangulari,  subaquilaterali,  postice  valde  angulata,  tuberculatd ;  valvu- 
lis  crassis;  dentibus  cardinalibus  subgrandibus;  lateralibus  brevibus,  a  cardinalibus 
separatis ;  et  versus  baseos  marginem  vergentibus;  margaritu  alba. 

Shell  triangular,  nearly  equilateral,  very  angular  behind,  tuberculated ;  valves 
thick ;  cardinal  teeth  rather  large;  lateral  teeth  short,  distinct  from  the  cardinal 
teeth  and  pointing  to  the  basal  margin ;  nacre  pearly  white. 

Hab.  Alabama  river,  Judge  Tait. 
Vol.  IV.— U 


78  OBSERVATIONS  ON  NAIADES, 

My  Cabinet. 
Diam.  -9,  Length  1-5,  Breadth  1*6  inches. 

Shell  triangular,  nearly  equilateral,  very  angular  behind,  and  round- 
ed before ;  anterior  portion  furnished  with  triangular  formed  tuber- 
cles, the  apices  of  which  point  to  basal  margin ;  portion  immediately  be- 
fore umbonial  slope  free  from  tubercles ;  umbonial  slope  elevated  and 
tuberculated  from  the  beaks  to  the  margin ;  posterior  slope  truncate, 
undulated,  nearly  perpendicular,  flat,  with  the  exception  of  a  small 
portion  of  the  margin  behind  the  ligament ;  umbones  flattened ;  sub- 
stance of  the  shell  thick ;  beaks  prominent ;  ligament  short  and  thick ; 
epidermis  yellow,  slightly  wrinkled,  and  furnished  with  indistinct, 
small,  green  pencil  marks  in  the  place  of  rays;  cardinal  tooth  rather 
large,  elevated  and  widely  cleft  in  the  left  valve,  single  and  emerging 
from  a  pit  in  the  right  valve ;  lateral  teeth  very  short,  straight  and 
pointing  to  the  basal  margin ;  the  cardinal  and  lateral  teeth  are  sepa- 
rated by  a  flat  plate ;  posterior  and  anterior  cicatrices  both  distinct, 
the  smaller  posterior  one  being  placed  directly  over  the  larger,  and  be- 
neath the  point  of  the  lateral  tooth ;  dorsal  cicatrices  situated  on  the 
under  part  of  the  cardinal  tooth ;  cavity  of  the  beaks  deep  and  angula- 
ted ;  nacre  very  pearly  and  iridescent, 

Remarks. — This  very  curious  and  interesting  shell  was  among  the 
many  fine  specimens  sent  me  by  Judge  Tait,  to  whose  kindness  I  am 
under  great  obligations  for  several  of  the  new  species  here  described. 
The  present  species,  in  outline,  is  an  anomaly  in  the  family  Naiades. 
The  truncature  behind  is  almost  as  abrupt  as  that  of  any  Donux. 
This  truncature  gives  the  shell  the  form  of  a  stirrup,  and  causes  the 
lateral  teeth  to  take  a  direction  (towards  the  basal  margin)  peculiar  to 
this  species.  The  triangular  form  of  the  tubercles,  particularly  on  the 
superior  anterior  part,  is  so  peculiar  as  to  render  it  impossible  to  confound 
it  with  any  other  species. 


AND  DESCRIPTIONS   OF  NEW  SPECIES.  79 


Unio  Pustulatcs.     Plate  VII.  fig.  9. 

Testa  suborbiculari,  aiquilaterali,  inflata,  margine  posteriori  emarginati'i;  valvulis 
crassis,  et  duabus  tuberculorum  scriebus  instructis ;  dentibus  cardinalibus  magnis; 
later alibus  brevibus  subreclisque ;  margaritd  alba  et  iridescente. 

Shell  nearly  circular,  equilateral,  inflated,  posteriorly  emarginate;  valves  thick 
and  furnished  with  two  rows  of  tubercles;  cardinal  teeth  large  ;  lateral  teeth  short 
and  nearly  straight;  nacre  pearly  white  and  iridescent. 

jj^l^    5"  Ohio,  T.  G.  Lea. 

\  Tennessee,  Professor  Vanuxem. 
My  Cabinet. 
Cabinet  of  Professor  Vanuxem. 
Cabinet  of  P.  H.  Nicklin. 
Cabinet  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia. 
Diam.  1-3,  Length  1-9,  Breadth  2-1  inches. 

Shell  nearly  circular,  equilateral,  inflated,  posteriorly  emarginate, 
furnished  with  two  vertical  rows  of  tubercles  on  each  valve,  one  in  a 
direct  line  from  the  beaks  to  the  basal  margin,  the  other  along  the  um- 
bonial  slope ;  those  of  the  latter  resemble  pustules.  The  first  tubercle 
appears  on  the  third  growth ;  the  fourth  and  each  successive  growth  have 
two  parallel  to  each  other.  Posterior  margin  granulate ;  substance  of  the 
shell  thick  ;  beaks  elevated,  slightly  recurved,  and  granulate  at  the  tip ; 
ligament  short  and  thick  ;  epidermis  yellowish  brown  and  rather  smooth; 
cardinal  tooth  large,  elevated  and  widely  cleft  in  the  left  valve,  single  and 
emerging  from  a  pit  in  the  right  valve ;  lateral  teeth  short  and  nearly 
straight ;  anterior  cicatrices  distinct ;  posterior  cicatrices  confluent :  dor- 
sal cicatrices  situated  on  the  under  part  of  the  cardinal  tooth ;  cavity 
of  the  beaks  deep  and  angulated ;  nacre  pearly  w^hite  and  iridescent. 

Remarlis. — This  species  somewhat  resembles  the  U.  verrucosus 
(Barnes).  Var.  ?;,  erected  into  a  new  species  in  this  paper  under  the 
name  of  pustulosus.  It  differs  in  being  more  transverse  and  in  being 
destitute  of  the  broad  single  ray  which  passes  from  the  beak  of  the 
latter.     In  the  arrangement  of  the  tubercles  it  is  altogether  different ; 


80  OBSERVATIONS  ON  NAIADES, 

the pmtulatus  having  a.  row,  which  resembles  the  cornntus  in  regularity. 
These  elevations  however  in  the  cornutus  alternate  in  the  two 
valves,  while  in  this  species  they  are  antagonist.  In  very  perfect 
young  specimens,  a  minute  tubercle  may  sometimes  be  observed  on 
the  first  growth.  The  elevations  along  the  umbonial  slope  have  more 
resemblance  to  pustules,  than  those  of  the  anterior  row. 


Unio  Lens.     Plate  VIII.  fig.  10. 

Testa  lenticulari,  subventricosd,  aquilaterali;  valvulis  subcrassis;  dentibus  cardi- 
nalibus  magnis;  lateralibus  brevibus  subrectisque ;  margaritd  alba,  raro  rosea. 

Shell  lenticular,  subventricose,  equilateral;  vnlves  somewhat  thick  ;  cardinal  teeth 
large  ;  lateral  teeth  short  and  nearly  straight;  nacre  white,  rarely  rose  coloured. 

TT  ,     C  Ohio,  T.  G.  Lea. 

C  Tennessee,  Professor  Vanuxem. 
My  Cabinet. 
Cabinet  of  Prof.  Vanuxem. 
Cabinet  of  P.  H.  Nicklin. 
Cabinet  of  H.  C.  Carey. 
Diam.  -6,  Length  -9,  Breadth  1-2  inches. 

Shell  lenticular,  somewhat  ventricose,  equilateral ;  substance  of  the 
shell  rather  thick;  beaks  slightlyprominent,  undulated  at  tip;  ligament 
short  and  thick;  epidermis  smooth,  anterior  to  the  umbonial  slope 
brown,  posterior  yellowish ;  cardinal  teeth  large  and  oblique,  deeply 
cleft  in  the  left  valve ;  lateral  teeth  short  and  nearly  straight,  in  the 
left  valve  the  superior  division  is  much  the  smallest ;  anterior  cicatri- 
ces distinct ;  posterior  cicatrices  confluent ;  dorsal  cicatrices  situated 
on  the  under  part  of  the  cardinal  tooth ;  cavity  of  the  beaks  angular 
and  somewhat  deep  ;  nacre  white,  pearly  and  iridescent,  sometimes  rose 
coloured. 

Remarks. — This    species  very  closely  resembles  the    U.  circuliis 


PL.  Vin  Vol.4  , 


TJthi^     l.tiis  . 


(fhin     <;////f.v 


f/n  to     an  a  /hm  lend  cs . 


/irnwn    htr  J.Ctrtn'Uin  . 


AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES.  81 

(Nob.).  It  differs  from  it,  however,  in  being  less  ventricose,  in  having 
the  beaks  less  elevated,  in  being  usually  more  transverse,  and  in  having 
a  paler  brown  colour.  In  the  circulus.  the  line  of  division  of  the  brown 
and  yellow  is  more  distinct.  In  the  lens,  the  brown  is  sometimes  re- 
placed, over  the  whole  surface,  by  yellow. 


Unio  Anodontoides.     Plate  VIII.  fig.  11. 

Testa  migustoellipticd,  transversa,  inaqidlaterali,  inflata;  valvulis  subcrassis ; 
natibus  prominulis ;  dentibus  cardinalibus  in  valvulis  ambabus  duplicibus  et  valde 
erectis ;  dentibus  lateralibus  longis,  a  cardinalibus  separatis,  subcurvatis ;  marga- 
ritcl  alba  et  colore  salmonis  parum  tinctd. 

Shell  narrow-elliptical,  transverse, inequilateral,  inflated  ;  valves  somewhat  thick; 
beaks  slightly  prominent;  cardinal  teeth  double  in  both  valves  and  very  erect; 
lateral  teeth  long,  slightly  curved  and  separate  from  the  cardinal  teeth ;  nacre  pale 
salmon  and  white. 

r  Mississippi  river,  T.  W.  Robeson. 
Hab.  -<  Alabama  river.  Judge  Tait. 
^Ohio  river,  T.  H.  Taylor. 

My  Cabinet. 
Cabinet  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia. 
Cabinet  of  Professor  Vanuxem. 
Cabinet  of  Dr  Hildreth,  Marietta,  Ohio. 
Diam.  1-5,  Length  1-9,  Breadth  4-1  inches. 

Shell  narrow-elliptical,  much  inflated,  sometimes  almost  cylindrical ; 
substance  of  the  shell  somewhat  thick;  beaks  slightly  prominent, 
placed  near  the  anterior  margin  ;  ligament  long,  narrow,  and  nearly 
straight;  epidermis  yellowish,  very  smooth,  shining,  posterior  to 
the  umbonial  slope  fuscous,  rarely  rayed  ;  cardinal  tooth  double  in 
both  valves,  compressed,  elevated ;  lateral  teeth  lamellar,  very  long, 
slightly  curved  and  separated  from  the  cardinal  teeth  by  the  absence 
of  a  plate ;  anterior  cicatrices  distinct ;  posterior  cicatrices  confluent ; 
dorsal  cicatrices  situated  across  the  cavity  of  the  beaks ;  cavity  of  the 
beaks  rounded,  and  not  deep ;  nacre  salmon  or  white  and  iridescent. 
Vol.  IV V 


82  OBSERVATIONS  ON  NAIADES, 

Remarks. — This  singularly  formed  Unio  resembles  in  its  exterior 
an  ^nodonta,  having  a  remarkably  smooth  epidermis  and  possessing 
in  some  degree  the  exterior  of  the  ^.  cataracta  (Say).  It  is  easily 
distinguished  from  any  described  species.  In  some  specimens  the  ar- 
cuation  of  the  basal  margin  is  so  great  that  it  might  almost  be  taken 
for  a  malformation, 


Unio  Glans.     Plate  VIII.  fig.  13 


&• 


Testa  ovato-ellipticd,  transversa,  inaquilaterali,  inflata ;  valvulis  crassis ;  denti- 
bus  cardinalibus  siibgrandibus  et  elevatis,  lateralibus,  laminatis  rectisque ;  marga- 
ritd  purpurea. 

■   Shell  ovate-elliplical,  transverse,  inequilateral,  inflated ;  valves  thick  ;  cardinal 
teeth  rather  large,  elevated  ;  lateral  teeth  straight  and  lamelliform  ;  nacre  purple. 

Hab.  Ohio  river,  T.  G.  Lea. 

My  Cabinet. 
Cabinet  of  S.  W.  Conrad. 
Diam.  •?,  Length  -8,  Breadth  1-3  inches. 

Shell  ovate-elliptical,  transverse,  inflated ;  substance  of  the  shell 
rather  thick ;  beaks  somewhat  prominent ;  ligament  small ;  epidermis 
black,  or  dark  brown,  and  sometimes  rayed ;  cardinal  teeth  rather  large 
and  elevated,  in  the  left  valve  double  and  obliquely  and  deeply  cleft,  in 
the  right  single,  three  sided,  and  pointed ;  lateral  teeth  straight  and  lamel- 
liform ;  anterior  cicatrices  distinct;  posterior  cicatrices  confluent;  dorsal 
cicatrices  in  the  centre  of  the  cavity  of  the  beaks ;  cavity  of  the  beaks 
wide  and  subangulated ;  nacre  purple,  except  along  the  anterior  and 
basal  margins. 

^emorfe*.— Although  this  small  shell  has  no  strikingly  peculiar 
character,  it  is  nevertheless  of  a  different  species  from  any  I  have  seen. 
In  form,  it  has  more  resemblance  to  U.  zigzag  (Nob.),  than  to  any 
other  species,  but  differs  altogether  in  the  epidermis  and  nacre,  being 
generally  destitute  of  rays,  and  having  a  purple  nacre. 


PL .  EC  ^ol .  4 


J3 


^ 


"^i  -!v__.. 


f'luo     chf^.n 


Unio     a^ver. 


AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES.  83 


Unio  Elegans.     Plate  IX.  fis;.  13 


&• 


Testa  subtriangulari,  subcBquilaterali,  per  umbones  complanata ;  latere  antico 
valvularum  crassiori ;  epidermide  luteo-viridi ;  radiis  numerosis  ex  lineis  angulatis 
compositis ;  natibus  complanatis  incurvisque ;  dentibus  cardinalibus  elatis  grandi- 
busque,  lateralibus  subrectis ;  margaritd  alba  et  iridescente,  raro  rosed. 

Shell  subtriangular,  nearly  equilateral,  flattened  over  the  umbones;  valves  thick 
before,  thinner  behind;  epidermis  yellowish  green  with  numerous  rays  formed  of 
zigzag  lines;  beaks  incurved  and  flattened;  cardinal  teeth  large  and  elevated; 
lateral  teeth  nearly  straight;  nacre  pearly  white  and  iridescent,  rarely  rose  co- 
loured. 

Hab.  Ohio  river,  T.  G.  Lea. 

My  Cabinet. 
Cabinet  of  Prof.  Vanuxem. 
Cabinet  of  H.  C.  Carey. 
Cabinet  of  P.  H.  Nicklin. 
Cabinet  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia. 
Cabinet  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society. 
Diam.  1,  Length  1-5,  Breadth  1-9  inches. 

Shell  subtriangular,  nearly  equilateral,  acutely  angular  behind ;  flat- 
tened over  the  umbones ;  umbonial  slope  carinate ;  posterior  slope  much 
flattened ;  substance  of  the  shell  thick  before,  thinner  behind ;  beaks 
flattened,  incurved,  nearly  touching ;  ligament  short  and  thick ;  epider- 
mis yellowish  green,  with  numerous  rays,  formed  of  zigzag  lines,  di- 
verging from  the  beaks  to  all  parts  of  the  margin ;  basal  margin 
slightly  emarginate ;  cardinal  tooth  large,  elevated,  and  widely  cleft  in 
the  left  valve,  and  emerging  from  a  pit  in  the  right  valve ;  lateral  teeth 
nearly  straight ;  anterior  and  posterior  cicatrices  both  distinct ;  dorsal 
cicatrices  situated  in  the  centre  of  the  cavity  of  the  beaks ;  cavity  of 
the  beaks  rounded ;  nacre  pearly  white,  (rarely  pink)  and  iridescent. 

JReniarks.—^This  interesting  and  beautiful  species  has  been  consi- 
dered as  a  variety  of  the  U.  donaciformis  (Nob.).     I  had  but  a  single 


Si§  OBSERVATIONS  ON  NAIADES, 

and  imperfect  specimen  of  this  shell  when  I  described  the  donacifor- 
mis,  and  I  presumed  it  to  be  merely  a  variety  of  that  shell.  Subse- 
quently, my  attention  being  drawn  particularly  to  it,  I  procured  some 
of  all  the  different  growths,  and  among  them  the  beautiful  specimen 
now  figured,  which  is  the  only  one  I  have  seen  of  a  pink  colour.  On 
an  examination  of  these,  I  could  no  longer  doubt  of  its  being  distinct ; 
but  some  doubts  have  arisen  in  my  mind  whether  the  donaciformis 
may  not  be  a  variety  of  the  U.  zigzag  (Nob.).  The  specimen  des- 
cribed as  donaciformis  is  a  very  fine  and  perfect  one,  and  if  it  be  a  true 
species  is  the  only  one  I  have  seen.  Among  the  numerous  specimens 
of  zigzag  which  I  have  examined,  none  have  had  those  perfect  and 
beautifully  pointed  beaks  of  the  donaciformis;  should  future  specimens 
fully  establish  the  donaciformis,  its  natural  place  will  be  between  the 
zigzag  and  the  present  described  species.  These  observations  it  is 
hoped  will  draw  the  attention  of  conchologists  to  this  species,  with 
the  expectation  of  being  able,  by  examining  many  specimens,  to  decide 
upon  the  question. 


Unio  Ebenus.     Plate  IX.  fig.  14 


a* 


Testa  subellipticd,  oblique  recurvd,  incBquilaterali,  ventricosd ;  valvulis  crassis ; 
natibus  prominentibus  et  subterminalibus ;  epidermide  nigro-fuscd,  sed  post  nates 
luted;  dentibus  cardinalibus  magnis,  lateralibus  mag7iis  curvisque;  margaritd 
albd. 

Shell  subelliptical,  obliquely  recurved,  inequilateral,  ventricose  ;  valves  thick ; 
beaks  elevated  and  nearly  terminal  ;  epidermis  blackish  brown,  behind  the  beaks 
yellow ;  cardinal  teeth  large ;  lateral  teeth  large  and  curved  ;  nacre  pearly  white. 

Hab.  Ohio  river,  T.  G.  Lea. 

My  Cabinet. 

Cabinet  of  Professor  Vanuxem. 

Cabinet  of  P.  H.  Nicklin. 

Diam.  l-l,  Length  1-5,  Breadth  1-6  inches. 

Shell  subelliptical,  obliquely  recurved,  inequilateral,  very  ventricose ; 


AND  DESCRIPTIONS   OF   NEW  SPPCIKS.  85 

substance  of  the  shell  very  thick  ;  beaks  nearly  terminal  and  very 
much  elevated  ;  ligament  rather  short  and  thick;  epidermis  blackish 
brown,  behind  the  beaks  on  the  second  groivfh  it  is  yellow ;  tip  of  the 
beaks  yellowish;  cardinal  teeth  large  and  oblique,  being  in  a  line 
nearly  parallel  to  the  lateral  tooth  which  is  thick  and  slightly  curved; 
posterior  and  anterior  cicatrices  both  distinct ;  dorsal  cicatrices  situated 
on  the  under  side  of  the  plate  between  the  cardinal  and  lateral 
teeth ;  cavity  of  the  beaks  deep  and  angulated  :  nacre  pearly  white  and 
iridescent. 

Remarks. — This  species,  which  seems  to  be  peculiar  in  the  yellow 
mark  behind  the  beaks,  resembles  the  If.  myliloides  (Rafin.)  and 
might  easily  be  mistaken  for  a  ventricose  variety  of  that  species  where 
the  beaks  are  so  much  eroded  as  to  have  destroved  the  second  arowth. 
A  young  individual  of  second  growth  is  represented  in  the  plate  to  ex- 
hibit the  curious  distribution  of  colour.  The  posterior  third  is  yellow 
and  the  remainder  green,  the  line  of  separation  being  very  distinct. 
Those  of  three  growths  usually  have  no  trace  of  yellow  on  the  third 
growth  which  takes  a  brown  colour.  The  first  growth,  which  may 
be  considered  the  tip  of  the  beaks,  is  usually  yellow  or  yellowish 
green  over  its  whole  surface.  The  largest  specimen  given  in  the 
plate  is  not  more  than  one  fourth  the  size  it  is  sometimes  found.  It 
is  selected,  because  it  is  the  largest  I  have  seen  with  the  beaks  suffi- 
ciently perfect  to  exhibit  the  peculiar  yellow  colour  of  this  part. 


Unio  Asper.     Plate  IX.  fig.  15. 

Testa  subtriangulari,  inaquUaterali,  postice  angulatd.  valcle  tuberculatd ;  valvulis 
crassis;  dentibus  cardinalibiis  subgrandibus;  lateralibiis  aliquantulum  curvatis ; 
margaritd  alba. 

Shell  subtrianguiar,  inequilateral,  angular  beliind,  much  tuberculated;  valves 
thick;  cardinal  teeth  rather  large  ;  lateral  teeth  slightly  curved;  nacre  pearly  white. 

Hab.  Alabama  river.  Judge  Tait. 
Vol.  IV.— W 


86  OBSERVATIONS  ON  NAIADES, 

My  Cabinet. 
Diam.  -9,  Length  1-4,  Breadth  1-8  inches. 

Shell  subtriangular,  angular  behind  and  rounded  before,  covered 
with  small  rough  tubercles  except  in  a  furrow  which  passes  from  the 
beak  obliquely  to  the  basal  margin  which  is  there  arcuate ;  the  tuber- 
cles along  the  posterior  slope  arrange  themselves  into  a  series  of  undu- 
lations as  far  as  the  beaks ;  substance  of  the  shell  thick ;  beaks  slightly 
prominent :  ligament  short  and  thick ;  epidermis  brown  and  wrinkled ; 
cardinal  tooth  rather  large,  slightly  elevated  and  widely  cleft  in  the 
left  valve,  single  and  emerging  from  a  pit  in  the  right  valve  ;  lateral 
teeth  small,  slightly  curved  in  a  direction  over  the  cardinal  teeth ;  pos- 
terior and  anterior  cicatrices  both  distinct ;  dorsal  cicatrices  situated 
on  the  under  part  of  the  cardinal  tooth  within  the  cavity ;  cavity  of  the 
beaks  deep  and  angulated :  nacre  very  pearly  and  iridescent. 

Remarks. — The  aspcr  is  more  covered  with  tubercles  than  any  spe- 
cies I  have  seen,  these  being  small  and  numerous.  It  bears  some  re- 
semblance to  U.  lubercidatus  (Barnes),  and  U.  lacrymosus  (Nobis.). 
It  differs  from  the  tuherculatus  in  outline,  and  in  possessing  a  furrow^ 
passing  from  the  beaks  to  the  basal  margin.  It  differs  from  the 
lacrymosus  in  the  form  of  the  tubercles  (which  in  that  species  so 
much  resemble  flowing  tears)  and  in  the  roughness  and  colour  of  the 
exterior. 


Unio  Fabalis.     Plate  X.  fig.  16. 

Testa  subellipticd,  transversa,  inaquilaterali,  crassa;  valvulis  crassis ;  radiis 
capillaribus  undantibusque ;  dentibus  cardinalibus  pUrvis ;  lateralibus  brevibus, 
crassis,  et  in  termino  postico  auctis;  margaritd  alba  et  iridescente. 

Shell  subelliplical,  transverse,  inequilateral,  thick ;  valves  thick;  rays  hair-like 
and  undulating;  cardinal  teeth  small;  lateral  teeth  short,  thick  and  enlarged  towards 
the  posterior  end;  nacre  pearly  white  and  iridescent. 

Hab.  Ohio  river,  T.  G.  Lea. 


Tlj.X.Vol.  4  . 


Unvo  fcobalig 


JJnio  Joli-n.Tjj'oTTriAi 


Utuo    acuh'-T.nmvj- . 


AND  DESCRIPTIONS   OP  NEW  SPECIES.  87 

My  Cabinet. 
Cabinet  of  Professor  Vanuxem. 

Cabinet  of  P.  H.  Nicklin. 

Cabinet  of  R.  E.  Griffith,  M.D. 

Cabinet  of  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 

Diam.  -3,  Length  -5,  Breadth  1  inch. 

Shell  subelliptical,  transverse,  thick ;  substance  of  the  shell  thick ; 

beaks  slightly  prominent;  ligament  short;  epidermis  dark,  and  finely 

wrinkled ;  rays  green,  hair-like,  and  undulating,  particularly  on  the 

posterior  half;  cardinal  tooth   double,  and  deeply  cleft  in  the  left 

valve  and  single  in  the  right ;  lateral  teeth  short,  straight,  thick  and 

enlarged  towards  the  posterior  end ;  posterior  and  anterior  cicatrices  both 

distinct,  the  smaller  posterior  one  being  placed  directly  over  the  larger 

and  beneath  the  point  of  the  lateral  tooth ;  dorsal  cicatrices  situated  in 

the  centre  of  the  cavity  of  the  beaks ;  cavity  of  the  beaks  shallow  and 

arched;  cavity  of  the  shell  small  and  irregularly  undulated;  nacre 

pearly  white  and  iridescent. 

RemarlxS. — This  little  species  first  attracted  my  attention  about 
three  years  since,  when  I  had  seen  but  a  single  specimen.  Although 
a  very  small  shell,  I  felt  satisfied  it  possessed  the  characters  of  an 
adult,  and  my  curiosity  being  much  excited  in  regard  to  it,  I  made 
many  efforts  to  obtain  other  individuals.  For  several  of  these  I  am 
indebted  to  the  kindness  of  Dr  Hildreth  of  Marietta  and  to  Mr  Robert 
Peter  and  J.  S.  Craft,^Esq.  of  Pittsburg.  The  fabalis  most  resembles 
the  parvus  of  Barnes.  It  has  nearly  the  same  size  and  outline ;  but  differs 
much  in  the  thickness  of  the  valves  and  in  the  beaks.  The  fabalis  is 
covered  with  rays,  the  parvus  has  none. 


Unio  Soleniformis.     Plate  X.  fig.  17. 

Testa  angusto-ellipticd,  transversa,  compressd,  i7iaquilateraU,  ad  finem  utrum- 
que  rotundatu;  valvulis  tenuibus;  natibus  prominulis ;  valvuld  utrdque  tuber culum 


88  -  OBSERVATIONS   ON  NAIADES. 

parvum  et  simplicem  in  loco  dentis  cardinalis  habente ;  dentibus  lateralibus,  longis, 
rectis,  et  valde  imperfeclis ;  margaritd  caruleo-albd  et  iridescente. 

Shell  narrow-elliptical,  transverse,  compressed,  inequilateral,  rounded  at  both 
ends;  valves  thin;  beaks  slightly  prominent;  cardinal  tooth  a  simple,  small  tubercle 
in  both  valves;  lateral  teeth  long,  straight  and  very  imperfect ;  nacre  bluish  white 
and  iridescent. 

Hab.  Ohio,  T.  G.  Lea. 

My  Cabinet. 

Cabinet  of  Dr  Hildreth,  Marietta,  Ohio. 

Diam.  1-1,  Length  1-7.  Breadth  4-3  inches. 

Shell  narrow-elliptical,  transverse,  rounded  at  both  ends,  compressed 
from  the  beaks  to  the  basal  margin  over  the  umbones,  slightly  arcuated 
on  the  basal  margin ;  posterior  margin  much  compressed,  substance  of 
the  shell  thin;  beaks  minutely  undulated,  slightly  prominent  and 
approaching  the  anterior  margin  ;  ligament  long  and  thick ;  umbones 
and  inferior  parts  flattened ;  umbonial  slope  rounded  and  elevated ;  epi- 
dermis very  dark  brown  and  wrinkled ;  cardinal  tooth  formed  of  a 
simple  small  tubercle  in  both  valves,  larger  in  the  right  valve :  lateral 
teeth  straight,  and  so  imperfect  as  to  be  divided,  even  in  the  left  valve, 
only  near  the  posterior  end ;  anterior  cicatrices  distinct ;  posterior  cica- 
trices confluent ;  dorsal  cicatrices  situated  under  the  plate  between  the 
cardinal  and  lateral  teeth ;  cavity  of  the  beaks  wide  and  shallow. 

Nacre  bluish  white  and  iridescent. 

Remarks. — A  single  specimen  of  this  extraordinary  and  highly  inte- 
resting shell  came  into  my  possession  in  1S27.  The  outline  and  teeth 
presented  such  an  anomaly,  that  I  was  induced  when  I  published  my 
other  memoirs  on  this  family  to  lay  it  aside  until  I  could  better  satisfy 
myself  in  regard  to  it.  It  wms  a  very  old  individual,  and  I  feared  the 
peculiar  characters  it  presented  might  have  been  produced  by  malfor- 
mation and  extreme  age.  After  two  or  three  years  of  unwearied  at- 
tempts, I  fortunately  procured  from  Mr  T.  H.  Taylor  of  Louisville  a 
junior  and  an  adult  specimen,  both  exceedingly  perfect,  the  latter  of 
which  is  here  represented.  This  proteus  family  seems  destined  to  perplex 
the  zoologist  and  to  lead  him  into  an  inexplicable  labyrinth.     The  pre- 


AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OP  NEW  SPECIES.  89 

sent  species  forms  a  natural  link  between   Unio  and  Jlnodonta^  by 
means  of  this  imperfect  lateral  tooth. 


Unio  Acutissimus.     Plate  X.  fin;.  IS 


»• 


Testa  angtisto-ellipticd,  in(Fquilaterali,  postice  acute  angulatn;  undulis  a  clivo 
umboniali  divariccmtibiis;  natibx's  prominulis;  valintUs  temiissimis;  denlibus  cardi- 
nalibus  parvis,  lateralibus  longis  rectisque;  inargaritd  tenuissinid,  colore  salmonis 
tinctd. 

Shell  narrow-elliptical,  inequilateral,  transverse,  acutely  angulated  behind,  witii 
undulations  diverging  from  the  umbonial  slope  ;  beaks  slightly  prominent ;  valves  very 
thin;  cardinal  teeth  small ;  lateral  teetii  long  and  straight;  nacre  salmon-coloured 
and  very  tiiin. 

Hab.  Alabama  river.  Judge  Tait. 

]My  Cabinet. 
Diam.  -4,  Length  -5,  Breadth  1-1  inches. 

Shell  narrow-elliptical,  transverse,  acutely  angulated  behind,  with 
undulations  diverging  from  the  umbonial  slope ;  substance  of  the  shell 
very  thin ;  beaks  slightly  prominent  and  placed  about  one  third  the 
distance  from  anterior  margin;  ligament  linear;  epidermis  yellow, 
smooth  and  shining ;  cardinal  teeth  small  and  single  in  both  valves ; 
lateral  teeth  long  and  straight ;  anterior  cicatrices  distinct;  posterior 
cicatrices  confluent ;  dorsal  cicatrices  within  the  cavity  of  the  beaks ;  ca- 
vity of  the  beaks  wide  and  shallow,  nacre  salmon-coloured  and  very  thin. 

Remarks. — This  minute  shell,  among  the  smallest  of  the  species,  is 
most  nearly  allied  in  outline  tr>  TL  rmrxJnnfniflrft-  It  differs  from  it  in 
having  undulations,  and  is  totally  dissimilar  in  point  of  magnitude. 


Vol.  IV.— X 


90  *  OBSERVATIONS  ON  NAIADES, 


,  Unio  Varicosus.     Plate  XI.  fig.  20. 

Testa  suhelliptica,  ohliqud,  postice  compressd,  varicibus  Iransversis  et  concentricis 
instructa ;  valvuUs  pracrassis ;  natibus  subterminalibus,  prominent ibus,  incurvis ; 
dentibuscardinalibusmodicis;  lateralibuslongis,magnis  etsubrectis;  margaritd  alba. 

Shell  subelliptical, oblique,  compressed  behind,  varicose,  wilhtransverse  concentric 
elevations;  valves  very  thick;  beaks  nearly  terminal,  elevated,  incurved  ;  cardinal 
teeth  rather  small ;  lateral  teeth  long,  large  and  nearly  straight ;  nacre  pearly  white. 

Hab.  Ohio  river,  T.  G.  Lea. 

My  Cabinet. 

Cabinet  of  Prof.  Vannxem. 

Cabinet  of  P.  H.  Nicklin. 

Diam.  2-1,  Length  3,  Breadth  4-2  inches. 

Shell  subelliptical,  oblique,  compressed  and  rounded  behind,  varicose 
from  near  the  beak  to  basal  margin,  with  transverse  concentric  eleva- 
tions along  the  lines  of  successive  growth ;  substance  of  the  shell  very 
thick;  beaks  nearly  terminal,  elevated,  incurved ;  ligament  long  and 
large ;  epidermis  reddish  brown ;  cardinal  tooth  rather  small,  direction 
same  as  lateral  tooth,  widely  cleft  in  the  left  valve,  in  the  right  valve 
emerging  from  a  pit ;  lateral  teeth  long,  large  and  nearly  straight ;  an- 
terior and  posterior  cicatrices  both  distinct ;  dorsal  cicatrices  situated 
on  the  lower  part  of  the  cardinal  tooth,  and  on  the  under  side  of  the 
plate  between  the  cardinal  and  lateral  teeth ;  cavity  of  the  beaks  rather 
deep  and  rounded ;  nacre  pearly  white. 

Bemai'lis. — This  species  most  resembles  the  U.  JEsopus  (Green).  It 
differs  from  it,  however,  in  being  rounded  behind,  in  the  beaks  being 
nearly  terminal,  at  ihe  vaiiues  being  less  elevated  and  more  trans- 
verse; and  in  the  absence  of  elevations  along  the  umbonial  slope. 
There  being  no  varicose  undulations  on  young  individuals,  which  are 
generally  obscurely  radiated,  it  is  difficult  for  the  unpractised  eye  to 
recognize  the  species  to  which  they  belong. 


PL  .  XI  .Vul   4  , 


If-niii    vari.cosu,-; 


T/v.u>    aisl-aneus 


P-L  .  xir  .Vol .  4-. 


-^A'^^m 


■■  K. 


( 


/ 


fy'un    iiailUsU-iatjj^f 


I'nuj      f/.c'M'iz^ . 


-"'""■«   '7-    l,UruAft„>u. 


U'UO    c'lijirlnu. 


AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES.  91. 


Unio  Castaneus.     Plate  XI.  fig.  21. 

Testa  suiellipticd,  inmquilaterali,  obliqud,  inflatn;  valvulis  crassis;  dentibus  car- 
dinalibus  magnis;  laleralibus  subrectis  brevibuique;  margaritd  maximefulgente  et 
iridescente. 

Shell  subelliptical,  inequilateral,  oblique,  inflated;  valves  thick;  cardinal  teeth 
large;  lateral  teeth  nearly  straight  and  short;  nacre  very  pearly  and  iridescent. 

Hab.  Alabama  river,  Judge  Tait. 

My  Cabinet. 
Cabinet  of  Professor  Vanuxem. 
Cabinet  of  P.  H.  Nickliu. 
Diam.  -6,  Length  -8,  Breadth  1  inch. 

Shell  subelliptical,  oblique ;  substance  of  the  shell  thick ;  beaks  pro- 
minent and  situated  towards  the  anterior  margin ;  ligament  short ;  epi- 
dermis slightly  wrinkled,  dark  brown  anterior  to  the  umbonial  slope, 
and  yellowish  posterior,  where  there  are  a  few  obsolete  rays ;  cardinal 
tooth  large,  slightly  elevated,  deeply  cleft  in  the  left  valve  and  emerg- 
ing from  a  pit  in  the  right  valve;  lateral  teeth  short  and  nearly 
straight ;  posterior  and  anterior  cicatrices  both  distinct ;  dorsal  cicatrices 
situated  on  the  under  part  of  the  cardinal  tooth  within  the  cavity ;  cavity 
of  the  beaks  wide  and  shallow ;  nacre  very  pearly  and  iridescent. 

Remarlis. — This  small  species  is  allied  to  the  U,  circulus  (Nob.) 
in  colour  and  to  U.  ellipsis  (Nob.)  in  form.  It  has  the  posterior  slope 
yellow,  which  is  so  in  the  circulus.  The  specimen  described  and 
figured  here  is  not  more  than  one  fourth  of  the  size  of  an  imperfect 
specimen  which  accompanied  it. 


Unio  Multistriatus.     Plate  XII.  fig.  22. 

Testa  striata,  transversa,  incEquilaterali;  natibus  prominulis;  umbonibus  rugo- 
sis;  dente  cardinali  obliquo,  laminato,  in  valvuld  sinistra  unico,  in  dextrd  duplici; 
dente  laterali  longo  et  subrccto;  margaritd  caruleo-albd. 


92  OBSEUVATIONS  ON  NAIADES, 

Shell  striate,  transverse,  inequilateral;  valves  thin;  beaks  slightly  prominent ;  urn- 
bones  rufTose;  cardinal  tooth  oblique,  lamelliform,  single  in  the  left  valve  and  dou- 
ble in  the  right;  lateral  tooth  long  and  nearly  straight;  nacre  bluish  white. 

Hab.  Brazil,  Mrs  Mawe. 

My  Cabinet. 
Diam.  -7,  Length  1,  Breadth  1-9  inches. 

Shell  subrectangular,  transverse,  slightly  compressed  and  rounded 
nearly  alike  at  both  ends ;  substance  of  the  shell  rather  thin ;  beaks 
slightly  prominent,  surrounded  by  wrinkles  forming  acute  angles  with 
each  other,  extending  over  the  umbones  and  some  distance  down  the 
umbonial  slope;  ligament  linear;  epidermis  dark  brown  and  wrinkled; 
cardinal  tooth  oblique,  lamelliform,  single  in  the  left  valve  and  douhle 
in  the  right ;  lateral  teeth  long,  lamelliform  and  nearly  straight ;  anterior 
and  posterior  cicatrices  both  confluent ;  dorsal  cicatrices  in  the  centre  of 
the  cavity  of  the  beaks ;  cavity  of  the  beaks  wide  and  shallow ;  nacre 
bluish  white  and  slightly  iridescent  in  posterior  margin. 

Bemarks. — The  specimen  from  which  the  above  description  was  made 
was  sent  to  me  by  Mrs  Mawe  of  London.  This  species  approaches 
in  outline  to  some  of  the  varieties  of  the  U.  complcmatus  (Solan.).  In 
the  flexuous  rugosities  of  the  beaks  it  resembles  the  U.  corrugalus 
(Lam.)  and  U.  cxrukus  (Nob.).  It  differs  however  from  them  both 
in  outline.  • 


Unio  Decisus.     Plate  XII.  fig.  23. 


&• 


Tcsld  inccqiiilaterali,  ohliqua,  cuncatd ,  scalena,  crassdque;  valvulis percrassis;  na- 
tibus  elevaiis,  incurvulis,fcre  terminalihiis;  dcntibus  cardinalibus  aliqiiantulum par- 
vis,  laleralibus  crussis;  margaritu  albcl. 

Shell  inequilateral,  oblique,  wedge  shaped,  scalcniform  and  thick;  valves  very 
thick;  beaks  elevated,  incurved,  nearly  terminal ;  cardinal  teeth  rather  small;  lateral 
teeth  thick;  nucre  pearly  white. 

Hab.  Alabama  river,  Judge  Tait. 


AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES.  98 

My  Cabinet. 
Cabinet  of  Professor  Vanuxem. 
Cabinet  of  H.  C.  Carey. 
Cabinet  of  P.  H.  Nicklin. 
Cabinet  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society. 
Cabinet  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia, 
Cabinet  of  the  Lyceum  of  Natural  History  of  New  York. 
Diam.  1-4,  Length  1-7.  Breadth  3-2  inches. 

Shell  wedge-shaped,  thick  anteriorly  and  scaleniform ;  substance  of 
the  shell  thick  anteriorly  and  thin  posteriorly ;  beaks  nearly  terminal, 
prominent  and  incurved,  generally  decorticated;  ligament  rather 
small ;  epidermis  yellowish  brown,  sometimes  possessing  oblique,  in- 
distinct, brown  rays ;  cardinal  tooth  short  and  slightly  elevated,  in  the 
left  valve  double  and  deeply  cleft,  in  the  right  valve  emerging  from  a 
pit;  lateral  teeth  thick  and  curving  over  the  cardinal  teeth;  posterior 
and  anterior  cicatrices  both  distinct ;  the  smaller  posterior  cicatrix  sit- 
uated against  the  lateral  tooth  at  its  termination :  dorsal  cicatrices  sit- 
uated on  the  under  part  of  the  cardinal  tooth ;  cavity  of  the  beaks  not 
deep,  rounded ;  nacre  thick  and  pearly  anteriorly,  thin  and  iridescent 
posteriorly. 

Remarks. — This  species  resembles  the  scaknia  of  Rafinesque,  but 
more  closely  approaches  the  patulus  (Nob.)  and  truncalus*  (Swain- 
son).  It  differs  from  the  patulus  in  the  rays  being  uninterrupted,  and 
in  being  much  thicker.  From  the  fruncatus  it  differs  greatly  in  the 
cardinal  tooth  and  in  being  wedge  shaped  and  not  cylindrical. 


*  I  will  take  advantage  of  this  opportunity  to  correct  an  error,  in  stating  in  a  former  pa- 
per that  Lamarck  and  other  European  conchologists  erroneously  made  the  genus  Unio  femi- 
nine.    I  should  then  have  mentioned  that  Mr  Swainson  was  an  exception. 

Vol.  IV.— Y 


94  OBSERVATIONS  ON  NAIADES, 


Unio  Cuprinus.     Plate  XII.  fig.  24. 

Testa  ovald,  transversa,  incequilateraU,  inflatd,  postico  latere  latissimo;  valvulis 
tenuibus;  natibus  parvis  undulatisque;  dentibus  cardinalibus  exiguis,  lateralibus 
laminatis;  ligamento  longo;  margaritd  cupred. 

Shell  reversely  ovate,  transverse,  inequilateral,  inflated;  valves  tliin;  beaks  small 
and  undulated;  cardinal  teeth  small;  lateral  teeth  thin  and  lamellar;  ligament  long; 
nacre  copper  colour. 

Hab.  Mexico,  J.  R.  Poinsett,  Esq. 

My  Cabinet. 

Cabinet  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society. 

Diam.  -9,  Length  1-1,  Breadth  2*1  inches. 

Shell  reversely  ovate,  transverse,  inflated,  disposed  to  be  straight  in 
the  basal  margin ;  substance  of  the  shell  thin ;  beaks  small,  pointed, 
furnished  with  concentric  undulations  and  placed  near  the  anterior 
margin ;  ligament  long,  lanceolate ;  umbonial  slope  large  and  rounded  ; 
posterior  slope  elevated  into  a  carina ;  epidermis  reddish  brown  and 
wrinkled;  rays  obsolete;  cardinal  teeth  very  small  and  tuberculated; 
lateral  teeth  slender,  lamellar  and  nearly  straight ;  anterior  and  poste- 
rior cicatrices  both  confluent;  dorsal  cicatrices  in  the  centre  of  the 
cavity  of  the  beaks;  cavity  of  the  beaks  wide;  nacre  copper  colour  and 
very  brilliant  towards  the  posterior  margin. 

Remarks. — This  remarkable  shell  is  one  of  the  many  fine  specimens 
of  the  splendid  collection  of  interesting  subjects  brought  by  our  fellow 
member  J.  R.  Poinsett,  Esq.  from  Mexico,  and  which,  by  his  munifi- 
cence, now  constitutes  a  valuable  part  of  the  collection  of  this  society. 
In  comparing  this  species  with  the  others  of  the  genus,  we  shall  find 
it  most  to  resemble  the  complanatus  (Solan.).  It  differs  however  in 
having  the  posterior  dorsal  margin  more  elevated,  in  the  peculiar  cop- 
per colour  of  the  nacre,  and  in  the  concentric  undulations  of  the  beaks. 
In  the  specimens  which  I  have  had  an  opportunity  of  examining,  the 
anterior  cicatrices  were  found  to  be  confluent,  a  circumstance  rarely 
met  with  in  the  Uniones. 


!'nui    i.ihrswr . 


f'lii.ti    ifrj'iiAi'iis. 


UniO    tlUUTVKS 


llr^—i    Ir,    llh. 


AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES.  95 


Unio  CiERULEus.     Plate  XIII.  fig.  25. 

Testa  anguslo-elliptica,  transversa,  incBquilaterali,  subcylindracea;  valvulis  ten- 
uibus;  natibus  prominulis,  rotundatis  et  undulatis;  dentibus  cardinalibus  lamelli- 
/ormibus,  et  in  dextrd  valvuld  sold  duplicibus;  lateralibus  rectis;  margaritd  caru- 
leo-albd  et  iridescente. 

Shell  narrow-elliptical,  transverse,  inequilateral,  subcylindrical;  valves  thin  ;  beaks 
rather  elevated,  rounded  and  undulated;  cardinal  teeth  lamclliform  and  double  in 
the  right  valve  only  ;  lateral  teeth  straight ;  nacre  bluish  white,  pearly  and  irides- 
cent. 

Hab.  River  Hoogly,  Hindostan,  G.  W.  Blakie. 

My  Cabinet. 
Cabinet  of  G.  W.  Blakie. 
Cabinet  of  Professor  Vanuxem. 
Cabinet  of  P.  H.  Nicklin. 
Cabinet  of  H.  C.  Carey. 
Cabinet  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia. 
Cabinet  of  Dr  Burrough. 
Diam.  -6,  Length  -8,  Breadth  1-6  inches. 

Shell  narrow-elliptical,  transverse,  subcylindrical,  disposed  to  be 
straighten  the  sides  and  basal  margin  ;  substance  of  the  shell  thin ;  beaks 
near  the  anterior  margin  rounded,  somewhat  elevated,  and  corrugated 
with  diverging  undulations ;  ligament  rather  short  and  straight ;  epi- 
dermis finely  wrinkled  and  bluish  green,  particularly  on  the  posterior 
part ;  rays  very  indistinct ;  posterior  slope  furnished  with  small  undu- 
lations and  two  irregular  rays  on  each  side ;  cardinal  teeth  lamelliform 
and  double  in  the  right  valve  only ;  lateral  teeth  straight  and  lamelli- 
form; anterior  cicatrices  distinct ;  posterior  cicatrices  confluent;  dor- 
sal cicatrices  within  the  cavity  of  the  beaks ;  cavity  of  the  beaks 
wide  and  rounded ;  nacre  bluish  white,  very  pearly  and  iridescent. 

Remarks. — This  species  was  brought  from  Calcutta  by  Mr  Blakie, 
to  whose  kindness  I  am  indebted  for  it  and  many  other   fine  shells. 


96  OBSERVATIONS  ON  NAIADES, 

As  far  as  I  have  been  able  to  ascertain,  it  has  not  been  described. 
From  the  roughness  of  the  beaks  it  might  perhaps  be  thought  to 
be  only  a  variety  of  corrugata  (Lam.).  On  comparing  the  two  spe- 
cies, however,  they  will  be  found  to  be  entirely  distinct ;  the  corru- 
gata being  "  ovato-rhombea,"  while  the  cxruleus  is  "angusto-ellip- 
tica."  In  some  specimens  the  nacre  is  slightly  rose-coloured  along  the 
basal  margin. 


Unio  Obesus.     Plate  XIII.  fig.  26. 


Testa  rhomboides-ovatd,  obliqud,  inaquilaterali,  inflatd;  valvulis  subcrassis;  na- 
tibus  promimdis;  dentibus  cardinalibus  elevaiis,  compressis  crislatisque;  lateralibus 
longis  et  curvatis;  margaritd  livido-alba. 

Shell  ovate-rhomboidal,  oblique,  inequilateral,  inflated  ;  valves  somewhat  thick; 
beaks  rather  prominent;  cardinal  teeth  elevated,  compressed  and  crested;  lateral 
teeth  long  and  curved;  nacre  livid  white. 

Hab.  York  river,  Vir.,  William  Cooper. 

My  Cabinet. 

Cabinet  of  Lyceum  of  Natural  History  of  New  York. 

Diam.  1-5,  Length  2,  Breadth  3-3  inches. 

Shell  ovate-rhomboidal,  oblique,  inflated,  angular  behind ;  substance 
of  the  shell  somewhat  thick ;  beaks  rather  prominent  and  placed  near 
the  anterior  margin;  posterior  slope  wide  and  furnished  with  two  im- 
pressed lines  on  each  side ;  ligament  long  and  large ;  epidermis  fuscous 
and  much  wrinkled  ;  rays  obsolete;  cardinal  teeth  oblique,  elevated, 
lamellar,  crested,  deeply  cleft  in  the  left  valve ;  lateral  teeth  long, 
curved  and  enlarged  towards  the  posterior  termination ;  anterior  cica- 
trices distinct ;  posterior  cicatrices  disposed  to  be  distinct ;  dorsal  cica- 
trices form  a  row  across  the  cavity  of  the  beaks ;  cavity  of  the  beaks 
rounded  and  deep ;  nacre  livid  white  and  iridescent  on  the  posterior 
margin. 

Remarks. — This  is  one  of  the  specimens  so  disinterestedly  contri- 
buted to  our  Transactions  by  the  Lyceum  of  Natural  History  of  New 


AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES.  97 

York.  Its  natural  situation  seems  to  be  between  the  cariosus  (Say), 
and  complanatiis  (Sf)lan.).  It  has  the  capaciousness  of  the  former,  and 
somewhat  of  the  outline  of  the  latter. 


Unio  Incurvus.     Plate  XIII.  fia;.  27 


»• 


Testa  ovato-rhombed,  transversa,  inaquilaterali;  valvuUs  antice  crassis,  postice 
temdbus;  natibus  rugosis,  prominenlibus  incurvisque;  dentibus  cardinalibus  ele- 
vatis  cristatisque,  lateralibus  longis  et  subcurvis;  margaritd  alba  et  iridescente. 

Shell  ovate-rhomboidal,  transverse,  inequilateral ;  valves  thick  anteriorly  and  thin 
posteriorly;  beaks  rugose,  prominent  and  incurved;  cardinal  teetii  elevated,  and 
crested;  lateral  teeth  long  and  slightly  curved;  nacre  pearly  white  and  iridescent. 

Hab.  ***.     From  Gibraltar,  Mrs  Mawe. 

My  Cabinet. 
Diam.  1,  Length  1-4,  Breadth  2.1  inches. 

Shell  ovate-rhomboidal,  transverse,  slightly  inflated;  substance  of 
the  shell  thick  and  white  anteriorly,  thin  and  iridescent  posteriorly ; 
beaks  prominent,  large,  incurved  and  rugose,  with  small  concentric  un- 
dulations :  ligament  rather  short  and  thick ;  epidermis  yellowish  brown ; 
rays  oblique  and  green ;  cardinal  tooth  elevated,  crested  and  divided  in 
the  left  valve,  in  the  right  simple  and  recurved ;  lateral  tooth  long, 
slightly  curved  and  enlarged  at  posterior  termination ;  anterior  cica- 
trices distinct ;  posterior  cicatrices  confluent ;  dorsal  cicatrices  situated 
on  the  under  part  of  the  cardinal  tooth ;  cavity  of  the  beaks  wide  and 
angulated ;  nacre  white  on  the  anterior,  and  iridescent  on  the  posterior 
portion. 

Remarks. — This  shell,  although  it  possesses  no  very  striking  char- 
acter, cannot  be  placed  with  any  American  or  exotic  described  species 
with  which  I  am  acquainted.  It  was  sent  to  me  by  Mrs  Mawe  with 
the  locality  "from  Gibraltar"  on  the  label,  and  I  have  little  doubt  but 
that  it  came  from  some  neighbouring  African  river.  It  certainly  does 
not  belong  to  any  described  European  species.  It  bears  more  resem- 
VoL.  IV.— Z 


98  OBSERVATIONS  ON  NAIADES, 

blance  to  the  corrugata,  Var.  a  (Lam,),  than  to  any  other  species  I 
have  seen.  It  differs,  however,  in  being  more  transverse,  in  the  beaks 
being  more  prominent,  and  in  their  rugosities  being  composed  of  con- 
centric undulations. 


Symphynota  BiLiNEATA.     Plate  XL  fig.  1 9. 

Testa  subellipticd,  transversa,  intEquilaterali,  compressa;  valvulis  tenuissimis; 
posteriori  margine  dorsali  elevatd  connatdque;  natibus  subprominulis,  undulas 
concentricas  et  duas  lineas  elevatas  ad  marginem  posteriorem  currentes,  habentibus; 
dentibus  cardinalibus  laminatis  et  in  valvuld  dextrd  solum  duplicibus;  lateralibus 
rectis;  margaritd  colore  salmonis  subtinctd. 

Shell  subelliptical,  transverse,  inequilateral,  compressed;  valves  very  thin,  poste- 
rior dorsal  margin  elevated  and  connate ;  beaks  very  slightly  elevated,  concentri- 
cally undulate  and  possessing  two  elevated  lines  which  pass  to  the  posterior  margin; 
cardinal  teeth  lamelliform  and  double  in  the  right  valve  only;  lateral  teeth  straight; 
nacre  slightly  salmon  coloured. 

Hab.  River  Hoogly,  Hindostan,  G.  W.  Blakie. 

My  Cabinet. 
Cabinet  of  G.  W.  Blakie. 
•  i-  Cabinet  of  Dr  Burrough. 

Cabinet  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 
Diam.  -3,  Length  -7,  Breadth  1-3  inches. 

Shell  subelliptical,  transverse,  inequilateral,  compressed,  diaphanous ; 
substance  of  the  shell  extremely  thin ;  beaks  very  slightly  elevated, 
concentrically  undulate,  possessing  two  small  elevated  lines  which 
pass  (posterior  to  the  umbonial  slope)  to  the  posterior  margin ;  valves 
elevated  into  a  carina  and  connate  in  the  posterior  dorsa]  margin ;  dor- 
sal margin  a  right  line ;  ligament  very  small ;  epidermis  shining,  green- 
ish yellow,  darker  on  the  posterior  slope ;  cardinal  teeth  lamelliform 
and  double  in  the  right  valve  only;  lateral  teeth  lamelliform,  long 
and  straight ;  posterior  and  anterior  cicatrices  both  confluent ;  dorsal 
cicatrices  obsolete ;    cavity  of   the   beaks   shallow,   very   wide,   and 


PL  Vol .  4  . 


J)rayin  li,i  .1  IJi-aiflnn  , 


Symphijvxyta    it^flaitv . 


AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES.  99 

exhibiting  the  undulations  of  the  beaks ;  nacre  very  thin  and  slightly 
salmon  coloured,  darker  in  the  cavity  of  the  beaks. 

Remarks. — This  very  small  species  was  brought  from  Calcutta  by 
Mr  Blakie,  with  the  U.  cserukus  (Nob.).  Both  were  procured  about 
one  hundred  miles  above  that  city.  It  resembles,  in  its  outward  char- 
acters, the  young  of  S.  cygnea  {Jlnod.  cygnea,  authors).  It  is,  how- 
ever, more  transverse,  and  differs  altogether  in  the  formation  of  the 
hinge,  which  is  furnished  with  perfect  cardinal  and  lateral  teeth.  In 
the  peculiar  character  of  the  double  tooth  in  the  right  valve,  it  resem- 
bles the  *S^.  ochracea.^  The  bilineata  is  easily  distinguished  by  the 
two  delicate  lines  which  pass  from  the  beaks  to  the  posterior  margin. 


Symphynota  Infeata.  Plate  XIV.  fig.  28. 

Testa  ovato-triangulari,  incBquilaterali,  ventricosd;  valvulis  perlenuibus,  connato- 
bialatis;  dente  cardinali  in  valvuld  singula  unico;  dentibus  luteralibxis  ad  terminos 
laminatis;  natibus  inominulis;  ligamento  celato;  margaritd  purpurea. 

Shell  triangular-ovate,  inequilateral,  ventricose ;  valves  very  thin,  elevated  into  two 
wings,  both  of  which  are  connate  ;  cardinal  tooth  single  in  both  valves;  lateral  teeth 
bladed  towards  their  termination  ;  beaks  slightly  prominent ;  ligament  concealed  ; 
nacre  purple. 

Hab.  Alabama  river.  Judge  Tait.  ; 

My  Cabinet. 

Cabinet  of  Professor  Vanuxem. 

Cabinet  of  P.  H.  Nicklin. 

Cabinet  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 

Diam.  1-6,    Length  from  the  beaks  to  the  base,  2-4,    Breadth  4-5  inches. 

Length  from  the  top  of  the  wing  to  the  base,  3-7  inches. 

Shell  triangular-ovate,  ventricose,  transversely  and  finely  wrinkled ; 
substance  of  the  shell  thin ;  valves  elevated  into  a  broad  high  wing  pos- 
terior, and  a  small  one  anterior  to  the  beaks,  and  connate  in  both ;  pos- 

*  See  vol.  iii.  p.  455. 


100  OBSERVATIONS  ON  NAIADES, 

terior  wing  recurved  at  top;  beaks  slightly  prominent;  ligament  con- 
cealed in  the  w^ing ;  epidermis  brown,  with  obsolete  rays ;  two  or  three 
fuscous  lines  pass  from  the  beak  to  the  posterior  margin  above  the  um- 
bonial  slope ;  cardinal  tooth  single  in  both  valves,  and  lamelliform ; 
lateral  teeth  bladed  and  elevated  towards  their  termination ;  the  two 
teeth  form  one  continuous  curve  line  (with  the  exception  of  a  slight 
angle  where  they  join)  which  is  abrupt  at  both  ends ;  anterior  cicatri- 
ces distinct ;  posterior  cicatrices  confluent ;  dorsal  cicatrices  pass  from 
the  cavity  towards  the  anterior  cicatrices,  and  are  very  perceptible ; 
cavity  of  the  beaks  wide  and  shallow ;  nacre  purple  and  iridescent. 

Remarks. — I  am  indebted,  for  this  fine  shell,  to  Judge  Tait  of  Ala- 
bama, who  kindly  sent  it  to  me  with  several  other  new  species  of  fluvi- 
atile  and  terrestrial  shells  described  in  this  paper.  This  species  seems  to 
form  a  natural  link  between  S.  Ixvissiina  (Nob.)  and  S.  biulata  (Nob.). 
It  resembles  the  former  in  colour  and  in  the  teeth,  but  differs  in  the 
elevation  of  the  wing,  and  in  being  less  shining  and  more  ventricose.  It 
resembles  the  latter  in  its  elevated  wing  and  general  outline,  but  dif- 
fers from  it  in  nacre,  exterior  colour,  in  not  being  possessed  of  undu- 
lations along  the  base  of  the  posterior  wing,  and  in  the  teeth. 


Melania  Subularis.     Plate  XV.  fig.  30. 

Testa  elevata,  turrita,  corned;  apice  acuta;  anfradihus  instar  ditodenis,  planis: 
anfractu  infimo  in  medio  carinato;  aperturd  albd,  quadrante  longitudinis  testce. 

Shell  elevated  and  acutely  turrited, horn  colour;  apex  acute  ;  whirls  about  twelve, 
flat,  carinate  on  the  middle  of  the  body  whirl  ;  base  angulated  ;  aperture  white  and 
one-fourth  the  length  of  the  shell. 

Hab.  Niagara  river. 

My  Cabinet. 
Diam.  -4,  Length  1-3  inches. 

Remarks. — I  took  this  species  at  the  Falls  of  Niagara,  and  being  un- 


I'l.-.w.  i;./.  /. 


.V    /. 


Uii^^^ 


--"    .  Ml-/, mi, I  ,■/,'//,/, //,/ 
30  .  .//       s-ii/'///,/ris . . 
?/    ,    .//       Iiilvr,-ii/,it,i  .  _ 


:i'2       Ml  1,11} hi  ijrtj/ij 

a        lli/i.r    i-iilvllliiilisis 
3.'       .fi/rorni'/ii    /ii/iivii/n 


:u!      \',i/i,il,i    umiij'i'ni  . 
.'57        //»  /}/st/',>n/i/.^  . 


AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OP  NEW  SPECIES.  101 

able  to  refer  it  to  any  described  species,  have  given  it  a  place  here. 
It  resembles  the  virginka  (Say),  but  differs  greatly  in  elevation,  the 
virginica  having  about  seven  whirls  only.  The  carina  causes  the 
whirls  to  be  flatter  in  the  subularis.  In  some  specimens  the  columella 
is  purple. 


Melania  Tuberculata.     Plate  XV.  fig.  31,  a,  b. 

Testa  obtuse  tumid,  lata,  tenebroso-fuscd  avt  nigrante;  apice  ohtuso;  anfractibus 
quinquc;  medio  anfractus  ullimi  tuberculis  instructo;  labro  enormiter  curvo ;  basi 
angulatd;  aperturd  purpured,  dimidiuin  longiludinis  tester,  habente. 

Shell  obtusely  tunited,  wide,  very  dark  brown  or  black;  apex  obtuse  ;  whirls  five  ; 
middle  of  the  last  whirl  furnished  with  tubercles;  outer  lip  irregularly  curved;  base 
angulated  ;   aperture  purple  and  one  half  the  length  of  the  shell. 

Hab.  Tennessee  river.  Professor  Vanuxem. 

My  Cabinet. 
Cabinet  of  Professor  Vanuxem.    - 
Cabinet  of  P.  H.  Nicklin. 
Cabinet  of  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 
Diam.  '5,  Length  -9,  of  an  inch. 

Bemarks. — This  species  is  somewhat  allied  to  the  M.  armigera 
(Say),  but  is  smaller  and  much  less  ponderous.  The  tubercles  are  more 
nvmierous  and  less  elevated.  In  the  tuberculata  the  impressed  band, 
which  exists  in  the  armigera  above  the  armature,  is  wanting.  In  co- 
lour it  differs  altogether. 


Melania  Acuta.     Plate  XV.  fig.  32. 

Testa  acute  turritd,  tenui,  corned;  apice  acuto;  anfractibus  octo,  supra  suturam 
carinatis,  in  longutn  undatis,  transversim  lineatis;  basi  angulatd;  aperturd  alba, 
quadrantem  longiludinis  testa  liabente. 
Vol.  IV.— 2  A 


102  OBSERVATIONS  ON  NAIADES, 

Shell  acutely  turrited,  thin,  horn-coloured  ;  apex  acute  ;  whirls  eight,  carinate  im- 
mediately above  the  suture,  longitudinally  undulated  and  transversely  lineated  ;  base 
angulated  ;  aperture  white,  and  one-fourth  the  length  of  the  shell. 

Hab.  Tennessee  river,  Professor  Vanuxem. 

My  Cabinet. 

Cabinet  of  Prof.  Vanuxem. 

Diam.  five-twentieths,  Length  thirteen-twentieths  of  an  inch. 

BemarJfS. — I  have  seen  no  described  species  to  which  this  bears  a 
close  resemblance.  Its  delicate  form,  furnished  with  undulations  and 
transverse  lines,  will  easily  distinguish  it. 


Helix  Caroliniensis.     Plate  XV.  fig.  33,  a,  b,  c. 

Testa  supra  depressd,  infra  inflatd,  oblique  striata,  fused,  imp  erf  or  at  d;  anfracti- 
bus  quinque;  spird  maxime  obtusd;  aperturd  coarctatd;  labro  albo,  reflexo,  latoque, 
duobus  dentibus  instrudo,  quorum  inferior  longus  et  laminatus,  superior  parvus  et 
conicus  est;  columella  dentem  levatum  incurvumque  habente;  columellcs  basi  valde 
impress  A.  . 

Shell  depressed  above,  inflated  below,  obliquely  striated,  fuscous,  imperforate  ; 
whirls  five;  spire  very  obtuse;  aperture  contracted;  outer  lip  white,  broad  and  re- 
flected, furnished  with  two  teeth,  the  inferior  one  long  and  lamellar,  the  superior 
one  small  and  conical ;  columella  with  an  elevated  incurved  tooth  ;  base  of  the  co- 
lumella much  impressed.  ;!•;; 

Hab.  South  Carolina  near  Cheraw. 

My  Cabinet. 

Cabinet  of  Professor  Vanuxem. 

Cabinet  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia. 

Diam.  fourteen-twentieths.  Length  seven-twentieths  of  an  inch. 

Remarks. — I  found  a  few  specimens  of  this  fine  Helix  while  travel- 
ling through  South  Carolina  three  years  since.  They  were  taken  from 
beneath  the  bark  of  an  old  tree.     It  is  closely  allied  to  Mr  Say's  pal- 


AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES.  109 

liata,  but  differs  in  the  region  of  the  base  of  the  columella  being  more 
deeply  impressed.  The  oblique  striae  are  more  distinct,  and  no  speci- 
men which  I  obtained  is  in  the  least  hirsute. 


Carocolla  Helicoides.     Plate  XV.  fig.  34,  a,  b,  c. 

Testa  orbiculatd,  fused,  supra  piano  convexd,  subtus  inflatd,  imper/oratd,  oblique 
striata;  anfractibus  quinque;  spird  obtusissimd;  aperturd  contractu;  labro  albo,  lato 
et  reflexo,  dcntibus  cluobus  instructo,  quorum  inferior  longus  et  laminatus,  superior 
parvus  et  conicus  est;  columella  dentem  unicum,  longum,  elevatum  et  incurvum 
habente. 

Shell  orbicular,  fuscous,  plano-convex  above,  inflated  below,  imperforate,  ob- 
liquely striated ;  whirls  five  ;  spire  very  obtuse  ;  aperture  contracted  ;  outer  lip  white, 
broad,  and  reflected,  furnished  with  two  teeth,  the  inferior  one  long  and  lamellar, 
the  superior  one  small  and  conical  ;  columella  with  a  long,  elevated,  incurved  tooth. 

Hab.  Tennessee,  near  Nashville,  Professor  Vanuxem. 

My  Cabinet. 
■' ■  Cabinet  of  Professor  Vanuxem. 

Helix  palliata?  Say,  Var.  a,  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  Vol.  II, 
p.  152. 
Diam.  eighteen-twentieths.  Length  nine-twentieths  of  an  inch. 

Remarks. — Among  the  fine  shells  brought  by  Professor  Vanuxem 
some  years  since  from  a  tour  through  the  Western  states  were  two 
specimens  of  this  beautiful  Carocolla.  In  its  specific  characters  it  resem- 
bles the  Helix  pcdliata  of  Say,  and  Helix  caroliniensis  described  in  this 
paper.  It  is  destitute  of  the  hirsute  appearance  of  the  palliata,  and  is 
entirely  distinct  in  the  flatness  of  the  whirls  of  the  spire.  In  the  ca- 
roliyiiensis  the  base  of  the  columella  is  more  impressed  and  the  whirls 
more  inflated. 

^  vr     "«     //,. ■!;:;!?    ,<  -ioMif  r;';:-  :-";■!  ;u^rn'>    .'.:;-f 
.!      \f   - 


ft 
104  OBSERVATIONS  ON  NAIADES, 

Carocolla  Spinosa.     Plate  XV.  fig.  35,  a,  b,  c. 

Testa  lenticulari,  tenui,i>eUucida,imperforata;  carina  acuta  et  spinis  minutis  mu- 
nita;  anfractihus  sex;  spira  fere  plana;  apertura  an  guslis  sima;  columella  den- 
tem  unicwn  longuni  et  laminatum  habente;  labro  enormiter  crasso  et  prope  finem 
superiorem  angulato. 

Shell  lenticular,  thin,  diaphanous,  imperforate;  carina  acute  and  armed  with 
minute  spines  ;  whirls  six  ;  spire  nearly  planular ;  aperture  linear,  being  guarded  by 
a  long  tooth  on  the  columella;  outer  lip  irregularly  thick,  angulated  near  the  supe- 
rior termination.  .  .  .   , 

Hal).  Alabama  near  Clairborne,  Judge  Tait. 

My  Cabinet. 

Cabinet  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 

Diam.  eleven-twentieths,  Length  four-twentieths  of  an  inch. 

Remarks. — For  this  beautiful  and  highly  interesting  species  I  am 
indebted  to  the  kindness  of  Judge  Tait.  Its  peculiar  delicate  spines 
distinguished  it  from  all  described  species.  These,  however,  when  the 
specimens  are  not  perfect,  are  entirely  obliterated.  In  the  construction 
of  the  aperture  it  is  unlike  every  Carocolla  I  have  seen,  bearing  much 
resemblance  in  this  region  to  the  Helix  hirsuta  (Say). 


Valvata  Arenifera.     Plate  XV.  fig.  36,  a,  b. 

Testa  orbiculata,  convcxd;  anfractihus  tribus,  qui  arenis  agglutinatis  operiuntur; 
umbilico  lata;  spira  obtusd.  > 

Shell  orbicular,  convex  ;  whirls  three,  covered  by  the  agglutinations  of  sand  ;  um- 
bilicus wide  ;  spire  obtuse. 

Hab.  Cumberland  river  near  Nashville,  W.  Cooper. 

My  Cabinet. 
Cabinet  of  W.  Cooper. 


AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES.  105 

Cabinet  of  the  Lyceum  of  Natural  History  of  New  York. 

Cabinet  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia. 

Diam.  five-twentieths,  Length  four-twentieths  of  an  inch. 

Remarks. — This  very  curious  and  interesting  species  was  among  the 
fresh  water  shells  so  disinterestedly  sent  to  me  by  the  Lyceum  of  Na- 
tural History  of  New  York  to  be  examined  and  inserted  in  this  paper. 
It  has  the  singular  property  of  strengthening  its  whirls  by  the  agglu- 
tination of  particles  of  sand,  &c.  by  which  it  is  entirely  covered,  and  in 
this  character  it  resembles  the  TVochus  agglutinans,  Lam.  (Trochus 
conehyliophorus,  Authors.)  The  apex  in  all  the  specimens  which  I 
have  had  an  opportunity  of  examining  is  broken.  The  operculum  was 
observed  in  two  specimens  sufficiently  perfect  to  exhibit  a  striated 
homy  structure. 


SUPPLEMENT. 

Head  before  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  May  20th,  1831. 

SINCE  my  Memoir,  read  before  the  Society  last  May,  went  to  press, 
I  have  procured  several  species  which  I  believe  to  be  undescribed ;  and 
which  I  now  propose  to  add  as  a  supplement,  with  some  preliminary 
observations. 

Having  had  an  opportunity  to  examine  many  fine  specimens 
within  a  few  months,  particularly  those  brought  to  this  city  by  James 
Ronaldson,  Esq.  to  whose  kindness  I  am  indebted  for  some  very  rare 
species,  I  have  had  an  opportunity  of  observing  some  colouring  of  the 
nacre  which  is  exceedingly  beautiful  and  rare.  It  is  a  singular  fact, 
that  several  species,  which  may  be  considered,  emphatically,  as  white  in 
the  nacre,  vary  slightly  by  being  possessed,  very  rarely,  of  a  tint  of  pink 
in  the  lateral  and  sometimes  in  the  cardinal  tooth  or  in  the  centre  of 
Vol.  IV.— 2  B 


106  OBSERVATIONS  ON  NAIADES, 

the  valve.  In  the  cabinets  of  W.  Cooper,  Esq.  and  Mr  R.,  as  well  as 
my  own,  are  specimens  of  U.  cylindricus  whose  pearly  teeth  are  beau- 
tifully tinged  with  the  most  delicate  and  beautiful  pink.  The  same 
cabinets  possess  also  the  U.  securis  with  the  lateral  tooth  tinted  in  the 
same  manner.  The  U.  mefanever  has  sometimes,  though  very  rarely, 
a  tint  of  pink,  and  still  more  rarely  of  nankeen  yellow  in  the  centre 
of  the  beaks.  The  U.  circulus,  as  observed  in  a  previous  memoir,  is 
sometimes,  though  rarelj^,  possessed  of  a  pink  tint. 

Whether  all  the  species  with  white  nacre  may  sometimes  be  poss- 
essed of  this  beautiful  variety  remains  to  be  observed.  These  rare 
and  beautiful  variations  will  undoubtedly,  when  our  cabinets  shall  be 
possessed  of  all  the  rare  species,  constitute  the  jewels  of  our  collections 
and  be  exceedingly  sought  after. 

The  size  to  which  some  of  the  species  of  the  Naiades  grow  is  ex- 
ceedingly great.  I  have  in  my  cabinet  the  following  species,  of  the 
weight  and  size  annexed: 

Inches. 

U.  plicatus,  length  4-6, 

U.  multiplicatus  4'9, 

Symphynota  alata*  4-2, 

Symphynota  complanataf  5-1, 

Nearly  all  the  specimens  which  I  have  seen  of  the  U.  soleniformis 
(nobis)  were  sent  from  Louisville.  It  struck  me  as  somewhat  singu- 
lar, that  a  species  so  fragile  should  exist  about  the  falls  of  a  large  river, 
the  force  of  whose  waters  there  is  well  known.  In  explanation  of 
this,  I  have  been  informed  by  Mr  T.  W.  Taylor  of  that  city,  that  they 
are  found  to  congregate  under  large  flat  stones.  Unacquainted  with  this 
fact  he  searched  in  vain  for  a  long  time  without  finding  a  single  alive 
specimen,  while  odd  valves  were  not  uncommon.  They  were  first 
discovered  in  this  situation  by  raising  a  stone  to  take  a  common  craw- 
fish, which  had  taken  refuge  there.  This  character  seems  to  be  pecu- 
liar to  this  species. 

My   sister,    Mrs  Febiger  of   Cincinnati,  mentioned  to  me  a   pe- 

Unio  alatus,  Say.  ]  Alasmodonta  complanata,  Barnes. 


Inches. 

lb.  oz. 

breadth  6-8, 

weight  1   10 

6-2, 

1     7 

7-1, 

0  11 

7-2, 

0    15 

ANn  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES.  107 

culiarity  in  the  habits  of  the  Unio  oriens.  This  shell  is  possessed 
of  so  small  a  portion  of  nacre,  that  in  some  specimens  the  epidermis 
may  be  said  to  be  as  thick  as  the  nacre  itself.  It  is  obvious 
therefore  that  the  rolling  of  stones  and  sand  carried  by  the  rapidity  of 
the  current  of  the  Ohio  upon  them,  would  destroy  them  if  they  took 
the  same  position  with  other  species  embedded  merely  in  the  surface 
of  the  sand.  This  they  avoid,  and,  burying  themselves  from  six  to 
twelve  inches  in  the  sand,  can  only  be. discovered  by  a  small  round  hole 
at  the  surface  through  which  they  receive  their  supply  of  water. 

In  the  description  of  U.  varicosus^,  I  ought  to  have  mentioned 
that  I  did  not  hesitate  to  make  use  of  that  name,  although  already  used 
by  Lamarck,  having  no  doubt  but  that  his  species  was  the  Masmo- 
donta  U7idulataf  (Say). 

When  making  some  observations  on  the  family  TVamrfes,  Vol.  III.  p. 
442,  I  mentioned  in  a  note  upon  the  genus  Castalia,  that  it  must  be 
considered  as  a  species  of  the  genus  Unio.  Having  recently  procured 
from  Paris  a  perfect  specimen  of  it,  I  have  given  it  a  close  examina- 
tion, and  do  not  now  feel  by  any  means  certain  that  it  ought  not,  in 
the  present  received  division  of  the  family,  to  be  considered  a  distinct 
genus.  The  crenulations  of  the  cardinal  and  lateral  teeth  in  this  speci- 
men are  very  distinct,  which  was  not  the  case  in  the  single  valve  which 
I  formerly  examined.  In  this  character  it  has  a  slight  approach  to 
the  family  Jlreacea;  and  Lamarck  very  justly  says,  "comme  elle  semble 
fluviatilej,  elle  indique  que  les  trigonees  forment  une  transition  des 
arcacees  aux  nayades." 

Lamarck,  in  his  description  of  the  Castalia,  makes  no  mention  of  the 
position  or  existence  of  the  muscular  impressions  of  this  genus.  In 
examining  this  character,  I  have  discovered  that  the  same  observa- 
tions made  at  page  67,  in  relation  to  the  cicatrix  of  the  extensor  mus- 
cles of  the  Hyria  avicularis,  will  equally  well  apply  to  the  genus  Cas- 
talia,  and  it  is  very  remarkable  that  it  should  be  so  differently  situated 
from  the  same  cicatrix  in  the  genus  Ihio. 

*  See  Vol.  IV.  p.  90.  t  See  Vol.  III.  page  424. 

I  There  cannot  be  a  iloubl  of  its  being  fluviatile. 


108  OBSERVATIONS   ON  NAIADES, 

In  ascribing  the  locality  of  York  river,  Virginia,  to  the  U.  obesus, 
I  have  reason  to  believe  there  is  an  error.  It  was  so  labelled  in  the 
collection  of  the  Lyceum  of  Natural  History  of  'New  York ;  but  this, 
Major  Le  Conte  assures  me,  must  have  been  done  by  some  transfer  or 
accidental  change  of  the  labels;  as  he  procured  them  in  Georgia, 
from  whence  he  recently  obtained  a  new  supply  of  undoubtedly  the 
same  species,  and  those  marked  as  from  York  river  cannot  be  traced  to 
that  locality.  The  locality  was  a  matter  of  surprize  to  me  when  I  re- 
ceived them  as  coming  from  that  river. 


Unio  Olivarius.     Plate  XVI.  fig.  38. 

Testa  ovatd,  transversa,  inflata,  pellucidd;  valvulis  pertenuibus;  natibus  promi- 
nulis;  epidermide  pertenui,  lavi  et  olivcB  colorem  habente;  dentibus  cardinalibus 
magnis  laminatis  erectisque,  lateralibus  laminatis  brcvibusque;  margaritd  pertenui 
albdque. 

Shell  ovate,  transverse,  inflated,  pellucid;  valves  very  thin;  beaks  slightly  elevated; 
epidermis  olive,  very  thin  and  smooth.  Cardinal  teeth  large,  erect  and  lamelli- 
form;  lateral  teeth  short  and  lamelliform;  nacre  very  thin,  white  and  pearly. 

Hab.  Burrill  river,  India,  Dr  Burrough. 

My  Cabinet. 
Cabinet  of  Dr  Burrough. 
Cabinet  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 
Cabinet  of  Dr  Morton. 
Diam.  -7,  Length  -8,  Breadth  1-5  inches. 

Shell  ovate,  transverse,  inequilateral,  inflated,  pellucid :  substance  of 
the  shell  very  thin;  beaks  slightly  elevated,  rounded  and  devoid  of  un- 
dulations: ligament  very  small:  epidermis  olive,  very  thin  and  smooth: 
rays  obscure,  cardinal  teeth  large,  erect  and  lamelliform ;  lateral  teeth 
short  and  lamelliform  :  anterior  cicatrices  slightly  confluent :  posterior 
cicatrices  confluent :  dorsal  cicatrices  not  perceptible ;  cavity  of  the 
beaks  wide ;  nacre  verv  thin  and  bluish  white. 


Pi.XVT    Vol.  4. 


Ihxio    'byrcmvid.cutiLS 


UnLO    triponu^  - 


CTKio  Olvvccrvws 


Uni^  J'u 


Drcaun,    ^    S.Drat/tcm,. 


AND  DESCniPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES.  109 

Remarks. — This  interesting  little  shell  is  from  the  fine  collection 
made  by  Dr  Burrough  during  his  travels  in  India,  and  I  am  indebted 
to  his  kindness  for  the  specimen  figured.  It  is  a  perfectly  distinct 
species,  and  may  easily  be  recognised  by  its  form,  its  pellucidness,  and 
its  smooth  olive-coloured  epidermis.  It  somewhat  resembles  a  young 
Anodonta  on  the  exterior,  but  the  elevated  lamelliform  teeth  easily 
distinguish  it  from  that  genus.  Its  resemblance  to  a  Spanish  olive 
is  very  striking. 


Unio  Pyramidatus.     Plate  XVI.  fig.  39. 

Testa  sub-pyramidatd,  longitudinall,  injlata;  valvulis  antice  crassioi'ibiis;  nati- 
bus  maxime  prominentibus,  recurvis;  dentibus  cardinalibtts  magnis  crenatisque; 
lateralibus  longis,  a  cardinalibus  separatis,  ad  baseos  marginem  vergentibusque; 
margarita  colorem  carnis  habente. 

Shell  sub-pyramidal,  longitudinal,  inflated  ;  valves  thick  anteriorly,  thinner  pos- 
teriorly ;  beaks  very  much  elevated,  recurved ;  cardinal  teeth  large  and  crenate ; 
lateral  teeth  long,  distinct  from  the  cardinal  teeth  and  pointing  towards  basal  mar- 
gin ;  nacre  flesh  colour. 

Hab.'  Ohio.  T.  G.  Lea. 

My  Cabinet. 
Cabinet  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia. 
Cabinet  of  P.  H.  Nicklin.     . 
Unio  undatus?     Barnes,  Var.  a. 
Diam.  1-7,  Length  2-3,  Breadth  2-1  inches. 

Shell  sub-pyramidal,  longitudinal,  inequilateral,  anterior  part  swol- 
len recurvely  from  the  beaks  to  the  basal  margin,  compressed  at  pos- 
terior margin,  slightly  depressed  anterior  to  umbonial  slope ;  substance 
of  the  shell  very  thick  in  the  region  of  the  teeth  and  beaks,  thin  at 
posterior  margin ;  beaks  very  much  elevated,  recurved  and  incurved  ; 
epidei'mis  very  dark  brown  and  finely  wrinkled  ,•  cardinal  teeth  large, 
crenate  and  deeply  impressed  in  the  left  valve,  single  and  emerging 
from  a  pit  in  the  right;  lateral  teeth  long,  slightly  curved,  distinct 
Vol.  IV.— 2  C 


]]0  OBSERVATIONS  ON  NAIADES, 

from  the  cardinal  teeth  and  pointing  towards  the  basal  margin ;  ante- 
rior cicatrices  distinct,  the  great  one  forming  a  deep  pit ;  posterior 
cicatrices  distinct,  the  smaller  one  being  placed  at  the  end  of  the  late- 
ral tooth ;  dorsal  cicatrices  situated  on  the  under  part  of  the  cardinal 
tooth ;  cavity  of  the  beaks  deep  and  angulated ;  nacre  beautifully  flesh 
coloured,  very  rarely  white. 

Remarks. — This  very  beautiful  and  interesting  shell  has  heretofore 
been  considered  as  the  U.  mytiloides  (Rafin.).  It  does  not  however 
answer  either  to  the  description  or  figure  of  that  author.  It  may  be 
easily  distinguished  from  any  described  species  of  this  genus  by  its  ex- 
ceedingly elevated  beaks,  and  beautiful  nacre.  In  young  individuals, 
indistinct  rays  may  be  observed  on  the  beaks. 


Unio  Trigonus.     Plate  XVI.  fig.  40. 

Testa  subtriangulari,  inflata,  preBclivo  umboniali(quod  carinatum  est),  depressd; 
valvulis  crassis,  natibiis  prommentibus,  incurvis;  dentibus  cardinalibus  magnis. 
lateralibus  magnis  et  subcurvis;  margarita  alba  et  iridescente. 

Shell  subtriangular,  inflated,  depressed  before  the  umbonial  slope  which  is  cari- 
nate;  valves  thick  ;  beaks  prominent,  incurved  ;  cardinal  teeth  large;  lateral  teeth 
large  and  slightly  curved  ;  nacre  pearly  white  and  iridescent. 

Hib    ^  ^'^'^  ^'^^^  ^^  Cincinnati,  T.  G.  Lea. 
c  Ohio  river  at  Louisville,  T.  H.  Taylor. 
My  Cabinet. 
Cabinet  of  Professor  Vanuxem. 
Cabinet  of  J.  Ronaldson. 
Cabinet  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 
Diam.  1-5,  Length  2,  Breadth  2-3  inches. 

Shell  subtriangular,  inflated,  nearly  equilateral,  depressed  before  the 
umbonial  slope,  angular  behind  ;  umbonial  slope  carinate ;  basal  mar- 
gin emarginate;  substance  of  the  shell  thick,   beaks  prominent,  in- 


AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OF    NEW  SPECIES.  Ill 

curved,  and  slightly  undulated  at  the  tips ;  ligament  short  and  thick ; 
epidermis  brown  ;  rays  obsolete ;  cardinal  tooth  large,  elevated  and 
widely  cleft  in  the  left  valve  and  emerging  from  a  pit  in  the  right 
valve ;  lateral  teeth  thick  and  curved  in  a  direction  over  the  cardinal 
tooth  ;  anterior  and  posterior  cicatrices  both  distinct ;  dorsal  cicatrices 
situated  on  the  under  part  of  the  cardinal  tooth ;  cavity  of  the  beaks 
deep  and  angular ;  nacre  pearly  white  and  iridescent. 

Remarks.  This  is  rather  a  rare  shell,  and  being  of  a  group  of  the 
species  which  are  known  under  the  general  name  of  Mytiloides 
(Rafin.),  it  has  been  considered  merely  a  variety  of  that  species. 
Having  recently  examined  this  group  with  very  close  attention  and 
with  the  advantage  of  very  many  specimens,  I  am  induced  to  believe 
that  it  may  with  great  propriety  be  divided  into  four  species,  viz.  my- 
tiloiiUs  (Rafin.),  undatus  (Barnes^,  pyramidattis  (Nobis),  and  trigonut. 


Unio  Formosus.     Plate  XVI.  fig.  41. 

Testa  triangulari,  ventricosd,  transversa :  clivo  posteriori  subplano ;  radiis  irre- 
gularibiis,  interriiptis,  subacutis;  dentibus  cardinalibus  magnis,  lateralibus  brevi- 
bus  subrectisque;  margaritd  alba. 

Shell  triangular,  ventricose,  transverse,  nearly  flat  on  the  posterior  slope;  rays 
irregular,  interrupted,  and  somewhat  pointed  ;  cardinal  teeth  large ;  lateral  teeth 
short  and  nearly  straight ;  nacre  pearly  white. 

Hab.  Ohio  river,  T,  G.  Lea. 

My  Cabinet. 

Cabinet  of  Professor  Vanuxem. 

Cabinet  of  P.  H.  Nicklin. 

Cabinet  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society. 

Cabinet  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 

Cabinet  of  Peak's  Museum. 

Diam.  1,  Length  1-1,  Breadth  1*6  inches. 


112  '  OBSERVATIONS  ON  NAIADES, 

Shell  triangular,  ventricose,  transverse,  inequilateral ;  posterior  slope 
wide,  nearly  forming  a  plane,  and  possessing  numerous  indistinct 
ribs ;  substance  of  the  shell  somewhat  thick ;  beaks  somewhat  promi- 
nent and  flattened;  ligament  short ;  epidermis  yellowish,  smooth  and 
shining ;  rays  numerous,  irregular,  interrupted  and  pointed  somewhat 
like  an  arrow  head,  on  the  posterior  slope  they  are  very  minute  ;  um- 
bonial  slope  carinate  ;  cardinal  teeth  large  and  double  in  both  valves  ; 
lateral  teeth  short,  nearly  straight  and  enlarged  at  posterior  end  ;  an- 
terior cicatrices  distinct;  posterior  cicatrices  confluent;  dorsal  cicatri- 
ces situated  on  the  under  part  of  the  cardinal  tooth ;  cavity  of  the 
beaks  deep  and  rounded ;  nacre  pearly  white. 

Remarks. — This  beautiful  shell  has  heretofore  been  considered  as  a 
variety  of  U.  triangularis  (Barnes).  It  has,  however,  I  think,  char- 
acters sufficiently  distinctive  to  entitle  it  to  rank  among  the  species. 
It  differs  from  that  species  essentially  in  being  less  flat  on  the  poste- 
rior slope,  in  the  umbonial  slope  being  carinate  and  not  rounded, 
in  being  less  transverse  and  in  possessing  a  sharper  edge  along  the 
basal  margin.  In  the  triangularis  the  greatest  transverse  diameter  is 
nearer  the  basal  margin  than  in  this  species.  It  is  sometimes  found 
much  larger  than  the  specimen  here  represented,  which  is  selected  on 
account  of  its  perfection.  My  largest  specimen  would  weigh  at  least 
four  times  as  much  as  this  one. 


Unio  Perplexus.     Plate  XVII.  fig.  42. 

Testa  ovatd,  obliqud,  nodulorum  seriem  irregularem  {fere  mediis  in  valvulis)  d 
natibus  ad  margincm  baseos  currentem  habente ;  valvulis  crassis;  clivo  umboniali 
irregulariter  rugato;  radiis  exiguis  et  numerosis;  dentibus  cardinalibus  modicis, 
lateralibus  longis  subrectisque;  margarita  lacteo-alba. 

Shell  ovate,  oblique,  having  an  irregular  nodulous  line  near  the  middle  from  the 
beaks  to  the  basal  margin ;  valves  thick  ;  umbonial  slope  irregularly  wrinkled  ;  rays 
small  and  numerous ;  cardinal  teeth  rather  small;  lateral  teeth  long  and  nearly 
straight;  nacre  milk  white. 


TL.XMl   Vol.  4 


\^ 


n  1/ 


^ 


,,-.-'---\,^ 


Xlv^ --'V 


■■^—.■.■i^"'' 


ZTh-p'tJ    JJe.r-ple.x-us, 


(ryvio    aJiip_i^tnti^N 


T'ri.io      arcaiTornij^y 


T^Tfj.v-n   fiv  XDrriyirPn 


AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES.  113 

Hab.  Ohio  river,  T.  G.  Lea. 

My  Cabinet. 
Cabinet  of  Professor  Vanuxem. 
Cabinet  of  P.  H.  Nicklin. 
Cabinet  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 
Cabinet  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society. 
Diam.  1'5,  Length  1-9,  Breadth  2*6  inches. 

Shell  ovate,  oblique,  inequilateral,  having  an  irregular  nodulous  line 
near  the  middle  passing  obliquely  from  the  beaks  to  the  basal  margin; 
substance  of  the  shell  thick ;  umbonial  slope  irregularly  wrinkled ;  an- 
terior to  the  umbonial  slope  is  a  wide  slightly  impressed  furrow; 
beaks  prominent,  rounded, and  situated  near  the  anterior  margin;  liga- 
ment slender  and  somewhat  long  ;  epidermis  smooth,  shining,  yellow- 
ish, with  numerous  small  green  rays  which  thickly  cover  the  whole 
disk  except  a  small  portion  of  the  anterior  part ;  cardinal  teeth  rather 
small,  deeply  cleft  in  the  left  valve,  single  and  emerging  from  a  pit  in 
the  right  valve ;  lateral  teeth  long,  nearly  straight,  and  slightly  en- 
larged near  the  posterior  end :  anterior  cicatrices  distinct ;  posterior 
cicatrices  confluent;  dorsal  cicatrices  situated  on  the  under  part  of  the 
cardinal  tooth ;  cavity  of  the  beaks  wide  and  rounded ;  nacre  milk 
white,  rarely  rose  coloured. 

Remarks. — This  extraordinary  and  highly  interesting  shell  formed 
one  of  the  three  divisions  into  which  I  had,  in  my  cabinet,  separated 
the  U.  cornutus  (Barnes).  The  other  division  has  been  called  by 
Dr  Hildreth  foUatus.  Having,  since  the  publication  of  my  last 
memoir*,  received  numerous  young  and  perfect  specimens,  I  have 
concluded  that  the  study  of  this  group  would  be  facilitated  by  its  sepa- 
ration into  three  species,  which  will  stand  thus;  U.  cornutus  (Barnes), 
possessing  three  or  four  distinct  horns  between  the  beaks  and  basal 
margin ;  U.  foliatus  (Hildreth),  having  no  elevation,  but  possessed  of 
two  elongations,  one  at  the  basal  margin,  the  other  at  posterior  margin; 
and  U.perpkxus  (Nob.),  possessed  of  an  irregular  oblique  nodulous  ridge 

*  See  note,  Vol.  III.  p.  418. 

Vol.  IV.— 2  D  ~ 


114  OBSERVATIONS  ON  NAIADES. 

passing  from  the  beaks  to  basal  margin.  The  figure  represents  a  per- 
fect and  beautiful  specimen.  It  sometimes  occurs,  however,  with  an 
extended  posterior  portion  so  large  as  to  be  nearly  as  wide  again  as  the 
natural  width  of  the  shell.  The  pallial  impression,  nevertheless,  does 
not  advance  beyond  its  natural  position,  and  the  space  beyond  is  covered 
by  a  prolonged  and  hard  portion  of  the  fringe  of  the  mantle.  The 
irregularity  of  the  nodules  is  very  remarkable  and  varies  from  one  on 
each  valve  to  twelve.  Where  there  are  few,  they  are  generally  much 
elevated,  and  there  being  a  correspondent  depression  in  the  other  valve 
the  specimen  presents  a  remarkable,  and  distorted  appearance.  Speci- 
mens are  occasionally  found  of  a  beautiful  rose  colour.  These,  however, 
are  very  rare. 


Unio  Angustatus.     Plate  XVII.  fig.  43 


»• 


Testa  transversa,  sub-compressn,  angusto-ellipticd;  valvulis  tenuibus;  natibus 
proniinulis  et  apicibus  undulatis;  radiis  obsoletis;  dentibus  cardinalibus  elevatis  et 
compressis,  later alibus  longis,  subrectisque ;  margarita  purpurea  et  iridescente. 

Shell  transverse,  somewliat  compressed,  narrow-elliptical,  valves  thin  ;  beaks 
slightly  elevated  and  undulated  at  the  tips;  very  obsolete;  cardinal  teeth  elevated 
and  compressed  ;  lateral  teeth  long  and  nearly  straight :  nacre  purple  and  iri- 
descent. 

j^^j^   5  Congaree  river.  South  Carolina. 

c  Cooper  river.  South  Carolina,  Professor  Ravenel. 

My  Cabinet. 

Cabinet  of  Professor  Vanuxem. 

Cabinet  of  Professor  Ravenel. 

Cabinet  of  Major  Le  Conte. 

Cabinet  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 

Diam.  7.  Length  M,  Breadth  2-8  inches. 

Shell  very  transverse,  somewhat  compressed,  very  narrow-elliptical, 

inequilateral ;  substance  of  the  shell  thin ;  beaks  slightly  elevated  and 


ANn  DESCRIPTIONS   OF  NEW  SPECIES.  115 

undulated  at  the  tips;  ligament  long  and  slender;  epidermis  reddish 
brown,  rays  obsolete ;  cardinal  teeth  elevated,  compressed  and  crenu- 
late  ;  lateral  teeth  long,  nearly  straight  and  enlarged  at  the  posterior 
end ;  anterior  cicatrices  distinct ;  posterior  cicatrices  confluent ;  dorsal 
cicatrices  situated  in  the  angle  of  the  cavity  of  the  beaks ;  cavity  of  the 
beaks  wide  and  shallow;  nacre  dull  purple. 

Remarks. — This  species  resembles  somewhat  the  Unio  complana- 
tus  (Soland.).  It  will,  however,  at  once  be  distinguished  by  its  great 
proportionate  breadth.  In  this  it  resembles  the  U.  nasutus  (Say),  but 
may  be  readily  separated  from  that  species  by  its  want  of  the  peculiar 
rays  of  the  nasutus  and  the  absence  of  its  posterior  enlargement.  In  the 
summer  of  1827,  I  found  several  young  and  striking  specimens  of  this 
species  in  the  Congaree  at  Columbia,  S.  C.  and  I  am  recently  in- 
debted to  Professor  Ravenel  for  several  adult  specimens,  one  of  which 
is  represented  in  the  plate.  In  some  specimens  the  umbonial  slope  is 
more  elevated  and  the  basal  margin  straight. 

I  have  a  single  specimen  nearly  white  in  the  nacre ;  and  they  will, 
most  probably,  be  found  of  a  salmon  colour,  as  well  also  of  all  the  tints 
between  these  colours,  similar  to  the  U.  complanatus  with  which  and 
some  other  it  seems  to  form  a  natural  group*. 

*  Extract  from  a  letter  recently  received  from  Professor  Ravenel.  "  I  have  been  fortunate 
enough  to  obtain  very  good  series  of  the  two  shells  which  I  was  anxious  to  submit  to  your 
examination,  as  well  ^s  a  complete  series  of  the  complanatus  in  all  the  varieties  in  which  it 
occurs  in  Cooper  rivef  and  its  tributary  streams.  This  will  enable  you  to  compare  the  length- 
ened shell  [the  above  described  species]  which  I  thought  distinct,  with  such  specimens  of  the 
complanatus  as  approach  it,  and  to  determine  the  point.  Our  shell  resembles  the  nasutus 
closely,  particularly  the  young  shell,  but  is  certainly  distinct  from  it.  I  have  never  seen  the 
nasutus  in  this  state  or  in  North  Carolina." 

Charleston,  South  Carolina,  3Iay21t}t,  1831.  '~  ' 


116  OBSERVATIONS  ON  NAIADES, 

Unio  Arc^pormis.     Plate  XVII.  fig.  44. 

Testa  arcaformi,  valde  ventricosd,  transversa ;  clivo  posteriori  latissimo  et  sul- 
cum  curvum  hahente;  valvulis  pracrassis;  radiis  capillaribus;  dentibus  cardinalibus 
crassis,  lateralibus  brevibus  rectisque;  margaritd  albd. 

Shell  arcseform,  very  ventricose,  transverse  ;  posterior  slope  very  wide  and  poss- 
essed of  a  curved  furrow  ;  valves  very  thick;  rays  hair-like;  cardinal  teeth  thick; 
lateral  teeth  short  and  straight ;  nacre  white. 

Hab.  Tennessee  river,  Professor  Vanuxem. 

My  Cabinet. 

Cabinet  of  Professor  Vanuxem. 

Cabinet  of  W.  Cooper. 

Diam.  2,  Length  2,  Breadth  2-5  inches. 

Shell  subtriangular,  very  ventricose,  transverse,  inequilateral ;  pos- 
terior slope  very  wide,  and  nearly  flat  except  at  the  termination  of  the 
ligament,  possessed  of  a  curved  furrow  enlarging  from  the  beaks  to  the 
posterior  margin ;  substance  of  the  shell  very  thick ;  beaks  prominent 
and  incurved;  ligament  short  and  thick;  epidermis  yellowish  brown  ; 
rays  hair-like  and  numerous ;  cardinal  teeth  thick  and  irregular  ;  late- 
ral teeth  short,  straight  and  crenate ;  posterior  cicatrices  confluent ;  an- 
terior cicatrices  distinct ;  dorsal  cicatrices  situated  on  the  under  part  of 
the  cardinal  tooth ;  cavity  of  the  beaks  shallow  and  rounded ;  nacre 
white.  ^> 

* 

Remarks. — I  have  been  in  possession  of  a  single  specimen  of  this 
species  for  some  years.  It  was  brought  by  Professor  Vanuxem  from 
the  Tennessee  river,  and,  being  old,  some  of  its  characters  have  nearly 
disappeared.  I  frequently  examined  it  with  great  interest,  and  felt 
persuaded  it  was  a  new  species,  although  it  strongly  resembled  the  fri- 
angularis  (Barnes).  A  young  and  an  adult  specimen,  recently  sent 
me  from  New  York  by  that  excellent  naturalist  W.  Cooper,  proves  it 
beyond  a  doubt  to  be  a  distinct  species.  In  its  rays  it  diflfers  altogether 
from  the  triangularis;  it  is  dissimilar  also  in  the  thickness  of  the  valves  and 


PL.    XVXU.  Vol -4 


Thiici     siiiovcoitui . 


f'nXAi    sit,hroriinciuA  . 


Lhua    pifctu. 


ltf»\*n    Jn,  .Tlh-at^foi 


AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES.  117 

in  the  possession  of  two  remarkable  curved  furrows  on  the  umbonial 
slope.  The  specimen  represented  in  the  engraving  is  chosen  on  ac- 
count of  its  being  adult,  although  the  beaks  are  not  in  a  perfect  state  of 
preservation.  The  enlargement  and  dentate  appearance  of  the  poste- 
rior margin  is  very  remarkable  in  this  and  some  other  of  the  species. 
It  occurs  more  frequently  in  the  sulcatus  (Nobis),  and  has  been  par- 
ticularly noticed  in  the  remarks  on  that  species*.  This  variety  of 
sulcatus  has  been  considered  by  Mr  Say  as  a  distinct  species,  to  which 
he  has  given  the  name  of  ridibundus.  I  have  never  thought  that  it 
could  be  considered  to  differ  specifically  from  the  sulcatus. 


Unio  Subrotundus.     Plate  XVIII.  fig.  45 


Testa  siiborbiculatd,  subventricosd;  valvulis  a-assis;  natibus  prominentibus;  epi- 
dermide  circa  nates  luted,  juxta  mar ginem  fused;  radiis  interruptis;  dentibus  car- 
dinalibus  crassis,  lateralibus  subcurvis  brevibusque;  margaritd  albd  et  iridescente. 

Shell  suborbicular,  subventricose  ;  valves  thick  ;  beaks  elevated  ;  epidermis  yel- 
low about  the  beaks,  brown  towards  the  margin  ;  rays  interrupted;  cardinal  teeth 
thick  ;  lateral  teeth  short  and  slightly  curved  ;  nacre  pearly  white  and  iridescent. 

Hab.  Ohio,  T.  G.  Lea. 

My  Cabinet. 
Diam.  11,  Length  1-6,  Breadth  1-6  inches. 

Shell  suborbicular,  nearly  equilateral,  subventricose ;  substance  of 
the  shell  thick,  somewhat  thinner  behind ;  beaks  thick  and  elevated ; 
ligament  rather  short  and  thick ;  epidermis  yellow  and  smooth  in  the 
region  of  the  beaks ;  brown  and  finely  wrinkled  towards  the  margin ; 
interrupted  rays  pass  from  the  beaks  and  are  very  visible  over  the  um- 
bones,  but  are  lost  in  the  wrinkles  before  they  reach  the  margin ;  car- 
dinal teeth  thick  and  crenate;  lateral  teeth  short,  thick  and  very 
slightly  curved ;  posterior  and  anterior  cicatrices  both  distinct ;  dorsal 

*  See  Vol.  III.  p.  431.  » 

Vol.  IV.— 2  E 


118  OBSERVATIONS  ON  NAIADES, 

cicatrices  situated  on  the  under  side  of  the  cardinal  teeth;  cavity 
of  the  beaks  deep  and  angulated :  nacre  pearly  white  and  iridescent. 

Remarks. — ^Among  the  numerous  shells  I  have  received  within  the 
last  five  years  from  our  western  waters,  I  have  obtained  but  three  or 
four  of  this  interesting  species.  Its  extreme  rarity  at  first  induced  me 
to  doubt  of  the  propriety  of  considering  it  a  distinct  species.  It  is 
however,  perfectly  distinct  from  any  described  species  and  seems  pe- 
culiar in  its  yellow  beaks  and  brown  margin ;  as  well  as  in  the  beauti- 
ful interrupted  rays  which  pass  over  the  umbones,  leaving  the  ante- 
rior and  posterior  slopes  usually  of  a  yellow  colour.  In  form  it 
approaches  the  ebenus  (Nobis),  in  colour  it  more  nearly  resembles 
the  umlatus  (Barnes).  A  young  individual  of  not  more  than  three 
growths  presents  such  a  shining  and  yellow  epidermis  as  to  resemble 
very  much  a  small  Venus. 


Unio  Subovatus.     Plate  XVIII.  fig.  46. 

Testa  suhovata,  transversa,  inflatd ;  valvulis  crassis ;  natibus  prominentibus  et 
apicibus  undulatis ;  multis  radiis  viridibus;  denlibus  cardinalibus  erectis  et  in 
valvuld  utrdque  duplicibus,  lateralibus  laminatis  brevibusque;  rnargaritd  albd. 

Shell  subovate,  transverse,  inflated  ;  valves  thick  ;  beaks  elevated  and  undulated 
at  the  tip ;  rays  green  and  numerous ;  cardinal  teeth  double  in  both  valves  and  erect; 
lateral  teeth  short  and  lamelliform;  nacre  white  and  very  pearly. 

Hab.  Ohio  river,  T.  G.  Lea.  - 

My  Cabinet. 
Cabinet  of  John  Ronaldson. 
Cabinet  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 
Diam.  2-2,  Length  3,  Breadth  4-2  inches. 

Shell  subovate,  transverse,  inequilateral,  inflated ;  substance  of  the 
shell  thick  ;  beaks  elevated,  incurved  and  undulated  at  the  tips  ;  liga- 
ment short  and  thick ;  epidermis  yellowish  with  numerous  green  rays 


AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OF    NEW  SPECIES.  119 

passing  obliquely  from  the  beaks  to  the  margin ;  cardinal  teeth  large, 
double  in  both  valves,  very  erect  and  deeply  cleft  in  both  valves ;  lateral 
teeth  short  and  lamelliform ;  anterior  cicatrices  distinct ;  posterior  cica- 
trices confluent ;  dorsal  cicatrices  situated  within  the  cavity  of  the  shell 
on  the  under  part  of  the  cardinal  tooth  and  on  the  plate  between  the 
cardinal  and  lateral  teeth  ;  cavity  of  the  beaks  very  large  and  rounded  ; 
nacre  white  and  very  pearly. 

Remarks. — This  species  is  very  closely  allied  to  the  U.  ovatus  (Say) 
and  U.  occidens  (Nobis).  It  differs  constantly,  however,  from  both,  in 
being  more  produced  posteriorly,  and  in  the  position  of  the  beaks 
which  are  placed  nearer  the  anterior  margin.  It  is  less  flattened  on 
the  posterior  slope  than  the  ovatus,  and  less  carinate  than  the  occidens. 
Like  both  these  species  the  anterior  section  of  the  cardinal  teeth  is  the 
most  elevated.     In  some  specimens  no  rays  are  observable*. 


Unio  Pileus.     Plate  XVIII.  fio-.  47 


a* 


Testa  subtriangulari,  ventricosa,  prcedivo  umboniali  in  longum  subsulcata, 
emarginata;  valvulis  crassis;  radiis  capillar ibus;  dentibus  cardinalibus  magnis, 
lateralibus  breviusculis  subcurvisque;  margaritd  alba  et  iridescente. 

Shell   subtriangular,  ventricose,  slightly  emarginate,  longitudinally  furrowed  in 

*  Since  this  supplement  went  to  press  I  have  seen  in  the  fine  collection  of  that  excellent 
conchologist,  Mr  W.  Hyde,  a  specimen  sent  him  by  Mr  Barnes  some  years  since  as  U.  ven- 
tricosus.  If  this  specimen  be  not  of  the  same  species  as  the  above  described,  it  certainly  very 
closely  resembles  it.  Never  having  seen  the  individual  specimen  described  by  Mr  Barnes  as 
ventricosus,  I  believed,  from  that  part  of  the  description  in  which  he  says  "  this  shell  is  more 
capacious  than  any  other  of  the  genus  hitherto  described,"  that  he  meant  the  species  known  to 
us  as  globosus,  and  therefore  I  selected  of  the  two  species  that  which  seemed  to  agree  the  least 
with  his  description,  and  figured  and  described  it.  Should  it,  upon  further  examination,  prove 
that  I  have  described  the  same  shell  with  Mr  Barnes,  the  name  ofglobosus  should  be  used  to 
distinguish  this  capacious  species,  specimens  of  which  are  in  the  cabinets  of  Mr  Hyde,  the 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  Peale's  Museum,  and  in  my  own.  Mr  Barnes  must,  I  think,  be 
in  error  in  supposing  the  ventricosus  to  inhabit  tiie  Delaware,  or  New  Jersey  near  New  York. 
I  do  not  think  that  any  of  the  group  belong  to  our  eastern  waters. 


120  OBSERVATIONS  ON  NAIADES, 

front  of  the  umbonial  slope;  valves  thick;  rays  hair-like;  cardinal  teeth  large;  lateral 
teeth  rather  short  and  slightly  curved;  nacre  pearly  white  and  iridescent. 

Hab.  Ohio  river,  near  Cincinnati,  Mrs  Febiger. 

My  Cabinet. 
Diam.  1-2,  Length  1-8,  Breadth  1-8  inches. 

Shell  subtriangular,  angular  behind  and  rounded  before,  ventricose : 
longitudinally  furrowed  in  front  of  the  umbonial  slope,  the  furrow- 
causing  a  slight  emargination  in  the  basal  margin ;  umbonial  slope  flat- 
tened on  the  ridge  ;  substance  of  the  shell  thick ;  beaks  prominent  and 
rounded  at  the  tip;  ligament  short  and  thick;  epidermis  yellowish- 
brown  and  wrinkled ;  rays  numerous  and  hair-like ;  cardinal  tooth  large, 
elevated  and  deeply  cleft  in  the  left  valve,  single  and  emerging  from  a 
pit  in  the  right  valve ;  lateral  teeth  short  and  slightly  curved ;  anterior 
cicatrices  distinct ;  posterior  cicatrices  confluent ;  dorsal  cicatrices 
situated  on  the  under  part  of  the  cardinal  tooth ;  cavity  of  the  beaks 
wide  and  rounded ;  nacre  pearly  white  and  iridescent. 

Remarks. — This  shell  has  recently  come  into  my  possession  and  was 
taken  near  Cincinnati.  It  is  different  from  any  species  I  have  seen, 
and  somewhat  resembles  the  U.  sulcatus  (Nobis),  having  a  furrow  from 
the  beaks  to  the  margin  anterior  to  the  umbonial  slope.  It  differs 
from  it,  however,  in  being  more  elongated  and  in  being  destitute  of  a 
purple  nacre.  The  disposition  to  flatness  in  the  umbonial  slope  is  re- 
markable in  this  species. 


Meeania  Elongata.     Plate  XV.  fig.  29. 

Testa  elevatd  ct  acute  turrita,  fusco-corneA,  purpureo-fasciatd;  anfractibus  circi- 
ter  decern  parum  depressis;  basi  angulatH;  aperturd  cceruleo-albd,  longitudinis  testa 
quadrantem  habente. 

Shell  elevated  and  acutely  turrited,  dark  horn  colour  with  purple  bands;  apex 
acute;  whirls  about  ten  and  slightly  depressed;  base  angulated;  aperture  bluish- 
white  and  about  one  fourth  the  length  of  the  shell. 


AND  DESCRIPTIONS   OF   NEW  SPECIES.  I2{ 

Hab.  West  Tennessee.  John  Lea. 

My  Cabinet. 
Diam.  -5,  Length  1-5  inches. 

Remarks. — This  fine  Melania  seems  most  to  resemble  the  subularis 
(Nobis).  It  differs  from  it  in  being  wider,  in  being  darker  coloured, 
and  in  having  a  less  number  of  whirls.  The  bands  in  some  specimens 
are  scarcely  visible. 


I  cannot  terminate  this  memoir  without  making  my  grateful  ac- 
knowledgements to  numerous  friends  for  specimens  sent  from  time  to 
time  for  my  examination  or  acceptance.  To  P.  H.  Nicklin,  Esq. 
and  to  W.  Cooper,  Esq.  I  am  under  particular  obligations,  for  their 
kind  and  prompt  assistance  on  such  difficult  points  as  appeared  to  me 
to  require  consultation. 


Vol.  IV.— 2  F 


122 


ARTICLE  VI. 

Description  of  a  new  genus  of  the  family  Mekmiana  of  Lamarck. 
By  Isaac  Lea.     Read  January  7th,  1831. 

Family  MELANIANA. 
Genus  To. 

Testa  fusiformi ;  basi  canaliculatd ;  spird  elevatd;  columella  concavd  lavique. 
Shell  fusiform  ;  base  canaliculate;  spire  elevated;  columella  smooth  and  concave. 

To  FusiFORMis.     Plate  XV.  fig.  37,  a,  b. 

My  Cabinet. 
Cabinet  of  Professor  Vanuxem. 
Cabinet  of  Mr  Say. 
Cabinet  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia. 
Fusus  Jluvialis,  Say,  Journal  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences 
of  Philadelphia,  Vol.  5,  p.  129. 
Diam.  -9,  Length  2-2  inches. 


'S^ 


Remarks. — This  very  remarkable,  interesting  and  rare  shell  was 
presented  to  me  many  years  since  by  Professor  Vanuxem,  by  whom  only 
it  has  been  found.     Specimens  w^ere  also  presented  by  him  to  Mr  Say 


NEW  GENUS  OP  THE  FAMILY  MELANIANA.  123 

and  to  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  in  the  Jour- 
nal of  which  that  naturalist  has  described  it  under  the  name  of  Fiisus 
fluvialis.  Satisfied  that  no  genus  should  contain  pelagian  and  fluvia- 
tile  shells  in  common,  I  have  separated  this  from  the  family  Canali- 
FERA,  and  placed  it  in  that  of  the  Melaniana  to  which  it  naturally 
belongs.  We  are  indebted  to  the  research  of  Professor  Vanuxem  for 
this  and  many  other  fine  shells  from  the  north  fork  of  the  Holston  in 
Virginia  on  the  farm  of  General  Preston,  where  it  was  associated  with 
several  species  of  this  and  other  families.  Professor  Vanuxem  de- 
scribes the  spot  which  it  inhabits  as  being  very  circumscribed  and  be- 
ing immediately  at  the  confluence  of  a  small  stieam  and  the  North 
Fork  of  the  Holston,  the  former  of  which  is  slightly  impregnated 
with  salt. 


125 


ARTICLE  VII. 

Report  of  a  Committee  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society  on  As- 
tronomical Observations:  containing  Oiservations  made  in  different 
parts  of  the  United  States,  on  the  Solar  Eclipse  of  February  12/A, 
1831.     Read  October  7,1831. 

THE  Committee  on  Astronomical  Observations  respectfully  present 
to  the  Society  the  observations  made  by  them,  in  this  city,  upon  the 
Solar  Eclipse  of  February  12th,  1831 ;  together  with  such  other 
observations,  made  in  different  parts  of  the  United  States,  as  they  have 
been  able  to  collect. 

Alex.  Dallas  Bache. 

Jos.  Roberts,  Jcn. 

Isaiah  Lukens. 

Observations  made  at  Friends'  Observatory,  in  Philadelphia,  during  the  Solar 
Eclipse  of  February  \2th,  1831.  By  Jos.  Roberts,  Jun.  Lat.  39°  57'  02"  N., 
and  long.  5  h.  GO  m.  37  sec.  West  of  Greenwich. 

For  about  one  month  previous  to  the  eclipse,  frequent  observations 
were  made  in  order  to  determine  the  effect  of  the  temperature  on 
the  position  of  the  transit  instrument  and  the  rate  of  the  clock.  These 
two  essential  instruments  having  been  satisfactorily  adjusted  by  means 
of  the  transit  of  stars  selected  for  that  purpose,  the  day  was  ushered  in 
with  the  whole  heavens  obscured  by  clouds  which  continued  until 
about  half  past  ten  o'clock,  A.  M.,  when  the  clouds  generally  disappeared, 
and  the  heavens  in  the  vicinity  of  the  sun  presented  the  fine  clear  sky 
Vol.  IV._2  G 


126  ASTRONOMICAL  OBSERYATIONS  ON 

blue,  which  continued  generally  uninterrupted  till  near  one  o'clock, 
P.M. 

At  1 1  h.  23  m.  17  sec.  mean  solar  time,  not  corrected  for  the  error  of 
the  clock  and  deviation  of  the  transit  instrument,  observed  a  slight 
derangement  in  the  limb  of  the  sun  at  the  point  where  the  eclipse 
was  expected  to  begin.  This  break  in  the  harmony  (noticed  for  the 
last  ten  or  fifteen  minutes)  continued  to  increase  until  a  well  defined 
section  of  the  lunar  disc  convinced  me  that  this  derangement  was 
produced  by  the  interposition  of  the  moon. 

At  noon,  observed  the  transit  of  the  Sun's  eastern  limb  over  the 
lines  of  the  transit  instrument,  as  follows,  viz. 

h.     m.     sec. 


No.  1. 

0 

15 

16 

No.  2. 

0 

15 

36 

Merid. 

0 

15 

56 

No.  4. 

0 

16 

16.5 

No.  5. 

0 

16 

37 

0  15  56.3  reduced  time  of  transit  of 
sun's  eastern  limb  over  the  meridian. 

The  daily  rate  of  the  clock  from  numerous  observations,  3".56 
gaining.  The  clock  fast  of  mean  solar  time  at  the  beginning  of  the 
eclipse,  according  to  the  observed  transit  and  daily  rate,  0'  15".414  ;  to 
this  add  for  deviation  of  transit  instrument  from  merid.  0  ".104  ;  gives 
the  state  of  the  clock  at  the  beginning  of  the  eclipse,  0  m.  15.518  sec. 
fast  of  mean  solar  time.  So  that  the  true  mean  solar  time  of  beginning 
of  the  eclipse  was,  11  h.  23  m.  01.482  sec. 

At  twelve  o'clock,  mean  time,  measured  the  vertical  diameter  of  the 
sun  with  one  of  Troughton's  spider-line  micrometers,  and  found 
that  it  required  44.855  revolutions  of  the  screw  to  bring  the  lines  to 
zero:  and  near  one  o'clock,  P.M.  made  the  lines  of  the  micrometer 
tangents  to  the  sun  and  moon's  disc,  in  order  to  measure  the  maximum 
of  the  visible  portion  of  the  Sun's  diameter  at  the  time  of  the  greatest 
obscuration.  These  lines  I  caused  to  approach  each  other,  until  the 
eclipse  ceased  to  increase  ;  and  I  afterwards  found  that  1.94  turns  of 
the   screw  brought  them  together.     It  may  be  proper  to  remark  in 


THE  SOLAR  ECLIPSE  OF   12  FEBRUARY  1831. 


127 


relation  to  the  last  observation,  that  the  dread  of  being  involved  in  a 
total  eclipse  by  a  large  collection  of  clouds  near  at  hand  and  rapidly 
approaching,  and  which  completely  obscured  the  sun  before  I  had 
time  to  relieve  the  eye  and  finish  the  observation  by  bringing  the 
lines  to  zero,  has  left  a  doubt  as  to  its  exactness.  I,  however,  give  it, 
and  future  observations  may  determine  its  value ;  for  after  careful 
inquiry  I  do  not  find  any  corresponding  observation  in  relation  to  this 
matter. 

At  2h.  25  m.  24  sec.  mean  solar  time,  corrected  for  the  error  of  the 
clock,  the  clouds  too  dense  to  see  the  sun  through  the  coloured  glass 
of  the  large  telescope ;  but  from  an  observation  made  with  a  telescope 
without  a  coloured  glass,  the  eclipse  had  not  ended.  At  2  h.  25  m.  59  sec. 
corrected  for  the  error  of  the  clock,  still  thin  clouds  before  the  sun, 
but  have  the  impression  that  the  eclipse  had  ceased.  At  2h.  27  m.  the 
sky  in  the  vicinity  of  the  sun  very  clear,  and  the  eclipse  ended  beyond 
any  doubt.  The  preceding  observations  were  made  with  a  46  inch 
achromatic  telescope  by  Tully,  Islington,  London,  with  a  3|  inches 
object  glass,  and  a  transit  instrument  by  DoUond,  London,  30  inches 
by  2^.  The  power  used  38.  The  eye  protected  by  a  glass  of  a  red 
colour. 

During  the  eclipse  the  thermometer  and  barometer  stood  as  fol- 
lows, viz. 


Time  of 
making 
observa- 
tion. 

Sixe's 
Tlier.  in 
Observa- 
tory. 

Mercu- 
rial 
Ther.  in 

Sun. 

Spirit 
of  Wine 
Ther.   in 

Sun. 

Trough- 
ton's 

Barome- 
ter. 

Remarks. 

h.   m. 

ins. 

10   30 
10  45 

29° 
29 

54° 

52P 

30.161 
30.161 

Very  clear. 
Do. 

11   00 

31 

55 

53 

30.164 

Do. 

11  40 

32 

fc( 

a 

u 

Do. 

1   00 
1    10 

31 

30.5 

32.5 

32 

It 

30.  150 
30.141 

Flying  clouds. 
Dense  clouds. 

1    25 

30 

32.5 

32 

30.141 

Do. 

2  00 
2  05 
2  45 

30.5 

31 

32 

35 
35 
41 

34 
34 
38 

30.141 
30.153 

Do. 

Flying  clouds. 
Very  clear. 

128  ASTRONOMICAL  OBSERVATIONS  ON 

Observations  of  the  Beginning  and  End  of  the  Eclipse  of  the  Sun,  February  12, 
1831,  by  Sears  C.  TValker,  in  lat.  39°  57'  N.  and  long.  1433  feet  west  of 
Friends'  Observatory,  Philadelphia. 

h.     m.     sec. 
Beginning,       11     23      10  A.M.  ^  Mean   solar  time  at 
End,  2     25      49  P.M.  5         Observatory. 

Telescope  3^  feet  achromatic,  by  Jones,  London :  power  40  to  50. 


Observations  made  at  the  time  of  the  Eclipse  of  the  Sun,  2d  Month,  {February) 
12th,  1831,  at  Burlington,  N.  J.,  lat.  40°  5' 20"  N.,long.  not  yet  determined. 
By  John  Gummere. 

For  the  time,  I  made  use  of  a  very  good  chronometer  by  Lukens, 
accurately  rated  by  Jos.  Roberts,  Jun.  and  examined  the  third  day  after 
the  eclipse.  From  the  regularity  of  its  movement,  its  state,  in  Phila- 
delphia time,  at  the  time  of  the  eclipse  may  be  regarded  as  known 
within  one  or  at  most  two  seconds.  I  observed  with  one  of  Dollond's 
42  inch  achromatics,  with  a  power  80.  My  brother  S.  R.  Gummere 
observed  with  my  3  feet  Gregorian  reflector,  with  power  of  1 20.  At 
the  beginning  of  the  eclipse  the  sky  was  very  clear,  at  least  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  sun,  thus  giving  the  opportunity  for  an  accurate  obser- 
vation. Our  impressions  of  the  instant  of  commencement  did  not 
differ  half  a  second.  Frequently  during  the  latter  part  of  the  eclipse, 
and  at  the  termination,  there  were  obstructing  clouds,  so  that  the  time  of 
end  could  only  be  determined  within  limits.  The  time  of  beginning 
accurately  determined,  was  11  h.  24  m.  2  sec.  A.M.  mean  time  Phila- 
delphia. At  2  h.  24  m.  42  sec.  P.M.  the  eclipse  had  not  terminated. 
At  2  h.  26  m.  21  sec.  it  was  entirely  ended. 

At  the  time  of  greatest  obscuration,  the  cusps  were  very  sharp  and 
well  defined  ;  but  a  thread  of  light  extended  from  each,  to  a  consider- 
able distance  along  the  circumference  of  the  sun's  disc.  About  a 
minute  after,  a  spot  of  light  was  observed  a  few  degrees  from  the 
south  western  cusp,  extending  inwards  from  the  thread  proceeding 
from  that  cusp.  Its  appearance  is  represented  in  the  accompanying 
figure. 


THE  SOt,AR  ECLIPSE  OF   1  2  FEBRTTARY  1831.  129 

At  the  commencement  of  the  eclipse  the  barometer  stood  at  30.24 
inches.  At  1  o'clock  it  stood  at  30.16  inches  and  continued  so  until 
end  of  eclipse, 

I  had  one  thermometer  suspended  in  the  shade,  and  three  exposed 
to  the  sun's  rays.  The  first  of  these  three  has  a  metallic  scale,  covered 
in  front  with  a  glass  ;  the  second  has  a  metallic  scale  not  covered ; 
and  the  third  has  an  ivory  scale.     Their  states  at  four  different  times, 

as  below. 

Shade.  Sun. 

1st.     2d.     3d. 
llh.  24  m.  A.M.  26°  81°     62°     52= 

1  h.     0  m.  P.M.  24  37       30       29 

1  h.   10  m.  P.M.  25  31       28       27 

1  h.  26  m.  P.M.  31  46       37       34 

The  solar  spectrum  was  observed  several  times  during  the  eclipse. 
We  were  not  sensible  of  much  change  in  it,  but  thought  that  about  the 
time  of  greatest  obscuration,  the  violet,  though  very  bright,  was  rather 
paler  than  at  other  times. 

A  30  inch  magnetic  needle,  made  by  Lukens,  was  observed  at  II, 
1,  2^,  and  5  o'clock.  From  11  to  1,  the  north  end  moved  6'  to  the 
west.  From  1  to  2,^,  it  moved  3'  to  the  w'est;  and  from  2^  to  5,  it 
moved  6'  to  the  east. 


Vol.  Iv .— 2  H 


130  ASTRONOMICAL  OBSERVATIONS  ON 


Observations  of  the  Solar  Eclipse  of  12/A  February  1831,  by  Professor  James 
Renwick.  Made  at  Columbia  College,  New  York.  Lat.  40°  42' 43"  N.  Long., 
determined  by  the  Solar  Eclipse  of  August  27th,  1823  combined  with  the  mean 
of  80  Lunar  distances,  4  h.  56'  13.45"  west  from  Greenwich. 

:■:  Beginning.  Contact  of  sun  and  moon's  limbs, 
observed  by  a  refracting  telescope  of  DoUond  of  5  feet 
focus,  using  the  second  astronomic  power.  The  time 
being  noted  by  a  chronometer  of  Parkinson  andFrod- 
shum.  No.  1102,  rated  by  Mr  Demilt,  23h.  30'  29".2 

Watch  slow  of  mean  time,  21" 


Mean  time  of  beginning,  23  h.  30'  50".2 

The  end  was  not  observed  in  consequence  of  the  sun  being  hidden 
by  clouds. 


Obse7-vations  of  the  Eclipse  of  the  Sun,  February  12,  1S31,  by  Bobert  Treat  Paine, 
at  Cape  Malabar  Light-house,  in  Lat.  41°  32'  58".3  iV.;  Long,  by  Chrono7neter  70° 
01'  20"  west. 

h.     m.     sec. 

Beginning  of  the  Eclipse,  11     55     56.0  A.M.  ] 

Formation  of  the  Ring,         1     26     54.6  P.M.',,  ,      .. 

Rupture  of  the  Ring,  1     28     23.8  P.M.  ^^^""  ^^^^^  ^''^'' 

End  of  the  Eclipse,  2    53       8.2  P.M.  J 

The  sky  very  clear  all  day  ;  observations  very  fine  and  satisfactory. 
Telescope  4^  feet  Dollond,  with  the  smallest  astronomical  eye  piece; 
power  about  60.  The  thermometer  hanging  on  a  S.  E.  wall  in  the 
sun  fell  from  83°  to  29°. 


THE  SOLAR  ECLIPSE  OP  12  PEBRUARY  1831.  131 

Results  of  the  Observatioii  of  the  Solar  Eclipse  of  12th  February  1831,  made 
under  the  Colonnade  of  the  south  front  of  the  President's  house  at  the  City  of 
Washington,  lat.  38°  53'  12" ;  long.  76°  57'  {approximate),  by  F.  R.  Hassler. 

A  properly  rated  chronometer  was  used  for  the  determination  of 
time,  and  one  of  the  repeating  theodolites  from  the  collection  for  the 
survey  of  the  coast,  with  a  one  foot  vertical  circle,  for  the  observations 
of  time,  &c.  The  reduction  of  the  time  of  the  chronometer  indicated 
by  the  observations  being  made,  gave, 

Apparent  time.         Mean  time, 
h.     m.     sec.  h.     m.     sec. 

For  the  Beginning,  10    55      56  11      10      30 

End,  2    00      54.5  2      15      28.5 

Duration,  3  h.  4  m.  58.5  sec. 

Stand  of  the  barometer  observed  about  9  o'clock,  A.M.  30.62  ins. 
Beginning  of  the  Eclipse,  30.56  ins.  and  hardly  varied  for  0.01  in.  the 
rest  of  the  day. 

The  thermometer  stood  as  follows : 

At  8  o'clock,  A.M.  29.5°  Fahr. 

Beginning  of  Eclipse,  32.0 

Greatest  obscuration,  28.0 

End  of  the  Eclipse,  37.0 

At  4  o'clock,  P.M.  38.0 

Sunset,  32.0 

The  sky  m\is  perfectly  clear,  the  weather  generally  cold,  with  a 
harsh  wind.  During  the  greatest  obscuration  the  feelings  of  an  intense 
cold,  and  a  kind  of  disagreeable  gloom,  were  remarked  by  every  person 
present,  which  subsided  only  when  a  considerable  part  of  the  sun  was 
again  clear. 

The  most  remarkable  phenomenon  was  the  distinctly  painted  ine- 
qualities of  the  moon,  by  the  reflection  of  light  and  shade  upon  its 
disk,  presenting,  apparently,  elevations  brilliantly  illuminated,  and 
intervals  shaded  in  an  ash  coloured  shade,  more  or  less  dark  and  distinct, 
as  they  were  nearer  to  or  farther  from  the  sun,  the  edge  of  the  moon 
towards  the  sun  being  always  fully  dark. 

This  appearance,  beginning  when  about  one-eighth  of  the  diameter  of 
the  moon  was  iiTimersed,  extended  itself,  with  various  alterations  in  the 


132 


ASTRONOMIC Ali  OBSERVATIONS  ON 


appearance,  to  about  one-third  of  the  moon's  diameter,  when  it  gradu- 
ally faded  into  indistinctness,  and  the  whole  surface  of  the  moon 
appeared  equally  dark.  The  same  took  place  again  in  the  inverse 
order,  with  varied  configurations,  towards  the  end  of  the  eclipse. 

The  telescope  with  which  I  observed  being  very  steady,  that  on  the 
repeating  theodolite,  with  a  magnifying  power  of  about  70  times,  the 
phenomenon  could  be  distinctly  observed  and  followed  ;  the  annexed 
imperfect  figure  may  convey  an  idea  of  it. 


Observations  on  the  Eclipse  of  the  Sun,  February  12,   1831,  br/  Professor  R.  M. 
.  Patterson,  M.D.,  at  the  University  of  Virginia,  in  lat.  38°  2'  3"  N.,  and  long. 
5  A.  14  m.  4.8  sec.  TV.  of  Greenwich. 


h. 

m. 

Beginning 

of 

Eclipse, 

11 

0 

End, 

2 

7 

sec. 


26  7 
20  5 


Mean  solar  time. 


Meteorological  Observations  during  the  Solar  Eclipse  of  February  I2th,  1831,  by 
A.  T).  Bache,  Professor  of  Natural  Philosophy  and  Chemistry  in  the  Univer- 
sity of  Pennsylvania. 

The  principal  objects  in  view  in  the  following  observations  were,  first: 
to  measure  the  dimin\ition  of  light  produced  by  the  eclipse;  that  of 
direct  light,  as  well  as  of  the  light  diffused  by  reflection  in  the  atmos- 
phere and  from  bodies  at  or  near  the  earth's  surface. 


THE  SOIiAR  ECLTPSE  OF   1 2  FEBRUARY   1831.  133 

Second,  to  measure  the  variations  in  the  temperature  of  the  air 
during  the  eclipse. 

The  instrument  adapted  to  the  measurements  first  enumerated  is 
the  photometer  of  Leslie:  this  consists  of  a  differential  thermometer 
having  one  hulb  blackened.  The  blackened  bulb  absorbs  the  heat  accom- 
panying the  solar  light,  while  the  transparent  bulb  either  transmits  or 
reflects  it;  the  temperature  of  the  dark  bulb  is  raised,  the  air  within 
it  is  expanded,  and  the  liquid  forced  up  the  stem  attached  to  the  opposite 
bulb  :  the  amount  of  the  rise  of  the  liquid  is  measured  by  a  scale 
attached  to  this  stem.  The  effect  of  variations  in  the  temperature  of 
the  air  about  this  instrument  is  in  a  great  measure  avoided  by  its 
differential  form.  The  graduation  of  the  scale  of  the  photometer  is 
arbitrary,  and  the  measures  wiiich  it  gives  entirely  relative.  It  will  be 
convenient  to  place  the  zexo  at  the  point  at  which  the  liquid  in  the 
stem  stands  in  a  dark  room. 

The  photometer  used  in  the  observations  upon  the  direct  light  of 
the  sun  had  one  bulb  covered  with  black  silk.  The  observations 
have  been  reduced  to  the  point  of  the  scale,  which  corresponds  to  a 
dark  room  as  a  zero.  A  glass  case  protected  the  instrument  from 
currents  of  air.  The  position  remained  invariable  during  the  course 
of  the  observations,  viz.  at  the  south  window  of  the  observatory 
attached  to  the  Friends'  school  in  Fourth-street. 

A  second  photometer  was  placed  within  the  observatory  and  exposed 
to  the  diffused  light,  which  entered  through  three  windows  extending 
nearlyfrom  the  floorto  the  ceiling  and  facing  the  S.E.,  South,  and  S.W. 
One  bulb  of  this  instrument  was  of  blue  glass.  The  observations 
have,  as  in  the  case  of  the  other  photometer,  been  reduced  to  the  point 
at  which  the  liquid  stands  in  a  dark  room  as  a  zero :  the  degrees  do 
not  correspond  with  those  of  the  first  instrument.  A  glass  case 
covered  this  photometer. 

The  second  object  was  attained  by  the  use  of  a  metallic  thermometer 
of  Breguet's  make,  for  the  opportunity  of  using  which  I  am  indebted 
to  C.  N.  Bancker,  Esq.  This  instrument  was  placed  in  the  shade 
within  the  south  window  of  the  open  observatory.  There  had  been 
no  fire  during  the  winter  in  the  observatory,  nor,  but  on  a  few  occa- 
sions, in  the  building  with  which  it  is  connected.  A  comparison  of 
Vol.  IV.— 2  I 


134  ASTRONOMICAL.  OBSERVATIONS   ON 

the  scale,  attached  to  this  metallic  thermometer,  with  that  of  a  mer- 
curial thermometer  carefully  verified,  was  made  subsequent  to  the  day 
of  observation,  and  extended  through  a  considerable  range  of  tempera- 
ture, obtained  by  atmospheric  variations;  there  resulted  a  correction  in 
part  of  the  scale,  which  has  been  applied  in  converting  the  degrees  of 
Breguet's  scale  ijito  those  of  Fahrenheit. 

The  compound  effect  produced  by  the  heat  from  the  direct  and 
reflected  rays  of  the  sun  and  by  the  temperature  of  the  atmosphere 
was  noted,  as  affording  a  check  upon  the  observations  made  with  the 
photometer  in  the  sun  and  thermometer  in  the  shade.  To  measure  this 
a  thermometer  having  the  bulb  blackened  was  exposed  to  the  direct  rays 
of  the  sun  by  placing  it  in  the  south  window  of  the  observatory.  The 
thermometer  was  one  made  by  Bate,  the  scale  was  metallic,  and  the 
instrument  uninclosed  by  a  case :  the  freezing  point  had  been  verified 
to  guard  against  the  effect  of  a  variation  in  the  scale,  which  has  been 
found  in  many  cases  to  take  place  after  the  graduation  of  the  instrument. 

In  addition  to  the  principal  observations,  others  were  made  from 
time  to  time  with  the  hygrometer  and  barometer.  The  hygro- 
meter was  a  dew-point  instrument  of  the  kind  described  by  Jones 
in  the  Transactions  of  the  Royal  Society  of  London  for  1826:  it 
consisted  of  a  mercurial  thermometer  with  a  small  bulb  of  blue  glass; 
one  of  the  hemispheres  into  which  this  bulb  would  have  been  divided 
by  a  vertical  plane,  was  covered  with  a  piece  of  stulT  held  in  its  place 
by  a  metallic  ring  which  served  further  to  prevent  the  ether  used  in 
cooling  the  bulb  from  flowing  over  the  uncoated  part. 

The  height  of  the  mercury  in  a  common  barometer  belonging  to 
the  observatory  was  recorded. 

On  the  morning  of  the  twelfth,  from  about  nine  o'clock  until  some 
minutes  before  the  coming  on  of  the  eclipse,  the  sun  was  obscured  by 
dense  clouds.  At  this  latter  period  the  clouds  had  been  dispersed  and  a 
tolerably  favourable  state  of  weather  succeeded,  the  observations  being 
interfered  with  but  occasionally  by  passing  clouds.  About  ten  minutes 
after  the  time  of  greatest  obscuration  clouds  again  came  up,  and  varying 
only  in  density,  continued  with  but  one  short  interval,  until  night. 

Observations  were  made  upon  the  photometer  in  the  sun,  and  upon 
the  thermometers  at  intervals,  generally,  of  five  minutes  during  the 


THE  SOLAR  ECLIPSE   OF   12  FEBRUARY  1831.  •     135 

time  of  the  eclipse.  During  the  most  interesting  period,  the  half  hour 
between  half  past  twelve  and  one,  containing  the  time  of  greatest 
obscuration,  the  photometer  in  the  sun  was  observed  every  minute. 
The  record  of  the  observations  is  extended  throughout  the  period  of 
the  eclipse  notwithstanding  the  unfavourable  state  of  the  weather,  that 
the  influence  of  the  eclipse  upon  the  instruments  may  be  distinctly 
seen,  independently  of  the  loss  of  light  from  the  interference  of  clouds. 
The  instruments  had  been  placed  in  appropriate  situations  at  the 
University  two  days  preceding  that  on  which  they  were  to  be  used, 
and  their  indications  recorded  hourly  that  the  faults  of  observation 
might  be  reduced  to  a  small  limit.  They  were  likewise  observed 
hourly  two  days  subsequent  to  the  twelfth,  that  if  any  derangement 
had  occurred,  it  might  not  escape  detection. 

A  table  is  subjoined  containing  a  record  of  the  observations  upon  the 
photometers  and  thermometers,  beginning  with  that  at  11  A.M.  on 
the  12th  of  February,and  terminating  with  the  observation  at  2  h.  35' 
P.M.  The  first  two  columns  contain  the  times  of  observation,  given 
by  the  astronomical  clock  of  the  observatory ;  the  third  the  heights  of 
the  photometer  exposed  to  diffused  light;  the  fourth  those  of  the  photo- 
meter exposed  to  the  direct  rays  of  the  sun ;  in  the  fifth  are  recorded 
the  states  of  the  atmosphere  at  the  times  of  observation;  in  the  sixth  the 
temperature  as  shown  by  a  thermometer  in  the  shade ;  in  the  seventh 
the  checks  afforded  upon  the  observations  in  columns  four  and  six 
by  the  heights  of  the  thermometer  with  the  blackened  bulb  exposed 
to  the  direct  rays  of  the  sun. 

The  results  of  observations  upon  the  dew-point  and  upon  the 
barometer  are  placed  in  the  remarks  upon  the  table  by  which  it  is 
followed. 


136 


ASTRONOMICAL  OBSERVATIONS  ON 


— j^ 

t. 

r-    -- 

OJ      . 

<ii 

'*^  0    ■ 

.t:;   "^ 

l§ 

=  P  fc 

^  S;S 

o^ 

£ 

CO,  ;    0 

.■  .^   r 

Time. 

o  :2 

o  _= 

tr^   E 

5  ". -^ 

E 

Remarks  on  AVeather. 

e  r- 

h3 

Remarks. 

Degs.  of 

Degs.  of 

Hours 

Mins. 

Dcgs. 

Dcgs. 

Falir. 

Fuhr. 

Cloud}'. 

11 

9 

62 

Clouds  less  dense. 

36 

48i 

11 

10 

9 

5li 

Clouds  more  dense.    - 

33i 

58i 

11 

23 

Clear. 

Eclipse  begins. 

11 

30 

9 

61  i 

Fleec}'  clouds.    - 

351 

66J 

n 

36 

9 

57 

Almost  clear. 

36 

u 

4U 

H 

56 

Clear,     with    occasional 

35i 

63 

u 

50 

50 

fleeces  over  Q- 

35 

63 

11 

55 

8 

47 

Slig-ht  haze. 

34J 

62 

13 

05 

8 

41 

Clear.        -            -         - 

S4J 

58 

12 

10 

Th 

37 

"            -            -         . 

34. 

54i 

12 

20 

7 

31 

Cl                   -                  -              - 

2^^ 

494 

12 

25 

5 

29 

.\  cloud  begins. 

33J 

49 

12 

30 

4J 

22 

Cloud  over  Q . 

33i 

454 

12 

35 

ISi 

Cloud  passing  off. 

•2J 

414 

.  ■      - 

12 

40 

15 

Clear. 

32i 

12 

41 

ISi 

'*           ,           _         - 

12 

42 

14* 

C(                     ... 

32i 

12 

43 

14 

"              ... 

12 

44 

14 

**             _              _           . 

324 

12 

45 

13 

(( 

32 

38 

12 

46 

12 

te             _              _           _ 

12 

4r 

12 

"              -              -            - 

12 

48 

8 

Cloud  passing.   - 

32i 

36 

12 

49 

9i 

Cloud  off. 

12 

50 

10 

Clear. 

32 

354 

12 

51 

8 

Cloud. 

12 

52 

7 

Edge  of  cloud  over  Q- 

31J 

12 

53 

6i 

"         **         .         . 

34 

12 

54 

7 

Clear. 

34 

12 

55 

6i 

**           .           -         . 

31i 

334 

12 

56 

5 

'<           _           -         - 

12 
12 
12 

57 
5S 
59 

4J 

4 

4 

'*           -          -         - 
«           -           .         - 

3U 

324 

5  Time  of  gTeatest  obscura- 

*<           _           -         - 

30J 

314 

i      tion  by  observations. 

1 

00 

4A 

'*           -          _         - 

1 

05 

3 

4i 

I'           .          .         . 

30J 

304 

1 

10 

5i 

Clouds.    - 

3lJ 

3o4 

1 

15 

4 

6 

Less  dense. 

30i 

31 

1 

20 

4 

6.I1 

Dense  cloud. 

soj 

.314 

1 

25 

6 

12 

Cloud.       -         -         . 

30.ii 

33 

1 

30 

5 

8 

Oensc  cloud.     - 

30J 

32 

1 

35 

5 

9 

Clouds.      .         -         - 

30f 

32 

1 

40 

5i 

10 

"            ... 

31 

314 

I 

45 

6 

11 

1'            ... 

51  i 

35 

1 

50 

6 

in 

it            ... 

31i 

35 

1 

55 

H 

15 

Clouds  less  dense. 

36 

2 

00 

5i 

11 

Dense  clouds.   - 

32 

37 

2 

OS 

13i 

Less  dense. 

32J 

2 

10 

5h 

11 

\'ery  dense  black  clouds 

2 

15 

10 

"           '*      . 

2 

20 

10 

<*           '«      _         - 

32 

36 

2 

23 

Gi 

13 

Clouds  passing-  off.    - 

2 

26 

14 

Less  dense. 

Eclipse  ends. 

2 

29 

42 

Clear.         .         .          - 

2 

30 

51 

«i            ... 

35 

2 

35 

1  ■  ■ 

7 

27 

Clouding  over. 

35  J 

56 

THE   SOLAR  ECLIPSE  OF   12  FEBRUARY  1831.  137 

It  appears  from  the  table  just  given,  that  the  liquid  in  the  stem  of 
the  uncoated  bulb  of  the  photometer  in  the  sun  began  to  descend, 
from  the  time  of  the  first  observation  after  the  beginning  of  the  eclipse ; 
a  descent  only  occasionally  interrupted  by  the  effect  of  flying  clouds  ; 
that  the  minimum  was  reached  at  12  h.  58'  a  59',  when  a  rise  of  the 
liquid  commenced,  which  was  progressive  notwithstanding  the  coming 
up  of  clouds.  At  one  o'clock  with  a  clear  sky,  the  instrument  stood 
at  4^  degrees,  while  at  ten  minutes  after  one  with  a  white  cloud 
interposed,  but  with  the  eclipse  less  on,  it  stood  at  5^  degrees:  at 
twenty  minutes  past  one,  with  a  dense  cloud  covering  the  sun,  the  pho- 
tometer had  risen  to  6^  degrees,  and  at  fifteen  minutes  past  two,  dense 
black  clouds  intervening,  stood  at  10  degrees. 

The  time  of  greatest  obscuration  given  by  the  photometer  affords  a 
fair  test  of  its  sensibility.  Correcting  the  calculated  time  as  given  in 
the  American  Almanac  for  the  difference  between  the  time  of  begin- 
ning as  observed  by  Mr  Roberts  and  the  calculated  time  there 
given,  the  time  of  greatest  obscuration  to  the  nearest  minute  was  12h. 
51'.  The  observed  minima  of  the  photometer  being  at  12  h.  58  and 
12  h.  59',  the  true  minimum  is  fairly  inferred  to  be  at  12  h.  58^',  or 
within  one  minute  and  a  half  of  the  calculated  time  of  greatest  obscu- 
ration. • 

Observations  made  at  1  P.M.  of  the  13th  and  14th  of  February, 
gave  56.5  degrees  of  this  photometer  for  the  amount  of  light  at  that 
hour;  at  the  time  of  greatest  obscuration  on  the  12th  (within  a  few 
minutes  of  one  o'clock),  the  photometer  stood  at  4  degrees.  We  may 
calculate  from  these  data  the  proportion  of  the  solar  disc  which 
remained  nnobscured  at  the  time  referred  to,  on  the  12th.  For  as 
56.5,  the  measure  of  the  light  from  the  unobscured  disc  :  4,  the  measure 
at  the  same  time  on  the  1 2th,  viz.  at  the  time  of  greatest  obscuration : : 
1  :  proportion  of  the  disc  remaining  unobscured,  which  is,  therefore, 
-jlp,  or  about  -^th  of  the  whole  disc.  The  calculation  of  this  lumi- 
nous area  from  the  data  afforded  by  the  tables,  viz.  the  semi-dia- 
meters of  the  sun  and  moon,  together  with  the  number  of  digits  eclipsed, 
as  given  by  the  observations  of  3Ir  Roberts  (11.481  digits),  gives 
20,500 "  for  this  area,  or  ~  of  the  whole  disc.  The  near  agree- 
VoL.  IV.— 2  K 


138  ASTRONOMICAL  OBSERVATIONS  ON 

ment  of  these  results  seems  to  confirm  the  observations*  that  the  degree 
of  light  near  the  edges  of  the  sun's  disc  is  as  great  as  that  at  the  centre, 
contrary  to  what  was  supposed  by  Bouguer  when  he  drew  from  his 
observations  the  inference  of  the  existence  of  a  solar  atmosphere. 

The  diffused  light,  as  shown  by  the  heights  of  the  photometer  in 
the  shade,  followed  in  its  decrease  the  diminution  of  the  direct  light, 
as  observed  by  the  instrument  in  the  sun;  when  observations  with  the 
latter  instrument  were  made  at  short  intervals  it  was  necessary  to 
neglect  the  former.  The  object  in  view  in  the  use  of  this  instrument 
was  to  determine  the  measure  of  the  diffused  light  in  terms  of  the 
light  of  a  clear  day  at  some  period  before  sun-set;  the  situation  was 
found  to  render  accuracy  in  this  result  impossible. 

The  thermometer  in  the  shade  began  to  fall  within  at  least  thirteen 
minutes  after  the  commencement  of  the  eclipse,  the  interruption  from 
fleecy  clouds  preventing  the  precise  time  from  being  ascertained. 
The  fall  was  steady  until  12  h.  59',  when  the  minimum  was  reached; 
the  temperature  had  not  risen  at  1  h.  5',  owing  to  the  coming  up  of 
clouds,  this  circumstance  preventing  the  diminution  of  the  eclipse 
from  being  felt.  At  half  past  eleven  A.M.  this  thermometer  stood  at 
355°  F. :  the  minimum  w^as  30f°  F.,  giving,  if  we  disregard  the  effect 
of  passing  clouds,  an  absolute  decrease  of  temperature  due  to  the 
eclipse,  of  4|°  ¥.  To  this  we  must  add  for  the  total  effect  the  pre- 
venting an  increase  of  heat  as  the  sun  approached  the  meridian.  To 
the  eilects  of  this  change  those  persons  who  were  in  the  open  air  in  the 
shade  were  exposed. 

The  test  of  the  measurements  of  the  photometer  in  the  sun  and 
thermometer  in  the  shade,  afforded  by  tlie  thermometer  with  the 
blackened  bulb,  gives  evidence  of  the  satisfactory  performance  of  both 
those  instruments.  This  thermometer  stood  at  661°  F.  at  11  h.  30', 
when  a  fall  commenced  which  was  parallel  with  that  of  the  photometer 
until  the  temperature  of  the  air  was  nearly  reached,  when  the  effect 
of  the  coldness  of  the  air,  aided  by  the  influence  of  clouds,  caused  a 
further  descent,  while  the  photometer  had  begun  to  rise  ;  with  this  in- 
strument it  soon  resumed  a  parallel  course  at  a  lower  temperature 

*  Finnrceur,  Uranographie,  pp.  71  and  72. 


THE  SOLAR  ECLIPSE  OF  12  FEBRUAHY  1831.  139 

than  corresponded  to  the  degrees  of  the  photometer,  in  descending. 
The  difference  of  the  minima  of  the  two  thermometers  is  but  one- 
fourth  of  a  degree,  a  quantity  less  than  the  error  of  observation  to 
which  such  instruments  are  liable.  The  fall  of  the  thermometer  in 
the  sun  was  from  661"  to  31i°from  the  effect  of  the  eclipse;  the  total 
fall  during  the  eclipse  from  66i°to  30i°,or  36  degrees.  To  the  effects 
of  such  a  change  those  who  were  exposed  to  the  direct  rays  of  the  sun, 
from  half  past  eleven  until  one  o'clock,  were  subjected.  The  sensa- 
tion of  cold  felt  during  the  middle  of  the  eclipse  is  thus  easily  accounted 
for,  a  sensation  which  would  have  warranted  the  belief  of  the  expo- 
sure to  a  temperature  much  lower  than  30 1°  F.  If  any  confirmation 
could  be  required  in  relation  to  the  accuracy  of  the  thermometer  in 
opposition  to  the  fallable  test  of  the  sensation  of  cold,  it  was  to  be  had 
in  the  fact  that  the  water  which  had  thawed  in  the  sun  before  the 
commencement  of  the  eclipse  did  not  recongeal  until  towards  night- 
fall. 

The  barometer  varied  but  slightly  during  the  day :  at  noon  it  stood 
at  30.115,  at  one  o'clock  at  30.105,  and  at  five  P.M.  at  30.105. 

The  dew-point  varied  about  3|°  F.  during  the  day;  it  fell  to  one  of 
its  minimum  points,  8°  F.,  during  the  eclipse. 

I  subjoin  the  results  of  the  observations  made  for  me  at  the  Univer- 
sity, by  an  intelligent  assistant,  upon  the  power  of  the  lens  to  pro- 
duce combustion.  The  burning  powers  of  two  double  convex  lenses 
were  tried  at  intervals :  the  smaller  lens  has  a  diameter  of  six  inches 
and  focal  length  six  and  three-fourths  inches ;  the  larger  is  eighteen 
inches  in  diameter  with  a  focal  length  of  twenty-five  inches  :  for  the 
use  of  this  latter  I  am  indebted  to  Dr  Hare. 

The  smaller  lens  ceased  to  set  fire  to  agaric  at  12  h.  49',  or  about 
eight  minutes  before  the  time  of  greatest  obscuration.  The  larger 
lens  lost  its  power  of  burning  white  paper  at  12 h.  36',  and  of  setting 
fire  to  agaric  at  1 2  h.  53',  about  four  minutes  before  the  time  of 
greatest  obscuration.  The  state  of  the  atmosphere  prevented  the  con- 
firmation or  correction  of  these  results  by  observations  after  the  time 
of  greatest  obscuration. 


141 


ARTICLE  VIII. 

Synopsis  Fungorum  in  America  Boreali  media  degentium.  Secundum 
ohservaliones  Ludovici  Davidis  de  Schiveinilz.  Communicated  to 
the  American  Philosophical  Society,  Philadelphia,  1 5  April  1 83 1 . 

PRAEMONENDA. 

POSTQUAM  celeberrimus  Schwaegrichen  in  Commentariis  Socie- 
tatis  Naturae  Curiosorum  Lipsiensis,  Synopsin  meam  Fungorum  Caro- 
linae  superioris  ante  annum  1818  coUectorum  benevole  curavit  in  lucem 
prodire ;  ad  annum  1821  assidue  consecutus  sum  eandem  viam,  per- 
scrutans  nempe  fungos  Carolinae  superioris.  Sub  finem  autem  anni 
jam  dicti,  in  paterna  mea  domicilia  Bethlehem,  Northampton  County, 
Pennsylvaniae  demum  redux,  ad  hunc  diem  usque,  etiam  Pennsylva- 
niae  thesauros  mycologicos,  indefessus  colligere,  describere  et  deter- 
minare  conatus  sum. 

Botanophili  Americani  plurimi  jam  mihi  propinquiores,  quam 
degenti  olim  apud  occidentales  Carolinenses,  penitus  toto  ab  orbe 
divisos,  summa  benevolentia  et  summo  studio,  quos  ipsi  invenerant  aut 
quos  illis  aliunde  missi  sunt  communicaverunt,  prae  ceteris  amicissimus 
doctissimusque  D.  John  Torrey,  Noveboraeensis  Universitatis  Pro- 
fessor. Interim  etiam  datum  fuit,  quod  ante  annum  1818  mihi  non 
contigerat,  Systemata  Neesii,  Linkii,  denique  Friesii  acutissima, 
maxima  cum  voluptate  et  summo  fructu  in  succum  et  sanguinem 
vertere  et  certior  fieri,  viam  ad  vera  naturae  mysteria  in  operibus  illo- 
rum  indicatam  esse. 

Vol.  IV 2  L 


142  SYNOPSIS  OF 

Dilectissimum  mihi  fuit,  admirare  transatlanticas  observationes 
illorum  illustrium  virorum  tarn  mire  coincidentes  observationusculis 
meis  cisatlanticis — et  systemata,  quae  summum  horum  Coryphaeorum 
scientiae  acumen,  vix  tamen  nisi  Europaeos  fungos  rite  cognoscentium 
eruerat,  fere  in  quoque  essentiali  memento,  corroborata,  probata  et 
stabilita,  ex  omni  facto  quod  mihi  in  mycologia  Americana  innotuerat. 
Numerus  interea  specierum  a  me  nuperrime  in  Pennsylvania  inven- 
tarum  adeo  creverat,  quanquam  feracissimas  regiones  fungorum,  sylvas 
nempe  ingentes  versus  septentrionem  tam  fagineas  quam  pineas,  vix 
semel  aut  bis,  et  turn,  sicut  pede  volante,  mihi  datum  fuit  explorare,  ut 
non  dubitandum  me  gratum  botanophilis  opus  ac  utile  scientiae  in 
lucem  edere  conspectus  omnium  hucusque  mihi  cognitorum  publi- 
cando.  Est  quod  in  libello  sequenti  mihi  proposui,  eandem  metho- 
dum  adoptans,  quam  in  Synopsi  Fungorum  Carolinae,  et  jam  prius  in 
conspectu  fungorum  Lusatiae  superioris  consecutus  sum,  i.  e.  breviter 
allegatos  invenies  jam  prius  descriptos,  fusius  autem  ac  diagnosi  addita, 
quos  novos  dixi  et  nominavi.  Nemo  enim  adire  potest  Mycologiae 
studium,  expers  operum  Friesii,  Linkii  et  ceterorum  Coryphaeorum  ; 
igitur  non  operae  pretium  sit,  quae  ab  iis  jam  tractata  semper  ad 
nauseam  usque  repetere.  Sunt  autem  inter  Americanos  fungos  fere 
omnia  genera  Neesii,  Linkii,  Friesii,  Kunzii,  mihi  obvia,  ideutidem 
ut  apud  illos  descripta;  et  revera  paucae  sunt  species,  nisi  parasiticae  in 
matrice  omnino  Americanis  carente,  quae  non  cives  aeque  ac  Europae 
etiam  nostrates;  quod  testimonium  semper  censui,  nil  absurdius  esse 
sententia  eorum,  qui  naturam  in  mycis  mere  pro  lubitu  formis  fortui- 
tis,  inconstantibus  nobis  illudere  credunt. 

Ceterum  procul  fuit  novum  systema  condere,  aut  innovare  in  con- 
ditum.  Nihil  in  animo  est  quam  observata  ac  facta  in  usum  communi- 
care  Procerum  gentis  mycologicae.  Nihil  aliud  invenies  in  hoc  libello. 
In  primis  classibus,  a  Hymenomycetibus,  per  Pyrenomycetes,  ad 
majorem  partem  Gasteromycetum,  clarissimi  Friesii  opera,  species 
complectentia,  nobis  duces  fuerunt.  Cetera  ex  classe  Gasteromycetum, 
ob  defectum  tertii  Tomi  Mycologiae  Friesii,  coactus  fui  ex  Persoonii 
et  Sprengelii  operibus  supplere.  Quoad  Hyphomycetes  et  Gymno- 
mycetcs,  denique  Linkius  optimus,  in  continuata  Willdenovii  editione 
specierum  plantarum,  in  promptu  fuit. 

Necesse  vix  est,  plura  verba  addere  j  in  mentem  autem  revocari 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  143 

optimum,  regiones  Carolinae  ac  Pennsylvaniae  a  me  accuratius  per- 
scrutatas  (pauci  tantum  sunt  fungi  aliunde  mihi  commuuicati)  vastiss- 
imis  Reipublicae  ceteris  regionibus,  comparatas,  de  quibus  mycologiae 
nihil  noscitur,tam  minimam  partem  constituere,  ut  nullimodo  libello 
nostro  titulum  Synopseos  Fungorum  Americanorum,sensu  generalicri 
vindicare  velim,  sed  solummodo  secundum  meas  observationes.  Nam 
innumeri  adhuc  latent,  praesertim  incolae,  in  borealibus,  istarum 
ingentium  sylvarum  ex  Fago  ferruginea,  et  ex  Pino  Canadensi  forma- 
tarum;  et  in  partibus  australioribus  et  maritimis  Carolinae  ac  Georgiae, 
fere  omnes,  qui,  sine  dubio,  incolunt  interminabiles  sylvas  ex  Pino 
palustri  et  Cupresso  disticha  constitutas,  decus  et  crux  (ob  lethalia  eorum 
miasmata)  patriae;  ut  taceam  molem  fungorum,  qui  parasitice  addicti 
sunt,  arboribus  et  plantis,  indigenis  solummodo  regionibus  mihi  ignotis. 
Finaliter  superest  systematis  conspectum  paucis  verbis,  ut  in  nostro 
libello  exponitur,  adducere. 

FUNGI 

Plantae  sunt  homonemaeae,  velatae,  per  basin  nutritae,  organis  simul 
explicatis,  receptaculis  in  fructum  abientibus. 

A.  ASCOMYCETES. 

Gerentes  Sporidia  ascis  inclusa,  nempe 

Class.  I.  Hymmomycetes,  Class,  n.  Pyrenomycetes, 

in  receptaculo  aperto.  intra  perithecia. 

B.  SPOROMYCETES. 

Gerentes  Sporidia  libera  non  in  ascis. 

class,  m.  Gasteromyceies.  Coniomycetes  Friesii. 

Sporidia  libera  intra  peridlo.  Sporidia  absque  peridio. 


Class.  IV.  Hyplwmycetes.  Class.  V.  Gymnomycetes. 

Sporidia  thallo  immediate  imposita.  Sporidia  sporidochio  imposita. 

Classis  I.     HYMENOMYCETES. 

Ord.  1.  Pikati.     Hymenio  infero. 
Ord.  2.  Elvellacei.    Hymenio  supero. 
Ord.  3.    Clavati.     Hymenio  amphig'eno, 
Ord.  4.   Tremellim.     Hymenio  confuso. 

Classis  U.     PYRENOMYCETES. 

Ord.  1.   Sphaeriacei .    Perithecio  ascigero,  ostiolato. 

Ord.  2.   Phacidiacei.      Perithecio  ascig'cro  rumpente. 

Ord.  3.  Cylisporei.     Perithecio  sporidifero,  ostiolato. 

Ord.  4.  Xyhmacei.    Perithecio  sporidifero  rumpente.  .  ; 


144 


SYNOPSIS  OF 


CiASSis  ni.      GASTEROMYCETES. 

Ord.  1.  Jlngiogastres.     Sporidia  inclusa  in  receptaculo  a  peridio  discreto. 
Ord.  2.   Trkhospermi.     Sporidia  nuda,  floccls  inspersis  a  peridio  discrentis. 
Ord.  3.   Trichodcrmacd.     Sporidia  nuda,  floccis  tecta  perldlum  sistentibus. 
Ord.  4.  Sckrotiacei.     Sporidia  immersa  in.  receptaculo,  peridium  constituente. 

Ci^ssis  IV.      HYPHOJIYCETES. 

Ord.  1.   Trichomyci.     Floccis  sporidiferis  decumbentibus  sporidiis  inspersis. 

Ord.  2.  Byssacei.     Floccis  sporidiferis  erectis  sporidiis  tandem  inspersis. 

Ord.  3.  Mucedincs.    Floccis  sporidiferis  erectis  sporidiis  in  sporisoriis  accumulatis. 

Ord.  4.  Acremonii.     Sporidiis  floccis  innatis  autadnatis. 

Ord.  5.   Mucorini.     Sporangia  floccis  innata  aut  adnata. 

Ord.  6.  Byssei.    Floccis  totis  ex  articxilatis  sporidiis. . 

dppaidix.  7-     Plus  minus  aspori. 

CiASSls  V.  GYMNOMYCETES. 

Ord.  1.  Entophyta.     Sporidochio  spurio,  thallo  nullo. 

Ord.  2.    Tahermlarlni.     Sporidocliio  vero,  sporidiis  instratis  seu  inspersis. 

Ord.  3.  Sporodermei.     Sporidochio  vero,  sporidiis  innatis. 


Desunt  nobis  sequentia  genera  ex  quaque  classe: 


I.  Ex  Hymenomyce/ibus. 

Xerotes,  F.  Africa. 
*Nyctalis,  F.  Europ. 

II.  Ex  Pyrenomycetihus. 

Hypoopila,  F.     Tropicis  rcgionibus, 
Coryndia,  F.     Tropicis  rcgionibus. 
'Strigula,  F.     Tropicis  reg-ionibus. 
*Melio!a,  F.     Tropicis  regionibus. 
'Stegia,  F.     Europ. 

*  Sphindrina,  F.     Europ. 

III.  Ex  Gasteromycetibus, 
Baharca.     Europ. 
Lysurus.    Trop. 
Mcroe.    Trop. 
Folygusier.     Trop. 
Endogonc.     Europ. 

*  Polysaccum.     Europ^ 


Diploderma.     Europ. 
Cirrholus,  F.      Bras. 
Ampldsporium.     Europ. 
MyllUa.     Europ. 

*  Fodosphaeria.     Europ. 

*  Lasiobolrys.     Eui'op, 

IV.  Ex  Hyphomycdibus. 

Diplosjiorium.    Lk. 

'  Phycomyces. 

Theladis. 

Didymocrata. 

Diamphora, 

*Antenaria. 

'Jimph  ilrkh  u  m . 

V.  Ex  Gyninomycdibus. 

*  Epidiysium, 

*  Phruirmotridium. 


Noia. — Quae  asterisco  notata  mlhi  nota  et  in  Hcrbarlo. 


Nova  genera  pcrpaiica  sunt  nostra,  nempe 


T.   Dryophilum.     Gasteromycetum. 

2.  Podosporium,     Hyphomycetum. 

3.  Ceratusporlum.     Gymnomycetum. 

4.  Clasterisporium.     Gymnomycetum. 


5.  Sphacrusporium.     G3'mnoniycetum. 

6.  Botryosporium.     Gymnomycetum. 

7.  Lidienopsis,     Gymnomycetum. 


Species  ceterum  Synopsi  sequente  quae  asterisco  praefixo  notatae 
sunt  indicant  quae  non  in  synopsi  Caroliniani  jam  recitatae.  Quibus 
signumL.v.  S.  additur,  aut  in  priori  opere  aut  in  praesenti  jamprimum 
a  me  descriptae  aut  nominatae  sunt. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI. 


145 


Classis  Prima.     HYMENOMYCETES. 


Ordo  I.     PILEATI. 
Sddordo  I.     AGARICINI. 

Genus  1.     Agaricus. 

Nota. — In  hoc  g'enere  oninino  secutus  sum  Friesii  dispositionem  in  Sysfemate  Mycologico,  Vol,  I.,  neglectit 
novis  ejusdem  operibus,  quia  nuperiime  Agaricorum  vix  uUo  auctus  est  numerus  jam  in  Synopsi  Fungorum 
Carolinae  supei-ioris  recensitus.  In  Pennsylvania,  nempe,  quanquam  plurimi  Agarici  jam  in  Carolina 
inventi  itcrum  obvii;  novi  paucissimi  a  me  additi  sunt,  non  defectu  specierum  in  sylvis  nosti-is,  sedquia 
tarn  occupatus  fui,  examinatione  specierum  fungorum  preservabiliorum  ceterorum,  ut,  hucusque,  tempus 
mihi  omnino  deficlebat  has  species  rite  et  caute  denuo  examinandi.  Ab  amicis  autem  e  long-inquo 
Ag^rlcos,tam  evanidos,  mihi  communicari,  vix  eratexpectandum.  Equldemnunc  igitur  Agaricos  ne  nomine 
tantum  recensere,  in  animo  fuit — sed  quia  in  Synopsi  Carol,  tantum  methodo  Persooniano  ndminati 
sunt — melius  putavi,  hac  secundum  Friesii  dispositionem  eos  repetere,  citatis  locis  Friesii  et  Synopseos 
CaroUnae.  Exclusis  Agaricis,  autem,  totara  Mycologiam  majtime  auctam  his  regionibus  per  novem  an- 
nos  assidue  excolui. 


a.  Leucospori. 

StiBGEN.  1.  AMANITA. 

1.  1.  A.  A.  phaUoides,  Fr.  Syst.  p.  13,  Syn.  Car.  6,  7,  8,  num.  var.  a  bulbosa,  /i  eitrina,  y  virtdii,  omnes 
etiam  Pennsylv. 

2.  2.  A.  A.  vaginatus,  F.  14,  Syn.  Car.  1  and  2  num.  (livida  et  spadlcea)  et.  Pennsylvania. 

3.  3.  A.  A.  caesareus,F.15,  Syn.  Car.  9  and  10  (caesa.  et  aurantiaca). 

4.  4.  A.  A.  7nuscarius,F.  16,  Syn.  Car.  11,  rar.  Pennsylv. 

5.  5.   A.  A.  pantherinus,  F.  17,  Syn.  Car.  12,  (umbrinus)  et.  Pennsylv. 

6.  6.  A.  A.  FARiNosus,  L.  V.  S.  Syn.  Car.  16,  solummodo  Carolin. 

*7 •     7.   A.  A.   excelsus,  F.  17,  passim  in  sylvis  Carolinae,  non  in  Synops.  (amplius  Pers. ) 

8.  8.  A.  A.  ruhescens,  F.  18,  Syn.  Car.  13,  et.  Pennsylv. 

9.  9.  A.  A.  virescenSfF.  p.  19,  Syn.  Car.  14.  . 

10.  10.   A.  A.   asper,F.  18,  Syn.  Car.  15. 

11.  11.  A.  A.  puBEscEss,  L.  V.  S.  Syn.  Car.  17. 

SuBGEN.  2.  LEPIOTA. 

12.  12.  A.   L.  procerus,  F.  p.  20,  Syn.  Car.  555,  et  Pennsylv. 

13.  13.  A.  L.  clypeolarius,  F.  p.  20,  Syn.  Car.  556  et  558,  colubrinus  et  felinus, — etiam  Pennsylv. 

14.  14.   A.  L.  cristatus,  F.  p.  22,  Syn.  Car.  557,  et.  Pennsylv.  '       - 

15.  15.  A.  L.  delicatus,  F .  p.  23,  Syn.  Car.  559  (mesomorphus). 

16.  16.  A.  L.  granulosus,  F.  p.  24,  Syn.  Car.  560,  et  carcharias. 


SuBGEN.  3.  ARMILLARIA. 

17.  17.  A.  A.  robustus,  F.  p.  26,  Syn.  Car.  561. 

18.  18.  A.  A.  bulbiger,  F.  p.  27,  Syn.  Car.  568. 

19.  19.  A.  A.  mucidus,  F.  p.  28,  Syn.  Car.  562,  et.  Pennsylv. 

20.  20.  A.  A.  melleus,  F.  p.  33,  Syn.  Car.  566  (polymyces). 

Vol.  IV  —2  M 


146  SYNOPSIS  OF 

ScBGEN.  4.  LIMACIUM. 

21.  21.  A.  L.  chrysodon,  F.  p.  32,  Syn.  Car.  f)62. 

22.  22.  A.  L.  erubescens,  F.  p.  32,  Syn.  Car.  663. 

23.  23.  A.  L.   ehurnms,  F.  p.  33,  Syn.  Car.  660. 

24.  24.  A.  L.  discoideus,  F.  p.  33,  Syn.  Car.  661. 

25.  25.  A.  L.  purpurascens,  F.  p-  34,  Syn.  Car.  664. 
•26.  26.  A.  L.  iephrokucus,  F.  p.  34,  Salem,  in  sylv.  pin. 

SuBGEN.  5.  TRICHOLO\LA.. 

27.  27.  A.  T.  fuhus,  F.  p.  37,  Syn.  Car.  607  (trichopus). 

28.  28.  A.  T.  ustalis,  F.  p.  37,  Syn.  Car.  608  (leucqphyllus). 

29.  29.  A.   T.  luridus,  F.  p.  40,  Syn.  Car.  621,  et.  Pennsylv. 
*30.  30.  A.   T.  auranlius,  F.  p.  39,  Erie  County,  Pennsylv. 

31.  31.  A.  T.  luleovirens,  F.  p.  41,  Syn.  Car.  622,  et.  Pennsylv. 

32.  32.  A.  T.  Jlavovirens,  F.  p.  41,  Syn.  Car.  619,  et.  Pennsylv. 

33.  33.  A.  T.  vaccinuSjF.p.  42,  Syn.  Car.  591. 

34.  34.  A.  T.  myomyces,  F.  p.  44,  Syn.  Car.  646,  et.  Pennsylv. 

35.  35.  A.  T.  columbella,  F.  p.  44,  Syn.  Car.  659  (albus). 

36.  36.  A.   T.  maculatus,  F.  p.  45,  Syn.  Car.  669,  et  Pennsylv. 

37.  37.  A.  T.  sejimcius,F.  p.  47,  Syn.  Car.  620  (leiicoxanthus). 

38.  38.   A.   T.  personatus,  F.  p.  50,  Syn.  Car.  576  (bicolor). 

39.  39.  A.   T.  humilis,  F.  p.  51,  Syn.  Car.  656,  et.  Pennsylv. 

40.  40.  A.  T.  nudus,  F.  p.  52,  Syn.  Car.  573,  et.  Pennsylv. 

SoBGEir.  6.  RUSSULA. 

41.  41.  A.  R.  aluiaceus,  F.  p.  55,  Syn.  Car.  759,  762,  753,  varietates  alutaceus,  olivascem,  ochraceus 
omnes  etiam  Pennsylvania  occurrunt. 

42.  42.   A.   R.  luleus,  F.  p.  55,  Syn.  Car.  752,  et.  Pennsylv. 

43.  43.  A.  U.  nilidus,  F.  p.  55,  Syn.  Car.  756  et  759,  nitidus  et  nauseosus, — et.  Pennsylv. 

44.  44.  A.  R.  emeticus,  F.  p.  56,  Syn.  Car.  747,  cynoxanthus  757,  ochroleucus  754,  omnes  Pennsylv. 

45.  45.  A.  R.  fragilis,  F.  p.  57,  Syn.  Car.  749  frag-ilis,  et  744  niveus. 
45.     46.  A.   R.  dcpalkns,  F.  p.  58,  Syn.  Car.  748,  et.  Pennsylv. 

47.  47.  A.  R.  ruber,  F.  p.  58,  Syn.  Car.  746,  rosaceus,  et.  Pennsylv. 

48.  48.   A.   R./oetois,  F.  59,  Syn.  Car.  755,  et  Pennsylv. 

49.  49.  A.  R./iOTofas,  F.  59,  Syn.  Car.  766  (lacleus  745,  virescens  761,  lividus  758),   om.  et.  Pennsylv. 

50.  50.  A.  R.  aureus,  Pers.  Synop.  Syn.  Car.  751. 

51.  51.  A.  R.  adustus,  F.  60,  Syn.  Car.  780,  omph.  adusta,  etlam  Pennsylvania. 

ScBGEN.  7.  GALORRHEUS. 

52.  '  52.  A.  G.  torminosus,  F.  p.  63,  Syn.  Car.  733. 

53.  53.   A.  G.  necalor,  F.  p.  64,  Syn.  Car.  741. 

54.  54.  A.   G.  acris,  F.  p.  65,  Syn.  Car.  742. 

55.  55.  A.   G.  paUidus,  F.  p.  67,  Syn.  C.ir.  735. 

56.  56.  A.  G.  deliciosus,  F.  p.  67,  Syn.  Car.  737,  et.  Pennsylv. 

57.  57.   A.  G.  volemus,  F.  69,  Syn.  Car.  736,  lesiaceus.     ' 

58.  58.  A.  G.  subdulds,  F.  70,  Syn.  Car.  739. 

59.  59.  A.  G.  hehus,  F.  72,  Syn.  Car.  738  (ruber). 

60.  60.  A.  G.fexuosus,  F.  74,  Syn.  Car.  734. 

61.  61.   A.  G.  piperulus,  F.  76,  Syn.  Car.  732,  etiam  frequens  Pennsylv. 

62.  62.  A.  G.  INDIGO,  L.v.  S.,Syn.Car.  743,  valdefrequensestsylvisPennsylvaniae,interdumniaximvis 
*63.  63.  A.  ii.  theiogalus,  F.n.  rarius,  Pocono  in  sylvis  montosis  Pennsylv. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  147 

SuBGEN.S.   CLITOCYBE. 

64.  64.  A.  C.  ILLUDENS,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  604.    Insignls  hie  fungus  vulgatissimua  ineunte  autumno 
sylvisPennsylv. 

65.  65.  A.  C.  ^/^an^eus,  F.  80,  Syn.  Car.  772  (Omph.   maxima). 

66.  66.  A.  C.  gilvus,  F.  81,  Syn.  Car.  764,  (Omph.)  et.  Pennsylr. 

67.  67.  A.   C.  gibbus,  F.  81,  Syn.  Ctr.  765. 

68.  68.  A.  C.  phyUophilus,F.  83,  Syn.  Car.  776. 

69.  69.  A.   C.  clavipes,  F.  86,  Syn.  Car.  652. 

70.  70.  A.  C.  nebularis,  F.  86,  Syn.  Cai-.  650,et.  Pennsylv. 

71.  71.  A.  C.fumoms,  F.  88,  Syn.  Car.  648,  et.  Pennsylv. 

72.  72.  A.   C.  viridis,  F.  90,  Syn.  Car.  627. 

73.  73.  A.   C.  odorus,  F.  90,  Syn.  Car.  626. 

74.  74.  A.  C.  candicans,  F.  91,  Syn.  Car.  774. 

75.  75.  A.  C.  crelaceus,  F.  95,  Syn.  Car.  667. 

*76.  76.   A.   C.  cerinus,  F.  89,  rarius  cii'cum  Bethlehem. 

77.  77-  A.  C.  pratensis,V.  99,  Syn.  Car.  605. 

78.  78.  A.   C.psittacmus,  F.  102,  Syn.  Car.  636. 

79.  79.  A.   C.  laetus,  F.  102,  Syn.  Car.  634. 

*80.  80.  A.  C.  ceraceus,  F.  102,  Syn.  Car.  non  sed  postea  Salem  inventus. 

81.  81.   A.  C.  conicus,  F.  103,  Syn.  Car.  635,  et.  Pennsylv. 

82.  82.  A.   C.  coccineus,  F.  105,  Syn.  Car.  633. 

83.  83.  A..  C.  laccatus,  F.  107,  Syn.  Car.  770,  (O.  farinacea)  freq.  etiam  Pemisylv. 

84.  84.  A.   C.  amethystus,  v.ar.  /3,  mihl  spec,  distinct.  Syn.  Car.  786. 

85.  85.  A.  C.  W/us,  F.  107,  Syn.  Car.  767  (Omphal.). 

86.  86.   A.   C.  sulphureus,  F.  110,  Syn.  Car.  625. 

•87.  87.  A.   C.  melakucus,  F.  114,  Salem  inventus,  non  in  Synop. 

88.  88.   A.   C.platyphyllus,  F.  117,  Syn.  Car.  657. 

89.  89.  A.  C.  cuneifolius,  F.  116,  Syn.  Car.  649  (atrocinereus). 

90.  90.  A.  C.  radicatus,  F.  118,  Syn.  Car.  612,  freq.  et.  Pennsylv. 

91.  91.  A.  C.  veluiipes,  F.  119,  Syn.  Car.  613,  et  Pennsylv. 

•92.  92-  A.  C.  TENuipEs,  L.  V.  S.,  inter  folia  putrescentia  Bethlehem.  Affinis  A.  rie/u^jpec?!,  sed  differt 
contextu  pilei. 
A.  Fileo  ferrug-ineo-spadiceo,  tenui  (1 — uncialidiametro],  submembranaceo  nee  carnoso,  margine  sub- 
sti'iato.  L.T.meIlis  latiusculis  pallidis.  Stipite,  apice  lameUis  concolore,  longissimo,  6 — 12  unciali, 
radicate,  deorsum  subattenuato,  crassitie  pennac  corvinae,  velutino  et,  ut  I'c/u/Zpes,  liirsutie  tecto,  sub- 
striato  et  versus  basin  flesuoso.    Pilei  centrum  depressum  et  subumbonatum  evadit.    Solitarie  crescit. 

93.  93.   A.   C  butyraceus,  F.  121,  Syn.  Car.  608  (trichopus). 

94.  94.   A.  C.  asimus,  F.  121,  Syn.  Car.  658. 

95.  95.  A.   C.  confluens,  F.  123,  Syn.  Car.  666  (rufocinnamom. ). 

96.  96.  A.  C.  dryophilus,  F.  124,  Syn.  Car.  669  (omphal.). 

97.  97.  A.   C.  oreades,F.  127,  Syn.  Car.  652,  (collinus)  et.  Pennsylv. 

SuEOEx.  9.  COLLYBIA. 

98.  98.     A.  C.  scorodonius,  F.  130,  Syn.  Car.  671  (alliatus). 

99.  99.     A.  C.  calopus,  F.  130,  Syn.  Car.  672. 

100.  100.  A.  C.  siccus,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  677,  (mycena)  et.  Pennsylv. 

101.  101.   A.  C.NiGRiPES,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  678,  (myc.)  et.  Pennsylv. 

102.  102.  A.  C.  escukntus,  F.  131,  Syn.  Car.  693,  et.  Pennsylv- 

103.  103.  A.  C.  ienacellus,  F.  131,  Syn.  Car.  692. 

104.  104.  A.  C.  tuberosus,  F.  133,  Syn.  Car.  674,  et.  Pennsylv. 

105.  105.  A.  C.  ramealis,  F.  135,  Syn.  Car.  675,  et.  Pennsylv. 

106.  106.   A.  C.  rotula,  F.  136,  Syn.  Car.  787,  freq.  Pennsylv. 

107.  107.   A.  C.  androsacea,  F.  137,  Syn.  Car.  788,  freq.  et.  Pennsylv. 

•108.     108.  A.  C.  stipilariua,  F.  138,  ramulis  dejectis  et  defossis,  subgregarie  increscit  Uetlilehem. 


148  SYNOPSIS  OF 

*109.     109-  A.  C.perforans,T.  138,  Salem  et  Bethlehem. 
110      110.  A.  C.  epiphyllus,  F.  139,  Syn.  Car.  789,  et  Pennsylv, 

SuBOEN.  10.  MYCENA. 

111!  111.  A.  M.  alliaceus,  F.  140,  Syn.  Car.  676,  et.  Pennsylv. 

112.  112.  A.   M.  amidus,  F.  141,  Syn.  Car.  681  (atroalbus). 

•113.  113.  A.  M.Jilopes,  F.  142,  Bethlehem,  (pUosus  Pei-s.) 

114.  114.  A.  M.  akalinus,  F.  142,  Syn.  Car.  684,  (leptocephalus).  / 

115.  115.  A.  M.  gakriculaius,  F.  143,  Syn.  Car.  679,  et.  Pennsylv. 

116.  116.  A.  U.  polygrammus,  F.  146,  Syn.  Car.  680. 

117.  117.  A.  M.galopus,  F.  148,  Sj-n.  Car.  682. 

118.  118.  A.  M.  haemalopus,  F.  149,  Syn.  Car.  683. 

119.  119-  A.  M.  £%a/w,  F.  149,  Syn.  Car.  695. 

120.  120.  A.   M. purus,  F.  151,  Syn.  Car.  639. 

121.  121.  A.   M.  adonis,  F.  152,  Syn.  Car.  696. 

122.  122.  A.  M.  lineaius,  F.  152,  Syn.  Car.  687. 

123.  123.  A.  M.  ladeus,  F.  152,  Syn.  Car.  698,  et.  Pennsylv. 

124.  124.  A.  M.  stylohatcs,  F.  153,  Syn.  Car.  694. 

125.  125.  A.  M.  epipterygius,  F.  155,  Syn.  Car.  686,  et.  Pennsylv. 

126.  126.  A.  M.  ciirinellus,  F.  155,  Syn.  Car.  688,  et.  Pennsylv. 

127.  127.   A.   M.  vulgaris,  F.  156,  Syn.  Car.  699,  et.  Pennsylv. 

128.  128.  A.   M.  SETisEDUs,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.   779  (Omphal.). 

129.  129.  A.  M.  corticola,  F.  159,  Syn.  Car.  700,  et.  Pennsylv. 

130.  130.  A.  M.  inlegrellus,  F.  161,  Syn.  Car.  697,  et  Pennsylv. 

SnBGEu.  11.  OMPHALIA. 

131.  131.  A.  0./iu/a,F.  165,  Syn.  Car.  792,  et.  Pennsylv. 

132.  132.  A.  O.  ericetm'um,  F.  165,  Syn.  Car.  793,  et.  Pennsylv. 

133.  133.  A.  O.  campamha,  F.  156,  Syn.  Car.  790,  et.  Pennsylv. 

134.  134.  A.  O.  muscorum,  F.  167,  Syn.  Car.  791,  et.  Pennsylv. 

135.  135.  A.  O.  chrysokucus,  F.  167,  Syn.  Car.  775. 
.136.  136.  A.   O.  atralus,  F.  168,  Syn.  Car.  785  (nig^rella). 

137.  137.  A.  O.  epidiysium,  F.  169,  Syn.  Car.  784,  et.  Pennsylv. 

138.  138.   A.  O.  fragrans,  F.   171,  Syn.  Car.  771. 

139.  139.  A.  O.  expallens,  F.  172,  Syn.  Car.  783. 

140.  140.   A.   O.  cyulhiformis,  F.  173,  Syn.  Cai-.  782  (tardus). 

SuBGEN.  12.   PLEUROTUS. 

141.  141.  A.  P.  dryinus,  F.  180,  Syn.  Car.  803,  freq.  Pennsylv. 

142.  142.  A.  P.  glandulosus,  F.  182,  Syn.  Car.  801,  ct.  Pennsylv. 

143.  143.  A.  P.  aslrcatus,  F.  182,  Syn.  Car.  8U2,  et.  Bethlehem. 

144.  144.  A.  P.  saligiius,  F.  183,  Syn.  Car.  803,  et.  Bethlehem. 

145.  145.  A.  P.  condiutus,  F.  181,  Syn.  Car.  797.     Vide  Suppl.  Frlesii,  Elenchus,  p.  23.      Freq.  etiam 
Bethlehem.     Hue  etiam  A.  inconstmis,  F.  181,  n.  5. 

145.  146.  A.  P.TDBiEFonMis,  L..V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  799. 

147.  147.  A..  P.  petaloidcs,  F.  183,  Syn.  Car.  807  (spathulatus). 

•148.  148.  A.   P.  lamdlirugus,  F.  184,  Bethlehem. 

149.  149.  A.   P.  ulmarius,  F.  186,  Syn.  Car.  795,  Bethlehem. 

150.  150.   A.   P.  Icssellatus,  F.  186,  Syn.  Car.  796. 

151.  151.  A.  P.  serotinus,  F.  187,  Syn.  Car.  905,  Bethl.  freq. 

152.  152.  A.  P.  stypticus,  F.  188,  Syn.  Car.  811,  et.  Beth. 

153.  153.  A.  P.  nidulans,  F.  189,  Syn.  Car.  812,  et.  Beth. 
•154.     154.  A.  P.  o/^Wrfus,  F.  190,  Bethlehem  in  betulis. 

155.     155.  A.  P.  pEuTitJATUs,  L.  v.S.,  F.  Suppl.   Elench.  p.  24,  Syn.  Car.  814,  etiam  Beth. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  149 

•156.  156.  A.   P.  tremulus,  F.  191,  Bethlehem. 

157.  15~.   A.   P.  rigens,  0  tenuissimus,  Syn.  Car.  813,  Suppl.  Elench.  V.  p.  26,  T.  .         . 

*158.  158.  A.   P. /armaceus,  F.  188,  Beth.  '  ;. 

159.  159.   A.  P.  a;)jo/i<;a/u«,  F.  192,  Syn.  Car.  816,  epig-aeus. 

160.  160.  A.   P.  striatulus,  F.  193,  Syn.  Car.  818,  Beth. 

•161.     161.  A.  P.  LAMELLOscs,  L.  V.  S.,  passim  ad  UgHa  ct  cortlccs,  Beth.  ^ 

A. 

162.  162.   A.   P.  NiGEB,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  817,  F.  Suppl.  Elench.  26. 

/3  Ser.  Hyporhodii. 

SuBGEN.    13.  MOUCERON. 

163.  163.  A.  M.  prunu/us,  F.  193,  Syn.  Car.  777,  et.  Beth. 

SuBGEN.  14.   CLITOPILUS. 

164.  164.   A.   C.adstringenSyF.  195,  Syn.  Car.  651. 

165.  165.  A.  C.  sericellus,  F.  196,  Syn.  Car.  665. 

166.  166.   A.   C.fa-filis,  F.  197,  Syn.  Car.  631. 

167.  167.  A.  C.  konimts,  F.  199,  Syn.  Car.  638.  '         ''" 

168.  168.  A.   C.;)/«/eiis,  F.  199,  Syn.  Car.  654,  et.  Beth.        ■..■•■. 

169.  169.  A.   C.  nanus,  F.  200,  Syn.  Car.  655. 

SuBGEx.  15.  LEPTONIA,  et  16.  NOLANEA. 

170.  170.  A.  L.  ckalybaeus,  F.  205,  Syn.  Car.  645,  et.  Beth. 
*171.      171.  A.  L.  serrulatus,  F.  204,  non  in  Synop.  tamen  Salem. 

172.     172.  A.  'L.pascuus,  F.  205,  Syn.  Car.  729,  et.  Betli. 


7  Cortimariae. 


ScBGEN.  18.  TELAMONIA. 


173.  173.   A.   T.  fexipes,  F.  212,  Syn.  Car.  570,  Lepiota. 

174.  174.  A.   T.  ge«<i7i's,  F.  212,  Syn.  Car.  569,  Lep.  helvola.         •  ,'    • 

175.  175.  A.  T.  macro/ju^s  F.  215,  Syn.  Car.  571,  Lep.  •      . 

176.  176.  A.   T.  6»Wus,  F.  215,  Syn.  Car.  593,  Cort.  fulgens. 

Sdbgek.  19.  tNOLOMA.     .... 

177.  177.  A.  I.  violaceus,  F.  217,  Syn.  Car.  574,  et.  Beth. 

178.  178.  A.  1.  violaceo-cinereus,  F.  217,  Syn.  575,  et.  Beth. 

179.  179.  A.   I.  argeniatus,  F.  218,  Syn.  Car.  588.  ... 

180.  ISO.  A.  I.  aWo-violaceus,  F.  218,  Syn.  Car.  587  et;  Beth.  ' 

181.  181.   A.   I.conopus,  F.  219,  Syn.  Car.  586. 

182.  182.   A.   I.  pholideus,  F.  219,  Syn.  Car.  584(lepidomyces). 

183.  183.  A.  I.  anomalus,  F.  220,  Syn.  Car.  644  (Gym.  eumorph.).  . 

184.  184.   A.   1.  subtortus,  F.  222,  Syn.  Car.  582,  Pennsylv.  \ 

185.  185.   A.  I.  in/rac/«s,  F.  223,  Syn.  Car.  581,  Pennsylv. 

186.  186.   A.  I.  scaurus,  F.  223,  Syn.  Car.  583  (fulvofuUg.). 

187.  187.  A.  I.  rufo-olivaceus,  F.  223,  Syn.  Car.  585,  Pennsylv. 

188.  188.   A.  I.  cathchrous,  F.  224,  Syn.  Car.  579  et  580,  decolorans. 

189.  189.  A.  I.  glaucopus,  F.  224,  Syn.  Car.  573. 

190.  190.  A.  I.  «urijna/u«,  F.  225,  Syn.  Car.  592.      '  .--.'• 

Vol.  IV.— 2  N 


150  ;     SYNOPSIS  OF 

SunoEBT.  21.  DEUMOCYBE. 

191.  191.  A.  D.  cmnamomeus,  F.  229,  Syn.  Car.  597,  et.  Beth. 

192.  192.   A.  D.  (Toccus,  an.  var.  Syn.  Car.  598,  et.  Beth. 

193.  193.   A.  D.  hemiirichus,  F.  230,  Syn.  Car.  596. 

194.  194.  A.   D.  iliopodius,  F.  231,  Syn.  Car.  628  (dulcamarus). 

195.  195.   A.  U.  acutus,  F.  233,  Syn.  Car.  615,  Betlil. 

196.  196.  A.  D.  ochroleucus,  F.  234,  Syn.  Car.  595,  et.  Bethl. 

197.  197.  A    D.  armeniacus,  F.  234,  Syn.  Car.  601,  et  Bethl. 

198.  198.  A.   D.  castaneus,  F.  235,  Syn.  Car.  599,  et.  Bethl. 

199.  199.  A.  D.  decipiens,  F.  236,  Syn.  Car.  600,  et.  Pennsylv. 

200.  200.  A.   D.  decumhens,  F.  237,  Syn.  Car.  589. 

201.  201.  A.  D.  semighhaius,  F.  237,  Syn.  Car.  623. 

202.  202.  A.  D.  croceo-caeruleus,  F.  238,  Syn.  Car.  643  (Gym.). 

203.  203.   A.   D.  picreus,  F.  239,  Syn.  Car.  614. 

204.  204.  A.  D.  desticulatus,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  603. 

5  Dermini. 

SuBCEN.  22.  PHOLIOTA. 

205.  205.  A.  P.  aureus,  F.  241,  Syn.  Car.  565,  Lepiota. 

206.  206.  A.  P.  aurivellus,  F.  242,  Syn.  Car.  564. 

207.  207.  A.   p.  squarrosus,  V.  243,  Syn.  Car.  563. 

208.  208.  A.   P.  iuberculosus,  F.  244,  Syn.  Car.  611  (curvipes). 

209.  209.  A.  P.  mutabilis,  F.  245,  Syn.  Car.  567,  caudicinus,  freq.  etiam  Pennsylv. 

SuBGEN.  23.  MYXACIUM. 

210.  210.  A.  P.  colKnitus,  F.  248,  Syn.  Car.  577. 

Sdbges.  24.  HEBEOLOMA. 

211.  211.  A.  U.  fasiibilis,  F.  249,  Syn.  Car.  630,  et.  Pennsylv. 

SuBGEN.  25.   FLAMMULA. 

212.  212.  A.  F.JIavldus,  F.  250,  Syn.  Car.  594  (Cort.). 

213.  213.  A.  F.  spumosus,  F.  252,  Syn.  Car.  726,  (Pras.  silacea)  etiam  Pennsylvania  sero  autiimno. 

214.  214.  A.  F.  macu/osus,  F.  253,  Syn.  Car.  669  (Gym.). 

215.  215.  A.  F.  kntus,  F.  253,  Syn.  Car.  590. 

216.  216.  A.  F.  cohaerms,  F.  253,  Syn.  Car.  606. 

SuBGEN.  26.  INOCYBE. 

217.  217.  A.  1.  rimosiis,T.  258,  Syn.  Car.  610,  et.  Pennsylv. 

218.  218.   A.  I.  gcopfiyllus,  F.  258,  Syn.  Car.  642  et  670. 

219.  219.  A.  I.  scabelius,  F.  259,  Syn.  Car.  673. 

SuDGEN.  27.  NAUCGRIA. 

220.  220.  A.  N.  conspersus,  F.  260,  Syn.  Car.  617. 

221.  221.  A.  ti.pumHus,  F.  263,  Syn.  Car.  616. 

ScBOEJT.  28.    GALEUA. 

222.  222.  A.   G.  tener,  F.  26.5,  Syn.  Car.  691,  et.  Bethl. 

223.  223.  A.  G.  hypnorum,  F.  267,  Syn.  Car.  690,  et.  Bethl. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  151 

SuDGEx.  29.  TAPINIA. 
224.     224.  A.  T.  involutus,  F.  271,  Syn.  Car.  763. 

ScBQEs.  30.  CREPIDOTUS. 

•225.  225.  A.  C.  atro-tomentosus,  F.  273,  .Salem  et  Bethl. 

226.  226.  A.  C.  mollis,  F.  274,  Syn.  Car.  810,  et.  Bethl.  ■  '      - 

227.  227.   A.   C.  planus porrigens,  Syn.  C^v.  S09. 

228.  228.   A.   C.  variabilis,  F.  275,  Syn.  Car.  815.  .  . 

229.  229.  A.  C.  depluens,V.  275,  S^n.  Car.  816  (epigaeus\ 
•230.  230.  A.  C.  violaceo-fukus,  F.  276,  Bethlehem.  - 
•231.  231.  A.  C.  iyssi'serfus,  F.  276,  Betlilehem. 

8  Pratdlae. 

SuBGEjf.  31.  VOLVARIA. 

232.  232.   A.  V.  bombycinus,  F,  277,  Syn.  Car.  540.     Amanita  incarnata. 

233.  233.  A.   V.   volvaceus,  F.  278,  Syn.  Car.  541.     Am.  virg^ta. 
•234.     234.   A.  V.  speciosus,  F.  278,  Syn.  Car.  caret  Salem. 

235.  235.   A.  V.  pusilla,  F.  278,  Syn.  Car.     Am.  pusilia,  542. 

SuBGEN,  31,  b.  VAGINATA. 

236.  236.  A.  V.  cepaestipes,  F.  279,  Syn.  Car.  718.  . 

ScBGES.  32.  PSALLIOTA. 

237.  237.  A.  P.  campestris,  F.  281,  Syn.  Car.  719  et  720,  et.  Pennsylv. 

238.  238.   A.  P.  praecox,  F.  282,  Syn.  Car.  723,  et.  Pennsylv. 

239.  239.   A.  P.  semiglobalus,  F.  284,  Syn.  Car.  710,  Coprin  et.  Pennsylv. 

240.  240.  A.  P.  echinatas,  F.  286,  Syn.  Car.  721. 

241.  241.  A.  P.  aerugiiwsus,  F.  286,  Syn.  Car.  722. 

SuBGES.  33.  HYPHOLOMA. 

242.  242.  A.  H.  toeWiaw,  F.  288,  Syn.  Car.  724,  freq.  Pennsylv. 

243.  243.  A.  H.  fascicularis,  F.  288,  Syn.  Car.  725,  et.  Pennsylv. 

Sdbgew.  34.  PSILOCYBE. 

244.  244.  A.  P.  ericaceus,  F.  291,  Syn.  Car.  715  et  716,  etiam  Pennsylvania. 

245.  245.  A.  P.  montanus,  F.  293,  Syn.  Car.  731,  et.  Pennsylv. 

246.  246.  A.  V .  foenisicii,  F.  295,  Syn.  Car.  713,  et.  Pennsylv. 

SuBOEK.  35.  PSATHTBA. 

247.  247.  A.  P.  stipatus,  F.  296,  Syn.  Car.  727,  et.  Pennsylv. 

248.  248.  A.  P.  caesius,  Syn.  Car.  730. 

SoBOEJf.  36.   COPRINARIUS. 

249.  249.  A.  C.  semlovatus,  F.  300,  Syn.  Car.  711,  et.  Penns. 

250.  250.   A.  C-  papilionacetls,  F.  301,  Syn.  Car.  712,  et.  Penns. 

251.  251.  A.   C.fimicola,  F.301,  Syn.  Car.  714,  et.  Penns. 

252.  252.  A.  C.  vilellinus,  F.  303,  Syn.  Car.  704. 

253.  253.  A.  C.  tilubans,  F.  304,  Syn.  Car.  717.  .  , 

254.  254.  A.   C.  conocephalus,  F.  304,  Syn.  Car.  728.  '  .     '  , 

255.  255.  A.  C.  disseminatus,  F.  305,  Syn.  Car.  705,  et.  Pennsylv. 

SnBGEsr.  .37.  GOMPHUS. 

256.  256.  A.  G.  bhodoxanthus,  L.  v.  S-,  Syn.  Car.  640. 


152  SYNOPSIS  or 

B.  Coprinus. 

257.     257.  A.  C.  comatus,  F.  307,  Syn.  Car.  701. 
•258.     258.   A.   C.  atramentarius,  F.  308.     Philadelphia,  frequens  in  Washington  Square,  ubi  primuin 
observatus  a  D.    Coxe,  qui  experimentis  curiosis  ex  fuugo  deliquescente  atramentum   confecit 
valde  imlestructibile.     Mense  Octobr. 
259.     259.  A.  C.  micaceus,  F.  309,  Syn.  Car.  703  (ferrug.). 
250.     260.  A.  C.  clnereus,  F.  310,  Syn.  Car.  702,  et.  Pennsylv." 
"261.     261.   A.   C.  njDcus,  F.  311,  rarius  Pennsylvania  obvius. 

262.  262.  A.  C.  domeslicus,  F.  311,  Syn.  Car.  706,  et.  Bethl. 

263.  263.  A.  C.  plicatilis,  F.  312,  Syn.  Car.  707,  (pulcher)  et.  Pennsylv. 
•264.     264.  A.  C.  ephemeroides,  F.  313.     Rar.  Bethl. 

265.  265.  A.  C.  ephemerus,  F.  313,  Syn.  Car.  708,  freq.  et.  Bethl.  ~ 

266.  266.  A.  C.  radiatus,  F.  313,  Syn.  Car.  709,  et.  Bethlehem. 

Genus  2.     Favolus. 

267.  1.  F.  alveolarius,  Fr.  Polyp,  p.  343,  Syn.   Car.  876,  sub  Boleto  arculario.     Bene  distinctus. 
•268.     2.  F.  AB50BMIS,  L.  V.  S.,  an  novum  Genus  ?     Rarissime   occurrlt  in  cortice  castaneo:  hie  fungus 

abnormis,  Betlilehem — quasi  Favolum  resupinatum  in  miniatuia referens. 
F.  membranaceus,  subfragilis,  otnnino  resupinatus,  unciali  longitudine  ac  semiunciali  latitudine  ;   sub- 
separabilis,  superficie  fusc.a,   poris  quasi  magnis  pro  ratlone,   exacte  hexagonis,  favum  referentibus 
vix  excavatis  concoloribus,  obsita,  nitente. 

Genus  3.     Lentinus.     Fr.  Syst.  Orb.  Veg.  pag.  77. 

a.  Mesopodes. 

269.  1.  L.  ScewEiNiTzii,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  603,  A.  denticulat.  Supp.  Elench.  Fr.  p.  46. 

270.  2.  L.  Lecomtei,  L-  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  794,  A.  crinitus,  e  Georgia,  Suppl.  Elench.  F.  p.  47. 

271 .  3.  L.  STBiGOSDS,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  800,  Elench.  F.  47. 

272.  4.  L.  tigrinus,  F.  176,  Syn.  Car.  778,  Agaric. 

273.  5.  L.  kpideus,  V.  176,  Syn.  Car.  798,  A.  tessulatus. 

274.  6.  L.  cochlealus,  /3  dentatus,  F.  177,  Syn.  Car.  766,  frequentissimus  Pennsylvania  in  viis  pubhcis 
ex  pineis  palis  constructis,  ac  in  Pocono,  mense  Augusto,  vigens  maxime  tempore  sicco.  Saepe 
6 — 7  unciali  pileo  ;  stipite  brevi  tenacissimo. 

4.  Pkuroles. 
•275.     7.   L.  chama,  F.  181,Carolin.  in  querc.     Non  in  Syn. 

276.  8.   h. /labelliformis,  F.  185,  Syn.  Car.   806. 

277.  9.  L.  PEiiicuLosns,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  808,  et  in  Elench.  F.  pag.  47,  Agaricus. 

Genus  4.     Cantharellus. 

Trib.  1.  Mesofds. 

278.  1.    C.  aurautiaeus,  Fr.  n.  2,  Syn.  Car.  826,  non  in  Pennsylv. 

279.  2.  C.  cibariua,  F.  n.  3,  Syn.  Car.  825,  rarius  etiam  Pennsylv. 

280.  3.   C.  tubaefurmis,  F.  n.  7,  Syn.  Car.  828,  etiam  Bethl. 

281.  4.  C.  lulescens,  F.  n.  8,  Syn.  Car.  827,  fieq.  Pennsylv. 

282.  5.   C.  cincreus,  F.  n.  9,  Syn.  Car.  829,  rarior  etiam  Bethl. 

283.  6.  C.  cornucopiuidei,  F.  n.  10,  Syn.  Car.  830,  fieq.  Bethl. 

284.  7.   C.  ODouATUH,  Syn.  Car.  832,  Elench.  F.  p.  51,  solummodo  in  Car. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  153 

285-     8.  C.  nosEus,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car. '833,  Elench.  F.  p.  53,  in  Carol,  exclus. 

286.     9.  C.  ciNSABARiNus,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.   641,  sub   Agarico,  vulgaris  in  Pennsylv.   praesertim  in 
Kalmetis  et  omnino  ad  hoc  genus  pertinens. 

*2S7.  10.  C.  FLOccoscs,  L.  v.  S  ,  sylvis  Viistis  fag-inis,  "  Beech  Woods"  dictis,  in  monte  Pocono,  Penn 
sylvania. 
C.  m.ig-nus,  altitudine  sexunciali,  gregarius,  tubaeformis,  substantia  subcai'uoso-suberosa.  Piko  infun- 
dibuliformi  excavato,  imc  in  stipitem  ;  superficie  floccoso-squamulosa,  lutescente,  2 — 3  uncias  lato 
margine  inflexo,  undulato,  repando.  PKcis  ramoso-furcatis  densis,  decuixentibus  in  stipitem  cavum 
compressum,  concoloribus.  Stipite  versus  basin  abiente  in  radicem  subhorizontalem  indurescentem- 
Pondustotius  fungi  laevissimus  pro m.agnitudine.  Dantur  specimina  in  quibus  Piki  bini  aut  plurimi 
ex  eodem  stipite,  inde  subramoso,  proveniunt. 

•288.     11.  C.  iiELosioiDES,  L.  V.  S.,  in  ramulis  dejectis  putridis  rarissime,  S.alem,  Carol. 

C.  minutissimus,   2  lin.   vix  excedens.     Stipite  gracili,    glabro,   fusco.     Piko  pulvinato,  subcarnoso 
demum  indurato,  spadiceo,  glabro,  4  lin.  lato.     Plicis  plerumque  quatuor  simplicibus,  radiatim  de- 
currentibus,  lutescentibus  ;  stipite  concolori. 
An  ad  genus  Persoonii  in  Myc.  Europ.  Perona  ? 

Trib.  2.  Fleuhopds  et  Apos. 

289.  12.  C.  crispus,  F.  p.  323,  n.  2,  Syn.  Car.  837,  etiam  ex  New  York,  misit  eel.  Tolrey. 

290.  13.  C.  incahnatus,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  840.     Vulgaris,  Salem,  in  truncis  dejectis,   nunqiiam   in 
Pennsylv.  obvius.     Fries,  in  Elench.  p.  57,  n.  1,  perperam  ad  Merulium. 

291.  14.  C.  coNFLUEKs,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  836,  crispo  sdX\a  affinis.     Et  in  Pennsylvania  occurrit,  nee 
ad  Merulium  pertinet  ut  liabet  Fries,  in  Elench.  p.  57,  n.  2. 

292.  15.   C.  sPATni-LiniA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn-  Car.  839,  ubi  depictus,  fig.  1  et  2.      Etiam  ex  Tropicis,  Surinam. 

293.  16.  C.  CUPUF.S.SI,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  835,  ex  Georgia. 

294.  17.   C.   muscigenus,  F.  n.  3,  Syn.  Car.  834. 
♦295.     18.   C.fissilis,  F.  n.  8,  Bethlehem. 

*296.     19.  C.  muscorum,  F.  n.  10,  Carol,  non  inventus,  sed  ex  missis  amlcissimi  Torrcy  in  muscis,  New 

York. 
•297.     20.   C. /enc//iM,  F.  n.  11,  ad  trabesputrid.,  Bethl. 
•298.     21.   C.  cupularis,  F.  n.  12,  rarius  Bethlehem  in  stipitibus  herbarum.     Perizam  refert  disco  sub- 

plicato  fuligineo-badio. 
•299.     22.   FAScicuLATOS,  L.  V.  S.,  ex  New  York  communicavit  amicissimus  Torrey,  in  cortice  ignoto  pro- 

veniens. 
C.  fasciculatim  proveniens,  minutus,  caespites  4  lineares  latitudine,  2 — 3  altitudine  efficiens.     Fungus 

stipitatus,  vertice  porrecto,  referens  Perizam  anomalam;  stipitibus  fasciculi,  quasi  in  basin  latius- 

culam  coalitis — in  cupulam  campanulatam  valde  fissilem  elongatis  (extus  colore  cervino)  furfiiraceam. 

Plicis  in  cuptda  indistinctis,  statu  sicco  ob  clausam  cupulam  non  observandis,  colore  lutescentibus, 

Stipitibus  porrectis,  basi  albo-tomentosis. 
•300.     23.  C.  oLiTACEcs,  L.  v.  S.,  rai'issime  obvius.     Salem,  Carolinae,  in  ten-a  ad  vias. 

C  Pleuropus.     Pileo  1 — li  unciali,  subcarnoso-suberoso,  dimidiato,  pulvinato,  repando,  margine  sub- 

inflexo,  subtomentoso,  centro  impresso;  in  stipitem  crassum,  brevissimum,  nigi'um,  lateralem,  stri- 

gosulum  porrecto.     Pileo  olivaceo,   quasi  lioleti  cujusdam  subtonientosi.     Plicis  lutcis,  anastomo- 

santibus,  dense  intertextis,  in  hynienio  carnoso. 
•301.     24.  C  viniDis,  L.  v.  S.,   in  ligno  putrido   rarus  et  satis  abnormis.     An  sit  Periza  ex  vicinltate 

Phiale.arum .'     Bethlehem. 
C.  substipitatus,  dimidiatus  aut  irregularis,  ^  unciam  non  magnitudine  excedens,  gregarius,  substantia 

firma  quasi  elaslica.     Cupulis  demum  subcorneis,  obconicis,  virescenti-fuscis,  extus  e  stipite  plicatis. 

Uisco  ime  excavato  aut   interdum  applanato,   vivide  virente  4  lin.  lat.     In   explicatissimis,  pileiis 

quasi  repando  undulatus,  in  aliis  contractus. 


Vol.  IV.— 2  O 


154 


SYNOPSIS  OF 


Genus  5.     Schizophtllum. 


303. 

1. 

'304. 

2. 

305. 

3. 

•306. 

4. 

307. 

5. 

308. 

6. 

309. 

r. 

310. 

8. 

311. 

9. 

312. 

10, 

313. 

11. 

314. 

12. 

302.     1.  S.  commune,  F.  p.  330,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  819,  Agaricus  alneus. 

Viilgatissimus  ut  in  Carolina  etiam  in  Pennsylv.  in  truncis  fere  omnibus,  ex  cortice  ac  ligno.     Nun- 
quam  autem  pinis  increscens. 


SuBOBDo  II.     POLYPOREI. 

Genus  6.     Boletus. 

B.  luteus,  F.  p.  386,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  854  (annulatus),  et.  Bethlehem,  pinetb  r.  c.  Pocono. 

B.  Jlavidus,  F.  n.  2,  ad  margines  paludum  Pocono. 

B.  granulatus,  F.  3,  Syn.  Car.  858  (circinans),  et.  Pennsylv. 

B.  bovimis,  F.  4,  vulgatus  Pennsylv.  et  Carol. 

B.  piperatus,  F.  5,  Syn.  Car.  861,  etiara  Bethl. 

B.  variegatus,  F.  6,  Syn.  Car.  862  (retlculatus),  rarior. 

B.  suhtomentostis,  F.  10,  Syn.  Car.  859,  et.  Pennsylv. 

B.  calopiis,  F.  11,  Syn.  Car.  870,  et.  Pennsylv. 

B.  luridus,  F.  13,  Syn.  Car.  868,  et.  Bethl.  et  869. 

B.  casianeus,  F.  14,  Syn.  Car.  866,  et.  Bethl. 

B.  edulis,  F.  15,  Syn.  Car.  867,  rarior  et.  Pennsylv. 

B.  Pocono,  L.  v.  S.,  in  sylvis  montosis  Pocono  fagineis. 
B.  minor,  2 — 3  uncias  altus.    Pileo  pulvinato,  unciali  tantum,  minutim  sti'igoso-subtomentoso  margine, 
arete  inflexo,  cervino.     Poris  majusculis,  angulato-prominulis,  concoloribus.     Stipite  2 — 3  unciali, 
subattenuato,  basin  versus  incrassato,  apice  pallido-striato,  ceterum  spadiceo,  subfurfuraceo. 

315.  13.  B.  floccopus,  F.  17,  Syn.  Car.  853,  fioccosus,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  Bethl.  ad  vias  urabrosas,  i-. 
c.  Bartow's  spring. 

316.  14.  B.  smber,  F.  18,  Syn.  Car.  857,-  non  freq. 

317.  15.   Yt.fdkus,  F.  19,  Syn.  Car.  865,  et.  Pennsylv. 

313.     16.  B.  BETULA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  860,  frequens  etiam  Bethlehem  in  sylvis. 

319.  17.  B.  ALDOATEH,  L.  V.  S.,  an  Muhlenberg,  Syn.  Cai-.  864,  etiam  Bethlehem. 

Genus  7.     Poltporus. 

Trib.  1.   Mesopcs. 

«  Suhcamosi. 

320.  1.  P.  mbsquamosus,  F.  p.  435,  n.  1,  /2  leucomelas,  Syn.  Car.  871.     Nondum  Pennsylv. 

321.  2.  P.  ovinus,  F.  n.  2,  Syn.  Car.  872  (albidus),  Syn.  Car.  872,  in  Pilota. 
•322.     3.  P.   mdanopus,  V.  n.  4,  Bethlehem  ad  trunc. 

323.  4.  P.  fuHginosus,  F.  5,  Syn.  Car.  873,  et.  BeUil. 

324.  5.  P.  brumalis,  F.  6,  Syn.  Car.  874,   et.  Bethl.  rarior. 
•325.     6.  P.  cilialus,  F.  7,  pileo  minuto,  Salem  inv. 

326.  7.  P.  leptocephalus,  F.  8,  Salem  et  Bethlehem  passim. 

/S  Coriacei. 

327.  8.  P.  perennis,  F.  p.  350,  n.  13,  Syn.  Car.  875,  et.  Bethl.  freq. 
•328.     9.  P.  rufcscens,  F.  n.  14,  rarius  obvius  Salem. 

329-     10.  P.  Schtvelnitzil,  F.  n.  16,  Syn.  Cai-.  878,  sistotremoides.     Specimina  pulchra  iiiveni  Barlrami 
Horto  Philadelphia. 
'330.     11.  P.  coNNArus,L,  V.  S.    P.  cinnamomeus,  Pera.  p.  41,  pessime  descriptus,  hue  pertinct.     Salem 
rarior- 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  155 

P.  pileis  coriaceis,  velutinis,  saepe  multis  in  unum  coimatis,  ex  cinnamomeo  albidis,  centro  umbilicatis, 
limbo  repando,  eleganter  zonatis.  Foris  magnis  cinnamomeis,  laceratis  ;  hinc  valde  differt  ab 
pererini.  Stipitibus  J-uncialibus,  compressis,  lignco-suberosis,  cinnamomeis,  basi  tuberosis.  Pileis 
singulis  diametro  unciali,  sed  ad  octo  confluunt. 
•331.  12.  P.  HADicATcs,  L.  V.  S.,  melius  ad  priorem  sectionem  forsan.  In  teiTa  lignosa  jiixta  tnincos, 
Bethlehem.     Substantia  ambit  inter  2  sect. 

P .  solitarius  ;  radice  longa,  fusiformi,  suberosa,  nigra,  ad  1 — 2  uncias  penetrans,  terram  lignosam  e% 
ti'uncis  coiTuptis  ortam.  Stipite  cylindrico  unciali  in  Hymenium  obconicum  dil.atato,  minutim 
squamuloso,  albido.  Hymenio  ex  povis  ovatis  majusculis,  parietibus  tuborum  crassiusculis,  non 
profundis  regulariter  dispositis,  constante.  Pileo  pulvinatlm  applanato,  marginibus  inflcxis,  centro 
impresso,  fuligineo-pallido,  minutim  subtomentoso  ;  diametro  H  unciali. 

Trib.  2.  Pleuropus. 

332.  13.  P.  varius,  F.  p.  352,  n.  1,  S)ti.  Car.  884,  freq.  et.  Bethl. 

333.  14.  P.  hadius,  Pers.  certissime  specie  distinctus,  Syn.  Car.  883  et  8~7,  numularius  frequens 
aeque  ac  prior  etiam  Bethlehem. 

334.  15.  P.  lucidus,  F.  o53,  ii.  2,  Syn.  Car.  882,  freq.  et  masimus  et  BetlUehem.  Valde  varians- 
Junior  saepe  clavatus  et  abnorniis. 

Trib.  3.   Mehisma. 
•335.     16.  P.  umbdlatus,  F.  p.  354,  n.  1,  prope  Quahertown. 

336.  17.  V.frondosus,  F.  n.  2,  Syn.  Car.  879,  et.  Pennsylvania. 

337.  18.  P.  giganteus,  F.  n.  4,  etiam  passim  Pennsylvania,  880. 

338.  19.  P.  cristatus,  F.  n.  5.  Syn.  Cur.  881,  etiam  Pocono. 

339.  20.  P.  sulphureus,  F.  n.  6,  Syn.  Car.  885  et  886,  citrinus  et  croceus.  Freq.  Bethl.  ingentibus 
speciminibus,  ad  radices  et  in  mediis  truncis.  Observatur  saepe  ut  statu  exsoleto  splendet  nocte 
luce  phosphoreo. 

•340.     21.  P.  intricatus,  F.  7,  ramosus,  Bethl.  rarius  sed  distinct. 

341.  22.  P.  GBAVEoLEifs,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  901,  Elench.  F.  p.  79,  et  Pennsylvan.  Nazareth,  sed 
rarior.     Semper  medio  arboris  trunco  increscit  durissimus  ac  difficiliter  separandus. 

Trib.  4.   Apus. 

a.  .lutumnales. 

342.  23.  P.  hispidus,  F.  p.  362,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  891,  et.  Bethlehem,  saepe  maximus. 

■  343.     24.  P.iABTniNTHicDs,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  950,  Sistotrema  spongiosum,  vide  Elench.  Fries,  p.  83. 
•344.     25.  P.  spumeus,  F.  p.  358,   n.  2.     Pine  swamp  inventus  :  colore  subspadiceo,   a  fungo  Friesii 
differt. 

/3  Anmii. 

f  Carnosi. 
*345.     26.  P.  betuUnus,  F.  358,  n.  1,  rarissime  nobis,  Beechwoods,  (vix  Carolina)  et  New  York  missus  (ad 
Sectionem  sequentem). 

P.  chionaeus,  F.  359,  n.  3,  olim  P.  spongiosus,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  Bethlehem. 
,  P.  destructor,  F.  359,  n.  4,  Syn.  Car.  920,  ad  rad.  trunc. 
P.  lacteus,  F.  359,  n.  5,  vix  pubescit  pileus  in  nostro;  Bethlehem  rarius. 
P.  stipticus,  F.  359,  n.  6,  Syn.  Car.  888,  et.  Bethlehem. 
,  P.  mollis,  F.  360,  n.  7,  Syn.  Car.  890,  et.  Bethlehem. 
P.  caesius,  F.  360,  n.  8,  Syn.  Car.  889,  et.  Betldehem. 
V.fragilis,  F.  Elench.  p.  85,  Stumpstown,  Pennsylv. 
P.  tephroleucus,  F.  p.  360,  n.  9,  Bethlehem  rarus. 
P.  alutaceus,  F.  p.  360,  n.  10,  Bethlehem  distinctis. 
P.  FiMBiiiponcs,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ramis  dejectis  tenuioribus  castaneis,  Bethl. 
P.  subtrianguLaris,   substantia  carnosa,  aquose  spongiosa,  omnino  P.  mollis.     Pileo  glabro,  pallida. 


"346. 

27. 

347. 

28. 

'348. 

29. 

349. 

30. 

350. 

31. 

351. 

32. 

■352. 

33. 

■353. 

34. 

■354. 

35. 

■355. 

36. 

*1l 


156  SYNOPSIS  Of* 

siccitate  rugnloso  et  contracto  volumine.     Poris  albescentibus,  rotundis,   miniitis,  circiim  apices 
inire  fimbriato  ciliatis.     Diametro  unciali.     Tempore  sicco  indurescit. 

j-f  Subcamosi. 

•356.     37.  P . piibescens,  F.  p.  567,  n.  8,  Bethlehem  rarus,  ollm  P.  caespitulans  mihi. 
357.     38.  F.fumosus,  F.  p.  367,  Syn.  Car.  901,  Salem. 

351.     39.   P.  UNDULATUS,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  893,  Elench.  F.  p.  8".        '  • 

359.     40.  P.  isABELLiNus,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  899,  Elench.  p.  88. 
•360.     41.   P.  NiGRopunpunAscENS,  L.  v.  S.,  rarlus  in  Carolina  obvius,  non  Poria  925,  quanqiiam  speci- 
mina  sub  hoc  nomine  a  me  Friesio  communicata  hue  pertinent. 
P.  pileis  dense  imbricatis,  dimidiatis,  albo  strigoso-tomentosis,  vix  fasciatis,  nisi  in  margine  tenui  flexu- 
oso  femigineo.    Poris  minutis  subflexuosis  et  Aisco  nigro  purpurascentibus.     Fasciculis  similibus 
P.  adiislo  et  amorpho,  quibus  affinis  provenit. 
•361.     42.  P.  amorphus,  (Pers.  aureolus)  F.  n.  8,  Salem  et  Bethl. 

362.  43.  P.  adusius,  F.  n.  6,  Syn.  Car.  893,  et.  Bethl.  freq. 

363.  44.  P.  crispus,  F.  n.  5,  Syn.  Car.  900,  et.  Bethl. 

fff  S'ubsuberosi. 
•364.     45.  P.  ulmarius,  F.  p.  365,  n.  2.     Lancaster,  rip.  Conestogae  in  trunco  ulmi. 
365.     46.  P.  suaveolens,  F.  366,  n.  5,  rarissimus.     Specimina  optima  ex  New  York  misit  Torrey. 
"66.     47.  V.populinuSjY.  367,  n.  6,  in  trunco  mall  Bethl. 

367.  48.  P.  cmcoLoB,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  sohtarius  semper — distinctissimus,  etiam  passim  in  Pennsyl- 
vania, in  medio  trunco. 

368.  49.  P.  cERviNus,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  902,  Elench.  Fr.  p.  92,  solummodo  Iri  Carolina  observavi. 

369.  50.   P.  serialis,  F.  p.  370,  Syn.  Car.  927,  contiguus  freq.  et.  liethlehem. 
•370.     51.  P.  PiLUTAE,  L.  V.  S.,  maximus  inmonte  Pilota  Carol,  in  trunco  castaneo. 

P.  pileo  maximo,  pedali  fere  dimidiato,  subradicato,  i.  e.,  uno  latere  ime  intr.ante  lignum,  substantia 
sua  suberpso-fibriUosa,  demum  indur.ata.  Ceterum  superficie  pilei  superna  nee  tomentosa,  nee 
strigosa,  potius  rugosa,  scariosaet  subreslnosa.  Tubis  longissimis,  discretis,  arete  invicemadpressis, 
luce  obversis  subdiaphanis,  atrofuscis  aut  brunneis  succulentis.  Poris  minutulis  angulatis,  succo 
resinoso  repletis.  Plusquam  4  uncias  crassus.  Substantia  fibroso-suberosa,  interne  subrutilans. 
•371.     52.  p.  PAiLiDO-CEKviNus,  L.  V.  S.  rarius  obvius,  Hamburg,  Berks  County,  non  valde  distinctus. 

P.  minor,  dimidialus  uncialis.  Pileo  gllvo  cervino,  glabro — substantia  subcirnosa.  Poris  pallidis  flexuo- 
sls  tubis  longiusculis.    Potius  ad  sectlonem  carnosorum  in  vicinitate,  mollis,  sed  colore  valde  distinctus. 

fff f  Coriacei. 
*372.     53.  P.  hirsuius,  F.  3&7,  n,  1,  non  rarus  Bethlehem,  in  ramls  Robiniae  pr.aesertim. 
•373.     54.  P.  hirsululus,  L.  v.  S.,  rarus  Bethlehem — ad  Setosas  Friesii,  p.  861  in  nota,  pertinere  videtur. 
P.  minutus,  dimidiatus  aut  renifopmis,  subinfundibuliformis  etiam ;   substipitatus,  coriaceus,  i  uncialis. 
Pileo  strigoso-canescente  griseo,  fasciis  not.ato  ex  pilis  setosis,  fuligineo-nigi'is,  aggregatis  in  centro 
et  in  margine  inflexo,  inde  ciliato.     Poris  pallidis  subdeeuiTentibus. 

374.  55.  P.  velutinus,  F.  p.  368,  n.  2,  vulgatissimus  etiam  in  Pennsylvania  et  saepe  maximus. 

375.  56.   P.  KicnojrAncisATu.i,  L.   v.    S.,   Syn.    Car.   912,  videtur  satis   distinctus  ab  affini  priori  et 
in  Pennsylvania  semper  in  Liriodendro  invenitur. 

.;75.     57.   P.  zonaltis,  F.  368,  n.  2,.S)'n.  Car.  913,  ochraceus,  etiam  Bethlehem. 

377.     58.   P.  versicolor,  F.  n.  3,  Syn.  Car.  915.     Ubique. 
•378.     59.  P.  stereoides,   F.  369,  n.  5,  rarius  in  Pocono,  affinis  P.  aJiWmo. 
*379.     60.  P.  radiatus,  F.  n.  6,  interdum  substipitatus.     Salem  et  Bethlehem  occurrit. 
•380.     61.  P.  ;;a/fcscOTs,  F.  n.  7.     Salem  (Syn.  Car.  913, /uteccns),  et.  Bethlehem. 

•381.     62.  P.  AiiiETi.vcs,  F.  370,  Syn.  Car.  (Sistotremaviolaceum,  949)  omnium  frequentissimus  ad  tnuicos 
frondosarum,  aeque  ac  [ilnorum.     Bethl.  et  Sal. 

382.     63.  P.  vinniNEcs,  L.  v.  S.,  Svn.  Car.  919,  cum  Icone,  pulcher  ac  rarus,  etiam  Pennsvlv.,  Elench. 
F.  p  96.  ■ 

j83.     64.  P.  coNcniFEn,  L.  v.  S.  Syn.  Car.  918,  Elench.  F.  p.  9<5,  etiam  Bethlehem  r.arlor. 

;>84.     65.  P.  SvMPUTTON,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  951,  Sistotrema  Elenchus,  F.  p.  97.     Solummodo  Carolina. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  157 

'385.     66.   P.  BEciPiEss,  L.  v.  S.,  rarior,  obvius  in  truncis  majoribus,  Bethlehem. 
P.  plleis  uncialibus,  tenuiuscuUs,  coriaceis,  imbricatis,  albido-griseis,  versus  basin  ochraceis/multlfascia- 

tis,  velatinis,  in  fasciis  concoloribus,  strigoso-pilosis.     Fasciis  undulato-elevatis.     Poris  minutis  inae- 

qualibus  flavo-luleig.     Ambit  inter  P.  versiculorem  et  ahidinum. 
*386.     67.  P.  PABTTLus,  L.  V.  S.,  rarlus  in  coi-tice  Pinorum.     Betlil.  Pocono. 
P.  pileis  subresupinato-effusis,  tamen  undulatim  protrusis  vix  imbricatis,  coriaceis,  albidis,  strigosiss- 

imis,  semiuncialibus,  longltudinaliter  confluentibus.      Pons  pallide  ochraceis,  majusculis,  laceratis, 

in  margine,  praesertimin  fungo  resupinato,  obliter.atis. 
*38r.     68.  P.  scuTELLATus,  L.  V.  S.,  ramis  et  truncis  Syringae  vulgaris  innascit  BeUil.  etiam  ex  New 

York  habeo. 
P.  minor,  unciam  vix  excedens,  plerumque  semiunclalis,  rarlus  dimidiatus  ;  plerumque  basi  affixus  et 

inde  omnino  scutellatus,  orbiculatus,  aut  subdifformiter  ambitu  undulato.     Pileis  durissimis,  nigro- 

fuscis,  zonis  sulcato-rugosis,  plicatis,  glabris.     Margine  hymenioideo,  albo  subprominente.     Ilymenio 

disciformi   excavate,   quasi   albo-pulverulento.     Poris   minutis   rhomboideis,    hymenium   pertusum 

apparet,  tubis  albo-cinereis  in  centre  longiusculis.     Demum,  pulvere  quasi  detrito,  pori  nigrescunt. 

Substantia  subcoriacea  duriore  ceteris  hujus  sectionis. 

y  Biennes.  '  ' 

•388.     69.  P.  sanguineus,  F.  371,  Syn.  Car.  caret,  sed  ibidem  specimina  elegantissima  reperta  sunt  a  me. 
389.     70i  P.  cinnabarinus,  F.  371,  Syn.  Car.  916,  freq.  Pennsylv. 
*390.    71.  P.  fraxineus,  F.  p.  374,  saltem  Pers.  Myc.  p.  68,  valde  distincta  species,  New  York  et  Bethl. 

391.  72.  P.  Aesculi,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  887,  Elench.  F.  p.  99,  Salem  rarus. 

392.  73.  P.  rfsmoaus,  F.  361,  Syn.  Car.  892,  fuscus.    Non  rarus  etiam  Pennsylvaniae. 

*393.  74.  P.  Benzoinus,  F.  Elench.  p.  100,  bene  congruit.  P.  fuscogilvus,  L.  v.  S.,  ad  truncum 
unicum  copiose  Kreuterville,  Pennsylvaniae.  Species  pulcherrima.  Dift'ert  a  priori  subsimili  multis 
notis. 

394.  75.  P.  odoralus,  F.  373,  Syn.  Car.  905,  in  monte  Pocono. 

395.  76.  P.  nidulans,  F.  362,  n.  2,  prope  Kalgn's  Point,  Philad. 

396.  77-  P.  cuticularis,  F.  363,  n.  4,  Syn.  Car.  alneus  895,  etiam  irigueter  894,  in  Robinia,  &c. 
*397.     78.  P.  ruiilans,  F.  363,  an  carpineus,  Syn.  Car.  896,  etiam  ex  Florida.     Tenuitate  distinctus. 

398.  79.  P.  GiLvus,  L  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  897,  Elench,  F.  p.  104,  frequens  etiam  Pennsylvania. 

i  Perennes. 

399.  80.  P.  marginatus,  F.  372,  Salem  et  Pocono. 

*400.     81.  P.  ^i'nico/ff,  F.  n.  3,  Salem  et  Pine  Swamp  freq.  ■         . 

*401.     82,  P.  annosus,  F.  n.  5,  in  Betulis,  Betlil.  -  ,        ' 

*402.     83.  P.  (/ryac^eus,  F.  p.  374,  freq.  ad  truncosquerneos.  ■  -        ' 

403.     84.  F .  fumeniarius,  F.  n.  8,  Syn.  Car.  909,  vulgaris  in  frondosis  arboribus,  Bethl.  et  Salem. 

!'404.     85.  P.  nigricans,  F.  n.  9,  afT.  priori,  ex  Florida. 

*405.     86.   P.  igniarius,  F.  n.  10,  freq.  Bethl.  praesertim  in  Robiniis. 

*406.     87.  P.  Mibis,  F.  n.  11,  passim  ad  antiq.  Rib  ides,  Bethlehem. 
407.     88.  P.  conchatus,  F.  12,  Syn.  Car.  910,  et.  Bethl. 

*408.     89.  P-  microporus,  F.  13,  ex  Florida  excepi  a  clarisslmo  Leconte.     Plerumque  resupinatus. 

*409.     90.   P.  LOBATns,  L.  v.  S.,  rarissime  in  trunco,  Salem  obvius. 

P.  irregulariter  dimidiatus,  postice  porrectus,  3 — 4  unciali  diametro,  solltarius,  vix  semiunciali  crass- 
itudine,  durus.  Pileo  Viirie  contorto,  eleganterlobato;  in  superficierugoso,  ceterum  glabro,  pulvere 
tenui  cinnamomeo  fusco  obtecto.  Margine  hymenioideo  tumido,  subrevoluto,  tubis  brevissimis,  in- 
ferne  obliquis,  spadiceis  ;  poris  minutis  citrinis  aut  pallescentibus,  demum  spadiceis. 

•410.  91.  P.  Pisi  CANADENSIS,  L.  V.  S,  auad  subsuberosos  in  trancis  Pini  canadens.  ex  Pine  Swamp, 
Mauch  Chunk. 
P.  subsuberosus,  fere  totus  resupinatus,  pileo  tantum  in  margine  conspicuo,  llgno  adnatus  nee  sepa- 
rabilis,  indurescens  et  turn  contractus.  Pileus  ubi  liber  cervino-gilvus,  fibris  adpressis  subzonatus, 
ambitu  ovato-orbiculari,  margine  acuto ;  4 — 6  unciali  diametro.  Tubis  longissimis,  in  ambitu  dimi- 
nutis,  margine  sterili,  fusco-incarnatis  intus  cinereis.    Poris  minutis  angulosis  rubro-incarnatis. 

Vol.  IV.— 2  P 


158 


^^ 


SYNOPSIS  OF 


Trib.  5.    RBSupiNATrs. 

a.  Paris  coloratis. 
'•111.     92.  P.  spongiosus,  F.  1,  in  cavitate  JuglancUum,  Bethlehem, non  Salem.    Pers.  Myc.  Eur.  89,  106. 
-412.     93.   P.  contio-iius,  F.  378,  2,  confer.  Elench.  p.  114,   non  idem  cum  P.  seriali.     Earlus  ad  palos. 

Betlilehem. 
'413.     94.  P.  FiTESCEJJs,  L.  V.  S.,  non  absimilis  P.  megaloporo,  Per.s.  Myc.  Eur.    105,  differt  colore. 
Bethlehem  rarius  in  ramis.     Favum  refert. 
P.  resupinato-efFusus  ad  pedalem  longltudinem,  crassus,  margine  tenui  subalbido,  determinatim  elevate 
ambitu.     Poris  latiusculis,  hesag-onis  ;  tubis  longissimis,  pallidls. 
414.     95.  P.  ferruginosus,  F.  378,  n.  3,  Syn.  Car.  923,  Betlilehem. 
•41.5.     96.  P.  obliquus,  F.  n.  4,  Pers.  116,  incrustans,  Sal.  et  Bethl. 
416.     97.  P.  salicinus,  F.  376,  n.  15,  Pers.  109,  Syn.  Car.  921,  ad  Sallceset  Betulas,  Salem  et  Bethl. 

Semper  resupinatus. 
•417.     98.   P.  subspadkeus,  F.  378,  n.  5,  Pers.  118,  in  Fraxino  Gnadenth. 
*418.     99.  v.  spissuSj'L.y.  S.,  F.  Elench.  p.  Ill,  n.  156,   non   idem  cum  P.  juglandino.     Satis  affinis 

P.  rufo,  F. 
*419.     100.   P.  undalus,  Pers.  Myc.  n.  Ill,  Elencli.  F.  p.  Ill,  in  arbore  adhuc  stante  emortuo.     Bethl. 
*420.     101.  P.  iVjesA-yensiS,  Pers.  Myc.  115,  non  ad  inc.irnatum  ;   passim  ad  cortices,  Bethlehem. 
*421.     102.  P.  umbrinus,  Pers.  Myc.  119,  BetMehem  passim  vis  idem  cum  obliquo  nostro. 

422.  103.  P.  JuGLANDiNus,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  926,  differt  manifestim  a  P.  spisso,  Elench.  F,  111. 

423.  104.  P.  viTicoLi,  L.  v.  S.,  Elench.  F.  115,  n.  36,  incolit  vites  emortuas  Carolinae,  ^  joapyraceus, 
candidus. 

,424.     105.  P.  xanihus,  F.  379,  n.  7,  Pers.  123,  Bethlehem. 

•425.     106.  P.  niiidus,  F.  n.  8,  Pers.  122,  olim  croceus,  L.  v.  S.,  elegantula  species.     Bethl.  in  salicibus. 

•425.     107.   P.  PULCHELLus,  L.  V.  S.,  rarior  Bethlehem,  o\im  xanihus  m\Wi  ;    cortice  increscit. 

p.  resupinato-effusus,  superficie  inaequali,  subplicata,  rugosa,  ambitu  determinatus;   margine  undulato 
tumido,  substerili.     Poris  minutis,   regTilaribus,  angustatis,   tubis  subobliquis  in  rugis  superficiei. 
Totus  fungus  flavescens,  durus,  siccus,  uncialis. 
•427.     108.  P.  jiiofaceus,  F.  379,  n.  9,  rarus  Bethlehem. 
*428.     109.  P.  incamatus,  F.  n.  10,  Bethlehem. 
429.     110.  V ■  purpureus,  F.  n.  11,  Syn.  Car.  942,  lllactnus,  var.  longe  lateque  in  fabrefactis  Bethl. 
•430.     111.  T-rkudellus,  F.  n.  12,  nitidissimus,  Bethl. 

"431.     112.   P.  Mm7«s,  Elenclt.  F.  p.  116,  Betlil.     Nomine  P.  crocaio,  L.  v.  S.,  descriptus. 
•432.     113.  P.  vitellinus,  Elench.  F.  117,  Syn.  Car.  939,  etiam  Bethlehem,  in  putridissimis  lignis. 
*433.     114.  P.  bombycinus, 'Elench.  F.  pag.  117,  n.  86,  olim  nobis  suAs/m/iS,  Bethlehem. 
•434.     115.   P.  simiosus,  F.  381,  n.  18,  vcrsipcllis,  Pers.  115,  rarius  Bethlehem. 
•435.     116.  P.  XANTHoioMA,  L.  v.  S.,  rarior  occuiTit  Salem  ad  ligna  putrida. 

P.  effiguratim  effusus,  tenuissimus,  margine  membranaceo  fimbriate,  latiusculo,  sterili,  eleganterluteo. 
Poris  superficiahbus,   parietibus  crassiusculis,   subsinuosis,  minutis,   paUidis.     Plag.is  1 — 2  unciales 
irregulares  efformat,  ligni  inaequabilitatem  forma  sequens. 
•436.     117.   P.  RiionoDEifiiKi,  L.  v.  S.,  rarior  in  dejectis  Rhododend.  m.aximi  truncis,  Bethl. 

P.  longitudinaliter  effusus,  angustatus.  Primum  observatur  membrana  papyracea,  detractabilis,  albes- 
cens .lut  pallescens,  in  cujus  centre  jiori  pauci  parum  elevati,  lati,  occummt.  Demum  poris  his,  tota 
supei-ficie  obsita  est,  membrana,  tantum  non  in  ambitu  ubl  sublibera  et  siibinflexa.  Poris  tandem  in 
tubes  angiilatos,  margine  fimbriates,  2 — 3  lineas  altos,  ex  pallide  fuscescentes,  elevatis.  Totus  fun- 
gus 1 — 3  uncias  longus,  J  unc.  latus,  afHnis  P.  contiguo. 
'437.     118.  P.  Sassafras,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  in  lignis  carie  fere  consumptis  Sassafras,  Betlil. 

P.  substantia  melliuscula,  bibula;  subicule  vix  in  m.argine  conspicuo;  tubis  in  centre  satis  elongatis, 
crassiusculis.  Poris  minutis,  rcgulariter  rotundis.  Longitudinaliter  in  ligno  ac  cortice  effusus 
(colore  pallide  lutescente)  ad  1—2  uncias. 

438.  119.  P.  scpERFiciALis,  I,,  v.  S.,    Syn.  Car.  924,  Elench.  F.  pag.  115,3/3.     Friesius  amicissimus 
vix  conjun,xisset  cum  P.  vUicola,  si  vivum  vidisset.     Et.  Pennsylv. 

439.  120.  V.  NiGiiopunpcREcs,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  925,  non  rarus  et.  in  Pennsylv.  nee  cum  P.  nigro 
piirpurasccnti  nest.     Numero  41,  nee  ad  n.  40. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  159 

•440.     121.  P.  ciXEBEUS,  L.  V.  S.,  passim  Betlilehem  ad  ramos  emollitos  Liriod.  et.Tiig. 

P.  loiiijissime  effusiis,  angiistatus,  albo-marginatus  et  effiguratus,  margine  temii  subfimbi'iato  nee  tamen 

byssino.     Tubis  obliquis  brevioribus,  poris  angustis,   subflexuosls.     Longitudine  4 — 6  unciali,  } — 1 

unciali  latitudine.     Totus  unlcoloi',  elegaiiter  cinereus. 
•441.     122.   P.  Cariae,  L.  v.  S.,   in  jaceiite   trunco  Caryae  albae  Nazareth,  loiigissime   cfTusus  poly- 

morphus. 
P.  junior  tuberculoso-elevatus,   interruptus,   substantia    spongiosa-tomentosa,  margine   sterili    saepe 

tumido.     Demum  lateeffusus,  magis  aequabilis  et  subindurescens,  margine  tunc  tenuissimo,  sub- 

membranaceo,  candido,  praeditus.     Tubis  brevibns,  pavietibus  crassiusculis,  poris  minoribus  subro- 

tundis  et  subflexuosis  ;  interdum  regularlter  effusis,  interdum  pulvinatim  in  tuberculoselevatis.     Ex 

fuliginis  cinerascit.     Ad  pedalem  longitudinem  sub  trunco  effusus. 
•442.     123.  P.  PAPTRACEus,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  931,  et.  Pennsylv.  nom.  obtusissima. 
*443.     124.  P.  fuscocarneus,  Pers.  Myc.  Eur.  130,  Bethlehem  rai'.  et  nomine  P.  _/?mina<us  quibusdem 

communicatus. 

0  Forts  candidis.  , 

444.     125.  P.  medulla panis,  F.  380,  n.  13,  /3,  Syn.  Car.  928,  et.  Bethlehem  frequens. 
*445.     126.  P.  tuberculosus,  F.  n.  14,  Salem  et  Bethlehem. 
446.     12r.  P.  viireus,  F.  n.  15,  Syn.  Car.  929,  et.  Bethlehem. 
•44~.     128.   P.  vulgaris,  F.  n.  16,  vulgatissimus  Bethlehem. 

•448.     129.  P.  calceus,  F.  n.  16,  /3,  noster  certe  speciem  meruit,  in  trunco  dejecto  horti  Bartram. 
•449.     130.  P.  callosus,  F.  n.  17,  rarior  Bethlehem. 
450.     131.  P.  vaporarius,  F.  19,  Syn.  Cai".  934,  et  Bethl. 
•451.     132.  P.  coUiculosus,  Pers.  Myc.  140,  rarius  Bethl.  '    '  .       .       •  • 

•452.     133.  P.  oMuccns,  Pers.  Myc.  142,  masimus  Bethl.     Pedaliter  effusus  ;  juniore  aetate  membranam 

lutescentem  splendentem  sistit ;  demum  crassus. 
•453.     134.  P.  dentiporus,  Pers.  Myc.  143,  in  ligno  et  cortice  Bethl.  elegantulus  et  distinctus. 
•454.     135.  P.  versiporus,  Pers.  Myc.  145,  hue  pertinere  saltern  videtur  fungus  noster  membranaceus  et 

perdistinctus. 
•455.     136.  P.  terrestris,  F.  p.  383,  n.  25,  passim  in  adustis  truncis,  Bethlehem  occurrit. 
*456.     137.  P.  TENUIS,  L.  V.  S.,  ad  fibrosam  internam  corticem  Castaneorum  Bethl. 

P.  longe  longitudinaliter  effusus,  membranam  sistens  tenuem  subdetrahendam  albo-pallentem  aequa- 
bilem  margine  substerili  albidiori.     Poris  majusculis  subflexuosis,  panim  excavatis  pallidis. 
457.     138.   P.  mucidus,  F.  382,  n.  21,  Syn.  Car.  932,  et.  Bethl. 
•458.     139.  P.  iJaiu/a,  F.  n.  22,  Salem  etBetlil.  ;'  '      ■ 

•459.     140.  P.  TTjiCfOTS,  F.  n.  23,  Bethlehem  rarior  obvius.  .  v  -        • 

•460.     141.  P.  Vaillantii,  F.  n.  26,  Bethl.  in  cryptis.  '      ■  '  ■   '  ■ 

461.  142.  P.  sanguinolenlus,  F.  n.  24,  Salem  solummodo. 

462.  143.  P.  molluscus,  F.  n.  27,  Syn.  Car.  938,  et.  Bethl.  saepe  sulphurascente  colore. 
•463.     144.   V.  farinellus,  F.  n.  28,  in  cortice  pineo  prope  Kaign's  Point,  Philadelphia. 
•464.     145.  P.  aneirinus,  Elench.  Frle.  p.  122,  Bethlehem. 

•465.     146.  P.  xyhstromeus,  Pers.  Myc.  159,  Bethlehem,  rai-us  sed  bene  distinctus. 
*466.     147.  P.  laneus,  Pers.  Myc.  160,  etiam  bona  species  in  montibus  Lehigh  inventa. 
•467.     148.   P.  DEcoEoRANS,  L.  V.  S.,  rarior  Bethlehem  in  cortice  dejecto. 

P.  minutus,  3 — 4  Un.  diametro,  sed  longe  lateque  confluens,  non  effusus,   sed  quasi  totaliter   affixus, 
margine  inflexo  libero,  membranaceo.     Primiim  moUusculus,  albus,  decolorans  ac  sordide  brunneus 
devenit.     Poris  magnis  subflexuosis,  e  forma  orbiculari  in  flexuosam  confluit.     Tenerrimus. 
*468.     149.  P.  cANDiDissiMus,  L.  V.  S.,  rarior  ad  ligna  putrida,  Betlilehem. 

P.  effusus;  membrana  tenuissima,  bombychia,  sed  tamen  deti-ahenda.     Poris  maximis  demum  obliquis, 
cum  membrana  candidissimis.     Ad  Polystlctas  pertinere  videtui-,  sed  membrana  detractabilis  obstat. 
*469.     150.  P.  iNTERsus,  L.  v.  S.,  Bethlehem  passim  interior!  parte  truncorum  obvius. 

P.  longitudinaliter  peneti-ans  in  cavitatibus  trunci  putrid!  varie  flexuosus  ad  3 — 4  uncias,  primo  mol- 
lusculus,  crassus  margine  demum  inflexo.  Tubis  saepe  obliquis  longioribus.  Poris  flexuosis 
minutis.     Color  totus  albus,  nisi  statu  sicco  subpallescit. 


* 


1(30  SYNOPSIS  OF 

Trib.  6.   PoLTSTicTi. 
•470.     151.   P.  corticola,  F.  p.  385,  n.  1.     Bethlehem  rar. 

471.  152.  P.  reticulatus,  F.  n.  3,  Syn.  Car.  941,  et.  Bethl. 

472.  153.  P.  LiLAciNus,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  942,  solum  in  Salem. 

Genus  8.     Porotheleum. 

*473.     1.  p.  subtile,  F.  p.  506,  Suppl.  Salem,  Syn.  Car.  940,  et  eliam  Bethlehem  in  cortice. 
•474.     2.  V .  fimbriatum,  Ibid.  n.  2.     Species  nitidissima,  solumrnodo  Bethl. 
475.     3.  P.  pEzizoiDEs,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Cai'.  943,  nondum  in  Pennsylvania  obvium. 

.    -       Genus  9.     Daedalea. 

1:  Stipatatae. 
•476.     1.  D.  biennis  (Sistotrema,  Boletus  distortus,  Syn.  Car.  903),  et  rarus  Pennsylv.  F.  p.  332. 

2.  Dimidiatae. 

a.  Jigarieini. 

"477.  2.  D.  querdna,  F.  333,4,  Bethl.  i-ara  846. 

478.  3.  D.  betulina,  F.  p.  333,  Syn.  Car.  822,  vulgatiss.,  et.  Pennsylv.     Ag.  coriaceus. 

479.  4.  D.  sepiaria,  F.  333,  et  Syn.  Car.  823.     Agaricus  passim  et.  Pennsylv.  Jefferson  County. 

480.  5.  D.  abietina,  F.  334,  Syn.  Car.  820,  et.  Bethl. 

481.  6.  D.  trahea,  F.  335,  Syn.  Car.  824,  vulgaris  ad  ligna  fabrefacta. 

482.  7.  D.  confragosa,  F.  336,  n.  14,  e  Georgia  accepi. 
*483.  8.  D.Pini,  F.  n.  15,  Mauch  Chunk,  optima. 

484.     9.  D.  unicolor,  F.  17,  Syn.  Car.  948.     Sistotrema  cinereum,  freq.  etiam  Bethl. 
•485.     10.  D.  variegata,  F.  18,  rara  sednitida,  Bethl. 

/S  Polyporoideae. 

486.  11.  D.gibbosa,  F.  21,  Syn.  Car.  847,  et.  Bethl.  rara. 

•487.  12.  D.  atbida,  F.  22,  Bethlehem,  non  albida,  Syn.  Car. 

•488.  13.  D.  discolor,  Elench.  F.  p.  68,  n.  156,  Syn.  Car.  851,  D.  albida,  et.  Bethlehem. 

489.  14.  D.  rubescens,  F.  25,  passim  Syn.  Car.  850,  etiam  Bethlehem. 

490.  15.  D.  angustata,  F.  23,  Syn.  Car.  849,  nondum  Pennsylv. 
•491.  16.  D.  aurea,  F.  24,  var.  0,  feiTuginea,  Mauch  Chunk. 

492.  17.  D.  zosATA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  852,  etiam  Pennsylvania,  praesertim  in  truncis  stantibus. 

493.  18.  D.  suBTo.MESTosA,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  853,  Elench.  F.  p.  70,  solummodo  Carolina. 
•494.     19.  D.  MEnnLioiDEs,  L.  v.  S,  abnormis,  substantia  subcarnosa,  terresti'is,  Salem. 

D.  sessilis,  apus,  dimidiata.  Pileo  pulvinato,  subcamoso  postice  substipitatim  porrecto,  margine  sub- 
undulato,  et  quasi  circum  pseudostipitem  auriculato,  ibique  albo-subtomentoso,  ceterum  glabro, 
olivaceocervino.  Hynienio  poris  irregularibus,  latis,  merulioideis,  lutescenti  viridibus,  subangulatis. 
primum  moUiusculis.     Diametro  1 — 2  unciali. 

Genus  10.     Merulius. 


•496 


a.  Apus. 
495.     1.  M.  Iremellosus,  F.  p.  327,  1,  Syn.  Car.  838. 

■96.    2.  M.  sTniGoso-zoNATus,  L.  V.  S.,  ex  Nova  Anglia  communicavit  D.  Torrey. 
M.   pileo  carnoso-tremelloso,  substantia  prioris,   sed  magis  compacto-indurescente ;    junior   fungus 
resupinatus,  sed  plerumque  in  pileos  plures  subimbricatos,  undulato-repandos,  superne  strigoso- 
zonatos  porrectus,  spadiceo-ferrugineos  :  fasciis  nigris  glabriusculis ;  mai-gine  plicato.     Hymenio 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  161 

pllcis  rugosis   unduhtis,  subradiantibus,  centro  subporioideis,   purpurascenti-fuligineis.      Magni- 

tudiiie  prioris. 

;3  Resupinatus, 

497.  3.  M.  rufus,  P.  327,  n.  2,  Syn.  Car.  845,  et.  Bethl. 

498.  4.  M.  serpens,  F.  n.  3,  Syn.  Car.  844,  freq.  et.  Bethl. 
•499.     5.  M.  crispatus,  F.  n.  4,  Salem  et  Bethlehem. 

*oOO.     6.   M.  PALLEjrs,  L.  v.  S  ,  ad  ramos  dejectos  in  montibus.     Bethlehem. 

M.  resupinato-effusus,  tamen  undique  in  pileos  porrectus,  long-itudinaliter  confluens,  longje  lateque 
Pileis  albidis,  strigoso-tomentosis,  subimbricatis,  inflexis.     Hymenio  ex  albido  fuligineo,  subpurpu. 
rascente  et  demum  expallente.     Pileis  valde  obliteratis,  statu  sicco,     Ad  6  uncias  effusus  in  ramulos 
M.  crispalo  satis  affinis.     An  ad  priorem  sectionem. 
*501.     7.  M. /«gff,r,  F.  n.  5,  Bethl.     Candidas  elegans. 
502-     8,  M.  lacrymans,  F.  n.  6,  Syn.  Car.  841,  destruens,  frequens  in  cellis,  et.  Bethlehem. 

503.  9.  M.  nnissicAEFOLiDs,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  842,  Elench.  F.  p.  60,  in  cellis,  Salem.    An  Himantia 
domestica  hue. 

504.  10.  M.  vastator,  F.  n.  ~,  Syn.  Car.  843.     Salem  et  Bethl. 
•505.      11.  M.  molluscus,T.  n.  8,  Salem  et  Bethl. 

*506.     12.  M.  himanlioides,  F.  n.  9,  Bethlehem,  ligna  putr. 

•507.     13.  SI.  Porinoides,Y.  n.  10,  rarius  Salem  in  interior!  Mali  corrupti  cavitate. 


SuBORDo  III.     HYDNEI. 

Genus  11.     Fistulina. 

503.     1.  F.  heputica,  F.  p.  396,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  944.     Vulgaris  etiam  per  totam  Pennsylvaniam  saepe 
maxim. 

509.  2.  F.  nADicATA,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  945,  Elench.  F.  p.  128.     Nondum  Pennsylv.  reperta. 

Genus  12.     Hydnum. 
1.  Mesopus. 

f  Carnosa. 

510.  1.  H.  imbricatum,  F.  p.  399,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  965,  et.  Pennsylv. 

511.  2.   H.  subsquamosum,  F.  n.  2,  Syn.  Cai\  966,  freq.  et  Bethl. 
•512.     3.  H.  laevigatum,  F.  n.  3,  Bethlehem  i-arior. 

513.  4.  H.  repandum,  F.  n.  6,  Syn.  Car.  967,  freq.  Pennsylv. 

514.  5.   H.  rufescens,  F.  n.  7,  Syn.  Car.  968,  et.  Pennsylv.  freq. 
•515.     6.   H.  infundibiilum,  F.  n.  9,  Bethlehem  rarius. 

•516.     7.  H. /u«]oes,  Pers.  Myc.,  Bethlehem  rarius,  bene  distinctum. 
517.     8.  H.  cANUM,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  974,  an  a  priori  differt,  et.  Pennsylvania. 
•518.     9.  H.  DELicATCM,  L.  V.  S.,  rarissime  ad  teiTam  in  Rhododendretis.     Bethl. 

H.  minus,  vix  unciam  altitudine  excedens.  Pdeo  carnoso,  lento,  infundibuliforme,  limbo  subregulariter 
late  repando,  cinereo  gilvo.  Stipite  centrali,.in  basin  attenuate,  subsolido,  1  lin.  crasso,  cinerascente. 
Hymenio  subulis  rectls,  cinereis,  breviusculis,  manifestius  asciferis.     Substantia  exsucca. 

j-f  Suberosa. 

519.  10.  H.  compactum,  F.  n.  12,  Syn.  Car.  970,  non  in  Pennsylv. 

520.  11.   H.  aurantiacum,  F.  13,  Syn.  Cai\  969,  etiam  Bethl. 
•521.     12.  H. /errug-i'ncum,  F.  14,  Bethlehem  frequens. 

•522.     13.  H.  cinereum,  F.  n.  15,  valde  distinct.  Bethl. 
523.     14.  H.  cyaihiforme,  F.  18,  Syn.  Car.  971,  concrescens,  Salem. 

Vol.  IV.— 2  Q  -  . 


162  SYNOPSIS  OF 

524.  15.  H.  connalum,  F.  19,  an  Syn.  Car.  973,  spadiceum,  non  infreq.  Carolina  longis  seriebus. 

525.  16.   H.  iomeniosum,  F.  20,  Syn.  C.-vr.  972,  nondum  obvium  in  Pennsylvania. 

•526.  17.  H.  coRiACEO-MEMBnAHACEUM,  L.  V.  S.,  disUncUssima  species,  passim  in  teiTa,  Bethl. 
H.  Pileis  concrescentibus,  lato-repandis,  subinfundibuliformibus,  coriaceo-membranaceis,  exacte  Poly- 
pori  versicoloris  substantia  in  varietati  ejusdem  membranacei  ceterum  glabris,  strigoso-zonatis, 
margine  strigoso-fimbriatls,  saepe  laceratis,  1 — 2  uncialibus  diameti'o,  pallida  cervinis.  Subulis 
sparsis,  subulatis,  longis  saepe  tortis,  lutescentibus.  Stipltibus  tcnuibus,  centralibus,  brevibus, 
concrescentibus. 

2.  Pkuropus. 

527.  18.  n.  gelatlnosum,  Yr.  p.  407,n.  3,  Syn.  Car.  979,  etiam  rarissime  circumEethl.  et Philadelphia. 

528.  19.   H.  ADUSTUM,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.   Car.  977  et  Icone,  Elench.  F.  p.  132,  etiam  Pennsylv.  sed  mullo 
rarius  quam  in  Carolina. 

♦529.  20.  H.  erinaceus,  Fr.  pag.  407  et  408,  Bethlehem,  et  prope  Jonestown,  Swatara,  in  trunco  ibique 
maximum.  Saepius  occurrit  in  arboribus  adhuc  stantibus  ad  10  ped.  altitudine  a  terra.  Transitum 
ad  seq.  sectionem  fecit. 

3.  Merisma. 

530.  21.  H.  coralloides,  F.  p.  408,  Syn.  Car.  994,  et.  Pennsylv. 

531.  22.   H.  BAMOsuM,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  996,  et.  Bethl.  observatum,  tamen  a  priori  non  multo  abhorret. 

532.  23.  H.  Caput  Medusae,   F.   p.  409,  n.   3,   Syn.  Car.    995,   etiam  Pennsylvania  non  infrequens. 
Haec  species  ad  Hericium  ex  fungis  Clavatis  secundum  Friesii  Syst.  Veget. 

4.  Jlpus- 

533.  24.   11.  MOLLF.,  L.  V.  S.,  rarum  ad  truncos  et  ramos  dejectos,  Bethl. 

H.  dimidiato-rotundum,  crassum,  unciali  diametro,  substantia  molU  exacte  xii'in Polyporo  molli.     Pileo 
strigoso,  p.iUido.     Subulis  irregularibus,  cinereis  polyporoideis. 
*534.     25.  H.  orjicii/frfum,  F.  p.  412,  n.  6,  rarius  Bethl. 
•535.     26.   H.  cjn-Aa/um,  F.  411,  n.  2,  Salem  et  Bethl. 
*536.     27.   H.  occarium,  F.  412,  n.  8,  Salem  et  Bethl. 

537.  28.  li.  strigosum,  F.  p.  414,  n.  15,  Syn.  Car.  975,  parasiticum.     Etiam  Bethlehem,  nigrum. 

538.  29.  H.  ochraceum,  F.  n.  16,  Syn.  Car.  976,  et  Bethl.  freq. 

539.  3D.  H.  Rhois,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  978,  Elench.  F.  p.  134,  et.  Pennsylvania  freq.  in  Rhoe  putrido. 

540.  31.  H.  oLiTAcEnM,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  952.     Sistotrema  vulgatum,  etiam  Pennsylvania. 

.    '  5.  JResupinatum . 

■)■  Aculeis  aequalibus. 

541.  32.  H.  macrodoii,  F.  p.  415,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  980,  etiam  Bethlehem.     Interdum  solummodo  ex  su- 
bulis longis  conformatum. 

•542.  33.  II.  mcmbranaceum,F.  n.^.  Nostra  species  distlnctissima,  membranam  sistit  detrahibilem;  ex 
New  York,  Dr  Torrey  misit. 

543.  34.  H.  fusco-aimm,  F.  n.  3,  Syn.   Car.  982,  caslaneum,  passim  in  cortlce  et  ligno  Castaneorum, 

Betlilchem  et  Salem. 

•544-  35.  U.femiginomm,  F.  p.  416,  n.  6,  passim  Bethl. 

545.  36.   II.  microdon,  F.  p.  417,  9,  Syn.  Car.  981,  et.  Bethl. 

•546.  37.   II.  atulaceum,  v.  10,  rarius  in  cortice  Vitis,  Bethl. 

•547.  38.  H. /astv'cu/Krf,  F.  12,  rarius  Salem  et  Bethl. 

548.  39.  H.  mucidum,  F.  p.  418,  n.  14,  Syn.  Car.  983,  et.  Bethlehem,  saepe  longissime  dlfFusum. 

549.  40.   H.  diaphanurn,  F.  15,  Syn.  Car.  989,  et.  Bethl. 

550.  41.  U.  obtusum,  F.  17,  Syn.  Car.  987,  freq.  ad  truncos,  et.  Bethl. 

551.  42.   H.  crui/uosum,  F.  18,  Syn.  Car.  984,  et.  Bethl. 

552.  43.  U.  farinaceum,¥.  19,  Syn.  Car.  985,  et.  Bethl. 

553.  44.   H.  niveum,  V.  20,  Syn.  Car.  988,  passim  et.  Bethl. 
•554.  45.   H.  snbcarnuceum,  Fr.  13,  aff.  mucido,  Bethl. 

S55.     46.  H,  soirHuiiEDM,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  986,  Elench.  F.  p.  138,  n.  7. 


NOUTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  \  163 

•556.     47'.  H.  viTicoLA,  L.  v.  S.,  Elench.  F.  p.  138,  n.  14,  |8.    Nobis  a  muddo  bene  dlstinctum  videtur 
— etiam  quodammodo  ad  apodes  vergens  ob  marg'inem  liberum  strigosutn  et  pUeum  membranaceo- 
corlaceum.     Subulis  longissimis  dense  stipatis  cinereis. 
'557-     48.  H.  suBREstipiSATUM,  L.  V.  S.,  longe  lateque  interruptim  effusum  in  ramis,  Bethl. 

H.  interruptim  effusum  in  plagis  semipedalibus,  ambitu  subdeterminato,  quasi  constate  multis  pileolis 
minoribus,  resupinatis,  interruptim  conncxis  et  fere  confiuentibus,  submembranaceis,  margine  steri- 
libus,  colore  pallide  lutcscente.      In  quoque  pileolo  dentes  subirregulares  assurgunt,  fasciculatim  in 
junioribus  dispositi,  compress!,  demum  ad  2  lineas  elongali,  subteretes,  acuti,   inflexi,  subpenduli, 
concolores. 
558.     49.  H.  HiMASTiA,  L.  v.  S.  (Syn.  Car.  992),  non  rarum  in  putridisslmis  lignis,  Eethl.  et  SaJem. 
H.  floccis  filamentosis  crassis  Hiraamioldeis  ad  uncias  6  longitudine  implexis  irrepentibus  et  arbuscu- 
lum  effientibus,  albis,  tomentosis,  passim  in  membranam  aut  pannum  tenerrimum  dilatatis.     Subulis 
majusculis,  cylindricis,  adpressis,  stipatis,  obtusis,  flexuosis,  griseo  cinereis  pulverulentis  (ex  ascis 
solutis)  impositis. 
•559.     50.  H.  BissiNUM,  L.  v.  S.,  subfrequens  in  ligno  putridissimo,  Bethl. 
H.  membrana  tenuissima,  subfloccosa,  pulverulenta,  byssina,  subevanescens,  non  regulariter  ambitu 
determinato,  obsita  subulis  longis,   distantibus,   subflexuosis,  e  basi  crasso  in  apicem  acutissimum 
elong.atis,  cum  membrana  in  ambitu  fibriUosa  ex  ochraceo-badiis. 
•560.     51.  H.  EpipiiYLiuM,  L.  V.  S.,  rarius  effusum  insuper  folia  putrida,  Bethlehem. 
H.  irregubriter  effusum,  tenue,  byssinum  aut  hypocbnoideum,  pulverulentum,  e  ferrugineo  brunneum. 
Subulis  minutis,  brevioribus,  concoloribus,   obtusisslmis,   fere  papillae  formibus,   subglobulosis  ;  in 
juniori  fungo  reticulatim  dlspositis,  demum  aggregatis. 

■fj-  Aculeis  compressis. 

561.  52.   W.  squalinum,  Vi:  \>.  AIO,  n.  21, /uscescras  nobis,  Syn.  Car.  961,  olim.     Ad  ligna  decorlicata 
Bethl.  rarum.  *  • 

562.  53.  H.  tiride,  F.  p.  421 — 25,  Syn.  Car.  955y  et  Bethl.  (Systot.)  certissime  Hydnum,  nee,  ut  auc- 
tores  habent,  fungus  Hyphomycetum  ex  ordine. 

•563.     54.   H.  AERCciNOscM,  L.  V.  S  ,  rarum  Bethlehem  occurrit  in  putridisslmis  sub  cortice. 
H.  Membrana  tenuissima  byssiua,  subeffiguratim   orbiculata,    aeruginosa,   diametro  unciali.       Subulis 
brevioribus,  distantibus,  crassis,  e  tereti  compressis,  colore  ex  ime  aeruglnoso  in  nigrum  abiente. 

564.  55.   n.  fimbriaium,  F.  421,  n.  27,  Syn.  Car.  957,  freq.  Bethl. 

565.  56.  H.  spalhulatum,  F.  Elench.  p.  139,  Syn.  Car.  993,  nee  Schraderi — Salem  et  Bethl.  (digitatum, 
Pers.). 

•566.  57.  H.  quercinum,  F.  423,  n.  33,  Bethl. 

•567.  58.  H.  arguium,  F.  p.  424,  n.  36,  Bethl.  .      • 

•568.  59.  H.  subtile,  F.  39,  rarius  in  corticibus,  Bethl.  -. 

•569.  60.  H.  slipalum,  F.  40,  in  cortice  Vitis,  Bethl.  "       "'    ■'-■ 

570.  61.  H.  ciNNABAuiNUM,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  963,  Georgia,  Fries.  Elench.  p.  137,  n.  7,  b. 

571.  62.  H.  CBOCEUM,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  962,  Fr.  Elench.  p.  137,  7,  b.  etiam  Pennsylvania  inventum. 
•572.  63.  H.  LCTEOPALLiDUM,  L.  V.  S.,  rarius  Bethleliem  in  cortice  Vitis  aestivalis. 

H.  membrana  tenuissima  byssina,  marginibus  fimbriatis  floccosis,  non  valde  contigua,  ex  luteopallida, 
determinatim  effusa.  Subulis  compressis,  ramoso-fimbriatis,  basi  elong.ato,  quasi  fasciculatim  con- 
fiuentibus, aut  coalitis,  longiusculis,  flavescenti-pallidis  et  subcroceis.     Ad  3  unc.  effusum. 

Genus  13.     Sistotrema. 

573.     1.  S.  confluens,  Fr.  p.  426,  Syn.  Car.  946.     S.  muscorum,  Syn.  Car.  947,  ad  Hyd.  epiphyllum, 
aut  tale  pertinet,  et  eliminatur. 

Genus  14.     Irpex.     Sys.  Vegetab.  p.  81,  et  Elench.  F.  143. 

1.  Apodea. 
•574.     1.  I.  pakaceus,  Elench.  F.  p.  144,  n.  2-     Nobis  Hydnum  decolorana  olim,  maximus  in  ramis  dejec- 


164  SYNOPSIS  OF 

tis  Montibus ;  praesert.  Betulanim.     Primo  adspectu  non  absimills  Daedaleae  cinereae.     An  nova 

species. 
'57S.     2.  l.fuscoviolaceus,  Elench.  F.  n.  3,  nobis  Hytln.  veluta,  rarius  Salem  et.  Bethl. 
'576.     3.  I.  lacieus,  Elencli.  F.  n.  4,  Hydn.  F.  p.  412,  Bethl.  in  U-uncis  emortuis  Araliae  spinosae. 
•57r.     4.  I.  sinuosus,  F.lencli.  Fr.  n.  5,  (II.  morincola,  L.  v.  S.,  olim)  Bethl.  in 

2.   Rp.supinati. 
*578.     5.  I.  EPiPHTLLA,  L.  V.  S.,  distinctissimus  et  eleg-ans  Fungus  in  stipitibus  et  super  folia  subtecta 
radice  subefossi  trunci,  Bethlehem. 
I.  subresiipinatim  efiTusus,  pileis  tamen  subdimidiatis  porrectis,  long'e  lateque  foUa  obtecta,  ramulosque 
dejectos  coiiglutinans.     Unicolor,  ochraceo-pallidiis.     Pileolis  inflexis  irregularibus,  glabriusculis 
cei-vino-ochracels.     Subulis  in  hymenio  majusculis,  basi  reticulatim  conjunctis,  iri-egulaiiter  incisis, 
concoloribus.     Ad  2 — 3  uncias,  longitudlne  ac  latitudine  investit  folia. 
579.     6.  I.  TULiFiPEiiiE,  I,.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  Polyp.  935,  et  nuUimodo  Polystida.     Salem  et  Bethlehem 
valde  freq\iens  et  long-issime  effusiis. 
*580.     7.  I.  FDscESCENs,  L.  V.  S.,  rarius  ad  ligna  Rhododendri, Bethl. 

I.  elong.ato-orbiculatim  confluens,  resupinatus,  efficlens  pellem  crassiusculam  dense  intertextam  sub- 
floccosam,  ambitu  effigvuvato,  m.irg'lne  sterili,  ex  olivaceo-cervinam.  Demum  dentibus  crassls 
compressis  obtusis  (juniori  statu  mere  tuberculi  sunt)  passim  truncatis,  cervinis,  undique  cum  subi- 
culo  ascis  prominulis  fuscis  obsitis.  Unciali  diametro. 
•581.  8.  I.  ocHRACEus,  L.  V.  S.,  ad  corticem,  Bethlehem. 
I.  resupinatus,  membranaceus,  niembrana  ex  candido-ochracea,  fibrillis  contexta,  ambitu  subeffigurato. 
Dentibus  poriformibus,  laceris,  majusculis,  quasi  fasciculatis,  et  in  distantioribus  spathul.ato-canali- 
culatis,  eleganter  ochraceis. 

582.  9.  I.  ciNEHASCENs,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  930,  Polyporus.     Rarrissime  occurrit  sed  distinctissimus 
Carolina.  ■ 

583.  10.  I.  Ceram,  F.  p.  382,  20,  Syn.  Car.  956,  et.  Betlil. 

584.  11.  I.  spathutatus,F.  Elench.  146,  n.  7,  Syn.  Car.  959,  et.  Bethl.  frequens.     Sistotrema  olim. 

585.  12.  I.  ohliquus,  F.  37,  Syn.  Car.  960,  et.  Bethl. 

*586.     13.  I.  deformis,  Elench.  F.  p.  147,  F.  3S,  pseudo-boletus,  rarius  Bethl. 
587.     14.  I.  NivEus,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  964,  sub  Sistotrema  Carolina  invent. 
•588.     15.  I.  caraeus.  Fries.  Elench.  148,  et  F.  420,  Hydn.     Salem  solummodo  obvius. 

Genus  15.     Radulttm. 

•589.     1.  U.  orSicuforc,  Elench.  F.  2.     Hyd.  radula,  F.,  ex  Nova  Anglia,  Torrey. 

•590.     2.  R.  mulare,  F.  Elench.  n.  3,  passim  Bethlehem,  nobis  olim  H.  paradoxium. 
591.     3.  Vt.fagmeum,  F.  p.  423,  Hydn.  Syn.  Car.  954,  Sist.  et.  Bethl. 

•592.     4.  R.  laetum,  F.  p.  445.     TWt\.  hydnoidm,Vevs.  Bethlehem  passim. 

•593.    5.  R.  bolrytes,  Elench.  Fr.  p.  152,  n.  6,  passim  in  cortice  dejecto  Bethl.     Olim  Hyd.  sparsiacuka- 
tum,  L.  v.  S. 

'594.     6.  R.  a/cmmum,  Elench.  F.  p.  153.     .S^/iacroncma  freq.  Bethl.  in  ramis  et  palis. 

•595.     7.  R.  PiNi  CANADENSIS,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ramis  dejectis,  P.  canadensis,  Mauch  Chunk. 
R.  corticale,  rcsupinatum,  subinnatum,  effusum,  ambitu  varie  effiguratum,   1 — 2  uncias  latum,  inter- 
dum  indctermlnatum.     Colore  ex  albido  subcinerascente  in  .alutaceum  vergente.     Papillis  majus- 
cidis  fascicu!.atis,  brevioribus,  obsitum  est  Hymenium  concolor  subrugosum.     Junlore  aetate  supcr- 
ficie  rimosa. 

*596.     8.  R.  iiTDNANs,  L.  V.S.,  late  effusum  in  ligno  nudo  carioso,  Bethlehem. 

R.  longe  lateque  (ad  2 — 4  unc:)  effusum,  subindeterminatum,  in  ambitu  subbyssinum,  tenuius  et  sub- 
pulverulentum,  candiduni  ;  centro  autem  ex  luteo  rubro.pallens.  Corticium  refcrt  satis  compactum 
et  crassum,  stiperficie  rugulosa,  rivulosa,  tuberculls  subsubuliformibus,  difformibus,  confluentibus, 
crassis,  brcviusculis,  aplce  candicantlbus,  ceterum  concoloribus.  Colore  ac  indole  differt  a  R.  laetu 
cui  tamen  affinc. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  165 

597.     9.  R.'isTESTiENs.L.  V.  S,,  abnorme:  frequenter  investit  tomento  aut  pelle  subbyssino  (ad  instar 
T.  bj-ssinae,  &.c.)  stipites  emortuos  adhuc  stantes  Diervillae  Tournefortii,  Bethl. 
R.   long-e  latcque  stipites  arete  iiivestieiis,  pelle  subtomeiitosa  ochraceo-pallida.     Passim  autem  pro- 
cessus sparsi  subuliformes,  2 — 6  lineares,  teretes,  tenues,  subarcuati,  indoles  pelliculae  sese  osten- 
dunt     Vix  hujus  loci. 


SuBORuo  IV.     AURICULARIM. 

Genus  16.     Phlebia. 

598.     1.  P.  mcsenterica,  Pers.  Syn.  571,  Elench.   F.  p.  154,   Syn.   Car.  1018.     Uotlilehem  in  trunco 
fraxineo. 

"599.     2.  P.  merismoiJes,  F.  427,  n.  1,  pulcherima,  Betlilehem.     Nostra  fere  sanguinea. 

•600.     3.  P.  radiata,  F.  n.  2,  passim  Betlilehem. 

•601.     4.  P.  vagd,  F.  n.  4,  distinctam  speciem  amicissimus  Torrey  ex  New  York  communicavit. 

'602.     5.  P.  ctNXADAnisA,  L.  V.  S  ,  citata  Syst.  \eg.  F.  p.  83,  ad  truncos  Carolinae   et  Pennsylvania 
omnino  non  ad  radiatam  ut  habet  Fries.  Elench.  p.  155. 

•603.     6.  P.  coccisEoruLTi,  L.  v.  S.,  in  trunco  carioso  Juglandis  tomentosae,  Nazareth. 

P.  in  cavitatibus  interioribus  trunci  cariosissimi  valde  irregulariter  et  inaequabiliter  insinuato-eftusa, 
penetrans  ipsum  lignum  subiculo  suo  et  quasi  absorbens.  Ambitu  vald.i  irregular!,  strigoso-peni- 
cilloso,  et  substantia  ipsa  fibrilloso-spongiosa,  colore  elegantissimo  fulvo-crocco.  Versus  centrum 
subiculum  quasi  in  membranam  thelephoroideam  explanatur,  pulchen'ime  coccineam,  primum  tuber- 
culosam  ;  demum  processus  elongatos,  lobulosos,  rugiformes,  non  valde  elevates,  coccineos,  sed 
pruina  albicanti  adspersos,  moUiusculos  ostendit. 

•604.     7.   P.  HYDsoiDEA,  L.  V.  S.,  longe  lateque  in  trunco  putrido  ingenti  eft'usa  in  montosis  Bethl. 
P.  effusa  in  corruptissimis  interioribus  partibus,  irregulariter  tuberculosa  ;  subiculo  crasso,  substantia 
fibriUosa,  subpulverulenta,  demum  subsuberosa.     Colore  fulvo-rufo  gaudet.    Undi<iue  tecta  process- 
ubus  hydnoideis,   brevioribus,  quasi  ex   elongatis  papiUis  ortis  subdiaphanis,  concoloribus,  apice 
demum  fimbriato-fibrillosis.     Ulnarem  longitudinem  ac  latitudinem  occupat. 

Genus  17.     Thelephora. 

Trib.  1.   Mesopus. 
605.     1.  T.  cASTUAKELLA,  L.  V.  3.,  Syn.  Car.  1000,  Elench.  F.  p.  164,  nondum  in  Pennsylvania. 
*606.     2.  T.pannosa,  F.  p.  430,  n.  2,  Salem  et  Bethl. 

607.  3.  T.  iiEGULAHis,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  999,  Elench.  F.  p.  165,  nondum  in  Pennsylvania, 

608.  4.   T.  caryophylka,  F.  430,  n.  5,  Syn.  Car.  998,  et.  Betid. 

*609.     5.  T.  MDLTiPABTiTA,  L.  V.  S.,  Elcnch.  F.  p.  166,  passim  in  Carolina  ;  frequentior  Bethlehem  in 
insula  fluminis  Leliigh. 

•610.  6.  T.  viALis,  L.  V.  S.,  rarius  ad  vias  Carolina.  Frequens  Bethlehem  in  insula  jam  dicta  et  mehus 
evoluta.  Valde  polymorpha. 
T,  coriacea,  junior  fragilior  demum  indurescens.  Pileis  polymorpliis,  imbricatis  et  dimidiatis  aeque 
ac  regularibus,plm-ibuscon9uentibu3  aut  concrescentibus  etiam  omnino  singulis,  laciniato-multilidis,' 
1 — 2  uncialibus  et  multo  minoribus,  cupulatis  saepe,  superne  adglutinato-fibriUoso-pIicatis,  luteo- 
fuligineis.  Stipitibus  singuhs  aut  concrescentibus,  crassis  ac  tenuibus,  saepe  omnino  carentibus, 
saepe  longiusculis,  indui'escentibus.  Hymenio  plicato  venoso,  e  luteo-pallido  fuligineo,  ascis  promi- 
nulis  et  inde  demum  subfloccoso. 

Tnb.  2.   Mebisma. 
•611.     7.  T.  corulloides,  F.  43S,  n.  1,  Bethlehem  in  insula. 

612.     8.  T.  palmata,  F.  432,  n.  2,  (M.  foetidum)  Syn.  Car.  1066,  cum  suis  varietatibus  vulgaris,  et. 
Bethlehem. 

Vol.  IV.— 2  R 


166  SYNOPSIS  OF 

•613.  9.  T.  tuberosa,  Elench.  F.  p.  167,  2  b,  Greville  Tab.  178,  ad  terram,  Salem  et  Bethlehem. 

614.  10.  T.flabellaris.V.  n.  3,  Salem  et  Bethlehem;  Syn.  Car.  1065. 

•615.  11.  T.  stabularis,  F.  435,  n.  7,  Syn.  Car.  non  sed  Salem. 

•616.  12.   T.  riMBHiATA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1067,  Salem  et  Bethl. 

617.  13.  T.  CANDIDA,  L.  V.  S,,  Syn.  Car.  1069,  Elench.  F.  p.  168,  et.  Bethlehem  frequens. 

618.  14.  T.  Cladosia,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1068,  Elench.  F.  p.  168,  etiam  Pennsylvania. 

*619.      15.   T.  lAiLiDA,  L.  V.  S.,  frequentissime  occurrit  ad  terr.im   densis  sylvis  Bethlehem.     Maxima. 

Caespites  eftbrmat  saepe  6  unciales  longitudine,  3 — 4  altitudine. 
T.    erecta,  basi  quasi  tuberosa  solida  connata,   stipitiformi,  ramis  multis  acutis  divisis,  trunco  cum 

pileis  multipartite,  compresso-sulcato.     Colore  statu  vegeto,  omnino  pallido,  sed  hymenio  externi  et 

instipitem  versus,  demum  rufescit.     An  ad  T.  Kittlingeri.     F.  p.  454. 
•620.      16.  T.  CAESpiTULASS,  L.  V.  S.,  freq.  locis  consuetis  Bethlehem  ;  ex  vicinitate  T.  palmatae  sed 

habitu  omnino  diversa. 
T.  caespites  formansaltitudineetlong-itudineunciali.     Basin  versus  in  corpus  solidum  concrescunt  rami 

ad  dimidi.im  partem,  turn  assurgunt   stricti  divisi,  invicem  arete  adpressi,  compressi,  imo  subcanaU- 

culati,  obtusi  plerumque  in  apicibus,  et  ibi  albicantes.     Colore  e  bruneo  fuligineo. 

621.  17.  T.  c-istata,  F.  p.  434,  Syn.  Car.  1062,  etiam  Pennsylv.ania  obvia. 

622.  IS.  T.  penicillata,  F.  n.  6,  Syn.  Car.  1063,fuscescens,  Salem  et  Pennsylvania  non  infi'equens. 

623.  19.  T.  sinniTA,  Pers.  Myc.  et  Synops.     Salem  passim.     Hue  videturpertinere.     Species  nosti'a 
cum  nulla  alia  confundenda. 

Trlb.  3.  Apus. 

Subtrib.  1.   Phylacteria. 

624.  20.  T.  ierrestris,  F.  431,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  1001,  vulgatain  pinetis  Carol.,  rara  Bethlehem. 

625.  21.  T.  laciniala,  F.  n.  2,  Syn.  Car.  1002,  et.  ISetlil. 

*626.     22.  T.  frondescens,  F.  p.  436,  rarissima  Bethl.  quam  Syn.  Car.  intybaceam  vocavimus. 
*627.     23.   T.  biennis,  F.  449,  Elench.  p.  171,  Bethlehem  in  montosis. 
628.     24.  T.  fuscocinerca,  Pevs.  Myc.  p.  114,  quam  habemus  ut  speciem  propriam  et  bonam  exhibemus, 

Betlil. 
•629.     25.  T.  gausapata,  Elench.  F.  p.  171,  optime  qu.idrans  passim,  Salem  ac  Bethlehem. 
*630.     26.   T.  ALBiBo-BnusNEA,  L.  V.  S  ,  in  cortice  putrido  ti'uncorum  propius  terrae,  Bethl. 
T.  longe  lateque  confluens  ;  irregulariter  subimbricata,  saepissime  resupinata,  rarius  in  pileos  porrecta 

substipitatos.      .Superne  ime  brunnea,   subtomentosa,  quasi  pileis  undulatim  confusis,  subcrispis 

spongioso-suberosis.     Hymenio  inaequabilj,  laeviusculo,  candido.     Ad  plures  uncias  effusa.     Ubi 

pilei  distineti,  diametro  vix  excedunt  semiunciam. 
"631.     27.   T.  LUTOSA,  L.  V.  S.,  rarius  ad  terram  in  viis  sylvaticis  Carohna. 

T.   minor,  pileis  dense  imbricatis,   postice  in  stipites  subhorizontahter  attenuatis,  undulato-plicatis, 

semiuncialibus,  superne  quasi  subtomentosis  pulverulentls.     Hymenio  sublaevi  et  papillose,  subve- 

lutino  ex  ascis,   cum  toto   fungo  lutose   lutescente.      ilarginibus  limbi  sulobati  demum   inflexis. 

Fungus,  primum  subcarnosus,  demum  indurescit. 

632.  28.   T.  bicolo);T.  p.  438,  Salem,  Syn.   Car.  1005,  ob  hymenii  indolem  hue  omnino  pertinot,  sed 
albido-brunncm  nostrae  satis  affinis. 

Subtrib.  2.   Slereum. 

633.  29.  T.  rubiginasa,  F.  p.  436,  n.  2,  Syn.  Car.  1004,  freq.  Bethl. 

634.  30.  T.  tubacina,  F.  n.  3,  Syn.  Car.  ferrugine.a,  lOuS,  frequens  etiam  Pennsylvania. 
*635.     31.  T.  crocata,  Elench.  F.  p.  173.     Bethlehem  passim,  nobis  ohm  T.  subpikata. 
•636.     32.  T.  kprosa,  Elench.  F.  Bethlehem  eximia. 

637.  33.  T.  iMBiiicATULA,  L.  V.  S.,  ex  New  York  misit  Toney  et  rarissime  Bethl.  inveni. 
T.  i'esupinato-eft\isa,  interdum  in  pileolos  crebros  imbricatos  porrect.i,  extus  luteo-ferrugineos,  strigoso- 
floccosos,  undulatos,  membranaceo-coriaceos,  non  zonatos,  subcrispos.  Hymenio  fusco-umbrino 
subrutilante,  rugosoplicato  nee  vere  tuberculoso,  saepe  rimoso,  ascis  prominulis,  subulatis,  brevibus, 
crcberrimis,  umbrino-fuscis.  Ubi  omnino  resupinata,  effiguratim  marginata  est,  ambitu  strigoso- 
floccoso. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  '      167 

Subti-ib.  3.  .iuricularia. 

■f  Coriaceae. 
•.6S8.     34.  T.  atrata,  F.  n.  5,  p.  437,  rai-a  species  Bethlehem. 

639.  35.  T.  verskoloris,  var.  FAsciATi,  L.  v.  S.,  Elench.  F.  p.  175,  Syn.  Carol.,  1011,  vulgata  etsaepe 
maxima,  etiam  Pennsylv. 

640.  36.  T.  spadkea,  F.  p.  438,  n.  9,  Syn.  Car.  1006,  etiam  Bethl. 

641.  37.  T.  rugosa,  F.  439,  F.  Elench.  177,  Syn.  Car.  1009,  etiam  Bethl. 

642.  38.   T.  sTYnAciFLVA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1010,  Elench.  F.  p.  177,  Salem. 

643.  39.   T.  hirsuta,  F.   1:5,  Syn.  Car.  1014,  rarius  Betlilehem,   ^  rameaUs,  F.  Elench.  p.  178  s.  varie- 
tas  valde  insignis  et  Pennsylvania  vulgata,  ubi  rarissime  inveni  T.  hirsutam,  Syn.  Car.  1015. 

*644.  40.   T.  ocliroleuca,  F.  p.  440,  n.  14,  Salem  et  Bethl.  rara. 

*645.  41.  T.  purpurea,  F.  n.  15,  passim  Salem  et  Betbl. 

646.  42.  T.  sanguinolenta,  F.  n.  16,   Syn.  Car.  1013,  nondum  Bethl. 

647.  43.  T.  striata,  F.  Elench.  p.  179,  Syn.  Car.  1016,  sinrcEA,  L.  v.  S.,  etiam  freq.  Bethlehem. 

648.  44.   T.  GHisEA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1012,  Elench.  F.  p.  179,  n.  19,  rara  species  Cavolinae. 
'649.  45.   T.  ocEnACEO-FLAVA,  L.  v.  S.,  Bethlehem  in  ramis.     Etiam  ex  Florida,  Leconte. 

T.  subresupinatim  eftusa  et  elong.ato-confluens  in  ramis  tenuioribus,  pileis  i  uncialibus  porrectis  mem- 
■    branaceo-coriaceis,  infiexis,   candidis,  strigosissimis,  subfasciatis.     Hymenio  flavo  expallente,  lae- 

viusculo,  tiiberculis  tantum  evanidis.     An  2 — 3  uncias  confluit,  saepe  dorso  affixo  singuli  pilei  orbi- 

culatlm  protunduntur. 
650.     46.  T.  scBzosATA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1017,  ochraceae,  Bethl.  Elench.  F.   p.  181,  non  ochracea 

Fries. 
*651.     47.  T.  cisEHAscENs,  L.  v.  S.  rarius  Bethlehem  in  truncis  semivivis  Mori  albae. 

T.   pileata  ac   resupinato-effusa.     In  perfectioribus,  pileis  dimidiatis  confluentibas,  strlgoso-zonatis, 

unicoloribus,   cinereo-albidis  unciahbus,  limbo  tenuiori  minus  strigoso.      Hymenio  e  cinereo  sub- 

fuhginoso-purpurascenti,  siccitate  praesertim,  ubi  resupinatim  eflusum  est,  rimoso.     Ascis  cinereis, 

prominuUs,  pellucidis.     Coriacea  substantia.     Hymenio  demum  expallescente,  pseudo-tuberculoso. 

Plagas  bi-  vel  tri-unciales  occupans. 

•j-f  Ceraceae. 
•652.     48.  T.  evolvens,  F.  441,  n.  1,  rarior  Bethl.  ol.  propullans,  L.  v.  S. 

♦653.     49.  T.  amorpha,  F.  Elench.  p.  183,  Pers.  Syn.  Peziza,  olim  nobis  Phyllacterium  pezizoideum. 
Rarissime  inventa,  sed  distinctissima.     Hope,  Jersey,  in  cortice  Fraxini. 

654.  50.  T.  salicina,  F.  440,  n.  2,  freq.  in  Salicibus  Americanis,  praesertim  S.  lucida,  Bethl,  et  Salem. 
Est  cruetita  Synopseos  Carol.  1029. 

655.  51.  T.  quercina,  F.  3,  Syn.  C.w.  1020,  et.  Bethlehem  frequens. 

656.  52.  T.  Pini,  F.  p.  443,  Salem  et  Bethl.  montosis. 

657.  53.  T.  ahietina,  F.  n.  5,  Syn.  Car.  1021,  et.  Bethlehem  freq.  etiam  in  Castaneis. 
*658.     54.  T.  rufa,  Elench.  F.  p.  187,  n.  29,  {disrupta,  L.  v.  S.)  in  cortice  Bethlehem. 

*659.     55.   T.  chailldU,  Elench.  F.  188,  n.  33,  Bethlehem  Castaneis,  ohm  Stereum  lilucinum,  L.  v.  S. 
*660.     56.  T.  avellana,  F.  442,  Bethlehem  obvia,  bona  species. 
661.     57.   T.  ALBOBADiA,  L.  v.   S.,  Syn.  Car.  1045,  Elench.  F.  p.  189.     Solummodo  S.ilem  invenla. 
•662.     58.   T.   (/i>i/ormM,F.  443,7,  Salem  et  Bethl.  ramis. 

663.  59.  T.  cASDiDissiMA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1061,  et.  Bethlehem,  Elench.  F.  189,  n.  37.     Distinc- 
tissima species. 

Subtrib.  4.  Straiosae. 

664.  60.   T.  frustulata,  F.  n.  14,  Syn.  Car.  1030,  valde  freq.  lignis  praesertim  querneis  durissimis. 
*665.     61.  T.  PALLESCENS,  L.  V.  S.,  longe  latequc  eftusa,  praesertim  sub  truncis  adustis  Bethlehem. 

T.  omnino  resupinata,   crassa,  dura,   superficie  maxime  rugosa,  papilloso-granulosa,  rimosa,  subsicca, 
ex  albido  pallescens.     Ut  prlore  perennis. 
*666.     62.  T.  issiNUANs,  L.  v.  S.,  in  cavitate  truncorum  longe  lateque  insinuata,  Bethl. 

T.  lignosa,  crassa,  pallida,  vix  separabilis,  resupinatim  serpens  in  cavitatibus  internis,  superficie  inae- 


168  "  SYNOPSIS  OF 

quali.     Hymenio  rugoso,  nee  tamen  tuberculoso,  subvelutino.     Intus  subtusque  fascescit.     Omnino 
stratosa . 
•667.     63.  T.  areolala,  F.  Elencli.  p.  190,  n.  32,  olim  a  me  T.  fallax  vocata. 

Trib.  4.  REScpixiTCS. 

»  Subtrlb.  1.   Contophora. 

668.  64.  T.  Helvklloibes,  L.  v.  S.,  Sjn.  Car.  1041,  Elench.  F.  p.  193,  rai-issima  et  valde  abnormis, 
etlam  Beth]. 

669.  65.  T.  spoNGiosA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1051,  et.  Bethl.  Elench.  F.  p.  193,  n.  2. 
•670.     66.  T.  puieana,Y.  Elench.  p.  194,  in  cellis  Bethlehem  in  lignis  fabreflictis. 

671.  67.   T.  reticulata,  F.  Elench.  p.   196,  marginata  L.  v.  S.,  Salem  et  Bethl. 

672.  68.  T.  byssoides,  F.  p.  452,  n.  8,  Syn.  Car.  1042,  et.  Bethlehem. 

673.  69.   T.  olivacea,  F.  Elench.  p.  197,  n.  10,  Syn.  Car.  1050,  ^  hotryoides,  freq.  etiam  Pennsylv. 

674.  70.  T.  sisTOTBEMOiDEs,  L.  y.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1053,  species  magna  et.  Bethl.  non  infrequens. 

675.  71.  T.ferrug'mea,  F.  Elench.  p.  198,  n.  12,  Syn.  Car.  1043,  frequens  etiam  in  Pennsylvania. 
•676.  72.  T.  punicea,  F.  Elench.  p.  199,  n.  13,  in  trunco  putrido,  Bethlehem. 

•677.     7o.  T.  BUBHOPALLENS,  L.  V.  S.,  longe  lateque  efTusa  in  cortlcibus  et  lignis  Bethlehem. 

T.  etiusa,   indeterminatim   effigurata,  ambitu  marginibus  latissimis  albis  ;  versus  centrum   subroseo- 
incarnata,  crebre  sporidifcra  aut  pulverulenta.     Pelliculam  efficit  ex  arete  intertextis  filis.     Ulnarem 
longitudinem  explet. 
*678.     74.   T.  umbrina,  Elencli.  F.  p.  199,  non  Persoonii,  Bethlehem  non  freq.  ad  cortic.es. 
679.     75.    T.  coccisEA,  Syn.  Car.  1032,  (Swartz  sanguinea)  omnium  pulcherrima,  ad  truncos  solummodo 
Citrorum  Georgia,  Florida,  etiam  Surinam.     Specimina  floridanapedalia  debeo  Leconte. 
•630.     76.   T.  LiLAciNA,  L.  T.  S.,  in  cortlce  Pruni  virg.  ramorum,  Bethl. 

T.  pellicula  tenera,  orbiculatim  aut  effiguratim  efFus.a,  latius  confluens;  ambitu  albescente  byssino- 
fibriUoso,  in  centro  efficiens  pelliculam  aut  pannum  tenerrimum  Ulacinum,  sed  decolorans  aet.ate, 
pulvere  obsitum.     Diametro  6  Unearum. 

Subtrlb.  2.   Ilimantia. 
*681.    77-  T.  cmnamomea,  F.  Elench.  p.  201,  2  b.  nobis  olim  Stereum griseofuliginetnn. 

682.  78.  T.  PEDicELLATA,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1046,  Elench.  F.  p.  200,  in  Carolina  freq.  ad  vivos  ramos. 
Icon  in  Syn.  Car.  T.  2,  f.  3.  •    .     ■ . 

683.  79.   T.  domestica,  F.  481,  Bethlehem,  Himant.  Syn.  Car.  1363,  in  ccllis. 
*684.     80.  T.  fusca,  F.  451,  n.  5,  hue  T.  vinosa  olim  nost.  in  Mali  cortice. 

*685.     81.  T.  strigosa,  F.  Pers.  p.  83,  n.  1,  Bethlehem  longe  lateque  in  truncis  j.acentibus  adustis. 
*686.     82.  T.  violascens,  F.  451,  n.  4,  in  ramis  Bethl. 

*687.     83.     T.  atrovirens,  Elench.  F.  p.  202,   n.    4  b.  var.  aerucisoso-caesia.     Nobis  frequens  Bethl. 
ad  ligna  putridissima,  Syn.  Car.  1054. 

688.  84.  T.  caeruka,  Elench.  202,  n.  4  c.  Syn.  Car.  1028,  T.  Indigo,  passim  et.  Betid. 

689.  85.  T.  rosea,  F.  p.  451,  n.  5,  freq.  Bethl.  cortice  juniori,  Syn.  Car.  1027. 

690.  86.  T.  sulphiirea,  F.  452,  n.  6,  Syn.  Car.  1052,  valde  varians,  etiam  Bethlehem  frequens  e 

691.  87.  T.  viTicoLA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1037,  Elench.  p.  205,  n.  6  b.  rurius  etiam  in  Vitibus 
Bethlehem. 

•692-  88.   T.  laciea,  F.  452,  n.  7,  freq.  (Syn.  Car.  1058  et  1059,  aliaj  nostra  Bethl.  Hyp.  candidis. 

693.  89.  T.  laevis,  F.  451,  u.  1,  Syn.  Car.  1026,  etiam  passim  Bethlehem. 

694.  90.  T.a7i/hochroa,'E\enc\\.  F.  p.  207,  n.  9,  Syn.  C.ir.  1031.     T.   roseo-carnea,  adTigna.  et.  Bethl. 
•695.  91.  T.  odorala,  Elench.   p.   207,  F.    Syn.   p.  445,  rara  ad  truncum,    Hamburg,  Berks  County, 

alatacea  mihi  olim. 
•696.     92.  T.  setigcra,  Elench.  F.  p.  208,  n.  12,  passim  Betlil.  in  cortice  Betularum  dejecto. 
697.     93.  T.  bombycina,  Elench.  p.  211,  n.  13,  T.  sera,  Syn.  Car.  1057,  passim  et.  Betlilehem. 
•698.     94.  T . papulosa,  Elench.  F.  p.  212,  n.  14,  Bethlehem,  oUm  perperam  ad  T.  nudam. 

Subtrib.  3.   Ccraceae. 
•699.     95.  T.  giganteu,  Elench.  F.  p.  213,  n.  1,  Mauch  Chunk,  et.  Hambiu'g,  Berks,  ad  trunc.  pineos. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGr.  169 

700.  96.  T.  tJierustans,  F.  448,  n.  27,  et  sebacea  1038  et  1040,  Syn.  Car.  etiam  Pennsylvania  ;    sae|)e 
gramina  viva  induit  crusta  var.  sebacea.     Hue  etiam  Merisma  serratum,  I'ei'S.  Syiiops.   nee  nostrum. 

701.  97.  T.  caleea,  F.  Elench.  p.  215,  non  Syn.  Car.  ad  truncos  pineos  et  lij^iia  fabrefacta,  liethl. 
•702.     98.   T.  pubcra?  Eleneh.  p.  215,  n.  3,  (Conioph.  corticalis,  L.  v.  S.,  olim)  incoiticeLavicis,  Betbl- 
•/OS.     99.   T.  moUis,  F.  443,  Bethlcliem  rarius  oecurrit. 

*704.  100.  T.  alnca,  F.  446,  n.  20,  Betlil.  late  expansa,  olim  T.  ochr.acea  nostra. 

.705.  101.  T.  ochracea,  F.  n.  19,  Syn.  Car.  concentriea,  1034,  et.  Betldehem. 

706.  102.   T.  concentriea,  F.  Elencfi.  p.  217,  Salem  etBethl.  vix  mera  varietas  prioris. 

707.;  103.  T.  granulosa,  F.  446,  n.  18,  Syn.  Car.  1036,  etiam  frequcns  Bethlehem. 

708.  104.  T.  ?nticlda,  Eleneh.  p.  217,  n.  8,  olim  nobis  T.  aurantia,  Syn.  Car.  1033,  non  Bethlehem. 

709.  105.  T.  sen'alis,  F.  445,  n.  16,  olim  perperum  nobis  T.anthochroa,  Salem  et.  Bethl. 
*710.  106.   T.  livida,  F.  447,  n.  24,  Bethlehem  in  Pyromalo. 

711.     107.  T.  viscosa,  F.  p.  448,  n.  25,  Syn.  Car.  1056,  solum.  Salem.     ■  i     -  , 

*712.      108.   T.  eonfluens,  F.  447,  n.  23,  Bethlehem  bona  species. 
•713.     109.  T.  cumedens,  F.  n.  21,  praesertim  in  Syring.  Bethl.  et  ex  Surinamo. 
714.     110.  T.  incarnata,   F.   444,   Syn.   Car.    1022.      Fungus  admodum  vulgaris  et  multum    varians. 
Praesertim  in  dejectamentis,  frustulis  ligni  caesi,  imo  in  laqueo  putrescenti,  tamen  etiam  in  cortice. 
*715.      111.  T.  nuda,  F.  n.  22,  freq.  Bethl.  praesertim  in  castaneis  lignis  et  eortice  castaneo. 

716.     112.   T.  cinerea,  F.453,  Syn.  Car.  1055,  vulgatissima,  et.  Bethlehem. 
"717.     113.   T.  ALuiDo-cAiiNEA,  L.  V.  S.,  passim  in  cortice  Vitis  obvia.  Bethlehem. 

T.  subeeracea,  arctissime  adnata,  longissinie  eonfluens  sed  valde  angustata,  ambitu  byssino  fibrilloso 
candido,  pruina  c.arnescente  centro  tecta.     Sieeitate  rimosa. 

718.  114.  T.polygonia,  F.  p.  444,  n.  11,  Syn.  Car.  1024,  et.  Bethlehem  freq. 

719.  115.  T.  i?(7)esja,  F.  p.  444,  in  nota.     Freq.  Bethl.  in  ramis  Ribis. 

Subtrib.  4.   Lejosiroma. 

720.  116.  T.  acerina,  F.  453,  n.  1,  Syn.  C;ir.  1060,  et.  Bethl. 

"721.     117.  T.  com/^'rfa,  Elench.  F.  p.  224,  n.  2,  ad  ramos  salieinos  Bethlehem,   olim  Stereum  salieinum 

nobis. 
*722.     118.  T.  laevigata,   Eleneh.  F.  n.  3,  Bethlehem,  oUm  nobis  Stereum  umbrinum  etbadio  umbri- 

num. 
*723.     119.  T.  EPisrHAEHiA,  L.  v.  S.,  Elench.  F.  p.  226,  n.  3  b.  pr.aesertim  in  Lauro  et   Alno  ligno  et 

supra  Sphueriam  stigma,  olim  nobis  Hydnum  et  turn  ad  Sterea  nostra. 
•724.     120.   T.  maculaeformis,  F.  454,  n.  4,  Bethlehem.  .  ' 

725.     121.   T.  bufonia,  F.  Eleneh.  p.  225,  n.  4  b.  Pers.  Synops.  578,  Syn.  Car.  1044. 
♦726.     122.  T.  amphiboUa,  F.  454,  n.  5,  Bethlehem. 

•727.     123.   T.  epidermea,  Pers.  Myc.  p.  84,  Eleneh.  F.  p.  226  in  nota,  Bethlel\em.     Hue  pertinet. 
728.     1'24.  T.  circinnata,  Elench.  F.  p.  226,  n.  7.     Sarcopodium,  Link.  p.  127.      Omnino  nostra  (quae 
olim  Th.  kerbarum  nobis  audit)  ad  Thelephorus  pertinet. 


Ordo  II.     ELVELLACEI.    ' 

SiBORDO  I.     MITRATl. 
Genus  IS.     Morchella. 

729.  1.   M.  esculenta,  F.  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  1125,  vulgaris  et  saepe  maxima,  etiam  Pennsylvania. 

730.  2.  M.  FORAMiNULosA,  L.  v.  S.,   Syn.  Car.  1126,  patula,  rarior  inter  priorem  CaroUna,   omnino 
non  est  M.  patula,  Fries. 

M.  affinis  priori  ac  ejusdem  indolis.     Pileo  tamen  magis  ovato  quam  conjco,   apice  foramine  aperto, 
margine  subannuUformi.     Basis  pilei  stipite  adnata  cum  in  priori.     Ad  tres  uncias  elevatur. 
'731.     3.  M.  caroUniana,  Bos.  F.  n.  13,  ex  New  York  accepi,  et  in  Pinetis  juxta  Philad.  ipse  inveni. 

Vol.  IV.— 2  S 


170  SYNOPSTS   OP 


Genus  19.     Helvella. 

732.  1.  H.  cosTATi,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1127,  F.  p.  19,  n.  7,  rara,  ac  solummodo  Carolina  inventa. 

733.  2.  H.  infula,  F.  n.  5,  Syn.  Car.  1128,  vere  in  Carolina. 
•734.  3.   H.  lacunosa  (mitra),  F.  15,  passim  Salem  et  Bethl. 
•735.  4.  H.  sulcata,  F.  3,  Salem  rara. 

736.     5.  H.  esculenta,  F.  4,  Clariss.  Torrey  mihi  ex  New  York  communicavit. 

G-enus  20.     Verpa. 

*737.     1.   V.  caholiniana,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.,  perperam  Leotia  marcida,  n.  1123.    Rara  Carolina  in  de- 
clivitatibus. 
V.  stipite  longo,  biunciali,  flexuosim  torto,  apicem  versus  incrassato,  cavo,  subcarnoso,  riigoso-plicato. 
Pileo  dilatato,  subagaricoideo,  rug-oso-tuberculoso,  margine  arete  in  stipitem  inflexo,  ex  pallido  um- 
brino.    Subtus  et  in  stipite  color  pallidior. 

Genus  21.     Leotia. 

738.  1.  L.  circ'mnans,  F.  p.  27,  n.  3,  Syn.  Car.  1120,  Salem. 

759.  2.  L.  lubrka,  F.  n.  7,  Syn.  Car.  1122,  etiam  Bethl. 

740.  3.   L.  CHLonocEPHALi,  L.  v.  S.,  F.  8,  Syn.  Car.  1124,  solummodo  in  Carolina  obvia. 

•741.  4.  L.  viscosa,  F.  9,  Salem  et  Bethl.,  non  rara. 

742.  5.   L,  infundihuUformis,  F.  p.  26,  n.  1,  ex  New  York  mihi  communicat.a. 


SuBORDO  II.     CUPULATI. 
Genus  22.     Rhizina. 

743.     1.  R.  undulata,  F.  p.  33,  n.  1,  solummodo  mihi  obvia  sed  elegans  in  sylvis  istis  vastissimis  Abieti- 
nis,  Jefferson  County,  Pennsylvania,  Octob. 

Genus  23.     Peziza.  • 
Series  1.  Aleuria. 

Trib.  1.  Helvelloideae. 

•         -  \  Acetabula. 

•744.     1.  P.  sulcata,  F.  p.  44,  ad  latera  ti'uncorum  N.izareth. 

745.  2.  P-  ciNSAiMDMEo-iuTEscENs,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1165,  F.  p.  45,  nondum  in  Pennsylv.  obvia. 

746.  3.   P.  MixncLA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1184,  F.  45,  rara,  sed  etiam  Bethlehem. 

If  Cochleatae. 

747.  4.  P.  CLTPEATA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1170,  F.  p.  46,  n.  9,  nondum  Pennsylvania. 

748.  5.  P.  venosa,  F.  46,  n.  10,  Syn.  Car.  1169,  et.  Bethl. 

749.  6.  P.  badia,  V.  n.  11,  Syn.  Car.  1168,  ex  New  Jersey,  etiam  habeo. 

750.  7.  P.  otiotica,  V.  n.  15,  Syn.  Car.  1163,  rarisslma. 

•751.     8.  P.  OBTECTA,  L.  V.  S.,  Salem  rara  inter  folia  putrescentia,  et.  Betbl. 

P.  minor,  J  uncialis,  vix  stipilata,  sed  ime  concava  et  uno  latere  .aperta  .aut  subdimidiata,  cinnamomea 
cxtus  farinosa,  basi  albo-lomentosi.da  aut  albo-pruinosa.      Gregatim  ac  sparsim  foliis  fere  obtecta. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  171. 

752.     9.   P.  oi;ron/(C,  F.  n.  16.     Bethlehem  frequens,  Syn.  Car.  1164. 

755.     10.  P.  cocAfcoto,  F.  19,  umbrina,  Syn.  Car.  1166,  etiam  passim  Bethlehem. 

Iff  Pustullatae. 

754.  11.  P.  vcsicuhsa,¥.  23,  Syn.  Car.  alutacea,  1167,  etiam  Pennsylvania  in  stercoratis. 

755.  12.   P.  coxcREscENS,  L.  V.  S.,    Syn.  Car.  1178,  haec  species  distinctissima  quibusdam  annis  fre- 
quens locis  raris  Bethleliem,  v.  c.  in  sylva  Jones.  .   • 

*756.      13.  P.  micropus,  F.  27,  passim  Bethlehem,  Syn.  Car.  1173.    • 
757.     14.  P. /HM^u/foto,  F.  29,  Bethl.  et  ex  New  York,  Torrey,  Syn.  Car.  1179.  '      . 

•758.     15.  p.  bufonia,  F.  n.  26,  magna  Bethlehem  in  sylva  riparum  Lehigh. 

759.  16.  P.  iniiEGULinis,  L,  v.  S.,  omnino  foliis  obtecta,  ramulis  dejectis  udis,  Increscit  Bethlehem 
copiose  locis  suis. 

P.  epixyla,  subsessilis  aut  basi  stipiteformi  praedita,  ramosputrldos  penetrante,  proveniens  fasciculatim 
cupulis  magnis  semiuncialibus  et  ultra,  ampliatis  repandis  et  irregulariter  lacerato-fissis.  Hymenio 
umbrino  gl.abro.  Extus  rugulosa,  versus  basin  lacunoso-venosa,  dense  verruccis  conicis  parvis,  um- 
brino-ferruginosis  aut  siibpurpurascentibus  submollibus  obsita.  Caespites  efformat  2 — 3  unciak-s. 
Mi/cogone  ccrvina  saepissime  obtecta,  reperilur. 

Trib.  2.   Geoptxis. 

*  Macropodes. 

760.  17.  P.  macropus,  F.  34,  Syn.  Car.  1177,  etiam  freq.  Bethl. 

761.  18.  P.  Tuha,  F.  36,  Syn.  Car.  1174,  perennts,  Bethlehem  mihi  obvia,  rarius  in  tuberibus. 

**   Cup  u  lares. 

762.  19.  P.  lalinus,  F.  44,  Syn.  Car.  varia,  1172,  nondum  Pennsylv. 
•763.     20.  P.  CAnBoxAiiiA,  F.  45,  locis  carbonaceis,  Bethl. 

764.  21.   P.  mpularis,  F.  45,  Syn.  Car.  crenalii,  1180,  et.  Bethlehem. 

•765.  22.   P.  applanata,  F.  50,  Bethlehem  rara. 

766.  23.   P.  violacea,  F.  52,  Syn.  Car.  1171,  solummodo  Carol. 

•767.  24.  P.  granuhtu,  F.  53,  in  stercore,  Salem  Carolinae. 

•768.  25.   P.  7)iemiTO?iacea,  F.  48,  Bethlehem  r.ara  p.  Jones.  -      . 

•769.  26.  P.  diluta,  F.  49,  eisdem  locis  Bethlehem. 

*770.  27.   P.  fuUginea,  F.  51,  ripis  Lehigh  abruptis  sylvaticis. 

Trib.  3.   HcMARiA. 

771.  28.     P.  rutilans,  F.  62,  Syn.  Car.  1238,  kucoloma,  Salem.     ■ 

•772.  29.  P.  fulgens;  F.  61,  ex  Deerfield,  Massachusetts  communicata. 

•773.  30.  P.  oUaris,  F.  63,  Salem  et  Bethlehem. 

•774.  31.  P.  araneoscr,  F.  67,  rarissime  obvia  Nazareth. 

'775.  32.  P.  humosa,  F.  72,  in  Pine  Swamp  Pennsylv.  rara.  ,  _        ' 

*776.  33-  P.  kucoloma,  F.  71,  Bethlehem  Inter  muscos. 

777.  34.  P.  omphnlodes,  F.  78,  conjlucns,  Syn.  Car.  1240,  nondum  Pennsylv. 

778.  35.  P.  ruhricosa,  F.  73,  Syn.  Car.  1241,  rufa,  ad  terram  in  Carolina. 

Series  2.  Lachnea. 
Trib.  1.   Sarcosctpuae. 

1.  Stipitatae. 
•779.    36.  P.  coccinea,  F.  p.  79,  n.  1,  Bethlehem  in  sylva  occidentale. 
*780.     37.  P.  iomenlosa,  F.  n.  3,  ligno  dejecto  adhaerens  Carohna. 

•781i     38.  P.  occirENTALis,  L.  V.  S.,   ad   Muskingum  in  Ohio  ad   stipites  dejectos  et  ramulos  mensc 
Augusto. 
P.  longiuscule  stipitata,  stipite  teneriori,  cupula  subinfundibuliformi,  tota  coccinea;  extus  vUlo  brevi 
albidulo  subtomentosa.     Disco  luteo  coccineo.     Basis  stipitis  tomento   candido  involuta — Interdum 


172  SYNOPSIS   OF 

^essilis  occurrit,  plerumque  stipite  subunciali.  Omnibus  partibus  gracilior  est  P.  coccineae.  Sparsim 
crescit. 
•782.  39-  P-  FLoccosA,  L.  v.  S.,  ad  terram  et  ad  ramulos  in  terra  defoss.  Nazaretli. 
P.  longissime  stipitata,  fasciculatim  crescens  ;  stipite  subflexuoso  sarsum  in  cupulam  tubaeformem 
sensim  dilatato.  Cupula  ime  tubaeformis,  limbo  dilatato,  colore  externo  lutescenti  coccinea,  cum 
stipite  strigosissime  fioccosa,  tomento  longo  recto  candido,  omnino  obtegente  cupulam,  stipitemque 
sarcosum.  Disco  eleganter  coccineo,  nudo.  Tota  unciam  altitudine  excedit,  gracilis,  et  pulcher- 
rima.est.  ' 

2.  Sessiles. 

783.  40.  P.  nigrella,  F.  n.  7,  Syn.  Car.  1186,  freq.  et  Bethl. 

784.  41.  P.  hemisphaerlca,  F.  n.  11,  Syn.  Car.  1185,  et.  Bethl. 

785.  42.  P.  brumiea,  F.  12,  Syn.  Car.  1187  et.  New  York  missa. 

•  _  .  3.   Ciliarea. 

*785.  43.  V-carneorufa-iV.  17,  rarissime  obvia  Bethl. 

787.  44.  P.  scutellata,  F.  19,  Syn.  Car.  1195,  et.  Pennsylv.  freq. 

7S8.  45.   P.  EHiNACECS,  L.  V.  S.,  F.  20,  Syn.  Car.  1194,  praesertim  in  putridissimis  Juglandis  truncis 
et.  liethl. 

*789.  46.  P.  se/osa,  F.  25,  r.arior  Bethl.  ad  cariosos  truncos. 

*790.  47.   P.  stercorea,  F.  26,  Syn.  Car.  1195,  in  fimo  praesert.  vaccino,  Pennsylvania  et  New  York. 

791.  48.  P.  thekboluidea,  F.  28,  in  horto  stercorato  solummodo  CaroUna,  Syn  Car.  1197. 

*792.  49.  P.  dlversicolor ,  F.   29,  hue  referenda  est  Peziza  lurida  nobis  dim  nee  tamen  Syn.  Car.  1239. 

793.  50.  V .  papillata,  F.  30,  Syn.  Car.  1198,  et  passim  in  fimo  Pennsylv. 

Trib.  2.   DisiscrpBAE. 

1.  Stipitaiae. 

794.  51.  P.  dliaris,  V.  33,  Syn.  Car.  1209,  freq.  et.  Bethlehem. 

795.  52.  P.  virginea,  F.  34,  Syn.  Car.  1208,  freq.  et.  Bethl.,  ^  var.  ca^yqp/iiVa  vulgatissima  in  glandibus 
ibid. 

"796.     Si.  P.  TOWa,  F.  35,  Betlilehem  rara  in  ramulis. 

797.  54.  P.  patula,  F.  37,  Syn.  Car.    1210,  Betlil.  et  lignatilis. 

798.  55.  P.  cuJycina,  F.  38,  Syn.  Car.  1207,  vulgaris  Bethl. 

*799.     56.  P.  ocHRiCEA,  L.  v.  S.,  nitidissima  in  ligno  pineo.     Kaign's  Point,  Philad. 

P.  major  quam  virginea,  eleganter  ochracea  ;  extus  villosa  viUis  concoloribus.     Stipite  mediocri.     Cu- 
pula dilatata,   primum  contractim  subclausa.     Disco  vivide  ochraceo.     Gregibus  vastis  lignum  non 
corruptum  occuput. 
•800.     57.  P.  bicolor,  F.  39,  in  frustro  pineo  ibidem. 
•801.     58.  P.  cerinea,  F.  40,  rarior  Salem  et  Bethl. 

802.     59.  P.  sericca,  F.  43,  Syn.  Car.  1211,  nondum  Pennsylv. 
•803.     60.   P.  dandcslina,  F.  44,  Salem  et  Bethl. 
•804.     61.  P.  calyculatformi.H,  F.  43,  ligno  putrldo  Belhl. 
•S05.     &2.  P.  caulicu/a,  F.  45,  albo-marginata,  Bellil. 
*806.     63.   P.  armeniaca,  F.  46,  ad  caules  ut  prior,  Bethl. 

8U7.     64.  P.  fuscesceiis,  F.  47,  Syn.  Car.  1212,  fol.  faglneis  et  aliis  ctiam  Bethlehem. 
•808.     65.   P.  sTiPiTicoLA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  stipltibus  dejectis  Bethlehem. 

P.  minuta,  subsparsa,  substipitata,  cupulls  globoso.turbin.atis  in  stipitem  crassum  abientibus,  primum 
clausis,  cxtus  fai-inaceo-pubcscentibus,  margine  albescentibus,  pUisceterum  cei'vinis  ;   disco  pallido. 
•809.     06.  P. /)/a^o/?u5,  F.  41,  in  ligno  vetusto,  Bethl. 
•810.     67.   P.  pnoLiFicANs,  L.  v.  S.,  in  disco  caeso  r.amorum  et  truncor-  Salem. 

P.  minuta,  stipite  brevi  cr.assiusculo,  subfascicul.ata,  sicca  clausa  et  sphariaemorpha,  extus  aeruginoso- 
farinacea,   pubescens.     Uda,   aperta,  disco  atroviride,  saepe   prolificante,   i.   e.   cupula  in   cupula 
cresccnti.     Limbo  plerumque  uiidulato,  margine  tumido. 
•811.     68.   P.  BPUAKniNcoiA,  L.  v.  S.,  increscens  Sphueriis  pulvinatis,  Bethl. 

P.  minutissima,  turbinala,  sparsa  ,et  gregaria,  extus  strigosa,    brunnea,  in  margine  albescens,  stipite 
brevi  brunnto  crasso.     Disco  brunneo. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  173 

•812.     69.  P.  LUTEo-iLDA,  L.  V.  S.,  ad  corticem,  Hethl. 

P.  minuta,  stlpite  gracili,  in  cupulam  latiusculam  expanso,   cxtus  cum   cupula  Uiteo  villoso.      Disco 
aperto  candido. 
•S13.     TO.  P.  TunnixcLATi,  L.  v.  S.,  rimis  cortlcalibus  Castancae. 
P.  stipitata,  gracilis,  sparsa,  turbinata,  extus  elegantcrsulpluircn,  pilosa.     Stipite  versus  basin  subnuilo 
subsulcato.     Disco  viride  auvantio-rubro.     Vix  scmilineari  altitudine. 
*814.     71.  P.  scBHiiiTA,  L.  V.  S.,  epipliylla,  Bethlehem. 

P.  mlnutissima,  substipitata,  spars.a,  hitea,  extus  minutim  hirsuta  cupula  dilatata. 

2.  Sessiks. 

815.  72.  P.  alboviolascens,  P.  49,  Syn.  Car.  1206,  et.  Bethlehem. 

816.  72.  P.  corticalls,  F.  50,  Syn.  Car.  1202,  et.  freq.  Bethl. 

817.  74.  P.  ciNEnEOFCscA,  L.  v.  S.,  F.  52,  Syn.  Car.  1193,  passim  et.  Pennsylv. 
*818.     T5.  P.  hispidula,  F.  58,  in  Sambuco,  Salem  et.  Pennsylv.  ■      - 
*819.     76.  P.  Schumacher!,  F.  59,  disco  caerulesc.  in  Spiraea,  Bethl. 

•820.  77.    P.  spadkea,  F.  60,  ad  ligna  Bethlehem. 

821.  78.   P.  ra/o-oft'acf«,  F.  63,  ad  Rubos  rara  Bethl.  ct  Salem. 

822.  79.   P. /ara-/H%;wra,  F.  64,  Syn.  Car.  1190,  et.  Bethl. 
*823.  80.  P.  varieco/or,  F.  65,  ad  stipites  Salem  obvia. 

•824.  81.  P.f/)iSjO/(oer/ff,  F.  67,  ad  Sph.  adustam  Bethl. 

•825.  82.   P.  roseola,  F.  68,  passim  Bethl.  ad  caules.  .■':---    ^ 

826.  83.  P.  LEojTiNA,  L.  V.  S.,  F.  70,  Syn.  Car.  1200,  et.  Bethlehem.  .    -'  • 

827.  84.  P.  FULTO-CASA,  L.  V.  S.,  F.  71,  Syn.  Car,  1201,  et  Pennsylv.  •' 
•828.  8.5.  P.  papillarh,  F.  73,  Bethlehem. 

829.  86.  P.  rE?jiciLiATA,  L.  v.  S.,F.  74,  Syn.  Car.  1204,  et.  Bethl. 

830.  87.  P.  %a/mff,  F.  75,  Syn.  Car.  1214,  freq.  et.  Bethl.  .  ■  '•. 

831.  88.  P.  i^ffVosff,  F.  76,  Syn.  Car.  1188,  in  caulibus  umbell.  •  '     ■ 
'832.  89.  P.  relicina,  F.  78,  in  caulibus  Pastinacae,  Bethl.                                     ■            ■  •.        . 

833.     90.  P.  su/p/iU)W,  F.  80,  Syn.  Car.  1189,  et.  Bethl.  ad  caules.  ■    '        '  • 

•834.     91.   P.  villosa,  F.  82,  freq.  Bethlehem  ac  Salem.  ''     '  '    ■       ■■,"'■ 

•835.     92.   P.  grisea,  Pers.  Mj'C.  Betlil.  lignis,  bona  species.  '   _         '      ■ 

*836.     93.  P.  corana,  F.  56,  rara  Bethl.  .    •       - 

•837.     94.   P.  /;-//orn!("s,  F.  69,  in  ligno  Rhois,  Bethl.  •     ■  •      '.        ,.  "      .• 

*838.     95.  P.  virescens,  F.  81,  in  variis  caulibus,  Bethl. 
•839.     96.  P.  pundiformis,  F.  85,  ad  fol.  Castaneae,  Bethl. 
840.     97.   P.  ciNNAEAiiixA,  L.  V.  S.,Syn  Car.  perperam_/?ammeff,  a,  1193,  ad  LiquiJanibaris  ligna,  Salem. 
P.  sessilis,   globosa,   strigoso-pulvenilenta,  unicolor,   cinnabarina,   basi  latiusculo   nigTcscente,  rarius 
disco  aperto.     Tota  pulvere  cinnabarino  copiosim  tecta.     Gregarle   cresclt,  vi.x   1-J  lineas  diam.  e.x- 
cedens.  _  . 

*841.     98.  P.  coMATA,  L.  V.  S.,  epiphyllain  foliis  quercinis  dejectis,  Bethl. 

P.  minutissima,  sessilis,  candidissima,  extus  pilis  longis  densis  candidis  eleg.anter  comata.      Sparsa. 
*842.     99.  P.  ixcAnsESCEXs,  L.  v.  S.,  ad  ligna  decorticatavaria,  Bethl. 

P.  sessilis,  gregaria,  1 — 2  lin.  lata,  orbicul.ai'is,  extus  nigro-umbrina,  pilosula  stvigosa,  margine  dilution, 
subclausa,  sicca,  madefacta,  expansa.     Disco  elegantcr  incarnato. 
*843.     100.  P.  TiTis,  L.  V.  S.,  rimis  Corticis  Vitis,  Bethl. 

P.  minuta,  difformiter  globosa,  clausa,  carnea,  scd  villo  albo  extus  laxius  involuta,  margine  crenulato- 
plicato;  disco  pallido.     Punctiformis.  .   . 

*S44.     101.    P.  rnscoBARBATA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  antiquissimis  caulibus  Verbasci,  Bethlehem. 

P.  patellaeformis,  extus  duriuscula  et  in  basi  nigricans,  1 — 2  linearis;  in  m.argine  dcnsim  fusco-barbata. 
Disco  elegantcr  carneo.     Spars.1.     Siccitate  clausa.     Cupula  extra  barbam  nuda  rugosa. 
*845.     102.   P.  nuFiBERBis,  L.  V.  S.  in  plurimis  stipitibus  teneris  dejectis,  Bethl. 

P.  applanato-patellaeformis,  siccitate  ob  cupulae  teneritatem  irregulariter  contracta,  ceterum  orbicu- 
laris, et  madefacta  valde  explanata,  rubella,  carnosa,  e.xtus  fasciculis  pilorum  brevium  ruforum 
eximie  barbata.     Lin.  1 — 2  diametro  ;  gregatim  crescens. 

Vol.  IV.— 2  T 


174  SYNOPSIS   OF 

•846.     103.  P.  MACuii^icoLi,  L.  v.  S.,  in  maculis  determinatis  albldis,  omnino  tamen  non  crustaceis,  in 
lignis  decorticatis  ramorum  ag-gregata,  Bethleliem. 
P.   gi'egaria,  affinis  P.  flammulae  et  cinnabarinae,  lineam  diametro  excedens,   sessilis,  basi  nigra  mida 
rugosa,  versus  marginem  strigosissima,  tomento  strigoso  ferrugineo  riifo,  subpulverulento.     Disco 
primum  clause,  turn  Peziza  globosa  ;   demum  aperto,  carneo-rufo.      Cupulis  in  macula  subconcen- 
tricis. 
•847.     104.  P.   EupATOBii,  L.  v.  S.,  versus  radices  in  maximis  caullbus  emortuis  Eupatorii  purpurei 
et  maculati,  Betlil. 
P.  gregaria,  cupulis  bi-vel  tri-linearibus  ;   tnadefactis  explanatis,  disco  subconvexo,  margine  fere  ob- 
literato.     Siccitate  connivens,  sed  non  clausa,  est  haec  pezizula  rufo-carnea,  extus  pilis  nigrofuscis, 
apice  albescentibus  fasciculatim  obsita. 
*848.     105.   P.  A'riioFuscATA,  L.  V.   S,,    in  frustulis  lignl  dejecti.     Bethlehem. 

P.  sparsa,  m.ajuscula  (pro  ratione)  diametro  lineari.  Cupula  sessilis,  extus  statu  sicciori  atra,  rugosa 
orbiculata,  interdumtantum  in  margine  barbata,  plerumque  extus  fusco-strigosa. 

Trib.  3.  Tapesia. 

*  Cupulis  villosis. 

849.  106.  P.  anomala,  F.  86,  Syn.  Car.  1215,  et.  Bethl. 

•850.  lOr.   P.  annulala,  F.  87,  rarius  Bethl.  ad  ligna. 

♦851.  108.   P.  stipala,  F.  88,  non  infreq.  ad  ligna  Bethl. 

•852.  109.  V. poriaeformis,  F.  89,  rara  sed  distincta,  Salem. 

•853.  110.   P.  caesia,  F.  93,  Salem  et  Bethl.  obvia. 

•854.  111.   P.  liosae,  F.  97,  Salem,  rarissima  in  Rosa. 

855.  112.  P.  pauiNATA,  L.  v.  S.,  F.  96,  Syn.  Car.  1216,  etiam  Bethlehem  obvia  in  Vite. 

856.  113.   P.  IItdbangeae,  L.  v.  S,  F.  98,  Syn.  Car.  1219,  nondum  Pennsylvania  reperta. 
*8S7.  114.  P.  Daedalea,  L.  v.  S.,  in  cortice  Lauri  aestivalis,  rara  Bethlehem. 

P.  Crustacea,  insidens  subiculo  pulverulento  crustaceo,  crassiusculo,   secedente,   expanso   in  ligno  ac 
cortice.     Cupulis  dense  gregariis,  majusculis  sessilibus  daedaleis,  i.  e.  varie  tortis  et  flexuosis,  invi- 
cem  adpressis,  cum  subiculo  concolore,  cinereo-pulverulentis.     Disco  fuligineo-cinereo. 
*858.     115.   P.  ahachnoidea,  L.  v.  S.,  in  lignis  dejectis  udis,  Bethlehem 

P.  subiculo   ex  filis  arachnoideis  longe  lateque  expansis  tenerrimis,  intertextis,  subcandido-cinereis. 
Cupulis  pallido-aquosis,   extus  villoso-albis,    minutissimis.     Siccitate  globoso-contractis  fere  iniper. 
ceptibilibus. 
'859.      116.   P.  cAKDiDo-FULVA,  L.  V.  S.,  rara  sed  perpulchra  in  cortice  Bethl. 

P.  subiculo  araneoso  satis  denso,  longe  lateque  effuso,  candidissimo,  in  quo  sparsne  apparent  cupulae 
1 — 2  lineares,  elegantissime  fulva,  extus  pilis  brevibus  subfiisciculatis  fusco-fulvis  ornatae.  Affinita- 
tem  cum  P.  fulvocana  habet — sed  dift'ert  subiculo. 

**   Cupulis  glabris. 

860.  117.  V.fiisca,  F.  99,  Syn.  Car.  1217,  et  Bethl.  freq. 

861.  118.   P.  sanguinea,  F.  102,  Syn.  Car.  1218,  valde  freq.  Bethl. 
•862.     119.  P.  scDicuLATA,  L.  V.  S.,  passim  in  ramis  dejectis  Bethl. 

P.  subiculo  crasso,  tomentoso,  effuso  cinereo-fusco,  densissime  intertexto.     Cupulis  glabris,  marginatls 
etfibris  quasi  r.adicantibus,  albis,  sub  nudo  margine  radiatim  expansis,  subiculo  affixis  ;   majusculist 
in  ambitu  mire  lobato-undulatis,  tri-linearibus  ;  disco  ochraceo. 
•863.      120.   P.  GiusEu-rnLVEnACEA,  L.  v.  S.,  affinis  priori — locis  similibus  inventa,  Bethl. 

P.  subiculo  araneoso  multo  tenuiori  griseo.     Cupulis   minoribus,  extus  nigris,  margine  tumidulo   non 
lobato,  griseo-pulverulento  ;  disco  ochraceo  etiam  pulverulento. 
•864.     121.  P.  MOLLisiAEoiDES,  L.  V.  S.,  locis  ilsdcm  cum  prioribus  Bethl. 

P.  subiculo  tenui,  tomentum  byssinum  effusum  referente,  nigrofuscescente.     Cupulis  sp.arsis  sub-dia- 
phanLs,  omnino  P.  mollisiam  referentibus,   tenerrimis,  majusculis,  nullimodo  extus  villosis  sed  sub- 
rugosis,  cinereis  statu  madefacto  sicco  autem  nigris.     Disco  concolore. 
•865.      122.  P.  iiisciNcoLA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  disco  caesi  trunci  ad  ligna.     Subaffinis  P.  anomalae,  Bethl. 
P.  minutaaggrcgata,  in  subiculo  tenuissimo  albescenti.     Cupulis  turbinatis,  substipitatis,  laxe  stipatis, 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  ]75 

pallide  fernigineis,  extus  tamen  omniiio  tectis  pills  albido-clncrels,  pulverulentis  ;  primo  conniven- 
tlbus,  demuin  In'egulai'iter  expansis.     Disco  pallldo. 
•866.     123.   P.  MEGJLOMA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  lignis  puti-ldis  p.isslm  liethl. 

P.  subiculo  lute  efftiso,  atro,  contcxto  ex  fills  crassiiisculls.  Cupulis  niajusculis,  elevatis  subro- 
tundis,  ceraceis,  ex  lutescente  .albidls,  margine  crasso  Involuto  subrcpando.  Disco  clnerco.  Extus 
cupulis  glabris  aut  subfurfuracels. 

Trib.  4.   Fibrika. 
*867.    -124.  P.  f/a?ino,  F.  106,  rara  in  Pino  canadens.  Salem. 

868.  125.  P.  io/ans,  F.  lOr,  Syn.  Car.  1221,  et.  Bethlehem. 

869.  126.   P.  nosr,o-ALBA,  L.  v.  S.,  F.  113,  Syn.  Car.  1244,  et.  Bethlehem. 

•870.     127.   P.  ceracella,  F.  114,  rara  in  cortice,  Bethlehem.  ▼ 

•871.     I'SS.   V.  phucidJoides,  F.  116,  ad  stipltes  rara,  Bethl. 
872.      129.  P.  ciiLOKA,  L.  v.  S.,  F.  p.  115,  b.  Syn.  Car.  1235.     Species  ex  optimis — frequens  occurrit  in 
interloribus  truncis,  maxime  gregai-ia,  et  aetate  nig-rescit,  saepe  1 — 2  hn.  diamelro.     Etiam  Pennsylv. 
•873.     130.  P.  cHLOBAscENs,  L,  V.  S.,  affinis  priori  sed  major  et  colore  alleno,  locis  similibus  sed  rarius 
occurrit,  Bethl. 
P.  majuscida  (3 — 4  linearis)  greg.aria,  sicca  valde  contorta,  sessilis  aut  brevius  stipitata;  extus  floccosa 
fibrosa,  nigra  aut   nigrofusca  statu  sicciori — madefacta  autem  aeruginosa.     Disco   lato  clilorasceiiti 
aut  luteo-vlridi,  demum  subpulverulento. 
•874.     131.  P.  sonTABiA,  L.  V.  S  ,  rarissime  insidens  stipitibus  tenerrimls  Bethl. 

P.  sessilis,  solitaria,  m.ijuscula  .ad   3  lin.  lata,  applanata,   firma,   cr.issa,  margine  tumido  obtuso  glabro, 
colore  ohalybeo  ;   disco  undulatim  inaequali      Cupula   extus  vestita  fibris  quibusdam  paucis  albes- 
centibus. 
*875.     132.  P   MEMBBAWATA,  L.  V.  S.,r,ara,  ad  ligna  dejecta,  Bethlehem. 

P.  submembranacea,  extus  rugulosa  fibris  adpressis.     Tota  nigra,  statu  sicciori.     E  stipite  longiusculo 

abiens  in  cupulam  tubaeformem,  irregulariter  limbo  lobatam,  intus  cinerascens.     Statu  madido tota 

Pezlza  cinerascit.     Affinis  Merulio  aut  pot.  Cantharella  fissill. 
*876.     133.  P.  TOHTA,  L.  V.  S.,  affinis  P.  bolarl.     Rara  obvia  lignis  vetustis,  Salem. 

P.  subfasciculata,  aut  sparsa ;   stipite   crasso   sulcato,   torto  ferrugineo-fusco  aeque  ac  cupula  estus 
Disco  cxplanato  undulato,  immarginato,  aeruginoso-viridi,   pulverulento.     Substantia  demum  sub 
coriacea.     Totus  fungus  a  4  lineas  latus  et  altus. 
•877.     134.   P.  AscoBOLoiDEA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  rimis  corticis  Vitis  labruscae,  kc.  Bethlehem. 

P.  minutissima,  spars.a,  extus  fibrosa,  Candida,  turbinata  carne,  sed  vix  stipitata.      Disco  subcarneo 
quasi  ascis   ascoboloideis  punctate,   subconvexulo,    siccitate  clauso.     Vix  semiUneam  excedit. 
*878.     135.   P.  Lextagisis,  L.  v.  S  ,  in  ramis  Viburni  Lentaginis,  Hope,  Jersey,  vulgata. 

P.  gregaria,  sed  sparsim,  brevistipitata,   stipite  tenuiusculo  concolore.     Cupula  dilatata,  extus  tenulss- 
ime  fibrosa  badia,  subpulverulenta.     Disco  rotundo  aut  flexuoso  marginato,   pallide  fusco  badio. 
Tota  1—2  linearis. 
•879.     136.  P.  opuLiFOLiAE,  L.  V.  S.,  frequens  in  emortuis  ramis,  Spiraeae  opulifol.  Bethl. 

P.  sessilis,  sparsa,  egloboso-turbinata,  regidaris,  margine  tumido  inflexo;  brunnea,  extus  fibroso-striata, 
margine  albescenti.     Disco  pallide.     Diametro  1  lineari.     Copiosim  provcnit  in  ramulis. 
•880.     137.  P.  TixvisiDiLis,  L.  V.  S.,  in  fibris  interloribus  Corticis  Castaneae  BetU. 

P.  minutissima,  subfasciculatim  proveniens  circum  Sphaeronema  parabolicum  i.n  eisdem  fibris  crescen- 
tem;  fusca,  subfibrillosa,  obconica,  abiens  in  stipitem  brevem,  margine  albopruinoso  involuto.  Disco 
cinereo-fusco  ascigero.     Ore  semper  contracto.     Vix  nisi  per  lentem  detegenda. 

Series  3.  Phialea. 

Trib.    1.    HiMENOSCTPHAE.- 

f  Ciborioideae. 
«881,     138.  P.  echinophila,  F.  n.  4,  in  involcuris  Castan.  Bethl. 

882.     139.  V.  firma,  F.  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  1222,  et.  Bethl. 
•883.     140.   P. /ruc/i'gma,  F.  5, in  Juglandium  fruct,  Bethl. 

884.     141.  P.  serutina,  F.  6,  Syn.  Car.  1225,  non  in  Pennsylv. 


176  SYNOPSIS  OF 

885.  142.  P.  luiescens,  F.  8,  Syn.  Car.  1228,  folils,  et.  Bethl. 

•886.  143-  P.;?yr//b™!i"s,  F.  13,  Salem  in  muscis  rarlssima. 

•887.  144.   P-  clavata,  F.  16,  Bethl.  freq.  in  cortice  Robiniae- 

888.  145.  P.  cyathoidea,  F.  21,  Syn.  Car.  1227,  passim  etiam  in  cauUbus,  Betlilebem. 

889.  146-  P.  coronuta,  F.  9,  rarissima,  obvia  tamen  Salem  ac  Betlil.  in  stipitibus. 
•890.  147.   P.  slricda,  F.  15,  ad  caules  Bethl. 

•891.     148.  P.  campanula,  F.  19,  in  caulibus  Umbellatarum,  jam  Salem  et  Bethl. 
•892.     149.  P.  Capula,  F.  20,  ad  dejectos  stipites  Bethl. 
•893.     150.  P.  Ferula,  F.  23,  ad  stipites  Bethl. 

^    ■  .  -j-f  Volulelleae. 

•894.     151.  P.  vaccitiea,  F.  27,  ad  fimi\m  rarius  obvia. 

Trib.  2.  Caltcinae. 

f  Calyculae. 
895.     152.  P. '^ucc/Ha,  F.  35,  Syn.  Car.  1223,  rara  etiam  Bethl. 
•896.     153-  CROCEA,  L.  v.  S.,  ex  New  York  communicavit  Dr.  Torrey. 

P.  subcorneo-indurata,  crocea,  fiisciculata,  stlpite  crasso  sulcato   incurvo.     Cupula  varie  contorta  et 
lobata,  marg-ine  obtuso  siibflexuoso.     Altitudine  J  unciali.     Cupula diametro  bilineari. 
•897.     154.  P.  Phiula,  F.  36,  ramulis  et  stipitibus,  Bethl. 
•898.     155-  P.  Calyculus,  F.  ?::7,  rara  var.  infundibuliformis  ad  ligna  Bethl. 

899.     156.   p.  aen(^»!o.sn,  F.  39,  Syn.  Car.  1230.     Vulg-atissima  et  interdum  maxima  Bethlehem. 
•900.     157.  P.  versiformis,  F.  40,  Bethl.  in  salicinls  truncis. 
•901.     158.  P.  Jlspcgrecnii,  F.  41,  Bethlehem  ad  ligna. 
902.     159.  P.  citrina,  F.  43,  Syn.  Car.  1231.     Vulgatissima  et  maxima  Bethl. 
'903.     160.   P.  coNFLUE^fs,  L.  V.  S.,   affinis  priori,  sed  multo  major  passim  Bethl. 

P.  majuscula,  saepe  pl.igis  uncialibus  et  ultra  confluens,  ita  ut  cupulae  confluentes  quasi  membranam 
efhciunt.  Stipitibus  crassiusculis,  brevibus  albescentibus  cum  cupulis  ad  basin,  ceteram  vivide 
citrinis,  subtus  pallidioribus. 

904.  161.  P.  pallexccm,  F.  44,  Syn.  Car.  1232,  et.  Bethl.  optime  in  caulibus  Pastlnacarum  basin  versus. 

905.  162.  P.  nigripes,  F.  45,  Syn.  Car.  1226,  etiam  Pennsylv. 
•906.     163.  P.  cA/o»aca,  F.  44,  b.  optima  Nazareth  ad  ligna. 

ff  Lenticulares. 
907.     164.  P.  kntkularis,  F.  46,  Syn.  Car.  1236,  et.  Bethl. 
•908.     165.  P.  salicelh,  F.  47,  r.arior,  Hope,  Jersey. 
•909.     166.   P. /r/co/or,  F.  49,  Bethlehem  in  truncis  r.ara. 
•910.     167.   P.  femiginca.  F.  51,  Salem  in  trunci  disco. 
•911.     168.  P.  discifoi-mis,F.  52,  r.irissima  ad  truncos,  Bethl. 

•912.     169.  P.  cuprcssina,  F.  54,  ad  folia  et  r.amulos  Jiiniperi  virginicae  dejectae  Bethlehem  passim. 
•913.     170.  P.  imbcrhis,  F.  57,  rarior  ad  ligna  Bethl. 

914.     171.  P.  herharum,  F.  58,  Syn.  Car.  1233,  et.  Bethlehem  vulg. 
•915.     172.   V.faginea,  F.  59,  r.arissima  in  foliis  Bethl. 
916.     173.  P.  epipltyUa,  F.  60,  Syn.  Car.  1243,  Salem  ac  Pennsylvania. 
•917.     174.  P.  lutcovircm,  F.  48,  ad  ligna  Bethlehem. 
•918.     175.   P.  Muugcolii,  F.  53,  rara  sed  pulchra  Betlil. 
•919.     176.  P.  Pastixacae,  L.  v.  S.,  in  caulibus  exsiccatis  duris  Pastinacae  Bethl. 

p.  minuta,  stlpite  brevissimo  ci\asso,  interdum  sessllis  ;  cupulis  sparsis  apertis,  margine  tumidulo  obtuso 
albescenti  luteo.     Disco  subconvesulo  rufo  lutesccnte.     Affinis  P.  herbarum. 
•920.     177.  P.  Lr.GrMiNiiM,  L.  V.  S.,   rara  sed  distincta  species  sparsim  occurrit   in  leguminibus,  Bigno- 
niae  Catalpae  et  radicantis,  Betlil. 
P.  minuta,  sparsa,  emergens,  globosa,  ceracea,  sessllis,  glabra,  rufa.     Disco  excavato  concolori,  mar- 
gine albescenti.    Punctiformis  apparet. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  177 

Trib.  3.  Mollis: a. 

\  Claviforma. 
*921.     178.  P.  conigena,  F.  65,  conis  Pinorum  prope  Philad. 
*922.     179.  V ■  Jiavovirens,  F.  66,  rara  in  putrido  ligno  Bethl. 

ft  Udae. 
92o.     180.   P.  chrysocoma,  F.  67,  Syn.  Car.  1159,  aurea,  et.  Bethl. 
•924.     181.   P.  Ulacina,  F.  68,  non  rara  Bethlehem. 

925.  182.  P.  vinosa,  F.  69,  Syn.  Car.  1160,  passim  et.  Bethl. 

926.  183.  p.  rubella,  F.  70,  Syn.  Car.  1162,  freq.  et.  Bethl. 
92".     184.  P.  atrovirens,  F.  71,  Syn.  Car.  1163,  freq.  ibidem. 

'928.  185.  P.  olivacea,  F.  75,  nostra  occurrit  in  terra  juxta  truncos. 

929.  185.  P.  uda,  F.  74,  Syn.  Car.  1157,  freq.  ubique. 

930.  187.  P.  cinerca,  F.  75,  Syn.  Car.  1158,  vulgpatissima. 
*931.  188.  P.  ^««j7/a,  F.  76,  rarior  ad  truncos  Bethlehem. 

•932.     189.  P.  Pteridis,  F.  79,  passim  ad  stipites  Pteridis  aquif.  Bethlehem. 

•933.     190.  P.  axillaris,  F.  83,  in  axiUis  muscorum  ;  Clariss.  Torrey  ex  New  York  communicavit. 

*934.     191.  P.  sanguinolenta,  F.  84,  non  rara  lignis  Bethl. 

•935.     192.  P.  xanthostigma,  F.  86,  in  vetustis  lignis  Bethl. 

•936.      193.   P.  iiu/^am,  F.  88,  ad  cortices  putrid.  Bethl. 

*937.     194.  P.  livido-fusca,  F.  90,  rarior  in  fragmentis  corticis  dejectis  Bethlehem. 

•938.     195.   P.  rfiVuic/fo,  F.  91,  rara  obviaBethl.  locis  suis. 

•939.     196.  P.  airata,  F.  92,  passim  in  exaridis  lignis  Bethl. 

•940.     197.  P.  leucostigma,  F.  87,  ligno  cariosissimo  Nazareth. 

*941.     198.   P.  dentata,  F.  89,  in  ligno  materie  viridi  obtecto,  Bethlehem  et  alibi. 

•943.     199.     P.  coNCHELLii,  L.  V.  S.,  adramos  dejectos  Mori  albae  Betlilehem. 

P.  minutissima,  conchiformis,  sessilis,  subpellucide  rubra,  sicca,  connivens,  margine  acuto. 
•943.     200.  P.  cRUENTA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  cortice  ramorum  passim  Bethl. 

P.  minuta,  sparsa,  sessUis,  applanata,   cruenta,  subpellucida,   marg-ine   elevato  albidulo  crenulato,  aut 

pruina  adsperso.     Disco  concavo.     Forma  totius  fungi  orl)iculata,  vix  semilineam  excedeiis. 
*944.     201.  P.  ciTKiNELiA,  t.  V.  S. ,  in  lignis  cariosissimis  salicinis  Bethlehem. 

P.  gregaria  ac  sparsa,  minuta,  sessilis,  junior  subglobosa,  demum  explanata,  semper  margine  crassiiis- 

culo  obtuso  distincta,  varie  flexuoso  et  linea  albida  notato.     Ceterum  unicolor  citrinella — affinis  P 

chrysocomae. 
•945.     202.  P.  HUFULA,  L.  v.  S.,  satis  affinis  P.  rubellae,  sed  major,  ac  minus  tremellosa.     Bethlehem 

lignis. 
P.  basi  affixa,  margine  crasso  subalbescente,  ceterum  e  rubro  rufa.     Disco  impresso,  quasi  umbilicato, 

limbo  interdum  undulate,  plerumque  regulariter  orbicularis. 

Trib.  4.  Patelleae. 

•946.     203.   P.  melaxantha,  F.  97,  passim  Bethlehem. 
947.     204.   P.  melakuca,  F.  88,  Syn.   Car.  leucomcla,  1247,  et.  Bethl. 

•948.     205.   P. /(gTjyo/a,  F.  100,  rarior  lignis  Bethlehem. 

•949.     206.  P.  rfi^ormts,  F.  101,  Nostra  videtur  major  Friesii,  in  disco  antiquo  Salicis  Bethlehem. 

•950.     207.   P.  viticola,  F.  102,  rarior  Bethl.  in  Vite. 

•951.     208.   P.  lecideola,  F.  103,  passim  Bethlehem  obvia. 

•952.     209.   P.  connivens,  F.  104,  in  frustuhs  dejectis,  Bethl. 

*953.     210.  P.  compressa,  F.  105,  in  fragmentis  ligni  caesi  ad  terram  dejectis  Bethlehem  freq. 

•954.     211.  v.  Jlexella,  F.  107,  ad  varia  ligna  cariosa  Bethlehem. 

•955.     212.  P.  cLANDicoLA,  L.  V.  S  ,  gregatim  provenit  et  subseriatim  in  glandibus  putridis,  Bethl. 
P.  minuta,  nigrofusca,    subcaespitosa  et  fasciculata,   sessilis,   margine  plicato   inflexo;  disco  concavo 
glabro.     Quasi  zonatim  glandescircumdant  greges  densissimae  hujus  pezizulae,  quae  cupulis  valde 
variant,  difformibus  saepe  flexuosis  et  conniventibus.     Disco  interdum  griseo-pulveraceo. 

*956.    213.  P.  Pbiladelphi,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ramulis  Philadelphi  inodori  culti  in  hortis  Bethlehem. 

Vol.  IV.— 2  U 


178  SYNOPSIS    OF 

p.  cupulis  sessilibus  aut  stipite  paplilaeformi  praedltis  ;  s'lccis  subrotundis,  sparsis,  superficialiter 
epidermidi  adnatis,  extus  fennigineo  lutescentibus,  subpulverulentis,  margine  subproniinulo.  Disco 
demum  convexo,  punctato,  umbrino,  5  lineari.     Interdum  cupuli  agg'regati  occumint. 

Genus  24.     Ascobolus. 

957.  1.  A.  furfuraceus,  Fries,  n.  3,  Syn.  Car.  1270,  Carol. 

958.  2.  A.  glaher,  F.  n.  7,  Syn.  Car.,  1269,  et.  Uethl.  in  fimo. 
*959.     3.   A.  immersus,  F.  n.  8,  non  rarus  in  fimo  Bethl. 

*960.     4.  A.  coNGLOMEBATus,  L.  V.  S.,  in  ti'uncis  quercinis  mucidissimis  copia  ingentl  aggregatus.     Tarn 
affinis  Hysteric  rufescenti  nostro  statu  sicciori,  ut  vis  distinguitiir.     Aladido  autem  nil  dissimilius. 

A.  cupulis  sessilibus,  majusculis,  applanatis,  varie  flexuosis,  saepissime  aggregatis  in  caespitulis  un- 
cialibus.  Disco  cinereo  carnoso-tremelloso,  late  aperto  ad  latitudinem  1 — 2  llnearum,  subtumidulo, 
ascis  punctato-prominulis  nigrloribus  ;  margine  tumido  albescente.  Sicco  statu,  valde  m\itatur, 
cupulis  turn  contractis,  contortis,  conniventibus,  Hysterium  rufescenkm  referentibus,  disco  toto 
nigro,  margine  albo,  extus  autem  nigrescentibus-  Ad  ulnarem  longitudinem  confluunt  caespites 
cupularum. 

Genus  25.     Bulgaria. 

'*961.     1.  B.  globosa,  F.  166,  n.  1,  Salem  et  Bethlehem  rariter  obvia. 

962.  2.  B.  inquinans,  F.  n.  2,  Syn.  Car.  Fez.  1153,  copiosissime  et  interdum  maxima  invenltur  Salem 
et  Bethlehem.     Praesertim  vulgata  in  lignis  caesis  ad  ignem  destinatis. 

963.  3.   B.  sarcoides,  F.  n.  5,  Syn.  Car.  Fez.  1156,  freq.  et.  Bethlehem  in  Betula. 

*964.     4.  B.  zicFi,  L,  v.  S,  in  ligno  putrido  Bethlehem  Imnc  fungum  rarius,  sed  tum  maxima  copia 
inveni. 

B.  magnitudine  et  substantia  indoleque  omnino  B.  inquinantis:  forma  autem  magis  Pezizoidea,  breviter 
stipitata.  Junioribus  subturbinatis  aut  obovatis,  clausis,  vix  autem  velatis.  Mox  cupula  dilatatur, 
margine  undulato  repando,  disco,  ascophoro,  eleganter  rufo.  Extus  umbrino-fusca,  venoso-r.gulosa, 
strigoso-pilosa,  pilis  tamen  breviusculis.  Statu  niadido  attinet  diametrum  2 — 3  unclalem,  et  colore 
laeto  inter  folia  putrida  oculos  allicit ;  in  sicco  cornea  et  indurata  sit  mox  autem  reviviscens.  In- 
crescit  more  B.  inquinatae  lignis,  putridioribus  tamen,  inter  folia  defossis. 


Tribus  3.     Claviculaues. 
Genus  26.     Vibrissea. 

965.  1.  V.  TBUNCOBDM,  F.  p.  31,  Syn.  Car.  1121.     Leotia,  L.  v.  S.,  solummodo  (;arolina  obvia. 

Genus  27.      Sarea.     Fries.  Sys.  Veg.  p.  8G. 

966.  1.   S.  awea,  F.  II.  p.  156,  Helotium.n.  3,  Syn.  Car.  1272,  elegans.    Nondum  Pennsylvania  obvia. 

967.  2.  S.  acicularis,  F.  n.  4,  Syn.  Car.  1271,  et.  Bethlehem  in  cortice. 

968.  3.  S.  Jimetaria,  F.  n.  5,  Syn.  Car.  1273,  et.  Bethlehem  rarius  locissimilibus. 
•969.  4.   S.  subtilis,  F.  n.  6,  rarius.     Bethl.,  Philad. 

*970.     5.   S.  pithya,  F.  n.  1,  in  ligno   et  ramulis   Pini  can.adensis,  m.ijor  et   magis  applanata  quam  Eu- 

ropaea  species  sed  omnino  eadem,  Plainfield,  Pennsylvania. 
'971.     6.   S.  BBASsicAEcoLA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  caulibus  vetustis  Brassicaruni  induratis  Bethl. 

S.  gregaria,  gregibus  vastis,  minuta,  propuUans  inter  fibros  caulis.     Stipite  -albo  pulverulento,  b.asi  in- 

crassato.     Capitulo  rufo-.aurantio,  conve.xo,  in  cupulam  c  slipitisapice  dilatato,  demum  disco  appla- 

nato  et  manifestim  marginato. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  179 

Genus  28.      Volutella.     Fries.  Veg.  Sys.  et  Mycol.  p.  173. 

Fungus  pulclierrimus,  passim  occarrens  in  folUs  sem'ivivis  Quercinis  Bethlehem,  jam  describendus  diu 
nos  exercuit  ubi  sit  locandus.  Nunc  certior  factus  sum  longa  observatione  eum  hue  pertinere. 
Nomine  Jimphyphyto  multis  a  me  communicatus  est.  V.  Q.nEiiciNA,  L.  v.  S. 
•972.  1.  V.  Receptaculo  coi-neo  ceraceo-pezizaeformi,  basi,  stipitiformi,  brevissima,  folio  adnato,  quae 
basis  autem  in  patellulam  marginatam  extensa.  Cupula  varie  formata,  undulata,  extus  plicato-rugu- 
losa,  ceterum  glabra,  colore  purpureo-rubro,  diamelro  in  junioribus  lineari — in  adultis  interdum  J 
unciali.  Disco  plerumque  subumbonato.  Totus  fungus  extus  et  quidem  in  disco,  filis  tenuissiniis, 
cum  pruina  alba  interspersis  vestita,  passim  evanidis.  Est  quidem  analogia  cum  Epichysio  Todei. 
Crescit  sparsim,  sed  plerumque  multis  speciminibus  in  eodem  folio.  Interdum  fasciculatlm.  Sub- 
stantia indurescit. 


Genus  29.     Ditiola. 

'972.     I-  D.  volvata,  F.  p.  171,  n.  3,  ex  Nova  Anglia  Torrey  communicavlt. 
'974.     2.  D.  sulcata,  F.  n.  4,  in  rimis  corticis  Vltis,  etiam  ex  Nova  Anglia  Torrey. 


Tribus  4.     Stictei. 

Genus  30.     Stictis. 

I .  Stictis  Corticiae. 
•975.     1.  S.  ocf/too,  F.  193,  n.  3.     Bethlehem  rara. 
•976.     2.  S.  Pupiila,  F.  n.  4,  in  ramis  salicinis  Bethl. 
•977-     3.  S.  spkacralis,  F.  n.  5,  rara  in  Fraxino  Beth!. 
*978.     4.  S.  chrysophaea,  F.  n.  6,  in  ramuhs  decorticatis  Betlil. 
*979.     5.   S.  tenuis,  F.  n.  9,  Carolina  a  me  Frieslo  missa. 
*980.     6.   S.  radiata,  F.  n.  7,  Bethlehem  in  Corni  sericeae  cort. 
'981.     7.  S.  pehicula,  F.  n.  10,  In  ram.  Ribis  florid.  Bethl. 
*982.     8.  S.  pallida,  F.  n.  11,  in  lignis  vetustis  sepium  Sal.  et  Bethl. 
•983-     9.  S.  hemisphaerica,  F.  n.  12,  in  ligno  pineo  Pennsylv. 

*984.     10.   S.  llTrRAjtGEAE,  L.  V.  S.,  valde  vulgata  in  ramulis  emortuis  Hydrangeae,   Bethlehem  et 
Salem. 
S .  omnino  affinis  S.  radiatae,  a  qua  magnitudine  multo  majori  et  disco  globoso  elevato  distinguitur. 
•985.     11.   S-  Item,  L.  v.  S.,  in  antiquissimis  caulibus  Rubi  viUosl  Bethl. 

S.  subimmersa,   erumpens  c\im  epidermide,   verrucae  ad  instar,  arete  cincta  ab   epidermide;  verruca 
orbiculata.      Limbo  albopulveraceo,   plicatim    inflexo,    faciliter    detergibili.      Disco  excavato   ni- 
grescente. 
*986.     12.  S.   FiMBKiATA,  L.  v.  S.,   ad  latus    interior  squamarum  Strobili  Pini   inopis    juxta   Kaign's 
Point,  Philadelphia. 
S.  immersa,  suberumpens,  disco  tremelloso  ceraceo  orbiculari,  subconvexo,   pruinoso,   cinereo,  limbo 
candldissimo  prominente  eleganter  fimbriato-fisso.     Aecidium  exacte  refert.     Gregatim   provenit. 
Siccitate  subclausa. 
*987.     13.  S.  CAULINCOLA,  L.  V.  S.,  sub  epidermide  caulium  majorum;  primum  tecta  demum  erumpens, 
Bethlehem. 
S.  minuta,  atra,  et  circumcirca  nigrificans,  exacte  orbiculata  aut  urceolata,  solummodo  ore  rotundo. 
margine  spurio  cinerascente  cincto,  prorumpens. 
♦988.     14.  S.  Umbellatarcm,  L.  v.  S.,  vulgaris  in  caulibus  Pastinacae  Bethl.     Affinis  radiatae. 
S.   sparsa,  gregibus  tamen  vastis  caules  occupans,  immersa,  ore  pulverulento  sublacero  valde  promi- 
nuloalbo.     Disco  ime  excavato  pallido.     Multo  minor  S.  radiatae  et  margine  vix  manifestira  radiato. 


180  SYNOPSIS  OF 

*989      15.  S.  CEHACEA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  caullbus  passim,  Bethl. 
S .  sparsa  aut  coUecta  in  maculo  exalbescente,  immersa.    Disco  ceraceo  albido  saepe  reijulari.    Limbo 
non  pulverulento  sed  crassiusculo  albo. 
•990.     16.  S.  Steiia,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ramis  ignotis  ligno  immersa,  Bethl. 
S.  ime  immersa,  disco  nigro  urceolato,  minuta,  limbo  albo  stellatim  fisso,  valde  prominente  :  laciniis 
3 — 4  stellatim  reflexis,  pulvere  obtectis. 
*991.     17.  S.  LiousTRi,  L.  v,  S.,  in  ramulis  Ligustri,  Bethlehem,  affinis  S.  Lecanorae. 
S.  sparsa  erumpens,  carnoso-tremellosa,  patellaeformis,  primum  nigiescens,  demum  quasi  lutescens 
in  ligno.     Margins  elevato  sublacero — et  disco  quasi  pruinoso. 
*992.     18.  S.  Philadeiphi,  L.  V.  S.,  in  ramulis  tenerrimis  P.  inodori,  Bethlehem  hortis. 
S.  erumpens,  orbicularis,  disco  subceraceo  tremelloso,  omnino  pulvere  cinereo  obtecto,  magis  in  am- 
bitu  aggregato  efficiens  limbum  crassiusculum. 

2.  Xylographa. 
'993.     19.  S.  paralkla,  P.  n.  14,  in  omni  hgno  vetusto,  praesertim  saeplum  nostr.,  "  fence  rails"  dicto- 

rum,  Bethl.  et  Salem. 
'994.     20.  S.  stictica,  F.  n.  15,  in  canescente  ligno  Bethlehem. 

3.   Propolis. 
*995.     21.  S./onnosa,  F.  n.  16,  vulgata  in  disco  truncorum  caesorum  Bethlehem. 
•996.     22.  S.  hysterina,  F.  n.  20,  in  Querco  Salem  et  Bethl. 
*997.     23.  S.  pROMiNULA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  ipso  libro  ramentarum  Vitis  emortuae  Bethl. 

S.  majuscula,  valde  prominens,  primum  immersa,  demum  fere  libera  aut  superficialis,  disco  ime  exca- 
vato  albido-pallido,  limbo  valde  dilatato,   vix  lacerato,  sed  saepe  irregular!  pluribus  quasi  in  unum 
confluentibus. 
*998.     24.  S.  versicolor,  F.  n.  17.  in  iisdem  lignis  cum  Ascobolo  nostro  conglomerate,  Bethlehem. 

999.  25.  S.  Hissopi,  L.  v.  S.,  in  caulibus  H.  nepetoidis,  Bethl. 

S.  ime  immersa,  minuta,  urceolata,  ore  contracto,  limbo  albo-pulverulento,  in  radios  patentes  diviso. 
Hymenio  lutescenti,  demum  quasi  libero  in  cavitate.      Uistinguitur  ore  contracto. 

Genus  31.     Solenia. 

1000.  1.  S.fascicitlata,  F.  p.  206,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  incana,  n.  1266.     Salem  et  Bethlehem. 
•1001.     2.  S.  Candida,  F.  n.  2,  rarior  Bethlehem. 

•1002.     3.  S.  villosa,  F.  n.  3,  freq.  in  lignis  Bethlehem. 

*  1003.     4.  S.  ochracea,  F.  n.  4,  Syn.  Car.  1267  et  1268,  urceolata — quae  mera  varietas.     Frequena  ambo 
v.arietates  et.  Bethl. 


Ordo  III.     CLAVATI. 

ScBORDo  I.     PILEOLATI. 

Genus  32.     Hericium. 
Hue  pertinet  Hydnum  (Gomphum)  Caput  Medusae  jam  recensitum — non  infrequens  Bethl.  n.  532  supr.\ 

Genus  33.      Sparassis. 

'1004.     1.   S.  cris;)o,  F.  I.  p.  465,    in  horto  Bartramii  prope  Philadelphiam  sub  maximis  arboribm  Cu- 
pressorum  et  Pinorum,  exactc  cum  fungo  lusatico  convenientem  inveni. 


NORTH  A3IERICAN  FUNGI.  ISl 

1005.     2.  S.  spATHULATA,  F.  Sys.  \eg.  p.  89,  Syn.  Car.  1070,  sub  nomine  M.  spathulatae.     Sine  iill.i 
dubio  congenera  prioris  et  Bethlehem  quanquam  rarissime  obvia.     Elench.  F.  p.  227,  n.  2. 


SuBORDo  ir.     MITRULINI. 

Genus  34.     Spathulea.     Sys.  Veg.  S8,  Spathularia. 

•1006.     1.  S.  Jiavida,T.  1.  p.  i91.     In  terra  lignosa  tmncorum  mentis  Pocono.     Etium  ex  New  York. 
Variat  clavula  ime  rufa. 

Genus  35.     Mitrula. 

1007.  1.  M. paludosa,  F.  491.     Leotia  Ludwigii  et  BuUiardi,  Syn.  Car.  1117 — Ulii,  etlam  freq.  iisdem 
locis  Bethlehem. 

*1068.     2.  M.  isFLATA,  L.  V.  S.,  Elench.    F.  p.   234,  n.  3,  valde  memorabilis  gregibus  vastis  occiipat 
ramulos  dejectos  rarissime  Salem. 
1069.     3.  M.  ExiGUA,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1119,  et  Elench.  Fries,  p.  235,  rara  Salem. 

Genus  36.     Geoglossum. 

1008.  1.  G.glabrum,  F.  488,  n.  2,  Syn.  Car.  1115,  nondum  Pennsylvania. 

1009.  2.  G.  hirsutum,  F.  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  1114,  nondum  in  Pennsylv. 

1010.  3.  G.  FAHiNACEUM,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1116,  nondum  repertum  in  Pennsylv. 
*1011.     4.   G.  HUFUM,  L.  V.  S.,  ex  Hope,  New  Jersey,  communicavit  Dr  Kampman. 

G.  terrestre,  glabrum,  rufum,  stipite  tenuori,  clavula  multo  crassior,  et  color  clavulae  rufior,  apice 
obtuso  inaequali.     Subrugosum.     Unciam  longitudine  excedens. 


SuBORDO  III.     CLAVULATI. 
Genus  37.     Clavaria. 

Trib.   1.    BOTRTOIBEAS. 

1012.  1.  C..Bo<r!/<!'s,F.  466,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  1075,  et.Bethl.  freq. 

1013.  2.   C.formosa,  n.  2,  Syn.  Car.  1072,  et.  Bethlehem. 

1014.  3.   C.Jlava,  F.  n.  3,  Syn.  Car.  1073,  fi-equens,  et.  Pennsylv. 

1015.  4.  C.  grisea,  F.  n.  6,  Syn.  Car.  1074,  nondum  Pennsylv. 
"1016.  5.  C.  spinulosa,F.  n.  7,  quibusdam  annis  freq.  Bethl. 

Trib.  2.  Eamahiae. 

1017.  6.   C.  stricta,  F.  n.  8,  Syn.  Car.  1076,  rarior  Salem. 

1018.  7.  C.  ^aZma/a,  F.  n.  9,  Syn.  Car.  1077,  etiam  Bethl. 

1019.  8.   C.  abietina,  F.  n.  11,  Syn.  Car.  1078,  rarior  et.  Pennsylv. 

1020.  9.   C.  pyxidata,  F.  n.  13,  Syn.  Car.  1079,  vulgaris  Bethl. 
*1021.     10.  C.  apiculata,  F.  12,  Menango  Chunk,  Jersey,  inventa. 

1022.  11.   C.  ^ratois/s,  F.  15,  Syn.  Car.  1081,  nondum  Pennsylv. 

1023.  12.   C.  comicukta,  F.  16,  Syn.  Car.  1080,  non  in  Pennsylv. 

*1024.     13.  C.  crispula,  F.  14,  inter  muscos  rarior  Betid.,  olim  nobis  C.  epiphylla,  Bethl. 

♦1025.     14.   C.  crocea,  F.  18,  rarissime  Bethl. 

•1026.     15.  C.  tenacella,  F.  20,  Salem  solummodo  inventa. 

Vol.  IV.— 2  V 


182  SYNOPSIS   OF 

*1027-  16.  C.  vlrgata,  F.  21,  ex  New  York  missa  Toirey. 

1028.  17.   C.  cristata,  F.  22,  Syn.  Car.  1082  et  1083,  et.  Bethl. 

1029.  18.  C.  rugosa,  F.  23,  Syn.  Car.  1088,  etiam  Pennsylv. 

1030.  19.  C.  macropus,  F.  26,  Syn.  Car.  1086,  nondum  Bethl. 
•1031.  20.  C.  Kunzei,  F.  25,  rara  Bethl.  obvia. 

1032.  21.  C.  gracilis,  F.  27,  Syn.  Car.  1085,  et.  Pennsylv. 

1033.  22.  C.  subiilis,  F.  28,  Syn.  Car.  1084,  et.  Bethl. 

1034.  23.  C.  byssiseda,  F.  29,  Syn.  Car.  1087,  et.  Bethl. 

1035.  24.  C.  TETKAGONi,  L.  V.  S.,   Syn.  Car.  1090,  et.  Bethl. 

1036.  25.  C.  mucida,  F.  30,  Syn.  Car.  1091,  passim  Pennsylv. 
•1037.  26.  C. /i(/!^mea,  Pers.  rarior  Salem. 

•1038.     27.  C.  TENUIS,  L.  V.  S.,  in  muscis  nobis  ex  New  York  missis. 

C.  sparsim  ex  ligno  proveniens,   fere   simplex,   affinis   C.  mucidae,  ct  tantum  rarius  apice  furcate. 
Ceternm  ten'iis,  J  unciah  longitudine,  pallida  aut  alba,  gracilis. 
"1039.     23.  C.  coMPRESsA,  L.  v.  S.,  distinctissima  species,  Dr  Kampman  ex  New  Jersey  communicavlt. 
C.  majuscula,  2 — 3  uncias  long-a,  ex  ipsa  basi  crassiuscula  vage  i-amosa,  rarais  crassis  non  valde  divisis, 
complanato  compressis,  quasi  canaliculatis,  apice  obtusatis,  deorsim  attenuatis.     Flavo-alutacea. 
•1040.    29.  C.  subcohticalis,  L.  v.  S.,  rarlssime  sub  cortice  reperta  monte  Menango  chunk,  Jersey. 
C .  uncialls,  caule  brevi  tenuori,  ramoso-dilatata,  ramis  subdivaricatim  furcatis,  compressulis  ;  alutaceo- 
alba,  valde  pulverulenta,  et  subvillosa.     Apicibus  ramorum  acutis.     Cornu  cervinum  aemulat. 
•1041.     30.   C.  conoNATA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ligno  putrido  dejecto  Bethlehem. 

C.  lig-natihs,  jam  e  basi  divisa,  ramosissima  ;  ramis  primordialibus  divergentibus  demum  complanatim 
aut  angulatim  compressis,  apicibus  adhuc  divergentloribus  truncato-obtusis,  in  ipsa  truncatura  coro- 
natis  processubus  minutis  circumcirca   Cladoniae   more.     Substantia  subtenaci.     Ramis   omnibus 
madido  statu  quasi  subdiaphanis  et  subviscosis,  substriatis  ;  exsiccata  autem  non  cornea  fit.     Medi- 
ocri  magnitudine.     Colore  pallido-cervino. 
'1042.    31.  C.  sTjLPiiuRAscEss,  L.  V.  S.,  aestate  inter  folia  putrescentia,  Bethl. 
C.  delicatula,  semiunciali  altitudine.     Caule  aut  stipite  tereti,  basi  Incrassata,  albo-pruinosa ;  apice 
ramosa,  ramis  subfastlgiatis  tcretibus,  ramulis  breviusculis  corniculatis  acutis.     Radiculis  byssoideis 
foliis  insidens.     Color  totius  fungi,  e  sulphureo-subfuligineus. 
*1043.     32.  C.  TENAx,  L.  V.  S.,  ad  terram  nudam  in  Insula  Lehigh  prope  Bethl. 

C.  fasciculata,  substantia  tenacissima,  demum  subcornea,  e  basi  jam  ramoso-divisa,  ramis  compressis, 
apice  fere  in  membi-anam  dilatatis,  ramulis  minutis  irregulariter  prominentibus  et  inde  fimbriatis. 
Colore  alutaceo-rufo.  Uncialem  altitudinem  non  excedit. 
*1044.  33.  C.  MERisMAToiDEs,  L.  V.  S .,  cum  priori  ad  ten'am  nudam. 
C.  caulescens,  caule  varietorto,  brevi,  et  fere  a  basidiviso  in  ramos  numerosos  strlctos,  tereti-angulatos 
tenues,  fastigiatos.  Apice  ramis  dilatato  subfimbriatls.  Substantia  tenacissima.  Colore  uniformi 
pallido  lutescente.     Uncialis  aut  biunciaUs. 

Trib.  3.  Cortkoideae. 

1045.  34.  C.  GiGANTEA,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1112,  Elench.  Fries,  pag.  231.  Etiam  frequens  Penn- 
sylvania. Abnormis — an  novum  Genus  '  Structura  interna  fibrosa,  stipites  Agaricorum  in  animam 
revocans.  Intcrdum  plagas  occupat  densas  3 — 4  pedes  diametro  in  viclnitate  truncorum  inter 
radices  subdenudatas. 

1046.  35.   C.  pislillaris,  F.  n.  31,  Syn.  Car.  1095,  rara  Pocono. 
1047-     35.   C.  ligula,  F.  n.  32,  Syn.  Car.  1094,  non  in  Pennsylv. 

1048.  37.  C.  vERNALTs,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1098,  Vere  et.  Bethlehem. 

1049.  38.  C.  TRicHOMORPBA,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn  Car.  1099,  et.  Pennsylv. 
•1050.     39.  C.  conto-to,  F.  33,  Torrey  ex  Massachusetts  com. 

1051.  40.  C.fuxiformis,  F.  41,  Syn.  Car.  1101,  et.  Bethlehem. 

1052.  41.  C.  inaegualis,  F.  43,  Syn.  Car.  1102,  Torrey  etiara  misit. 

1053.  42.  C.  onn-«5/(rfa,  F.  44,  Syn.  Car.  1104,  etiam  ex  Torrey. 
•1054.  43.  C.  auraniiaca,  F.  46,  ex  Doctissimo  Torrey  com. 
•1055.  44.   C.  urgillucm,  F.  48,  Salem  nobis  obvia. 

1056.     45.  CJUvipes,  F.  49,  Syn.  Car.  1103,  et.  Pennsylv. 


NORTH  A3IERICAN  FUNGI,  183 

1057.  46.  C. /«raos«,  F.  51,  Syn.  Car.  1105,  nondumPennsylv. 

•1058.  47.    C.  n/^-nVa,  P.  5'3,  rara  Uethlehem. 

1059.  48.  C.fragilis,  F.  55,  Syn.  Car.  ebuniea  1106. 

1060.  49.  C./(;/cata,  F.  5",  Syn.  Car.  1107,  et.  Pennsylv. 
•1061.  50.  C.  ticrmiCHfans,  F.  54,  Salem  rara  ad  ten-am. 

*1062.  51.  C.  ADBASTio-ciNNABAniNA,  L.  V.  S.,  locis  teiTac  nudae  ad  ripas  LeliigU  in  Rhododendretis. 
C.  ten-estrisad  radices  tamen  arborura,  simplex,  carnosa,  subtenax,  fasciculatim  proveiiiens,  seriebus 
saepe  elong'atis,  multiformis,  varians  a  junioribus  3  linearibus  ad  triunciales  adultas  altitudine. 
Deorsum  attenuata,  medio  incrassata,  apicem  versus  iterum  attenuata.  Clavulis  aetata  compressis, 
flexuosis,  juventute  teretibus.  Basi  albo-pulverulenta  aut  pruinata  et  subbyssacea.  Ceterum  gaudet 
colore  ex  aurantio  in  cinnabarinum  vcrgenti.  Majoribus  clavulis  interdum  i  uncialibus  crassitie  ; 
apice  semper  obtusiusculo. 

Genus  38.     Typhula. 

1063.     1.  T.  gyrans,  F.  p.  494,  Syn.  Car.  1 113,  rai-a,  etiam  Bethlehem  ad  stipites. 
•1064.     2.  T.  MucEHDAE,  L.  V.  S.,  rarissima  in  mucerda  Shamokin  Pennsylv. 
T.  gregaria,  minuta,  lineam  non  superans,  albo-pallida,  stipite  gracili,  glabro,  clavula  exacte  ovata 
concolore.     Tuberculo  nuUo. 
*1065.     3.  T.  nAMEALis,  L.  V.  S.,  rarissime  in  ramis  Castaneis,  Bethl. 
T.  minuta,  sparsa  1 — 2  linearis.     Stipite  brevi,  glabro,  badio-lutescente.     Clavula  subcylintlnca,  sub- 
falcata  interdum,  attenuata,  albido-citrina,  subpulverulenta. 
•1066.    4.  T.  villosa,  F.  495,  n.  5,  rarissime  obvia,  Bethlehem  ad  folia  et  stipites  deject. 

Genus  39.     Pterula.     Fries.  Syst.  Veget.  p.  90. 
1067.     1.  P.  PLUMOSA,  L.  y.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1089,  etiam  Bethlehem  inter  folia. 


SuBORDo  IV.     PISTILLARINI. 

Genus  40.     Calocera. 

1068  et  1069,  vide  sub  Mitrula — omissa. 

C.  viscosa,  F.  p.  486  et  487,  n.  1,  Salem  rai-a. 
C-  furcaia,  F.  4,  Salem  et  Bethl.  in  ti-uncis. 
C.  cornea,  F.  n.  5,  Syn.  Car.  1092,  et.  Bethlehem. 
,  C.  glossoides,  F.  n.  6,  Syn.  Car.  1093,  et.  Bethl.  freq. 
C.  piLiPES,  L.  V.  S.,  ex  ligno  dejecto  gregatim  propullans,  Salem. 
C.  simplex,  2 — 3  Un.  alta,  clavula  cinereo-nigra  cornea  basi  nigricanti  subpilosa,  ceterum  compresso- 
glossoidea.     Vegetans  colore  paUide  fuligineo.     Apice  attenuato. 
*1075.     6.   C.  FAscicuLATA,  L.  V.  S.,  abnormis,  minuta,  in  Ilymenio  Daedaleae,  Bethl. 

C.  minutissima,  fasiculatim  prorumpens,  sed  clavulis  simplicibus  vermicularibus,aureofulvis,  flexuosis, 
tenacibus  stipitem  versus  nigricantibus.     Semilinearis.     Substantia  ceterorum. 

•  Genus  41.     Crinula. 

•1076.     1.  C.  caliciiformis,  F.  p.  403,  rara  obvia  in  cortice  RobinJae  Bethlehem  dejecto. 


1070. 

1. 

1071. 

2. 

1072. 

3. 

1073. 

4, 

1074. 

5. 

184  '  SYNOPSIS  OF 


Genus  42.     Pistillaria. 

1077.  1-  P.  micans,  F.  497, "n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  1108,  non  Penns. 

1078.  2.  P.  ovata,  n.  2,  F.,  Salem  et  BeUil. 

•1079.     3.  P.  fUisyuiVtam,  F.  3,  ad  stipites  Bethlehem.  -   • 

•1080.    4.  P.  musckola,  F.  4,  in  muscis  hypnoideis,  Salem  rarissime. 


Ordo  IV.     TREMELLINI. 

SxiBOEDO  I.     PILEOLARES. 

Genus  43.     Helotium. 
*1081.    1.  H.  umbonatum,  F.  var.  epiphylla,  in  foliis  putridis  Salem  ;  faciliter  periit. 

Genus  44.     Cyphella. 

•1082.     1.  C.  lacera,  F.  202,  n.  2,  Vol.  II.  rarius  Salem  in  laqueo  vetusto. 
*1083.     2.   C.  muscicula,  F.  n.  3,  immuscis  ad  terram  Philad. 
1084.     3.  C.  PENDULA,  L.  V.  S.,  Carol.  Syn.  Carol.  1183,  Pezlza  valde  similis  prime  obtutu  Sphueriae 


pendulae. 


Genus  45.     Guepinia.     Syst.  Veget.  F.  p.  92. 


•1085.  1.  G.  HELTEiLoiDEA,  L.  V.  S.  Fungus  rarissimus,  omiiino  sui  g-encris,  liuc  pertincrc  videtur. 
Mense  Augiisto  obvius  ad  terram  locis  graminosis. 
G.  anomala,  subtremelloso-carnosa,  intus  gelatinosa  et  udo  tempore  quasi  deliqucscens,  siccitate  autem 
indurescens  et  cornea  deveniens.  Stipite  cavo,  sursum  in  pseudo-pileum  irreg'uluriter  inflalo-bul- 
latuni,  rugoso  venosum  dilatato.  Apicibus  pluribus  ramosis  et  corniculatis  (semper  cavis)  obtusis. 
Hymenio  cxterno  manifestim  sporidifero,  totum  fungum  occupante.  Altitiidine  statu  vegeto  4 — 5 
imciarum.     Siccitate  diminuitur.     Colore  aquoso-pallido. 


.     -.  SuBOEDo  II.     CUPULARES. 

Genus  46.     Lemalis.     Syst.  Veg.  F.  p.  93. 

■1086.     1.  L.  Betuli,  F.  II.  p.  193,  Pezlza  BetuU,  Salem  et  Bethl. 
1087.     2.  L.  oLivACEo-TiHENs,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  Peziza  1234,  solummodo  Salem  obvia,  in  truncis 

Bethl. 
'1088.     3.  L.  pulla,  F.  II.  p.  160,  n.  5,  Bethlehem  in  asseribus. 
1089.     4.  L.  BCFO-oLivACEA,  L.  V.  S.,   Syn.  Car.   1220,  Peziza  nigro-olivacea ;  Salem  et  Bethlehem 
differt  specificea  priori. 
•1090.     5.  L.  auEBciNA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ramis  querneis  deorbatis,  Betlil. 

L.  minor,  sparsa,  sublibei-a,  fusco-atra,  subgelatinosa,  ov.ita.     Disco  interdum  subplicato,  margine  sub- 
involuto  nigro,  pulverulento  nigro.     Diametro  1 — 2  lineari. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  1S5 


Genus  47.      Exidia. 

■(■  Suriculae. 

1091.  1.  R.  .iarkula  Judae,  F.  221,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  1136,  et  freq.  Pennsylvania. 

1092.  2.  E.  AuniFoBMis,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1156,  F.  n.  4. 

1093.  3.   E.  recisa,  F.  ii.  5,  Syn.  Car.  1154,  praesertim  in  Salicinis  ramis,  et.  Hctlil. 
*1094.     4.    E.  fruncate,  F.  6,  in  Pyro  Malo  Bethlehem. 

If  Glandulosac. 
1095.     5.  E.  glanduhsa,  F.  7,  Syn.  Car.  1135,  vulgat.  et.  Pennsylv. 
•1096.     6.   E.  sacc/mrina,  F.  8,  Bethl.  in  cortice  Catalpae. 
•1097.     7.  E.  repanda,  F.  9,  in  ramis  Platani,  Betlil. 
*1098.     fi.   E.  cmpressa,  F.  10,  in  ramo  salicino,  Bethl. 

1099.     9.  E.  cuENATA,  L.  V.  S.,  F.  11,  Syn.  Car.  1141,  etiam  occurrlt  in  ramis  Bethlehem. 
*110U.     10-  E.  LURiDA,  L.  V.  S.,  passim  occui'rlt  in  Ramis  CeLastri,  Betlilchem. 

E.  effusa,  gyroso-plicata,  lurida,  orbiculata,  crassiuscnla.     Sicca  diminuta.     Papillis  raris  adspersa. 
•1101.      11.   E.  spicuiATA,  L.  V.  S.,  rarius  in  disco  caeso  truncornm  Platani,  Bethl. 

E.  adpressa,  effusa,   crassiloba,   verrncosa,  rugulosa,   olivaceo-virens,  siccitate   parum  diminuta,   sed 
colore  tum  nigro.     P.apillis  frequentibus  in  superficic,  marglne  in  lobos  minores  obtusos  diviso. 
•1102.     12.   E.  A PPLANATA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  interlori  cortice  Rhols  g-labri,   Bethl. 

E.  applanato-expansa,  arete  adpressa,  margine  tantum  sublibero,  figura  oblonga,  satis  crassula,  2 — 3 
lin.  longa  ;  sicca  atra,  et  quasi  pulveraceo-furfuracea,  rugis  aut  venis  extus  panels  notata.  Papillis 
sparsis. 


SuBOEDoIII.     TREMELLEI. 
Genus  48.     Tremella. 

f  Mescnicrifwmes. 
•1103.      1.   T./?;iJWa/o,  F.  p.  212,  n   2,  passim  Sivlem  et  Bethl. 

1104.     2.   T.foliosa,  F.  n.  4,  Syn.  Car.  1138,  et.  Bethl.  freq. 
•1105.     3.   T,  frondo-ia,  F.  n.  3,  truncis  quercinis  Bethl. 

1106.  4.   T.  luiescens,  F.  n.  5,  Syn.  Car.  1130,  vulgaris  et.  Pennsylv. 

1107.  5.  T.  AunA^•TIA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1131,  F.  6,  etiam  frequenter  et  maximisspeciminibus  Bethl. 
occurrit. 

1108.  6.   T.  mesenterica,V.  7,  Syn.  Car.  1129,  et.  Bethlehem. 

If  Cerebrinae. 
'1109.     7.   T.  albida,  F.  9,  rarior  ad  varios  truncos  Bethl. 
•1110.     8.  T.  intumescens,  F.  10,  rara  ad  truncos  Bethl. 
1111.     9.  T.  viHENs,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1134,  F.  11,  in  Corni  florid,  ramis — nondum  Pennsylv 
'1112.     10.   T.  cniSsiLOBA,  L.  v.  S.,  propuUans  ex  ramis  dejectis  Bethlehem. 
T.  prorumpens,  constans  ex  lobis  crassis  carnoso-tremellosis  subrotundatis  et  globoso-aggregatisalbidis. 
Statu  madido  supei-ficie  quasi  squ.amulosa;  exsiccata  nigra  et  pvdverulenta. 
•1113.      11.  T.  conRnciATA,  L.  v.  S.,  rarius  in  lignis  et  ramis  Bethl. 

T.  caespltosa,  corrugata,  lobis  flaccidis  tenuioribus,  margine   intumescentibus,   venosis  ;   nigropurpu- 
rascente  colore.     Sicca  subsquamulosa.     Unciali  diametro. 

fff  Coryne. 
1114.     12.  T.  sarcoides,  F.  n.  2,  p.  217,  Syn.  Car.  1156,  Pez.  et  Bethl. 
•1115.     13.  T.  clavata,  F.  n.  3,  p.  218,  rarior  Bethl. 
'1116.     14.   T.unicohr,¥.n.  4,  rarissime  Bethl. 

Vol.  IV.— 2  W 


186  SYNOPSIS  OF 

'1117.     15.   T.  riLMATA,  L.  V.  S.,   forma  et  indole  affinls   Canth.  spathiilariae,  n.   292,  In  ligno  putrido 
Bethl. 
T.  radicata,  lignum  penetrans  radice  tomentosa.     Stipite   compresso  ;  palmatim  expansa,  subcornea 
sicca,  elegantissime  aurantia,  subdiaphana,   apice  capituloso,  gyroso  plicato,   compresso  et  dilatato; 
Capitulo  cum  stipite  confluente. 

Genus  49.     Naematelia. 

1118.      1.  N.encepka/a,  F.  p.  227,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  1132,  et.  Pennsylv. 
•1119.     2.  N.  rubiformis,  F.  n.  2,  Specimina  nostra  majores  demum  nigrescimt.     Pethlehem  in  ramis. 

1120.  3.  N.  NucLEATA,  L.  V.  S.,   Syn.   Car.  1142,  F.  n.  3,  vulgata  est  etlam  in  Pennsylvania.     Saepe 
inventa  membrana,  siccitate  inconspicua,  triuncialiter  expansa. 

Genus  50.     Dacrymi-ces. 

1121.  1.   T).  fragiformis,  F.  p.  229,  n.  1,  rarior  Syn.  Car.  1147,  etiam  Bethl. 

1122.  2.   D.  violaceus,F.   n.  3,  Syn.  Car.    1148,  et.    Bethlehem  in  ramis  decorticatis  Mali.      Siccus 
niger. 

*1123.     3.   D.  virescens,  F.  n.  4,  in  asserlbus,  Bethl. 

1124.  4.   D.  stillutus,  F.  n.  5,  Syn.  Car.  1149,  abietina  frequens  ad  ligna  et  Betlilehem. 

1125.  5.  D.  l(ia-ymaIis,Viivs.  et   Syn.  Car.   1150,  videtur  mihi  omnino  a  priori  colore  ac  indole   dis- 
tinctus.     Freq.  et.  Bethlehem. 

*1126.     6.  D.  Syringae,  F.  ii.  6,  rarior  m  ram.  Syringae  Bethl. 

•1127.     7.   D.  ciNSADAp.isL's,  L.  V.  S.,  freq.  in  ramis  salicinis  Bethlehem,  affinis  priori. 

D.  minor,  prorumpens,  epidermide  arete  cinctus,  primum  convexus,  demum  concavus  et  subpezlzae- 
formis,  colore  vivide  cinnabarino,  saepe  confluens  ac  gregibus  vastis  ramos  occupans  longitudinaliter 
effusus.      Faciliter  cxcutitnr,  linquens  faveolum.      Floccis   internis,   aqua  solutus   egregie   distin- 
guitur. 
'1128.     8.   D.  iNTOLUTUs,  L.  V.  S.,  sat.  affinis  D.  lacrymali,  ligno  antiquo  Salem  et  Bethl. 

D.  m.agnitudine   D.   stiUati,  subrotundo-dlintatus,  gyroso-plicatus,   aiu-antio-pallidus.      Basi   involutus 
tomento  strigoso  albo  quod  saepe  totum  fungum  induit. 
•1129.     9.   D.  PELLuciDcs,  L.  V.  S,,    Maximus,   rarior  ad  ligna   Salem;   etiam   Philadelphiae    vicinitate 
obvius. 
D.  maximus,  tres  unci.as  longitudine  ac   latitudine  occupans,   candldus,   subpcllucidus,  st.atu  vegeto, 
initium  Hydni   gclatinosi  referens — forma  autem  Ti-emellue   est  gyrosa,   varie  lobata,  lobis  crassis 
obtusis.     Structura  interna  omnino  est  Dacrymyces.     Sicco  statu  membranam  sistit  crassam  duram, 
plicato-venosam,  pellucidam. 
*1130.     10.   D.  cApiTATus,  L.  V.  S.,  in  c.aule  Brassic.arum   Betlileliem  obvius. 

D.  stipitatus,  stipite  c.aulem  pcnetr.ans,  b.asi  tomentoso,   crasso,  furfuraceo  (Ditiolam  referens)   abiente 
in  capitulum   subrotundoglobosum,  saepe   impressum,  interdum   plicatum,   colore   aurantio-rubro. 
Sparsim  crescit — interno  contextu  omnino  hujus  generis. 
*113I.      11.   D.  iiirFonMis,  L.  v.  S.,  rariter  in  ramulis  Rosae  corymbosae  Bethlehem. 

D.  difforniis,  v,arie  tortus,  fere  Myxotrichi  ad  instar  erumpens  ex  epidermide,   aurantio-ruber,  subex- 
pansus.     Structura  interna  ut  in  ceteris. 
"1132.     12.   D.  EPirnrtLcs,  L.  v.  S.,  Salem  obvius  in  foliis  Galii.    Omnino  Sclerotium  refert  sed  sub  lenle 
structura  interna  Dacrymycem  ostendit. 
D.  gregarius,    subrotundus,    oblongusve   lutescens,  minutus,  I  linearis  subpulvinatus,  quasi  innatus, 
saepe  subconfluens.     An  etiam  Sclerotium  herbarum  hue  pertinet' 
'  1133.     13.   I).  viTicoLA,  L  V.  S-,  rarior  ex  epidermide  Vitis  emortui  propullans  Bethl. 
D.  biformis.      Ex  cortice  aut  epidermide  prorumpens,   stipite  cr.asso  praeditus,   basi  tomento  involuta 
aut  volvata,   in  capitulum  gyrosum  aurantio-rubrum  dilatato.     In   ligno  decorticato  autem,   effusus, 
gyroso-plicatu.s,  tenuis,  ejusdem  coloris.     Utraque  forma  servat  structuram  internam  Dacrymvcis. 
•1134.     14.  D.  AzALEAE,  L.  v.  S.,  rarior  in  ramis  emortuis  Azaleae  nudiflorae  Uethl. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  187 

D.  sparsiis,  minutus,  ex  cortice  ut  Myxosporium,  propullans  luteo-aurantius,  pellucidus,  explanatus  in 
capitulum  subpalmatim  lobatum,  breve.     Structura  interna  priorum. 

Genus  51.     Pyrenium. 

1135.     1.  P.  terresire,  Syn.  Car.  530,  solummodo  Carolina. 
•1136.     2.  P.  CotLAE,  L  V.  S.,  in  CoUa  indurata  mucosa  Bethlehem  obviam. 
P.  magnitudine  seminis  papaveris,  nidiilans  in  colla  et  aggregatlm  proi-umpens,   ovato-globosum  in- 
c.-irnato-aurantium,  tomento  albo  subinvolutum.     Contextus  indistincte  floccosus. 


SuBORDoIV.     HYMENULI. 

Genus  52.     Phtllopta. 

•113r.     1.  p.  biparasitica,F.  p.  219,  n.  1,  in  Hymenio  Thelophorae  aut  PolyporiBethl. 
1138.     2.  P.   PAHASiTicA,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.   Car.  1143,  Tremella  Carolina  et  Pennsylv.   m  C/avaria  gi- 
gantea. 

•    Genus  53.     Agykium. 

*1139.  1.  A.  caesium,  F.  p.  231,  n.  1,  rarum  15ethl.  in  lign. 

*1140.  2.  A.  rufum,  F.  n.  3,  freq.  in  Castaneo  ligno  Bethl. 

'1141.  3.  A.  airomVcns,  F.  n.  4,  ad  ramos  dejectos  Bethl.  •  .  '     . 

*1 142.  4.   A.  nigricans,  F.  n.  5,  in  dejecto  cortice  Castan.  Bethl. 

*1143.  5.  A.  ladeum,  F.  sub  nigricante  citatnec  autem  descripsit — effusum  lacteumdemumnigrescens. 

In  stipitibus  variis  Bethl.  obvium. 

*1144.  6.  A.  herbarum,  F.  n.  6,  frequens  ad  stipites,  Bethl. 

Genus  54.     Hymenella.  /.,.'. 

•1144.     1.  H.  vulgaris,  F.  p.  234,  n.  2,  in  caul.  Solidag-inura,  Bethl. 
*1145.     2.  H.  nigra,  F.  n.3,  in  stipitibus  Rubi  Bethl. 
•1146.     3.   H.  ciLiATA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  caulibus  v.  c.  Arctli  Bethl. 
H.  subrotundo-difformis,  tuberculosa,  pallida  aut  rufescens,  circum  basin  ciliata,  ciliis  albis  persisten-  ■ 
tibus.     Minuta. 


188  SYNOPSIS   OP 


Classis  Secunda.     PYRENOMYCETES. 
Ordo  I.     SPHAERIACEI. 

Sdbordo  I.     SPHAERINI. 

Nos  in  sequente  Synopsi  hujus  Subordinis  amplissimi,  melius  visum  Quatuor  Genera  Friesii  in  Sys- 
temate  ejus  Orbis  Vegetabilis,  sub  unum  Genus  Spkaeria  retinere,  cum  ex  ipso  Friesii  sententia  non 
praeferenda  sunt  dispositioni  vastissimi  generis  in  Systemate  mycologico  exhibitae,  Hanc  quidem  dispo- 
sitionem  non  omnino  pcrfectam  agnovimus,  nee  tarn  naturalem  ut  possit  inimutata  manere,  sed  satis  utilis 
nobis  vldetui-  fungillos  lios  rite  cognoscendos.  Non  autem  in  animo  est  Systema  construere,  sed  species 
recensere.  Ceterum  nobis  contigit  numerum  specierum  quam  raaxime  augere,  utpote  regionibus  ame- 
ricanis  tarn  feracibus  ligni  eniortui,  matricis  Sphaeriarum,  apprime  proprium  erat. 

Genus  55.     Sphaeria. 

Trib.  1.   CoiiDTCEps. 

a.)  Hypocrea. 

1147.  1.  S.  militaris,  F.  1,  Syn.  Car.  1,  in  Pennsylv.  Pocono. 

1148.  2.  S.  alutacea,  F.  2,  Syn.  Car.  2,  rara  et.  Betblehem. 

*1149.     3.  S.  capitata,  F.  6.     S.alem  Carolina  rara   in  terra  orta  ex  putrido  trunco  Castaneae — omnino 
autem  sine  Sclerodermate  defosso.  "  '  ^" 

1150.  4.  S.  eniomorhiza,  F.  Syn.  Car.  3,  rarissima. 

1151.  5.  S.  ophioglossoldes,  F.  4,  Syn.  Car.  5,  loco  nunc  aqueducto   occupat  ante  18  annos  Bethlehem 
invenl  nee  iterum. 

1152.  6.   S.  MDcnoNATA,  L.  V.  S.,   Syn.  Car.  4,  F.  7.     Icon  in  Journal  of  Acad.   Philad.  Vol.  V.  Tab. 
1,  f.  1,  rarissime  obvia  solummodo  Carolina. 

•1153.     7.  S.  uehculea,  L.  v.  S,,  in  terra  lignosa  rarissime  obvia  Salem. 

S,  subcarnosa,  subsuberosa.     Capitulo  magno  ovato  clavato  in  stipitem  attenuato-elongatum  deciirrens. 

Colore  alutaceo,  intus  cum  stipite  flavescente.     Peritheciis  superficialibus  minoribus  concoloribus  in 

capitulo  obtuso.     Altitudo  totlus  fungi  li  uncialis.     Capitulum  4  unciam  diametro. 
*1154.     8.   S.  Geoglossum,  L.  v.  S.,  Icon  in  Journal  of  Acad.  Philad.  Vol.  V.  Tab.  I,  f.  4.     Dr  Torrey 

ex  New  York  communicavit.     An  terrestris  ' 
S.  carnosa-suberosa,   simplex,  nigerrima.      Clavula  linguaeformi,   compressa,  subcanaliculata,  falcata, 

aplce  obtuso.      Peritheciis  oblongis,   nigi'Is,  subprominulis.      Ostiolis  minutis  vix  prominentibus. 

Intus  albida.     Stipite  Iriplo  longiori  clavula  subsquamuloso,  basi  hirsutulo,  gracili,  suberoso,  intus 

albo,  extus  nigro.     Altitudine  pollicari.     Refert  Geoglossum. 
•1155.     9.   S.  ciAvuLATA,  L.  V.  S.,    species  omnino  admirabilis,  passim  in  vivis  ramulis  Quercus  palus- 

tris  et  coccineae,  onustis  opei-ibus  recentioribus  Cyiiipum.     Bethlehem  ad  ripas  Lehigh. 
S.   Subiculo  clypeato,   ovato,   regulari,   contexta  iibrilloso-membranaceo  arete   epidermide   insidens, 

centro  incr.assuto-elevato,   marginibus  subliberis  inflexis,   ad  quartam  p.artem   unciae  expanse.     Ex 

hoc  subiculo  patcUari,  basilar!,   assurgunt  clavulac  rigidulae,  subdivei-gentes,   ad  6 — 10  numerum  ; 

tres  Uneas  altae,  substantia  suberosa,  intus  albae,  cxtusnigrae,  et  apice  obtuso  cinereo-pulveraceae. 

Stipite  attenuato,  et  in  capitulum  oblongum  obtusum  sensim  abiente  praeditae  sunt.      Aetiite  vigen- 

tiori  Capitulum  distinctius  a  stipite  sese  ostcndit,  onustum  seriebus  parallelis  peritheciorum  nigrorum. 

His  promlnulis  cum  ostiolis  minutis,  et  demum  dejicientibuscorticem  externam  cinereo-pulverulen- 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  189 

tam  ;  intus  albo-fiu-ctis.      Capitnlum  et  clavula  intus  albescunt  more  S.  capitulae.     Stipite  versus 
basin  iiicrassato. 

h.)  Hypoxyla. 
1155.     10.   S.  bulbosa,  F.  10,  Syn.  Car.  6,  Carol,  et  Belhl. 
1157.      11.  S.  hypoxylon,  F.  11,  Syn.  Car.  7,  ubique  terrarum. 
115S.     12.   S.  PEUsicAniA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  9,  F.  13,  Salem  solum. 

1 159.  13.  S.  digitala,  F.  S,  Syn.  Car.  10,  frequens  Pennsylv.     Speciminibus  optimis  maximis. 

1160.  14.  S.  pulymorpha,  F.  9,  Syn.  Car.  11,  freq.  et.  Bethlehem. 

1161.  15.   S.  carpop!ii/a,  F.  12,  Syn.  Car.  8,  Carolina  solummodomihi  obvia  in  nucibus  Liquidambai-is. 
Pennsylvania,  etiam  fagfineis,  ut  in  Europa. 

*1162.  16.  S.  suBTr.Rn.\xEi,  L.  V.  S.  Icon  in  Journ.al  of  Acad.  Tab.  I.  figf.  3,  sed  representans  f'ungum 
imperfectum.  Species  nunc  melius  cognita  primum  ab  amicissimo  Torrey  accepta  ex  fodinis  New 
.Icrsey,  nuperrime  in  puteo,  pr.iesertim  autcm  Bethl.  in  doliis  semidefossis  et  tectis,  aquae  coUingen- 
dae  causa  obvia. 
S.  suberosa,  subslmplex  speciminibus  fertilibus,  sterilibus  autem  saepe  intricate  ramosis  imo  anastomo- 
santibus  ;  ceterum  longlssima  (interdum  semipedalis)  gracihs,  flexuosa,  et  compressa  ;  clavula  vix  a 
stipite  distincta  ;  apice  plerumque  indlviso,  attenuate,  torto,  compresso,  griseo-pulvendento  ;  basi 
paululum  incrassata,  hirsutiuscala,  cum  cetero  fungo  extus  nigro-badia.  Peritheciis  demum  in  raris 
fertilibus,  maximis,  pro  ratjone  ti'unci  tenuioris,  quern  undirjue  occupant,  valde  promiuulis,  acutius- 
culis  ostiolis,  unde  quasi  aculeatus  truncus  fertilis.     Satis  distant  inter  se. 

'1163.  17.  S.  CoBxc  Uamae,  L.  V.  S.,  passim  in  truncis  antiquis  dejectis  subdefossis  e  latere  provenit 
Bethl.;  affinis  S.  hypoxylo  sed  multo  crassior. 
S.  suberosa,  aterrima,  cnassiuscula,  trunco  subradicato,  varie  torto,  atro-floccoso  In  radice,  compresso,  in 
apicem  furcato-ramosim  diUtatur,  plerumque  apicibus  abrupte  acuminatis,  demum  fertilibus,  exacte 
cornu  damae.  Junior  apice  ut  ceterae  Hypoxylae  Sphaeriae  hujus  sectionis  squamuloso-cineras- 
cente,  ceterum  tomento  atro  undique  brevissimo  invcstita.  Peritheciis  majuscuUs  prominulis,  ostio- 
lis obtusato-cylindricis  brevibus.     Intus  candidissimus.     Totus  fungus  saepe  triuncialis. 

*1164.  18.  S.  FLABEi-LiFORMis,  L.  V.  S .,  JouHial  of  Academy,  Vol.  V.  Tab.  I.  f.  5.  Syn.  Car.  p.  85,  n. 
1071,  nomine  Merisiiia  nigr'ipes  perpcram.  Karior  occurrit  Sphaeria,  rarissime  fertilis,  .ad  ligna  sicca 
molliora,  nigro-tincta,  jam  prime  obtutu  colore  distincta  amoeneincarnato.  Etiam  Bethlehem  obvia. 
S.  suberosa,  brevicaulis,  bulbosa,  bulbo  crasso  applanato  nigro  convexo  insldcns,  trunco  breviusculo 
crasso,  c  bulbosa  basi  mox  in  ramos  palmatos,  fimbriates,  congestos  in  capitulum,  diviso,  colore  amoene 
lutco-incarnato,  instrato  pulvere  copioso  concolore.  Trunco  deorsum  nigrescente,  piloso,  cum 
bulbo  i  seorsum  tereti  pallente.  Peritheciis  demum  in  palmatis  apicibus  provenientibus,  vix  pro- 
minulis.    Semiuncialem  altitudinem  vix  excedit.      Semper  sparsim  nee  aggregatim  crescit. 

Trib.  2.   PonoNiA. 
1165.     19.  S.  CANBITJA,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  20,  F.  16,  rara  in  ramis  fraxineis,  Salem  et  Bethlehem.     Sine 
uUo  dubio  est  Sphaeria,  cupula  sua  ligno  ipso  tam  adnata  ut  remanet  remoto  cortice.     Cum  sequente 
transitum  fecit  ad  sectionem  aut  tribum  proximum.  ' 

•1166.  20.  S.  isTEKMEDiA,  L.  V.  S.,  Jour,  of  Acad.  pag.  8.  Affinis  priori,  sed  distinctissima.  Bethl. 
rariovin  ramis  corruptissimis  Pruni  hyemalis — ex  epidermide  gregatim  erumpens. 
S.  pulvinato-cupulata,  i.  e.  Sphaeria  pulvin.atainsidens  Cupulae  subrepandae  inseparabilis  ;  fere  prirao 
obtutu  sessilis,  sed  revera  abienti  in  stipitem  brevissinuuii,  crassum,  penetrantem  interiorem  corti- 
cem.  Cupula  cum  stromate  connata,  extus  nigra  plicata.  Peritheciis  crebris  periphericis,  ovato- 
globosis,  in  superficie  elevatis,  furfure  albo-brunnescenti  tectis,  Stromate  cinereo-brunneo,  pulve- 
raceo — cortice  fungi  externo  fusco,  furfure  albescenti  subtecto.  Tota  sphaeria  magnitudineS.fuscae 
subrotunda,  applanata,  interdum  repanda. 

"1167.  21.  S.  PocuLA,  L.  V.  S.  Icon.  Journal  of  Acad.  Tab.  II.  f.  6.  Primum  accepi  a  Dr  ToiTey  ex 
New  York  propuUans  ex  cortice  Fraxineo.  Nunc  copiose  Bethl.  Inventa  in  variis  Corticibus  prae- 
sertim  Castaneorum — semper  cupulis  inversis  pendentibus.  Omnino  refert  Cyphellam  pendulam  nos- 
tram,  ita  ut  eandem  putassem,  nisi  praesentia  peritlieciorum  obstaret.  In  ramis  Rubi  emortuis  varie- 
tatem  minus  fasciculatam  inveni.  Haec  certissime  S.  punctatae,  quam  nondumin  America  inventam 
maxime  dolendum — genuina  socia. 

Vol.  IV.— 2  X 


I  90  SYNOPSIS   OF 

S.  suberosa-coriacea,  stipitata  ;  stipitlbus  fasciculatim  ex  epidermide  prorumpentibus,  incurvis,  sensim 
dilatatis  in  cupulas  obverse  penduUis,  extus  ex  albido-fuliginosls,  demum  subfurfuraceis  ;  stipites 
semper  crassi  sunt.  Cupulis  excavatis,  disco  planiusculo,  margine  crasso,  obtusato,  inflexo-pulveru- 
lento.  Peritlieciis  immersis  disco,  minutis,  monostichis  lutescentibus,  ostiolis  nigris,  vix  prominen- 
tibus.  Substantia  cupularis  intus  ex  albo-fuliginea  aut  badia,  suberosa.  Altitudo  caespitiset  singu- 
larlum  cupularum  4 — 5  lineas,  diameter  disci  2 — 5  linearis.  Aetata  provectiori,  stipites  fusco 
nigrescunt. 

Trlb.    3.     PctVINATAE. 

a  Hypoxylae. 

1168.  22.   S.  concentrica,  F.  18,  Syn.  Car.  12,  et.  Pennsylv.  ubi  saepe  maxima. 

1169.  23.   S.fragiformis,  F.  19,  Syn.  Car.  14,  frequens  et.  Betlil. 

1170.  24.   S.  fusca,  F.  20,  Syn.  Car.  19,  ad  ramos  freq.  Bethl. 

*1171.     25.  S   t»-^i7/ace«,  F.  21,  non  est  eudem  cum  nostra  multlformi.     Bethlehem  passim. 

1172.  26.  S.  cohaerens,  F.  22,  Syn.  Car.  18,  et.  Fennsylv. 

1173.  27-  S.  multiformis,  F.  23,  Syn.  Car.  13,  et.  Pennsylv.  sed  rarior.     /S  granulosa,  Syn.  Car.   16, 
raera  varietas. 

1174.  28.  S.  DUBissiMA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  46,  F.  24,  rarior  Bethlehem.      Ex  tropicis  optima  speci- 
mina. 

•1175.  29.  S.  VEBNicosA,  L.  V.  S.,  Journal  of  Acad.  Tab,  I.  f.  2.  Species  haec  pulcherrima  rarissime 
milil  obvia  ad  palos  saeplum,  Salem  Carolinae. 
S.  maxima,  plusquam  unciali  altltudine,  subturbinato-stipitata.  Cortice  externo  splendide  vernicoso 
atra,  in  apice  turbinate  capitidato,  subrugoso  undulata,  ostiolis  vix  perceptibilibus.  Peritheciis  peri- 
phaericis,  minutis,  subglobosis,  nigro-corticatis,  nidulantibus  in  primo  strato  stromatis  sub  externo 
cortice.  Stroma  constans  ex  stratis  concentricis  peritheciorum  majorum,  oblongo  vatorum  densiss- 
ime  stipatorum,  implentibus  capitulum  totum  turbinatum,  aequo  ac  .stipitem.  Hae  Perithecia  meri 
sunt  sacculi  membranacei  candidi,  omnis  corticis  nigrae  expertia  ;  statu  vegeto  repleti  pulvere  semi- 
nali  copiosb  aterrimo,  turn  copia  ingenti  per  ostiola,  ne  lentis  ope  djstinguenda,  ejecto,  superficiem 
Sphaeriae  et  hgnum  circacircum  tingente,  Sacculi  persistentes  post  pulveris  ejectioncm  ;  tum  intus 
candidissima  sphaeria  est.  Capitulum  turbinatum  diametro  semiunci.iU,  abruptim  in  stipitem  J 
unciae  cvassum  abiens.     Stipite  semlunciam  alto.     Proxima  S.  concentricae — sed  optime  distincta. 

•1176.  30.  S.  siARGi.vATA,  L.  v.  S.,  Jour  of  Acad.  Tab.  I!,  f.  8:  affinis  S.  multiformis,  sed  major.  In 
Pennsylvania  haec  species  vulgatissima  praesertim  ad  ramos  quercinos  locum  usui-pat  S.  multiformis 
quae  rarior. 
S.  pulvinata,  confluens,  valde  elevata,  major.  Juniore  aet.ate  ochroleuca  ([iro  more  pulverulenta) 
m.aturo,  nigerrima  absque  uUo  nitore.  Superficle  ex  peritheciis  periphaericis  subjacentibus,  adeo 
regulariter  granulata.  Peritheciis  ipsis  cum  externo  cortice  s.atis  prominentibus,  subhemisphaericc, 
at  horizontaliter  trunccitis,  margine  in  truncatoi'a  annuliformi  cinctis  subelcvato.  Centro  Iruncaturae 
conico-applanato  abiente  in  ostlolum,  glaberrimo — cortice  reliquo  externo  rugosa.  Peritheciis 
cetcrum  corticatis,  monostichis,  subglobosis,  nidulantibus  interne  in  sfromate  nigro,  sacculo  albo 
instructis.  Pulvinuli  saepe  i  unciales  ad  longitudinem  et  latitudincm  sex  uncialcm  subconfluunt. 
Pulvere  atro  copioso.     Sti-uctura  externa  peritheciorum  differt  a  S.  multiformi. 

•1177.  31.  S.  ESTEiio.MELi,  L.  v.  S.,  Jour.  of  Acad.  p.  10,  e  rimis  corticalibus  Castaneorum  crumpens, 
rarior,  Bethl. 
S.  ptdvinata,  longitudinaliter  confluens,  rubro-rubiginosa,  superficie  non  granulata.  Cortice  interior!, 
aterrimo.  Pulviaulis  subdiflbrmibus  comprcssiusculis.  Stromate  .aterrimo,  in  quo  immcrsa  sunt 
sparsim  perithecia  m.ajora,  ceteris  peritheciis  periphaericis,  minutis,  globosis,  nigris.  Superne 
quasi  rubiginoso-pulverulento  cortice  exteriori  furfurascente  tecta.  Interruptlm  confluunt  saepe 
pulvinuli  longitudinahter  ad  longitudinem  semiped;dem.  SinguU  pulvinuli  i  unciales. 
Quoad  indolem  extern!  corticis  affinis  S.  fragiformi. 

•1178.     32.  S,  TEHES,  L.  V.  S.,  Journ.  of  Acad.   Tab.  ab  amicissimo   Z.  Collins  communicata  in  cortice 
ignoto. 
S.  pulvinata,   subtereti-cylindrica,    apice   obtuso,  rotundata.      Cortice  exteriori  tubcrculoso-undulato 
rubiginosa.     Stromate  fuhginoso  in   cpio  undique   perithecia  pcriphaerica  imraersa  inaequalitatem 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  191 

corticis  exterioris  efficiunt.    Pulvinulus  cylindi-icus  tres  lineas  altus,  H  latus.     Sparsim  nee  approxi- 

mati  occurrunt  pulvinuli  in  cortice.     Quodam  modo  affinis  S.  rubiginosae. 
•1179.     33.   S.  DEConTicATA,  L.  V.  S.,  quanquam  affinis  S.   rubiginosae  tamen  spectat  ad  Sphaerias  con- 

natas.     Ad  ligna  et  in  cortice.    Primum  ex  Nova  Anglia  misit  Dr  Torrey,  nunc  copiosior,  Betlil. 
S.  subpulvinata,    applanata  praesertim  in  ligno  orbato,  minus  in  cortice  ;   externa  superficie  griseo- 

rubiginosa,  tuberculis  nigosis  sphaerulaefoi-mibus   dense  tecta,   ad  instar  ostioloruni,  ita  ut  inde 

exasperata  apparet  nigris  granulis:   exterioris  corticis  ceterum  expers.     Peritlieciis  peripliaericis, 

pluribus  seriebus  in  stromate  rubiginoso-fuligineo  immersis,  ovato  globosis.     Pulvinulis  subrotundis 

aut  dlfFormibus,  J  uncialibus  saepe  confluentibus. 
•1180.     34.   S.  TRANsviinsA,  L.  v.  S.,  Maucli  Chunk  transversim  erumpens  in  trunco  Betuli  carpinlfolii 

rarior. 
S.  magna,  subpulvinata,  subimmersa  in  cortice   et  pulvinatim  prorumpens,  diffbrmiter  aut  turbinatim 

angulata.     Superficie   irregulariter  rugosa  aut  aequabili  nigra.     Peritheciis   ovatis,   periphaericis, 

Intus  splendenti-nigris.     Stromate  nigrofusco  pulverulent;!.     Ostiolismanifestisprominentibusplano- 

conicis.     Unclali  longitudine,  crassitie  i  unciuli. 

0  Hypocreae. 
1181.     35.   S.  rufa,  F.  26,  Syn.  Car.  21,  et.  Peniisylv. 
•1182.     36.  S.  gelatinosa,  F.  27",  in  Sambuco,  Bethlehem. 
1183.     37.  S.  Steueorum,  L.  v.  S.,  Jour,  of  Acad.  p.  12  et  13,  in  hymenlo  et  pileo  Thelephorae  fasci- 
at.ae,  L.  v.  S.,  affinis  prioribus,  sed  m.ijor.     Forma  ad  gkhosas,  Bethl. 
S.  undulato-confluens,  applanata,  ambitu  sublobato,  superficie  plicata, subpulvinata,  colore  exincarnato- 
brunneo  :  junior  tomento  albo  basilari  velata  et  tum  magis  pulvinata.     Interdumsolitaria;  plerumque 
autem  confluens  serie  longitudinali  in  plicis  Thelephorae  cui  insidet.     Substantia,  quanquam  non 
gelatinosa,  tamen  mollior.     Peritheciis  in  superficie   granulatim  prominulis,  mere  corticalibus,  i.  e. 
sti'omati  albido  subjacenti,  non  immersis,  manifestim  ostiolatis,   spargentibus  pulverem  seminalem 
copiosam  albidam.     Ad  longitudinem  uncialem  saepe  confluunt  pulvinuli,  3 — 4  lin.  lati;  margine 
sublibero. 

Trib.  4.  CoNXATAE. 

tt.  Hypocreae. 
•1184.     38.  S.  ladea,  F.  29,  adradices  truncorum  in  terra  et  interiori  cortice,  Bethlehem. 

1185.  39.  S.  cilrina,  F.  30,  Syn.  Car.  30,  etiam  Pennsylv. 

1186.  40.  S.  rosea,  F.  31,  Syn.  Car.  31,  rara  etiam  Bethl. 

1187.  41.  S.  ochracea,  F.  30,  /S,  Syn.  Car.  32,  Salem. 

•1188.  42.  S.  sTEKiLion,  L.  v.  S.,  pulcherrima,  super  folia  et  dejectamenta  locis  umbrosissimis  effusa, 
Bethl. 
S.  substantia  primum  molliuscula,  longe  lateque  effusa,  applanata,  superficie  longitudinaliter  striata, 
ex  incarnalo-lutescenti.  Sicca,  margine  tenerrimo  byssoideo  ex  intertextis  fibris  filamentosis  prae- 
dita;  et  liis  laeviter  omnino  tecta  apparet.  Intus  demum  alba  carnoso-cornea.  Perithecus  raris  vix 
rite  formatis  in  nostris.  Foliis,  capsulis,  amentis,  dejectis  increscit  ambitu  unciali  et  crassitie  bili- 
neari. 

1189.  43.  S.   lutcovirens,  F.  35,  Syn.  Car.  33,  et.  Pennsylv. 

1190.  44.  S.  LAciFLuonuM,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  34,  F.  32,  rarior  obvia  in  Pennsylv. 

1191.  45.  S.  HTALiNA,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  35,  F.  36,  in  monte  Pocono  frequens  occurrit  distinctissima 
haec  species. 

•1192.     46.  S.  TUBERicoLA,  L.  y.  S.,  in  exoleto  Tubere  albo  Infestans  corticem   exteriorem,  Pocono 
inventa. 
S.  effusa,  tenuis,   fusco-nigrescens,  vix  ambitu  determinate.     Peritheciis  pi-imo  subimmersis,  demum 
fere  omnino  prominulis,  nigrofuscis,  rugoso-tuberculatis,  minutis,  subconicis,  dense  aggregatis,  intus 
omnino  similibus  prioribus,  demum  pulvere  sparso.cuvis. 

^  Hypoxyluc. 
1 193.    47.  S.  rubiginosa,  F.  37,  Syn.  Car,  17,  etiam  Pennsylv. 


192  SYNOPSIS   OF 

1194.  48.   S.  PERFonATA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  45,  vulgaris  et.  Beth].,  Fr.  38. 

1195.  49.   S.  atropurpureu,  F.  39,  Syn.  Car.  36,  etiam  Bethl. 

1196.  50.  S.  icrpCTs,  F.  40,  Syn.  Car.  39,  vulgatiss.  et  Pennsylv.  • 
1]9".  51.   S.  coLLicuLOSA,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  82,  F.  41,  rara  Bethl. 

*1198.  52.   S.  coprophila,  F.  42,  Salem  rara  sed  distinctissima  in  lig'no  dejecto  stercore  tecto. 

•1199;  5Z.  S.  conjiuens,  F.  43,  passim  Bethl. 

1200.  54.  S.  Sassafras,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  87,  freq.  et  Bethl. 

*1201.  55.   S.  atramentosa,  F.  49,  rarius  Salem  et  Bethl. 

1202.  56.   S.  incrustans^  F.  46,  Bethl.  lignis  moUioribus. 

1203.  57.  S.  AFFLATA,  L.  V.  S .,  Syn.  Car.  63,  F.  50,  etiam  Bethl. 

*1204.     58.    S.  TPHBixuLATA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  ligno  fiig-ineo  mentis  Pocono,  Pennsylv. 

S.  turbinato-pulvinata,  applanata,  subconfluens,  tamen  pulvinulis  semper  distinctis.  Peritheciis  non 
peripliaericis  sed  per  totum  stroma  ad  basin  usque  dispersis  majoribus.  Superficie  externa  granu- 
Lata,  pulveraceo-rugosa,  ostiolis  minutis  prominulis.  Stromate  parco,  ob  magnitudinem  peritheci- 
oruni,  e  fuliginoso  albido.  PulvinuU  seriatim  siti,  quasi  literas  hebraicas  formant,  et  insident  crus- 
tae  nigrae  in  cortice  eftusae. 

•1205.  59.  S.  iLtiTA,  L.  V.  S.,  non  infrequens  ad  latera  perpendicularia  truncorum  praesertim  Platani, 
fere  omnino  eos  plagis  latis  inaequabihbus  confluentlbus  investlens,  Bethl. 
S.  latissime  effusa,  confluens,  stratis  saepe  superimpositis,  sistens  plagas  subeffiguratas,  ligno  emollito 
quasi  iUitas  :  superficie  superna  undulata  inaequabili,  primum  eleganter  oliv.aceo  yirente,  demum 
nigra.  Peritheciis  m.ajusculis,  granul.atim  prominentibus,  coronatis  ostiolis  acutis  conicis  aut  indis- 
tinctis  ;  ceterum  crasse  corticatis,  intus  cavis  et  ob  magnitudinem  stromate  parco  albescenti  cu'cum- 
datis. 

*1206.     60.   S.  EXAHATA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  cortice  ramorum  juniorum  Jugl.  tomentosae,  Salem  et  Bethl. 
S.  effiguratim  effusa,  qu.asl  longitudinaliter  sulcis  imis  p.araUeUs  in  superficie  exarata — primum  epider- 
mide  subtecta,'quas  in  sulcis  persistit.     Peritheciis  valde  prominulis  in  summa  jiiga  sulcorum,  irre- 
gularjbus,  e  nigrofuscis,  iiigropapillatis,  majusculls,  monostichis,  stromate  parco   circumdatis.     In- 
terdum  sulcis  confluentibus.     In  ambitu  margine  sterlli,    subrepando  praedlta  ;   crustae  subjacenti, 
ex  substantia  corticali  nigrifacta  formata,  insidet. 
1207.     61.   S.  UYDNicoLA,  L.  V.  S.,  Jour,  of  Acad.  p.  14,  Tab.  II.   f.   9,  rarior  in  subulisjam  corruptis 
Hydnorum,  Bethl. 
S.  crassa,  brevis,  subrepand.a,  satis  in  superficie  elevata,  passim  confluens.     Superficie  externa  ater- 
rima,  undulata,  a  peritheciis  subjacentibus,  depressa,  granulosa.     Peritheciis  magnis  subdistantibus, 
immersis  in   stromate  albo-lutescenti,  monostichis,   velo  aut  s.acculo  brunneo   instructis.     Ostiolis 
papillatis,  prominulis.     Subuli  Hydni  saepe  cvim  stromate   concrescunt :  turn   inferior  pars  quasi 
pedicellum  crassum  cxhibet.     Substantia  Strom.atis  manifestim  suberosa.     Diametro  vi.\  2 — 3  lineas 
excedit.     Aflinitas  quaedam  cum  S.  uda  adest. 

'1208.  62.  S.  callosthojia,  L.  v.  S.,  Jour.  Acad.  Tab.  II.  f.  10,  ligno  et  cortice  Lauri  aestivahs,  Bethl. 
freq.  nee  alibi. 
S.  irregulariter  effusa — ad  longitudinem  et  latitudinem  2 — 3  unciarum  ;  etiam  occurrit  pulvinulis 
minoribus  subturbinatis,  seriatim  approximatis  nee  revera  confluentibus — satis  simills  inde  S.  turbi- 
nuhtne.  Speciraina  effus.a,  primo  obtutu,  referunt  Sphaeriam  maximam  simplicem,  contigue  acer- 
vatam.  At  transversim  secta,  conex  communis  quo  connata  sunt,  in  conspectum  venit,  extus  niger. 
Superficie  inaequali ;  ex  peritheciis  subelevatis,  granulosa,  punctato-rugosa.  Peritheciis,  externe 
ftpice  truncato  in  ostiola  obtusiora,  subconice  elevato,  stromate  immersis  interne  grunioso,  colore 
.  vivide  rubro-ochraceo,  parciori  aut  copiosiori  ;  corticatis,  ovalibus  et  irregul.aribus,  sacculo  splen- 
denti  atro — abientibus  in  ostiola  per  ductum  conspicuum.  Stroma  color-atum  numquam  deest,  nee  in 
fere  simplicibus  pulvinulis  singulum  tantum  perithecium  interdum  continentibus. 

'1209.  63.  S.  FDScopunpnuKA,  L.  v.  S.,  Jour,  of  Acad.  Tab.  II.  f.  II,  lignis  emoUitis  aeque  ac  cortice 
increscit,  Sal.  et  Bethl. 
S.  effiguratim  effusa,  m.argine  plerumque  sterili,  semper  longitudin.aliter  serpens.  Cortice  e.xtcrno 
intus  atro  nilcntc  duriusculo,  superficie  eleganter  purpurco,  deinum  purpiu'eo  fuscesccnt,  regulariter 
granulosa  ex  subjacentibus  peritheciis.  Peritheciis,  non  papillatis,  polysticliis,  oblongo-ovatis, 
crebris,  minoribus,  velo  interno  albido,  immersis  in  Sti-omate  atro-nitente.     Ligno  tenuiter  tantum 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  193 

illita,  circiirncirca  atrotincto.     Insepanibilitei-  adnata.     Uncialem  longitudinem  occupat,  saepe  prae- 
amaiis  loca  excavata  ligni.     In  cortice  miilto  elevatior  ct  quasi  tuberculosa. 

•1210.     64.  S.  ixrESTiESs,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  Salem  ac  Bethlehem,  in  lig-nis  non  dm-is,  exslccatis  decorti- 
catis;  priori  affinis.  ^ 

S.  insuper  crustam  crescit  atram,  tenuem,  in  ambitu  long-e  lateque  lignum  atrotingcntem  et  sterilem, 
et  quasi  investit  totum  lignum,  cum  ejus  rimis,  elevatioribus,  cavitatibus,  &.c.  pallio  granuloso  ater- 
rinio,  sensim  abiente  in  crustam.  Peritheciis  dense  stipatis,  regulariter  oblongis,  ad  basin  stronialis 
peneti-antibus,  parcissimi  et  tantum  superne  perceptibilis  ;  in  superficie  externa,  rugulosa,  subconice 
elevatis,  ostiolo  papillato  deciduo  praeditis.     Plagas  sistit  2 — 3  unciales  longitudine  ac  latitudine. 

•1211.     65.  S.  GBEGALis,  L.  V.  S.,  rariter  Carolina  obvia  in  ligno  udo  moUi. 

S.  late  effusa  insuper  crustam  inaequabilem  e  nigrofuscentem  referens  sphaerias  simplices  aggregatas. 
Peritheciis  tamen  raajusculis  valde  proniinulis  quasi  applanato-convexis,  ex  approximatione  varie 
compressis,  connexis  cvusta  tenui,  nigrofuscis,  primum  papillatis  demum  pertusis,  papilla  decidua, 
superficie  rugosis,  serie  insertis  stromati  rubro-fusco  aut  nigro  simplici.  Perithecia  destructa  et  dif- 
fracta  saepe  dimidiatim  manent  in  crusta  inania. 

•1212.  66.  S.  XiXTHosTiioMA,  L.  V.  S.,  Seriatim  erumpens  e  rimis  ramorum  decorticatorum  Quercus, 
Bethlehem. 
S.  insidens  crustae  tenui  nuUimodo  eft'usae.  Serie  simplici  protruduntur  tubercula  valde  elevata  dit- 
formia  subconfluentia  fusco-nigra,  rugosa,  vix  ostiolata,  majoribus  mixtis  minoribus  in  eadem  caes- 
pite.  Tuberculis  verticaliter  sectis,  apparent  perithecia  interna,  unum  vel  plui-ia  in  eodem  tuberciUo, 
majuscula,  globosa,  oninino  immersa  in  stromati  lutescenti,  grumosa.  Tubercula  extus  nigra. 
Passim  ad  uncialem  longitudinem  protracta  est  series. 

•1213.     67.  S.  spHAF.RiosTOMA,  L.  V.  S.,  rara  Bethlehem  in  ligno  carioso  emollito. 

S.  brevis,  subpulvinata,  carbonacea,  aterrima,  2 — 3  lineas  longa,  oblonga,  utrinque  acuminata,  super- 
ficie externa  longitudinaliter  striata.  In  hac  observantur  ostiola  sphaeriomorpha,  sparsa  globosa, 
ore  rotundo  pertusa,  ductu  longiusculo  connexis  cum  peritheciis  internis,  ipso  ligno  immersis, 
absque  ullo  stromati  genuino,  tectis  tamen  externo  cortici  communi  tenerrimo  superficial!  nigro. 
Peritheciis  ipsis  majusculis  et  massa  atra  repletis — ovatis.  Haec  massa,  sub  lente  augentissima,  ex 
sporidiis  fere  Jlelanconis  constat. 

•1214.  68.  S.  Catalpae,  L.  v.  S.,  in  cortice  Catalpae  non  rara  Bethlehem,  sed  plerumque  statu  sub- 
exsoleta  tantum  mihi  obvia. 
S.  seniatkn  e  rimis  corticis  erumpens,  primum  rubiginosa,  demum  nigra.  Caespitulis  aut  potius  pul- 
vinulis  longitudinaliter  confluentibus.  Cortice  externo  subtenui  superficie  a  subjacentibus  peri- 
theciis granulosa  rubiginosa,  quasi  pulverulenta,  demum  nigro  rugoso.  Peritheciis  crebris,  stromate 
pai'co  nigi-o,  primum  oslioUs  papillatis,  tum  pertusis,  ostiolis  nempe  deciduis.  Multam  habet  affini- 
tatem  cum  S.  rugosa,  sed  minor  nee  eft'usa. 

Trib.  5.  Glebosae. 

1215.  69-  S.  deusta,  F.  51,  Syn.  Car.  27,  vulgatissima  ad  latera  et  radices  truncorum,  Carolinae,  Penn- 
sylv.,  New  York,  &c.,  ad  8  uncias  lata. 

^  platyceps,  quasi  stipitata,  Bethlehem. 

y  effusa,  fusca,  tenuis,  aequabiliter  eft'usa,  Salem.  ^     ■ 

Kota. — In  Sphaeria  deusta  frequentior  quam  ceteris  mihi  obvia  est  forma  initialis  Sphaeriarum  ilia, 
qua  referunt  Thelephoram  pulvere  copioso  filamentoso,  colorato,  plerumque  aeruginoso  virente 
onustam — de  qua  miror  tam  pauca  verba  in  Friesii  Systemate  reperienda  esse. 

1216.  70.  S.  Tuhulina,  ¥ .  52,  Syn.  Car.  29,  etiam  Pennsylv.  plerumque  in  laeso  arbore  adhuc 
vigente. 

•1217.     71.  S- succenfenato,  F.  55,  rariusad  ram.  Bethl. 
•1218.     72.   S.  spondylina,  F.  56,  rarius  in  ram.  querc.  ibid. 

1219.  73.  S.  numularia,  F.  57,  Syn.  Car.  42,  S.  clypeus,  inveni  speclmina  Pennsylvania  septam  uncias 
longa  et  lata  3 — 4.     In  vai-iis — praecipue  Quercus. 

1220.  74.  S.  knta,  F.  58,  Syn.  Car.  28,  Salem  et  Bethl.  Nostra  quae  exacte  refert  Iconem  Todei, 
omnino  ad  Glebosas  pertinet — et  frequens  est  Bethl.,  affinis  quidem  Snhaeriae  nostrae  contor- 
tae,  tamen  ostiolis  elevatis,  forma  regulari  ac  loco  in  ipso  ligno  nee  in  cortice  distinguenda. 

•1221.     75.  S.  scLPHUREA,  L.  v.  S.,  rara,  in  cortice  insidens,  Salem  nee  Pennsylv. 

Vol.  IV.— 2  Y 


194  '         SYNOPSIS   OF 

S.  tenuior,  subcamosa,  demum  exsiccata  cornea,  varie  in  marg^ine  tenui  sulibero  lobata,  sulphurea. 
Stromate  interno  albido.  Peritheciis  crebris,  globoso-depressis,  immersis,  luteofuscescentibus. 
Ostiolis  concoloribus  sparsini  in  depressis  foveolis  superficiei  externae  ceterum  laevigatae  sitis, 
papillatis.  Recens  omnino  separabilis  a  cortice,  quo  ad  sem'iuncialem  longitudinem  efFusa,  arete 
sequens  inaequalitates  corticis  subjacentis  forma  quadam  subrotunda.  Quodammodo  S.  citrinae 
aifinis. 

*1222.     "6.  S.  Cabies,  L.  v.  S.,  non  dissimilis  var.  y  S.  deustae  in  lignis  cariosis,  ISethl. 

S.  vix  separabilis,  subrotunda  aut  elongatim  effusa,  crassiuscula,  ambitu  sublobato,  aten'ima.  Super- 
ficie  undulatim  inaequali,  nigosa.  Ostiolis  crebris,  obtuse  conicis,  demum  pertusis.  Peritheciis 
majusculis  subdepressis,  in  stromate  parco  nigrescente.  Sphaeriam  serpentem  prime  adspectu 
referens.     Longitudine  semi — aut  unciali.     An  hujus  tribus  ?  tamen  superficialis  est. 

•122j.     77.  S.  auADBATA,  L.  v.  S.,  insuper  corticem  Rhoidum  variorum  Bethl. 

S.  crassa,  elevata,  abbreviata,  plus  minus  quadrata,   tamen  saepe  irregulariter  sublobata  ;   basi  affixa 

-;  cortici,  et  in  ambitu  praedita  margine  acutiusculo.  Superne  applanato-undulata,  rugosa.  Peri- 
theciis paululum  tantum  circa  ostiola  in  superficie  prominulis,  majusculis,  pyriformibiis,  ime  immei- 
sis  in  stromate  albido-pallido,  nee  tamen  ad  basin  usque.  Ostiolis  brevissimis,  apertis,  pertusis. 
Primum  sordide  olivacea,  demum  nigra.  Pulvinuli  minores  tam  crassi,  ut  quasi  cupulati  stipitati 
apparent. 

'1224.  78.  .S.  coNTOKTA,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  Corticibus  Quercus  et  Pyri  Mali  in  Carolina,  Pennsylv. 
et  New  York. 
.S.  cortice  solummodo  stiplti  papillaeformi  affixa,  quamvis  arete  illi  adpressa,  libera  in  ambitu  varie 
lobata,  et  omnino  lobis  contortis,  fere  Lichenis  ad  instar.  Crusta  corticali  nigra  subtus  badia,  inclu- 
ditur  Stroma  albolutescens,  subpulverulentum  centro  satis  crassum,  in  ambitu  attenuatum.  Perithe- 
ciis crebris  minutis  globosis,  sub  hoc  cortici  externo  nidulantibus,  non  ime  immersis  stromati,  in 
superficie  inde  subgranuloso  subelevatis,  irregulariter.  Ostiolis  minutis.  Inferne  cortex  stei-ilis  evu- 
dit.  Colore  primum  viridi-atro,  mox  nigrescente.  Sphaeria  tota  ad  quartam  partem  unciae  ex- 
tensa.  Saepe  pluria  indivldua  caespitosim  aggregata  sunt. 
Affinis  S.  lentae  nostrae  sed  multo  major.     Eximia  species. 

'1225.     "9.  S.  SUBLOBATA,  L.  v.  S.,  ex  eadem  familia  S.  lentae  ;  in  cortice  Platani,  Bethl. 

S.  minor,  elevata,  scutellaeformis,  levissime  insidens,  margine  obtuso,  lobato-repando,  ex  atro  suboli- 
vascens.  Superficie  applanata,  rugulosa.  Peritheciis  subperiphaericis  monostlchis  lutescentibus, 
immersis  sti-omate  lutescentl.     Ostiolis  impressis.     Diametrum  2 — 3  linearum  non  excedit.    * 

'1226.  80.  S.  scBAFFixA,  L.  v.  S.,  primo  adspectu  varietatem  S.  stig'inatis  refert.  Frequens  in  ramis 
dejectis  pyrinis  Bethlehem. 
S.  transversim  subambiens  ramulos,  crassa,  elevata,  ligno  adnata,  more  S.  numularlae,  applanata,  ple- 
rumque  orbiculata,  margine  sterili,  sed  non  libero.  Superficie  externa  subrugosa  atra.  Peritheciis, 
sllpatis,  oblongis,  stromate  parco  circumdatis.  Ostiolis  crassiusculis,  non  impressis,  conice  protrusls. 
Long,  et  lat  i — 1  unciali;  saepe  confluens.     Primum  epidermide  cincta,  demum  deniid.ita. 

•122".  81.  S.  Abtemisiae,  L.  v.  S.,  proxima  S.  repandae  F.  in  emortuis  Artemisiarum  ram.  Bethl. 
S .  minor,  blhnearls,  ovata,  subangul.ata,  subcupulata  et  marginata  ex  epidermide  stellatlm  revoluta 
erumpens,  2 — 3  confluentes.  Aterrima  disco  rugoso  opaco,  ostiolis  parum  prominentlbus  umblU- 
catis  crebris.  Stromate  aterrimo,  in  quo  nldulant  perlthecia  globosa  minuta  cava.  Tota  sphaeria 
quasi  libera,  insidens  libro  corticali,  utrinque  nigra,  rugosa.  Non  omnino  confluens  sed  potius 
invicem  adpressae  sunt  sphaerulae. 

Trib.  6.   LicNOSAE. 

1228.  82.   S.  bullata,  F.  59,  Syn.  Car.  55,  etiam  Bethl.  Coryl. 

1229.  83.  S.  unduluta,  F.  60,  Syn.  Car.  40,  frequens  et.  Bethl. 

1230.  84.   S.  s^igvna,  F.  61,  Syn.  Car.  41,  frequentisslma  ubique.  ' 
/3  quadricocca,  rarior  Pennsylv. 

y  decorlicala,  rarior  ibidem. 

Mire  varlat  haec  species.     Num  et  S.  subafflxa  nostra  varietas  sit  hujus  ' 

1231.  85.  S.  PLATisTOMA,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  43,  F.  62,  freq.  et  Pennsylv. 

1232.  86.  S.  ATBopcKCTATA,  L.  V.  S  ,  Syn.  Car.  44,  F.  63,  multo  rarior  occurrlt  liaec  species  memora- 
bilis  Pennsylvania  quam  Carolina. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  195 

1233.     87.  S.  RoBisiAE,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  61,  F.  65,  frequens  etiam  Pennsylvania — seel  ralde  poly- 
morpha  saepissime  Sphaeriam  alienae  sectionis  referens. 

•1234.     88.   S. pilulifera,  F.  66,  in  tnincis  Acerinis  Salem  et  Pennsylvania  passim. 

*1235.     89.  S.  rhytostoma,  F.  67,  distinctissima  in  cortice  triinci  Pruni  liyemalis  liethlehem  rai-ius. 

*  1236.     90.  S.  euphoraea,  F.  69,  vulgaris  in  quercinis  ramis  etiam  fagineis  Bethl.       • 
1237.     91.   S.  rfjsci/ormis,  F.  68,  Syn.  Car.  31,  vulgatissima. 

*1238.  92.  S.  ALBOPRUiNosA,  L.  V.  S.,  cum  sequente,  affinis  duabus  prioribus.  In  ramulis  fagineis, 
New  Jersey  obvia. 
S.  orbicularis,  primum  plana,  demura  elevato-convexa,  cortice  stellatim  cincta,  disco  primum  dense 
albo-pruinoso,  pulverulento,  demum  subfuscescente.  Ostiolis  quasi  in  poris  sparsis  impressis. 
Perithecils  tenuiter  corticatis,  ovatis,  in  coUum  nigrum  perforatum  attenuatis.  Stromate  albo-ceraceo. 
Minor  est  S.  disciformi. 

*1239.  93-  S.  TiREScENs,  L.  V.  S.,  colore  bene  distincta  a  S.  disciformi  persistente  viridi,  passim  Caro- 
lina et  Pennsylv.  ramis  junioribus. 
S.  orbiculata,  m-ijor,  valde  elevata,  tamen  applanata.  Disco  omnino  tecto  pruina  aut  pulvere 
luteo-virenti,  demum  quidem  detergibili,  sed  colorem  servans  viridem.  Peritlieciis  paucis  majuscu- 
lis,  g-loboso  depressis ;  tegumento  corticali  crasso  nigro  praeditis,  in  collum  breviter  attenuatis,  stro- 
mate candido-ceraceo  circumdatis.  Ostiolis  nigris  quadricoccis  in  supei-ficie  virenti  prominulls.  Ad 
basi  arete  cincta  epidermide  non  stellatim  fisso. 

•1240.     94.  S.  aspersa,F.  70,  var  /3  fusca.     Major  fungo  Friesii,  ceterum  quadrans.      iletlilehem   in 
quercinis  ramis. 

•1241.     95.  S.favacea,  F.  71,  frequens,  bethlehem  et  Salem. 

1242.  96.   S,  verrucaeformis,  F.  72,  Syn.  Car.  56  et  Bethl. 

1243.  97.  S.  Cefhalanthi,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  59,  F.  73,  freq.  et  Bethl. 

1244.  98.   S.  LiHioDZNpni,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  60,  F.  74,  nondum  Pennsylv. 

1245.  99.  S.  Rbois,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  62,  F.  75,  frequens  in  Rhoi  radicante  etiam  Pennsylvania. 
•1246.     100.  S.  Jiavovirens,  F.  76,  ex  amicissimo  Torrey  solummodo  accepi  in  cortice  Betulae  popuU- 

foliae  ex  Nova  Anglia. 

•1247.     101.   S.  prorumpens,  F.  77,  in  ramis  Robiniae  Bethl. 
1248.     102.  S.  uda,  F.  78,  Syn.  Car.  81,  frequens  et.  Bethl. 

•1249.  103.  S.  DiscRETA,  L.  v.  S.  Frequenter  per  corticem  ad  ipsum  lignum  penetrans,  cui  adnatum,  In 
truncis  et  ramis  praesertim  majoribus.  Malorum  (rarissime  in  Carolina)  mihi  obvia  est  species  dis- 
tinctissima. Interdum  occurrit  remanens  et  vigens  in  ipso  ligno,  cortice  omnino  dejecto,  plerumque 
per  corticem  penetrat.  Major,  nulli  nisi  sequenti  affinis.  Olim  amicis  perperam  ut  S.  nostra  r/i.i- 
qiticola  caroliniana  rarissima,  nee  Pennsylvania  inventa  commimicavi. 
S.  abnormis  orbiculata,  cortice  concrescens  et  per  corticem  penetrans,  nigro-circumscript.a,  basi 
firmiter  ligno  ipso  affixa.  Quasi  pyxidem  format  e  crusta  nigroferruginea  confecta,  basin  versus 
contractam  in  pedicellum  crassum  nigro  circumscriptum  in  ligno.  Tamen  faciliter  e  ligno  separabilis, 
linquens  orbiculum  nigro  ei  circumscriptum  in  loco,  basi  pyxidis  aut  cupulae  separata  planissima. 
Cupula  aut  pyxis  perithecia  includens  omnino  lignosa,  ferruginea,  c  massa  corticali.  Disco  i 
unciali,  marginato,  concavo  ex  albo-cinerascente,  subpurpurascente  crustaceo  frustuloso,  stellatim 
cincto  frustulis  epidermidisinseparabiliter  adhaerentibus.  Ostiolis  papiUatis  in  disco  vix  prominulis. 
Peritheciis  majusculis  ovatis  monostichis  lineam  longis,  coUo  in  ostiola  attenuatis,  immersis  in  stro- 
mate albidiori  immixta  lignoso.  Tota  sphaeria  saepe  et  i  unc.  alta  ac  lata.  Copiosim  infestat  ramos 
diu  persistens — primum  per  corticem  penetrans  et  quasi  veiTucis  excavatis  superficiem  variolans, 
demum  ramum  deorbans. 

•1250.  104.  S.  EXCAVATA,  L.  V.  S.  Affinis  priori,  sed  nunquam  ex  cortice  separabilis,  transverslm 
erumpens,  rarior  in  Cortice  Prunorum,  Bethl. 
S.  elUptico-orbiculata,  cortice  non  stellatim  sed  quasi  margine  acuto  subelevato  cincta,  et  cum  epi- 
dermide protusa.  Disco  ime  excavato  concava,  nigra,  non  in  disco  Crustacea  ut  prior,  foveolis 
autem  multis  minutis  sparsis  punctata,  in  quorum  fundo  nidulant  ostiola.  Ceterum  ut  prior  cortice 
quodam  proprio  nigro  pyxidiforme  inclusa,  ad  ipsum  lignum  penetrans,  nee  tamen  eadem  altitudine, 
nam  vix  dimidiam  partem  excedit,  nunquam  formam  substipitatum  exhibens.  Cupula  pyxidiformis 
parte  inferiori  farcta  pseudo  stromate  lignoso — superiori  magis  vero  stromate.  In  hac  nidulant 
perithecia  rariora  majuscula  py riformia,  in  collum  splendentem  nigrum  attenuata,  occupantia  mcdiam 


196  SYNOPSIS  OF 

partem  stromatis.     Magnitudine  prions.     Species  ambo  valde  memorabiles,  ulterior  multo  rarius 
quam  prior. 

*1251.  105.  S.  STJBCONCAVA,  L.  V.  S.,  etiam  affinis  prioribus  sed  raulto  minor:  gregatim  et  saepe  con- 
fluens  prorumpit  ex  ramis  Viburni  dentati,  Bethl. 
S.  minor  (1 — 3  lin.)  clev.ata,  erumpens,  undique  cincta  cortice  fisso,  includens  quasi  in  coi'tice  crus- 
taceo  nigro  proprio,  peritliecia  pauca  majuscula,  globoso-depressa,  fere  totam  Sphaeriam  interne 
occupantia,  stromatis  circumdantis  fere  expertia.  Disco  subconcavo,  subrugoso,  atro.  Ostiolis 
globoso-papillatis,  clev.atis,  raris,  concoloribus,  interdum  confluentibus — coUo  breviasculo  connexis 
cum  peritbeciis,  sacculo  albo  distincto  intus  praeditis. 

•1251.     106.  S.  SMiLACicoLA,  L.  V.  S.,  rarior  in  emortuis  ramis  Smihcis  rotundifoliae,  Salem. 

S.  subpulvinatim  effusa,  epidermide  insidens,  margine  quoddam  sterili  sublobato  in  arabitu  praedita, 
quo  arete  adhaeret  ligno — lineam  nigram  linquens.  Peritbeciis  paucis,  prorainulis  in  superficie 
nigra,  intus  nigris  aut  nigi'ofuscis.  Stromate  parco  pulverulento.  Longitudine  1 — 3  lineari  occurrit, 
saepe  in  centro  adeo  elevata  ut  formam  subconicam  induit. 

*1252.     107.  S.  GnisEA,  L.  v.  S.,  rarior  in  lignis  cortice  orbatis — S.  stigm.^tis  vicinitate,  Bethl. 

S.  oblonga,  efi'usa,  subconcav.a,  ligno  innato-immersa  utrinque  acuminata,  undique  et  ime  linea  nigra 
circumscripta,  medio  satis  ci'assa  et  ibi  exhibens  stroma  albo-griseum,  in  ambitu  tenuior,  stromate 
vixdistinguendo.  Peritheciis  applanatis,  crebris,  minutissimis,  nigris,  stromati  immersis.  Superficie 
externa  albogrisea,  frustulatim  rlmosa,  ostiolis  subumbonatis  obtusis  griseis  prominentibus.  Uncia- 
lem  diametrum  saepe  attingit. 

•1253.     108.  S.  snssA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ligno  exsiccato  rimoso  quercino,  liethl.  satis  frequens. 

S.  longitudinaliter  rimis  ligni  quasi  inspissa,  valde  angust-i  et  utrinque  acuminata,  nigrescens.  Medio 
satis  elevato,  superficie  e  peritheciis  prominentibus,  valde  rugosa.  Stromate  vix  ullo.  Peritheciis 
ipso  ligno  immersis,  ostiolis  subconice  elevatis.     Saepe  ad  semiunciani  protracta. 

*1254.     109.   S.  coNcoLon,  L.  V.  S.,  in  ramis  Vaccinii  corymbosi  Bethlehem  sub  epidermide. 

S.  more  crescendi  Sph.  stigmati  approximatur  ;  multo  minor,  undulatim  effusa,  tenuis,  i  lineari  cras- 
sitie  ;  superficie  quanquam  undulata,  t.amen  laevi,  et  omnino  concolor  libro,  rufo-brunnea,  quasi  ut 
tumor  illi  innata.  Interdum  ciner.iscit ;  seriatim  punctata  ostiolis  minutis  nigris  subimpressis. 
Stromate  subpulverulento  albescenti.  Peritheciis  densis  nigris  ovatis,  invicemadpressis,  intus  niten- 
tibus.     Omnino  memorabilis. 

*1255.     110.  S.  entehoxantha,  L.  v.  S.,  ex  ramis  dejectis  Castaneorum  prorumpens,  Bethl. 

S.  epidermide  stellatim  fissa  cincta,  valde  elevata,  tiu'binato-difformis,  prorumpens  pulvinulis  subcon- 
fluentibus,  valde  tortis  et  compressis,  extus  basin  versus  nigrescentibus,  parte  superiori  intumes- 
centet-urbinato-fuscescentibus,  plicato-rugosis.  Ostiolis  sparsis  raris  punctiformibus.  Peritheciis 
majusculis  obovatis  compresso-stipatis,  immersis  stromate  flavo  etrubro  tincto  pulveraceo.  Cortice 
proprio  peritheciorum  aterrimo.     Gregatim  crescit  pulvinulis  plerumque  bilinearibus. 

'1256.  111.  S.  RiBESiA,  L.  V.  S.,  rarissima  in  truncis  emortuis  Rib.  rubri.  Salem  inventa.  Non 
eadem  cum  Dothidea  F. 
S.  effusa,  confluens  e  pluribus  pulvinulis  aggregiitis.  Superne  e  copia  ostiolorum  prominentium 
I'ugosissima.  Ostiolis  ipsis  crassis  brevibus,  difformibus,  ore  longitudinaliter  aperto,  hysteriiforme. 
Peritheciis  majusculis,  plerumque  obovatis  in  stromate  parco  subalbescenti.  Prorumpens  ex  epi- 
dermide, sed  ligno  ipso  adnata  plagis,  ad  longitudinem  uncialem,  i  unciali  latitudine  confluentibus. 

Trib.  7.  Vehsatiles. 

"1257.  112.   S.  scaij-osa,  F.  79,  passim  ad  ligna  Bethl. 

1258.  113.   S.  podoides,  F.  79,  (3,  Syn.  Car.  48,  freq.   et  Bethl. 

•1259.  114.  S.  f'rrc^u/an's,  F.  80,  rara  in  querc.  ram.  Bethl. 

1260.  115.  S.friabilis,  F.  81,  Syn.  Car.  5.3,  etiam  Bethlehem. 

1261.  116.   S.  sordida,  F.  82,  Syn.  Car.  52,  vulgaris  Bethl. 
1262-  117.  S.  quercina,  F.  84,  Syn.  Car.  50,  vulg.iris  Bethl. 

•1263.  118.  S.  lanciformis,  F.  85,  passim  ad  cortices,  Bethl. 

1264.  119.   S.  fcrruginea,  F.  86,  Syn.  Car.  89,  in  lignis  Castan   freq. 

•1265.  120.  S.  versulilis,  V.  90,  traver.sim  in  Pruno  Bethl. 

•1266.  121.  S.  ceratosperma,  F.  81,  Salem  et  Bethl. 

•1267.  122.  S.  Hystrix,  F.  89,  rarior  in  Acerinis,  Salem. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  197 

1268.     123.  S.  imitiva,  F.  93,  Syn.  Car.  37,  frequens  in  Vitibus,  Salem  ac  Pennsylv. 

•1269.  124.  S.  BABicAWS,  L.  v.  S.,  rarissime  in  radicibus  emersis  Fagorum  Salem. 
S.  minuta,  prorumpens,  pulvinulis  minoribus  cinnabarinis,  irregularibus,  subgyrosis  (S.  gyrosam 
habitu  revocantibus).  Sub  crusta  cinnabarina  externa,  cortice  proprio  atro-nitenti.  Ostiolls  cylin- 
dricis,  intus  aterrimis,  extus  cinnabarinis,  passim  in  superficie  elevatis,  faciliter  deciduis — unde 
superficies  atropunctato  evadit,  ob  ductum  atio-nitentem  quo peritheciis  connectuntur  ostiola.  Stro- 
mate  subpulverulento  lutescenti.  Peritheciis  minutis  atris  stromati  irregulariter  Immersis.  Pulvi- 
nuli  vix  excedunt  bilinearem  longitudinem  et  subrotundi  sunt,  gregarie  erumpunt  ex  cortice  radicum, 
subinde  confluentes. 

•1270.  125.  S.  AHifCLANS,  L.  v.  S.,  rarior  in  ramulis  decorticatis  varlis  lignis  moUioribus,  annulatim  ra- 
mulum  cingens  inventa  Salem  et  Betlil. 
S.  subpustulata,  annulatim  confluens  circum  circa  ramulum  decorticatum,  rarius  solitaria.  Pulvinulus 
quisque  formam  induit  subconico-truncatam,  ceterum  lanciformis,  concrescens  cum  fibris  ligni, 
iisque  longitudinaliter  subtectus.  In  truncatura  prominent  ostiola,  crebra,  cr.assa,  brevia,  macrosto- 
mata.  Peritheciis  in  stromate  albo,  collis  atris  brevibus  in  ostiola  abientibus.  Lignum  saepe  circum 
circa  crusta  quadam  nigra  induit.  Invenitur  etiam  interdum  longitudinaliter  confluens,  nee  annula- 
tim et  saepe  vestita  in  superficie  pube  fuscescente.     Linea  nigra  in  ligno  circumscripta. 

•1271.     126.  S.  coLLECTA,  L.  V.  S.,  frequens  in  ramisjunioribus  Mori  albae  Bethl. 
S.  minor,  sparsa  non  confluens,  pulvinulis  subrotundis  convexis,  elevatis,  atris,  subruguloso-punctatis 
in  superficie  ;  Ostiolis  indistinctis  prominulis,  steUatim  epidermide  cinctis.     Peritheciis  minutis 
globosis  in  stromate  satis  crasso  aterrimo,  sed  non  ad  basin  immersis.      Pulvinulis  IJ  lln.  longis  et 
latis. 

*1272.  127-  S.  TARioLosA,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  ramisjunioribus  Populiitalici,  &c.  ex  epidermide  pro- 
rumpens, longe  lateque  confluens,  et  earn  quasi  variolosum  reddens.  Bethlehem. 
S.  gregarie  confluens,  primum  omnino  epidermide  tecta,  nisi  circum  ostiola,  demum  subprorumpens, 
epidermide  tamen  hinc  inde  adhaerente.  Pulvinulis  satis  elevatis,  atris,  rugosis,  irregularibus. 
Ostiolis  crebris,  brevibus,  diflibrmibus.  Peritheciis  obovatis  aut  pyriformibus  majusculis,  immersis, 
pluribus  seriebus,  stromate  candido.  Estus  atra,  juniore  aetata  tamen  cum  ostiolis  cinerascente- 
pulveracea. 

•1273.  128.  S.  suBcoNFiTjE-vg,  L.  v.  S.,  transversim  in  ramis  putridis  Celastri  prorumpens  Bethlehem. 
Affinis  secundum  descriptionem  S.  dispari  Friesii.  Ambit  inter  Versatiles  et  Confluentes. 
S.  transversim  prorumpens  aut  longitudinaliter,  forma  orbiculata  aut  diffbrmi,  aterrima,  valde  protu- 
berans,  basi  tantum  epidermide  cincta,  crusta  nigra  circum  circa  effusa  sub  epidermide.  In  superiori 
parte  pulvinuh  aut  caespites,  perithecia  subirregularia  sed  plerumque  angulata,  angulis  acutis,  adeo 
prominent,  ut  fere  singula  referunt,  punctato-rugosa,  papillata,  demum  pertusa.  Intus  perithecia 
globoso-ovata  se  ostendunt,  immersa  stromate  parco,  ex  coi'ticali  substantia,  aut  ex  subjacent!  crusta 
nigra  orto. 

*1274.     129.  S.  oBscnRi,  L.  v.  S.,  rarius  obvia  in  lignis  quercinis  igni  destinatis,  Bethl- 

S.  majuscula,  spai-sa,  immersa  in  libro,  per  epidermidem  steUatim  fissam  prorumpens.  Crusta  full- 
g^ea  late  effusa  tecta,  tubercula  efficit  satis  elevata,  obtusa,  subconica  aut  diffbrmia,  fusco-ferru- 
ginea,  ostiohs  indistinctis.  Peritheciis  flexuoso-gyrosis  difTormibus,  fuligineis,  per  ductum  album  et 
excavatum  cum  tuberculo  connexis.     Stromate  ex  materia  corticis. 

•1275.  130.  S.  sAjiBucivonA,  L.  v.  S.  Copia  ingenti  infestans  ramos  dejectos  minore  Sambuci  cana- 
densis. Affinis  S.  scabrosae,  Bethlehem. 
S.  emergens,  demum  superficialis,  nigricans,  longitudinaliter  aggregatim  confluens,  quasi  maculas 
elatiores  efficiens,  demum  omnino  cortice  dejecto,  superficie  inaequali  rugosa  nee  tamen  Crustacea 
exhlbetur.  Tuberculis  singulis  ovatis  ,iut  diffbrmibus.  Peritheciis  majusculis,  numerosls,  poly- 
stichis,  nigris,  stipatis  in  quoque  tuberculo.  Stromate  candido  pulverulento  statu  vegeto  circum- 
data.  OstloUs  polygonis,  prominulis,  demum  irregularibus,  ime  umbihcatls.  Pro  more  secundum 
locum  in  ipso  ligno  aut  cortice  mire  variat  forma.  Singuhs  tubercuhs  2 — 3  linearis  1  alt. — sed  ple- 
rumque occupantibus  plures  unclas  longitudinaliter  aggregatis. 

Trib.  8.  Conceescentes. 
1276.     131.  S.  DisciKcoLA,  L.  v.  S.,  Fr.   97,  Syn.   Car.  63.     Hanc  speciem  distinctissimam  nunquam 

Vol.  IV.— 2  Z 


1  98  '  SYNOPSIS   OF 

Pennsylvania  inveni — et  quidem  speciraina  Caroliniana  omnia  Botanophilis  Europaeis  communicavi, 
itaut  milii  nunc  desunt.     Omnino  alia  quam  S.  discreta  hujus  libelli — olim  pro  ea  sumpta. 

1277.  132.  S.  spinosa,  F.  98,  Syn.  Car.  84  et  85,  nam  S.horrida  nil  aliud.  At  sententia  Friesii,  p. 
369,  sequentem  etiam  nil  aliud  esse  mihi  non  placet.  Species  est  loco,  forma  perdistincta  frequens 
Pennsylv. 

1278.  133.  S.  LiMAEFOHMis,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  47  et  86,  S .  penicilhsa  cum  priori  jung'enda  sed  non  cum 
S.  spinosa.  Haec  nostra  nunquam  in  lignis,  semper  autem  et  quidem  saepe  ad  8 — 9  pedalem  lon- 
g'itudinem  in  cortice  crescit. 

1279.  134.  S.  spiculosa,  F.  99,  Syn.  Car.  83,  rarius  occurrit  et  in  Pennsylvania  ramis  salicinis  cortice 
orbatis. 

1280.  135.  S.  lata,  F.  100,  Syn.  Car.  66,  vulgaris  etiam  Pennsylva.  cum  varietate  ^  polycocca. 
*1281.     136.  S.  maura,  F.  101,  frequens  Bethlehem  in  ramis  decorticatls. 

*1282.   '  137.  S.  lejoplaca,  F.  102,  rarius,  Hope,  New  Jersey. 

*1283.     138.  S.  miliaria,  F.  103,  rarius  in  vetusto  Ugno  ibidem. 

*1284.     139.  S.  decipiens,  F.  104,  passim  in  cortice,  Bethlehem. 

*1285.     140.  S.  subcutanea,  F.  105,  sub  epidermide  juniorum  ramorum  Ribis,  Bethl. 

*1286.     141.  S.  infernalis,  F.  106,  optima  species,  Bethl. 

1287.  142.  S.  AcuLEATA,  L.  V.  S.,  valde  affinis  S .  spiculosae,  sed  semper  et  quidem  frequentissime  in 
caulibus  emortuis  maximarum  Herbarum  praesertim  Phytolaccae,  rarius  Umbellatarum  occurrit 
Bethl.  ac  Salem — longlssime  effusa. 

S.  long-issime  ac  indeterminatim  effusa,  crusta  tenui  nigra,  priraum  tecta  epidermide  tenerrimo  per 
quern  protruduntur  ostiola  long-a  teretia,  initio  tenni  turn  incrassata,  et  caulem  talem  tactu  quasi 
aculeatum  reddunt,  demura  epidermide  orbata.  Peritheciis  omnino  espertibus  stromatis,  ligno 
(  caulino  ime  immersis,  depresso-globosis,  atris,  sparsis.  Ostiolis  longissimis,  saepe  aetate  difformibus, 
decumbentibus  ac  diffractis.  Perithecia  nunquam  prominent.  Saepe  circumdat  caules  ad  pedalem 
longitudinem.  Quanquam  species  caulicola,  ob  summam  affinltatem  cum  ceteris  hujus  sectionis, 
nuUimodo  ab  his  separanda. 

/3  arteniisicola,  paulo  crassior  omnibus  partibus,  in  caulibus  emortuis  Artemisiarum  Horti. 

1288.  143.  S.  ViBuiiNi,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  58,  F.  107,  et.  Pennsylv. 

1289.  144.  S.  DioBPTHi,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  57,  F.  108,  nondum  Pennsylv. 

1290.  145.  S.  ViTicoiA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  64,  F.  109,  non  in  Pennsylv. 

1291.  146.  S.  Fimeti,  F.  110,  Syn.  Car.  158,  caute  distinguenda  a  S.  stercorea  simplici.  Carol,  et 
Pennsylv. 

•1292.     147.  S.  lineata,  F.  Ill,  rara  Bethl.  obvia. 
1293.     148.  S.  AEaciLiNEABis,  L.  V.  S.,   Syn.  Car.  116,  F.   113,  solummodo  Carolina  in   Berberidis 
canad. 
'1294.     149.  S.  oppansa,  F.  114.     Ob  crustam  gelatinosam  distincta.     In  cortice  salicino,  Bethl. 

1295.     150.  S.  PANNosA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  172,  F.  115  et.  Betlil.  elegans  obvia. 
♦1296.     151.  S.Jloccosa,  F.  116,  in  Sambuci  ramis,  Bethl. 
1297.     152.  S.  velata,  F.  117,  Syn.  Car.  80,  ramis  tiliaceis  Carol. 
•1298.     153.  S.  crustata,  F.  119,  r.arius  Carolina  in  ramis. 
*1299.     154.  S.  «<6/£cte,  F.  120,  Bethlehem  passim  sub  epiderm. 
•1300.      155.   S.  reconf^j'to,  L.  V.  S.,  sub  epid.  Ribis  ftoridae  Bethl. 
S.  pvimum  cortice  tecta,  peritheciis  ime  reconditis  in  ligno,  depresso-globosis,   protrudentibus  ostiola 
longissima  rudia  per  corticem,  passim  per   epidermidem  prorumpentia  et  demum   eum  dejicientia. 
Tunc  in  conspectum  venit  crusta  quadam  nigra  sub  epidermide  effusa  indeterminatim,  quae  manifes- 
tim  ex  gelatina  sporidifera  sparsa  orta  est. 
*1301.     156.   S.  coNCBEscENs,  L.  V.  S.,  species  admodum  distincta  solummodo  obvia  in  emortuis  ramulis 
Ribidis  aureae  Hortorum  Bethl. 
S.  crusta  quadam  ex  massa  corticis  orta  nigro-fusca  tecta  ;  transversim  erumpens  forma  orb  iculata  aut 
utnnque  angustata  per  epidermidem,  disco  quasi  excavato,  substellatim  epidermide  cincta  et  mar- 
ginibus  subelevatis  praedito,  bi-  vel  tri-lineari.     In  hac  crusta,  concrescunt  periUiecia   numerosa, 
basi  immersa,  globoso-depressa,  minuta,   superne  attenuata  in  ostiola  cyhndi-ica,  crassluscula,  pro. 
namula.     Peritheciis  intus  albo-farctis,  demum  formam  mutantibus  et  quasi  conico-cylindricis.     Affi- 
nis S.  reconditae,  at  habitu  excavato  disci  bene  distincta. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI,  199 

•1302.     157.  S.  Mori  hcbbae,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ligno  putrido  Mori  rubrae  Bethlehem.     An  ad  Tribum  Con- 

natarum  ? 
S.  nuda,  crassiuscula,  vix  concrescens,  sed  semi-immersa,  interdum  plagis  inaequalibus  J  uncialibus 
confluens,  inlerdum  subsimplex.    Superficie  valde  Inaequali  rugosa,  ostiolis  subprominulis,  perforatia. 
Peritheciis  majusculis  monostichis  immersis  stroraati  fiiligineo-nigro.     Extus  tota  nigra. 
•1303.     158.  S.  ELETAJTs,  L.  V.  S.,  in  truncis  denudatis Rhois  glabriUethlehem,  secundum  descriptionem 
affinis  S.  lignyotae  Friesii. 
S.  tecta,  sed  non  cortice,  sed  fibris  ipsis  ligni,  quibuscum  longe  lateque  assurgit,  superficiem  nig^o- 
tingens  et  inaequalem  reddens.      Peritheciis  stromate  fuliginoso-pulverulento  tectis,  majusculis, 
globoso-depressis,  circum  ostiola  majuscula  quasi  radiatim  subcircinantibus.     Superficies  tactu  exas- 
.  parata  ostiolis  prominentibus. 
*1304.     159.  S.  KiTCLosA,  L.  V.  S.,  satis  affinis  S.  maurae  in  dejectis  Lauris  aestiv.  Bethl. 

S.  longissima,  (pedalis)  et  lata,  (uncialis)  efFusa,  ligno  priraum  subimmersa,  inde  ex  fibris  elevatis 
cinerascente,  demum  fere  omnino  emergens,  ambitu  effigurato,  superficie  rivulosa  et  undulata, 
provectiori  aetate,  longitudinaliter  angustira  sulcata,  coUiculosa  et  tunc  aterrima.  Ostiolis  in  sulcis 
prominentibus,  atris,  subcylindj'icis,  longiusculis,  apice  subtruncatis,  rugosis  perforatis.  Peritheciis 
majusculis  globosis,  arete  stipatis,  Stromate  fuliginco  tectis,  monostichis.  Stroma  superne  albescit. 
*1305.     160.   S.  ELONGATO-coMPaESSA,  L.  V.  S.,  seriatim  provenit  in  ligno  denudato,  Bethl. 

S.  plagis  abbrevlatis,  .valde  elevatis;  primum  subimmersis  compressis,  ac  seriatim  longitudinaliter  con- 
fluentibus,  rugosis  subdifTbrme-ellipticis,  centro  compresso  subconice  elevato.  Ostiolis  diffbrmi- 
bus  parum  prominentibus  subglabris.  Peritheciis  globoso-depressis,  paucis,  majusculis  fere  experti- 
bus  stromatis,  quod  stroma  ceterum  nigrescit.  Lignum  quasi  coUiculosum  reddit,  sed  non  nigrescit 
inter  plagas. 
•1306.     161.  S.  CONFUSA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  cortice  et  ligno  Bethl.  ^  % 

S.  late  effusa,  non  ime  immersa,  concrescens,  subeffigurata,  atra.      Peritheciis  polystichis,  superim- 
positis  stromate  fuliginoso,  pulveraceo;  obovatis,  abientibus  in  ostiola  rugosa  subpyramidata  angulato- 
aspera,  demum  pertusa. 
•1307.     165!.  S.  DENiGBATA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  denudato  ligno  Rhododendr.  max.  Bethl. 
S.  late  effusa,  Crustacea,  crusta  tenui  nigra  denigrans  lignum.     In  hac  observantur  verrucae  longitudi- 
nahter  elongatae  ac  parailelae  subconfluentes  ex  congerie  peritheciorum  ortae,  quae  hisiramersae,  et 
serie  erumpunt  per  ostiola  minuta  difformia  parum  eleyata.     Peritheciis  ipsis  albo-farctis  depresso- 
globosis,  sparsis  in  massa  crustae  immersis. 
•1308.     163.  S.  MELA,  L.  v.  S.,  aff.  S.  latae  Bethl.  in  ligno  quercino  denudato. 
S.  longe  lateque  effusa,  crusta  nigra,  parum  elevata  saepe  (an  a  fungo  parasitico)  superficie  sub  dema- 
tiosa  ;  satis  aequabUi,  aut  tantum  inaequabili  ex  subjacentis  hgni  rimis.     Peritheciis  nidulantibtts  in 
ipso  ligno,  non  tamen  ime  immersis,  globosis,  subdepressis,  extus  fuscescentibus  subnitentibus,  coUo 
longiusculo  peneti-antibus  per  crustam.     Ostiolis  conice  polygonis,  nigris,  subsulcatis,  elevatis. 

Trib.  9.  CiBCUMScaiETAE. 
1309.     164.  S.  Sacculus,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  26,  P.  123,  truncis  majoribus  Bignoniae  radicantis  Carolina 

nee  alibi. 
1310-     165.  S.  BiB^fOKiAE,  L.  v.  S.,   Syn.  Car.  25,  F.  pag.  379,  CI.  Friesius  imperfecta  tantum  speci- 

mina  vidit.     Loco  citato  diagnosis  nostra  et  descriptio  non  bona. 
S.  m'u"e  varians.    Junior  pustulata  ferrugineo-nig^a,  minor,  conceptaculum  formans  sub  corticem  ceteris 
hujus  tribus  non  dissimile,  cortice  fibroso  subimmerso,  ostiolis  umbihcatis  cylindricis  prominentibus. 
Demum  in  formam  oblongam  concrescens  at  1 — 2  unciarum  longitudinem  e  rimis  longitudinaliter 
prorumpens,  apicibus  conceptaculorum  truncatis.     In  truncatura  consplciuntur  ostiola  brevia  crassa 
irregularia.     Peritheciis  mediocribus  stromati  cinereo-carneo  immersis. 
•1311.     164.  S.  gastrina,  F.  124,  rara  in  ignoto  ligno,  Bethl. 
1312.     165.  S.  prunastri,  F.  126,  Syn.  Car.  91,  etiam  Pennsylv. 
•1313.     166.  'S.  stellulata,  F.  128,  in  Uhno  et  Platano,  ibid. 
•1314.     167.  S.  e«<£ro?eucff,  F.  129,  ramis  denudatis,  Bethl. 
•1315.     168.  S.  exiensa,  F.  130,  ibidem,  Bethl. 
•1316.     169.  S.  anomia,  F.  131,  frequenter  occurrit  in  ramisRobiniae,  Bethl. 


200  SYNOPSIS  OP 

•1317.     170.  S.  monadelpha,  F.  132,  rarior  in  fere  destructis  ramis  Prunonim,  Bethlehem,  &c.  Nova 
Anglia  misit  Torrey. 
1318.     171.  S.  ScopABiA,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  101,  F.  125,  rara  CaroUna. 

•1319.  172.  S.  Halseyana,  L.  v.  S.,  rarissima  in  cortice  betulino  ab  amicissimo  Abraham  Halsey  ex 
New  York  communicata. 
S.  major,  pustulata,  subrotunda,  conceptaculls  transversim  confluentibus,  ad  longitudinem  ac  latitudi- 
nem  semiuncialem,  aterrimis,  2 — 3  lineas  altis,  apice  plano-truncatis,  undique  tuberculosis.  Ostiolis 
cylindricls,  brevibus,  confertis,  cylindricis,  crassiuscuUs,  subtuberculosis.  Primum  cpidermide 
tecta,  quae  semper  arctim  adhaeret.  Perltheciis  intus  succenturatis  polystichis,  stromate  albo-fuli- 
ginoso  immersis — Stromate  seorsum  aucto,  omnino  fuligineo.  Affinis  S.  scopariae,  sed  ostiola  multo 
breviora,  crassiora,  et  magis  cum  conceptaculo  concrescentia. 

•1320.    173.  S.  Aausie/toa,  F.  136,  in  quercinis  ram.  Bethl. 

1321.  174.  S.  syngenesia,  F.  133,  Syn.  Car.  99,  tumida;  et  Bethl. 

1322.  175.  S.  PDGILLT7S,  L.  V.  S.,   Syn.  Car.  107,  F.  135,   in  putrido  ligno  etiam   Pennsylvania  obvia, 
quanquam  rara. 

•1323.  176.  S.  cerviculaia,  F.  136,  vulgai-is  Bethl. 

•1324.  177.  S.  fibrosa,  F.  139,  in  cortice  Ulm.  Bethl. 

1325.  178.  S.  comioulata,  F.  138,  Syn.  Car.  97,  Carohna. 

1326.  179.  S.  Carpini,  (BetuU)  F.  140,  Syn.  Car.  96,  et.  Pennsylv. 
•1327.  180.  S.  lixivia,  F.  141,  in  cortice  Juglandis  cinereae,  Bethl. 

1328.     181.  S.  juGLANDicoiA,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.    102,  F.  142,  etiam  passim  Pennsylv.  in  Juglandis 
tomentosae  et  albae  cortice. 

'1329.     182.  S.  FncSTBUM  Coni,  L.  v.  S.,  rarius  in  radicibus  arborum  prominentibus,  Bethl. 

S.  cortice  innata,  ex  epidermide  radicis  prorumpens;  conceptaculls  nigris  exacte  forma  frustrum  coni 
referentibus,  apice  ti-uncatis,  furfure  pulveraceo  rubiginoso  in  truncatura  tectis,  ex  quo  prominent 
ostiola  cylindrica  perforata,  nigra.  Stromate  intus  omnino  deficiente,  conceptaculum  totum  exple- 
tum  peritheciis  pyriformibus  arete  stipatis,  quasi  circinatim  dispositiset  in  collura  conjunctis,  circum- 
datis  materia  corticali.     Basi  vix  circumscripta. 

•1330.     183.  S.  Toxici,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  sarmentis  et  ramis  Rhois  radicantis. 

S.  conceptaculls  majusculis,  subrotundis,  nigris  rugosis,  primum  tectis,  demum  cortice  orbatis,  saepe 
longitudinaliter  confluentibus.  Ostiolis  centro  aggregatis,  teretibus  obtusis;  interdum  difformibus  et 
apice  quasi  stellatis.  Peritheciis  oblongis,  stipatis  seorsum  in  coUum  junctis,  fuligineis  nee  nigris. 
Stromate  parco  albescenti,  demum  fuligineo  circumdatis.  liasi  conceptacuU  clausa.  Variat  mag- 
nitudine. 

'1331.  184.  S.  BDBiscoLA,  L.  V.  S.,  frequens  in  stipitibus  Rubi  in  hortis  dejectis  et  jam  fere  consumptis 
putrldine,  Bethl. 
S.  interiori  cortice  adnata,  demum  excussata,  fcveolas  linquens  ;  orbiculata,  centro  depressa  ubi  assur- 
gunt  ostiola  rugosa  ;  gregatim  confluens,  priori  satis  affinis.  Primum  epidermide  tecta  et  tam  ime 
in  cortice  defossa  ut  sola  ostiola  prominent,  demum  assurgens  ac  omnino  liberabi.  Peritheciis  majus- 
culis, paucis,  depresso-globosis,  stromate  albo-pulverulento  circumdatis.  Conceptaculum  interdum 
coronatum  est  unico  ostiolo,  cyhndrico,  ore  dilatato — interdum  pluribus  divergentibus. 

•1332.  185.  S.  AiLosTOMA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  discoet  ad  latera  trunci  magni  caesi  Robiniae  prope  Lancaster 
obvia,  valde  polymorpha.  Etiam  ex  Nova  Anglia  Dr  Torrey  communicavit.  Primo  adspectu  con- 
ceptacula  ubi  maxime  confluunt  varietatem  S.  spinosae  referunt. 
S.  primum  ligno  ipso  immersa,  longe  lateque  confluens,  ostiolis  tantum  globoso-stellatis,  prominenti- 
bus; demum  assurgens  et  fere  libera.  Conceptaculls  tum  ut  in  prioribus,  sed  magis  et  quidem 
latitudine  etiam  confluentibus.  Ostiolis  rigidis,  tereti-difFormibus,  apice  plerumque  dilatatis.  Peri- 
theciis majusculis,  stipatis,  fere  omnino  sine  stromate,  collo  in  ostiola  abientibus.  Plagae  concepta- 
culorum  confluentium,  demum  quasi  crusta  conjunctae  et  ei  insidentes.  Hoc  modo  crescendi 
maxime  a  prioribus  distat. 

•1333.     186.  S.  oLioosToMA,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  interiori  cortice  ramorum  Castaneorum  epidermide 
orbato,  Bethl. 
S.  minor,  orbiculata,  pustulata.     Conceptaculo  saepe  concentrice  annulato,  medio  depresso,  nigro,  in 
coUum  crassiusculum  .attenuato,  in  cujus  apice  conspiciuntur  ostiola  minuta,  parum  prominida,  saepe 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  "  "UlQi 

unicum.    Pei-itheciis  immersis  stromati  mere  e  corticis  substantia  femigineo,  minutis  adpressis,  saccule 
albo  conspicuo.     Versus  basin  conceptaculo  subevanido.     Affinis  S.  fen'ugineae. 

•1334.     ISr.  S.  AMORPHosTOMA,  L.  V.  S.,  rarius  in  cortice  Gledltsiae,  Bethl.  cultae.  ■^_    ;  jv 

S.  tecta,  ostiolis  solummodo  prominulis,  compresso-diflbrmibus,  cornels,  tubercidosis,  fuscescentibus, 
saepe  quasi  villosis  (ex  Cladosporio  quodam  parasitico') :  ceterum  conceptacula  sparsa,  cortice 
innata  nee  confluentia.  Peritheciis  majusculis  pro  ratione,  globosis,  in  coUura  longiusculum  junctis, 
et  intus  stromate  fuliglnoso  circumdatis.  Ut  prior  species  basin  versus  conceptaculum  quasi  eva- 
nescentem  habet. 

•1335.     188.  S.  Radicium,  L.  v.   S.,  ex  radicibus  arborum  caesorum  defossis  ac  aere  expositis  Bethl. 
prorumpens. 
S.  tuberculo  aut  conceptaculo  nigro,  basl  subrotunda,  subelevato,  firmo,  cortice   nempe  crasso,  apice 
inaequaliter  triincato.     Peritheciis  crebris,   polystichis,   oblongis  et  obovatis.     Ostiolis   cylindricis, 
stipatis,  in  disco  demum  sparsim  aut  densim  protrusis.     Stromate  parco  lutoso  intersperso. 

•1336.      189.  S.  coxsruncATA,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  in  ramls  quercinis  ad  ignem  destinatis,  Bethl. 

S.  conceptaculo  majusculo,  nigro,  sed  externe  massa  quadam  fuscescente  conspurcato,  basi  effuso  in 
crustam  concolorem  ct  eodem  modo  conspurcatam.  Pluribus  saepe  confluentibus,  sub  epidermide 
rupto,  et  stcUatim  revoluto.  Peritheciis  majusculis,  subcircinnantibus  in  conceptaculo,  compressis, 
coUis  elongatis  conjunctis,  et  stromate  cinereo-fuscescente  circumdatis,  intus  farctis  massa  subcornea. 
Disco  convexo,  nigro,  primum  fusco-pulveraceo  longe  protuberante,  demum  obliterato  ostiolis 
crebris  teretibus  spinulosis,  aterrimis. 

•1337.     190.   S.  MODESTA,  L.  V.  S.,  prorumpens  sub  epidermide  juniori  ramorum  Ulmi  Bethl. 

S.  Conceptaculo  sublibere  increscens  llbro  corticis  sub  epidermide,  tuberculum  sistens  rotundura  sub- 
elevatum;  demum  prorumpens  epidermide  revoluto  fissocinctvuu.  Disco  nigro-fuscescente.  Ostiolis 
nigris  subprominulis,  longiusculis,  densls,  ex  tereti-conicis  deciduis,  in  disco.  Stromate  cinereo 
albo  quo  nidulant  perithecia.     Diameti'o  conceptaculi  2 — 3  lineari. 

Trib.  10.   I»fcusAE. 

1338.  191.  S.  nivea,  F.  143,  Syn.  Car.  94,  freq.  in  mahs  Bethl. 

1339.  192.   S.  leucostoma,  F .  145,  Syn.  Car.  95,  in  Persicis  vulgata. 

•1340.  193.  S.  cincla,  F.  144,  major  priori,  pustulata  in  ramis  tenerrimis  Carolina  obvia. 

•1341.  194.   S.  melastoma,  F.  147,  in  Malo  Bethlehem. 

1342.  195.   S.  microstoma,  F.  148,  Syn.  Car.  98,  et.  Pennsylv. 

•1343.  196.  S.  melwperma,  F.  153,  Cortice  Betul.  Pennsylv.  •      - 

1344.  197.   S.  sc!i/e//ato,  F.  154,  Syn.  Car.  92  et.  Pennsylv. 

•1345.  198.  S.  taleola,  F.  157,  passim  BetM.  ad  ramos. 

•1346.  199.   S.pwfina,  F.  158,  in  juniorib.  Robiniis  Bethl. 

•1347.  200.   S.  dissepta,  F.  159,  cortice  betulino,  Bethl. 

1348.  201.  S.  lessella,  F.  160,  Syn.  Car.  114,  frequens  etiam  Pennsylv.  inramls  salicinis. 

Trib.  11.   Obvahatae. 

1349.  202.  S.  ciliata,  F.  161,  Syn.  Car.  90,  rara  et  Pennsylv. 

•1350.     203.   S.  tortuosa,  F.  162,    rarissime   obvia  in  ramo  pineo  Peridermio  plni  infesto,  Camden,  New 
Jersey. 

1351.  204.  S.  coronata,  F.  163,  Syn.  Car.  105,  solummodo  in  Bignoniacapreolata  (non  ut  lapso  calami 
in  Synopsi  dicitur  in  B.  radicanti)  Carolina. 

1352.  205.   S.   LiauiDAMBAnis,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.   103,  F.  165,  ramulis  junioribus  Liquid,  styraci- 
fluae. 

•1353.     206.  S.  CojirTONiAi:,  L.  v.  S.,   transversim  erumpens  ex   rimis  corticis  Comptoniae,   immersa 

Interiori  cortice  Bethlehem. 
S.  subpustulata,  prorumpens  more  S.  tortuosae;  tuberculo   basi  difformi,   conice  elevato,  subtrunc.ato, 

aterrimo,  nlgro-farcto.     Peritheciis  etiam  nigro-farctis  subcircinnantibus.     Ostiolis  rugosis  longis  acu- 

minatis,  conniventibus.     Ambit  inter  banc  sectionem  et  sequentem. 
•1354.     207.   S.  decorlicans,  F.  166,  in  Syringae  ram.  Bethl. 
•1355.     208.   S.  deformis,  F.  170,  in  ramis  quercinis,  Bethl. 
•1356.     209.  S.  teiphaemia,  F.  171,  freq.  Bethl.  et  Salem. 
•1357.     210.   S.  s«/«so,  F.  172,  in  cortice  Alni  etSalicis,  Bethl.  -        '      . 

Vol.  IV.— 3  A 


202  SYNOPSIS   OF 

•1358.  211.  S.  melastroma,  i\  173,  cortice  Ulmi  Salem. 

1359.  212.   S.  <«rgida,  F.  irS,  Syn.  Car.  109, /a^jnca,  Pennsylr.  et  Car. 

*1360.  213.  S.  clopima,  F.  176,  in  virgTiltis  Bethlehem. 

1361.  214.  S.  salicina,  F.  177,  Syn.  Car.  114,  et.  Pennsylv. 

1362.  315.  S.  ViTis,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  117,  F.  178,  rarior  et.  Bethl. 

1363.  216.  S.  capsularis,  F.  179,  Syn.  Car.  106,  Carolina. 
•1364.  217.   S.  ambiens,  F.  182,  vulgaris  et.  Pennsylv.  et  Carol. 
•1365.  218.  S.  kucopis,  F.  179,  in  ramis  Syringae,  Bethl. 

1366.     219.  S.  stilbostoma,  F.  182,  Syn.  Car.  Ill  et  113,  et.  Pennsylv. 
*1367.     220.   S.  tessera,  F.  183,  rara  in  cortice  Coryli  Bethl. 
•1368.     221.   S.  dulosu,  F.  184,  in  emortuis  ramis  Celastri. 
1369.     222.  S.  Radiila,  Syn.  Pers.,Syn.  Car.  93.     Passim  a  me  olim  amicis  sub  nomine  S.  vulgatissimae 
communicata.     NuUimodo  nostra  ad  S .  leiphaemiam  pertinet.     Fere  semper  et  quidem  vulgatissima 
occurrit  plagis  latis  longisque  confluens  sub  epidermide  et  arete  tecta,  ostiolis  solummodo  i-adulan- 
tibus  plus  minusve   prominentibus — plerumque  satis  regulariter  pentagonis.     Peritheciis  stromate 
.      alblcanti,  ex  corticaU  massa,   circumdatis — sine   concept.aculo  nee  nigro-circumscriptis,  majusculis. 
Caespites  ostiolorum  quasi  seriatim  prominent.     V.wiis  r.imis,  in  populinis  apprime. 
•1370.     223.  S.  sphindrina,  F.  174,  in  cortice  Catalpae  et  Juglanclis  nigrae  rarior,  Bethlehem. 
•1371.     224.   S.  viHioLARiA,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  Bethlehem  sub  epidermida,  v.  c.  Tiliarum. 

S.  subpustulata,  confluens  sub  epidermide  laevi  plagis  v.ariolosis  longis  latisque,  arete  tecta;  ostiolis 
ex  epidermide  stellatim  fisso  prominentibus,  in  disco  primum  fuscescente  demum  obliterato,  minus 
angul.atis  ac  multo  brevioribus  quam  in  priori.  Peritheciis  quidem  suberectis  circinnantibus,  sti-oraate 
'  parco,  albescente  circumdatis  absque  conceptaculo.  Linea  nigra,  plura  individua,  saepe  totas  plagas 
in  inia  cortice  circumscribens,  sectione  horizontali  facta,  observatur.  Multo  minus  super  corticem 
elevata  quam  prior. 
•1372.     225.  S.  Platani,  L.  v.  S.,  frequentissima  erumpens  ex  epidermide  Platani,  Bethl. 

S.  pustuLata  phagis  maximis  ,aggreg-ata  sub  epidermide,   sed  pustulis  singulis,  multo  minoribus  quam  in 
prioribus,  non  revera  confluentibus  :  arete  tecta   epidermide  circum  ostiola  stellatim  fisso.     Ostiolis 
in  fuscescenti  disco,  primum  punctiformibus,  demum   subprominulis,  turn  disco  obliterato.     Stro- 
mate .albescente  multo  crassiori  quam  in  prioribus  et  interdum  in  disco  prorumpente.     Peritheciis 
aterrimis  splendentibus   per   stroma   quidem  assurgentibus  sed  subtus  in  ipso  cortice,  absque  stro- 
mate nidulantibus.     Vi.x  nigro-circumscripta. 
•1373.     226.  S.  GONrosTOMA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  104,  pentagona,  non  est  S.   pentagona  Person!  nee  ad 
tribum  Circinnat.arum  pertinet,  omnino  potius  prioribus  affinis.     Seriatim  ac  pustulatim  ex  rimis  corti- 
cis  juniorum  r.amorum  Sassafras,  Bethlehem  ac  Salem  prorumpit. 
S.  pustidata,  arete  epidermide  tecta,   ostiolis  pentagonis  seu  tetr.agonis  stipatim  promlnulls,  aterrimis, 
disco  nullo.     Peritheciis  nigris  erecto  stipatls,  clrclnnatim  locatis  iu  ipso  cortice  absque  uUo  stromati, 
junctls  in  collum  brevlusculum,   qulbusdam   majusculis  aliis  multo   minoribus  :  nuUimodo   circum- 
scriptis. 
•1374.     227.   S.  cossErTATA,  L.  v.  S.,  sub  cortice  Gleditsiae,  Bethl. 

S.  non  pustulata,  gregarie  erumpens,  sub   epidermide   subefi'usa,  disco  primum  fusco  nigro  convexo, 
flemum  obliterato, ostiolis,  stellatim  angulatis,  parum  prominentibus.     Peritheciis  variissubcircinnatim 
nidulantibus  in  stromate  corticali,  albo,  absque  uUo  conceptaculo ;  sed  pluribus  caespitulis  in  unum 
consept.atls  linea  nigra,  ime  in  corticem  ad  ipsiim  lignum  penetrante. 
*lo75.     228.  S.  r-APiiuFEiiAE,  L.  v.  S,,  frequens  in  junioribus  ramis  Mori  papyriferae  Bethl.  cultae. 
S.  epidermide  tecta,  gregatim  .ambiens  ramulos  et  valde  elev.ans  epldermidem,  demum  stellatim  fissam, 
sub  qua  conspiciuntur  pustulae,  disco  atro  rugoso  truncate  protruso.     Ostiolis  demum  brevibus,  dlf- 
formibus,  umbillcatis  in  disco  emergentibus.    'Peritheciis  panels,   m.ajusculls,   globosls,  in  stromate 
lacteo  albo,  conceptaculo  quasi  incluso,  nigro  corticalo.     Caespitulis  quidem  parvis  sedadeo  elev.alis, 
ut  ramulum  variolosum  reddimt. 
*1376.     229.   S.  Ceanothi,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  emortuis  stipillbus  Ceanothi,  Bethlehem. 

S.  subpustulata,  arctim  epidermide   tecta,   soils    ostiolis  prominentibus.  crebris,   aterrimis,  nltentibus, 
leretibiis,  perforatis.     Peritheciis  suberecto-clrcinnantibus,  in  stromate  corticali  :  albo-farctis,  pyrifor- 
mibus  ac  dlfiormibus.     Pustulae  minutae.     11  linear!  dlametro. 
*  1377.     230.   S.  ixDisTiNCTA,  L.  v.  S.,   in  ramis  junioribus  Sassafras.     Proxlma  S.  varlolariae. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  203 

S.sparsa,  sub  epidermide  tumidulosa  et  arete  ab  epidermide,  vix  fissa,  nee  revoluta  cincta.     Ostiolis 
solis  purum  elevatis,  ang^ulatis,   nlgris,  crassis,   saepe  suceiim  nigrum  spargenlibus,  prominentibus. 
Peritlieciis  tribus  vel  quatuor  majusculis  atris  nidulantibus  in  stromate  corticali  vix  eolorato. 
'1378.    231.  S.  aoiDKiFiDA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ramis  ettruncis  Vaceinii  corymbosi,  Betid. 

S.  primum  obtecta,  tractu  longitudinali  gregarie  erescens  et  tuberculum  corticale  efficiens,  bilincari 
latitudine,  stellatini  tectum  epidermide  adhaerente,  satis  elevatum.  Ostiolis  crassis  brevibusaterrimis, 
plerumque  quadrifidis,  obtusis.  Peritlieciis  majusculis,  3 — 4  numero,  atro-nitentibus,  nidulantibus  in 
stromate  mere  corticali,  ovatis,  suberectis. 

Trib.  12.  CinciifNATAE. 
•1379.     232.  S.  Ciffatefa,  F.  185,  sub  libro  Betular.  Bethl. 
1380.     233.   S.  pulcheUa,  F.  186,  Syn.  Car.  108  frequcns  praesertim  sub  cortice  Prunorum.      Occurrit 
Bethlehem  denudata  et  seniipoUicari  diaraetro  circinnans. 
•1381.     234.  S.  aperta,  F.  188,  sub  cortice  Populi  italicae,  Betlil. 
*1382.     235.  S.  vasculosa,  F.  190,  eximia  ;  Beth,  in  Pruno. 
*1383.     236.   S.  conjuncta,  F.  191,  etiam  in  Prunis  ibidem. 
*1384.     237.  S.  thelebola,  F.  193,  in  Junipero  vh-g'.  juniori,  ibid. 

1385.  238.   S.  jmii'A'm/o,  F.  194,  Syn.  Car.  113,  et.  Betlil.  -      .  ' 

1386.  239.   S.  qualernata,  F.  195,  Syn.  Car.  110,  et.  Pennsylv. 
•1387.     240.  S. /wr/wTOcea,  F.  196,  in  ramo  Tiliae  Bethl. 

•1388.     241.   S.  vestitu,  F.  197,  ramis  Rib.  floridae,  Bethl.  -    ' 

*1389.     242.   S.  acc/w!;.s,  F.  198,  rara  ramis  Sassafras,  Salem.   • 
1390.     243.  S.   convergens,  F.  199,  Syn.   Car.   112.     In  Pennsylv.   plerumque  obvia  in  ramis  Rosae 
corymb  osae. 

•1391.     244.  S.pusilla,  F.  199,   b.  Bethlehem  frequcns  obvia   in  societate  S.  velatae  sub  cortice  Casta- 
nearum.     Saepe  ingenti  copia  aggregata.     Olim  pluribus  sub  alio  nomine  communicavi. 

•1392.     245.   S.  abnormis,  F.  200,  rara  Bethl.  in  Sambuco. 
1393.     246.  S.  BiTERGENs,  L.  v.  S.,   Syn.  Car.  123,   F.  pag.  4.'6,  rara  in  Liquidambari  Carolina.     Om- 
nino  ad  hunc  tribum  pertinet.     Conceptaculum  aut  receptaculum  loco  citato  desci-iptum  plane 
accessorium  est.     Non  rara  fuscescit. 

•1394.     247.  S.   scABKisETA,  L.   v.   S.,    in  crusta  aliarura  Sphaeriarum  sub  cortice  Castaneo  rarior 
Bethlehem. 
S.  irregulariter  circinnans,  nudiuscula.     Peritheciis  globosis  nigris  et  fuscis  valde  tuberculosis.     Ostiolis 
longissimis  flexuosis,   undique   scabris,   pilis  nempe   obsitis  minutis  fuscis,  subpellucidis.     Minor  est 
S.  pulchellae  cui  affinis.     Interdum  sola  ostiola  ex  epidermide  fissa  prorumpunt. 

•1395.     248.  S.  RUFESCESS,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  sub  epidermide  Rhols  glabri  Salem  et  Bethl. 

S.  circinnatim  nidulans  in  ipsa  corticis  substantia,  qua  rufescente  regulariter  tecta.  Ostiolis  centrah- 
bus  longissimis,  teretibus,  decumbentibus,  flexuosis,  divergentibus,  per  rimas  epidermidls  prorum- 
pentibus,  saepe  albo-pruinosis,  et  quodammodo  Cenangium  conspersum  referentibus.  Peritheciis 
nigris  orbiculatim  in  foveolis  corticalibus  absque  uUo  stromate,  depresso-decumbentibus. 

•1396.     249.  S.  EXPEHS,  L.  V.  S.,  frequens  in  ramulis  teneris  Rosae  corymbosae   Bethlehem,    afiinis  S. 
ambienti,  sed  disci  aut  ullius  stromatis  expers. 
S.  immersa,  epidermide  tecta,  peritheciis  vix  in  substantiam  corticis  penetrantibus,  eleganter  orbicula- 
tim circinnantibus  suberectis,  nigris,  coUo  brevisslmo  junctis,  disco  nullo.     Ostiolis  brevissimis  cras- 
siusculis,  aterrimis,  subumbilicatis,  prospicientibus  ex  rimis  epidermidis. 

•1397.  250.  S.  RiMicoLA,  L.  v.  S.,  (olim  S.  asplenifuUa  mihi)  passim  in  rimis  tranversallbiis  ramorum 
juniorum  Comptoniae  asplenifoliae  Bethlehem. 
S.  (arcinnata,  suberecta,  minutissima  ;  in  rimis  hi.antibus  epidermidis  aut  potius  corticis,  observantur 
pustulae  immersae  cortice  interno  rufescenti,  et  ab  eo  arete  tectae.  Ostiolis  aterrimis  centralibus 
teretibus,  cylindricis,  glabris,  arete  stipatis,  parum  prominulis,  pressione  peritheciorum  sed  absque 
uUo  disco  invicem  junctis.     Peritheciis  paucis  ovato-compressls,  albo-farctis. 

*1598.     251.   S.  RHiziNA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  radice  Ithododendri — affinis  priori,  Bethl. 

S.  circinnata,  arete  tecta  cortice  interno,  ostiohs  teretibus  pertusis  subdivergentibus,  orificio  amplo, 
primum  interdum  papillate.  Peritheciis  densim  circinnantibus,  valde  depressis,  crebris,  olivaceo- 
nigris,  albo-farctis,  minutis,  nidulantibus  in  foveolis  corticalibus  absque  uUo  stromate. 


204  '  SYNOPSIS   OF 

•1399.  252.  S.  AcniEANs,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  in  truncis  ramisque  Rhois  typhinae  Bethl.  protuberantibus 
ostiolis,  ramum  tactu  quasi  aculeatum  reddens. 
S.  subcircinnata,  minor,  pustulis  undique  in  ramo  sparsis,  satis  elevatis  cum  epidermide  arete  cin- 
gente.  Peritheclis  nldulantibus  in  stromate  fuscescente  omnino  corticali,  atris,  albo-farctis,  subde- 
cumbentibus  aut  erectis,  in  coUum  long-iusculum  coalitis.  Collo  fuscescente  protruso,  deinum 
ostiolis  spinulosis  frequentibus  obliterate.  Ostiolis  ipsls  teretibus  subacutis,  primum  saepe  glauco- 
pruinosis,  aterrimis  ceterum. 

Trib.  13.   Caespitosae. 
1400.     253.  S.  cinnabarina,  F.  201,  Syn.  Car.  118,  freq.  et.  Bethl. 
*1401.     254.   S.  verhucosa,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  More  et  Sassafras,  Bethl. 

S.  caespitosa,  in  stromate  applanato,  incarnata,  ac  rubro-coccinea.  Peritheciis  minoribus  globosis, 
basi  autem  quasi  contractis,  ubi  sti'omate  insident,  crebris,  vis  coUabescentibus,  circumcirca  verru- 
coso-tuberculosis;  ostiolis  minutis  papillatis.  Intus  rubris.  Differt  a  priori  magnitudine  et  peri- 
theciis vernicoso-punctatis,  nee  tarn  manifestim  decolorantibus. 

1402.  255.  S.  coccinea,  F.  202,  Syn.  Car.  119  et.  Bethl.  eum  variet. 

1403.  256.  S.  liibis,  F.  203,  Syn.  Car.  121  (appendiculata)  et.  Pennsylv. 

1404.  257.   S.popuUna,  F.  205,  Syn.  Car.  120,  etiam  Pennsylvania. 
•1405.     258.  S.  micheUana,  F.  206,  Bethlehem  in  cort.  quercino. 
•1406.     259.  S.  conglobata,  F.  207,  in  Corylo  Bethl.  var.  b. 

1407.  260.   S.  cucurhUula,  F.  209,  Syn.  Car.  133,  vulgaris  Bethl. 

•1408.  261.   S.  pun/cea,  F.  210,  in  Viburno  dentato  Bethl. 

1409.  262.   S.  Berheridis,  F.  211,  Syn.  Car.  129,  non  in  Pennsylv. 

1410.  263.  S.  variu,  F.  213,  Syn.  Car.  128,  in  prunis  et.  Bethl. 
•1411.  264.   S.  Jiaucosa,  F.  212,  rara  obvia  Bethl. 

•1412.     265.  S.  acenata,  F.  214,  in  rarais  populinisibid. 

1413.     26S.   S.  cupularis,  F.  215,  Syn.  Car.  132,  freq.  et.  Pennsylv. 
•1414.     267.  S.  pulicaris,  F.  217,  ram.  sambucinis  Bethl. 

•1415.     268.   S.  inversa,  F.  208,  in  castaneorum  et  quercuum  ramis  praesertim  igni  destinatis,  Bethl. 
1416.     269.   S.  MonBosA,  L.  v.  S.,   Syn.  Car.   134,  F.   218.     Midto  frequentius  occurrit  Pennsylvania 
quam  Carolina.     Haec  Sphaeria  aeque  paradoxa  quam  lethalis  pestis,  nobis  in  plerisque  Prunis  indi- 
genis  obvia.     Nee   autem  in  Pennsylvania,  nee  in  Carolina  unquam  inventa,  arbores  indigenarum 
specierum  destruens.     Prunis  Cerasis  autem  cultis,  praesertim   his,   nobis  nomine   "  Amarellae" 
morbum  lethalem  infert.     Ante  40  annos  haec  varietas  Cerasorum  vulgata  erat  v.  c.  Bethlehem. 
Faucis  annis  post,  fere   omnes  destructi  sunt,  combinato  furore  hujus  fungi  et  Cynipis,  operibus 
cujus  semper  insidct,  et  id  adeo,  ut  Pomologi  nostri  ad  banc  diem  novos  restituere  non  valeant. 
Interim  Pruni  variae,   e.  g.  Hungaricae,   Reine  Claude,    SiC.    nuper  introductae  et  assidue  cultae, 
eximie   florebant  nee  unquam  huic  morbosae    pesti  succubuerunt       Nupen-ime  autem   et   in  his 
omnibus  Cynips,  fungusque  incepiunt  saevire,    et  quidem   magnitudine  semper  maxime  aueta,  sis- 
tentes  tumorcs  ad  sesquipedalem  longltudinem  extensos — sed  non  tarn   dense  onustos  peritheciis 
quam  in  r.imulis  Cerasorum  inveniuntur.     Exoptandum  remedium  hujus  morbi  nondum  inventum. 
•1417.     270.  S.  TUMonuM,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  in  tumoribus  istis  ramealibus  (an  ictu  Cynipis  ortis)  quibus 
rami  quercini  vigentes,  interdum  totae  arbores  mire  modo  infestantur.     Bethlehem. 
S.  caespitosa   (passim  simplex)  tumoribus   insidcns,   ex  quorum  substantia,  sine  manifesto  stromate 
quasi  prorumpunt.     Peritheciis  globoso-difformibus,  papillatis,  rugosissimis,  intus  albo-farctis. 
'1418.     271.   S.  ocHnoLEUCA,   L.  v.  S.,  in  varlis  arboribus  frondosls — satis  distincta  a  S.    cinnabarina, 
Bethlehem  et  Salem. 
S.  caespitosa,  stromate  obliterato,   sed  nunquam  omnino  deficiente.     Peritheciis   ovatis   et   obi)vatis, 
junloribus    subcylindricis,  oehroleueis,   glabris,  minutis,   creberrime   aggregatis,  polystichis,  caes- 
pituhs  subeffusis,  eonfluentibus  tamen  semper  subpulvinatim  elevatis  :  demum  passim  coUapsis  sed 
non  pezlzoideis,  minutim  papillatis,  intus  eoncoloribus  nee  unquam  decolorantibus. 
'1419.     272.  S.  MOLLicscDLA,  L.  V.  S.,   in  lignis  eariosis  emollitis   nldulans,  in  stromate  parum  elevato, 
nigro-fusco,  in  faveoUs  ligni  slto.     Substantia  perilheeiorum  primum  moUiuscula.     Salem. 
S.  caespitosa,  moUiuscula,  demum  indurata.     Stromate  applaniito  ejusdem  indolis,  peritheciis  majus- 
eulis  insidentlbus,  oblongo-ovatis,  eleganter  fuscis,  demum  extus  pulverulentis  :   ostiolis  deeiduis, 


KORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  205 

brevibus,  nigro-nitentibus,  peritheciis  demum  pertusis  ore  subnitenti-nigro  (post  dejectionem 
ostiolorum) — nunquam  collapsis  Caespituli  vix  bilineares.  Stroma  demum  pulveraceum.  Quodam- 
modo  abiens  ad  Periphaericas. 

•1420.     273-  S.  Mezerei,  L.  v.  S.,  ex  rimis  epidermidis  D.  Mczerel  in  hortis,  Bethl. 

S.  caespitosa,  plerumque  flexuosim  ex  rimis  epidermidis  prorumpens,  insidens  stromati  plus  mimisve 
effuso  ex  massa  corticali  nig-ro-tiiicta  orto.  Peritheciis  aut  omnino  separatis  (turn  ex  cylindrico-coni- 
cis,  nigris,  basi  attenuatis,  apice  abientibus  in  ostiola  acuta)  aut  in  centro  caespituli  inter  se  con- 
fluentibus.     Intus  cavis. 

•1421.     274.  S.  Ceeastri,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ramentis  Celastri  scandentis  Bethlehem  rarior. 

S.  caespitosa,  erumpens  in  stromate  Tubercularioideo  extus  fuscescente,  intus  pallide  lutescenli,  sub- 
pulvinato,  ethnic  circum  circa  insidens.  Peritheciis  dense  sitis  sed  non  accumulatis,  globoso-ovatis, 
corrugato-rugosis;  ostiolis  obsoletis,  ceterum  brunneo-fuscis;  magnitudine  S.  cinnabarinae:  Faciliter 
excedit  aeque  ac  stroma;  ab  epidermide  stellatim  fisso  circumdantur  caespituli  regulares.  Peri- 
thecia  demum  indurescunt  sed  non  coUapsa  inventa  sunt. 

*1422,     275.  S.  JcsipEiiicoLA,  L.  v.  S.,  minuta;  frequens  in  cortice  Juniperi  virginianae  Salem  et  Bethl. 

S.  caespitosa,   erumpens,   stromate   oblitcrato.     Peritheciis  pro  ratione  raajusculis  paucis  in  quoque 

caespitulo,   saepe  confluentibus  ac  globoso-depressis,   aterrimis,  rugulosis.      Ostiolis  minutissimis 

deciduis,  tum  ore  aperto,  per  quod  conspicitur  massa  interior  alba.     Faciliter  ex  epidermide  excu- 

tiuntur  perithecia,  faveoloslinquentia. 

•1423.     276.   S.  STiPATA,  L.  v.  S.,  etiam  in  cortice  juniperino,  Bethlehem. 

S.  caespitosa,  caespitulis  variis,  plurimis  minutis,  prorumpentibus  ex  epidermide  stellatim  fisso;  aliis 
majoribus  in  rimis  corticis  sitis,  stromate  nigi-o  subobliterato.  Peritheciis  ipsis  etiam  rariis,  quibus- 
dam  difforme-globosis  majoribus,  aliis  minutis,  omnibus  nigris  rugulosis.  Ostiolis  brevibus  diffor- 
mibus,  saepe  deficientibus;  ceterum  intus  cavis,  sacculo  fuscescente  praeditis,  nee  albofarctis.  Arete 
stipata  sunt  perithecia,  nisi  in  minoribus  caespitulis,  ubi  interdum  simpliciaoccurrunt. 

*1424.  277.  S.  BEMATiosi,  L.  V.  S.,  frequens  in  ramulis  Platani  ac  in  Mori,  affinis  S.  cinnabarinae  sed 
raulto  minor,  Bethlehem. 
S.  caespitosa,  ex  epidermide  prorampens,  stromati  basilar!  .applanato.  Peritheciis  paucis  globosis, 
glabriusculis,  ex  colore  rubro  in  nigi-o-fuscum  decolorar.tibus,  indistincte  ostiolatis,  collapsis,  undique 
pilis  brevissimis  subpellucidis  dematiosis  tectis.  Faciliter  excutiuntur  et  faveolos  linquent.  Caes- 
pitulis vix  semilinearem  diametrum  superantlbus. 

•1425.  278.  S.  ScMACHi,  L.  v.  S.,  eximia  et  majuscula  species  ad  sequentem  tribum  spectans,  rarius 
sed  tum  magna  copia  occurrit  in  Uhol  glabro  (vulgo  "  Sumach")  Bethl. 
S.  caespitosa,  peritheciis  subconfluentibus,  in  stromate  nigro,  subobliterato.  Caespitulis  majuscuUs 
difformibus  ex  epidermide  prorumpentibus.  Junior  peritheciis  crusta  quadam  nigra  connatis.  In 
adulta  fere  peritheciis  liberis  manifestim  ostiolatis,  majusculis,  difformibus  et  invicem  varie  com- 
pressis  gaudet.  Sacculus  internus  albus  manifestus,  includens  vigente  statu,  massam  nigram  gelati- 
nosam  spermaticam,  demum  evacuatus.     Caespituli  flexuosi  ad  tres  lineas  extensi. 

•1426.     278.     S.  puBENs,  L.  v.  S.,  in  junloribus  ramis  Robiniae,  Bethl. 

S.  nigra,  peritheciis  pubentibus,  sed  ceterum  adeo  accedit  ad  S.  elongatam  sequentis  sectionis,  ut  vix 
specie  distingiienda. 

*1427.  279.  S.  Van  Vleckii,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  inventa  Salem  cum  epidermide  fibroso  Bignoniae  radi- 
cantis  concrescens.  Modo  crescendi,  habitu  et  adspectu  omnino  abnormis,  unde  earn  olim  pro  S. 
coronata  sumpsi. 
S.  irregulariter  caespitosa,  in  stromate  atro,  subpulveraceo,  cortici  interiori,  aut  ipso  ligno  subaffixo, 
diffoi-mis  et  faciliter  decedente,  stroma  hoc,  crassiusculum,  primum  omnino  tectum  epidermide 
fibroso-subsoluto,  peritheciis  jam  tum  evolutis,  quibuscum  assurgit  et  truncum  infestatum  longe 
lateque  quasi  varlolosum  reddit.  Denique  per  fibres  prospiciunt  ostiola,  perithecia  et  caespituli 
ipsi,  corticemque  dejiciunt.  Peritheciis  ipis  cylindrico-globosis,  nigris,  rugosis,  vix  inter  se  con- 
fluentibus sed  a  fibris  solutis  saepe  separatis.  Ostiolis  longis,  rostellatis,  intermixtis  brevioribus, 
divergentibus,  demum  deciduis,     Peritheciis  juventutc  albofarctis,  demum  evacuatis. 

•1428.     280.     S.  Htperici,  L.  v.  S.,  rarior  Bethlehem  in   cortice  fruticum  Hyperici  hortis  culti,  affinis 
priori  quodammodo. 
S.  caespitosa;  junior  confluens,  demum  peritheciis  liberis.      Caespitulis  semper  forma  utrinque  acumi- 
nata, longltudinaliter  confluentibus,  seriatim  ex  epidermide  prominentibus.     Stromati  nigrofusco 

Vol.  IV.— 3  B 


206  SYNOPSIS  OF 

quasi  concavo,  insident  perithecia  nigra,  primum  connata  crusta  ex  qua  sola  ostlola  protruduntur, 
demum  omnino  libera;  globosa  aut  ovata,  rugosa,  ostiolata  sese  ostendunt.  Ostiolis  conico-papillatis, 
brevibus.  Peritheciis  evacuatis,  intus  atris — deciduis  saepe  ex  stromate.  Turn  stroma,  concavum 
et  forma  quadam  naviculari,  foveolis  deciduorum  peritheciorum  notatum,  epidermidc  fisso  circum- 
datum  se  ostendit.  Similitude  quaedam  adest  juniori  aetate  cum  Sphaeriis  concrescentibus.  Caes- 
pituli  minores. 

*1429.  281.  S.  ATHOFUSCA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ramis  Stapliyleae  trlfoliatae  Bethlehem  format  minores  caespites. 
S.  caespitulis  lineam  vix  excedentibus,  sed  copiosim  et  tractu  lineari  prorumpens  ex  epidermide  ab  eo 
stellatim  fisso  cincta,  caespitulis  vix  confluentibus  Peritheciis  insidentibus  stromati  palpabili,  tamen 
faciliter  ex  materia  corticali  excusso,  ceterum  statu  vegeto  atrofuscis,  conicis,  subpellucidis,  ostiolis 
simplicibus  cum  perithccio  confluentibus;  statu  sicciori,  collapsis  non  tamen  pezizoideis,  sed 
potius  compressim  aut  omnino  irregulariter  collapsis,  nigrescentibus.     Peritheciis  minutissimis. 

*1430.  282.  S.  PAHASiTANs,  L.  V.  S.,  rara  species  et  valde  memorabilis,  occupat  Tuberculariam  in 
consortio  S.  cinnabarinae  in  llobinia  Bethl. 
S.  caespitosa,  minuta,  parasitans  in  Tubercularia  quam  interdum  omnino  occupat,  sibi  tamen  vindicans 
stroma  proprium  nigrum,  cui  aetate  maturo  insident  perithecia  numerosa,  se  insuper  aggregata, 
aterrima,  subconico-dift'ormia,  tuberculosa,  primum  molliuscula,  demnm  coUapsa,  manifestim  osti- 
olata. Intus  plerumque  evacuata  inveniuntur.  Inter  mixtam  S.  cinnabarinam  ter  minutie  ex- 
cellit. 

Trib.  14.     CONFIDENTES. 

1431.  283.  S.  GinosA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  24,  F.  221,  specimina  pulcheiTima  amicissimus  Torrey  ex 
Nova  Anglia  misit.  Saepe  cum  variis  Tubercularils  concrescit  et  summo  jure  ad  hunc  tribum  a  CI. 
Friesio  refertur. 

1432.  284.  S.  aoEBcuoM,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  125,  F.  223;  et.  Pennsylv. 

1433.  285.   S.  Castaneae,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  124,  F.  224,  et.  Pennsylv. 

1434.  286.   S.  Caltcasthi,  L.  v.  S  ,  Syn.  Car.  126,  F.  225,  et.  Pennsylv. 

1435.  287.  S.  Gleditsiae,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  31,  F.  226,  et  Pennsylv. 

1436.  288.   S.  iKsiDENS,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  122,  F.  228,  et.  Pennsylv. 
•1437.     289.   S.  c/onga/a,  F.  230,  in  Robinia  Bethl.  frequens. 

1438.     290.  S.Jissa,  F.  234,  Syn.  Car.   in  Rosis  etiam,  Pennsylv. 
*1439.     291.   S.  mu<i7ff,  F.  235,  passim  in  populinis  Bethl. 

1440.     292.  S.  mucosa,  F.  238,  Syn.  Car.  67,  et.  freq.  Pennsylv. 
*1441.     293.   S.melogramma,  F.  222,  rarior  in  Fago  Pocono. 
*1442.     294.   S./u//gmosa,  F.  231,  in  ramis  salicinis  Bethl. 

*1443.     295.   S.  suBtoNNATA,   L.  v.  S.,   satis  frequens,   prorumpens  ex  epidermide  caulium  Gossvpii, 
Salem,  Carolina. 
S.  caespitosim  confluens,  eUiptice   prorumpens  ex  tenero  epidermide,  vix  llnea  longa,  aterrima,  Peri- 
theciis dlfformibus  paucis,  pro  ratione   majusculis,   apice   applanatis  aut  irregulariter  subcollapsis, 
.    papiUato-ostiolatis.     Intus  albofarctis,  demum  deciduis;   tunc  in  foveolis  observatur  stroma  albes- 
cens, subcupulatum  cui  insident. 
•1444.     296.  S.  HiBisci,  L.  v.  S.,  rara  obvia  in  truncis  eniortuis  Hibisci  rosei,  Salem. 

S.  caespitulis  elongatis  confluentibus,   snepe  varie  fiexuosis  ex  epidermide   prorumpens,  epidermide 

substellutim  fisso,  circum  cii-ca  erecto,   sed  non   caespitulum  denudante.     Superficie  caespituli  ap- 

planata,  in  qua  ad  dimidiam  partem  prominent  peritliecia,  nigi-a,  pulvere  parco  fusco  atro  adspersa, 

papiUata,  ovata  intus  albofarcta.     Fibros  corticales  quibus  adliaerent  caespituli  cum  ligno  nigrescunt. 

•1442.     297.   S.  AHBiGUA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  sarmentis  Rhois  radicantls  Carolina  et  Pennsylv. 

S.  prorumpens  caespitulis  subrotundis  nigris  satis  elev.atis  Peritheciis  non  ostiolatis,   denique  pertusis 
subirregularibus   oblongis,   imo  subflexuosis   et    globosis,    paucis   tantum    confluentibus.       Extus 
quanquam  non  glabris,  quasi  nitentibus  intus  albofarctis.     Sphaeriae  fuliginos.ae  non  dissimilis. 
'1443.     298.   S.  Meliae,  L.  v.  S.,  vulgatissima  in  ramulis  .Meliae  azcdarach  Carolina. 

S.  satis  polymorpha.  Junior  e.\  epidermide  prorumpens  ab  ea  cincta,  cospisculum  sistit  sclerotoi- 
deum  subrotundum,  griseo-fuscum,  perithecii>;  in  superficie  vix  prominentibus,  intus  jam  indistinctis 
nidulantibus  in  materia  stromatica  pulveracea.    Provectiori  aetate  caespitulis  elongatim  et  seriatim 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  207 

confluentibus,  perlthecia  fere  omnino  liberantur,  pluribus  tamen  in  unum  connatis,  aplce  applanato, 
ceterum  rugosa,  diflbrmia  vis  albofarcta.     Ostiolis  indistinctis  hysteriimorpliis. 

*1444.  299.  S.  PEnsniMoNs,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  in  cortice  Diospyri  ving.  (vulgo  Persimon)  non  dissimilis 
S.  quei'cuum,  Salem. 
S.  caespitulis  gregarie  confluentibus,  varie  flexuosis  planiusculis,  nigris,  ex  epidermide  elevata  pro- 
i-umpcntibus.  Peritheciis  convexis,  semipi-oniinulis,  papillatis,  intus  .ilbofarctis,  dcnium  cvacuatis. 
Differt  a  S.  quei-cuum  peritheciis  valde  prominulis  et  ostiolo  manifestiori  conico-papillato,  etiam 
apice  peritbeciomni  subtruncato. 

*1445.     300.    S.  CuATAEGi,  L.  v.  S.,  in  variis  speciebus  Cratoegi,  Bethl. 

S.  caespitulis  plerumque  ellipticis  prorumpentibus  nigris  aut  fuscescentibus,  laxe  nempe  ad  dimidiam 
parte  involutis  tomento  furfuraceo  fusco.  Peritheciis  majiisculis,  paucis,  diffbrmibus,  scmiUberis 
deinum  pertusis  (an  primum  papillatis  >)  intus  albofarctis,  demum  evacuatis.  Horizontaliter  secto 
caespitulo,  perithecia  subcircinn.atim  disposita,  inipsaraassa  corticali  nidulantia  conspiciuntur. 

*1446.     301.   S.  Gallae,  L.  v.  S.,  species  distinctissima  freq.  Betlil.  in  Gallis  vetustis  Querc. 

S.  caespitulis  sparsis,  nigerrimis  valde  elevatis,  superficialiter  innatis.  Peritheciis  primum  omnino 
confluentibus,  ambitu  quasi  lobato.  Demum  semiUberis  assurgentibus,  difFormibus  regularioiibus 
immixtis,  rugosis,  majusculis,  manifestim  papillatis,  intus  albofarctis. 

•1447.     302.   S.  PROPULLASS,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  corruptissimis  surculis  Celastri,  Betid. 

S.  atra;  caespitulo  in  libro  cortical!  affixo,  propullans  per  epidermidem,  arete  ab  ea  cincto,  satis 
elevato,  forma  subrotunda,  basi  contracta  stromate  parco  insidente,  subturbinato.  Peritheciis  ma- 
jusculis atrofarctis,  prominulis  in  superficie  subdepressa,  coronatis  ostiolis  papillarlbus  centralibus. 
Caespitvdus  superne  quasi  punctato-rugosis.  Ceterum  in  quoque  ramulo  multi  aggregati  sunt 
caespituli. 

Trib.  15.   Sebiatae. 
•1448.     303.  S.Jilicma,  ¥■  242,  inPteride,  Bethl. 
*1449.     304.   S.jimcl,  F.  243,  vulgatissima,  Salem  ac  Pennsylv. 

1450.  305.   S.  arundinacea,  F.  245,  Syn.  Car.  79,  striacformis,  et  vulgaris  in  culmis  Miegiae,  Salem. 

1451.  306.  S.  Zeae,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  79  y,  rara  sed  bene  distincta  in  caulibus  Zeae,  Salem  et  Bethl. 
S.  omnino  tecta,  epidermide  fusco  tincta  (ostiolis  sobs   prominulis)   satis  elevata.     Seriatim  disposita, 

brevis,  utrinque  acuminata,   subconfluens.     Peritheciis  binis  vel  ternis  tantura  in  caespitulo,  subdis- 
tantibus,  primum  .albofarctis,  demam  evacuatis.     Ostiolis  latis,  umbilicatis,  sacpe  unico. 
*1452.     307.   S.  I'mearis,  F.  247,  in  Soiidaginum  caulibus,  Bethl. 

1453.  308.   S.  Mnethi,  F.  248,  Syn.  Car.  74,  Carolinaac  Pennsylv. 

1454.  309.  S.  culmicolu,  F.  249,  in  culmo  Andropogi,  Bethl. 

1455.  310.   S.  longissima,  F.  251,  Syn.  Car.  73,  et.  Pennsylv. 
•1456.     311.  S.  melaena,  F.  252,  vulgaris  in  caulibus  Pennsylv. 

1457.     312.  S.  picea,  F.  253,  Syn.  Car.  78,  ad  caules  firmiores. 
•1458.     313.   S.  chloromela,  F.  255,  in  caulibus  Pastinacae  et  Angelicae,  Bethl. 
•1459.     314.   S.  rimosa,  F.  241,  A.  S.  in  foliis  et  culmis  Zizaniae  Kaign's  pomt,  Philad. 
•1460.     315.  S.    Porri,  F.  257,  Pers.  /3  exuberans.     In   caulibus  AUiorum.     Peritheciis   quidem   albo- 
farctis, sed  an  Imjus  sectionis' nura  semper  aut  simplici  aut  tantum    duobus  peritheciis  majusculis 
mihi  obvia.     Primo  adspectu  affinis  S.  Zeae  aut  striaeformi. 
1461.     316.   S.  7jebtilosa,  F.  250,  Syn.  Car.  76,   et  in  Pennsylvania  vulgatissima  in  variis  caulibus.     Se- 
quentfcs  5  species,  S.  nebulosae  quidem  .affines  sunt — tamen  vix  ad  eam  pertinent. 
•1462.     317.   S.  ciMiciFiTGAE,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  occurrens  in  caulibus  Cimicifugae,  Bethl. 
S.  sub  epidermide,  tecta;  maculas   sistens  griseas,   omnino   similes  prioris,   sed  crassiores   quanquam 
ambitu  indeterminato — ostiolis  denique  punctiformibiis  nitidis  prorumpentibus.     Peritheciis  subja- 
centibus  nidulantibus  in  ipsa  substantia  caulis,  papillatis,  globoso-depressis,  inter  se  distantibus  sed 
seriatim  dispositis;  singulis  similibus  peritheciis   S.  herbarum;    praesertim   quando  persistunt   post 
destructam  maculam.     Turn  subrugosa  coUapsa  exhibentur. 
•1463.     318.   S.  EupaoiiDicoiA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  caulibus  Euphorb.  marginatae  hortis  cultae,  Betldehem. 
S.  tecta,  macula  latissima   effiguratim  in  caulibus   eft'usa,    omnino  priorum.     Peritheciis,  pro  ratione 
majusculis  subjacentibus,  atris,  globosis,   rugosis,   creberrimis,  demum  cum  macula  cinerascente  aS' 
sui'gentiljus,  ore  pertuso,  et  demum  ut  in  priori,  omnino  denudatis.     Maculae  pleiumque  majores 
quam  in  S.  nebulosa. 


208  SYNOPSIS   OF 

•1464.     319.   S.  Ibidicola,  L.  v.  S.,  larior  in  foliis  putrescentibus  Iridis  virginicae,  Bethl. 

S.  tecta,  maculis  griseo-nigris,  vix  determinatis,  minoribus.     Ostiolis  soils  globosi^  aut  saltern  obtusis 
proriimpentibus.    Perillieciis  sub  macula,  creberrlmis, irregulariter  dispositis  nullimodo  seriatis,  intus 
albofarctis.     Macula  longitudine  tres  lineas  vix  excedit, 
•1465.     320.   S.  ruMosA,  L.  V.  S  ,  in  caulibus  Chenopodiorum  maximorum  fi-eq.  Bethl. 

S.  tecta;  maculis  fumoso-nigris  determinatis  oblongis,   sed  saepe  longe  lateque  confluentibus.     Sub 
lente  augentiori  e  fills  dothidineis,  crusta  cinerea  intermixta  compositae  videntur  maculae.     Ostiolis 
creberrlmis,  seriatis,  nigris,  subacutis,  prorumpentibus.     Peritheciis  minutissimis,  vix  cultello  secan- 
dis,  albofarctis.     Ascos  non  vidi,  et  Dothideis  valde  affinis  est.     Ob  habitum  tamen  hue  collocanda. 
*1466.     521.   S.  Peponis,  L.  V.  S.,  vulgaris  in  fructubus  Peponis,  Bethl.  et  jam  Salem. 

S.  tecta,  macula  cinereo-grisea,  longe  lateque  indeterminatim  eftusa,  subcrustacea,  et  faciliter  deter- 
gibilis.  Tum  apparent  perithecia,  simplicia,  sparsa,  mollia,  glabra,  globosa,  demum  collapsa,  papil- 
lala,  ostiolis  soils  per  raaculam  prospiclentibus  post  maculam  destructam,  crustae  adhaerentia. 
Primo  adspeclu  ad  priores  pertinet,  sed  suspicor  earn  esse  Spaeriam  simplicem.  Latlssimis  (pal- 
maribus)  plagis  Pepones  punctat. 
•1467.     322.  S.  CMBELLATAiiuM,  L.  V.  S.,  rarlor  occurrit  in  caulibus  Umbellatarum,  Bethl. 

S.  tecta,  maculis  longe  lateque  subeffiguralim  effusis,   referens  mappam  geographicam,  crusta  nigres- 
centi  absque  uUo  nitore.    Peritheciis  subtus  dlstanter  sparsis,  basi  ligno  subimmersis,  depresso-globo- 
sis,  collo  ad  superficiem  penetrante,   ubi  tum   ostiola  apparent  crassa  cylindrica,  brevia,  rugosa, 
subdifformia.     Affinis  Concrescentlbus  immersis. 
*1468.     323.   S.  TrrHAE,  L.  v.  S.,  vulgatissima  in  foliis  Typhae  latifoliae,  Bethl. 

S.  minutissima,  sed  caespitulls  aut  potius  maculis  gregatim  confluentibus  ac  saepe  totum  fere  folium 
occupantibus.     Macula  quoque  brevi,  oblonga-subquadrata,  nlgro-fumosa:  seriatim  inter  nervos  dis- 
posltae  sunt.     Perillieciis  multls   etiam   lineatlm  seriatis,   minutissimis,  punctiformibus,  albofarctis, 
demum  orbatls,  astorais. 
'1469.     324.   S.  HiBiscicoLA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  teneriorjbus  ramis  H-  palustris  et  militaris  Hortorum,  Bethl. 
S.  tecta,  macula  buUoslm  elevata,  rainori,  nlgrocinerea,   elongata  in  ambitu  quasi  fimbriata;  e  fibris 
Dothidineis,  crassis  parallelis  non  radiantibus  enlm  constare  vldetur  macula.     Peritheciis  crebris 
cum  crusta  macular!  elevatis,   nigro-cinereo-farctis.     Ostiolis  brevibus  conicis  aut  globosis,  rugosis. 
Crusta  maculae  crassior  quam  in  ceteiis  et  quasi  grumosa.     In  iisdem  caulibus  saepe  etiam  inveni 
Dothideam  delicatulam  nostram. 
'1470.     325.  S.  SiLPHii,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ditissimi  caulibus  Silphii  connati  in  Horto  Nazareth. 

S.  primum  tecta  et  tum  cinerascens,  demum  denudata  nitente  nigrescens,  maculas  slstens  llneares  aut 
elliplicas  utrinque  acuminatas.     Peritheciis  creberrlmis,  albofarctis,  ostiolis  globosis  deciduis:  tum 
perithecia  minuta  referunt  pezizulas.     Affinis  et  S.  polygrammae  Interna  structura. 
•1471.     326.  S.  Abistidae,  L.  v.  S.,  rara  in  foliis  Aristidae  dichotomae,  Salem. 

S.  eflusa  longitudinaliter ;  crusta  aterrlma  expers  tamen  nitoris,  epidermide  non  tecta:  in  sulcis  nervo- 
rum, hypophylla  et  marginalis,  forma  linear!  seriatim  disposita,  superficie  rugosa.     Peritheciis  immer- 
sis, crebris,  albofarctis,  parum  prominulis,  pro  ratione  majusculis,  vix  ostiolatis. 
•1472.     327.   S.  NERTisEauiA,  L.  v.  S.,  distinctlssime  in  aversa  pagina  Andropog.   scopariae  Naz. 

S.  minutissima,  atra,  inter  nervos  disposita,  oculls  nudis  lineolas  mlnimas  offert.  Lente  aucta,  videntur 
maculae  superficiales  lineares,  parallelae,  utrinque  truncatae,  in  quarum  superficie  conspiciuntur 
perithecia  crebra,  manifestlm  papiUata,  applanata,  collapsa,  albofarcta.  Maculae  saepe  confluunt. 
Sphaeria  Jlndropogi.,  in  altera  pagina  saepe  occuiTit. 
'1473.  328.  S.  rcscATA,  L.  v.  S.,  affinis  S.  lineari — in  dejectis  stipitibus  horti  Nazareth. 
S.  in  maculis  fuscis  subnitidls,  lineatlm  expansis  proveniens,  uniseriata.  Peritheciis  primum  subtectis, 
demum  liberis  patellaeformibus,  i.  e.  applanato-impressis,  subrotundis,  sparsis,  (interdum  extra 
maculam)  Centre  ex  ostiolo  papillaeformi  nigro-punctato. 

Trib.  16.   Cohfebtae. 

1474.  329.  S.  EPiPHTLLA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  130,  F.  258,  non  in  Pennsylv. 

1475.  330.  S.  scinpoKCM,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  71,  F.  260,  ex  Georgia — vldetur  Carici  non  Scirpo  in- 
crescere. 

1476.  331.  S.graminis,  F.  261,  Syn.  Car.  70,  freq.  Pennsylv.  var.  «  Elymorum,  ,6  Poarum  et  elegans 
varietas  cinerascens  in  Muhlenbergia  erecta. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  209 

•U77.     332.  S.  conferta,  F.  264,  olim  mihi  S.  acervulala,  frequcns  in  foliis  Jug'landum  Bethl. 

1478.  333.  S.  DLMEA,  L.  v.  S.,   Syn.   Car.  288,   Xyloma,    F.  267,   frequens  et.  Pennsylv.   in  fol.  Ulmi 
fulvae. 

1479.  334.  S.  YuccAE,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  88,  F.  270,  Carolina. 
•1480.     335.   S.  i//Vo;w,  F.  272,  in  foliis  quercinis  Bethl, 

'1481.     336.  S.  allicina,  F.  269,  rai-ior  in  foliis  AUii  schoenoprasi  Nazereth.     Passim  oocurrit  omnino  sim- 
plex sine  macula. 

•1482.    337.  S.  Caricis,  F.  262,  Bethlehem  Inventa  in  Caricis  crinitae  foliis. 

•1483.     338.  S.  puNCTUM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  siccis  foliis  Panici  nitidi,  &c.  Bethl. 

S.  minutissima,  sublinearis,  sistens  pnncta  fusco-nigra  subcinerasccntia  nudo  oculo.  Peritheciis 
immersis  sed  tarn  prominulis  in  superficie  ut  rugulosa  fit.  Ostiolis  vix  perceptibilibus;  intus  omnino 
similis  S.  graminis,  sed  quater  terve  minor. 

•1484.     339.  S.  ANBHopoBicoLA,  L.  V.  S.,  cum  sequente  frequens  in  foliis  Andropogonum  semper  hypo- 
phylla,  Bethlehem. 
S.  tecta,  subinaequabllis,  confluens  plus  minus  effiguratim,  minor,  atronitens.    Peritheciis  non  prominuhs 
sed  passim  epidermidem  folii  nigro-tinctam  paululum  elevantibus,  stromati  fuliginoso  pulveraceo  im- 
mersis, primum  albofarctis,  demum  ev.acuatis,  astomis. 

*1485.     340.  S.  Andropogi,  L.  v.  S.,   in  eadem  pagina  foliorum   cum  priori   Bethlehem  sed  habitu  et 
indole  aliena. 
S.  non  tecta,  sed  superficiahter  illita,  superficie   externa  applanata  inaequaliter  corrugata,   nigerrima 
absque  ullo  nitore,  varie  in  ambitu  lobata,  confluens.     Peritheciis  astomis  minutissimis  et  subindis- 
tinctis.     An  igltur  Dothidea' 

*1486.  341.  S.  LUTEO-MACULATA,  L.  V.  S. ,  scmper  insidct  maculis  lutcsccntibus  in  foliis  lauguescentibus, 
maximorum  Andropogonum  Carohna  apprime  in  pagina  superiori. 
S.  tecta,  oblonga,  sita  in  macuUs  lutescentibus  confluentibus,  elevata  cum  parenchymate  folii,  atra, 
superficie  inaequabili.  Peritheciis  seriatim  immersis  in  stromate  fuliginoso,  parum  prominulis, 
demum  evacuatis,  ostiolis  latentibus.  Differt  a  priori  magnitudine  3 — 4  lineari,  macula  lutescente, 
nee  pluribus  in  eadem  macula  confluentibus. 

•1487.  342.  S.  CANALicuiATA,  L.  V.  S.,  ex  eadem  grege,  sed  optime  distinct.!,  Bethl.  in  foliis  involu- 
crorum  Cyperi,  pagina  aversa  inventa. 
S.  tecta,  atra,  constans  c  seriebus  perltheciorum  sitjs  inter  strias  folii,  ita  in  maculam  piceam  paralleliter 
confluentibus,  ut  macula  eleganter  canaliculata  evadit;  major.  Ostiolis  crebris  punctiformibus.  In 
margine  occurrunt  perithecia  subsolitaria  subrotunda,  applanata.  Interdum  etiam  maculae  piceae 
medio  infertiles  sunt — et,  quod  memorabile,  saepe  etiam  macula  J  uncialis,  interrupta  est,  ita  ut 
immutata  substantia  folii  in  conspectum  venit. 

•1488.  343.  S.  Lespedezae,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  72,  perperam  ad  S.  TrifolU  relata,  quae  omnino  alia 
nondum  mihi  in  America  obvia.  Haec  nostra  in  variis  Lespedezis  praesertim  monticohs  et  in  Penn- 
sylvania. 
S.  semper  macula  latiori  lutescenti  in  folio  effusa  insidet  valde  varians  magnitudine,  rarius  adaequans 
S.  Trifolii.  Peritheciis  pluribus  quidem  junctis  in  plaga  atra  consimili  priorum  maculis — sed  non 
rariter  occurrit  perithecium  majusculum  solitarium  in  minori  plaga  atronitenti,  demum  evacuatum, 
praeditum  ostiolo  pertuso  non  elevato.  Et  in  speciminibus  vere  confertis  caespitulus  atronitens 
non  tuberculoso-rugulosus  evadit,  peritheciis  inclusis,  sed  tantum  superficie  inaequabili  sed  ostendit. 
In  simpliclbus  margo  sterilis  semper  adest ;  centro  quasi  hemisphaerice  elevato. 

•1489.  344.  S.  FLABELLA,  L,  v.  S.,  pulchcrrima  species  hypophyUa  in  frondibus  emortuis  Pteris  aqui- 
linae,  Bethl. 
S.  tecta,  m.ajuscula,  atra  ac  atro-cinerascens.  Centro  quasi  innata  nervo  pinnarum  frondis,  et  ad 
semi-uncial  em  latitudinem  efiusa,  sese  in  pinnasutrinquelobato-flabellatimextcndit,  superficie  inae- 
quabili bullosa.  Peritheciis  albofarctis,  demum  evacuatis  in  stromate  cinereo  immersis,  ostiolis 
plerumque  latitantibus:  passim  papillatim  prominulis. 

■•1490.     345.   S.  Panici,  L.  v.  S.,  in  semivivls  et  emarcidis  foliorum  Panicorum,  Bethl. 

S.  maculis  crebris  non  late  effusis,  parvulis  lutescenti-purpureis  (in  marcidis  foliis  evanidis)  insident 
caespituli  atri  minuti  obscure  nigri,  primum  tecti,  in  foliis  marcidis  atronitentes,  subrotundi,  aut  irre- 
gulariter  lineares,  amphigeni,  sed  solummodo  in  pagina  superiori  fructificantes.  Peritheciis  paucis 
immersis,  inaequaliter  elevatis,  obliterato-ostiolatis,  interdum  collapsis.     Stromate  vix  ullo. 

Vol.  IV.— 3  C 


210  SYNOPSIS   OF 

•1491.     346.   S.  Aghostidis,  L.  v.  S.,  an  mera  varietas  S.  graminis?  in  A.  filiforme  Betlil.  minor. 
S.  insidens  maculis  fuscobadiis,  evanidis  in  foliis  emortuis,  lato  effusis.     Caespitulo  applanato  utrinque 
acuminato,  minuto,  tecto,  confluente,  demum  elevato,  striate  et  rugulosa  ex  peritlieciis  subjacentibus 
in  stromate  parco  subfusco.     Ostiolis  indistinctis. 
•1492.     347.  S.  IniDis,  L.  v.  S.,  affinis  S.  epiphyllue.     Frequens  in  foliis  Ir'idis,  Kaign's  Point,  Phliad. 
S-  caespitalis  minutis  oblongis  aut  difformibus  passim  confluentibus,  ex  epidermide  prorumpentibus  ab 
ea  cinctis,  insidentibus  strumati  quadam  ex  massa  folii  orto.     In  caespitulo  quocunque  nigro  cineras- 
centi,   pluria  perithecia  majuscala  oblongo-dilVormia,  ultra  medium  immersa,   atronitentia,  primum 
albo-farcta  demum  evacuata,  astoma  conspiciuntur. 

Trib.  17.   Btssisedae. 
1493.     348.  S.  aurantia,  V.  276,  Syn,  Car.  170,  etiam  in  Pennsylv.  vulgaris  in  lignis,  praesertim  autem 
in  fungis  pUeatis  memljranaceis,  Polyporis,  Thelephoris,  &c. 
*1494.     349.  S.  BoLETicoiA,  L.  v.  S.,  rarior  in  Polyporo  citrino  corruptissimo  inventa  Bethl.  affinis 
priori,  sed  colore  dilutiori,  indole   Subiculi,   et   forma  Peritheciorum  distincta.     An  var.  /S  fulgens 
Fries,  hue  pertinet.     Sed  in  nostra  perithecia  minime  confluunt,  potius  sparsiora  quam  in  priori. 
S.  subiculo  efFuso,  inten-upto,   laxioris  contextus  quam  in  priori  plagis  irregularlbus,  ex  ochraceo. 
aurantio,  margine  albescenti.     Peritheciis  subiculo  tantum  semi-immersis,  conico-ovatis,  plus  minus 
sparsis,  primum  concoloribus,  demum  rubro-aurantiis  molliusculis,   papiUatis,   faciliter  ex  subiculo 
excussis,  et  foveoloslinquciitibus.     Gelatina  seminaUs  interna  albissima,  demum  propulsa,  plerumque 
in  ostiolo  remanet,  ut  villus  candldus. 
1495.     350.   S.  rosdla,  F.  277,  Syn.  Car.  171,  nondum  in  Pennsylv. 
•1496.     351.  S.  thelena,  F.  279,  Specim.  nostra  fere  terrestria,  ad  radices  truncorum,  ex  New  York  misit 

Torrey. 
•1497.     352.  S.  aquila,  F.  ,80,  Bethlehem  rara  interdum  subconnata. 

1498.  353.  S.  CoiiTiciuM,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  173,  frequens  et  Pennsylv.  in  Castaneis.  Species  dis- 
tincta, ob  subiculum  fere  Thelephoroideum.  Peritheciis  maximls. 
*1499.  354.  S.  ruRPuiiEci-TscA,  L.  v.  S.,  ramis  querneis  incresclt  passim  Bethlehem,  tomento  crasso 
purpureo-fusco  latissime  expanse,  peritlieciis  primum  omnino  tectis. 
S.  subiculo  tomentoso  racodioideo  purpureo-fusco,  longe  lateque  efFuso,  primum  perithecia  omnino 
tegente.  Subinde  obliteratur,  peritheciis  caespitosis,  aut  longitudin.aliter  seriatis  quibus  obsitum. 
Peritheciis  ceterum  maximis,  (imo  Sphaerix  byssisedae  longe  majoribus)  sparsis  ac  aggregatis,  glo- 
bosis,  iindique  nisi  circa  ostiola  tomento  tenero  fusco-purpureo  involutis.  Ostiolis  ati'is,  conicis, 
nudis,  brevibus,  interdum  quasi  lateralibus. 

1500.  355.   S.  Ji/ssisct/fl,  F.  281,  Syn.  Car.    168,  vulgatissima  saepe  agmine  ulnari  in  ramis  praesertim 
Salicinis  et  Bethl. 

1501.  356.   S.  TBUNCATULA,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  174,  F.  282,  et.  in  Pennsylv. 

1502.  357.  S.  DIFFUSA,  L.  v.  S.,  rarius  occurrit,  ad  longitudinem  uliiarem  in  cavitate  Juglandis  cinerea 
adhuc  stantis  effusa,  Bethl. 

S.  tomento  subiculari  longe  lateque  effuso  fusco-brunneo  passim  compactiori  et  ibi  infertili,  non  autem 
crasso.     Ex  hoc  erumpunt  perithecia  sparsa  aut  dense  aggreg.ata,   mediocra,   atra,   valde  rugosa, 
plerumqvie  globosa  aut  aggregatione  compressa   primum  convex.a,   papillatim   ostiolata  juventute, 
demum  semi-collapsa  et  pertasa, 
•1503.     358.   S.  iMposiTA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  dejcctis  ramulis  Bethl.  occurrit  infrcquenter. 

S.  subiculo  parco  longitudinaliter  effuso,  fuscescenti,  imposita  sunt  peritliecia  magna,  vix  immersa,  ex 
atro-fusca,  rugulosa,  glol>o,sa,  ostiolo  subcouico-papillato,sparsim  seriata,  interdum  autem  subaggre- 
gata,  imo  subconfluentia.     A  priori  differt  indole,  magnitudine  peritheciorum,  et  subiculo  parco. 
1504.     359.   S.  suBicuLATA,  L.  v.  S.,   Syn.  Car.  175,  F.  284,   vulgata  etiam  in  Pennsylvania.     Subiculo 
saepe  obliterato. 
•1505.     360.   S.  cuTicrLAHis,  L.  v.  S.,   passim  in  cortice  deniidato   Bethl.  affinis  priori,  sed  tamen  se- 
qucntibus  notis  distincta. 
S.  simplex,  subiculo  insidens  cuticulari  splcndente-candido  vix  manifestim  floccoso,  longltudinahter 
effuso   angusto,   non   pulverulento.     Peritlieciis  subsparsis   hemispliaericis   atro-nitidis,   papillatis. 
Magnitudine  prioris. 
1506.     361.   S.  cinerea,  F.  283,  Syn.  Car.  169,  solummodo' Salem. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  21  1 

150T.     363.  S.  xinuiijis,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.    185,  F.  2S5,   pulchemmam  speciem  nunquam   invenire 
contigit  ill  Peniisylv. 

1508.  363.   S.  coxFERTCLA,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  18",  F.  286,  (conferta)  raritei-  etiam  in  Pcnnsylv. 

1509.  364.   S.  trislis,  F.  2Sr,  Syn.  Car.  212,  vulg-aris  et.  Betlil. 

•1510.     355.   S.  JIavescens,  F.  288,  /i  var.  ephnyces  .alba,rarius  in  Ilymenlo  Polypori  resiipiiiati  cujusdam 
Bethl.     Diffei't  a  Friesli  colore  albo  tomenti  et  a  S.  panno  peritheciis  albis,  non  nigris. 

•1511.     366.  S.  rhodomcla,  F.  291,  r.ara  in  Carolina  et  Pennsylv. 

*1512.  367.  S.  CoLii^fsir,  L.  V.  S.,  valde  abnormis — in  aversa  pagina  folU  ignoti  (an  exotici)  mllu  ab 
doctissimo  Zacchaeo  Collins  communicata  est. 
S.  tomento  crasso  densissime  intertexto  efficiente  plagas  latas  effusas  inter  nervos  paginae  aversae 
folii  ignoti,  e  fusco-nigras,  floccis  suberectis.  Subiculo  huic  floccoso,  creberrime  insident  perithecia 
globosa,  nigra  (S.  nidulaiiti  prosima)  astoma,  vel  saltern  indistincta  ostiolata,  sed  demum  globulo 
spermatico  irregulari,  caseos  continens,  coronata. 

Trib.  18.  A''illosae. 
*1513.     368.  S.  pE\icii.t.ATA,  L.  V.  S.,    in  ramulis  teneris  dejectis  Ribis  aureae  Bethl.  cultae — propius 
accedens  ad  S.  cliioneam,  sed  abnormiter  formata. 
S.  sparsa,  agmine  tamen  nnagno,  et  qtuisi  in  flesuosis  seriebus  sita,   superficialiter  sed  firmitcr  affi.Ka 
basi  in  epidermide,  rariter  fasciculata   et  subconfluens.     Peritheciis   obovato-globosis,  applanatis 
undique  villosissimis;  viUis  versus   basin  brevioribus  fiisco-viridibus,  versus  apicem  a  medio  densis, 
longissimis,   penicill.atim  divergentibus,  candidissimis;   ostiola  minata   obtusa  nigra  pleriinique  om- 
nino    investientibus.       Intus   peritheciis  massa   spermatica   alba-)uliginea-f:irctis   parietibus   nigris 
tenuibus.     Interdum  perithecia  difFormia  evadunt  et  pezizulam  referunt  albo-villosam. 
1514.     369.   S.  ovina,  F.  293,  Syn.   Car.  178,  freq.  et.  in  Pennsylv. 
•1515.     3"0.   S.  mucida,  F.  294,  passim  Salem  et.  Bethl.  var.  /3  rostellata,  ostiolis  longiusculis,  peritheciis 

oblongis,  agmine  denso  occurrit  in  Rhoi  typhina. 
•1516.     371.   S.  mutubilis,  F.  295,  r.ara  Bethl. 

•1517.     372.  S.  aroiicoja,  F.  296,  Salem.     Vlllo  fugacissimo — et  turn  refert  S.  subiculatam  nostram. 
1518.     373.  S.  s/rlgosa,  F.  298,  Syn.  Car.  180  et.  Pennsylv.  semper  autem  in  Kalmia  aut  Rhodendr. 
•1519.     374.   S.  tephrotricha,  F.  299,  Bethl.  rara. 

1520.  375.  S.  biformis,  F.  300,  Syn.  Car.  147,  etiam  Bethl. 

1521.  o7&.   S.lhtcodium,  F.  301,  Syn.  Car.  183,  vulgata  et.  Pennsylv. 

1522.  377.   S.  hirsutu,  F.  302,  Syn.  Car.  182,  et.  Pennsylv. 

1523.  378.  S.  crinila,F.  303,  Syn.  Car.  179,  distincta  fills  baslLaribus ligno  irrepentibus.     Et.  Pennsylv. 

1524.  379.  S.  pilusa,  F.  304,  Syn.  Car.  181,  passim  et.  Bethl. 

1525.  380.  S.  hispida,  F.  305,  Syn.  Car.  184,  etiam  Pennsylv. 
'1526.     381.  S.  calva,  F.  306,  bene  distincta  ramulis,  Bethl. 

•1527.     382.  S.  cincinnata,  F.  307,    eximia  et   distinctissima  species  in  fohls  virentlbus  Oxycocc.  ma- 
crocarpae  Pocoiio. 

•1528.     383.   S.  i'c™i;'cu/a/-(«,  F.  308,  rara  sed  bene  distincta  in  frustulo  pineo  Camden.     Vera  Sphaeria 

nee  ad  genus  Linkii  Exosporium  pertinens. 
1529.     384.  S.  exilis,  F.  309,  Syn.  Car.  213,  etiam  Pennsylv. 

•1530.  385.  S.  fLADospomosA,  L.  v.  S.,  abnormis  et  in  quibusdam  spcciminibus  monstrosa  inter  quos 
alia,  quae  satis  referunt  S.  depilaiam.  In  Polyporo  vetusto  rariter,  sed  turn  magna  copia.  Bethl. 
S.  abnormis,  maxima  et  minuta,  sparsa,  interdum  confluens,  undique  pills  virescentibus,  exacto  refer- 
entibus  CladosporUim  fungorum,  brevibus,  densissimis,  tecta.  Passim  obscrvantur  perithecia 
minuta  ovato-globosa  subostiolata,  quasi  depilata,  i.  e.  pills  tantum  basilaribus  et  rarls.  Ceteris  et 
plerisque  autem  maximis,  globoso  dlfformlbus,  S.  bombardum  rcvocantibus,  invicem  conipressis 
immo  etiam  bullosis,  ostlolo  Indistlncto  obtusissimo.  Saepe  basi  latiorl  quasi  insident  et  inde  formam 
induunt  subconicam.  Intus  c.avitate  maxima,  parietibus  crassis  nigris.  F.xtus  pella  cladosporiosa 
arete  indutae  sunt  hae  majores  sphaerulae.  Juniores  ostiola  distinctiora  habent,  sed  tanien  tecta 
pelle.     An  monstrositas  S.  depilatae? 

•1531.     386.  S.  iNTossA,  L.  V.  S,  passim  in  paleis  cortice  orbatls,  ex  truncis  Robiniae  pseudacaciae  fac- 
tis,  Bethl. 


212  SYNOPSIS   OF 

S.  gregaria,  atra,  e  lig'no  quasi  erumpens,  subhemisphaerica,  aut  cylindraceo-elevata,  apice  obtusa,  in 
ostiolum  indistinctum  abiens,  rarius  diffracta.  Intus  inanis.  Statura  minuta.  Extus  pilis  brevlbus 
rigidis,  ut  barbae  mox  tondendae,  dense  obsita,  siniplicibus  divergentibus  nee  ullo  modo  intricatis. 

•1532.     387.  S.  mvoLUTA,  L.  V.  S.,   affinis  S.  cliionaeae  etetiam  similitudinemhabet  cum  Myriococco. 
In  tpuncis  vetustis,  Bethl. 
S.  densissime  aggregata,  ligno  laxiter  affixa.     Peritheciis   laevibus,   globosis,  subpapillatis,   interdum 
subcori'Ugatis,  nigrofuscis,  nitentibus,  omnino  obvolutis  villo  albo  denslssimo  aetate  detergib'di,  apice 
tantam  paulisper  denudato.     Inanis. 

*1533.     388.   S.  sETOsi,  L.  v.  S.,  satis  affinis  S.  hirsutae — passim  in  mucidis  Sal.  et  Betbl. 

S.  peritheciis  sparsis,  majusculis,  ovato-conicis,  fuscis,  confluentibus  cum  ostlolo  indistincto,  valde 
tuberculosis,  obsitis  pilis  fuscescentibus  setosis,  rigidis,  longiusculis,  ex  quoque  tuberculo  protru- 
sis,  demum  deciduis.     Vix  immersa  ligno. 

••1534.  389.  S.  EMERGENS,  L.  V.  S.,  affinis  S.  Racodio,  in  cariosis  lignis.  Differt  pi-aesertim  summa 
laxitate  subiculi  tomentosi,  forma  peritheciorum,  et  villo  laxo,  quo  tecta  sunt.  Bethl. 
S.  sparsim  emergens  ex  subiculo,  tomentum  laxum  referente  ex  floccis,  primum  erectis  aut  ligno 
laxissime  irrepentibus,  demum  compactis,  contextum.  Peritheciis  ovato-conicis,  rugulosis,  nigris 
aut  fuscis,  confluentibus  cum  ostiolo,  undique  tectis  pihs  crebris  longiusculis  divergentibus  fusces- 
centibus, laxis  non  rigidis.  Aetate  provectiori,  saepe  hivenitur  diff'ractis  peritheciis  et  excussis,  lin- 
quentibus  foveolas  in  subiculo. 

•1535.     39U.  S.  Rattus,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  Bethl.  in  ligno  denudato  et  in  ramis. 

S.  gregaria,  et  passim  etiam  sparsa,  peritheciis  majusculis  fragillimis  tenerrimis,  glabris,  e  globoso- 
conicis.  Ostiolo  obtusiusculo  nigro,  demum  nudo,  primum  cum  ipso  perithecio  pellicula  nigra 
pilosissima  tecto,  pilis  e  fusco  cinerascentibus  longiusculis  divergentibus;  quasi  pellem  Ratti  refer- 
ente. Statu  juvenili,  perithecia  immersa  sunt,  pilis  tantum  prorumpentibus,  demum  prorurapunt 
et  sublibera  deveniunt.     E  longinquo  aterrimo  colore  gaudent,  sub  lente  fusco  cinerascunt. 

•153  6  391.  S.  CAESPITULANS,  L.  v.  S.,  an  hujus  Tribus'  pihs  enim  brevissimis,  forsan  tuberculis  minu- 
tis  tecta.  Rara  in  ramis  Rubi  Idaei,  Bethl. 
S .  caespitulosim  concrescens,  aut  tractu  lineari-elongato  fasciculata.  Peritheciis  minimis,  ovato-diffiar- 
mibus,  acutim  in  ostiola  abientibus,  aterrimis,  rugosis,  et  undique  pilis  minutis  brevibus,  crassis  (an 
tuberculis  potius)  obsitis.  Substantia  molli,  saepe  irregulariter  coUapsa.  Individua  non  caespitu- 
losa  occurrunt.     Minima  est  hujus  Tribus. 

*1537.  392.  S.  TiniDiATBA,  L.  V.  S.,  semper  parasitica  in  variis  Sphaeriis  Connatis,  Bethl.  elegans  ac 
distincta  species. 
S.  sparsim  aut  caespitulosim  proveniens  in  aliis  Sphaeriis  exsoletis.  Peritheciis  minutis  globosis  aut 
ovatis,  carbonaceis,  rugosis,  obtusis,  vix  ostiolatis,  basin  versus  nudis,  nigris,  in  apice  autem  dense 
tectis  villo  luteo-virescenti  brevi.  Aetate  saepe  diffracta  et  evacuata,  saccule  manifesto  instructa 
sese  pracbent  perithecia. 

•1538.  393.  S.  sq,UAMULATA,  L.  v.  S.,  abnormis  sed  distinctissima  species,  satis  frequcns,  Bethl.  in- 
super  crustam  nigram  quae  saepe  in  lignis  cortice  orbatis  oritur;  plus  minus  .sparsa  aut  connata. 
S.  sparsa,  aut  subconnatim  concrescens.  Peritheciis  carbonaceis  ovato-globosis  aut  difformibus, 
majusculis,  crustae  nigrae  interdum  longe  lateque  effusae  aequabili  increscentibus,  interdum  abbre- 
viatae  et  valde  rugulosae;  abientibus  in  ostiola  distincta  crassiuscula,  demum  pertusa;  extus  ceterum 
rugulosis  et  dense  tectis  tegumcnto  quodam  ambiente  inter  villositatem  ct  substantiam  squamidoso- 
pulveraceam  colore  subsplendeute  luteo  fusco  aut  badio,  demum  nigrescente.  Ostiohs  nudis 
nigris.     Peritheciis  primum  farctis  massa  spermatica  alba,  demum  evacuatis. 

'1539.  394.  S.  MONSTRosA,  L.  v.  S.  in  lignis  castanels  Bethl.  forma,  et  magnitudine  plane  monstrosa, 
quasi  pustulas  referens  Sphaeriarum  circumscriptarum. 
S.  gregaria,  insidens  crustae  nigrae  lignatili,  majuscula  ct  interdum  maxima  etdeformata.  Basi  tumida 
abiens  in  ostiolum  crassum  pyr.amidatum  sulcatum.  Intus  primum  nigj-ofarcta,  demum  evacuata; 
ceterum  substantia  carbonacea.  Extus  pilis  undique  crebris  fuscis  subrigidis,  densissimis  una  cum 
ostiolo,  obtecta.  Similitudinem  quandam  habet  cum  certis  varietatibus  S.  spinosae;  passim  etiam 
occurril  jibsque  pilis  et  denudata.  Primo  juventute  se  ostendit  solummodo  ut  aggregatio  pilomm 
Cladosporii. 


.^       ,  NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  ;  213 

.- ,  Trib.  19.  Dencdatae.  .•■'''■, 

1540.  395.   S.  Peziza,  F.  311,  Syii.  Car.  167,  freq.  et  in  Pennsylv. 

1541.  .S96.   S.  sanguined,  F.  313,  Syn.  Car.  197,  et.  Betlil.  in  Sphaeriis. 

*1542.     39".   S.  FiDRisEDA,   JL.  V.  S.,  affinis  priori  sed   minor,  frequens   in  fibris  corticalibus   siibsolutis 
Castaneae,  Bethl. 
S.   minutissima,  sparsa,    sanguinea,   pelUicida,  e   globoso-ovata,  papillata,  densis  gregibus  adliaerens 
fibris  corticalibus  ramorum  Castaneorum,   epidermide  orbatis,   glaberrima,  demum  coUapsa.     Vix 
nudo  oculo  singula  perithecia  discernuntur.  ,    .   ■ 

1543.     398.  S.  episphaeria,  F.  315,  Syn.  Car.  140,  vulg.aris  Pennsylv.  .  ;         ' 

'1544.     399.  S.  o)-rfi«ato,  F.  316,  aetate  nigra,  Salem  et  Bethl.  .  ■        .  .  .     -. 

1545.  400.  S.  smote,  F.  317,  Syn.  Car.  162,  etiam  Betlil.  "'   ■    '•  ■ 

1546.  401.   S.pomjformis,  F.  318,  Syn.  Car.  161,  etiam  Bethl.  vulg. 

1547.  402.  S.  mammaeformis,  F.  319,  Syn.  Car.  160,  et.  Bethl. 

'1548.  403.  S.  stercorea,  F.  320,  Salem  et  Betlil.  in  stercore  vulg'.  ; 

'*1549.  404.  S./)/ei(;'os/omff,  F.  321,  Bethl.  eleg.antula  species. 

*1550.  405.  S.  oWucen)!,  F.  322,  Bethl.  rara  sed  distinctissima.  ■•;    ',   ■     ~ 

*  1551.  .406.  S.  re/!/Wcosn,  F.  324,  subinde  coUaps.a,  majuscula  rara  occurrlt,  Bethl.  •    .    •.  .  ' 

1551.  407.  S.  spermoides,  F.  325,  Syn.  Car.  187,  vulgaris,  Bethl.  ,    ••.   ■ 

1553.  408.   S.  morlformis,  F.  327,  Syn.  Car.  211,  rara  Pennsylv.  ,  .  ■'■■".'.■-         ■. '  ■ 

1554.  409.   S.  pulvispyrius,  F.  329,  Syn.  Car.  210,  vulgaris  etiam  in  Pennsylv.  ^        "  '.■■-.■       ■ .,    ■' 

1555.  410.   S.  puheracea,  F.  330,  Syn.  Car.  200,  passim,  Bethl.  .'■  ■■'  '.•;.•'• .    :',."',  • 
'1556.  411.   S.  ouoiWfa,  F.  331,  ad  ligna  exsiccata,  Bethl.  '  -  "  . 

1557.     412.  S.  NOTHA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  235,  abnormis  F.  333,  nondum  mihi  in  Pennsylv.  obvla. 
*1558.     4W3.    S.  myriomrpa,  F.  332,  frequens  Bethl.  in  lignis  tcrrae  dejectis. 
*1559.     414.  S.  jiiiLEcnAXA,  L.  V.  S.,  non  rara  ad   ligna  exsiccata  cortice  orbata  Bethl.    Plagis  longis 

latisque  quasi  effiguratis  ligna  occupans. 
S.  minutissima,  plagis  magiiis  effusa,  singulis  peritheciis  nudo  oculo  vixdistinguendis.     Lente  adhibita 

vides  perithecia  innumera  seriatim  juxtaposita  sed  non  confluentia,  globosa,  minutim  punctato-ru- 
- " .     gosa,  in  perfectissimis  abientia  apice  paulo  attenuate  m  ostiola  pertusa,  globulo  spermatico  ascifero 

magno  coronata;  demum  intus  evacuata.     Juniore  aetate  perithecia  fibris  ligni  siibtecta,  certo  modo 

albescens,  demum  denudata  aterrima. 
"1560.     415.  S.  TBAssTEKSALis,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  in  ramis  junioribus  putridis  Liriodcndri,  Salem.     Fere 

semper  ti-ansversim  et  ramum  quasi  annulo  cingens  ubi  epidermide  orbatus  est,  lineis  nigris  e  fibris 

corticalibus  erumpit. 
S.  Peritheciis  minutissimis  ovatis  aggreg.atis,  aterrimis,   punctato-rugosis,  manifestim  ostiolatis  papilla 

brevi,  forraantibuslineas  nigras  transversim  ramulum  cingentes;  demum  evacuatis,  spermatico  globulo 

albo  coronatis.     Primum  fibris  corticalibus  albescentibus  subtecta,  demum  denudat.     Priori   affinis, 

sed  differt  modo  crescendi. 
■'1561.     416.   S.  agghegata,  L.  v.  S.,   in  lignis  cariosissimis  mollibus  plagis  majusculis nigris,  Bethlehem 

rarior. 
S.  Peritheciis  duplo  majoribus  quam  in  priori,  densissime  aggregatis  nee  tamen  confluentibus,  globoso- 

applanatis,  leviusculis,  nigro-subfuscescentibus,  et  circum  ostiola plerumque  cinerascentibus.    Ostiolo 

brevi,  cyhndrico-conico,  demum  deciduo — turn  peritheciis  pertusis. 
"1562.     417.  S.  Htdhangeae,  L.  v.  S.,  rara  in  epidermide  ramorum  Hydrangeae,  etiam  e  libro  cortlcall 

sub  epidermide  prorumpens,  Bethl. 
S.  sparsa,  epidermide  insidens,  rotundato-applanata,  nigra,  demum  collapsa,  ostiolo  papiUiforme  etiam 

turn  persistente.     In  iisdem  ramis  observantur  etiam  specimina  ex  libro  corticali  prorumpentia  (vix 

alteram  speciem  sistentia)  valde  a  prioribus  abhorrentia,  forma  ostiolorum  crassorum   et  tertiam 

partem  perithecii  aequantium,  ore  fere  platystoma  per  epidermidem  prospicientia,  ceterum  tecta. 
*1563.     418.  S.  xiGROBHtiNNEA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  palis  Robiniae  cortice  orbatis,  Bethl. 

S.  sparsa,  nigrobrunnea,  in  maculis  concoloribus  sita.     Peritheciis  ovatis,  rugosis,  attenuatis  in  ostiola 

indistlncta,  majuscidis  mixtis  multo  minoribus,  demum  saepe  coUapsis.     Primura  fibris  hgni  subob- 

tecta;  demum  denudata. 
•1564.     419.   S.  iscossTAirs,  L.  V.  S.,rariteroccurrit  Bethl.  sub  epidermide  Rhododendri  maximi  oriens, 

demum  denu'data.  ,  -  •  •        .  ■    . 

Vol.  IV.— 3D  '      ■        ' " ' '■  '    '     '■■..■    :  ■.  /    ' 


214  •■  SYNOPSIS  OF 

S.  major  prioribus,  gregatim  e  fibiis  corticis  interioris  prorumpens,  mii'e  varians  forma;  demum  con- 

fluens.     Peritheciis  enim  gaudet  globosis,   difformibus,   cylindricis,  et  apice  ventricosis,   omnibus 

nigris,  rugosis,  ostiolis  plus  minusve  elevatis,  cylindricis  semper  ore  umbilicato.     Junior  epidermide 

.  ,     tecta,  et  turn  sola  ostiola  protniduntur.     Demum  denudata,  et  saepe   diffracta  partem  inferiorem 

pezizulae  ad  instar  rclinquens. 
•1565.     420.  S.  suBFAscicuLATA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  ramis  dejectis  Vitis  corruptissiniae,  Bethl. 

S.  primum  subtecta,  demum  omnino  denudata,  afRnis  S.  Bombardae,  sed  magis  sparsa  et  quasi  longi- 
tudinaliter  seriata.     Perilheciis  subfasciculatis  nigris,  vix  mollibus,  interdum  omnino  forma  S.  liom- 
bardae,  saepe  autem  minus  elongatis,  subrotundis  ac   obtuse   papillatis,  minoribus  et  inter  se  con- 
fluentibus. 
M566.     421.  S.  iNspissA,  L.  v.  S.,  rarlus  prope  Lebanon  Pennsylvaniae  in  lignis  induratis. 

S.  densissime  inspissa  inter  fibros  ligni  canescentis,   pluvio  solutes,  et  subelevatos,  peritheciis  subja- 
centibus,    demum   denudatis.     Peritheciis  atris  globosis  rugosis,    ostiolo  papillari  deciduo;  aetate 
subcoUapsis,  minutissimis.     Aut  sese  insuper  aggregatis  aut  etiam  subinde  sparsis. 
*1567.     422.   S.  bucnnea,  L.  v.  S.,  rarlus  ad  ramos  decorticatos  varios,  Bethl. 

S.  sparsa,  peritheciis  maximis,  semi-immersis,  glaben-imis  brunneo-fuscis,  depresso-globosis  aut  hemis- 
phaericis,  ostiolo  acute  nigro,  basi  subprulnosa.     Diameter  linearis. 

Trib.  20.  Pertusae. 
1558.     423.  S.  lEcTTHEA,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  155,  F.  334.     Rara  in  Pennsylvania,  varietate  minori,  atra. 
1569.     424.   S.  mohilis,  F.  335,  Syn.  Car.  198,  et  passim  Pennsylv. 
*1570.     425.  S.  papillala,  F.  337,  inligno  salicino  Bethlehem. 

1571.  426.   S.  PDTAMiNUM,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  165,   F.  338,  var. /S,  in  nucibus  Juglaudinis  freq.  Penn- 
sylvania. 

1572.  427.   S.  PAPILLA,  L.  v.  S.,   Syn.  Car.  15Q,  F.   340,  in  Carolina  et  in  Erie  County,  Pennsylvania. 
obvia. 

•1573.  428.  S.  Tnyco/j/ji'/a,  F.  341,  in  subulis  Hydni  exoleti  mihi  rarius  obvia  Bethl. 

*1574.  429.  S.  applanala,  F.  343,  frequens  Bethlehem  ad  truncos  orbatos  Robiniae,  evldenter  rugosa.   '.. 

1575.  430.  S.  mastoidea,  F.  345,  Syn.  Car.  176,  albicans,  nondum  obvia  Pennsylv. 

1576.  431.  S.  seminuda,  F.  346,  Syn.  Car.  177,  in  Pennsylv.  mihi  in  cortice  crescens  obvia. 
*1577.  432.  S.  laterlcolta,  F.  347,  peritheciis  sparsis,  Bethl. 

1578.     433.  S. /ler/lusn,  F.  348,  Syn.  Car.  202,  vulgaris,  et.  Pennsylv. 
*1579.     434.  S.  /a^jAnna,  F.  349,  in  lignis  vetustis,  Bethl.  ■■■'..'•.•    ■ 

"1580.     43.T.  S.  &speg-j-eenH,  F.  350,  rara  in  cariosis  lignis  ibid.  "'''■.'.:■ 

*1S81.     436.   S.  umbonata,  F.  342,  in  putrido  ligno  Juglandis  cinereae,  Bethl. 
•1582.     437.   S.  picastra,  F.  344,  saltern  proxima  Bethl. 
•1583.     438.   S.  Surculi,  F.  354,  in  ramis  denudatis  Sambuci,  ibid. 
1584.     439.  S-  porphyrostoma,  F.  351  (Syn.  Car.   204,   rhodostoma  perperam).     An  nova?  convcnit 
quidcm,  sed  loco  omnino  differt,  limbo  etiam  non  purpurascenti  sed  vivide  cinnabarino,  qu.asi  stellato, 
postquam  papilla  excutitur.     Perithecia  valde  rugulosa  sunt  et  apice  applanata,  et  basi  quasi  crus- 
tam  habet  in  ligno  effusam. 
•1585.     440.   S.  vilis,  F.  353,  non  raraBetlil. 

•1586.     441.    S.  nucula,  F.  352,  liabitu  quod.am  triangulari,  Bethl.  passim. 

•1587.     442.   S.  iNCLiNATA,  L.  V.  S.,  passim  in  ramulis  tenerrimis  variorum  Viburnorum  Bethl.  inventa, 
u.  c.  V.  dentati. 
S.  sparsira  et  aggrcgatim  erumpens  ex  fibris  libri  corticalis  epidermide  orb.ati,  primum  immersa,  demum 
nudata.     Peritheciis  ovatis,  globosis  minutis,  oblique   inclinatis  cum  ostiolo,  pro  ratione  majuscule, 
demum  deciduo.     Turn  peritheciis  pertusis,  ceterum  atris,  rugosis. 
•1588.     443.   S.  APKRTA,  I..  V.  S.,  rarior  in  lignis  caricsis  Rhododendri,  Bethl. 

S.  subcrustacea,  nigra,  aggregata.     Peritheciis  tamen  sparsis,  semi-immersis,  majusculis,  parum  cylin- 
drico-elcv.atis,  apice  truncatis,  collapsis,  papilla  majuscula  subindistincte  formata,    mox   decidua, 
turn  ore  majore  orbiculatim  pertusis,  concentrice  extus  striatis,  sed  vix  rugosis. 
•1589.     444.   S.  GLANDitoLA,  L.  V.  S  ,  valde  frequens  in  glandibus  quercini.s,  Bethl. 

S.  sparsa,  .ac  aggregata,   non   immersa,   primum   tamen  tenerrima   epidermide  glundis  tecta,  demum 


•   .  •  NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.     '.../..      215 

nuda.     Pei-itheciis  atris,  minutis,   globosis,  Instructis  ostiolo  brevl  confluente,  et  demura  pertusis. 
Differt  a  S.  putaminum  exilitate  et  peritheclis  non  conicis.     Ceterum  punctato-rugosa. 
*1590.     445.  S.  PERicinpii,  L.  v.  S.,   frequens  utrinque  in   Pericarpiis  Juglandium  (Hickory)  crassls, 
praesertim  in  iiiterioi'i  latere.     Salem  et  Itethl. 
S.  sparsa,   nigra,  oblongo-ovata,   primum  immersa,  demum   nuda,   abiens   in  ostiolum  acutiusciilum 
cum  perithecio  confluens.     Denudata  tamen  innata  pericarpio  se  ostendit.     Peiitheciis  laeviusculis, 
evacuatis,  plerumque  pertusis  orificio  minutissimo. 
•1591.     446.   S.  TiNGENs,  L.  v.  S.,  in  rimis  corticalibus  ramorum  juniorum  Sassafras,  Betlil. 

S.  sparsa,  conice  rostrata,  primum  Immersa,  demum  insidens  basi  applanata.     Peritheciis  compresso- 
conicis,  rostratis  ostiolo  rudi  obtuso  crassiusculo  subnitente,  vlx  rugosis.     Circum  singula  perithecia 
corticem  nigro  tingit. 
•1592.     447.  S.  AtBoMAcuLANs,  L.  V.  S.,  dlstinctissima  in  emortuis  truncis  Syringae  ubi  cortice  orbati 
sunt,  Bethl.     An  hujus  aut  prioris  tribus' 
S.  sparsa,  in  macula  determinata  exalbata  sita,  aterrima,  ad  basin  plerumque  materia  virente  pulveru- 
lenta   circumdata.     Peritheciis   aterrimis,   hemisphaerico-difformibus,  mediocribus,   semi-immersis, 
punctatis,  acutim  papillatis;   sacpe  ostiola  observantur  plura  connata  quasi  ex  duobus  aut  tribus 
peritheciis  confluentibus  ut  unum  ostiolum  assurgentia  subrotundum  et  varie  compressum — demum 
pertnsum  aut  subrimose  apertum. 
'1593.     448.   S.  DiBEnittji,  L.  v.  S.,  memorabllis  species  in  ligno  carioso  sicco,  Bethl. 

S.  sparsa,  simplex,  majuscula,   bicorticata.     Cortex  exterior  sphaeriam   denudatam,   hemisphaericara 
aut  conicam  rugosam,  nigrofuscam,  ligno  insidentem  exhibet,  ostiolo  papillato  primum  prominente, 
quo  deciduo,  pertusam.     Sub  hoc  cortice  externo  apparet  Sphaeria  ligno  immersa  etiam  nigro  cor- 
tical* et  subinde  coUapsa,  collo  elongato  cum  ostiolo  externo  communicans. 
*1594.     449.  S.  cABTorHAGA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  nucibus  putridis  Jugland.  albae  et  tomentos.  Bethl. 

S.  gregaria,  regularis,  mediocrimaguitudine,  plagas  formans  aterrimas  subexpansas  in  nucibus.     Peri- 
tlieclis  dlnudiatis  ex  hemisphaerico-subconicis,  basi  crusta  nigra   inter  se  connexis  tcnui,   papillatis, 
demum  pertusis. 
'1595.     450.  S.  ELiiPTicA,  L.  V.  S,  in  Viburno  prope  Mauch  Chunk  rarius  reperta.  '   • 

S.  majuscula,  elllptica,  elongata,  sparsa,  parum  tantum  elevata,  applanata,  subimmersa  basi,  nigra,  poro 
central!  demum  pertusa,  primum  coronata  ostiolo  papillaeformi,  demum  deciduo. 
'1596.     451.   S.  DEFORMATA,  L.  V.  S.,  cum  priori  in  iisdem  lignis  dejectis  rarius. 

S.  late  sparsa,  minuta,  omnino  denudatim  protrusa,  e  forma  cylindrica  deformata,  aterrima,  superficie 
subrugosa  inaequabili,  ostiolo  indlstincto.     Demum  pertusa  se  ostendit. 

Trib.  21.  Plattstomae,  •.  ...' 

1597.     452.   S.^JiVeato,  F.  358,  Syn.  Car.  138,  etiam  in  Pennsylv.  .       " 

■1598.     453.  S.  iruncala,  F.  357,  in  ligno  Rhododendri  Bethl. 

1599.  454.  S.  crcnata,  F.  359,  Syn.  Car.  136,  cristaia.     Hue  etiam  pertinet  var.  spiraeae,  vulgatissima 
in  ramis  Spiraeae  opuUfolia  Bethl. 

1600.  455.  S.  macrostoma,   F.  361,  Syn.  Car.   137,  dehiscens,   frequens  in  Pennsylvania  in  mucidis 
lignis. 

•1601.     456.  S. /iJera,  F.  351,  (8,  vix  mera  varietas,  Betlil. 

1602.     457.  S.  co;npj-esM,  F.  363,  Syn.  Car.  138,  etPennsylv.  ,  '  ; ;   . 

•1603.     458.    S.  an^sta/a,  F.  362,  passim  Bethl.  in  lignis.  .■     > '  ■ ,  . 

•1604.     459.  S.  curto,  F.  36,5,  bene  distincta  in  corruptissimis  ramulis  raoUibus  Bethl.  -i  . .  .  ' 

1605.     460.  S.  di'minuens,  F.  366,  Syn.  Car.  139,  freq.  Bethl.  . ',        ..   '■ 

•1606.     461.   S.  ABBREViATA,  L.  V.  S.,  ad  quercinos  raraidos,  Bethl.  '     ' .      / 

S.  subaggregata,  prorumpens  cum  fibris   quibus  primum  ad  ostiola  usque   tecta,  demum  denudata 
Peritheciis   globoso-conicis  subnitidis,    quanquam   non   glabris.      Ostiolo   cylindrico-dUatato   com- 
presso,   satis  elongato,   ccntrali,   aterrlmo,   multo  tenuiori   quam   perlthecium   quod   cinerascit  aut 
fuscescit. 
•1607.     462.  S.  Taapsi,  L.  V.  S.,   vulgaris  in  caulibus  Verbasci   Thapsl  putrescentibus.     Ob  affinit.atem 
summam  hue  referenda,  Bethl. 
S.  sparsa,  in  macula  nigra,  locis  caulis  villositate  orbatis.     Primum  ostiolo  solo  prorumpens,   demum 
omnino.     Peritheciis  globoso-conicis,  non  laevigatis,  basi  applanato  ligno  innatis  aut  subimmersis. 


216  •:    ..  '  ■  SYNOPSIS  OF 

Ostiolo  crasso  conico  compresso  elevato,  latitudine  tamen  perithecii  duplo  minore,  demum  deliis- 

cente. 
•1608.     463.  S.  VAKiABiiis,  L.  V.  S.,similis  priori,  frequens  in  caulibus  Pastinacae,  bcc.  Bethl. 
S.  fere  semper  tecta  fibris  caulis  quas  secum  attoUit,  ostiolo  solummodo  compresso  difformi,  confluente 

cum  perithecio  valde  variabili,  prorumpente.     Peritlieciis  nempe  ellipticis,  applanatis,  rugulosis, 

pleriimque  maculae  nigrae  insidentibus,  ex  gelatina  spermatica  sparsa  peritheciorum  ortae. 
'1609.     464.  S.  suBnuGosA,  L-  v.  S.,  rarisslme  obvia  Bethl.  in  putrido  frustulo  Catalpae  ligni. 

S.  sparsa  et  gregaria,  subimmersa  ao  prorumpens.     Peritlieciis  sphaericis  aut  elongatis,  rima  ostiolosa 

longitudinal),  dimidiam  latitudinem  perithecii  adaequante  coronatis,   ad  instar  Hysterii  deliiscente. 

Tamen  vera  spliaeria  albofarcta,  demum  evacuata,  nigra,  extus  rainutim  rugoso-punctata. 
*1610.     465.  S.  nrsTEKioiBES,  L.  v.  S.,  prorumpens  ex  cortice  et  ligno  Kalmlae,  Bethl. 

S.  gregaria  et  sparsa,  peritheciis  aggregatis  hemisphaericis  aut  ellipticis,  etiam  conico-globosis,  promi- 

ncntibus,   aterrimis,  glaberrimis  (pellem,   sic   dictam,  anserinam  quasi   in  ligno   efficiens).     Apice 

perithecii  truncato  subconcavo,  ostiolo  arete  clauso,  per  truncaturam  in  rimam  elongata.     Totius 

catervae  distinctissima. 

Trib.  22.   Ckratostomae. 
1611.     466.   S.  sni-vERiNcoLi,  L.  y.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  143,  perperam  ad  S.  lagenariam  relata,  aqua  omnino 

abhoiTet.     Rarissime  in  corrupta  S.  numularia  Carol,  obvia. 
S.  dense  gregaria,  molliuscula,  erecta,  nigrescenti-fusca.     Peritheciis  valde  rugosis.     Ostiolis  mediocri- 
bus  rjgidis  obliquis,  paululum  tantum  longioribus  peritheciis  ovatis. 
.'    1612.    467.  S.^/Zi/era,  F.  369,  Syn.  Car.  141  et  142,  nam  S.  rostrata  Syn.  Car.  eadem.     \m\  fi  drrjina 
freq.  et.  Pennsylv. 
•1613.     468.   S.  DuupivoBA,  L.  V.  S.,  rarissime  in  corruptis  drupis  Juglandis  cinereae.     Bethl.   inveni 
speciem  distinctissimam. 
S.  conferta,  atra,  tomento  quodam  byssoideo,  anfortuito?  subinvoluta,  albo.     Peritheciis  majusculis 
pro  ratione,  hemisphaericis,  agmine  denso  provenientibus.     Ostiolis  longissimis,  fuscobadiis,  strictis. 
1614.     469.  S.  strida,  V.  572,  Syn.  Car.  144,  vulgaris  etiam  Bethl. 
•1615.     470.  S.  breviroslris,  F.  374,  in  lignis  cariosis,  Bethlehem. 
1616.    471.  S.  cirrhosa,  V.  575,  Syn.  Car.  145,  vulgaris  et.  Bethl. 
*1617.    472.  S.  mucro«a/«,  F.  376,  rara  mihi  Salem  Carol,  obvia. 
1618.     473.   S.  Spina,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  154,  F.  377,  in  ramis  fra-xineis  nee  alibi,  sed  etiam  Pennsylv- 
et  ex  Nova  Anglia. 
•1619.     474.   S.  rosteUaia,  F.  379,  in  stipitibus  Rosarum  et  Ruborum  Bethlehem  mihi  obvia. 
•1620.     475.   S.  ndcroscopica,  F.  380,  elegantula  species  non  tam  rara  in  lignis  Bethl. 
'1621.     476.   S.  iSTisTiTA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  lignis  cariosis  inventa,  emergens  ex  tomento  byssino  crassiusculo, 
badio-feiTugineo  aut  lutescente,  quo  omnino  vestita.     Ceterum  S.  rostratae  valde  affinis,  equidera 
eadem,  si  tomentum  adventitium. 
S.  peritheciis  glcbosis  majuscuUs  demum  liberis,  primum  ligno  et  tomento  immersis.     Ostiolis  magnis 
longis,  rigidis,  sulcato-tubei'culosis,  sursum  incrassatis.     Peritheciis  cum  ostiolis  atris. 
■'•16S2.     477.  S.  AssECLA,  L.  V.  S.,  semper  in  consortio  et  circum  pustulas  variarum  Spliaeriarum  obval- 
latarum  sub  epidermide  Castaneae  crescit. 
S.  minutissima,  fusca.     Peritheciis  globosis;  ostiolo  triplo  longiori   inclinato,  pro  r.atione  crassiusculo 
tereti.     Catervis  'maximis  dense  aggregatis  interdum  semiuncialibus  circumdat  pustulas  aliarum 
Spliaeriarum.     Vis  unquam  circinnat,  sed  affinis  est  S.  pusillae. 

■■....•■  Trib.  23.  Obtectae. 

*  Lignuliks. 
*   "1623.     478.   S.  Amsceni,  F.  382,  rara  in  lignis  (fagineis')  Bethl.  differt  tamen  peritheciis  aggTegatis 
,•   .         omnino  emersis. 

1624.     479.   S.  TOBEBCCLosA,  L.  v.  S.,Syn.  Car.  164,  F.  383,  rarius  et  obvia  in  Pennsylvania  Nazaretbis 
in  Robinia  viscosa. 
•1625.     480.   S.  astroidca,  F.  384,  in  trunco  Broussonetiae  et  alibi  in  vctustis  lignis,  Bethl.  . 
A  *1626.     481.  S.  eutypa,  F.  385,  Bethlehem  in  Rh.  typhina  et  Populo. 


-         < 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  217 

1627.    483.  S.  opereulaia,  T.  386,  Syn.  Car.  195,  Salem  et  Bethl. 
'1628.     483.   S.  crypta,  F.  387?  ad  ligna  vetusta.  Bethl. 
1629.     484.   S.  livida,  F.  388,  Syn.  Car.  196,  Bethl.  in  Rhoi. 
•1630.     485.  S./oerfnnj,  F.  389,  Salem  et  Bethl. 

•1631.     486.  S.  arwmnff,  F.  390,  Bethlehem.     Concrescentibus  affinis. 
"1632.     4S7.   S.  LAEVioATA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  lignis  moUioribus,  Bethl.     Affinis  S.  eutypae. 

S.  cnist.im  efficiens  long'e  Uteque  effusam,  contijjuara,  laevigatam  ad  6  uncias  extensam,  determinato 
ambitu  totum  ramum  ambientem,   ni^escentem.     Peritheciis  sparsis,   magnis,   jjloboso-dcpressis, 
ligno  ime  immersis,  evacuatis:  ostiolo  vix  in  crusta  prominente,  tamen  utpiiuctum  quasi  in  siiperficie 
conspicuum,  collo  manifesto  cum  perithecio  connexo.     An  ad  Concrescentes. 
'1633.    488.  S.  ixuifDATORtTM,  L.  V.  S.,  lig'nis  flumine  Delaware,  Kaign's  point,  immersis,  increscit. 
S.  gregaria,  crusta  longe  lateque  effusa  rlmosa  teeta,  unde  lignum  quasi  adustum  se  ostendit.     Peri- 
tlieciis  sparsis  latentibus  sub  crusta  in  ligno,  globoso-depressis  absque  collo,  sed  ostiolis  subpezizoi- 
deo-umbilicatis  per  tuberculum   crustaceum  subelevatum  prorumpentibus,   primum  applanato  glo- 
boso  subclausis,  demum  apertis. 
•1634.     489.  S.  Excussi,  L.  v.  S.,  freq.  in  ramis  junioribus  Pyri  mali,  Bethl.  affinis  S.  foedanti. 

S.  peritheciis  magnis  dense  sparsis  sub  epidermide   subsoluto  libro  immersis.      Ostiolo  punctiformi, 
primum  poro  per  epldermidem  prorumpente,  demum  denudato.     Tum  perithecia  in  conspectum 
veniunt  magna  ampullaeformia,   rugosa,   circumcirca  sulcata,    in   ostiola    crassa  colliformia  elon- 
gata,  poro  latiusculo  rotundo  perforata.     Aetate  peritliecia  faciUime  e  libro  excussa,  foveolos  linquent 
subrotundos  bilineares. 
•1635.     490.  S.  DENTjDAxs,  L.  V.  S.,  sub  epidermide  nascens,  demum  sese  denudans,  Bethl. 
S.  sparsa  ac  aggregata,  oblongo-globosa,  depressa.     Peritheciis  immersis  demum  prominulls,  intiis 
ellipticis,  cortice  quodam  interno  cinerascenti  vestitis,   evacuatis,  ceterum  nigris.     Ostiolis  minimis 
papillatis  in  apice  depresso  sitis,  interdum  Hysterioideis. 
*1636.    491.  S.  RosAE,  L.  v.  S.,  in  teneris  ramulis  Rosarum,  New  Jersey. 

S.  sparsa,  in  crusta  nigro-fusca  sub  epidermide  longe  lateque  effusa,  primum  tecta,  demum  denvidata. 
Peritheciis  crustae  subimmersis,  hemisphaerice  protrusis,  oblongo-globosis,  rugosis,  atris,  evacuatis. 
Ostiolis  primum  per  epidermidem  vix  prominentibus  et  nigrotingentibus,  demum  brevitcr  conicis. 
•1637.     492.   S.  AjiPELos,  L.  v.  S.,  in  valde  corruptis  ramentis  Vitis  Betlil.  primum  epidermide  tiita. 
S.  seriatim  distanter  sparsa,  minuta,   circumscissa,  subfusca,  globoso-applanata.     Ostiolo  prominente 
per  rimas  corticis. 

*  •   Corticolae. 
•1638.    493.  S.  oce/fafa,  F.  391,  rarius  Bethl.  sub  cortice  Pruni  virg. 

1639.     494.  S.  OBTECTA,   L.   v.  S.,  F.  395,   Syn.   Car.  206,   in  ramis  fruticum  Carolina  necdum  in 
Pennsylv. 
•1640.    495.  S.  vibratilis,  F.  396,  sub  cortice  Pruni  virginianae,  Bethl. 
•1641.    496.  S.  lanata,  F.  397,  sub  cortice  Betuli  nigrae,  ibid. 
•1642.     497.  S.  paetula,  F.  599,  sub  epidermide  Sambuci,  ibid. 
•1643.     498.  S.pupula,  F.  401,  sub  epidermide  Platani,  Bethl. 

1644.     499.  S.  circumcissa,  F.  402,  Syn.  Car.  202,  passim  et  Bethl. 
•1645.     500.  S.  clandistina,  F.  403,  sub  epidermide  Sambuci,  ibid. 
•1646.     501.  S.personata,  F.  404,  sub  epidermide  Liriodendri,  ibid. 

1647.     502.  S.  Tiliae,  F.  405,  Syn.  Car.  205,  vulgaris  et  Bethl. 
•1648.    503.  S.  pruimsa,  F.  406,  Bethl.  sub  epidermide,  Uhoid. 

1649.     504.  S.  inquinans,  F.  407,  Syn.  Car.  201,  in  Acere,  &c.  Bethl. 
•1650.     505.  S.  mamillana,  F.  409,  ramis  junioribus  Celastri,  ibid. 
•1651.     506.   S.  clypmta,  F.  410,  vtilgata  in  Rosis  et  Rubis,  Sal.  et  Bethl. 

1652.     507.   S.  GossTPir,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  207,  F.  412,  non  in  Pennsylv. 
•1653.    508.  S.  ditopa,  F.  394,  sub  Liriod.  epidermide,  Bethl. 

•1654.     509.  S.  corticis,  F.  393,  in  ramis  junioribus^Aceris  Pennsylvanicae,  Mauch  Chunk. 
•1655.    510.  S.  DisTiNcTA,  L.  V.  S.,  sub  epidermide  Sambuci  pubentis,  Bethl. 
S.  sparsa,  epidermide  tenerrimo  obtecta,  majuscula,  immersa  libro  albescent!  interioris  corticis.     Peri- 
theciis atris,  orbicularibus,  depressis,  glabris,  ore  rotundo  majore,  persistentibus  in  cortice,  epider- 

Vol.  IV.— 3  E 


218  SYNOPSIS   OF 

misavulsae,  cum  ostioUs  earn  perforantlbus,  non  prominent  Ibus,  cylindrlcis  brevibus,  umbillcatis 
apicc. 

•1656.     511.  S.  onTACEO-ninxA,  L.  v.  S.,  sub  epidermide  majorum  ramorum  Mori  albae,  Bethl. 

S.  sparsa,  majuscula,  ostiolis  crassis,  cylindrlcis,  pertusis,  persistentibus,  epidermidem  penetrantibus, 
dejecta  qua  apparent  perithecia  magna,  applanata,  circumcirca  olivaceo-hirta,  librum  corticis  colore 
olivaceo-nigro  tingentia,  subimmersa,  gelatina  alba  farcta  deln  evacuata. 

•1657.     512.  S.  ALBo-FAttcTA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  junioribus  ramulls  Sassafras,  quos   ionge  lateque  inquinat 
colore  atro.     Bethl. 
S.  sparsa  aut  g'regaria,  atro-inquinans.     Peritlieciis  tectis,  cortice  omnino  immersis,  minutissimis,  albo- 
farctis,  solummodo  sectione  cultelli  distinguendis,  globosls,  horizontaliter  striatis,  indistincte  ostiolatis, 
ostiolo  prospiciente  per  rimulas  corticis  atro-lnquinati. 

"1658.     513.   S.  TESEHA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  llbro  fibroso  Hibisci  rosei  Hortorum  Betid,  sub  epidermide. 

S.  sparsa,  nldulans  in  llbro  sub  epidermide.  Peritlieciis  minutis  elllptico-oblongis  et  globosis,  non 
glabris,  nigrofuscls,  facilllme  avulso  llbro  attoUuntur — scd  manent  frustulis  subtecta.  OstioUs  minu- 
tissimis, in  conspicuum  venientibus  inter  rimulas  epldermidls,  quasi  ex  disco.  Interdum  plura 
ostiola  ex  uno  perithecio  prorumpere  vldentur,  ceterum  globoso-papdlata  et  fere  umbilicata. 

•1659.     514.   S.  Daphnidis,  L.  v.  S.,  sub  epidermide  craortui  Daph.  Mezerei  horto,  Bethl. 
S.  prlmum  epidermide  tecta,   demum  nuda,  immersa  llbro.     Peritheclls  globoso-depressis  nigro-fuscis 
tomentosis,  demum  orbatls,  Immersis  crustae  floccosae  nlgrotinctae.     Intus  nigro-farctis.     OstioUs 
primum  papiUarlbus,  demum  rudibus,  deformlbus,  elevatls,  praesertim  in  denudatis  peritheciis  aetate 
rugosls.     Nuda  speclmlna  majora  praecedentlbus  speciebus.     Atrq-lnquinat. 

■1660.  515.  S.  ruscEScENs,  L.  V.  S.,  sub  epidermide  Castaneorum  Salem  et  Bethl.,  non  immersa,  sed 
parenchymate  Ubri  fusci  insidens. 
S.  aggregata  et  sparsa,  primum  omnino  epidermide  tecta,  sed  hac  dejecta,  insidet  llbro  omnino  libera, 
saepe  tamen  cum  epidermide  attolUtur.  Peritheciis  minutis  ovato  conicls,  rugosissimis,  nlgris  aut 
fuscescentibus,  albo-farctls,  interdum  coUapsls,  confluentlbus  cum  ostioUs  papillatls,  prospiclenti- 
bus  ex  epidermidis  rlmls.  Massa  spermatica  nigrescens,  sed  vis  crustam  efficlens  circumfusa  ob- 
servatur. 

*1661.  516.  S.  PALnoLATA,  L.  V.  S.,  In  elongatis  i-amls  non  spinosis  Rosae  corymbosae,  Bethl.  aemulans 
S.  insititiam  et  Rosae. 
S.  subseriatim  in  rlmls  epidermidis  aggregata  in  caespitulis  elUptlcis,  interdum  confluens.  Primum 
tecta  cuticula  interna  epidermidis  albescentis,  demum  subUbera,  sed  semper  quasi  palllo  ab  hac 
clrcumvoluta.  Peritheciis  majusculls,  pro  ratlone,  panels  tantum  in  caespltulo,  globoso-applanatis, 
aterrlmis,  punctato-rugosls,  ostiolo  manifesto  papiUato. 

•1662.  517.  S.  nuuisA,  L.  T.  S.,  frequens  occurrlt  sub  epidermide  Rhois  glabri  Bethl.  An  sit  Dldy- 
mosporium  ? 
S.  gregaria,  Ionge  lateque  prorumpens  ex  epidermide  ab  ea  arete  clncta  et  satis  prominula.  Perithe- 
ciis aterrlmis  applanatls,  rotundatls,  papilla  centrali  ostiolatis,  sporidlis  creberrlmls  profluentlbus. 
Epidermide  secedente,  in  interim  pagina  observatui'  crusta  contlgua  corticalls  nigra,  et  ex  peritheciis 
hemisphaerlcis,  nlgris,  glabris,  interjacentibus  quasi  crebre  pustulata. 

*166j.  518.  S.  coNspEusA,  L.  v.  S.,  sub  epidermide  truncl  emortul  Robinae  viscosae  Nazareth  in  horto 
academlco. 
S.  gregatim  quldem  sed  tamen  spai'sa;  primum  sub  epidermide  tecta,  demum  decedente;  ostlolls 
tantum  prorumpentibus  quasi  disco  minuto  concave.  Epidermide  dejecto,  perithecia  numerosa, 
aterrima  mediocra  in  conspectum  veniunt,  basi  applanato-rotundata,  et  ostiolo  dejecto,  late  pertusa- 
inanla.  Pcrfecta  autem  coronata  sunt  ostiolo  sphaeriaeformi,  adacquante  dimidiam  magnltudinem 
perlthecii.  Basis  llbro  subimmersa  est,  et  totum  peritheclum  sporidlis  creberrime  conspersum  aut 
punctulatum  effusis  etlam  in  ambltu.     Quodam  modo  simllls  Sphaerlae  sphaerocephalae  nosti-ae. 

Trlb.  24.  OBxnnATAE. 
1664.     519.   S.  ScLEnoTicM,  L.  v.  S.,   Syn.  Car.  163,  F.  416,  nunquam  mihl  obvia  in  Pennsylvania. 
Oslropa,  F.  S.  Veg.  p.  110. 
*1665.     520.  S.  uberifwmis,  F.  417,  pulcherrima  et  dlstlncta  in  ramis  putrldlsslmls  Betulae,  Bethl. 

1666.     521.  S.  EiiuMi'ENS,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  209,  F.  419,  in  ramis  Smllacls  Cai-oUnae  et  Pennsylv. 
•1667.     522.  S.  Syringac,  F.  421,  passim  in  Syringa,  Bethl. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  219 

•1668.     523.  S.  Lonicerae,  F.  4.23,  in  L.  sempervirenti,  ibid. 

*1669.     524.    S.  feiiacella,  F.  423,  in  ramis  junioi-ibus  ibid. 

•1670.     525.  S.  opiluta,  F.  425,  in  virgidtis  betulignis,  ibid. 

•1671.     526.  S.  Fraxini,  F.  426,  etiam  in  Ulmo  Betlil. 

•1672-     527.   S.  Juglandis,  F.  427,  non  rara  in  Juglandinis,  ibid. 

•1673.     528.   S.  pa/m(X,  F.  428,  locis  suis  i-arior,  llethl. 

»1674.     529.    S.  pyrina,  F.  429,  in  Mulis  frcqucns  ibid. 

•1675.     530.  S.  stivbilina,  F.  431,  passim  in  Conis.     Perfectissima  in  strobilis  laricinis,  Betid. 

•1676.     531.  S.  Verrucaria,  F.  434,  in  cortice  Betulino  ib. 

•1677.  532.  S.  Ri'BORTjji,  L.  V.  S.,  vulg-aris  in  antiquis  stipltlbus  Ruborum,  pruesci-tim  Riibi  strigosae 
cultae  Bethl. 
S.  sparsa  aut  gregaria,  saepe  scriata,  sub  epidermide  mox  dejecta.  Peritbeciis  ovato-globcsis  aut 
hemisphaericis,  pauliilum  immersis  libro  corticali  cum  fibris  ccterum  assurg'entibu3,  atris,  rugosis, 
pro  ratione  majusculis,  tuberculo  magno,  saepe  dimidium  pcrithecium  adacquante,  coronatis  ostioli 
ad  instai',  punctato-rugoso.  Interdum  hoc  multo  minus  evadit.  Peritliecia  demum  sacpissime  dimi- 
diata  evacuata,  quasi  cupulatasuperstitia  rem.ancnt. 

•1678.     5j3.  S.  olitascen-s,  L.  v.  S.,  rarissime  Salem  invirgultis  ignotis. 

S.  fere  omnino  tecta  epidermide  efficiente  maculam  olivaceo-nigram,  quacum  peritliecia  assurgunt 
minuta  hemisphaerica,  globosa,  albofarcta,  demum  evacuata.  Ostiolo  pertuso  solummodo  prospiciunt 
ex  macula,  ceterura  omnino  tecta,  nee  uUibi  libera. 

•1679.     534.   S.  suBsiMPLEx,  L.  v.  S.,  fi'eq.  in  junioribus  ramis  Rhdi  glabr.  frigore  emortuis  Bethl, 
S.  primum  tenerrima  epidermide  alba  tecta,  per  quam  ostlola  prospiciunt:  mox  orbata,  in  conspectum 
veniunt  perilhecia  dense  ag'gregata,    cortici  subimmersa,  saepe  confluentia   (unde  tantum  su4sim- 
ples  dicitur)  oblongo-hemisphaerica,  depressa,  rugosa,  atra,  papillata:  papilla  decidua,  turn  pertusa. 

•1680.     as.   S.  iMonpHULA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  juniorum  ramorum  Juglandis  cortice,  Bethl. 

S.  dense  aggregata,  imo  passim  caespitosa,  sub  epidermide  in  parenchymate  corticali  ac  insuper  cpi- 
dermidem  crescens.  Peritheciis  amorphis  aut  polymorphis  subconfluentibus  parum  clcvatis,  carbo- 
naceis,  atris,  astomis  aut  indislincte  ostiolatis;  albo-f;U'Clis. 

•1681.     536.   S.  CArsotAnuM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  variis  capsvdis  plantarum  v.  c.  Convolvuli  purpur.  Beth!. 
S.  simplex,  sparsa,  applanato-hemisphaerica,  minuta,  papillata,  papilla  decidua;  ad  basin  cincta  tener- 
rima cinerascente  epidermide  capsulae  cui,  statu  juniori,  innata  aut  immersa.      Peritheciis  atris,  rugo- 
sis,  albo-farctis,  statu  madidiori  et  juniori  iutumescentlbus  et  fuscescentibus. 

•1682.  537.  S.  DnuPAHUM,  L.  V.  S.,  an  hujus  Tribus !  sed  species  valde  distincta  non  infrequens  in 
di'upis  nucum  Juglandis  nigrae  semiputridis,  primum  tecta  epidermide  drupae,  demum  hac  squamu- 
latim  dejecta,  fere  denudata. 
.S.  arctim  aggregata,  nigra  et  crustaceo-confluens.  Peritheciis  creberrimis  ovatis,  rugosis,  indistincte 
ostiolatis,  albo-farctis,  demum  evacuatis.  Denudatis  demum  peritheciis  squamulae  corticis  hinc 
inde  adhaerent. 

•1683.     533.   S.  poMORCM,  L.  V.  S.,  affinis  priori   non  rara   (et  minus  evoluta  jam  Salem  observata)   in 
pomis  exsiccatis  per  hiemem  in  arboribus  praesertim  Cydoniis,  Bethl. 
S.  sparsa  et  aggregata,  quasi  Insidens  crusta  nigra  sub  epidermide  tenerrima  pomi,  quae  demum  squa- 
mulatim  rupta  decidua  est;  primum  quasi  stellatim  fissa  circum  singija   peritliecia.     Peritheciis 
ovatis,  diftbrmibus,  magis  pi'ominulis  quam  in  priori,  rugosis,  atris,  albo-farctis,  minutim  papiUatis. 

•1684.  539.  S.  LiGCSTni,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ramulis  ligustrinis Bethlehem,  Sphaeriam  circinnantem  revocat. 
S.  sparsa,  crebris  speciminibus,  prorumpens  tantum  ex  epidermide  arctim  cingente  ostiolis,  aut  supe- 
riori  parte  perithecii,  satis  elevata.  Ostiolis  majuscuhs  globoso-conicis,  atris,  glabris.  Peritheciis 
deorsum  per  epidermidem  penetrantibus  sic  ut  in  aversa  pagina  secedentis  in  conspectum  veniunt  ut 
bullae  majusculae  nigrofuscae  saepe  collapsae,  linquentibus  foveolos  hemisphaericos  in  hbro  corti. 
call.     Intus  nigrofarctis  demum  evacuatis. 

•1685.     540.  S.  AzALEAE,  L.  v.  S.,  non  infrequens  in   truncis   et  ramis   emortuis   Azaleae   nudiflorae, 
Bethl. 
S.  per  rimas  flexuosas  epidermidis,  quasi  seriatim  erumpens,  immersa  libro  corticali  subjaccnte     Peri- 
theciis vix  confluentibus,   subdistantibus,  minoribus,  atris,  rugosis  cum  ostiolo   subpezizoideo-umbi- 
licato  confluentibus,  parietibus  internis  crassis;  evacuatis. 

•1686.     541.  S.  coscojiiTANS,  L.  v.  S.,  in  petiolis  majorum  foUorum  arborum,  ubi  per  ictum  Insectarum 
in  gallam  ampliati  sunt,  Bethl. 


220  SYNOPSIS  OF 

S  sparsa,  prorumpens,  primum  tecta,  minuta,  punctiformis  fere  aut  subglobosa,  astoma,  intus  evacu- 

ata  atra.     Mox  collapsa,  formam  pezizoideam  induit. 
*168r.     542-   S.  LiNEOLAXs,  L.  v.  S.,  prorumpens  in  ramis  salicinis,  Bethl. 

S.  majuscula,  gi-egarie  prorumpens,  arete  cincta  ab  epidermide.     Peritheciis  pluribus  saepe  confluen- 

tibus   in  lineolas  irregulares,  extus  cetemm  atris,   scaberrimis,  difformibus  aut  globoso-applanatis; 

ostiolis  indistinctis,  spargentjbus  sporidia  atrofusca,  quibus  perithecia  demum  evacuata  repleta  sunt. 

Juniori  aetate  subtecta  epidermide  elevata. 
*1688.     543.  S.  OBTUSA,  L.  v.  S.,  caules  Rubi  villosi  gregibus  vastis  infestat,  Bethlehem,  antiquissimos. 
S.  primum  epidermide  tecta  et  eam  elevans;  demum  denudata,  sparsa,  sed  agmine  denso  occupans 

caules.     Ostiolis  obtusis  subelevatis.     Peritheciis  nigris  obovatis   nigosis  et  difformibus,  minutis, 

nudis  aut  epidermide  basi  cinctis.     Juniori  aetate  fuscis  subpellucidis,  cinctis  massa  albida  subpidve- 

racea  demum  evanida.     Peritheciis  albofarctis. 

Trib.  25.   Subtectae. 
1689.     544.   S.  SPHAEHOCEPHALA,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  166,  F.  436,  solummodo  in  Carolina  observata. 
•1690.     545.   S.  sarmentorum,  F.  438,  in  Menispermo  et  Celastro  non  rara  Bethl. 
*1691.     546.   S.  sulcata,^.  439,  ramulls  junioribus  Blgnonlae,  Bethl. 
*1692.     54r.  S.  saepincola,  F.  440,  in  rosls  et  rubis  Bethl.  freq. 
•1693.     548.   S.  foveolaris,  F.  443,  in  ramis  fraxinels  Bethl.,  differt  aliquomoda  ab  friesiana — peritheciis 

nempe  majoribus  ac  minus  confertis. 
•1694.     549.   S.  Cacti,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  227,  F.  445,  Salem  tantum. 
•1695.     550.  S.  Taxi,  F.  447,  in  Taxo  canadensl,  Easton. 

1696.     551.   S.  atroviretis,  F.  448,  Syn.  Car.  226,  in  Vlsco,  Salem. 
•1697.     552.  S.  Buxi,  F.  448,  /?,  vulgaris  Bethl.  species  dist. 
•1698.     553.   S.  Ilicis,  F.  449,  Salem  in  foliis  lllcis  opacae. 

•1699.     554.  S.  Cucurbitaceoruin,  F.  452,  in  fructu  C.  lagenariae,  Betlil.  frequens. 

•1700.     555.   S.  vAcciNicoLA,  L.  v.  S.,  affinis  S.  saepincola  in  virgultis  Vaccinionim  Bethl.  ^.  an  diversa 
in  Ceanotho. 
S.  sparsa,  tecta,  peritlieciis  depresso-globosis,  subrugosls,  evacuatis  aut  gelatina  fullginosa  spermatica 
repletis,  prospicientlbus  per  rimas  mlnutlssimas  epidermidis,  vix  papillatis,  atrls.     Valde   minuta   et 
subatro-inquinans. 
•1701.     556.  S.  KAiMiAnuM,   L.  v.  S.,   frcquentissima  in  foliis  dejectis  Kalmiae  et  Rhododendrl,  cum 
Bequenti  valde  affinis  S.  atrovirenti,  Salem  et  Bethl. 
S.  sparsa,  aterrima,   immatura  tamen  turgens  et  fusca,  rarlus  propellans  cirrhulum  simplicem  brevem 
fuscum.     Peritheciis  hemisphaericis,  innatis,  evacuatis  demum.     Major  S.  atrovirenti. 
•1702.     557.  S.  ANDnoMEDABDM,  L.  V.  S.,    in  foliis  perennantlbus,   sed  corruptis  Andromedae  axillaris, 
Salem. 
S.  sparsa,  omnino  tecta,  innata,  minutlssima,  assurgens  cum  epidermide  non  discolorata;  ostlolo  minu- 
tissimo  solummodo  prospiciente  et  propuUante  cirrhulum  simplicem  candidum.     Peritheciis  nigris, 
depresso-globosis,  albo-farctis,  parenchymate  immersis. 
•1703.     558.   S.  Samahae,  L.  v.  S,,  frequens  in  Samaris  Fraxini  acuminatae,  Bethl. 

S.  sparsa,  primum  tecta  tenerrima  epidermide,  quae  turn  stellatlm  rupta,  perithecia  obtusa  fere  astoma 
punctato-rugosa,  nlgrofusca   p.atefacit,  repleta  massa  spermatica  alba  (siccitate  subcornea)  demum 
evacuata.     Juniora  interdum  cirrhulum   emlttunt  simplicem  atrofuscum  strictum;  hac  aetate  peri- 
thecia omnino  immersa  sunt. 
•1704.     559.  S.  Jasmini,  L.  v.  S.,  in  suculis  emortuis  .Tasmini  culti  in  bortis,  Bethl. 

S.  sparsa,  sed  passim  in  quincunx  approximata,  minuta,  fusca,  apice  albescente,  ab  epidermide  tecta, 
quacum  assurgit.  Peritheciis  ceterum  ellipticis  aut  subrotundis.  Demum  cum  epidermide  colKapsis, 
disco  coUapso  subrugoso.  Intus  fuscescens,  evacuata.  Affinis  videtur  S.  Panacis  secundum  de- 
scriptionem. 

Trib.  26.  CArtiNcoLAE. 
•1705.     560.   S.  pcllila,  F.  455,  in  junioribus  ramis  Carduorum,  Bethl. 
*1706.     561.   S.  frichusloma,  F.  457,  in  culmis  secalinis  Bethl. 
•1707.     562.   S.  rdicina,  F.  459,  in  culmis  ccreallum,  Bethl. 
1708.     563.  S.  rubella,  F.  461,  Syn.  Car.  157,  «  et  g,  etiam  Pennsylv. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  221 

•ir09.     56-i.   S.  acuminata,  F.  463,  in  caulibus  plantarum  Rcthl. 
•1710.     565.  S.  curvirostris,  Fi  464,  in  caulibus  umbellatarum,  ib. 
1711.     566.  S.  acuta,  F.  465,  Syn.  Car.  152,  vulgaris  et.  Pennsylv. 

171^.     567.  S.  lingam,  F.  466,  Syn.  Car.  191,  valde  protea  in  varils  caulibus  et  Pennsylv.     Interdum  in 
macula  nigra  epidermidis  insidet,  turn  S.  rudis,  nostra  olim. 
•1713.     568.  S.  complanata,  V.  468,  (Syn.  Car.)  Salem  et  Bethl. 
"1714.     569.   S.  coniformls,  F.  469,  s.aepe  seriatim  in  caulibus,  ibid. 
'1715.     570.   S.  stiffulta,  F.  470,  rarius  Betlil.  forma  ascoriim  distincta. 
1716.     571.   S.  doliolum,  F.  471,  Syn.  Car.  192,  et.  Pennsylv.  vulgaris. 
'1717.     572.   S.  ffiu/mm,  F.  ,73,  Uetlil.  passim. 
•1718.     573.   S.  cu/m!7ra^a,  F.  475,  in  culmis  Tritici,  Betlil. 
1719.     574.   S.  kerbarum,  F.  477,  Syn.  Car.  193,  ubique  in  caulibus. 
17:0.     575.  S.  patella,  F.  478,  Syn.  Car.  189,  vulg.  in  Pastinaca,  Bethl. 
*1721.     576.   S.  pcnicitlus,  F.  467,  in  s.irmentis  Huniuli  prope  flumen  Leliigh.  omnino  sarmenta  exaspe- 

rans;  Pilis  peniciUatis  demum  dcjectis. 
•1722.     577.  S.  Pisi,  F.  472,  frequens  Betlil.  ad  caules  Pisi,  &c. 
'1723.     578.  S.  .irundinis,  F.  474,  ad  culmos  Zizaniae,  Pliilad. 
•1724.     579.  S.  scirpicola,  F.  476,  rarius  in  S.  atrovirente,  Betlil. 
'1725.     580.   S.  Plinthis,  F.  479,  in  tenuioribus  caulibus  et  culmis  ibid. 

"1726.     581.   S.  Veubascicol-v,  L.  v.  S.,   affinis   S.  ^Ja/c/foe,  vulgatissima   in   caulibus  atque  in   capsulis 
Verbasci  Bethl. 
S.  primum  tecta,  aggregata  ac  sparsa;  initio  hemispliaerica  rugoso.punct.ata,  nigra:  demum  regulariter 
collapsa,  applanata.     Ostiolo  centrali  latiori  fere  liysteriiforme.     Saepe  latet  sub  lana  caulis  deter- 
gibili;  minor  est  S.  patella.     In  capsulis  evolutior  ac  varie  collapsa. 
'1727.     582.  S.  ntgreUa,  F.  480,  frequens  in  variis  caulibus  macula  nigra  insidens,  Bethl. 
'1728.     583.   S-  poliota,  F.  481,  passim  ad  caules  Bethl. 

*1729.     584.  S.  galbana,  F.  482,  praesertim  obvia  in  caidibus  Chenopodiorum  et  Amaranthorum,  Bethl. 
*1730.     585.  S.  disseminata,  F.  484,  passim  ad  caules.     Spccimina  nostra  paulo  m.ijora  quam  Friesii. 
'1731.     586.   S.  TECTA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  caulibus  plantarum  majorum,  Bethl. 

S.  tecta,  nee  unquam  liberata,  longe  lateque  sp.arsa  in  caule  ibidem  obscurius  colorato.     Peritlieciis 
depressis  elUpticis,  papilla  globosa  decidua  coronatis,  intus  albo-farctis.      Epidcrmide  caulis  circum- 
circa  cinerascente. 
*1732.     587.  S.  MALTicotA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  libro  caulium  Malvae  Alceae  epidermide  orbato  Bethl.  obvia. 
S.  minuta,  subseriata,  ex  libro  prorumpens,  demum  libera,  forma  variante;  in  perfectisslmis  conica  aut 
etiam  globos.i,  obtusa  et  Jeformis,   ostiolo  confluente  pcrithecio.     Peritheciis   albo-farctis,   demum 
evacuatis,  extus  obsitis  pilis  griseo-nigris,  divergentibus;  interdum  denudatis. 
*1733.     588.    S.  LACTucAiiu:»r,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  in  caulibus  Lactucarum  et  Soncliorum,  Bethl. 

S.  omnino  tecta,  macula  fibriUosa  clnerea  (Uothideae)  passim  a  peritheciis  subjacentibus,   globoso- 
depressis,  albo-farctis,  elevata.     Ostiolis  atris  globosis,  umbiUcatis  prominulis.     Longitudine  unciali, 
macula  non  absimihs  S.  nebidosae  caulem  ambit — superficie  Lamen  inaequabili. 
*1734.     589.  S.  TExnissiMA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  cauhbus  Polygonati  latifolii,  Bethl. 

S.  tecta,  sparsa,  atronitens:   peritheciis  astomis  atro-fuscovirentibus,  tenuissimis,   statu  vegeto  hemis- 
phaericis  mox  coUapsis,  per  epidermidem  conspicuis  sed  vix  denudatis. 
*1735.     590.   S.  McniTA,  L.  v.  S.,  rara  in  caulibus  Verbasci,  Bethlehem. 

S.  solitaria,  sparsa,  nuda,  in  ligno  caulis  Verbasci  omnino  referens  sphaeriam  e  grege  Villosarum. 
Peritlieciis  hemisphaericis,  demum  pezizoideo-colbpsis,  astomis,  undique  setis  rigidls,  nigris,  sparsis, 
longitudine  peritlieciorum  obsitis,  ceterum  peritheciis  glabris. 
*1736.     591.   S.  NATicnLAHis,  L.  v.  S.,  rara  in  caulibus  mihi  solummodo  Salem  obvia. 

S.  macula  nigra  praedita,  sed  interdum  etiam  in  caule  sparsa,  forma  quadam  elliptica  naviforme  elongata, 
utrinque  obtuse  contracta,  non  glabra,  indistincte  papillata,  demum  irregulariter  collapsa.     Primum 
cum  macula  sub  epidermide  latens,  demum  semisoluta  aut  laxissime  tantum  affixa;  substantia  carbo- 
nacea-pulveracea. 
•1737.     592.   S.  OBTUsATA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  variis  stipitibus  Bethl.  reperta. 

S.  primum  tecta,   demum  omnino   libera,  snarsa,  majuscula,  atra,   parcnchymate  stipitis  circumcirca 

Vol.  IV.— 3  F 


222  SYNOPSIS  OF 

lutescenti  et  quasi  maculam  cfficiente.    Peritheciis  variis,  omnibus  autem  apice  obtusatis;  e  cjlindrico- 
g-Iobosis  aut  rotundatis,  satis  elevatis,  demum  subcollapsis,  glabris.     Ostiolo  hysteriiforme  tranversali. 
■1"38.     593.   S.  PLATYPUS,  L.  V.  S.,   elegantula   propior  S.  acutae,  solummodo  reperta  in  caulibus  Ane- 
monis  virginianae,  Bethl. 
S.  sparsa,  aterrima,  minuta;  junior  tecta,  sed  plerumque  nuda  obvia.     Insidet  basi  applanata  rotundata, 
mai'ginesiccitate  subinflexa;  a  caule  faciliter  soluta,  interdum  ambitu  sublobato;  in  liac  basi  assurgit 
perithecium  conico-globosum,  quasi  punctatum  a  spoi-idiis  profluentibus  ex  ostiolo  globoso-papillato; 
ceterum  glabrum  et  fere  nitidum. 
*1739.     594.  S.  PoLToojii  sAGiTTATi,  L.  V.  S.,  magna  copia  occupat  (sed  rarius)  caules  emortuos  Poly- 
goni  sagittati,  Bethlehem  coiTuptissimos. 
S.  sparsa,  sed  copiose  tegens  caules,  atra,   demum  omnlno  libera,   primum  tecta,  applanato-globosa, 
rugosissima.     Ostiolo  e  cylindrica  forma  payillato  fuscescenti.    Interdum  observatur  basis  subefVusa 
ut  in  priori. 
*1740.     595.  S.  Urassicae,  L.  v.  S.,  rara  in  caulibus  induratis  Brassicae  in  cellis,  Bethl. 

S.  sparsa  erumpens  inter  fibros  caulis,   majuscula  exacte  globosaaut  hemisphaerica,  nigra  aut  subfus- 
cescens,  astoma,  demum  rupta,  ita  ut  inferior  pars  pcritliecii,  irregulariter  lacerata   et  evacuata  su- 
perstcs  manet  in  caule.     Peritheciis  ceterum  estus  glabris  nisi  punctatis  a  sporldils  profluentibus. 
'ITil.     596.   S.  Caknauis,  L.  v.  S.,  sub  epidermide  Cannabis  interdum  seri.ata,  Salem. 

S.  sparsa  aut  seriatim  disposita,  demum  prorumpens  ex  tenerrima  epidermide,  minutissima,  applanato- 
globosa,  rugosa;  ostiolo  minuto,  quasi  vulvaeformi,  indistincto.     Tota  sphaeria  Hicillime  decedit  cum 
epidermide . 
'1742.     597.  S.  Lactescestitim,  L.  v.  S.,  ad  inferlorem  partem  caulium  Asclepiadis  syriaci,  Bethl. 
S.  denslssime  aggregata,  majuscula,  primum   sub  epidermide  tecta,   in   fibris  corticalibus,  quibuscum 
faciliter  decedit  sita,   demum  liberata.     Peritheciis  nigris  rugosis  subconfluentibus,  subconicis  et 
irregularibus,  demum  subcollapsis,  semper  autem   globulo  spermatico   candido  coronatis.     Plagas 
pedales  occupat  in  caule. 
*1743.     598.  S.  Asclepiadis,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  superiori  parte  caulium  Asclep.  syriaci,  ibid. 

S.  sparsa,  tecta,  sed  per  epidermidem  atronitens  conspicua  oblongo-applanata,  parum  tantum  elevata, 
passim   conflucns,  extus  corrugata,  astoma,  intus  nigro-farcta.     Quanquam  semper  desunt  setulae 
Exosporii,  vereor  nisi  ad  hoc  genus  pertineat.     Ceterum  valde  notabilis  species. 
*1744.     599.  S.  Datduae,  L.  v.  S.,  in  capsulis  et  stipitibus  Uaturae  Salem  ac  Bethl. 

S.  primum  tecta,  minuta,  sub  epidermide  latens  sparsa,  vix  unquam  onmino  denudata.     Forma  peritlie- 
ciorum  applanata.     Ceterum  peritheciis  rugulosis  subcollapsis,  papillatim  ostiolatis — colore  nigro- 
fusco.     Occurrit  etiam  in  aculeis  Capsulae. 
^1745.     600.   S.  scAPiNcoLA,  L.  v.  S.,  vulgatissima  in  scapis  Yuccae  filamentosae  cultae,  Bethl. 

S.  minutissima,  orbiculata,  vix  tecta,  sed  ut  puncta  densissime   sparsa   cpidermidi  tenerrima  insidens, 
nigra,  applanata,   subcollapsa,    rugulosa,    puncto  ccntrali   quasi  papillata  vix  perceptibili.      Haec 
sphaeria  per  totum  scapum  glabratum  sparsa,  eleganter  eum  punctulat. 
*1746.     601.   S.  AMPLiATA,  L.  V.  S.,    an  ad  Concrescentes'  in  caulibus   Umbellatarum  plerumque   ex 
macula  indeterminata  nigra,  S-ilem. 
S.  tecta,  macula  nempe  subcortical!  late  effusa.     Peritheciis  compressis  in  ipsa  substantia  caulis  nidu- 
lantibvis  ubi  observantur  foveoli,  post  peritliecium  destructum.     Ostiolo  crasso,  subprominulo,  cylln- 
drico,  pertuso  apice  ampliato. 
•1747.     602.   S.  iiCBicuNUA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  caulibus  Solani  et  Chenopodii,  Salem  et  Bethl, 
S.  macula  rubicunda  aequabili  vix  determinata,   tecta.     Peritheciis  minutis,   nigris,  papillaris  (papiUis 
seriatim  prominentibus)  inter  epidermidem  et  librum  nidulantibus  epidermide  rubro-colorato .     Affi- 
nis  S.  rubcllae. 
*  1748.     603.   S.  LiLACiNA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  caulibus  Asclepiadis  syriaci,  Bethl.  S.  rubicundae  similis. 

S.  tecta,  macula  indeterminata  semper  lilacina.     Peritheciis  late   sp.arsis  nidulantibus  sub  macula,  mi- 
uutissimis  atris,  p.assim  subprominentibus. 
*1749.     604.  S.  Taoetic.ola,  L.  v.  S.,  in  caulibus  Tagetum  in  hortis  cultis,  Bethlehem. 

S.  tecta,  demum  sublibera,  sparsa  in  m.acula  epidermidis  cinerascenti.  Peritheciis  minutis,  saepe 
2 — 3  conflueutibus  subseriatis,  epidermidem  valde  elevantibus,  albo-farctis.  Ostiolis  c  cylindrico- 
globoais,  valde  prominentibus. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  '  223 

•1750.     605.  S.  ZizAXiAE,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  ciilmis  foUisque  Zizaniae,  Philadelpliia. 

S.  sparsa,  siniplicissima,   rutjulosa,   minuta,   atra,  globosa,   immersa,  sed   in   pagina  infcriori  protrusa. 
Ostiolo  globoso  autem   punctiformiter  imprcsso,   prominenle  in  pagina  superiore,   quasi  sphaeru- 
luni  mentiente.     Pars  inlcrior  protrusa  aut  bullosa  hemisphacrica,  pro  ratione  niajuscula,    interduni 
collapsa. 
*1751.     606.   S.  Zi-vsiAE,  L.  V.  S.,  in  petiolis  ct  pedunculis  Zinniac  inuUifiorae  Bcthl.  cultac. 

S.  erumpens,  simplex,  sparsa,  fibriUulis  radiantibus  indistinclis  circumdata,  ovata,  nigra,  rugosa,  minuta, 
demum  ore  perforate,  interduni  collapsa. 
•1752.     607.  S.  F.vnLSA,  L.  v.  S.,  rarius  in  sarmentis  et  caullbus  herbarum  scandentium  Betid,  obvia. 
S.  sparsa,  semillnearis,  primum   omnlno   tecta  fibris,  quibuscuni   faciUime  evulsa,   cum  tantum  laxiter 
insidet.     Peritheciis  depressis  exbasl  latiuscula  subconice  elevatis  abientibus  in  ostiolum  minutum 
perforatum.     Cum  fibris  avulsa,  subtus  saepe  collapsa. 
*1753.     60S.   S.  MELorLACA,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  Bethl.  in  majoribus  caulibus. 

S.gregaria,   epidermide   tenui  primum  tecta,   demum   denudata,    in  crusta  nigra  aut  subfuscescente 
subimmcrsa,  quacum  satis  assurgit  et  demum   penetrat.     Tum  in  conspectum  veniunt   perithecia 
crebra  diflormiter  globosa  sublibera,   astoma,  riigosa,  nigra,    evacuata.     Interdum  centre  impresso 
subostiolata. 
*1754.     609.   S.  MTnnms,  L.  v.  S.,  in  tenerrimis  ramulis  Myrrhis  canadensis,  Betbl. 

S.  Maculae  fuligineo-cinereae  tenerae  subdeterminatim  efiusae,  uncialis,  angustae  nee  ambientes  quibus 
insident  peritbecia  sparsa,  minuta,  e  globoso-conica,  atrofusca,   substantia  tenerrima,  glabra,  subcol- 
labentia,  cum  ostiolo  conflaentia,  primum  ex  parenchymate  prorumpcntia  demum  superficialia  punc- 
tiformia.     Similitudo  ([uaedam  cum  S.  ncbulosa. 
*1755.     610.      S.  ECHiNopHiLA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  spinis  Involucrorum  Castancorum  freq.  Bethl. 

S.  sparsa,  prorumpens,  demum  nuda,  crassitiem  spinae  excedens;   humectata  subfusca;   sicca,  nigra, 
glabra,  fere  globosa,  ostiolata  papilla  manifesta  acutiuscula. 
*1756.     611.     S.  suLciGE>rA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  antiquisslmis  culmis  Zizaniae,  Pliilad. 

S.  seriatim  sparsa  in  sulcis  culmorum,    minutissima,   primum  epidermide  tenerrima  tecta,  nigrotincta, 
subimmersa,  subrotunda,  applanata,  papillata;  papilla  obtusiuscula  decidua. 
*1757.     612.   S.  Pastisacae,  L.  v.  S.,  in  caulibus  denudatis  epidermide  Pastinacae,  Bethl. 

S.  sparsa  quidem  sed  cffiguratlm  approximatls  peritheciis,  cilrofuscis,  primum  epidermide  tectis,  de- 
mum denudatis  subrotundo-obovatis  aut  difformibus,  interdum  navicularibus,  minutis,  rugoso-punctatis, 
papillatis,  demum  irregulariter  coUapsis. 

Trib.  27.  FoLiicoLAE. 
*1758.     613.  S.  harbata,  F.  486,  in  foliis  tiliaceis,  Betlil. 

1759.     614.  S.  Sabkaceniae,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  77,  F.  492,  etiam  in  Sarracenia,  Hope,  New  Jersey. 
•1760.     615.   S./acc/rfa,  F.  493,  Bethlehem  in  Paeonia. 

1761.     616.  S.  tubaeformis,  F.  494,  Syn.  Car.  148,  et.  Bethl. 
*1762.     617.   S.  mekmostyla,  F.  495,  frequens  in  Tihae  fol.  ibid. 

1763.  618.   S.  Gnomon,  F.  497,  Syn.  Car.  149,  et.  Bethl. 

1764.  619.   S.  setacea,  F.  500,  Syn.  Car.  150,  in  folio  betuhno  ibid. 

1765.  620.   S.  Sola7ii,  F.  501,  Syn.  Car.  151,  et  Bethl. 

1766.  621.   S.  PETioLOKUM,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  153,  F.  502,  etiam  in  Pennsylvania  occurrit  in  petiolis 
foliorum. 

1767.  622.   S.  rvBAMiDALis,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  156,  F.  505,  in  Malo. 

1768.  623.  S.  PoTENTiLiAE,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  208,  F.  506,  in  foliis  exsoletis  Potentillae  canadensis 
et  simplicis  etiam  frequens  in  Pennsylv. 

•1769-     624.  S.  FiiAGAniAE,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  vcre  ad  folia  exsoleta  Fragariarum  in  hortis,  Bethl. 

S.  sparsa  et  gregaria,  primum  folio  innata  et  provenlens  in  macula  grisea  buUata  paginae  superioris. 
Peritheciis  demum  emersis,  globoso-elongatis,  nigris,  subrugosis,   interdum  ostiolo  brevi,  interdum 
longissimo  cylindrico,  immo  acuminato,  et  etiam   apice  cl.ivato-incrassato,  denique  in  fibrillulas  so- 
luto — ceterum  deciduo. 
*1770.     625.   S.  Pruina,  L.  v.  S.,  rara  in  aversa  pagina  folii  Vitis  aestivalis,  Betlil. 

S.  sparsa,  minutissima,  primum  immersa,  demum  emergens,  aterrima,  globosa,  elongata  in  ostiolum 
subsetaceum,  atnim,  deciduum.     Extus  pruina  alba  cum  folio  tecta. 


224  SYNOPSIS   OF 

'1771.  626.  S.  sentina,  F.  503,  non  rara  in  Vltis  folio,  Bethl. 

1772.  627.  S.  artocreas,  F.  516,  Syn.  Car.  190,  praesertlm  in  fol.  Castaneis  freq.  Bethl. 

*1773.  628.  S.  carpinea,  F.  518,  in  foUis  carplneis  Betlil. 

•1774.  629.  S.  aquilina,  F.  515,  vulgaris  Bethl.  in  Pteride. 

1775.  630.   S.  myriadea,  F.  519,    Syn.  Car.  dendroides,  221,  vulgatisslma  in  foliis  quercinis,   Bethl.  et 
Salem. 

•1776.  631.  S.  recutita,  F.  520,  in  foliis  Cavicum  majorum  Bethl. 

1777.  632.  S.  maculacformh,  F.  521,  Syn.  Car.  219,  ubique  vulgaris. 

1778.  633.   S.pundiformiSjF.  522,  Syn.  Car.  223,  ubique  in  foliis. 
•1779.  634.  S.  cruciferarum,  F.  525,  in  silirjlis  Cheir,inthi,  Bethl. 
•1780.  635.  S.  subradianSfF.  524,  in  foliis  Polygonati,  Bethl. 

•1781.     636.  S.  Angelicae  lucidae,  L.  v.  S.,  affinis  S.  Aegopodii  in  languescentibus  foliis   .\ngelicae 
lucidae,  Bethl. 
S.  sparsa,  peritheciis  innatis,  prominulis,  fuscis,  astomis  collapsis,  occupans  paginam  aversam  fohi  lan- 
guesceutis  in  macula  subcrustacea  lutescenti  late  effusa. 
•1782.     637.   S.  PEniGTNicoLA,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  in  perigynio  Caricuni,  praesertimC.  santhophysae  mon- 
ticolae.     Pocono.     Affinis  S.  recutilae. 
S.    sparsa,   minutissima,    astoma,   nigra,    erumpens,  subconico-compressiuscula.      Peritheciis  demum 
evacuatls;  saepe  distanter  seriatim  erumpentibus. 
•1783.     638.  S.  CopTis,  L.  v.  S.,   affinis  S.    leptideae,   &c.  frequens   obvia  in   foliis  emarcidis  Coptis 
trifoli.itae  in  Pocono  monte. 
S.  sparsa,  epidermide  innata,  convesa,  depressa,   atra,  rugosa,   coUabcscendo.umbiUcata,    nunquara 
denudata.     Minor  S .  leptidea. 
•1784.     639.   S.  coLLApsA,  L.  v.  S.,  rarissima  in  foliis  Pyri  Mali,  Bethlehem. 

S.  sparsa,  majuscula,  aterrima,  orblculata,  coUapsa,  oninino  superficialis.     Ostiolo  papillato-punctiforme 
non   manifestim  pertuso   in   coUapsae   sphacriae  centro.     Ceterum  perithecium   hemisphaericum, 
glabrum — exacte  coUapsum,  refert  Scutellam  Lichenis  aut  pezizulam. 
•1785.     640.  S.  APEiiTiuscuiA,  L.  v.  S.,  rara  ab  amicissimo   Dr  Torrcy  ex  New  York  in  aversa  pagina 
folil  Ulmi  fulvae — altera  pagina  onusta  Z^oM/rfeu  Ulmi. 
S.  sparsa,  fusco-nigra,  minuta,  proveniens  ex  p.arenchymate  buUato,  prlmum  innata;  ore  maximo  demum 
aperto,  et  intus  evacuata.     Pezizulam  refert  minutissimam. 
•1786.     641.  S.  Mom  albae,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  foliis  emortuis  M.  albae  Bethl.,affinis  S.  maculaeformi. 
S.  hypophylla,  aggregata  in  m.acula  parva  rotunda  inaequali.     Peritheciis  majusculis  valde  prominulis, 
rugosis,  deformibus,  ore  coronato  globulo  albo  spermatico,  demum  deciduo — et  turn  subaperto. 
•1787.     642.   S.  FitAxicoLA,    L.  v.  S.,  in  aversa  pagina  folii  Fraxini  etiam  affinis   S.  maculacfor.,    Bethl. 
frequens. 
S.  hypophylla;  peritheciis  subinnatis,  astomis,  nigrls,   demum  fissis  orificio  longitudinaliter,  diftormi- 
bus,  p,aucis  tantum  conjunctis  maculam  atram  efficicntibus  minorem.     M.aculis  quasi  confliientibus 
inter  se. 
•1788.     643.  S.  CONVEXULA,  L.  v.  S.,  S. pundiformi  proxima,  frequens  in  Juglandinis  foliis  Bethl. 
S.  sparsa  per  totum  folium,  innata,  minuta,   subrugosa  superficie,   tamen  nitida,   atra,   astoma,  valde 
convexo-elevata  non  coUabescens. 
•1789.     644.  S.  OHBicuLA,  L.  v.  S.,  vulgatissima  in  foliis  quercinis  pracscrlim  Q.  albae  Bethl.     Affinis  S. 
myriadeae;  sed  forma  maculae  pcrdistincta. 
S.  in  maculis  exacte  orbiculalls,  margine  quasi  linca  nigra  limitatis,  ob   aggregationem  pcritheciorum 
ill  m.argine  peritliecia  numerosa  aggregata  sunt.     Maculis  '-   uncialibus  di.ametro,  clnerasceiitibus. 
Peritheciis  minutissimis,  innatis,  nigris,  prominentibus  pilis  longis  sparsis  obsitis,  demum  deciduis, 
concoloribus. 
*1790.     645.  S.  EKFifinnATA,  L.  V.  S.,  etiam  affinis   S.  myri.adeae — sed  bene  distincta.     Frequens  obvia 
in  pagina  aversa  foliorum  Fraxini  acuminati  Bethl.  ncc  in  uUa  .altera  specie  Fraxini. 
S.  maculis  longe  latequc  effusis,  nigro-cincrascentibus,  ambitu  determin.atim  effigurato,  et  ob  frequen- 
tiam  perillieciorum  in  margine  quasi   nigrocincto:  saepe  totum  folium  in  pagina  aversa  occupans. 
I'eritheciis  innumeris  minutis  accumul-atis  in  his  maculis,  astomis,  subinnatis,  convexulis,  nigris  valde 
inviccm  approximatis,  et  crusta  cinerascenti  (ex  parenchymate  folii')  ([u.asi  inter  se  connexis. 
•1791.     646.   S.  ALBocnusTATA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  aversa  pagina  folii  Platani  Betlilehem,  rarior. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  225 

S.  Crustae   pqlveraceae  albae  cinerascentl  indeterminatim  vagae  eft'iisac  insident.     Pei'ithecia  sparsa 
nigra,  passim  inter  se  in  crusta  quasi  effiguratim  aggregata,  nee  tamcn  connexa,  intus  evacuuta,  pri- 
mum  convexa  subrugosa,  demiim  collapsa. 
*1792.     64".   S.  Coiixi,  L.  V.  S.,rara  in  Pocono  in  aversa  pagina  folii  Corni  floridae. 

S.  maculas  effovmans  maximas,  orbiculatas  ambitu,  indetermlnatas — atTuiis  S.  ejjiguratac.     His  densim 
aggregatae  sunt  caespites  trium  aut  quatiior  peritlieeiorum  punctiibrniium   absque  ulla  crusta,  inter 
se  distantes  sed  frequentes  in   eadem   macula.     Peritheciis  ipsis  .astomis  innatis,   evacuatis  extus 
punctatis. 
1793.     648.   S.  PoLTGON.vTi,  L.  v.  S.,  aflinis  S.  suhradidiiti ,  Betid. 
S.  sparsa,  pcritlieciis  innatis,  utrinqne   prominentibus  hemispbaericis,    astomis,  .atris,   albofarctis — seil 
omnino  expertibus  fibriilularum  S.  subradiantis. 
*1794.     649.    S.  HEnBicoLA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  foliis  plantarum  variarum  lierb.acearum,  Betbl. 

S .  latens  sub  crusta  Candida  longe  lateque  eftusa  subhimantioidea.     Peritheciis  sparsis,  nigris,  ostiolatis, 
demum  denudatis,  crusta  permanentc  lamen  circa  ostiola.    Ostiolis  conicis,  longitudine  peritlieeiorum, 
atris,  saepe  deciduis;  tuni  perithecia  globosa  pcrtusa  apparent. 
•1795.     650.   S.  ciNEnAscExs,  L.  v.  S.,    passim  in  foliis  putrescentibus  Aselepiiidis  syriaci  valde  feracis 
fungillis,  Rethl. 
S.  mac\dls  masimis   irregulariter  et  Indeterminatim  in  utraque  pagina  efFusis,  colorem  cinerascenteni 
in  aversa,  nigrum  in  superiori  servantibus,   aggregata  sunt  perithecia  innumera,   minutissima,   atra, 
innata,  snl)acuminata,  astoma  aut  demum  pertusa,  sparsa  aut  inter  se  eflfigur.atim  juncta. 
*1796.      651.    S.  ISCAN-ESCEX9,  L.  V.  S.,  in  aversa  pagina  foliorum  Tiliae  Bethl. 
S.  maculis  incanescentibus,  latis,  effiisis,  indetermlnatis,   quasi   prulnatis,  insident  perithecia  puncti- 
forniia  subglobosa,  minutissima,  nigra,  dennim  evacuata,  saepc  quasi  truncata,  aut  colLapsa. 
*1797.     652.     S.  srnBULLANS,  L.  v.  S.,  in  superiori  pagina  Pyri  Mali  folii  Bethl.  r.ara. 

S.  maculas  efficiens  nigrescentes  bulloso-elevatas,  orbiculares,  quibus  innata  sunt  peritliecia  numerosa 
minuta,  ostiolis  papiUatis  solummodo  prominentibus. 
*1798.     653.   S.  A>fnno3iEDAE,  L.  v.  S.,  in  perennantibus  foliis  A.  axillaris,  Salem  passim  pag.   aversa. 
S.  minuta,  innata,  sparsa  interdum  siib.aggrcgata,  crusta  cinerea  cincta,  atra,  convexo-globosa,  demum 
quasi  circumscissa,  parte  superiori  decedente.     Intus  evacuata,  et  sacculo  manifesto  praedita. 
*I799.     654.  S.  NicnEDo,  L.  v.  S.,  in  aversa  pagina  foUi  Rhois  glabri  frequentissima  Bethl.     Affinis  S. 
maculariformi. 
S.  hyphopbylla,  vix  innata;  ag'gregata  aut  peritheciis  acumulatis,  majuseulis  pro  rationc,  atris  rugosis, 
papiUatis  gaudens.     Ostiolis   papillaeformibus  subapertis.     Passim   solitaria.      Ubi   aggregata  sunt 
perithecia,  saepe  crusta  pulveracea  cineraseente,  orta  ex  parenchymate,  aspersa. 
•1300.     655.     S.  STApnTLEAE,  L.  V.  S.,   vulgatissima  obvia  in  capsulis  Staphyleae  trifoliatae  Bethlehem. 
Affinis  S.  punctiformi. 
S.  sparsa,  minuta,  innata,  rarius  aggegata,  forma  irregulari,  applanata,   nigra,  astoma.     Intus  evacuata, 
et  sacculo  manifesto  praedita. 
*1801.     656.   S.  cocciNEO-jiAccLATA,  L.  V.  S.,   in  foliis  gramineis — ambiens  inter  banc  sectionem  et  tri- 
biini  sphaeriarum  seriatarum,  Bethl. 
S.  macula  coccinea  indelerminata  centre  elevatiori.     In   hac  prorumpunt  perithecia  nigra  seriatim  aut 
sine  ordine.  astoma,  oblongata,  evacuata.     Non  absimilis  S.  nibellae. 
•1802.     657.   S.  SoLiDAGixi'M,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.   225,  species  distinctissima  frequens  etiam   in  Penn- 
sylv.ania  in  v.ariis  Solidaginlbus.    Cur  a  Friesio  omissa,  nescio.     Affinis  est  quodammodo  S.  Potentillae. 
Saepe  occurrit  in  consortio   Uredinis.     Perithecia  saepe  evadunt  majora  et  subtruncata  interdum 
etiam  subostiolata. 
•1803.     658.  S.  ExciPDtAN-s,  L.  V.  S.,  in  folio  ignoto  semivivo  dcjeeto  in   horto  Nazareth. 

S.  subaggi-egata  et  sparsa  in  aversa   pagina,    superficialis  nee  innata,   globosa  ant  deformis,    minuta, 
aterrima  sed  furfure  quodam  cinereo  pruinoso  extus  tecta,  ime   concava,   collapsa,  fundo  denudata, 
ostiolo  papiUato.     Excipulam  refert — forte  est? 
•1804.     659.  S.  Tii:iiiNAss,  L.  v.  S.,  hypophyllain  foliis  quercinis.     Affinis  est  S.  m^Worfcae  folium  quasi 
maculis  cinereo-nigris  tigrin.ans. 
S.  maculis  rotundis  et  subirregularibus    '    uncialibus   cinereo. nigris,    centre   nigrioribus  ob    copian\ 
peritheciornm  minutissimorum,  apparent  perithecia  tnberculaeformia  astomae  nigrae. 
•1805.     660.   S.  PuELLos,  L.  v.  S.,  in  foliis  Quercus  Phellos  horto  Bartrami,  Philadelphia. 

Vol.  IV.— 3  G 


226  SYNOPSIS  OF 

9.  Peritheciis  paucis  sparsim  in  macula  griseo-fusca  aggregatis,  pagina  aversa  innatls,  prominulis,  sub- 
globosis  minutis,  nigris,  pertusis.     In  pagina  superiori,  macula,  subimpressa  fusco-nigra. 
*1806.     661.   S.  PLANTAGixicoLA,  L.  V.  S.,  frequens  in  exsoletis  foliis  prioris  anni  P.  lanceolatae  in  teiTa 
expansis,  Bethl. 
S.  minuta,  punctlformis,   aterrima,  in  pagina  utraque  innata,  subconice  elevata,  astoma,  crebre  sed 
in-egulariter  sparsa,  nitens,  intus  evacuate  sed  difficiliter  secta. 
•1807.     6.62.  S.  siLiauosAHUOT,  L.  V.  S.,  in  siliquis  inde   deformatis  Arabis  cujusdam  a  Dr  Torrey  ac- 
ceptis,  subvigentibus. 
S.  immaturam  siUquam  aequc  ac  folium  degenerans.     Peritheciis  numerosis  innatis,  sparsis,  lutescenti- 
bus  conicis.     Sphaeronema  omnino  referentibus,  globulo  sperraatico  candido,   demum  pulverulento 
coronatis.     Fungillum  ulterius  observandum  abuormem  forsan  ad  Sphaeronemata  referendum. 
'1808.     663.   S.  Magxoliae,  L.  v.  S.,  affinis  S.  myriadeae;  pagina  aversa  Magnoliae  glaucae  foliis  prope 
Kaign's  Point,  Pliilad. 
S.  orbiculatim  et  effiguratim  aggi-egata,  demum  ita  confluens  ut  totum  folium  occupat.     Peritheciis 
tectis,  punctiformibus,  applanatis,  astomis,  cum  epiderraide  assurgentibus,  demum  coUapsis,  nigris, 
sed  disco  albescente.     Paginam  superiorem  folii  buUatam  reddit. 
•1809.     664.   S.  sTiLBosronAxs,  L.  v.  S.,  in  aversa  pagina  folii  Quercini  Bethl.  rara. 

S.  peritlieciis  sparsis,  sed  t.amen  effiguratim  aggregatis,  innatis,  sine  macula,   astomis,  applanatis,  uii- 
dique  punctatis,  et  inde  Stilbosporam  referentibus,  ccterum  subrotundis  aterrimis,  minutis. 

Depazeae. 
•1810.     665.  S.  D.  huxicula,  F.  3,  Bethl.  in  fol.  Buxi. 
•1811.     666.   S.   D.  P^yro/ae,  F.  4,  vulgaris  ibid,  in  Pyrola. 
*1812.     667.   S.   D.  Kalmicola,  L.  V.  S.,  vulgaris,  Bethl. 

S.  maculis  candidis  orbicul.atis,  margine  intumescente  cinctis,  et  folia  circumcirca  nigricantibus.     Pe- 
ritheciis convexis  .atris  concentricis  innatis. 
•1813.     668.   S.  B.frondicola,  F.  8,  in  folio  Sassafr-as,  Bethl. 
*1814.     669.  S.   D.  castanaecola,  F.  10,  freq.  Bethl. 
1815.     670.  S.  D.  carpinicola,  F.  9,  Syn.  Car.  287,  Sal.  et  Bethl. 
•1816.     671.   S.  D.  cornkola,  F.  11,  in  C.  florida,  BetlU. 
1817.     672.  S.   D.  Dianihi,  F.  15,  Syn.  Car.  222,  et.  Bethl.  freq. 
•1818.     673.   S.   U.  cruenta,  F.  17,  freq.  Bethl.  in  Polygonato. 
•1819.     674.  S.   D.  rihicola,  F.  14,  in  foliis  R.  nigri,  Bethl. 
•1820.     675.   S.  D.  ^esoi/ice/a,  F.  12,  in  foliis  AescuU  ibid. 

•1821.     676.  S.  D.  stemmatea,  F.  2,  in  foliis  Ilicis  opacae  horti  Bartrami,  Philadelphia. 
•1822.     677.   S.  D.  TOLiriFEnAE,  L.  v.  S.,  in  dejectis  foliis  semiviridibus,  Liriod.  Bethl. 

S.  macidis  latis,  nlgro-fuscis,  indetermlnatis;   peritheciis  hypopliyllis  tuberculaeformibus  fusco-nigris 
sparsis. 
•1823.     678.   S.  D.  DnromiLA,  L.  v.  S.  in  foliis  querneis,  Nazareth. 

S.  macula  m.agna,  orbiculatim  effigurata,  in  ambitu  cinerea.     Peritheciis  innatis  sparsis  globoso-eleva- 
tis,  centro  impresso. 
'1824.     679.  S.  D.  Catalpicola,  L.  v.  S.,  in  pagina  superior!  dejcctomm  foliorum  Catalpae. 
S.  maculis  buU.atis,   griseis,   fusco-limitatis.     PcriLheciis  innatis  minutissimis,   punctiformibus,  nigfris, 
densim  sparsis. 
'1825.     680.   S.  D.  Smiiacicola,  L.  v.  S.,  in  foliis  Smilacis  rotundifoliae  Bethl. 
S.  macula  subquadrata  impressa,  rufofusca  aut  nigra.     Peritheciis  subconicis,  nigris  sparsis,  innatis  in 
ambitu. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  227 


SuBORDo  II.     DICIIAENI. 

Obserratio.  In  hoc  et  in  quarto  suborcUni  Sphaeriaceanim  ultimum  in  quoque  g-enus,  ut  ad  novam 
Friesii  dispositionem  Sphaeriarum  pcrtlnens,  ncmpe  genus  Gihhcra  in  hoc,  genus  Ascopora  in  quarto 
subordine,  jam  in  nostrogenere  Sj)hutria  subsumptum,  hie  praetermissum.  Terlius  subordo  autem  "  iStri- 
a:uliiwrum"  omnino  tropicus,  et  nulla  species  apud  nos  occurrit,  plures  autem  ex  Surinamo  niilii  com- 
municatae  sunt. 

Genus  56.      Dichaexa.     Fries.   Sys.  Veg.  p.  lOS. 

•1826.     1.  B.  macularis,  (Opegrapha  macularis  Auctorum)  frequens  in   ramis  vivis  arborum   Salem  et 
Pennsylv. 
182".     2.  D.  SMiLAciifA,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  Xylom.     F.  p.  270,   Rhytism.      Frequens  Salem  et  Bethl. 
in  ramis  emoriendis  et  emorttus  Smilacis  rotundifolii.     Vis  difFert  a  Rhytismate  citato — et  certlsslme 
melius  hue. 

•1828.     3.  D.  cAEspiTosA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  cortice  fagineo  ex  Nova  Anglia  misit  Torrey. 

D.  Peritheciis  erumpentibus  per  velum  innatum  caespitosim  aut  plerumque  quaternatim,  rotundato- 
subcompressis,  fuligineo-nigresccntibus,  demum  pulvcrulento-f;iciscentibus,  apice  interdum  irregu- 
lariter  porrecto,  aut  rima  abbreviata  dehiscentibus.  Epidermide  subcinerascente  cincta,  perithe- 
ciis elevatis  aggregationc  quadam  in  plagas  majores  nigras. 

Genus  57.      Ostropa.     Fries.  Sys.  Veg.  p.  109. 

*1829.     1.    O.  spHAEnioiDEs,  L.  v.  S.,  in  frustulo  ligni  sicci  Nova  Anglia  misit  Torrey. 

O.  Peritheciis  sparsis  aut  aggregatis  scd  non  confluentibus,  majusculis,  eUiptice  rotundatis,  cum  ligno 
adscendentibus,  subcompressis,  atris,  subrugosis,  rima  centraU  abbreviata  transversim  apertis — fere 
orificio  Sphaeriae  Pertusae  simili. 

•1830.  2.  O.  nuGULOsA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  trunco  jaccntl  ingentl  Juglandls  cinereae  teiTac  incumbenti,  locis 
cariosis  cortice  denudatis  et  hinc  albesccntibus,  Eric  County,  Pennsylvania,  prope  Conneaut  Creek. 
O.  cohortes  peritheciorum  longe  effusae,  numerosae  ct  longitudinaliter  confluentes.  Peritheciis  sin- 
gulis vix  distinctis,  carbonaceis,  extus  aterrimis,  intus  fuscescentibus,  striato-rimosis,  innatis  ligno 
cinerascente  in  tuberculum  clevato,  demum  subdehiscentibus.  Superficie  applanata  sunt  perithecia 
et  plerumque  rugulosa. 

•1831.     3.   O.  HTSTKRioiDEs,  L.  V.  S.,  rara  in  lignis  quercinis  vetustate  albesccntibus,  BetM. 

O.  peritheciis  saepe  longitudinaliter  confluentibus,  forma  navicularlbus,  striatis,  nigris,  passim  etiam 
deformibus.  Rima  transversali,  labiis  obtusiusculis.  Libera  insidet  ligno,  sed  evidenter  prorupta 
ex  libro  carioso;  versus  basin  manifestim  contracta,  ita  ut  interdum  substipitata  evadit  more  Lophii 
Ascis  diffluentibus. 

•1832.     4.  O.  cisEBAScEss,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ligno  denudato   Liriodendri  Bethl.  tenuissime  cinerascente  sed 
vix  crusta  induta. 
O.  peritheciis  sparsis,  frequentibus,  minutis,  tuberculatim  elevatis  cum  ligno,    nigrofuscis,   longitudi- 
naliter rima  notatls  aut  fissis,   ceterum   ellipticis,   innatis.   primum  velo  tectis.       liima  ostiolosa  sub- 
elevata. 


Subordo  III.     STRIGULINI.     Deest. 


228  SYNOPSIS   OF 


SuBOKDoIV.     DOTHIDINI. 

Genus  5S.     Vermiculakii^.     Fries.  Syst.  Veget.  p.  111.     Exosporium,  Link.  Spec. 
Plant,  torn,  vi.,  p.  ii.,  pagina  120. 

Mihl  videtur  melius  huc>  quam  inter  Gymnomycetes  Linki'i  locandum  genus.  Setaequibiis  semper 
gaudet,  pro  Sporidia  habet  Link.,  vix  jui-e.  Sporidiorum  .ab  indole  omnino  abliorrent,  nee  uUibi  invenio 
sporidia  tam  constanter  .affixa,  eqmdem  saepissime  provenientia  ante  evolutionem  fungi  ipsius  (Sporido- 
chii,  Link.).  Difficillime  quldem  ob  mlniitiam  ascis  in  perithecio  observantur — tamen  in  plurimis  spe- 
ciebus  mihi  contigit  eos  distinguere.  Tum,  ut  habet  Friesius,  annulati  et  vermlcul.ati  sunt.  An  duae 
primae  species  ad  hoc  genus  pertineant,  an  genus  proprium — nomine  Exosporium  designandum  et  loco 
Linkii  inter  Gymnomycetes  locandum  efficient — adhuc  incertus  sum.  Tamen  mihi  probabile  videtur, 
de  numero  specicrum,  tim  a  me  aucto,  forsan  disputandum.  Sed  accuratiori  observatori  differentia  satis 
memorabilis  videbitur  in  plurimis — loco  natural!  obseiT-atis.  Sialioaliter  placeat,  nil  objiciendum  liabeo, 
nisi  quod  persuasus  sum  species  optimas  vi.x  posse  stabiliri,  sine  ampliori  descriptione  formarum  varian- 
tium  in  natura  obviarum. 

•1833.     1.  v.  Tiliae,  Link.  p.  121,  no.  1,  an  Exosporium  Gymnomycetum    in  ligno  Pini  Bethlehem  var. 
insignis. 
1834.     2.   V.  clai'uli irera,  Link.  n.  2,   Syn.    Car.   Conoplea,  in  truncis  salicinis   non  infreq.  Carol.     An 
etiam  ad  genus  propositum  Exosporium. 
*183S.     3.  V.  hypodermia.  Link.  n.  3,  in  caule  Umbellat.  Bethl, 
■1836.     4.  V.  hispidula,  Lk.  4,  rara  Bethl.  in  foliis  gvamineis. 
1837.     5.  v.  Dcmatium,  Lk.  5,  Syn.  Car.  Sph.  dematium  vulgatissima. 
•1838.     6.  y.miniila,   Lk.  6,  F.    Sph.  dematium /3  460,  in  albumine  caulium  Bethlehem  minutissima 

species. 
•1839.     7.  V.  trichella,  Lk.  7,  F.  Sph.  203,  in  foliis  Polygonati,  Bethl. 
•1840.     8.   V.  dilricham,  Lk.  8,  F.  Sph.  49,  in  foliis  querneis,  Bethl. 

*1841.     9.  V.  maculans,  Lk.  10,  praesertim  in  petiolis  Araliae  spinosae  et  in  caulibus.  Betid. 
'1842.     10.  V.  TUEcicoLA,  L.  V.  S.,  rarissima  species  Salem  inventa  in  thecis  exsoletis  Dicr.ani  scopariae. 
V.   peritheciis    minutis  diffbrmibus,   interdum   longitudinaliter  confluentibus,   subnitentibus,   innatis, 
aterrimis.     Setis  longiusculis  aterrimis,  dcmum  densis,  sed  longitudine  inaequali,  longioribus  diver- 
gentibus  Peritheciis  apice  concaviusculis.     Minor  V.  hispidulae  cui  affinis. 
*1843.     11.  V.  suBr.TFiGuniT.i,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  variis  caulibus  Bethl.,  mire  varians. 

v.  primum  tecta  sub  tonera  epidermide  et  more  Sphaeriarum  cum  ea  assurgens;  perithecium  majus- 
culum,  quanquam  punctiforme,  sparsum.  Demum  denudata,  multo  major  evadit.  Peritheciis 
quodammodo  in  pLigls  effignr.itis,  colore  aterrimo  insignibus  collectls,  subeleratis,  apice  applanatis, 
numerosis,  interdum  late  confluentibus.  Setis  inaequ.alibus,  .aterrimis,  acquantlbus  altitudine  peri- 
thecium, rectis,  praesertim  in  apice  conspicuis.  Plagae  occurrunt  biunciales,  semiunciam  l.atae, 
distinctae  in  ambitu  fdis  basilaribusdothidinis  radi.intibus. 
:c  scapincola  frequens  in  scapis  Yucc.ae  fdamentosae  hinc  quasi  reticulars.     Fere   semper  simplex  et 

sphacriomorpha. 
0  dianlhicola  yu]gAt\sii\nn  \n  caulibus  Uianthi  chinensis  et  aliorum,  distincta  colore  aterrimo  et  mag- 

nitudine  insigni  peritheciorum. 
y  Hctianthi  versus  r.adicem  in  caulibus  maximis  Helianthi  annul — varietat.  gigantea. 
'1844.      12.  V.  LinACEonuM,   L.  v.  S.,   frequens  Bethleliem  in  caidibus  Ilemeroc.allis,   Allii  et  aliorum 
Liliaceorum. 
V.  peritlieciis  plerumque  sparsis,  primum  tectis,  innatis,  atrosplendentibus,  subrotvmdis  aut  ellipticis 
rarius  conrtuentibus.     Centre  elevato,   coronato  setis  long-is,   filiformibus  undiquc  divergentibus. 
Ceterum  perithecium  nudum.     Fibrillis  basilaribus  radiantibus  in  caule   more  Dothidearum  ut  in 
priori.     His  interdum  fuscescentibus. 
•1845.     13.  V.  Ipojiaeahum,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  caulibus  I.  coccineae,  purpureae,  kc.  Bethl. 

V.  peritheciis  sparsis,  globosis,  majusculis,  nigris,  absque  nitore,  ex  epidermide  erumpentibus,  demum 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  229 

disco  tnincato.     Setis  in  apice  truncate,  densis,  subcinerascentibus,  altitudinem  perithecii  aequan- 
tibus, 
*1846.     14.   v.  ACUMijfATA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  folils  aut  scapls  Iridis  virgiiiicae  Betl\lehcm  freq. 
v.  perltheciis  sparsis,  epidermide  tectis,  utrinque  acumlnatis,  ellipticis,  centre  elevato,  nigronitentibus. 
Setis  paucis  longis,  subrectis,  in  apice  sitis,  inaequalibus  nigris.     Rarius  confluunt. 
•1847.     15.  V.  PoiTGosATi,  L.  V.  S.,  passim  in  corriiptissimis  caulibus  Polygonati,  Uetlil. 

V.  peritheciis  e  globoso-conicis,  manifestim  truncatis,  nig^'is,  vis  nitentibus,  sparsis,  innatis,  demum  sub- 
liberia.     Setis  in  truncatura  sparsis,  ercctis,  rigidis,  filiformibus. 
*1848.     16.   V.  PoLTGosi  viHGiNici,  L.  V.  S.,   rarius  obvia  in  caulibus  Polygoni  virg-inici,  Bctlil.  sed  ubi 
adest  copiosissima. 
V.  peritlieciis  sparsis,  innatis,  nigrosplendentibus  vis  confluentlbus,  utrinque  arete  acuminatis,  centre 
ex  basi  latiusculo,  valde  elevato-conico.     Setis  brevibus  in  apice  collectis. 
*1849.     17.   V.  ANGusTATA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  tenerrimisramulis  Catalpae  frigore  emortuis,  Hctbl. 

V.  peritlieciis  aggregatis   in  maculas  nigras,   angustato-elongatis,    confluentibus,  epidermide  omnino 
tectis.     Setis  solummedo  per  rimulas  cpidermidis  prorumpentibus,  longiusculis  nigris  rectis,  demum 
divergentibus. 
*1850.     18.  V.  EFFUSA,  L.  V.  S.,  rarius  ,ad  stipltes  corruptissimos  Ruborum  Bctiil. 

v.  peritheciis  primum  omnino  tectis,   sparsis,   globoso-applanatis;   demum  confluentibus,  epidermide 
orbatis,  nigris,  et  in  m.aculas  late  effusis.     Setis  longis  divergentibus,   non   valde   nigris,  confusls  in 
macula,  i.  e.  undique  provenientibus. 
•1851.      19.   V.  SiLPHir,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  caulibus  Silphii  culti  in  horto  Nazareth. 
V.  peritheciis  oblongis,  subrotundisve,  obtusis,  valde  applanatis;   confluentibus,   aggrcgatis   in  macula 
expallente,  nigris,  tectis.     Setis  frequentibus,  brevibus,  atris,  prorumpentibus  ex  epidermide.    . 
*1S52.     20.  V.  Balsamitae,  L.  v.  S.,  rarius  in  caulibus  I.  Balsaraitae,  Betlil.  maculas  formans. 

V.  peritheciis  innatis  rotundatis,  parum  elevatis,    truncato-.applanatis,  aterrimis;  interdum  difl^ormibus. 
Setis  breviusculis  concoloribus,  plerumque  sitis  quasi  in  margine  truncaturae  nee  .alibi. 
•1853.     21.  V.  PETioLonuM,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  dejectis  petiolis  Aesculorum  et  Catalpae,  Bcthl. 
V.  peritheciis  sparsis,  tectis,  aterrimis,  parum  elev.atis,  difTormibus  aut  globoso-conicis,  frequentissimis, 
interdum  elongatis,  angustatis.     Setis  lengissimis  divergentibus. 
•1854.     22.   V.  puNCTANs,  L.  v.  S.,  rarius  in  foliis  Andropogi  avenacei,   Bethl. 

V.  peritheciis  sp.arsis,  innatis,  nunquam  confluentibus;    in   pagina  superiori  folii   pezizoideis;  setis  in 
inferiori  pagina  conspicuis,  brevibus,  sparsis,  atris,  densis,  in  perithecio  punctiformi,  rotundo-appla- 
nato  aut  orbiculato. 
•1855.     23.  V.  BEscDATA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  culmis  et  foliis  Poarum,  &c.  Bethl. 

V.  peritheciis  sparsis,  atris,  maximis  pro  ratiene   culmi  teneri,  punctiformibus,    rotundatis,  innatis  sed 
demum  erumpentibus,  satis  elev.atis,  subtruncatis  rugosis.      Setis  brevibus,  deciduis  (quod  singulare). 
Tum  sphaeriam  refert. 
•1856.     24.  V.  EPIPSTLLA,  L.  V.  S  ,  rarius  in  aversa  pagina  foliorum  putridorum,  Betid. 

v.  peritheciis  basi  innatis,   aut   substantia  folii  immersis,  demum  erumpentibus,   sparsis,  juvenilibus 
subcenicis,  provectiori  aetate,  rotundato-applanatis,    minutis,   aterrimis.     Setis  subrigidis   aut   flac- 
cidis  concoloribus  creberrime  in  tote  perithecii  sitis.     Crusta  quadam  albescente  ex  folio  orta  cir- 
cumdata. 
•1857.     25.  V.  Gehahdiae,  L.  t.  S.,  in  exsoletis  stipitibus  Gerardiae  quercifoliae,  Bethl. 

V.  aterriraa,  irregularis.     Peritheciis  primum  globoso-diffbrmibus,   parum   elevatis,   demum  longitudi- 
naliter  efiusis.     Setis  inaequalibus  undique  divergentibus,  interdum  longissimis,  rigidis;  pulvere 
quasi  adspersis. 
•1858.     26.  V.  albomacclata,  L.  v.  S.,  affinis  Sphaeriae  Depazeae  ribicolae  in  variis  foliis  dejectis  v.  c. 
Llriodendri,  Populi,  &c.  Bethl. 
V.  macuUs  epiphyllis  lacteis,  latis  (v.  c.  in  foliis  Liriodendri  ubi  margine  fusco  cinctae  sunt  maculae) 
aut  minoribus  (in  foliis  Populi)  suborbiculatis,  quibus  insident  pcrithecia,  sparsa,   conico-globosa 
aterrima,  setis  tecta  longiusculis;  ceterum  minutissima  oculo  nude  vix  distinguenda,  subinnata. 
•1859.     27.  V.  Staphileae,  L.  v.  S.,  gregatim  in  epidermide  tenerorum  ramorum  Staphyleae. 

V.  peritheciis  quasi  applanatis  subpezizoideis  ex  epidermide  subcorrug,ata  prorumpentibus.      Setis 
aterrimis  flexuosis  longis.     Perithecia  acervata  sunt  quasi  subefliguratira. 
•I860.     28.  V.  Arctii,  L.  v.  S.,  rarius  in  cauUbusArctii  Lappae,  Bethl. 

Vol.  IV.— 3  H 


230  SYNOPSIS   OF 

V.  sparsa  ac  aggregata,  epidermide  innata.    Peritheciis  polymorphis  atris,  semper  applanatis.     Setis 
deiisissime  longis,  immixtis  brevibus,  undique  divergentibus. 
"1861.     29.  V.  FiLicis'A,  L.  V.  S.,  ad  caudices  Osmundae  et  Onocleae  exoletas,  Bethl. 

V.  peritheciis  aggregatis  frequenter  in  macula  rubescenti  aut  expallenti,  applanatis,  ovalibus,  tectis, 
nigris,  prorumpentibus  centro  elevato.     Setis  brevibus  aut  longiusculis,   fusco-nigris,  subsparsis  in 
apice  applanato.     Saepissime  inveniuntur  perithecia  setis  omnino  orbata. 
'1862.     30.  V.  Intolcchi,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  in  interiori  Involucri  Aesculi  cultae,  Bethl. 
V-  distinctior  ceteris.     Minima,  atra,  plerumque  globosa  et  valde  elevata,  basi  constricta.     Peritheciis 
undique  obsitis  setis,   breviusculis  in  ambltu,   confluentibus,  innatis  interiori  epidermidi.     Kefert 
Sphaeriam  viUosam,  sed  Ascis  Vermiculariae  et  intus  quasi  similaris. 
*IS63.     31.  V.  OVATA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  caulibus  plantarum  ignotarum  Horti,  Nazareth. 

V.  peritheciis  aggregatis,  aterrimis,  primum  erumpentibus,  demum  superficialibus,  majusculis,  ovatis, 
applanato-truncatis.      Setis  filifbrmibus  crebris  divergentibus — et  in  disco  subpczizoidco  truncaturae 
frequentibus.     Refert  primo  obtutu  pezizulam  nigram. 
'1864.     32.  v.  scAKDENTiuM,  L.  V.  S.,  in  caulibus  scandentibus  v.  c.  Galii  aparinis,  Bethl. 

v.  peritheciis  minutissimis  atronitidls  prorumpentibus  plerumque  longitudinaliter  compressis,  tamen 
utrinque  attenuatis  aut  acuminatls,  juniori  actate  nudis,  in  ambitu  saepe  fuscescentibus.  Demum 
setis  parcis  flUformibus  divergentibus  in  cacumine  tanturn  sitis  coronata. 
*1865.  33.  V.  TncscATi,  L.  v.  S.,  in  caulibus,  sarmentls  ac  leguralnibus  Phaseolorum  horti  frequens 
Bethl. 
A',  peritheciis  lineara  vix  excedentibus,  nigris  (in  leguminibus  majoribus),  adnatis,  confertis,  hemis- 
phaericis,  horizontaliter  truncatis  in  majoribus;  in  minoribus  irregulariter  conico-truncatis,  rugulosis. 
Setis  filiformibus  praescrtim  truncaturam  occupantibus,  divergentibus,  longioribus,  brevioribus  im- 
mixtis.    Saepe  setae  caducae  sunt,  ita  ut  perithecium  orbatur. 

Genus  59.     Dothidea. 

Trib.  1.  Desodatae. 
1865.      1.   D.  Zeae,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  n.  234,  Sphaeria,  frequens  in  Carolina  nee  in  Pennsylvania  obvia 
circum  nodos  caulis  Zeae.     Omnino  hujus  loci.    Caule  distinguenda  a  Cladosporio  herbaceo  indurate 
frequenter  occurrens  iisdem  locis. 
•1867.     2.   D.  moriformls,  F.  S.  M.  p.  549,  n.  1,  rara  in  ramulis  Mori  albae,  Bethh 

*1868.  3.  D.  Encoeihim,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  obvia  in  junioribus  ramls  Gleditsiae  Bethl.  libro  corticali 
insidens,  sed  per  epidermidem  prorumpens,  revoluto-fissam.  Refert  Pezizam  Encoelium. 
D.  Peritlieciis  caespitoslm  confluentibus  in  caespitulum  subrotundum,  ex  epidermide  erumpentibus. 
Caespitem  sphaeriarum,  centro  quasi  undulatim  depresso,  sed  nulhmodo  aperto,  refert — extus  peri- 
theciis granulatis  et  furfure  fuligineo-fusco,  subdetergibili  densim  tectis,  parietibus  internis  corneis 
nigro  nitentibus.  Massa  ascigera  subcellulosa  ceracea,  lutcscente,  primum  jiellucida,  demum  sub- 
pulverulento-fatiscente,  intus  repleta.  Diameter  caespitis  lineam  excedit,  et  multae  sparsac  sunt 
per  epidermidem. 

Trib.  2.   EnuMPESTEs. 
*1869.     4.  D.  atra,  F.  p.  550,  n.  4,  rai-issima  sed  una  vice  in  cortice  Hiblsci  rosae  sinensis  Easton  magna 
copia. 

1870.  5.   D.  ribesia,  F.  5,  Syn.  Car.  22,  Sphaeria;  vulgaris  et  Pennsylv. 

1871.  6.   D.  Sambuci,  F.  6,  Syn.  Car.  23,  Sph.  vulgatissima  et  Pennsylv. 
•1872.     7.   D.  Mezerei,  F.  7,  in  trunco  eniortuo  Daphnidis,  Bethl. 

1873.     8.   T>.  sphaeruidts,  F.  11,  Syn.  Cat.  Sckrotium,  319,  frequens  Salem   et  Bethl.   in  ramis  Popuh 
itallcac. 
•1874.     9.  D.  nADicALis,  L.  v.  S.,  in  defossis  r.adicibus  arborum  Bethl.  affinis  prioii. 

D.  trumpcns,  simplex  sed  fasciculatim  proveniens,  epidermide  cincta.  Peritheciis  subrotundis  et 
difVorniibus  atris  punctato-rugosissimis,  apice  plicato  depressis.  Intus  albo-farctis,  cellula  unica 
conspicua.  Demum,  ut  videtur,  perithecia  subaperta,  massam  albidam  subgrumoso-cerace.am 
ostendunt  intemam.     Diametro  lineari. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  231 

*1875.     10.  D.  cApnEOLATAE,  L.  V.  S.,  crumpens  ex  corruptis  ramulis  ISignoniue  capreolatae,  Salem. 
D.  atra,   erumpens,   subrotunJa  aut  difFormis,  epitlcrmide  stcllatim  cincta,   saepe  confluens.     Super- 
ficie  externa  primum  mai-ginata  depressa,   demum  granulata  rugosa.     Intiis   e  fuligineo-nigra,  cel- 
'   lulls  periphaericis  minutis  albo-farctis.     Substantia  moUiuscula  major  D.  Uibesiae  affini. 
•1876.     11.  D.  UoniN-iAE,  L.  v.  S.,  in  juuioribus  r.amis  Robiniae,  Bethl.  non  rara. 

D.  erumpens  caespitulis  minutis  subrotundis  convexis,   undulatim  confluentibus,  aterrimis.      E  sphae- 
rulis  3 — 4  majusculis,  rugulosis,  globoso-depressis,  passim  siibostiolatis  constare  videtur  caespitulus. 
Intus  concolor,  cellulis  minimis  albo-farctis.     Multo  minor  priori. 
•187".     12.  D.  RuuisA,  L.  V.  S.,  frequens  in  puti-idis  ramis  junioribus  lihois  radicantis  Salem  et  Bethl. 
D.  minuta,  erumpens  ex  epidermide  fissa,   valde   cum  fungo  elevata;   primum  punctiformis,  demum 
caespitulum  elongatum,  saepe  confluentem,  atrum,  rugoso-punctatum  efficiens.     Intus  concolor. 
•1878.     13.  D.  ViBcnNi  dkntati,  L.  v.  S,,  rara  obvia  in  ramis  V.  dentati  Bethl.  distinctisslma. 

D.  minuta,  erumpens,  nigra,  rugosa;  saeplssime  aggregata  in  caespitulis  ov.atis,  epidermide  arctim 
cinctis  et  longitudinaliter  conjunctis,  vix  tamen  confluentibus:  interdum  simplex  Spbaeriam  difior- 
mcm  globoso-turbinatani,  brevl  pseudo  ostiolo  praeditam  mentiens.  Intus  farcta  massa  alboceracea 
cellulosa. 

Trib.3et4.   Xtloma. 

*   Poly  stigma . 

1879.  14.  D.  lyphina,  F.  13,  Syn.  Car.  Sphaeria,  65,  et  in  Pennsylvania  plcrumque  in  Muhlenbergia 
erecta. 

1880.  15.   D.  ™ira,  F.  14,  Syn.  Car.   pag.  28  in  Nota.     Etiam  in  Pennsylv.  semper  sterilis  obvia. 

1881.  16.   D.  onmcuiATA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  Xylonui,  21,  F.  16,  in  Diospyro — vix  Pennsylv. 
1882-     17.  D.  Vlini,  F.  18,  foliis  ulmeis  ex  New  York,  Halsey. 

1883.  IS.  D.  Rhoia,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  274,  Xyl.  F.  19,  Salem  et  Bethleliem  in  foliis  R.  glabri  et  co- 
pallini. 
•1884.  19.  D.  Br.MF.LiAE,  L.  v.  S.,  in  foliis  Bumeliae  oblonglfoliae  acceptis  a  celeberrimo  Nuttall  ex 
regione  Arkansa.  Affinis  D.  rubrae. 
D.  epiphylla  in  foliis  vegetis,  orbiculata,  magna,  ov.ata  et  subdeformata,  in  utraque  pagina  conspicua, 
in  superiori  eieganter  lateritio. rubra  subnitens  et  vernicosa,  cellulis  paucis  sparsis,  subelevatis, 
minutlm  pseudo  ostlolatis.  In  pagina  inferiori  lateritio-pallida,  absque  nitore,  cellulis  orblculatim 
protrusis.     Semiunciam  longitudine  et  latitudine  interdum  excedens. 

**   Stlgmeae. 
1885.     20.  D.  llEtiorsiDis,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  Sphaeria,  69,  F.  23,  species  distinctisslma,  Bethlehemis 
abundantior  in  caullbus  Helianthi  divaricati  et  multlflori;  etiam  in  foliis.     Varletatem  inslgnem  majo- 
rem,  caulem  non  ambientem  sed  ex  caule   prorumpentem,  peritheclis  rugosls,  ex  Nova  Anglla  misit 
CI.  Torrey  in  caule  Asteris. 
•1886.     21.  D.  MissouniENsis,  L.  v.  S.,  vulgatisslma  in  nucibus  vetustis  venditioni  cxpositis  in  foro  sub 
nomine  "  Pecan  Nuts"  (Juglandis  olivaeformis)  ex  New  Orleans — nempe  in  nucibus  ipsis. 
D.  effbrmans  maculas  effiguratas,  e  fusco  nigronitentes  plerumque  longitudinaliter  productas,  interdum 
tamen  latius  effusas,  confluentes,  praesertim  in   cacumine  nucis.     Constant  ex  innumeris  ininutissi- 
mis  tuberculis,  densissime  aggregatis,  compresso-difformibus,  vix  inter  se   confluentibus,  pulverem 
pyrium   forma  revocantibus,   sed  multoties   minores.     Internam  structuram,   ob   minutiem   videre 
mihi  non  contigit.     Valde  distinctus  fungus,  oculos  alllciens. 

1887.  22.   D.  astehomorpha,  L.  v.  S.,  Sj-n.  Car.  Sph.  289,  F.  25,  solummodo  in  Carolina  mihi  obvia. 

1888.  23.   D.  GRAMMA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  Sph.  233,  in  Stylosanthe,  Salem. 

1889.  24.  D.  Brachtstemonis,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  Sph.  73,  F.  27,  in  foliis  Pycnanthemi  (Brachystem) 
Salem. 

1890.  25.  D.  EXASPEBAXs,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  Sph.  220,  et  Betlil. 
•1891.     26.  D.  stipata,  F.  30,  in  caullbus  Angelicae  triquln.  Betlil. 

•1892.     27.  D.  cuLMicoLA,  L.  v.  S  ,  ad  culmos  et  vaginas  Andropogi  avenaceae,  Bethl. 

D.  effusa,  laxe  aggi'egata  in  maculas  latiores,  constans  ex  tuberculis  minutis  passim  confluentibus 
etiamque  sp.arsis,  angulatls,  difformibus,  atronitentibus,  minimis,  prorumpentibus,  intus  concoloribus. 


232  SYNOPSIS  OF 

•1893.     28.  D.  EFPnsA,L.  v.  S.,  in  epidermide  secedente  caulium  Helianthi  annul,  Bethl. 

D.  longe  lateque  effusa  in  maculis  determinatis  nigris,  constantibus  es  innumcris  minutis  peritheciis, 
elevatis,  difformibus  nigi-is,  ag-gregatis,  epldermidi  innatis  confluentibus;  sed  in  ambitu  quasi  sim- 
plicia  et  in  subiculo  flbrillosa  sita  sese  ostendunt,  transitum  ad  sequentem  familiam  efficlentia. 

•1894.  29.  D.  Glyci^czos,  L.  v.  S.,  secundum  descriptionem  affinis  D.  geograpliicae;  e'.eg-antissima, 
frequens  in  foliis  subvigentibus  Glycineos  monoicae  Bethl. 
D.  in  utraque  pagina,  sed  evolutlor  in  aversa  efficit  maculas  nigras  effiguratas,  rotundas,  e  longinquo 
gi'isecentes,  semiunciales.  Lente  perscrutata  ex  innumeris  pentlieciis  aten'imis  ex  epidermide  folii 
prorumpentibus  constat,  arete  sequentibus  venas  folii,  reticulatim  confluentibus  in  lineolis  inter- 
rupts, aemulantibus  mappam  geographicam,  rugosis,  astomis,  oblongo  djftormibus,  intus  albofarctis. 

*1895.     30.  D.  rniGORis,  L.  v.  S.,  in  junioribus  ramulis  Viburni  frigore  enecatls,  Uethl. 

D.  latissime  effusa  in  junioribus  glabris  ramis,  quasi  crusta  nigra  investiens.  Lentc  admota  perithecia 
multa  minut.-!.  nigra,  subtecta,  subelevata,  punctiformia,  apice  subumbilicata  dlstinguenda  sunt,  intus 
albo-farcta  ct  connesa  crusta  quadam  nigra  glabrescente. 

*1896.     31.  D.  FRUCTiGEyA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  pomis  putridissimis  in  campo  dejectis  prope  Camden. 

D.  in  maculis  ^ — I  uncialibus  subcrustaceis,  in  corrugata  epijcrmtdi  pomoruni  putridorum,  .aggrega- 
tae  sunt  cellulac  aut  perithecia  majuscula,  atra,  difformia,  rugosa,  subcornea,  primum  nioUiuscula 
nee  tamen  tremelloidea,  magnitudine  dimidiae  seminis  papaveris,  inter  se  confluentia,  interdum 
apice  dehiscentia  poro  aut  rima  quadam,  et  totam  crustam  occupantia.  Fungum  memorabilem  tan- 
tummodo  loco  citato  nee  alibi  observavi  in  pomis. 

'1897.  32.  D.  cuALYBEA,  L.  V.  S.,  frequens  obvia  in  ligno  denudato  caesarum  Kulmiarum  subexsiccato 
Bethl.  Etiam  passim  sub  corticc  junior. 
D.  efformans  maculam  elcgantem,  primum  orbicularem  aut  effiguratam,  semiunciali  diametro,  colore 
chalybeo.  Demum  confluunt  maculae  et  ad  4 — 6  unci.as  extensae  sunt.  Macula  videtur  demum  ex 
fibrillulls  crassiusculis  indistinctis  constare,  margine  aut  ambitu  subdivergentibus.  Cellulis  frequen- 
tibus  proniinulis,  minutis,  difformibus  nigris,  sp.arsis  et  interdum  confluentibus. 

•1898.  33.  D.  DENiouAss,  L.  V.  S.,  cum  priori,  sed  plerumque  in  ligno  Kalmiae  antlquiorl  Bethlehem 
obvia. 
D.  longe  lateque  effusa  praesertlm  longltudinaliter,  determinatlm  effigurata,  confluens,  exhibens 
crustam  tenuem  nigrescentem,  cellulis  elevatis  obsltum,  nigris,  inordinatis,  subrotundo-difformibus, 
applanatis,  intus  farctis  massa  fuscescenti,  sul)ccracea.  In  ambitu  crusta  subplicata,  rugosa.  Oc- 
currunt  pustvilae  cellulares  majores  (lineam  long.ae)  quasi  pezizulam  applanatam  nigram,  disco  aperto 
subfatiscente,  mentientes. 

**'  Msleroma. 
'1899.     34.  D.  Litjni  Bohboniae,  L.  v.  S., in  fohisLauri  Borboniae  ex  Georgia  missa  ab  Leconteamico. 
D.  macula  ininuta  orbiculari,  in  ambitu  manifestius  sed  etiam  omnino  ex  fibrillulis  radiantibus,  conflata, 
ateiTima,  laxius  imposiLa  pagina  superiori  folii.     Cellulis  majusculis  centralibus  concoloribus,  pezi- 
zoideis,  concavis  impositls  fibrillulis- 
'1900.     35.   D.  vemicosa,  F.  n  32,  rara  S.alem  et  Bethl.  caulibus. 
•1901.     35.  D.  PENiciiLATA,  L.  v.  S.,  non  infrequens  in  Scapis  AUiorura,  &c.  Bethl. 

D.  macula  effusa,  atronitens  e  fibrillulis  tencrrimis  vix  distinctis,  quasi  peniciUatim  sub  epidermide, 
praesertim  longltudinaliter  expansis;  subindc  fuscescentlbus.     Cellulis  subtectis   majusculis,   sub- 
conice  elevatis  nitentibus.     Interdum  occurrunt  majores  slmplices  extra  maculam. 
1902.     37.  D.  Himaniia,  F.  33,  Syn.  Car.  Sph.  216,  et  Pennsylv.  vulgaris. 
•1903.     38.   D.  J-e<iCu/ate,  F.  34,  in  foUis  Irldis,  Bethl. 
•1904.     39.   D.  gcographica,  F.  35,  in  foliis  querneis.  New  York  et  Bethl. 
•1905.     40.  D.  Jlstcroma,  F.  36,  in  caule  Polygonati,  BetM. 
•1906.     41.  D.  Xanthii,  F.  43,  Carolina  in  foliis  Xanthii. 

1907.      12.   I).  DiosrTBi,  Syn.  Car.  Xylom.  272,  F.  39,  Carolina. 
•1908.     43.  D.  Solidaginis,  F.  45,  frequens  in  foliis  Solid.aginum  v.ariorum,  Bethl. 

•1909.     44.  U.  roMiGENA,  L.v.  S.,  frequens  in  maturis  Pomis  dlctis  "Newton  Pippins"  Pennsylv.     Vide 
alteram  Paginam. 
D.  pomigena  maculis  orblculatis  laxls,  e  fibrillulis  tenerrimis  nigris  retlculato-radiantibus,  plerumque 
sterilibus.     Cellulis  in  centro  aggregatis,  applanatis,  majusculis.     Maculis  vix  unquam  J  unciahbus. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  233 

"1910.     45.   D.  Gestianai;,  L.  v.  S.,  subuffinis  D.   stelluri.     llara  sed  distinctissima  in    foliis  emarcidis 
Gentianae  ochroleucae,  Nazareth. 
D.  m.aciilis  irreiyularlter  effusis,  ad  lon^itudlnem  semi-uncialem  nigris  aut  subolivascentibus  fere  con- 
tinuis;  fibi'illulis  tenuissimis  parenchymate  innatis.     Cellulis  sparsis frequentissimis,  subconice-elevatis 
atronitentibus,  demum  pertusis. 
'1911.     46.  D.  DELicATCLA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  culmis  graminiim  cercaliuni,  &c.  ISethleliem. 

D.    maculis  tenerrimis  fibrUlosis  clegaiiter  ex  ccntro  radiantibus,  fibrillulis  anastomosantibus.      .lu- 
niores    espertes  cellulariim    olivaceo-ni^escentes;   seniores   cellulis   centralibiis  ag'grejjatis   iiigris 
minutissimis. 
•1912.     47.   D.  nAMosAjL.  v.  S.,  rai-ior  in  caulibus  pracscrtim  Cbenopodii,  Betid. 

D.  maculis  oblongis  nigris  e  fibrillulis  ramosis,  radiantibus  solummodo  longitudinaliter,   primum  sub- 
tectis.     Cellulis  confertis  scriatis  dcnium  ruptis.     Maculae   ut  in  priori  minores,  2 — 3   lincas  non 
excedunt. 
•1913.     48.   D.  cntrsTACEA,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  c.aules  Phytolacc.ae  longe  lateque  incrustans  vernali  tem- 
pore, crusta  vcrnicosa  nigra,  Salem  et  Bethl.     E  longinquo  oculos  alliciens. 
D.  maculis maximis,  pedalibus  saepe.  piceis  nitentibus  late  expansis,  crustaceo-crassis,  siccitate  trans- 
versim  ruptis,  et  in  frustulis  secedentibus.     Ambitu  in   junioribus  fibrillulae  latiores  anastomosantes 
manifestantur,  demum  quasi  daedaleoso-porosae,   poris  aut  cellulis  inipressis.      Passim   occurrunt 
ostiola  sparsa  globoso-applan.ata — forsan  etiam  hae  cellulae   siuit.     Quodammodo  affinis  IJ.  stellari. 
Saepissime  maculae  tam  sunt  continuae,  ut  fibrillulae  non  distinct.ac  sunt;  turn  caulis quasi  pice  illita. 
*1914.     49.   D.  ELEGANs,  L.   V.    S.,   etiam   vulg'atissima  in  caulibus  Phytolaccae  tencrrinia  epidermidi 
innata  et  cum  ea  decedens,  Salem  et  Pennsylvania. 
D.  maculis  semiuncialibus,  olivaceo-virescentibus,  demum  nigrescentibus  conflatis  ex  fibrillulis  ramosis 
undique   divergentibus   anastomosantibus:   semper   figura   maculae    elliptico-acuminata.      M.aculae 
saepe  confluunt.      Cellulis  minutis  frequentibus,   sparsis,  atronitentibus,  saepe   circumcirca   extra 
macuLam  vagantibus.     Nomen  triviale  adscriptum  cum  proxima  specie  solummodo  comparandum — 
nam  Dothidcae  plures  ceterum  elegantiores.     Phytolacca  feracissima  est  planta  specierum. 
•1915.     50.   D.  iNELEGANs,  L.  V.  S.,  frequens  cum  priori  in  caulibus  PhytoLaccae  et  Salem  et  licthl. 
D.  maculis  minutis,  nigris,   non  nitentibus,   crebris,   conflucntibus,    orbiculatim   elongatis  e  fibrillulis 
ramosis,  crassiusculis  distinctis  e  centro  radiantibus.     Cellulis  raris  centralibus,  subacutis.   subele- 
vatis,  minutis.     Saepe  occurrunt  fibrillulae  radiantes  divaricato-ramosae  omnino  steriles.     Congeries 
macularum  magnum  spatium  occupat  in  caule. 
•1916.     51.   D.   PuTTOLAccAE,  L.  V.  S.,  cum  ceteris  frequens  in  caulibus  Phytolaccae,  Bethl. 

D.  longisbime  efiusis  pseudoniaculis,  non  fibriUosis  sed  solummodo  aggregatione  cellularum  aut  peri- 
theciorum  formatis,  primum  incoloratis  subtectis,  demum  cellulis  densius  provumpentibus  nigrescen- 
tibus.    Cellulis   minutis   nigris,    subelevatis  nitentibus   difformibus  nigris;  primum  tectis,  demum 
epidermide  triangulariter  rupta,  prospicientibus.     In  ambitu  cellulae  simpllces  creberrime  sparsae. 
•1917.      52.      U.  HiBiscicoLA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  caulibus  Hibisci  militaris,  &c.  Bethl.  cultis. 

D.  maculis  orbiculatis,  minutis  et  magnis  confluentibus,   epidermide   tectis,   hinc   cinerascentibus,    e 
fibrillulis  tenemmis  cinereo-nigris  radiantibus.     Cellulis  minutis  nigris  elevato-prorumpentibus.     In 
majoribus  m.aculis  fibrillulae  vix  distinctae,  in  minoribus  orbiculatis  cvidcntius   radiantes  centro  cel- 
luligero  aut  sterili.     Minores  sparsae  circum  majores. 
•1918.     53.   D.  ontTAss,  L.  v.  S.,   in  caulibus,    sed  multo  elegantior  in  capsulis  Asclepiadis  incarnatae, 
Bethl. 
D.  macvdis  magnis  angustioribus  atronitentibus  (minoribus  sparsis  circumcirca  linearibus)   contiatis  e 
fibrillulis,  solummodo  in   ambitu   distinctis.     In   his  macvdis  cr.assiusculis,   cellulae   aut  peritliecia 
frequentia,  primum  immersa,  demum  prorumpentia  subseriatim  locata  sunt,  satis  elevata,  in  super- 
ficie  rugoso-rivulosa,   elliptice-ovata.     In  acumine  capsularum  praecipue   occurrunt.     In  cauhbns 
magis  effusae  oblongae  subtectae  evadunt  m.aculae,  ac  cinerascunt.     Interdum  biunciales. 
*1919.     54.  D.  CiiEsoroDir,  L.  v.  S,,  in  maximis  caulibus  Chenopodiorum,  Bethl. 

D.  maculis  mediocribus,  contextis  e  fibrllluhs  radiantibus,  nigrofuscis,  crassiusculis,  vix  ramosis,  centra- 
liter  elevatis — onustis  peritheciis  aut  cellulis  majusculis  tectis,  globoso-depressis.ostiolatis.     Maculae 
saepe  confluunt. 
"1920.     55.   U.coNEEnrA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  caulibus  quibusdam  ignotis,  Bethl. 

Vol.  IV.— 3  I 


234  SYNOPSIS  OF 

D.  macula  atra,  conflata  e  multis  minoi-ibus  confertis,  irregulariter  confluentibus,  late  effusa.     Cenlro 
apparent  cellulae  aut  perithecia  atra,  elevala,  albo-farcta  longitudinaliter  confluentia. 
•1921.     56.  D.  NiGKEscENs,  L.  V.  S.,  in  caulibus  Zeae  rarlor.     Affinis  D.  Himantiae,  Bethl. 

D.  maculis  e  fibrillulis  irregulariter  radiantibus,  nigris,  crassiusculis,  interriiptis  non  nitentibus,  minori- 
bus,  passim  confluentibus.     Peritlieciis  minutis  subelevatis   nigris  centi'alibus  demum  pezizoideis. 
Caules  exasperant. 
*1921.     57.  D.  BispERSA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  ignotis  caulibus,  Betlil. 

D.  maciilas  quidem  longe  effusas  efformans  nee  tamen  contiguas   sed  ex   multis  interruptim  dispersis 
minoribus  atris  conHata.s  ;  Kbrillulis  hinc  inde  transversim   expansis.     Peritheciis  aut  cellulis  appla- 
natis  longitudinaliter  fissis.     Frequenter  occurrunt  simplicia  minutissima   macula  aut  vix  uUa  insi- 
dentia  sparsa. 
*1922.     58.  D.  SiLPHii,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ditissimis  caulibus  Silphii  culti  Nazareth  in  horto. 

U.  maculis  minoribus,  utrinque  acuminatis,  fibrillulis  nigro-fuscis  simplicibus  radiantibus  nee  anastomo- 
santibus.     Cellulis  crebris  aggregatis,   truncatis,  subpezizoideis;   prlmum  epidermide  cinerascente 
quacum  elevatae  sunt,  tectis,  demum  nudis.     In  tectis  apparent  pseudostiola. 
"1923.     59.   D.  Cepae,  L.  V.  S.,  rara  sed  distinctissima  in  exterloribus   integumentis   bulborum  Cepac 
exoletorum,  ex  Philadelphia. 
D.  maculis  ex  olivaceo,  picco-nigris  orbiculatis,  confluentibus,   e  fibrillulis  crassis  dendrltice  ramosis 
radiantibus,  anastomosantibus  sese  superimpositis.     Cellulis  globoso-elevatis  centralibus  raris  nigris. 
*1924.     60.  D.  DioscoRiKAE,  L.  v.  S.,  in  Capsulis  Dioscoraeae  glaucae  frequeiis,  Uethl. 

D.  maculis  fibrillosis  omnino  tectis,  fibrillulis  parenchymate  innatis  tenerrimis  irregulariter  radiantibus, 
grlseo-olivaceis,  demum  nigris.     Cellulis  sparsis   frequentibus,  nigris,  acutis  et  truncatLs.     Saepe 
singulae  sphaeriaeformes  circumcirca  maculam  sparsae.     Maculis  orbiculatis  minutis. 
"1925.     61.  D.  Panici,  L.  v.  S.,  in  foliis  Panici  ciliati  et  aliorum,  Salem  et  Betid. 

D.  maculis  griseis  tenulssimls  linearibus,   longitudinaliter  et  paralleliter  confluentibus  intra  nervosi 
fibrillulis   vix   dlstinguendis.     Cellulis   minutissimis  subseriatim   dlspositls  in  aversa  paglna.     Vix 
Sphaeria?     Maculae  minutae  sed  multae  in  folio. 
"1926.     62.  D.  Impatientis,  L.  v.  S.,  ad  nodos  caulium  Imp.atlentis  fulvae,  Salem  et  Bethl. 

U.  maculis  piceis  eff'usis  nigerrimis  tenuibus,  subtectls,  ov.ato-acumlnatls,   latis,  in  ambitu  effiguratis; 
Cellulis  minutissimis  tuberculaeformibus,  crebris,  albo-farctls.     Plerumque  steriUs.     FibriUulae  vix 
distinguendae  etiam  ope  lentis, 
'1927.     63.  D.  AscLEpiADis,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  caulibus  emortuls  Asclep.  syriacae,  Bethl. 

D.  epidermide  tenuissima  tecta,  longe  lateque  effusa,  pscudomaculam  eiibrmans,  c.x  multis  minoribus 
maculis  confluentibus  conflatam.  Hae  minutae  macul.ae  ex  fibrillulis  radiantibus  sed  tam  dense 
contextis  ut  singulae  non  distinguentur  circumdant  perithecia  nigronitentia,  elevata,  tuberculaeformia 
celluloso.ovata,  unicum  in  quaque — inter  se  tameu  dense  aggrcgatae  sunt.  Totum  agmen  saepe  6 
unciale. 
•1928.     64.  D.  ciNEiiAscENs,  L.  v.  S.,  cum  priori,  etiam  longisslme  effusa,  Bethl. 

D.  semper  tecta,  maculis  indeterminatim  undique  efl'usis,  contlguis,  cinerascentibus  per  epidermidem, 
ex  qua  erumpunt  perithecia  aut  cellulae  ostiolomorphae,   atrae   applanatae,    minutissima.      Epider- 
mide remota,  distincter  apparet  maculam  constare  ex  multis  minoribus,  in  ipso  libro  caulis  e  fibrillu- 
lis fusco-grlseis  ramosis  e  centro  radiantibus  formatam. 
•1929.     65.   D.  LiNEOLA,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  occurrit  in  scapis  Llliacearum,  Hemerocallis,  Bethlehem  et 
Salem. 
D.  maculis  minutis  linearibus  elongatls  tectis,  e  fibrillulis  ramoso-divaricatis,  e  centro  radiantibus  elevato- 
cincrascentlbus.      Cellulis  aut  peritheciis  prorunipentibus  applan.atis,   nigerrimis,  intus  albo-farctis. 
Singula  perithecia  sparsa  frequenter  obvia  extra  maculam. 
•1930.     66.   U.  scAPiNcoLA,  L.  v.  S.,  versus  basin  scaporum  Yuccae  filamcntosae,  Betlil.  cult. 

D.  macula  tecta  epidermide  tenui  et  inde  clnerascens.     Peritheciis  irregularlbus,  atronitentibiis,  hemi- 
sphaericis  et  demum  subpezizoldeis,  circumcirca  sp.arsis.      Epidermide  detrita,  maculae  1 — A  unciales 
se  ostendunt  ex  fibrillulis  atris  subinterruptis  indistinctis  contextae,  plerumque  elliptlco-acuminatae. 
*1931.      67.   1).  Phlogis,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  caulibus  Phlogls  undulatae  cultae,  Bethl. 
U.  maculis  nigro-fuscis  angustioribus,  indislincte  determlnatls,  quasi  linearibus,  non  tectis,  ex  aggregatis 
minutissimis  cellulis,  fibriUularum  expertibus,  formatis. 
•1932.     68.   U.  PoLYooNATi,  L.  V.  S.,  in  variis  speciebus  Polygonatorum,  caulibus  insidcns,  Bethl. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  235 

D.  vix  maculans,  sed  omnino  coiistans  ex  multis  ag-grcijatis  cellulis  majusculis  atronitentibus,  ellipticis, 
epiderniide  tectis  sed  centre  hystei'iiforme  siibelcvato  pronimpente. 
•1933.     69.   D.  N0DIC0L4,  L.  v.  S.,  circum  nodos  in  pctiolis  Araliae  spinosae,  Bethl. 

D.  omnino  expers  fibrillamm;  niacuUs  miiinribiis  linearibiis — elongatis  aut  ovatis,  utrinque  acuminatis, 
ex  cellulis  corrug'atis,  semper  tectis,  elevatis,   atronitentibus,  irregulariter  globoso-applanatis,  intus 
albo-farctis,  conformatis. 
•1934.     70.   D.  ELLipTicA,  L.  V.  S.,  r.arius  occurrit  in  caulibus  CoUinsoniae,  Betbl. 

D.  maculis  indeterminatim  circum  caulem  eftusis,  confluentibus,  nigrescentibus,   tectis  epidermide. 
Cellulis  minutis   nigris  tuberculacformibus.     Figura   maculae  subclliptica.     Saepe  pcrithecia  alius 
fiingi  commixta  invcniuntur. 
*1935.     71.    D.  Ambrosiae,  L.  V.  S.,  vulgaris  in  caulibus  Ambrosiarum,  Bctbl. 

D.  maculis  coufusis  indeterminatis,  nigrescenti-fuscis,  tectis;  fibriUulis  rarioribus  indistinctis  solummodo 
in  junioribus  distinguendis.     Cellulis  aggregatis  oblongis,  truncato-applanatis,  rima  inipressa  lon- 
gitudinaliter  notatis. 
•1936.     7J.   1).  viTicoLA,  L.  V.  S  ,  frequens  in  junioribus  ramulis  Vitis,  frigore  enecatis,  Betid. 

D.  tecta,  maculis  minoribus  confluentibus,  nigro-fuscis  subvernicosis.     Fibrillidis  crassis,  ramoso-fur- 
catis,  radiantibus,  plerumque  indistinctis.     Cellulis  elevatis  apice  applanatis,  diffbrmibus. 
•1937.     73.   D.  Hyssopi,  L.  v.  S.,  p.assim  ad  caules  Hyssopi  ncpetoidis,  Bethl. 

D.   tecta,   maculis  indeterminatim  aut   effiguratlm  expansis,    e    fusco  nlgris,    minoribus.      FibriUulis 
transversim   radiantibus,   tenuissimis,   ut  in   prioribus  libro   innatis   vix   distinguendis   plerumque. 
Cellulis  numerosis  sparsis   nigro-nitidis,    tuberculaeformibus,   minutis,   interdum  subscriatis,   albo- 
farctis,  tectis. 
*1938.     74.  D.  JuGLAHDicoLA,  L.  V.  S.,  rarius  in  foliis  putridis  Juglandis  albae,  Betid. 

D.  macula  minuta  orbiculata,  aterrima,  semilineari.     Cellulis  crebris  concentrice  in  macula  aggregatis, 
minutissimis  globoso-punctiformibus,  demum  pezizoideis. 
•1939.     75.   D.  Sassafras,   L.  v.  S.,   species   distinctisslma — passim  obvia  in  foliis  dejectis  putrescenti- 
bus  (etiam  subvigentibus,  non  evoluta)   Lauri  Sassafras — et  quidem  ubi  est,  in  fere  omnibus  foliis 
arboris  occurrit. 
D.  maculis  latis  effusis,  fusco-badiis,  elegantissime  dendritice  radiantibus,  diametro   plusquam  unciali, 
juniore  aetate  ex  latiorlbus  fibriUulis  folio  quodanimodo  iUitis  constare  videtur,  confluentibus  versus 
centrum  et  crustam  subcontijuiam  eflicientibus.     Dotliideae  stellar!  non  dissimilis,     Optirae  evoluta 
autem  macula  faciem   alienam  induit.     Fibrullae   dictae   radiantes  solutae  apparent  in  cellularum 
congeriem,  quaeque  cellula  nigra  suljerumpcns   ex  epidermide,    primum  elevato-convexa,  demum 
pezizoidea,  fibrillis  vcris  minutissimis  innato-radiantibus  circumdata.     Maculae  dendritica  saepe  con- 
fluunt.     Semper  in  pagina  superiori  folii. 
•1G40.     76.  D.  suBcuTicuLABis,  L.  V.  S.,  in  pagina  superiori   foliorum  Viburni   aut   Corni   horto    cult. 
Betbl. 
D.  maculas  sparsas,   orbiculatim  effiguratas,  diametro   J  unciali,   cinerascentes  efliciens,  centre  nigro, 
conte.xtas  ex  fibriUulis  dendritico-radiantibus,  ramosis  sub  tenerrima  epidermide  foUi,  liinc  subtumida 
et  cinerascente  irrepentibus.     Cellulis  in  centro  indistincter  .aggregatis. 
*1941.     77 ■  D.  KosAE,  Ij.  v.  S.,  in  fuliis  semivirentibus  Rosae  cuUae  in  liortis  Philad. 

D.  maculas  orbiculatim  etfiguratas  sistit,  \  unciali  diametro,  saepe  confluentes,  in  pagina  superiori, 
fuligineonigrofuscis,  contextas  e  fibriUulis  crassiusculis  furcato-ramosis  radiantibus,  centro  onustis 
cellulis  majusculis  applanatis,  statu  madidiori,  subpezizoideis,  primum  albo-farctis. 

*•••    Uniformes. 
•1942.     78.  D.  Anemones,  F.  46,  rara  obvia  in  Anemone  quinquefolia,  Bethl. 

•1943.     79.   U.  Polentillae,  F.  48,  valde  afiinis  priori  et  in  nostris  non  seriato-confluens.     In  Potcntilla 
canadensi  obvia  Betbl. 
1944.     80.   D.  ulneu,  F.  51,  Syn.  Car.  Xyl.  alnea  286,  Bethl. 
•1945.     81.   U.  MAccLANs,  L.  V.  S.,  in  foliis  querneis  Bethl.  et  ex  New  York. 

D.  epiphylla  subimpressa,  sistens  maculas  minutas  orbiculatas,  ex  pluribusminoribus  aggregatis,  appla- 
natis vix  confluentibus,  tectis,  atris,  superfice  corrugatis  et  punctatis,  concentrice  sitis,  conformatis. 
An  minores  sunt  cellulae? 
•1946.     8i?.  U.  Castaneae,  L.  v.  S.,  in  foliis  vivis  Castanearum  Bethl.  et  New  York. 


236  SYNOPSIS   OF 

D.  epiphylla,  minuta,  subsparsa,   ati-a,   effusa,  superficie  corrugata,  cellulis  aggregatis  imperfecte 
evolutis. 
1947".     83.  D.  FoTHEHGiLLAE,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  Xyloma  277,  maculis  minoribus  et  majoribus  fuscis, 
Salem. 
•1948.     84.   D.  LAUHicoLA,  L.  v.  S.,  vulgaris  in  foliis  Lauri  aestivalis,  Bethl. 

D.  epiphylla,  maculis  tenuibus,  superfcialibus  confluentibus,  nigris,  crassioribusorbiculatlsmi.xtis. 
•1949.     85.  D.  FiLiccM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  stipitibus  variorum  Filicum,  Bethl.     An  Lepostroma' 

D.  maculis  minutis  elevatis,  oblongis,  acuminatis  rainutissimis,  cellulis  longltudinaliterrimosis  in  macu- 
lis aggregatis,  nigi'o-fuscis,  lineatim  elongatis. 
■'1950.  86.  D.  PoLTGALAE,  L.  v.  S.,  in  foliis  Polygalae  pubescentis  ex  Florida  acceptis  in  Herbario 
obvia. 
D.  distinctissima  in  foliis  vigentibus,  macula  fumosa  e  fills  in  parenchymate  repentibus.  Cellulis 
sparsis  subrotundis  manifestis,  nigi'is  demum  apertis,  subalbofarctis,  cum  epidermide  elevatis,  am- 
phigenis. 

»*»»»  Edostroma. 

1951.  87.   D.   E.  LinioDENDni,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  290,  Carol,  et  Pennsylv. 

1952.  88.  D.  E.   Toxici,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  278,  et  Pennsylv.  Rh.  rad. 

1953.  89.   n.  E.  AFFLATA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  273,  X.  in  foliis  Cimicifugae. 

1954.  90.  D.  E.   Annonae,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  275,  X.  in  foliis  Porceliae,  Car. 

•1955.     91.  D.    E.  PETioiAHis,  L.v.  S.,  satisfrequens  in  petiolis  dejectis.Iuglandium  et  aliorumfolioriim, 
Bethl.     An  Rhytisma' 
D.   E.  picea,  iUita,  maculis  ci'assis  Lite  circumcirca  effusis,   ovato  determlnatis,  margine  interdum  sub- 
liberato  et  elevato — saepe  uncialibus — affinis  Rhytismate  Urticae,  sed  semper  sterilis  mihi  obvia. 


Ordo  II.     PHACIDIACEI. 
Tribiis  1.     Patellarei. 

Genus  GO.      Patellaria. 

1956.     1.  P.  atrata,  F.  II.  p.  160,  frequens  Carol,  et  Pennsylv.,  Syn.  Car.  1248,  Peziza. 
•1957.     2.  P.  lUfformis,  F.  p.  151,  Peziza:  ad  truncum  Salicis  antiquum  versus  radicem,  Bethl. 
*1958.     3.  P.  Verbasci,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  ad  antiquissimas  caulcs  Verbasci,  Bethl. 
P.  coriacea,  sicca,  scutellam  Lichenis  referens,  gregaria  et  sparsa,  adpressa,  semper  applanata,  juniore 
parum  contracta.     Miirgine  subplicata.     Disco  parum   elevato  pulveraceo,  pulvere  adglutinato  nee 
detergibili.     Diametro  1 — 2  lineari  saepe  angulata.     Aterrima. 
*1959.     4.  P.  Nir.no-ciNNABAniN-4,  L.  v.  S.,  pulcherrima,  majuscula,  non  rara  occurrens  in  variis  ramvdis 
putrescentibus,  v.  c.  Crataegi,  Calycanthi  etc.      Etiam  ex  Surinamo  teneo,  Bethl. 
P.  Uiametro  varians  1 — 6  lineari.     Cupulis  sessilibus  aut  brevissime  stipitatis,  extus  olivaceo-nigris, 
coi'iaceis,  margine  tumido,  eleganter  plicato;  siccitate   arete  inflexo  et  clauso,  fere  Hysterium  refer- 
ente,  et  discum  omnino  obtegente.     Madefactis  cupulis,  orbiculatim  expandunturdiscum  latiusculum 
planum  2 — 3  lincarem  ostendentes,   pulvere  cinnabarino,    strato  crasso,  semper  obtectum,   margine 
tamen  inflexo.     Interdum  etiam  statu  sicciore  aperta  obvia.     Sparsim  et  fasciculatim  crescit.     Facil- 
lime  ex  ramulo  excutitur. 
'I960.     5.  P.  RiioronENnni,  L.  v.  S.,  afliinis  P.  atratae  sed  colore  diflfert,  Bethlehem  in  ramulis  lihodo- 
dendri. 
P.  cupulis  sparsis  difformibus,  fusco-atris,applanatoadpressis,  marginatis,  margine  crenato — aut  denta- 
tim  prominulo.     Disco  nigro  pulverulento.     Subgelatinosa.     Diametro  semilineari. 


1961. 

1. 

1962. 

2. 

1963. 

3, 

1964. 

4 

1965. 

5. 

1966. 

6. 

NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  237 


Genus  61.     Tympanis. 

T.  alnea,  F.  174,  n.  2,  Bethl.  in  Alno;  non  est  meravarietas  T.  t'rangiilae. 
T.  FRixisi,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  Fez.  1262,  F.  n.  3,  et  Uethl. 
T.  PLicATO-cnESATi,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  Fez.  1257,  F.  n.  4,  Carol. 
.  T.  eonspersa,  F.  6,  frequens  Salem  et  Bethl.  in  Fyro. 
T.  TiTicoLA,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  Fez.  1265,  frequens  et  Bethl.  in  Viti — F.  n.  8. 
T.  cixehascens,  L.  v.  S.,  in  putridissimo  ramo  ignoto  horti  Easton;  ibidem  freq. 
T.  sessills,  majuscula,  gregaria,  prorumpens   ex  epidermide  elevata,  cupulas  cingente.     Cupulis   ro- 
tundisaut  difformibus,  lobatisque  et  subconfluentibus.     Disco  marginato,  impresso,  aut  umbonato  et 
etiam  tuberculoso.     Yelo  cinereo,   primum   clause,  demum  evanido:  tunc   omnino   nigra,  pulvere 
semlnali  tecta. 
•1967.     7.  T.  fascicclata,  L.  v.  S.,  ex  epidermide  ramorum  fruticis  ignoti  erumpens,  Bethl. 

T.  subsessilis,  minor,  fasciculatim  erumpens,   epidermide   cincta.     Cupulis  fusco-nigris,    varic  tortis 
difformibus,  marginibus  inflexis  subplicatis,  disco  excav.ato.     Junior  claiisa,  subsphaeriaeformis. 
*1968.     8.   T.  SEKIATA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  ligno  decorticato  longis  seriebus  provenit  rara  Bethl. 

T.  stipitata,  concrescens  longis  seriebus.  Frimum  refert  Sphaeriam  pyi-iformem  nigram  majusculam 
rugosam  in  orem  prolongatam.  Tum  aemulat  Fezizam  ore  contracto,  stipite  crasso  cylindrico, 
marginibus  tumidulis  atrovirentibus,  disco  velato,  velo  pulverulento  albescenti-viridi,  ipso  .atrovi- 
rente.  Ultimo  statu  valde  dilatatur,  disco  tuberculato,  margine  viridi  pulverulento,  lobato,  undulato. 
Altitudine  lineam  vix  excedit. 
•1969.     9.  T.  TUHBiNATA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  ramulis  exsoletis  Diervillae,  Bethl.  obvia. 

T.  substipitata,  primum  erumpens  ex  epidermide  capitulo  globoso,  sparsim  sita,  et  quasi  tuberculis 
echinata  fusco-nigra.  Demum  refert  Peziz.am  turbinato-obconicam,  marginibus  tumidulis,  fere  clau- 
sis,  disco  poriforme,  tandem  .apertiusculo.     Extus  striata.     Altitudine  lineae. 


Tribus  2.     Dermei. 

Genus  62.     Dermea. 

1970.     1.   D.  CKATEnitJM,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1175,  Tab.  1,   Fries.   Feziza,   p.  74,   vulgaris  et  maxima 
etiam  Fennsylvania  primo  vere;  semper  ad  ramos  aut  truncos  in  terra  jacentes.     Tomento   basilari 
saepe  insuper  teiTam  expanse.     Specimina  dense  caespitosa  pedalia  et  6  uncias  alta  interdum  mihl 
obvia.     .Tuniori  statu  saepe  extus  eleganter  badio-furfuracea. 
•1971.     2.  D. /asn«(/ans,  F.  p.  75,  in  FjTo  malo  Bethl. 
•1972.     3.  D.  popuLSEA,  L.  v.  S.,  omnino  differt  a  priori.     Bethl.  rara  in  Fopulo  italica. 

D.  sessilis,  caespitosa,  coriaceo-membranacea,  minor,  ovata  aut  oblonga,   fere  semper  clausa,   extus 
cinerea  furfuracea,  intus  nigra.     Singulae  cupulae  sphaeriaeformes  clausae  sunt  quasi  p\dvinatim — 
rarissimc  apertae  obviae.     Semilineam  vix  excedunt  altitudine. 
'1973.     4.  D.  Ctdoniae,  L.  v.  S.,  rara  in  emortuis  ramis  Cydoniae,  Bethl. 
D.  sparsa,  simplex,  sessilis,  applanato-adpressa,  difformis  aut  subrotundo-undulata;  extus  furfure  albido 
crasso  pulverulento  tecta,  marginibus  tumidis,  arete  inflexis;  disco  fusco-badio,  aut  subcinnamomeo. 
Di.ametro  2 — 3  linearis. 
•1974.     5.   D.  Cerasi,  F.  p.  179,  n.  3,  Cenang.  frequens  et  S.alem  et  Pennsylv.  in  ramis  Cerasorum. 
•1975.     6.   D.  Spihaeae,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ramis  Spiraeae  opulifoliae  rarior,  Bethl. 

D.   subsimplex,   aut  2 — 3  in   caespitulo.     Cupulis  siccis  conniventibus:   m.adidis   ap  ertissimis,  extus 
brunneo-fuscis  furfuraceo-strigosis;  disco  badio.     Minor;  nunquam  duaslineas  excedensdiametro. 
'1976.     7.   V.Jissa,  F.  p.  75,  Feziza,  rara  in  ramis  ignotis  Nazareth  obvia. 
1977.     8.  "D.  furfuracea,  F.  p.  75,  Peziz.  Syn.  Car.  1254,  in  ramis  Coryleis  Salem  et  Bethlehem. 

Vol.  IV.— 3  K 


1980. 
•1981. 


238  SYNOPSIS  OF 


Genus  63.     Cenangium. 

1.  SclerodaTis. 
■1973.      1.   C.  RiBis,  F.  p.  1-9,  n.  1,  rara  Bethl.  in  Ribi. 

19-9.     2.  C.  cLiTATCM,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1176,  F.  n.  2,  soliimmodo  in  Carolina. 
C.prunasfri,  F.  n.  4,  Syn.  Car.  1259,  vulgare  Bethl. 

C.  rigidum,  var.  F.  n.  4.     Certissime  species  distincta  nostra  vulgatissima  in  ramis  persiccis 
.Salem  et  Bethlehem,  cum   prior  praesertim  Bethlehem  in  ramis  crassis  Pyri  Mali  obvia. 
1982.     5.   C.  Riiois,  L.  v.  S.,  non  infrequens  in  Rhois  glabrae  ramis  Salem  et  Bethl.     Affinis  C.  Aucu- 
pariae  et  cum  hac  confusa,  Syn.  Carol,  n.  1127. 
C.    caespitosum,    albido-pulverulentum,  sphaeriaeforme,  demura  apertum;   caespitulis   minutis,  fere 
semper  circumdatis  pulvere  ex  cortice  orto. 
•1983.     6.  C.  laminare,  i".  n.  6,  in  ramis  Betulae  carpinifoliae  Bethl.  rarius. 

1984.  7.   C.  Andbomedae,  L.  v.  S,,  Syn.  Car.  1261,  F.  8,  frequens  in  Carolina. 

1985.  8.   C.  TBiANGuiABE,  L.  V.  S. ,   Syn.  Cai-.   1255,    F.  9,   vulgaris  etiam  in   Pennsylvania   in  ramis 
quercinis. 

•1986.     9.   C.  PALMATUM,  L.  V.  S.,   tractu  longitudinali   prorumpens  ex   cortice   Rhododendri   maxinii, 

Bethl. 
C.  caespitosum,  caespitilnis  pugilliformibus  declinatis.     Peritlieciis  seu   Cupulis   nigris  subcylindricis, 

quasi  ex  tuberculo  caespitosim  orientibus,  variis  sibi  ipsis  impo-sitis,  apice  primum  in  pseudostiolum 

abientibus,  demum  apertiusculis,    et  quasi  poro  hemisphaerico   concavo  minuto  excavalis.     Intus 

pulveraceis.     1 — 2  linearum  altitudine. 
*1987.     10.  C.  cojitPREssDM,  L.  V.  S.,  ex  ramis  Betulae  carpinifoliae  (lentae)  propullans,  Bethl. 

C.  transversim  erumpens,   caespitosum   vakle   elevatum  et  ramum  quasi   aculeans.     Cupulis  semper 

inflato-compressis,  apice  valde  varieformatis,  nigris,  furfure  cinereo  adspersis,  apice  demum  apertiiis- 

cuhs.     2  lineae  saepe  altis.     Furfure  externo  detergibili — tum  fungus  nigro-pulverulentus  evadit. 

Etiam  ex  Nova  Anglia  communicavit  CI.  Torrey. 
'1988.     11.  C.  EnspHAEiiiA,  L.  V.  S.,  aliquomodo  analogum   Ilydno  aut   K,adulae  aterrimae.     Vulgaris 

in  Sphaeria  stigmati  et   S.  llmaeformis,  praesertim  non  evolutis — Epiderm'idem  valde  elevat  et  ad 

dejectionem  praep.arat. 
C.   diftorme,  subcylindrico-ventricosum;   extus  tuberculosum,   inaequabile,   apice  truncato-impresso 

aut  irregulariter  aperto;   nigro-fuscum,  intus  subgrumosum.     Plerumque  observatur  in  lignis  igni 

destinatis. 
•1989.     12.  C.  Staphyleae,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  occurrit  in  junioribus  ramis  Staphyleae,  Bethl. 

C.  sparsim  subepidermide,  sed  gregarium,  primum  tectum  et  epidei'midem  quasi  nigricans,  minutum, 

sphaeriaeforme.    Uemum  prorumpens,  nigrum,  apice  aperto  irregulari;  disco  indistincte  pulverulento. 
*1990.      13.   C.  coNFCsuM,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  cortice  ramorum  Quercus  albae  in  terra  jacente  Salem 

et  Bethl. 
C.  sparsum  ac  confluens,  ramos  aut  juniorcs  truncos  pedaliter  obtegens.     Sub  cpidermide  observatur 

crusta  quadam  effusa  fusco-nigra,  punctulatim  subpubens,  obsita  peritheciis  prorumpentibus,  irregu- 

laribus,  difl'oi-mibus,  sphaeriomorphis,  conspurcatis  extrorsum  sporidiis  quasi  profluentibus.     Cete- 

rum  perithecia  saepe  globosa  sunt  et  demum  apice  aperto,  ore  aut  pezizoldeo  aut  sphaeroideo,  aut 

irregulari. 
"1991.      14.   C.  spHAEHiAEMonpiiuM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ramis  emollitis  Quercus  albae  Bethl. 

C.  gregarium,  rarius  confluens,    epidermido  innatum  aut  prorumpens,  interdum  quasi  fasciculatum, 

plerumque  autem    forma  obovata  turbinata,  fusconigrum,   rugosum,   punctatum,  non    stipit.atum. 

Disco   rarius   subaperto.     Intus   ferrugineum — cliametro   A   lineari.     Ramum  agmine    vasto,    longe 

luteque  difluso  occupat. 


2.  TrihUdium. 
'1992.     IS.  C.  caUdlformt,  F.  p.  183,  n.  11,  Salem  et  Bethl. 
'1993.     16.  C  pilliyum,  F.  n.  13,  in  frustulo  pineo,  Salem. 

1994.  17.  C.  ViiiunNi,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1264,  etiam  Pennsylv. 

1995.  18.  (\  TiiuQiDUM,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1265,  Peziza  quernea  in  excrescentiis  ramorum  Quercus, 
Sal.  et  licthl. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  239 

*M96.     19.  C.  arciicum,  F.  17,  spccimina  nostra  debemiis  clarissinio  D.  Kunzio  Lipsiensl  infoliis  .\ndro- 

medae  tetragonae  ex  Sinu  Laurentio. 
*1997.     20.  C.  TcMOKDM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  cxcrescentiis  ranioi'iini  passim,  Betlil. 

C.  prorumpens,  primum  tectum,  demum  epidcrmlde  stcllatim  fisso  cinctiim;  sparsum  nee  caespitosum, 
rotundatum,  convexum,  nigrum,  extus  squaniulosuni,   primum   omnino   cluusum,   demum  apcrtum 
rimis,  aut  irregulariter  rupto  ore. 
"1998.     21.   C.  CnATAZGi,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  oceurrit  in  ramulis  Crataegi,  ISetld. 

C.  sparsum,  sessile,  repando-efl'usum,  subtremelloso-corneum,  atrum  aut  atro-fuscura,    primum   globo- 
sum,  demum  apertum,  nigro-pulveraceum,  pulvere  compacto;  disco  semper  inipresso. 
*1999.     :2.  C.  AEiiuoiNosoM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ligno  udo  dccorticato  aut  sub  cortice  IScthl. 

C.   crustae   quaedam  atro  acruginosae   lignum   obtegenti   et  tingenti  insidens  cacspitosim  aut  in  lineis 
flexuosis  aggregatum;  cupulis  minutis  applanatis,  margine  undulato  plicato  tuljerculoso;  disco  appla- 
nato  pulverulento.     Unicolor  atro-aeruginosum;  vix  semilinea  alta. 
'2000.     23.  C.  FiBiiisEDA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  lignis  denudatis  siccis,  tibris  insidet,  primum  subtectum.     Bethle- 
hem praesertim  in  Castaneis  sepium. 
C.  minutissimum,  fasciculatum   et  sparsum,   etiam  passim   confluens.      Siccum  nigerrimum   cupulis 
varie  formatis,  sed  semper  conniventibus;  extus  papillis  nigris  tam  dense  obsitum  ut  fere  Exosporium 
Tiliae  refert.     Madefactum,  discus  pallido-rufus,  atro-pulverulentus  se  exhibet. 
*2001.     24.   C.  APERTCM,  L.  V.  S.,  in  ramulis  emortuis  Hydrangeae  Bethl.  et  S.alem. 

C.  sparsum,  simplex,  cupulis  1 — 2  linearibus,  primum  clausis,  pulvinato-rotundis,  extus  nigro-ferrugi- 
nosis  pulverulentis,  demum  late  apei-tis,  marginibus  irregulariter  Inflexis,  saepe  ruptis.     Disco  pal- 
lido.     Affinis  est  C.  ferruginoso. 
*2002.     25.   C.  EosAE,  L.  v.  S.,  prorumpens  rarlus  ex  cortice  Rosae  cor)Tnbosae,  Bethl. 

C.  caespitosum,  prorumpens,  cupulis  dense  aggregatis,   cornels,  nigronitentibus,  margine  tuberculoso, 
disco  piano  aperto.      Cupulis  diUca'mibus,     Atline  C  Viburni. 
*2003.     26.  C.  popuLixux,  L.  v.  S.,  sparsim  erumpens  ex  Populi  italicae  cortice,  Bethl. 

C.   sparsum;   1 — 2  lin.    latum,    elevatum  cum  cpidermlde   a  qua  cinctum  primum  clausum,  nigrum ; 
demum  apertum,  margine  effuso,  disco  cinereo  pulverulento.     Clausum  fuseescit.     Faciliter  ellabit. 
*2004.     27.   C.  Castaneae,  L  v.  S.,  I'amulis  junioribus  Castaneae  rarius  insidet,  Bethl. 

C.  simplex,  prorumpens,  cpidermide  cinctum  et   pulvere  quodam  spurio  ex  cortice  insidens.     Sessile 
subrepando-undulatum,   m.arginibus  tumidulis,  centre  discoideo   irregulariter  depresso,  rugoso,  sub- 
pulverulento.     Demum  ruptum  et  intus  grumosum,  fuscum.     Extus  nigrofuscum.     Diametrolineam 
non  excedit. 
*2005.     28.   C.  eatiscens,  L.  v.  S.,  in  cortice  Syringae  et  evolutius  in  Moro  alba,  Bethl. 

C.  minutum   (majus  tamen  in  Syringa)   fasciculatum,    prorumpens  sessile;   cupulis  globosis  primum 
clausis,  interdum  difformibus,  pulvere  copioso  tectis,  demum  omnino  fatiscentibus.      Pulvere  deterso 
apparent  cupulae  applanatae  atronitentes,  demum  irregulariter  apertae. 
*2006.     29.  C.  NiGKOECscUiM,  L.  v.  S.,  ingenti  copia  occupat  dejectos  ramos  ignotos,  Bethl. 

C.  sparsum   aut   subcaespitosum,   gregarium,  globosum  aut  turbinatum,  liberum  quasi  in  epidermide, 
ad  2  lineas  latum,  undique  tuberculosum,    et  quasi  fusco  barbatum  pube    brevi  rigii.lo.     Disco  vix 
aperto,  sed  dehiscens  in  rimis  varie  tortis.     An  hujus  generis.     Fungus  distinctissimus. 
'2007.     30.   C.  pinastri,F.  p.  184,  n.  12,  in  ramis  Pini  Strobi,  Bethl. 
*2008.     31.  C.  MOLLicsccLCM,  L.  V.  S.,  eximia  species,  in  Betula  carpinifolia  Maucb  Chunk. 

C.  pezizoideum,  aggregatum  ac  sparsum,  saepe  invicem  adpressum  et  inde  angulatum.  Statu  madido 
molliusculum  1 — 3  lineas  latum,  nigro  oliv.aceum  marginatum.  Sicco  statu  corneo-ceraceum. 
Sessile,  basi  tamen  contracta.  Cupulam  refert  marginatam  subrepandam  lobatam,  extus  olivaceam, 
disco  convexo  rugoso,  punctate,  nigro.     Intus  substantia  eleganter  flavo-ferrug'lnca. 

3.    Cliihris. 

2009.  32.   C.  fcrruginosum,   F.  n.  18,    Syn.    Car.    12o0,  Peziza   abietis   solummodo  in   Carolina  mihi 
obvium. 

2010.  33.  C.  Cephalanthi,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  125(5,  F.  21,  frequens  locis  suis  etiam  Pennsylv. 

2011.  34.  C.  quercinum,  F.  24,  Syn.  Car.  Hysterium,  248,  et.  frequens  in  Pennsylvania. 
'2012.     35.  C.  acutum,  F.  23,  in  Sambuco  rarius,  Bethl. 

'2013.     36.  C.  pirisijM,  L.  v.  S  ,  longe  lateque  obtegens  frustula  eorticis  P\ri  coronariae,  Nazareth. 


240  SYNOPSIS  OF 

C.  cupulis  grecfari'is  aut  sparsis  atrofuscis,  nitentibus,   plerumque  transversim  aut  varie  sitis,  semper 
basin  versus  in  stipitem  contractis,  more  Lophii,  siccitate  conniventibas,  sed  etiam  late  hiascentibus, 
hysteriiformibus,  marginibus  inflexis,  discum  planum  atro-pulverulentum  exhibentibus.     Interdum 
scutellam  Lichenls  refcrens,  rotundato-apertum. 
*2014.     37.  C.  ENTEnoxANTHUM,  L.  V.  S.,  parvulum  sed  distinctissimum  in  ligno  Pomorum,  Bethl. 

C.  longUudinaliter  seriatum  aut  irregulariter  prorumpens,  sessile,  hysteriiforme,  subrotundum  aut 
ovatum,  plerumque  claasum  aut  rima  longitudinaliter  apertum.  Extus  olivaceo  rugosum  nigrum. 
Intus  colore  luteo-virente  pulverulentum  praesertim  sub  disco  subaperto.  Crusta  quadam  ligno 
commixto  nigra,  ex  qua  prorumpit. 


Tribus  3.     Cliostomei. 

Genus  64.     Glonium. 

2015.  1.  G.  stettatum,  F.  595,  Syn.  Car.  258,  cum  Icone  frequens,  etiam  obvium  in  Pennsylv. 
'2016.  2.  G.  AccuMCLATUM,  L.  V.  S.,  affine  priori,  sed  vix  mera  varietas,  cum  constanter  forma  sua 
obvium,  Uetlil. 
G.  subiculo  byssino  parco  in  ambitu,  fibrillulis  crassiusculis.  Ad  basin  diametro  gaudet  unciali,  unde 
irregulariter  assurgit  in  formam  subpyramidato-truncatam  valde  inaequalem  et  rugosam,  ortam  ex 
peritheciis  accumulatis,  sese  invicem  superincumbentibus,  ramoso-radiantibus,  radiis  interruptis; 
intus  albo-farctis.     Altitudine  semiunciali.     Colore  omnino  prioris. 

Genus  65.     Lophium. 

'2017'.     1.  L.  NAviccLAnE,  L.  V.  S.,  in  ligno  ignoto  Betlilehem,  milii  obvium. 

L.  non  pedicellatum,  sed  basi  contractum,  elongatum,  ov.atum,  subflexuosum,  forma  naviculari  valde 
simile.  Hysterio,  praesertim  statu  juniori,  antequam  omnino  emersum,  quia  turn  utrinque  acumi- 
natum et  rima  omnino  Hysterli  praeditum.  Provectiorl  aetate  compressum  evadit,  et  extus  longi- 
tudinaliter striatum  concham  referens,  fusccscens,  ceterum  nigrum  et  utrinque  obtusatum.  An 
merum  Hysterium? 
•2018.     2-  L.  Sassafras,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  occurrit  in  cortice  Lauri  Sassafras  nee  alibi  in  Pennsylv. 

L.  majusculum,  sparsum,  afRne  mytilino,  sed  multo  majus  et  obtusius.  Subpedicellatum,  sursum 
turgido-dilatatum,  rugosum  striatum,  absque  ullo  splendore  nigrum.  Rima  clausa;  nucleo  albido; 
interdum  bifariam  aperta. 

Genus  66.     Actidium. 

•2019.     1.  A.  cABiciNUM,  L.  V.  S.,  ad  culmos  et  folia  majorum  Carlcum,  Bethlehem  rarius. 
A.  peritheciis  applanatis,  nigris,  stellatim  irregulariter  r.adiantibus,  lobis  oblongis,  obtusls,  rugosis,  pri- 
mum  epidermide  tectis,  demum  denudatis.     Actinothysium  occurrit  in  iisdem  foliis. 

Genus  67.     Cliostomitm. 

•2020.     1.  C.  comtgatum,  F.   p.  565,   Rhytisma  et  Syn.  Car.  1249,   Pcziza  Hysterium;  etiam   in  lignis 
exsiccatis  seplum  Bethlehem. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  241 


Tribus  4.     Phacidiei, 
Genus  6S.     Rhytisma. 

'2021.     1.   1!.  Jindromedac,  F.  5,  ex  Nova  Anglia  et  Labrador  in  foliis  Andromedae  polifoliae. 
2022.     2.  R.  DECOLORAXS,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  Xyloma,  265,   V.  6,   frequens  et  Pcnnsylvaiuae  in  foliis 

Andromedae  paniciilatae- 
202o.     3.   R.  Vaccinii,    L.  v.  S.,    Sjti.  Car.   265,  /3,  non   est  mera  varictas  sed  satis   distlncta.      Frc- 

quentissimiim  in  foliis  Vaccinii  frondosi,  rarius  in  aliis  nisi  etiam  V.  virgati. 

2024.  4.   R.  Piusi,  L.  v.  S  ,  Syn.  Car.  268,  F.  9,  nondum  in  Pennsylv. 

2025.  5.  R.  Iliciscola,  L.  v.S.,  Syn.  Car.  269,  F.  10,  nee  Pennsylv. 

•2026.     6.   R.  Ilicis  can-apexsis,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  foliis  Ilicis  canadensis  monte  Pocono. 

R.  hypopliyllum  miilto  minus  priori,  angulato-orbiculatum,  valdc  elevatum,   atrmii   sed   absque  nitore 
et  supcrficle  punctata,  centro   saepius  Imprcssum,   folio   subinnatum,  cinctum  marginc   pallido  in 
folio.     Interdinn  lobatum  ambitu.     Diametro  1 — 2  lineari,  et  plerunique  tantidem  altum. 
20;7.     7.  R.  TELATux,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  270,  F.  11,  solummodo  in  Carolina  obvium. 
•202S.      8.    R.  saliclnum,  F.  12,  rarius  in  foliis  Salicum,  bethl. 

2029.  9.  R.  /io4/;i('(7C  (F'ungum  etiam  e.x  Bohemia  teneo  europaeum). 

Nunqnam  in  foliis  Robiniae  pseudo-acaciae  inveni,   sed  passim  in  foliis  Rohiniae  viscosae  in  Ilorto  Na- 
zaretli.      Fruetificans  r.arum,  sed  macula  nigra  sterilis  vulgata. 

2030.  10.   R.  acerrimum,  F.  14,  Syn.  Car.  266,  etiam  frequens  in  Pennsylv.  in  folii  A.  nibri. 

*2031.     11.  R.  pundatum,  F.  15,  (non  Xyloma  punctatum,  Syn.  Car.  267 — quod  ad   R.  Vaccinii)  rarius 

in  A.  saccharini  foliis  Salem  et  IJethl. 
"2032.      12.  R  AcEnis  eriocarpai;,  L.  v.  S.,   in  juniorum   arborum   foliis  Aceris   eriocarpae   in   Horto 
Bartramii,  Pliiladelphia. 
R.  innatum,  magnum,  atronitens,  orbiculato-lobatum,   Iuteo-margin.atum,   demum  in  plicis  ramoso-un- 
dulatis  radiantibus  dehiscens.     Vis  mera  varietas  R.  acerini.' 
2033.      13.   R.  AsTEHis,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  271,   p.asslm  in  foliis  variorum  Asterum  Carolinae  et  Penn- 
sylvaniae.     Species  quam  distincta. 
R.  innatum  e.xacte  orbiculatum,  margine   latiusculo   exalbescente,  ambitu  lobato,  amphigenum,   atrum 
sed  expers  nitoris,  teni\isculum,  punctulatum:    diametro  bilineari,   primum  velo  tcnuissimo  cinereo 
tectum  demum  evancscente.     Deliiscens  non  mibi   obvium.     In  planta  ubi   occurrit  plerunique  fre- 
quenter infcstat  folia. 
'2034.     14.   R.  SoLiDAGiNis,  L.  v.  S.,  vulgatissimum  in  foliis  vigentibus  Solidagiriis  lanceolatae  nee  alibi 
Bethl. 
R.  innatum,  aterrimuni,  absque  ullo  velo  aut  nitore,  orbiculatum  aut  ovatum,  margine  luteo  in  folio;  in 
pagina  superiori  convexum,  in  inferior!  concavum;  diametro  1 — 6  linearum.     Saepe  plura  confluunt 
— sed  apertum  non  vidi. 
'2035.      15.   R.  BiFRONs,  L.  v.  S.,  rarum  in  folio  SoUdaginis  sempervirentis,  mibi  ex  New  York  commu- 
nicatae  a  clarissimo  D.  Torrey. 
R.  innatum,  amphigenum,  orbiculatum,  grcgarium  aut  subconfluens,  convexum  in  ambabus  paginis  et 
satis  crassum,   margine  in  folio  exalbescente.      Sursum  indutum  cortice   aut  velo  crassiore   fusco- 
grisea  exteriori,  demum  frustulis  soluto,  cortice  interiori  atra,  intus  carbonaceum.      Diametro  trili- 
neari.     Interdum  perforatum  invenltur,  an  casu ' — ceterum  inapertum. 
N.  B.   Tres  species  anteccdentes  memorabiles  inter  se  affines  sunt. 
•2036.     16.  R.  Sassafras,  L.  v.  S.,  rarius  in  foliis  Sassafras  Carolinae,  affinis  R.  decoloranti. 
R.  innatum,  minus,  epiphyllum,  orbiculatum,  1  lineare,  pagina  inferiori,  glauco-subvelatuin,  aequabile; 
in  superiori  nigro-nitens,  flexuoso-plicatum,  plicis  demum  rimose  hiantibus. 
•2037.      17.   R.  ViTis,   L  v.  S.,  rarius  in  foliis  putridis  (nee  in  vigentibus  observatum)  Vitis  aestivalis 
Carolinae  ac  Pennsylv. 
R.  innatum,  mlnutum  (1 — 2  lineari  diametro)  orbiculatum — aut  subquadratum,  atrum;  pagina  superiori 

Vol.  IV.— 3  L 


242  SYNOPSIS   OF 

demum  dehiscens  plicis  flesuosis  irreg'ularibus;  pagina  ini'erlori  subcinerascens,  aiitcum  folio  pmino- 
suni;  aequabile  sed  tamen  punctulatum. 
*2038.     18.   R.  Jdolandis,  L.  v.  S.,  olim  Nobis  Sphaeria  placentula,  passim  in  follls  eniortuis  equidem 
corruptissimis  Juglandis  tomentosae  et  albae,  Betlil. 
R.  minutum  punctiforme,  quasi  placentulam  orbiculatam  referens,  applanatam,  in  aversa  pagina  folii; 
nigram,  plicis  radiantibus  flexuosis,  demum  dehiscentibus,     Multis  aggregatis   plerumque  sed  non 
inter  se  confluentibus. 
*2039.     19.  R.  Magn-gliae,  L.  V.  S.,  in  foliis  dejectis  adhuc  viridibus   Magnoliae  glaucae  prope  Phila- 
delphia. 
R.  paginae  superiori  folii  insidens,  maculis  subefRguratis,  \  uncialibus   nigro-fuscis,  anibitu  orbiculato 
minus  obscuro.     Demum  frustulatim  dehiscens.     Cortice  tenulssimo.     Folium  in  ambitu  plerumque 
exarido.     Pagina  aversa  glaucescit  fungus. 
*2040.     20.  R.  Cacti,  L.  v.  S.,  in  foliis  Cacti  opuntiae  passim:  Salem.     Plerumque  corruptis. 

R.  innato-subtectum,  demum  erumpcns,  atronitens,  varium,  difforme,  satis  elevatum,   superficie  irre- 
gulariter  flexuoso-plicata,  plicis  dehiscentibus,     Pluribus  aggregatis  confluentibus. 
*2041.     21.  K.  SEiiiALE,  L.  V.  S.,  rarissime  obvium,  in  vetusto  Scopo  ex  ligno  Hickory,  Bethl. 

R.  seriatim  confluens,   lineolis  atronitentibus  ex  numerosis  aggregatis  peritheciis,    varie   formatis  et 
flexuosis,  rimis  demum  dehiscentibus.     Peritheciis  minutls. 

2042.  22.   R.  coNriuENs,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn  Car.  260,  F.  19,  et  Pennsylv.  frequens  in  caulibus,   praesertim 
Eupatorii  maculatae,  &.c. 

2043.  23.   R.  S.iiiLAcis,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.   Car.  259,  P.  18,   frequens  etiam  in  Smilacibus  Pennsylv.     An 
idem  cum  Dichaena  smilacina? 

*2044.     24.   R.  ELETATCM,  L.  V.  S.,  affinis  R.  confluenti  in  caulibus  anUrticae,  Bethl. 

R.  minus,  confluens,   multo  magis  elevatum  quam  No.  22,   atronitens,   irregulariter  demum  ruptum. 
Colore  atro.     Copia  magna  quasi  aggregatum  in  macuLas  indeterminatim  effusis. 

•2045.     25.   R.  SiLPHii,  L.  v.  S.,  in  caulibus  Silpbii  culti  in  Horto,  Nazareth  frequens. 
R.  innatum,  efficiens  maculas  minores  ellipticas  iuit  ovatas,  utrinque  acuminatas,   etiam   interdum  orbi- 
cularcs,  atronitentes,  confl.atas  ex  peritheciis  efRguratim  confluentibus,  in  ambitu  simplicibus  ;  super- 
ficie aequabili,  primum  striata,  demum  tuberculosa,  hinc  inde  rimose  dehiscente. 

*2046.  26.  R.  ADoicTiNATUM,  L.  V.  S  ,  aut  R  maximum.,  F.  3.  Species  valde  memorabilis,  de  qua  diu 
dubiosus  fui,  an  hujus  generis  aut  Phlehia.  Semper  in  ramis  Salicum  indigenarum  v.  c.  S.  lacidae^ 
marghiatae  et  tulium  in  ripis  crescentium,  saepe  plures  connectens,  et  inter  se  conglutinans.  .luxta 
Lehigh  demum  omnibus  statubus  inventum  magna  copia — certus  factus  sum  Rliytisina  ante  oculos 
habere  et  non  multum  abest  ut  persuasum  sim  esse  U.  maximum  Fries. 
R.  irregulariter  effusum,  nigrofuscum,  induratum,  rimosum,  plicis  transversis  rugosis.  Arctissime 
ramis  adhaerens,  crassiusculam  membranam,  coriaceo-viscosam  exhibens.  Maj'ginibus  siccitate 
sohitis  involutis,  ceterimi  innatum  et  a  ligno  non  separabile.     Intus  albido. 

Genus  69.     Phacidium. 

•  Erumpentia. 
*204".      1.  P.  ahieum,  F.  p.  573,  n.  4,  in  ramis  Alni,  Bethl. 
•2048.     2.   P.  lucerum,  F.  12,  in  foliis  Pini  inopis,  Philad. 
•2049.     3.   P.  ahielinum,  F.  13,  in  foliis  Pini  Strobi,  Nazareth. 
2050.     4.   P.  mu/Zu'u/w,  F.  14,  in  foliis  Ilicis  op.acae.     Salem.     Erumpens,  ovato-subrotundiim,  dianjetro 
1  linearl,   simplex   sparsum,  atronitens,  valde  convexo-elevatum,  in  lacinias  4 — 5  niptuni,  disco  fus- 
cescente. 
•2051.     5.   P.  RiioDODEiTDni,  L.  t.  S.,  in  pagina  superiori  Rhod.  maximi  foliorum,  Bethl. 
P.  in  macula  lata  expansa  albescente  innatum,  peritheciis  nigrofuscescentibus,  m.ajoribus,  bilinearibus 
aut  ultra,   sparsis,  obtuso-oblongis,  subflexuosis,  demum  in  lacinias  tres,  irregulariter  ruptis.     Disco 
fuscescenle  subpulverulento. 
•2052.     6.  P.  EXAsi'EiiAss,  L.  V.  S.,    frequentissimum  in   ulraque  pagina  foUorum   emortuorum  Kalmiae 
latifoUac,  Bethl.  et  Salem. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI,  243 

P.  erumpens,  demum  libere   folio  insidens,  minutum,  sparsum,  sed  tamen  tarn  copiose  ut  folium  tactu 
exaspcrat,  stibrotundiim,  applanatum,  truncatiim,  aterrinium  absque  nitore,  undique  punctulato-aspe- 
nim.     Denuim  in  paucus  lacinias  ruptum:  disco  indistincto. 
•2053.     7.   P.  coiiTicALF.,  L.  V.  S.,  affine  P.  alneo,  sed  muUo  majus  i  unciale  et  ultra  nee  rliomboideum — 
in  ramis  exsiccatis  Khododendri,  Bethl. 
P.  erumpens,  atnim,  rugosum,  elliptico-ovatum  marginatum,  maximum,  plano-depressum,  epidermide 
lacerato  cinctum.      Uemum  irregulariter  in  lacinias  fissum,  stralo  discoideo  fuscescenti — in  exsoletis 
subfatiscente. 
•2054.     8.   P.  cAULixcoLA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  variis  caulibus  majoribus  v.  c.  Eupatorii,  Bethl. 

P.  erumpens  aut  potius  subinnatum,  exacte  orbiculare,  depresso-planum,  atronitens,  sparsum,  multis 
tamen  gregariis.     Diametro  semiUneari.     Superficie  primum  plicata,  demum  in  lacinias  paucas  de- 
hiscente. 
*205S.     9.  P.  CAPSOLAHE,  L.  V.  S,  frequens  in  Capsulis  emortuis  Verbasci  Thaps.  Uelhl. 

P.  primum  innatum,  hemisphaericum,   punctiforme,  fuscum,   subpellucidum,  minutissimum,   demum 
adnatum,  atrum,  orbiculare,  depressum,  corrugatum,  in  plures  lacinias  ruptum. 
•2056.     10.   P.  GtANBicoLA,  L.  V.  S.,  rarius  obvium  in  glandibus  quercinis,  Bethl. 

P.  erumpens,  atronitens,  minutum,  sparsum,  ovato-obtusum,  centrofere  ut  Hysteriumassurgens,  sed  in 
plures  lacinias  dehiscens,  disco  dilute  fuscescente,  5  lin.  diametro. 

••  2^yloma. 
205".      11.  P.  coronutum,  F.  16,  Syn.  Car.  281,  et  in  Pennsylv. 
*20oS.      12.   P.  dcntatum,  Y.  17,  in  foliis  quercinis,  Bethl. 

"2059.     13.  P.  FRAXiNEDM,  L.  V.  S.,  in  foliis  F.  acuminatae  rarum,  sed  copiose  ag-gregatum  Bethl. 
P.  innatum,  m.ajus  priori,  absque  macula  in  pag'ina  aversa,  greg'atim  sparsum,  subrotundum  aut  diffbrme, 
atrum  absque  nitore,  convexo-appUmatum;   superficie  plicato-rugosa,  demum  irregulariter  fissain 
lacinias.      An  ad  P.  fimbriatum?     Sistens  puncta  nigra  conspicua  in  epidermide  cinerascente  folii. 
*2060.     14.  P.  Plataxi,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  aversa  pagina  folii  Platani  Occident.  Bethl. 

P.  innatum, minutissimum, creberrime  sparsum,  atronitens,  punctiforme,  sed  pro  ratione  valdeelevatum, 
ovale  aut  difforme.     Superficie  primum  notato   plicis  tribus  elevatis,   demum  fissa  in  lacinias  tres. 
Disco  pallido. 
•2051.     15.    P.  auEnciNUM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  aversa  pagina  foliorum  Querclnorum  rarum,  Bethl. 

P.  minutum,  nudo  oculo  punctiforme  nigrum  aut   fuligineum.     Lente  admota  omnino  difforme,  varie 
lobatum,  subelevatum,  applanatum,  absque  nitore,  demum  dehiscens  laciniis  irregularibus. 

Genus  70.     Hysterium. 

•  Denudata. 
2062.     1.  H.  pulicare,  F.  p.  579,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  237,  vulgatissimum  in  corticibus  et  lignis  Carolinae  et 
Pennsylv.     Varietates  insignes  occurrunt. 
a  anguitalum  non  rarum. 
ji  lenticulure  in  Querco,  Bethl. 
y  juglandls,  Syn.  Car.  242,  frequens  et  Pennsylv. 
i  laeve  vulgatum  Pennsylv. 

H.  elongutuin,  F.  3,  rarius,  Salem  et  Bethl. 

H.  graphicum,  F.  4,  in  cortice  Sassafras,  Bethl. 

H.  TouTiLE,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  250,  F.  5,  etiam  Bethl. 

H.  varium,  F.  7,  rarissime  in  Querco,  Bethl. 

H.  Castaneae,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  247,  F.  8,  passim  praesertim  in  frustulis  ligni  caesi  etiam 

H.  acuminatum,  F.  9,  ad  ligna  vetusta  Sassafras,  Bethl. 
H.  iuieare,  F.  10,  passim  et  Pennsylv.  Syn.  Car.  240. 
H.  uggregatum,  F.  11,  in  denudatis  lignis,  Bethl. 
I.   H.  elllpikum,  F.  12,  rarius  ad  cortices  Sal.  et  Bethl. 
11.  H.  vcLVATOM,  L.  V.  S.,ex  New  York  accepi  lignis  denudatis  ramorum. 


•2063. 

2. 

•2064. 

3. 

2055. 

4. 

•2066. 

5. 

2067. 

6. 

Bethl. 

•206S. 

7. 

2069. 

8. 

•2070. 

9. 

•2071. 

10 

•2072. 

11 

244  SYNOPSIS  OF 

H.  raajuscuhim,  sparsum.ovato-ellipticum,  atrum,  suberumpens,  vulvaeforme  vix  striatum.     Labiis  acu- 
tis  subinflexis  ;   disco  lineat.     Maximam  affinitatem  habet  cum  H.  piilicari;   at  diffcrt  mag-nitudine, 
locatione,  nempe  rariter  sparsum  in  ligno,  circumcirca  cinerascente. 
'20~j.     12.   H.  Stringae,  L.  v.  S.,  in  truncis  putrescentibus  Syringae,  Bethl. 

H.  primtim  libro  subimmersum,  sparsum;   demum  denudatum  aggregatum  et  .saepe  crusta  nigra  cir- 
cumdatum,   ovato-ellipticum,  acuminatum  aut  obtusum,  aut  varium,  atrum,   rugosum,  apice  subtrun- 
catum.     Labiis  acutiusculis  non  striatis.     Disco  lineolata. 
*20r4.      13.   H.  pnAELONcnji,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  in  ligno  carioso  Carolinae  ac  Pennsylv. 

H.  longissimum,  rectum  aut  paululum  tantum   flexuosum  inter  fissuras  fibrarum,  longitudinaliter   et 
paralleliter  serlatum.     Labiis  inflexis  modice  dehiscentibus.     Provenit  jjregatim  et  appressim  lineis 
parallelis.     Singulum  perithecium  angustum  ad  sex  lineas  longum. 
*2075.     14.   H.  BETULir.NUM,  L.  V.  S.,  frequcns  in  cortice  antiquo  frustulato  Betulae,  Salem  et  Betbl. 
H.  varie  flexuosum  et  contortum,  compresso-teres,  nigrum.     Peritheciis  in  subiculo  quodam  crustuoso- 
floccoso,  majusculis,  situ  mire  variantibus.     Labiis  tumidiUis,  obtusis,  substriatis. 
*2076.     15.  H.  cisERAScExj,  L.  v.  S.,  rarius  in  putriilissimis  ligiiis  Juglandis  cinereae,  Bethl. 

H.  g^egarium,   elong.ato-flexuosum,   aterrimum,   subnitens,  quanqu.am  superficie   punctulata.     Ligno 
cinerascente  circumdatum,  hinc  cinerascens.     Peritheciis  dense  aggregatis  elongatis,  labiis  tenuibus, 
saepe  frustulatim  ruptis  valde  dehiscentibus. 
'2077-     16.  H.  TERES,  L.  v.  S.,rarissime  in  vetustis  lignis  Rhododendri,  Carolina  et  Pennsylv. 

H.  cnistae  quaedam  aeruginoso-fuligineae  insidens.    Peritlieciis  teretibus,  longitudine  lineam  exceden- 
tibus,  elevatis,   subflexuosis,  utrinque   abbreviatim    acutis,   nigris,   glabris  nee   nitentibus.     Labiis 
subinflexis  apertis. 
*2078.     17.   H.  iNsiDEXs,  L.  v.  S.,  rarius  in  lignis  induratis  soUimmodo  Salem  obvium. 

H.  insidens  crustae  longe  effusae  nigrae.     Peritheciis  hrevibus,   sparsis,  crassis,   oblongo-ovatis,  sub- 
truncatis,  plerumque    versus  basin   in  pseudostipitem  contractis,   utrinque   obtusis,   nigris.     Labiis 
hiantibus  inflexis. 
*2079.     18.  II.  rtigulosuin,  L.  v.  S.,  in  frustulis  dejectis  ligni  salicini,  Bethl. 

H.  peritheciis  minoribus  rotundis  aut  difTormibus,  nigris,  plerumque  convcxis,  extus  valde  rugulosis  in 
maculam  aggregatis,  aut  sparsis,  longitudinaliter  dehiscentibus,  rinia  centrali,  interdum  abbreviata  et 
manitestim  labiata. 
•2080.     19.  H.  NucicoLA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  nucibus  putrldissimis  Juglandis  amarae,  Bethl. 

H.  crustae  nigricanti  insidens.  Peritheciis  ex  ovato-hcmisphaericis  valde  convexis,  rinia  subimpressa, 
acuta  clausa,  cetcrum  glabris,  ex  fusco-nigris,  acervatim  sitis  ex  omni  positione,  transversa,  parallela 
et  mixta.     Crusta  videtur  orta  ex  ascis  profluentibus. 

••   Erumpenlia. 

2081.  20.  H.  nuFEscExs,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  252,  F.  n.  13,  Vulg.atissimum  in  discis  caesorum  arborum, 
et  in  cavitatibus  udis  succo  repletis,  praesertim  Quercuum  et  Castanearum,  interdum  ad  ulnarem 
longitudinem  elTusum,  et  Pennsylv. 

2082.  21.   H.  datinum,  (crispum)  F.  10,  Syn.  Car.  253,  et.  Pennsylv. 

2083.  22.   H.  FLEXUOSUM,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  249,  F.  18,  et.  Pennsylv. 
'2084.     23.  H.  Fraxini,  F.  19,  rarius  in  ramis  fraxineis,  Bethl. 

•2085.     24.   II.  conigenum,  F.  20,  rarius  in  Conis  Pinorum,  ibid. 

•2086.     25.   H.  RFMiNcoiA,  L.  v.  S.,  affine  H.  Ledi,  in  rimis  corticalibus  virgultorum  emortuorum  Dier- 
villae — valde  distinctum,  Bethl. 
H.  erumpens,  in  rimis  situm,  vix  unquam  omnino  denudatum,  angustum,  lineare,   confluens  lineatim 
longis  seriebus.     Peritheciis  medio  dilatatis,  labiis  tumicUdis  apertis;  aetate  irregulariter  ruptis,  sub- 
flexuosis,  utrinque  acuminatis,  nigris,  disco  pallente.    .luniiiribus  peritheciis  saepe  sphaeriaeformibus. 
•2087.     26.  II.  Moni,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  lignis  cariosis  Mori  incrcscit  Hetld. 
H.  erumpens,  atrum,   ovato-acuminatuni,  convexum.     Peritheciis  aggregatis,  labiis  tenuibus.     Disco 
cinerascenti. 
*2088.     27.  II.  Vaccinii,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ramis  exsoletis  Vaccinii  frondosi,  Bethl. 

H.  erumpens,  magnum,   elongatum,   ov.atum,   fusco-atrum,   multo  majus   H.  Ledi,  cui  affine.     L.abiis 
tenuibus,  disco  rufescente.     Cortice  cinctum  erumpit. 
"2089.     28.  II.  AzALEAE,  L.  v.  S.,  etiam  priori  et  H.  rimincolae  affine.     In  cortice  Azaleae  nudiflorae, 
Bethl. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  245 

H.  primum  epidermide  fere  tectum,  inde  intumescente,  quucum  assurg'it,  rima  apcrta,  satis  magnum, 
seriatim  ac  paralleliter  confluens,  peritheciis  1 — 2  liiieas  imo  interdum  semiunciam  longitudine 
aequantibus.  Ex  cortice  tumido  formantur  pseudolabia  obtcgentia  vera  tenuia  aperta,  subrufes- 
centia  nigra,  discum  latiusculum  monstrantia,  lore  nunquam  denudata,  nisi  fungo  destructo.  Epi- 
dermide demum  dejecta,  peritheciorum  rudera  ex  ipso  ligno  erumpeiitioi-um,  flexuosorum,  margine 
tumido — in  conspectum  veniunt. 

*2090.  29.  H.  Androjiedai:,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  in  cortice  juniorum  ramorum  emortuorum  Andromedae 
axillaris,  Salem  Carolinae. 
H.  erumpens,  primum  epidermide  tectum,  nigro-circumscriptum,  epidermide  cum  pcrilliecio  elevata, 
subpellucente,  demum  nigra.  Peritheciis  nigris  ovatis,  subrotundis  et  orbiculatis,  sparsis  aut  con- 
fluentibus.  Labiis  liiantibus,  disco  nigro.  Sohimmodo  sub  epidermide  aut  in  ilia  occurrit,  nunquam 
in  ligno  ipso.     Interdum  diftbrme. 

*i!091.     30.   H.  Kalmiae,  L.  v.  S.,   in  lignis  subcai'iosis  Kalmiac  erumpens  ex   fibris  subsolutis  ac  ab  his 
tectum,  Salem. 

■   H.  fibris  immersum,  demum  longitudinaliter  erumpens;  Peritheciis  longissimis,  linearibus,  rectis  utrin- 
que  acuminatis,  confluentibus,   aterrimis.      Labiis  tenuibus,  subturgidis,  hiantibus,  rima  latiuscula. 

•2092.     31.   H.  Rhois,  L.  v.  S.,  rarius  in  ligno  carioso  Rhois  typhinae,  Bethl. 

H.  sparsum,  breve,  ovatum  autsubrotundum,  convexo-globosuni,  nigrum,  non  nitens,  glabrum.  Labiis 
distantibus,  rima  latiuscula  aperta.  Inter  fibras  lignl  subimmersum,  minutum,  puncta  nigra  nudo 
oculo  tantum  repraesentans. 

*2U93.     32.  H.  Veebasci,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  exoletis  caulibus  V.  Thapsi,  Belhl. 

H.  regulare,  erumpens,  sparsum,  nullimodo  confluens  aterrimum,  abbrevi.ato-oblongum,utrinque  acu- 
minatum extus  rugoso-punctatum.     Labiis  satis  distantibus.     Disco  nigro. 

*2094.     33.  H.  ABBHEViATiiM,  L.  V.  S.,  in  ligno  antiquissimo  Rhododendri,  Bethl. 

H.  erumpens  ex  fibris  subsolutis  cinerascentibus,  punctiforme  et  abbreviatum.  Perithecio  semilineari, 
subacuminato  glabro,  arete  clauso,  valde  elevato,  nigrescente,  spargcnte  ascos  frequentes. 

*2095.     34.   H.  riBniTECTUM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  lignis  antiquissimis  salicinis,  Bethl. 

H.  erumpens,  gregarium,  plagas  unciales  inter  fibres  semisolutos  occupans.  Peritheciis  semilinearibus, 
atris,  late  ovatis,  utrinque  abrupte  acuminatis,  plerumque  apice  applanatiusculis,  lateribus  convexis; 
rima  lata  marginata,  primum  clausa. 

••»  Subtecta. 
2096.     35.   H.  Smilacis,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  241,  F.  21,  et.  Pennsylv. 
*2097.     36.  H.  Grisecji,  L.  v.  S.,  vulgatissimum  sub  epidermide  ramorum  juniorum  Smilacium  frigore 
enecatorum,  Bethl. 
H.  primum  omnino  tectum  epidermide,  per quam  subtranslucentem  perspicitur  et  inde  colorem  griseum 
induit,  quanquam  Perithecia  matura  nigro-nitent.     Ceterum   perithecia  sunt   ovata  orbiculata  aut 
varia,  minuta,   multa  aggregata,   semper  obtusa.     Demum  rima  longitudinaliter  dehiscente,   disco 
nigrofusco. 
*2098.     37.  H.  Sambuci,  F.  n.  24,  frequens  in  S.canadensi,  Bethl. 

2099.  38.  H.  Rubi,  F.  25,  Syn.  Car.  246,  et.  Pennsylv.  frequens. 

2100.  39.   H.  Pinastri,  F.  26,  Syn.  Car.  256,  frequens  et  Pennsylv. 

*2101.     40.   H.  coNFLUExs,  L.  v.  S.,  in  stipitibus  Ruborum  Bethl.  non   rarum;  satis  affine   H.   Rubi  sed 
forma  et  indole  diversum. 
H.  subinnato-tectum,  sp.arsum  in  macula  expallente  epidermidis.     Peritheciis  polymorphis,  ovatis,  sub- 
rotundis, aut  difformibus,  saepe  confluentibus,  situ  variantibus,   nigris,   majoribus   minoribus  inter- 
mixtis,  ultimis  plerumque  orbiculatis.     Labiis  medio   assurgentibus,  rima  acutim  apertis,   utrinque 
quasi  sulcatis  sub  rima.     Absque  nitore. 
2102.     41.  H.  LiBBiNcoLA,   L.   V.  S.,  in  exsoletis   caulibus  Asclepiadis  syriacae,    epidermide  orbatis, 
Bethl. 
H.  subtecto  innatum  ipso  libro  caidis,  minutum   sparsum,   nigrum,  subrugosum,  j  lineae  longum  con- 
vexum  oblongo-ovatum,  utrinque  obtusum.     Demum  rima  satis  hians.     Merum  punctum  ofll"ertnudo 
oculo,  in  fibris  elevatiusculis  situm  aut  potius  illis  innatum. 

Vol.  IV.— 3  M 


246  SYNOPSIS  OF 

****  Xyloma. 
•210j.     42.   11.  commune,  F.  33,  in  stipltibus,  Bethl. 
3104.     43.   H.  PLASTARUM,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  255,  F.  34,  etiam  in  Pennsylv.  in  exsoletis  Montropis. 
'2105.     44.   H.  tumidum,  F.  40  /3  trigonum,  in  foliis  Quercinis,  Bethl. 

*2106.     45.   H.EXPALLEXS,   L.  V.  S.,   affine  H.  communi — in  stipitibus  Syngenesiae  plantarum  majorum 
(Astei-um,  &c.),  Bethl. 
H.  maculis   pallide  rufescentibvis  aut   exalbescentibus  late  eft'usis  in  caulibus,   innatum.     Peritheciis 
sparsis,  majoribus,  atris  ovatis,  margine  aut  ambitu  quasi  Leptostromatoideo,    centro  elevato,   rima 
lineari  centrali  aperto.     His  majoribus  intermixta  minora  fusca  punctiformia. 
•2107.     46.  H.  iyphinum,  F.  36,  frequens  in  Typha,  Bethl. 
*2108.     4r.   II.  gramineum,  F.  39,  in  foliis  graminuni  ibid. 
2109.     48.   H.  fuliicohim,   F.  43,  Syn.  Car.  Xyloma  hysterioides,   283.     Solummodo   obvium   infol.  A. 
axillaris,  Salem. 
*2110.     49.   II. pundiforme,    F,   45,   in  nervis  follorum  Quercinorum.     Saepe   in  consortio   sequentis, 

Bethl. 
*2111.     50.  H.  peiiolarc,  F.  47,  frequens  in  petiolis,  Bethl. 
♦2112.     51.  H.  Sainarae,  F.  48,  frequens  in  Samaris  fraxineis,  Bethl. 
*2113.     52.  H.  OsMUNDAE,  L.  v.  S.,  in  stipitibus  Osmundae  spectabilis,  Salem  et  Bethl. 

H.  minutum,  lineare,  elongatum,  ati'um,  interdum  confluens,  erumpens,  elevatum,  lablis  valde  hianti- 
bus,  utrinque  acuminatum;  refert  lineolas  nigras  subpunctiformes. 
•2114.     53.   H.  Ptebidis,  L.  v.  S.,  rarissime  in  stipitibus  Pteridis  aquilinae,  Bethl. 

H.  multo  majus  praecedenti,  et  ad  priorem  sectionem  spectans;  primum  nigrofuscum,  demum  nigrum. 
Peritheciis  ovatis,  acuminatis,  applanatis,  substriatis,    sparsis,   interdum  hnearibus,   sed  saepe  latius- 
culis.     Rima  longitudinaliter  aperta. 
•2115.     54.  H.  PoLTGONATi,  L.  V.  S.,  an  Latrella?  caules  Polygonati  latifolii,  longe  lateque  occupans. 
H.  sparsiim  aut  confluens,  eleganter  nigro-punctans  caules.     Peritheciis  atronitentibus,  oblongo-ovatis, 
obtusis.      Uima  centraU  elevata:  demum  hiante. 
2116.     55.  H.  RuoDODENDni,  L.  v.  S.,  affinis  H.  tumido,  in  foliis  Uhododendri  Bethl.    Vereor  nisi  idem 
cum  Phacidio  Rhododendri ' 
H.  in  macula  expallente  effigurata  orbiculata   situm;   majusculum,   bilineare,   sparsum  saepe  transver- 
sim,  valde  elevatum,  ovale,  tumidulum,   ex  sordide  viridi-nigrum.     Interdum   trifariam   dehiscens, 
labiis  semper  quasi  undulatis. 

Genus  71.     Excipula. 

•2117.      1.   K.  turgida,  F.p.  190,  n.  25,  ad  ramos  rara,  Bethl. 
•2118.     2.   E.  Rubi,  F.  n.  96,  frequens  Bethl.  in  Rubis. 
•2119.     3  E.  Strohi,  F.  n.  28,  in  conis  Pini  Strobi,  Bethl. 
2120.     4.  E.  LiLioncM,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  Xyloma,  261,  F.  p.  597,  et.  Bethl. 
•2121-     5.   E.  EPiDEHMiDis,  L.  V.  S.  rarior  in  epidermide  sccedenti  Spir-aeae  opulifoliae,  Bethl. 

E.  innato-erumpens,  demum  libera.     Cupulis  minutis  sparsis,  extus  nigris,   rugosis,  margine  sublace- 
rato,  orbiculato-subrotundo.     Disco  subapcrto,  luteo-pallido.      Minuta. 
•2122.     6.    E.  RuMicixcoLi,  L.  v.  S.,  in  emortuis  caulibus  R.  verticillati,  Bethl. 

E.  epidermide  plerumque  tecta,   imposita  fibriUuhs  radiantibus,  oblonga,  utrinque  acuminata,  nigra. 
Centro  ore  elevato  aperto  rotundo  aut  orbiculato. 
•2123.     7.  E.  jiAjuscuiA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  caulibus  dejectis  CoUinsoniae,  aflinis  priori,  Bethl. 

E.  epidermide  tecta,  insidens  fibriUuUs   indistinctis  repentlbus   vix  radiantibus,  2  lineas  longa,   nvato- 
acuminata,  confluens,  nigra.     In  centro  depressa,  demum  ore  rotundo  aperta. 
•2124.     8.   E.  GLANDicoLA,  L.  v.  S.,  rarior  occurrit  ad  basin  glandium  putrescentium.  Betid. 
E.  nuda,   superficialiter  adnata,   orbiculata,   aggregata  et  interdum  confluens.     Peritheciis    singulis 
applanatis  in   ambitu  manifestim  marginatis,  atronitentibus  plicatis.     Ore  centrali  subelevato  pezi- 
zoideo-aperto  rotundo. 
•2125.     9.   E.  viTicoLA,  L.  v.  S.,  rarior  in  foUis  Vitis  aestivalis,  p.<>gina  aversa,  Bethl. 
K.  minutissima,  punctiformis,  sparsa,  aten-ima,  demum  fere  omnino  aperta,  disco  candido. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  247 

•3126.     10.   E.  uLMieoLA,  L.  v.  S.,  i-arior  in  t'oliis  dojcctis  Ulmi  fulvae,  Bethl. 

E.  in  pag-ina  supeviorl  efiicit  maculas  iiidctcrminatas  late  expansas,   in  ambitii  subeffiguratas,  cineras- 
centcs,  fusco-marginatus,   marg-ine  fusco  lato.     His  copiose   immersa  sunt  pcrithecia,  excipuloidea, 
punctiformia,  nigra,  centro  depresso  et  quasi  cinorascente.     An  Sphaeria  Uepazea' 
'2127.     11.  E.  NiTiDULA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  ligno  Liriodendri  tulipii'crac  aetate  cinerascenti  dcnud.ato,  Uetlil. 
E.  sparsa,  minuta,  superficialis.     Cupulls  aut  peritlieciis  subglobosis,  nigris,  glabriusculis,  extus  nitidu- 
lis.      Disco  concavo  exalbido  non  turgido. 


Ordo  III.     CYTISPOREI. 

Genus  72.      Zythia.     Fries.  Sys.  Veg.  p.  118. 

2128.      1.   Z.  suiu/o/ff,  F.  (Sphaeronema  1),   Syn.  Car.  Sphaeria,   232,   in  fungis  agaricoideis  et   Bethl. 
passim. 
•2129.     2.    Z.  rufa,  F.  (Sphaeronema  2),  elegantissima  in  ligno  Lauri  aestivalis  emortuo  dm-o,  liethl. 
*2130.     3.  Z.  cojiPKEsSA,  L.  v.   S.,   in  Polyporo  frondoso   rara  sed  optime  distincta  a  Z.   subulata   cui 
affinis,  liethl. 
Z.  sparsa  et  gregaria.     Peritheciis  parabolice-conicis  subcompressis,  spadiceis,  subdiaphanis.     Globulo 
sperniatico  candido,  demum  peniclUatim  tecto  ascis  evolutis.     Magnitudine  Z.  subulatae. 

Genus  73.     Sphaeronema. 

•2131.     1.  S.  aciculare,  F.  n.  3,  Salem  et  Bethl.  rarum. 

2132.     2.  S.  acrospermum,  F.  4,  Syn.  Car.  228,  nondum  in  Pennsylv. 
•2133.     3.   S.  ventricosum,  F.  5,  in  cortice  Castaneo  liethl.  et  Salem. 
•213-1.     4.   S.  cladoniscus ,  F.  6,  in  Rhododendro,  Bethl. 
•2135.     5.   S.  affine,  F.  7  b,  vix  mera  varietas  proximi,  Bethl. 

2136.     6.   S.  cylindricum,  F.  7  a,  Syn.  Car.  229,  in  ramulis  et  Bethl. 

•2137.     7.   S.  paruboliciim,  F.  8,  in  libro  corticis  Castan.  Bethl. 

2138.     8.  S.  conicum,  F.  9,  Syn.  Car.  231,  nondum  Pennsylv. 

•2139.     9.   S.  pyriforme,  F.  10,  sub  cortice  Pyri,  Bethl.  in  libro. 

2140.      10.  S.  hemisphaerkum,  F.  13,  Syn.  Car.  230,  et.  Bethl. 

•2141.      11.   S.  RaoBODEXDiii,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ligno  deorbato  Rhododendri,  Bethl. 

S.  peritheciis  sparsis,  coinplanatls,  subinnatis,  ovatis  striatis,  nigris.     Globulo  albo  deciduo,  turn  quasi 
perforata  apparent  perithccia,  ceterum  minuta. 
•2142.     12.  S.  Catalpae,   L.  v.  S.,   in  aversa  pagina  decedentis  Corticis  Catalpae   ex  libro   pullulans, 
Bethl. 
S.  peritheciis  subcylindricis,   gracilibus,  basi  bulboso-incrassato,  nigris.     Globulo  spermatico  deciduo 
albo,  relinquente  foveolum  excavatum  album  in  ore  perithecii. 
*2143.      13.   S.  CAutiNcoiA,  L.  v.  S. 

S.  peritheciis  aggregatis,  subdiffbrmibus  aut  Sphaeriaemorphis,  nigris,  rugosis, subcompressis — corona- 
tis  globulo  nigro.     Intus  albofarctis.     Prorumpens  ex  cauUbus  vetustis  ignotis,  Bethl. 

Genus  74.     Cytispora. 

2144.     1.   C  chrysosperma,  F.  p.  542,  n.  4,    Syn.  Car.  291,  Naemasp.  frequens  in  Betulis  variis,  .Salem 
et  Bethl. 
•2145.     2.   C.  carphosperma,  F.  6,  ad  corticem  Mali,  Bethl. 
•2146.     3.  C.  xanthosperma,  F.  5,  in  ramis  salicinis,  Betlil. 
•2147.     4.  C.fugax,  F.  9,  in  salicinis  ramis,  ibid. 


248  SYNOPSIS  OF 

'2148.     5.  C.  hyalosperma,  F.  15,  ramis  Carolinae  passim. 
*2149.     6.  C.  carhonacea,  F.  10,  in  ramis  ulmeis,  Uethl. 
•2150.     7.  C.  mdasperma,  F.  12,  Salem  et  Bethl.  in  Betula. 
•2151.     8.   C.  betuiina,  F.  13,  etiam  Salem  et  liethl. 
•2152.     9.  C.  guttifera,  F.  16,  ramulis  ig-notis,  Bethl. 
"2153.     10.   C.  glohlfera,  F.  17,  elegans  in  Spiraeae  opulifol.  ibid. 
*2154.      11.   C.  rkuina,  F.  18,  frequens  in  emortuis  ramis  variorum  Rhoidum,  Bethl. 
•2155.     l:.   C.  Rosae,  Greville  Scot.  Crypt,  frequens  in  ramis  Rosae  corymbosae,  Hope,  New  Jersey. 
•2156.     13.   C.  Persicae,  L.  v.  S.,  frequentissima  in  junioribus  ramuUs  Persicarum  Salem  et  Bethl. 
C.  tuberculo  tecto,  demum  prorumpente,  orbiculari,  minuto,  sparse,  nigro.     Ore  albescente,  cirrhulo 

deciduo,  albido.     Intus  celluloso-grumosa  albescens. 
'2157.     14.   C.  RoBiNiAK,  L.  V.  S.,  vix  C.   coccinea  F.,  nam   cirrhulus  omnino  aliter  coloratus.     Non 

rara  in  ramulis  Robiniae. 
C.  tuberculis  majusculis,  fusco-badiis,  quadrato-elevatis  ex  epidermide  prorumpentibus  stellatim  fisso; 

multis  ag-gregatis  cingentibus  ramulos,   apice  subostiolato  irrcgulariter  depresso.     Intus  nigrescit. 

Cirrhis  pallidis. 
•2158.     15.   C.  Ceanotiii,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  virgultis  emortuis  Ceanothi,  Bethl. 

C.  conceptaculo   nullo.       Cellulis  fuligineis    circinantibus   in   massa  corticali,    formante  tuberculum 

ovatum,  subelevatum  sub  epidermide.     Disco  in  centre  inaequabili,  cirrho  sordide   albo  deciduo. 

Gelatina  in  cellulis  cornea  indurata.     Minutissima,  vix  semilineari  diametro   sed  frequentissime  pro- 

rumpens  ex  corticis  rimis. 
•2159.     16.   C.  DiFFOKMis,  L.  V.  S.,  in  maximis  ramis  querclnis  ad  ignem  destinatis,  Bethl. 

C.  magna;  cellulis  in  conceptaculo  indistincto  incusis,  tarn  irregular!  et  saepe   obliterato  ut   cellulae 

lute.ae   gyrosae,   materie   nigra  indurata  repletae,   quasi  in   corticali  substantia  nidulare    videntur, 

tamen  nigro-circumscriptae.      Ostlolis  confusis  crassis,  emittentibus  cirrhos  rudes,  majores  incarnato 

rubescentes,  demum  corneos,  demum  omnino  tectos  pulvere  albo-filamentoso.     Prorumpit  ex  rimis 

corticis  et  facile  maxima  species  generis. 
*2160.     17.   C.  auEHCiNA,  L.  v.  S.,  afBnis  C.  chrysospermae  in  lignis  ad  ignem  pr.ieparatis,  Bethl. 
C.  cellulis  in  conceptaculo  incusis  conico-irregulari  nee  tam  efformato  quam  in  C.  chrysosperma.     Osti- 

oUs  pluribus  difformibus  crassis.     Cirrhis  lutescentibus  mediocris  ex  ostioUs. 
•2161.     18.  C.  RuBi,  L.  V.  S.,  in  junioribus  ramis  R.  Idaei  hortorum  frigore  enecati,  Bethl. 

C.  tuberculis  in   macula  aggregatis  longe  lateque  effusa  lactea,   immersis,   nigris,  regulariter  ovatis, 

applanatis,  subcellulosis,   intus  albidis,   elevatis  in   collum   centrale,    ex  quo    protruduntur   cirrhi 

crassi  difformes,  decumbentes  ex  albo-lutescentes.     Fila  Dothidinea  interdum  tuberculum  cingunt — 

an  aliena' 


Genus  75.     Ceuthospora. 

•2162.      1.  C.phaeocomes.,  Sphaeria  capillata  Greville   nee  Neesii — F.  Syst.  Veg.   p.  120,    Sphaeria  p. 
II.  448. 
Species  distinctissima  in  culmis  secalinis,  Bethl. 


Genus  76.     Phoma. 

"2163.      1.   l'.saHcina,F.546,n.l.     Rai-a  Easton  in  Salicinis  fol. 

•2164.     2.  V.popuU,  F.  n.  2;  frequens  in  foliis  P.  moniliformi  dejectis,  Bethl. 

2165.     3.   P.  puslula,  F.  n.  4,  Syn.  Car.  Spliaeria,  224,  et  passim  in  foliis  Juglandinis,  Bethl. 
•2166.     4.  P.  Caltcantiii,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  foliis  jam  semi-emortuis  Calycanthi. 

P.  raultilocularis — subrotunda,   plana,   confluens,  fusca,   epidermidi  innata,  tecta      Ostiolis  indistinctis 
sparsis.     Rarissime  aperta.     Satis  magna,  bilinearis.     Folia  maculat. 
•2167.     5.  P.  TiJupirEHAE,  L.  v.  S.,   rarius  occurrit  in  foliis  Liriodendri  pagina  inferiori — sed  ubi  adest, 
copiosa,  Bctlil. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  249 

P.  pustula  applanata,  pliu-ibus  confluentlbus,  nigro-fuscis  majusculis,  satis  elevatis.     Ostiolis  indistincte 
formatis.     Intus  priori  affinis. 
*2168.     6.  P.  AxDnoMZDAz,    L.  v.  S.,   rarius  in  follis  dcjectis  A.    axillaris,   Salem.     Paginam  avcrsam 
infestat. 
P.  subtecta,  entophylla,  epidermlde  circunicii'ca  cinerascente  formatur  macula  indeterminatim  ellusa, 
ill  qua  peritbecia  irregulariter  sparsa  aut   aggreg'ata  sunt,  difTomiia,  nigra,   ovatoapplanata,  multi- 
looularia.     Epidermide  demum  rupta,  ora  pcritheciorum  irregularia  prominent.     Magnitudinc  pcri- 
tlicciorum  variante  vix  unquam  lineam  et  dimidiam  excedit. 
'2169.     7.  P.  pnuNicoLA,   L.  v.  S.,   passim  sed  r.ariur  in  foliis  Pruni   virginianae  aut  scrotlnao  dcjectis, 
Bethl. 
P.  entophylla;  epidermide  cinerascente  formante  maculas  latas  irregvdariter  cffusas  in  folio.     Hemum 
rupta,  peritbecia  in   conspectum  veniunt  ovata,   rotunda  aut  quadratodifibrmia,   nigro-fusca,   ore 
rotundo  primvmi  pertusa,  demum  latlus  aperta,   et  forma  oris  irrcgulari — stromate  interno  manifesto 
grumoso-fuscescente. 
*2170.     8.   P.  CUL3IIC0LA,  L.  V.  S.,  exlmia  species,  in  culmis  Andropogi  scoparii,  Bethl. 

P.  sparsa,  eleganter  erumpens,  globosa,  aut  elliptico-elevata  fere  semilineamalta,  extus  atra,  rugosa, 
conve.xa.  Ore  m.ajusculo,  albocincto,  aperto;  disco  pallide  flavo  excavate;  massa  interna  grumosa. 
Juniori  aetate  epidermide  tecta. 


Ordo  IV.     XYLOMACEI. 

Genus  77.      Schizoxylon. 

*2irl.     1.  S.  Fersoonii,  F.  Syst.  Veg.  p.  121,  in  ligno  Rhododendi-i  denudato,  liethl. 
*2172.     2.  S.  TCBERCULATUM,  L.  V.  S.,  in  palis  ex  llgno  Roblniae  fiictis  non  rarum  Bethl. 

S.  sparsum,  in   tuberculis  ligneis  v.alde   elevatis,  circumcirca  cinerascentibus.     Ferithecils  tuberculis 

immersis  aterrimis,  disco  rimali  demum  rotundo  aperto.     Sporidiis  aut  ascis  majusculis  profluentibus. 

Peritbecia  ex  tuberculis  excussa,  linqucntc  fovcola  inaniain  tuberculo. 

Genus  78.     Prosthe.mium. 

•2173.     1.  p.  hctulignum,   Syst.  Veg.  p.   121,  Myc.  Hefte  I.  Kunzei  p.  17-      Passim  obvlum  in  ramis 
betulinis,  Bethl. 

Genus  79.      Labrella.     Fries.   Sys.  Veg.   p.  121,  et  Suppl. 

'2174.      1.   L.  scripla,  F.  Leptostrome,  1,  p.  59S,  in  Aceris  negund.  ramis  Nazareth  hurt. 
•2175.     2.   L.  siTiDA,  L.  V.  S.,  rara  in  caulibus  Polygonati,  Bethl. 

L.  maculatim  aggregata ;  perlthecils  atronilentibus  superficlallbus,  ovatis,   regidarlbus,   e  plario-con- 
vexis,  rima  centrall  dehiscentlbus,  nee  clausis  et  sterillbus  ut  solent  Leptosti'omata. 

Genus  SO.     Actinothyeium.  •    ' 

*2176.     1.  A.  graminis,  F.  S.  JI.  597,  ad  culmos  Caricls,  Bethl. 

'2177.     2.   A.  Magsoliae,  L.  v.  S.,  in  aversa  paglna  foliorum  Magnollae  glaucae,  Phllad. 

A.  plerumque  peritheciis  concentrice  sitis,  Uimen  sparsis  punctlformlbus  e  fusco-nigris,  niduUintibus  in 

foveoHs  nervorum   in  paglna  aversa,   applanato-convexidls,    orblculato-scutiformibus.     Priori    satis 

affine,  sed  in  ambitu  fere  integrum  nee  tarn  radiato-fibrosum. 
•2178.     3-  A.  cACLiKcoLA,  L.  V.  S.,  passim  occurrit  in  caulibus,  praesertim  Eupatoril,  Betlil. 

Vol.  IV.— 3  N 


250  SYNOPSIS   OF 

A.  orbiculatum,  satis  elevatum,  nigro-fuscum,  subumbonatum,  epldermide  tectum,  marg'ine  radiantl 
fibrilluloso.     Perithecus  sparsis  sed  numerosis,  imilto  majoribus  ceteris  speciebus. 

Genus  81.     Leptostroma. 

•2179.     1.  L.  caricinum,  F.  599,  n.  3,  in  foUis  Cariciiin,  Betlil. 
*21S0.     2.   L.  fiUdnum,  F.  5,  in  stipitibus  Filicum,  Bethl. 
*2181.     3.  L.  vulgure,  F.  n.  7,  in  caulibus  Amliae,  Itubi,  8cc.,  ibid. 
2182.     4.  L.  AcTAEAE,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  Xylom.  264,  vulg-atissima  in  caulibus  Cimieifugae  ramosae  (olim 
Actaea).     Differta  L.  vulgari,  quia  semper  umbonatum  et  saepissime  stellatim  confluens.     Atronitet. 
•2183.     5.  L.  hyatcrioides,  F.  8,  in  junioribus  stipitibus  Bignoniae  radicantis  frigore  enecatis,  Betlil. 

2184.  6.  L.  sphaerioides,  F.  n.  8,  Syn.  Car.  Xyl.  niiens,  262,  etiam  Bethl.  in  Vitis  stipitibus. 

2185.  7.  L.  scANDENTiuM,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  Xyloma,   263.     Vulgaris  et  distincta  praesertim  in  sar- 
mentis  Glycineos  monoicae,  &c.  etiam  Galli  aparinis  et  Bethl. 

*2186.     8.   L.  DoNAcis,  L.  v.  S.,  in  culmis  viridibus  et  subviridibus  Salem  cultis  Arundinis  Donacis. 
L.  orbicidatum,  1 — 2  lin.  diametro,  scutiforme  ambitu  quasi  lobatum,  olivaceo-nigrum,  applanato-ele- 
vatum,  centre  subumbonatnm.     Annon  Actinothyrium ' 
*2187'.     9.   L.  rnucTiGF.NA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ipsa  glaberrima  epldermide  Pomorum,  m.aturorum,  praesertim 
vulg-o  dictorum  Vandeever,  Bethl. 
L.  superticie  glabra,  punctiforme,  peritheciis  plerumque  concentrice  aggregatis,   centro  depresso — 
supei-ficie  subrugulosa — ceterum  nigris. 
*2188.     10.   L.  RHuiNUM,  L.  V.  S.,  in  petioUs  R.  glabrae,  Bethl. 

L.  puncta  minima,  undique  sparsa,  atra,  non  nitentia  per  lentem   ovata,   subrotunda  offcrt.     Primum 
tectum   demum   denudatum,  centro  coUapsulo,    costa    rimaeformis  subelevata    centraU.      Majora 
elliptico-acuminata  perithecia  minoribus  mixta. 
*2189.     11.   L.  Hi-pehici,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  caulibus  Hyperici  perforati,  Bethl. 

L.  minutum,  primum  tenerrima  epldermide  tectum:  erumpens,  demum,  ac  denudatum,  rotundum  aut 
elliptice  acuminatum,  e  fusco-nigi-um,  absque  nitore  valde  elevatum — subsclerotioideum.     Interdum 
lineare  et  ramosim  confluens. 
*2190.     12.   L.  AspiDionuM,  L.  v.  S.,  forma  et  indole  diff'ert  ab  afiini  L.  filicino — non  rarum  in  stipitibus 
variorum  Aspidiorum,  Bethl. 
L.  minutum,  subrotundum,  confluens,   e  fusco-nigrum  nitens,    parum  elevatum  impressum,   rarissime 
tractu  linear!,  sed  plerumque  effiguratim  confluens.     Interdum  simplex  et  punctiforme. 
*2191.      13.    L.  CEREALE,  L.  V.  S.,  frequens  in  culmis  adliuc  stantibus  post  messem,    Bethl. 
L.  primum  sub  epldermide  tectum,  qua  dejecta,  nudum  at  innatuin  evadit,  nigro-nitens,  ellipticum,  sub- 
elev.atum  utrinque  acuminatum,  centro  late  depresso.     Massa  quadam  alba  implet  inleriorem  partem. 
An  sit  Sclerotium'     Circum  perithecia,  epidermis  tingitur  nigro-fusca,  efficiens  maculas  trilineares. 
*2192.     14.   L.  MABGisATUM,  L.  V.  S.,  in  culmis  cr.assioribus  Graminum  r.arius,  Bethl. 

L.  superficiale,  oblongo-ovatum,  sed  longitudinuliter  mire  modo  qu.^si  effiguratum  confluens — interdum 
maculam  efticiens  scmiuncialem,  utrinque  rotundatam,   atram  sed  non  nitentem.     Margine  manifes- 
tini  elevato  cinctum  est  perithecium,  superticie  applanatamiiiutim  tuberculosa.     Subdetergibile — et 
ideo  non  innatum. 
*2193.     15.  L.  I'icEOM,  L.  v.  S.,  rarum  sed  distinctlssimum,  in  dejectis  stipitibus  ignotis,  Bethl. 

L.  crusta  quasi  nigro-picea,  tenuiores  caules  undique  circumdans,    subcontinua,  subindeterminatum 
ambitu.     Huic  insident  perithecia  ovata,  oblonga,   et  diftbrmiter  lobata,   margine  subelev.ato,  super- 
ficie  concaviuscula,  et  rariter  in  crusta  sparsa.     Rarius  observantur  perithecia  conformia  extra  flnes 
crustae. 
"2194.     16.  L.  ZizANiAE,  L.  v.  S.,  in  defossis  radicibus  Zizaniac — prope  Plulad. 

L.  magnum,  piccum,  nitens,  bullatim  eflusuni. 
*2195.     17.   L.  iNusijAToncM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  culmo  caricino  magno  Philadelphiae  in  Delaware. 

L.  effiguratim  effusum,  atrum,  confluens,  innatum,  applan.atum,  conflatum  ex  multis  parvis  peritheciis. 
•2196.     18.  L.  AcEiiiNCM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  junioribus  ramis  Aceris  Pcnnsylvanicae,   Mauch  Chunk. 
L.  subrotundum,    grcgarium,   immerso-innatum,  ex   olivaceo-nigrum,   margine   atriori  ;  applanatam, 
rimoBum.     Aftlne  h.fructigenac,  et  L.  Donacis. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  251 


Genus  82.     Sacidium.     Syst.  Veget.  F.  p.  122. 

•2197.      1.  S.  Chenopodii,  F.  Syst.  et  Kunz.  Myc.  Hefte  II.  p.  64. 

•2198.     2.   S.  VEGETASS,  L.  V.  S.,  in  junioribus  virg-altis  .Staphyleae,   frigore  tactis  sed  iioii  omiiiiio  cne- 
catis,  Bethl. 
S.  peritheciis  orbiculatis  et   difformibus  superiicuilibas  nig'ris,   aggregatis   sed  iion   confluentihiis   in 
maculas:  centra  subelevato,  pscudostiolato.     Superficie  scutiformi  i-ugosa. 
•2199.     3.  S.  BioNONiAE,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ramulis  junioribus  B.  radicantis,  frigore  cnecatis,  Bctbl. 

S.  subepidermide  tectum,  punctiformc,  minutissimum  atrum — ostiolo  prnrumpente  subelevato.     Excuss- 
um,  llnquet  foveola  pallida  cava  in  epidermide. 


252  SYNOPSIS   OF 


Classis  Tertia.     GASTEROMYCETES. 

Ohdo  I.     ANGIOGASTRES. 

Tribus  1.     Phalloiuei. 

Genus  S3.     Phallus. 

2200.  1.   P.  impua'kus,  F.  II.  p.  280,  Syn.  Car.   535,   in  Pcnnsylv.  non  nisi  Erie  County,   prope  Lake 
Erie  obvius  mihi, 

2201.  2.  P.  indusiaius,  F.  282,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  536,  non  rarus  Pennsylv. 
*2203.     3.  P.  dupUcatus,  F.  n.  3,  rarus,  Betlil. 

•2204.     4.   P.  rubicundus,  F.  n.  6,  Salem  rarissime  et  New  York. 

Genus  84.     Clathrijs. 

2205.  1.    C.  columnatus,  F.  p.  288.     In  Georgia  invenit  clarissimus  Leconte  ac  mihi  Iconem  misit. 

2206.  2.   C.  cancdlatua,  F.  p.  288,  ibidem  inventus  ab  eodern  ac  Icone  mihi  transmissus. 

Nota. — Mimm  est  nee  in  Carolina  septentrionali  nee  in  Pennsylvania  unquam  Clathrum  me  invenisse 
t.im  diligenter  quaesilum.  Videntur  Soli  magis  torrenti  solummodo  g-audere.  Interea  observandum  est 
me  semel  invenisse  exuvias  Fungi,  non  eruendl  ob  statum  exsoletum,  quae  speciem  ex  hoc  Tribu  at  non 
Phallum  manifestim  indicaverunt  in  regione  Nazarethana,  Pennsylv. 

Tribus  2.     Tuberacei. 

Genus  85.     Tuber. 

'2207.  1.  T.  ciharium,  F.  II.  p.  289,  1.  Muhlb.  C.at.ilog.  nunqUiini  ipse  inveni — sed  eertior  factus 
sum  ante  sc.xaginta  annos  in  vicinitatc  Nazarethorum  ab  antiquo  venatore  gcrmano,  caneque  suo  ad 
hoc  olim  educate,  non  rariter  inventum  esse. 

Genus  86.     Riiizopogon. 

2208.  1.   R.  albua,  F.  p.  293,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  323,  nee  Pennsylv. 

2209.  2.   K.  virens,  F.  n.  3,  Syn.  Car.  324,  et.  Pennsj-lv. 

•2210.     3.   R.  ocs/iVus,  F.  p.  294,  n.  J.     In  monte  Pocono,  Pennsylv. 


Tribus  3.     Niuulariacei. 


Genus  87.     Nidui.aria. 


•   Cyuth  lis. 
2211.      1.   N.  slriahi,  F  p.  298,  S>n.  C.ir.  531,  frequens  Bethl. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  253 

2212.  2.  N.  campanulata,  F.  n.  2,  Syn.Car.  532,  et.  Bethl. 

2213.  3.   N.  Crucihulum,  F.  n.  4,  Syn.  Car.  533,  frcquens  ct  Pcnnsylv. 
*2214.     4.  N.  smtellaris,  F.  n.  5,  rarior  ad  ligna  Beth!. 

•2215.     5.  N.  sTERcoRZA,  L.  V.  S.,   passim  Ilieme  in  stercore  vaccino  insupei-  rapes  dejccto  inventa, 

Hope,  New  .lerscy. 
N.  obconica,  subsparsa,  extus  strisfoso-hirsuta,  canescens  demum  demidata  bmnnea,  marg-ine  fimbriato. 

Intiis  glabra  nee  plicato-slriata,  spadicco-castanea  subnitens,   in   fundo    nigricans.     Sporangiis  atris, 

glabris,  majusculis.     Dimidio  minor  N.  striatae  cui  aflinis. 
•2216.    6.  N.  MELANospERMA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  pulvere  vaporario  ad  vias  emendendas  adhibito,  Bctld.  primo 

rere. 
N.  caespitibus  densis  aggregata,  magnitudine  N.  striatae,  obconica,  limbo  patenti,  extus  valde  strigosa, 

pallida;  margine  integro.     Intus  glaberrima,  atro-fusca,  nitens.      Sporangiis  maximis,  aterrimis,  dif- 

formiter  Icnticularibus,  glaberrlmis,  nitidis.     Epiphragmate  pallido  tcnuiusculo. 
*2217.     7-  N.  nrGispEB.iiA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  quisquiliis  dejectis  rarior,  Bethl. 
N.  caespitosa  aiit  sparsa,  obconico-campanulata  limbo  vix  patente;  epiphragmate  crasso,  piano,  albido, 

floccoso-strigoso.      Extus  strigosa,  pallida  aut  ochracea.     Intus  cinereo-splcndens,    nullimodo   pli- 

cato-striata,   sed  glabra.      Sporangiis  magnis   atris,   Icnticularibus,   non   nitentibus,   sed  superficie 

reticulato-rugosa.     Ceterum  magnitudine  prioris. 
*2218.     8.  N.  FAScicnLAnis,  L.  v.  S.,  ad  radices  emortuos  maximi  fruticis  Artemisiae  Abslnthii  in  Horto, 

Bethl. 
N.    fasciculatim  crescens  in  superficie  corticis  radicalis  e   basi  quadam  tomentoso-strigosa,    eftusa. 

Cupulis  maxime  obovatis,  limbo  repando,  subundulato,  reflexo;  extus  badio-strigosis,  basi  valde  con- 

tracta,  et  quasi  paralleliter  annulatim  zonatis;  intus  glaberrimis  nitore  argentco  ac  fuligineo-zonatis. 

Sporangiis  majusculis  argenteo-plumbeis.     Juniore  aetate  cupulae  sunt  exacte  obconicae,  interdum 

numerosae   in   caespite.     Epiplu-agmate  strigoso  concolore;   antequam  rumpitur   globoso-convexo 

aut  cacumine  subacuto. 
•2219.     9.  N.  jUGLANDicoLA,  L.  V.  S.,  magna  copia  prorumpens  ex  rimis  corticis  duri   Juglandinum, 

serie  longitudinaliter  protracta.     Affinis  et.  N.  Crucibulo.     Bethl.  rarior. 
N.    turblnato-campanul.ata,  arhiza,   basi   contracta,    limbo  repando,    saepe  confluens.      Extus  ferru- 

gineo-lutescens,  subtomentosa,  tomento  basilari  tenui   in  cortice  effuso.     Intus  glabra,  candidissima. 

Sporangiis  crebris,  candidissimis.     Epiphragmate  impresso,  firmo,  ferrugineo.     In  majoribus  speci- 

minibus  cupulae  dense  fasciculatae. 

*•  Nidulariat. 

2220.  10.  N.  ptTLTiNATA,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  534,  F.  n.  8,  solummodo  Salem  Carolinae. 

Genus  88.     Arachnion,  L.  v.  S.,  F.  II.  p.  303. 

2221.  1.  A.  ALBUM,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  334,  p.  33,  nondum  in  Pennsylv.  invcntum. 

Genus  89.     Myriococcum. 
"2222.     1.  M.  praecox,  F.  p.  304,  rarius  Bethl.  in  tnmcis  vetustissimis. 

Genus  90.     Poltaj?gium. 
"2223.     1.  P.  vitcllinum,  F.  p.  305.     Frequens  in  pulvere  vaporario,  Bethl.  vere. 

Vol.  IV.— 3  O 


254  SYNOPSIS  OF 


Tribus  4.     Carpoboli. 

Genus  91.     Atractobolus. 

•2224.     1.  A,  ubiquitarius,  F.  p.  305,  in  variis  foliis  udis — nee  tamen  valde  frequens,  Bethl. 
•2225.     2.  A.  LUTEscExs,  L.  v.  S.,  in  dejectis  foliis  betulinis  rarius,  Bethl. 
A.  cupulis  sessilibus,  aureo-Iutescentibus,   iiitentibus,  minutissimis,  copiosim  sparsis,  Umbo  tumido; 
operculo  applanato-convexo,  umbonato,  subcostato,  glabro,  concolore. 

Genus  92.     Thelebolus. 

2226.  1.  T.  stercoreus,  F.  p.  307,  n.  2,  Syn.  Car.  303,  nondum  in  Pennsylv.  inveni. 

Genus  93.     Pilobolus. 

2227.  1.  P.  crystallinus,  F.  p.  308,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  304,  et  valde  frequens  autumno  in  stercore,  Bethl. 

2228.  2.  P.  ronrfijs,  F.  n.  2,  Syn.  Car.  305.     Rarissime  obvius  solummodo  in  Carolina,  stercore  equino. 

Genus  94.     Sphaerobolus. 

2229.  1.  S.  stellatus,  F.  p.  309,  Syn.  Car.  302,  et.  Pennsylv.  freq. 

•2230.     2.  S.  iuhulosus,  F.  p.  310,  n.  2,  passim  in  Pennsylv.  in  ramis  et  ramuUs  comiptissimis  variorum 

arborum.     Fungus  distinctissimus. 
*2231.     3.  S.  CRUSTACEUS,  L.  v.  S.,  satis  frequens  similibus  locis,  Bethl. 

S.  crustae  candidae,  sublichenosae,  pulverulentae  in  ramulis  subeffiguratim  expansae  immersae  sunt 

cupulae  globosae  majusculae,  cum  cortice  et  crusta  elevatae,   ore  contracto  aperto,  margine  albo- 

pulverulento  non  stellato,  intus  post  sporangii  ejectionem,  flavae,  glabrae.     Sporangio  atro  primum 

cylindrico,  apice  rotund.ato  aut  applanato  depresso,  exsiccato  corneo.     Multo  major  S.  stellate,  nam 

diametrum  bJlinearem  attigit. 
•2232.     4.   S.  sPAnsus,  L.  v.  S.,  in  dejectis  stipitibus,  v.  c.  Hydrangeae,  Stictidem  referens,  Bethl. 

S.  sparsus,  absque  crusta,  epidermide  subtectus  et   eacum   conico-elcv.atus.     Cupulis  plano-concavis, 

intus   palhdis,    immersis.     Ore  rotundo,   margine  nigro,    albo-pulverulento  latiusculo.     Sporangiis 

nigris,  apice  ad  instar  Pezizulae  aut  Patellai-iae  depresso — demum  ejectis.     Diameter  cupulae  semi- 

linearis. 
"2233.     5.   S.  MistjTissiMcs,  L.  v.  S.,  in  fibris  subsolutis  Corticis  dejecti   Castaneorum  interioris  cum 

aliis  minutissimis  fungis,  Bethl.  rarissime. 
S.  cupulis  fere  omiiino  liberis,  minutissimis   (nudo   oculo   fere  invisibilibus)   exacte  Pezizam  dasyscy- 

pham  referentibus;   extus  nempe   cinereo-albis;   villoso-strigosis,   subcylindrico  turbinatis,   demum 

emittentibus  sporangium  globosum,  subdiaphanum,  cinerascens,    cupulam  magnitudine  aequans. 

Primum  omnino  clausum,  sed  sporangiolo  dejecto,  supersunt  quasi  Pezizulae  strigoso-pulverulentae, 

margine  irregulariter  fisso  nee  stellato. 
•2234.     6.  S.  Conn,  L.  v.  S.,  invetusto  corio  dejecto  et  in  linteisaffixis  occurrit  rarius — affinisS.  stellato, 

sed  minor,  Bethl. 
S.  gregarius,  ime  immersus  corio,  tandem  post  ejectum  sporangium  fere  omnino  emergens:  primum 

villo  albido  velatus.     Demum  peridio  externo  in  Lacinias  3 — 4  fegulares  fisso,   revoluto  stellatim, 

candido  pvdvcrulentus.     Tum  exacte  refert  Stictidem  radiatam.     Sporangio  applanato,  corrugate, 

pallido.      Peridio  externo  persistit. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  255 

OuDo  II.     TRICHOSPERMI. 
Tribus  1.     Sclerodermei. 

Genus  95.     Elaphomtces.     Syst.  Fries.  Veget.  p.  154. 

"JSSS-  1.  E.  cervinum,  (L\'coperdon  olim)  rarlssLme  obvium  factum  liis  regionibus  Pennsylvaniae, 
Spr.  520. 

Genus  96.     Uperrhiza.     Bosc.  S.  F.  V.  p.  155. 

*2236.  2.  U.  £osa7,  Nees.  Syst.  p.  159.  Etiam  rarissime  a  me  in  monte  Pocono  inventa,  Sprengl. 
p.  416. 

Genus  97.     Scleroderma. 

2237.  1.  S.  citrinum,  Sprengel,  Syst.  II.  p.  519,  Syn.  Car.  346,  et  Mauch  Chunk  frequens. 

223S.  2.  S.  spadiceum,  Pers.  Synopsis,  satis  distinctum  a  priori,  Syn.  Car.  347,  et  Pennsylvania. 

"2239.  3.  S.  verrucosum,  Sprengel,  p.  520,  n.  7,  in  monte  Pocono. 

2240.  4.  S.  Cepa,  Sprengel,  520,  n.  8,  Syn.  Car.  348,  non  rarum  et.  in  Betlil. 

2241.  5.  S.  polyrhizon,  Spr.  n.  9,  Syn.  Car.  349,  et  Pennsylv. 

2242.  6.  S.  txcopEBDioiDES,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn  Car.  350,  Sprengel,  n.  5,  nondum  in  Pennsylv.  observavi. 

Genus  9S.     Mitremyces. 

2243-     1.  M.  lUTEscENs,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  345,  Sprengel,  p.  518,  rariusoccurrit  in  Pennsylvania  quam 
in  Carolina,  tamen  passim. 
*2244.     2.  M.  cmnaian'nwm,  Cilostoma,  DevauxetBrongniart,  Betlil.  et  New  York.     Satis  affine  Mitre- 
myci — sed  peridium  externum,  corneum,  coccineo-cinnabarinum,  primum  omnino  clausum,  demum 
declduum  et  revolutim  fissum  in  laclnias.     Stipite  prioris. 

Tribus  2.     Lycoperdinei. 

Genus  99.     Actinodermitjm.     Nees.  et  S.  Veg.  F.  p.  137. 

*2245.  1.  A.  Sterrebeckii,  Spr.  518,  n.  10.  Fungus  apud  nos  maximus  BetlUehemiis.  Plerumque 
caespitosim  crescit,  3 — 4  individuis  radicibus  connexis;  interdum  singulorum  Pteridium  latitudinem 
plusquam  semipedalem  attinglt.  NulUmodo  ad  Geastra  pertinet  et  distinctissimus  est.  Etiam  nobis 
obvium  sed  rarissime  in  Carolina.     Pennsylvania  non  rarum. 

Genus  100.     Geastrum. 

*  Stipiiata. 
2246.     1.  G. pectinatum,  Spr.  p.  518,  n.  3,  Syn.  Car.  325. 


2247. 

2. 

2248. 

J. 

2249. 

4. 

2250. 

5. 

2251. 

6. 

256  SYNOPSIS  OF 

G.  quadrijidum,  Spr.  n.  4,  Syn.  Car.  326,  non  Pennsylv. 

G.  MiitiMUBT,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  327,  Sprengel,  n.  5,  etiam  non  rarum  in  Pennsylv. 

*  *  Scssiliu. 
G.  rvfescens,  Spr.  6,  Syn.  Car.  328,  nondum  Pennsylv. 
G.  hygrometrlcum,  Spr.  8,  Syn.  Car.  329,  valde  vulgare  etiam  Pennsylv. 
G.  FiBRiLiosuM,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  330,  Spreng.  n.  9,  etiam  in  Pennsylvania  et  plerumque 
ad  truncos  vetustos  in  terra  ex  cortice  corrupto  orta.     Interdum  eleganter  areolatum  a  fibrillulis. 

Genus  101.     Bovista. 

2252.  1.  B.  gigantea,  Spr.  p.  523,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  336,  Lycoperd.  etrarius  in  Pennsylv. 

2253.  2.  B.  CANDIDA,  L.v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  333.     Nullimodo  ad  priorem  pertinet  ut  vult  Sprengel,  p.  524. 

2254.  3.  B.  nigrcsccns,  Spr.  n.  2,  Syn.  Car.  331,  et  Pennsylv. 

2255.  4.  B.  plumbea,  Spr.  n.  3,  Syn.  Car.  332,  et  Bethl. 

*2256.  5.  B.  cnANiiFonMis,  L.  v.  S.,  rarior,  sed  ubl  adest  copia  magna,  in  Pomariis.  Pungus  inter 
maximos  et  distinctissimos,  Bethl. 
B.  stipitata;  stipite  obconico  crasso,  trlunciali  diametro,  brevi,  vix  radiculoso  aut  saltern  parum,  expanse 
in  capitulum  pcridiosum  applanato-turbinatum  l.atitudinem  pedalem  attingens,  superne  subdepress- 
um,  plicato-undulatum  exacte  referens  cranium  hum.anum.  Statu  immature  celore  gaudet  expallido- 
subcarneo.  Peridie  externo  membranaceo,  furfure  minute  tecto,  decidue,  plagis  magnis  irregula- 
rlbus.  Interne  membranacee  glabro.  In  stipite  plicae  rariores  observantur.  Peridie  interne 
replete  fleccis  densissimis  adhaerentibus,  Sporidiis  pedicellatis  floccis  infixis  copiosis,  cum  floccis 
lutescenti-ochraceis  demum  griseis.     Gregatim  crescit. 

Genus  102.     Lycoperdon. 

2257.  1.  L.  jmiknse,  Spr.  p.  523,  n.  4,  Syn.  Car.  338,  et.  Pennsylv. 

2258.  2.  L.  umhrinum,  Sp.  n.  5,  Syn.  Car.  342,  et.  Pennsylv. 
*2259.     3.  L.  echinatum,  Spr.  n.  6,  Bethl.  passim. 

2260.  4.  L,.  pyriformc,  Spr.  n.  8,  Syn.  Car.  344,  frequens,  Bethl. 

2261.  5.  L.  excipuliforme,  Sp.  10,  Syn.  Car.  339,  et  Bethl. 

2262.  6.  L.  fjuercinum,  (Spr.  moUe)  n.  12,  Syn.  Car.  313,  et  Bethl. 

2263.  7.  L.  maximum,  Spr.  n.  2,  perperam  L.  perlatum,  Syn.  Car.  340,  etiam  Pennsylv. 

2264.  8.  L.  areolatum,  Sp.  n.  3,  olim  L.  candidura,  Syn.  Car.  341,  frequens  etiam  Pennsylv. 

2265.  9.  L.  utriforme,  Persoen.  Synops.     Satis  distinctum  rarius  Bethl. 

Genus  103.     Tulostoma. 

2266.  1.  T.  hrumak,  Spr.  p.  524,  Salem  et  New  Yerk. 

•2267.     2.  T.  sfjuamuhsa,  non  varietas  prieris  sed  verisimiliter  RimcUa  Rafinesque,  Syst.  F.  Veg.  p. 
139.     In  arena  velatili  juxta  ripas  fluminis  Yadkin  Carolinae. 


Tribus  3.     PHYSAREI. 

Genus  104.     Ltcogala. 

2268.  1.  L.  miniatum,  Spr.  p.  533,  n.  3,  Syn.  Car.  353,  et  Pennsylv.  frequens. 

2269.  2.  lu. punclaium,  Sp.  n.  4,  Syn.  Car. 354,  etiam  frequenter  occurrit  in  Pennsylv. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  257 

Genus  105.     DiDYJiiuM. 


*22ro. 


1.  D.  lohatum,  Spr.  p.  528,  Cionium,  n.  11,  Torrey  ex  New  York. 
2271.     2.   D.  squamulosum,  Sp.  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  363,  et.  Pcnnsylv. 
227-\     3.  D.  difforme,  Spr.  Didernia,  p.  526,  Syn.  Car.  366,  et.  Bethl. 

2273.  4.   D.  testaceum,  Spr.  Cionium,  n.  9,  Syn.  Car.  364,  non  Pennsylv. 

2274.  5.   D.  globosum,  Sp.  C.  n.  8,  Syn.  Car.  365,  et.  Bethl. 


*90' 


Genus  106.     Physarum. 

•  Stipitatae. 

2275.  1.  P.  kucopus,  Spi'.  p.  526,  n.  1,  rarius  Betlil. 

2276.  2.   P.  fii/a/iiium,  Sp.  n.  2,  Syn.  Car.  371,  et  Pennsylv. 

2277.  3.   P.  nutans,  Sp.  n.  3,  Syn.  Car.  372,  etiam  Pennsylv. 

2278.  4.   P.  muscicolu,  Sp.  n.  4,  Dr  Torrey  misit  ex  New  York. 

2279.  5.  P.  squamulosum,  Sp.  n.  6,  Syn.  Car.  378,  et.  Bethl. 

2280.  6.   P.  farinaceum,  Sp.  n.  9,  Syn.  Car.  380,  et.  Bethl. 

2281.  7.   P.  Cluvus,  Sp.  n.  11.  Syn.  Car.  331,  nondum  Pennsylv. 

2282.  8.  P.  tigrinum,  Sp.  n.  12,  Syn.  Car.  379,  et.  Bethl. 

2283.  9.   P.  compaclum,  Sp.n.  13,  S>ti.  Car.  282,  polyccphalum,  rarius  Wilkes  County,  Carolinae. 

2284.  10.   P.  cohimlinum,  Sp.  n.  14,  Syn.  Car.  377,  nond.  Pennsylv. 

2285.  11.  P.  viride,  Sp.  n.  18,  Syn.  Car.  374,  et.  Bethl. 

2286.  12.   P.  aureum,  Sp.  n.  20,  Syn.  Car.  375,  et.  Bethl. 

2287.  13.  P.  aurantiacum,  Sp.  var.  prior.,  Syn.  Car.  376,  nondum  Bethl. 

*2288.     14.  P.  a;rt«//io/Jus,  Sp.  Cionium,  n.  3,  Betlil.  in  foliis  dejcctis  Peridiis  subtus  umbilicatis:   stipite 
aureo. 

2289.  IS.V.  sulphureum,  A.  Sp.  93,  Syn.  Car.   373.     Species  distincta.     Cur  non  a  Sprengelio  ex 
Synopsi  Fungorum  Lusatiae  adoptata  nescio. 

*  •   Sessilia. 

2290.  16.  P.  contextum,  Syn.  Car.  367,  Salem  et  Bethl.  Spr.  Diderma. 

2291.  17.   P.  cinereum,  Spr.  25,  Syn.  Car.  370,  Carol,  et  New  York. 

2292.  18.  P.  conjluens,  Spr.  23,  Syn.  Car.  368,  nond.  Pennsylv. 

2293.  19.   P.  bivalve,  Spr.  24,  Syn.  Car.  369,  elegans,  Salem. 

*2294.     20.  P.  EiEGAss,  L.  v.  S.,  rariter  inventum  Salem — valde  distinctum. 
P.   peridiis  majusculis  aggregatis,  densis,    subrotundis,   difFormibus,  convexis,  supeme   applanatis, 
eleganteramethystinis,  subrugosis.     Sporidiis  nigrofuscis,  conglomeratis,  floccis  crassiusculis. 
*2295.     21.  P.  rctlculatum,  Spi'.  n.  26,  specimina  optima  Salem  et  Bethl. 
*2296.     22.  P.  VERMicuLABE,  L.  V.  S.,  rarius  in  cortice,  Carolina. 

P.  minus,  vermiculare,  subreticulatim  serpens,  teres.     Peridiis  glabris  badiis.     Floccis  raris.     Spori- 
diis lutescentibus. 
*2297.     23.   P.  EFFusuM,  L.  v.  S.,  longe  lateque  effusum  in  pulvere  vaporario,  Salem. 

P.  peridiis  longitudinaliter  scrpentibus  reticuhitis,    aut  omnino   late  eflusis,  candidis,  fere  membrana- 
ceis.     Floccis  et  sporidiis  crebris  nigrescentibus.     Peridiis  valde  applanatis. 
*2298.     24.   P.  LL'TEO-vALVE,  L.  V.  S.,  in  stipitibus  dejectis  rarius,  Carolina. 

P.  lobato-dlfforme,  convexum,  subconfluens,     Peridiis  extus  aurantio-splendentibus,  quasi  compressis, 
bivalvibus.     Sporidiis  flavissimis. 
•2299.     25.  P.  ATHEM,  L.  v.  S.,  mense  Decembri  in  cortice  rarissime,  Bethl. 
P.  sessile,  oblongum  aut  subdifforme,  aggreg.atum,  extus  nigrum  aut  subcinerascens;  peridiis  glabrius- 
culis  sed  eleganter  reticulatis.     Sporidiis   atris,   floccis  rai-is  candidis   interspersis,  compactiorlbus. 
Majus  P.  cinereo  cui  afline. 
'2300.     25.   P.  roETAEDnoN,  L.  v.  S.,  in  antiquissimis  truncis  .Tuglandinis,  Bethl. 

P-  gregarium  ac  subsparsum.     Peridiis  m.ajuscidis,  nigro-fuligiiieis,  absque  splendore,  subhemisphae- 

Vol.  IV.— 3  P 


258  SYNOPSIS  OF 

ricis,  exacte  penlagonis,  lateribus  nempe  planis,  rugosis;  tandem  quasi  stellatim  rupta  parte  inferiori, 
persistente.  Turn  Actinodermium  minutum  refei-t.  Sporidiis  nigro-fuligineis;  floccis  compactis 
concoloribus  interspersis. 

2301.  27.  P.  cAF.spiToscM,  L.  V.  S.,  pidcherrimum.     In  foliiset  stjpitibus  Rhododendri,  Bethl. 

P.  substipitatum  aut  saltern  basl  attenuata,  caespitosim  crescens  et  sparsim.  Caespltulis  3  linearibus; 
peridiis  stipatis,  tui-binatis,  ovatis,  basi  contracta,  membranula  exterloiu  luteo-squamulosa  aut  punc- 
tato-squarrosula.     Sporidiis  nigro-brunneis;  Floccis  citrinis  Inspersis. 

Genus  107.     I^eangium. 

2302.  1.  "L.  Jloriforme,  Spr.  Cionlum,  p.  529,  n.  6,  Syn,  Car.  362,  vastissimis  greglbus  vulgare  occurrlt 
iu  truncis,  Hethl. 

•2303.     2.   L.  vernkosum,  Spr.  Leocarpus,  p.  526,  n.  1,  passim  In  Bethlehem  ad  stipites. 

*2304.     3.  L.  STIPATUM,  L.  V.  S.,  In  llgno  cariosissimo,  Betlil.  rarius. 

L.  peridiis  flexuosim  erectis,  dense  stipatis,  longissimis,  teretlbus;  caespites  unciales  eflTormantibus  ex 
sese  incumbentibus  peridiis,  amoene  Incarnatis.  Membrana  peridiorum  fragillinia,  glabra.  Stipites 
brevlssimi  tcnues,  distantes  concolores  adsunt,  sed  primum  peridia  conglomerata  sessilia  vldentur. 
Sporidiis  concoloribus,  interspersis  floccis  vagis  crebris,  rubro-incarnatis,  demum  subfuscescentibus. 

Genus  lOS.     Craterium. 

*2305.     1.  C.  vulgare,  Spr.  p.  525,  n.  1,  Carolina  rarissime. 
2306.     2.   C.  leucocephaliim,  Sp.  n.  3,  Syn.  Car.  394,  Arcyrla,  Salem. 
•'2307.     3.  C.  FLoRiroRME,  L.  v.  S.,  in  lignis  cariosia  ex  New  York  communicaTlt  Dr  Torrey. 

C.  fasclculatum,  stipitatum  stipltibus  coalitis  in  unum  longissinuim,  fusco-nlgrum,  fasciculo  peridiorum 

obovatorum  nigrorum  coronatum.     ploccis  et  sporidiis  rubro-laterltlis. 

*2308.     4.   C.  ponniyniuM,  L.  v.  S.,  In  hgnls  carlosisslmis  provenlt, Bethl.     Ut  prius  affine  est  Trichiae 

botrylidi,  sic  liaec  Trichiae  ruhiformi. 

C.  peridiis  dense  fasciculatls,  turbinatis  porphyriis,  splendentibus;  stipitlbu.s  brevlsslmis  in  massam  crass- 

am  basilarem  connatis.     Sporidiis  et  floccis  subelastice  espansis,  rubris.     Format  caespites  elongatas. 

Genus  109.     Perichaena. 

2309.     1.   p.  circumscissa,  Licca  Sprgl.  p.  524,  n.  2,  Syn.  Car.  419,  et  frequens  Pennsylv. 
*2310.     2.  P.  MAHGiNATA,  L.  V.  S.,  rarissime  inventa  in  ramis  Carolinae. 

P.  peridiis  sessilibus,   approximato-confluentibus,  circumscissis,   polyaedris,  inferiori  parte  quasi  pyxi- 
dem   elTormante,  margino   prominente,   cujus  operculum  pars   superior  applanata,  minor.     Colore 
externo  griseo-albido.     Pulverulentum.     Floccis  raris  cum  sporidiis  luteis.     Post  occasum  opercu- 
lorum,  pyxides  apcrtae,  fundo  spadiceo  relinquuntur,  magnitudine  semlnis  Papaveris. 
*2311.     3.   P.  TAPOTiAniA,  L.  v.  S.,  non  rara  Bethleliemiis,  in  pulvere  vaporario. 

P.  mlnuta,  circumscissa;  peridiis  sparsis,  fuscis,  diftbrmlbus  submarglnatis,  applanatis.  Sporidiis  cre- 
bris— floccis  raris  flavissimls. 

Genus  110.     Licea. 

2312.  1.  h.  fragiformis,  Sprgl.  p.  524,  n.  9,  Syn.  Car.  -119,  et  Bethl. 

2313.  2.  L.  fa/lax,  Sp.  n.  10,  effusa,  Syn.  Car.  420,  et.  Pennsylv. 

2314.  3.   L.  vuriubilis,  Sp.  n.  4,  Syn.  Car.  418,  frequens  etiam  Bethl. 
*2315.  4.   L.  Jlexuosa,  Sp.  n.  7,  frequens  ad  tnincos,  liethl. 

•2316.     5.  L.  jiusillu,  Sp.  n.  8,  et  Salem  et  Bethl.  passim  obvia. 
•2317.     6.  L.  MAcnosponA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  peponibus  putridis  elTusa,  Bethl. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  259 

L.  eftusa,  diffcu'mis,  conflucns,  lenticularis  et  globosa,  applanata,  interdum  reticulata.     Pei-idiis  cinereo- 
albidis.     Sporidiis  majusculis  nigris,  floccis  parcissimis  intei-spersis.      Lon^e  lateque  sci'pit. 
*2318.     7.   L.  EPiPHTiLA,  L.  V.  S.,  rarissime  occun-it  in  foliis  dejectis,  Betid. 
L.  valde  varia,  globosa,  subrotunda,  sed  plerumque  teres,  elong'ata,  serpula  aut  vermiculavis.     Peridiis 
convexis  nigris,  subgrisescentibus.     Sporidiis  nigris,  creberrimis  interdum  fuscesceutibus. 
•2319.     8.  L.  ?jiTEXS,  L.  v.  S.,  rarius  in  cortice  dejecto  observata,  Bethl. 

L.  gregaria,  spadicea,  nitens,  subrotunda,   teres  aut  varia,   semper  convexa.     Sporidiis  crcbris  lutes- 
centibus.     Superficie  glaberrima.     Minor. 


Tribus  4.     Trichiacei. 

Genus  111.     Trichia. 

2320.  I.   T.  Botryth,  Spr.  p.  530,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  383,  et.  Bethl. 

2321.  2.   T.  rubiformis,  Sp.  n.  2,  Syn.  Car.  384,  frcquens,  Bethl. 

•2322.     3.   T.  MixiATA,  L.  V.  S.,  affinis  priori,  sed  dimidio  minor  et  colore  alieno,  sub  cortice,  Bctlil. 
T.  brevissime  stipitata,  fasciculata;    peridiis   invicem  arete  stipatim  adpressis,   oblongo-pyrifbrmibus, 
tenuibus  ac  fragiUimis,   rubro-miniatis.     Capillitio  (cum  Sporidiis)  miniato,   non  valde  expandente. 
Fasciculi  parvi — stipites  vix  coaliti, 
2323.     4.  T.  fallax,  Spr.  n.  3,  Syn.  Car.  385,  frequens  et  in  Pennsylv. 
23?4.     5.  T.  davata,  Sp.  n.  4,  Syn.  Car.  386,  in  Juglandibus,  Pennsylv. 

2325.  6.   T.  nigripes,  Spr.  n.  5,  Syn.  Car.  387,  rarior;  etiam  in  Pennsylv. 

2326.  7.  T.  ovata,  Sp.  n.  6,  Syn.  Car.  3i  8,  ubique  frequens  sub  cortice. 

2327.  8.   T.  oUvacea,  Sp.  n.  7,  Syn.  Car.  389,  et  frequens  in  Pennsylv. 

2328.  9.   T.  nilens,  Sp.  n.  9,  Syn.  Car,  390,  et  in  Pennsylv. 

2329.  10.   T.  vavia,  Sp.  n.  10,  Syn.  Car.  391,  frequens  et  in  Pennsylv. 
*2330.     11.   T.  puJfcxnLATA,  L.  v.  S.,  ad  ligna  cariosa  r.arior,  Bethl. 

T.  sparsa,  subrotundo-globosa,  subsessilis,  tanien  podetio  elevate  crasso.  Peridio  olivaceo  quasi  punc- 
tulato.     Capillitio  cum  sporidiis  luteo.     Minuta. 

2331.  12.  T.  serpula,  Sp.  n.  11,  Syn.  Car.  392,  frequens  et  Bethl. 

2332.  13.  T.  reticulata,  Sp.  n.  12,  Syn.  Car.  393,  etiam  frequens  ibid. 

*2333.     14.  T.  ANGtjLATA,  L.  V.  S.,  frequens  in  libro  corticali  interno  decedentis  corticis  trunci  Fraxini 
dejecti  in  montibus  Lehigh  prope  Bethl. 
T.   sessllis,  gi-egaria,  longe  lateque  insuper  membranulara   (ut  T.   ovata)  crescens.     Peridiis  adpressis 
invicem,  variis,  saepissime  angulatis,  superficie  nitida  sed  subrugulosa,  luteis;   demum   plerumque 
trifariam  aut  stellatim  ruptis.     Capillitio  parco  lutescente — cum  sporidiis  concolorlbus. 
•2334.     15.  T.  DirronMis,  L.  v.  S.,  in  lignis  carie  emollitis  Juglandis  nigrae  Manakes,  Bethl. 

T.  sessilis,  basi  tamen  attenuata,  gregaria,  interdum  acervis  minoribus  subconfluens.  Peridiis  varie- 
formatis,  minoribus  saepe  compressis,  subflexuosis,  apice  autem  semper  convexo;  flavc-ferrugineis 
splendentlbus,  irregularlter  ruptis.     Capillitio  lateritilio,  non  valde  prosUiente. 

Genus  112.     Arcyria. 

2335.  1.  A.  flava,  Sprgl.  p.  530,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  395,  et.  Pennsylv.  et  N.  York. 

2336.  2.  A.  cinerea,  Sp.  n.  2,  Syn.  Car.  397,  frequens  in  Pennsylv. 

2337.  3.  A.  incarnata,  Sp.  n.  3,  Syn.  398,  ibid. 

2338.  4.   A.  punicea,  Sp.  n.  7,  Syn.  Car.  399,  non  rara  et  Pennsylv. 

2339.  5.  A.  LUTEA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  396,  Spr.  n.  4,  nondum  in  Pennsylv. 

2340.  6.  A.  GLOBOSA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  400,  Spr.  n.  5,  frequens  in  involucris  Castaneorum  etiam  in 
Pennsylv. 

*2341.    7.  A.  MiHOB,  L.  V.  S.,  affinis  .\.  incarnatae  in  hgnis  mollibus,  Bethl. 


260  SYNOPSIS   OF 

A  stipitibus  basi  incrassatis,  subnigi'escentibus,  longiusculis.  Cupula,  aut  parte  inferiori  peridii  per- 
sistente,  lata,  membranacea  manifestim  extus  venosa.  Capillitio  breviori  saepe  apice  operculato 
frustulo  peridii  superni.  Peridio  ceterum  longitudine  stipitis,  subconico.  Sporidiis,  cum  toto  fungo, 
incarnato  lateritiis.     Sparsjm  crescit. 

Genus  113.     Diachaea. 

2342.  1-  T).  leucostyla,   Spr.  p.  532,   St.  n.  3,   Syn.   Car.   401,   frequens  etiam  Pennsylv.     Saepe  in 
gramlnibus. 

Genus  114.     Stemonitis. 

2343.  1-   S.  typhina,  Sp.  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  402,  vulgaris  in  Pennsylv. 

2344.  2.   S.  fasciculala,  Sp.  n.  2,  Syn.  Car.  403,  ibid,  vulgaris. 

2345.  3.  S.  tuhuUna,  Sp,  n.  4,  Syn.  404,  et  in  Pennsylv. 

2346.  4.   S.  physarioides,  Sp.  n.  7,  Syn.  Car.  405.     Frequens  ibid, 

2347.  5.   S.  ovata,  Sp.  n.  6,  Syn.  Car.  406,  in  Thelephoris  exsoletis  passim  mihi  obvla  in  Pennsylv. 

2348.  6.  S.  papillata,  Sp.  n.  5,  Syn.  Car.  407,  PhiUidelpliiis  inveni. 

*2349.     7.   S.  MAXIMA,  L.  v.  S.,  insuper  pUeos  exsoleti  Polypori  magnis  pLigis  effusa,  Bethl. 

S.  caespitosa;  membrana  stromatica  late  effusa,  cras-siuscula  fuscopurpurea,  saepe  decedente.     Stipiti- 
bus nigris  satis  crassis  segregatis,   sed  convergente-inclinatis,  3  lin.  longis.     CapilUtiis  longissimis, 
semiuncialibus,  non  inter  se  coalitis  sed  densim  fasciculatls  subflexuosis  fusco-ferrugineis.     Sporidiis 
creberrimis  concoloribus. 
•2350.     8.  S.  DiGiTATA,  L.  v.  S.,  lignis  cariosissimis  Carolinae  et  Pennsylv.  frequens. 

S.  sparsa,  majuscula.     Stipites  quasi  ex  pluribus  coalitis,  formantur,  crassi.basiinci-assata,  fuscescentes, 
et  coronantur  fasciculo  digitatim  pandente  peridiorum  3 — 6,  cylindrico-ovatorum,  paulo  breviorum 
stipitibus.     Capillitio  ciuereo;  sporidiis  copiosis  concoloribus. 
*2351.     9.   S.  cBTPTA,  L.  V.  S.,  rarior  mihi  obvia  in  fissuris  trunci  carlosissimi,  Nazareth. 

S.in  membranida  stromatica  tenui  sparsira  stipites  filiformes  subdccumbentes  et  tamen  rigidlusculi 
observantur,  fere  ad  basin  capillitio,  Laxim  contexto,  longo,  circumvoluti — peridio  faciUime  eva- 
nescente  et  tantum  in  junioribus  observando.  Sporidiis  majusculis  substipitatim  adhaerentibus 
capillitio,  colore  fuUgineo  purpurascenti.     Demum  coplosim  sparsa. inquinant  lignum. 

Genus  115.     Dictydium. 

2352.  1.   D.  microspermum,  Spr.  531,  n.  2,  Syn.  Car.  409,  et.  Pennsylv. 

•2353.  2.  D.  upkndens,  Sp.  n.  3,  ad  ligna  cariosa,  Bethl. 

2354.  3.   D.  vmosum,  Sp.  n.  4,  Syn.  Car.  410,  et  in  Pennsylv. 

2355.  4.  D.  cernuum,  Sp.  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  408,  frequens  Bethl. 

Genus  116.     Cribraria. 

2356.  1.  C. purpurea,  Sp.  530,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  412,  et.  Pennsylv. 

2357.  2.   C.  mucrocarpa,  Sp.  n.  4,  Syn.  Car.  411,  et  in  Ohio  ad  ten-am. 

•2358.     3.   C.  rufcsccns,  Sp.  n.  2,  in  viis  sylvestribus  ad  tcrram  cum  priori  Gnadenhutten,  Ohio. 

2359.  4.   C.  argillacea,  Sp.  n.  5,  Syn.  Car.  413,  nondum  Pennsylv. 

2360.  5.   C.  vulgaris,  Sp.  n.  6,  Syn.  Car.  414;  rarior  et  in  Pennsylv. 

2361.  6.   C.  ttnclla,  Sp.  n.  7,  Syn.  Car.  415,  et  in  lignis  cariosis  Pennsylv. 

2362.  7.   C.  MiNuTissiMA,  L.  v.  S.,  species  vix  nudo  oculo  distinguenda,  sed  valde  memorabilis,  Inventa 
Carohnae  etPenn.sylv.  lignis  cariosis,  ob  fungum  alium  lente  subjectis — passim. 

C.  Cupula  sporangii  fere  globosa,  apice  contracto,  undo  expanditur  reticulum  globosum,  diametro 
cupulam  cxccdens,   valdc  regulare,  colore  nltido-brunneo.     Sporidiis  lutco-brunneis.     Stipite  gra- 


NORTH  A3IERICAN  FUNGI.  261 

cili,  filiformi,  sublongo,  fusco.     Pupula  peridii  persistcns  cum  reliculo  sporidifero  imposito,  rei'ert 

figuram  8. 
Nota. — Fungillus  saepius  mihi  obviam  factus  est  in  Pennsylvania,  minutus,  candidissimus,  qui  tameii 
vix  unquam  rite  explicatus  fuit,  de  quo  dubiosus  sum  an  ad  genus  Cirrhohim,  Sys.  Vcg.  !■'.  p.  144,  pcrti- 
neat,  icone  Mavtii  inviso.  Ulterius  de  hoc  inquirendum.  Ceterum  et  in  Pennsylvania  multo  plures 
species  fungillorum  hujus  familiae  eruendae  sunt — nisi  vigerc  solerent  sole  tarn  torrido,  ut  jam  observatum 
p.  32  Synopseos  Fungorum  Carolinae. 


Ordo  III.     TRICHODERMACEI. 

Tribus  1.     Aethalini. 

Genus  117.     Spumaria. 

2363.  1.  S.  MucUago,  Spr.  p.  532,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  360,  non  Pennsylv. 
•2364.  2.  S.  LicuxNiFonjiis,  L.  v.  S.  Fungus  ex  distinctissimis,  an  Generis  novi  '  Rarius  oc«UTit, 
sed  ubi  adest,  magna  copia  in  cortice  truncorum  dejectorum  Robiniac,  Betlil. 
S.  plagis,  1 — 2  uncialibus  determinatim  effusis  super  corticem,  omnino  e  longinquo  Liclienem  crustuo- 
sum  referentibus.  Propius  examinata  ex  peridiis  rotundatis  turbinatis,  diftbrmibusque  satis  elevatis, 
basi  communi  emanentibus,  singulis  magnitudinc  seminis  Cannabis,  constare  patefit.  Peridiis  cellu- 
losis,  extus  floccosis,  albo-cinereis;  intus  repletis  sporidiis  coacervatis  aterrimis,  filis  raris  albis  inter- 
stinctis. 

Genus  US.     Enteridium.     Syst.  Veget.  F.  p.  146. 

H6S.  1.  E.  ciNEREUM,  L.  v.  S.,  rarius  insupcr  putridas  herbas  effusum,  Bctlil.  An  hujus  generis, 
cuj  tamen  valde  simile  aut  Lignydium ' 

E.  longe  lateque  effusum,  varie  contortum  et  non  inapte  referens  congeriem  intestinorum,  serpens, 
hinc  inde  reticulalim  confluens,  serpulis  semper  applanatis.  Cortice  peridii  mcmbranaceo,  firmo 
crassiusculo,  candido.  Sporidiis  atro-fuhgincis,  membranuHs  albis  crebris,  demum  filamentosis, 
interspersis.     Superficie  plicato-rugosa.     Ad  pedalem  longitudinem  effusum  inveni. 

Genus  119.      Pittocarpium,  Lk. 
•2366.     1.  P.y?ai.'um,  Lk.  et  Syst.  Veg.  F.  p.  146,  passim  in  truncis  Bethl.     An  rite  evolutum ' 

Genus  120.     Aethalium. 

2367.  1.  A.Jlavum,  Sprgl.  p.  533,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  557,  et  Pennsylv. 

2368.  2.  A.  cundidum,  Sp.  n.  3,  Syn.  Par.  559,  nond.  Pennsylv. 

2369.  3.  A.  violaceum,  Sp.  n.  2,  Syn.  Car.  556,  ad  truncos  etiam  frequens  in  Pennsylv. 

2370.  4.  A.  vaporarium,  Pers.  Synops.,  Syn.   Car.  558,  frequentissimum  in  Vaporariis   et  Pennsylv. 
Cur  Sprengelius  omisit  fungum  notissimum  \-ulgo  nomine  "  Flos  vaporarii"  notum  nescio. 

*2371.     5.  A.  muscorum,  L.  v.  S.,  Conspectus.      Passim  in  muscis  Carolinae. 

*2372.     6.  A.  ferhincola,  L.  V.  S.,  satis  affinis  R.  rufae,  sed  peridio  exteriori  multo  flocciosori.     Differt 

etiam  m.agnitudine  et  loco,  nam,  mirabile  dictu,  in  Ferro  recenter  ex  ignc  sumpto,  mihi  obviam  factum. 

Salem  Carolinae. 

Vol.  IV.-  8  Q 


262  SYNOPSIS  OF 

A.  peridiis  majusculls,  uncialibus,  tractu  longitudinal!  saepe  conflaentibus,  pulvinatls,  estus  rufo-floc- 

cosis,  membrana  basilar!  e  floccis  contexta  latius  eft'uso,  quam  ipse  peridlum  pulvinatum — Sporidiis 

creberrimis  purpureo-fuligineis.     Strata  interseptantia  membranacea  Candida  sunt. 

N.  B.  Sequens  historia  memorabilis  hujus  fungi.     Faber  Salemitanus,  vir  literarum  non  expers,  frus- 

trum  fen-i  jam  malleo  et  igne  ad  opus  quoddara  praeparatum,  subito  aliunde  vocatus,  ex  manu  dejiciebat, 

sero  tempore  diel.     Mane  postero  rediens,  obstupuit   in  hoc  frustro   ferri,  transversim  jacente  insuper 

receptaculum  aquae,  quod  more  fabrorum  in  promptu  fuit,  longam  seriem  Fungi  cujusdam  per  noctem 

ortam  observans,  sib!  omnino  ignoti.     Statim  puerum  misit  me  ad  examen  excitandum,  fen'o  non  ex  loco 

remoto.     Aeque  miratus  sum,  loco  tam  inopinato,  distinctam  specieni  Aetlialii  invenire.    Fatendum  est, 

seriem  fungorum — bipedalem,    sed  interruptam,   confluentiuni,   demum   e   ferro  in  lignum  receptaculi 

aquae  uno  latere  irrepsisse,  more  tali  autem,  ut  apertum  fuit  ex  ferro  in  lignum,  non  ex  ligno  in  ferrum 

expansam.     Duodecim  horae  vix  intervenerant  post  tempus,  quo  id  frustrum  ferri  in  igne  et  sub  malleo 

f uerat . 

Genus  121.     Reticularia.     Fries.  Sys.  Veg.   p.  147. 

2373.  1.  R.  argcniea,  (Lycogala  Sprgl.  533,  n.  2),  Syn.  Car.  352,  vulgaris  et  interdum  maxima  etiam 
Bethl. 

2374.  2.  R.  StrongUum,  Sprgl.  p.  533,  Syn.  Car.  351,  nondum  Pennsylv. 

•2375.     3.  R.  mca-jmfl,  Fr.  Sys.  Veg.  pag.  citata.    Rarius  et  insignis  species  in truncosemivivo  Castaneae, 

Bethl. 
■*2376.     4.  R.  a/;/j/aHate,  (Diptherium  Ehrenb.)  in  cortice  et  ligno  sahcino  Bethlehem.     Fungus  dis- 

tinctissimus. 
2o"7-     5.  R.  rufa,  (Fuligo,  Syn.  Car.  355)  rara  et  Pennsylv. 

Genus  122.     Lachnobolus.     Fries.  Sys.  Veg.  p.  148. 

2378.     1-   L.  ciKEBEus,  L.  V.  S.,  insuper  stipites,  &c.  dejectos  effusus,  Salem. 
L.   longitudinaliter   eftusus,   stipites  ambiens  moi'e   Spumariae.      Peridio  tenemmo   fugace  candido 
cinereo,  vix  continuo  sed  qu.asi  furfuraceo,  adnato  capiUitio.     Basis  est  hypothallus  ut  in  L.  cribroso. 
Capillitio  aterrimo  basi — versus  apicem  abiente  in  intricatim  ramosissimos  floccos  albos.     Sporidiis 
cinereo-nigris  mitiutissimis. 


Tribus  2.     Trichodermei. 

Genus  123.     Httphelia.     Fries.  Syst.  Veg.  p.  149. 

*2379.     1.  H.  rosea,  F.  S.  V.  p.  149,  rara  Nazarethis  in  truncis  corruptis  sub  cortice. 
2380.     2.  H.  dubia,  (Trichoderma  dubla  Pers.  Synops. )   Syn.  Car.  520,  passim  et  Pennsylv.  in  foliis 
dejectis. 

Genus  124.     Ostracoderma.     F.  S.  V.  p.  150. 

•2381.     1.  O.  spADicEOM,  L.  V.  S.,  ramis  Mori  albae  dejectis  passim,  Bethl. 

O.  membrana  peridii  satis  firma,  quasi  punctato-granulosa,  superficie  b.adio-spadicea;  A.  i  ad  1  uncialem 

latitudinem  attingens.     Subrotundum,  applanatum,  ambitu  sublobatum;  .altitudine   aut  crassitie  vij 

lineari.     Peridium  absque  ullo  vestigio   floccosum  repletum  sporidiis  globosis,   luteis,   pellucidis, 

et  Torulae  ad  instar  articulatim.aut  moniliformiter  inviccm  adhaerentibus — in  aqua  autem  diffluentibus. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  263 


Genus  125.      Institale  ?     F.  S.  V.  p,  150. 

"2382.     1.   1.  MAxiJirM,  L.  V.  S.,  an  hujus  Generis'     FiingTis  Intei'ea  memorabilis;  in  Hynicnio  exsoleti 
Polypori  igniarii  in  Salice  mihi  obvius,  Betlil. 
I.  1 — 2  uncialis,  confluens  siiboi-biculatim.     Tegumento  fibroso-floccoso  radiato.     Fibris  ramosis  crassi- 
usculis   in  membranam  albidulam  contextis,  ipsis  rubro   fuscis.     Sub  hoc  integumento  aut  peridio, 
sporidia  copiosa  fasco-brunnea  aggregata  sunt,  fills  aut  floccis  interspei'sis. 


Tribus  3.     Pilackini. 

Genus  126.     Asterophora. 

*2383.     1.   A.  agaricoides,  (Agaricus  lycoperdioides  Pers.)  rarissime  in  Agaricis  putridisCarolinae. 

•2384.  2.  A.  EFFUSA,  L.  V.  S.,  an  hujus  Generis?  certe  affinis.  Propullans  ex  riniis  corticis  Quei'cus 
et  Juglandis  truncorum  dejectorum,  et  primo  obtutu  initia  mcntiens  Polypori  cujusdam.  Perfectis 
et  quidem  minoribus  speciminibus  vix  i  uncialibus  manifestim  stipitata,  in  majoribiis  1 — 2  uncialibus 
— stipes  confusus  cum  peridio,  Bethl. 
A.  Peridio  extus  strigoso-fioccoso,  Imo  quasi  hydnoideo,  pallido;  floccis  nempe  suberectis  liydnoideis, 
ceterum  pulvinato.  Stipitibus  crassis  confusis  in  lignum  corticis  penetrantibus.  In  minoribus  rite 
evolutis,  peridium  est  capitulato-turbinatum,  ex  stipite  albido  agaricoideo  sese  evolvens,  minus  stri- 
gosum.  Demum  fatiscens  in  pulverem  copiosum  lutescentera  compactum  (congeriem  sporidiorum). 
Onygenis  proximum.     An  Ecchyna,  F.  p.  152. 

Genus  127.     Onygena. 

2385.  1.  O.  equina,  Spr.  p.  528,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  428.     In  Pennsylv.  hunc  I'ungum  optime  evolutum  et 
magna  copia  inveni  in  unguibus  equorum  et  cornubus  Bovum,  Bethl. 

2386.  2.  O.  decorticata,  Spr.  n.  2,  Syn.  Car.  429.     Nondum  in  Pennsylv. 


Tribus  4,     Myrothecii. 

Genus  128.     Dichosporium.     F.  S.  V.  p.  152. 
2387.     1.     D.  aggregaium,  (Spumaria  physaroides)  Syn.  Car.  361,  rarius  in  Carolina. 

Genus  129.     ]Myrotheci€ji. 

'2388.     1.  M.  inundatum,  Spr.  p.  534,  n.  3,  in  Agaricis  putvidis,  Bethl. 

*2389.     2.  M.  Curmichaeli,  Sp.  n.  1,  in  herbis  putridis,  Bethl. 

*2390.     3.  M.  Verrucaria,  Sp.  n.  2,  in  foliis  Cucurbltaccorura  putrescentibus,  Bethl. 

Genus  130.     Trichoderma. 

2391.  1.  T.  viride,  Spr.  p.  555,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  518,  vulgaris  ubique  ad  ramulos. 

2392.  2.  T.  varium,  Spr.  n.  2,  Syn.  Car.  tuberculatum  523,  et  Bethlehemis  valde  vulgaris  ad  terram. 
'2393.     3.  T.  RUBBOPALLESS,  L.  v.  S.,  ad  vetustos  Polj-poros  observatum,  Bethl. 

T.  pulvinatum,  confluens.     Strato  perldioso  albo,  pallido — fatiscente  in  pulverem  sporidiosum  rubrum. 
Affine  et  evidenter  congenerum  T.  viridi. 


264  SYNOPSIS  OF 

Ordo  IV.     SCLEROTIACEI. 

Tribus  1.     Rhizogonei. 

Genus  131.     Pacuyma. 
2394.     1.  P.  Cocos,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  Sclerotium  solummodo  inveni  in  i)metis  CaroUnae. 

Genus  132.     Anixia.     S.  V.  Fr.  p.  154. 

*2395.     1.  A.  iNTEBBUPTA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  terra  ex  putrescentibus  truncis  orta  in  cavitate,  Betlil. 
A.  pallido-carnea,   tuberibus  interruptim  connexis  ad  longitudinem   uncialem   aut  biuncialem,  tamen 
faciliter  separabilibus.     Insidens   fibriUulis  himaatioideis  longe  repentibus.     Supei'ficie   lacunosa. 
Tuberibus  i  uncial!  crassitudine,  intus  albis,  cavis. 

Genus  133.     Rhizoctonia. 

*2396.     1.  R.  Batatas,  L.  v.  S.,  subcorticalis,  in  terra  ex  cortice  corrupto  orta,  Bethl. 

R.  uncialis  aut  idtra,  teres  et  depressa,  flexuosa,  sublacunosa,  utrinque  acuminata;  fibrillulis  radicifor- 
mibus  semper  ex  apicibus  emanentibus.     Multis  tuberibus  confluentibus,   carneo-albis,   intus  albis, 
primum  carlilagineo-carnosis,    odore  forti;  demum   induratis.     Fibrillulis   rhizomorpheis  candidis. 
Exacte  referunt,  tuberes  Convolvuli  Batatas. 
*2397.     2.  R.  nADiciFun.iiis,  L.  v.  S.,  locis  similibus:  ex  New  York  misit  CI.  Torrey  etiam  Bethl. 

R.  multo  latior;  tuberibus  compresso-plicatis,  valde  difformibus,  saepe  elongatis,  pallido  carneis — unciali 
longitudine,  interdum  separabilibus  in  minores.     Fibi-is  bimantioideis  crassis  loiig'e  lateque  sub  cor- 
tice   repentibus  quibus  insident  irregulariter  greges  tuberum,  radicibus  Iridum    s.atis   sirailium. 
Intus  albis  tuberibus. 
*2398.     3.  R.  IIiMANTiA,  L.  V.  S.,  locis  similibus  Carolinae.     An  status  junior  prions' 

R.  fibrillulis  crebris  rhizomorphoideis,   latis,  byssinis  cincreis  denique  pulverulentis,  undique  emanen- 
tibus ex  tuberibus  difformibus  minoribus,  tomentoso-involutis,  albido-pallidis. 
2399.     4.   R.  Placenta,  L.  v.  S.,  rarius  sub  cortice  putridi  triinci  maxinii  jacentes  insuper  excrementa 
lai'varum  et  cetera  latissime  expansa.     Bethl.  in  montibus  Lehigh. 

R.  Fibrillulis  ad  pedalem  longitudinem  etlatitudinem  palmatim  radiantibus,  saepe  in  tenuissimam  mem- 
branam  hymantoideum  aut  immo  arachnoideum  interruptim  expandcntibus.  Hlnc  iiide,  plus  minusve 
distantia  in  membrana  observantur  pericUa  aut  tubercula  innata,  applan.ata,  difformiter  lobata,  1 — 2 
lineari  diametro,  sed  etiam  semiunciali  aut  immo  unciali,  referentia  placentas  lobatas  subtus  planissi- 
mas,  tenues,  tamen  applanato-pulvinatas  superne,  superficie  subaequali,  minutlm  subtomentulosas, 
colore  cleganter  ex  incarnato  badlo-rufo.  Fibrillulis  et  in  mcmbranam  contextis  et  distinctis  conco- 
loribus,  in  ambitu  tamen  candidis.  Tuberibus  intus  albidis  cellulosis,  omnino  hujus  generis — ceterum 
duris  ac  etiam  in  maximis  crassitie  lineam  aut  U  lineam  non  excedentibus.  Differt  ceteris  Rhizoc- 
tonis  quam  maxime,  tomento  denso  tenero,  quo  involutae  sunt  placentae  tuberiforraes.  Qu.anquam 
hie  fungus  distinctissimus  tantum  semel  mihi  obviam  factus  est,  nil  dubitandum  de  eo — quia  in  arbore 
ingenti,  copia  maxima  aderat.  Elegans  membrana  fibrlUosa,  tarn  delicata,  ut  vix  separabilis  quan- 
quam  laxissime  incumbit  quisquUiis  subcorticalibus. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  265 


Tribus  2.     Apiosporii. 

Genus  134.     Chaetomium. 

•2400.  1.  C.  DouGLASii,  L.  v.  S.  Fungus  valde  memorabilis,  affinis  Spliaeriae  comatae  in  caulibus 
Hyssopi  anisati  adhuc  vigentis,  versus  radices  dense  investiens  caules,  milii  communicavit  I).  Torrey 
ex  expeditione  Capt.  Douglass  in  vicinitate  Lacus  Huron  invcntum. 

C.  tomcnto  olivaceo-virente  non  intertexto  scd  floccoso-fastigiato,  provenientc  undique  sed  pnieser- 
tim  apice  ex  pcridiis,  laxiter  tantiim  caule  affixls,  majusculis,  globoso-ovatis,  fragiUimis,  intusdcmum 
cavis,  densim  aggregates,  nigro-fuligineis,  tomento  concolori.  Fasciculus  fastigiatus  tumenti  assurgit 
ad  bilinearem  altitudinem  cum  pcridiis,  diniidio  minoribus,  investientis  caules.  Peridiis  apice  aper- 
tiusculis. 
•2401.     2.   C.  TxpniE,  L.  v.  S.,  non  raram  in  foliis  typhinis,  Beth]. 

C.  minutissimum,  .atrum,  punctiforme;  pilis  tarn  brevibus  involutum,  ut  vix  discernantur  nisi  lente 
augentiori,  situm  inter  nervos  folii. 

Genus  135.     Apiosporium. 

*2402.  1.  A.  Salicinum,  Kunz.  Myc.  Hefte,  1,  p.  15,  longe  lateque  effusum  in  trunco  Liriodendri — vix 
saltern  differt  a  fungo  Kunziano  milii  ab  ipso  benevole  communicato,  nisi  effusione  latissima. 

Genus  136.     Coniosporium. 

*2403.     1.  C.  olivaceum.  Link.  Dissert.  1,  S.  V.  F.  p.  156,  ad  ligna  antiqua. 
•2404.     2.   C.  ATnuM,  L.  v.  S.,  late  effusum  in  interior!  latere  trunci  Cerasi,  Dethl. 

C.  pcridiis  oblongis  ovatis,  aggregatis;  extus  e  sporidiis  subalbo-pulverulentum. 
"2405.     3.  C.  .STRoBiLiNUM,  L.  V.  S.,  interiori  latere  squamarum  strobilorum  Pini  inopis  juxta  Philadel- 
phiam  increscit. 
C.  densissime  aggregatum,  maculas  effiguratas  aterrimas  formans,  constantes  exinnumeris  minutissimis 
linearibus  pcridiis,  paralleliter  sed  abbreviatim   confluentibus.     Statu  madido  subnitent;  sicco  vix 
distinguenda  singula  peridla.     Subpulverulentum  superficie. 

Genus  137.     Illosporium. 

•2406.      1.   I.  coccinettm,  F.  S.  V.  p.  156,  Tubercul.  rosea  Persoon.,  in  Lichenibus  pracsertim  Parmeliis, 

Betlil.  et  Salem. 
•2407.     2.   I.  CAESIUM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ligno  udo  decorticate  Juglandis  albae,  Nazareth. 

I.  minutum,   difforme,   aggregatum,  varie  lobatum  in  ambitu.     Peridia  vix  nisi  colore  caesio-albo  nudo 

oculo  pcrccptibilia  saepe  conHuunt.     Innumera  in  liburni  rimis  sita.     Demum  fatiscent.     Hue  cer- 

tisslme  pertinet  nee  idem  cum  Aegerita  caesia  nostra. 


Tribus  3.     Scleroth. 


Genus  13S.     Periola. 

'2408.      1.   P.  pubescens,  F.  p.  267,  in  Ugno  putrido  Bethl. 

Vol.  IV.— 3  R 


266  SYNOPSIS   OF 


Genus  139.     Acinula. 

'2409.     1.  A.  candicans,  P.  p.  267,  in  foliis  dejectis  Lauri  Borboniae  ex  Georgia  missis,  a  CI.  Leconte. 
Multo  major  videtur  quam  fungus  Friesianus.     An  nova  species. 

Genus   140.     Pfrenium.     F.    Myc.   p.    S44,  Syst.  Veg.  F.   p.   94,  inter  Clavatos. 

Hue  pertinet  certissime. 

2410.     1.  P.  lerrestre,  F.  p.  244,  Syn.  Car.  530,  nee  Pennsylvania. 
*2411.     2.   P.  coLLAE,  L.  V.  S.,  in  colla  indurata  mucosa,  Betlil. 

P.  magnitudine  seminis  papaveris,  nidulans  in  colla  et  aggregatim  aut  caespitosim  prorumpens,  ovato- 
globosuni,  incarnato-aurantium,  tomento  albido  subinvolutum.     Intus  simihire.     Durum. 

Genus  141.     Acrospermum. 

2412.     1.   A.  compressum,  F.  p.  245,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  Clav.  herhar.  etiam  Bethlehemis . 
*2413.     2.  A.  conicum,  F.  3,  rarius  ad  ligna  Bethl.  et  in  plantarum  caule. 
*2414.      3.   A.  cornutuni,  ¥.  4.     In  Agaricis  i-arius  Bethl. 

Genus  142.     Scleeotium. 

*  Libera,  1. 

2415.  1.   S.  complanatum,  F.  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  311,  et.  Bethl. 

2416.  2.  S.  scutelhtum,  F.  n.  2,  Syn.  Car.  31S,  et.  Pennsylv. 
"241".     3.  S.  exceyilricum,  F.  n.  4,  rarissime,  Bethl.  ad  stipites. 

2418.     4.   S.  semen,  F.  n.  5,  Syn.  Car.  314,  frequens  ubique  vere. 
*2419.     5.   S.  vulgatum,  F.  n.  6,  solummodo  Carolina  inventum. 
•2420.     6.  S.  tectum,  F.  n.  11,  in  receptaculis  et  calycibus  Tagetum  et  Zinniarum  Hort.  Bethl. 

2421.     7.  S.fungorum,  F.  n.  15,  Syn.  Car.  n.  2  et  4,  et.  Bethl. 
*2422.     8.  S.  Iruncorum,  F.  16,  Bethlehem  .an  Hliizoctoria. 

2423.     9.   S.  muscorum,  F.  17,  Syn.  Car.  308,  et.  Pennsylv. 
•2424.     10.  S.  atrovirens,  F.  14,  in  cortice  quercino,  Bethl. 
*2425.     11.    S.  onEGABiuM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  putrescentibus  dejectamentis  hortorum,  Bethl. 

S.  minutum,  gregarium,  interdum  etiam  sparsum,  subglobosum,  apice  tamen  subprominente,  et  passim 
deorsum  quasi  pseudostipite  sufTultum,  aut  plerumque   sessile,   ferrugineo-fuscum,   p.iulisper  rugu- 
losum.     Juventute  subimmersum,  albidum.     Intus  semper  albidum.     Sextuplo  minus  S.  semi'rti. 
*2426.     12.  S.  NicANjinAE,  L.  v.  S.,  in  exsolctis  capsulis  Nicandrae  physaloidis,  Bethl. 

S.  sparsum,  applanato-subpezizoideum,  subrotundum  aut   ambitu   angulatum,  atrum,  medio  subumbo- 
natum  et  corrugatum.     Magnitudine  paulisper  priorem  speciem  excedens.      S.  iiicluso  non  dissimili. 
•2427.     13.   S.  LiGNATiLE,  L.  V.  S.,  rarius  occurrit  in  cortice  putrescent!,  Bethl. 

S.  magnitudine  S.  Seminis  cui  siniillimum,  e  globoso-turbinatum,  passim  substipitatum,  primum  fascum, 
demum  nigerrimum,  phcato  rugosum  in  supcrficie.     Intus  candidissimum. 
'2428.      14.  S.  iMEDuiiAnE,  L.  V.  S.,  loco  inopinatissimo,  videlicet   in   cavitate  meduUari  caulium  prae- 
sertim  Phlogis  undulatae  hortis  nostris  emortuorum   sed   non  putridium   et  adhuc  stantium,  locum 
meduUae  occupans,  liethl, 
S.  magnum,   ad   uncialem   longitudinem  nempe  interdum    protractum,  sed  saepe  multo  minus,  inter- 
ruptum,  cylindricum  aut  difl'ormiter  lobatum,  pluribus  arete  invicem  longitudinaliter  arete  adprcssis. 
Cortice  externo  fungi  nigro,  tuberculoso,  et  ime  sulcato-striato.     Intus  albido-pallidum.     Crassitieni 
pennae  anseriiiac  attingit.     Specimina  quidem  cylindrica,  semper  subcontorta  et  proximis  articulatim 
quasi  adpressa. 
*2429.     15.  S.  KENiFonHE,  L.  v.  S.,  in  interior!  latere  corticis  fraxinei  rariter,  Bethl. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  267 

S.  miiuituni,  lineam  vLx  excedens,  liberum,  reniforme  valde  convexum,  ex  lutescenti-rufum,  aggrega- 
tum,  exsiccatum  corneum.     Supeificie    cornigata.     Intus  similare,  sed  demuin  subfatisccns  ccntro. 

•  Liberu,  2. 
*2430-     16.   S.  puhescens,  F.  n.  20,  in  Agaricis  non  freq.  Bethl. 
*2431.     17.   S.  /7ofc//je«rfu/iim,  F.  n.  21,  super  folia  dejecta,   Bethl. 
*2432.     18.   S.  stipntum,  F.  n.  22,  specimina  nostra  in  triiiico  Liriodendri  putn-idissimo   iiivcnta,  inajoru 

sunt  et  tarn  propinqua  Myrioccoc.  ut  vix  dubitandum  ad  hoc  genus  amandanda. 
*2433.     19.   S.  strohilinum,  F.  n.  23,  in  Strobilis  Pini,  Uethl. 

'*   Erumpentia. 
*2434.     20.  S.  immersum,  V.  n.  25,  in  maximo  caule  Bethl. 

*2435.     21.  S.  satiguineum,  F,  n.  27,  an  Perisporium'     In  foliis  Iridis  virginicae  vulgaris.  Betid. 
*2436.     22.   S.  rugulosum,  F.  n.  29,  non  rarum  in  Merulio  tremelloso,  Bethl. 
*2437.     23.   S.  Circaeae,  F.  ii.  34,  in  foliis  Circaeaenon  infrequens,  Salem  ac  Bethl. 
•2438.     24.  S.  Tragopogi,  F.  32,  ad  ignotas  Caules  in  hortis,  Bethl. 
'2439.     25.   S.  Gallahcm,  L.  v.  S.,  in  Gallis  cynipum  exsoletis  Quercor.  Bethl. 

S.  erumpens,  cinctum  cortice  gallanim,  plerumque   caespitosim,  sed  etiam   simpliciter,  subrotiinduni 

aut  difforme.     Extus  nigrum,  superficie  valde  rugulosa  ac  inaequali;  intus  solidum  pallidum;  cete- 

i-um   valde    minutum.       Non   infrequenter  elong.atim   imo    stellatim  grcgatum   erumpit.      Cortice 

gallae  saepe  squamulatim  persistente  in  tubercalis. 
*2440.     26.  S.  HTSTtBiironMK,  L.  v.  S.,  in  foliis  Yiiccac  filamentosae  cult.ae,  Bethl.  rarissime. 

S.  erumpens,  demum   omnino  liberatum,  simplex,   elongatum,   utrinque  acuminatum,  convexo-appla- 

natum,  satis  elevatum,  longitudine  linear!,  atrum,  superficie   longitudinaliter  substriata,  subtubercu- 

losa.     Convexo-connivens.     Intus  albidum. 

2441.  27.   S.  AppLAXATUM,  L.  V.  S.,  in  epidermide  glabrata  ramorum  Castaneorum,  Salem. 

S.  orbiculatum,  ambitu  sublob.atum,  vix  erumpens,  sed  potius  insidens  epidermide,  eftuso-applanatum, 
2  line.iri  diametro;  superficie  rufo-fusca,  corrugato-punctidata.  Intus  subgrumosum,  fuscum.  .Mar- 
gine  in  ambitu,  demum  subinflexo. 

*••   Suhadnuta. 

2442.  28.  S.  OnoBANCHEs,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  322,  F.  37,  et.  Pennsylv. 

2443.  29.  S.  I'arium,  F.  38,  Syn.  Car.  313,  rarius  in  Brassicac-  caule  et  Pennsylv. 
•2444.     30.   S. pyrinum,  T.  39.     In  pomis  putridis,  Betid. 

*2445.     31.   S.  compadum,  F.  40,  in  caulibus  Elichrysi  culti,  Bethl. 
2446.     32.   S.  durum,   F.  40,    Syn.    Car.  310,   et  in  Pennsylvaniae  caulibus.     In  Euphorbia  margin,ata 
Hortorum  inveni  specimina  ni.ixima,  optima. 
*2447.     33.  S.  Brassicac,   F.  43,  in  foliis  Brassicac,  Bethl.     No.  312,    Syn.    Car.  perperam  hue.      Est 
sequens. 
2448.     34.    S,  LiLionuM,  L.  v.  S.,  (Syn.  Car.  312,  Brassicae)  frequens   in  exsoletis  caulibus  Liliorum, 
Salem  et  Bethl. 
S.  epidermide  tenui,  primum  tectum,  v.arlum  et  oblongum,  crassiusculum,  .applanatum,  nignmi,  domum 
nigro-striatum,  .abbreviatum  et  utrinque  subacuminatum.     Intus  album. 
"2449.     35.    S.  iii//a/um,  F.  41,  sub  epidermide  Artemisi.ae  Absinthii  in  Hortis  Bethl.     Intus  album. 

2450.     35.    S.  Pustulla,  (S.  quercinum)  F.  47,  Syn.  Car.  317,  et.  Pennsylv. 
•2451.     37.  S.  convexulum,    L.  v.   S.,    affine   S.   duro,  sed  non  tectum.      In  nodis  caulium    Angelicae 
lucidae,  Bethl. 
S.  majusculum,  convexum,  ovatum,  difforme,  applanato-depressum,  nigro-fuscum,  interdum  confluens; 
21ineas  latum  et  longum.      Superficie  quasi  subconcentrice  rugosa.     Intus  ex  albido-cinereum. 
*2452.     38.  S.  DIFFORME,  L.  v.  S.,  in  junioribus  ramulis  ant  stipitlbus  puti-idis  rarius,  Bethl. 

S.  difTormiter  elongatum;  primum   tectum,   confluens,   durum,   i  unciali  longitudine,   satis  elevatum, 
demum  superficie  undulata  et  striata,  nigro-fuscum,  aut  nigro-cinereum.     Intus  candidum.     Speci- 
mina minora  1 — 2  lin.  diametro  saepe  elongato-ovata  valde  convexa. 
•2453.     39.    S.  PETioLonuM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  petiolis  Rhois  glabri.     Bethl.  non  r.arum. 

S.  elongato-ovatum,  fere  inmatum,   primum  epidermide  tenui  tectum,  demum  atronitens,   superficie 


268  SYNOPSIS   OF 

semper  depress!  et  inde  quasi  marginatum,  subtuberculosum.     Lineam  vix  excedens.     Intus  fuscum 

grumosum. 
*2454-     40-  S.  AXEM0SE5,  L.  v.  S.,  in  foliis  subviridibiis  Anem.  virginicae.  Bethl. 

S.  majiisculum  lineam  longitudine  excedens,  saepe  confluens,  subrotandum,  buUatum,  supei-ficie  inae- 

qiiali  lacunosa,  brunneo-fuscum,  sltum  in  aversi  pagina  folii,  macula  orbiculataimpressa  in  superiori. 

Intus  lutosa  demum  fatiscens. 
*2455.     41.   S.  Ar.scuLr,  L.  v.  S.,  in  putridis  Involucris  Aesculi  glabri,  Bethl. 

S.  erumpens  (nunquam  tectum)  ex  epidermide  Involucrorum  frustulatim   decedente,  deorsum  ab  epi- 

dei-mide   cinctum,   globoso.difforme,  subapplanatum,  nigrum.     Superficie  ruguloso-plicata.     Intus 

similare  album.     Aetate  fere  liberum  fit,  tantum  basi  affi.xum.     Magnitudine  lineari. 
*2456.     42.   S.  EROMPENS,  L.  v.  S.,  in  aversa  pagina  foliorum  quercinorum,  Bethl. 

S.  primum  punctiforme,  subimmersum;  tum  erumpens  foho  cinctum,    disco  subimpresso,  fulvo-nigri- 

cans;  demum  subexpansum,   nigrum,   corrugatum,   tenue,   disco   miuiifestius   imprcsso,   confluens, 

applanalum,  tamen  vix  magnitudine  lineam  excedens.     Passim  occurrit  in   folio,  inde  sublineolatim 

nigro-punctato. 

•  «»•  Xyloma. 
2457.     43.   S.  populinum,  F.  52,  Syn.  Car.  ,"20,  freq.  et  Pennsylvania  praesertim  in  foliis  P.  moniliformis. 
*245S.     44.   S.  Platani,  L.  v.  S.,  affine  priori,  sed  miilto  minus  in  foliis  Platani,  Bethl. 
S.  innatum,  aggregato-caespitosum,  minutum,  varium,  tuberculosum,  e  fusco  nigrum. 
*2459.     45.   S.  sAssAFiiAs,  L.  v.  S.,  maculis  fuscis  lato  expansis  insidens  in  foliis,  Sassaf  ibid. 

S.  innato-insidens,  aggregatum  in  macula,  angiilatum  difforme  aut  orbiculatum,   semper  depressum  et 
quasi  marginatum,  superficie  rugulosa,  fusca  demum  nigra. 
*2460.     46.  S.  herbarum,  F.  S.^i,  apud  nos  in  Pennsylvania  praesertim  in  Solidaginibus,  Bethl. 
•2461.     47.   S.  Fcsco-MAcuiANs,  L.  V.   S.,  in  aversa  pagina  foliorum  Sassafras,  Bethl. 

C.  innatum,  maculis  brunneo-fuscis,  diffbrmibus  ad  tres  lineas  longas  et  latas,  subeffiguratum.  Demum 
pustulas  elevatiores,  nigro-fuscas,  subcorrugatas,  semilineares  efficient. 

•2462.     48.   S.  Lauhicola,  I,,  v.  S.,   frequens  in  foliis  dejectis  Lauri  aestivalis,  Bethl.     Rite  evolutum 
occurrit  in  petiolis,  aut  in  nervo  medio — in  ipso  folio  eflusum  maculatim  et  confusum. 
S.  in   petiolis   et   nervo,   nigrum,  subtectum,  innatum,  minutum,  regulare,  subrotundum.     Superficie 
punctulata.    Intus  albido-fuscum.     In  foliis  ipsis  nigro-fuscescens,  maculatim  effusum  tenuissimum — 
ad  diametrum,  2  linearem  extensum. 
•2463.      49.  S.  rnusTLiLATDM,  L.  v.  S  ,  dubii  generis'  sed  freciuens  in  foliis  quercinis,  Bethl. 

S.  impresso-innatiim,  primum  tectum,  in  aversa  pagina  situm,   maculare,  nigrum  ;   demum  frustulatim 
niptum.     Intvis  fuscescens      Varie  confluens,  saepe  excedens  diametrum  bilinearem. 
*2454.     50.  S.  PBUNoncM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  foliis  Pruni  serotinae  et  virginicae  dejectis,  Bethl. 

S.  sistens  maculas  difi'ormes,  confluentes,  fuscas,  subeflfiguratas  in  pagina  superior!;  in  aversa  observan- 
tur  pustulae  subrotundae  elevatae  innatae  scmipellucidae  luteofuscae,  siccitate  subcorneae,  corru- 
gulatae,  semiline.ares,  plures  aggregatae  in  eadem  macula,  cinctae  margine  spurio  subelevato,  ex 
substantia  folii. 

Genus  143.  Drvophilum,  L.  v.  S.,  Novtnn  Genus,  an  luij;is  loci?  Peridiuin  pezi- 
zaemorphum,  sed  omnino  clausum,  sessile  aut  papilla  basilari  stipitatum  et  folio 
affixum.     Intus  similare  album.      Extus  vestitiim  corlice  duriusculo. 

•2465.     1.  D.  PEZI7.0IDEUM,  L.  V.  S.,   in  foliis  vegetis  Quercus  Banisteri  et  aliorum  praesertim  in  monti- 
bus  e.  g.  Mauch  Chunk  Coal  mine.     Etiam  ex  Georgia  communicavit  Leconte. 

D.  sparsnm,  cupulis  2 — 3  linearlbus,  orbiculatis,  papilla  basilari  affixum,  disco  ime  depresso  nigres- 
centi.  Cortice  externo  fibris  crassiusculis  densis  arete  adpressis  subtus  albidis  tecto.  margine  et 
extus  eleganter  spadiceo-sericeis. 

•2466.     2.  U.  UMBONATUM,  L.  V.  S.,  etiam  in  folio  querneo  communicavit  Leconte  ex  Georgia. 

D.  sparsum,  minus,  folio  subinnatum,  cortice  exteriori  non  fibrose  sed  glabro,  ex  rufo  splendente 
spadiceo.     Disco  in  umbonem  elevato.     Vix  lineam  excedens  diametro. 


NORTH  AMEIUCAN  FUNGI.  269 


Genus  144.     Sper.modermium. 

Ill  decorticalis  ramulis  Mori  albae  adhacrciis  fibris  epidcrniidis  aut  corticis,   Betid. 
•2467.     1.   S.  nuFUM,  L.  v.  S. 

S.  iiiinutuni,  ovato-oblong'um  aut  pot'uis  elong'.itum,  aut  difTorme,  sparsum  ac  conflucns,  teniie,   luteii- 

i-Lifum,  1 — 2  I'm.  longuni,  seindineam  latum.     Intus  pallidum.     Primum  molle,  dcinum  duriuscalum. 

An  Sclerotium  '     Cei-tissime  iion  Spliaeriac  conceptacuUim,  v.  Fr.  Sys.  Veg-.  p.  159. 

Genus  145.      Sper.moedia. 

"'P468.      1.   S.Clacus,F.    p.   26S,  n.  2,   rarius  in  IVumento  Pennsylv.     Vulgo  .anglice  audit   "Ergot." 
Morbositas. 


Tribus  4.     Perisporh. 

Genus  14G.     Erysipiie  (Alphitomorpiia).      Link.  Syst.  I. 

*2469.     1.  E.fu/igiiica,  Link.  Syst.  Lin.  p.  102,  n.  3.     Frequens  in  Sang-uisorbacanadcnsi,  Getldehem. 
An  eadem  cum  fungo  europaeo'     Habitus  videtur  alienus  a  speciminibus  nostriseurnpaeis  in  Vero- 
nica-spicata. 
*2470.     2.  E.  labiularum,  Link,  loco  citato  n.     In  Veronica  scrpyllifol.  p-assim  lictld. 
*2't71.     3.   E.  deprexsa,  Lk.  n.  13,  in  foliis  Silphii,  Nazareth  hort. 
'*2472.     4.   E.  tortilis,  Lk.  n.  14,  in  foliis  variis  Corni,  Sec.  Bethl. 

*247o.     5.   E.  cUvaricatu,  Lk.  n.  17,  in  foliis  Alni  undulati  prope  Meadville  in  Pennsylv.  occidentali. 
'2474.     6.   E.  communis,  Lk.  n.  3,  var.  graminum,  freq.  Hcthl. 
*2475.     7.   E.  orbicularis,  Lk.  n.  21,  in  foliis  Castaneorum,  ibid. 

2476.     8.   E.  guttata,  Lk.  n.  22,  Syn.  Car.  315,  Sclerotium  erysiphe  in  foliis  Coryli,  Salem  et  Pennsylv. 
'2477.     9.  E.  obtusola,  Lk.  2,  frequens  in  foliis  Salicum,  Bethl. 
*2478.     10.    E.  belulina,  Ignoto  .auctore.     Specimina  sub  hoc  nomine   exacte  nostris  congrua   ex  Ger- 

mania,  et.  Bethl. 
•2479.     11.   E.  BENsissiMA,  L.  V.  S. 
N.  B.  Et  in  americanis  regionibus  multae  occurrunt  species  primo  obtutu  distinctae,  sed  difficiliter 
plerumque  verbis  diagnosticis  describendae.     Sequenles  mihi  innotuerunt  praestantiores  ac,  loco 
adhibilo,  facilius  distinguend.ae,  quarum  prima, 
E.  densissima  jam  cilata  rarior  in  foliis  quercinis,  Bethl. 

E.  Hyphasma  densissimum  tomentum  filamentoso-liimantioideum,  filis  robustis,  eleganter  orbiculatim 
effiguratum  sistit,  a  semi-uncia  ad  duas   uncias  eflusiim,   fihs  candido-lacteis  intertextis  in    ambitu 
subradiantibus.     Sporangia  globosa,  nigro-fusca,  crebra. 
'2480.     12.   E.  LinioDF.NBiir,  L.  v.  S.,  in  foliis  dejectis  Liriodcndri  non  vulgaris,  Bethl. 

E.  Hyphasma  densum  lacteum,  fdis  intertextis   radiantibus  maculas  efficiens  minores,  vis  i  unciales, 
orbiculatim  aut  effiguratim  efl'usas.     Sporangiis  aggregatis  fusco-nigris  in  centre,  deciduis. 
*2481.     13.   E.  GzKinDiiz,  L.  v.  S.,  rara,  sed  distinctissima  in  foliis  Gerardiae  quercifol.  Salem. 

E.  Hyphasma  e  sulphureo-olivaceum,  filis  tenuissimis  efficit  maculas  irregulariter  effusas  minores,  in- 
terdum  subeffiguratas,  confluentes.     Spor.angiola,  absque  capiUitio  greg.aria  in  hyphasmate,  globosa, 
demum  pezizoidea  nigro-fusca.      Floccis  hyph.asniatis  primo  juventutc  epidcrmide  folii   tectis,  dc- 
raum  nudis. 
'2482.     14.   E.  Ceanothi,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  foliis  Ceanothi  p.agina  superiori,  autumno  Bethl. 

E.  Hyphasma  candidum,  filis  vix  lente  distinguendis,  farinae  ad  instar  indeterminatim  in  foliis  effusum. 
Sporangiis  minutis  immersis  nigro-nitidis. 
*2483.     15.   E.  ViBunsr,  L.  v.  S.,  in  foliis  Viburni  prunifolii,  Bethl. 

E.  Hyphasma  effusuni,  maculas  efficiens  majores  aut  minores  lactea'^,    floccis   crassiusculis   intricatis, 
subeffiguratas.    Sporangiolalutea,  demum  fusca  aut  nigra  sphaerlca,  et  colLapsa,  supcrficiesubrugosa 

Vol.  IV.-  3  S 


i70  SYNOPSIS   OF 

"2484.     16.   E.  AMDiiosrAE,  L.  v.  S.,  vulgatissima  autumno  in  foliis  Ambrosiarum,  Bethl. 

R.  Hypliasma  candidum,   tenuissimis  floccis  vix  distinguendis,  indeterminatlm  latius  effusum  in  toto 
folio.     Sporangiolis  sphaericis,  fuscis  nlgrisque,  raris,  capiUitio  majoribus. 
*2485.     17.   E.  Vi-.RBENAE,  L.  V.  S.,  vidgatissima  sero  autumno  in  foliis  Verbenae  ui-ticifoliae,  Bethl. 
E.  Hypliasma   laxissimum  indeterminatim   eftusum,  maculas   tamen  efformans  confluentes  et  subde- 
terminatas  Candidas.     Floccis  intertextis  brevibus.     Sporangiolis  destitutis  capiUitii  fuscis  nee  nigris, 
rugosis,  deciduis. 
'2486.     18.   E.  QuisauiLiinu.li,  L.  v.  S.,  super  folia  caulesque  variarum   hcrbarum  dejectarum   inter 
quisquilias  horti,  Bethl. 
E.  Hyphasma  imletcrminatira  effusum,  albido-virens,  floccis  intricatis.     Capillitio  parco.     Sporangiolis 
crebris  rugosis,  nigris,  globosis. 
*248r.     19.    E.  Phlogis,  L.  V.  S  ,  non  rara  in  foliis  Phlogis  undulatae  Hoi-torum,   Bethl. 

E.  Hyphasma  .albo-cinereum,  maculas  efficiens  subindetermin.atas  aut  orbiculatas.      Floccis  laxis  intri- 
catis.    Sporangiolis  minulissimis  in  hyphasmate  subimmersis. 
*248S.     20.  E.  Si-iiiNGAE,  L.  v.  S.,  in  foliis  Syringae  et  Cydoniae  Hortorum,  Bethl. 

E.  Hyphasma  tenuissimum  candidum  laxe  et  indeterminatum  effusum — floccis  vix  distingucmlis  singulis. 
Sporangiolis  sparsis,  minutissimis,  fuscis  et  nigris. 
*2489.     21.   E.  AsTEiiuji,  L.  v.  S.,   frequens  in  foliis  languescentibus  Asterum,  praescrtim  Asteris  pani- 
culatae,  Bethl. 
E.  Hyphasma  tcnue,  album,  lasum,  indeterminatim  efl'usum.    SporangioUssuffultisbrevi  capillitio,  nigris. 
•2490.     22.   E.  Chf.loxes,  L.  v.  S.,  vulgatissima  autvimno  in  fohis  Chelones,  Bethl. 

E.  Hyphasma  crassiusculum   albidum,  demum  pallidum  orbiculatim   efliguratum,    floccis  radiantibus 
subpulverulentis.     Sporangiolis  nigris  ceiitro  aggrcgatis. 
*2491.     2.3.  E.  VACcitrii,  L.  v.  S  ,  in  foliis  Vaccinii  pennsylvanici,  Berks  County,  Pennsylv.  et  passim  in 
montibus.     Distinctissima  specie. 
E.  Hyphasma  densum  ex  albido  ciner,ascens,   occup.ans  fere  totum  folium,  pagina  superiori.      Sporan- 
giolis fuligineo-fuscis,  demum  atris,  mlnutis,  crebris,   primum   globosis,    demum   pezizoideis,  corru- 
gatis  aut  rugulosis. 
*2492.     24.  E.  q.uEBciNDM,  L.  V.  S.,   sero  autumno  non   rara  in  foliis  qucrcinis  pr.aesertim  B.annisteris, 
Pennsylvania. 
11.  Hyphasma  occupans  fere  totum  folium — expansum  candicans,  tenuissimum,   floccis  vix  distinctis. 
Sporangiolis  raris,  minutissimis,  sparsis  nigris.     Praesertim  loco  distinguenda  species. 
*2493.     25.   E.  lumprocarpa,  Lk.  n.  9,  in  Menthis  et  similibus  monte  Pocono. 

*2494.     26.    E.  Mors  uvae,  L.  v.  S.,   cum  proxima,  loco  insigni,   nempe  in  fnictubus  inventa.     Species 
nostra  quidem   in  uvis  Grossulariae  uvue  crispae,   varietate  ilia  nota,  anglica,   in  Hortis  oilta,   tam 
vulgatissima  in  interiori  Pennsylvania  et  quidem  Bethlehemis,  et  tam  lethalem  morbum  liis  infert,  ut 
hortulani  vi.x  valeant  nisi  tempore  faustissimo  hos  fructus  deliciosos  educare  apud  nos.     Antcquam 
maturitatem  nempe  in  illis  nascens  tomento  aut  hyphasmate  suo,  iti  eos  circum  circa  investit  atquc 
constringit  ut  enccantur  nee  possunt  comedi.     Quibusdam,    equidem  plurimis  annis  vix  singulam 
uvam  invenies  illaesam  ab  hoc  hoste. 
E.    Hyphasma  densissime   intertextis  fibs   compositum,  crassiusculum,    primum  omnino,   demum  in 
margine  tantum  album — medio  eleganter  et  sub  lente  sericeo-fuscobrunneum,   induens  uvas   pcUe 
.satis   crasso.       Sporangiolis  minutis,   crebris,   sparsis,   atris,   appLanato-globosis,  rugosis,   interdum 
supapillatis,  primum  pelle  omnino  immersis  et  tectis,  demum  emergcntibu3  et  hyphasmate   laxiter 
insidentibus,    immo  fore  libcratis.     Saepissime  sterile  hyphasma  occurrit,  uva  nempe  consumpta  aut 
exsiccata  dccidua,  ante  evolutionem  sporangiolorum. 
Fungum  hunc  memoi'abilem  in  horto  meo  diu  obscrv.atum,  primo  pro  Sphaeriahabitum,  deniquc  certior 
certius  factus  sum  Ery.siphen  esse. 
*2495.     2".   E.  NECATon,  L.  v.  S.,  multo  rarius  in  Uvis  Vitis  labruscae  varietatibuscultisin  vineis  nostris. 
E.  Hyphasma,  tenuissimum  albidum,  floccis  valde   tenuibus,  orbiculatum,  non  constringens.     Sporan- 
giolis minutissimis — raris  fusco-iiigris,  globosis.     Ubi  omnino  evoluta,  etiam  haec  species  destruit  uvas. 

Genus  147.      Perisporium.     F.  Syst.  Veg. 

•2496.     1.   P.  Cai.adii,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  316,  F.  Sclerot.,  in  Aro  virginico. 
•2497.     2.  P.  speireum,  V.  Sclerot.,  in  foliis  Uosarum  Bethl.  passim. 


NORTFI  AMERICAN   FUNGI.  271 


Classis  Quarta.     HYPHOMYCETES,  Lk. 

Nota. — Dill  anceps  fui  an  recensione  sequcnte  Fungonim  americanorum  ex  ultimo  cohurte  Friesii, 
Coniomycctcs  ejus,  cum  plerisque  Bi/ssaceis  ex  ejusdem  Cohorte  secunda  Jllgurum  complectente,  an 
Auctorem,  cei'tissime  in  liisce  org-anisniis  scrutatorem  acutissimum,  melius  sit  sequL,  quam  quod  dcnium 
factum,  Linkii  methodum  adoptare.  Post  studium  nempe  assiduum  Systematis  veg'etabilium  Friesii 
milii  delectissimum,  virum  ingeniosum  ime  penetrasse  in  adyta  naturae,  viamque  aperuisse  ad  Systema 
philosophicum  et  perfectum,  et  nisi  in  paucis  excipiendis,  minoris  momenti,  omninu  obsei'vationibus  nieis 
per  tot  annos  collectis  consentivisse,.  omnino  pcrsuasus  maneo.  Interea  autem  non  minus  certum  Lin- 
kium  clarissimum,  primum  principia  eruisse,  et  auctorem  esse  fere  omnis  liorum  veg'etabilium  cognitionis. 
Systema  ejus  non  contemnendum,  et  ad  praesens  nostrum  propositum  bene  adaptatum,  species  et  genera 
ncmpe  a  me  regionibus  americanis  observata  recensendi,  et  nova  describendi,  non  novum  systema  con- 
dendi  aut  emendandi,  eo  melius,  quia  species  numerosas  in  opere  "  Species  Plantarum  Linnaei  a  Linkio 
continuatae  ex  Editione  Willdenowii" recensuit — nuUas  autem  Friesius.  Complectens  etiam  inter  Fungos, 
plantas  quas  Friesius,  me  non  dissentiente,  ad  Algas  Byssaceas  amandat,  aut  quibus,  plerumqvie  summo 
jure,  Friesius  characterem  vegetabilium  autonomorum  denegat,  de  quibus  in  America  a  me  observatis 
tamen  scientiae  prodest,  cognitionem  non  praetermittere — denique  Linkium  sequendum  optimum 
censui,  hoc  libcUo — sempertamen  Friesii  observationlbus  non  omissis.  Futuri  tum  Systematici,  quod  alio 
loco,  aut  alio  ordine  tribuendum  aptiori  inserere  competentes  sunt. 


Series  I.     (Tkichomyci,  Fr.). 
Genus  148.     Sporotrichuji. 

Genus  Linkianum  Sporo{richum  Friesii  pag.  185,  et   Trichusporum,  p.  30(5,  ex  Byssaceis   et  verisimili- 
ter  Mycelia  quaedam  p.  215,  complectet,  quod  in  singulis  notandum,  quantum  valeo. 

SuBGES.  1.  SPOROTRICHA. 

1.   Sporidiis  albis. 
•2498.     1.  S.  laxum.  Link.  I.  n.  l,truncis  non  varum,  Bethl. 
•2499.     2.   S.  candidum.  Lk.  n.  2,  putridis  truncis,  ibid. 
•2500.     3.  S.  obducens,  Lk.  n.  3,  corticibus  passim,  Bethl. 
•2501.      ■-   S.  polysporu?>i,  hk.   n.  4,  insuper  folia  putrida,  Bethl. 
•2502.     5.    S.  nitcns,  Lk.  n.  5,  in  dejectis  foliis  Syringac,  Bethl. 
•2503.     6.  S.  stromaticum,  Lk.  n.  6,  in  caulibus  putridis,  ibid. 
•2504.     7-   S.  pellicula,  Lk.  n.  ",  in  caulibus  putrescentibus,  ibid 
•2505.     8.  S.  fructigena,  Lk.  n.  8,  in  putridis  pomis  Bethl. 
•2506.     9.  S.  fu72gorum,  Lk.  n.  9,  in  variis  fungis  Bethl. 
•2507.     10.   S.  den^um,  Lk.  n.  10,  in  emortuis  insectis  et  fungis,  ibid. 
•2508.     11.   S.  epiphyllum,  Lk.  n.  15,  in  foliis  effiisum,  Bethl. 
*2509.     12.   S.  iNTF-nTEXTCM,  L.  V.  S.,  ad  truncos  quercinos  longe  ac  late,  pedali  longitudine  inlerdum 

effusum,  Bethl. 
S.  thallo  latissimo,  effuso,  ligno  arctim  sed  separabiliter  adpresso,  e  floccis  intertextissimis,  ita  ut  possit 

detrahi  quanquam  tenuissimo,  ambitu  subdeterminato  et  ibid,  fibrillulosim  diviso,  albido.     Sporidiis 

non  primo  a  floccis  velatis,  densissimis  globosis,  candidis. 
•3510.     13.   S.  HiM-iNTiAE,  L.  V.  S.,  in  caulibus  v.  c.  Zeae  passim  effusum,  Bethl. 


272  SYNOPSIS   OF 

S.  tliallo  ciindidissimo,  Himantlae  ad  instar,  vulgo  sic  dictae,  expanse-  Floccis  plerumque  transversis, 
subparallelis  pai-um  intertestis:  ambitu  effigurato.  Sporidiis  nudis  creberrimis  globosis  candidis 
conglomeratis  inspersis. 

•2511.  14.  S.  couAEiiENs,  L.  V.  S.,  in  epidermide  putridissima  ramorum  Castaneoruni,  ad  longitiidinum 
bi  vel  tripedalem  effiisum,  Betlil. 
S.  thallo  longe  lateqvie  eftuso  candido,  ex  floccis  crassis  tarn  fii-mis  contexto,  ut  faciliter  thalli  frag- 
menta  tanqnam  pellis  detrahantur,  ambitu  tamcn  flocci  tenuissimi  lanosi  et  quasi  fimbriatum  radi- 
antes  observantur.  Sporidiis  nudis  congloraeratis,  candidissimis  densim  impositis  farinae  ud  instar, 
adhaerentibus  nee  faciliter  detergibilibus. 

'2512.  15.  S.  soLCBiLE,  L.  v.  S.,  rarius  inter  folia  dejecta  copia  aggregata,  longe  lateque  eainvestiens. 
Omnium  distinctissimum,  Bethl. 
S.  thallo  crasso,  interdum  crassitie  duarum  lincarum,  e  floccis  firmis  crassiusculis  tarn  densim  contexto, 
ut  facillime  omnino  detrahetur,  pellem  referente,  similem  fragmento  chartae  bibulae,  ambitu  deter- 
minato,  candido.  Sporidiis  rarioribus  floccis  adhaerentibus,  minutis,  non  aggregatis  nee  unquam 
velatis.  Ad  longitudinem  plurium  unciarum  super  folia  eft'usum,  quae  inde  connexa — locis  siccis — 
sed  in  suftocatis. 
Species  IS  jam  recensitae,  novae  nostrae  saltern — ad  Trichosporum  Byssaceum  sec.  Fries,  pertinent. 

*251o.     16.  S.  sponilosum,  Lk.  n.  16,  in  Brassicae  caulib.  Bethl. 

*2514.     17.  S.  agaricinum,  Lk.  n.  17,  frequens  in  Agaricis,  ibid. 

*2515.     18.  S.  inqidnatum,  Lk.  n.  11,  in  merda  Bethl.     Hae  tres  Sporotricha  sunt,  Friesii. 

2.   Sjiuridiis  grisets. 

•2516.     19.   S.  griseum,  Lk.  n.  18,  in  caulibus  mihi  ex  New  York  communicatis  ab  amico  Halsey. 

•2517.  20.  S.  murinum,  Lk.  n.  19,  Bethl.  In  terra  et  lignis  mense  Augusto  ambo  videntur  cum  prox- 
imo Sporotricho  Friesii. 

•2518.  21.  S.fuliginosum,  Lk.  pag  9,  n.  2,  passim  et  caespitulis  confluentibus  late  extensum  intra 
folia  glumacea  putrida  Zeae,  Bethl.  Interdum  occupat  fere  totam  superficiem  internani,  quanquam 
th;dlu3  unius  cujusque  caespitis  minor.     Floccis  junioribus  albidis  Sporidiis  griseis  et  fuligineo  nigris. 

3 .  Sporidiis  Jlavicantibus. 
•2519.     22.  S.  luteo-alhum,  Lk.  n.  20,  etiam  in  poniis  putridis  Bethl.     Sporolrichum,  Fries. 
•2520.     23.   S.  laetum,  Lk.  n.  2J,  in  fissuris  ligni  caesi,  Salem  et.  Bethl.      Sporolrichum,  F. 
•2521.     24.   S.Jlavissimu7n,  Lk.  n.  22'   non  in  asseribus  sed  inter  folia  conglomerata  et  glumas  putres- 

centis  Zeae  nobis  notum.     Sporotrich.  F. 
•2522.     25.  S.vilellinum,L,k.  n.  23.     In  asseribus  S.alem  ac  Bethlehem.     Idem,!-'. 
•2523.     26.  S.  sparsu7n,  hk.  n.  25.    Nobis innotuit  in  cupuhsglandium  subputridis,  Bethl.     Sporotrich.  ¥ . 

(Sporotrichum  Pulveraria,  Lk.  n.  26,  ,apud  non  vulgare  sed  evidenter  Alga,  vide  Fries,  p.  313.) 
•2524.     27.    S.  ALUTiCEnM,  L.  v.  S.,  longe  lateque  elTusum  in  cortice  Vitis  putrido,  Bethl. 

S.  tliallo  indeterminatim  eff'uso,  alutaceo-subolivascente,  e  floccis  laxe  et  qu.isi  reticulatim  intertextis, 

crassiusculis,  arctim  cortici  adpressis.     Sporidiis  concoloribus  nudis  inspersis.      Trichosporum,  Fries. 

Byssaceum. 
•2525.     28.  S.  LUTESCENS,  L.  v.  S.,  rarius  occurrit  in  corticibus,  Bethl. 

S.  thallo  determinatim  efFuso  oblongo  e  floccis  densis   intertextis  lutescentibus.     Sporidiis  globosis, 

concoloribus.     Affine  S.  candido  et  obducente,  colore  distinctissimo.      Trichosporum,  F. 

4.  Sporidiis  fuscis. 

•2526.     29.   S. /usco-a/Awm,  Lk.  n.  27.     Non  rarum  in  corticibus  Bethl.     Sporolrichum,  V. 

5.  Sporidiis  roseis. 

•2527.     30.  S.  cylindrosporium,  Lk.  n.  33,  in  cortice  Betulae  ex  Massachusetts  communicavitCl.  Torrey. 

Sporotrichum,   F. 
•2528.     31.   S.  atithochroum,  Lk.  n.  33,  1,  in  Salice  cavo  passim  Bethlehem.     A^idetur  mihi  esse  species 

generis  Friesiani  Byssacei  Hypochni,  pag.  3u4.     Cerlissime  vcgetabile  distinctum. 
•2529.     32.   S.  iNcAiiNATCM,  L.  V.  S.,  in  cariosissimo  ligno   moUi  dejectorum  ramorum  Liriodendri  ant 

talius,  Bethl.     Trichosporum,  F. 
S.  thallo  indeterminatim  longe  eftuso,  satis  crasso  lanoso,  submoUi,  floccis  intertextis,  albido-lncarnatis. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  27J 

Sporidiis  dense  inspersis,  nudis  et  floccis  adliaerentibus  rosco-lncarnatis,  demum  cxpallcntlbus. 
Pellem  laxum  sistit  ad  2  uncias  eft'usum. 
*2S30.  33.  S.  onATUM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  epiderinide  corticis  quercin'i  et  in  lig-nis  late  cxpansiim,  Hetlil. 
Trichosporum,  F. 
S.  longe  lateque  efl'usum,  thallo  ambitii  siibdeterminalo  expallente;  floccis  densissime  intertcxtis  arete 
adpressis,  nnde  superficies  laevigata  apparct.  Sporidiis  creberrimis  roscis  adliuerentibus,  globosis 
onustum.     Colore  praesertim  differt  a  S.  obdiicentc. 

6.   Sporidiis  rubris  ct  aurantiacis, 
'2531.     34.   S.aureu7n,  Lk.  n.  34.     Colore  apud  nos  potins  fulvo-rubro  gaudct.     Trcquens   Uctbl.  in 

putridissimis  corticibus  et  lignis. 
*2532.     35.    S,  inycophilum,L,li.'35.     Rarins  in  maximis  I'ezizis  putridis,  Betid. 
*253.'5.     36.  S.  lateritiuin,  Lk.  3fi,  in  fibris  corticalibus  ramorum  Castaneorum,  Uctld. 
*2534.     37.  S.  viTicoLA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  rimis  corticis  Vitis  exsoleti,  Betbl. 

S.  thallo  longitudinaliter  ad  2 — 3  uncias  effuso  pallido,  e  floccis  basi  in  membranulam  aut  pelliculinn 
contexlis,  ceterum  antem  suberectis  et  sublanosis  quanquam  intertextis,  superne  onustis  creberrimis 
sporidiis  rubris  ac  lateritiis,  nuUimodo  unquam  velatis      T'richospm'um,  F. 

7.  Sporidiis  viresccntibiis. 
'2535.     38.  S.  virescens,  Lk.  n.  38,  (Dematium  Pers.  Synops. )  rarum  in  corticibus,  Salem  et  Bethl. 
*2536.     39.   S.  cMorinum,  Lk  n.  39,  in  foliis  dejectis  r.arum,  Bethl. 
'253r.     40.   S.  Jlavovirens,  Lk.  n.  40,  in  truncis  Bethl.     Linkius,  loco  citato,  in  Sistotremate  aeruginoso 

slbi  pro  .amicissimi  Albertini  et  mei  fungo  sic  dicto,   misso,   Sporotrichum   recog'novit  flavovirens. 

NuUimodo  t.am  accurato  observatore  contradicere  in  animo  est.     Sed  pro  certo  possum  habere,  fun- 

g-um  ab  Linkio  sub  hoc  nomine   acceptum   non  revera  fuisse  Sistotrema  nostrum,  id  est  n.  663  hujus 

libelli,  quod  Hydnum  distinctissimum. 
*2538.     41.   S.  hombacinum,  Lk.  n.  41,  in  truncis,  Bethl.     De  hac  specie  mihi  verosimile  est — .Mycelium 

tantum  esse  nee  fungus  autonomus. 
*2539.     43.   S.  AEiioGiNoscM,  L.  v.  S.,  an  Ili/pochniis  Fries.  Byssaceum  frequentissime  occurrit  Salem  et 

Bethl.  in  truncis  putridissimis  jacentibus. 
S.  thallo  sublimitato   effuso,  maculas  unciales  et  biunciales  efliciente,  e  floccis   lauosls  intertextis  In 

ambltu  laxiorlbus,  pulcherrime  aerug'inosis,   centre  fere  tenuissiniam  membranulam  slstentibus,    qua 

ag'gregata  sunt  sporldia  creberrima  concolora,  conglomcrata.     Omnino  difl'ert  a  'I'lielepliora,  n.  6B7. 

8.  Sporidiis  vinosis,  ptirptireis. 
*2540.     43.  S.  srBvixosuM,  L.  v.  S.      Trichospcrma,  F.  in  truncis  sub  corticc  non  rarum,  liethl. 

S.  thallo  crassiusculo,  lanoso,  subdeterminatim  efiuso,  e  floccis  la.xe  intrlcatis  aut  intertextis,  vinoso- 
purpurascentibus,  demum  grisescentibus.  Sporidiis  concoloribus  crebris  nonprimum  velatis,  adhae- 
rentibus  floccis. 

9.  Sporidiis  nigris. 
*254I.     44.   S.  C'o//of,  Lk.  45,  in  colla  corrupta,  Bethl.  frequens. 
*2542.     45.  S.  lyococcon,  Lk.  44,  in  corruptls  tubcribus  Convolvuli  Batatas  prope  Camden. 

SuBGEX.  2.   BYSSOCLADIUM. 
'2543.     46.  S.  feneslrale,  Link.  46,  rarissime  Pennsylv.  observatum  in  vitro  fencstrali  cellarnm. 
*2544.     4".   S.  byssinum,  Lk.  47,  in  foliis  dejectis  non  rarissime  occurrit,  Bethl. 

*2545.     48.   S.  Tela,  Lk.  48,    in  foliis  et  interdum  in  cortice  effusum,  Bethl.     Thallus   non  tcnuissmiis, 
sed  manifestis  floccis  cornpositis.    An  fungus  Linkii. 

Gentis  149.     Capillakia.     Lk.  et  Pers.  in  Myc.  Etirop. 

De  hoc  genere  .ambo  dubltant  Link,  et  Fries,  nee  autopti  videuntur  uUlus  speciei.  Sequentes  ipse 
frequenter  observ.avi  locis  indicatis.  Species  tres  priores  pro  fungis  liujusce  locis,  sine  dubio  sumen- 
dae  intra  eaullum  cavitates  et  medulla  nidulantes.     Tres  ultlmae  v.alde  dubiosae.     C.  epldermldis  et 

Vol.  IV.— 3  T 


274  SYNOPSIS  OF 

C .  gi-ammica,  vix  autonomi  fungi — et  tantum  ideo  hie  recensuntur,  quia  mihl  non  sine  momento  in  his 
dijuJicandis  videtur,  Mycologis  notum  esse,  quidquid  horum  Myceliorum  aut  Initiorum  etiam  apud 
Americanos  occun-it.  C.  Rhizomorphinam,  nobis — potius  forsan  Rhizomorpha  vera,  veg-etabile 
memorabile  et  frequens  observatum  non  omitteudum  censeo — quanquam  non  ad  tres  priores  pertinet. 

*2546.  1.  C.  PAy/o/accae,  Lk.  p.  22,  n.  3.  Vulgatissima  loco  citato  in  Pennsylvania  et  Carolina.  Floccis 
etiam  saepius  fuligineis,  sporidiis  minutissimis  sed  crebris.  In  trlbus  specicbus  genuinis  mil\i  notis, 
solum  est  et  quantum  scio  sine  exemplo  mos  crescendi.  Nam  non  ut  reliqui  fungi  familiae  effusi 
sunt  in  planitie  unica,  sed  tanquam  sphaerice  ex  centro,  irregulari  quidem  sed  distinguendo,  radian- 
tes  (fere  ut  constructio  interior  Gallarum  majorum  Quercus  se  oculis  ostendit);  Floccis  ceterum 
laxissimis.  Ubl  caulis  omnino  cavus  et  niedullae  ac  dissepimentoi'um  expers — magis  horizontaliter 
autplanitiem  laterum  interiorum  sequentes  inveniuntur. 

*254".  2.  C.  cmdincola,  Lk.  p.  23,  n.  8,  Bethl.  non  rara  in  caulibus  Umbellatarum,  v.  c.  Pastinacae,  &c. 
et  Angelicae  lucidae  praesertim. 

*2548.     3.   C.  JlALVACEAnuM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  interiori  caule  Malvarum  majorum  hortis  nostris. 

C.  Floccis  atris  laxis  subsphaerice  et  reticulatim  expansis  in  lateribus  et  per  meduUam,  ramosisslmis, 
maculas  efficientibus  saepe  plus  quam  unciales.  Sporidiis  non  raris.  Colore  et  magnitudine  a  C. 
Phytolaccae  differt. 

*2S49.  4.  C.  epidermidis,  Lk.  n.  5,  vix  dubitanduni  ut  sit  merum  Mycelium,  an  Agariculi.  Frequens 
Bethl. 

*2550.     5.   C.  grammicUjUs..  i\.  6.     Frequens  in  foliis  quercinis  quibusdam  annis.     Nil  autonom. 

*255I.     6.   C.  RuizoMOnpHiNA,    L.  v.  S.,    an  Haplolrichum   Eschv.    frequens  observatur  in  Lichenibus 
crustuosis  ramorum,  v.  c.  in  Lecideis,  Lecanoris,  &c.  Bethl.  et  Salem. 
C.   Floccis  subsparsis,    ramulosis,  nigro-fuscis,    minutissimis  suberectis  aut  repentibus — crassiusculis, 
nitentibus — Oculis  nudis  vix  perceptibilibus.     Kamulis  brevibus,  raris. 

Genus  150.     Alytosporium,  Lk. 

Non  omnino  clarissimi  Friesii  sententiae  Alytosporia  Mycinematibus  adnumeranda,   p.    312,  consentire 

possum.     Quos  sub  hoc  genere  intelligo,  fungi  autonomi,  videlicet. 
*2552.     1.  A.  fuscuin,  Lk.  n.  \.     Colore  valde  vario  non  r.arum  apud  nos  Bethlebemis. 
*2553.     2.  A.  psittudiium,  Lk.  n.  4,  rarius  occurrit  ad  ramos  Bethl.     Minutum  plerumque. 
*25S4.     3.  A.  murinum,  Lk.  n.  5,  passim  in  truncis  Bethl.      At  duae  reliquae   species,  si  teneo  easdem 

quas  observavit,  certissime  non  hujus  loci  sunt;  videlicet 
*2555.     4.   A. /u/i)«m,  Lk.  n.  2,  evidenter  species  bona  generis   Friesii  Byssacei  Hypochni,  pag.   304, 

rarius  Bethl. 
•2556.     5.  A.  croceum,  Lk.  n.  3,  ejusmodi  species.     Himantia  nempe  sulpliurea  Persoon  optima  evoluta 

et  eadem  quae  Syn.  Car.  1364  recensita. 

Genus  151.     Colletosporium.     F.  S.  V.  inter  Byssaceos,  p.  304. 

*2557.     1.   C.  umbrinum,  Lk.  p.  25,  n.  1,  sub  cortice  putrido,  Bethl. 

*2558.  2.  C.  alrum,  Lk.  n.  2,  /S  purpurascens,  densim  investiens  ramos  truncosque  Smilacis  rotundi- 
folii,  Bethl.     Vi.x  specie  distinguenda  ob  colorem  atropurpurascentem  ab  atro. 

Genus  152.     Coccotrichum.     Vide  F.  S.  V.  p.  365. 

*2559.      1.   C.  Mahtii,  Lk.  n.  1,  apud  nos  in  trunci  interiori   latere,    super  excrementa  insectarum  con- 

glutinata  eft'usum. 
*2560.     2.  C.  EiiuBEscENs,  L.  V.  S.,  Salem  in  dejectis  asseribus  putridis  observatum,  prioris  congener. 
C.  Thallo  sublimitato,  efl'uso,  confluente  ex  caespitulis  numerosis  subglobosis  floccorum,  griseo  rubes- 

centibus.     Sporidiis  concoloribus,  adeo  magnis,  creberrimis.     Interdum  occupat  plagasscmipedales 

et  ultra. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  275 

Genus  153.     Racodium.     F.  S.  V.  p.  304,  Byssaceum. 
*2561.     I.  R.  celhre,  IX.  n.  1,  in  doliis  cellariim  in  taberna,  Bcthl. 

Genus  154.     Acrothamnium. 

•2562.  1.  A.  violaceum,  Lk.  p.  27,  n.  1,  eleg'antissimum  ac  contra  Friesium  manifestim  autonomoii. 
Nostrum  niillimodo  inter  muscos  crescit — sed  mag-na  copia  iiiventum  ubi  via  sylvatica  nuvissinia, 
per  latera  colliura  escawita,  midtos  radiculos  arborum  vicinitatis  subdenudavit,  in  liis. 

Genus  155.     Trichothecium.     S.  V.  F.  p.  185. 

2563.  1.  T.  roseum,  Lk.  p.  28,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  Trichoderma  roseum  n.  517.     Vulgaris  in  plantis  et  in 
ramulis.     Praeserlim  Kobiniae  et  Bethl. 

Genus  156.     Sepedonium.     S.  V.  F.  p.  185. 

2564.  1.  S.  mycophilum,  Lk.  p.  29,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  515,  vulgaris  in  Boletis  etiam  Pennsylvania. 

Genus  157.      Mycogoxe.      S.  V.  F.  p.  178. 

"2565.     1.   M.  rosea,  Lk.  p.  29,  n.  1,  in  Polyporis  vetustis  praesertim  in  P.  sulphureo,  liethl. 
•2566.     2.   M.  cenina,  Lk.  n.  2.     Lectum  ingenti  copia  sed  rarissime  in  Peziza  suftbcata,  Bethl. 
N.  B.  Non  displicet  sententia  Friesii  mycogones  suis  Acremoniis  pntius  adnumerare. 

Genus  158.     Fusisporium.     S.  V.  F.  p.  186. 

*2567.     1.  F.  aurantiacum,  Lk,  p.  30,  n.  I.     In  Zeae  caulibus  ac  splcis,  Bethl. 

*2568.     2.   F.  roseum,  Lk.  n.  2.     In  capsuhs  Sidae  abutllon  et  in  foliis  glumaceis  Zeae,  Bethl. 

*2569.     3.   F.  candidum,  Lk.  n.  3,  apud  nos  in  foliis  dejectis,  Bethl. 

•2570.     4.  F.  Laokxariae,  L.  v.  S.     Verrucas  exsoletorum  Cucurbitarum  lagenari.ae  albo-investiens, 

Bethl. 
F.  tliallo  satis  crasso  e  fills  contexto  ramosis,  candldis,  aqua  diffluentibus,  immixtis  sporidiis  inseptatis 

cylindricis,  rainutis. 

Genus  159.     Menispora.     (Macrosporium,  F.  p.  182.) 

•2571.     1.   M.  glauca,  Lk.  p.  31,  interiori  paginae  corticis  deject.  Bethl. 

Genus  160.     Gonitrichum.     (F.  S.  V.  p.  306,  Byssaceum.) 
*2572.     1.  G.  caesium,  Lk.  p.  32,  ad  frustula  corticis  Vitis,  Bethl. 

Genus  161.     Epochnium.     F.  S.  V.  p.  186. 
*2573.     1.  E.  monilioides,  Lk.  p.  32.     Apud  nos  Bethl.  ad  uvas  cultas  passim  occurrit. 


27G  SYNOPSIS   OF 

Genus  162.      Helicotrichuji.     F.  S.  V.  p.  305,  Byssaceum. 

'2374.  1.  H. /)«/t'/jic/um,  Link.  p.  33.  Fungus  noster  bene  quidem  conveniens,  ad  caules  stipitesque 
putrescenlcs  occurrit,  ncc  luicusque  in  ligno.  An  nova  species.  Pulvinulis  crebris  confluentibus 
colore  pulcliro  caesio.     Ilistori.i  ceterum  omnino  eadem,  vide  Lk.  p.  33. 

Genus  1G3.     Bactridium.     F.  S.  V.  p.  180. 

*2575.     1.  "&.  Jlavum,  Lk.  p.  34,  n.  1,  frequcns  in  Ijgnis  putridis  praesertim  salicis,  Betlil. 

*2576.     2.   B.  carncum,  Lk.  n.  3.     Multo  rarius  Betlil. 

*2577.     3.   B.  EFFUscM,  L.  v.  S.,  rarius  in  caulibus  putridis  plantarum,  Bethl. 

B.  nigrofuscum,  floccis  frequentibus,  subramosis,  sept.atis,  hyalinis.  Sporidiis  e  globoso  utrinque  acu- 
tiusculis,  subdifformibus,  zona  media  intus  materia  grumosa  repleta.  C.aespitibus  elongato-conflu- 
entibus,  demum  induratis  effusura. 

Genus  164.     Scolicotrichum.     F.  S.  V.  p.  1S3. 

'2578.      \.  S.  vireseetis,  Lk.  p.  35,  ramulos  ignotos  investiens  rarimi,  Betlil. 

*2579.     2.   S.  cANDinuM,  L.  v.  S.,  eftasum  super  folia  dejecta  inter  quisquilias  corruptas,  Beth!. 

S.  Thallo  indeterminatim  effuso,  lalissimo  contexto  ex  floccis  crispis  vermiformibus,  intricatis  quidem, 
sed  non  ramosis,  subnudis,  satis  crassis  diaplianis  inseptatis.     Sporidia  septata  alba  subdlaphana. 

Genus  165.     Circinotrichum.     F.  S.  V.  p.  1S2. 

•'2580.     1.  C.  lANDiDUM,  L.  V.  S.,  in  ligno  deorbato  putrido  pineo,  Salem. 

C.  thallo  tenuissimo  efi'uso,  exacte  congruo  descriptione  Linkli  pagina35 — nisi  colore.  Floccis  enim 
candidissimis,  et  nitoris  expertlbus.     Nudo  ocuJo  lignum  videtur  farina  adspersum. 

Genus  166.     My.niotrichum.     F.  S.  V.  p.  304,  Byssaceum. 

*258L  1.  M.  churturum,  Lk.  p.  36,  n.  1.  Non  rarum  in  chartis  maris  tabernarum  diu  loco  humido 
adglutinatis,  ut  solent  in  usum  publicl . 


Series  II.     (Byssacei.). 

Etiam  in  hac  serie  commixtos  habcnius  fungos  Friesiani  Coniomycetes,  Byssaceis  ejusdem. 
Genus  167.     Acladrt.m.     F.  S.  V.  p.  306,  Byssacei(7)i. 

'2582.     1.   A.  consperstim,  Lk.  p.  37,  n.  1,  frcquens  ad  truncos,  Betlil. 

*258j.     2.   A.  microspermum,  Lk.  n.  2,  in  ramis  putridis  ibidem. 

*2S84.     3.  A.  iiF.Nsissi.MUM,  L.  v.  S.,  ad  truncos  ct  asscrcs  putridos,  Betlil.  rarum. 

A.  caespitulis  densissimis  uncialibus,  ciri.so-])u!vinatis  griseo.cancscentibus.     Floccis  persistentibus  et 
sporidiis  majusculis  concoloribus. 

Genus  16S.      Chloridiubi.      F.  S.  V.  p.  ISl. 
»2585.     1.   C.  viride,  Lk.  p.  38,  n.  1,  in  llgnis  putridis  Bethl. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  277 

*2536.     2.  C.  griseum,  Lk.  n.  2,  distinctissinium  fi'ei|uciitius  in  cortice  putrldo,  lictlil. 
*258r.     3.   C.  CANDiDissiMUJi,  L.  V.  S.,  ad  ligiia  piitrida  Betlil.      Fere  omnino  evanescens. 
C.  tliallo  omnium  tenuissimo,  floccis  candidissimis  sporidiis  diffoi-mibus  minutissimis.      Fugax. 

Gonus  16.'».      Cladosporiu,-\i.      F.  S.  V.  Dcnialiuin,  p.  188,  quoad  spccinm  unicam  — 

cetera  a<l  Byssaceas. 

jVo/«. — Suspicor  Friesium  clarissimum  iion  a\itoptim  pliirinias  species  vidissc.     Nam  phirimae  eviden- 

ter  conjciiei'ae  C.  herbarii,  et  tumen    specificc   distinctae  sunt — et  milu  videtur  Genus  ut  omnium 

familiae  feracissimum  sic  etiam  optimc  distinctum  et  defmitum;  typo  C.  herbannii. 

2588.     I.   C.  herharum,  Lk.  p.  39,  n.  1,  ubiqiie  terrarum  in  plantis  herbaceis,  et  in  fungis,  Syn.  Car.  1341. 

*2589.     2.  C.  solulum,  Lk.  n.  2,  nobis  frequenter  obvium  in  caulibvis  F.upborbiac  margin.atae  el  liicini. 

Colore  jiiniore  vivido,  dentum  fusco,  Hethl. 
*2590.     3.  C.  (drum,  Lk.  n.  3,  in  caulibus  firmioribus  v.  c.  Rrassicae  vetustissimae,  Uetld. 
'2591.     4.  C.  polysporum.  Lie.  n.  4,  in  ramis  sabcinis  non  ravum,  Betid. 
*2592.     5.   C  fuscum,  Lk.  n.  5,  in  majoribus  caulibus,  ibid. 

*2593.     6.   C.  Funiago,  Lk.  n.  6.     Paulo  abnorme.     A  me  passim  ubscrvatum   in  Carolina  et  I'enn.sylv. 
Quando  obvium  folia  lolius  fruticis  aut  plantae  in  quibus  eff'usum  fere  omnino  occ'.:pat.     Kxsoletum 
est  Fumago  Persooni.     Plcrumque  infestit   plantas  in  vicinitate    stagni   sylvatici   crescentes.     Syn. 
Car.  D.  I\digo,  n.  1331. 
•2594.     7.  C.  tenerrimum,  Lk.  n.  6,  abnorme:  non  r.arum  et  distinctissimum  in  cortice,  Betbl. 
"2595.      8.    C.  fuscatum,  Lk.  b.  n.  1,  passim  ad  caules,  Bellil. 
*2596.      9.  C.  grumosum,  Lk.  b.  n.  2,  solummodo  in  stipitibus  Pteridis  aquilinae,  Bethl. 

259".     10.   C.  epiphyllum,  Lk.  b.  n.  3,  Syn.  Car.  132r,  vulg-are  et  in  Pennsylv. 
*259S.     11.   C.  graminum,  Lk.  b.  n.  4,  vulgatissima  Betbl.  in  foliis  graminum. 
•2599.      12.   C.  MAcuLASs,  L.  v.  S.,  subtectum  subepidermide.Tasmini  fruticanlis  in  Horto,  iietld. 

C.  primum  tectum   epidermide,   efficiens   maculas   majusculas,   expallentes  subelev.atas;  demum  pro- 
rumpens  acervulis  minutis  rotundis  aut  elongatis  confluentibus  epidermide  fisso  cinctis.      Floccis 
minutissimis  cum  sporidiis  fusco-olivaceis.     Acervulis  plerumque  in  maculis  concentrice  dispositis 
antequam  conHuunt. 
•2600.     13.  C.  BiGxuxiAK,  L.  v.  S.,   frequens  in  leguminibus  Bign.  radicantis  ac  Catalpae,  Carolina  et 
Pennsylv. 
C.   acervulis  sparsis,   nilnulis,   frcquentibus,   spliaerlacformibus,   nigro-ollvaceis.     Floccis  In'eviuscidis 
cum  sporidiis  concoloribus. 
*2601.      14.    C.  Lir.XATiLK,  L.  V.  S,  passim  in  ligno  putrido,  Bethl. 

C.  late  effusum,  ad  2 — 3  imcias,  temie.     Floccis  densis  nudo  oculo  vix  discretis,   brevissiniis,  ramosis, 
cum  sporidiis  atro-aeruginosis,  demum  fuscis,  aut  fusco-purpurascentibus. 
'2602.     15.  C.  spAHsux,  L.  v.  S.,  in  scapis  AUii  Cepae  et  aliorum,  Betid. 

C.  sparsvim  in  acervulis  minutissimis  badio-fuscis  per  maculas   expallentes  latas   scapi.     Floccis  crassi- 
usculisrarioribus  acervulos  efBcientibus,  subdivergentibus;  sporidiis  subglobosis  concoloribus  crebris 
inspersis. 
*2603.     16.   C.  TnniAF,,  L.  v.  S.,  rarius  observatum  in  foliis  exsoletis  Typbae,  Bethl. 

C.  Floccis  vix  in  acervulos  aggregatis,  sed  sparsis,  interdum  et  in  ambitu  fere  simplicibus — ])lerumque 
autem  appro.ximatis,  ita  ut  e  longinquo  maculam  minuta.m  efficiunt,  nigro-fuscescentibus.     Sporidiis 
majusculis  inspersis  concoloribus. 
*2604.      \7.  C.  luimcoLA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  foliis  exsoletis  Iridis  virginicae,  Bethl. 

C.  minutissimum,  sparsum,  acervulis  nempe   non  confluentibus,   quanquam  e  longinquo   maculam  sis- 
tunt  latiusculam  ob   approxiniationem.     Floccis  brevibus,  cum  sporidiis,   fusco-nigris.     Acervulis 
floccorum  exsoletis,  quasi  sphaeriaemorphibus. 
*2605.     18.   C.  vin«uLTOBUJi,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  in  ramulis,  virgultisve  tenerioribus  semivirentibus,  Bethl. 
C.  late  eftusum,  confusum  et  acervulis  non  discretis,  ambiens  ramulos   quasi  tomento  crustuoso,  nigro. 
Floccis  demum  vix  distinguendis — sporidiis  inspersis  autem  majusculis,  globosiusculis,  copiosis,   et 
atro-inquinantibus. 
*2606.     19.   C.  SIMPLEX,  L.  V.  S.,  in  foliis  dejectis  fraxineis  rarum,  Bethl. 

C.  floccis  simplicibus,  nigris,  fere  omnino   septatis,  ceterum   in   aversa  pagina  tarn  approximatis,   ut 

Vol.  IV.— 3  U 


278  SYNOPSIS   OF 

sistent  maculam   parvam,  tenuissimam.     Ceterum  ei'ectls,   minutissimis.     Sporldiis  adhaerentibus, 
satis  crebris,  et  ad  basin  floccorum  hinc  inde  dlspersis,  concoloribus. 
"2607.     20.  C.  episphaehia,  L.  v.  S.,  satis  frequens  insuper  varias  Sphaerlas  corruptas,  Bethl. 
C.   fugacissimum,  ita  ut  statu  sicciore   omnino  evanuit.     Descriptione  perdita  quam  in  recentiorl  feci 
tamen  pro  future  examine  loco  nominandum  censui. 

Genus  170.     Podosporidm,  L.  v.  S.,  Novum  Genus. 

Floccis  rigidis  crassis,  basi  incrassalis,  apice  obtusis   undique   Sporidiis  majusculis  pedicellatls  obsitis, 
ceterum  ramosis  aut  simplicibus. 
2608.      1.  P.  niGiDUM,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Cai'.  (Demat.  crucigerae)  1325,  pasim  occurrit  raraos  aut  sannenta 
Rliois  r.adicanlis  circum  circa  (more  Helminthosporii  velutini)  investiens,  plerumque  copia  magna  et 
plUsquam  ^  unciae  elongatis  floccis.     Frequens  etiam  Bethl. 
P.  Floccis  rigidissimis  simplicibus  erectis  distantibus  aterrimis,  subfragilibus,  opacis,  saepe  longitudlne 
sex-unciali  et  ultra  occupantibus  ramos.      Sporidiis  ovato-elongatis  aut  subcylindricis,  pedicellis  di- 
varicatis,  brevioribus  aut  longioribus,   et  turn  filiformibus. 
*2609.     2.  P.  GLANDicoLi,  L.  V.  S.,  in  cupulis  glandium  aut  interdum  in  glandibus  ipsis  semiputridis  ad 
terram  dejectis,  Bethl. 
P.  subfascicul.atum,  brevissimum,    atruni;   dense  aggregatis   floccis  rigidis,   ramosis,  brevissimis  (i.e. 
quando  priori  comparantur)  Aterrimum.      Sporidiis  pro  ratione  magnis,  pedicellatis,  sed  non  divari- 
catim  insertis.      Fasciculus  minutus — quasi  versus  basin  incrassatus  apparet. 

Genus  171.      Oedemium.     F.  S.  V.  p.  ,306,  Byssuceum! 

'2610.      1.  O.  alrum,  Lk.  p.  42,  n.  1,  in  arborum  cortice,  Bethl. 

Genus  172.     Polytiirincium.      F.  S.  V.  p.  1S8. 

'2611.     1.  P.  Trifolii,  Lk.  \>.  43.     Ilarissime  sed  distinctissimum  in  f'ohis  Trifolii  repentis,  Bethl. 

Genus  173.      Arthriniitm.      F.  S.  V.  ]).  1S7,  cum  proximis. 
•2612.      1.   A.  caricicola,  Lk.  p.  43,  in  Carice  quaedam  monticola  rarius  prope  Nazareth  inventum. 

Genus  174.     Camptoum.     F.  S.  V.  p.  1S7,  vide  p.  365. 

"2613.      1.    C.  ntrvatum,  Lk.  p.  44,  in  culmis  Scirpi  lacustrl,  Bethl. 

Genus  175.     Goniosporum,  ut  sujjra. 

'2614.     1.  G.  piicchwides,  Lk.  p. 45,  rarius  in  foliis  Caricis  crinitae,  Bethl. 

Genus  176.     Sporophleum,  ut  supra. 
'2615-     1.   S.  gramineum,  Lk.  p.  45.  solummodo  ob.vium  in  foliis  Zizaniae  in  Delaware  prope  Philad. 

Genus  177.     Conoplea.      F.  S.  V.  p.  1S7. 

'2516.     1.  C.  Iiisjiidula,  Lk.  p.  46.  mihi  obvium  in  Panicis  rarius,  dc  Horto  Bartrami  Philad. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  279 


Genus  178.      Coelosporium.     F.  S.  V.  ad  proximum. 

'261T.     1.  C.  fruliculosum,  Lk.  p.  46,  non  rarum  in  cxsoletis  foliis  p'amineis,  lietlil. 

Nolu. — Gi'atissimum  mihi  fait,  fere  omnia  haec  genera  CI.  Linkii,  gaudentia  tani  disllnctis  charactcri- 
bus,  quanquam  plemmque  minutissima,  etiam  in  nosti'is  regionibus  invenire.  (inis  lalia  observaiis,  possit 
adhuc  buspicari,  naturam  in  his  oi-ganismis  mici'oscopicis;  mere  pro  lubitn  sibi  lusum  indefinitum  vagum- 
que  permisisse — nee  esse  ullam  fidem  ac  stabilitatem  in  eorum  diagnosi.  Ludit  sane  metliodice,  ([unm 
iisdem  formis  tam  detei-minatis  gaudet,  cis  et  transatlantice. 

Genus  179.     HELMiNTHOspORitxjr.     F.  S.  Y.  p.  305,  Byssuceum. 

2618.     1.   H.  vduiinum,  Lk.  p.  4",  n.  1,  Syn.  Cai\  1324,  (D.  ciliare)  vulgatum  in  ramulis  Carolinac  el 
Pennsylv. 
*2619.     2.   H.  subulatum,  Lk.  n.  2,  Betlil.  in  ramis. 
*2620.     3.  H.  minus,  Lk.  n.  3,  rarius  in  ramis,  Uelhl. 
*'2621.     4.   H.  nanuin,  Lk.  n.  4,  in  ligno  putrido,  iiiid. 
"2622.     5.   U.  pellucidum,  Lk.  n.  5,  non  r.^rnm  in  ramis,  ibid. 
*2523.     6.   H.  simplex,  Lk.  n.  6,  in  ligno  salicino,  Bethl. 

*2624.     7.   H.  icnuissimum,  Lk.  n.  ",  in  caulibus  plantarum  v.  c.  in  exsoletis  Aquilegiae  liortorum,  Naz. 
2625.     8.  H.  FAScicuLATDM,  L.  V.  S.,   Svn.  Car.   1326,   (Demat.   castaneae)  frequens  in   variis  foliis, 
Salem  et  Bethl. 
H.  fascicnlis  minutis   gregatim  propullantibus  ex  epidermide  subfissa  et  subelevata,  saepe  collectis  in 
maculam  plus  minus  eft'usam.     Floccis  nigris  simplicibus,   plus  miniisve   divergentibus,  articnlatim 
septis.     Sporidiis  crebris  concoloribus. 
♦2526.     9.  H.  DCBiDM,  L.  v.  S.,  ex  ramis  propullans;  affine  priori,  sed  vix  fiscicnlatoni,  Betid. 

H.  floccis  aggregatis,  sed  non  in  fasciculis,   nigris  aut  nigro-subfuscescentibus,  flexuosis,  Hliformibus, 
longiuscidis  articulatim  septatis.     Sporidiis  minutis  adliaerentibus. 
'2627.     10.   H.  coRTicALE,  L.  v.  S.,  satis  frequens   in    cortice   glabrato  ramornm   Platani   occidcntalis, 
Salem  et  Bethl. 
H.  fasciculatum,  propullans  ex  cortice.     Floccis  nigris,  erectis  vix  ramosis,  basi  coalitis,  apicem  versus 
conniventlbus,  rigidis,  ila  \it  fasciculus  subconicus  evadit.     Sporidiis  rarioribus,  brevissimis,   saepe 
extus  griscescentibus. 
•2628.     11.   H.  viiuiULToiiUM,  L.  v.  S.,  sub  epidermide  ramulorum  Mori  frigore  emortuorum — demuni 
denudatuni,  Bethl. 
H.  floccis  aggregatis  in  maculam  nigrescentem  semiuncialem  primum  subepidermide,  demum  nudum; 
ceterum  brevissimis  tenerrimis  fuscis,  ramosis.     Sporidiis  concoloribus  inspersis. 
*2629.     12.  H.  cnnsTuosuM,  L.  v.  S.,  longissime  eft'usum,  crustam   teneram  nigram   in   C.italpae  ramis 
junloribus,  Bethl. 
H.  floccis  brevissimis  simplicibus  erectis  nigris,  tam   densim   aggregatis,  ut  videntur  sistere  crustam 
pedalem,  in  qua  vix  distinguuntur  flocci,  statu  sicciori.     Sporidia  minutissima  cum  floccis  confusa. 
••2630.     13.   H.  nEnBincM,  L.  v.  S.,   pulchrum,  in  caulibus  Euphorbiae   marginatae,   Bethl.    Dothidcas, 
Sphaeriasque  his  incolas — obtegens. 
H.  subeffusum  aut  subpulvinatum.     Floccis  brevissimis  basi  intumescentibus,  brunncis  aut   fuscis,  mi- 
nutis,  densissime  stipatis,  pellucidis  svib  lente  et  septatis.      Sporidiis  inspersis. 
*2534.     14.   H.  SoHGHi,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  foliis  putridis  Sorghi  culti  Litiy. 

H.   pulvinulis  minutis   (linearlbus)   oblongis,  crebris  aterrimis,   confluentibus.     Floccis  atris,   rigidis 
erectis,  densis,  simplicibus,  subacuminatis,  articulatim  septatis,  Sporidiis  concoloribus  inspersis. 
*2632.     15.   H.  Brassicola,  L.  v.  S.,  in  foliis  Brassicae  cellis  asservatae,  circum  nervum  centralem  prae- 
sertlm  erumpens.     Affine  ienuissimo. 
H.  plagis  irregularibus,  nigro-fuligineis  longe  lateque  efi'usis.     Floccis  longiusculis,  junioribus  erectis, 
ramosissimis  hyalinis.      Sporidiis  oblongis  multiseptatis,  saepe  incurvis,  et  pscudo  pediccllo  interdum 
sufFultis,  ceterum  frequenter  clavatis,  longitudine  fere  floccorum.     Sporidiis  effusis  cavdem  inquinat. 
•2533.     16.  H.  conNicuLATCM,  L.  v.  S.,  abnorme.     E  rimis  corticis  quercini  recenter  caesi  rarius  pro- 
pullans, Bethl. 


280  SYNOPSIS   OF 

H,  giganteuni;  aten-imum  cum  nitore  quodam  cinerascente;  coriiiculatim  i-ar.iosum  versus  apicem 
ramis  divaricatis  brevibus.  Floccis  crassis,  fragiUimis,  deiisissime  iiitricatis,  longitud'me  unciali, 
pulvinulum  efficientibus  2 — 3  uncialeni,  effusum  longitudinaliter  in  rimis.  Spori'liis  rarioribus  et 
tantuni  in  perfectissimis,  apice  incrassatis. 

Genus  ISO.      Helicoseoriu.m. 

*26j4.     1.   H.  vegetum,  Lk.  p.  51,  ligno  putrescente  inventum,  IJetlil. 

Series  III.     (Mucedinls.). 

Genus  ISl.      Haplotrichum.      F.  S.  V.  p.  1S4. 

'26Jo.      I-   H.  cupilatitin,  Lk.  p.  52,  in  truncis  Betlil. 

"2(536.     2.  n.  VII1E3CF.XS,  L.  v.  S.,  in  cortice  puti-ido  ranmrum,  liethl. 

H.  floccis  efl'usis  intric.atis,  ramosis,  septatis,  persistentibus  fuscescentibus,  sporidifei'is  erectis.     Spori- 
foria  ovalia  ex  sporidiis  virescentibus. 
*2637.     3.   H.  suDPULTiNATiM,  L.  V.  S.,  in  truncis  putridis  cortice  insidet,  Betbl. 

H.  subpulvinatim  aggreg-atum  et  interdum  effusum.     Floccis  densis,  divergentibus  ramosulis,  griseo- 
canescentibus  intricatis,  sporidiferis  erectis.     Sporidiis majusculis  ovatisconcoloribus,  apice  collectis. 

Genus   1S2.     IIapl.\ri.\.     F.  S.  V.  p.  184. 

*2638.     1.   H.  grisca,  Lk.  p.    52.     Optime  quadrans — sed  loco   alieno.      Apud  nos  solummodu   in  cor- 
tice inventa. 

Genus  IS.S.      EoTRYTis.      F.  S.  V.  p.  1S4. 

1.*  MUie. 
2639.     1.  B.  ramulosa,  Lk.  p.  5j,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  13u6,  diffusa,   in  putridis  plmtis  et  in   lignis.      In  his 

minus  fugax. 
•2640.     2.   B .  geotridm,  Lk.  n.  3,  vulgaris  in  terra,  locis  stagnornm  sylvaticorum  exslccatis,  Betlil. 
2541.     3.   B.  cpigaeuyl^k.  n.  2,  in  sylvisad  vias  etdeclivitates.     Est  quod  nobis  olini  Trichoderma  tuber- 
culatum audit.     Syn.  Car.  523,  et.  Bcthl. 
•2642.     4.   B.  elcgans,  Lk.  n.  4,  Nobis  et  in  ligno  obvia  et  turn  asservabilis,  Bcthl. 
"■2643.     5.  B.  densu,  Lk.  n.  5,  etiam  in  fungis,  Bethl. 

2644.     6.   B.  agaricina,  Lk.  n.  6,  frequens  praesertim  in  I'olyporis.     Syn.  Car.  rcinwsa,  13Ud. 
*2645.     7.   B.  cplphylla,    Lk.  n.  ~,   satis  frequenter  obscrvata  in   foliis  Geranii  mactilati  et  caroliiiiani, 

Bethl. 
'2646.      8.   B.  PELLICULA,  L.  v.  S.,  ad  lignum  vetustum,  Bethl. 

B.  Thallo  eflfuso,  densissime  intertexto,  candldissimo,  sistente  pellom  delicatum  tenuissinium  detracii- 
bilem.  Floccis  sporidiferis  creberrimis  erectis  et  decumbentibus,  onustis  caterva  densa  sporidiorum 
candidissimorum  globosorum.  Floccis  ceterum  eleganter  ramosis.  Sporidiis  faciliter  concussione 
avolantibus. 

2.*   Virentes  uut  olivuccat. 
*2647.     9.  B.  olivacea,  Lk.  n.  7,  in  truncis  putridis,  Bctlil. 
"2648.      10.   B.  puleinata,  Lk.  n.  8,  in  fungis  vulgaris,  ibid. 
■2649.      11.  B.  polijspora,  Lk.  n.  9,  in  dejectis  ramis,  ibid. 
•2650.      12.    B.  cinereovirens,  Lk.  p.  56,  in  ligno  putrido,  ibid. 


NOHTII   AMERICAN  FUNGI.  281 

*2651.     13.  B.  lignifraga,  Lk.  ii.  10,  Ilethl.  rarius. 

•2652.      14.  B.  L.ixi,  L.  v.  S.,  species  elcguntissima  cii-cum  radices   piitrescentes  fruticis   Rhododcndri 

emortui  dejecti,  Betlil. 
B.  late  effusa,  passim  subpulvinata,    laxissime  coliacrens.     Floccis  ramosis,  ramis   cl  ramificationibiis 

divaricatis.     Sporidiis  g-Iohulosis.     Fungus  pcrsistens  ac  asservabllls  gaudet  colore  clcguntcr  lutes- 

cente  cervino,  floccis  nempe  et  sporidiis  concoloribiis. 

3.*   lioseae. 
*2653.     15.  B.  rosra,  Lk.  n.  II,  in  ramis  Platani,  Bethl. 

•2654.     16.   B.  macrospora,  Lk.  n.  12,  in  scobe  lignea  et  in  cortice,  Bethl.  ct  Salem. 
"2655.      17.   B.variospcrma,  Lk.  n.  13,  aftinis  priori,  apud  nos  in  cortice  plcrumque,  Bethl. 
*2656.      18.  B.  LATERiTiA,  L.  V.  S.,  plagis  latissimis  elTusa  in  caule  antique  Brassicae,  Bethl. 

B.   Thallo   crassiusculo   efTiiso.     l-'loccis  ramosissimis,  lateritiis,  primum  albidis:   sporidiferis  erectis 
intricalis.       Sporidiis  copiosissimis,   cleganter   lateritiis.      Plagas  efficit  binnciales,    subpulvinatim 
.applanatis. 
•2657.     19.   B.  puLCHERniMA,  L.  v.  S.,  plagis  unci.am  latis,  6  uncias  long-is  in  cortice  confluentibus,  Bethl. 
B.  Thallo  densim  intertexto,  crassiusculo,    decumbente,   persistente,  ime   roseo.     Floccis  sporidiferis, 
fasciculatim  in  th.\lIo  erectis,  ramosissimis,  candidis,  onustis  sporidiis  ovato-globosis  candidissimis. 
*2658.     20.  B.  LiLAciNA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ramis  I'ini  canadensis  subcorruptis,  Mauch  Chunk. 
B.   Thallo  effuso,  vix  pulvinato.     Floccis  breviusculis  intricatis  ramosis,  sporidiferis  subcrectis,  lilacinis. 
Sporidiis  ovatis  crebris,  pauIo  purpurloribus. 

4.'  Flavicanles. 
*2659.     21.  B.fulva,  Lk.  n.  15,  ad  frustulas  ligni  inter  pulverem  vaporarium.      Betlil.  ct  ad  truncos. 
•2660.     22.  B.  allochroa,  Lk.  n.  16,  in  herbis  dcjectis,  Bethl. 
'2661.     23.   B.  LEucoXANTiiA,  L.  V.  S.,  passim  in  cortice,  Bethl. 

B.  Thallo  efFuso  tomentoso.  Floccis  luteo-flavcscentibus  crassiuscuhs,  intricatis,  ramosis,  articulatim 
septatis.  Sporidiferis  erectis;  sporidiis  majusculis,  globosis,  candidis,  densim  in  ramis  aggregatis, 
subfugacibus. 

5.*  .lurnnliacue. 
•266}.     24.   v..  (iurantiaca,'Lk.  n.  17,  frequeiis  in  truncisputridis:  rubro-aurantiaca.      An  Oidiiimfulvum 
sit  status  junior* 

6.*    Griscae. 
•2663.     25.  B.  cana,  Lk.  p.  59,  n.  IS,  in  foliis  marcidis,  Bethl. 
•2664.     25.   Ti.  polyudis,  Lk.  n.  19,  frequens  in  caulibus,  Bethl. 
*2665.     27-  B.  leiicospora,  Lk.  n.  23,  nobis  in  fungis,  Bethl. 
2666.     28    B.  cincrea,  Lk.  n.  21,   Syn.  Car.  1307.     In  Pennsylvania  nobis  innotuit  insuper   Sclerotlum 
durum  in  Euphorbiae  marginatae  caulibus  putridis. 
*2667.     29.   B.  licolor,  Lk.  n.  24,  in  iisdem  ct  aliis  caulibus  reperta,  Bethl. 
*266S.     30.   B.  MixuToiA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  antiquissimis  truncis  Betulae  nigiae,  Betlil. 

B.  minoris  voluminis  species.  Thallo  e  pulviiudis  parvis  subrotundis,  confluentibus,  lineam  longis, 
parum  elevatis  ex  albo-cinerascentibus  conflate.  Floccis  tortis  invalidis  ramosis.  Sporidiis  crebris 
candidis. 

7.*   Nigrac. 
"2669.     31.  B.  n/gra,  Lk.  n.  25,  Virgaria,  Nees,    In  ramis  dejectis  rarior,  Bethl. 

Genus  184.     Polyactis.     F.  S.  V.  p.   184,  sub  Botrytide. 

•2670.     1.   P.  quadrifida,  Lk.  p.  62,  n.  1.     In  rcceptaculis  aut  seminibus  Compositarum,  Bethl. 
•2671.     2.   P.  simplex,  Lk.  n.  3,  evanescens,  Bethl.  in  receptaculis  putridis  Helianthi  annul. 
•2672.     3.   P.  GBisF.A,  L.  V.  S.,  in  leguminibus  Catilpae  et  Bignoniae,  Bethl. 

Vol.  IV.— 3  V 


282  SYNOPSIS  OF 

p.   floccis   sporidiferis  sparsis,   griseis,    simplicibus,    evanescentibus.     Sporidlis  concoloribus,   ovato- 
cylindricis  apice  floccorum  irreg-ulai-iterumbellatlm  collectis,  sed  etiam  in  trunco  flocci  adhaerentibus. 

Genus  185.     Aspergillus.     F.  S.  V.  p.  183. 

"2673.  1.   A.  candidus,  l,k.  p.  65,  n.  1,  frequens  in  fungis,  Bethl. 

•2674.  2.   A.  mycobanche,  Lk.  n.  2.     In  Pezizis  majoribus,  ibid. 

"2675.  3.  A.  ovaiispermus,  Lk.  n.  3.     In  prunorum  fructiibus,  ibid. 

2676.  4.  A.  glaucus,  Lk.  n.  6,  Syn.  Car.  1314,  Monilia  vulg,iris  et  in  Pennsylv. 

2677.  5.  A.  roseus,  Lk.  n.  8,  S}T\.  Car.  1316,  cellis,  Sec.  et.  Bethl. 
*2678.  6.   A. /ancus,  Lk.  n.  5,  in  carioso  Salice,  ibid. 

*2679.     7.  A.  griseus,  Lk.  n.  10,  in  fungis  puti-idis,  ibid. 

*2680.     8.   A.  puRPunzoFuscus,  L.  v.  S.,   species  distinctissima.     In  caulibns   putridis  Bi-assicae   rai-lus 
occumt,  Betlil. 
A.  Hyphasmate  longe  lateque  effuso,  tenue.     Floccis  sporidiferis  ramosis  et  erectis,  aut  etiam  simpli- 
cibus, septatis  purpureo-fuscis.     Sporidiis  creberrimis,  concoloribus,   demum  canescentibus,  majus- 
culis.     Elegans  ac  persistens. 

*2681,  9.  A,  virens,  Lk.  n.  7,  in  ramis  dejeotis  in  montibus  Lehigh  mihi  obvius.  Vix  specifice  distinc- 
tus.  Floccis  tamen  aeque  ac  sporidiis  demum  aeruginoso-vii-idibus,  quanquam  primo  et  subtus 
albescunt. 

Genus  186.     Penicillum.     F.  S.  V.  p.  182. 

'2682.  1.   P.  candidum,  Lk.  p.  69,  n.  I,  in  fungis  frequens,  Bethl. 

*2683.  2.  P.  roseum,  Lk.  n.  2,  in  caulibus  plantarum,  Bethl. 

2684.  3.  V.  glaucum,  Lk.  n.  3,  Syn.  Car.  1319,  Monilia  digitata  vulgatum  et  Pennsylv. 

*2685.  4.   P.  sparsum,  Lk.  n.  4.     In  foliis  gramineis,  Bethl. 

Genus  187.     Coremium.      F.  S.  V.  p.  182. 

*2686.     1.   C.  glaucum,  Lk.  p.  71,  n.  1,  in  Involucris  corruptis  Castanearum,  Bethl. 

*2687.     2.    C.  candidum,  Lk.  n.  2,  in  corruptis  stipitibus,  Bethl. 

•2688.     3.   C.  citrinum,  Lk.  n.  3,  rarius  in  lignis  et  <liucerdis,  ibid. 

*2689.     4.   C.  cocciNEu.M,  L.  v.  S.,  insuper  lignum  cariosum  effusum  ex  Georgia,   Torrey  misit. 

C.  caespitibus  longe  lateque  effusis,  confluentihus,  compositis  ex  iasciculis  floccorum,  laete  coccineis, 
basi  unitis  in  pedicellum  communem,  apice  penicillatim  divergentibus.     Sporidiis  densis  concoloribus. 
'2690.     5.   C.  FLAvovinExs,  L,  v.  S.,  frequens  observatum  in  foliis  dejectis  udis,  Bethl. 

C.  substipitatum,  lasum.     Fasciculis  sparsis  parvis  subglobosis,  floccis  parum  divergentibus,  cum  spo- 
ridiis ex  flavo  virentibus. 
*2691.     6.   C.  suBiccL.'.TUM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  cortice  dejecto  rarius,  sed  distinctissimum,  Bethl. 

0.  thallo  subiculato,  tenui,  denso,  effuso,  ex  quo  densim  assurg^nt  fasciculi,  sparsi  floccorum  coalitorum 
in  firmum  pedicellum,  apice  capitellato-peniciUatorum,   colore   incarnato-cinerascente.     Pedicellus 
subcylindrlcus  i-ubescit.     Capitulum  globosum  peniciUatum-pedicellum  magnitudine  excellit.     Spori- 
diis concoloribus.     Persistens. 
*2692.     7.   C.  FRAGARiASTnuM,  L.  V.  S.,   frequens   in  foliis  emarcidls  Fragariae  cultae  in   Hortis,  Bethl. 
Amphigenum. 
C.  fasciculis  crcbris,  amphigenis,  aterrimis,  concentrice  quasi  in  maculam  aggregatis.     Basi  floccis  ex 
quibus  fasciculi  context!,  coalitis,  rigidiusculis;  apice  parum  penicillatim   divergentibus.      Sporidiis 
ciner.asccntibus.     Minutissimum  ct  vigens  praesertim  in  foliorum  aversa  pagina. 
•2693.     8.   C.  coscENTRicuM,  L.  V.  S.,   Dcmutium   Peniclllus,  Syn.  Car.  1330.     In  pagina  aversa  Lauri 
aestivalis  foliorum,  Salem  et  Bctlil. 
C.  in  maculis  cinereo-nigrcscentibus  foliorum  semivivorum,  concentrice  proveniunt  fasciculi  floccorum 
nigrorum,  basi  coalitorum   ct  quasi   pseudo-bulbum  eflicientium.     Apice  penicillatim  ut   in  priori 
divergunt   sed  multo  minus  elcvati  sunt  fasciculi.     Sporidiis  ceterum  nigris  satis  frequentibus. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  283 

•2694.     9.   C.  FiMETAniuM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  fimo  vaccino  invenUim,  Bethl. 
C,  cae3])itibus  niinutls  spaiVis,   floccis  thalloiJcis  versus  basin  coalitis  subnifescentibus.     Sporidifevis 
capituli,  candidis  cum  sporidiis.     Dcmum  subevanescentibus. 

Genus  188.     Campsotrichum.     F.  S.  V.  p.  181. 

Ad  hoc  genus  placet  sequentem  timgum  pulclicrrimum  refeiTC,  ob  characteres — quanquam  colore  ablion-ct. 
"2695.      ]■   C.  spLESDiDDM,  L.  V.  S.,  rarissime  ad  puti-idissimos  cortices  occurrit,   lietlil.     Optime  per- 

sistens,  ac  colorem  servans. 
C.  sparsum,  sed  gregarie  occurrens,  tarn   minutum  ut  difficiliter  observatur  nisi  lentis  opere.     Stipite 

rufo-aurantiaco,  sine   dubio   ex  coalitis  floccis,   ad  dimidiam  altitudinem  totius  fungi  elevato;  turn 

divaricatim  diviso-r.amoso  in  flocculos  pellucidos  manifestim  septatos  aurantiacos  al)iente,   Sporidiis 

globosis  concoloribus  pulcheiTime  decorates. 


Series  IV.     (Acremonii.). 
Genus  189.     Acremomum.     S.  F.  V.  p.  177. 

•2696.     1,   A.  verticillaium,  Lk.  p.  74,  n.  1,  passim  in  truncis,  Bethl. 
*2697.     2.   A.  fuscum,  Lk.  n.  3,  in  ramulis  putridis  Lauri  Sassafras,  Bethl.  cbvium. 
*2698.     3.   A.  niVi'rfum,  Lk.  n.  4.     In  Sphaeria  deusta  exsoleta,  Bethl.     Demum  fuscescit. 
*2699.     4.  A.  NiGRosPEBMUM,  L.  V.  S  ,  in  llgno  vetusto  rarius  inventum,  Bethl. 

A.  thallo  tenujssimo  effuso,  floccis  albo-griseis  intricatis  ramosis.     Sporidiis  nigrcscentibus  pellucidis, 
crebre  innatis,  sed  non  verticillatis. 

Genus  190.     Verticilliu.m.     F.  S.  V.  p.  178. 

•2~00.      1.  V.  tenerum,  Lk.  n.  1,  in  variis  caulibus,  Bethl. 
•2701.     2.   V.  capHatum,  Lk.n.  2.     Non  rarum  in  truncis,  ibid. 

Genus  191.      Dactylium.     F.  S.  V.  p.  366,  Suppl. 

•2702.     1.  D.  candldum,  Lk.  p.  77,  n.  1,  passim  in  truncis,  Beth!. 

•2703.     2.   U.  nigrum,  Lk.  n.  2,  in 

*2704.     3.  D.  GRiMiNc.w,  L.  v.  S.,  in  foliis  Leersiae  oryzoid.,  Bethl. 

D.  Floccis  sparsis  simplicibus  griseis  erectis.     Sporidiis  3 — 4  digitatis  concoloribus. 
•2705.     4.   D.  MF.LA^JOprs,  L.  v.  S.,  in  scapis  AUii  Cepae,  Bethl. 

D.  Floccis  sparsis  quidem  sed  densis,  crassiusculis,  nigro-fuligineis  articulatim  sept.itis,  apice  coroii.atis, 
sporidiis  cinereo-fullgineis.     Basi  saepe  bulboso-incrassata  nigriori  cetero  flocco. 
•2706.     5.  D.  cnusTACEUM,  L.  v.  S  ,  plagis  ingentissimis  saepe  obtegit  cuhnos  giganteos  Arundinariae 
ex  Carolina  australi  ad  usum  piscatorurn  in  foro  venditioni  expositae. 
D.  subcrustaceum  tandem  devenit,  primura   floccis  erectis,  discretis,  fragilibus  consistit  dense  aggi-e- 
gatis,  apice  3 — 4  sporidiferis,  ceterum  nigrcscentibus.      Sporidiis  concoloribus  opacis  deciduis. 

Genus  192.     Stachylidium.     F.  S.  V.  p.  178. 

*2707.     1.   S.  bicolor,  Lk.  p.  78,  n.  2,  in  caulibus  cxsiccatis,  Bethl. 

•2708.     2.  S.  HOSEUM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  foliis  caulibusqiie,   plantarum   male   exsiccatarum  in  Herbariis  v.  c. 
Solidaginis  rigidae,  Bethl. 


284  SYNOPSIS   OF 

S.  Hvphasmatc  caespitosim  aggregato,   saepe   conflucntc   caespitulis  minutis  rotundis,   roseo-incar- 
natis,  composiUs  ex  floccis  septatis  ramosis.     Sporidiis  lateralibus  crcbris  amoene  roseis. 
'2709.     3.   S.  KiTLVDM,  L.v.  S.,  in  caulibus  putriJissimis  Brassicae,  Uetlil. 

S.  hypliasmate  tenue  fiilvo.     Floccis  erectis  rigldiusculis  concoloribus,  sporidiferis.     Sporidiis  verticil- 
latis  fulvis,  demum  decoloraiitlbus. 
*27'10.     4.   S.  LOTESCENS,  L.  V.  S.,  terrcstre,  locis  obvium  ubi  copia  ramorum  putrescentium  accumulata, 
Bethl. 
S.  hypliasmate  magno  espanso  orbiculato,  ambitu  albo.     Floccis  sporidiferis  decumbentibus,  ramosissi- 
mis  lutescentibus,  grosse  articulato-septatis  cum  sporidiis  ovalibus  verticillatis  lutels. 

Genus  193.      Spondylocladium. 

*2r)l.     1-  S. /iimosura,  Lk.  p.  78,  in  lig-nis,    Bethl.     F.tiam  passim  tenuius  omnibus  partibiis   in   herbis 
lig-natilibus,  v.  c.  Artemisia  abaynthium. 


Series  V.      (Mucoiuni.). 

In  hac  serie  cogemur  sequi  Friesii  dispositioncm  in  Systemate  Orbis  Vegetabilis,  tribus  nempe  I.  et  II. 
Ordiiiis  ejus  sccundi,  Mucorinorum  amplectenteni.  Et  quidem  nobis  melior  videtur  per  sc  (exclii- 
sis  tribubus  III.  et  IV.  jam  secundum  Linkium  citatis) — et  quia  ex  serie  Linkiana Genera,  Pilobolus, 
Erysiphe  et  Khizoctonia  jam  alio  loco  Frlesiano,  summo  jure  cilata  omittere  necesse  est,  Slilbumque 
contra,  omnino  ad  Mucorinos  pcrtinens  ut  etiam  vult  J'ries.  hie  inserere. 

Genus  1.94.      Chordostylum. 

*2712.  1.  C.  cupillare,  F.  S.  V.  p.  175,  rarius  Bethlehem  in  foliis  putridis.  Vide  etiam  A.  et  S., 
Conspectum. 

Genus  195.      Stilbtthi.     F.  S.  X.  p.  175,  ot  Spre:igel.,  p.  545. 

2713.  1.   a.vulgnrc,  Spr.  p.  545,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  1280,   et.  Bethl. 

2714.  2.  S.  gclaliiiosum,  Pers.,  Syn.  Car.  1279,  et  Bethl.  ad  truncos. 

2715.  3.   S.  lomcniosum,  Spr.  n.  14,  Syn.  Car.  1276,  et.  Bethl. 

2716.  4.  S.  hyssinum,  Pers.  in  hymenio  putridi  fungi  Bethl.  et  Syn.   Car.  1282. 

2717.  5.  S. piliforme,  Spr.  n.  8,  ad  ligna  etiam  Bethl.  et  Salem  in  Involucris,  Syn.  Car.  1278. 

2718.  6.  S.  bulbosum,  Spr.  n.  2,  solummodo  Car.,  Syn.  Car.  1281. 

2719.  7.  S.  rigulum,  Spr.  n.  9,  in  truncis,  Sal.  et  Bethl.  S   C.  12~G. 

2720.  8.   S.  iurbinaium,  Spr.  n.  18,  Syn.  Car.  1283,  Salem. 

2721.  9.  S.  rulkundum,  Spr.  n.  19,  Syn.  Car.  1284,  non  Pennsylv. 

••2722.     10.   S.  nosF.DM,  L.  v.  S.,  rarius  inter  fibres  ligni  cariosi  subsolutos,  Bethl. 

S.  minutissimum,  eflbrmans  caespitulos  inter  fibros;  stipitibus  subbulbosis  brcvibus,  capitulis  subturbi- 
natis  cum  stipite  pallido-roseis. 
*2723.     11.  S.  iNai'iNANs,  L.  v.  S.,  an  hujus  Generis'  abuorme  et  valde  mcmorabile.     Inventum  super 
ramos  et  dejectamenta  effusum,  Bethl. 
S.  longe  lateque  effusum,    in   aggeres   magnos  aut   acervos  uncialcs  accumuhatum  atro-inquinantes, 
crassos.     Stipitibus  longis,  bihne.aribus,  subulatis,   rigidis,   fragilibus  aterrimis.     Capitulis  globosis. 
nigris,  obscuris  deciduis. 
Nola. — Sprengelius  sub  hoc  genere  subsumpsit  heterogenos  fungos — inter  quos  admiratus  .sum  Pcrieo- 
niam  Persicac,    Syn.  Car.  1290,   quae   cum   P.  Ii/i,j!s   ibidem   1291,  est  sine   dubio   Cali/ciiim,  Lichen, 
observare.     tJbi  Linkii  sentcntia  placebit  Stilba,    non   ex  opcre   ejus  determinandum.     Mihi  pro  certo 
videtur  hoc  genus  ad  Mucorinos  Friesii  pertinere. 


NORTH  A3IERICA1V  FUNGI.  i285 


Genus  196.     Eukotitjm.      S.  F.  V.  p.  177,  Lk.  p.  79. 

2724.     1.  E.  herhariorum,  Lk.  p.  79,  Sjii.  Car.  427,  v.irians  mag'nitudine  et  colore  ubique. 
•2725.     2.  E.  oBLiTERATCM,  L.  V.  S.,  in  herbis  male  exsiccaUs  Hcibarii  mei. 
E .  thallo  obliterate,  nuUo.     Sporangiis  magnis  citrinis. 

Genus  197.     Mucor.     F.  S.  V.  p.  176,   Lk.  SO. 

•2726.     1.   'M.fimctarius,  Lk.  p.  80,  n.  1,  in  stercore  vaccino.     Evanesccns,  Bethlehem. 
•2727.     2.   M.  rufus,  Lk.  n.  3,  persistens  in  Polyporo,  licthl. 

2728.  3.  yi.  JIuviJus,  Lk.  n.  8,  in  Agaricls  rarius  sed  perelegans.     Evanesccns,  Salem  et  Bethl.,  Syn. 
Car.  421. 

2729.  4.   M.  Muccch,  Lk.  n.  14,  Syn.  Car.  423.     Ubique. 
*2730.     5.  M.  ascophorus,  Lk.  n.  15,  in  Cucurbitis,   Bethl. 

*2731.  6.  M.  tenuis,  Lk.  n.  16,  in  ligno  putrido  mycomatre  illito  Nazareth.     Distinctum  persistens. 

•2732.  7.   M.  carncus,  Lk.  n.  20,  in  frustulis  pineis,  Philad.  evanesccns. 

*2733.  S.   AL  niitiimus,  Lk.  n.  22,  in  putridis  Cucurbit.  Bethl. 

2734.  9.   M.  tmcllas,  Lk.  23,  Syn.  Car.  426,  passim  ct  BetU. 

2735.  10.   M.  caninus,  Lk.  24,  Syn.  Car.  424,  et.  Bethl. 
•2736.  11.  M.  stcrcoreus,  Lk.  25,  etiam  in  canino  stercore,  ibid. 

2737.      12.   M.  murinus,  Lk.  26,  Syn.  Car.  425,  et.  Bethl. 
•2738.     13.  M.  Fimbria,  Lk.  27,  in  Sphaeriis,  S.alem  et  Bethl. 
'2739.     14.  M.  albo-virens,  Lk.  28,  in  Pezizis  vetustis,  Belhl. 
'2740.     15.  M.  truncorum,  Lk.  n.  2,  in  Cat.alpa  caesa,  Bethl. 
•2741.     16.  M.  cAPiTATO-RAMOstTs,  L.  V.  S.,  in  Boleto  aut  Polyporo  vetusto,  Bethl. 

M.  ingens,  persistens.     Floccis  densis  fulvo-luteis,  semi-unci.ilibus,  caespitosis,  apice  divaricato-ramosis, 
quasi  laxum  capitulum  sistentibus,  onustis  nempe   Sporang-ioUs  magnis  luteis,   demum   nigi-escenti- 
bus.     Pci-pulchcr  Mucor.     Floccis  firmiusculis. 
•2742.     17.   M.  EciiiN-opinLA,  L.  v.  S.,  non  r.arus  in  spinis  Invohicrorum,  Castan.  Bethl. 

M.  pusillus,  simplex.  Hyphasmate  simplicl  nigro  cinereo  breviuscolo,  subulato,  basi  incrassata. 
Sporanglolo  hyulino  demum  cinereo-deciduo.  Densissime  prorumpit  aut  potius  insidet  in  spinis, 
oculum  nudum  cffugiens. 

Genus  19S.     Thamnidiu.m. 

*2743.  1.  T.  ekgans,  Lk.  p.  96.  Rarlssime  sed  distinctisslmum  inventum  mense  Uecemb.  in  frustulis 
corticis  Sahcis,  Bethl.  Spor.angiola  elong.ita.  Medium  fugacissimum  ceteris  minorlbus  candidis 
persistentibus. 


Series  VI.     (Bysseae.)     F.  S.  V,  p.  307  et  porro  inter  Algas  byssaceas. 

Genus  199.     OiDiUM. 

O.  aureum,  Lk.  p.  121,  n.  I.     Solummodo  Carolina  ligno  carios. 

O.fukum,  Lk.  n.  2.     Bethl.  r.arius. 

O.frudigena,  Lk.  n.  3,  in  Prunis  et  Persicis,  Bethl. 

O.  monilioides,  Lk.  n.  4.     Salem  et  Bethl.  in  graminib. 

O.  suhramosum,  Lk.  n.  10,  in  ramis  Sassafras,  Bethl. 

O.  croceum,  Lk.  n.  8,  in  cortice  Castaneo,  Bethl. 

O.  CAxniiirM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  fohis  quercinis  putridis,  Bethl. 

Vol.  IV.— 3  W 


'2744. 

1 

•2745. 

o 

•2746. 

3. 

•2747. 

4. 

♦2748. 

5 

•2749. 

5. 

*2750. 

7. 

286  SYNOPSIS  OF 

O.  floods  crassis  decumbentibus  aggregatis,  candicJJs,  ex  artlculis  crassis — Torulae  non  dissimilibus. 
Sistens  maculas  Candidas  laxas. 
2751.  8.  O.  iNaciNANs,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  Trichoderma  globosum,  524.  Fung^m  hunc  vulgatissi- 
mum,  ulnarl  longitudineglobosispuIvinuUs,  sacpeconfluentibus,  occupantem  ramos  etiatn  Quercinos, 
Oid'ium  esse  non  ampllus  dubitandum.  Floccis  erectlusciJis  articulatis  simplicibus,  demum  solutis 
in  Sporidia  fuligineo-atra. 

Genus  200.     Tetracolium. 

*2752.     1.  T.  Tuherculariue,  Lk.  p.  125.     Non  solum  in  Tubercularia  vulgari,  sad  etiam  in  aliis  specie- 
bus  Tuberculai'iae  observatum,  Bethl. 

Genus  201.     Alternaria. 

*2753.     1.  A.  tenuis,  Lk.  p.  12",  n.  1.     Frequenter  occurrens  in  Brassicis  Ilortorum,  in  calycibus  Heli- 
anthl  annul,  et  in  culmis  Zizaniae  prope  Philadelpliia  observata. 

Genus  202.     Monilia. 

2754.     1.  M.  animnata,   Lk.  p.  126,  n.  1.     Syn.  Car.  1322.     Et  Bethlehemis  frequens  :   v.  c.  in  tectis 
pineis. 
*2755.     2.  M.  expansa,  Lk.  n.2,  in  caulibus  frequens  Betlil. 
*2756.     3.  M.  alta,  Lk.  n.  3,  in  lignis  et  ramulis,  ibid. 
*2757.     4.   M.  sparsa,  Lk.  n.  4,  in  Arundine  et  caulibus   ibid. 
2758.     5.   M.  rnscoNiGni,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  Trichoderma  spadiceum  525.     Hue  pertinet.     Frequens 
etiam  Pennsylvania  e.  c.  ad  palos. 
M.  caespitulis  2 — 3  linearibus,  subrotundis  pulvinatis.     Floccis  ferrugineo  fusco-nigris  frequentissimis 
simplicibus  stipatis,  quasi  subradiatim  divergentibus,  demum  solutis  in  articulos  fusco-nigros,  inqui- 
nantes. 
*2759.     6.   M.   GioBusA,  L.  v.  S.,  rarius  in  cortice  juniorum  ramorum  Populi  italicae,  Bethl. 

M.  caespitulis  globosis,  sparsis,  nigris,  compositis  e  floccis  atro-fuligineis  irregulariter  aggregatis  nee 
radiantibus.     Articulis  globosis  in  quos  demum  soluta — .atro  inquinat. 
''2760.     7.  M.  PDNCTANS,  L.  V.  S.,  passim  obvia  in  lignis  pyrinis,  Bethl. 

M.  Caespitulis  minutis,  quasi  punctantibus  lignum,  compositis  ex  floccis  crassiusculis  brevibus  sub- 
divergcntibus  demum  conglutinatis — lignum  inquinantibus,  solutis  nempe  articulis  nigro-subniten- 
tibus.     I'ulvinuli  saepe  longe  lateque  confluunt,  primum  fibris  ligiii  subimmersi. 

Genus  203.     Torttla. 

2761.     1.  T.  herbarum,  Lk.  p.  12S,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  1321,  ubique  vulgatlssima  in  caulibus. 
*2762.     2.  T.  ienera,  Lk.  n.  2,  frequens  ad  ramos,  Bethl. 
*2763.     3.   T.  MEDULLAE,  L.  V.  S,  in  medulla  maxim.arum  c.aulium  longe  latcque  effusa,  Bethl. 

T.  Floccis  in  thallum  fuligineum  tarn  conglutinatis  ut   fere   pelliculam  efliciunt.     Floccis   fragilibus, 
demum  solutis  in  ov.ales  articulos. 
"2764.     4.   T.  cucunniTAnuM,  L.  V.  S.,  latissime   efl'usa  in  cortice  Cucurbitarum   (Lagenariae)  maculis 
maximis,  v.  c.  4 — 6  uncialibus,  Bethl. 
T.  atra,  maculas  determinatas  eftormans  confluentes,  inquinantes.   Floccis  fragillimis — articulis  globosis. 
'2765.     5.   T.  cnuSTACEA,  L.  v.  S.,  ramos  juniores  salicinos  incrustans  longe  lateque  non  rara,  Bellil. 
T.  ex  epidcrmide  prorumpens   et   eam  longe   lateque  demum  incrustans,  fuliginea.     Floccis  conglu- 
tinatis— inquinantibus  ad  tactum,  ob  sohitos  .articulos  minutissimos. 
•2766.      6.   T.  oLiVAscENs,  L.  V.  S.,  in  libro  corticis,  epidermidc  orbato,  Catalpae,  Bethl. 

T.  pulvinulis  elongatis,  confluentibus,  oliv.acco-nigris  subseriata.  Floccis  grosse  articulatis,  et  qu.asi 
ramosi.s. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  287 


Series  VII.  ct  VIII.     (Appendix. ). 

Momenti  mihi  videUir  Fmigos  aiit  Mjcelia  aut  quidqnUl  sint,  seqiientium  Gcnerum  in  opci-e  meo,  titu- 
lum  Conspectus  omnium  Mycetomorpliorum  Americanoi'um  sibi  vindicante,  nuUimodo  omnino 
neglig't.  Easdeni  degenerationes,  eadem  initialia,  eadem  exanthemata  aut  analoga  invcnisse  cis  et 
transatlantice,  de  quibus  peritissimus  quisque  anceps  haeret,  an  sint  Vegetabilia  autonoma,  nee  ne, 
factum  est,  non  omnino  negligendum  in  his  rebus  dijudlcandis.  Sententiae  Friesii  assentio  de 
plerisque — et  Linkius  de  iis  dubitat — sed  Linkil  ad  exemplar,  tamen  quam  potui  diligentiam  adhibui, 
omnia  liae  Mycetomorpha  recensei-e  hoc  loco,  equidem  praestantiora  nova  milii  obvia  describere, 
appendicis,  ad  instar. 

Genus  204.     Helicomtces.     F.  S.  V.  p.  310,  Byss. 
"2767.     1.   H.  7-oseus,  hk.  p.  131.     Tantum  mihi  obvius  in  truncojacente  Erie  County,  Pennsylv. 

Genus  205.     Dematium.     Link.  p.  131. 

*2r6S.      1.  D.  nigrum,  Lk.  p.  131,  n.  1,  passim  in  cortice  Bethl. 

*2769.     2.   D.  monissimum,  Lk.  n.  2.     Salem  ad  radices. 

"2770.     3.  D.  hadium,  Lk.  n.  4,  ad  r.amos  dejectos  Sal.  et  Bethl. 

*2771.     4.  D.Jtihalttm,  Lk.  n.  5,  ibidem,  Bethl. 

'277'2.     5.   D.  ritpestre,  Lk.  n.  6,  ad  rupes  udas,  Bethl. 

*2773.     6.  D.  rupincola,  Lk.  n.  7,  in  Lichenibus  rupestribus,  ibid. 

'2774.     7.   D.  ynuscorum,  Lk.  n.  8,  frequens  in  Bavtramia  vix  autonomon.,  Bethl. 

*2775.     8.   D.  cornulum,  Lk.  n.  12,  passim  in  ramis  salicinis,  Eethl. 

•2776.     9.   D.  suhcorticah ,  Lk.  n.  14,  rarius  sub  cortice. 

*2777.      10.   D.  sirigosum,  Lk.  n.  15,  lig-no  putrldissimo  juglandino  obvium,  Bethl. 

*2778.     11.  D .  .i'ii/a,  Lk.  n.  13,  passim  in  interioribustruncis.     Specimina  perpulchra  tcneoex  navibus 

belhcis  classis  amei-icanae  in  Lacu  Erie  constructae,  et  post  paucos  annos  ab  hoc   hoste   funguloso 

destructae — hostis  Britannici  quanquam  victrix  fuit. 
*2779.     12.   D.  linlaceum,  Lk.  n.  21,  rarius  in  truncis,  Bethl. 

2780.  13.  D.  RA510SUM,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1362,  K.acodium.     In  ramulis  Andromedae  arboreae,  Salem 
nee  Bethl. 

2781.  14.  D.  Smilacis,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1329,  etiam  satis  frequens  Bethl.  in  smilacibus, 

"2782.     15.   D.  EpispHAERicuM,  L.  V.  S.,  passim  in  exsoletis  Sphaeriis,  Bethl.     Non  est  Cladosporium. 
D.  fasclculatim  contestum  ex  filis  badiis  et  fuscis,  articukatis,  ramosis.      Fascicuhs  minutis  erectis. 

2783.  16.   T) .  papyraceuin,  Lk.  n,  23,   frequens  intra  ligna  cariosa  Salem  et   Bethl.      Syn.  Car.  1359. 
Vix  autonomon. 

2784.  17.   D.  aeruginosum,  Pers.,  Syn.  Car.  1360,  et  Pennsylv.  frequens. 

*2785.     18.   D.  Cnrium,  Pers.  Myc.  Europ.  vulgatissimum  in  fissuris  truncoruni,  Pennsylv.  et  Carolina. 
•2786.     19.  D.  lanatitm,  Lk.  22,  in  interiori  trunco,  Bethl. 

2787.  20.  D.  ciNXAMOMEUM,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1361.     Racodium,  passim  et  Betlil. 

Quinque  ultimae  species,  Xylostromata  auctorum,  sunt.  Assentio  Friesio,  degeneratlones  variorum 
Hymenomycetum  in  sufifocatis  mihi  sunt,  et  quidem  talis  plerumque,  quae  ex  Polypororum  aut  Agari- 
corum  in  lignum  penetrantibus  p.artibus  radicantibus  degeneratis  oriuntur  :  ita  nempe,  ut  nisus 
vegetativus  omnino  in  pseudo-radicem  abiens,  formationes  Pilei  et  cvolutione  perfecta  ceterorum 
organorum  carent. 

Genus  206.     Ozoniuji.     S.  V.  F.  p.  302,  Byssac. 

2788.  1.  O.  auricomum,  Lk.  p.  133,  n.  I,  Syn.  Car.  1328,  Demat.  strlgosuni,  Salem  et  Bethl. 


288  SYNOPSIS  OF 

2789.     2.  O.  stuposum,  hk.  n.  2.     Bethl.  in  trabibus  dejectis  putridis. 
Duae  liaec  species,  saepissime  obsevvatae  sine  dubio  genuinae  sunt  et  locum  sibi  vindicant  byssaceura 
quern  iis  Friesius  tribult.     Nullimodo  autem  ceteris  cong^'uunt — valde  distinctis,  quibus  me  censente 
nomen  genericum  Himantia  debetur  videlicet. 

Genus  207.     Himantia.     Myc.  Europ.  p.  SS. 

*2T90.     1.   H.  cellarts,  Pers.  Myc.  Europ.  I.  p.  89,  apud  nos  Bethlehemis  tam  distincta  et  Persoonianae 
congTua,  nee  cum  Thelephora,  H.  domestica  eadem,  ut  vix  dubitare  possum  ut  sit  autonomon. 

*2791.     2.  II.  subcorlkalis,  Pers.  Myc.  Europ.  I.  p.  92,  ii.  IS.     Quam  ante  oculos  habeo,  ct  frequentem 
inveni  intra  corticem   et   lignum  truncorum,   et   quidem  saepius  ulnarem  immo  triulnarcm — nulli- 
modo, pro  mycelio  habend.im  censeo.     Congener  est  prioris. 
H.    lateritia  est  Clavaria  aut  Typhula:  H.  canrf/rfa  Sporotrichum  et   idem  H.   epiphylla  ex  subgenera 
Byssocladium. 

Genus  Fibrillaria.  Lk.  p.  140,  (F.  felina  nobis  non  obvia) — procul  ullo  dubio 
eliminandum,  vide  F.  S.  V.  p.  217.  F.  tdrbiiscula,  Lk.  n.  2,  est  ut  F.  vestita, 
F.  implexa  et  F.  siibterranea  initium  radicale  Agaricorum,  Hydnorum,  Poly- 
porum,  &c.  truncicolarum.  Sed  quid  revera  sint  duae  sequcntis  insignes  fre- 
quentissime  in  Carolina  et  Pennsylvania  observatae  non  valeo  dijudicare  et  ideo 
pro  futuro  examine  hoc  loco  et  nomine  adoptato  describam. 

Genus  20S.     Fibrillaria,  L.  v.  S.,  non  Linkii. 

2792.     1.  F.  cnocEA,  L.  v-  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1370,  Rhizomorphaomnino  perperam.     Vulgata  est  apud  nos  in 

truncis — nullimodo  radiculis   similis,   nee  Uhizomorphis  ncc  Linkii   FibriUariis.     Saepe  6  uncias  et 

ultra  longa. 
*2793.     2.  F.  coMri.ANiT.1,  L.  v.  S.     In  truncis  latere  intcrno,  ad  insignem  latitudincm  ac  longitudinem 

expansa. 
Ramosissima,  alba,  complanata,  quasi  ex  stipite  longoemanente,  in  ramos  demum  tenuissimos  flabella- 

tim  divisa.     Substantia  prioris. 
Hypha  homhycina,  Lk.  p.  141,  unica  a  me  apud  nos  scd  frequenter  in   truncis  quercinis,  jacentibus 

observ.ata  tempore  udo  et  tactu  evanescens — degeneratum  aut  potius  luxurians  est  initium  Hypho- 

mycetis  muccdinei  cujusdam. 

Genus  209.     Phlebomorphia.     Pers.  Myc.  I.  p.  61. 

Exclusis  Mesentericis,  qu.ae  procul  dubio  sunt  initia  Tricliospermorum — nam  omnes  mihi  notas  in  pyxide 
botanica  asservatas  vidi  in  fungos  trichospermos  transformavi — duae  sequcntes  species  omnino  alius 
Indolis  non  possum  non  pro  regetabilia  autonoma  habere. 

*2794.     1.  P.  rufa,  Pers.  Myc.  p.  61,  n.  1,  elegantula  passim  obvia  in  cariosis  udis,  S.alem  ct  Uethl. 

*2795.     2.  P.  AnncscuLi,  L.  v.  S.,  ad  interiora  latcra  corticis  dejecti  subsicci,  Bethl. 

P.  omnino  rcfcrt  picturam  arbuscularum  nigrarum  juxta  positarum,  non  ex  uno  centro  sed  quasi  sylvam 
formantium.  Plcrumque  transversim  positae  sunt  et  ex  nigris  fibriUis  compositae.  'I'runco  ncmpe 
ramificato,  plicatim  elevato,  intus  .albescente,  alncnte  in  innunieros  ramulos  attenuatos,  cum  ipso 
trunco  quasi  conflatos  ex  Hexuosim  unitis  flocculis,  versus  basin  satis  crasso;  in  anibitu  tenuissimae, 
deveniimt  ramilicationes.  Arctim  et  inseparabihter  corticl  adhaerens.  Arbusculae  plurimae  plus- 
quam  unciali  longitudine.  Sed  etiam  multo  minores.  Credideris  picturam  sylvulae  hybern.alis  ante 
oculos  positam — occupantem  3 — 6  uncias. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI,  289 


Genus  210.     Erineu.m. 

Pauca  sunt  praemonenda  in  hoc  Genus  vexatissimum  quod  viris  optimis,  Friesio,  Kunze,  Sclileclitcn- 
dahl,  &c.,  ambabus  suis  subgeneribus,  Phyllerio  et  Ei-ineo  nee  non  Tapbrina  F.  p.  315 — 317,  S.  V- 
F.  tarn  evidenter  videtur  meram  degenerationem  pllorum  aut  cellularum  et  inde  Byssaccas  spurlas 
sistere.  Asserta  illorum — oppugnare  procul  sit.  Non  pygmei  est  gigantibus  bclhun  inferrc;  et 
lubenter  fateor,  inter  Phylleria  praesei'tim,  plures  species  militare,  quae  ctiam  mibl  tales  deforma- 
tiones  nee  aliud  videntur,  v.  c.  E.  .luglandis,  nervale,  &.C.  et  ex  nostris  E.  Pruni,  L.  v.  S.  Sed 
aliac,  et  quidem  prae  ceteris  plurima  Erinea  propria  (Ilubigines  Linkii  Obs.  I.)  nostro  mirando  E. 
anomalo  auctae — non  tarn  confidenter  possum  ad  meras  degenerationes,  quanquam  regulares,  ut 
Bedequar  liosarttm,  Gallae,  &c.  v.  p.  316,  F.  S.  V.  referre.  Nam  quomodo,  v.  c.  possim  Erinea  in 
foliis  glaberrimis  Betulae,  Aceris,  Populi,  prae  ceteris  autem  Fagi  ort.a  pro  talibus  liabere  non  video. 
Quid  autem  sint,  an  Byssaceae  verae,  ut  suspicor,  nee  ne  non  valeo  dijudicare.  Forsan  melius 
determinandum  post  perfectiorem  cognitionem  ingentis  molis  horum  mycomorpborum,  quae  secun- 
dum imperfectas  jam  notas  observationes  in  foliis  vivis  Tropicis  degunt.  Interea,  hoc  loco,  ameri- 
cana  niibi  obvia  Erinea  recensenda  placet. 

'1.   Phylleria. 
'2796.     1.   E.  quercinuniy  Lk.  p.  148,  n.  7,    (non  Syn.  Car.  n.  1352 — quod  non  Erincum  nee  vegetabile 

bene  monente  Kunze)  frequens  in  foliis  quercinis  Bethl. 
2r97.     2.   E.  acerlnum,  Lk.  n.  10,  frequens  in  A.  rubro  Carol.  Syn.  Car.  1358. 
•2r98.     3.  E.  semydophilum,  Lk.  n.  11,  in  foliis  betvdinis  Horti  Nazareth. 

2799.     4.   E.  Viiis,  Lk.  n.  13,  est  idem  cum  Syn.  Car.  1353,  et  frequens  occurrit  etiam  Betlii. 
*2800.     5.   E.  alnigcnum,  Lk.  n.  18,  frequens  in  foliis  Alni  undulatae  prope  Meadvillc  in  Pennsylv. 
2801.     6.   E.  QuERcus  cisebeae,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  135-1,  bonum — sed  non  in  Pennsylv. 
*2802.     7.  E.  PnuNi,  L.  v.  S.,  nervos  Pruni  virginianae  scquens  ex  New  York,  communicavit  Ilalsey. 
E.   an  hujus  generis?     Floccis  longis  subrcctis  utrinqiie  circum  nervum  folii  centralem  densissime 
sitis,  in  p.agina  aversa  colore  badio-ferrugineo,  ad  2 — 3  linearem  longitudincm  extensis  nee  intricatis 
aut  saltem  parum.     Demum  etiam  circum  nervos  secundarios  apparct. 

*2.  Erinea  propria. 
2803.     8.   E.  roseum,  Lk.  n.  25,  Syn.  Car.  1349,  betulinum  frequens  in  Betula  nigra,  Salem  et  Bethl. 
•2804.     9.   E.  betulinum,  Lk.  n.  26,  in  B.  nigra,    Bethl. 
'2805.     10.   E.  plalanoideum,  Lk.  n.  23,  in  foliis  Aceris  saccharin.,  Bethl. 

2806.     11.  Fj.  fagineum,  Lk.  n.  32,  Syn.  Car.  1350,  vulg.atissim.  et  Salem  et  Bethl, 
*2807.     12.   E.  Pyracanlhae,  Lk.  n.  34,  in  foliis  Crataegi  punct.atae,  Bethl.  rarius. 
'2808.     13.   E.  purpurascens,  Lk.  n.  36,  frequens  Bethl.  in  .\ceriuis  foliis. 

'2809.     14.  E.  LiNEOLA,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  et  distinctissimum  in  foliis  Betulae  carpinifoliae   (lentae)  :iec 
alibi,  Bethl. 
E.  caespltibus  linearibus,  aggregatis,  subpar-allelis,  confluentibus,   satis  crassis — interdum  longis,  quasi 
lineolas  efficientibus,  angustis,  amoene  purpureis.     In  aversa  p.agina  folii  paulispcr  tantum  in  supe- 
rior! depressi. 
•2810.     15.  E.    AjfOMALrsi,  L.  v.  S.,  valde   abnorme — tamen   nullimodo   dubitandum   de    genere.       In 
petiolis  foliorum  Juglandis  nigrae  et  J.  cinereae,  neque  alibi,  pervulg.atum. 
E.  petiolis  innatum,  in  tuberculo  si  vis,  plerumque  scutellifornie — saepe  i  uncialis  diametri;  interdum 
pluribus  talibus  tuberculis  confluentibus  aut  aggreg.atis  ita  ut  semiunciam  occupant.     Margine  con- 
spicuo  gaudent,  et  hoc  subiculum  scutellatum,  intus,   sectionc,  esse  durum,  nigrum  demonstratur, 
quanquam  extus  colorem  et  indolem  petioli  servat.     Jam  in  folio  vigente,  observatur  frequentlssime 
— in  dejecto  tandem  omnino  evolutum.     Tum  in  disco  scutellae,  apparent  densissime  intricali  flocci, 
articulati  crassi,  torti,   ferruginei,  constructionc  omnino  E.  alnei.     Colore  floccorum  primum  ac  in 
vigenti  petiolo,  pallidiore,  demum  ime  rubroferrugineo. 
Memorabile  mihi  videtur  in  Tiliarum  foliis  apud  nos,   nunquam  meinvenisse  ulla  vestigia  Erinei  aut 
Phyllerii  tam  vulgati  in  Tiliis  europaeis.     An  causa  sit,  quod  plerumque  Tiliae  europaeae  sub  cul- 
tro  gementes,  aptiores  devenient  fungos  epiphytos  producere,  ut  sane  in  aliis  arboribus  mihi  inno- 
tuit  ni  fallor.     Miratus  sum  ceterum  mihi  obviam  facta  in  America  tam  pauca  Erinea,   nee  ullum,  E. 
anomalo  excepto,  in  foliis  non  analogis  Europaeis  arboribus  t;dia  producentibus. 

Vol.  IV,— 3  X 


290  SYNOPSIS   OF 


Classis  Quinta.     GYMNOMYCETES  (Entophjtae  et  Tubercu- 

larini  Friesii). 

Series  I.     Entophytae. 

Genus  211.     Caeoma. 

a.  SuBGEX.    UUEDO. 

1.  Vstihigo. 
J811.     1.   C.  U.  scgetum,  Lk.  II.  p.  1,  n.  1,  Syii.  Car.  483,  frequens  in  variis  segetaliiim  fructus,  Salem 
et  Bethl. 

2812.  2.  C.  U.  Zeae,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  4S5,  frequens  et'iam  Pennsylv.  Lk.  p.  2,  n.  3,  non  diversiim, 
quoad  descriptionem,  sed  nostrum  gig-anteum.  Nam  obserratio  inea  in  Syn.  Car.  de  pulvere  capil 
laceo  erronca  est.  Primo  adspectu  revera  ita  se  liabent  Sporidia,  sine  deceptione  oculorum,  sporidiis 
nempe  invicem  adglutinatis,  quasi  flocci  spurii  oriuntur,  qui  autem  aquae  immersi  omnino  solvuntur  in 
sporidia  globosa  viridiatro-cinerea.  Ceterum  germina  ab  Caeomale  lioc  infesta  mire  intumescunt. 
Inveni  talia  germina  interdum  ad  uncialem  diametrum,  immo  biuncialem  distentia.  Fungus,  primo 
statu  evolutionis  in  centro  germinis,  nascit  gradatim  quasi  totuni  albumen  occupans,  epidcrmidem 
distentans  ita,  ut  demum  fere  diaphana  devenit  antcquam  rumpitur.  Passim  servat  formam  origi- 
nalem,  et  passim  varie  contortam  reddit.     Maculam  nuUam  observavi. 

2813.  3.  C.  U.  Carich,  Lk.  n.  11,  Syn.  Car.  484,  et  Betiil.  ubi  plerumque  Carieem  Buxbaumii  infestat 
*2814.     4.  C.  U.  utriculosum,  Lk.  n.  23,  in  perigynis  Polygoni  amphibii  in  Lacu  Leboeuf  prope  Water- 
ford,  Erie  County,  Pennsylv. 

2815.     5.   C.  U.  SrsTUEiiis.-ttAE,  L.  v.  S.,  satis  frequens  in  calycibus  et  gcrminibus  SyntUci'ism.ae  (Digi- 
tariae)  in  Carol. 
C  in  vaginis  etiam  junioribus  sese  ostendit  ante  evolutionem.     Sporidiis  cinereo-atro  viridibus,  la.xissime 
efFusis  inquinantibus. 
'2816.     6.   C.  U.  JuNci,  L.  v.  S.,  rarisslme  in  vaginis  umbellarum  et  gcrminibus  Junci  tenuis,  Salem  et 
r.ethl. 
C.  aterrimum,   longitudlnalitcr  in   glumis  effusum,  prirnum  tectum   cortice  quasi  spurlo  nigronitido. 
Sporidiis  minutissimis  conglutinatis.     An  idem  Ustilago  in  liliyncliosporis  rarissime  obvia,  sporidiis 
majoribus. 

2.  Huligmes. 
'2817.     7.  C.  U.  liuhigo,  Lk.  n.  9.     Ilalsey  e.\  New  York  in  cerealibus. 
2818.     8.   C.  U.  linearis,  Lk.  n.  8,  Syn.  Car.  464,  in  folils  cerealium  Salem,  Betlil.  et  ubique. 
*2819.     9.  C.  U.  rimosum,  Lk.  n.  14,  rarius  in  Scirpis  ju.xta  Hope  Novae  Cesareae. 

*2820.     10.  C.  U.  ANDnopoBi,  L.  v.  S.,  in  foliis  Andropogi  avenaceac  Bethl.  rarius  et  affinis  C.  longiss- 
imo,  a  quo  diflert  praescrtim  macula  purpurasccnte  manifesta. 
C.    maculis  longissimis,  angustis  purpurascentibus.     Accrvis  longissimis  parallelis  etiam  angustatis, 
erumpentJbus  longitudlnalitcr  ex  epidermide  elevata.     Sporidiis  demum  laxe  eftusis  globosis,  nifo- 
fuscis . 
*2821.     11.  C.  U.  IniDis,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  foliis  m.arcidis  Iridis  virginlcae,  lietld. 
C.  affine  C.  Lilii;  m.iculls  flavesccntibus,  acervis  rotundis  ovalibus  non  clrcinnatim  positis,  sed  dis- 
persis;  primum  tectis  epidermide,  satis  elevatis.     Sporidiis  copiosis  subpedicellatis,   fulvo-ferrugi- 
neis,  demum  eftusis.     Nunquam  nigrcscunt  sporidia  ut  in  C.  Lilii. 

2822.  12.   C.  U.  Smilacis,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  471,  Link.  n.  22,  et  Bethl.  in  Smil.acis  foliis. 

2823.  13.  C.  U.  Labiatarum,  Lk.  n.  34,  Syn.  Car.  U.  Clinopodii — 4G9,  et  Bcthl.  in  Pycnanthemis. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  291 

2824.  14.   C.  U.  IroMEAE,  Syn.  Car.  468,  Lk.  n.  38,  non  I'ciinsylv. 

2825.  15.  C.  U.  ELEPiiAXToroDis,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  467,  Lk.  51,  soliimmodo  in  Carolin.'*. 

2826.  16.    C.   U.  SoLiDAoisis,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  472,  viilgatum  et  Pcnnsylv. 

2827.  17.  C.  U.  Tr.nEBiNTHiKACEAE,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  473,  non  in  I'ennsylv. 
•2828.  18.   C.  U.  I-Ieliastbi,  L.  v.  S.,  rarius  in  foliis  H.  gig-antci,  Bethl. 

C.  maculis  obliteratis.     Acervis  .a!^g;regatis  nudis  palvinatis,   dcnsis,  flavo-rnbris,  pvimum  subsolidis, 
demum  sparsjentibus  sporidla  minuta  anrantio-rubra. 
'2829.     19.   C.  U.  AxEMoxis,  L.  v.  S,  in  aversapagina  Ancmonis  quinqucfoliac,  liethl.  rarum. 

C.  maculis  hitescentibiis  majusculis.     Acervis  subrotnndis  dilatatis,  parum  elcvatis,  Sporidiis  pallidls. 
2SoO.     20.    C.  U.  Ctimpanularum,  Lk.  44,  in  C.  ample.xicaule,  Syn.  Car.  465,  ct.  Betlil. 
28.31.     21.   C.  U.  Oiiagranim,  Lk.  32,  Syn.  Car.  Circaeae,  466,  et.  Bethl. 
2832.     22.  C.  V.  miniuta,  Lk.  84,  Syn.  Car.  463,  Salem  et  Bethl. 
•2833.     23.  C.  U.  ruhorum,  Lk.  86,  frequens,  Bethl. 

2834.  24.   C.  U.  Potentillarum,  Lk.  87,  Syn.  Car  451,  in  PotentlUa  canadensi  freqiiens  et  Pennsylv. 

2835.  25.  C.  U.  Agbimoniae,   L.  v.  S.,   saepe  omnino  obttgens  paglnam  inferiorem  Agrimoniae,  per- 
peram  ad  U.  rosae,  Syn.  Car.  462. 

C.  maculis  kitcscentibus.     Acervis  minutis,  confluentibus,  .amocne  rubro  aurantiacis  sporidiis,  demimi 
decolorantJbus. 
*2836.     26.  C  V.  Filicum,  Lk.  n.  101,  in  Aspidiis,  ex  New  York,  communicavit  Dr.  Torrey. 
•2837.     27.  C  U.  Teuchii,  L.  v.  S.,  rarissime  in  foliis  Teiicrii  virg-lnicae,  Bethl. 

C.  maculis  obliteratis.  Acervis  densimcong'estism.aculariformibiis,  eftusis,  eleganter  riibris.  Sporidiis 
minimis  subcoccineo-ruberrimis. 

2838.  28.  C.  U.  Azaleae,   L.  v.  S.,   Syn.   Car.  470,   minima  frequens  in   foliis   Azaleae   nnditlorac, 
Bethl.  et  Salem. 

C.  maculis  obliteratis,  acervuhs  in  pagina  aversa,  primum  subconicis,  minutis,  aurantiacis,  demiini 
eflusis.  Sporidiis  minutlssimis,  dccolorantibus,  et  inacqu.alibus,  pyriformibus  nenipe  immi.xtis  glo- 
bosis. 

3.  Fuscesccntes  ct  JVigreiltnes. 

2839.  29.   C.  U.  Am  tihgikici,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  Caludii,   480,  Lk.  n.  21.     Non  est  Caladinm   sed 
Arum  in  quo  invenitur  frequenter,  et  in  Pennsylvania. 

2840.  30.   C.  U.  Sper^iacoces,  L.  v.  S.,   Syn.  Car.  Puccinia  502,  Lk.  n.   57,  elegans.     Sporidiis  non 
septatis,  et  Philad. 

*2841.     31.   C.  U.  CnAEnoPHTLLi,  L.  v.  S.,  in  foliis  Chacrophylli  aut  Myrrhis  Claytoni  Penns. 

C  maculis  obliteratis:  acervis  rotundis,  sparsis  et  aggregatis  etiam  subconfluentibus,  epidermide  de- 
mum  rupta,  apertis.     Sporidiis  efi'usis  globosis,  ex  tabacino  nigris,  splendentibus. 
*2S42.     32.   C.  U.  Hypehici,  L.  v.  S.,   in  c.auUbus  Hyperici  ignoti  rarius  in  Carolina;  non  idem  cum  C 
hypericorum,  Lk. 
C.  maculis  in  caule   piloso-strigoso,   purpureis  :   acervis  sparsis,    acuniinato-ovatis,   bullatis,   clevatis, 
epidermide  rupta  cinctis.     Sporidiis  fusco-purpureis,  demum  effusis. 
2843.     33.   C.  U.  HEuciiEnAE,  L.  v.  S.,  Lk.  79,  Syn.  Car.  479,   non  in  Pennsylv, 
"2844.     34.  C.  U.  apiculosum,  Lk.  p.  90,  in  Phaseolis  Bethl.  Syn.  Car.  478. 

2845.  35.  C.  U.  appmdkulosum,  Lk.  91,  Syn.  Car.  477,  et.  Betlil. 

2846.  36.  C  V.  puncluosum,  Lk.  93,  Syn.  Car.  474,  scutcUata  etiam  Bethl.  in  Euph.  Iiypericlfolia. 

2847.  37.  C.  U.  Lcguniinosorum,  Lk,  92,  Syn.  Car.  476,  Viciae  in  Vicia  Faba,  Bethl.  et  Salem. 
*2848.     38.   C.  U.  Lobeliae  carbin-alis,  L.  v.  S.,  rarius  in  pagina  aversa  foliorum  Lobel.  card.  N'az. 

C.  maculis  obliteratis,  acervis   effuso-confluentibus,   non  elevatis  nee   epidermide   cinctis.     Sporidiis 
effusis,  pedicellatis,  chocolatino-purpurascentibus. 
*2849.     39.   C,  U.  Tualictui,  L.  v.  S.,  rarissime  sed  pulchrum  in  foliis  Thalictri  cornuti,  Bethl. 

C.  macula  nulla.     Acervis  pulvinatis  subrotundis — diamctro  lineari  et  ultra,  late  aggregatis,  epidermide 
subcinctis.     Sporidiis  grossiusculis  e  chocolatino-fuscis. 
*2850.     40.   C.  U.  BEcssECM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  folio  ignoto  ex  coUectione  clarlssimi  Collins,  Philad. 

C.  macula  lutescente,  in  pagina  superiori.     Acervulis  applan.atis,    diflbrmibus,   v.arie   confluentibus. 
Sporidiis  minutis,  brunneo-fuscis,  primum  conglutinatis. 
•2851.     41.  C.  U.  Chelidohii,  L.  v.  S.,  rarissimum.     In  foliis  Chelidonii  ex  New  York  missis. 


292  SYNOPSIS  OF 

C.  macula  lutescenti.     Acervulis  difformibus,  aggregatis  confluentibus.     Sporidiis  majusculis  fuscis  et 
nigris,  ovalibus,  laxim  Uiffusis. 

4.  Jllhugo. 
2852.    42.  C.  U.  candidum,  Lk.  102,  Syn.  Car.  481  et  482,  in  folils  cruciferarum;  in  Povtulacca  olera- 
ceae,  &c.  frequens  et  Pennsylrania. 
''285o.     43.  C.  U.  A:«AnASTui,  L.  v.  S.,in  aversa  pagina  foliorum  A.  paniculatae,  Bethl.  passim. 

C.  aSine  Candida  sed  multo  majus;  acervis  pseudo-peridiosis  confluentibus,   buUatis,   subconcentricis) 
plerumque  ruptis.     Sporidiis  ex  albo-lutescentibus,  majusculis. 

5.  Sporidiis  inaerjualibus. 
•2854.     44.  C.  U.  gyrosum,  Lk.  105,  in  foliis  Rubi  Idaei,  Bethl. 
•2855.     45.    C.  U.  cylindricum,  Lk.  108,  in  Populo  italica,  Bethl. 
•2836.     46.  C.  U.  epiteum,  Lk.  112,  in  foliis  Salicis  nigrae  fere  totum  arborem  occupans,  Bethl. 

/3.  SuncEN.   AECIDIUM. 

*2857.     47.  C.  A.  Convallariatum,  Lk.  114,  in  foliis  Smilacinae  racemosae,  Bethl.  rarlssime. 

2858.  48.  C.  A.  UvuiABTATUM,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  453,  vix  ut  vult  Link.  n.  116,  ad  C.  Alhatum. 
Maculis  nempe  parvis,  nunquam  ^  unciam  excedentibus,  etiam  candidis  ab  AUiato  diflert. 

2859.  49.  C.  A.  Smilacinatum,  L.  v.  S.,   Syn.  Car.  452,  Lk.  117,  nondum  obvium  in  Pennsylv. 

2860.  50.  C.  A.  AnoiDATUM,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  457,  Caladii  in  Aro  virginico  Salem. 

•2861.     51.   C.  A.  Dracontinatum,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  foliis  et  petiolis  etiam  in  scapis  Ari  dracontii, 

Bethl.     Non  idem  cum  priori.     Etiam  Salem. 
C.  maculis  pallidis,  late  extensis  in  folio,   fere   totum  saepe  occupantibus.     Pseudoperidiis  magnis, 

sparsis,  crebris,  sine  crdine  in  macula  dispositis.     Sporidiis  aurantiacis. 
'2862.     52.  C.  A.  rubdlatum,   Lk.    n.    120,   rarius  in  variis  Rumicibus,  Salem   et  Bethl.     Plerumque 

macula  sterili. 

2863.  53.  C.  A.  Lysimachiatum,  Lk.  125,  Syn.  Car.  438,  omnino  idem.  In  Pennsylvania  plerumque 
in  L.  raceraosa, 

2864.  54.  C.  A.  Pentstemoniatum,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  449,  Lk.  p.  47,  solummodo  in  Carolina  ob- 
servatum. 

2865.  55.  C.  A.  Afoctnatum,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  448,  Lk.  n.  135,  nondum  in  Pennsylv. 

2866.  56.  C.  A.  Convolvdlatom,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  454,  frequentissimum  etiam  in  Pennsylv.  in 
C.  pandurato. 

2867.  57-  C.  A.  Composiiatum,  Lk.  n.  139,  et  in  Pennsylv.  frequens. 
a  Prenanthis  in  Krigia,  Salem,  Syn.  Car.  434. 

/S  Eupatoriae,  Bethl.  in  E.  purpureo  frequens. 
•2868.     58.  C.  A.  IIieuaciatdm,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  in  foliis  H.  panicul.atl  et  maculati,  Bethl. 

C.  maculis  ime  purpureis  late    effusis.     Pseudoperidiis  clrcinatis,  in   centro  maculae,  marginibus  ele- 
ganter  fimbriatis.     Sporidiis  aurantiis. 
•2869.     59.  C.  A.  EiuGEnoNATUM,  L.  v.  S.,  rarius  sed  maximum  in  E.  heterophyllo,  Bethl. 

C.  maculis  maximis  lutcscentibus,  quasi  crassis.     Pseudoperidiis  densim   sparsis  sine  ordine  elevatis. 
Sporidiis  lutcscentibus. 

2870.  60.  C.  A.  AsTEnATCM,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  444,  Lk.  143,  vulgaris  praesertim  in  A.  paniculate. 
Optima  cum  hoc  jungit  Linkius  C.  Solidaginis,  Syn.  Car.  446,  et  C.  Verbesinae  445.  Sed  C. 
Helianthi  non  hujus  loci. 

2871.  61.  C.  A.  IIeliantiiatcm,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  450  in  H.  molU  frequens.     Rarum  in  Pennsylv. 
*2872.     62.   C.  A.  Trachelifoliatum,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  in  foliis  Helianthi  tr.achclifolii,  Bethl. 

C.  maculis  late  effusis  lutcscentibus  aut  rufis,  confluentibus  magnis.     Pseudoperidiis  in  centro  den- 
sissime  aggregatis  quasi  stipatis  et  invicem  adpressis,  et  inde  subangulatis,  satis  elevatis;  non  fimbriate 
margine.     Sporidiis  flavis  demum  decolorantibus. 
•2873.     63.  C.  A.  GNArnALiATUM,  L.  v.  S.,  memor.abile  et  v,alde  vulgatum  sero  autumno  in  foliis,  (aversa 
pagina)  etiam  in  caulibus  lanatis  Gnaphalii  polycephali,  Bethl. 

C.  hypophylluni,  in  lana  foliorum  et  cauhs  primum  involutum.     Maculis  plus  minusve  eff"usis  lutcs- 
centibus.    Pseudoperidiis  tantum  paucis,   sed  densim  approximatis,  saepissime  etiam  simplicibus. 


NORTH  AMERICAX   FUNGI.  293 

long'issimis,  candidissimis,  cyliiidricis,  apice  fimbriatis.     Sporidiis  aurantio-lvitcis.     Est  affinilas  formae 
peridii  cum  C.  Pini. 

2874.  64.  C.  A.  Clematitatum,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  447 — et  in  Pcnnsylv.  Icctum — species  bona. 

2875.  65.  C.  A.  Rarmnculaceatum,  Lk.  loO.     Frequens  Carolina  (Syn.  Car.  440)  et  Pennsylv.  in  variis 
Ranunculis,  v.  c.  R.  abortive  et  aliis. 

•2S76.     65.  C.  A.  Cr.MiciFCGATr.ir,  L.  v.  S.,  pulcherrinium,  r.irius  in  foliis  Cimiclftig'ae  racemosae,  lictbl. 
In  plantis  talibus,  fere  omnia  folia  infestat. 
C.  maculis  magnis  orbiculatis  luteis  buUatis.     Pseudoperidiis  in  pagina  inferiori,  concentricis,  longissi- 
mis,  cylindricis,  apice  primum  clausis,  demum  subfimbriatis.     Sporidiis  aurantiacis  albescentibus. 
•2877.     67.   C.  A.  Hibisciatum,  L.  v.  S.,  in  foliis  Hibiscl  militaris,  Bethl.  cult,  non  rarum. 

C.  maculis  orbiculatis  lutescentibus,  confluentibus.  Pseudoperidiis,  irregulariter  sed  densira  sparsis 
tenuibus  luteis.  Sporidiis  non  compactis  sed  laxis  lutescentibus. 
•2S7S.  6S.  C.  A.  Hetaticaium,  L.  v.  S.,  vix  ad  C.  quadrifidum,  Lk.  n.  lo2.  In  foliis  degeneratis  i. 
e.  non  trilobis,  sed  quasi  reniformibus  et  multilobls  Anemones  hepaticae  passim,  Bethl. 
C.  Maculae  omnino  expers;  folium  autem  cui  insidet  degeneratum.  Pseudoperidiis  maximis  latis, 
margine  exacte  quadrifido  revoluto,  laciiiiis  latis,  brunneis.  Sporidiis  fuscobrunneis.  Totum 
folium  occupat. 

2879.  69.  C.  A.  Gcmniulum,  Lk.  156,  in  foliis  Geranii  maculati  et  G.  carolinianae.     Omnino  idem  cum 
europaeo.      Syn.  Car.  443. 

2880.  70.  C.  A.  I.MrATiENTATUM,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  442,  Lk.  pag.  57,  in  nota  etiam  Bethl. 
28S1.     71.   C.  A.  Bcrhcridutiini,  Lk.  157,  in  Berbcride  canadense  Carolina. 

•2SS2.     72.  C.  A.  grossuluriatum,  Lk.  162,  valde  frequens  in  variis  speciminibus  Grossulariac   montibus 
Pennsyb'. 

2883.  73.    C.  A.  HrrF.nicAxuM,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  451,  Lk.  159,  passim  etiam  prope  Philadelphia. 

2884.  74.   C.  A.  Violatum,  Lk.  158,  Syn.  Car.  439,  in  foliis  variarum  Violarum  Carolinae  et  Pennsylv. 
V.  c.  A'.  cucuUatae,  obliquae,  hastatae  et  talium. 

"2885.     75.  C.A.  tedatatum,  L.  v.  S.,  quibusdam  annis  pervulg.atum  in  foliis  pctiolisque  Violae  pedatae 
Bethl. 
C.  maculis  minutissimis  valde   elevatis  et  pro   ratione  crassis  purpurascentlbus,  fere  undique   tecti.s 
pseudoperidiis  majusculis  subaltis,  subcyhndricis.     Sporidiis  pallidis. 
*2S86.     76.   C.  A.  sagittatdm,  L.  v.  S.,  in  foliis  Violae  saglttatae  Bethl.     Vix  idem. 

C.  macuhs  purpureis,  sed  lutescentibus   in  aversa  pagina.     Pseudoperidiis  parum  elevatis,  sine  ordine 
sparsis  in  maculis  buUatis,  pallidis.     Sporidiis  concoloribus. 
2887.     77.   C.  A.  lvminatum,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  niiens,  458,   etiam  frequens  in  Pennsylvania  in  Rubo. 
Folia  quae  cum  tota  planta  ab  hoc  Aecidia  infestantur  (semper   quidem  ejusdem  anni)  omnino  de- 
generata. 
2888.     78.  C.  A.  Podopeiillatu.u,  L.  v.  S.,   Syn.  Car.  435.     Linkius  ob  verba  mca  inaccurata  in  Syn. 
Car. — "sporidiis  bilocularibus,"  inserta  Calami  lapsu,  ex  descriptione  Pucciniue  Podophylli — fungi 
omnino  alius — hoc  Aecidium,  omnium   ingentissimum  inter  Puccinias  locavit  perperam.     Occurrit 
saepe  nostrum,  maculis  crassis  buUatis,  et  folia  lata  Podophylli  torta  et  deibrmata  reddens — diametro 
4 — 5  unciali.     Pseudoperidiis  in  centro  locatis,  parum  elevatis  densissime   stipatis,  satis  magnis  et 
innumeris.     Margine  autem  maculae  semper  sterili.     Sporidia  non  bilocularia  sunt. 
■■2889.     79.   C.  A.  tenue,  L.  v.  S.,  in  fohis  Eupatorii  ageratoidis  rarius,  Bethl. 

C.   macula  lutescenti,    evanescente,   tenulssima.     Pseudoperidiis  sparsis,  parum   elevatis,    sed,  quod 
peculiare,  m  ambabus  paginis  prorumpentibus — clausis  in  superiori,  apertls  in   inferiori.     Sporidiis 
pallidis. 
"2890.     80.   C.  A.  EnpHonniAE  HTPERiciroiiAE,  L.  v.  S.,   in  foliis   E.  hypericifoliae  frequens  Salem  et 
Bethl.     Non  est  idem  cum  C.  euphorbiatum  Lk.  nee  folia  degenerata  reddit. 
C.  maculis  parvis,  ime  purpureis  in  pagina  superiori,  Uitescentibus  in  inferiori.     Pseudoperidiis  aggre- 
gatis  subconice  elevatis  et  quasi  excavatis.     Sporidiis  aurantijs. 
*2S91.     81.   C.  A.  IIoi-sToxiATUM,  L.  V.  S.,   rarius,  sed  ubi  invenitur  copiosissimc  in   foliis   eaulinis  el 
pedunculis  Houstoniae  coeruleae,  Bethl. 
C.  sine  distincta  macula.     Pseudoperidiis  elevatis  pallidis  subconicis,  apice  contracto,  et  quasi  exca- 
vato.     Sporidiis  aurantiacis.     Infecta  et  sudegenerata  planta  tamen  floret. 

Vol.  IV.— 3  Y 


294  SYNOPSIS  OF 

•2893.     82.  C.  A.  Clattosiatdm,  L.  v.  S.,  in  C.  virginicae  ex  New  York.     Dr  Torrey  commiinicavif. 
C.  fere  simplex  et  sine  macula,  occupans  tola  folia.     Pseiuloperidiis  latis  sparsis.     Sporldiis  aurantiacis. 
*2893.     83.  C.  A.  PrnoLATUM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  pagina  aversa  folioriim  Pyrolae  rotundifoliae.     Dr  Torrey. 
C.  emaculata.     Pseudoperidiis  sparsis,  totum  folium  occupantibus  sednon  transformantibiis,  pulvinato- 
elevatis  pallidis  aut  aurantiis  cum  sporidiis.       His  dcmum  excussis,  linquuntur  cavitates  pezizomor- 
phac  in  folio. 
*2S94.      84.  C.  A.  MrniCATDM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  follis  et  praesertim  in  petiolis  Myricae  ceriferae  mihi  commu- 
nicatae  ex  New  York  ab  amicissimo  Dr  Torrey. 
C.  maculisin  petiolis  valde  intumescentibus  atropurpureis,  in  siccis  nigris  ex  quibus  propullant  crebra 
pseudoperidia,  m.ajuscula,  latius  aperta,  brunnea,  sporidiis  lutescentibus  repleta. 
'2895.     85.   C.  A.  OsMUNDATUM,  L.  V.  S.,   in  frondibus  Osmundae  spectabilis  invenit  et  communicavit 
Torrey,  sed  siccitate  tarn  destructum  ut  non  possit  rite  describi:  species  tamen  evidenter  distincta, 
sporidiis  ferrugineis. 
*2896.     86.  C.  A.  Pyratum,  L.  v.  S.  rarius  in  foliis  Pyri  coronariae  Betlil.     Omnino   non  idem  cum  C. 
Roestellti. 
C.  maculis  in  pagina  superiori  orbiculatis,  rubris  in  ambitu  ochraceis,  centro  nigrcscentibus.     In  aversa 
pagina  apparent  pseudoperidia  creberrima,  subconcentrica,  parum  tantum  elevata  margine  eleganter 
multifido-fimbri.ato;  fimbriis  rectis,  nuUimodo  revolutis,  divergentibus,  pallidis.     Sporidiis  fuscis. 
•2897.     87.  C.A.  sambuciatum,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  441,  frequens  in  petiolis  et  foliis  Sambuci  canadensis, 
etiam  Bethleliem.     Diagnosis  ulterior  sequens. 
C.  raacidis  intumescentibus  saepe  maximis  (i.  e.  2  uncialibus)  in  petiolis,  pallescentibus.     Pseudoperidiis 
magnis,   crebris  elevatis,  aurantiacis  aut  p.allidis,  margine  fusco.     Sporidiis  aurantiofulvls,  decolo- 
rantibus.     In  follis  omnia  multo  minora — pseudoperidiis  densim  aggregatis. 

2898.  88.  C.  A.  Urticatum,  Lk.  n.  169.  Syn.  Car.  436,  in  Urtica  rarissime.  S.alem,  etiam  ibidem 
in  CjTioglosso  amplexicaule. 

>.  SuBGEN.  ROESTELIA  AUT   CERATITES. 

2899.  89.  C.  R.  Cylindrites,  Lk.  n.  172.  Syn.  Car.  432,  sub  hoc  nomine  complectuntur  sequentia 
Caeomata  specie  forsan  separanda. 

=t.C.  Crataegi  punciatae,  pseudoperidiis  divergentibus  fibrosis,  medio  intumescentibus — albidis.  Penn- 
sylvania. 

^.  C.  Crataegi  arhorescenth  m.acidis  parvis  rubris  pseudoperidiis  non  fibrosis,  difl^ormibus  fuscorubris. 
Prope  FayetteviUc  Caroliiiae. 

y.  C.  Oxyacanlhae  maximum,  valde  frequens  prope  Philadclplli.^  in  saepibus. 

tf.  C.  Mali  in  foliis  Pyri  mali  ct  coron.ariae,  miaculis  pan'is  sed  effusis.     Pseudoperidiis  minutls. 

2900.  90.  C.  R.  i?o&s/t7/te,  Lk.  173.  Aecid.  canccUatum,  Syn.  Car.  433.  Bethlehemis  estpomarium 
antiquum,  gaudens  arboribus  Pyri  mali  ingentibus.  Sero  autumno  pluria  folia  horum  arborum  per 
6 — 7  annos,  ita  tccta  vidi  ab  hoc  fungo,  ut  e  longinquo  folia  rubra  videntur. 

2901.  91.  C.  It.  FiiAxiNiTEs,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car. 430,  Lk.  170,  .\ecidiumfraxini.  Potius  huclocandum, 
passim  Beth,  in  fraxinis  foliis. 

2902.  92.  C.  R.  Bo-mYAriTEs,  L.  v.  S.,  rarissime  obvium  in  foliis  Aroniae  botryapium  Bethlehem;  sed 
ubi  occurrit — satis  frequens. 

C.  omnino  distinctum — macula  flavescent;  ochracea  satis  eftusa.  In  aversa  pagina  observantur  pseu- 
doperidia centralia  aggrcgata  ut  tuberculi,  globosa,  luteoviridia,  primum  obtuse  conica  et  quasi 
clausa,  demum  subaperta  et  in  ore  multo-fimbriata,  fimbriis  spadiceis  flexuosis.  Sporidiis  parcis 
umbrinis.     Pseudoperidiis  paucis,  imo  interdum  unico. 

<f.  SuBGES.  PEIUDERMU.M. 

2903.  93.  C.  P.  Pincum,  Lk.  175,  Syn.  Car.  456.  In  Pennsylvania  prope  Philadelpliia  et  alibi  non 
rarum.  Specimina  ampla,  pcdalia,  in  ipso  trunco  Pini  inopis  mihi  obvia,  analogon  praebucrunt  (iyni- 
nosporangis  Junipcrini. 

*2904.  94.  C.  P.  GEiiMiNALE,  L.  v.  S.,  rarissime  in  germinibus  Rosae.  Clarissimus  Collins  milii  commu- 
nicavit. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  :295 

C.  pseudoperidiis  longlssimis,  cylindraceis,  subcompressis  denium  candidis,  fimbriatis,  fimbi-iis  ;id 
funduni  fissis  subsoUitis.  Sporidiis  efTiisis  pallidis.  Pseudoperidia  orientia  ex  fovcolis  in  germinc, 
sine  ulla  macula,  saepe  tres  lineac  loiiija  sunt. 

Genus  212.     Puccinia.     Lk.  et  Dicacoma,  Fr. 

2905.      1.  p.  Grammis,  Lk.  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  492,  Viilgatissima  ctiam  Pennsylvauiae  in  graminibus. 
*2906.     2.   P.  slriiih,  Lk.  n.  2,  in  variis  Cyperaceis  et  graminibus  Betblchem. 
2907.     3.   P.  Aruxuisabiae,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  43",  Lk.  p.  68,  in  nota.    Optima  spcciesetiam  in  Micgia 
(Arundinuria)  culta  in  Horto  Bartranil  Philad. 
*290S.     4.   V. punctum,  Lk.  n.  3, in  Caricibus  et  .Scirpis,  Betlil. 
*2909.     5.   P.  Scirpi,  Lk.  n.  4,  in  variis  Scirpis,  IJethl. 
*2910.      6.   P.  SoRGHi,  L.  V.  S.,  frequens  in  foliis  Sorglii  et  Zeae  cultae,  ISethl. 

P.  emaculata.     Acervislatisdiflormlbus  varie  lobatis,  primum  cpiderinide  toctis,  demum  denudatis  sed 
in  margine  cinctis  et  turn  epidermlde  lacerata  Acervis  saepe  etiam,  quasi  versus  centrum   internum 
lobatis — 2 — 4  lineas  long'is  latisque.     Majores  accrvi  .ad  nervos  foliorum  occurrunt.     Sporidiis  aterri- 
mis  grossis,  brevitcv  pedicellatis. 
•2911.     7.  P.  Asdhopogi,  L.  V.  S.,  frequentissima  autumno  in  foliis  culmisquc  etiam  vagiuis  variarum 
specierum  Andropogi,  Bethl. 
P.  maculis  obliteratis,  acervis  dense  aggreg'atis,  elevatis,  fuscis,  obtusis,  linearibus,  abbreviatis.      Spori- 
diis fuscis.     Quanquam  non  confluit,  tamen  fere  tota  folia  occnpat. 
■■2912.     8.   P.  EMACULATA,  L.  V.  S.,  passim  in  foliis  Panicorum,  pruescrtim  Panici  pubescentis  in  campis 
Bethl.  et  Philad. 
P.  omnino  emaculata;   primum  acervis  tolls  tectis  rarioribus  sparsis  erampentlbus;  demum  saepe  con- 
fluentibus,    minutis,   .abbreviatis,  angustis,   par.allclis,  utrinque  plerumque  acuminatis.       Sporidiis 
aterrlniis,  minoribus;  .aquae  immersis,  fuscescentibus. 
*2913.     9.  P.  JuNcr,  L.  v.  S.  in  culmis  J.  efTusi,  Bethl.  freq. 

P.  vix  maculata;  acervis  irrcgularibus  prorumpentibus  epidermide  subtcctis,  latiusculis,  applanatis.   Spo- 
ridiis grossis  nigrofuscis. 
*2914.     10.   P.  WiNrsoniAE,  L.  v.  S.,  in  foliis  Windsoriae  (Poae)  qninquedentatae,  Bethl. 

P.  maculis  lutesccntlbus,  demum   evanidis.     Acervulis  longis,   linearibus,   undulatis,  prominulis,  ex 
epidermide  prorumpentibus,  non  confluentibus.     Sporidiis  compactis  e  piu'pureo-atrofuscis,  longe 
pedicellatis. 
*2915.     11.   P.  ZrzAsiAE,  L.  v.  S.,  in  foliis  dejectis  Zizaniae.     Kaign's  point  prope  Phil.ad. 

P.  emaculata,  miiiuta,  primum  tecta,  demum  lineatim  prnrumpens  epiilermide  in  ambitu  acervulorum 
persistente,  acervis  elongatis,  abbreviatis,  atris,  luce  obversis,  fuscescentibus.  Sporidiis  laxis,  circum 
circa  saepe  sparsis,  breviter  pedicellatis,  tenuibus,  et  multo  minoribus  quam  in  affinibusspeciebus. 

2916.  12.  P.  Smilacis,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  494,  etiam  in  Pennsylv. 

2917.  13.  P.  Folygonorum,  Lk.  n.  6,  Syn.  Car.  488,  in  P.  pennsylvanico,  et  P.  virginico  etiam  Penn. 
'2918.     14.  P.  coNCENTnicA,  L.  v.  S.,  frequeutissima  sub  finem  autumni  in  foliis  seniivivis  et   emortuis 

P.  coccineae.  Betid. 
P.  maculis  maximis,  confluentibus  ruberrimis  in  pagina  superiori,  pallidioribus  in  aversa.     .\cervulis 
creberrimis  concentrice  in  his  .aggregiitls,  primum  subsohdis,  nigronitcntibus,  demum  sporidiis  solutis 
minutis  fusco-nigris.     Verisimiliter  est  P.  Polygoni  ampliibii  DecandoUei — sed  certissime  specifice 
diversa  ab  antecedente. 

*2919.      15.  P.  BULEATA,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  501,  Lk.  n.  8.     In  Pennsylvania  obvia  ingens,  bi-  imotritin- 
cialis,  in  caulibus  prasertim  Venioniae  novaeboracensis. 

*2920.     16.  P.  Pycnasthemi,  L.  v.  S.,  satis  uffinis  P.  Clinopodii,  in  P.  incano  frequens,  Bethl. 

P.  maculis  purpiu'cis  minutis  persistentibus.  Acervulis  parvis,  fuscis.  Sporidiis  laxis  longe  pedi- 
cellatis. 

•2921.     1".  P.  cortiposilururr,,  Lk.  n.  19,  vulgata  Bethleliem  praesertim  in  caulibus  ct  foliis  Cnicorum  aut 
Cirsiorum  (P.  caH/('«co/a) emortuorum. 

"2922.     18.  P.  maculosa,  Straus.     Bethl.  passim  in  foliis  Prenantlils  aut  Hieracii.     Omnino  distincU    i 
priore  maculis  latis  albis,  sporidiis  multo  pallidioribus. 


296  SYNOPSIS  OF 

2923-  19-  P-  HELiiSTiionuM,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Cai'.  495,  Lk.  p.  74,  bene  distincta — frequens  in  varlis 
Helianthis  et  Pennsylv.  maxime  evoluta  in  emortuis  foliis.  In  H.  tuberosa  culta,  tota  plerumque 
folia  occupat  aversa  pagina. 

2924.  20.  P.  Heiiofsidis,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  493,  Lk.  p.  74,  et  Pennsylvania — optima  distincta. 

2925.  21.  P.  Vehbesinae,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  496,  Lk.  p.  74,  nondum  in  Pennsylvania — bona  species. 
•2925.     22.  P.  Vernoniae,  L.  v.  S.,  vulg-atissima  in  A^ernoniis  Bethl. 

P.  emaculata.     Acervis  pulvinatis  m.ijusculis  et  colore  sporidiorum  amoene  ferrugineo  differt  ab  P.  He- 
lianthi.     Occurrit  etiam  interdum  in  Helianthis. 
292".     23.  P.  XANTaii,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  500,  Lk.  n.  23.     Etiam  frequens  in  Xanthii  foliis  in  Penn- 
sylvania.    Pulclu'a  et  e  longiuquo  conspicua.     Acervis  plerumque  concentricis,  et  in  centre  macu- 
lae aggregatis. 
*292S.     24.   P.  Heiesii,  L.  v.  S.,  rarior  sed  egregia  in  foliis  Helenii  autumnalis,  Bethl. 

P.  maculls  flavo-lutescentibus  espansls.     Acervis  pulvinatis  s])arsis  et  in^■icem  approsimatis,  convexis, 
primum  brunneis,  demum  cleganter  castaneis.     Sporidiis  satis  grossis  compactis. 
'2929.     25.  P.  SiLPiiii,  L.  v.  S.,  ex  Carolina  missa  in  foliis  S.  Trifoliati  ab  amico  Denke. 

P.  maculls  mlnorlbus  purpurels.     Acervis  crassls  pulvinatis,  confluentibus,  aggregatls,  nigrls.      Spori- 
diis compactis  concoloribus. 
"2930.     26.  P.  AsTERis,  L.  v.  S.,formosa  species  frequens  in  foliis  A.  paniculatae  Bethl. 
P.  maculls  bullato-impressis,  luteis,  non  valde  expansls.     Acervulls  creberrimls,  subconcentrlce  sltls, 
eleganter  fuscls.     Sporidiis  sulaxis  concoloribus. 
'2931.     27.   P.  KcHSiAE,  L.  v.  S.,  vulgata  in  foliis  Kuhnlae,  Bethlehem. 
P.  absque  uUa  macula.     Acervis  amphigenls  pulvinatis  densim  aggregatis,  nlgrofuscis.     Sporidiis  ma- 
jusculis  laxis,  longe  pedicellatis.     An  l^hragmldium' 
*2932.     28.  P.  isvESTiTA,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  observata  cum  .\ecidio  gn.iphahtatum  in  foUis  tomentosis 
Gnaphalli  polycephali.     Bethl.    Tomento  oninino  involuta. 
P.  absque  macula;  acervulis  minutis  sparsis  subrotundls  nigerrimis.vlx  initio  per  tomentum  conspicuis, 
interdum  etiam  aggregato-confluentibus.     Sporidiis  compactis,  aterrimls.     Acervulorum  superficle 
quasi  rugulosa, 
2933.     29.   P.  Galii,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  499,  Lk.  p.  76,  rara  species  sed  satis  distincta — non  Sclerotuim 
"2934.     30.   P.  Mrnnuis,  L.  v.  S.,  in  foliis  et  caulibus  Myrrlils  procumbentls.     Bethl. 

P.  emaculata.     Acervis  crebris  minutis,   epidermide  rupta  cinctis,  pulvinatlm  applanatls.      Sporidiis 
lasisslmls  luteofuscls. 
*2935.     31.   P.  Bullaria,  Lk.  n.  32,  in  cauUbus  Hyssopi  nepetoldis  rara,  Bethl. 

•2936.     32.  P.    anemones,    Lk.   n.    '23,  in   foliis  A.    quinquefoliae   rarlsslma   obvia,   sed  dlstlnctissima, 
Bethl. 

2937.  33.  P.  soLiDA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  486.  Anem.  virginlan.,  frequens  In  foIlls  Anemones  vir 
ginianae    Salem  et  Bethl. 

P.  emacuLita.  Acervis  sparsis,  majuscuhs,  tarn  compactis  ut  solida  se  exhibeant,  nlgris.  Sporidiis 
demum  subsolutis.     AceiTi  dlspersl  per  totum  folium,  prlmura  lutescunt  et  quasi  impressl  sunt. 

2938.  34.  P.  circaeae,lA..  43,  Syn.  Car.  491,  vulgaris  et.  Bethl. 

2939.  o5-  P.  ACULEATA,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  489.  P.  podophylll,  ctlam  vulgaris  in  Podophyllo.  Ob 
sporidia  aculeata  optime  distincta. 

2940.  36.  P.  LEspEnEZAE  pbocumbextis,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  497,  Lk.  p.  83,  species  exlmia  et  in 
Pennsylvania. 

2941.  37.  P.  Lespedezae  violaceae,  L.v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  498,  Lk.  p.  83,  multo  frequentior  in  L.  vio- 
lacea  quam  L.  polystachla,  etiam  Novae  Cesareae. 

*2942.     38.  P.  PuASEOLi   TniLOBi,   L.  v.  S.,   in  follls  P.  trllobi  e.x  New    York  missis.     Affinls  videtui 
P.  fabae. 
P.  acervulls  minutis,  hypogenis,  epidermide  subtectls.      Sporidiis  nigris,  m.acula  nulla. 
"2943.     39.  P.  Fubue,  Lk.  n.  45,  in  follls  V.  fabae,  Nazareth. 
*2944.     40.  P.  Htssoti,  L.  v.  S.,  in  fohls  H.  scrophulariaefolii,  Beth!,  passim. 

P.  maculis  lutescentibus  effusis.  Acervis  aggregatis  compactis,  fuscls,  quasi  circinatis  et  uiululatini 
inter  se  confluentibus,  prlmura  nigresccntibus,  parvulls  sed  copioslni  in  folio  oceurrentibus.  Sporidiis 
fuscls,  demum  luxloribus, 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  097 

•2945.     41.  P.  PoTENTiLLAE,  L.  V.  S.,  non  Phragmidiam,  Lk.  in  foliia  e.xsoletis  P.  canadensis  aversa 
paijina,  Bethl. 
P.  acervis  minutis.     Sporldiis  fuscis  demura  nigrls  prorumpentibus,  brevipedicellatis.     Macula  feve 
evanida. 
'2946.     42.   P.  Ari  TmrnTLLi,  L.  v.  S.,  in  pagina  aversa  foliorum  A.  triphylli,  Rcthl. 

P.  m.iculis  pallidis,  latissimis,  in  margine  folioi-um.  Acervis  majiisculis,  saepe  confluentibus,  primum 
tcctis  .ab  epidermide,  mox  rupta.  Sporidiis  brunneofuscis,  laxim  affixis  et  Urediniformibus — sed 
tamen  vera  Piiccinia. 


Genus  213.     Piirag-aiidium. 

Memorabile  dlctu,  nunquam  Phragmidium  mihi  obvium  in  foliis  Uosarum  aut  Uuborum  Americae,  sod 
sequens  species  vulgatissima  ad  Pbragmidia  pertinet  sine  dubio. 
'29i7-  1.  P.  Hedtsjiri,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  503,  frequens  occurrit  in  foliis  H.  paniculati  et  aliorum, 
Bethlehem  et  Salem. 
P.  acervulis  minutis  sed  crebris  per  totum  folium  sparsis,  epidermide  innatis.  Sporidiis  longe  pedi- 
cellatis,  pedicello  articulate,  pellucido,  ceterum  opacis,  ovatis,  obtusis,  non  cylindricis,  obscure  sep- 
t.atis,  nee  articulato-constrictis,  fusco-nigris. 

Genus  214.      Spilocaea. 

•2948.     1.   S.  frudigcna  aut  Pomi,  Lie.  p.  86,  n.  1.     Non  rara  in  pomis  "  Newton  Pippin,"  New  York  ct 

Bethl. 
•2949.     2.   S.  Scirpi,  Lk.  n.2,  in  Scirpoacuto,  Hope,  Jersey,  et  Philadelphia. 

2950.  3.  S.  coscENTRicA,  L.  V.  S.,  incortice  Pcponum  putridorum,  Bethl,  Optime  aut  evoluta  mense 
Octobri  prope  Philadelphia  in  talibus. 
S.  maculisaterrlraisfere  totam  cortlcem  sub  epidermide  occupans,  acervis  inter  se  confluentibus,  demum 
epidermide  eleganter  quasi  in  pluribus  circulis  concentricis  runipente-subundulatis,  in  conspectum 
veniunt  massae  nigrae  subsiccae,  conglutinatae  ex  sporidiis  pcUucidis  cyhndricis  minutis,  non  sep- 
tatis.     Macula  quaeque  diametro  gaudet  subunciali. 


Genus  215.     Septaria. 

*2951.     1.  S.  Ulmi,  Lk.  p.  87,  n.  1,  in  foliis  Ulmi  fulvae  Bethl.  acervis  majusculis  compactis,  amphige 

nis.  Saepe  occurrit,  sed  rarissime  mihi  obvia  bene  evoluta. 
*2932.  2.  S.  Oxyacanthae,  Lk.  n.  2,  in  foliis  Pyri,  Betlilehem. 
2953.     3.  S.  siGRicixs,  L.  V.  S.,  Lk.   p.   83,   nota,  Syn.   Car.  513.      Stilboipora  epiphylhiin.     Procul 

dubio  hue  pertinet.     Vulgatissima  et  Bethl.  in  foliis  castanearum. 


Genus  216.     Hypodermiuji,  I^k.     Schizoderma,  F.  S.  V.  p.  1 


94. 


*2954.      1.  H.  sparsum,  Lk.  p.  88,  n.  1,  in  foliis  Abietis  nigrae    in  Horto  Prince,  New  York. 
*2955.     2.  H.  sulcigenum,  Lk.  n.  2,  in  foliis  P.  inopis,  Jersey. 
•2956.     3.  H.  EFFusuM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  foliis  Pini  Strobi  dejectis,  Bethl. 

H.  acervis  tenulbus  effusis,  folium  plerumque  transversim  maculantibus,  nigrofuscis. 

Genus  217.     Melanconium. 

2957.     1.  JL  orn/um,  Lk.  p.  90,  n.  1,  non  rarum  cum  varietate /jyn/orrae  in  corticibus,  Bethlehem  et 
Carol.     Stilbospora  ovata,  509. 

Vol.  IV.— 3  Z 


298  SYNOPSIS  OF 

•2958.  2.  M.  apiotarpum,  Lk.  n.  2.     In  ramulis  putridis,  Bethl. 

•2959.  3.  M.  ovoidmm,  Lk.  n.  3,  in  ramis  passim,  Bethl. 

•2960.  4.  M.  effusum,  Lk.  n.  4,  in  cortice  Pruni  hiemalis,  ibid. 

2961.  5.  M.  sphacrospermtim,  Lk.  n.  6,  Syn.  Car.  Stilbosp.  512,  etiam  in  Horto  Bartrami,  Philad. 

2962.  6.  M.  sphaeroideum,  Lk.  n.  7,  Syn.  Car.,  Stilbosp.  510,  et  Bethlehem  In  junioribus  ramulis. 
•2963.  7.  M.  congtomeratum,  Lk.  n.  9,  in  ramis  Mori  albae  Betlilehem. 

•2964.     8.  M.  viscoscM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ramulis  emortuis  Robiniae  viscosae  frequens  et  cum  iUis  viscosa, 
Nazareth  in  horto. 
M.  acervis  sporidiorum  provectiori  aetate  cum  epidermide  assurgentibus,  sphaeriaemorpliis,  et  quasi  poro 
centrali  apertis,  quamvis  expertis  uUius  veri  perithecii,  sed  epidermide  solummodo  inclusis.     Spori- 
dils  cylindrico-ovatis  effusis  demum  per  viscositatem  ramuli,  subpcUucidis  non  septatis. 
"2965.     9.  M.  Sassafras,  L.  v.  S.,  in  junioribus  ramis  caesorum  arborum  Lauri  Sassafras,  totam   epider- 
midem  circumcirca  fuligineo-fusco  colore  tingens,  Bethl. 
M.  acervulis  globosis,  cum  epidermide  assurgentibus  ut  tubercula  sparsa,  demum  ruptis,  et  longe  lateque 
spargentibus  sporidia  opaca  ovata. 
•2966.     10.  M.  GitisEUM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ramis  et  stipitibusRubi  Idaei  Hortor.,  Bethl. 

M.  acervulis  minutis,  atris,  prorumpentibus  ex  epidermide,  demum  disco  applanalo.     Sporidiis  minu- 
tissimis  globosis,  subpellucidis,  colore  griseo  epidermidem  tingentibus,  in  quam  sparguntur  denique. 
•2967.     11.   M.  DoTHiDEA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  variis  ramis  praesertim  Mori,  Bethl.    Distinctissima. 

M.  acervulis  majoribus  prorumpentibus,  epidermide  cinctis,  disco   aut  superficie  unJuIatim  tubercu- 
losa— Uothideam  Sambuci  referentibus,  aterrimis,  compositis  sub  microscopic  ex  Sporidiis  m.ajusculis, 
peUucidis  non  septatis,  cylindricis,  apice  utrinque  rotundato,  fuligineis. 
'2968.      12.  M.  TnuNCATUM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  epidermide  Sambuci  canadensis  passim,  Bethl. 

M.  acervulis  minoribus,  sphaeriaemorphis,  prorumpentibus  ex  epidermide,  apice  truncatis,  aterrimis, 
demum  subrotundis,  effusis.     Sporidiis  pro  ratione  majoribus,  ovatisetsubdifformibusfuscis.     Affine 
M.  conglomerate.      Gregai'ium  quidem,  sed  non  confluens. 
•2959.      13.   M.  PERiTHEciATCM,  L.  V.  S.,  increscit  ipsoligno  denudato  passim,  Bethl. 

M.  referens  Spliaeriam  udam.     Ligno   impositos  acervos,  aggregates  efformans;    e   pseudoperitheciis 

pluribus  conicis  aut  irregularibus  compositi  sunt  acervuli,  quasi  acutim  interdum  ostiolatis,  demum 

pertusi.s,  saepe  lineatim  confluentibus.     Aqua  immersa,  tota  massa  diffluit  in  Sporidia  majora  globosa 

aut  ovata,  nigro-fuscescentia  non  septata,  nee  vestigium  adest  pseudoperithecii. 

Nota. — Acutissimus  Linkius  summo  jure  de  nostris   fung-is  in  Syn.  Car.  506  et  511,  sub  nomine  Stil- 

bosporae   maximae,  et  S.  pulvinatae  an  verae  Stilbosporae  i.  e.  Melanconia  dubitat.     S.  maxima  videtur 

verum  Exosporium  Linkii,  et  S.  //u/ti/nata  nilest  quam.Mjm/ja/usconigrahujuslibelli.     Non  rite  intellexi 

olim  Genus  Stilbosporum 

Genus  218.     Didvimosporium. 

•2970.      1.   D.  complanalum,  Lk.    p.  93,  n.  1,  in  ramis   dejectis  passim,  Bethl.     Eximiuni   in   Hyperici 
frondosi  ramis. 

*2971.      2.  D.  elevatum,  Lk.  n.  2,  in  cortice  betulino,  Salem  et  Bethl. 

*2972-  3.  D.  pEzizoiDEUM,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  occurrit  in  cortice  puti'ido  ramorum  Mori  albae,  gregarie 
crescens,  Bethl.  An  novum  genus' 
D.  Sporidochio  p'ezizoideo,  marginato,  cinereo-atro;  in  acervis  densim  aggregatis,  et  epidermide 
stellutim  rupta  cinctis.  Disco  1 — 2  lineari  diametro,  impresso.  Forma  acervulorum  cum  sporido- 
chio quasi  angulata,  ob  mutuam  pressionem.  Juniore  aetate  sporidochium  undique  sporidiis  crebris 
nigris,  uniseptatis  onustuni.  Denique  sporidia  fere  coalescunt  cum  sporidochio  indurato  et  subcor- 
neo  intus,  sectione,  albido.  Ad  pedalem  longitudinem  aggregati  acervi  ambiunt  ramos.  Cum 
cortice  fibroso  faciliter  evelli  possunt. 

•  2973.     4.  D.  Celtis,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ramis  valde  corruptis  Celtis  occidentalis,  Bethl. 

D.  sporidochiis  subfasciculatim  fere  ut  osliola  Sphaeriarum  circumscriptarum  et  cortice  prominentibus, 
diffomiibus,  nigpis.  Sporidiis  compactis,  didymis,  utrinque  subacutis,  fuscescente-nigris  creberrime 
profluentibus,  lignum  et  corticem  inquinantibus 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  299 

'297i-     5.   D.  EFFosFM,  L.  V.  S.,  in  cortice  suberoso  putritio  Ulmi  fulvae,  Bethl. 

D.    Sporidochiis   subelongato-ovatis,  convexis,   sub  Ilystcriomorphis,   interdum  rotundatis,  disco  im 
pi-essis,  nigris,  pleriimque  prorumpciitibus  ac   confluentibus,  epidermide  cinctis,  sed  etiam  omnino 
liberis.     Sporidiis  copix)sis  pellucidis,  didymis  profluentibus,  lateque  effusis. 
•2975.     6.  D.  EncMPKSs,  L.  v.  S  ,  in  r.imis  Celastri  per  epidermidcm  erumpcns,  IJcthl. 

1).  sporidochiis  ovato-ellipticis,  enimpcntibus  epidermide  cinctis,  disco  impresso  et  passim  colliculosoi 
saepe  confluentibus  et  aterriniis.     Sporidiis  crebris,  oblonijis,  didymis.     Sporidochio  1 — 2  lineari. 
*2976.     7.  D.  MiNUTissiMOM,  L.  v.  S.,  vulg'uris  in  cortice  Populi  italicac  et  Platani,  Betid. 

D.  sporidochiis  in  acervis  minutissimis  longe  Uiteque  ex  epidermide  more  Sphaeriarum  erumpentibus 
nigris,  epidermide  subtectis,  subglobosis.     Sporidiis  minutissimis  g-lobosis  sed   uniscptatis  aut  quasi 
ex  duobus  liemisphaeris. 
*2977.     S.  D.  ACUMINATUM,  L.  V.  S.,  non  rarum  in  cortice  juniore  ramorum  Betulae,  Bethl. 

D.  sporidochiis  in  acervis  minutis  subcorticalibus  transversim  prorumpentibus.     Sporidochio  intus  albo 
spurio,     Sporidiis  didymis  crebris  uU'inque  acuminatis.     Structura  interna  non  dissimiUs  D.  elevato, 
sed  multo  minor. 
*2978.     9.  D.  Caltcanthi,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  in  ramulis  Calycanthi  emortui,  Bethl. 

D.    acervis   elliptico-difformibus,    confluentibus,   longitudinaliter    erumpentibus,   epidermide  cinctis. 
Sporidochio  irregulari,  subconvexo,  applanato,  fusco-nigro.     Sporidiis  oblong'is,  utrinque  subacutis, 
didymis. 
*2979.     10.   D.  coRTicALE,  L.  V.  S.,  tenuissime  efli\isum  in  cortice  glabrato  Rhois,  Bethl. 

D.  aceiTidis  tenuissimis  applanatis,  plerumque  orbiculatis   insuper  sporidochiis  spurns  minutis,  tuber- 

culos  referentibus.     Sporidiis  didymis,  nigris,  quasi  ex  duobus  globulis. 
N.B.  D.  Hedysari,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  505,  nullimodo  hujus  loci  est. 

Genus  219.      Astrosporium.      Kz.,  S.  V.  F.  p.  192. 

2980.  1.   A.  I'u/ij'-are,  Kunz.  in  Regensb.  Bot.  Zeit.  ISIO,  p.  2-5  et  Syn.  Car.  n.  507.     Fungum   distmc- 
tissimum  in  Carohna  repertum,  nondum  in  Pennsylvania  observavi. 

Genus  220.     Stilbospora. 

2981.  1.  S.  macrospora,  Lk.  p.  95,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  508  et  Bethl. 

•2982.     2.   S.  angustala,  Lk.  n.  2,  in  cortice  ramorum  Quercus  non  frequens,  prope  Nazareth. 

•2983.  3.  S.  auinnisEPTATA,  L.  v.  S.,  copiosim  propuUans  ex  epidermide  majorum  ramorum  et  trunci 
Platani  occidentalis  caesi  nee  jam  corrupti,  Bethl. 
S.  acervis  primum  sub  epidermide  inde  varioloso-bidlata  eff'usis,  sporidochio  spurio  nigro  centrali;  de- 
mum  prorumpentibus  et  circa  circum  sub  epidermide  et  in  ea  spargentibus  magnam  copiam  spori- 
diorum  subconglutinatorum.  Sporidiis  oblongis,  fuligineis,  semipellucidis,  eleganter  quadriseptatis, 
aut  quasi  ex  quatuor  globulis  internis  conformatis. 

*2984.     4.   S.  MULTisEPTATA,  L.  V.  S.,  rara,  in  ramis  querneis  obvia,  distinctissima,  prope  Naz. 

S.  acervis  in  cortice  satis  eff'usis,  parum  elevatis;  sporidochio  peritheciato  cortice  ime  ad  lignum  usque 
immerso,  subsphaeriaemorpho,  et  quasi  evacuato,  post  effluxum  sporidiorum.  Sporidiis  magnis 
lineari-subulatis,  utrinque  incurvis  acuminatis,  multiseptatis,  et  lignum  aut  corticem  inquinantibus, 
ceterum  atemmis  subpellucidis. 

•2985.     5.   S.  Staphyleae,  L.  v.  S.,  frequens  in  junioribus  ramulis  Staphyleae,  Bethl. 

S.  acervis  minoribus,  rotundatis,  nidulantibus  sub  epidermide  elevata;  demum  rima  dehiscente  pro- 
fluunt  crebra  sporidia,  cano-fusca,  subpellucida,  elongato-elliptica,  utrinque  subacut.a,  multiseptata. 
Acervis  ceterum  gregarie  sparsis,  nunierosis. 

Genus  221.     Cryptosporhtm. 

•2986.     1.   C.  airum,  Lk.  p.  96,  n.  1,  passim  in  culmis  graminum,  Bethl. 


300  SYNOPSIS   OF 

*2987.     2.  C.  aurantiacum,  Lk.  n.  2,  in  receptaculis  Zinniarum  in  Hortis  mihi  obviiim,  Bethl. 
'2988.     3.  C.  PsEUDOACAciAE,  L.  V.  S.,  an  hujus  generis'     In  foliis  Robiniae,  Bethl. 

C.  acervulis  1 — 2  linearibus,  rotundis,  panim  elevatis  nigris,  maculam  efficlentibus,  superficie  quasi 

punctulatis.     Aquae  immersum,  solvitur  in  sporidia  minutissima  fusca.     Insuper  folium  nee  sub  epl- 

dermide  crescit. 


Genus  222.     Fusidium. 

'2989.      1.   F.  aureum,  Lk.  p.  97,  n.  4.     Rarum,  in  Sclerodermate  putrido  obvium  in  monte  Pocono. 
•2990.     2.  F.  Buxiy  Lk.  n.  3,  non  infi-equeus  in  foliis  Buxi,  Bethlehem. 
*2991.     3.  F.  griseum,  Lk.  n.  1,  non  rarum — in  foliis  aridis  Quercuum,  Bethl. 
*2992.     4.   F.  CAESIUM,  L.  v.  S  ,  satis  frequens  in  emortuis  foliis  Castaneanim,  Bethl. 

F.  acervis  late  effusis  tenuibus,  caesiis.     Sporidiis  lasiter  affixis,  longiusculis,  fusiformibus  vis  septalis. 
*2992.     5.   F.  TESuissiMFM,  L.  v.  S.,  occurrit  passim  in  foliis  deciduis  querclnis,  Bethl. 

F.  acervis  tenuissimis  late   effusis,  g'riseis   aut  cinereis.     Sporidiis  fusiformibus,  cinereis,  minutissimis, 
non  septatis.  Folia  quasi  pruina  tenuissima  afflata  sese  ostendunt. 
*2993.     6.  F.  EpiDEBMiDis,  L.  V.  S.,  rarius  in  epidermide  gl.ibro  ramorum,  Bethl. 
F.  acervis  m.ijuscuhs,  subdcterminatim  orbiculatis,  confluentibus,  candido-lacteis,  demum  pallescentibus. 
Sporidiis  compactis  fusiformibus. 
'2994.     7.  F.  Fahina,  L.  v.  S.,  late  effusum  in  epidermide  non  corrupta,  Salem. 
F.  acervis    long-e   lateque  effu.sls,  candidissimis,  indeterminatis,  crasslusculis,  farinam  densim  instratam 
mentientlbus.     Sporidiis  subcompactis,  fusiformibus,  septatis,  uno  apice  sensim  incrassatis. 
'2995.     8.   F.  FciTAGo,  L.  v.  S.,  late  effusum  in  foliis  vigentibus  Uibidis,  Nazareth. 

F.  acervis  effusis,  aterrimis,  omnino  Cladosporium  Fumago  revocantibus.  Sed  lente  adhibita,  com- 
positi  sunt,  ex  innumeris  nudis  atrispellucidis  sporidiis,  brevibus  fusiformibus  curvatis,  obscure  sep- 
tatis, utrinque  interdum  subacutis,  interdum  obtusatis. 

Genus  223.     CERATospoRuni.     L.  V.  S.  Novum  Genus. 

Sporidia  majuscula  (J  lin. )  clavata,  pluribus  basl  coalitis,  quasi  cornu  damae  assurgentia,  fusca,  splendentia 
sicca  opaca,  madida  subpellucida,  midtiseptata,  aut  pluria  granula  quasi  in  sporangiolo  peUucido 
inclusa  exhibentia. 

•2996.     1.  C.  FcscEscENs,  L.  v.  S.,  in  epidermide  corrupta  Rhois  t^^liinae  et  glabrae  et  insuper  Sph.aeriab 
ejusdcm  fosciculatim  crescit,  Bethl. 
C.  longe  lateque  effusum.      Sporidiis  basi  coalitis,  interdum  quasi  ex  horizontal!  trunco,  clav.alis,  saepe 
flexuosis,  apice  subattcnuatis. 

Genus  224.     Mtxosporium. 

2997.      1.   M.  croceum,  Lk.  p.  99,  Syn.  Car.  293,  sub  nomine  Nemaspora crocea.     Vidgatum  etiam  Betlil. 
in  raniis,  Fagineis,  Betulinis,  &c. 

Genus  225.     Clasterisporium.     L.  V.  S.,  Novum  Genus. 

Sporidiis  maximis,  simplicibus,  falciformibus,  brevi-pediccUatis,  teretibus,  multiseptatis,  aut  quasi  in  spo- 
rangiolo  pellucido  pluria  granula  complectcntibus;  primum  opacis,  demum  pellucidis,  atrofuscis  cum 
nitorc-     Quasi  Coryneum  non  conjunctum. 

"2998.  1.  C.  cAiuciNUM,  L.  v.  S.,  valde  frequens  autumno  n  foliis  majorum  Caricum,  v.  c.  C.  lacustri, 
&C.  Bethleliem. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI,  301 

C.  acervis  minovibus  ac  majoribus,  cffiisis,  sa?pe  ad  bi  vel  Iriuncialem  longltiidiiicm  conflncntib\is 
occiipat  folia,  omnino  cetenim  libere  impositis  ncc  uUimodo  innatis,  iiij^rdfii^cis.  Sporidiis  tarn 
maxlinis,  lit  nudo  oculo  disting-ucntiir  sibi  indeterminatim  iiicumbciuibus  iiigeiiti  copia.  I'edicello 
pellucido.     Apice  spoi'idiorum  obtuso. 


Series  II.     Tuberculauini. 
Genus  226.     Tubercularia. 

2999.  1.  T.  vii/i;nns,  Lk.  p.  99,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  295,  ublqiie. 

•3000.  2.  T.  lulescrns,  Lk.  n.  2,  in  raniis  Araliae,  Bctbl. 

3001.  3.  T.  minor,  Lk.  n.  3,  frequens  in  Castancis,  Syn.  Car.  298,  etiam  Betbl. 

•3002.  4.  T.  mulahilis,  Lk.  n.  4,  in  Mori  raniulis,  Betbl. 

3003.  5.  T.  granulata,  Lk.  5,  Syn.  Car.  296,  frequens  et  Betbl. 

3004.  6.  T.  DUBiA,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  nigrcscens  301,  Lk.  n.  7,  non  rara  in  v.ariis  ramis  ct  Betbleliem. 
Colore  atro  bene  distincta.     Sporidia  aquae  immersa  diffluunt  ut  in  ceteris. 

•3005.     7.   T. ^occosa,  Lk.  8,  in  IJbois  typbinae  ram.,  Betbl. 

*3006.     8.  T.  nigricans,  Lk.  9,  in  lignis  emortuis  Litiz. 

*3007.     9.   T.  ciliala,  Lk.  10,  (non  Syn.  Car.  300)  in  lig-no  carioso  etin  r.amulis  Vitis,  Betblchem. 

*o008.     10.   T.  liccoides,  Lk.  n.  11,  in  duro  caule  Brassicac,  Betblebem. 

•3009.     11.   T.  hcrbarum,  Lk.  n.  12,  in  caulibus  emortuis  Artemisiae  emortuae,  Belbl. 

*3Q10.      12.   T.  meiiispermi,  Lk.   n.    13,  in  ramis    Menispermi    ct   .aliorum    sarnie iitosorum  Fruticuni, 
Betbl. 

•3011.     13.  T.  ca)77?CT/o)-i«7i,  Lk.  p.  104,  in  Zea  Betbl.    Stratum  sporidiorum  vidl — et  sine  dubio  est  hiijus 
loci. 

•3012.     14.  T.  piisiHa,  Fries,  et  Kunze,  minutissima,  in  junioribus  ramulis  teiierrimis,  Betbl. 

•3013.  15.  T.  pEzizoiDEA,  L.  v.  S.,  amicissimus  Ur  Torrey  ex  New  York  misit  speciemvalJe  mir.abUem 
— in  ramis  populinis? 
T.  Sporidocliiis,  fascicul.atim  conflucntibus,  maximis,  pezizoideis,  undulato-plicalis,  ex  cpidcrmlde  pro- 
rumpentibus  et  .ad  uncialem  long-itudincm  irregulariler  confluentibus,  pede  crasso  sufVultis,  subst.an- 
tia  indurato-cornea,  slrato  sporidifero  compacfo  inc.arnato  purpureo,  subnitente,  sed  superb cie  sub- 
pruinosa.  Intus  .albescunt  et  aetate  subpulveridenta  ev.adunt  sporidocbia.  Talis  cupula  non  con- 
fluens  diametrum  plus  quam  biline.arem  babet  et  Pezizam  margiiie  obtuso,  undulate  plicate  disco 
rcfert. 

•3014.     16.  T.  suBPEDicELLATA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  ramis  emortuis  Lycii  hortonmi  obvia,  Betbl. 

T.  Sporidocbiis,  minutis  pallide  l.ateritiis,  longiuscule  pedicellatis,  epidermide  circum  pedicellum  ele- 
vato,  capitulo  aequali  ex  epidermide  protuberante  globoso.  Pedicello  quasi  linea  rubra  a  capitulo 
scparato.     Strato  sporidifero,  ruguloso. 

•3015.     1".  T.   Celastiii,  passim  copiosim  propullans  ex  r.amis  et  sarmentis  Celastri,  Betblebem. 

T.  Sporidocbiis  majusculis  regularibiis,  subrotundo-turbinatis,  breviter  pedicellatis.  Strato  sporidifero 
primum  fusco,  mox  alro,  intus  rubescente.  Pedicellis  cortici  interiori  adnatis,  arctim  ab  epidermide 
cinctis,  cinereis.  Capitulo  imprcsso,  applanato,  rugoso,  tuberculoso  cum  str.ato  sporidifero  coalito, 
quod  ubi  pedicellum  intus  demum  pulveraceo-fatiscentem  .attinget,  linea  nigra  circnmscriptum. 

•3016.     18.   T.  BiFFOBMis,  L.  V.  S.,  in  spinis  Crataegi  cujusdam  in  Ilorto  Botanico,  I'bilad. 

T.  Sporidocbiis  prorumpentibus,  difformibus,  aggregatis  et  confluentibus,  fusconigris,  rugosis,  Str.ato 
sporidifero  crassiusculo  concolore.     Sporidocbiis  minoribus,  intus  fusco-ferrugineis. 

*301~.      19.  T.  RAiiicALis,  L.  V.  S.,  in  efossis  radicibus  arborum — magna  copia,  Betbl. 

T.  Sporidocbiis  multiformibus,  majusculis,  prorumpentibus  ex  epidermide  radicuni,  difl'ormibus  nem- 
pe  et  rotundatis,  granuloso-tiiberculosls,  2 — 3  linear!  diametro,  applanato-depressis  et  tortis.  Str.ato 
sporidifero  rubro  fuscescente,  demum  nigricante,  intus  albido.  Basi  saepe  Hoccosa.  Adsunt  spo- 
ridocbia alia  minora,  in  ipso  bgno,  convexa  nigra  et  longitudinaliter  confluentia. 

Vol.  IV.— 4  A 


302  SYNOPSIS   OF 

•301S.     20.   T.  TATiscENs,  L.  T.  S.,  in  tenera  cpidermide  ramorum  dejectorum,  Bethl. 

T.  Sporidochiis  minutis,  pulvlnatis,  sessililjus,  incarnatis  demum   exalbescentibus,  et  fere  orrmino  in 
pulverem  fatiscentibus,  intus  fuscis  et  subconfluentibus.       Strato  sporidifero  magis  colorato,  crassl- 
usculo. 
*j019.     2  1.  T.  CiLtcANTUi,  L.  V.  S.,  vulgatissima  in   rainis   Calycanthl  in  hortis  Uethl.,   satis  affinis 
T.  vulgari. 
T.  sporidochiis  regularibus,  g-lobosis,  rubris,  mag'nitudine  T.  vulgaris,  suffultis   pedicellis  nigrescenti- 
bus  subcnpularibiis.     Strato  sporidifero  ut  in  T.  vulg-ari. 
"3020.     22.   T.  suBDiAi'HjNA,  L.  v.  S.,  rarior  in  putridis  stipitibus  Vitis,  Bctlil. 

T.  Sporidochiis  subrotundis,  gloliosisve,  priniuni  palfide  rubris,  subdiaphanis;  demum  nigricantibus 
aut  fubcescentibus.  Strato  sporidifero  satis  crasso.  Basi  strigoso-Hoccosa.  Aetate  demum 
fatiscit. 


Genus  227.     Fusariuji. 

*3021.      1.  F.  paUens.  Lk.  p.  105,  n.  1,  vai:  piilvinalum,  in  cortice  ex  New  York  comniunicavlt  Dr  ToiTey. 
*3022.     2.  F.  rosetim,  Lk.  n.  2,  in  caudicibus  Araliae  spinosae,  Betldeliem  in  hortis  cultae. 
3023.     3.  F.  cilialuni,  Lk.  n.  3,  Syn.  Car.  300.     Tubercularia  et  Bethleliem  obvia  in  Cucurbitis  putri- 
dis; etiam  in  genuine  Rosae  putrido. 
'3021.     4.  F.  stUbaslcr,  Lk.  n,  4.     Rarissimum  in  radiculis  mihi  obvium,  Bethl.     Optima  species. 
*3025.     5.   F.  oxysporum,  Lk.  n.  5.     Vulgare  in  effoetis  leguminibus  Phaseoli,  Bethl. 
*302c.     6.   F.  luteritium,  Lk.  n.  6,  in  Iruncis  et  ramis,  Bethl. 
302".     7.   F. /(fto'fts/jonjm,  Lk.  n.  r,  Syn.  Car.  32L     Schrotium  PaspuU.     Frequens  etiam  Pennsjdvania 
in  seminibus  immaturis  Paspalorum. 
'302S.     8.  F.  PYniNrji,  L.  V.  S.,  in  Germania  aequo  ac  Pennsylvania  rarius  repertum  in   putridis  Mails 
per  liiemem  in  arbore  expositis. 
F.  Sporidochio  expanse  coccineo,  sicco   quasi  vernicoso,  satis  crasso — aqua  adliibita  difflucnte  in  spori- 
dia  minutissima  fiLsiformia. 
*3029.     9.   F.  EPFusuM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ramulis  cmortuls  Hyperici  frondosi  Hortis,  Bethl. 

F.  Sporidochio  subgelatinoso,  latissime  effuso,  tenuissimo  Thelephoram  refcrente,  pallidorubente.     Spo- 
ridiis  densissimis  fusiformibus  ac  cylindricis  pellucidis. 
'3030.     10.  F.  ixsEPTATUM,  L.  v.  S.,  in  cortice  Daphnidis  Mezerei  emortui,  Hort.  Bethl. 

F.  Sporidochio  verrucoso,  expanse,  praesertini  transversim  sito,  luteseenti-rubro,  rotundato,  margine 
sublibero.     Sporidiis  fusiformibus  inseptatis  pellucidis. 
*303L     11.   F.  cocciNEuji,  L.  V.  S„  in  cortice  castaneo  passim  observatum,  Nazareth. 

F.  Sporidochiis  aggregatis,  granulatim  tuberculosis,  ditlbrmibus  g-elatinosis,  coccineis,  demum  indur.a- 
tis,  basi  cxpansib  in  niassam  quasi  Thelcphoroideam.      Sporidiis  globosiusculis,  uno  latere  acutis,  mini- 
mis, diaphanis.     Caespitcs  efformat  ^  uneiides,  circum  basin  floccosas. 
*3032.     12.  F.  CAPiTATUM,  L.  V.  S  ,  in  ligno  putrido  Pini  canadensis  prope  Factory,  Pennsylv. 

F.  sporidochiis  induratis,  capitato-gyroso-expansis,  (ut  fere  Tremella)  ex  auranlio  rubris,  majusculls, 
subconipi'essostipitatis.  Aquae  immersa,  omuino  solvuntur  in  sporidia  majuscula,  diaphana,  teretia 
et  vermiformia  aut  flcxuosa,  apicibus  obtusatis. 

Genus  228.     Deujiosporium. 

N.Ii.  1).  Jluiucans,  mihi  notum  ex  bonis  speciniinibus  europaels — nondum  in  America  inveni.     Sequcntes 
novae  species  autem  congeneres  esse  persuasus  sum. 

"3033.      1.  U.  iiEcoLonANs,  L.  v.  S.,  rariiis  ad  caules  plantarum  maximarum  v.  c.  Umbellat.,  Bethl. 
D.  S))oi-idocliio  globoso,  sparso,  parvo,  subapplanato,  subpellucido,  primum  pallido,  demum  ochraceo, 
Sporidiis  minutissimis  globosis,  non  itadensini  inslratis  ut  in  i).  Jhivicuiili.     Pruinam  simulant. 
*3034.     2.  U.  iiusEL'M,  L.  V.  S.,  in  ligno  carioso  passim  obvium,  Bethl. 


KORTII  AMERICAN  FUNGI.  303 

D.  duplo  minus  priori   et  D.  flavicanti.     SporiJocliiis  sparsis,  turbinatis,  rosco-pellucitlJs.     Sporidiis 

oblongis  lit  pruina  circum  circa  inspcrsis. 
•3035.     3.  I).  ATRUM,  L.  V.  S.,  lig'no  denudato  increscit  plagis  pcdalibiis   in   trunco   Hickory  (Carya  to- 

mentosa  ant  sulcata)  Nazareth,  ct  truncuni  quasi  nit^rescit.     Omnino  hujus  i^encris. 
D.   Sporidocliiis  densissime  ag'gregatis,  atcrrimis,  humido  tempore  autcm  subfusccscentibns,  oblongo- 

globosis,  magnitudine  Sphaeriae  millegrana,  qiuim  refert.     Denslm  undiquc  tccta  sunt  sporidochia 

sti-ato  sporidiormu  concolorum  ac  vix  pcllucidorum,  sed  opacorum. 

Genus  229.     Sphaerosporium.     L.  V.  S.,  Novum  Genus. 

Sporidochiis  obliteratis  planiusculis,  strato  densissimo,  pulvinatini  clcvato  incninlicnte  sporidioriim  non 
simplici  sed  coacervato.  Sporidiis  majoribus  pcUucidis,  globosis,  intus  includcntibus  massani  globu- 
losam,  grumosam,  opacam. 

'o036.  1.  S.  LiGNATiiE,L.  V.  S.,  in  frustulis  majoribus  pulveris  vaporariae,  et  in  cortlcibus  putridisQucr- 
cuum,  etiam  Salicum,  Bethl. 
S.  strato  pulvinato  sporidiorum  ex  ochracco  rufo — pulvinatim  super  sporidochium  elevato.  Acervis 
2 — 3  llnearibus,  aggregatis,  ovatis,  aut  longissime  confluentlbus.  Globulus  exterior  sporidiorum  in 
aqua,  omnino  pellucidus;  interior  subopacus.  Sicco  tempore  tota  sporidiatum  subangulata,  ochracea 
et  opaca  deveniunt.     Acervos  Bactridii  primo  obtutu  ret'ert. 


Genus  230.     Ericoccuii. 

'oOSr.     1.  E.  yiigrum,  Lk.  p.  107,  n.  1   frequcns  in  caulibus,  maxima  specimina  in  caule   Uicini   longe 

lateque  confluentia  reperta  sunt  Bethlebeniis. 
•3038.     2.   E.  purpurascens,  Lk.  n.  2,  in  caulibus  ^Vsparagi,  Bethl.   et  perpulchrc  in  culmis   Zizauiae, 

Pliiladelph. 
"3039.     3.   E.  CAnicicoLA,  L.  v.  S.,  frequcns  in  foliis  majorum  Caricum,  Bcthl. 

E.  macula  stroniatica  vix  ulla.     Sporidocliiis  sparsis  applanato-globosis,  demura  pezizoidcis,  impressis 

nig'rofuscis.      Sporidiis  creberrimis  subglobosis  nig-roi'uscis,  demum  folium  conspurcantibus.     Pune- 

riforme  sese  nudo  oculo  praebet. 


Genus  231.     Aegerita. 

3040.  1.   A.  Candida,  Lk.  p.  108,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  1274,  vulgaris  ad  cortices  udos,  etiam,  Pennsylv. 

3041.  2.  A.  caesia,  Syn.  Car.  1275,  et  Bethlehem.     Mihi  videtur  species  bon.a,  non  rara  in  lignis  siccis. 
Sporidochiis  nempe  non  globosis,  sed  ovatulis,  multo  minoribus,  et  caesiis. 

•3042.     3.   A.  LtiTEScExs,  L.  V.  S.,  in  lignis  siccis  carie  consuniptis,  Bcthl. 

A.  sporidocliiis  globoso-applanatis,  sparsis,  majoribus  quam  A.  cauLUdae,  lutescentibus.     Basi   subcon- 
ti'acta. 
*3043.     4.   A.  ovcLi,  L.  v.  S.,  in  lignis  cariosissimis  frequens,  et.  Salem  et  Bethl. 

A.  major.  Sporidochiis  ovalibus  ex  candido  pallidis,  densini  aggregatis,  laxissime  affixis,  longc  latcquc 
aggregatis,  interdum  diflbrmibus,  Exacte  rcferunt  congerlem  ovulorum  insectaruiu.  Sporidia  non 
difficiliter  diffluentia  sub  aqua. 


304  SYNOPSIS  OF 


Series  III.     Cephalotrichei  et  Scoriadei,  Fr. 

Genus  232.     Periconia.     Fr.  ad  sequens  Genus. 

3044.  1.  P.  hyssoides,  Lk.  p.  109,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  1288,  frequens  in  Paeoniae  et  Malvacearum  caullbus 
et  Pennsylv. 

3045.  2.  P.  suhulata,  Lk.  n.  2,  Syn.  Car.  1289,  P.  stenionitis  rarior  et  in  Pennsylvania. 
*3046.     3.  P.  nana,  Lk.  n.  3.     Solummodo  obvia  mihi  in  foliis  Pini  inopis  prope  Camden  Jersey. 
•3047.     4.  P.  EPiPHTLLA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  variis  foliis  dejectis  observata,  Bethl. 

P.  sparsa,  pluribus  tamenapproximatis.     Sporidochio  breyiusculo,  superne  attenuato,  nigro.     Capltulo 
pro  ratione  inagno,  fnsco,  globoso.      Sporidiis  nigris  densini  inspersis. 
*3048.     5.  P.  GHACiLis,  L.  V.  S.,  in  putridis  capsidis  Stapliyleae,  Betbltlicm. 
P.    sparsim  cresccns.     Sporidochio   subnlato,  gracili,   nigro.      Sporidiis  fuscobrtinneis  in  capitulum 
globosum  collectis  caducis.     Ceterum  e.x  minutissiniis,  nudo  oculo  vix  detegendis. 
*3049.     6.  P.  FAScicuLATA,  L.  V.  S.,  non  infrequens  in  stipitibiis  caulibusque  Salem  et  Betlil. 

P.  in  maculam  epiderniide  denudatam  aggregata.     Sporidocliiis.aterrimis  rigescentibus,  basi  fasiculatitn 
junctis.     Capitulis  ex  aggregatione  sporidiorum,  nigris  subclavatis,  compactiusculis  sed  faciUime 
deciduis. 
*3050.     7.  P.  MAcuLAnis,  L.  V.  S.,  rara  ad  ligna  deorbata,  Salem  et  Bethlehem.     Hue  citanda  P.  lichen- 
osa,  Syn.  Car.  1287. 
P.    Sporidochiis  denslsslme  in  maculam  aggregatis,   simplicibus,  .atcrrlmis.      Sporidiis  in  capitulum 
subovale  compactum,  tenue,  deciduum  nigrum  et  subfuscescens  coUeciis,  etcopiosim  sparsis  circum 
circa. 
*3051.     8.   P.  BuiBosA,  L.  V.  S.,  in  stipitlbus  minoribus  .ac  majoribus,  Bethl. 

P.  gregibus  vastis,  longe  lateque  aggregata.  Sporidochiis  simplicibus,  longiusculis,  nigrocinereis, 
strictis  aut  flexuosis,  e.x  bulbo  sphaeriaemorpho  basilar!.  Capitulo  turbinato,  deciduo,  subfusces- 
cente. 


Genus  233.     Cephalotrichum. 

"3052.     I.   C.  rigescens,  Lk.  p.  Ill,  n.  1,  passim  .ad  lig'na  v.  c.  Rhododcndri  niaximi,  Bethlehem. 

3053.  2.   C.  mDiiiliuiihs,  Lk.  n.  2,  Syn.  Car.  Isaria  l.)U4,  Bethlelicm  inveni  in  ingenti  truncoPini  cana- 
densis a  fluminis  Lehigh  inundatione  nobis  adportato,  per  plures  annos,  plagis  ing-entibus. 

Genus  234.     Isaria. 

3054.  1.  I.  crnssa,  Lk.  p.  112,  n.  1,  Syn.  Car.  1295,  frequens  in  chrysalidibus  et  Pennsylvania — cum 
var  iruncat.  1296. 

3055.  2.  I.  SpiiiNGOpiiiLA,  L.v.  S.,  Lk.  n.  5,  Syn.  Car.  1298,  in  Phalaena,  Bethlehem  obvi.a. 

3056.  3.  I.  ruALANGioniiLA,  L.  V.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  arane.arum  1299,  solummodo  in  Carolina  mihi  obvia. 
*3057.     4.  I.  arachnophila,  Lk.  n.  3,  r.arissime  in  aranea,  Bethlehem. 

S05S.  5.  I.  agariciiw,  Lk.  n.  7,  Syn.  Car.  1297,  etiam  Belhleliem  frequens  in  Ag-.aricis. 

3059.  6.  I.  epiphi/l/u,  Lk.  n.  8,  Syn.  Car.  1300.     Frequens  in  foliis  dejectis,  et.  Bethl. 

3060.  7.  L  cluvata,  Lk.  n.  9,  in  frustro  atramenti  cxsiccati  putrido,  Betlikbcm. 
"3061.  8.  I.  i!i//;os«,  Lk.  10.     Bethlehem  rarissimc. 

*o062.     9.  I.  /lyd/widca,  Lk.  11.     P.assim  Bcllileliem,  in  truncis.     Ilydnum  calvuni,  A.  et  S. 
•3063.     10.   1.  g/aucucrpkula,  Lk.  12.     Bethlehem  in  ramulis.     Optime  quadrat  cum  descriptione  Linkii. 
sed  nostra  nuiltoties  m.ajor. 
3064.     11.  I.  unihrina,  Lk.  n.  13,  Syn.  Car.  1301,  rarior,  et.  Bethlehem. 
'3065.      12.  \.  farcillalti,  Lk.  n.  15,  in  .asseribus  putridis  repcrta,  Bethlehem. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGt.  305 

0O66.     13.   I.  cilrina,  Lk.  n.  14,  Syn.  Car.  13(JC>,  iioiuliim  in  rcniisylvaniu  obscrv.'ita. 
*306".     14.  I.  FrncATA,  L.  v.  S.,  rai-issime  imenta  ex  chrysalidibus  foliis  tectis  excrcsceiis, Tlcllilcheni. 
I.  maxima,  2 — 3  uncias  longa.     Sporitlochio  pallido  crassiusculo  torto,  basin  versus  glabrato,  apicc  in 
clavulam  furcatam  candidam  diviso,  densim  tcctam  sporidiis  pulvenilentis,  floccis  interspcrsis. 
■'30CS.      15.  I.  NiGRiPEs,  L.  V.  S.,  ctiam  ex  chrys.ibdibus  defossis,  Salem  reperta. 

1.  Sporidochio  simplici,  altitudine   semiunci.am  aequantc;  stipite  quasi  tenui  tereti  ni^-o  gflabro  ad 
dimidium  usque  turn  abiente  in  clavulam  simpliccm  obtusam,  cinerco-alljam   pulverulenlam,  sac])C 
falcatam.     Sporidiis  compactiusculis. 
*3069.      16.   I.  carnca,  Pers.  et  Consp.  Nisk.  ctiam  Syn.  Car.  1302,  Link.  p.  118,  in  notis.     Nostra  Uctli- 
leliemis  passim  in  stipitibus  et  foliis  dcjectis — bona  species — qaam  lioc  loco  describendam  coactus 
sum  ob  Linkii  observationcm. 
I.  Sporidocliiis  minutis  fasciculatis,  e  fascicidis  divcrgcntilius  quasi  stipitibus  basi  connatis,  formal  is,  pal- 
lidofuscis,  capitulo  aut  clavula  laxissima  floccosa.       Sp<iridiis  creberrimis  cleg'anlcr  carncD-nibris 
inter  floccos  inspersis.     Vix  scmillneam  excedlt,  scd  sporidocliiorum  fasciculis  conflucntib\is,  semi- 
unciam  occupantibus. 
*3070.     1".   1.  cAsiiinA,  L.  v.  S.,  in  ligno  putrldo  passim,  Bethl. 

I.   gregalis,  minuta,  A  linearis,  erecta,  subfasciculata,  sed  saepius  simplex.     Sporidochiis   rcctis  albis, 
clavula  fere  ad  basin  extensa,  cylindrica,  ex  agg-regatione  Sporidiorum  majusculorum  candidorum, 
subpedicellatoruni,  quibus  laxim  obsitaest.     Stipite  igitur  brevi  sufiulta  videtur. 
•3071.     18.  I.   GioBosA,  L.  v.  S.,  locis  ericetosis  in  Rhododendretis  ad  terram,  Bethl. 

I.   Sporidochio  stipitiforme  crassiusculo  firmo,  1  lin.  longo,  in  capitulum  globosum   crassum  dilatato. 
Stipite  carneoluteo.     Capitulo  sporidiis  densis  candldis  profuse  intersperso.     'I'olus  fungus  allitudi- 
nem  2 — 3  linearem  attinet;  sparsim  proveniens. 
•3072.     19.   I.  BicoLon,  L.  v.  S.,  ad  stipltes  dejectos  in  terra  jacentes,  Bethl. 

I.  caespltosa.  Sporidochiis  stlpitiformibus,  basi  attenuatis,  irregulariter  compressis,  in  capitulum  spo- 
rldiferum  dilatatis,  subdivisum  in  i-amos  corniculatos  rufesceiites,  ceterum  laxuni,  compressum  et 
diflorme.     Sporidiis  ferlnosis  candidis.     Rami  difformiter  comprcssi.     Fungus  3 — 4  lin.  alius. 

Gcnus234.      Anthina.      F.  S.  V.  p.  1G9. 
•3073.     1.  A.  cernnoidcs,  Lk.  Obs.  (Isaria)  in  stipitibus  in  terra  jacentibus,  Bethlehem. 

Genus  235.      Ceeatiuji. 

'3074.     1.   C.  hydnoides,  Lk.  p.  118,  Syn.  Car.  1292,  et.  Bethl. 

3075.  2.   C.pyxklaUim,  Lk.  n.  2,  Syn.  Car.  1293,  et.  Bethl. 

3076.  3.   C.  i>orioides,  Lk.3,  Syn.  Car.  1294,  nondum  in  Pennsylvania  observatum. 

Genus  236.     Scorias.     Sys.  Veg.  Fr.  p.  171. 

3077.  1.  S.  spoNGiosA,  L.  v.  S.,  Syn.  Car.  1311,  Botrytis.  Non  sine  numinc  celebcrrimus  Friesius 
liunc  fungum  maximum,  tam  abnormem  loco  citato  Systemati  suo  incorporat.  Evidenter  est  hujus 
vicinitatis— et  multa  habet  communia  cum  Podisomate.  In  Pennsylv.ania  quaque  in  sylvis  fagmeis, 
plerumque  in  terra  jacet,— nee  ctiam  his  regionibus  a  me  unquam  statu  non  induratomventa. 

(icmis  237.      Dacrina.      F.  S.  V.  p.  172,  Dacrydiuni,  Necs. 

3U78.      1.    D.  m7(iaiarmum,  Nees.  Syst.  passim   et  Bethh  ad  ligna  occurrlt.     Syn.  Car.  1336,     Dema- 
tiuni  praesertim  sub  cortlce  Juglandls  tomentosae,  SiC. 
•3079.     2.   D.  hydnohhum,  Consp.  Fung.  Nisk.  A.  et  S.  sub  nomine  Hydnum  sudans.     Optime  quadrant 
speclniina  nostra  in  llgno  Rhododendri,  Bethl. 

Vol.  IV.— 4  B 


306  SYNOPSIS  OP 

Genus  23S.     Botryosporidm,  L.  v.  S.,  Novum  Genus. 

Sporidocliio  obsoleto.  Sporidiis  quasi  botrytim  in  binis  aut  pluribus  seriebus  ordinatis  in  sporisoriispel- 
lucidis  pyriformibus,  sufFiiltis  pedicello  pellucido  septato,  atris,  compresso-globosis,  minutls  sporiso- 
riis  fasciculatim  prorumpentibus. 

3030.      1.   B.  piioncMPENs,  L.  v.  S.,  in  Euphorbiae  epidermide  (et  magis  confluens  etiam  in  Dianthi)  ex 
crusta  qiiadam  cinerascente,  more  Cl.">dosporii  prorumpens,  Bethleliem. 
R.  acei'vis  minutis,  copiosis,  subconfluentibiis,  aterrimis,  ex  fasciculatis  sporisoi'iis  pedicellatis. 


Series  IV.     Sporodermei. 

Genus  239.      Sporidesmium. 

*.3081.     I.    S.  cil.-um,  Lk.  p.  120,  n.  1,  in  lignis  piitridis,  Naz. 

3082.  2.   S.  xiTESs,  L.  V.  S.,  in  truncis  et  ramis  deniid.atis  Spii-aeae  opniifoliae  satis  vidgare,  Bethl. 

S.  Stromate  apjilanatim  pulvinato,  acervis  minutis  semillneaiibus  tantum  passim  confluentibus,  lig-num 
longe  lateque  pnnctuans.  Sporidiis  densim  aggregatis  clavatis,  fusiformibus  et  subtortuosis,  fusco- 
atrls  cum  splendore  nitente. 

Genus  240.      Exosporitjji.     Lk.  p.  120,  parte  ininore. 

E.  Vermiculariis  in  Genere  No.  58,  supra  descriplis,  liuc  ct  non ad  Pyrenomicetum  pertincre  mihi  videntur 

E.  TiUue,  No.  1833,  hujus  libelli: 

E.  clavuligera.  No.  1834:  adde  quoque 

3083.  3.   E.  MAXIMUM,  L.  v.  S.      Stilbospora  maxima  Syn.  Car.  506,  quod  autem  in  Pennsylvania  milii 
nonobvium.     Magnitudine  sporidiorum,  oculo  nudo  perceptibilium  valde  insigne. 


Genus  241.      Seiridium. 

*3084.  1.  S.  «?f/)-^i"na/um,  Lk.  p,  126,  n.  1.  Planta  nostra pervulgata in  Rosa  corymbosa,  incolainunda- 
torum  locorum,  icone  .ac  descriptione  Neesi  exacte  convenit.  Sedabhorret  magnitudine.  Plerum- 
que  nempe  occurrit  in  ramis  vivisaut  subviventibus  acervis  ingcntibus  crassissimis,  biuncialibus,  am- 
biens  ramos,  et  saepe  multi  accrvi  confluunt.  Sporidiis  tam  m.agnis  ut  optime  possint  observari  nudis 
oculis,  aut  saltern  per  lentem  quam  mininie  augentem. 

•3085.     2.   S.  SiMiLACis,  L.  V.  S.,  passim  ex  caulibus   Smilacis  caduci  et  .aliorum   specicrura  erunipens, 
Bethlehem. 
S.  acervis,  longissinie  confluentibus,  tamcn  multominoribus,  nee  tam  incr.assatis.     Sporidiis  cylindricis, 
atrofuscis,  obtusis,  pedicellis  longissimis  contortis  albi.s. 

Genus  2  12.       CORYA'EUM. 

'5086.      1.   C.  depnssum,  Lk  n.  4,  in  ramcdis  jihododendri,  liethlehem. 
'3087.     2.   C.  hradiyuruiH,  Lk.  n.  3,  passim  in  lignis  ramorum.  Bethlelieni. 

3088.  3.  C  HEDvsAnr,  L.  v.  S..  Syn.  Car.  50J,  Didyinos|>orium  in  foliis  vigentlbus  Hedysarori'.m  in 
Carolina  cvidentcr  hujus  loci. 

3089.  4.   C.  couTicALE,  ly.  V.   S.,  Syn.   Car.  SI!,  elegintulum,    non  frequens   sed  distinctissinium   in 
epidermide  Platani  occidentalis. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  TUKGI.  307 

•o090.     5.   C.  KHOnoDEsmi,  L.  v.  S.,  passim  in  foliis  lihododendrl  maximi,  Uetlil. 

C.  Sporidocliiis  mimitis,  sparsis,  per  epidei-midem  folii  pronimpentibus,  convcxidis,  atris,  intus  albes- 
centibiis.     Sporidiis  dispersis,  dcmum  nudiiisculis.     Sporidiis  ovatibus  aut  p\rifbrmil>iis,   pcdicellis 
breviusculis,  crassis,  septatis. 
*o091.     6.    C.  Smilacis,  L.  v.  S.,  in  epidcrmide  Sniilacis  rotundifolii  dispcrsnm,  lictbl. 

C.  Spovidochiis  tectis  sub  epidevmide  elevata,  tantuni  poro,  ant  rima  centrali  apertis.     Disco  minuto 
turn  conspicuo,  densim  obsilo  sporidiis  nigris  ac  fuligincis  pedicellatis,   obloni^is  aut  subcylindricis, 
scptatij — demum  efHuenllbus. 
3092.     7.   C.  i;ripnTLLUM, L.  v.  S.,  vulgave  in  foliis  Castaneis.     Sparsini  ct  nitfiificans,  lictblelicm. 
C.  sporidocbiis  obliteratis,  acervulis  parvis,  irrcgnlai-ibus   densim  aggregatis  in  pagina  avcrsa.      Spori- 
diis numerosis,  ovalo-cylindricis,  subfalcalis,  septatis,  fnscis.     Aqua  infusa  apparent  ])cdicelli  long-i- 
usculi,  pellucidi,  pluribus  versus  basin  coalitis. 
•3093.     8.    C.    jipriGDnATUM,    L.    v.    S.,   snbtectum  sub  viUositate  pag-inae  aversac  foliornm  Quercns 
macropae,  Nazaretli. 
C.  sporidocbiis   atris   diflbrmibus  aut  stellatim   confluentibus.  subclTusis,  applanatis.     Sporidiis  pyri- 
formibus,  mulliseptatis,  brevissime  pedicellatis.     Prime  obtutu  affine  quodammodo  Uotiyosporio 
nostro. 


Genus  213.     GyjiNospoRANGiujr. 

"■3094.     1-  G.  Juniperi,  Lk.  p.  127,  n.  1.      lufrequens  sedbene  distinctuni  a  I'odisoniate  Juniperi  inventum 
prope  Easton  Pen.us)  Ivaniae  in  Junipcro  virg'iniaiui. 

Gcr.us21-1.       PODISOJIA. 

•3095.  1.  P. /"(J/yjm,  Link.  p.  127,  in  unico  .Tnnip.  Sabina  mild  nola,  in  his  reg-ionibns — copiosim  pro- 
puUat. 
3096.  2.  P.  MAcr,opus,L.  V.  S.,  Lk.  p.  127,  perperam  sub  Gymnosporang-io.  In  Carolinae  supe- 
rioris  reg-ionibus  mihi  optime  notis,  rarior  Cungus.  In  Pennsylvania  vulg'atissimus,  apprimc 
infestans  .luniperos  virg-iuianas  sub  cuUro  horlnlanorum  gementes,  et  vulgo  notus  nomine  "  CtT/fir 
apple,"  sub  quo  in  forum  afi'ertur,  ut  potens,  quanquani  fabulosum  remedium  anthelminticum.  Link- 
ius  dolet  me  non  in  analomen  sporidocUii  inl'erioris  incjuisivisse.  Quae  nunc  de  hoc  milii  innotne- 
runt  hoc  loco  lubenter  addo.  Primum,  basis  iUa  veMatissima,  nulUmpdo  pro  sporidocliio  habenda,  si 
hoc  nomine  deslgnare  vis  idem  quod  in  Podisomate  .luniperi  sic  audit.  Est  corpusculum  ilhtj,  gela- 
tinosum  e  stipitibus  sporiuiorum  implicatis  formatum  exacte  cum  ligulis  treniellosis  noslri  P.  macro- 
podis  congruum.  Casilare  capitulum  autem  de  quo  quaeritur  oninino  alius  indolis.  Nunqnam  autem 
deest.  Iiiitium  contra  semper  praebet  nostro  fung-o;  primo  juventute  in  tenerrimis  ramulis  .1.  virgini- 
aiiae  se  ostendens,  maguiludine  capitis  aciculae  majoris,  sensim  crescens,  plerumque  ramulo  pene- 
trante  immutato  et  in  capitulum  plus  minusve  regulariter  turbinatum  et  plicatum  intumcscens;— ad 
uncialem  vel  Immo  biuncialemdiametrum  attingens.  Substantia  in  sicco  et  obsolete  fibroso-suberosa 
est,  ut  Eistulinae,  sed  non  succoso-carnosa,  quasi  ex  flbris  ex  pedicello  late  obconico  radiantibus — 
ceterum  turn  servans  habitum  sublignosum.  Capitidum  vigens  contra  faciliter,  ut  pcmum,  se- 
candum  immo  comedendum  est — durum  exsiccatione  devenit.  Exlus  cortice  gaudct  epldermidis  ad 
instar,  colore  ex  lilaceo  fuscopurpurascente,  omnino  tamen  exsr.cco  ut  pomorum  epidermide.  In  tola 
superficie  regularia  apparent  foveola,  polygona,  plerumque  pentagon.^,  primum  tantum  applaiiala, 
mox  impressaet  umbonata;  turn  cortice  in  centro,  rupto,  tempore  madido,  protruduntur  sporido- 
chia  ligulosa  tremellosa,  colore  pulcb.errimo  aurantio  uncialia — tolas  arbores  per  unam  vernalem  noc- 
tem  pluviosam  tanquam  ditissima  messe  Aurantiorum  maturorum  exornans.  Si  tempus  madidum  con. 
tinu.atur  per  multos  dies,  per  tantos  hoc  statu  invenitur,  ligulis  tandem  diffluentibus.  Mox  sub  sole 
autem  exsiceauturligulae — nee  unquam  revivificantur.  Capitulum  persistit  per  annum.  Vetusta  spt- 
cimina,  interne  non  dissimiha  excrescentiis  arborum.  Nullibi  capitulum  tamen  sine  ligulis  salteni 
initialibus,  ligulae  sine  capitulo  invenientur.  Solenne  est,  ubi  arbores  juniperinas  cultri  ope  in  for- 
mam  py  ramidatam  aut  aliani  cocrcuntur,  fuug-um  i:ostruni  incredibiU  copin  eascontegerc — ?ed  secup.- 


308  SYNOPSIS  OF 

dum  observationes  meas  per  decern  aiuioscautim  notatas,  tales  arbores  non  destmit,  ne  quidemvide- 
tiir  illis  nocei-e.     Sunt  igitur  ex  populo  inulti,  et  non  pauci  non  ex  plebe,  qui  persuasissimi  haerent 
fuiigum  bunc  aut  inflorescentiam  aut  fi'uctum  verum  Jiiniperorum  esse.     Basin  nibil  habere  commune 
cum  opere  insectifero  per  asslduum  studium  edoctus  sum.     Non  valde  fungosam  esse  etiam  fatendum 
est.     Milii  videtur  abnormissima  formatio  de   qua  melius  nil  adseverare — sed  ulterius  e.xaminare. 
^'ota. — Anatomia  baseos  hujus  fungi  in  statu  juvenilj,  antequam  ligulam  tremellosam  protrudit,  casu 
oniissa  loco  suo,  indicat  sequentia.     Substantia  baseos  tum  intus  omnino  est  similis  substantiae  Pomi  ma- 
turi — si  basin  cultro  secare  velis — ex  albido-virens,  sesc  monstrat,  omnino  ut  pomum  immaturum;  gru- 
moso-cellulosum,  habitu  quodam  ex  stipite  radiante.      Mox  color  viridis  mutatur  in  fulvo-aurantium  colc- 
rem — et  tum  observantur  fibri  albidi  rarlores  radiantes  ramosim  ex  stipite.     Ligulis  seniel  prolrusis,  quod 
fit  tempore  pluvioso  basis  non  amplius  cresclt;  si  autem  ver  non  pluviosus  sit,  indies  avigentur  bases. 
Epidermis  juniorum  ante  evolutionem  sporidochiorum,  texturam  quandam  filamentoso-furrurace.am  habet, 
et  crassitiem  epidei-midis  pomi.     Ligulae  in  statu  perfectissimo  onustae  sunt  sporidiis,  omnino  ut  in  P.  ju- 
niper!— sunt  autem  lig'ulae  plerumque  longiores  ncc  conicae  sed  saepe  subfiexuosae   et  potius  versus 
apicem  attenuatae. 

Genus  245.     Sarcopodium. 

\309".  I.  S.  clrcinnulum,  Lk.  p.  12",  n.  1,  non  rarum  sed  faciliter  ob  similitudinem  cum  initio  Thele- 
phorae  (et  Fries,  in  Elencbo  p.  226  ad  Thelephoras  trahit)  super  visum.     Ad  caules,  Eethl. 

Genus  246.      Lichenopsis.      L.  v.  S.  ,  Noviun  Genus. 

Genus  omnino  aberrans.  Angiogastres,  praesertim  Spliaerobolas  cum  ultimis  (iymnomycctibus,  ut  Podi- 
soma,  apte  jungcns,  et  ob  crustaceam  maculam  in  ligno — ad  Lichenes  quoque  certo  modo  spectans. 

Sporidochio,  in  cupula  subglobosa  ime  recondita  in  ligno  lichenosim  circum  circa  albocrustato,  quasi  im- 
merse; tapetio  cupulae  subcarnoso  excavate,  et  cupula  primum  operculo  albopulveraceo  tecta,  de- 
mum  operculo  deciduo,  orerotundo  contractomagnitudine  capitis  aciculae  m.ijnris,  apcrta.  Incen- 
ti'o  hu)us  cupulae  globosae  assurgit  Sporldochium  cylindrlcum  apice  truncatum,  lutescens,  ex  coa- 
litisfloccis  hyalinls  tenuissiralscomposltum,  diffluentibus  in  aqua,  in  sicclsconjunctisin  corpusculum 
mduratum  subcornevmi;  flocci,  qui  evidenter  sunt  pedicelli,  ut  in  Podisomate,  sporldiorum,  quibus  hoc 
corpusculum  coronatum  est  in  disco  suo;  sporidia  autem  ovalia  multiseptata,  aterrinia.  Sicco  statu 
sporldochium  ad  instar  columellae  in  centro  cupulae  assurgit,  luteum,  ex  nigris  sporidiis  in  super- 
ficie  punctato-nigi-um.  Verisimilitcr,  ut  mihl  videtur,  sporldochium  demum  ejicitur,  ut  globus 
Sphaeroboli.  Non  vldi  hoc  factum,  sed  cupulae  saepe  Inanes  occurrunt.  Operculum  plerumque 
umbonatum. 

"3098.      1.  L.  spnAinoBoLoiDEi,  L,  v.  S.,  satis  frequens  occurrlt  Bethleliemls   in  ramis  Corni  floridae, 
Celtis,  et  aliorum  in  ligno  et  cortice. 
L.  Cupulis  immersis  ligno   (Stictidem   majorem  revocantibus)  lineari  diametro,  intus  tapetio  pallide 
luteo  subcarnoso  vestitis  extus  albescentibus,  percrustam  albescentem  subdetermlnatim  eftusam  pro- 
rumpentibus.     M.aculas  licljenosas  blunciales  efficlt. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI. 


309 


INDEX 


GENERUM  ET  SPECIERUM  A  ME  PRTMUM  I.\  AMERICA   DETECTARUM. 


'  Signo  notatae  jam 


ill  Syiwpsi  Fungortim  Carolhiae  dcsmptae  sunt. 


Acladium  densissimum. 
Acremonium  nigTOspermnm. 
ActkUum  caric'mum. 
Actinothyrium  cauUncola. 

mag'noliae. 
Aecidium  (Caeoina)  apocynatum. 

aroidatiim. 

astcratum. 

cimicifiig-atum. 

claytoniatum. 

clemati  latum. 

convolvulatiim. 

dracontioiiatura. 

erigei'onatiim. 

eupUorbiae  hypcricifoliac. 

gnaphalUatum. 

hepaticatum. 

helianthatuni. 

hibiscatum. 

houstoniatum. 

hieraciatum. 

liypericatura. 

impatientatum. 

luminatum. 

rnyricatum. 

osmundatum. 

pedatatuni. 

pentstemoniatum. 

podophyllatum. 

pjTatum. 

pyi'olatiim. 

sambuciatum. 

sag'ittatum. 

srnilacinatum. 

tenue. 

trachelifoliatuni. 

uvulariatiim. 

Vol.  IV.— 4  C 


Aegerita  hitescens. 

ovula. 
Aethalium  ferrincola. 
Ag'aricus  denticulatus 

farinosus. 

illudcns. 

indigo. 

lamellosus. 

nigripes. 

pc-ctinatus. 

pubescens. 

rbodoxanthus. 

sctisedus. 

siccus. 

tcnuipes. 

tubaeformis. 
Anixia  intcrrupta. 
Arachnion  album. 
Arcyria  globosa. 

lutea. 

minor. 
Ascobolus  conglomeratui. 
Aspergillus  purpureofuscus. 
Asterophora  effusa. 
Atractobolus  lutescens. 

Bactridlum  effusum. 
Boletus  alboater. 

betula. 

pocono. 
Botrytis  laxa. 

lateritia. 

leucosantha. 

Ulacina. 

mimitala. 

pellicula. 

pulcberrima. 


Bovista  Candida. 

craniiformis. 
Botryosporium  pi'oi'umpens. 
Bulgaria  rusa. 

Caeoma  (Ured.)  agrimoniae. 

amaranthi. 

andropogi. 

anemonis. 

ari  virginici. 

azaleae. 

brunneum. 

cbacrophyllis. 

cbclidonii. 

elcphantopodis. 

helianthi. 

heucherae. 

hyperici. 

ipomaeae. 

iridis. 

junci. 

lobeliae. 

smilacis. 

solidaginis. 

spcrmacocis. 

syntherismae- 

tereblntliinaceae . 

teucrli. 

thalictri. 

zeae. 
Calocera  fiisciculata. 

pibpes. 
CompsotricUum  splendens. 
Caulliarellus  cinnabarinus. 

confluens. 

cupressi. 

fascicularis. 


310 


SYNOPSIS  OP 


■  CanUiarellus  floccosus. 

helolioides. 

incarnatus. 

odoratus. 

olivaceus. 

roseus. 

spathulariae. 

viridis. 
Capillaria  malvacearum. 

I'hizomorphina. 
Cenang'ium  aenig-iriosum. 

andromedae. 

apertum. 

castaiieae. 

ccphalanthi. 

clavatum. 

compressum. 

confusum. 

ci'ustaceum. 

enteroxanthum. 

e]wspliaeria. 

fatiscens. 

fibriseda. 

molluscum. 

iiigi'ofLiscum. 

palmatum. 

populuuim. 

pyrinum. 

rliois. 

rosae. 

sphaeriomoi-phum. 

staphyleae. 

triangulare. 

tumonim. 

tui-gidiim. 

viburni. 
Ceratites  (Caeom. )  botryapites. 

fraxinites. 
Ceratosporhiin  t'liscescens. 
ChaetomKim  Douglass!. 

typhinum. 
Chloridium  candidissimum. 
Cli'cinoti'icbum  candidiim. 
Cladospor'uim  big-noniae. 

epispbacria. 

iridicola. 

lifjiialUe. 

maculans. 

simplex. 

sparsum. 

tyjdiae. 

virtjuUoTOm. 
Cktslerispiir'iiin  cai'icinum. 
Clavavia  aurantio-cuiiiabarina. 


Clavaria  compressa. 

corona  ta. 

gigaiUea. 

merismato'ides. 

subcorticale. 

sulpliurascens. 

tenax. 

tenuis. 

tetragona. 

trichomorpha. 

vernalis. 
Coccotricbum  erubescens. 
Coniospoi'ium  ati'um. 

strobilinum. 
Coremium  coccineuni. 

concentncum. 

fimelarium. 

flavovirens. 

frag'ariasti'um. 

subiculatum. 
Coryneum  eorticalc. 

effig-uratum. 

epipbyllum. 

hedysari. 

rhododendri. 

smilacis. 
Craterium  flonforme. 

porpbyrium. 
Crlbraria  minutissirna. 
Ci'vptosporium  pseudoacaciae. 
Cypbella  pendula. 
Cytispora  ceanothi. 

difformis. 

pei'sicarum. 

quercina. 

robiniae. 

rubi. 

Daci'omyces  azaleae. 

capitatus. 

cinnabarlnus. 

dift'omiis. 

epipb)'nus. 

involutus. 

pcIUicidus. 

viticola. 
Uactylium  ci'ustaceum. 

giamineum. 

melanopus. 
Daedalea  discolor. 

mcrulioides. 

subtomentosa. 

zonata. 
Dematium  cinnamomeum. 


Dematium  cpisphaeria. 

ramosum. 

smilacis. 
Depazea  (Spli. )  catalpicola. 

dryopliila. 

kalmicola. 

smilacicola. 

tulipiferae. 
Dermea  craterium. 

cydoniae. 

populnea. 

spiraeae. 
Dermosporium  atrum. 

decolorans. 

roseum. 
Dichaena  caespitosa. 

smilacina. 
Didymosporium  acuminatum. 

calycanthi. 

celtis. 

corticola. 

effusum. 

erumpens. 

minutissimum. 

pezizoides. 
Dothidea  afBata. 

ambrosiae. 

annonae. 

asclepiadis. 

asteromorpha.. 

biacbystemonitis. 

bumeliae. 

capreolatae. 

castaneae. 

cepae. 

chalybea. 

chenopodii. 

cinerascens. 

conferta. 

Crustacea. 

delmicola. 

delicatula. 

deuigrans. 

diospyri. 

dioscoreae. 

dispersa. 

eflusa. 

elegans. 

elliptica. 

encoeliura. 

exasperans. 

fdicum. 

fothergillae. 

frigoris. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI. 


311 


Dotludea  fmctig'ena. 
gentianae. 
glyeineos. 
gramma, 
heliopsidls. 
hjbiscicola. 
hyssopi. 
impatientis. 
ineleg-ans. 
jug'laudicola. 
lauri  borboniae. 
lam-icola. 
lineola. 
liriodendri. 
maculans. 
missouriensis. 
nigrescens. 
nodicola. 
orbiculata. 
ornans. 
panlci. 
peniciUata. 
petiolaris. 
phlogis. 
phytolaccae. 
polygalae. 
polygoiiati. 
pomig'ena. 
radicalis. 
ramosa. 
riiois. 
rhuina. 
roblniae. 
rosac. 
sassafras, 
saepincola. 
sllpliii. 

subcuticularis. 
tosici. 

viburni  dentati. 
viticola. 
zeae. 
Dryophilum  pezizoides. 
umbonatum. 

Enteridium  cinereum. 
Epicoccum  caricicola. 
Eriiieum  anomalura. 

lineola. 

pruni. 

quercus  canescentis. 
Erysibe  ambrosiae. 

asterum. 

ceanothi. 


Erysibe  chelones. 

densissimum. 

gerai'diae. 

Uriodendri. 

mors  uvae. 

nonnecator. 

phlog'is. 

quercimim. 

quisqulliarum. 

syringae- 

v.accinii. 

verbenac. 

viburni. 
Eurotium  obliteratum. 
Excipula  cpidcrmidis. 

glandicola. 

liliorum. 

majuscula. 

nitidula. 

rumicicola. 

ulmicola. 

viticola. 
Excidia  applanata. 

auriformis . 

crenata. 

lurida. 

spicuLata. 
Exosporium  maximum. 

Favolus  abnormis. 
Fibrillaria  crocea. 

complanata. 
Fistulina  radicata. 
Fusarium  capitatum. 

coccineum. 

efi'usum. 

inseptatum. 

pyrinum. 
Fusidium  caesium. 

epidermidis. 

farina. 

fumago . 

tenuissimum. 
Fusisporium  l.agenariae. 

Geastrum  fibriUosum. 

minimum. 
Geoglossum  farinaceum. 

rufum. 
Glonium  accumulatum. 
Gucpinia  helvelloides. 

Haplotrichum  subpulvinalum. 
virescens. 


llelminthosporium  brassicola. 

corniculatum. 

coi'ticale. 

crustuosiUTi. 

dubium. 

fasciculatum. 

hcrbarum. 

sorglii. 

virg'uUorum. 
Ilelvella  costata. 
Hydnum  aeruginosum. 

adustum. 

byssinum. 

canum. 

cinnabarinum. 

coriaceo-membranaceura. 

croceum. 

delicatum. 

cpiphyllum. 

himantia. 

luteopalUdum. 

moUe. 

olivaceum. 

ramosum . 

rliois. 

subresupinatum. 

sulpluu'cum. 

viticola. 
Hymenella  cili.ata. 
Hypodermium  effusum. 
Hysterium  abbrcviatum . 

andromcdae. 

azaleae. 

betulignum. 

castaneae. 

cinerascens. 

confluens. 

expaliens. 

fibritectum. 

flexuosum. 

griseum. 

insidcns. 

kalmiae. 

librincola. 

mori . 

nucicola. 

osmundae. 

plantarura. 

polygonati. 

praeloiigum. 

pteridis. 

rhododendi'i. 

rimincola. 

rufescens. 


312 


SYNOPSIS   OF 


Hysterium  rugulosum. 
smllacis. 
syringae. 
teres, 
tortile, 
vaccinii. 
verbasci. 
vulvatum. 

Xllosporium  caesium. 
Institale  ma.ximum. 
Irpex  cinerascens. . 

epiphylla. 

fuscescens. 

niveus. 

ochraceus. 

tulipiferae. 
tsaria  bicolor. 

Candida. 

carnea. 

fiircata. 

globosa. 

nig'ripes. 

phalanglophila. 

sphingopliila. 

Labrclla  nitida. 
Lachnobolus  cinereus. 
Leangium  stipatum. 
Lematis  olivaceovircns. 

quercina. 

nifo-olivacea. 
Lentinus  Lecontii. 

pelliculosus. 

strigosus. 

Schweinitzii. 
Leotia  clilorocepliala. 
Leptostroma  acerinum. 

acteae. 

aspidiorum. 

ccreale. 

donacis. 

fructigena. 

hyperici. 

inundatum. 

marginatum. 

piceum. 
Leptostroma  rhuinum. 

scandcntium. 

zizaniae. 
Licea  cp'ipliylla. 

niacrospora. 

nitcns. 
Lidicnupsis  spbacroboloidca. 


Lopliium  naviculare. 
sassafras. 

Melanconium  dotbidea. 

griseum. 

peritheciatum. 

sassafras. 

truncatum. 

viscosum. 
Merulius  brassicaefolius. 

pallens. 

strigosozonatus. 
Mitremyces  lutescens. 
Mitrula  iuflata. 

exigua. 
Monilia  fusconigra. 

globosa. 

punctuans. 
Slorcbella  foraminulosa. 
Mucor  capitato-ramosum 

echinophila. 

Naematelia  nucleata. 
Nidularia  fascicularis 

juglandis. 

melanosperma. 

pulvinata. 

rugisperma. 

stercorea. 

Oidium  candldum. 

inquinans. 
Ostracodermum  spadlceum, 
Ostropa  cinerascens. 

hysterioides. 

rugulosa. 

spUaerioides. 

Pachyma  cocos. 
Patellaria  nigrocinnabarina. 

rhododendri. 

verbasci. 
Perichaena  marginata. 

vaporaria. 
Periconia  bulbosa. 

epipbylla. 

fasciculata. 

gracilis. 

macularis. 
Pcridermium  (Cacom.)  germinale 
Perisporium  caladil. 
Peziza  araclinoidea. 

ascoboloidea. 

atrofusca. 


Peziza  candidofulva. 
clilora. 
chlorascens. 
cinnamomea-lutescens. 
cinnabarina. 
cinereofusca. 
citrinella. 
clypeata. 
comata. 
concbella. 
concrescens. 
confluens. 
crocea. 
daedalea. 
discincola. 
erinacea. 
eupatorii. 
floccosa. 
fulvocana. 
fuscobarbata. 
glandlcola. 
griseopulvei'acea. 
liydrangeae. 
incarnescens. 
irregidaris. 
leguminum. 
lentaginis. 
leontina. 
luteo-alba, 
maculincola. 
megaloma. 
membranacea. 
mitrida. 
mollisiaeoides. 
obtecta. 
occidentalis. 
ocliracea. 
opullfolia. 
pastinacae. 
penicillata. 
pliiladelphi. 
prolificans. 
pruinata. 
rosco-alba. 
rufiberbis. 
rufula. 
solitaria. 
sphaerincola. 
subliirta. 
subiculata. 
torta. 

turbinulata. 
vitis. 
vixvisibilis. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI. 


318 


Phacidium  capsulare. 
cauUncola. 
corticalis. 
exasperans. 
tVaxineuin. 
glandicola . 
platani. 
quercinum. 
rhododendri. 
Phlebia  cinnabarina. 
coccineo-fiilva. 
hyanoidea. 
Phlebomorpha  ai-buscula. 
Phoma  andromedae. 
calycanthi. 
culmicola. 
prunicola. 
tulipiferae. 
Phragmidium  hedysari. 
Phyllopta  parasitica. 
Physarum  atrum. 

caespitosum. 
elegans. 
effusum. 
luteovalve. 
polyaedron. 
vermiculatiim. 
Podisoma  macropus. 
Podosporium  rigidum. 

glandicola. 
Polyactis  grisea. 
Polyporus  aesculi. 

candidissimus. 

caryae. 

cervinum. 

cinereiis. 

conchifer. 

connatus. 

decipiens. 

decolorans. 

favesceiis. 

fimbi'iporus. 

gilvus. 

graveolens. 

hirsutnliis. 

internus. 

isabellimis. 

juglaiKlinus. 

labyrinthiacus. 

lilacimis. 

lobatus. 

nigi'omargin.atus . 

nigropurpurciis. 

nigropurp\u'ascens. 

Vol.  IV.- 


Polyporus  parviilus. 

pallido-cei'vinus. 

papyraceus. 

pilotae. 

pini  canadensis. 

pulchellus. 

radicatus. 

rhododendri. 

sassafras. 

scntellatus. 

spissus. 

su])erficialis. 

symphj'tum. 

tenuis. 

unicolor. 

undulatus. 

virgineus. 

viticola. 

xantholoma. 
Porolheleum  pezizoides. 
Pterula  pUimosa. 
Puccinia  acule.ata. 

andropogi. 

arl  trlpiij  Hi. 

ai'undinariae. 

asteris. 

bullata. 

concentrica. 

emaculata. 

gaUi. 

helenii. 

helianthi. 

heliopsidis. 

junci. 

kalmiae . 

lespedezae  procumbentis 

lespedezac  violaceae. 

tnyrrhis. 

pliaseoli  trilobi. 

potentillae. 

pycnantbemi. 

silphii. 

smilacis. 

solida. 

sorghi. 

verbesinae. 

vernoniae. 

windsoriae. 

xanthii. 

zizaniae. 
Pyremum  celiac. 

liadulum  hydnans. 
investiens. 


Radidum  pini  canadensis. 
Uhizoctonia  baltatus. 

himantia. 

placenta. 

radiciformis, 
Rhytisma  aceris  eriocarpae. 

adglutinatum. 

asteris. 

bifrons. 

cacti. 

confluens. 

decolorans. 

elevatum. 

ilicincola. 

ilicis  canadensis. 

juglandina. 

magnoliae. 

prini. 

sasafras. 

seriale. 

sllpbii. 

smilacis. 

solidaginis. 

vaccinii. 

vitis. 

Saccidium  bignoniae. 

vegetum. 
Sarca  brassicola. 
Schizoxylon  tuberculatum. 
Scleroderma  lycoperdoides. 
Sclerotium  aesculi. 

anemones. 

applanatum. 

convexulum. 

diftorme. 

erumpens. 

frustulatum. 

fuscomacuLitum. 

gallarum. 

gregarium. 

hysteriilbrme. 

lauricola. 

lignatile. 

liliorum. 

meduDare. 

nicandrae. 

orobanches. 

petiolorum. 

platani. 

prunorum. 

reniforme. 

sassafras. 
Scolicotrichum  candidum. 


-4  D 


314 


SYNOPSIS  OF 


Scorias  spongiosa. 
Scii-idium  smilacis. 
Septoria  nigricans. 
Sparassis  spathulata. 
Sphaeria  abbreviata. 

aculeata. 

aculeus. 

aequilinearis. 

afflata 

aggregata. 

albocrnstata. 

albofai'Cta. 

agrostidis. 

albomaculans. 

albopi-uinosa. 

ambigua. 

amoi'phostoma, 

amorphula. 

ampelos. 

ampliata. 

andromedae. 

andromedicola. 

andropogi. 

andi'opogicola. 

angellcae  lucidae. 

annulans. 

aperta. 

apertiuscula. 

aristidae. 

artemisiae. 

asclepiaidis. 

assecla. 

atropunctata. 

azalcae. 

badia. 

bignoniae 

boleticola. 

bi'assicola. 

bnmnea. 

cacti. 

caespitulans. 

callostroma. 

canaliculata. 

Candida. 

cannabis. 

capsularum. 

caries. 

caryophaga. 

castaneae. 

catalpae. 

ceanothi. 

celastri. 

ceplialanthi. 

cinerascens. 


Sphaeria  cimicifuga. 
cladosporiosa. 
clavulata. 
coccineomaculata. 
coUapsa. 
collecta. 
colliculosa. 
ColUnsii. 
Comptoniae. 
concolor. 
concomitans. 
concrescens. 
confertula. 
confusa. 
conseptata. 
conspersa. 
conspurcata. 
consoi'3. 
contorta. 
convexula. 
coptis. 
corni. 
corticium. 
crataegi. 
cornudamae. 
cuticiilata. 
daphnidis. 
daturae. 
decorticata. 
deformata. 
dematiosa. 
denudans. 
denigrata. 
diderma. 
diffusa, 
diospyri. 
discincola. 
discreta. 
distincta. 
divergens. 
driiparum. 
driipivora. 
durissima. 
ecliinophila. 
effigurata. 
elevans. 
elliptica. 

elongato-compressa. 
emergens, 
enteroleuca. 
enteroxantha. 
ei'umpens. 
eupliorliiciila. 
eviilsa. 


Sphaeria  exarata. 
excavata. 
excipulans. 
excussa. 
expers. 
fibriseda. 
flabella. 
flabelliformis. 
fragariae. 
fi-axicola. 
frustrura  coni. 
fumosa. 
fuscata. 
fuscescens. 
fuscopurpurea. 
gaUae. 
geoglossum. 
gregalis. 
glaiidicola. 
gleditsiae. 
goniostoma. 
gossypii. 
grisea. 
gyrosa. 
Halseyana. 
herbicola. 
herculea. 
hibi.sci. 
hibiscicola. 
hyalina. 
bydnicola. 
hydrangeae. 
hyperici. 
hysterloides. 
jasmini. 
illita. 
imposita. 
incanescens. 
inchnata. 
inconstans. 
in  distincta. 
insidens. 
inspissa. 
intermedia, 
inundatorum. 
Investiens. 
investita. 
involuta. 
iridis. 
iridicola. 
juglandicola. 
junipericola. 
kalmiarum. 
kalmlcula. 


\ 


NORTH  A3IERICAN  FUNGI. 


315 


Sphaeria  lactescentium. 
lactifluorum. 
lactucorum. 
laevigata, 
lecythea. 
lespedezae. 
ligustri. 
lilacina. 
limaeformis. 
lineolans. 
liquidambaris. 
liriodendri. 
luteomaculata. 
magnoliae. 
malvicola. 
marginata. 
mela. 
meliae. 
meloplaca, 
inezerei. 
mlUegrana. 
modesta. 
mollissima. 
monstrosa. 
morbosa. 
mori  albae. 
mori  rubrae 
muci'onata. 
naviculare. 
nervisequia. 
nidulans. 
nigi'ella. 
nigrlta. 
nigrobrunnea. 
notha. 
obscura. 
obtecta. 
obtusa. 
obtusata. 
ochroleuca. 
oligostoma. 
olivaceohlrta. 
oUvascens. 
orbicula. 
palliata. 
pannosa. 
panici. 
papilla, 
papyrifera. 
parasitans. 
parsimmons. 
pastinacae. 
penicillata. 
peponis. 


Sphaeria  perforata, 
pericarpii. 
perigynicola. 
petiolonim. 
phellos. 
plaiitaginicola. 
platani. 
platypus, 
platystoma. 
pocula. 
pomoriim. 
polygonal!, 
polygon!  sagittati. 
potentlUae. 
pruina. 
pubens. 
pugillus. 
punctum. 
purpureofusca. 
putaminum. 
p)Taraidale. 
quadrata. 
quadrifida. 
quercuuiD. 
radicalis. 
radicum. 
rattus . 
rccondita. 
rhois. 
rliuina. 
rhizina. 
rivulosa. 
ribesia. 
rimincola. 
robinlae. 
rosae. 
rubicunda. 
rubincola. 
ruborum. 
nifescens. 
sacculus. 
samarae. 
sambucivora. 
sarraceniae. 
sassafras, 
scabriscta. 
scapincola. 
scirponim. 
scoparia 
sclerotim. 
setosa. 

siliquosorum. 
silpliji. 
smilacis. 


Sphaeria  smilacicola. 
solidaginis. 
spliaerincola. 
sphaeriostoma. 
spliaeroccphala. 
spina, 
spissa. 
squamulata. 
stapliyleae. 
stercorum. 
stcrilior. 
stilbosporans. 
stipata. 
subaffixa. 
subbullans. 
subconcava. 
subconfluens. 
subconnata. 
subfasciculata. 
subiculata. 
sublobata. 
subrtigosa. 
subsimplex. 
sulcigena, 
sulphurea. 
sumachi. 
tageticola. 
tecta. 
tenell.a. 
tenuissima. 
tenerrima. 
thapsi. 
tjgrinans. 
tingens. 
tondenda. 
toxici. 
transversa, 
transversalls. 
truncatula. 
tuberculosa, 
tubericola. 
tulipifera. 
tumorum. 
turbinulata. 
tj'phae. 
ulmea. 

umbcllatarum. 
vaccinicola. 
Van  Vleckii. 
variabilis, 
variolaria. 
variolosa, 
verbascicola. 
vernicosa. 


316 


SYNOPSIS   OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  FUNGI. 


Sphaeria  verrucosa. 

viburni. 

vivescens. 

vlridiatra. 

viticola. 

vitis . 

xanthostroma. 

yuccae. 

zeae. 

ziiiniae. 
Sphaerobolus  corii. 

crustaceus. 

minutissimus. 

sparsus. 
Sphaeronema  catalpae. 

caulincola . 

rhododendri. 
Sphaerosporum  lignatile. 
Spermodermium  rufum. 
Spilocaea  concentrica. 
Sporidesmium  niteiis, 
Sporotrichum  aeriiginosum. 

alutaceum. 

cohaerens. 

gratum. 

himantia. 

incarnatum. 

intertextum- 

lutescens. 

solubilc. 

subvinosum. 

viticola. 
Spumaria  liclieniformis. 
Stachytidium  fulvum. 

lutescens. 

roseuni. 
Stemonites  crypta. 

digitata. 

maxima. 
Stictis  caulincola. 

ceracea. 

fimbriata. 

hydrangeae. 

hyssop't. 

ligusti'i. 

philadelphi. 

prominula. 

rubi. 

Stella. 


Stictis  umbellatarum. 
Stilbospora  multiseptata. 

quadriseptata. 

st.ipbyleae. 
Stilbum  inquinans. 

roseum. 

Thelephora  albidobrunnea. 

albidocarnea. 

albobadia. 

caespitulans. 

Candida. 

candidissima. 

cantharella. 

cladonia. 

cinerascens. 

coccinea. 

episphaeria. 

fimbriata. 

grisea. 

helvelloidea. 

imbricatula. 

insinuans. 

lilacina. 

lutosa. 

multipartita. 

ochraceoflava. 

pallescens. 

pallida. 

pedicellata. 

regularis. 

rubropallens. 

sistotremoides. 

spongiosa. 

styraciflua. 

subzonata. 

vialis. 

viticola. 
Torula  Crustacea. 

cucurbitarum . 

meduUare. 

olivascens. 
Tremella  aurantia. 

corrug.ata. 

crassiloba. 

palmata. 

virens. 
Trichia  angulata. 

difformis. 


Trichia  miniata. 

punctulata. 
Trichoderma  rubropallens. 
Tubercularia  calycanthi. 

celastri. 

difFoi-mis. 

fatiscens. 

pezizoidea. 

radicalis. 

subpedicellata. 
Tympanis  cinerascens. 

fasciculata. 

fraxini. 

plicatocrenata. 

seriata. 

turbinata. 

viticola. 
Typhula  mucerdae. 

ramealis. 

Vermicularia  acuminata. 

albomaculata. 

angiistata. 

arctii. 

balsamitae. 

denudata. 

eftusa. 

epiphylla. 

filicina. 

gerardiae. 

iuvolucrl. 

ipomaeorum. 

liLiaceorum. 

ovata. 

petiolorum. 

polygon.ati. 

polygoni  virginici. 

punctuans. 

scandentium. 

silphii. 

staphyleae. 

subeffiguratum. 

thecicola. 

truncata. 
Verpa  caroliniana. 
Vibrissea  truncorum. 
VoluteUa  quercina. 

Zythia  compressa. 


EXI'LR'AI'IO  U'ONLIM   NOVOUUM  (iKNliKUM. 


Fit;.   I        I'oDospoiuiJM  nitJinuM,  L.  v.  S. 

(I.  Jliiimilu.^  (-uiii  I'titUi^iiunn  iiiai;iiituilM]r  iiutuivili. 

b.  Floi:ci  plurcs,  s|ioiiiIm.s  omistls,  luudicc  auctis. 

c.  rioocus  j^iiiguliis  ;   v;il(lc  aucluti,  ^erciis  spondKi 

d.  [(Iciii,  s|)(iiKliis  j;ini  dojcclis. 
c.  Sporidia  iiiaxiiiic  aucta. 

/.  [dem . 

Fig.    2.        BoTRVOSPOUUIM  PKOKUMl'ENS,    L.  V.   S. 

a.  Frayiiicntuui  caulis,  acerviilis  i'uiigi  pioruiii|iuinibus  ex  C[)idciuiide,  iiiugmludiut;  naturuli. 

b.  Spoiodocliiuui  oiiuslum  I'asciculis  spoiisoiioiuiii,  valdo  aucl. 

c.  Sporisoria  pcllucula  coiitiiioiitia  sporidia. 

Fij^.  3.     Ceuatosporium  fuscescens,  L.  v.  S. 
a.  Coiticis  rruslruiii,  cm  injacoiit  sporidia  oliusa  mag.  nal. 
h.    Modice  aucta  ajwridia  iii  cpiderinidis  li'uslro. 

c.  Sporidia  subpcllucida  scptata  iiiagis  aucta. 

d.  Sporidia  valde  aucta. 

e.  Sporidium  simplex  auctissiinum. 

Fig.  4.       CLASTBRISPOniUM  CARICINUM,   L.  V.  S. 

a.  Folii  Cancis  Iragincntum  m  quo  cfi'usum  Ciasterisporium  niagnitudine  naturali 

b.  Modico  auctum. 

c.  Sporidia  pediceilata  inaxmic  aucta. 

Fig.  5.       SpHAEROSPORIUM  LIGNATILE,   L.    V.  S. 

a.  Frustrum  ligni,  acervis  t'uugi  onustuni,  mag.  naturali. 

b.  Modice  auctum. 

c.  Accrvulus  sporidiorum  pcllucidoruui,  cum  globulo  interno  grumoso  inaxime  auctorum. 

d.  Sporidium  singuiuin  pcUucidum  madelactum. 

e.  Sporidium  siccum. 

Fig.    6.       LiCHENOPSIS  SPHAEROBOLOIDEA,  L.    V.    S. 

a.  Ligni  frustrum  cum  lungo  naturali  niagnitudine. 

b.  Fungus  super  corticem  elcvatus — modice  auctus. 

c.  Idem  operculo  tectus. 

d.  Sectio  perpendicularis  cupulum  et  sjiorodocliium  cylmdricuin  internum  monstrans 

e.  Cupula'  sectio — maximc  aucta. 

f.  Cupulani  inanem  cortice  ciiictam  in  ligno  mdulantcm  uioiistrans. 

g.  Sporodocliium  scgregatum  maxinie  auctum. 

h.  Sectio  fungi  junioris,  cupulani,  sporodocliium  et  operculum  monstrans. 

i.    Floccoruin  fasciculus,  sporidiis  iiigris  t;oronaloiuin. 

k.  Magis  audi  Flocci. 

I.    Sporidium  auctissimum. 

m.  Operculum 

Vol..  IV.— 4  Di 


AT-v;  :xiix 


.U 


— «3Lt 


/■■/,/  .! 


^^^  ,  «fe 


^ 


If" 


/'% 


^^90^^ 


r**i! 


e. 


# 


^ 


/ 


317 


ARTICLE  IX. 

Descriptions  of  the  Specimens  of  Inferior  Maxillary  Bones  of  Mastodons 
in  the  Cabinet  of  the  American  Vhilosophical  Society,  with  Remarks 
on  the  genus  Tetracaulodon  (  Godman),  S^'c.  By  Isaac  Hays,  M.D. 
Read  May  20,  1S31. 

MY  friend,  the  late  Dr  Godman,  communicated  to  the  Society  ahout 
eighteen  months  since,  an  account  of  an  extinct  fossil  animal,  closely 
resembling  the  3Iastodon  in  most  of  its  characters,  but  dilTering  from 
it,  in  possessing  tusks  in  the  lower  jaw.  This  difference  Dr  Godman 
thought  of  sufficient  importance  to  constitute  a  new  genus,  to  which 
he  gave  the  name  of  Tetracaidodon.^ 

The  immediate  subject  of  Dr  Godman's  description  having  been  a 
young  animal.t  a  distinguished  naturalist^  of  New  York  suggested  the 
opinion  that  the  Tctracaulodo'ji  was  nothing  but  the  young  of  the  gi- 
gantic Mastodon,  and  that  the  tusks  were  merely  milk  teeth,  which 
were  lost  as  the  animal  became  adult. ^  The  same  opinion  has  since 
been  confidently  advanced  by  others.  || 

Had  Dr  Godman  been  able  to  examine  the  specimens  in  our  cabi- 
nets with  his  own  eyes,  instead  of  being  obliged  to  rely  upon  those  of 
others,  his  own  memoir  would  doubtless  have  contained  all  the  proofs 
necessary  for  refuting  the  opinion  that  he  had  committed  the  error  of 

*  See  Vol.  III.  N.  S.,  p.  478. 

t  Dr  Godman  states,  however,  that  there  are  two  adukjaw  bones  ol' the  same  animal  in  ilie 
cabinet  of  the  University  of  Virginia.     Vol.  III.  N.  S.,  p.  484. 
%  William  Cooper,  Esq. 

§  See  Silliman's  Journal,  Vol.  XIX.  p.  159,  160,  October  13.30. 
II  See  Ferussac's  Bulletin  for  August  1830,  &c. 

Vol.  IV.— 4  E 


318  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  INFERIOR  MAXILLARY  BONES 

describing,  as  a  new  animal,  the  young  of  a  known  species.  The 
account  of  the  Tetracaulodon  was,  however,  written  by  the  author, 
literally  on  his  death  bed.*"  There  is  no  need  of  the  Society's  being 
reminded  of  the  generous  and  lofty  ambition,  by  which  Dr  Godman 
was  always  actuated,  or  that  he  was  compelled  through  life,  to  struggle 
against  difficulties,  which  no  ordinary  man  could  have  overcome ;  and 
they  will  at  once  understand  his  expression  to  his  friends,  on  announcing 
that  he  was  preparing  an  account  of  a  new  fossil  animal, — "  I  have 
all  my  life,"  said  he,  "  been  compelled  to  labour  for  bread,  I  shall  now 
do  something  for  my  fame." 

These  remarks  will  account  for  such  imperfections  as  may  have 
occurred  in  Dr  Godman's  memoir,  as  also  explain  my  anxiety  to  secure 
to  him  the  credit  which  appears  to  me  to  be  his  due. 

It  is  not  my  purpose  to  inquire  into  the  value  of  the  tusk,  in  the 
low'er  jaw,  as  constituting  a  generic  distinction  between  the  3faslodon 
and  Telracaulodon.f  Generic  divisions  in  science  are,  for  the  most 
part,  as  yet  too  arbitrary — the  characters  upon  which  they  are  founded 
too  ill  determined — and  our  materials  at  present  too  scanty,  to  induce 
us  to  venture  any  remarks  upon  this  subject,  even  had  we  not  deter- 
mined to  restrict  ourselves  to  a  detail  of  facts. 

A  more  important  subject  of  inquiry,  is  whether  the  Tetracaulodon 
is  merely  the  young  of  the  gigantic  Mastodon,  and  the  tusks  in  its 
lower  jaw  only  milk  teeth,  which  are  lost  when  the  animal  becomes 
adult  and  are  never  replaced.  Fortunately  the  cabinet  of  the  Society 
furnishes  us  with  materials  for  at  once  settling  this  question.  It  con- 
tains portions  of  three  lower  jaws,  which  1  have  the  honour  of  exhibit- 
ing, and  which  will  be  particularly  described  hereafter.  The  first  is 
that  of  a  young  Mastodon,  M.  giganteum  (Plate  XX.),  entirely  destitute 
of  tusks  or  alveoli  for  tusks;  the  two  others  appertain  to  aged  adult 
animals  (Plates  XXVIII.  and  XXIX.),  and  exhibit  distinct  sockets  for 
tusks.     A  more  complete  refutation  then  of  the  assertion  that  the  Tctra- 

*  Dv  Godman  died  before  the  number  containing  his  memoir  was  published. 

t  Air  Titian  R.  Peale,  who  was  tlie  first  naturalist  by  whom  the  Tetracaulodon  was  seen, 
suggested  to  Dr  Godman  that  the  tusks  in  the  lower  jaw  might  be  merely  a  sexual  character. 
It  is  impossible,  in  the  existing  state  of  our  knowledge,  and  with  our  present  materials,  cither 
to  (•onfirni  or  positively  refute  this  suggestion. 


■/m,-r  /'////n,-  Ji','.-        /'/.,f,XX    n//, 


318  DESCRIPTIONS   OF  INFERIOR  BIAXILLARY  BONES 

describing,  as  a  new  animal,  the  young  of  a  known  species.  The 
account  of  the  Tetracaulodon  was,  however,  written  by  the  author, 
literally  on  his  death  bed.*  There  is  no  need  of  the  Society's  being 
reminded  of  the  generous  and  lofty  ambition,  by  which  Dr  Godman 
was  always  actuated,  or  that  he  was  compelled  through  life,  to  struggle 
against  difficulties,  which  no  ordinary  man  could  have  overcome ;  and 
they  will  at  once  understand  his  expression  to  his  friends,  on  announcing 
that  he  was  preparing  an  account  of  a  new  fossil  animal, — "  I  have 
all  my  life,"  said  he,  "  been  compelled  to  labour  for  bread,  I  shall  now 
do  something  for  my  fame." 

These  remarks  will  account  for  such  imperfections  as  may  have 
occurred  in  Dr  Godman's  memoir,  as  also  explain  my  anxiety  to  secure 
to  him  the  credit  which  appears  to  me  to  be  his  due. 

It  is  not  my  purpose  to  inquire  into  the  value  of  the  tusk,  in  the 
lower  jaw,  as  constituting  a  generic  distinction  between  the  3Iastodon 
and  Tetracaulodon.-f  Generic  divisions  in  science  are,  for  the  most 
part,  as  yet  too  arbitrary — the  characters  upon  which  they  are  founded 
too  ill  determined — and  our  materials  at  present  too  scanty,  to  induce 
us  to  venture  any  remarks  upon  this  subject,  even  had  we  not  deter- 
mined to  restrict  ourselves  to  a  detail  of  facts. 

A  more  important  subject  of  inquiry,  is  whether  the  Tetracaulodon 
is  merely  the  young  of  the  gigantic  Mastodon,  and  the  tusks  in  its 
lower  jaw  only  milk  teeth,  which  are  lost  when  the  animal  becomes 
adult  and  are  never  replaced.  Fortunately  the  cabinet  of  the  Society 
furnishes  us  with  materials  for  at  once  settling  this  question.  It  con- 
tains portions  of  three  lower  jaws,  which  1  have  the  honour  of  exhibit- 
ing, and  which  will  be  particularly  described  hereafter.  The  first  is 
that  of  a  young  Mastodon,  M.  gigantcum  (Plate  XX.),  entirely  destitute 
of  tusks  or  alveoli  for  tusks;  the  two  others  appertain  to  aged  adult 
animals  (Plates  XXVIII.  and  XXIX.),  and  exhibit  distinct  sockets  for 
tusks.     A  more  complete  refutation  then  of  the  assertion  that  the  Tetra- 

*  Dv  Godman  died  licfore  the  number  conUiininfj  liis  memoir  was  published. 

t  Mr  'riii:in  R.  I'eale,  who  was  tlio  lirst  naturalist  liy  whom  the  Tetracaulodon  was  seen, 
suggested  to  Dr  Godman  that  the  tusks  in  the  lower  jaw  might  be  merely  a  sexual  character. 
It  is  impossible,  in  the  existing  state  of  our  knowledge,  and  with  our  present  materials,  cither 
to  contirm  or  positively  rel'ute  this  suggestion. 


7hi'>^:  . ////^.T/ff/^i.-./A-.     rA-rrxy.  ,w  4 


t:Acii/js'/}"iianA'^. 


OF  MASTODONS,  WITH  REMARKS,  ETC.  319 

caulodon  is  only  the  young  gigantic  3fas/odon,is  hardly  possible,  and  the 
merit  of  having  contributed  to  the  Fauna  of  this  country,  one  of  its 
largest  antediluvian  animals,  is  confirmed  to  Dr  Godman. 

The  object  which  originally  prompted  this  communication,  being 
thus  accomplished,  I  might  here  close  it;  but  from  the  great  number 
of  specimens  which  I  have  been  so  fortunate  as  to  have  had  oppor- 
tunities of  examining  (about  forty  lower  jaws,  and  upwards  of  two 
hundred  teeth),  some  facts  have  been  presented,  to  which  my  friends 
attach  so  much  interest,  as  to  induce  me  to  lay  an  account  of  them  be- 
fore the  Society. 

The  first  specimen  I  shall  describe  is  a  fragment  of  the  left  side  of 
the  lower  jaw,  consisting  of  the  ramus,  chin  and  portion  of  thecoronoid 
process.  (Plate  XX.,  fig.  1  and  2)  This  fragment  is  sixteen  inches 
long,  and  weighs  nine  pounds.  The  teeth,  as  well  as  the  loose  tex- 
ture of  the  bone,  show  it  to  have  belonged  to  a  young  animal.  The 
condyloid  process  and  angle  of  the  jaw  are  deficient,  and  the  chin  is 
slightly  broken,  so  that  it  is  impossible  to  determine  whether  it  had 
the  foliated  termination  so  conspicuous  in  the  adult.  (Plate  XXIII.,  s.) 
The  coronoid  process  rises  nearly  perpendicularly  as  in  the gigant cum; 
but  the  ramus  of  the  jaw  is  rather  more  cylindrical  than  in  the  adult 
of  that  species. 

This  fragment  contains  two  teeth.  The  posterior  one  (Plate  XX.,  .-/) 
had  just  commenced  to  pierce  the  gum ;  its  crown  is  perfect,  but  its 
roots  are  not  yet  formed.  This  tooth  is  four  inches  and  one-tenth* 
long,  and  two  inches  and  seven-tenths  broad.  It  has  three  wedge- 
shaped  denticules,  each  of  which  is  divided,  by  a  longitudinal  groove, 
into  two  processes,  the  inner  of  which  is  somewhat  the  wider ;  and 
each  of  these  processes  is  superficially  divided  into  two  or  more  points 
— the  exterior  points  being  the  largest. 

The  anterior  tooth  (Plate  XX.,  c)  resembles  that  just  described  in  its 
general  characters ;  its  crown  is,  however,  somewhat  worn,  particularly 
its  anterior  points.  Its  length  is  three  inches  and  three-tenths,  its 
breadth  is  two  inches  and  five-tenths. 

*  All  the  mensiirfs  were  taken  with  cnllitiers. 


320  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  INFERIOR  MAXILLARY  BONES 

Anterior  to  this  tooth  are  three  alveolar  depressions  (Plate  XX., 
m,  n,  o)  which  mark  the  place  of  teeth  which  have  heen  lost. 

Beneath  the  anterior  socket  is  a  foramen  for  the  passage  of  blood- 
vessels and  nerve.  (Plate  XX.,  fig.  r.)  At  the  anterior  portion  of  the 
chin  are  two  foramina  for  the  same  purpose :  that  on  the  left  side  is 
lower  and  larger  than  the  other,  pyramidal,  and  at  a  short  distance  bi- 
furcates. A  fine  needle  may  be  passed  some  distance  into  each  of  these 
divisions. 

In  one  of  the  lower  jaws  of  an  adolescent  3Iastodon  in  the  Finnel 
collection  at  New  York,  the  foramen  in  the  chin  is  two  lines  in  diame- 
ter and  passes  directly  into  the  large  foramen  in  the  ramus  of  the  jaw 
occupied  by  the  maxillary  nerve  and  blood-vessels. 

The  next  specimen  to  be  noticed,  is  a  fragment  of  the  right  side  of 
the  inferior  maxillary  bone  of  an  adolescent  gigantic  Mastodon,  (Plate 
XXI.)  belonging  to  the  splendid  Wistar  Museum  of  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  This  fragment  is  two  feet  five  inches  long.  The 
general  form  of  this  jaw  is  similar  to  that  of  the  gigantic  Mastodon 
represented  in  Plate  XXIIL,  but  the  ramus  is  rather  more  cylindrical, 
in  which  respect  it  resembles  the  specimen  just  described  (Plate  XX.). 
The  upper  portion  of  the  coronoid,  and  the  condyloid  processes  are  de- 
ficient, as  also  the  angle.  The  chin  is  also  broken,  but  there  are 
manifest  indications  of  an  expansion  similar  to  that  represented  in 
Plate  XXIIL,  s.  Just  above  the  base  of  the  ramus  internally  are  a 
number  of  circular  depressions,  probably  formed  by  the  lobules  of 
the  inferior  maxillary  gland. 

This  fragment  contains  two  teeth,  and  anterior  to  these  a  portion  of 
the  alveolus  of  a  third  tooth.  The  anterior  tooth  (Plate  XXI.  c)  has 
three  dcnticules,  with  two  points  each :  it  is  five  inches  and  eight- 
tenths  long,  and  three  inches  and  seven-tenths  broad.  The  posterior 
tooth  (Plate  XXI.  y)  has  five  denticules  or  pairs  of  points,  and  a  trifid 
heel.  This  tooth  is  eight  inches  and  one-tenth  long,  and  four  inches 
and  three-tenths  broad. 

The  cabinet  of  the  Society  does  not  contain  any  specimen  of  the  lower 
jaw  presenting  all  the  characters  of  the  3Iastodon  gigantcum,  except 
a  small  fragment  represented  in  Plate  XXII.     This  fragment  is  twelve 


FI..XX. 


l-i'i 


Nil.  I. 


■:'%. 


>^i' 


;»; 


c- 


V 


Ma-Iiuli>n       v,min\  ) 

I  .ihuirl    III,    /7ii/„.<  Sii,-. 


I'L.XXII. 


//'/ 


I'm  I 


furl. 


CiIhikI  .lin      /'A.'/i'.-  .-■/'.■ 


pr>..\xiii. 


•-,/  ""■^ 


V. 


^■■-n 


n 


71 


M  .•  I  -s  1 1 M 1 1 '  1 1    «^' I  o . n  1 1 1  ■  1 1  f  r  (      ,iiiiii( 

H,  I lluili  >l  V      ,  U //Si'  lint 


OF  MASTODONS,  WITH  REMARKS,  ETC.  321 

inches  long,  and  consists  of  a  portion  of  the  ramus  of  the  jaw,  with  the 
base  of  the  coronoid  process.  It  contains  one  tooth,  the  posterior  mo- 
lar. This  tooth  has  tive  denticules  with  two  points  each,  and  a  heel ; 
it  is  six  inches  and  nine-tenths  long,  and  three  inches  and  eight-tenths 
broad. 

I  have  the  pleasure,  however,  of  exhibiting  to  the  society,  one  of 
the  most  perfect  specimens  of  the  lower  jaw  of  this  species,  that  has 
as  yet  been  obtained.  (Plate  XXIII.)  This  jaw  belongs  to  the  Balti- 
more Museum.  It  is  the  one  dug  up  by  the  late  Mr  Peale  on  the 
farm  of  Peter  Millspaw,  twenty  miles  west  of  the  Hudson,  which  is 
described  by  Mr  Rembrandt  Peale  in  his  "  Narrative  of  the  discovery 
and  exhumation  of  the  skeleton  of  the  Mastodon,"*  and  drawings  and 
a  description  of  which  were  communicated  by  Mr  Peale  to  Baron  Cu- 
vier,  and  from  which  the  latter  drew  many  of  his  characters  of  this 
interesting  animal.  When  found  this  jaw  was  perfect;  but  about  two 
years  since  it  was  unfortunately  broken  by  accident.  The  largest 
fragment,  consisting  of  the  whole  right  side  of  the  jaw,  the  coronoid  and 
condyloid  processes,  the  chin  and  nearly  two  inches  of  the  left  side,  all 
in  a  remarkably  fine  state  of  preservation,  are  represented  in  Plate  XXIII. 

The  length  of  this  jaw  is  two  feet  six  inches  and  a  half,  the  height 
of  the  coronoid  process  above  a  line  drawn  along  the  base  of  the  jaw 
fourteen  inches  and  a  half.        '•  ^    .:  :    • - 

The  articulating  surface  of  the  condyloid  process  is  divided  by  a 
superficial  groove  (x)  at  about  two-thirds  of  the  distance  from  its  inner 
edge.     The  direction  of  the  condyle  is  inwards  and  rather  forwards. 

The  coronoid  process  rises  nearly  perpendicularly ;  the  upper  part 
curves  somewhat  outwards;  it  is  one  inch  and  a  half  higher  than  the 
condyloid  process. 

Just  below  the  condyle  a  ridge  (i)  commences,  which,  after  passing 
downwards  and  a  little  forwards  a  short  distance,  becomes  nearly  hori- 
zontal, and  above  this  is  a  considerable  depression,  an  inch  in  depth  at 
its  deepest  part. 

That  portion  of  the  jaw  which  is  covered  by  the  masseter  muscle, 
is  much  flattened  and  rough ;  the  angle  is  also  very  rough. 

*  Copied  in  Godman's  American  Naniral  History,  Vol.  II.  p.  211. 

Vol.  IV.— 4  F 


322  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  INFERIOR  MAXILLARY  BONES 

The  ramus  of  the  jaw  is  slightly  flattened  on  its  external  aspect, 
and  somewhat  excavated  on  its  internal  one.  The  anterior  maxillary 
foramina  are  two  (Plate  XXIIL,  fig.  1,;^,  q);  there  are  several  smaller 
foramina  near  the  chin  for  the  passage  of  the  blood  vessels  and  nerves. 

The  chin  terminates  in  a  remarkable  expansion,  the  edges  of  which 
are  exceedingly  rough.  (Plate  XXIIL  s.)  There  are  no  alveoli  for 
tusks,  nor  any  trace  of  there  ever  having  been  any. 

This  jaw  contained  but  one  tooth  in  each  side.  The  sockets  for  the 
molars  anterior  to  these  are  completely  filled  up.  The  tooth  which  re- 
mains (the  last  molar)  was  somewhat  injured  by  the  accident  to  which 
we  have  already  referred,  but  it  appears  to  have  had  ten  points  and  a 
heel.  The  direction  of  this  tooth  in  the  jaw  is  outward  anteriorly, 
as  is  seen  from  fig.  2. 

The  foramen  for  the  inferior  maxillary  nerve  and  blood  vessels  is 
just  below  the  condyle  internally  (fig.  2,  y),  and  is  one  inch  and  a  quar- 
ter in  diameter.;  ;  :-.  ■^; '  "- 

On  the  upper  surface  of  the  ramus,  just  at  the  base  of  the  coronoid 
process,  is  the  commencement  of  a  small  groove,  which  immediately 
divides  and  diverges.  It  is  evidently  caused  by  a  blood  vessel ;  and 
we  mention  it  because  a  similar  groove  occurs  in  the  fragment  repre- 
sented in  Plate  XXII.  It  is  not  to  be  found  in  any  other  specimen  in 
the  collection.* 

The  lower  jaw  represented  in  Plate  XXIV.  differs  considerably  in  its 
form  from  the  jaws  of  the  M.  giganteum  we  have  described.  Its  base 
is  more  curved  antero-posteriorly — the  external  aspect  of  its  ramus  is 
more  flattened,  and  that  portion  of  the  jaw  covered  by  the  masseter 
muscle  less  so.  The  groove  for  the  tongue  is  deeper  and  narrower; 
and  the  chin  appears  pointed,  but  the  specimen  being  partly  worn  it 
is  impossible  to  determine  the  exact  form  of  this  part. 

*  There  is  in  the  Cabinet  of  the  Lyceum  of  Natural  History  of  New  York,  a  fragment  of 
an  inferior  maxillary  bone,  which  agrees  in  all  its  characters  with  that  just  described,  except 
that  the  direction  of  its  condyle  is  inwards  and  backwards,  and  that  its  posterior  molar  has  but 
four  denticules.  This  bone  was  found  in  New  Jersey,  and  is  figured  in  Mitchell's  edition  of 
Ouvior's  Theory  of  the  earth;  and  copied  into  Cuvier's  Osscmens  Fossiles ;  Grand  Musto- 
donte,  Plate  III.  fig.  5. 


n.  \\i\: 


/■','/  ■-■ 


%, 


m. 


m%\ 


i),i  I 


.\l  ;i  -  !■  Ill  1 1 1 1       I  II  riiTi 
i',i/'i/irf  .III)  I'liili'S Si',- 


PL.  \\V 


/•/./ 


Puj  J 


m' 


-^4 


iiiii 


1/1  ' 


OF  MASTODONS,  WITH  KEMARKS,  ETC.  323 

The  posterior  molar  (Plate  XXIV.  /)  has  but  eight  points,  and  the  heel 
is  broad,  whilst  in  our  specimens  of  the  M.  giganteum  the  posterior 
molar  has  ten  points  and  a  mammillaform  heel.  The  direction  of  the 
teeth  is  also  very  divergent  anteriorly.  Are  these  diflerences  suffici- 
ent to  indicate  its  belonging  to  a  difTerent  species  from  the  M.  gigan- 
teum ? 

There  is,  in  the  cabinet  of  the  Society,  a  portion  of  another  jaw. 
consisting  of  the  left  ramus,  containing  two  teeth,  and  the  chin  ;  which 
is  entirely  similar  to  the  above  in  its  characters,  but  somewhat  dis- 
torted, no  doubt  from  injury  when  the  animal  was  young.  There  is 
another  specimen  resembling  the  above  in  its  general  characters,  among 
the  lower  jaw  bones  of  Mastodons  belonging  to  J  P.  Wetherill,  Esq. 
and  which  are  deposited  in  the  valuable  cabinet  of  the  Academy  of  Natu- 
ral Sciences  of  this  city.  1  his  fragment,  however,  has  had  the  teeth 
broken  out.* 

The  cabinet  of  our  Society  contains  a  portion  of  an  inferior  max- 
illary bone,  (Plate  XXV.)  which  differs  in  its  form  from  any  of  those 
hitherto  described.  This  fragment  consists  of  the  chin,  the  right  ramus, 
with  the  posterior  molarcs,  and  a  portion  of  the  left  ramus.  The 
anterior  molar  (Plate  XXV.  e)  has  three  denticules  with  two  points 
each;  the  posterior  (fig.  /)  has  four  denticules,  with  two  points 
each ;  and  a  ridge  posteriorly.  The  ramus  of  this  jaw  is  straighter. 
and  more  cylindrical ;  the  height  from  the  base  to  the  edge  of  the  al- 
veole is  less ;  the  groove  for  the  tongue  broader  and  shallower ;  and 
the  direction  of  the  teeth  less  diverging  than  in  the  maxilla  figured  in 
Plate  XXIV.  The  crowns  of  the  teeth  are  also  less  elevated  in  the 
former  than  in  the  latter. 

In  the  collection  deposited  by  Mr  Wetherill  in  the  Cabinet  of  the 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  there  is  a  fragment  of  a  lower  jaw, 
which  exhibits  the  same  characters  as  the  one  just  described.  This 
fragment  consists  of  the  chin,  about  eight  inches  of  the  left  and  twelve 
inches  of  the  right  ramus.  The  alveolar  processes  are  much  broken, 
and  the  teeth  are  lost. 

*  This  jaw  was  exhibited  to  the  Society. 


324  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  INFERIOR  MAXIELARY  BONES 

The  inferior  maxillary  bone  described  by  Dr  Godman*  is  very 
accurately  represented  in  Plate  XXVI.,  fig.  1  and  2.  The  chin,  the  right 
ramus  and  a  portion  of  the  coronoid  process,  and  about  three-fourths 
of  the  left  ramus  are  perfect.  The  mental  ridge,  each  side  of  the  labial 
groove,  is  sharp  and  smooth,  without  that  remarkable  foliated  expansion 
so  conspicuous  in  the  M.  giganteum  (Plate  XXIII.  s).  In  the  left  ramus 
there  is  still  the  first  deciduous  tooth  (Plate  XXVI.  fig.  2,  a)  ;  on  the  right 
side  the  corresponding  tooth  has  fallen  out,  and  its  socket  is  partly  obliter- 
ated. This  tooth  (fig.  2)  is  one  inch  and  five-tenths  long,  and  one  inch 
and  one-tw^entieth  broad ;  its  surface  is  considerably  worn,  most  so  an- 
teriorly. It  had  four  points ;  anteriorly  there  is  a  fold  of  enamel  which, 
commencing  at  the  external  edge  of  the  base  of  the  crown  and  passing 
upwards  and  inwards,  terminates  in  a  point;  posteriorly  there  is  a  some- 
what similar  and  rather  broader  fold  of  enamel.  Anteriorly  the  crown 
is  rounded ;  posteriorly  it  is  flattened  from  contact  with  its  successor ; 
its  grinding  surface  is  considerably  worn.  It  has  two  roots,  one  ante- 
rior, the  other  posterior. 

We  have  seen  in  the  cabinet  of  William  Cooper,  Esq.  of  New  York, 
a  fragment  of  a  lower  jaw  containing  one  of  these  teeth  exceedingly 
perfect ;  its  points  are  scarcely  perceptibly  worn.  Another  specimen 
is  in  the  cabinet  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences.f 

The  second  tooth  (Plate  XXVI.  c)  is  one  inch  and  eight-tenths  long, 
and  one  inch  and  eleven-twentieths  broad.  This  tooth,  like  the  preced- 
ing, had  two  denticules,  with  two  points  each.  On  the  anterior  of  the 
crown  there  is  a  flat  fold  of  enamel  similar  to  that  on  the  first  tooth. 
This  tooth  has  also  a  heel  which  rises  highest  towards  its  inner  aspect, 
forming  a  small  fifth  point.  The  grinding  surface  of  this  tooth  is 
considerably  worn.  This  tooth  like  the  preceding  one  has  two  roots : 
one  anterior,  the  other  posterior. 

In  the  Finnel  collection  there  is  one  of  these  teeth ;  it  is  one  inch 
and  seven-tenths  long,  and  one  inch  and  five-tenths  wide. 

•  Vol.  III.  p.  478. 

t  This  tooth  is  described  in  the  "  Fauna  Americana,"  as  appertaining  to  a  new  species  of 
Tapir  to  which  the  name  T.  MustodontoideKS  is  given.  Mr  William  Cooper  was  we  believe 
the  first  to  detect  this  error ;  we  have  carefully  examined  the  tooth,  and  there  can  be  no  doubt 
of  its  being  the  first  milk  tooth  of  the  animal  we  are  describing. 


,i' 


1*1..  XXVI. 


j;,,.,?. 


To  tr  a  can  IoHimi        vi'mui. 


TM,.  X  W  II 


l.-|i-.i,-,llil,.,l,.n       -l,l.>/,-j,;',il 
1. linn,  I  I  'iu\,'rsiti  ,il'l'ir 


OF  MASTODONS,  WITH  REMARKS,  ETC.  325 

The  third  tooth  (Plate  XXVI.  c)  is  three  inches  and  one-tenth  long, 
and  two  inches  and  two-tenths  broad.  This  tooth  has  three  denticules, 
with  two  points  each.  On  the  anterior  surface  of  the  crown,  it  has  a 
fold  of  enamel  rising  up  in  a  small  point;  and  along  the  base  of  the 
crown  posteriorly  there  is  an  horizontal  ridge,  consisting  of  a  number 
of  very  small  mammillaform  processes.  This  tooth  has  three  roots  cor- 
responding to  its  denticules. 

The  fourth  tooth  (d)  is  three  inches  and  seven-tenths  long,  and  two 
inches  and  eight-tenths  broad  ;  it  has  three  denticules,  each  of  which 
is  divided  by  a  deep  groove  into  two  rather  flattened  points,  of  which 
the  inner  is  the  broader;  each  of  these  is  again  superficially  divided 
by  a  slight  groove.  At  the  base  of  the  crown,  both  anteriorly  and 
posteriorly,  there  is  a  ridge  of  very  small  mammillaform  points.  Each 
denticulehas  on  its  external  point,both  on  its  anterior  and  posterior  sur- 
face, a  ridge  of  enamel,  which  commences  at  the  base  of  the  process 
near  the  central  groove  and  passes  upwards  and  outwards.  This  ridge 
appears  to  exist  on  all  the  teeth  until  it  is  worn  down  by  use,  and  we 
find  traces  of  it  also  in  the  teeth  of  the  M.  gigantcum.  The  crowns 
of  all  the  teeth  rise  on  their  inner  surface  nearly  perpendicularly,  but 
on  the  outer  side  they  slope  obliquely  inwards. 

The  tusk  belonging  to  this  jaw  is  so  accurately  described  by  Dr  God- 
man,  and  so  correctly  represented  in  the  plate  to  his  paper,  that  there 
is  no  necessity  for  my  doing  more  than  to  refer  to  it.  (See  Vol.  III. 
N.  S.,  Plate  XVIII.  fig.  2.) 

The  tusk  represented  in  Plate  XXVI.  fig.  3,  is  that  of  an  adult  ani- 
mal. It  is  eleven  inches  long,  and  its  largest  diameter  is  two  inches, 
its  section  is  oval.  This  tusk  consists  of  a  central  column  composed 
of  thin  plates  nearly  parallel  to  its  base  ;  the  whole  covered  with  a  coat 
of  enamel,  which  becomes  very  thick  towards  its  projecting  extremity. 
The  enamel  is  entirely  worn  off  to  the  termination  of  this  tusk,  and  even 
the  central  bony  column  is  evidently  worn  down  and  smooth,  as  if  from 
use  by  the  animal;  it  is  also  worn  at  one  side.  This  tusk  belongs  to 
the  collection  of  J.  P.  Wetherill,  Esq.* 

*  There  is  in  the  cabinet  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  deposited  by  Mr  J.  Fisher, 
by  whom  it  was  obtained  at  Big-bone  lick,  a  tusk  much  smaller  than  the  one  we  have  de- 
scribed— it  is  also  much  less  perfect. 

Vol.  1V.--4  G 


326  DESCRIPTIONS   OF  INFERIOR  MAXILLARY  BONES 

The  next  specimen  we  shall  describe  is  the  right  side  of  an  inferior 
maxillary  bone,  in  a  remarkably  perfect  state  of  preservation,  belonging 
to  the  cabinet  of  the  Society.     (Plate  XXVIII.) 

The  condyloid  process  in  this  jaw  is  considerably  higher  than  in  the 
M.  giganteum  (Plate  XXIII.).  The  direction  of  the  condyle  also  dif- 
fers, being  inwards  and  backivards. 

The  coronoid  process  appears  to  have  risen  nearly  perpendicularly, 
but  its  anterior  edge  and  termination  are  broken.  The  semilunar  notch 
was  evidently  deeper  in  this  than  in  the  M.  g-/oYm/ei«m,  though  its  exact 
form  cannot  be  determined  in  its  present  injured  condition. 

The  posterior  angle  is  much  rounder  than  in  the  31.  giganteum. 
The  outer  surface,  where  the  temporal  muscle  was  inserted,  is  very 
rough,  being  over  a  considerable  space  quite  tuberculated  ;  and  there  is 
a  distinct  semi-circular  ridge  of  these  rough  elevations,  as  will  be  seen 
on  reference  to  the  drawing.  (Plate  XXVIII.  fig.  1,  t,  t',  t.)  Im- 
mediately anterior  to  this  semicircular  ridge,  there  is  an  excavation, 
distinctly  striated  with  muscular  impressions  («).  The  ramus  is 
remarkably  cylindrical,  and  its  base  much  more  curved  than  that  of 
the  M.  giganteum  (Plate  XXIII.).  The  anterior  mental  foramen  {q) 
is  smaller,  and  nearer  to  the  upper  edge  of  the  jaw,  than  in  the  other 
specimens,  and  the  posterior  mental  foramen  is  larger  than  in  any  of 
the  specimens  hitherto  described,  its  largest  diameter  being  nearly 
nine-tenths  of  an  inch. 

The  ridge  at  the  side  of  the  labial  groove  is  broken,  but  it  appears 
to  have  been  expanded  ;  whether  or  not,  as  in  the  M.  giganteum,  and 
with  irregular  terminations,  it  is  of  course  impossible  to  divine. 

This  specimen  contains  but  a  single  tooth.  This  tooth  is  six  inches 
long,  and  three  inches  and  four-tenths  broad.  It  has  four  denti- 
cules  with  two  points  each.  The  enamel  on  the  posterior  face  of  the 
crown  is  broken  off,  and  the  characters  of  the  heel  cannot  conse- 
quently be  determined.  The  grinding  surface  of  the  crown  is  some- 
what worn,  and  presents  the  same  arrangement  of  enamel  as  in  the  M. 
giganteum. 

In  the  chin  there  is  a  small  part  of  the  alveole  of  the  tusk  remaining. 
The  direction  of  this  alveole  is  outwards  and  considerably  downwards. 
It  has  been  found  impossible  to  give  a  good  view  of  this  alveole  in  the 
plate,  but  its  position  is  marked  by  the  dotted  lines  representing  a  tusk. 


I'l,  .  .\  W  III 


/■>,; . 


*^"^^^«iS%i,#», 


'''■'i^iiiMM^ 


■■■  i',; 


/,.i  I. 


'^^v       I""     •41'"  '* 


^%; 


r,ii>i,i,  1 .1,11  I iiii,'<  .\j,- 


I '  ( -  X  X I  X  . 


Fin.-'. 


*  i 


rJ   i 


.-.r 


ll^l- 


'I'.-IlM-  .Mil.i.lon       0, 'Jill. nil 
C.ilniu-I  Jill   riii/,is  S.h- 


OF  MASTODONS,  WITH  REMARKS,  ETC.  327 

In  the  cabinet  of  the  Society  there  is  another  fragment  of  a  lower 
jaw,  but  of  the  leftside,  in  all  respects  similar  to  the  preceding,  though 
much  less  perfect.  The  upper  parts  of  both  the  condyloid  and  coro- 
noid  processes  are  deficient,  but  the  anterior  edge  of  the  latter  is  more 
perfect  than  in  the  preceding  specimen, and  rises  nearly  perpendicularly 
from  the  ramus.  The  chin  in  this  specimen  is  entirely  deficient,  as  is 
also  the  whole  of  the  inner  table  of  the  ramus,  so  that  the  niaxillai'v  canal 
is  laid  entirely  open.  This  bone  must  have  belonged  to  an  animal  nearly 
of  the  same  age  as  the  preceding,  or  perhaps  somewhat  younger;  the  last 
molar,  as  is  seen  from  the  alveole,  for  the  tooth  is  wanting,  not  having  ad- 
vanced by  upwards  of  an  inch  as  far  forward  as  that  in  the  former  jaw. 

Whetheror  not  the  specimen  described  by  Dr  Godman,  and  the  jaws 
last  noticed  belong  to  the  same  species,  cannot  be  determined  positively 
without  further  specimens.  The  jaw  next  to  be  described,  however, 
exhibits  differences,  which  would  justify  the  suspicion  that  it  is  spe- 
cifically different  from  either. 

This  specimen  is  represented  in  Plate  XXIX.  It  consists  of  a 
portion  of  the  right  ramus  of  the  lower  jaw,  twenty-two  inches  and 
a  half  long.  It  contains  a  single  tooth,  the  posteiior  molar. 
The  exterior  aspect  of  this  jaw,  at  its  angle,  is  entirely  smooth,  without 
any  of  the  rugosities  presented  in  the  two  preceding  specimens.  Be- 
tween the  posterior  molar  and  the  coronoid  process  there  is  a  large 
smooth  excavation,  x.  The  ramus  of  this  jaw  is  much  less  cylin- 
drical than  that  of  the  species  figured  in  Plate  XXVIII.,  it  is  much 
flattened  on  its  exterior  aspect,  and  its  base  is  almost  straight.  The 
posterior  mental  foramen  is  exceedingly  large,  upwards  of  one  inch  and 
a  quarter  in  diameter.  The  posterior  molar  is  seven  inches  and  two- 
tenths  long,  and  four  inches  and  one-tenth  wide:  it  has  eight  points  and 
a  broad  heel  consisting  of  a  row  of  small  mammilla,  four  of  which  on 
the  inside  are  very  distinct.  This  tooth  differs  in  various  particulars  from 
the  posterior  molar  belonging  to  the  specimen  figured  in  Plate  XXVIII. 
It  is  one  inch  and  a  half  longer,  and  seven-tenths  of  an  inch  wider,  the 
denticulis  are  higher,  and  the  inner  points  much  higher  above  the  ex- 
terior ones.  Thus  in  the  former,  the  second  denticuie  (Plate  XXVIII.  v) 
rises  one  inch  and  eight-tenths  from  its  root,  and  the  inner  one  two  inches 
and  two-tenths;  whilst  in  the  latter  (Plate  XXIX.  r)  the  corresponding 


328  DESCRIPTIONS  OF   INFERIOR  MAXILLARY  BONES 

exterior  point  rises  two  inches  and  three-tenths  from  the  root  and  the 
inner  one  three  inches  and  three-tenths,  making  a  difference  in  the 
former  of  half  an  inch,  and  in  the  latter  of  one  inch  and  one-tenth. 

The  chin  in  this  specimen  contains  about  one  half  of  the  alveole  for 
the  exserted  tusk  (fig.  2,  z).  This  alveole  is  rather  more  than  imo 
inches  in  diameter;  its  direction  is  outwards  and  downwards,  less 
downwards  however  than  in  the  preceding  species ;  indeed  there  is  a 
distinct  difference  in  the  position  of  these  sockets  in  the  two  specimens. 
The  base  of  the  socket  is  smooth  and  flat,  and  its  position  somewhat 
oblique,  so  that  it  is  rather  deeper  towards  the  exterior,  than  towards 
the  interior ;  it  is  perforated  by  two  small  foramina  for  the  nutrient 
arteries,  and  the  nerves  of  the  tusk. 

It  is  to  be  lamented  that  little  positive  can  be  ascertained,  as  to  the 
localities  in  which  the  bones  belonging  to  the  Society,  and  which  we 
have  just  described,  were  found,  their  position  in  the  soil,  &c.  All  that 
can  be  collected  is,  the  probability,  that  they  are  from  the  Big-bone  lick, 
and  that  they  are  those  presented  by  our  late  president  Thomas  Jefferson, 
Esq.,  and  which  are  noticed  in  the  communication  of  Professor  Wistar, 
in  Vol.  I.  N.  S.,  p.  376,  of  the  Transactions. 

Dentition  of  the  Mastodon. 

The  specimens  we  have  just  described  furnish  some  interesting  in- 
formation relative  to  the  dentition  of  the  Mastodon,vi\\\c\\  we  shall  now 
proceed  to  lay  before  the  Society.  The  form,  and  differences,  succession 
and  number  of  the  teeth  are  all  subjects  of  great  interest ;  and  in  describ- 
ing them  we  shall  follow  Cuvier,  adding  such  additional  information  as 
our  investigations  have  brought  to  light. 

The  crown  of  the  teeth  more  or  less  approaches  the  rectangular  form, 
slightly  inclined  however  to  rhomboidal,  and  rather  narrower  anteriorly 
than  posteriorly.  It  consists  of  two  substances,  the  interior  osseous,  the 
exterior  enamel.  The  crown  is  divided  by  deep  furrows  into  a  num- 
ber of  ridges  or  denticules,  and  these  denticules  are  subdivided  by  one 
or  more  superficial  and  narrow  processes  or  tubercles.  The  outer 
face  of  the  crown  rises  nearly  perpendicularly,  the  inner  face  rises  ob- 
liquely inwards.     In  the  lower  jaw,  the  outer  point  is  higher  than  the 


WITH  REMARKS,  ETC.  329 

inner ;  in  the  upper  jaw  it  is  the  reverse.  As  the  teeth  are  used,  their 
points  become  worn  down,  and  the  enamel  presents  a  lozenge  form,  with 
bone  in  the  centre.  The  roots  of  the  teeth  are  formed  alter  the  crown. 
With  the  remains  of  the  animal  described  by  Dr  Godnian,  there  were 
found  a  number  of  points,  evidently  parts  of  very  young  teeth,  of 
which  the  bodies  by  which  they  Mere  to  have  been  connected  together 
had  not  yet  been  formed.  These  points  are  now  in  the  Museum  of 
Mr  Rubens  Peale,  New  York. 

The  number  of  the  roots  may  be  said  to  correspond  to  the  number 
of  the  denticules.  In  the  teeth  with  two  denticulcs,  the  two  roots  are 
distinct;  in  those  with  more  than  two  denticules,  the  anterior  and  some- 
times the  second  root  are  distinct,  the  others  are  united  but  marked 
by  distinct  grooves.  The  roots  are  flattened  anteriorly  and  posteriorly ; 
externally  they  are  slightly  and  internally  deeply  grooved. 

The  upper  teeth  may  be  distinguished  from  those  of  the  lower  jaw 
by  their  roots  being  more  divergent  laterally,  and  by  their  crowns 
being  broader. 

The  teeth  differ  from  one  another  principally  in  their  size  and  in 
the  number  of  their  denticules. 

In  the  species  of  Mastodon  which  inhabited  this  country  there  are 
three  kinds  of  teeth. 

The  first  nearlj^  square  and  having  two  denticules ; 

The  second  rectangular  with  three  denticules ; 

The  third  longer,  generally  contracted  posteriorly,  and  having  four 
or  five  denticules  and  a  heel,  of  various  forms. 

The  fust  mentioned  teeth  are  always  anterior,  next  follow  those 
with  three  denticules,  and  lastly  those  with  four  and  five  denticules; 
but  we  have  never  seen  those  with  five  distinct  denticules  in  the  upper 
jaw,  they  appear  to  belong  exclusively  to  the  lower. 

In  the  young  jaw  described  by  Dr  Godman,  we  find,  1st,  a  small 
square  tooth,  with  two  denticulcs;  2d,  one  rectangular  with  two  den- 
ticules; 3d,  a  tooth  with  three  denticules;  4th,  one  rather  larger,  also 
with  three  denticules.  In  the  upper  jaw  there  are  corresponding  teeth. 
Each  of  the  two  adult  lower  jaws  having  tusks  (Plates  XXVIII.  and 
XXIX.)  contains  a  tooth  with  eight  points;  and  it  is  manifest  that  there 
was  a  corresponding  tooth  in  the  upper  jaw.  The  whole  number  of 
teeth  possessed  by  the  animal  described  by  Dr  Godman  {Tetraccmlo- 
don)  is  then  at  least  twenty ;  and  we  think  that  it  is  at  least  probable 
Vol.  IV.— 1  H 


330  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  INFERIOR  MAXILLARY  BONES 

that  the  animal  possessed  an  intermediate  tooth  between  the  second 
tooth  with  three  denticules  (Plate  XXVI.  d),  and  that  with  four  denti- 
cules  (Plate  XXIX. /),  for  we  cannot  believe  the  former  tooth  cor- 
responds with  that  represented  in  Plate  XXVII.  e.  Should  we  be 
correct  in  our  views,  this  animal  possessed  three  teeth,  with  three  den- 
ticules in  each  side  of  each  jaw,  making  the  whole  number  of  teeth 
twenty-four;  but  to  render  this  certain  would  require  specimens  of 
intermediate  ages  to  those  hitherto  described. 

Cuvier  attributes  to  the  gigantic  Wastodon  hut  sixteen  teeth,  eight 
in  each  jaw ;  of  these  teeth  he  saw  the  three  posterior  only  of  each  side  ; 
but  he  indicates  the  fourth  from  an  alveole  in  the  young  specimen  pre- 
sented to  the  French  Museum  by  Mr  Jefferson,  and  he  asks,  whether 
this  tooth  had  two  or  three  denticules.  In  the  young  specimen  belong- 
ing to  the  cabinet  of  our  Society,  there  are  two  teeth  with  three  denticules 
each;  and  anteriorly  an  alveole  with  three  depressions,  Plate  XX.  fig.  2, 
m,n,o.  Was  there  in  this  alveole  a  tooth  with  three  denticules,  or  were 
there  two  teeth  with  two  denticules  each,  of  which  the  anterior  tooth 
having  sometime  previously  fallen  out  the  alveole  for  its  anterior  root 
has  been  obliterated  ?  We  are  inclined  to  believe  that  the  latter  was 
the  fact.  It  may  also  be  asked  whether  the  tooth  represented  in  Plate 
XX.  fig.  1,  d,  corresponds  with  that  in  Plate  XXL  e,  in  Plate  XXIV.  e, 
and  in  Plate  XXV.  e?  We  think  not.  Cuvier,  it  is  true,  considers 
the  tooth  with  three  denticules,  in  the  adult  jaw  represented  in  Plate 
III.  fig.  1,  Grande  Mastodonte,*  to  correspond  with  the  posterior  tooth 
with  three  denticules  in  the  young  jaw  represented  in  the  same  plate, 
fig.  3  and  4 ;  but  the  difference  in  the  size  of  these  two  teeth,  and  even 
in  their  shape,  the  former  being  proportionably  broader,  is  very  striking. 
In  all  the  jaws  we  have  examined,  this  character  is  constant ;  thus, 
compare  the  tooth  represented  in  Plate  XX.  d,  with  that  in  Plate  XXI.  e, 
Plate  XXIV.  e,  and  Plate  XXV.  e.  It  would  therefore  seem  that 
the  Mastodon  has  three  teeth  with  three  denticules;  but  to  render 
this  certain  will  require  further  specimens. 

The  succession  of  the  teeth  in  the  Mastodon,  takes  place  as  follows : 
— In  all  the  jaws  the  anterior  teeth  will  be  observed  to  be  most  worn. 
As  the  anterior  teeth  are  worn  down  others  are  formed  posterior ;  the 
anterior  teeth  successively  fall  out,  their  alveoles  are  obliterated,  and 

•  Recherchcs  sur  les  Ossemens  Fossiles,  Tom.  I.  Paris,  1831, 


OF  MASTODONS,  AVITH  REMARKS,  ETC. 


331 


their  successors  advance  forwards.  The  number  of  teeth  which  are  in 
use  in  the  young  animal  represented  in  Plate  XXVI.  at  the  same  time 
seems  to  have  been  twelve,  but  probably  at  a  more  advanced  age  was 
usually  not  more  than  eight ;  and  in  old  age  only  four.  The  fact  of  the 
jaws  represented  in  Plates  XXVIII.  and  XXIX.  having  belonged  to 
adult  animals  is  thus  conclusively  established,  all  the  teeth  having  been 
lost,  except  the  posterior  molar  in  each  jaw,  and  that  has  advanced 
considerably  forward  and  is  much  worn. 

We  subjoin  the  admeasurements  of  various  teeth,  appertaining  to  the 
lower  jaw  of  the  animals  under  notice. 


Toolli. 

Dimensions  of  Crown  in  inches. 

SPECIMEN. 

Length. 

Breadth. 

1. 

2. 
3. 

4. 
5. 

6. 

1.5 
1.4 

1.8 
1.7 

3.1 
2.9 
3.3 
3.2 

3.7 

4.1 
3.8 

4.6 
4.5 
5.8 
4.4 
4.3 
4.9 

8.1 
6.9 
7,1 

7.2 

6 

7 

6.5 

7 

7.1 

1.1 

1 

1.55 
1.5 

2.2 
1.9 
2.5 
2.5 

2.8 
2.7 
2.6 

3.5 
3.3 
3.7 
3.4 
3.2 
3.6 

4.3 
3.8 
3.7 
4.1 
3.4 
3.8 
3.6 
3.5 
3.7 

Peale's  Museum,  New  York.  PI.  XXVI. 
Academy  of  Natural    Sciences — described   in   Fauna 
Americana  as  the  Tapir  Mastodontoideus. 

Peale's  Museum,  New  York,  PI,  XXVI. 
Finnel  Collection,  New  York. 

Peale's  Museum,  New  York,  PI.  XXVI. 
Cabinet  of  Mr  Lea. 

Cabinet  of  American  Philosophical  Society,  PI.  XX. 
French  Museum,*  figured  by  Cuvier. 

Peale's  Museum,  New  York,  PI.  XXVI. 

Cabinet  of  American  Philosophical  Society.  PI.  XX. 

French  Museum,*  figured  by  Cuvier. 

Cabinet  of  American  Philosophical  Society,  PI.  XXIV. 

Cabinet  of  American  Philosophical  Society,  PI.  XXV. 

Wistar  Museum,  PI.  XXI. 

French  Museum,  figured  by  Cuvier. 

Philadelphia  Museum. 

Virginia  University,  PI.  XXVII. 

Wistar  Museum,  PI.  XXI. 

Cabinet  of  American  Philosophic^  Society. 

Baltimore  Museum,  PI.  XXIII. 

Cabinet  of  American  Philosophical  Society,  PI.  XXIX. 

Cabinetof  American  Philosophical  Society,  PI. XXVIII. 

Cabinet  of  American  Philosophical  Society,  PI.  XXIV. 

Cabinet  of  American  Philosophical  Society,  PI.  XXV. 

French  Museum,  figured  by  Cuvier. 

Philadelphia  Museum. 

Same  jaw. 


332  DESCRIPTIONS   OF  INFERIOR  MAXILLARY  BONES 

Before  concluding  it  may  be  interesting  to  offer  a  few  general  re- 
marks on  the  animals,  which  are  the  subject  of  this  communication, 
with  a  brief  notice  of  the  species  hitherto  described. 

For  a  long  time  the  large  animal  whose  remains  are  found  in  this 
country,  was  considered  as  the  same  with  the  Mammoth  of  Siberia. 
which  is  a  true  Elephant.  It  has  been  shown  however  by  Baron 
Cuvierthat  they  are  generically  different,  the  teeth  of  the  latter  consist- 
ing of  layers  of  enamel  penetrating  the  whole  extent  of  the  tooth,  with 
bony  matter  interposed  between  them ;  whilst  in  the  former  the  enamel 
forms  only  a  covering  to  the  bony  substance,  and  does  not  penetrate  it. 
From  the  crowns  of  the  teeth,  in  the  species  of  this  genus  first  known 
to  Cuvier,  consisting  of  mammillaform  processes,  he  named  the  genus 
Mastodon,  from  ^=<o-t«  mammilla,  and  «<rt«c  dens. 

Of  this  genus  nine  species  are  admitted  by  naturalists.  Of  these, 
six  are  indicated  by  Cuvier,  viz. 

Species  1.  31.  gigxinteum,  the  well  known  gigantic  Mastodon  of 
this  country. 

Species  2.  31.  angustidens ;  remains  of  which  are  found  at  Simorre 
in  the  south  of  France,  in  Germany,  Tuscany,  Switzerland  and 
South  America.  Cuvier  indicates  the  following  characters  as  distin- 
guishing it  from  the  M.  giganteum.  "Le  principal  et  le  plus  gene- 
ral est  que  les  cones  de  leur  couronne  sont  sillonnees  plus  ou  moins 
profondement,  et  tantot  termines  par  plusieurs  pointes,  et  tantot 
accompagnes  d'autres  cones  plus  petits  sur  leur  cotes  ou  dans  leurs 
intervalles :  d'ou  il  resulte  que  la  mastication  produit  d'abord  sur  cette 
couronne  plusieurs  petits  cercles,  et  ensuite  des  trcfles  ou  figures  a  trois 
lobes,  mais  jamais  de  losanges."  Recherches  sur  les  Ossemens  Fossiles, 
Tom.  I.  p.  254.  These  difTerences  will  be  at  once  perceived  on  com- 
paring the  partially  worn  tooth  of  the  31.  giganteum,  Plate  XXL,  and 
Plate  XXIV.  e,  with  the  teeth  of  the  M.  angustidens  represented  in 
Cuvier's  Ossemens  Fossiles,  Divers  Mastodontes,  Plate  I.  fig.  4,  and 
Plate  III.  fig.  2  and  4. 

Species  3.  31.  Cor diller arum.  This  species  is  founded  on  a  tooth 
discovered  near  the  volcano  of  Imbaburra,  in  the  kingdom  of  Quito, 
and  two  teeth  from  the  province  of  Chiquitos,  near  St  Crux  de  la 
Sierra.    The  tubercles  of  these  teeth  are  divided  like  those  of  the  angus- 


OF  MASTODONS,  WITH  REMARKS,  ETC.  333 

iidens,  whilst  their  proportions  are  the  same  as  those  of  the  gigatiteum 
with  three  denticules.  but  they  are  distinguished  by  the  figure  (hrjle) 
formed  by  the  enamel  in  the  partially  worn  tooth,  being  different  from 
the  lozenge  in  the  M.  giganteum.  See  Cuvier's  Ossemens  Fossiles, 
Divers  Mastodontes,  PI.  II.  fig.  1. 

Species  4.  M.  Humboldtn.  This  species  is  founded  on  a  tooth  ob- 
tained byM.  Humboldt  at  Conception  du  Chili.  '1  his  tooth  is  nearly 
square,  and  smaller  than  the  preceding.  See  Cuvier's  Ossemens  Fos- 
siles.    Divers  Mastodontes,  PI.  II.  fig.  5. 

Species  5.  M.  parvus,  founded  on  a  tooth  discovered  in  Europe, 
and  which  M.  Cuvier  thinks  too  small  to  be  referred  to  any  of  the 
preceding  species.  It  is  represented  in  the  Ossemens  Fossiles,  Divers 
Mastodontes,  PI.  II.  fig.  11. 

Species  6.  31.  Tapyroides.  This  is  founded  on  a  tooth  obtained  at 
Montabusard,  near  Orleans.  Its  crown,  simply  indented,  is  not  so  ex- 
actly divided  into  two  points,  as  those  of  the  preceding  species,  which 
has  led  Cuvier  to  suspect  that  it  may  belong  to  a  different  species.  It 
is  figured  in  the  Ossemens  Fossiles,  Divers  IMastodontes,  PI.  III.  fig.  b. 

Species  7.  M.  Arvernensis.  This  species  was  founded  by  M.M. 
Croizet  and  Jobert,  Sen.,  upon  a  fragment  of  an  upper  jaw.  a  humerus, 
&c.  found  in  the  department  of  the  Puy  de  Dome,  in  France.*  A 
portion  of  the  left  side  of  the  upper  jaw  and  some  separate  teeth  have 
since  been  found  at  Eppelsheim,  not  far  from  Alzei,  in  the  grand 
duchy  of  Hessen,  and  are  now  in  the  museum  at  Darmstadt. t 

Species  8.  M.  latidms.  This  species  and  the  following  are  de- 
scribed by  Mr  Clift,  in  the  second  volume  of  the  Transactions  of  the 
Geological  Society  of  London,  second  series.  They  are  founded  upon 
some  remains  collected  by  Mr  Crawford  along  the  course  of  the  river 
Irawadi,  between  Rangoon  and  Ava,  in  Asia.  The  teeth  in  the  31. 
laiidens  consist  of  "seven  denticules,  which  are  elevated,  rounded,  and 
mammillated,  the  mammilla}  being  from  three  to  four  in  number." 
See  Plate  XXXVIII.,  Trans.  Geolog.  Soc.  Lond.  Vol.  2,  New  Series. 

*  Recherches  sur  les  Ossemens  Fossiles  du  Departement  du  Puy  de  Dome  ;  par  I'Abbe 
Croizet  et  Jobert,  aine.     Paris,  4to,  avec  un  atlas  des  Planches. 

t  Ueber  Mastodon  arvernensis  bei  Eppelsheim.  Von  Herm.  v.  Meyer,  M.  d.  A.  d.  N. 
(Bei  der  Akademie  eingegangen  den  24  Juli,  1829.)  Acta  Acad.  Caes.  Leop.  Carol.  Nat. 
Cur.  Vol.  XV.  Part  II. 

Vol.  IV.— 4  I 


334  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  INFERIOR  MAXILLARY  BONES 

Species  9.  M.  elephantoides.  Distinguished  by  the  teeth  being 
smaller,  the  denticules  more  compressed  and  closer  together,  and  the 
enamel  thinn&r  than  in  the  preceding  species.  The  denticules  form  a 
series  of  plates,  mucronate  with  small  points.  There  is  no  apparent 
commissure,  nor  any  central  depression,  on  the  contrary,  the  plates  rise 
in  the  middle.  The  teeth  have  ten  denticules,  with  from  five  to  eight 
mammillae.  See  Geological  Transactions  of  London,  Vol.  II.  Second 
Series,  PI.  XXXVIII. 

Mr  Meyer,  in  his  account  of  the  remains  of  the  Mastodon  Arvernen- 
sis,  found  at  Eppelsheim,  alludes  to  another  species,  the  M.  turicensis, 
as  occurring  in  the  brown  coal  of  the  molass  formation  of  Switzerland ; 
but  by  whom  this  species  has  been  described,  or  what  are  its  charac- 
ters, we  have  been  unable  to  discover. 

In  the  third  volume  of  the  Memorie  delia  Rcale  Accademia  delle  Sci- 
enze  di  Torino,  professor  Borson  has  described  a  tooth,  found  at  Villanova 
d'Astica,  in  Piedmont,  and  which  he  ascribes  to  the  giganteum.  After 
a  careful  examination  of  the  description  and  drawing,  in  the  work 
referred  to,  and  of  a  cast  of  the  tooth,  in  the  Cabinet  of  the  Academy  of 
Natural  Sciences  of  this  city,  we  feel  persuaded  that  it  does  not  apper- 
tain to  that  species,  the  denticules  having  no  longitudinal  commissure. 
It  probably  belongs  to  a  new  species,  and  we  would  suggest  the  propriety 
of  dedicating  it  to  professor  Borson,  under  the  name  of  M.  Borsoni. 

If  the  differences  presented  by  the  specimens  we  have  describ- 
ed, be  considered  as  sufficient  to  indicate  a  difference  in  species,  or 
should  future  researches  confirm  my  suspicions  on  this  subject,  four 
new  species  will  be  added  to  our  Fauna ;  and  we  would  dedicate  the 
first  to  Baron  Guvier,  {M.  Cuvieri,  PI.  XXIV.)  to  whom  science  is  under 
such  immense  obligations ;  the  second  to  Mr  Jefferson,  {M.  Jeffersoni, 
PI.  XXV.)  to  whom  the  Society  is  indebted  for  the  valuable  specimens 
of  this  animal  in  their  cabinet ;  the  third  to  our  vice-president,  Mr  Z. 
Collins,  {T.  Collinsii,  PI.  XXVIII.)  one  of  the  most  zealous  naturalists 
of  whom  this  country  can  boast ;  and  the  fourth  to  our  lamented  God- 
man  {T.  Godmam,  PL  XXIX.). 

In  the  Finnel  collection  there  are  several  jaws,  differing  in  many 
respects  from  any  we  have  described.  There  are  the  portions  of  two 
inferior  maxillary  bones  belonging  to  the  left  side,  flattened  superiorly, 
and  their  rami  exceedingly  thick.     They  contain  one  tooth  each,  with 


OF  MASTODONS,  WITH  REMARKS,  ETC.  335 

five  denticules,  the  tooth  situated  towards  the  inner  side  of  the  thick 
ramus.  1  here  is  also  in  the  same  collection,  a  fragment  of  the  ante- 
rior portion  of  a  lower  jaw.  with  the  chin  rostrated  somewhat,  like 
that  of  the  Tetracaulodon,  hut  more  expanded,  and  without  alveoli. 
It  conveyed  the  idea  to  some  of  the  naturalists  who  had  examined  it, 
of  its  being  the  adolescent  state  of  the  animal  described  by  Dr  God- 
man,  the  tusks  having  fallen  out,  and  their  alveoli  being  just  obliter- 
ated. We  cannot,  however,  consider  such  a  view  as  the  correct  one ; 
the  fact  shown  by  our  specimens,  that  the  tusks  exist  in  all  ages  of 
the  animal,  is  a  sufficient  disproval  of  it. 

I  must  not  close  this  communication  without  expressing  the  obli- 
gations I  am  under  to  various  gentlemen,  for  the  liberality  with 
which  they  have  facilitated  my  investigations,  and  even  placed  at  my 
disposal  such  specimens  as  I  wished  to  collect  together  for  the  pur- 
pose of  minute  comparison. 

To  the  liberality  of  the  trustees  of  the  Baltimore  Museum.  I  am  indebt- 
ed for  the  use  of  the  splendid  jaw  of  the  31.  giganteum.  belonging  to  that 
collection.  J.  P.  Wetherill,  Esq.,  with  his  characteristic  liberality,  has 
also  placed  at  my  disposal  his  valuable  collection,  deposited  in  the  cabinet 
of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  and  the  most  interesting  specimens 
belonging  to  which  are  submitted  to  the  inspection  of  the  members. 
Mr  Rubens  Peale,  the  proprietor  of  the  remains  of  the  animal  described 
by  Dr  Godman,  has  also  placed  at  my  disposition  those  remains,  and 
the  inferior  maxillary  is  now  in  the  cabinet  of  the  Society.  To  the 
trustees  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  and  Dr  Horner,  I  am  in- 
debted for  the  opportunity  of  figuring  and  describing  a  very  fine  frag- 
ment of  a  lower  jaw  belonging  to  the  Wistar  Museum.*  The  pro- 
prietors of  the  magnificent  collection  of  bones,  recently  disinterred  at 
Big-bone  Lick,  by  captain  Finnel,  and  now  exhibiting  at  New  York, 
liberally  afforded  me  the  greatest  facilities  in  examining  that  collection. 
and  even  allowed  me  the  loan  of  a  highly  interesting  tooth  belonging 
to  it.f 

*  The  trustees  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvaiiia  subsequently  allowed  this  jaw  to  be 
deposited,  for  several  months,  in  the  cabinet  of  the  Philosophical  Society. 

t  In  this  collection  there  are  portions  of  fourteen  inferior  maxillary  bones  of  the  Mastodon, 
about  one  hundred  teeth,  some  enormous  tusks,  and  the  most  perfect  cranium  that  has  ever 
yet  been  discovered. 


336  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  INFERIOR  MAXILLARY  BONES 

To  William  Cooper,  Esq.,  of  New  York,  I  am  indebted  for  the  oppor- 
tunity of  examining  the  valuable  collection  of  Mastodon  bones,  in  the 
cabinet  of  the  Lyceum  of  Natural  History  of  that  city ;  and  still  fur- 
ther, for  having  communicated  to  me  some  highly  interesting  speci- 
mens belonging  to  his  private  cabinet.  This  liberality  will  be  at  once 
appreciated  by  the  naturalist,  when  it  is  stated,  that  Mr  Cooper  has 
himself  been  long  engaged  in  the  investigation  of  the  history  of  the 
Mastodon  ;*  that  he  has  visited  Big-bone  Lick,  for  the  purpose  of  ob- 
taining materials ;  and  that  upwards  of  a  year  since,  he  communicated 
to  the  Lyceum  of  Natural  History,  New  York,  some  observations  on 
the  dentition  of  that  animal.f 

We  have  reason,  further  to  hope,  through  the  exertion  of  our  friend, 
Professor  Patterson,  of  the  University  of  Virginia,  to  be  able  to  exhibit 
to  the  Society,  the  lower  jaw  belonging  to  the  museum  of  that  univer- 
sity, noticed  by  Dr  Godman ;  and  also,  to  present  a  description  and 
drawing  of  that  bone. 

It  may  be  allowable  here  to  add,  that  great  confidence  may  be  placed 
in  the  accuracy  of  the  drawings,  which  accompany  this  paper,  and 
which  were  all  taken  wath  the  aid  of  a  camera  lucida,  by  Mr  Dray- 
ton,"whose  skill  and  accuracy  in  his  art,  the  Transactions  of  the  Society 
bear  ample  evidence. 


Since  I  had  the  honour  of  submitting  to  the  Society,  in  May  last,  the 
preceding  communication,  I  have  been  favoured  by  the  liberality  of 
the  visiters  of  the  University  of  Virginia,  with  the  loan  of  the  inferior 
maxillary  bone  of  the  Tetracaulodon,  alluded  to  by  the  late  Dr  God- 
man  in  his  memoir,  published  in  the  third  volume,  page  478,  of  our 

»  The  Society  may  expect  to  receive  from  Mr  Cooper  some  of  the  results  of  these  re- 
searches, and  we  have  no  Joubt  that  he  will  supply  many  of  the  deticiencies  in  this  memoir. 
He  will  also  probably  describe  many  bones  of  the  Mastodon,  which  it  would  have  taken  us 
too  far  from  our  main  purpose  (which  was  to  refute  the  belief,  that  Dr  Godman's  animal  was 
only  the  young  of  the  gigantic  Mastodon)  to  describe. 

t  These  have  not  been  published,  the  author  being  unable  to  satisfy  himself  in  relation  to 
some  points,  which  wc  have  been  so  fortunate  as  to  establish  from  the  specimens  in  the 
cabinet  of  our  Society. 


OF  MASTODONS.  WITH   REMARKS,  ETC.  337 

Transactions ;  and  I  have  now  the  2;ratification  of  exhibiting;  it  to  the 
Society,  and  of  presenting  to  them  the  accompanying  description  and 
drawings. 

This  specimen  consists  of  the  right  half  of  the  lower  jaw,  two  teeth, 
the  chin,  and  a  portion  of  one  tusk,  with  the  socket  for  the  other.  Its 
length  is  two  feet  three  inches ;  height,  from  the  base  of  the  ramus  to 
the  upper  edge  of  the  alveolar  process,  six  inches. 

In  general  form,  this  bone  corresponds  in  the  most  marked  manner 
with  two  of  the  specimens  belonging  to  the  Society,  and  one  of  which 
is  represented  in  Plate  XXVIII.  The  muscular  impressions  and  tuber- 
osities, at  the  outer  and  posterior  portion  of  the  jaw,  are,  however,  less 
strongly  marked  in  the  former  as  was  to  be  expected  from  the 
difference  in  age  of  the  animals.  It  will  be  also  observed,  that  the 
anterior  and  upper  edge  of  the  coronoid  process  projects  forward  in 
the  latter;  but  it  must  be  recollected,  that  that  part  is  mutilated  in 
the  jaw  represented  in  Plate  XXVIIL 

The  condyloid  process  is  deficient,  and  the  upper  edge  of  the  semi- 
lunar notch  and  of  the  coronoid  process  is  slightly  mutilated. 

The  posterior  tooth  is  contained  in  a  bony  cavity,  at  the  base  of  the 
coronoid  process,  but  is  visible  at  the  inner  aspect  of  the  jaw.  It  has 
eight  points  and  a  large  talon ;  it  is  impossible,  from  its  position  in  the 
jaw,  to  obtain  correctly  its  admeasurements. 

Anterior  to  this  tooth  is  another,  possessing  six  points,  slightly  worn ; 
it  is  four  inches  and  nine-tenths  long,  and  three  inches  six-tenths  wide. 

Portions  of  the  sockets  for  the  two  teeth  immediately  preceding  this 
still  remain,  but,  unfortunately,  the  teeth  are  lost.  Had  they  been  still 
in  the  jaw,  it  would  have  enabled  us  to  settle  the  point  respecting  the 
number  of  teeth  possessed  by  the  animal. 

The  anterior  surface  of  the  chin  is  slightly  mutilated.  The  plate  ol 
bone,  forming  the  base  of  the  sockets  for  the  tusks,  is  deficient.  The 
left  alveolus  is  empty,  the  right  contains  a  fragment  of  a  tusk.  This 
tusk  extends,  anteriorly,  but  slightly  beyond  the  chin ;  it  projects  some- 
what inwardly,  apparently  driven  in  by  violence ;  its  anterior  extrem- 
ity is  smooth ;  its  base  is  cup-shaped. 

The  accompanying  drawings  are  so  accurate  as  to  render  further 
description  unnecessary. 
Vol.  IV.— 4  K 


338  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  INFERIOR  MAXILLARY  BONES 


EXPLANATION  OF  THE  PLATES. 

Ml  the  figures  are  one-fourth  the  natural  size. 

Plate  XX.     Two  views  of  a  fragment  of  the  lower  jaw,  left  side,  of  a  young  Mastodon,  in 
the  cabinet  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society. 
Fig.  1.  External  view.     Fig.  2.  Superior  view. 
in.  n.  0.  Alveoli  from  which  the  teeth  have  fallen  out. 

c.  Molar,  with  three  denticules. 

d.  Molar,  with  three  denticules. 

)'.  Mental  foramen  for  nerve  and  blood-vessel. 

Plate  XXI.  Three  views  of  a  fragment  of  the  lower  jaw,  left  side,  of  an  adolescent  Masto- 
don, in  the  Wistar  Museum,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

Fig.  1.  Exterior  view.     Fig.  2.  Superior  view.     Fig.  3.  Interior  view. 
/.  Posterior  molar,  with  five  denticules  and  a  heel. 

e.  Penultimate  molar,  with  three  denticules. 

Plate  XXII.  Fig.  1  and  2.  Two  views  of  a  small  fragment  of  the  lower  jaw,  right  side,  of 
a  Mastodon,  in  the  cabinet  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society. 

Fig.  3  and  4.  Two  views  of  a  molar  tooth,  upper  jaw,  of  a  Mastodon,  in  the  cabinet  of  the 
American  Philosophical  Society.  This  tooth  appears  to  differ  from  any  hitherto  described. 
It  resembles  the  teeth  represented  in  Cuvier,  (Ossemens  Fossiles,  Plate  IV.  fig.  1,  3,  4,  and  6, 
Divers  Mastodontes)  in  the  enamel  being  crenulated;  but  it  differs  from  them  in  the  arrangement 
of  the  enamel.  It  is  probably  an  undescribed  species,  and  we  propose  to  dedicate  it  to  our 
estimable  friend,  the  distinguished  professor  of  the  institutes  and  practice  of  medicine  in  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  and  Vice-President  of  this  Society,  Dr  Chapman. 

Plate  XXIII.  Two  views  of  a  portion  of  the  lower  jaw,  right  side,  of  the  Mastodon  gigan- 
teinn,  in  the  Baltimore  Museum. 
/.  Posterior  molar. 
p.  q.  Anterior  mental  foramina. 
s.  Foliated  expansion  of  the  chin. 

X.  Depression  in  the  articulating  surface  of  the  condyloid  process. 
y.  Foramen  for  the  passage  of  the  inferior  maxillary  nerve,  and  artery  to  the  teeth. 

Plate  XXIV.  Two  views  of  a  fragment  of  the  lower  jaw,  right  side,  of  a  Mastodon,  in  the 
cabinet  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society. 
/.  Posterior  molar,  with  four  points  and  a  broad  heel. 
e.  Penultimate  molar,  with  three  points. 


OF  MASTODONS,  WITH  UEMARKS,  ETC.  339 

Plate  XXV.    Two  views  ol  a  I'ragmciU  of  a  lower  jaw,  right  side,  of  a  MastoJon,  ui  tlie 
cabinet  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society. 
f.  Posterior  molar,  with  four  points  and  a  broad  heel. 
e.  Penultimate  molar,  with  three  points. 

Plate  XXVI.  Fig.  1  and  'i.  'I'wo  views  of  the  Iragment  of  a  lower  jaw  ot  a  young  'l"e- 
tracaulodon,  in  Peale's  Museum,  New  York,  described  by  Dr  Godman,  in  Vol.  III.  N.  S.  of 
the  Transactions  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society. 

a.  Anterior  milk  molar,  with  two  denticules. 

b.  Second  milk  molar,  with  two  denlicules,  and  a  small  process. 

c.  Third  milk  molar,  with  tliree  denticules. 

The  tusk  belonging  to  this  jaw  is  accurately  represciilcd  in  IMate  XVIII.  tig.  'i,  iii  Vol.  III. 
N.  S.  of  these  Transactions. 

Fig.  3.  Tusk  of  an  adult  Tetracaulodoii,  in  the  cabinet  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Snences 
of  Philadelphia,  deposited  by  J.  P.  WctlieriU,  Esq. 

Plate  XXVII.   Three  views  of  a  portion  of  a  lower  jaw,  right  side,  ul   an  adolescent  Tetra- 
caulodon,  in  the  Museum  of  the  University  of  Virginia,  and  to  which  allusion  is  made  by  Ur 
Godman,  in  his  memoir  in  the  preceding  volume  of  these  Transactions. 
/.  Posterior  molar,  with  four  denticules  and  a  heel. 

e.  Penultimate  molar,  with  three  points. 

Plate  XXVIII.  Two  views  of  a  portion  ol  the  lower  jaw,  rigiit  side,  of  an  adult  Tctracau- 
lodon  in  the  cabinet  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society. 

/.  Posterior  molar  with  four  points 

p.  q.  Mental  foramina. 

r.  Radiated  muscular  impressions. 

t.  t.  Tubercles,  where  the  muscle  was  inserted. 

V.  Inner  point  of  second  denticule. 

The  socket  for  the  tusk  could  not  be  exhibited,  but  its  situation  is  shown  by  the  doited  line 
representing  a  tusk. 

Plate  XXIX.  Two  views  of  a  fragment  of  a  lower  jaw,  right  side,  of  an  adult  Tetracaulo- 
don,  in  the  cabinet  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society. 

X.  Excavation  between  tlie  coronoid  process  and  posterior  molar. 

f.  Posterior  molar,  with  four  points  and  a  heel. 
z.  Socket  for  tusk. 


Philadelphia,  December  2,  1881, 


340 


ARTICLE  X. 

On  Irradiation.  By  Benjamin  F.  Joslin,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Mathe- 
matics and  Natural  Philosophy  in  Unioyi  College,  Schenectady,  New 
York.     Communicated  by  Dr  Isaac  Hays.     Read  July  15,  1831. 

ASTRONOMERS  generally  admit  the  existence  of  a  species  o{ 
dilatation  of  the  apparent  magnitudes  of  luminous  bodies,  which  is 
called  irradiation,  the  amount  of  which  has  not  been  exactly  measur- 
ed, nor  the  cause  explained  on  any  physical  or  physiological  principle : 
and  as  it  produces  an  augmentation  of  the  apparent  diameter  of  the  sun's 
disc,  they  are  compelled  to  make  an  approximate  allowance  for  it  in 
the  calculation  of  eclipses,  whose  time  of  beginning  and  duration,-  as 
calculated  from  the  measured  apparent  diameters  of  the  sun  and  rnoon. 
it  is  thought  sensibly  to  affect.*  I  am  not  aware  that  this  amplifica- 
tion has  been  suspected  to  be  greater  in  one  direction  than  another. 
This  may  be  one  reason  why  its  influence  on  particular  phenomena 
has  not  been  more  accurately  ascertained,  and  why  its  assumed  value 
has  been  justl}'^  considered  so  unsatisfactory  an  element  in  astronomi- 
cal calculations. 

I  shall  state  some  of  the  laws  of  this  phenomenon,  which  I  think  I 
have  established,  and  particularly  the  determinate  directions  in  which 
the  maximum  irradiation  generally  takes  place  in  the  human  eye.  I 
shall  also  propose  an  hypothesis  respecting  the  cause  of  this  phenome- 
non, or  at  least  its  connexion  with  a  certain  anatomical  structure. 

I  know  not  whether  there  is  any  plausible  hypothesis  respecting  the 

•  It  does  not  however  afl'ect  the  actual  time. 


ON  IRRADIATION.  341 

cause  of  irradiation.  The  subject  is  rarely  mentioned  in  books,  anc! 
still  more  rarely  is  there  found  any  thing  but  a  bare  mention  of  the 
fact.  M.  Biot,  in  his  valuable  work  on  physical  astronomy,  avoiding, 
as  usual,  every  expression  which  might  involve  any  hypothesis  not  ap- 
parently warranted  by  known  facts,  has  the  following  incidental  notice 
of  this  subject,  with  reference  to  the  phases  of  Venus.  "Ces  diminu- 
tions et  ces  accroissemens  ne  sont  pas  scnsibles  a  la  vue  simple,  a  cause 
de  i'irradiation  qui  dilate  un  pen  les  diametres  apparcns  des  objets,  et 
d'autant  plus  qu'ils  sont  plus  eclaires."  This  expresses  the  fact  of  the 
dilatation,  and  its  increase  as  the  objects  are  more  luminous.  This  is 
probably  the  only  law  of  the  phenomenon  hitherto  known.  I  have 
searched  several  works  on  physiology,  optics  and  astronomy  without 
finding  any  thing  written  expressly  on  this  subject,  except  a  single 
page  in  Delambre's  complete  work  on  theoretical  and  practical  as- 
tronomy, from  which  the  following  extracts  have  been  made.  "  On  a 
suppose  que  les  diamctres  des  objets  lumineux  etaient  amplifies  par 
Yimpression  vive  que  leur  lumiere  prodnit  sur  I'organe  de  la  vue**^*"^ 
qu'il  faut  depouiller  le  soleil  de  cette  couronne  lumineuse  qui  I'en- 
toure,  non  pas  en  realite,  mais  dans  notre  ceil  *****  c'est  un  point  (jui 
n'est  pas  encore  suffisamment  eclairci." 

From  the  last  of  these  extracts  (referring  apparently  to  the  existence, 
precise  amount  and  cause  of  this  amplification),  we  learn  that  it  re- 
quires further  investigation  ;  from  the  second,  that  it  is  believed  to  exist 
only  in  the  eye ;  and  in  the  first,  there  seems  to  be  an  intimation  that 
it  depends  upon  the  sentient  part  of  this  organ.  It,  therefore,  appears 
to  be  an  interesting  and  legitimate  object  of  physiological  inquiry. 

I  am  far  from  professing  to  be  able  at  present  to  supply  all  the  de- 
siderata on  this  important  subject,  yet  I  cannot  but  hope  that  I  may 
have  facilitated  the  attainment  of  this  object,  by  the  discovery  of  some 
new  laws  of  irradiation,  and  perhaps  the  anatomical  structure,  if  not 
the  optical  principle  on  which  it  depends. 

One  new  law,  which  I  think  established  by  induction  from  nume- 
rous facts,  may  be  enunciated  as  follows.  There  are  determinate 
directions  of  maximum  irradiation  for  every  individual :  these  in  man. 
for  ordinary  vision,  are  generally  three  in  number,  and  are  at  e([ual 
angular  distances,  which  are  consequently  one  hundred  and  twenty 
Vol.  IV.— 4  L 


342  ON  IRRADIATION. 

degrees,  or  one  third  of  the  circumference  of  the  circle ;  one  direction 
being,  in  the  erect  position  of  the  head,  directly  upward  in  a  vertical 
visual  plane  passing  through  the  centre  of  the  luminous  object,  the 
two  other  directions  obliquely  downward,  in  visual  planes  which  re- 
spectively make  angles  with  the  former  and  with  each  other  of  one 
hundred  and  twenty  degrees. 

Every  one  has  observed  a  radiated  appearance  of  the  stars,  and  of 
the  flame  of  a  distant  lamp  or  candle.  In  examining  these  objects  at- 
tentively, I  discovered  that  three  of  these  rays  were  far  more  conspi- 
cuous than  the  others,  and  were  equidistant  from  each  other,  and  that 
one  of  them  was  directed  vertically  upward.  Among  the  heavenly 
bodies  this  was  more  conspicuous  in  the  larger  and  brighter  planets, 
and  in  the  fixed  stars  of  the  first  magnitude.* 

By  repeating  similar  observations  on  luminous  objects  at  less  dis- 
tances, as  the  flames  of  lamps  and  candles  at  distances  varying  from  a 
few  feet  to  several  hundred,  it  was  found  that  the  dilatations  in  those 
determinate  directions  were  by  no  means  confined  to  the  narrow,  faint 
and  elongated  radiations  which  constitute  the  more  obvious  features 
of  the  stellar  appearance,  but  that  the  body  of  the  flame  itself  assumed 
a  distinctly  triangular  figure,  in  consequence  of  a  dilatation  in  precisely 
the  same  three  directions. 

In  order  to  divest  the  results  of  any  influence  produced  by  the  ac- 
tual figure  of  the  flame,  as  w^ell  as  to  determine  the  effect  of  different 
magnitudes,  a  circular  metallic  plate  was  mounted  on  an  horizontal  axis 
with  liberty  of  motion  in  a  vertical  plane  at  right  angles  to  the  visual 
ray,  and  pierced  with  unequal  circular  holes  disposed  in  a  circle  con- 
centric with  the  axis ;  by  the  occasional  rotation  of  the  plate  these 
were  successively  brought  between  the  eye  and  the  flame,  very  near 
the  latter ;  and  their  successive  projections  upon  it  afforded  luminous 
objects  perfectly  circular.  Different  wires,  meeting  at  the  centre  of 
the  aperture,  and  stretched  in  a  plane  parallel  to  and  near  the  disk, 
and  furnished  with  movable  beads,  afforded  a  simple  instrument  for 
determining  the  direction  and  extent  of  the  irradiation  ;  though  the 

*  To  the  well  known  radiated  appearance,  especially  that  of  the  snn.  the  Latin  writers 
applied  the  term  coma.     Hence,  sol  auricoimts,  tlie  sim  witli  golden  radiations. 


ON  IRRADIATION.  343 

determination  of  the  latter  has  not  as  yet  been  attempted  with  much 
precision,  but  was  found,  as  might  be  expected,  to  increase  with  the 
intensity  of  the  light. 

With  this  apparatus  the  preceding  results  were  verified,  and  others 
obtained.  At  a  distance  of  from  five  to  fifty  feet,  the  luminous  object, 
actually  circular,  presented  the  appearance  of  an  equilateral  triangle, 
whose  outlines  were  pretty  well  defined,  especially  when  the  metallic 
disk  was  illuminated  on  the  side  next  the  eye  by  another  candle,  in 
order  to  render  the  retina  insensible  to  the  extremities  of  the  narrow^ 
and  especially  the  irregular  radiations.  At  greater  distances,  the  aper- 
ture being  of  the  same  magnitude,  the  narrow-  radiations  became  more 
conspicuous,  the  regular  ones  always  predominating.  An  increase  in 
the  magnitude  of  the  object  increases  the  distance  requisite  to  produce 
the  distinct  triangular  appearance.  With  an  object  one-tenth  of  an 
inch  in  diameter,  it  is  most  distinctly  seen  at  the  distance  of  six  or 
eight  feet ;  with  one  of  one-fifth  of  an  inch,  at  twelve  or  fifteen  feet. 
It  is  also  seen  pretty  distinctly  at  double  these  distances  respectively, 
and  with  large  objects  at  a  great  and  probably  indefinite  number  of 
miles,  provided  their  angular  magnitude  is  sufficiently  great  to  prevent 
the  preponderance  of  the  narrow  rays,  and  yet  not  so  great  as  to  ren- 
der this  change  in  form  imperceptible.  With  an  object  whose  light 
is  originally  faint,  or  rendered  so  by  traversing  a  great  extent  of  at- 
mosphere, the  effect  is  less,  and  may  become  insensible. 

The  foregoing  experiments  were  varied  and  the  principal  results 
verified,  by  viewing  opaque  objects  surrounded  by  luminous  ones,  instead 
of  luminous  ones  surrounded  by  an  opaque  one  as  before.  A  single 
example  may  suffice.  A  circular  opaque  disk,  projected  on  the  Uame 
of  a  candle,  but  extending  beyond  it  laterally,  appeared  deprived  of  two 
superior  oblique  segments,  by  downward  and  oblique  dilatations  of  the 
superior  part  of  the  flame  in  the  same  directions  as  in  the  former  ex- 
periments ;  also  of  a  kind  of  sector  at  the  inferior  part,  by  the  upward 
vertical  dilatation  of  the  inferior  part  of  the  flame.  In  consequence 
of  the  encroachment  of  the  flame  upon  the  disk  in  these  three  direc- 
tions, as  the  observer  receded  from  it  the  disk  was  reduced  in  magni- 
tude and  changed  in  form,  and  finally,  by  the  encroachment  of  the 
inferior  portion  of  the  flame  by  upward  irradiation,  was  divided  into 


344  ON  IRRADIATION. 

two  lateral  portions.  This  was  in  exact  accordance  with  preceding 
results. 

The  experiments  hitherto  related  have,  at  my  request,  been  since 
repeated  by  others,  and  their  verification,  in  almost  every  instance, 
establishes  the  following  general  law.  There  are  determinate  directions 
of  maximum  irradiation  for  every  individual :  these  in  man,  for  ordi- 
nary vision,  are  generally  three  in  number,  and  are  at  equal  angular 
distances,  and  consequently  one  hundred  and  ttventy  degrees  or  one- 
third  of  the  circumference  of  the  circle ;  one  direction  being,  in  the  erect 
position  of  the  head,  directly  upward  in  a  vertical  visual  plane  passing 
through  the  centre  of  the  luminous  object,  the  other  tivo  directions  ob- 
liquely doivnward,  in  visual  planes  tohich  respectively  make  angles  tvith 
the  former  and  ivith  each  other  of  one  hundred  and  tiventy  degrees: 
the  decrements  of  dilatation  in  other  directions  are  nearly  sym^netricai 
aiid  equal  with  respect  to  these  three  directions,  and  the  apparent  form 
of  the  object  approximates  more  or  less  to  that  of  an  equilateral  trian- 
gle, according  to  its  brightness,  distance  and  magnitude. 

Figures  1,  2  and  3  represent  the  apparent  forms  of  an  opaque  circu- 
lar body  projected  upon  a  luminous  one ;  and  4,  5  and  6,  those  of  a 
luminous  circular  body  projected  upon  or  surrounded  by  a  dark  one. 

1  2  3  4  5  6 


^</\j'</\> 


In  these  last,  as  well  as  in  the  former  experiments,  the  dilatation 
increased  with  the  distance ;  it  also  increased  with  the  intensity  of 
the  light.  In  fact,  on  this  last  account,  a  straight  horizontal  rod, 
by  the  apparent  curvature  of  its  lower  edge  when  projected  on  the 
(lame  of  a  candle,  becomes  a  tolerably  delicate  photoscope,  for  detect- 
ing the  less  degree  of  illumination  of  the  interior  of  the  flame  at 
heights  above  the  base  where  the  difference  between  the  interior  and 
exterior  brightness  is  inappreciable  by  direct  and  simple  observation. 

During  the  experiments  with  the  circular  luminous  objects,  when 
the  head  of  the  observer  was  inclined  to  the  right  or  left  any  number 
of  degrees,  the  vertices  of  the  luminous  triangle,  as  also  the  long  radia- 


ON  IRRADIATION.  345 

tions,  were  found  to  undergo  a  change  of  absolute  position  exactly  cor- 
respondent in  direction  and  extent  with  that  of  the  head,  whilst  their 
relative  position  remained  invariable.  This  proved  that  the  phenome- 
non depended  on  no  cause  exterior  to  the  human  body.  When  an 
opaque  substance  was  interposed  between  either  eye  separately  and  the 
object,  the  triangular  appearance  was  preserved,  but  the  inferior  ver- 
tex was  more  obtuse  and  the  oblique  radiation  shorter  on  (he  side  of 
the  eye  whose  vision  was  obstructed.  Tl:is  proved  that  the  elfect  de- 
pended in  part,  but  not  chiefly,  upon  the  combined  action  of  the  two 
organs.  Moreover,  as  the  appearance  was  unaffected  by  the  careful 
removal  of  the  ciliae  and  eyelids  from  before  the  cornea,  and  as  I  had 
long  since  examined  the  separate  effect  of  the  tears,  it  appeared  evident 
that  irradiation  depended  upon  none  of  the  tutamina  oculi,  but  was  to 
be  referred  either  to  the  refracting  or  sentient  parts  of  the  proper  or- 
gan of  vision. 

Several  considerations  seemed  to  me  to  exclude  the  latter.  If  a 
vivid  impression  on  any  spot  of  the  retina  could  produce  a  similar  af- 
fection of  adjacent  parts,  there  is  no  obvious  reason  why  this  sympa- 
thetic affection  should  be  more  widely  diffused  in  certain  determinate 
directions  which  sustain  no  possible  constant  relation  to  the  distribu- 
tion of  its  fibres  or  to  its  structure  in  any  respect;  directions  which  are 
constant  both  in  the  case  of  oblique  and  of  direct  vision,  and  on  what- 
ever part  of  the  retina  the  image  may  be  situated,  with  respect  either 
to  the  optic  nerve  or  the  centre  of  its  medullary  and  membranous  ex- 
pansion. The  views  which  were  suggested  by  considerations  of  this 
nature,  were  confirmed  by  subsequent  experiments ;  experiments  which 
proved  the  phenomenon  under  consideration  to  be  independent  of  any 
peculiarity  in  the  sensation,  and  the  retina  to  have  no  share  in  its  pro- 
duction, in  any  other  sense  than  as  it  is  essential  to  vision  in  general. 

When  most  of  the  preceding  experiments  had  been  made,  I,  for  the 
first  time,  thought  of  the  striking  coincidence  between  this  dilatation 
of  luminous  bodies  in  three  equidistant  directions,  and  the  three  etjui- 
distant  sets  of  fibres  and  three  equidistant  radiated  lines,  exhibited  in 
the  front  view  of  the  crystalline  lens  of  the  ox,  as  represented  by  that 
eminent  philosopher,  the  late  lamented  Thomas  Young,  M.D.,  in  his 
Vol.  IV.— 4  M 


346  ON  IRRADIATION. 

"Observations  on  Vision."*  He  afterwards  learned  that  these  three 
sets  had  been  previously  seen,  though  less  accurately  observed,  by 
Leeuvvenhoek.  Dr  Young  describes  each  coat  as  consisting  "  of  six 
series  of  fibres,  intermixed  with  a  gelatinous  substance,  and  attached 
to  six  lines  which  have  somewhat  of  a  membranous  appearance.  Three 
of  these  lines  or  tendons  are  anterior,  three  posterior  ,•  their  arrange- 
ment is  that  of  three  equal  and  equidistant  rays  meeting  in  the  axis  of 
the  crystallineJ"  He  adds,  "  1  have  not  yet  had  an  opportunity  of  ex- 
amining the  human  crystalline,  but  from  its  readily  dividing  into  three 
parts,  we  may  infer  that  it  is  similar  to  that  of  the  ox."  Here  I  con- 
ceived I  had  found  a  clue  to  the  cause  of  the  phenomenon,  in  a  struc- 
ture which  seemed  calculated  to  produce  an  action  symmetrical  with 
respect  to  three  equidistant  radii  of  the  crystalline  lens;  a  structure  to 
which  there  appears  to  be  nothing  analogous  in  any  other  part  of  the 
organ  of  vision.  The  deviations  from  this  arrangement  of  the  fibres, 
which  may  have  been  detected  by  Dr  Young  and  others,  will  not  be 
at  present  considered,!  aii<^^-  will  not  probably  aflfect  the  proof  of  a  con- 
nection between  irradiation  and  the  structure  of  the  crystalline,  so  long 
as  there  exists  the  moic  obvious  division  of  this  body  into  three  similar 
sphenoidal  portions. 

In  the  prosecution  of  these  researches  on  the  subject  of  irradiation,  I 
have  made  several  other  experiments,  especially  with  the  pupil  preter- 
naturally  dilated.  These  w'ill  not  be  at  present  detailed,  but  reserved 
for  a  future  communication.  I  shall,  however,  venture  to  state  some 
of  the  inferences  which  they  appear  to  justify,  which  are  the  following. 

1.  That  irradiation  is  produced  directly  and  chiefly  by  the  crystal- 
line lens,  but  affected  by  the  iris.  2.  That  the  different  fasciculi  of 
the  fibres  of  the  crystalline  exert,  in  some  respects,  a  similar  though 

*  Young's  Natural  Philosophy,  Vol.  II.  p.  525. 

t  The  greater  number  of  fasciculi  which  Dr  Young  subsequently  detected,  and  their  occa- 
sional diversity  and  irregularity  may  perhaps  explain  the  existence  of  intermediate  radiations 
in  all  eyes,  and  the  absence  of  one  of  the  more  conspicuous  and  regular  ones  in  some  rare 
instances.  But  I  shall  not  venture  to  attempt  an  exact  account  of  the  optical  and  anatomical 
structure  of  the  lens,  cornea  and  iris,  and  their  correspondence  with  the  other  laws  of  irradia- 
tion which  I  may  have  discovered,  until  I  shall  have  had  access  to  the  papers  of  Dr  Brewster 
and  Sir  E.  Home  on  the  former  subjects,  only  a  brief  notice  of  wliich  has  been  inserted  in  the 
scientific  journals. 


ON   IRIiADIATION.  347 

unequal  action  on  light.  3.  That  the  central  and  lateral  parts  of  this 
body  conspire  in  dillerent  degrees  to  produce  irradiation;  tiie  ed'ect 
increasing  with  the  absolute  distance  of  the  incident  ray  from  the  axis 
of  the  crystalline,  and  consequently  with  the  magnitude  of  the  pupil. 
4.  That  there  are  two  distinct  species  of  irradiation,  in  consequence 
of  which  the  unequal  luminous  border  superadded  to  the  perfect  image 
on  the  retina,  by  this  kind  of  aberration,  is  composed  of  two  distinct 
though  partially  superimposed  parts,  of  different  colours,  the  superim- 
posed portions  of  which  on  any  one  point  of  the  retina,  are  produced 
by  the  action  of  opposite  wedges  of  tlie  crystalline. 

A  popular  application  of  the  foregoing  results  is,  that  ive  never  see 
luminous  objects  of  their  true  shape.  Of  the  existence  of  this  species 
of  optical  illusion,  any  person  may  readily  convince  himself,  by  exam- 
ining the  flame  of  a  candle  when  near  it,  and  then  withdrawing  to  the 
distance  of  thirty  or  forty  feet,  or  even  across  an  ordinary  room.  How 
frequently  must  we  have  been  deceived  in  our  estimate  of  form  as  well 
as  magnitude  !  It  is  unnecessary  to  dwell  on  the  importance  of  being 
apprized  of  an  illusion,  which  alTects  in  no  small  degree  the  testimony 
of  one  of  our  most  interesting  and  valuable  organs  of  sense. 

We  learn  also  from  the  results  which  I  have  obtained,  that  the  ap- 
pearance of  luminous  objects,  with  respect  to  position,  shape,  and  occa- 
sionally colour,  is  materially  affected  by  iheir  brightness  and  distance, 
and  by  the  position  of  the  head,  and  the  magnitude  of  the  pupil  or 
other  aperture  through  which  the  rays  are  admitted  into  the  eye ;  and 
that  these  effects  are  constant  for  the  same  individual,  in  the  natural 
state  of  the  eye,  and,  with  few  exceptions,  essentially  the  same  for  all. 

On  these  principles  we  may  probably  explain  the  apparent  projec- 
tioti  of  a  star  upon  the  moon's  disk  at  the  time  of  an  occultation,  a 
phenomenon  which  has  occasionally  astonished  the  ordinary  and  acci- 
dental observer,  and  been  "  at  all  times  an  interesting  and  important 
subject  to  the  astronomer,"*  to  whom  it  has  been  perhaps  scarcely 
less  inexplicable.  It  appears  to  me  that  irradiation  affords  a  solution, 
and  that  the  laws  I  have  detected  may  enable  us  to  explain  and  even 
to  predict  the  apparent  anomalies  :  viz.  its  being  more  frequent  in  the 

*  American  Almanac  for  1831,  p.  34. 


348  ON  IRUADIATION. 

case  of  particular  stars,  its  not  always  existing  in  the  occultations  of 
the  same  star,  nor  being  seen  by  all  individuals.  If  this  theory  be 
correct,  the  existence  of  this  phenomenon,  and  the  distance  to  which 
the  star  is  thrown  upon  the  moon's  disk,  depend  upon  the  position  of 
the  head  of  the  observer,  and  the  relative  direction  of  the  moon  and 
star  at  the  time  of  immersion  or  emersion.  The  more  frequent  ap- 
pearance of  this  phenomenon  in  the  case  of  the  brighter  stars,  and  on 
the  luminous  side  of  the  disk,  seems  to  depend  upon  the  greater  dilata- 
tion of  the  more  luminous  bodies,  whilst  the  duration  will  depend 
upon  the  magnitude  of  the  star,  and  the  direction  of  the  moon's  mo- 
tion. The  effect  of  position  will  be  understood  from  the  following 
experiment  in  connection  with  the  foregoing  statements.  A  circular 
opaque  disk,  A,  was  placed  between  the  eye  and  a 
luminous  circle,  of  which  a  part  projected  beyond  the 
edge  of  the  disk.  At  «,  b  and  f,  the  stellar  or  radia- 
ted appearance  was  most  conspicuous  on  the  disk, 
whilst  at  d,  near  the  superior  part,  it  appeared  more 
like  a  real  luminous  body  on  the  disk,  of  a  reddish 
colour,  and  well  defined,  and  almost  or  entirely  projected  on  it.  By 
inclining  the  head,  the  places  where  these  phenomena  were  most  per- 
fectly exhibited,  suffered  a  corresponding  change,  their  relative  posi- 
tion remaining  invariable.  The  appearance  at  «,  6  and  c  is  in  accord- 
ance with  what  has  been  herein  stated  with  respect  to  the  three 
directions  of  maximum  irradiation ;  that  at  d  will  be  explained  by 
experiments  which  I  had  previously  made  on  the  human  eye,  and 
which  will  be  hereafter  published  with  a  generalization  of  the  facts. 

Among  the  other  astronomical  applications  of  the  laws  of  irradiation, 
the  following  may  be  mentioned.  During  a  partial  solar  eclipse,  a 
faint  light  is  sometimes  seen  to  be  thrown  on  the  moon  near  the  horns 
of  the  sun,  and  to  be  brighter  and  longer  on  one  side  than  on  the 
other.*  Moreover,  I  have  observed  one  of  the  horns  of  the  new 
moon  (though  apparently  not  more  luminous  than  the  other)  to  pro- 
ject farther  than  the  other  from  the  dark  portion  of  the  disk,  according 
as  they  were  situated  with  respect  to  the  directions  of  maximum  irra- 
diation. 

*  Edinburgh  Philosophical  Journal,  Vol.  III.  p.  393. 


ON  IRRADIATION.  349 

The  fixed  stars  appear  larger  when  viewed  with  the  unassisted  eye 
than  when  we  employ  a  good  achromatic*  telescope.  For  a  similar 
reason,  the  planet  Venus,  being,  from  its  vicinity  to  the  sun,  strongly- 
illuminated,  may  appear  larger  than  Jupiter  to  the  eye,  whilst  Jupiter 
appears  larger  than  Venus  with  a  telescope  of  such  an  aperture  and 
magnifying  power  as  to  diminish  the  brightness  and  consequently  the 
irradiation.  If  the  construction  is  such  as  to  admit  but  a  small  pencil 
into  the  eye,  another  cause  will  be  found  to  conspire,  which  is  the  lesa 
amount  of  irradiation  (and  probably  the  different  laws  of  it),  for  the 
light  which  is  transmitted  near  the  axis  of  the  crystalline  lens.  This 
follows  from  the  experiments  already  alluded  to  on  the  influence  of 
aperture. 

I  shall  not,  however,  at  present,  anticipate  any  other  results  of  those 
experiments  on  the  influence  of  aperture  on  irradiation,  except  to  sug- 
gest the  possibility  of  applying  them  to  the  explanation  of  the  tivink- 
ling  of  the  stars ;  a  phenomenon  hitherto  entirely  referred  to  causes 
purely  physical,  but  the  true  cause  of  which  is  admitted  to  be  "  not 
fully  ascertained.'"! 

As  the  fixed  stars  are  highly  brilliant  bodies,  subtending  an  exceed- 
ingly minute  angle,  their  apparent  magnitudes  depend  almost  entirely 
upon  irradiation  ;  and  it  is  hence  easy  to  conceive  that  any  alternate 
and  transient  changes  in  this  affection  may  occasion  oscillations  in 
their  images  on  the  retina.  Is  it  not  therefore  possible,  that  this  phe- 
nomenon may  be  affected  if  not  produced  by  transient  remissions  of 
irradiation  ?  If  irradiation  shall  be  shown  to  depend  directly  or  indi- 
rectly on  the  crystalline  and  iris,  it  is  possible  that  oscillatory  motions 
in  either  might  produce  such  remissions.  With  respect  to  the  exis- 
tence of  such  motions,  Dr  Wollaston  has  shown  that  muscular  effort, 
when  apparently  continuous,  consists,  in  reality,  of  a  great  number  of 
contractions  repeated  at  extremely  short  intervals.  It  may  be  added, 
that  there  are  alternations  of  contraction  and  dilatation  of  the  iris,  which 
are  of  sensible  duration  and  extent,  and  visible  by  direct  observation. 

*  Or  rather  aplanatic,  free  from  both  species  of  aberration. 
t  Young's  Natural  Philosophy,  Vol.  I.  p.  490. 

Schenectady,  3Iarch  4,  1831. 
Vol.  IV.— 4  N 


351 


ARTICLE  XI. 

Names  which  the  Lenni  Lenape  or  Delaware  Indians,  ivho  once  inha- 
bited this  country,  had  given  to  Rivers,  Streams,  Flaces,  S^'c.  Sfc. 
within  the  noiv  States  of  Pennsylvania,  Neiv  Jersey,  Maryland  mid 
Virginia:  and  also  Names  of  Chieftains  and  distinguished  Men  of 
that  Nation;  with  the  Significations  of  those  Names,  and  Biogra- 
2ihical  Sketches  of  some  of  those  Men.  By  the  late  Rev.  John 
Heckeivelder,  of  Bethlehem,  Pennsylvania.  Communicated  to  tfie 
Jimerican  Philosophiccd  Society  Spril  5,  1822,  and  noiv  published 
by  their  order;  revised  and  prepared  for  the  press  by  Peter  S.  Du 
Ponceau. 

Philadelphia,  September  16,  1833. 
DEAR  SIR, 

I  have  the  pleasure  of  sending  to  you  the  late  Mr  Heckewelder's 
communication  respecting  Indian  names,  prepared  for  the  press.  When 
he  handed  it  to  me  to  be  presented  in  his  name  to  the  Philosophical 
Society,  he  requested,  that  in  case  it  should  be  ordered  to  be  printed, 
I  would  revise  it  in  the  same  manner  as  I  had  done  his  account  of 
Indian  nations  published  in  the  first  volume  of  our  Historical  Trans- 
actions. Such  revisal  was  particularly  necessary,  as,  the  writer  being 
more  familiar  with  the  German  than  with  the  English  language,  his 
Germanized  style  required  correction,  and  at  times  he  was  not  as  clear 
as  he  wished  to  be.  I  have  therefore,  availed  myself  of  the  liberty 
thus  given  to  me,  but  only  in  a  moderate  degree ;  being  desirous  to 
preserve  the  plain  honest  language  of  the  venerable  author,  as  far  as 
I  could  make  it  consistent  with  the  English  idiom.     I  have  preserved 


352  ON  INDIAN  NAMES. 

his  method  throughout,  and  only  expunged  some  repetitions,  and  struck 
out  some  Indian  names,  of  which  he  gave  no  explanation*,  and  which 
only  served  to  fill  up  space  to  no  purpose.  I  have  also  left  out  an 
abstract  of  the  successive  treaties  made  with  the  Indians,  which,  besides 
that  it  has  no  immediate  relation  to  his  object,  is  to  be  found  nearly 
in  the  same  words  in  the  second  volume  of  Smith's  Laws  of  Penn- 
sylvania. I  have  taken  care  to  preserve  the  original  manuscript, 
which  still  remains  in  the  Society's  library,  and  will  show  in  what 
manner  I  have  complied  wnth  the  author's  request. 

In  executing  this  task  I  have  been  particularly  struck  with  the 
etymology  which  Heckewelder  ascribes  to  the  name  of  the  river  Ohio. 
I  had  imbibed,  with  many  others,  the  idea  that  it  was  derived  from 
the  Iroquois  idioms,  and  in  that  persuasion,  I  had  at  first  paid  little 
attention  to  the  author's  arguments.  On  perusing  them  again,  they 
appeared  to  me  to  have  considerable  force,  and  I  determined  to  con- 
sider the  subject  with  more  attention.  In  consequence  I  recurred  to 
the  copious  dictionary  of  the  Onondago  language,  by  Mr  Zeisberger, 
which  is  in  our  library.  It  has  been  said  that  the  Iroquois  called  the 
Ohio  sometimes  the  fine  or  beautiful,  sometimes  the  bloody  river. 
I  therefore  looked  for  the  words  jluss  (river),  blut  (blood),  and  schoen 
(fine,  handsome,  beautiful);  I  found  geihate,  geihufafatie  for  river, 
and  the  word  blood  rendered  by  otquechsa.  To  neither  of  these 
can  the  name  of  the  river  Ohio  be  traced.  For  heautiful  (schoen), 
I  found  two  words,  ivazxnaji  and  ojaneri  (the  j  in  the  latter  to  be 
pronounced  like  our  y,  so  as  to  read  oyaneri).  The  two  first  syllables 
of  this  word  bear  indeed  some  resemblance  to  ohio,  but  in  examining 
the  numerous  examples  given  by  Zeisberger  of  the  use  of  these  two 
words,  I  found  that  the  first,  ivazxnaji,  is  alone  employed  to  express 
external  beauty,  as  when  you  say,  a  fine  or  handsome  person,  a  fine 
leg,  a  fine  field,  and  the  like ;  while  the  latter,  ojaneri,  is  only  used  to 
describe  the  ;nanner  in  which  something  is  executed,  and  answers,  in 

*  Among  those  is  Tinicum,  the  name  of  an  island  in  the  Delaware,  which  was  once  the 
seat  of  the  Swedish  government.  The  Swedes  called  it  Tennahong,  whicli  we  have  changed 
into  Tinimm.  It  appears  to  me  that  ong  in  the  Swedish  name  of  that  island  is  the  locative 
termination  vnh,  and  I  presume  the  remainder  of  the  word  may  be  Tskcnnuk,  which  means 
a  black  bird,  so  that  it  sliould  be  Tskennahink,  or  Black  Bird's  Island. 


ON  INDIAN  NAMES.  353 

fact,  to  our  word  well.  Thus  you  say  ojancri  zcmijawcnotc,  to  read 
well ;  ojaneri  zaniiivachiato^  to  write  well ;  ojaneri  zanihch-ichivaa/ua, 
he  sings  well,  &c.  It  is  not,  therefore,  from  ojaneri,  that  the  proper 
name  Ohio  is  to  be  derived ;  it  seems  much  more  properly  to  be  traced 
to  the  Delaware,  and  to  mean  the  white,  or  the  zvhifc  foamin!i;  river, 
and  to  have  been  abridged  by  the  English  traders  from  some  of  the 
numerous  words  implying  that  signification,  cited  by  Mr  Heckewelder. 
The  French  name  Belle  Riviere  is  clearly  not  a  translation  from  the 
Indian. 

I  have  remarked,  not  v^fithout  astonishment,  from  a  passage  in  this 
little  work,  that  the  Delaware  Indians  were  acquainted  with  silk  and 
silk  worms.  There  is  a  place,  it  seems,  in  Old  Northampton  county, 
in  Pennsylvania,  which  the  Indians  called  Nolamattinlf,  and  which, 
according  to  Mr  Heckewelder,  means  "the  place  >vhere  the  silk  worms 
spritig  iq),"  that  is  to  say,  mount,  in  order  to  spin  their  cocoons.  He 
adds  that  the  mulberry  trees  grew  in  that  place  spontaneously. 

Keferring  to  Zeisbei'ger's  Delaware  Vocabulary,  p.  59,  I  find  that 
nolemutees  means  a  silk  worm,  whence  NohmudHnk  is  evidently 
derived.  But  what  kind  of  silk  worm  is  it  that  is  a  native  of  this 
country,  and  feeds  on  the  leaves  of  the  mulberry?  Mr  Moses  Bar- 
tram,  in  the  first  volume  of  the  American  Philosophical  Transactions, 
p.  224,  has  given  an  account  of  a  native  silk  worm,  which  he  calls 
the  wild  silk  worm,  and  which  he  found  on  the  banks  of  Schuylkill. 
But  that  insect,  as  he  describes  it,  differs  very  much  from  the  Chinese 
silk  worm,  and  besides,  Mr  Bartram  tells  us  that  it  fed  on  the  leaves 
of  the  alder  and  of  the  apple  tree,  and  on  those  of  the  viburnum  or 
black  haw  bushes  and  of  the  wild  crab  tree ;  while  it  seems,  that  the 
worm  mentioned  by  Mr  Heckewelder,  like  that  of  China,  fed  on  the 
leaves  of  the  mulberry,  ^^'ithout  wishing  to  enter  into  any  further  dis- 
quisition upon  this  subject,  I  have  thought  it  well  at  least  to  point  out 
this  Indian  name  for  further  investigation.     I  am,  respectfully,  dear  sir, 

Your  most  obedient  humble  servant, 

PETER  S.  DU  PONCEAU. 

Franklin  Bache,  M.D. 

Chairman  of  the  Puhlishing  Committee. 
Vol.  IV.— 4  O 


354  ON   INDIAN  NAMES. 


INTRODUCTORY  REMARKS. 


1.  Most  of  the  Indian  names  and  words  herein  contained,  are  copied 
from  maps,  books  and  records,  while  others  have  been  received  directly 
by  me  from  the  Indians.  In  the  former  case,  I  use  the  common 
orthography,  and  the  names  as  tradition  has  given  them  to  us,  which 
I  have  caWed  pojiular  iiames ;  but  I  place  next  to  them  the  same  names 
as  given  by  the  aborigines,  and  in  every  case  I  add  the  signification  in 
English  whenever  it  is  in  my  pov/er  to  do  it. 

2.  The  Delaw^are  Indians  want  the  letters  /,  r  and  v.  It  seems 
that  in  the  time  of  the  Swedes,  the  tribes  who  lived  on  the  banks  of 
the  Delaware  used  the  letter  r  instead  of  /.  Those  tribes  were  extinct 
when  I  came  to  this  country,  and  I  have  never  know^n  a  Delaware 
Indian  that  used  the  letter  r.  These  facts  have  not  always  been 
attended  to  in  the  English  spelling  of  those  names.  Most  of  the  faults 
which  exist  in  the  common  spelling  of  Indian  names  are  owing  to  the 
want  of  au  Indian  ear. 

3.  I  have  in  the  spelling  of  Indian  names  (where  I  do  not  copy 
them  from  books,  maps  or  records)  adopted  the  German  orthography, 
conceiving  that  the  powers  of  the  German  alphabet  are  better  calcu- 
lated than  those  of  the  English  to  convey  the  true  sounds  of  a  foreign 
idiom. 

4.  The  terminations  ink^  enk  and  unk  are  indicative  of  place ;  Shu- 
kameksink  or  Shakameksung  means  at  Shakamek. 

JOHN  HECKEWELDER. 


ON  INDIAN  NAMES. 


355 


INDIAN  NAMES  OF  RIVERS,  STREAMS,  AND  OTHER  NOTED  PLACES 
IN  THE  STATE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA. 


PHILADELPHIA,  DELAWARE,  CHESTER,  MONTGOMERY,  AND  BUCKS  COUNTIES 


Popular  Names.  Proper  Names,  witli  Remarks. 

Coaquaimock Cuwequenaku.     The   word  .siirnificth  the  grove  of  loii'j;  pinr 

trees.  The  city  of  Pliiladelphia  goes  imcler  this  name  by  all 
the  Delaware  Indians.  See  Proud's  Hist,  of  Pennsylvania, 
page  150. 

Delaware  River Lenapewihitluk, /;h//«;«  J'iycr;  and  Khhrnmc,  t!ie  /(ir ires f  ririr 

in  the  part  of  the  country. 

Schuylkill Ganshowehanne,    or    (short)    Ganshowehan    {der    rauxchendr 

Struhni  in  German),  the  noisy  «/)-fam,  occasioned  by  i'all.s  and 
ripples.     It  is  also  called  Meneiunk. 

Manayunk Menemuk,  our  place  of  drinking  (liquor),  our  place  of  assv/it- 

bling  to  drink.     It  is  another  name  for  the  river  Schuylkill. 

Playwicky Plauwikit.  the  habitation  [village)  of  those  u-ho  are  of  the  Tur- 
key tribe. 

Towassimok Da.w{is\m('>k,  the  feeding  place  for  cattle,  the  pasture  grounds. 

Neshamanies Ncsluunhanue,  two  streams  making  one  (by  llowing  together). 

Neshammonys.  The   word  is  compounded  of  the  words   nisclia  two,   and 

Neshamiiiy.  amhanne  river. 

Makerisk  Kitton.     .     .     .     These  words,  so  dilTerently  written  in  the  deeds,  appear  to  be 
Maskeusk  Kitton.  designed  to  name  a  particular  place  on  or  in  the  river  Dela- 

Makerisk  Hitton.  ware.     It  is  to  me  clear,  that  it  is  intended  for  the  Trenton 

Makeerick  Kitton.  Falls ;   and  I   presume  the  words  here  given  are  meant  to 

answer  to  these  falls.  Maskane  is  strong,  rapid ;  maskhannc, 
a  rapid  stream;  kilhanne  main,  largest  stream. 


356  ON  INDIAN  NAMES. 

Popular  Names.  Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 

Shakamaxon.  ~  .     Schachameksink,  place  of  eels.     Schachamek  is  the  name  of 

that  fish  ;  s  is  added  for  euphony. 

Pemmapeeka I'em3.'pee]i,  pond,  lake  or  bat/ ;  ivater  having  no  continual  cur- 

Pemapack.  rent;  a  nurroiv  long  pond. 

Pemapeck. 

Pennepack. 

Poquesing Poquesink, /Ae  yj/ace  abounding  ivith  mice;  the  place  of  mice. 

Poquessan.  Poques,  a  mouse. 

Chickhansink Tschikhaiisink,  luliere  it  ivas  taken  from  us;   the  place  where 

ive  ivere  robbed. 

Macopanackhan.      .     .     .     Mschoppeiiackhan,  the  large  jJotato  stream;    the  stream,  or 

creek,  on  tvhich  the  large  potatoes  are  (or  grow). 

Pakihoma Pakihm-omenk,  or  pakiomink,  the  cranberry  place;   the  place 

Pakioma.  where  the  cranberries  grow.     Pakihm  is  the  name  of  that 

Perkioming.  fruit. 

Wissahickon Wisamekhan,  catfish  creek.     Wisawikhan,  also  Wisauchsican, 

Wisahiccon.  denote  a  stream  of  yellowish  colour. 

AVingohockmg.         .     .     .     Wingehacking.     The  word  implies,  choice  land  for  planting  or 

cidtivating,  a  favourite  spot,  fine  land,  &c. 

Wisinaming Wischanemunk,  ivhere  we  iccre  frightened,  put  to  flight. 

Manatawny Menhatlauink,  where  we  drunk  [liquor).     Menatewink,  on  the 

island. 

Skippack Schki-peek,  standing,  stinking  pool  of  icater. 

Serechen Silehend,  Sinuehend,  the  dairy,  the  place  u'here  milch  cows 

are  kept. 

Qunig-Quingus         .     .     .     Quiquingiis,  the  species  of  duck  which  we  call  tlie  grey  duck, 

the  male  of  which  has  a  green  coloured  head.  Kikitschimais 
is  that  species  of  the  duck  which  we  call  the  tvood  duck. 
because  they  build  their  nest  in  hollow  trees.  The  word 
implies,  the  calling  duck;  it  calling  loudly  to  its  mate. 

Tohickon Tohickhan  or  Tohickhanne,  the  stream  over  U'hich  ice  pass  by 

7neans  of  a  bridge  of  drift  u'ood. 


ON  INDIAN  NAMES.  35' 


Popular  Names.  Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 


Nockoinixon Nachanixink,  at  the  three  houses,  or  ichcre  the  three  houses  are; 

Nockanixon.  nacha,  three  ;  wikwam,  a  house  :  ink,  hira!  lennhuiliim. 

Lackamissa Legauinisa,  Icgauiksa,  the  sand;/   i^roioid.  the  sam/i/  spot   oj 

land. 

Cohocksink Cnwcuhdckink,  pine  lands,  where  the /indirr  is  principtilli/ pine. 


NORTHAMPTON  AND  LEHIGH  COUNTIES. 

Saucon  Creek Sacunk.     This  word   properly  denotes  the  outlet  of  a  smallir 

Saconna.  stream  into  a  larger  one.     It  is  common,  and  i.s  nsed  in  ilie 

same  sense  among  many  tribes  of  Indians  conncetetl   witli 
the  Delawares.     The  C'hippcways  say  Sagginow. 


Macungy Machkunschi,  the  harbouring  or  fecdina;  plare  nf  l/ear 


hechauhnnne,  the  forks  occasioned  by  the  conjlu.v  of  two  rivers. 

as  where  the  river  Lehigh  falls  into  the  Delaware  at  Easlon. 

Lehikton Lawithanne.     The  proper  name  for  the  I$up1i  Kill  by  Easion. 

Leheigton.  The  word  signilies  a  stream  between  others. 

Lehieton. 

Easton  Town Lechauwitank,  the  town  within  the  forks. 

Lehigh Neither  of  these  words  is  the  proper  name  of  this  river,  whiuh 

Lecha.  is  only  known  to  the  Indians  by  the  great  crossing  place  on  it. 

The  Indians  have  three  general  words  whereby  they  distin- 
guish that  whicli  resembles  a  fork,  and  are  very  j)articidar 
therein.  Lechaiiwak  is  the  standard  word  for  every  thing 
tliat  is  forked,  excc])t  with  rivers  and  roads,  where  a  ter- 
mination is  added  to  that  word  to  distinguish  it.  Thus, 
lechau-hanne  is  the  forks  of  streams;  lechau-wichcn,  the 
forks  at  parting  of  roads,  or  U'here  these  meet  together. 
They  say  lecliauweki,  or  lechauwekink,  when  they  speak  of 
tlie  country  which  we  call  the  forks,  which  word  alludes  to 
their  great  crossing  place  at  the  Lehigh  (which  by  purchase 
of  the  Bethlehem  tract  fell  within  it  at  its  lower  end).  At 
this  great  crossing  place  various  large  paths  centred  on  each 
side  of  the  river;  and  so,  on  each  side,  these  took  otf  to  the 
difl'erent  sections  in  their  country,  and  to  their  scattered 
villages  within  the  same.     See  Lechawaxcn. 

Vol.  IV.— 4  P 


358  ON  INDIAN  NAMES. 


Popular  Names.  Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 

Monakessi Menagassi,  or  menakessi,  signifies  a  stream  containing  several 

Monockisy.  large  bends. 

Hockendocque  Creek.        .     Hackcundochwe,  they  are  searching  for  land.     Probably  at  an 

earlier  period  some  surveyors  were  discovered  looking  at  or 
surveying  land  on  this  creek. 

Traxler's  Spring  ....     Tl:m])T^ekha.m\e,  a  streain  Jloiring  froin  large  springs,  a  stream 

Drcchsler's  Spring.  from  springs  issuing  from  the  earth. 

Toamensing. 

Achquanschicola.     .     .     .     Achquoanschicola,   the  brush-net  fishing  creek,   or   the   creek 
Achquanschicolo.  ichere  ice  catch  fish  by  means  of  a  net  made  of  brush. 

Sankinak Sankhanne,  Jiintstone  creek,  or  the  stream  on  ivhich  flint  stones 

are  found. 

Mahoning Mahoni,  «  deer  lick;  mahonink,  at  the  lick. 

Pokono Pockhanne,  pokohaune,  a  stream  issuing  from  a  mountain,  or 

running  between  two  mountains ;  hence  the  Broad  mountain 
has  received  the  name  of  Pocono  mountain. 

Nesquihoning Nfeskaht'mi,  black  lick,  or  the  lick  of  tohich  the  trater  is  of  a 

blackish  colour;  nKskahunink,  at  the  black  lick. 

Quakake Cuweukeek,  or  Kuwekeek,;j;Hi/ /«H(?.s.     The  creek  which  nms 

through  these  lands  bears  the  name  of  Kuweuhanne. 

Mauch  Chunk Machktschiink,  the  bear's  mountain. 

Pauponaming Papennamenk,  the  place  where  we  were  gazing  {looking  at  a 

strange  object  something  new  occurred  to  our  sight). 

Pohopoka Pockhapocka,  tioo  mountains  butting  tvith  their  ends  against 

Puchcahuchka.  each  other,  with  a  stream  between  them  (as  is  here  the  case 

at  the  Lehigh  water  gap). 

Catosoque Gattosaqui,  gattosachgi,  the  earth  is  thirsty  [icants  rain);  pro- 
bably it  had  been  the  case  at  that  time  and  place. 

Tunkhanne Taukhdnne,  the  small,  or  smallest  slrea?n  of  the  several  streams 

Tunkhannock.  ivhich  flow  in  one  and  the  same  direction  either  to  fall  into 

a  river  or  to  form  a  river  when  they  become  united. 

Tobyhanne Topihanne,  alder  streain,  or  a  creek  on  the  banks  of  which  that 

shrub  grows  spontaneously. 


ON  INDIAN  NAMES.  3.59 


Popular  Names. Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 


Wechquetank Wechquetank,  or  vviquitaiik,  the  name  of  a  shrub ;  from  which 

an  Indian  town  built  near  where  it  jrrcw  was  so  named:  ihis 
town  was  eight  miles  beyond  the  Blue  mountain,  in  a  north- 
westerly direction  from  Bethlehem. 

Muddy  Creek Masgcekhhme,  a  creek  u-ldch  Jlows  through  sicampy  <,'rou,ul 

(on  the  Broad  mountain). 

.  .  .  .  Meniolagamika,  the  name  of  an  ancient  Indian  town  lying  on 
Achquanschicola  creek,  north  side,  and  dose  under  the  Blue 
mountain,  north  west  course  from  Nazareth.  The  word  or 
name  implies,  rich,  or  good  spot  of  land  within  that  irhirh 
is  bad  or  barren. 

.  .  Welagamika,  the  name  of  an  ancient  Indian  town  which  once 
existed  on  the  Nazaretli  tract,  and  was  forsaken  about  the 
year  1748.  Tlic  word  implies,  fine  rich  soil,  and  when  the 
Indians  speak  of  the  place  Nazareth,  they  say  Welagaraikink. 

.  .  .  Nolamattink.  By  this  name  the  Indians  call  the  tract  of  land 
on  which  the  settlements  of  Gnadenthal  and  Christian's  Spring 
are.  The  word  implies,  the  place  where  silk  worms  spring  up, 
or  mount,  silk  worms'  place.  The  black  mulberry  tree  grew 
at  that  time  here  and  on  the  Nazareth  tract  spontaneously. 

Menesink Minissink.     The  word  implies  the  habitation  of  the  JMinsi  tribe 

of  Delaivares. 


WAYNE  AND  PIKE  COUNTIES. 

Walenpapeek  Creek.    .     .     Wahlinkpapeek.     The   word   implies   deep   and  dead  water. 

Probably  there  is  such  a  place  or  places   in  the  creek  or 
river.  \ 

Shahola Schauwihilla,  weak,  faint,  depressed. 

Lackauwaxen Lechauweksink,  the  forks  of  the  road,  or  the  parting  of  the 

Lechawaxen.  roads;  where  the  roads  take  off  in  various  directions.     There 

is  on  the  Lehigh,  in  Northampton  county,  a  place  bearing 

the  same  name,  for  the  same  reat^on. 

Equinunk Equinunk,  the  place  ivhere  tve  were  provided  with  articles  of 

clothing,  where  wearing  apparel  teas  distributed  to  us. 


360  ON  INDIAN  NAMES. 


Popular  Names.  Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 


Mashope Maschape,  or  raashapi,  beads  of  glass.     Probably  this  article 

was  given  them  at  that  place  or  sold  there. 

Shohokin Schohacan,  glue.     Probably  this  article  had  been  manufactured 

there  either  by  the  Indians  or  white  men.  The  Indians 
make  an  excellent  glue  out  of  the  deer's  horn  to  glue  on  the 
feathers  to  their  arrows. 


BERKS  AND  SCHUYLKILL  COUNTIES. 

Tulpehoccon Tu\pe\vih7icki,  the  land  aboimding  with  tiirtles,  the  turtle  country. 

Cocoosing Gdkhosing,  the  place  of  Olds,  resort  of  the  otvls. 

Manakasy Menagassi,  creeks  ivith  some  large  bends. 

Menatawny Menetonink,  ivhere  ive  drank  {were  drunk). 

Maxatawny Machksithanne,  beards  path  creek,  or  the  stream  on  which  the 

bears  have  a  path. 

Sacony Sacwnk,  the  outlet  of  a  stream  or  creek. 

Moselem  Creek.       .     .     .     Maschilamekhanne,  trout  creek. 

Oley.    . Olink,  wolink,  olo,  or  wahlo,  signifies  a  cavern  cell,  sink  hole; 

a  dug  hole  to  bury  any  thing  in,  as  also  a  tract  of  land 
encompassed  by  high  hills  (which  is  liere  the  case). 

Wapwallopen Waphallackpink,  the  place  of  white  hemp,  or  the  place  tvhere 

Who])ehawly.  that  kind  of  {wild)  hemp  grows  in  abundance  which  when 

dressed  becomes  ivkite. 

Catawissa Gattawi'si,  becoming  fat.     Probably  a  deer  had  been  shot  there 

at  the  season  when  they  begin  to  fatten. 

Tombicon Tombicanall,  crab  apple,  place  of  crab  apples;  tombikhanne 

crcdj  apple  creek. 

Mahantango.  .     .     .  .     Mohaiiikngo,  where  we  ate  plmtiful  of  meat. 

Mahonoy.  ....     Mahoni,  a  lick  {deer,  buffalo  or  elk  lick). 

Mohony. 


ON  INDIAN  NAMES.  361 


Popular  Names.  Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 


Taraaquon Tamaquehiinne  or  (short)  Tamftkhanne,  the  Indian  name,  as  it 

stands  on  record,  of  Little  Scliuylkill.  The  word  signifies 
beaver  stream,  a  stream  on  wliich  tlic  beavers  were  nume- 
rous, where  they  built  dams  and  mud  liouscs  to  dwell  in. 


LUZERNE  AND  SUSQUEHANNA  COUNTIES. 

Wyoming M'cheudmi,  or  m'cheuw^imi,  which  signifieth  exhnsive  level 

flats.  In  consequence  of  the  large  falls  on  this  river  it  is 
called  "  M'chwcuwami  Sipu"  by  the  Delawares  and  by  the 
Six  Nations;  it  is  for  the  same  reason  called  "  Quahonta," 
which  two  words  or  names  signify  a  river  having  large  flats 
on  it. 

Hoppeny  Creek.      .     .     .     Hobbenisink,  potato  creek,  the  creek  on  which  the  irilil  potato 

groirs  in  abundance. 

Tankhannok Tankhanne,  the  smaller  stream. 

Whopehawly Woaphallachpiuk, //(p /;/</(■«  n/' ;r//i/ /;fmyj. 

Lackawannok Lecha\vahhannek,/o)'/-.s  of  the  river;  also,  Lechauhnnnc.  /b/-A-s 

of  a  river. 

Quilutamende  is  the  name  given  to  a  certain  spot  or  place  a 
short  distance  above  the  mouth  of  Lechawahlianne ;  which 
place  lies  between  a  steep  mountain  and  the  Susquehanna 
river,  in  a  narrow  bottom,  and  where,  as  they  say,  in  their 
wars  with  the  Five  Nations,  they  fell  by  surprise  upon  their 
enemies.  The  word  or  name  of  this  place,  quihitamend.  is. 
therefore,  where  we  came  imaifares  vpon  them,  &c. 

Nescopeck Naeskchoppeek,  means  blackish,  deep,  and  still  a:aler:   and  is 

so  called  from  a  place  of  that  description  on  the  Susquehanna. 

Meshoppen  Creek.        .     .     Mashapi  Creek  is  so  called  from  a  distribution  of  glass  beads  be- 
ing here  made  among  them.     Mashapi  signifies  glass  beads. 

Appolaccon  Creek.       .     .     Apelogacan,  or   apalochgacan   (Minsi),  the  place   irhcnrc  the 

messenger  returned. 

Choconat  Creek.      .     .     .     Tschiihnot  (a  Nanticoke  word). 

Vol.  IV.— 4  Q 


362  ON  INDIAN  NAMES. 


Popular  Names.  Proper  Names,  wiih  Remarks. 

Coshecton Gichiechton.^m'sAerf,  completed. 

Conewanta Guneunga,  they  staid  long  away. 

ONTARIO,  TIOGA,  AND  LYCOMING  COUNTIES. 

Wyalusing  Creek.    .     .     .     M'chwihillusink  (properly)   is,  at  the  dwelling  place  of  the 

hoary  veteran.  An  ancient  warrior  having  resided  on  that 
creek  about  one  mile  above  the  town,  was  the  cause  of  this 
place  being  so  named,  in  remembrance  of  him. 

Wappasuning  Creek.    .     .     Wapasiunink  means,  at    the   place  where  the   white  shining 

stone  (or  metal)  is.     They  call  silver  wapachsinn. 

Wisaukin  Creek.      .     .     .     Wisachgim,  grapes ;   v/isachgimi,  the  place  ivhere  grapes  groiv 

in  plenty. 

Towanda,  Tawandee.   .     .     Tawundeunk,  the  burial  place,  or  tvhere  we  inter  the  dead. 
Awandee.  The  Nanticokes  buried  the  bones  of  their  dead  at  this  place. 

Shummonk Shummonk,  the  place  of  the  large  horn. 

Cowanesque Gawunschesque,  briary,  thorny,  full  of  prickles. 

Tioga Tioga.  This  name  was  given  by  the  Five  Nations  to  that  par- 
ticular spot  or  neck  of  land  where  the  east  and  west  branches 
of  the  Susquehanna  form  a  junction.  The  word  signifieth 
gate,  entrance,  place  to  enter  in  at — the  Iroquois  country, 
the  north  side  of  both  these  branches  of  Susquehanna,  being 
then  considered  as  belonging  to  them,  while  all  the  country 
south  of  these  rivers  belonged  to  the  Delawarcs.  David 
Zeisberger,  who,  as  early  as  the  year  1750,  had  travelled  to 
Onondago  by  the  way  of  this  place,  Tioga,  said  that  some  of 
the  Five  Nations  were  stationed  there  for  the  purpose  of 
ascertaining  what  persons  were  coming  into  their  country ; 
and  that  by  them  it  was  considered  an  offence  to  enter  into 
it  at  any  other  point  or  place  than  either  through  this  gate 
(pass)  or  by  way  of  the  Mohawk  river;  and  that  any  per- 
son met  with  in  their  country  not  having  entered  in  at  either 
of  those  passes  was  considered  a  suspicious  character,  a  spy, 
or  enemy. 


ON  INDIAN  NAMES.  363 


Popular  Names.  Proper  Nnmes,  with  Remarks. 


LYCOMING  AND  NORTHUMBERLAND. 

Lycoming  Creek.     .     .     .     Legauihane,  samJy  creek  (which  is  also  the  true   Indian  name 

for  this  creek). 

Monsey  Creek Minshik,  the /uibilation  of  the  AIo7iseys. 

Pine  Creek Cuweuhannc,  stream  floiving  through  pine  lands. 

Loyalsock  Creek.     .     .  Lawi-siiquik,  middle  creek,  the  stream  which  discharges  itself 

between  others. 

Nipanose Nipenowis  signifies,  like  unto  the  summer,  warm  situation. 

Mahoniety Mahontitti,  a  very  small  lick  (lit  is  a  lUminuiive). 

Mahony  Creek.        .     .     .  Mahonhanne,  a  stream  flowing  from  a  lick. 

Fishing  Creek Namoeshanne,  fish  creek. 

Chilisquaque  Creek.     .     .     Chililisuagi,  the  resort  of  snotv  birds,  or,  the  favourite  place 

of  the  snow  birds. 

White  Deer  Creek.       .     .     Woaptuoliliaiinc,  ichile  deer  creek,  or  the  creek  on  which  lln 

while  dtcr  have  been  taken. 

Elk  Creek Moshannc,  or  mooshaune,  elk  creek. 

Shamokin Shahamoki  and  Shahamokink  is  the  manner  in  which  the  In- 
dians pronounce  this  word.  Some  Indians  have  supposed 
the  name  of  tliis  place  to  be  Schachameki,  which  is  the 
place  of  eels;  and  so  would  give  the  creek  tiie  name  of 
Shachamekhannc,  eePs  creek. 

Quenischachachki.     This  word  is  much  in  use  with  the  Indians 

who  lived  on  the  Susquehanna,  it  being  the  name  for  the 
"  Long  Reach,"  in  the  west  branch,  below  the  Big  island. 

Big  Island Mecheek,  Menathey,  is  their  name  for  this  island. 


364  ON  INDIAN  NAMES. 


Popular  Names.  Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 


CENTRE,  CLEARFIELD,  POTTER  AND  M'KEAN. 

Bald  Eagle's  Nest.       .     .     Wapallannewachschiechey,  bcdd  eagle's  nest. 

Bald  Eagle  Creek.  .     .     .     Wapallannewachschiechhanne,  the  stream  on  which  the  bald 

eagle's  nest  is.     This  is  the  true  Indian  name  for  that  stream. 

Beach  Creek Schauweminschhanne,  beach  creek. 

Little  Mashanon.      .     .     .  Tankimoshanne,  little  elk  creek. 

Osweya  Creek Vtscheia,  place  of /lies  ;  utschev.'sk,  Jlies. 

Sineraahoning Achsinnimahoni,  stony  lick. 

Elk  Creek Moshanne,  elk  creek. 

Elk  Lick Mosa-mahoni,  elk  lick. 

Kenzua  Creek Kentschuak, //(P^D-o66/e  (namely,  the  wild  turkeys);  the  gobbling 

Kenjua  Creek.  reply  which  the  turkey  cock  makes  to  the  call  of  the  hen. 

The  place  which  bears  the  above  name  must  have  been  a 
favourite  place  of  the  turkeys,  and  the  creek  called  Kentschu- 
wahanne,  titrkey's  gobbling  creek. 

Cononoda Gunninada,  he  makes  a  long  stay  there;  or,  it  is  a  long  time 

since  he  went  thither.  Probably  at  this  place  they  were 
impatiently  waiting  the  return  of  one  of  their  company ;  and 
so  the  place  would  remind  them  of  the  circumstance. 

Chinkiclamoose.       .     .         Achtschingi  clammo  signifies,  it  barely  sticks  together.     This 
Chingle  Clamoose.  place,  west  branch   of  the  Susquehanna,  derives  its  name 

from  a  certain  short  bend  where  the  river  turns  short,  back 
again,  leaving  a  narrow  strip  of  land  between  its  courses 
which  barely  can  prevent  itself  from  tumbling  down.  Hence 
this  name.  See  Hist.  Trans,  p.  191,  for  an  interesting  story 
relating  to  this  spot. 

.  .  .  .  Pongus  uteney,  the  habitation  of  the  sand  fly  or  gnat,  the 
place  being  remarkable  on  account  of  these  insects  being 
there  in  such  abundance  or  numbers  that  the  traveller  can 
have  no  rest  for  tlicm.  See  Loskiel's  History  of  the  United 
Brethren,  part  3,  page  79. 


ox  INDIAN  NAMES. 


365 


Popular  Names. 


Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 


WARREN,  ERIE,  AND  CRAWFORD  COUNTIES. 


Conewango  Creek. 


Cnnneyaut  Creek 
Cunneaut. 


Guiicunga,  they  sta)/  long,  it  is  a  long  lime  since  thoj  Itiivt 
gone  encuy  [from  us). 

Gunnii'itc,  it  is  a  nood  u'hilc  since  U'e  went. 


JIERCER,  VENANGO,  AND  JEFFERSON  COUNTIES. 

Mahoning Malu'mi,  «  lick;  mahdnink,  eit  the  lick. 

Pymatuning Pihmtdnink,  the  (hrelling  place  of  the  man  with  the  crooked 

mouth,  or  the  crooked  man''s  divelling  place.     (1  knew  this 
man  perfectly  well.     J.  H.) 

Cool  Spring Thnppcck,  a  cold  spring. 

Neshanok  Creek.     .     .     .     Nischhannuk,  tivo  adjoining  streams. 

Slippery  Rork Weschachapuchka,  slippery  rock  is  the  English  of  tlie  woni  as 

it  stands,  and  the  name  the  place  goes  by  with  the  Indians. 

Wolf  Creek Tnmmeink,  the  wolf  creek. 

Lackawanak Lechauhannck,  the  forks  of  two  streams. 

Paint  Creek Wallamunink,  the  place  ichere  paint  is, 

Toby's  Creek Gawunschhaime,  hriar  creek. 

Sandy  Lick Lega,jtwi-Mahoni,  sandy  lick. 

Little  Briar  Creek.  .     .     .  Taukawun.shhannc,  little  hriar  creek. 

Vol.  IV.— 4  R 


366 


ON  INDIAN  NAMES. 


Popular  Names. 


Proper  Names,  witli  Remarks. 


ARMSTRONG,  BUTLER,  AND  BEAVER  COUNTIES. 


Kiskemanitas Gieschgumam'to,  make  day  light,  or  catise  day  light  to  be. 

Thus  said  a  warrior  in  the  night  to  liis  comrades,  he  heing 
impatient  to  he  oflf  from  the  spot  they  were  at ;  wlience  the 
place  has  this  name. 

Cawanshanock.        .     .     .     Gawunschliannc,  briar  creek,  green  briar;  gawunscliige,  briary, 

Kittaning Kithanne,  the  svperior,  main  stream;  gichthanne,  the  same,  in 

the  Monscy  idiom. 


Kigischgotum Kikischeotam,  the  insect  we  call  c«/i/rfu/. 

Buffalo  Creek SisiViehknnc,  btijfalo  creek,  resort  of  the  buffalo. 

Mohnlbuctiton Mocholpakiton,  where  we  abandon  our  canoes,  or,  in  our  lan- 
guage, at  the  head  or  end  of  navigation,  where  the  stream 
will  no  more  admit  of  navigating  it. 


j.^f 


Connequcness 
Connequcnssi. 

Big  Beaver  River. 


Little  Beaver  Creek. 


Brushy  Creek. 
Sakunk,     . 


Ganachquenesink,  a  lo)ig  straight  course.  This  is  the  name 
of  that  stream. 

Amochkwi  Sipu,  beaver  river;  but  the  Indians  generally  call  it 
"  Kaskasksipu,"  from  the  town  of  "  Kuskuschki."  (Having 
been  on  it,  I  never  once  heard  them  call  it  "Beaver  creek," 
though  I  lived  on  it  two  years.     .T.  H.) 

Tankami'ichque  and  Tankamockhiinne.  Both  these  names  are 
proper,  and  signify  the  small  beaver  strecmi  or  creek. 

Achewek,  brushy,  dijficidt  to  cross. 

The  outlet  of  the  Big  Beaver  into  the  Ohio.  This  place  for 
various  reasons  had  in  former  times  been  well  known  by  all 
the  Indian  tribes  for  a  gi'cat  distance,  but  in  particular  to  tlieir 
warriors.  It  was  during  the  French  war  the  general  rendez- 
vous of  warriors,  and  whence,  when  equipped,  they  set  oil"  for 
war  in  different  directions ;  it  was  tlic  thoroughfare  of  all 
travellers,  traders.  &c.,  therefore  also  the  ^catching,  and  in 
many  instances  a  murdering  place. 


Racoon  Creek. 


Nahcnunihi'inne,  racoon  creek. 


ON  INDIAN  NAMES.  3(i7 


Popular  Names.  Vrnper  Names,  wth  Remarks. 


ALLICGANY  COUNTY. 

Putsbui'g- JMuaaclikink.     This  name,  liy  whirh  all  ihc   liiilian.><   i-all   ihc 

place,  was  given  to  it  ever  sinee  llic  French  Iniill  a  fori 
there,  and  has  been  retained  to  the  present  time.  The  word 
menachk  implies  un  enclosed  spot  of  o-roimd,  a  confined  spot 
or  place  secured  from  bcin^  entered  Into,  ii  Jhrlificrilion.  ; 
literally,  at  the  fort. 

Allegan}" Alligcwi.     The  name  of  a  race  of  Indians  said  to  have  once 

inhabited  that  country. 

AUigcwinink.     This  word  comprises  all  the  country  west  of  liic 

Allegany  mountains,  together  with  all  the  larire  rivers  therein 
and  their  tributary  sb-eams. 

Ohio  River Although  I  liave  no  objection  to  the  name  by  whicli  we  call  this 

river,  yet  for  some  reasons  I  cannot  satisfy  myself,  that  this 
word,  consisting  of  no  more  than  four  letters,  can  be  its  u-liole 
and  proper  Indian  name.  I  am  therefore  disposed  to  examine 
into  the  matter  in  my  own  way,  and  leave  the  reader  to  judire 
for  himself.  In  doing  this  I  ground  my  objections  on  the 
following  facts  : 

First.  That  all  the  streams  to  which  the  Indians  have  given  a 
name,  such  name  is  descriptive  cither  of  the  stream  itself,  or 
sometliing  in  or  about  it,  which  attracts  their  attenticm  at  the 
time,  or  which  will  at  all  times  exist — as  rocks,  cataracts, 
ripples,  remarkable  islands,  &c. 

Secondly.  That  I  do  not  ever  recollect  hearing  the  Indians 
among  themselves  call  this  river  by  that  name. 

Thirdly.  Because  I  have  so  often  witnessed  how  the  white 
people,  both  French  and  English,  drop  a  part  of  an  Indian 
name  in  order  to  make  it  more  convenient  to  them  and  easier 
of  pronunciation. 

Having  heard  it  asserted  by  white  people  that  the  word  "  Ohio" 
signified  "  the  bcaittiful  river,"  while  the  Six  Nations  liave  at 
times  called  it  the  "  liloodtj  river,"  I  became  the  more  anxious 
to  learn  the  truth,  both  by  questioning  intelligent  Indians  on 
the  subject,  and  also  by  paying  attention  to  their  conversa- 
tions when  they  had  occasion  to  name  this  river. 

That  a  word  of  only  four  letters  should  comprehend  in  itself 
"tlie  beautiful  river"  or  '' the  bloody  stream,"  or  the  single 
word  "  river,"  I  could  not  believe,  neither  did  my  inquiries 


368  ON  INDIAN  NAMES, 


Popular  Names.  Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 


Oliio  River. 


serve  to  inform  me  to  what  Intlian  language  the  word  Ohio 
belonged.  When  I  listened  to  discourses  of  the  Indians  with 
the  white  people  of  that  country,  they  on  both  sides  would 
say  "  high  0,"  and  not  Ohio,  as  we  pronounce  it,  which 
evinced  that  something  must  be  wrong  or  wanting  in  this 
word,  to  give  it  a  meaning.  And  I  followed  their  example 
in  calling  the  river  (Ohio)  by  the  same  name  they  did,  which 
is  Kithiinne,  or,  as  the  Minseys  call  it,  Gichthanne — either 
of  these  words  signifying  the  main,  superior  stream  in  that 
part  or  country.  We,  indeed,  have  the  word  "  Kittaning" 
on  our  maps  for  a  particular  spot  on  the  Allegany  river, 
whereas  the  true  meaning  of  this  word,  which  by  the  by 
should  be  written  Kithamiink,  denotes  the  river  itself.  Kit 
from  kitschi,  greatest,  superior:  and  hanne,  wliieli  denotes 
flowing  ivater,  or  a  stream  of  floiving  water.  If  then  the 
river  we  call  Allegany  is  by  the  Indians  called  Kithanne,  the 
■main  river  in  that  part  of  the  country,  and  until  it  joins  with 
another  equally  large  river  (the  Monongahcla)  at  Pittsburg, 
why,  as  the  Indians,  do  we  not  continue  the  name  down- 
wards, where  it  is  vastly  larger? 
But  to  give  a  well  grounded  opinion  as  to  the  cause  of  that  river 
being  called  Ohio,  and  thus  to  show  clearly  the  word  or  words 
from  which  it  has  derived  this  name,  I  will,  in  the  tirst  place, 
put  down  some  Indian  words  which  are  to  serve  as  guides  in 
ascertaining  the  fact  I  am  in  search  of,  and  am  anxious  to 
ascertain,  though  not  with  an  intention  to  elfect  a  change  in 
the  name  we  have  adopted  for  that  river,  but  to  strengthen 
the  position  I  have  taken  or  the  reasons  I  have  given  above : 
why  /  cannot  admit  that  the  word  Ohio  by  itself  is  suthcient 
to  designate  such  a  remarkable  river  as  this  is,  when  by  the 
by  wc  have  in  the  foregoing  pages  seen,  how  they  (the 
Indians)  notice  even  small  and  almost  insignificant  animals, 
by  incorporating  their  names  in  the  body  of  their  compound 
words. 


WORDS  IN  THE   UNAMI.  WORDS  IN  THE  MI.NST  DIALECT. 

O'hui-Ohi,  very  (when  prefi.xed).  Acliwe,  very  (when  prefixed). 

O'peu,  Opsit,  white.  Wapcu,  Wapsit,  white. 

Opiechen,  it  looks  white.  Wapiechen,  it  looks  white. 

Opelechen,  ivhite,  bright,  shining.  MVoiiY>clechen,  irhitcl/righf,  shining  colot/r. 

Opeek,  white  ivith  froth  (water).  AVapcek,  zchite  by  froth  (irater). 
Ohiopechen  or  ohiopiechen,  it  is  of  a  white     WahewapTechen,  it  is  of  a  white  eoloar. 
colour. 


ON  INDIAN  NAMES.  36i} 


Popular  Names.  Proper  Names,  wiUi  Remarks. 


Ohio  River. 

WORDS  IN  THE  ITNAMl.  WORDS  IN  THE  MINSI  DIALECT. 

Oino])ee]i.,  very  ti'hite  {caused  by  froth,  or  Aclnviwapcok,    very    while    [by  fnilh.  (ir 

ivhite  caps).  tchile  caps). 

Ohiophanne,  very  white  stream.  Aclnviwoaphanne,  very  white  stream. 

Ohiopeekhanne,    very    deep     and    ichite  Acliwiwoapt'kliaiine,  very  deep  and  irhiti 

stream,  viz.    by   its   being   covered   all  stream,  viz.  by  its  being  covered  all  over 

over  with  white  caps.  witli  white  caps. 

Ohiopehhele,  the  name  of  a  place  in  the  Wahhellapehheue,  same  as  Oh'wpc/i/iele  in 

Monongahela,  which  in  our  maps  is  writ-  the  Unami.     (Seethe  explanation  on  the 

ten    Ohiopyle,    signifies    zohite  frothy  other  side.) 

water,  occasioned  either  by  the   water 

being  disturbed    by   winds,   or  rushing 

over  rocks  or  falls  in  the  stream,  &c. 


By  the  foregoing,  it  will  be  seen  that  my  supposition  wiili 
regard  to  the  name  given  to  that  river  has  some  foundation, 
and  that  the  word,  as  it  now  .stands,  cannot  be  its  true  name, 
its  derivation  being  here  clearly  set  forth.  I  will  now  show 
by  example  what  confirms  the  opinion  I  had  with  regard 
to  the  name  given  to  this  river,  drawn  from  facts,  while  tra- 
velling with  Indians  both  by  land  along  its  banks,  and  liy 
navigating  the  same. 

The  Ohio  river  being  in  many  places  wide  and  deep,  aud  .so 
gentle  that  for  many  miles  in  some  places  no  current  i.-:  per- 
ceivable, the  least  wind  blowing  up  the  river  covers  the  sm-- 
face  with  what  the  people  of  that  country  call  7vhite  caps :  anil 
I  have  myself  witnessed  that  for  days  together  this  has  been 
the  case,  caused  by  southwardly  and  south  westerly  winds 
(which  by  the  by  are  the  prevailing  winds  in  that  country), 
so  that  we  navigating  the  canoes  durst  not  venture  to  proceed, 
as  these  white  caps  would  have  filled  and  suidv  our  canoe  in 
an  instant. 

Now  in  all  such  cases,  when  the  river  could  not  be  navigated 
with  canoes,  nor  even  crossed  with  this  kind  of  craft — when 
the  whole  surface  of  the  water  presented  white  foaming 
swells,  the  Indians  would,  as  the  case  was  at  the  time,  apply 
one  or  other  of  the  above  quoted  words  to  the  state  of  tlie 
river  ;  they  would  say  "  juh  ohiopiechen," — "  ohiopcck 
ohiopeekpanne ;"  and  when  they  supposed  the  water  very 
deep  they  would  say  "  kilschi  ohiopeekhanne,"  which  means 
'^verily  this  is  a  deep  ivhitc  river." 

I  now  come  to  the  other  point,  how  it  miglit  have  happoneii 
that  the  word  in  question  came  to  be  so  abridged  as  to  leave 

Vol.  IV.— 4  S 


370 


ON  INDIAN  NAMES. 


Popular  Names. 


Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 


Ohio  River. 


Monongahela  River. 


nothing  whereby  to  judge  of  its  signification.  This  may  be 
accounted  for  from  the  following  causes.  The  traders  who 
penetrated  into  the  Indian  country  for  the  purpose  of  ti-ading 
with  them,  and  the  frontier  settlers,  are  generally  an  ignorant 
set  of  people,  who  are  careless  with  regard  to  matters  that  do 
not  interest  them;  with  them  any  word  will  do  for  a  name, 
so  that  it  bears  something  similar  to  the  true  one.  Neither 
have  they  the  "Indian  ear"  to  hear  properly,  nor  are  they 
capable  of  pronouncing  the  gutturals  so  numerous  in  Indian 
languages,  nor  even  inclined,  perhaps,  to  keep  in  memory 
such  long  and  strange  words  as  the  Indians  have.  I  have 
frequently  witnessed  their  dealings  with  the  Indians,  where 
the  latter  were  kept  in  continual  laughter  at  the  odd  and 
improper  words  these  made  use  of.  Now  on  the  return  of 
these  traders  into  the  settlements  they  became  instructors  to 
others ;  so  that  one  catches  a  wrong  word  from  the  other ; 
which  is  at  once  adopted,  as  being  correct. 

Another  cause  is,  that  the  people  who  settle  new  countries  have 
a  custom  of  shortening  names  of  places  merely  for  conve- 
nience sake ;  I  have  found  this  the  case  even  among  the 
French  Canadians,  both  at  Detroit  and  at  Post  Vincennes, 
and  Mr  Volney  found  it  so,  likewise,  when  he  travelled 
through  that  country.  Thus,  for  instance,  instead  of  saying 
I  will  go  to  Pittsburg,  they  say  "  I  will  go  to  Pitt."  Youghi- 
agany  they  call  "Yough;"  Detroit,  "Troit;"  Hackhacking, 
"  Hacken  ;"  Post  Vincennes,  "the  Post;"  Kaskaskias, 
"  Kas;"  Ohio,  "  Hio,"  &c.  Our  word  Lehigh  or  Lecha  has 
no  signification,  tliough,  like  Ohio,  it  has  been  shortened  from 
the  original  word  Lcchauhanne. 

Now  might  it  not  have  been  the  case  at  some  early  day  with 
the  river  Ohio,  that  instead  of  saying  Ohiopekhanne  they 
only  took  the  first  syllable  of  the  word  to  name  it  by,  which 
was  giving  it  an  easy  name,  both  to  pronounce  and  keep  in 
memory  ? 

I  now  leave  the  Ohio  and  go  on  with  other  names  in  Allegany 
county  not  yet  explained,  beginning  with  Monongahela. 

Menaugihilla,  this  word  implies  high  banks  breaking  off  in 
some  places  and  tumbling  down. 


Turtle  Creek. 
Pine  Creek.  . 
Puckita.    . 


Tulpewi  Sipu,  turtle  creek  (so  called  by  them). 

Cuweiihanne,  pine  creek. 

Pachgita,  throw  it  away,  abandon  it.       iL.-^  "^ 


,  ij 


v/  'U  t  K  -* 


ON  INDIAN  NAMES. 


371 


Popular  Names. 


Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 


WASHINGTON  COUNTY. 


Wheeling  Creek.     . 


Cross  Creeks. 


Wihlink,  the  place  of  the  head.  The  Indians  rrpnrt.  Ihnt  a  pri- 
soner taken  by  tlicm  in  one  oi'  iheir  war.s  liad  there  been  put 
to  deatli  and  his  head  stuck  up  on  a  sharpened  pole. 

Wewuntschi  Saquik.  The  words  imply  tivo  .streams  emptying 
themsclccs  into  a  river  dlrectli/ opposite  to  each  oilier ;  as  is 
here  the  case,  where  they  empty  into  the  Ohio ;  and  both 
bear  the  same  name. 


Catfish  Camp.     .     , 


Wisamekink,  the  place  where  the  Indians  named  Wisumek 
(cattish)  resided.  This  place  was  on  or  near  where  the  town 
of  WashiniTton  is  built. 


WESTMORELAND,  FAYETTE,  AND  GREEN  COUNTIES. 


Kiskemanitas Gieschgumanito,  make  day  light,  cause  it  to  become  day  light. 

Kiskaminetas.  (The  circumstance  which  gave  rise  to  this  matter  is  already 

taken  notice  of  imder  the  head  of  Armstrong  county.) 

Loyalhannon  Creek.     .     .     Lawelhanne,  the  middle  branch  {stream). 

Beaver  Dam  Creek.      .     .     Amochkpasink,  ti'here  the  beavers  have  shut  vp  the  stream  by 

making  a  dam  across  the  creek. 

Yoxiogani Juhwiakhanne,  a  stream  running  a  contrary  or  indirect  course. 

Youghiogeny. 

Olnopyle Ohiopehelle.     See  page  369. 

Red  Stone  Creek.    .     .     .     Machkachsinhanne,  red  stone  creek;  or  machkachsinnink,  at 

the  place  of  the  red  stones. 

Manaltin Menaltirik,  the  place  where  we  drank. 

Salt  Lick  Creek.      .     .     .     Sikhem  Mo-honi;  Sikhe\iha.nne,  a  streaiuflowing  from  a  salt 

lick. 


372 


ON  INDIAN  NAMES. 


Popular  Names. 


Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 


INDIANA,  SOMERSET,  AND  CAMBRIA  COUNTIES. 

Two  Licks  Creek.  .     .     .     Nishahoni  Sipu,  the  stream  at  tivo  licks. 

Crooked  Creek.       .     .     .     Woakhanne,  crooked  stream  {has  great  bends). 

Plumb  Creek Sipuashanne  Sipuasink,  the  place  of  plumbs. 

Queen  Mahon Cuwei  mahoni,  pine  trees'  lick,  a  Eck  within  a  grove  of  pine 

trees. 

) 
Stony  Creek Sinnehanne  or  Achsinnehanne,  stony  creek.  .,.«™^--.«4.. 

Paint  Creek Wallkmink,  the  place  tvhere  the  pairit  is. 

Black  Lick  Creek.  .     .     .     Nseskahoni,  black  lick. 

Little  Canemaugh.   .     .     .     Tangamochki,  little  otter  creek. 

HUNTINGTON  AND  BEDFORD  COUNTIES. 


Juniata  River. 


Big  Tooth  Creek. 
Standing  Stone. 


This  is  an  Iroquois  word.  The  Delawares  pronounce  it  Juch  or 
Chuchniada.  The  Iroquois  had  a  path  leading  directly  to  a 
settlement,  or  body  of  Shawanese,  hunting  and  remaining 
here  for  some  time :  I  believe  their  residence  has  been  where 
Bedford  now  stands.  The  Indians  say  that  Juniata  river 
hath  the  best  hunting  ground  for  deer,  elk,  also  for  beaver,  &c. 

Mangipitink,  the  place  of  the  large  tooth. 

Achsinnink.  This  is  the  proper  Indian  name  for  this  place. 
The  word  denotes  a  large  rock  which  stands  separate  from 
others,  or  where  there  is  none  other  nigh.  I  know  four 
places  within  five  hundred  miles  which  bear  this  name  for  the 
same  reason,  two  of  those  rocks  are  very  large  and  high,  and 
stand  in  the  river.  For  similar  reasons,  but  where  such  rock 
IS  of  an  inferior  size,  they  say  achsinnissink,  the  standing 
small  rock. 


ON  INDIAN  NAMES.  373 


Popular  Names.  Proper  Nanifs.  witli  Itemnrks. 


FRANKLIN,  CUMBERLAND  AND  MIFFLIN  COUNTIES. 

Conococheague.       .     .     .     Guneukitschik,   long   indeed,  very  long   indeed.     Tliis   word 

appears  to  refer  to  some  cause  wliich  gave  rise  to  tlie  Indians 
becoming  impatient. 

Conodoguinits Gunipduckhannid,  for  a  long  way  conlimial  bends. 

Conedogwinet. 

Yellow  Breeches  Creek.   .     Callapatschink,  ivliere  it  turns  back  again  (alluding  to  a  parti- 
cular place  in  the  creek). 

Bufl'alo  Creek Sisiliehanne,  bvffalo  creek. 

Kischicoquilis Gfschachgokwalis,  the  snakes   have  all  got   into  their  dens. 

Made    from    the    words    "  gischi,"    already;    "  achgook," 
snake;  "  walicu,"  in  holes,  dens. 

Mehantango Meschantange,  where  ice  killed  deer. 

Achwick  Creek.       .     .     .     kchvieek  ov  3.ch.e-wee]s.,  brushy,  difficult  to  pass. 


DAUPHIN,  ADAMS,  AND  YORK  COUNTIES. 

Wikinisky  Creek.    .     .     .     Wikenknisken,  ivet  a?id  dirty  hoicse,  camp,  lodgiiig  place. 
Canewago. 

Quitapahilla Cuitpehelle  or  cuwitpehella,  a  spring  or  stream  issuing  out  of 

the  earth,  ivhere  pine  trees  are  standing. 

Manahan Menehend,  where  liquor  was  drunk. 

Manady Menathey,  an  island. 

Manaltin Menaltink,  where  ive  met,  assembled. 

Pextang Veiksiunk,  the  standing  or  dead  water ;  a  deep  or  stagnant  spot 

Paxtou  (now).  of  ivater  in  a  stream,  a  pool,  &c. 

Vol.  IV.— 4  T 


374  ON  INDIAN  NAMES. 


Popular  Names.  Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 


LANCASTER  COUNTY. 

Conestogo This  is  an  Iroquois  word,  or  of  the  Six  Nations. 

Cocallico  Creek.       .     .     .     Achgookwalico,  or  shortly,   Chgokalico,  is  a  place  where  the 

snakes  gather  together  in  holes  or  dens,  or  snakes'  ivinter 
quarters.  I  have  frequently  heard  the  Indians  who  inhabit 
this  country  speak  of  the  place. 

Pequea  Creek Picueu,  the  name  of  one  of  the  four  Shawanese  tribes,  who  were 

(or  some  families  of  them)  settled  here  for  a  time  when  they 
enjoyed  the  protection  of  the  Delawares. 

Chikisalungo  Creek.     .     .     Chikiswalungo,  the  place  where  the  crabs  or  crairjish  burrow 

or  make  for  themselves  holes  in  the  ground :  or  the  place 
where  the  ground  is  full  of  holes,  made  by  crawfish  or  crabs. 

Tucquan Pducquan,  round;  pduckachtin,  a  round  hill. 

Pduchane,  a  winding  stream. 

Cunoy Guneu,  long,  it  is  long. 

Conewago Guneuagi,  a  long  stripe  of  land. 

Octorara This  is  probably  an  Iroquois  word. 


Pennsylvania  they  call  Quskelinink,  which  signifies  the  country  of  quctkers,  or  the  quaker 
country. 


ON  INDIAN  NAMES.  375 


INDIAN  NAMES  OF  RIVERS,  CREEKS,  &c.  IN  NEW  JERSEY,  FROM  MAPS. 

Popular  Names.  Proper  Names,  witli  Remarks. 

Wantage Wundachqui,  or  undachqui,  that  way. 

Cuweuagi,  or  cuweuachgi,  pine  timbered  land. 

Walpack \Ya\peek,  a  turn  hole,  a  deep  and  slill  place,  in  a  stream. 

Tappan Thnpha.ne,  cold  stream  issuing  from  springs. 

Hoboken Kopokan,  a  tobacco  pipe.     The  Delawares  have  I'requently  spo- 
ken of  this  place  as  being  not  far  from  the  city  of  New  York. 

Hackensack.       .     •     .  llac]iinkskqmk,  the  stream  which  discharges  itself  into  another, 

on  low  level  ground ;  that  which  unites  itself  with  other  water 
almost  imperceptibly. 

Pasaic  River Pasaic  or  Pasaiek,  a  valley.     It  does  not  seem  that  the  Indians 

noted  the  falls  in  this  river ;  but  merely  the  ground  through 
which  the  stream  passeth. 

Pegunock  River.      .     .     .     Pekhanne  is  dark  river.     Either  this  river  must  have  derived 

its  name  from  the  thickness  of  the  trees  which  stood  on  its 
banks,  or  they  (tlie  natives)  arrived  at  the  river  to  encamp 
after  dark. 

Whippany  Creek.    .     .     .     Wiphanne,  arrow  creek,  zvhere  the  wood  or  ivilloiv  groios  of 

which  arrows  are  made. 

Makiapier  Pond.      .     .     .     Machkiabi,  water  of  a  reddish  colour. 

Bomopack  (perhaps).    .     .     ViuXyxraopeck,  round  pond  or  lake;  ox  lomovio^ek,  white  on  the 

inside. 

Pompton Pihmtom,  crooked  mouthed. 

Totawa  Falls Totauwei,  to  sink,  dive,  going  under  water  by  pressure,  or 

forced  under  by  weight  of  the  water. 


376  ON  INDIAN  NAMES. 


Popular  Names.  Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 

Achquakenuna Tachquahacannena,  u'here  blocks  (for  pounding  corn)  are  made 

Acquakenimk.  by  us,  or  the  place  from  ivhich  ice  get  the  ivood  ice  make  our 

pounding  blocks  of,  namely,  the  gum  tree,  which  they  call 

tachquahcaniminschi. 

Muscomecon Maskhannecunk,  rapid  running  stream.     It  is  a  Monsey  word. 

Piscataway Pisgattauwi,  it  is  getting  dark.     Same  name  in  Pennsylvania, 

New  Hampshire,  &c. 

Wisconk  River.       .     .     .     Wisquonk,  the  elbow. 

.     .     .     Wisquon,  a  twist  of  tobacco,  yarn  or  any  thing  that  may  be 
twisted. 

Suspecough Sispeekch  or  Sispeek,  muddy,  dirty  ivater ;   muddy  pool  or 

pond;  muddy  stream,. 

.\mboy.     ......     Emboli.     So  called  by  the  Indians  who  dwelt  there.     AVhen 

they  speak  of  this  place  they  say  "  Embolink."  This  Indian 
name  implies  holloiv  in  the  inside.  They  say  "  embolhallol," 
hollow  it  out.  Embolhican  is  the  name  of  a  roundish  adze, 
to  work  out  bowls,  canoes,  wooden  shovels,  &c.  I  was  for- 
merly, for  upwards  of  twenty  years  together,  acquainted  with 
a  venerable  and  trusty  Indian,  who  had  been  born  at  that 
place,  and  who,  when  he  died  in  1780,  was  believed  to  be 
upwards  of  one  hundred  years  old.  He  told  me  that  the 
place,  resembling  something  like  a  bowl,  lying  low  and  sur- 
rounded with  higher  grounds,  was  tlierefore  called  Emboli. 

Chyoes  Island The  Indians  call  the  place  where  the  town  of  Burlington  stands, 

Tschichohacki,  which  means  ancient  cultivated  land,  or  the 
oldest  planted  ground;  they  say  that  here  was  built  their 
first  town  on  the  river.  There  did,  however,  in  later  years 
live  an  Indian  on  the  spot  named  Schigo,  which  means 
widower ;  and  Proud  is  also  correct  in  saying  that  this  place 
(and  the  country  down  the  Delaware)  was  inhabited  by  a 
tribe  of  the  Delawares  called  "  Mandas;"  but,  according  to 
some  Indians  who  were  of  this  tribe,  they  had  a  hundred 
years  ago  incorporated  themselves  with  the  other  branches,  the 
Unamis  and  Unalachtigo.  See  Proud's  History  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, vol.  i.  p,  144. 


ON  INDIAN  NAMES. 


377 


INDIAN  NAMES  OF  RIVERS,  CREEKS,  &c.  IN  MARYLAND. 


Popular  Names. 


Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 


Shenandoah  River. 


Mesongo  Creek. 


Schindhiindowi.  This  is  the  proper  name  I'or  that  river.  I  was 
told  so  by  White,  the  NaiUicoke  chief,  who  was  born  in  Mary- 
land. The  word  is  true  Delaware ;  yet,  more  properly  writ- 
ten, it  should  be  Schindhandowik.  The  word  signilies,  the 
sprucij  sti-cam,  a  stream  passing  by  spruce  pinca,  whit-h 
probably  are  or  were  at  some  place  or  other  on  the  banks  of 
this  river.  I  should  write  the  word  Shinshandiiwcck,  to 
adapt  it  to  the  English  pronunciation. 

Meschange,  where  ive  killed  the  deer,  a  good  place  for  killing 
deer. 


Aquia  Creek Equi'i  or  Equiwi,  in,  betiveen  {soinething). 

Quentico GenUca  or  Kintika,  a  dancing,  frolicking  place. 

Corapechen Colapechen,  fine  naming  stream. 

Opicon  River Opiquon  and  Achpiquon,  a  flute,  or  any  other  musical  instru- 
ment; Opekhan,  stream  of  a  whitish  colour. 

.     .     .     .     Hopi'quon,  a   rib;    also   the  fore   shoulder   of  a  four  footed 
animal. 


Pokomoka  River.     . 
Potowmak  River.     . 

Monocassy  Creek.  . 

Occoquan  River. 

Vol.  IV. 


.     Pocqueumoke, /)/rtfe  of  shell  fish,  clams,  &c. 

.  Pedharamok,  they  are  coming  {by  water):  so  the  Indians  have 
told  me. 

.  Menagassi,  a  stream  having  several  large  bends.  (See  the 
same  word  in  Northampton  county,  Pennsylvania.) 

.  Okhiicquan,  Woakhucquoan,  (short)  Hucquan.  All  these  words 
signify  a  hook,  whether  it  be  a  pot  hook  or  a  piece  of  iron 
or  other  metal,  bent  in  that  form. 

.4U 


378  ON  INDIAN  NAMES. 

Popular  Names.  Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 

Conecocheague.       .     .     .     This   is   already   explained   under   the   head   of   Cumberland 

county,  Pennsylvania. 

Petapsco  River.        .     .     .     Petapsqui,  bank  or  tide  water,  causing  a  froth,  the  word  tqui 

meaning  ivaves  or  sivells,  caused  by  ivinds  or  other  force. 

Sassafras  River.        .     .     .     Winakhanne,  sassafras  stream. 

Picco  waxen Pico  waxen  or  pikuwaxen,  torn  shoes,  shoes  ivith  holes;   pixu, 

it  is  torn. 

Senegar  Creek Sinnike,  stony  ;  shinnikh-krme,  stotiy  creek. 

Senegar  Falls Sinnipehella,  luater  rushing  over  rocks  or  stones. 

Piscataway Pisgattawi,  it  is  getting  dark.  (See  the  same  name  in  Penn- 
sylvania and  New  Jersey.)  There  is  also  a  river  of  this 
name  in  New  Hampshire. 

Aquakik Achewek'ik,  very  brushy,  a  thicket,  difficult  to  pass.     (See  the 

same  name  in  Pennsylvania.) 

Pamimky  Creek.     .     .     .     Pihmunga,  where  ive  took  a  sweat;  namely,  where  ive  were 

siceating  ourselves  (in  the  sweat  oven). 

Wicomico Wikhamiku,  icherc  the  houses  are  building.     (See  the  same 

name  in  Pennsylvania.) 

Queponco  Creek.     .     .     .     Cuweupungo,  pine  wood  ashes.     Probably  they  had  no  other 

ashes  for  baking  their  bread  than  that  of  the  pine  wood. 

Manokin  River.        .     .     .     Menachkink,  an  enclosed  place,  a  field,  fort,  &c.     Probably  a 

fort  had  been  built  on  this  river  at  an  early  day,  or  an  enclo- 
sure made.     (See  Pittsburg.) 

Aquasquit  Creek.     .     .     .     Achqwasquit,  ehowasquit,  grassy,  overgrown  n-ith  grass  (as 

generally  old  towns  are). 

Magotty  River Megukty,  a  small  plain  or  prairie  (probably  on  a  river). 

Chiknicomika Tschikenumike,  the  place  of  turkeys,  where  the  turkeys  are 

plenty. 

Tuckahoe  Creek.     .     .     .     Tuchkchowe,  deer  are  shy,  difficult  to  come  at ;  also,  Uichzuch- 

siiak,  the  place  where  the  deer  are  very  shy. 


ON  INDIAN  NAMES. 


879 


Popular  Names. 


Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 


Nantikoke  River. 


Wilipquin  Creek. 


Chesapeake  Bay.     .     . 


NeehticOk,  Neehtciikink,  the  place  of  the  Nanticokes  (where 
they  had  their  settlements). 

Wihlipquin,  the  place  of  interment  of  sculh  (and  /loni.^).  Tliese 
people  had  tlie  custom  of  collecting  the  sculls  :iud  bones  of 
their  dead,  and  burying  them  in  caverns  or  holes  dug  in  the 
ground,  all  together. 

Tschsichwapeke,  or  more  fully  written,  Ktschischwapccki,  from 
kitschi  schwapeck,  a  superior  or  greater  nalliali.  liai/ ;  the 
syllable  peek  signifying  a  bay,  lake,  basin,  or  (leep  /rater 
without  any  visible  current.  But  to  shorten  the  word,  they 
say  k'tschischwapeke,  the  first  letter,  k,  scarcely  lo  be  iieard. 
The  guttural  chw  is  in  our  English  Mord  omitted. 


INDIAN  NAMES*  OF  RIVERS,  PERSONS,  &c.  IN  VIRGINIA. 

Powdiatan It  appears  that  this  Indian  chief  bore  tlie  same  name  as  tlie  river 

now  called  James  river;  if  so,  the  river  must  have  been  called 
Powhathanne,  which  would  signify  the  river  of  pregnancy, 
fruitfubiess,  the  fruitful  river. 

Nansemond Neunschimend   (German  pronunciation),  the  place  where  ivi 

fled,  had  to  fly  for  it,  ivere  driven  off  from. 

Kiquotan Kiguatank  or  Kigeuetank,  «/jf r«on //m/ /if«/s,  or  ?/'/(f(T //it  .siVA 

are  cured.     This  place  seems  to  have  been  a  small  settlement. 
where  probably  a  physician  resided. 

Arrahattuk Allahattek,  empty,  all  gone,  there  is  no  more  of  it.     Proliably 

meaning  some  article  that  was  sold  off,  or  the  rum  bottle  or 
keg  empty. 

Pocohantas Pocohantes  or  Pockohantes  means  a  run  between  two  hills. 

Pocohontas.  Pockowahne  is  a  creek  between  two  hills;  Pochohanne  is  the 


*  These  names,  taken  from  an  early  written  history  of  Virginia,  will  show  that  the  people  we  call  Do- 
lawares  were  at  the  time  the  English  arrived  there  in  full  possession  of  that  country,  as  they  themselves 
say  was  the  case. — J.  II. 


380  ON  INDIAN  NAMES. 

Popular  Names.  Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 

Pocohantas. 

same  in  the  Unami  idiom.  The  termination  tes  denotes  a 
run  only,  not  a  creek  or  large  stream;  so  that  hantes  is  a 
diminutive  of  "  hanne,"  a  river,  creek  or  stream. 

Chickahominy Chickamahony  (English  pronunciation).     Tlie  word   signifies 

turkey  lick.  Tschikenumahoni  (German),  a  place  resorted 
to  by  turkeys.  I  know  several  places  bearing  this  name  on 
account  of  turkeys  coming  to  the  lick  to  drink. 

Uttamaccomak l]chta.maga.na.tmeans  a pathmaker,aleader,awarrior ;  w'tama- 

ganat,  a  chieftain,  a  leader  of  a  band. 

Oppechaneanough.        .     .     Opeekhanneu,  a   stream   of  tvater   of  a   whitish    colour;    or 

hoppechkhanne,  rain  worm  stream;  huppeechk  means  a  par- 
ticular insect  which  the  Indians  call  a  rain  worm. 

Tomahawk Tamahican  is  the  Delaware  word  for  a  hatchet  or  an  axe. 

Neraattanow Nemaltinna.     This  word  means  our  brother  Nimattinna  (an 

Indian  war  chief). 

Oaksuskie  River.     .     .     .     Woakassisku.     This  word  implies,  winding,  marshy  grounds, 

boggy  swamps  (full  of  broad  sunken  ground  and  marshes). 

Accomack  Bay.  .     .     .     .  A.chgava.i^\i.  means,  broad  still  water,  broad  bay. 

Poccosen  River  (probably).  Pduckassin,  thejilace  ofbcdls,  bidlets,  lead. 

Pammiky  River.      .     .     .  Pihmunga,  the  place  of  sweating. 

Mattapony  River.    .     .     .  Mattachpona,  no  bread  at  all;  matschachpona,  bad  bread. 

Wicocomico  River.       .     .     Wikhachkomeko,  tvhere  they  are  building  houses,  or  yonder 

where  they  are  building. 

Pocomoke  River.     .     .     .     Pockhammokik,  knobby,  broken  with  knobs,  hills. 

Chissenessick  River.    .     .     Chuessenesik  (English),  Tschuissenetschik  (German),  ^Aejs/ace 

of  blue  birds,  the  harbouring  place  of  the  blue  bird. 

Pungoteque  River.  .     .     .     This  word  perhaps  means,  where  powder  is  to  be  had;  yet  as 

the  single  word pung  signifies  dust,  ashes,  powder,  even  sand, 
it  may  be  applied  to  any  thing  dusty,  and  so  mean  a  sandy 
place,  or  where  ashes  are  collected.  The  great  sand  fly  is 
called  Piingus. 


ON  INDIAN  NAMES.  381 


Popular  Names. Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 

Powcoranie Altar  stone. 

Monacan  Town.      .     .     .     Monhacan,  a  spade;  also  any  instrument  made  use  of  to  dig  up 

the  ground. 

Wasebur,  flfn  Ae>-6.  .     .     .     Weschkhdck,  physic  tliat  7vorks  doicnwards,  calfiarlic. 

Chapacour,  a  rooi.  .     .     .     Tschiippichk,  7ncdkuic  prepared  from  phinls,  &c.;  tschuppik, 

a  root. 

Tangomoekonomingo.       .     Tangamochkomenunga.     The  autlior  intprprrLs  this :  l/iei/  came 

from  little  beaver  creek.  He  prolKilily  niislook  the  iii(\iiiing, 
which  nuist  liave  been,  that  a  liurk  for  medicine  had  l)cen 
brought  from  Tangamochke,  little  beaver  creek.  JNIenunga 
means  bark. 

Macock Metz-hack   means,   eatable  hard  shelled  fruit.     The   syllable 

tnetzin  [eatinix)  and  hack  for  a  hard  rind  or  shell.  Ilackhack 
is  their  name  for  the  ground.  Every  diflerent  kind  of  pump- 
kin squashes  has  a  particular  or  distinguishing  name.  The 
general  name  is  gescandhakall  for  any  eatable  pumpkins  or 
squaslies,  which  means,  those  kinds  of  fruits  of  this  descrip- 
tion whose  rind  or  shell  becomes  soft  by  boiling.  It  is  the 
Indian  name  for  all  kinds  of  melopepones,  and  the  lesser  kind 
of  pompions  or  cashaiv.  The  Indians  in  Canada  make  boxes 
of  the  tough  stroni>-  bark  of  the  birch  and  elm  trees  to  pack 
their  maple  sugar  in,  which  they  call  "  mococks." 

Moccasin.       .     .     ,     .     .     Maxen  or  macksen  is  the  name  for  Lidian  shoes. 

Huscanawpen This  word,  which  I  well  understood,  is  hus-ca-leii-naw-pa-i. 

I  have  heard  the  Indians  sing  it  at  tlieir  festival  dances;  and 
understood  it  as  expressing  the  words,  husca  n'lenapewia, 
indeed  I  am  an  Indian,  in  the  sense  that  he  or  they  were 
pure  and  not  degraded  from  their  origin.  They  have  also 
other  long  words,  which  they  sang  oil",  but  which  I  never 
could  perfecdy  understand. 

Wigwang Wiquoam  (English  pronunciation,  weekwam),  a  house. 

Matchacomoco Matachgenimoak,  they  are  counselling  about  icar,  holding  a 

council  of  war. 

Werauwance Ilawi,  ftti'arc/iie/";  wajauwi  (Mousey  dialect),  a  j/uViVari/ o^/'cer, 

a  chief 

Vol.  IV.— 4  V 


382  ON  INDIAN  NAMES. 


Popular  Names.  Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 

Wisoccan Thus  the  author  says  that  the  Indians  call  their  physic  or  medi- 

Wighsacan.  cine  generally ;  but  in  this  he  is  gi-eatly  mistaken.     The  word 

Woughsacan.  "  wisoccan,"  or  more  properly  wisachcan,  signifies  bitter, 

sharp  to  the  palate ;  any  thing  that  has  a  sharp,  hitter  taste: 
and  it  has  numerous  derivatives ;  thus,  wisachgim  is  the  name 
for  sour  grapes;  wisachgank,  for  rum,  brandy.  (Bitter 
enough,  to  be  sure  !) 

Winank Winak,  or  winaak,  the  sassafras  tree. 

Matomkin Mattemikin,  to  enter  into  a  house. 

Gingoteque Schinghatteke,  he  does  not  want  it,  despises  it. 

Kiequotank Kiwlkquotank,  a  visitor,  one  tcho  pays  visits. 

Matchopungo Machischipimgo,  bad  powder,  or  bad  ashes. 

Occohanock Okehanne,  Woiikehanne,  crooked,  winding  stream. 

Oanancock Auwannaku,  foggy. 

Chiconesse Tschiconesink,  zvhere  it  was  forcibly  taken  away. 

Wyanoke Wigunska,  the  point  of  an  island. 

Gangascoe Shingascui,  level  and  boggy,  level,  icet  and  grassy  {ground). 

Menheering Menhattink,  Menachtink,  (Monsey)  on  the  island. 

Rappahannok Lappihanne,  the  current  has  returned,  or  flows  again,  a  place 

where  it  ebbs  and  flows ;  lappahanink,  at  the  place  where 
the  tide  water  comes,  where  water  comes  and  runs  o^' again. 


ON  INDIAN  NAMES.  383 


NAMES  OF  DELAWARE  CHIEFS  AND  OTHER  NOTED  CHARACTERS 
OF  THIS  NATION,  SINCE  THE  ARRIVAL  OF  WILLIAM  PENN,  TO- 
GETHER  WITH  THE  SIGNIFICATION  OF  SOME  OF  THE  NAMES 
HERE  PRESENTED,  AND  SHORT  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES. 


Popular  Names.  Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 

Idquahon These  are  called  in  aiicicnl  defils   ■' .sarliaiiiakcrs,"  whicli  word 

I-anottowi.  appears  to  be  intended  lor  cliirf.-i,  whom  the  iJelawares  call 

Idquoquekon.  "  sakima,"  but  Europeans  generally  call  them  "  sachems." 

Temanen Probably  Temenend,  the  ajjablc. 

Metamequon Mattemikgihi,  he  that  haa  entered  [a  house). 

Maykeerick-Kisksho.   .     .     Macheli-giscliguall,  mun^i  duijs  (Swedish  Delaware). 

Okanickon Okanican  and  Woukeni'can,  an.  iron  hook,  pot  hook.     This  ciiief 

died  at  Burlington  about  the  year  1081.      (Smith's   History.) 

Sheoppy fic\\i\\3.eA\iA,  tired  cif  staying  {in  a  place),  ox 'iic\wyw:\\\n,uloni; 

the  water's  edge  or  sea  shore. 

Jakkursoe Achculsoet.  one  ivho  takes  earc  of  a  thing,  a  preserver,     Tliis 

chief  is  well  known  to  me  by  hearing  of  the  Indians ;  he  had 
for  some  years  been  intrusted  with  the  wanipinn  speeciies 
and  papers  from  government  respecting  national  allairs. 

Tattamy,  generally  called       Tadumy   (English   pronunciation),   Tademy   (German).     This 
King  Tattamy.  man   was  for  many  years  the  principal  chief  in  the   Forks 

of  Delaware,  and  resided  on  the  Nazareth  tract,  at  tlie  town 
called  Welakamika,  when  the  brethren,  through  count  Ziii- 
zendorf,  purchased  the  manor.  He  was  friendly  to  all  white 
people,  and  therefore  in  their  esteem,  particularly  so  with 
the  brethren,  who  invited  him  to  remain  as  long  ;ls  he  chose 
to  stay  on  the  land,  and  be  their  neighbour;  but  such  was 
the  wickedness  of  some  people  that  came  and  settled  in  tlic 
parts,  that  a  young  Irishman  with  a  gun  meeting  him  on  the 
road,  shot  him  dead. 


384 


ON  INDIAN  NAMES. 


Popular  Names. 


Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 


Agushuwa Echgiishuwe,  a  great  chief  of  the  Monsey  tribe. 


Weekwely,  or  Wekahelah 
[ProiuVs  History  of 
Pennsyhania).  Week- 
quehela(5Vm//i's  Histo- 
ry of  New  Jersey). 


Wequehella  (English  pronunciation),  Wiquihilla  (German  pro- 
nunciation). This  word  means,  to  be  fatigued.  The  chief 
so  named,  in  consequence  of  his  having  shot  and  killed  a 
white  man,  named  Leonard,  was  hanged  in  the  year  1728, 
near  Shrewsbury.  Tlie  nation  deplored  the  loss  of  this  chief, 
believing  him  to  have  been  too  good  a  man  to  commit  the 
act  wilfully. 


SUSQUEHANNA  CHIEFS  AND  COUNSELLORS. 


Olumapies Olumapisid,  we    tied,  well  bundled  up. 

Lingehanoak Linquechinoak,  they   look  stedfastly   {at  some  object),  from 

"  linquechin,"  to  look,  to  behold). 

Kelly-raacquon.       .     .     .     Chelik-mekgun,  yoic  received  much,  you  ivere  well  rewarded. 

Quitieyquont Quitiequond,  o?iew/w  commands  siVence;  also,  o«ewAor£proD£s, 

reprimands. 

Pishqueton Pisguwitamend,  he  who  keeps  on,  though  it  is  getting  dark. 

Pisquetumen.  On  account  of  this  man's  perseverance  when  sent  with  a 

message  by  his  chief,  or  the  council. 

Nenachyhaut.       .         .     .     Nenatschihat,  a  guard,  watchman. 


ON  INDIAN  NAMES.  385 


FORKS  OF  DELAWARE  CHIEFS,  &c. 


Popular  Names.  Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 

Toweghkappy,  called  by       Tawikachpi,  he  is  not  in  the  house. 
the  wlilte  people  Cor- 
nelius Spring. 

Sassoonan Schessiina  (English  pronunciation,  shassuna),  our  tinch.     The 

Indians  sometimes  give  such  names  as  uncle,  brother  in  law. 
to  aged  people,  as  a  mark  of  respect. 

Lawyequohwon.      .     .     .     Lawiequaham,  in  the  middle  of  the  house. 

Nutimus I>liita.mws,  a  striker  of  Jish  with  a  spear.     This  man  was  called 

Isaac  by  the  whites. 

Pokehais Pockehais,  a  knob  of  a  hill. 

Metaschechay Mctachschiechey,  he  who  is  now  building  nests ;   alluding  to 

the  time  when  the  birds  generally  begin  to  build  their  nests. 
The  Indian  here  so  named  was  a  great  character  among  his 
people,  and  was  at  the  treaty  held  in  September  1718  at 
Conestogo. 

Ayyamaikan Ajamaikend,   he  who   claims  something,  or   takes  something 

away  as  his  own  property. 

Ghettypenceman.     .     .     .     Gettyplensemaan,  he  tcho  speaks  some  French,  or  he  ivho  is 

becoming  a  Frenchman;  alluding  to  his  understanding  the 
language  in  part.  They  not  having  the  letters /and  r  in  their 
language,  say  "  Plensemaan,"  for  Frenchman. 

Opekaset Opekhasit,  it  or  he  is  made  white,  luhitened. 

Pepawmaman.    ....     Pepommahemen,  to  go  by  ivater  in  a  craft,  canoe. 

Aweaykomon Achwidchgeman,  hard  at  planting  {corn,  &c.). 

Vol.  IV.— 4  W 


386  ON  INDIAN  NAMES. 


Popular  Names.  Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 

Tus8oigheenan Taschawikhenan,  he  will  not  build  a  house  so  soon,  is  not  in  a 

hurry  about  building  himself  a  house. 

Neeshaloppih Nischalachpi,  there  are  two  together  [ivithin). 

Monokykickan Monachkhican,  an  instrument  for  digging  the  ground— pick- 
axe, grubbing  hoe,  spade,  &c. 

Lappawinzoe Lapawinsoe,  he  is  gone  again,  gathering  nuts,  corn,  or  any 

thing  eatable. 

Nutimus,   called   Pontius       Nutamas,  a  striker  offish  tvith  the  spear;   generally  called 
by    the    while    people,  Pontius  Nutamaes — an  excellent  man,  who  never  drank  liquor, 

was  brother  to  the  chief  was    born    on    Delaware    where    Philadelphia    now    stands; 

of  the  same  name.  removed  to  the  Ohio  between  the  year  1742  and  1750;  died 

on  Muskingum  in  1780,  at  the  age  of  near  one  hundred  years. 

Taughliaughsey.      .     .     .     Tachquatschi,  to  feel  cold,  shiver  tvith  cold. 

Teedyusking Tadeiiskund,  a  noted  Delaware  chief  in  the  Forks,  was  burnt 

Tedeuskung.  up  in  his  house  at  Wyoming  in  the  spring  of  the  year  1763. 

For  a  sketch  of  his  life,  see  Heckewelder's  Account  of  Indian 

Nations,  chapter  40,  page  300. 

.'*  Loquis Loquis    (afterwards   named    Joseph    Pepee)   spoke   very   good 

/  William  Loquis.  English — had  been   a  member  of  Mr   Brainard's  congrega- 

''"'  /  tion — was   sent,  during  the  war  of  1750,  by  the  governor  of 

I  Pennsylvania,  with  a  message  to  the  enemy ;   after  the  peace 

/  he  joined  the  Christian  Indians — lived  with  them  at  Shesch- 

/  equon,  on  Susquehanna,  and  afterwards  on  Muskingum;  died 

on  the  Miami  about  the  year  1782,  being  upwards  of  ninety 
years  old. 

Shicalamy Shikelliraus  (Loskiel).     This  noted  man  was  properly  a  Cayuga 

Shickcalamy.      {Colden's  (Six  Nations)  chief — resided  for  many  years  at  Shamokin, 

History  of  the  Five  Na-  during  which  time  much  of  the  business  between  the   Six 

tions.)  Nations  and  the  government  of  Pennsylvania  was  transacted 

with  him ;  he  was  the  father  of  the  noted  Indian  chief,  Logan, 
who  sent  the  remarkable  speech  to  Lord  Dunmore,  as  stated 
in  Jefferson's  Notes  of  Virginia;  he  rendered  many  services 
to  the  United  Brethren  when  on  their  missionary  journeys  to 
the  Indians.  (See  Loskiel's  History  of  the  Mission  for  a 
sketch  of  his  character,  &.C.,  part  2,  pages  31,  109,  120.) 
He  died  in  1749.  It  was  said  that  Logan's  mother  was  a 
Shawanese. 


ON  INDIAN  NAMES.  387 


I'opular  Names.  Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 


Paksinous Paxnous,  a  chief   of  the  Shawncsc,  on  the  Susquehanna,   a 

Paxnous.  great  friend  of  tlie  Brethren;   rendered  them   services.     See 

Loskiel's  History,  part  2,  page  164. 


WAR  CHIEFS  AND  COUNSELLORS. 


Tasucamin Tasiickamend,  he  ivho  never  blackens  himself. 

Cushawmekwy.        .     .     .     Gischameke,  ready  to  go  (meaning,  ready  to  go  to  jvar),  packed, 

bundled  up,  &c. 

Kehkehnopaltin.      .     .     .     Gichkenopahit,  a  great  ivarrior,  one  who  is  expert  in  war. 
Keyheynapolin.  The  word  is  Minsi. 

Macomal Micomil,  remind  me,  put  me  in  mind. 

Wachaocautaut.        .     .     .     Wachwalgetochtant,  the  lover  of  eggs,  the  longer  for  eggs. 

This  was  his  true  name. 

Captain  Peter Indian  name  unknown  to  me. 

John  Hickman Indian  name  unknown  to  me.     He  was  an  interpreter. 

Kekeuskung Kigeiiskund,  the  healer,  one  ivho  ctircs  woimds,  bruises.  Sic. 

Captain  B^ll.  He  was  accounted  a  great  warrior,  and  has  ever  been  known 

t^  to  join  parties  of  the  Six  Nations  against  the  Cherokees.     I 

,^  saw  him  in  November  1762,  on  the  Allegany  mountains,  on 

(/^W-'i-'  }iis  return  from  war  against  that  nation;   he  was  of  the  Mon- 

sey  tribe. 

.  .  .  .  Newalike  and  Nihmha  had  been  chiefs  of  the  Monsey  tribe  at 
Minisink,  afterwards  on  the  Susquehanna,  and  finally  at 
Sandusky. 

.  .  .  .  Allemewi  and  Gendaskund  were  Monsey  chiefs  on  the  Allegany 
river. 

.  .  .  .  Nihmha,  a  Monsey  chief,  born  at  Minisink,  on  Delaware:  after- 
wards a  chief  on  the  Susquehanna  and  on  Ohio. 


388  ON  INDIAN  NAMES. 


Popular  Names.  Proper  Names,  wiih  Remarks. 

.     .     .     .     Weschnass,  a  Monsey  war  chief  from  Susquehanna. 

Nedowaway Netawitwees.     This  chief  had  been  a  signer  to  the  treaty  held 

with  the  Indians  at  Conestogo  in  tlie  year  1718.  He  was  then 
a  young  man,  between  twenty  and  thirty  years  of  age.  Being, 
however,  by  lineal  descent  a  candidate  for  the  chiefdora  of  the 
first  tribe  in  the  nation  (the  Turtle),  and  of  course  one  day 
to  be  placed  at  the  head  of  the  whole,  he  was  instructed 
accordingly,  and  had  the  care  of  all  verbal  speeches  with 
wampum,  bead  vouchers  and  such  as  were  given  in  writing 
from  William  Penn's  time  down  to  the  time  he  and  many 
others  left  the  Atlantic  states,  in  consequence  of  their  land 
being  taken  away  from  them,  and  as  they  thought  unjustly, 
especially  by  the  loy^g  walk,  by  which  they  were  so  abomina- 
bly cheated  of  their  lands.  Having  arrived  in  the  Ohio  coun- 
try, he  found  numbers  of  his  nation  who  had  fled  thither  from 
the  Atlantic  settlements,  and  on  account  of  the  white  people 
encroaching  on  them  so  fast,  and  dispossessing  them  of  their 
choice  situations,  and  foreseeing,  that,  ere  long,  cruel  wars 
would  be  carried  on  between  the  combined  Indian  nations  and 
the  English,  and  that  the  former  would  be  joined  by  the 
French,  he  chose  to  settle  with  his  people  by  himself  in  a 
remote  part  of  that  country,  where  he  could  consult  with  the 
\  most  powerful  body  of  the  enemy,  the  northern  Indians  and 

{  the  French,  and  occasionally,  when  required,  give  advice  to 

-  his  (hostile)  nation.     His  first  step  was  to  enter  into  a  cove- 

.■  nant  with  the  Wyandots,  and  see  that  the  country  which  the 

Delawares  had  partially  evacuated  some  centuries  before, 
should  be  restored  to  them ;  all  which  was  complied  with, 
to  his  wishes.  By  advice  of  the  Wyandot  chiefs,  he  for 
the  present  settled  on  the  Cayahaga  river,  where  he  stiU 
resided  in  the  year  178'2,  when  I  was  in  that  country,  leaving^ 
the  rivers  Muskingum  and  Big  Beaver  open  for  any  of  his 
nation  tliat  were  there  already,  and  should  afterwards  come  to 
settle  there;  wherefore  the  Turkey  tribe,  under  their  chief, 
Tamaque,  alias  King  Beaver,  settled  and  built  a  town  at  the 
mouth  of  Nemoschili  Creek,  since  called  Tuscarawas. 
When,  in  tlie  year  1763,  the  two  English  armies,  the  one  com- 
manded by  colonel  Bouquet,  and  the  other,  by  way  of  lake 
Erie,  commanded  by  colonel  Bradstreet,  were  coming  into  the 
Indian  country  to  compel  the  Indian  nations  by  force  of  arms 
to  a  peace,  this  chief  was  much  alarmed  ;  being,  where  he 
was  situated,  within  tlie  reach  of  the  latter,  and  flying  across 
the  ridge  which  divides  the  waters  of  the  lake  from  those  of 
the  Ohio,  in  order  to  run  down  the  Muskingum  in  a  canoe, 
and  so  escape  both  armies,  he  was  discovered  by  some  of 


ON  INDIAN  NAMES.  3S9 


Popular  Names. ^^^^^^^ Proper  Namei'.  with  Remarks. 

Nedowawny. 

i'oloiu-1  Bouquet's  Indian  spies  and  lorcihlv  l)r(iui;lil  mio  ilic 
camp,  where  the  colonel,  in  consequence  of  liis  not  allciu!in>; 
to  the  message  he  had  sent  him.  to  come  into  his  camp  lo  a 
council  for  peace,  publicly  deposed  him,  placiiiir  anodicr  idiicl 
in  his  stead. 
The  peace  being  concluded  between  the  Knplisii  and  ihc  Indian.-^, 
and  colonel  ]5ou(iuet  again  out  ol'  their  counlry,  the  first  acl 
of  tlic  Delaware  nation  was  formally  to  reinslute  this  ilieir 
deposed  chief  to  his  former  station,  vesting  him  with  all  ihc 
necessary  powers;  in  which  station  he  remained  until  his 
death,  in  the  autumn  of  the  year  177C,  being  then  near  mnciy 
years  of  age.  It  was  with  this  chief  liiat  I  saw  at  dincreut 
times  the  speeches  of  AVilliam  Pcun  and  his  successors: 
which  speeches,  whenever  brougla  to  view,  caused  auimaiion 
to  all  present.  Of  William  Penn,  whom  he  personally  had 
known,  he  spoke  respectfully.  It  was  the  falling  oil  or 
decrease  of  his  nation,  since  the  white  people  had  come  into 
the  country,  that  caused  iiim  pain,  and  made  him  Icar  il:r 
future.  Yet  in  the  latter  years  of  his  lil'e  lie  fell  somewhat 
comforted,  finding  they  were  fast  approaching  towards  Christ- 
ianity; hoping  that  by  this  they  might  prosper,  ho  did  his 
utmost  to  encourage  his  people  lo  receive  the  gospel  and  join 
the  Christian  Indians  then  in  their  country. 

Nutumus.     (Isaac.)       .      .     (I'roperly)   Nntamses  (see  page  386,  for  the  signification  of  the 

word),  had  also  in  early  years  been  a  counsellor  and  sisrner 
of  treaties,  while  he  resided  on  the  rivers  Delaware  and  Sus- 
quehanna, and  for  the  same  cause  as  their  chief  removed  with 
his  brother  Pontius  to  the  Ohio.  Both  ol'  these  brothers  were 
amiable  men,  and  beloved  by  all  wliito  people  who  knew 
them,  and  who  had  therefore  given  them  the  names  they 
went  by.  Isaac  having  a  mechanical  turn,  soon  learned  the 
use  of  tools,  and  became  a  tolerably  good  blacksmith,  whicli 
profession  he  followed  until  his  death ;  first  at  Sliaraokin,  and 
then  on  the  Bluskingum,  delighted  with  the  handsome  corn 
hoes,  hatchets  and  other  articles  made  by  his  own  hands. 
He  generally  built  himself  a  house  at  some  distance  from  the 
village  where  he  resided ;  he  would  put  his  planting  grounds 
under  good  fence  and  plant  fruit  trees  near  the  house,  prefer- 
ring manual  labour  to  that  of  legislating.  lie  and  his  brother 
died  about  the  year  1780. 

Lawelochwelend.     .     .     .     This  name  means  one  iv/to  walks  between  two  ot/iers,  or  t/ie 

iiiiddle  person  of  three  that  walk  abreast.  He  who  bore  it 
was  born  on  or  near  the  spot  on  which  the  town  of  Philadel- 
phia stands ;  he  was,  at  the  time  when  the  lirst  house  was 

Vol.  IV.— 4  X 


390 


ON  INDIAN  NAMES. 


Popular  Names. 


Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 


Lawelochwelend. 


built  there,  a  lad  of  about  twelve  or  thirteen  years.  He  caught 
fish  and  rabbits,  and  shot  ducks,  pheasants,  &c.  for  the  work- 
men, which  he  brought  to  a  woman  that  cooked  for  them, 
and  kept  a  huckster's  shop,  or  had  trilling  articles  for  sale,  who 
in  exchange  gave  him  such  things  as  needles,  thread,  scissors, 
knives,  awl  blades,  &c.  for  his  mother.  After  he  was  grown 
up,  he,  with  many  others,  went  to  the  Ohio  country  for  the 
sake  of  hunting  and  trapping  for  beavers,  otters,  &c.,  visiting 
the  place  of  his  nativity  several  times,  until  at  length  he  was 
made  a  chief  in  that  country,  and  settled  his  abode  at  the 
Mahony  Town,  on  the  path  that  leads  to  Cayahaga. 
About  1773,  while  on  his  journey  to  the  White  river  (an  arm 
of  the  Wabash),  for  the  purpose  of  trapping  beaver  (being 
considered  a  master  in  that  art),  he,  on  passing  through  the 
Christian  Indian  village  at  Schcenbrunn,  on  the  Muskingum, 
took  the  resolution  of  resigning  his  station  of  chief  and  joining 
that  society,  which  having  done,  he  became  a  worthy  member, 
and  died  at  Lichtenau,  in  1779,  much  regretted  on  account  of 
his  Christian-like  conduct,  which  had  served  as  an  example  to 
others.     His  age  must  have  been  about  ninety  years. 


Welapachtsciechen. 
Captain  Jones. 


This  word  implies,  standing  in  an  erect  posture,  or  set  tip 
straight  against  any  thing  that  can  support  and  prevent 
from  falling.  This  chieftain  was  of  the  Turkey  tribe,  and 
resided  on  Hockhocking,  at  Achsinnink  (the  standing  rock). 
He  was  a  tall  and  well  looking  man,  and  on  account  of  his 
gentleness  and  ail'ability,  beloved  by  all  who  knew  him. 
Indeed  his  benevolence  and  hospitality  extended  to  all  who 
came  in  his  w^ay,  of  whate^'er  colour  they  might  be.  He  had 
married  a  prisoner  woman,  brought  in  during  the  French  war, 
by  whom  he  had  three  children,  one  son  and  two  daugiiters, 
whom  he  brought  with  him  when  he  joined  the  Cliristian 
Indian  congregation  in  the  year  177G.  He  ever  had  been 
adverse  to  wars  and  bloodshed,  and  walked  a  godly  life  unto 
the  end.  He  was  one  of  those  who  were  murdered  b}- 
Williamson's  party  on  the  Muskingum  in  the  year  1782. 
His  children  are  now  respectable  members  of  the  society  at 
Fairfield,  Upper  Canada.  On  his  baptism  he  was  named 
Israel.     See  Loskiel's  History,  part  3,  pp.  112,  130,  &c. 


VVewuiidorhwalend. 


This  name  signifies,  a  person  going  on  important  messages  or 
errands.  He  was  a  great  war  chief  during  the  French  war, 
and  in  peace  a  councillor.  He  had  the  figure  of  a  water 
lizard  tatooed  on  his  under  lip  and  chin,  for  which  reason  he 
was  called  Tweegachschasu.  See  Heckewelder's  Account 
of  Indian  Nations,  in  Hist.  Trans.,  page  193. 


ON  INDIAN  NAMES. 


391 


Piipular  Names. 


Pruper  Names,  witli  Remarks. 


Buekcnc^illLi,  so  called  In 
the  «  liite  people. 


I'ach'iLuUsi.'luliilkis  means  a  fidjilln;  one  who  siiccirds  in  all  I /nil 
he  laidcrtukcs.  He  was  a  son  of  the  aliove  iiaTiieil  i-luL-r,  anil 
head  warrior  of  all  those  Dclawares  who  lived  on  l!ie  .Mnuni 
and  White  rivers.  He  was  rcsohile  and  luave,  yei  not  riiiel ; 
he  reasoned  as  a  man  of  sense,  and  decided  proniptK  :  ui  all 
cases  cndeavonring  to  do  justice  where  the  case  wonld  adrnii 
of  it.  8eo  Ileckewelder's  Narrative  ol'  ihe  iMi.-^sinn,  patje 
215,  Arc. 


Tatabnkska,  so  cailcu  hv 
the  white  people,  alias 
the  (ilaze  Kino-. 


Captain  White  Eyes,  so 
called  by  the  white  peo- 
ple. In  Post's  Journal 
of  175S  he  is  called 
Coclnjnacaukehlton ;  in 
other  places  his  name  is 
written  Kuckquctacton. 


'rctepachksi  was  for  a  number  of  years  a  councillor  of  the  iircai 
council  of  the  Turtle  tribe  at  (ioshachkint;-  (forks  of  the  Mus- 
kingum) ;  afterwards  he  became  a  chief  of  the  Dclawares  who 
resided  on  Ihe  White  river.  He  was  rather  timorous,  aiul 
easily  prompted  to  become  jealous  or  mistrustful,  thouirh  In- 
meant  no  harm  to  any  body,  and  rather  than  make  a  mistake, 
would  leave  others  to  act  in  his  stead.  Yet,  harmless  and 
innocent  as  he  was,  he  was  by  the  prophet  'J'ccum.seh  declared 
a  ivitch,  and  condemned  to  die;  in  consequence  of  which  sen- 
tence, his  executioners  took  him  to  the  distance  of  eight  or 
ten  miles  from  their  village,  and  there  tomaiiawked  him.  and 
then  burnt  his  body  on  the  pile.  See  Heckcwelder's  Narra- 
tive of  the  Mission,  page  410. 

Coiiuelhagcchton  was  his  proper  name.  'I'his  man,  ihougli 
small  of  stature,  was  one  of  the  bravest  and  best  men  the  Dela- 
ware Indian  nation  ever  had.  As  a  war  chief,  though  valiant 
when  engaged  with  his  enemy,  he  had  never  been  charged 
with  cruelty.  As  a  councillor,  he  acted  with  prudence,  and 
was  not  presumptuous.  He  was  sensible,  generous  and  hos- 
pitable to  all  who  needed  it,  sincere  in  friendship,  resolute 
and  bold  in  counteracting  the  artifices  of  intriguers,  and  in 
putting  down  usurpers.  Having  been  for  a  long  time  Hrsi 
counsellor  to  the  great  chief  Netawatwecs,  who  died  in  the 
year  1770,  he  now  became  chief  in  liis  stead,  or  at  least 
accepted  the  appointment  for  a  limited  time,  and  until  tin 
young  chief  by  lineal  descent  should  be  of  proper  ai;(;  to 
superintend  the  councils.  Having  had  previously,  for  a 
number  of  years,  an  opportunity  of  witnessing  the  progress 
the  (.-hristian  Indians  were  making  towards  civilization,  he 
considered  his  nation  in  a  fair  way  of  bcioming  a  civilized 
people,  and  calculated  on  the  return  of  peace  as  the  proper 
time  for  making  a  beginning  towards  it,  in  which  project  he 
was  encouraged  by  the  then  Indian  acjent  colonel  Cicorge 
Morgan  of  Princeton,  New  Jersey;  but  he  did  not  live  to  see 
that  lime,  for  while  accompanying  general  Mackintosh  with 


392 


ON  INDIAN  NAMES. 


Popular  Names. 


Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 


Captain  White  Eyes. 


his  army  to  the  Muskingum,  in  the  year  1778  or  1779,  he  took 
the  small  pox  and  died.  The  nation  felt  the  loss  of  this  chiet 
severely,  and  notified  it  to  all  the  surrounding  nations  and 
tribes,  who,  of  course,  in  due  time,  either  by  speeches  and 
strings  of  wampum,  or  in  per.son,  condoled  with  the  nation  on 
the  occasion,  as  they  had  done  on  learning  the  death  of  his 
predecessor,  Netawatwees,  some  years  before.  White  Eyes 
had  been  the  prop  of  the  notion  generally.  Through  his 
death  a  division  took  place  at  the  instigation  of  political 
enemies.  See  Heckcwelder's  Account  of  the  Indians,  in 
Hist.  Trans.,  pp.  1.39,  275. 


KiUbuck,  jun.,  so  called 
by  the  white  people, 
who  had  formerly  given 
his  father  tiiis  name. 


Gelelemend  was  his  proper  name.  The  word  means,  he  who 
takes  the  lead,  or  the  leader.  Although  this  Indian  was  not 
hi  a  direct  line  entitled  to  the  chicfdom,  yet  on  account  of  his 
having  for  many  years  been  a  councillor  of  the  Turtle  tribe, 
and  also  in  consequence  of  the  legal  heir  to  the  dignity  of 
chief  being  yet  too  young  to  fill  this  station,  he  was  installetl 
as  temporary  chief  of  the  nation  after  the  decease  of  captain 
White  Eyes,  and,  as  his  predecessors  had  done,  he  endea- 
voured to  keep  the  nation  at  peace,  promising  himself  happy 
times  when  civilization  should  have  taken  place ;  to  effect 
'.vhich,  he  was  told,  time  after  time,  by  the  Indian  agents  and 
coiumanding  officers  at  Pittsburg,  that  on  a  general  peace 
taking  place,  the  American  government  would  aid  and  assist 
them.  Notwithstanding  all  the  measures  this  chief  took  to 
preserve  peace,  the  adverse  party,  headed  by  captain  Pipe, 
finally  succeeded  in  defeating  his  purposes:  nay,  it  even 
became  unsafe  for  the  council  to  meet  at  the  seat  of  govern- 
ment (Goschachking) ;  wherefore  they,  by  the  advice  of  their 
agent  and  the  commandant  at  Pittsburg,  were  invited  to 
remove  to  that  town  or  its  vicinity  for  protection,  where  thev 
could  transact  business  witli  the  faithful  part  of  their  nation  in 
safety.  This  good  advice  and  excellent  plan  on  tlie  part  of 
the  American  government  was,  however,  also  defeated;  for 
while  the  friendly  chiefs,  together  with  a  number  of  their 
people,  were  peaceably  living  together  on  an  island  just 
below  the  town  of  Pittsburg,  they  were  suddenly  surprised 
and  attacked  by  the  murdering  party,  which  had  returned 
from  killing  near  a  hundred  of  the  Christian  Indians,  and 
partly  killed  and  partly  put  to  fiight;  from  whence  this  chief 
(Killbuck)  saved  his  life  only  by  taking  to  the  river  and 
swimming  across  to  the  point  or  town,  leaving  all  his  pro- 
perty behind,  among  which  was  the  bag  containing  all  the 
wampum  speeches  and  written  docunuiils  of  William  Penn 


ON  INDIAN  NAMES. 


393 


I'opiilar  Names. 


Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 


Killbiiok,  jiiii 


:iiid  his  .successors  for  a  great  number  of  years,  wliicli  had 
I'lir  so  long  a  time  been  carefully  preserved  by  them,  but  now 
had  fallen  into  the  hands  of  a  murdering  band  of  white 
savages,  who  killed  at  the  same  time  the  promising  young 
Delaware  chief  above  mentioned.  The  many  services  he 
rendered  to  this  country,  but  more  immediately  I'ennsylvania, 
were  at  that  time  known  and  duly  apprecialed:  which  ser- 
vices, however,  being  obnoxious  to  the  enemy,  drew  iheir 
hatred  upon  him,  so  much  so,  that  they  declared  him  an  out- 
law— to  be  shot  dead  whenever  met  with,  lie  had  therefore 
to  remain  with  his  family  at  Pittsburg,  and  even  after  peace 
had  been  concluded  between  the  United  States  and  the  Indian 
nations,  he  had  concealed  himself,  when  the  drunken  Indians 
were  about  the  way.  Finally-,  he  joined  ihe  Christian  Inilians, 
and  lived  in  a  manner  under  their  protection,  yet  never  durst 
venture  far  from  home,  from  a  fear  that  some  of  the  strolliiiii: 
Monseys,  who  threatened  revenge,  might  come  acros.s  and 
kill  him.  He  received  at  baptism  the  name  of  AVilliam 
Henry,  a  name  long  since  given  him  liy  an  honourable  mem- 
ber of  congress  of  that  name;  after  which  he  lived  a  good 
Christian,  and  died  in  January  1811,  aged  near  eighty  years. 


Big  Cat,  so  called  by  the 
white  people,  on  ac- 
count of  his  Indian  name 
having  that  significa- 
tion. 


Machingtic  Puschiis  (the  large  cat)  was  an  alile  councillor  lor 
for  many  years,  and  afterwards  a  chief  of  the  Turde  tribe, 
who  assisted  William  Henry  Killbuck  faithfully  in  maintain- 
ing the  nation  at  peace,  he  being  also  a  firm  friend  of 
the  American  people,  until  they  fell  upon  the  Christian  In- 
dians on  Muskingum,  and  murdered  so  many  of  ihem,  and 
next  attacked  their  camp  at  Pittsburg,  killing  the  young  chief 
and  others;  from  whose  murderous  hands  Big  Cat  narrowly 
escaped;  and  from  that  time,  not  trusting  any  more  to  llieir 
pretended  fricndsliip,  ho  retired  to  tlie  ]\Iiami,  where  he  died 


Captain  Pipe. 


Ilopocan,  tobacco  pipe,  was  this  chief's  name  for  many  years 
together,  until  in  or  about  the  year  1763  it  was  dropped,  and 
he  was  called  Kogieschquanohcl,  which  means,  cause  day 
light  (as  already  noted).  While  a  war  captain  ho  also  at- 
tended the  councils  of  his  chief,  who  was  of  the  Turkey 
tribe.  He  was  sensible,  ambitious  and  bold,  all  which  led 
him  to  strive  for  popularity.  He  had  also  signalized  himself 
by  his  courage  in  his  wars  against  the  English  nation,  where 
he  acted  in  conjunction  with  the  Frcncli  against  them.  He 
was  known  also  as  a  schemer  of  plots  and  stratagems,  in 
order  to  deceive  the  enemy.  Thug  at  one  time  I  (believe  it 
was  in  or  about  the  year  1763)  he  laid  a  plan  for  taking  Fort 
Pitt  bv  stratagem,  in  which  scheme  he  however  fiiled,  and 


Vol.  IV.— 4  Y 


394  ON  INDIAN  NARIES. 


Popular  Names.  Proper  Names,  with  Ucmarks. 

Captain  Pipe. 

had  the  misfortune  to  be  discovered  and  taken  prisoner.  This 
scheme  in  this  instance  was  somewliat  similar  to  the  one 
which  Pontiac  had  concerted  for  the  taking  of  Detroit,  and 
if  I  am  not  mistaken,  it  was  to  have  been  executed  at  about  the 
same  time.  At  both  tlicse  fortiiications  the  garrisons  were 
then  short  of  provisions.  Pipe's  scheme  was,  that  under 
pretence  that  the  nations  were  desirous  of  peace,  he  hoped  to 
succeed  in  drawing  tlie  officers,  witlr  part  of  the  troops,  out 
!  of  the  fort  to  the  place  where  councils  with  the  Indians  were 

{  generally  held  (which  was  on  the  green  sod,  just  outside  of 

.  the  walls  of  the  fort  on  the  Allegany  side) ;  having  drawn  the 

;  officers  and  part  of  the  garrison  out,  the  attack  was  to  be  made 

;  at  one  and  the  same  time  on  those  within  and  without  by  the 

.''  crreat  body   of  Indian   warriors,  who   were  to  descend  the 

Allegany  river  on  rafts  made  for  that  purpose,  and  so  con- 
stiiicted  that  their  arms  and  other  weapons  were  concealed. 
Pipe  not  returning  again  to  the  warriors'  encampment  up  the 
river  at  the  appointed  time,  caused  them  to  suspect  that  some- 
thing must  have  happened,  and  that  he  had  been  either  killed 
or  taken  prisoner,  as,  indeed,  was  the  case ;  they  then  dis- 
persed, and  the  scheme  was  entirely  defeated.  After  a  gene- 
ral peace  had  been  concluded,  he  settled  himself,  with  others 
of  his  tribe  (the  Wolf),  on  the  Wahlhauding  river  (otherwise 
called  White  Woman's  creek,  and  also  the  West  Fork  of 
Muskingum) ;  whence  he  occasionally  attended  the  great  coun- 
cils of  the  Turtle  tribe  at  Goshochking,  in  the  forks  of  the 
two  rivers ;  until  at  length  the  revolutionary  war  afforded  him 
an  opportunity  of  withdrawing  liimself  from  this  council,  under 
pretence  that  he  could  not  act  in  concert  with  those  who  were 
working  their  own  destruction.  He  therefore  sided  with  the 
British,  and  became  a  tool  in  the  hands  of  their  agents  or 
subalterns  in  tlie  Indian  country.  He  w^as  very  eloquent. 
See  Heckewelder's  Account  of  the  Indian  Nations,  and  his 
Narrative  of  his  Mission,  &c.  for  furtlier  particulars  respect- 
ing this  chief.  See  particularly  his  Speech  in  Hist.  Trans, 
page  131. 

Ghikenumnayundauk.        .     This  name  signifies,  the  carrier  of  turkeys,  to  wit,  on  his  back, 

as  a  load  (alluding  to  his  skill  in  killing  these  fowls).  This 
man  was  a  great  war  chief  and  a  councillor  of  note,  attached 
to  Pachgantscluhillas's  party  on  tlic  Miami ;  an  orator  scarcely 
to  be  excelled  in  point  of  sweet,  correct  language,  and  easy 
delivery.  He  was  sensible  and  quick  of  comprehension ; 
ingenious  in  conveying  his  sentiments  figuratively;  and  when 
delivering  himself  publicly,  as  orator  to  the  chiefs,  he  was 
listened  to  with  the  greatest  attention. 


ON  INDIAN  NAMES. 


395 


Popular  Names. 


Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 


Hokkenljomska,  so  pro- 
nounced by  the  while 
people. 


Hackinkpomskan.  whirh  name  means  to  walk  on  (lie  i^nnind,  suc- 
ceeded captain  Pipe  as  chief,  and  was  a  sensible,  spirited  man, 
more  liberal  than  his  predecessor,  and  universally  beloved. 
He  boldly  bid  doilanco  to  tlic  prophet  'I'ecurasch,  when  he 
charged  him  with  witchcraft. 


Wingenum,  so  called  by 
the  whites. 


Wingenund,  he  rclio  is  fond  of,  or  values  some  qraiHtij  of 
the  mind.  See  Ileckcwelder's  Account  of  Indian  Nations, 
chapter  38,  page  279,  under  the  head  "Friendship." 


Pegelen Pegilend,  he  icho  throws  an-ay  [((nij  Iking),  was  an  inferior 

chief,  who  occasionally  carried  messages,  but  being  both  a 
good  hunter  and  trapper,  delighted  more  in  this  occupation. 

Woakaholend This  means  loved  and  beloved,  or  loves  and  is  loved;  was  a 

councillor  highly  respected  by  all  who  knew  him. 

Pamaholen Pemaholend,  loved  ivithout  intermission,  he  who  is  constuntltj 

loved.  lie  was  a  respected  and  venerable  man,  who  was 
never  known  to  quarrel,  or  to  go  to  war.  In  the  j'car  1799, 
after  joining  the  Christian  Indians,  he  accompanied  mission- 
aries to  White  river,  in  the  Wabash  country,  where,  after 
some  years,  he  died,  much  regretted. 


Wanafomend. 


Echpallawehund. 


Pakanke. 


Killbuck,  sen. 


This  means,  he  ivho  is  saluted,  is  met  with  friendship.  He 
was  both  a  preacher  and  a  prophet  of  the  Mousey  tribe. 
See  Ileckewelder's  Account  of  Indian  Nations,  chaiitcr  39, 
headed  "  Preachers  and  Prophets,"  and,  for  further  particulars 
of  this  man,  see  Loskicl's  History  of  the  Mission,  part  3, 
pages  22,  29,  33,  43,  44,  59,  02,  105. 

He  tvho  missed  the  objeet  at  tchich  he  shot,  or  that  whirh  hf 
aimed  at.  He  was  an  amiable  chief  for  a  number  of  years 
together,  but  finally  resigned,  and  joined  the  Christian  In- 
dians at  Gnadenhiitlen;  was  baptised  by  the  name  nf  Peter, 
led  a  godly  life,  and  died  a  Christian. 

This  man  was  for  many  years  the  chief  of  Cuschcushke,  on  the 
Big  Beaver,  in  Pennsylvania. 

This  Killbuck  was  a  portly  looking  man ;  had  been  a  great  war 
chief  during  the  French  and  Indian  wars,  spoke  good  English, 
and  came  in  early  times  to  Philadelphia  on  business  with  the 
governor.  He  was  a  sensible  and  amiable  man,  became  quite 
blind  a  lew  years  before  his  death,  which  liappcncd  about  the 
year  1770. 


396  ON  INDIAN  NAMES. 


Popular  Names.  Proper  Names,  with  Remarks. 

King  Beaver Tamaque,   which  signifies   a  beaver,   was   his  proper   Indian 

name.  He  was  for  many  years  a  head  chief  of  the  Delawares 
in  the  western  country,  and  had  his  residence  while  I  was 
out  in  1762,  at  Tuscorawas,  on  the  Muskingum.  At  the 
request  of  the  governor  of  Pennsylvania,  he  went  in  that  year 
with  Christian  Frederick  Post  to  the  treaty  at  Lancaster.  He 
was  admired  and  befriended  by  all  who  knew  him.  I  con- 
sidered him  as  my  particular  friend,  and  indeed  he  acted  that 
part;  for  when  he  found  that  the  Indian  nations  had  resolved 
on  a  war  with  the  British,  he  immediately  apprised  me  of  it, 
requesting  me  in  a  fatherly  manner  to  go  out  of  the  country 
to  a  place  of  safety.  He  died  about  the  year  1770,  on  the 
spot  where,  two  years  afterwards,  the  Christian  Indians  from 
the  Wyalusing,  on  Susquehanna,  built  the  town  called  Gna- 
denhiltten. 

Shingas Properly  Shingask,  which  signifies  level,  boggy  ground,  or 

bog  ineadoio,  was  brother  to  King  Beaver.  He  was,  during 
the  time  of  the  French  war,  considered  as  the  greatest  Indian 
warrior  of  the  day,  and  became  a  terror  to  the  frontier  settle- 
ments of  Pennsylvania;  wherefore  the  governor  offered  a 
reward  of  two  hundred  dollars,  or  pounds,  I  forget  which,  for 
„.;...  his  head  or  scalp.     Though  in  war  an  enemy,  yet  those  who 

.-  "'•■•■,'/.■  knew  him  best,  declared  that  he  treated  all  those  he  had  taken 

prisoners  with  aflection.     Passing  one  day  with  him,  in  the 
y^  /:■  summer  of  1763,  near  by  where  his  two  prisoner  boys  (about 

' '  twelve  years  of  age)  were  amusing  themselves  with  Iiis  own 

boys,  and  he  observing  me  looking  that  way,  inquired  what 
I  was  looking  at.  On  my  replying  that  I  was  looking  at  his 
prisoners,  he  said,  "  when  I  first  took  them  they  ivere  such; 
but  they  are  now  my  children,  eat  their  victuals  out  of  one 
and  the  same  bowl !"  which  was  saying  as  much  as,  that  they, 
in  all  respects,  were  on  an  equal  footing  with  his  own 
children — alike  dear  to  him. 
Shingask  was  of  small  stature,  but  his  actions  proved  that  he 
had  a  great  mind.  He,  as  well  as  his  brother,  professed 
great  friendship  towards  me,  and  his  grown  up  sons  rendered 
me,  at  diflereut  times,  essential  services.  For  other  particu- 
lars of  this  great  war  chief,  see  the  account  of  his  wife's 
funeral,  in  Heckeweldcr's  Account  of  the  Indian  Nations, 
chapter  37;  Hist.  Trans.,  page  36-1. 


397 


ARTICLE  XII. 

Notice  of  Fossil  Bones  found  in  the  Tertiary  Formation  of  the  State 
of  Louisiana.  By  lUchanl  Harlan,  3I.D.,  Sfc.  Read  October  H>. 
1832. 

IN  conformity  with  a  resolution  recently  passed  by  this  Society, 
requesting  me  to  describe  the  osteological  fossil  remains  presented  by 
Judge  Bry,  I  have  the  honour  to  oflfer  the  following  observations  for 
publication  in  their  Transactions.  The  fossils  consist  of  several  frag- 
ments of  vertebras,  and  one  of  immense  size  nearly  perfect ;  together 
with  specimens  of  the  soil,  and  several  osteological  fragments  too  much 
mutilated  to  offer  any  descriptive  characters. 

For  the  local  history  of  these  fossils  we  are  indebted  to  the  follow- 
ing letter  from  the  donor,  addressed  to  our  venerable  President, 
Mr  Duponceau. 

Philadelphia,  July  12,  1S32. 
Dear  Sir, 

I  have  the  honour  to  present  to  you,  for  the  Society  over  which  you 
preside,  some  fossil  bones,  found  on  the  Ouachita*  river,  in  the  state 

*  As  I  spell  the  word  Ouachita  diflbreiUly  Irom  the  apparently  adopted  mode,  it  may  not 
be  amiss  to  explain  why  I  think  that  my  orthography  should  be  retained.  Tlic  ctynioloay 
of  the  word  is  in  one  respect  descriptive  of  the  country.  The  word  Ouachita  is  composed 
of  two  Choctaw  words;  to  wit,  ouac,  a  buffalo,  a  cow,  horned  cattle  in  general,  and  chito, 
large,  pronounced  tchito,  bearing  lighUy  on  the  initial  /.  It  meant  the  country  of  larcc  Iniffulocs, 
immerous  herdsof  those  animals  having  formerly  covered  the  prairies  of  Ouachita.  All  the 
names  (now  translated  into  French)  of  Elver  aiix  Bceufs,  Bayou  Bmuf,  have  the  same  origin. 
These  animals  have  disappeared  before  civilization,  with  the  Indian  tribes,  whose  principal 

Vol.  IV.— 4  Z 


39S  FOSSIL  BONES  FOUND  IN  THE 

of  Louisiana,  at  a  distance  (south)  of  about  fifty  miles  by  land,  and 
one  hundred  and  ten  by  water  from  the  town  of  Monroe,  in  the  parish 
of  Ouachita,  and  in  lat.  31°  46'  or  48'. 

I  regret  that  my  very  limited  knowledge  does  not  permit  me  to  add 
to  this  offer  such  a  dissertation  on  the  subject  as  would  be  useful  or 
even  agreeable.  A  scientific  memoir  cannot  be  expected  from  one 
who  has  now  spent  the  last  thirty  years  of  his  existence  literally  in 
the  remotest  forests  of  Louisiana,  whose  life  has  during  that  long  period 
been  entirely  devoted  to  agricultural  pursuits,  and  who  has  conse- 
quently been  deprived  of  all  means  of  keeping  pace  with  the  progress 
of  science ;  yet  as  1  feel  that  it  may  be  necessary  to  make  you  acquainted, 
as  far  as  lies  in  my  power,  with  the  locality  of  these  bones,  I  beg  leave 
to  submit  the  following  observations. 

It  would  be  useless  to  offer  more  than  a  few  casual  remarks  on  the 
geology  of  Louisiana,  which  is  better  known  to  the  Philosophical 
Society  than  to  myself.  That  part  of  the  state,  beginning  at  the  foot 
of  the  highlands  of  Baton  Rouge,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  Missis- 
sippi, and  at  the  hills  in  the  parish  of  Cataouta  to  the  sea,  is  evidently 
soil  of  comparatively  recent  formation.  You  are  probably  acquainted 
with  the  character  of  the  dilTerent  strata  on  which  rests  the  lower 
part  of  Louisiana.  A  description  of  them  has  been  published  as  they 
occur  on  the  Bayou*  St  John,  near  the  city  of  New  Orleans,  where 


support  they  formed.  They  never  remain  long  within  hearing  of  the  repeated  strokes  of  the 
axe,  or  of  the  voice  of  the  white  man.  Nothing  is  left  to  remind  ns  of  them  at  Ouachita  but 
tlie  sound  of  tliis  name,  which  may  serve  to  keep  in  remembrance  the  fact  of  their  former 
undisturbed  possession  of  the  country.  The  common  orthography,  Trashita,  destroys  this 
alhision  and  means  nothing  in  itself.  By  retaining  the  mode  of  spelling  which  I  have 
adopted,  it  may  serve  to  show  how  languages  the  most  remote  may  receive  the  phraseology 
of  one  another. 

The  first  settlers  at  Ouachita  were  French  hunters,  who  adopted,  with  diat  facility  peculiar 
to  their  nation,  not  only  the  Indian  mode  of  living,  but,  in  some  instances,  their  expressions. 
Tlius  they  found  the  country  named  Big-  Btiffalo,  and  they  marked  the  different  epochs  of 
their  lives  by  such  expressions  as  these: — Vannee  de  la  grande  cau  (1798);  and  Vannee  de 
la  grande  oicrse  (1810),  when  thousands  of  bears  crossed  the  country,  emigrating  towards 
the  west. 

*  As  the  most  important  point  in  making  ourselves  well  understood,  is  to  attach  to  words 
a  permanent  meaning,  conveying  at  once  and  correctly  the  ideas  we  wish  to  express,  I 
beg  leave  to  observe  that  I  understand  the  word  bayou  to  mean  a  stream  which  has  little 
or  no  current;  such  as  the  Bayou  dc  Siard,  the  Bayou  de  la  JMcichoirc  a  I'Ours,  which  are 


TERTIARY  FORMATION  OP  LOUISIANA.  399 

an  enterprising  gentleman  (Mr  Elkins)  undertook  to  bore  for  good 
water.  lie  reached  to  the  depth  of  two  hundred  and  twelve  feet,  but 
endeavoured  in  vain  to  bore  deeper.  At  that  depth  the  soil  appears 
to  be  of  the  same  nature  as  the  dcposite  noAV  made  by  the  Mississii)pi, 
the  intermediate  strata  being  various;  but  no  shells  were  discovered 
except  fragments  of  some  Mvalvse,  exactly  similar  to  those  now  found 
in  the  Bayou  St  John.  Part  of  a  crab  Mas  brought  up  by  the  auger, 
at  a  depth  of  one  hundred  and  sixty  feet ;  and,  if  my  memory  serves 
me  aright,  a  piece  of  a  buck's  horn  was  also  found. 

The  hills,  beginning  at  Cataouta,  extend  north  to  the  Arkansas 
river,  and  west  to  lied  river,  whence  they  spread  to  the  Sabine. 
Through  that  tract  of  country  are  interspersed  overflowed  lands,  vary- 
ing in  extent  according  to  the  magnitude  of  the  creeks,  of  which  they 
form  the  banks  at  low  water,  and  which  flow  over  them  at  high  water. 
In  these  hills  \Qvy  few  ores  are  found  except  those  of  iron,  which  are 
abundant  in  two  ditTerent  places;  but  no  measures  have  yet  been  taken 
to  ascertain  their  value.  The  highest  of  the  hills  do  not  exceed  eight 
hundred  feet  above  high  water  mark ;  and  in  many  places  they  dwin- 
dle into  gently  rolling  ground.  These  hills  appear  to  be  of  a  much 
more  ancient  formation  than  the  lower  section  of  Louisiana.  No 
rocks,  however,  enter  into  their  composition ;  but  a  few  sandj^  stones 
and  pebbles,  nearly  all  siliceous,  are  occasionally  seen  scattered  on 
their  summits,  or  in  the  beds  of  the  numerous  creeks  fed  by  springs 
issuing  from  them. 

Sea  shells  are  discovered  in  several  places ;  J  found  them  on  the 
highest  ridge  which  divides  the  waters  running  into  Red  river  from 
the  tributary  streams  of  the  Ouachita.  The  tract,  by  far  the  richest 
in  calcareous  substances,  is  the  one  within  the  limits  where  fossil  bones 
have  been  found,  extending  about  fifteen  miles  from  north  to  south, 
and  probably  ten  or  twelve  from  east  to  west.  Several  years  ago. 
while  rambling  among  these  hills,  I  met  with  a  small  creek,  the  banks 

hard!}'  any  thing  more  than  natural  drains  to  the  adjacent  low  lands.  A  creek  I  conceive  to 
be  a  small  stream  running  through  the  hills  and  highlands  with  a  brisk  and  continued  cur- 
rent, and  emptying  itself  into  the  bayous,  rivers,  or  overflowed  lands.  These  two  expressions 
are  thus  generally  used  in  the  upper  parts  of  Louisiana. 


400  FOSSIIi  BONES  FOUND  IN  THE 

of  which  are  in  some  places  thirty  feet  high,  in  which  I  found  many 
different  species  of  sea  shells,  among  others,  pedenites,  hektmiites,  &c. 
At  the  same  time,  my  attention  w^as  attracted  by  a  quantity  of  cornua 
ammonis,  the  largest  of  which  did  not  exceed  an  inch  and  a  half  in 
diameter,  while  many  were  much  smaller. 

The  hill,  in  which  the  bones  herewith  presented  were  found,  is 
within  the  limits  above  described,  at  a  distance  of  not  more  than  two 
hundred  yards  from  the  Ouachita  river.  About  three  years  ago,  after 
the  occurrence  of  a  long  spell  of  rainy  weather,  a  part  of  the  hill  slid 
down  near  to  the  water's  edge,  and  thereby  exposed  twenty-eight  of 
these  bones,  which  had  been  until  then  covered  by  an  incumbent  mass 
of  earth  about  forty  feet  thick.  They  were  imbedded  in  a  bank  of 
sea  marl,  a  specimen  of  which  is  added  to  the  bones,  as  well  as  of  the 
calcareous  spar  and  talc  also  found  in  the  same  hill.  I  followed  a 
horizontal  vein  of  this  marl,  five  or  six  inches  thick,  which  I  traced  to 
a  distance  of  about  forty' feet,  when  it  sinks  into  the  valley  under  an 
angle  of  from  twenty-five  to  thirty  degrees.  It  appeared  to  have 
effloresced  where  it  had  been  long  exposed  to  the  influence  of  the 
atmosphere. 

When  these  bones  were  first  seen,  they  extended  in  a  line,  which, 
from  what  the  person  living  near  the  place  showed  me,  comprised  a 
curve,  measuring  upwards  of  four  hundred  feet  in  length,  with  inter- 
vals which  were  vacant.  The  person  referred  to  destroyed  many  of 
the  bones  by  employing  them  instead  of  andirons  in  his  fire  place,  and 
I  saved  what  remained  from  the  same  fate.  I  think,  however,  that  a 
great  many  more  bones  belonging  to  the  same  animal  are  yet  covered, 
and  will  gradually  appear,  as  the  soil  and  marl  shall  be  w^ashed  off  by 
the  rain. 

If  I  might  presume  to  express  an  opinion  as  to  the  animal  to  which 
these  bones  belong,  I  should  venture  to  say  that  they  were  part  of  a 
sea  monster.  The  piece  having  the  appearance  of  a  tooth,  which  I 
gathered  myself  on  the  spot,  may  assist  in  determining  that  point. 
To  you,  Mr  President,  and  to  your  learned  colleagues,  who  are  so  fully 
adequate  to  the  task,  I  cheerfully  relinquish  the  solution  of  this  prob- 
lem, as  well  as  the  determination  of  the  epoch  of  our  globe  when  the 


TERTIARY  FORMATION  01^   LOUISIANA.  401 

animal  existed.  Accept,  my  dear  sir,  the  expression  of  my  ,2;reat 
regard  for  yourself,  and  of  my  sincere  Avishes  for  the  prosperity  of  the 
useful  institution  over  which  you  preside. 

Your  friend  and  obedient  servant. 

II.  13KY. 
P.  S.  Dui'ONCEAu,  Esq. 

President  of  the  Philosophical  Society,  Philadelphia. 

The  geological  formation  in  which  these  bones  occur  is  evidently 
tertiary,  similar  to  that  extensive,  belt  which  characterizes  our  Atlantic 
borders.  The  piece  of  '•  sea-marl"  allXided  to  in  the  above  letter,  is  a 
conglomerate  mass  of  small  marine  shells,  consisting  principally  of  an 
extinct  species  of  Corbula,  about  to  be  described  by  Mr  T.  Conrad. 
who  has  met  with  a  similar  formation,  including  the  same  shells,  in 
Alabama.  Most  of  these  shells  are  comminuted ;  a  few  however  are 
perfect.  On  the  upper  surface  of  the  mass,  there  remains  a  stratum 
of  clay,  half  an  inch  in  thickness,  inclosing  pieces  of  crystallized  car- 
bonate of  lime.  The  portion  noticed  by  Mr  Bry  as  displaying  the 
appearance  of  a  tooth,  does  in  reality  possess  considerable  resemblance 
in  size  and  form  to  the  teeth  of  some  of  the  fossil  Sauriens ;  l)ut,  on 
closer  inspection,  it  is  recognizable  as  a  portion  of  the  cast  of  a  Pinna. 
with  «ome  of  the  shell  still  remaining  attached  to  its  ])ase. 

The  principal  fossil  which  forms  the  subject  of  this  paper,  consists 
of  a  vertebra  of  enormous  dimensions,  possessing  characters  which 
enable  us  to  refer  it  to  an  extinct  genus  of  the  order  '-Enalio-Sauri" 
of  Conybeare,  which  includes  numerous  extinct  genera  of  marine 
lizards  or  crocodiles,  generally  possessing  gigantic  proportions,  which 
iiave  hitherto  been  found  only  in  the  sub-cretaceous  series,  from  the  lias 
up  to  the  weald  clay  inclusive,  in  England,  France,  and  (lermany,  and 
in  the  supposed  equivalent  formations  in  North  America.  The  animal 
to  which  the  present  remnant  belonged,  existed  at  a  period  more  recent 
than  that  of  any  of  its  congeners  hitherto  discovered  ;  the  formation  in 
which  it  occurs  being  generally  referable  to  a  geological  epoch  more 
recent  than  any  of  the  oolitic  series. 

We  have  compared  our  fossil  with  the  following  genera : — Moso- 
saurus,  Geosaurus.  Megalosaurus.  Iguanadon.  Ichthyosaurus,  and  Ple- 
VoL.  IV.— 5  A 


402  FOSSIL  BONES-FOUND  IN  THE 

siosaurus;  from  all  of  which  it  appears  to  be  generically  distinct; 
though  it  hears  a  closer  analogy  to  the  vertehraB  of  the  last  named 
species  than  to  any  other.  The  length  of  the  axis  of  the  hone  is  twice 
its  diameter,  being  fourteen  inches  long  and  seven  inches  broad.  Its 
sides  are  slightly  concave  in  tlie  middle,  and  the  weight  of  the  single 
vertebra  is  forty-four  pounds.  Allowing  this  Individ  ual  to  possess  as 
many  vertebra  as  the  Plesiosaurus,  that  is  sixty-six,  without  those  of 
the  tail,  the  weight  of  the  whole  fossil  skeleton  may  be  fairly  estimated 
as  exceeding  two  tons ;  even  supposing  each  vertebra  to  weigh  only 
thirty  pounds  instead  of  forty-four,  and  calculating  the  weight  of  the 
head,  extremities,  pelvis,  and  tail  to  be  collectively  but  a  little  heavier 
than  the  spine  alone. 

Judging  from  the  position  and  descending  obliquity  of  the  transverse 
apophyses,  and  the  small  size  of  the  canal  for  the  spinal  marrow,  this 
vertebra  must  be  referred  to  the  posterior  part  of  the  column,  most 
probably  to  the  lumbar  region.  This  opinion  is  strengthened  by  the 
coalition  of  the  two  foi'amina  or  fossae,"  which  characterize  the  inferior 
aspect  of  the  vertebra?  of  the  posterior  part  of  the  column  in  the  spinal 
bones  of  the  Plesiosaurus;'^''  in  which  respect  these  portions  of  the  two 
fossils  closely  resemble  each  other.  They  are  also  similar  in  the  planes 
of  the  articulating  surfaces  of  the  bodies  of  the  vertehrce ;  but  our  fossil 
differs  totally  from  the  same  portion  of  the  Plesiosaurus  in  its  propor- 
tions, the  vertebra?  of  the  latter  being  broader  than  long,  whereas  the 
present  specimen  is  twice  as  long  as  it  is  broad.  All  the  superior 
apophyses  of  the  Plesiosaurus  are  attached  by  suture  to  their  bodies ; 
but  there  are  no  marks  of  such  a  structure  in  our  fossil.  In  the 
Plesiosaurus,  the  ribs  are  articulated  with  the  distal  extremities  of  the 
transverse  processes  by  a  single  tubercle.  Reasoning  analogically,  the 
same  arrangement  may  be  referred  to  the  species  under  consideration, 
the  size  of  which  is  immensely  superior  to  that  of  any  of  the  Saurian 
or  Cetaceous  tribe  whatever.  Judging  from  relative  proportions,  the 
^Megalosaunis  did  not  attain  to  more  than  forty  feet  in  length ;  the 
Iguanadonof  My  ?,I:\nte!l  did  not  exceed  sixiy  feet;  but  the  individual 

•  All  the  vertebrae  of  the  Plesiosaurus  are  eliaractcrizcd  by  two  foramina  on  their  niner 
aspect,  which  approach  each  other  as  we  descend  the  column,  until  at  last  they  form  'out  one 
hole  with  a  septum. 


TERTIARY  FORM.VTION   Or  LOUISIANA.  403 


HOW  produced  could  not  have  been  less  than  Irom  eighty  to  one  hun- 
dred feet  long.  According  to  the  statement  of  judge  Bry,  there  were 
four  hundred  feet  in  extent,  nearly  in  a  linear  direction,  marked  by 
these  fossils  in  the  soil,  which  undoubtedly  mclude  the  remains  of 
several  individuals.  If  future  discoveries  of  the  extremities  (paddles) 
uid  of  the  jaws  and  teeth  of  this  reptile,  should  confirhi  the  indications 
I  have  pointed  out,  we  may  suppose  that  the  genus  to  which  it 
belonged,  will  take  the  name,  by  acclamation,  of  •'  Basilosaukls.' 


105 


ARTICLE  XIII. 

Notice  of  the  Discovery  of  the  Remains  of  the  Ich/In/osaurus  in 
Missouri.  N.  A.  By  Richard  Harlan,  M.D..  ^'c.  Read  Octolxr 
19.  1S32. 

FOR  the  interesting  specimen  which  forms  the  subject  of  the  present 
memoir,  I  am  indebted  to  the  politeness  of  our  fellow  member,  Major 
N.  A.  Ware,  who  obtained  it  from  a  trader,  with  the  information 
contained  in  the  foUowin"-  label: — "A  trader  from  the  Rockv  ninmi- 
tains,  on  his  return,  near  the  Yellow-stone  knobs,  or  hills,  observed. 
in  a  rock,  the  skeleton  of  an  alligator-animal,  about  seventy  feet  in 
length ;  he  broke  off  the  point  of  the  jaw  as  it  projected,  and  gave  it 
to  me.  He  said  that  the  head  part  appeared  to  be  about  three  or 
four  feet  long." 

The  fossil  fragments  consist  of  anterior  portions  of  the  upper  and 
lower  jaws.  The  form  of  the  intermaxillary  bone,  the  structure  of 
the  teeth,  and  the  mode  of  dentition,  characterize  the  animal  to  which 
these  bones  belonged  as  a  species  of  the  extinct  genus  Ichthyosauuus  ; 
and  afford  us  the  first  indication  of  the  existence  of  this  genus  of  lost 
animals  on  the  continent  of  America. 

Future  discoveries  will  no  doubt  demonstrate  that  our  country, 
already  rich  in  fossil  reliquia?,  possesses  numerous  species  of  fossil 
Sauriens,  those  extraordinary  inhabitants  of  a  former  state  of  our  planet, 
which  sported  on  the  bosom  of  the  ocean,  or  enlivened  the  shores  of 
primordial  worlds,  ere  yet  the  "lord  of  the  eagle  eye"  had  scanned  the 
creation,  or  waved  his  magic  sceptre  over  the  beasts  of  the  earth. 
Strange,  indeed,  are  the  forms,  structures  and  habits  of  those  beings 
Vol.  IV.— 5  B 


406  DISCOVERY  OP  THE  REMAINS  OF  THE 

with  which  geological  researches  are  making  us  acquainted :  in  the 
beautiful  and  sublime  at  least,  the  pre-adamitic  Fauna  and  Flora  are  as 
yet  unsurpassed  by  those  of  the  present  day.  Cuvier  remarks, — the 
Ichthyosaurus  has  the  snout  of  a  dolphin,  the  teeth  of  a  crocodile,  the 
head  and  sternum  of  a  lizard,  the  extremities  of  a  whale,  and  the  ver- 
tebra; of  a  fish ;  whilst  the  Plesiosaurus  has,  with  the  same  cetaceous 
extremities,  the  head  of  a  lizard,  and  a  neck  resembling  the  body  of 
a  serpent. 

The  remains  of  four  or  five  species  of  the  Ichthyosaurus  have 
hitherto  been  discovered  in  England,  France,  and  Germany.     In  Eng- 
land their  remains  have  been  found  from  the  new  red-sandstone  even 
up  to  the  green  sand,  which  is  immediately  subjacent  to  the  chalk. 
They  consequently  belonged  to  almost  all  that  epoch  of  secondary 
formations,  commonly  known  by  the  name  of  Jura  formation ;  but  it 
is  to  the  blue-gray  limestone,  called  Has  by  the   British  geologists, 
that  we  are  to  look  for  the  greatest   abundance  of  these   organic 
remains.     In  the  fragment  from  Missouri,  consisting  of  the  snout,  or 
anterior  portion  of  the  upper  jaw,  the  intermaxillary  bone  is  strongly 
marked  by  sutures  which  separate  it  from  portions  of  the  maxillary 
bones,  beyond  which  it  extends  nearly  two  inches  anteriorly.     The 
nostrils  in  this  genus  being  placed  near  the  eyes,  the  intermaxillary  is 
consequently  without  perforations  for  nostrils,  and  displays  a  remark- 
ably dense  structure ;  its  greatest  breadth  is  two  inches.     It  is  perfo- 
rated by  several  rather  large  foramina  for  the  transmission  of  blood- 
vessels, and  contains  four  incisor  teeth,  two  on  each  side,  broken  off 
on   a   level  with    their   sockets.     The  portions  of   maxillary  bones 
attached,  contaiu  three  teeth  on  each  side,  all  equally  broken  off  at  the 
socket ;  thus  making  in  all  ten  teeth  in  a  space  of  alveolar  processes 
four  inches  long — the  total  length  of  the  fragment.     The  alveoles  are 
perfectly  distinct,  and  consist  of  circular  osseous  elevations,  in  the 
cavities  of  which  the  teeth  are  firmly  fixed.     The  enamel  is  thick, 
brittle,  and  of  a  jet  black  colour ;  the  cavities  of  the  teeth  are  for  the 
most  part  filled  with  spath  and  quartz.     The  truncated  surface  of  the 
posterior  portion  of  the  fragment  displays  the  mode  of  dentition,  where 
the  young  tooth,  also  hollow,  is  observed  to  project  its  point  on  the 
inner  side  of  the  root  of  the  old  tooth ;  the  root  of  which  it  destroys 


ICHTHYOSAURUS  IN  MISSOURI.  407 

by  pressure  during  growth,  ami  which  falling,  allows  the  young  tooth 
to  take  its  place,  the  point  of  the  young  tooth  always  cutting  the  gum 
on  the  inner  and  posterior  part  of  the  old  tooth.  On  the  inner  and 
posterior  part  of  the  anterior  left  incisor,  is  observed  the  conical  point 
of  a  young  tooth,  projecting  in  such  a  manner  as  to  render  a  new 
socket  necessary  for  its  future  accommodation. 

All  the  natural  vacuities  of  these  bones  are  filled  with  the;  matrix 
or  rock  in  which  they  occurred,  which  consists  of  a  dense  blue-black 
argillaceous  limestone,  effervescing  with  weak  acids,  and  not  milike 
the  matrix  containing  the  bones  of  the  Ichthyosauri  from  the  lias  of 
England.  Beautiful  and  rich  specimens  of  these  fossils  are  contained 
in  the  cabinet  of  Mr  G.  W.  Featherstonhaugh  of  this  city.  This 
fragment  of  jaw  is  four  inches  long,  two  inches  eight  tenths  broad, 
and  two  inches  in  depth  at  its  truncated  part.  It  remains  to  notice 
the  fragment  of  lower  jaw  of  the  left  side,  of  equal  length  with  the 
upper  portions,  and  one  inch  two  tenths  in  thickness,  containing  the 
remains  of  five  teeth,  broken,  and  partially  covered  with  the  matrix. 
The  exterior  surface  of  the  bone  is  finely  scabrous,  or  marked  by  the 
attachments  of  the  skin,  and  displays  numerous  foramina  for  the  trans- 
mission of  nerves  and  blood-vessels.  Near  the  base  of  the  inner  surface 
is  a  deep  longitudinal  canal,  which  probably  extended  the  whole  length 
of  the  jaw.  From  an  experiment  made  by  placing  a  portion  of  these 
fossils  in  a  dilute  solution  of  muriatic  acid,  the  whole  mass  would 
appear  to  be  soluble:  thus  denoting  the  loss  of  the  animal  constiluenl 
of  the  bones. 

The  above  considerations  enable  us  to  pronounce  with  ceilainty  on 
a  fact,  in  itself  interesting  to  the  geologist,  viz.  the  existence  of  the 
remains  of  the  genus  Ichthyosaurus  in  the  secondary  deposites  on  the 
banks  of  the  Missouri  river.  In  the  present  stage  of  tlie  investigation 
it  is  probably  premature  to  pronounce  with  equal  certainty  on  specific 
distinctions;  yet  the  magnitude  of  this  skeleton,  being  thrice  the  size 
of  the  largest  of  the  species  yet  described,  and  the  geographical  position 
of  the  fossil,  seem  to  indicate  such  distinction.  On  comparison  of  the 
teeth  of  the  present  species  with  those  of  a  fine  specimen  of  the  head 
of  the  largest  species,  the  /.  communis,  in  ^Ir  Featherstonhaugh's  c(d- 
lection,  peculiarities  were  observable.  It  is  highly  probable  that  future 
discovery  will  throw  more  light  on  this  interesting  subjeci,  as  the 


408  REMAINS  OF  THE  ICHTHYOSAURUS  IN  MISSOURI, 

present  skeleton  would  appear  to  be  not  the  only  one  exposed  to  view 
in  the  valley  of  the  Missouri ;  and,  judging  from  the  zeal,  ardour,  and 
scientific  acumen  with  which  such  researches  are  prosecuted  at  the  pre- 
sent day  in  all  quarters,  we  may  hope  that  the  era  of  their  resuscitation 
is  not  remote.  To  the  Mosasaurus,  Geosaurus,  Saurocephalus,  and 
fossil  crocodiles,  the  Ichthyosaurus  and  typifications  at  least  of  the 
Plesiosaurus  may  now  he  added  to  this  department  of  the  fossil  Fauna 
of  North  America. 

It  is  not  improbable  that  Lcu'is  and  Clarke,  in  their  Expedition 
up  the  Missouri,  allude  to  the  remains  of  a  similar  animal  in  the 
following  extracts.  "Monday,  September  10th,  1804,  we  reached 
an  island  (not  far  from  the  grand  detour,  between  Shannon  creek 
and  Poncarrar  river),  extending  for  two  miles  in  the  middle  of  the 
river,  covered  with  red  cedar,  from  which  it  takes  the  name  of 
Cedar  Is/and;  just  below  this  island,  on  a  hill,  to  the  south,  is  the 
buck-hone  of  a  fish  forty-five  feet  long,  tapering  toivards  the  tail,  and 
in  a  perfect  state  of  petrifaction,  fragments  of  which  were  collected 
and  sent  to  Washington.  On  both  sides  of  the  river,  are  high,  dark- 
coloured  cliffs." — Vide  Lewis  and  Clarke's  Exp.  ed.  1814,  vol.  i.  p.  69. 
Again,  on  descending  the  Vellow-stone  river: — -'The  north  side  of  the 
river,  for  some  distance,  is  diversified  by  jutting  romantic  cliffs,  these 
are  succeeded  by  rugged  hills,  beyond  which  the  plains  are  again  open 
and  extensive.  After  enjoj'ing  the  prospect  from  this  rock,  to  which 
captain  Clarke  gave  the  name  of  Pompeifs  Pillar,  he  descended  and 
continued  his  course;  at  the  distance  of  six  or  sevea  miles  he  stopped, 
and  while  on  shore,  he  saw  in  the  face  of  the  cliff  on  the  left,  about 
twenty  feet  above  the  water,  a  fragment  of  the  rib  of  a  fish,  three  feet 
long,  and  nearly  three  inches  in  circumference,  incrusted  in  the  rock 
itself^ — Ibid.  vol.  ii.  p.  358. 

It  has  already  been  stated,  that  the  fossils  which  we  have  described 
were  obtained  near  the  junction  of  the  Yellow-stone  and  J^Iissouri  rivers. 
Should  the  fossils  noticed  in  the  above  extracts,  prove  to  be  of  a  similar 
nature,  the  fact  will  display  a  formation  extending  from  three  to  five 
hundred  miles  in  a  direction  east  and  west,  and  north  and  south. 
Until  further  informed,  it  will  be  useful  to  apply  to  this  species  some 
specific  appellation,  and  we  propose  to  designate  it  as  the  Ichthy- 
osaurus MlSSOURIENSIS. 


NOTE. 


Since  writing  the  foregoing  essay,  the  author  has  enjoyed  a  more 
extensive  field  of  observation,  in  the  examination  of  the  numerous  and 
magnificent  collections  in  every  department  of  natural  science,  both 
in  Great  Britain  and  in  France.  He  has  satisfied  himself  that  the 
Missouri  fossil  (I.  Missouriensis)  must  be  arranged  as  an  extinct 
genus  altogether  new,  characterised,  more  particularly,  in  the  fragment 
in  question,  by  the  extreme  length,  breadth  and  projection  of  the 
intermaxillary  bone,  in  which  it  presents  a  marked  dilTerence  from 
any  species  of  the  genus  Ichthyosaurus,  and  approaches,  in  a  slight 
degree,  animals  of  the  Batrachian  order. 


Vol.  IV.— 5  B* 


EXPLANATION  OF  THE  PLATE. 


Fig.  1.  Abdominal  view  of  the  vertebra  of  the  Basilosaurus. 
Fig.  2.  Articulating  surface  of  the  body  of  the  same. 

Fig.  3.  View  of  the  superior  surface  of  the  anterior  extremity  of  the  snout  of  the 
Ichthyosaurus  Missouriensis. 

Fig.  4.  The  fractured  surface  of  the  same. 

Fig.  5.  Palatine  surface  of  the  same. 

Fig.  6.  Lateral  view  of  the  same,  external  surface. 

Fig.  7.  Internal  lateral  view  of  the  anterior  extremity  of  the  inferior  maxilla. 

Fig.  8.  Fractured  extremity  of  the  same. 


409 


h 


■  ■     0        • 


ARTICLE  XIV. 

Descriptions  of  new  North  American  Insects,  and  Observations  on 
some  already  described.  By  Thomas  Say.  Read  November  2. 
1832. 

AMBLYCHEILA,  Saij. 

Labrum  transverse  much  wider  than  long ;  mandibles  prominent, 
strongly  toothed  ;  labial  palpi  elongated  ;  basal  joint  short,  entirely  con. 
cealed  by  the  mentum ;  second  joint  short,  spherical,  resting  on  the 
edge  of  the  emargination  of  the  mentum;  the  third  joint  elongated, 
cylindric,  with  rigid  hairs;  fourth  joint  enlarging  to  the  extremity 
where  it  is  truncate,  somewhat  sinuate ;  mentum,  tooth  robust,  promi- 
nent, canaliculate  before,  acute ;  antennae,  second  joint  two  thirds  the 
length  of  the  third;  wings  none;  elytra  united  ;  eyes  very  small,  hem- 
ispherical, entire ;  clypeus  at  tip  entire. 

A.  cylindriformis,  Say,  (Manticora)  Journ.  Acad.  Nat.  Sc.  This 
insect  which  I  found  near  the  Rocky  Mountains,  I  described  under 
the  genus  Manticora,  but  judging  by  the  present  mutilated  state  of 
the  specimen  it  seems  to  agree  better  with  the  Megacephala.  It  dif- 
fers from  Manticora  altogether  in  form,  in  the  smaller  size  of  the 
head,  and  in  not  having  a  lobed  thorax,  &c.,  but  it  corresponds  in  the 
comparative  magnitude  of  the  eyes,  the  diameter  of  which  is  hardly 
more  considerable  than  that  of  the  basal  joint  of  the  antenna?.  In  the 
size  of  the  eyes  it  differs  greatly  from  Megacephala,  also  in  the  circum- 
stance that  the  basal  joint  of  its  labial  palpi  is  altogether  concealed  by 
the  mentum  :  but  it  agrees  with  this  genus  in  form,  and  is  probably 
Vol.  IV.— 5  C 


410  DESCRIPTIONS    OF  AND   OBSERVATIONS  ON 

more  closely  related  to  it  than  to  Manticora.  Still  however,  as  it  does 
not  agree  with  any  known  group  it  may  perhaps  be  proper  to  construct 
a  genus  for  its  reception. 

MEGACEPHALA,  Latr. 

31.  Carolina,  Fabr.  This  species  is  certainly  found  in  the  southern 
part  of  the  union :  I  have  an  individual  that  was  taken  near  New  Or- 
leans, it  varies  a  little  from  West  Indian  specimens  in  being  less  deeply 
sculptured. 

CICINDELA,  Linn. 

1.  C.  unicolor,  Dejean.  This  species  appears  to  have  an  extensive 
range.  I  received  a  specimen  from  Dr  Pickering  of  Massachusetts, 
and  I  found  another  in  Florida.  It  varies  in  having  a  slight  touch  of 
white  on  the  tip  of  the  elytra. 

2.  C.  marginata,  Fabr.,  Syst.  Eleut.  1,  241,  No.  48.  Dejean  has  de- 
scribed this  species  under  the  name  of  variegcda,  Sp.  Gen.  1,  8-1 — see 
also  vol.  2,  414. 

3.  C.  unipunctuta,  Fabr.,  varies  in  having  a  very  small  obscure  yel- 
lowish spot,  half  way  between  the  ordinary  spot  and  the  tip,  on  the 
margin. 

4.  C.  vulgaris,  Say,  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  1 8 1 S.  Since  described 
by  Dejean  under  the  name  of  ohliquala,  Sp.  Gen.  1,  72,  but  corrected 
vol.  2,  Supp.  414. 

5.  C.  hirticollis,  Say,  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  1818.  Since  describ- 
ed by  Dejean  with  the  name  of  repanda,  Sp.  Gen.  1,  74,  but  corrected 
vol.  2,414. 

6.  C.  dorsalis,  Say,  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  1818.  Since  described 
by  Dejean  with  the  name  of  signata,  Sp.  Gen.  1,  124,  but  corrected 
vol.  2,  414,  Supp.;  and  on  page  426  of  the  same  Supplement  he  describes 
another  species  under  the  name  of  dorsalis,  which  however  will  of 
course  be  changed,  as  mine  has  the  priority. 

7.  C.  purpurea,  OH  v.,  Ins.  33,  pi.  3,  f.  34.  Say,  Trans.  Amer.  Philos. 
Soc.  1818,  p.  419.  C.  marginalis,  Fabr.,  Syst.  Eleut.  1,  240,  and  De- 
jean, Sp.  Gen.  1,  55.  Olivier  has  certainly  the  priority,  and  conse- 
quently the  exclusive  right  as  being  the  first  describer  of  this  species. 


SOME  NORTH  AMERICAN  INSECTS.  411 

8.  C.  sexgittfata,  Fabr.     Dejean   has  ascerlained  autoptically  that 
C.  violaeea,  Fabr.  is  the  iinmacuLite  variety  of  this  species. 

9.  C.  l2-gidlatct,Dei.    I  obtained  a  specimen  in  Missouri  state. 
Of  this  genus  I  have  in  my  cabinet  twenty-two  species,  natives  of 

the  United  states,  that  have  been  described. 

ARETHAREA,  Smj. 

Artificial  character — Elytra  truncated ;  terminal  joint  oi"  the   max- 
illary palpi  acicular;  anterior  tibiir  simple. 

Natural  character — Head  large,  wider  than  the  thorax,  contracted 
behind  at  the  junction  with  the  thorax;  antennae  originating  beneatli  a 
carina,  with  the  first  joint  much  shorter  than  the  head :  labruni  short, 
bilobated  ;  the  lobes  divaricated  ;  margin  hairy;  mandibles  ver}' pnmii- 
nent,  arquated,  acute ;  within  prominently  and  acutely  denticulated  : 
maxillae  rectilinear  with  rigid  hairs  within;  palpi  with  the  penulti- 
mate joint  dilated;  ultimate  joint  acicular  and  minute;  labium  at  tip 
with  two  equal  membranaceous  lobes  and  a  lateral  robust  seta  :  p;ilpi 
very  small  and  feeble,  terminal  joint  somewhat  shorter  and  more  slen- 
der than  the  preceding  one ;  mentum  transverse,  simple  ;  destitute  of 
auricles:  thorax  cylindrical ;  truncate  before  and  behind  ;  elytra  broadly 
truncate  at  tip:  tibiae,  anterior  pair  simple;  tarsi  with  subequal  simple 
joints ;  the  basal  one  slightly  longest ;  nails  unarmed  ;  posterior  pair  of 
feet  with  the  nails  pectinated. 

Observations — The  prominent,  arquated  and  denticulated  mandibles 
of  this  curious  insect  resemble,  with  some  accuracy,  those  of  Cicin- 
dela ;  but  the  general  appearance  and  extraordinary  assemblage  of  cha- 
racters widely  separate  it.  It  has  the  truncated  elytra  of  Lebia  and 
its  congeners;  the  simple  anterior  tibiae  of  Cicindela:  and  a  singular 
character  that  seems  to  connect  the  two  families,  that  of  having  the 
anterior  pair  of  nails  simple  and  the  posterior  pair  pectinated.  We 
may  also  remark,  however,  that  the  acicular  terminal  joint  of  the 
maxillary  palpi  is  a  trait  in  common  with  Bembidium,  Eon. 

A.   helluonk.     Head   black;   thorax  rufous;   elytra  blue. — Inhab. 
Pennsylvania. 

Head  punctured,  somewhat  hairy  ;  eyes  small,  almost  equidistant 


412  DESCRIPTIONS  OP  AND  OBSERVATIONS  ON 

between  the  tip  of  the  mandibles  and  the  thorax ;  antennae,  first  and 
second  joints  pale  rufous ;  labrum  yellowish  rufous ;  mandibles  piceous ; 
palpi  pale  yellowish  rufous :  thorax  punctured,  excepting  along  the  dor- 
sal middle ;  elytra  destitute  of  striae  or  punctures,  blue  with  a  pur- 
plish reflection ;  feet  and  postjyectus  pale  yellowish  ;  knees  and  tarsi 
brownish. — Length  three  tenths  of  an  inch. 

The  intermediate  feet  and  the  antennae  excepting  the  first  and  se- 
cond joints  are  deficient  in  the  specimen.  I  am  not  sure  whether  I 
obtained  it  on  our  journey  to  the  Rocky  Mountains,  to  St  Peter's  river, 
or  in  Pennsylvania,  but  I  think  the  latter. 

CASNONIA,  Latr. 

C.  rufipes,  Dej.  The  insect  of  this  genus  represented  by  Drury 
(Ins.  1,  pi.  42,  f.  4  and  6)  is  probably  a  variety  of  this  species.  Dejean 
has  not  noticed  this  figure  at  all.  The  Galerita  Americana  is  repre- 
sented in  the  same  plate. 

SPHERACRA,  Suij. 

Elytra  entire ;  tibiae  emarginate ;  terminal  joint  of  the  tarsi  profoundly 
bilobated;  nails  simple  ;  head  as  long  behind  the  eyes  as  before  them; 
thorax  subcylindric ;  antennae  much  shorter  than  the  body  ',  basal  joint 
much  shorter  than  the  head,  joints  excepting  the  second  not  very  une- 
qual in  length,  subcylindric ;  labrum  emarginate  ;  palpi  with  the  ter- 
minal joint  somewhat  fusiform,  subacute :  mentum  with  a  prominent 
acute  central  tooth. 

S.  ilorsalis,  Fabr.  "Black  ;  elytra  striate,  testaceous ;  suture  broadly 
black.     Inhab.  Carolina.    Mus.  Mr  Bosc. 

^-  Smaller  than  O.  angustata.  Antennae  testaceous :  head  black,  pol- 
ished, broader  than  the  thorax ;  thorax  cylindrical,  obscui'ely  ferrugin- 
ous ;  elytra  striate,  testaceous ;  suture  broadly  black,  hardly  attaining  the 
tip ;  body  black  ;  feet  testaceous."     Fabr. 

Odacantha  dorsalis,  Fabr.,  Syst.  Eleuth.  1,  229, 

In  my  specimen  the  head  only  is  black,  or  rather  of  so  deep  a  rufous 
as  to  appear  black,  excepting  the  tip  and  base. 


SOME  NORTH  AMERICAN  INSECTS.  413 

This  well  known  species  was  referred  by  its  discoverer  Fabricius, 
to  his  genus  Odacantha ;  in  which  arrangement  he  was  followed  by 
Dejean,  who,  however,  was  fully  aware  of  its  generic  dillerence  from 
the  O.  melamira,  Fabr.  Dejean,  in  his  observations  on  the  genus,  says, 
"that  in  consequence  of  the  joints  of  the  tarsi  being  less  filiform  than 
those  of  the  type  of  the  genus,  almost  triangular,  the  penultimate  one 
deeply  bilobate  and  the  extremities  of  the  elytra  rounded,  it  would  be 
perhaps  proper  to  make  a  new  genus  of  this  insect."  In  this  remark 
I  perfectly  coincide,  as  I  cannot  see  the  propriety  of  joining,  in  the 
same  genus,  two  insects  whose  characters  in  the  artificial  system  place 
them  in  difTerent  families,  though  it  cannot  be  denied  that  they  have 
many,  more  intimate,  natural  allinities. 

I  had  written  the  above  with  the  expectation  of  introducing  a  new 
species,  in  an  insect  which,  in  form  and  colour,  resembles  the  ilorsalis 
exceedingly  to  the  eye,  excepting  in  size ;  but  on  close  examination  it 
proves  to  be  widely  distinct. 

CYMINDIS,  Latr.,  Dcj. 

1.  C.  platicolUs,  Say,  (Lebia)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  vol.  2, 
new  series. 

This  species  has  been  since  described  by  Dejean  under  the  name  of 
C.  coniplanata.  In  my  specimens  the  palpi  are  hardly  dilated.  It 
varies  in  having  the  thorax  darker  and  of  the  colour  of  the  head.  I 
obtained  an  individual  in  Indiana. 

2.  C.  laficollis.  Blackish  ;  thorax  transverse ;  feet  pale  rufous ;  elytra 
with  slender  striae  and  minute  punctures. — Inhab.  near  the  Rocky 
Mountains. 

Body  black-brown,  punctured,  with  short  hairs:  head :  thorax 

decidedly  transverse,  with  numerous  somewhat  large  punctures ;  trun- 
cate before,  and  a  little  sinuate  behind ;  margin  each  side  depressed  and 
a  little  elevated,  dull  rufous  ;  at  the  posterior  an  obvious  tooth  :  elytra 
with  very  slender  capillary  striae  in  which  are  minute  punctures, 
which  are  larger  and  more  obvious  towards  the  base  and  lateral  mar- 
gin; interstitial  lines  with  a  very  slight  convexity,  and  with  numerous 
small  punctures,  rather  larger  than  those  of  the  striae  ;  lateral  margin 
Vol.  IV.— 5  D 


414  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  AND   OBSERVATIONS  ON 

obscure  rufous ;  tip  truncate,  without  any  appearance  of  sinuation  :  be- 
neath obscure  rufous,  punctured  ;  fed  rufous ;  thighs  and  trochanters 
paler. — Length  about  two  fifths  of  an  inch. 

I  obtained  it  w^hen  on  the  expedition  to  the  Rocky  Mountains  with 
Major  Long.  The  thorax  is  shaped  somewhat  like  that  of  Americana, 
Dej.,  but  is  wider,  as  in  platicollis,  Say.  The  elytra  have  not  the  slight- 
est appearance  of  being  sinuated  at  tip. 

3.  C.  pilosus,  Say,  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Since  described  by 
Dejean,  under  the  name  oi  pubescens,  Sp.  Gen.  1,  p.  215,  but  corrected 
in  vol.  2,  Suppl.  p.  446. 

CALLEIDA,  JDej. 

1.  C.  viridipennis,Say,  (Cymindis)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc. 
This  species  has  been  since  described  by  Dejean,  under  the  name  of 

marginafa,  v.  Spec.  Gen.  1,  p.  222,  but  corrected  vol.  2,  Supp.  p.  450. 
He  has  given  the  name  of  viridipennis  to  another  species ;  but  as  it 
is  a  subsequent  name,  he  will  of  course  change  it. 

2.  C.  smaragdina,  Dej.  A  specimen  of  this  insect  was  sent  to  me 
by  Dr  Pickering,  from  Salem,  Massachusetts,  so  that  it  is  probably  a 
general  inhabitant  of  the  Atlantic  states,  but  as  I  have  found  it  myself 
but  once  (in  the  state  of  Ohio),  I  should  suppose  it  is  rare. 

3.  C.  purpurea^  Say,  (Cymindis)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc. 

4.  C.  decora,  Fabr.  Say,  (Cymindis)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc. 
Dej.,  Sp.  Gen.  1,  224. 

LEBIA,  Latr.,  Dej. 

1.  L.  ornafa,  Say,  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Since  described  by 
Dejean  under  the  name  of  analis,  Spec.  Gen.  1,  265,  and  corrected,  2, 
Supp.  452. 

2.  L.  viridis,  Say,  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Dejean  has  described 
a  species  under  the  same  name.  It  is  closely  allied  to,  if  not  the  same 
as  this,  but  if  not  the  same  species,  the  name  must  of  course  be  changed. 
Spec.  Gen.  1,  271. 

3.  L.  fuscata,  Dej.  varies  in  having  the  head  nearly  black,  the  tho- 


S05IE  NORTH  AMERICAN  INSECTS.  415 

rax  yellowish  ferruginous,  and  the  elytra  paler  brown,  with  the  yellow- 
ish spots,  particularly  the  terminal,  almost  obsolete. 

BRACHINUS,  JVcbcr. 

B.  sfi/gicomis.  Ferruginous;  antennae  black;  elytra  blackish  blue. 
— Inliab.  Missouri. 

Body  ferruginous,  with  short  hairs:  /lead  with  irregular  punctures: 
each  side  between  the  antennae,  becoming  irregular.  l)ut  sliglit;  linca- 
tions  near  tlie  eyes:  antennae  brownish-])lue,  first  and  second  joints  fer- 
ruginous :  thorax  with  minute,  irregular,  transverse  lines,  dorsal  lines 
well  impressed  :  elytra  slightly  grooved,  more  obviously  so  towards  the 
base:  edges  beneath  purplish  ;  pos//;ep/?/s,  except  in  the  middle,  and 
venter  blackish,  with  short  whitish  hairs. — Len2:th  seven  twentieths  of 
an  inch. 

Var.  a.     Sutural  edge  of  the  elytra  ferruginous. 

I  obtained  this  species  in  the  winter  of  1S19.  when  with  ^lajor 
Long's  party  at  Engineer  Cantonment  near  Council  Bluff.  It  occur- 
red in  considerable  numbers,  occupying  some  crevices  of  rock,  eight  or 
ten  feet  under  the  surface,  in  a  temporary  quarry,  where  they  weie 
hybernating.  It  differs  from  cyanipennis,  Say,  found  at  the  same  lo- 
cality, by  the  different  colour  of  the  antennae,  &c. 

Can  this  be  ihe.jamis,  or  is  the  qiiadripennis,  Dej.,  synonymous  with 
that  species  described  in  Turton's  Linn.  ? 

CLIVINA,  Lotr.,  Dej. 

1.  C.  hipustulata.  Fabr.  The  true  species  of  this  author,  has  almost 
always,  if  not  in  every  instance,  but  two  spots  on  the  elytra,  and  these 
are  terminal.  The  second  interstitial  line  has  seven  or  eight  subequi- 
distant  punctures,  and  the  fourth  interstitial  line  has  five  or  six  punc- 
tures, subequal.  excepting  the  terminal  one  which  is  more  distant. 

2.  C.  quudrbnueiUata.  Palisot  de  Beauvois,  This  species  is  (piite 
distinct,  though  very  closely  allied  to  the  Inpiistidata.  It  is  similar  in 
size  and  almost  so  in  form  :  but  the  thorax  is  proportionally  longer. 
In  colour  it  is  generally  like  the  preceding,  but  in  addition  to  the  two 
terminal  punctures  of  the  elytra,  their  base  is  more  or  less,  but  gene- 
rally obsoletely.  tinged  with  obscure  rufous.     The  interstitial  lines  are 


416  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  AND   OBSERVATIONS  ON 

altogether  destitute  of  punctures.  I  have  a  variety  in  my  collection, 
of  which  the  elytra  are  entirely  of  a  rufous  colour  and  even  paler  than 
the  terminal  spots  usually  appear;  these  spots  are  of  course  not 
visible. 

3.  C.  viriiUs,  Say,  Trans.  Amer.  Philos,  Soc,  has  been  since  de- 
scribed by  Dejean  under  the  name  of  rostrala,  Sp.  Gen.  1,  419,  but 
corrected  vol.  2,  Supp.  47'8. 

Of  this  genus  I  have  eight  described  species  of  this  country. 

CARABUS,  Lm7i. 

1.  C.  vinctm,  Weber.  I  think  it  highly  probable  that  Dejean  is 
right  in  considering,  as  he  does  (doubtfully  however),  my  C.  interrup- 
tus  to  be  the  same  as  this.  Weber's  expression,  "lineis  elevatis  tribus," 
renders  this  conclusion  highly  probable. 

2.  C.  iigatus,  Germar,  Sp.  Nova^,  p.  6.  Since  described  by  Dejean 
under  the  name  of  carinatus,  Sp.  Gen.  2,  80.  He  quotes  ligatus  doubt- 
fully as  synonymous.  His  description,  however,  agrees  so  perfectly 
that  I  feel  no  hesitation  in  considering  them  the  same. 

3.  C.  serratus,  Say,  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Since  described 
by  Dejean  under  the  name  of  lineato-punctaius,  Sp.  Gen.  2,  77;  the 
former  has,  of  course,  the  priority. 

4.  C.  externus,  Say,  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sc.  The  largest  American 
species  I  have  seen.  It  belongs  to  Dejean's  twelfth  division  of  this 
numerous  genus.     What  is  the  C.  taedatus,  L.? 

CALOSOMA,  Weber. 

1.  C.  luxatum,  Say,  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sc.  3,  149.  Dej.,  Sp.  Gen. 
2,  196. 

2.  C  laeve,  Dej.,  Sp.  Gen.  2,  210.  I  obtained  an  individual  of  this 
insect  in  Mexico.  It  corresponds  accurately  with  the  description ; 
but  in  addition  I  may  add  that  it  varies  in  having  a  large  obscure  ru- 
fous spot  on  the  vertex. 

3.  C.  calUlum,  Fabr.  My  description  in  the  Trans.  Amer.  Philos. 
Soc.  was  taken  from  the  true  Fabrician  species  as  is  evinced  by  the 
expression  "dilated,  impressed,  golden  dots"  as  applied  to  the  elytral 


SOME  NORTH  AMERICAN  INSECTS.  417 

excavations.  But  I  did  not  sufficiently  examine  the  very  closely  allied 
species  which  Dejean  has  separated  from  it,  as  I  supposed  it  to  be  only 
a  variety. 

ELAPHRUS. 

1.  E.  fulighiosns.  This  new  species  was  found  in  Pennsylvania 
by  Mr  Le  Sueur,  to  whom  I  am  indebted  for  the  specimen:  and 
although  the  head  and  thorax  are  destroyed,  yet  sufficient  character 
remains  to  prove  it  the  analogue  of  the  E.  idigmosits,  Fabr..  of  Europe. 
In  comparison  with  that  species,  however,  many  dissimilarities  are  per- 
ceptible. The  discoidal  indentations  are  larger  and  more  obviously 
emarginated  by  the  entering  angles  of  the  interstitial  spaces.  The  in- 
terstitial spaces  are  somewhat  less  regular,  and  have  rather  large  punc- 
tures, particularly  towards  the  base ;  towards  the  tips  of  the  elytra  the 
punctures  are  not  larger  than  those  of  the  7th'ginost(.s.  but  are  fewer  in 
number.  The  body  is  slightly  larger  than  in  that  species.  It  appears 
to  be  rare. 

2.  E.  ruscarius.  This  species  I  described  in  the  Trans.  Amer. 
Philos.  Soc,  with  a  mark  of  doubt,  as  the  E.  riparius.  Fabr.,  but 
having  recently  compared  it  more  accurately  with  numerous  Eu- 
ropean specimens,  I  think  it  may,  with  propriety,  constitute  a  distinct, 
but  certainly  very  closely  allied  species.  In  comparison  with  the  ripa- 
rius, it  is  rather  more  robust,  of  a  darker  colour,  more  deeply  sculp- 
tured, as  well  on  the  thorax  as  on  the  elytra. and  the  discoidal  impress- 
ions are  somewhat  larger  and  more  obvious. 

In  these  characters  my  specimens  all  agree,  and  1  possess  more  or 
less  mutilated  specimens  from  Pennsylvania,  Mississippi.  Arkansaw. 
Missouri  and  the  Rocky  Mountains.  I  therefore  have  ventured  to  sepa- 
rate it  as  a  distinct  species. 

NOTHIOPHILUS,  Owner. 

1.  N.  semistriafus,  Say.     Closely  allied  to  N.  aquaticus,  F.,  and 

bigiittattis,  F.,  partaking  of  the  characters  of  both.     Dejean  states  that 

it  "ne  differe  peut-etre  pas  de  I'une  des  especes  d'Europe,"  but  he 

does  not  inform  us  which  of  the  species  ,:  indeed  they  are  all  so  closely 

Vol.  IV.— 5  E 


418  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  AND  OBSERVATIONS  ON 

allied,  that  considerable  examination  is  required  to  detect  permanent 
differences.  The  elytral  puncture  is  small,  and  like  that  of  aqiiaticus, 
placed  nearer  the  base  than  that  of  the  biguttatus,  but  the  striae,  like 
those  of  the  latter,  are  not  obsolete  towards  the  tip ;  the  four  basal 
joints  of  the  antennae  are  rufous,  &c. 

2.  N.  porredus^  Say.  N.  semistrkdus,  var.  h,  Say.  Trans.  Amer. 
Philos.  Soc.  On  close  examination  I  am  convinced  that  this  deserves 
to  rank  as  a  separate  species.  In  comparison  with  either  of  the  spe- 
cies above  mentioned,  the  thorax  is  much  more  contracted  behind,  and 
the  Idbrum  is  more  advanced.  The  feet  are  entirely  rufous,  even  in- 
cluding the  thighs.  The  head  is  larger  than  that  of  the  semistriatiis, 
and  the  striae  are  not  so  deeply  impressed,  but  the  impressed  point  of 
the  elytra  is  similarly  situated,  though  perhaps  a  little  further  back. 
The  length  is  much  the  same.     The  colour  is  tinged  with  violaceous. 

CHL^NIUS,  Botielli. 

1.  C.  jmsillus,  Say,  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Since  described  by 
Dejean  under  the  name  of  elegantulus. 

2.  C.  tomenlosus,  Say,  (Epomis)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  This 
species  has  been  referred  to  this  genus  by  Dejean ;  the  palpi  are  not 
sufficiently  securiform  for  Epomis. 

3.  C.  circumdndus.  Green  tinged  with  violaceous;  edges  rufous. 
— Inhab.  Louisiana. 

Body  green,  more  or  less  tinged  with  violaceous  and  brassy,  punc- 
tured ;  head  minutely  and  confluently  punctured;  in  the  middle  tinged 
with  bronze ;  lateral  edges  dark  purplish ;  antennae  reddish  brown,  three 
basal  joints  pale  yellow  with  rufous  incisures ;  lahrum  and  mandibles 
honey  yellow,  the  latter  black  at  tip ;  palpi  yellow  ;  terminal  joints 
honey  yellow  ;  thorax  deeply  punctured,  sparse  near  the  anterior 
angles,  and  almost  wanting  each  side  of  the  middle  ;  dorsal  line  acute, 
almost  obsolete  ;  basal  lines  widely  indented ;  lateral  edge  regularly 
arquated,  dull  rufous;  basal  edge  rectilinear  in  the  middle  and  a  little 
oblique  each  side,  making  the  angles  rather  more  than  rectangular ; 
green  a  little  tinged  with  brassy  :  scutel  dark  purplish  ;  elytra  with 
profound,  obsoletely  punctured  striae;  interstitial  spaces  flattened,  punc- 


SOME  NORTH  AMERICAN  INSECTS.  419 

tuated,  sericeous  ;  rather  dull  green  with  a  slight  violaceous  reflection  ; 
exterior  and  apicial  edge  dull  rufous;  beneath  black ;/ce/  yellow,  joints 
a  little  rufous;  venter  on  the  margin  yellowish. — Length  over  two 
fifths  of  an  inch. 

For  this  pretty  species  I  am  indebted  to  Mr  J.  Barabino  of  New 
Orleans. 

4.  C.  vigilans.  Head  and  thorax  brassy:  antennae  at  base  and  feet 
ferruginous  ;  elj'tra  violaceous. — Inhab.  Mexico. 

Pubescent;  head  impunctured,  brassy-green,  polished;  two  obsolete 
indentations  between  the  antennae ;  lahrum  transversely  narrow,  trun- 
cated, and  with  the  palpi  dull  rufo-ferruginous;  antennae  fuscous,  pu- 
bescent, three  basal  joints  subglabrous,  rufo-ferruginous  ;  thorax  brassy- 
green,  with  rather  dense,  very  short  hair,  polished :  dorsal  and  basal 
impressed  lines  distinct;  posterior  angles  not  excurvtd,  but  obtusely 
angulated,  almost  rounded;  elytra  bluish  violaceous,  with  punctured 
striae  ;  interstitial  spaces  pubescent,  depressed,  and  minutely  granulated, 
beneath  blackish ;  feet  rufo-ferruginous. — Length  half  an  inch. 

Much  like  C.  nenioraUs,  Say,  but  the  antennae  of  that  species  are 
entirely  rufo-ferruginous,  its  posterior  thoracic  angles  are  sliglitly  ex- 
curved,  &c. 

5.  C.  soccatiis.  Blackish ;  feet  ferruginous  with  blackish  tarsi  and 
joints. — Inhab.  Mexico. 

Body  blackish,  with  a  slight  violaceous  tinge ;  minutely  pubescent, 
punctured  ;  head  blued-black.  glabrous,  two  slight  indentations  between 
the  antennae,  and  an  obsolete  transverse  one  between  the  eyes;  an- 
tennae pubescent,  blackish,  three  basal  joints  dark  piceous  ;  palpi  pice- 
ous;  thorax  short;  lateral  margin  regularly  arquated ;  posterior  angles 
rounded  ;  impressed  lines  dilated  ;  elytra  with  punctured  striae  :  inter- 
stitial spaces  minutely  granulated,  depressed ;  beneath  blackish  ;  feet 
rufo-ferruginous,  joints  and  tarsi  blackish-piceous. — Length  nearly  half 

an  inch. 

Resembles  vigilans,  Nob.,  but  the  thorax  is  shorter  and  the  lateral 
curvature  is  more  regular,  that  of  the  preceding  species  being  almost 
rectilinear  from  near  the  middle  to  the  posterior  angles  ;  the  colours 
also  are  different  in  their  arrangement. 


420  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  ANP   OBSERVATIONS  ON 

Of  this  genus  I  have  sixteen  North  American  described  species. 

OODES,  Bonel 

O.?  pamllelus.  Black ;  thoracic  angles  rufous ;  feet  piceous. — Inhab. 
Louisiana. 

Body  black,  very  slightly  tinged  with  piceous;  head  with  but  a 
slightly  impressed  point  between  the  antennae  ;^  rm/enncre  reddish  brown, 
three  basal  joints  honey  yellow;  palpi  honey  yellow;  mandibles  pice- 
ous ;  thorax  narrowed  before,  smooth,  dorsal  line  distinct,  not  extended 
on  the  margins ;  basal  lines  distinct,  oblique ;  region  of  the  posterior 
angles  a  little,  but  widely,  depressed,  rufous  or  sanguineous,  and  by 
transmitted  light  it  appears  reticulated;  impunctured;  posterior  angles 
rounded,  but  not  obtusely  so ;  greatest  width  a  little  behind  the  mid- 
dle; elytra  with  the  striae  continued  parallel  to  the  tip,  well  impressed, 
minutely  punctured ;  interstitial  spaces  depressed,  third  with  a  single 
slight  puncture  on  the  posterior  fifth  from  the  base ;  beneath  black  ; 
posterior  angles  of  the  j)ectus,  epipleura  andyec/  piceous ;  anterior  tarsi 
with  four  not  widely  dilated  subquadrate  joints,  the  fourth  joint  being 
as  large  as  the  third,  and  all  beneath  with  dense  fastigiate  hairs ;  inter- 
mediate tarsi  also  somewhat  dilated. — Length  less  than  two  fifths  of  an 
inch. 

The  elytra  are  hardly  perceptibly  sinuous  near  the  tip. 

The  specimen,  for  which  I  am  indebted  to  Mr  J.  Barabino  of  New 
Orleans,  is  a  doubtful  congener  of  the  O.  helopoides,  Fabr.,  than  which 
the  body  is  somewhat  more  elongated,  the  thorax  more  gradually  nar- 
rowed before.  It  has  at  first  sight  more  the  appearance  of  the  Harpalus 
terminatiis  or  Calathus  gregarius,  Say.  The  intermediate  tarsi  are 
somewhat  dilated,  the  anterior  tarsi  are  not  widely  dilated  and  the  ter- 
minal joint  is  as  large  as  the  preceding  one.  I  place  it  in  this  genus 
provisionally,  more  specimens  may  show  this  arrangement  to  be  incor- 
rect. The  parallelism  of  the  striae  of  the  elytra  to  their  termination 
is  a  remarkable  character,  even  more  obvious  than  in  the  helopoides. 


SOME  NORTH  AMERICAN  INSECTS.  421 

DIC^LUS,  Bo7iem. 

1.  D.  pitrpitratits,  Bonelli.  Since  described  by  Dejean  under  the 
name  oi  chalyhxus,  Sp.  Gen.  2. 

9  D.  elongatus,  Bonelli.  Soy,  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Do  jean 
is  of  the  opinion  that  this  is  not  the  elongatus  of  Bonelli,  and  has  de- 
scribed it  with  the  name  oifurvus,  but  he  has  not  stated  the  reasons 
for  this  opinion. 

POGONUS,  Zeigl. 

P.  rectus,  Say,  (Feronia)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  I  may  add 
to  the  description  that  the  striae  are  well  impressed  and  punctured 
rather  densely  on  the  sides  ;  third  interstitial  line  with  about  three 
punctures,  excepting  the  middle  one,  hardly  distinct  from  the  punc- 
tures of  the  striae. 

PATROBUS,  Meg. 
P.  longicornis,  Say,  (Feronia)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.    Recently 
described  by  Dejean  under  the  name  of  Americaniis,  Sp.  Gen.  3,  p.  34. 
Why  he  has  added  a  synonym  in  this  case,  I  know  not. 

ANCHOMENUS,  Bonelli. 

1.  A.  decentis,  Say,  (Feronia)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Has  been 
recently  described  by  Dejean  under  the  name  of  gagates. 

2.  A.  cineticollis,  Say,  (Feronia)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Since 
described  by  Germar  under  the  name  of  blandiis,  Sp.  Nova^,  p.  1 2,  and 
recently  by  Dejean  by  the  name  of  corvinus,  Sp.  Gen.  3,  p.  109. 

3.  A.  extensicollis,kny,  (Feronia)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Sue,  is  alsu 
referred  by  Dejean  to  this  genus. 

4.  A.  decorus,  Say,  (Feronia)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  is  also  re- 
ferred to  this  genus  by  Dejean. 

5.  A.  collaris.  Black  with  a  hardly  obvious  tinge  of  purple ;  tibia? 
and  tarsi  piceous  ;  thorax  subquadrate ;  elytra  with  three  punctures  on 
the  third  interstitial  line. — Inhab.  Indiana. 

Body  black,  polished,  glabrous,  with  a  few,  rather  long,  marginal 
Vol.  IV.— 5  F 


422  DESCRIPTIONS   OF  AND  OBSERVATIONS   ON 

hairs :  head  impunctured ;  base  of  the  first  joint  of  the  antennae,  of  the 
mandibles  black-piceous  ;  antennae  at  tip  brownish,  third  joint  of  the 
same  length  as  the  fourth  ;  impressions  between  the  eyes  rather  deep : 
thorax  rather  short,  wider  than  long,  subquadrate,  impunctured ; 
lateral  edge  regularly  curved  ;  margin  slightly  elevated,  narrow, 
broader  towards  the  posterior  angles ;  dorsal  and  anterior  lines  distinct ; 
posterior  lines  dilated,  suborbicular,  slightly  rugous ;  posterior  angles 
very  obtuse ;  anterior  and  posterior  margins  subequally  broad  ;  elytra 
with  acutely  impressed  striae,  regularly  punctured ;  punctures  small, 
obsolete  towards  the  tip  ;  third  interstitial  line  with  three  punctures, 
two  at  the  third  stria  and  the  terminal  one  at  the  second  stria ;  inter- 
stitial lines  much  depressed  ;  tihise,  tarsi,  knees  and  extreme  base  of  the 

thighs  piceous Length  seven  twentieths  of  an  inch. 

This  species  is  rather  more  robust  in  proportion  to  its  length  than 
the  other  American  species.  The  thorax  is  much  broader  and  shorter. 
The  species  is  perhaps  more  like  scutellaris,  Say,  than  any  other :  that 
insect  is  remarkably  depressed  about  the  region  of  the  scutel. 

AGONUai,  Bonelli. 

1.  A.,  siittirale.     Green, polished;  suture  cupreous. — Inhab. Mexico. 

Above  metallic  green,  polished,  impunctured  ;  head  with  a  slight 
coppery  reflection ;  labrum,  antennae  and  palpi  blackish:  thorax  xaried 
with  cupreous,  dorsal  line  and  basal  dots  obviously  indented :  elytra 
with  very  slender  striae  ;  interstitial  spaces  wide  and  plain,  first  one 
cupreous,  third  with  three  punctures,  equidistant,  basal  one  on  the 
third  stria,  middle  one  on  the  second  stria ;  beneath  piceous  black  : 
coxae  piceous. — Length  three  tenths  of  an  inch. 

This  is  a  brilliant  species,  equalling  in  this  respect  the  8-punctattim, 
Fabr.,  and  errans,  Nob.  and  but  little  inferior  to  cupripenne^  Nob.,  all 
of  which,  together  with  nutans,  Nob.,  belonging  to  this  genus,  although 
I  referred  them  to  the  including  genus  Feronia,  Latr.  The  cupripenne, 
Nob.,  is  equal  in  splendour,  though  not  in  magnitude,  to  the  G-puncta- 
tum,  Fabr.  In  comparison  with  parum  pmictatum,  F.,  the  form  is 
more  robust,  thorax  more  brilliant,  wider,  and  is  as  wide  at  base  as 
anteriorly ;  the  interstitial  spaces  also  are  much  more  flattened. 


SOME  NORTH  AMERICAN   INSECTS.  423 

2.  A.  orhicollis.     Black  ;  thorax  rounded;  third  interstitial  line  with 
three  punctures. — Inhab.  Mexico. 

Body  black,  polished,  impunctured;  antennae ,  basal  joint  and 

jmlpi  piceous;  thorax  orbicular,  truncate  before  and  slightly  so  behind  ; 
lateral  edge  regularly  art^uated,  not  depressed,  but  with  a  siniph:  and 
equally  elevated  edge;  dorsal  line  obsolete,  anterior  and  posterior  trans- 
verse lines  obsolete ;  basal  impressed  lines  or  dots  distinct :  clijlni  willi 
well  impressed  striae,  which  are  crenate,  not  punctured ;  intcrslitial 
lines  convex,  the  third  from  the  suture  with  three  eciuidistant  punc- 
tures ;yee/  piceous. — Length  nearly  seven  twentieths  of  an  inch. 

Size  of  A.  vidiiiim,  Fabr.,  with  similar  punctures  on  the  third  inter- 
stitial line,  excepting  that  they  are  equidistant,  and  these  lines  are  more 
convex,  the  thorax  is  much  more  orbicular,  the  feet  dillerently  coloured, 
and  there  is  no  brassy  reflection.  This  cannot  be  the  melanariinn. 
Dej.,  for  the  striae  are  as  obvious  as  in  the  viduinn.  and  although  the 
thorax  agrees  with  that  insect  in  being  "plus  etroit"  than  that  of  the 
viduum.  yet  it  would  not  be  described  as  '•  subrotundato,"  as  that  au- 
thor applies  the  same  term  to  designate  the  form  of  the  thorax  of 
viduum.  It  is  much  like  A.  piincti/ornie,  Say,  but  it  is  a  little  more 
elongated,  the  thoracic  lines  are  much  less  distinct,  &c. 

3,  A.  nutans,  Say,  (Feronia)  Trans,  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Since  de- 
scribed by  Dejean  with  the  name  of  striatopuncfatiim. 

4,  A.  errans,  Say,  (Feronia)  Journ,  Acad.  Nat.  Sc.  The  interstitial 
space  has  three  punctures,  of  which  the  first  and  second  are  somewhat 
nearer  than  the  second  and  third, 

5,  A,  piinctiforme,  Say,  (Feronia)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  I 
have  an  individual  that  has  four  punctures  on  the  third  interstitial  space, 
as  Dejean  describes  his  ulbicnis  to  have, 

6,  A,  ohsoletum,  Say,  (Feronia)  Trans.  Amer,  Philos.  Soc.  Since 
described  by  Dejean  by  the  name  of  luctuosum,  Sp.  Gen,  3.  172. 

7,  A,  limhatiim,  Say,  (Feronia)  Trans.  Amer,  Philos.  Soc.  Since 
described  by  Dejean  by  the  name  o( palliat urn,  Sp.  Gen.  3,  174. 


424  DESCRIPTIONS   OF  AND  OBSERVATIONS  ON 

OLISTHOPUS,  Dejean. 

1.  O.  parmatus,  Say,  (Feronia)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  See.  Dej.  Sp. 
Gen.  3,  p.  181. 

2.  O.  cinctiis.  Blackish ;  edge  of  the  thorax,  elytra  and  feet  dull 
rufous. — Inhab,  Pennsylvania. 

Body  blackish ;  head  impunctured ;  antennae  dusky,  pale  rufous  at 
base ;  palpi  piceous ;  thorax  with  the  dorsal  and  anterior  lines  almost 
obsolete ;  lateral  narrow  margin  obviously  rufous ;  lateral  basal  impress- 
ions very  distinct,  suborbicular  and  sparsely  punctured  ;  elytra  dull  red- 
dish brown,  with  a  slight  perlaceous  reflection  ;  striae  well  indented, 
impunctured ;  interstitial  spaces  depressed,  third  space  with  an  im- 
pressed puncture  beyond  the  middle ;  feet  yellowish  piceous,  posterior 
pair  darker. — Length  less  than  three  tenths  of  an  inch. 

]Much  like  the  parmatus,  Say.     It  is  more  slender. 

FERONIA,  Latr.,  Dej. 

POECILUS,  Bon. 

1.  F.  convexicollis,  Say,  resembles  F.  chalcites^  Say,  but  is  shorter,  the 
thorax  more  convex,  and  the  punctures  of  the  third  interstitial  stria  of 
the  elytra  are  three,  of  which  the  terminal  is  near  the  tip. 

STEROPUS,  Meg. 

2.  F.  obsoleta.  Blackish-ferruginous ;  elytra,  striae  obsolete  each  side 
and  at  tip. — Inhab.  Indiana. 

Body  very  dark  rufous,  polished ;  labrum,  palpi,  mandibles  at  base, 
antennae.,  feet  and  abclomenhoney  yellow;  /jefu/ impunctured  ;  a  slight 
raised  line  over  the  antennae,  inside  of  which  the  front  is  slightly  cor- 
rugated transversely  each  side ;  thorax  with  the  sui-face  obsoletely  cor- 
rugated, visible  in  a  particular  direction;  dorsal  line  acute,  slightly  im- 
pressed ;  basal  lines  indented,  single,  viewed  from  above  orbicular,  defi- 
nitely and  rather  deeply  impressed  ;  base  a  little  emarginate,  not  wider 
than  the  abdominal  petiole ;  elytra  with  punctured,  not  deeply  impressed 
striae,  obsolete  at  tip  and  on  each  side ;  marginal  ocellate  punctures 
about  seventeen,  in  a  continuous  series  rather  sparse  in  the  middle  ; 
near  the  tip  very  slightly  sinuated ;  third  interstitial  space  with  a  punc- 


SOME  NORTH  AMERICAN  INSECTS.  425 

ture  near  the  middle  of  the  second  stria. — Length  two  fifths  of  an 
inch. 

Closely  allied  to  S.  Uligen,  Panz,,  hut  the  thorax  of  that  species  is 
not  so  narrow  at  base,  and  its  eljtral  striae  are  not  obsolete  at  tip, 
and  not  even  decidedly  so  on  the  sides.  It  is  exceedingly  like  S.  vcn- 
tralis,  N.,  but  it  is  more  robust  and  the  sides  of  the  elytra  are  more 
arquatcd. 

The  characters  of  this  species  agree  very  well  with  the  description 
of  tenehrkosa,  Dej.,  excepting  that  the  elytra,  are  not  '-assez  fortenient 
sinuees  posterieurement." 

S.¥.  obscura.  Black:  tibiae  and  tarsi  dark  rufous;  clytral  striae 
obsolete  on  each  side. — Inhab.  Indiana. 

Body  black;  labriim  and  base  of  mandibles  tinged  with  rufous  : 
palpi  dull  honey-yellow  ;  antennae  blackish-ferruginous  ;  front  with 
two  indented  lines;  head  impunctured  ;  thorax  not  so  narrow  at  base 
as  the  petiole  ;  dorsal  line  acute,  not  deeply  impressed  ;  basal  lines  well 
indented,  definite,  impunctured,  not  orbicular  viewed  in  any  direeliou. 
very  slightly  arquatcd ;  elytra,  striate;  the  striae  net  distinctly  punc- 
tured, obsolete  on  the  lateral  submargin,and  not  so  obvious  at  tip  as  on 
the  disk ;  marginal  ocellated  punctures  about  seventeen ;  near  the  tip 
rather  slightly  sinuate ;  third  interstitial  tripunctured,  the  two  anterior 
punctures  at  the  third  stria. — Length  less  than  nine  twentieths  of  an 
inch. 

Resembles  the  preceding,  but  the  thorax  at  base  is  wider,  and  the 
body  is  longer.  In  the  proportion  of  the  base  of  the  thorax  it  corres- 
ponds with  F.  illigeri,  Banz.,  but  aside  from  colour  it  may  be  distin- 
guished by  the  obsolete  lateral  striae,  the  much  less  dilated  thoracic 
basal  lines,  &c. 

PLATYSMA,  Sturm,  Dcj. 

4.  F.  oblongo-notala.  Dark  reddish-ferruginous ;  elytra  with  five  or 
six  large  subsutural  punctures, — Inhab.  N,  W.  Territory. 

Body  with  a  hardly  perceptible  metallic  gloss;  Acrtrf darker ;  thorax 

with  the  dorsal  line  very  distinct;  lateral  basal  lines  well  indented 

and  with  obsolete  confluent  punctures ;  posterior  angles  angulated  ; 

elytra  striated ;  five  or  six  large  indented  punctures  placed  somewhat 

Vol.  IV.— 5  G 


426  DESCRIPTIONS   OF  AND   OBSERVATIONS  ON 

alternately  on  the  second  and  third  striae ;  marginal  ocellate  punctures 
with  their  regions  indented. — Length  nine  twentieths  of  an  inch. 

This  is  the  analogue  of  the  F.  oblongo-pimcfata,  F.,  corresponding  in 
the  punctures  of  the  elytra ;  but  differing  in  colour,  and  having  the 
thorax  somewhat  more  robust. 

5.  F.  dcparca.  Reddish-brown;  thorax  punctured  on  the  anterior  and 
posterior  margins. — Inhab.  Mexico. 

Body  reddish  brown,  rather  pale ;  head  much  darker,  tinged  with 
blackish,  impunctured  ;  antennae  short,  not  reaching  the  base  of  the 
thorax ;  thorax  rather  abruptly  contracted  behind ;  anterior  and  poste- 
rior margins  deeplj'^  punctured,  the  punctures  of  the  former  not  extend- 
ing to  the  lateral  margin ;  lateral  margin  with  a  puncture  furnishing  a 
hair  on  the  middle  and  another  on  the  posterior  angles,  which  are  rec- 
tangular ;  dorsal  line  distinct,  but  not  deeply  impressed ;  basal  impress- 
ions dilated  and  with  all  the  base  punctured ;  elytra  with  slender  striae, 
not  deeply  impressed,  but  vv^th  very  distinct  punctures;  seventh  stria 
obsolete  towards  the  tip;  eptpleura  and  all  beneath  paler. — Length 
nearly  half  an  inch. 

The  light  colour,  with  the  punctured  anterior  and  posterior  thoracic 
margins,  will  distinguish  this  species. 

It  was  taken  by  William  Bennett  and  presented  to  me  by  Mr 
Maclure. 

ABAX,  BoneUl. 

6.  A.  coracimis,  Say,  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  I  think  this  is 
the  insect  that  Dejean  has  recently  placed  in  Ziegler's  genus  Myas,  and 
described  under  the  name  of  cyaiiescens ;  the  insect  agrees  perfectly 
with  his  description,  but  as  the  palpi  of  my  only  remaining  specimen 
are  deficient,  I  cannot  be  certain  of  its  generic  identity. 

7.  F.  (A.)  pcrniunda.  Black,  with  a  pearJaceous  reflection ;  third 
interstitial  line  three-punctured. — -Inhab.  Indiana. 

Body  black ;  antennae  piceous,  dull  honey-yellow  towards  the  tip, 
distinctly  compressed ; — joints,  in  profile  a  little  narrowed  to  the  base ; 
palpi  piceous,  not  at  all  securiform,  terminal  joint  less  dilated  at  tip 
than  tiiat  of  the  preceding  joint ;  thorax  with  a  slight  pearlaceous  re- 
flection, rather  narrower  at  tip  than  at  base ;  lateral  margin  depressed, 


SOME  NORTH  AMEHICAN  INSECTS.  42; 

punctured,  gradually  reflected  to  the  edge,  v.'hich  is  but  little  artiuated  : 
posterior  angles  rectangular;  disk  impuuctured:  dorsal  lino  well  in- 
dented; basal  lines  two  on  each  side,  punctured  uitliin,  deeply  im- 
pressed, the  exterior  one  very  short ;  dytm  brownish-black,  soniJwliat 
iridescently  pearlaceous  ;  striae  deeply  indented,  impunctured ;  scutel- 
lar  stria  short,  but  definite;  interstitial  spaces  convex  ;  third  three-punc- 
tured, first  puncture  near  the  base  on  the  third  stria,  second  on  the 
middle  on  the  second  stria,  third  towards  the  tip  also  on  the  second 
stria:  beneath  piceous;  sides  very  distinctly  and  numerously  punc- 
tured.— Length  half  an  inch. 

I  obtained  this  fine  species  a  few  days  since  under  an  old  log.  It 
does  not  at  all  agree  with  either  of  the  descriptions  of  Dejean.  The 
labrum  is  not  emarginate.  The  terminal  joint  of  the  palpi  is  less  di- 
lated towards  the  tip  than  that  of  the  A.  parallelus,  DuftscJim..  or  A. 
metallicus,  Fabr. 

MOLOPS,  Bonclli. 

S.  F.  constricta,  Say,  Journ.  Acad.  Nat.  Sciences. 

ST031IS,  Ckdrv.,  Dej. 

S.  gmnulatus.  Black,  antennae  dull  rufous,  blackish  piceous  to- 
wards the  base. — Inhab.  Mexico. 

Body  black,  apterous,  polished  ;  head  impunctured  ;  impressed  lines 
between  the  antennae  very  obvious  ;  anfcnmic  blackish  piceous  to  the 
fifth  joint,  which  with  the  others  are  dull  rufous ;  first  joint  hardly  as 
long  as  the  third ;  labrum  a  little  prominent,  piceous,  widely  but  not 
deeply  emarginated  before ;  palpi  dull  rufous,  not  very  Avidely  trun- 
cated at  tip  ;  labial  not  securiform  ;  mandihles  prominent  very  acute ; 
thorax  as  long  as  broad,  not  remarkably  convex;  impunctured :  dorsal 
line  distinct,  not  extending  to  the  base,  which  is  a  little  depressed  ; 
lateral  margin  depressed  and  reflected,  narrow,  wider  near  the  poste- 
rior angles,  which  are  somewhat  acute ;  lateral  edge  excurved  near  the 
posterior  angle  ;  basal  lines  distinctly  indented  and  dilated;  base  con- 
siderably wider  than  the  peduncle ;  elytra  somewhat  depressed,  ovate- 
oval  :  surface  composed  of  very  minute  granules;  striae  slender,  deeply 
impressed,  impunctured ;   third  interstitial  space  with  three  nearly 


428  DESCRIPTIONS   OF  AND  OBSERVATIONS   ON 

equidistant  punctures,  the  terminal  one  much  the  largest,  with  minute 
elevated  centres ;  tip  very  obtusely  sinuous ;  tarsi  dull  rufous. — Length 
less  than  two  fifths  of  an  inch. 

Taken  by  William  Bennett,  during  his  stay  in  Mexico  with  Mr 
Maclure, 

It  will  be  obvious  from  this  description,  that  our  species  does  not 
w^ell  correspond  with  the  S.  jmmicalus,  Panz.,  but  iigreeably  to  the 
tables  given  by  Dejean  it  cannot  be  placed  elsewhere.  It  is  larger  and 
more  dilated  than  pumicatus,  the  basal  joint  of  the  antennae  is  shorter, 
the  palpi  are  not  so  obtusely  truncated,  and  its  habit  and  appearance 
quite  different. 

PELOR,  Bonelli, 
P.  avidus,  Say,  (Zabrus)  Journ.  Acad.  Nat.  Sc. 

AMARA,  Boncin. 

In  my  paper  on  the  Carabici  and  Hydrocanthari,  published  in  the 
Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  vol.  2,  new  series,  as  above  quoted,  I  de- 
scribed five  species  of  the  United  Stales,  under  the  genus  Feronia, 
agreeably  to  the  arrangement  of  Latreille,  indicating,  however,  at  the 
same  time,  that  they  belonged  to  Bonelli's  Amara.  But  Dejean  and 
many  other  distinguished  entomologists  give  the  group  a  separate 
station. 

1.  A.  musciilis,  Say,  (Feronia)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc. — Dej.  Sp. 
Gen.  3,  477. 

2.  A.  basillaris,  Say,  (Feronia)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc. 

3.  A.  impundicolUs,  Say,  (Feronia)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc. 
Dejean  thinks  it  the  same  as  A.  trwialis,  Duftschm.,  but  I  have  not 
yet  compared  it. 

4.  A.  angtistata,  Say,  (Feronia)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc. 

5.  A.  ohesa,  Say,  (Feronia)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc. 

6.  A.  impunclafa,  Say,  (Feronia)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  De- 
jean thinks  it  the  same  as  the  familiaris,  Duftschm..  but  I  have  not 
satisfactorily  compared  them. 

The  following  species  appear  to  be  new. 


SOME  NORTH  AMERICAN  INSECTS.  429 

7.  A.  dolosa.  Black:  oblique  line  near  the  thoracic  angle  obviously 
impressed  ;  elytra  with  impunctured  striae. — Inhab.  Mexico. 

Body  black,  impunctured ;  head  with  the  impressed  lines  between 
the  antennae  obsolete  :  antennae  fuscous,  joints  rather  short,  three  basal 
joints  honey-yellow;  palpi  black  piceous  ;  thorax  rather  short,  lines  not 
deeply  impressed;  oblique  line  near  the  posterior  angles  very  distinct; 
hair  of  the  lateral  margin  situated  at  one  third  of  the  distance  between 
the  anterior  and  posterior  angles,  another  hair  at  the  basal  angle :  elytra 
with  impunctured  capillary  striae ;  interstitial  lines  depressed,  hardly 
convex:  feet  piceous  black;  tihiae  and  tarsi  a  little  paler. — Length 
nearly  three  tenths  of  an  inch. 

Resembles  A.  imjnmcttcollis,  Nob.,  and  xV.  communis  and  vulgaris. 
Fabr.,  but  differs  from  all  in  colour,  greater  brevity  of  the  thorax,  more 
robust  form,  &c.  Viewed  in  a  particular  light,  a  tint  of  blue  may  be, 
with  some  dilliculty,  detected. 

8.  A.  sera.  Greenish  black ;  tliree  basal  joints  of  the  antennae  yel- 
lowish.— Inhab.  Mexico. 

Antennae  fuscous ;  first,  second,  third  and  base  of  the  fourth  joints 
yellowish  :  thorax  impunctured,  basal  angles  rectangular,  with  the  ob- 
lique line  not  deeply  impressed :  basal  lines  rather  deep,  al)breviated, 
definite,  impunctured;  dorsal  line  distinct;  elytra  with  the  striae  im- 
punctured, acutely  impressed ;  basal  abbreviated  striae  rather  long ;  in- 
terstitial lines  with  a  very  slight  convexity,  nearly  flat ;  near  the  lateral 
tip  slightly  and  rather  acutely  sinuated ;  tibiae  and  tarsi  piceous. — 
Length  three  tenths  of  an  inch. 

The  thorax  is  longer  than  that  of  the  preceding  species,  and  the  in- 
terstitial lines  are  a  little  convex,  which  will  readily  distinguish  it  from 
A.  imjmncticollis,  N.  The  colours  of  the  antennae  as  strongly  con- 
trast, as  those  of  A.  vulgaris,  F. 

9.  A.  furtiva.  Pale :  thorax  punctured  at  base  ;  elytra  with  punc- 
tured striae. — Inhab.  Indiana. 

Body  honey-yellow,  more  or  less  tinged  with  dusky :  antennae,  palpi 

and  all  beneath  paler ;  head  with  the  frontal  impressed  lines  dilated. 

distinct;  thorax  a.  little  contracted  at  base, the  posterior  angles  slightly 

excurved  and  acute;  dorsal  line  well  impressed,  particularly  behind  the 

Vol.  IV.— 5  H 


430  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  AND   OBSERVATIONS  ON 

middle ;  basal  lines  deeply  impressed  and  definite,  punctured  ^  impressed 
lines  of  the  posterior  angles,  distinct  and  rather  deep,  punctured  ;  base 
punctured ;  elytra  with  punctured  striae  ;  the  punctures  orbicular  and 
close  set ;  near  the  tip  obtusely,  but  not  deeply  sinuated. — Length  less 
than  two  fifths  of  an  inch. 

Resembles  the  A.fulva,  111.,  particularly  in  the  form  of  the  thorax. 
The  colour  has  sometimes  a  very  slight  metallic  tinge,  but  never  so 
obvious  as  in  the  fulva. 

10.  A.  ?  grossa.  Alternate  interstitial  spaces  punctured. — Inhab.  N. 
W.  Territory. 

Body  short,  robust,  convex,  blackish  piceous  ;  head ;  thorax 

convex,  descending  much  each  side,  transverse,  oblong-quadrate ;  dor- 
sal line  almost  obsolete ;  anterior  transverse  line  hardly  obvious ;  basal 
margin  depressed  and  somewhat  rough  ;  lateral  margin  depressed,  but 
not  elevated  except  near  the  posterior  angles  lightly ;  elytra  with  a 
sinus  near  the  tip;  striae  well  impressed,  impunctured;  interstitial 
spaces  with  from  five  to  eight  distinct  punctures  on  the  third,  fifth  and 
seventh  spaces ;  marginal  series  of  punctures  small,  almost  indistinct. — 
Length  of  thorax  and  abdomen  nine  twentieths  of  an  inch. 

This  species  I  found  in  the  north  western  part  of  the  United  States 
when  traversing  that  country  with  Major  Long's  party.  It  is  a  re- 
markable insect,  readily  distinguishable  by  the  peculiar  puncturing  of 
the  elytra.  I  have  two  specimens,  both  of  which  are  mutilated,  so 
that  I  am  not  perfectly  sure  it  belongs  to  this  genus. 

DAPTUS,  Bej. 

D.  incrassatus,  Dej.  This  insect  appears  to  be  rare.  I  obtained  an 
individual  in  Pennsylvania.  It  has  not  yet  occurred  to  me  in  the  west- 
ern states. 

CRATACANTHUS,  Dej. 

C.  Pennsylvanicus,  Dej.,  is  a  common  insect.  But  it  is  not  confined 
to  Pennyslvania,  as  the  name  would  seem  to  imply ;  it  is  abundant  in 
this  state,  and  I  obtained  three  specimens  near  the  Rocky  Mountains; 


SOME  NORTH  AMERICAN  INSECTS.  -  431 

these  are  somewhat  smaller  than  the  inhabitants  of  this  vicinity,  anil 
of  a  paler  colour. 

PANGUS,  Zcigl 

P.  caliginosiis,  Fabr.  Dejcan  refers  this  large  species  to  Pangus, 
which  he  makes  a  division  of  his  genus  Selenophorus. 

ANISODxVCTVLUS,  JDej. 

1.  A.  dilalafus.  Black;  thorax  transverse  quadrate,  not  contracted 
behind  ;  impunctured  ;  first  joint  of  the  antennae  testaceous. — Inhab. 
Mexico. 

Body  black,  impunctured  ;  antennae  not  reaching  the  base  of  the 
thorax;  first  joint  pale  testaceous,  second  joint  darker,  remaining  joints 
blackish:  impressed  frontal  lines  very  distinct ;  thorax  without  any 
appearance  of  puncture,  not  narrowed  behind ;  lateral  edge  regularly 
arquated;  posterior  angles  rounded;  dorsal  line  not  very  obvious  :  basal 
indentations  much  dilated,  not  profound ;  minute  longitudinal  lines  or 
wrinkles  at  the  middle  of  the  base,  and  less  obvious  ones  on  the  ante- 
rior margin ;  elytra,  striae  profound,  impunctured ;  interstitial  spaces 
depressed ;  tip  very  obtusely  sinuous ;  abdomen,  terminal  and  anal  seg- 
ments above  punctured. — Length  less  than  half  an  inch. 

This  species  is  closely  allied  to  the  A.  cacniis,  Say,  and  its  form  is 
perhaps  still  more  like  that  of  an  Amara  in  being  more  obtuse  and 
robust.  It  is  much  larger  and  more  rounded  behind.  It  was  taken 
in  Mexico  by  William  Bennett,  and  was  presented  to  me  by  Mr 
Maclure. 

2.  A.  Baltimoriensis,  Say,  (Harpalus)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc;  Dej. 
Spec.  A  very  bad  name,  as  the  species  is  found  as  well  in  Indiana  as 
in  Baltimore ;  but  it  is  a  specific  name,  and  therefore  unchangeable. 

3.  A.  rusticus,  Say,  (Harpalus)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc. ;  Dej. 
Spec;  A.  tnerulus?  Germar. 

4.  A.  caenus,  Say,  (Harpalus)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc;  Dejean 
Spec. 

5.  A.  agrkolus,  Say,  (Harpalus)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc. ;  Dej. 
Spec. 


432  DESCRIPTIONS   OF  AND   OBSERVATIONS   ON 

6.  A.  carbonarius,  Say,  (Harpalus)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  See. 

7.  A.  laetus?  Dej.  An  insect  is  found  in  this  vicinity,  which  I  have 
referred,  but  very  doubtfully,  to  the  laetus.  Its  characters  correspond 
to  the  description,  but  if  it  be  indeed  the  same,  a  very  important  cha- 
racter must  be  added.  My  specimen  is  a  male.  The  alternate  inter- 
stitial spaces  are  cupreous,  and  the  remaining  part  is  green.  It  has  a 
very  much  dilated,  slight  indentation  behind  the  middle  of  the  elytra, 
and  a  smaller  one  nearer  the  tip. 

OPHONUS,  Zeigl 

0.  inlersfitialis,  Say,  (Feronia)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Since 
described  by  Dejean  under  the  name  of  Harpalus  ohsciifipennis. 

HARPALUS,  Latr. 

1.  H.  vulpeculus,  Say,  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Since  described 
by  Dejean  under  the  name  of  nigripennis.  It  differs  however  from 
his  description,  by  having  an  impressed  puncture  on  the  third  elytral 
stria  ;  but  I  have  a  variety  altogether  destitute  of  the  puncture. 

2.  H.  viridis,  Say,  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Subsequently  descri- 
bed by  Dejean  under  the  name  of  assimilis. 

3.  H.  Mexicaniis,  Dej.  Sp.  Gen.  This  appears  to  be  a  common  spe- 
cies. Mr  Maclure  has  recently  sent  me  specimens  by  William  Ben- 
nett, and  I  obtained  it  also  in  that  country. 

4.  H.  meolor,  Say,  has  been  recently  described  by  Dejean  under 
the  name  of  dichrous.  I  obtained  a  specimen  formerly,  with  a  collec- 
tion I  purchased  in  New  York,  as  having  been  received  from  New 
Haven,  and  I  have  since  found  two  in  Indiana. 

5.  H.  tenninatus,  Say,  (Feronia)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Dejean, 
Sp.  Gen.,  refers  this  species  to  the  present  genus.  The  anterior  pairs 
of  the  tarsi  of  the  male  are  clothed  with  dense  hairs  beneath. 

6.  H.  amputatus.  Elytra  greenish,  truncate  at  tip. — Inhab.  N.  W. 
Territory. 

Body  blackish  ;  htad  with  the  frontal  lines  rather  slightly  indented ; 
antennae,  palpi,  tibiae,  and  tarsi  honey-yellow,  the  tibiae  darkest; 
thorax  with  the  basal  angles  rounded ;  edge  obscure  riifous  ;  dorsal  line 


SOME   NOUTII  AMERICAN   INSECTS.  433 

obsolete,  or  slightly  impressed  ;  basal  lines  substituted  by  dilated,  slightly 
indented  spaces,  in  which  are  numerous  small  punctures :  posterior  la- 
teral margin  with  small  p\inctures  ;  basal  margin  obsoletely  tinted  with 
greenish ;  elytra  with  impunctured  striae,  more  or  less  green,  some- 
times bright  green  :  suture,  outer  and  terminal  edges  obscure  rufous: 
tip  widely  and  somewhat  obliquely  truncate. — Length  less  than  two 
fifths  of  an  inch. 

Var.  a.     Elytra  reddish  brown,  with  hardly  any  tint  of  green. 

Readily  distinguished  by  the  truncated  appearance  of  the  tip  of  the 
elytra,  from  H.  acneus,  F.,  which  has  the  elytra  decidedly  sinuate  :it 
tip,  and  even  abruptly  so. 

7.  H.  ocreatus.  Black  green:  impunctured:  feet  pale  yellowish. — 
Inhab.  ?iIexico. 

Body  very  dark  green,  impunctured;  head  black,  with  hardly  any 
appearance  of  green  ;  antennae  honey-yellow,  the  joints,  excepting  the 
first  and  second,  with  darker  centres :  ^w/^;/  and  base  of  the  mand'Mcn 
honey-yellow  :  lahriim  with  a  slight  projecting  angle  in  the  middle  of 
the  emargination  ;  thorax  blackish  green,  hardly  narrower  at  base: 
dorsal  line  indistinct,  but  more  obvious  in  the  middle  ;  basal  indenta- 
tions dilated  not  profound ;  lateral  edge  dull  honey-yellow ;  posterior 
angles  obtuse  ;  elytra  obviously  tinged  with  green :  a  little  wider  at 
base  than  the  thorax;  striae  very  slender,  impunctured:  interstitial 
spaces  flat,  third  space  with  a  puncture  at  three  fourths  the  length 
from  the  base  ;  lateral  edge  near  the  tip  and  suture  near  the  tip  ob- 
scurely piceous ;  tip  deeply  and  rather  obtusely  sinuous  ;  beneath  black, 
the  greenish  tinge  hardly  perceptible;  feet  yellowish:  tarsi  rather 
darker;  first  joint  of  the  anteriors  of  the  male  somewhat  smaller  than 
the  second ;  these  tarsi  have  beneath  close  set  hairs. — Length  over 
seven  twentieths  of  an  inch. 

This  species  has  almost  the  Amara  like  form  of  some  species  of 
Anisodactylus,  in  which  genus  I  should  have  placed  the  species  but  for 
the  angle  in  the  emargination  of  the  mentum.  It  is  very  closely  allied 
to  terminatus,  Say,  but  is  rather  more  robust,  the  head  and  thorax  are 
differently  coloured,  the  posterior  lateral  margin  is  more  depressed,  &c. 
Vol.  IV.— 5  I 


434  DESCRIPTIONS    OF  AND   OBSERVATIONS   ON 

It  must  resemble  closely  H.  agilis,  Dej.,  of  which  it  may  possibly  be  a 
variety. 

It  was  obtained  by  William  Bennett,  and  presented  to  me  by  Mr 
Maclure. 

STENOLOPHUS,  Meg.,  Dej. 

S.  cinctus.  Dark  piceous ;  margin  and  suture  of  the  elytra  honey-yel- 
low ;  feet  pale  yellow. — Inhab.  Massachusetts. 

Body  blackish  piceous;  antennae  fuscous,  three  basal  joints  and  la- 
brum  honey -yellow  ;  mandibles  piceous,  black  at  tip ;  thorax  rather 
convex,  a  little  narrowed  behind  gradually ;  base  rectilinear,  each  side 
a  little  arquated  to  the  posterior  angles,  which  are  obvious  but  almost 
rounded ;  lateral  edge  but  slightly  arquated,  nearly  rectilinear  behind 
the  middle,  near  the  posterior  angle  hardly  perceptibly  excurved  ;  dor- 
sal line  very  distinct;  anterior  transverse  line  distinct,  obtusely  ar- 
quated ;  basal  lines  so  much  dilated  as  to  extend  to  the  lateral  angle, 
including  a  few  sparse,  profound  punctures;  base  and  tip  and  exterior 
edge  paler  piceous ;  elytra  with  impunctured,  deeply  indented  striae, 
less  profound  towards  the  margin ;  rudimental  striae  none ;  sutural 
interstitial  space  paler  piceous ;  dilated  exterior  margin  honey-yellow ; 
lateral  series  of  punctures,  with  the  exception  of  a  small  one,  widely 
interrupted  in  the  middle  ;  feet  pale  yellow. — Length  less  than  three 
twentieths  of  an  inch. 

For  this  insect  I  am  indebted  to  Dr  Harris.  On  a  cursory  exami- 
nation I  considered  it  identical  with  S.  ochropezus,  Say,  notwithstand- 
ing its  great  inferiority  of  size,  which  may  at  once  distinguish  it.  The 
thoracic  posterior  angles  are  much  more  obtusely  rounded  in  that  spe- 
cies, the  punctures  of  the  basal  lines  are  much  more  numerous  and 
extend  nearly  to  the  basal  middle,  the  dorsal  line  is  obsolete,  &c. 

ACUPALPUS,  Latr.,  Dej. 

1.  A.  partiariiis,  Say,  (Trechus)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Since 
described  by  Dejean  under  the  name  of  testaceus.  I  have  recently  re- 
ceived a  specimen  from  Louisiana,  for  which  I  am  indebted  to  Mr  J. 
Barabino. 


SOME  NORTH  AMERICAN  INSEf'TS.  435 

2.  A.  conjunctus.  Say,  (Trechus)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.    Since 
described  by  Dejean  under  the  name  of  misdliis. 

3.  A.  riipesMs,  Say,  (Trechus)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Since 
described  by  Dejean  under  the  name  of  tantillxi^. 

4.  A.  debilipes.  Piceous  black;  base  of  the  antennae  and  feet  pale 
yellowish. — Inhab.  Indiana. 

Body  very  dark  piceous,  almost  black;  head  impunctured  ;  between 
the  antennae  on  each  side  a  dilated  very  obvious  indentation  ;  antmnue. 
brown,  three  basal  joints  yellowish  ;  mandibles  at  tip  black ;  jyalpi  yel- 
lowish, rather  pale ;  thorax  widest  before  the  middle,  gradually  nar- 
rowed, by  a  regular  arquation  of  the  edge,  to  the  base ;  basal  angle 
obtusely  rounded ;  anterior  and  posterior  margins  on  their  middles 
obviously  piceous  ;  dorsal  line  well  impressed,  very  distinct,  not  abbre- 
viated ;  anterior  transverse  line  obvious  in  all  its  length,  arquated ; 
basal  lines  dilated,  orbicular,  obvious,  with  a  few,  small,  sparse  punc- 
tures within  or  rather  near  the  base  ;  elytraW\i\\  slender  striae  ;  inter- 
stitial spaces  flat,  third  with  a  puncture  between  the  middle  and  tip  ; 
marginal  and  sutural  edges  towards  their  tips  piceous;  rudimental 
striae  none,  but  instead  of  it  is  a  puncture  at  base  of  the  second  striae  ; 
feet  pale  yellow. — Length  less  than  three  twentieths  of  an  inch. 

5.  A.  ohsoletus.  Dark  piceous ;  striae  of  the  elytra  obsolete. — Inhab. 
Mexico. 

Body  dark  piceous,  impunctured ;  antennae,  labrum  and  palpi  honey- 
yellow  :  thorax  with  pale  piceous  anterior  and  basal  margins ;  lateral 
margin  with  eight  or  nine  hairs ;  dorsal  line  almost  obsolete  ;  basal  im- 
pressions dilated,  oval ;  elytra  with  the  basal,  exterior  and  apicial  mar- 
gins paler  piceous  ;  striae  obsolete,  excepting  the  subsutural  and  late- 
ral ones ;  a  series  of  large  punctures  behind  the  middle  of  the  exterior 
margin  ;/eet  pale  honey-yellow. — Lengtli  one  fifth  of  an  inch.* 

*  Count  Dejean  has  done  me  the  favour  to  send  me  the  four  volumes  of  his  "  Species  dcs 
Coleopteres,"  which  have  now  been  published.  This  work. is  indispensable  to  all  those  who 
study  the  Coleoptera.  It  contains  the  descriptions  of  a  great  number  of  North  American 
species,  and  has  greatly  facilitated  my  examination  of  the  insects  described  in  the  preceding 
part  of  this  paper. 


486  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  AND   OBSERVATIONS   ON 

BEMBIDIUM,  Latr. 

1.  B.  inaequale,  Say,  Journ.  Acad.  Nat.  Sc.  Vol.  3.  p.  151. 
Very  closely  allied  to  paludosum,  Panz.,  and  may  possibly  be  only  a 
variety  of  that  European  species,  nevertheless  it  is  somewhat  smaller, 
the  thoracic  impressed  lines  are  more  distinct,  particularly  the  trans- 
verse basal  one,  and  the  striae  of  the  elytra  are  more  dilated  and  the 
punctures  more  obvious.  As  it  is  the  analogue  of  paludosum,  it  be- 
longs to  the  genus  Bembidium,  as  at  present  restricted. 

2.  B.  honestum,  Say,  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  When  describ- 
ing this  species  I  stated  that  the  elytral  striae  are  "  not  ohsokfe behind." 
This  may  be  corrected  by  substituting  the  phrase  "  almost  obsolete  be- 
hind." The  punctures  of  the  striae  are  large  and  obvious  at  base,  but 
are  obsolete,  or  rather  entirely  wanting  on  the  posterior  third.  The 
exterior  margin  and  epipleura  are  blackish  green. 

3.  B.  jnmctatostriatum,  Say,  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  The  poste- 
rior angles  of  the  thorax  are  very  acute  ;  the  basal  and  anterior  mar- 
gins are  slightly  longitudinally  wrinkled,  the  dorsal  line  transversely 
wrinkled  on  its  margins,  and  the  basal  lines  are  obliquely  wrinkled  : 
the  sides  of  the  thorax  are  also  somewhat  undulatedly  wrinkled.  The 
third  interstitial  space  is  much  wider  than  the  others,  and  the  posterior 
puncture  is  much  nearer  to  the  anterior  puncture  than  to  the  tip. 

4.  B.  laevigatum,  Say,  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  The  basal  thora- 
cic lines  are  much  dilated. 

5.  B.  coxendix,  Say,  Journ.  Acad.  Nat.  Sc.  3,  151.  Antennae  with 
the  three  basal  joints  and  base  of  the  fourth  pale  yellowish  ;  jmlpi 
(in  the  dry  state)  pale  yellowish,  dusky  at  tip ;  face  with  an  impressed 
line  each  side ;  vertex  longitudinally  wrinkled  :  thorax  with  the  pos- 
terior margin  a  little  depressed ;  surface  somewhat  wrinkled  trans- 
versely and  at  base  longitudinally ;  basal  indentations  dilated,  minutely 
rugose  ;  elytra  with  the  anterior  and  posterior  discs  obscurely  testa- 
ceous.— I  am  not  so  fortunate  as  to  possess  definitions  of  the  several 
genera  into  which  this  genus,  as  originally  constructed  by  Latreille. 
has  been  recently  divided ;  but  I  rather  think,  by  analogy,  that  the  pre- 
sent species  is  a  Peryphus,  Meg. 


SOME  NORTH  AMERICAN  INSECTS.  437 

6.  B.  dorsale,  Say,  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  See.  This  species  varies 
considerably.  The  dorsal  line  is  more  or  less  obvious,  and  sometimes 
rather  deeply  impressed.  In  one  specimen  is  a  slight  appearance  of 
puncturing  on  the  middle  of  the  thoracic  base.  The  thorax  is  more  or 
less  engraved  with  undulated  lines,  which  are  sometimes  almost  im- 
perceptible.    Perhaps  a  Notaphus,  Meg. 

7.  B.  tetracolum,  Say,  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Allied  most 
closely  to  Peryphus  rupestris,  Illig,  than  which  it  is  somewhat  larger. 

8.  B.  jjostremum.  Blackish  ;  elytra  brownish,  obscure  yellowish  at 
tip. — Inhab.  Pennsylvania. 

Head  greenish  black ;  face  with  an  indented  line  each  side,  between 
which  and  the  eye  is  a  large  orbicular  puncture;  antennae  fuscous, 
piceous  at  base ;  palpi  dark  honey-yellow ;  mandibles  at  base  piceous ; 
thorax  bronze  black,  very  obscurely  piceous  on  the  middle  of  the  an- 
terior margin ;  contracted  behind ;  posterior  angles  obtuse-angular ; 
dorsal  line  impressed ;  anterior  transverse  very  obvious,  arquated ;  basal 
lines  dilated,  suborbicular ;  basal  margin  with  slight  inequalities  or 
punctures  between  the  basal  lines ;  a  slightly  elevated  line  on  the  lat- 
eral margin,  forming  a  groove  with  the  slightly  elevated  edge,  more 
obvious  near  the  angle  and  becoming  obsolete  before ;  elytra  very  dark 
honey-yellow,  or  brownish,  much  paler  at  tip ;  striae  somewhat  dilated, 
and  with  dilated,  quadrate,  profound  punctures ;  striae  more  slightly 
impressed  towards  the  tip,  and  the  punctures  obsolete ;  third  intersti- 
tial space  a  little  broader  than  the  others,  with  a  puncture  before  the 
middle  and  another  equidistant  behind  the  middle,  both  nearer  the  third 
stria ;  wings  perfect ;  beneath  black ;  abdomen  tinged  with  piceous ; 
feet  pale  yellowish. — Length  one  fifth  of  an  inch. 

Resembles  tetracolum,  Say,  but  the  elytral  striae  are  more  dilated, 
the  punctures  of  the  third  interstitial  space  are  more  anterior  and  the 
posterior  pale  spot  of  the  elytra  is  quite  terminal.  Belongs  to  the 
genus  Peryphus,  Meg. 

9.  B.  nigrum,  Say,  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  The  striae  are  so 
much  dilated  that  no  punctures  are  visible  on  the  third  interstitial  space. 

10.  B.  sigillare.  Cupreous;  elytra  with  two,  dilated,  subquadratc 
green  spots  on  each;  fourth  stria  rectilinear. — Inhab.  Missouri. 

Vol.  IV.— 5  K 


438  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  AND  OBSERVATIONS  ON 

Body  bronzed-cupreous,  somewhat  polished ;  head  greenish  each  side 
and  before ;  an  impressed  line  near  the  eye,  between  which  and  the 
eye  is  a  dilated  puncture ;  antennae  blackish  green,  first  joint  beneath 
piceous  ;  palpi  black  piceous,  tinged  with  green ;  thorax  rather  broader 
behind  than  before ;  posterior  angles  acute ;  lateral  edge  excurved  be- 
hind ;  dorsal  line  distinct,  but  not  deeply  impressed,  not  abbreviated ; 
basal  lines  dilated  ;  elytra  with  punctured  striae,  punctures  almost  ob- 
solete towards  the  tip ;  fourth  stria  not  undulated ;  third  interstitial 
space  as  broad  as  the  seventh  and  with  two  dilated  impressed  subqua- 
drate  spots,  green,  and  including  each  a  puncture,  and  placed  near  the 
middle ;  beneath  dark  green  ;  feet  blackish  green ;  tiMae  and  base  of 
the  thighs  piceous  greenish. — Length  less  than  one  fourth  of  an  inch. 

I  obtained  this  species  during  the  journey  of  Major  Long's  party  to 
the  Rocky  Mountains.  It  is  very  distinct  from  the  inaequale,  Say, 
which  it  somewhat  resembles,  by  many  characters.  That  of  the  rec- 
tilinear fourth  stria  of  the  elytra,  is  an  obvious  one. 

1 1 .  B.  semifasciatum.  Greenish  black ;  elytra  each  with  four  spots ; 
third  interstitial  space  two-punctured. — Inhab.  Mexico. 

Head  metallic  green  ,•  two  impressed  lines  between  the  antennae 
very  distinct ;  antennae  dull  piceous;  kibrum  diWA  palpi  blackish  ;  thorax 
metallic  green  with  a  slight  tinge  of  cupreous  ;  dorsal  line  slender  ; 
lateral  indentation  of  the  base  obvious,  bounded  near  the  angle  by  a 
carinate,  abbreviated  line ;  lateral  edge  with  a  hair  rather  before  the 
middle  and  another  at  the  posterior  angle,  not  arquated  from  behind 
the  middle  to  the  basal  angle ;  elytra,  blackish  with  a  slight  cupreous 
tinge,  with  well  impressed  punctured  striae,  distinct  to  the  tip ;  inter- 
stitial lines  depressed,  plane ;  third  line  with  a  transverse  indentation  be- 
fore the  middle  and  a  less  distinct  one  behind  the  middle  ;  a  dull  honey- 
yellow  dot  on  the  middle  of  the  base,  a  semifascia  before  the  middle, 
another  behind  the  middle,  and  an  irregular  apicial  spot;  beneath 
black ;  feet  piceous. — Length  over  three  twentieths  of  an  inch. 

Resembles  N.  ustulatus,  Fabr.  and  therefore  probably  is  a  Notaphus, 
Meg. 

12.  B.  oppositum,  Say.     Resembles  the  maculatum,  Gyll.,  and  pro- 


SOME  NORTH  AMERICAN  INSECTS.  439 

bably  belongs  to  Lopha.     The  sutural  stria  is  impressed  from  the  mid- 
dle of  the  tip.     It  is  somewhat  bronzed. 

13.  B.  ephippiatum.  Pale  testaceous;  elytra  with  punctured  striae 
and  a  large  common  blackish  spot. — Inhab.  Indiana. 

Body  pale  testaceous  or  honey-yellow ;  o«/en«f/c  paler  than  the  head, 
a  little  darker  towards  the  tip ;  palpi  colour  of  the  antennae ;  Ihonix 
widest  before  the  middle,  gradually  contracting  by  an  almost  rectilin- 
ear, but  hardly  perceptibly  concave  line,  to  the  basal  angle,  which  is 
rectangular;  dorsal  line  but  slightly  impressed,  obsolete  before:  basal 
lines  hardly  distinct  from  the  depressed  basal  margin,  which  is  minute- 
ly wrinkled ;  elytra  m  ith  impressed,  punctured  striae,  obsolete  at  tip  ; 
seventh  stria  wanting ;  third  interstitial  line  with  two  small  orbicular 
punctures,  one  before  the  middle  and  the  other  a  little  behind  the  mid- 
dle; a  very  large  common  blackish  spot  on  the  middle,  within  which 
the  suture  is  reddish  brown  ;  suture  behind  the  spot  blackish  ;  a  small, 
obsolete  blackish  spot  at  base  each  side  of  the  scutel ;  feci  pale  yellow- 
ish.— Length  one  tenth  of  an  inch. 

At  first  view  it  resembles  pwximiim,  Say,  both  as  respects  size  and 
colour,  but  it  may  be  distinguished  by  many  characters,  of  which  the 
punctured  striae  is  one. 

14.  B.  tripundalmn.  Piceous;  elytra  with  five  abbreviated  striae ; 
thorax  three-punctured  between  the  dilated  basal  lines. — Inhab.  In- 
diana. 

Body  piceous ;  head  and  thorax  darker ;  antennae  light  brownish, 
paler  at  base ;  palpi  pale  yellowish ;  thorax  with  the  dorsal  line  dis- 
tinct, terminating  on  the  basal  margin  in  an  impressed  puncture,  on 
each  side  of  which  is  another  rather  smaller  puncture;  basal  lines 
much  dilated,  deeply  undulating  the  posterior  edge  of  the  thorax; 
elytra  with  about  five,  rather  obtuse  striae,  not  extending  to  the  tip  or 
base ;  sides  destitute  of  striae  excepting  a  marginal  interrupted  one ; 
an  indentation  each  side  of  the  scutel  and  on  the  humerus. — Length 
four  fifths  of  an  inch. 

The  dilated  basal  thoracic  lines  deeply  indenting  the  posterior  edge, 
together  with  the  three  intervening  punctures,  will  readily  distinguish 


440  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  AND  OBSERVATIONS  ON 

this  species.  At  first  view  it  resembles  E.  flamcaude,  Say,  but  is  more 
highly  polished. 

1 5.  B.  incurvum.  Piceous ;  elytra  with  a  honey-yellow  vitta  from 
the  humerus,  a  little  dilated  at  its  termination  before  the  tip. — Inhab. 
Indiana. 

Body  piceous  ;  head  blackish-piceous  ;  antennae  honey -yellow ; 
thorax  a  little  contracted  gradually  to  the  base ;  dorsal  line  slender  and 
slightly  impressed  ;  basal  transverse  line  deeply  impressed,  with  nu- 
merous minute  wrinkles ;  basal  lines  dilated,  undulating  the  posterior 
edge  ;  elytra  polished,  with  a  profoundly  impressed,  somewhat  dilated, 
simple,  sutural  stria ;  the  second  stria  obsolete ;  an  interrupted  stria 
on  the  lateral  margin ;  a  dilated  indentation  each  side  of  the  scute!, 
and  a  smaller  one  on  the  humerus ;  a  dilated  vitta  from  the  humerus, 
near  its  tip,  curves  a  little  towards  the  suture,  and  is  in  that  part  a  little 
more  dilated  :  venter  black  piceous;  feet  honey-yellow. — Length  over 
four  fiftieths  of  an  inch. 

Resembles  the  preceding,  but  is  destitute  of  the  three  punctures  at 
the  base  of  the  thorax,  and  with  that  species  belongs  probably  to  Pery- 
phus,  Meg. 

Of  the  genus  Bembidium,  Latr.,  I  have  twenty-two  described  species 
natives  of  North  America. 

DYTISCUS,  Linn.,  Latr. 

1.  D.  conjluens.  Blackish  brown,  margined  with  honey-yellow; 
four  exterior  grooves  of  the  elytra  nearly  or  quite  geminately  conflu- 
ent at  tip. — Inhab.  Maine. 

Body  blackish  brown  with  a  green  reflection,  covered  above  with 
minute  punctures ;  head  dark  green,  with  a  frontal  rufous  semicircle, 
divaricating  at  its  anterior  tips  into  a  more  dilated  spot  between  the 
canthus  of  the  eye  and  the  nasus,  which  is  yellowish,  excepting  the 
anterior  edge ;  above  the  nasus  a  transverse  impressed  line,  ending  each 
side  in  a  more  dilated  spot ;  thorax  margined  all  around  with  honey- 
yellow  ;  anterior  margin  with  a  somewhat  double  line,  of  which  the 
posterior  one  is  obsolete :  posterior  margin  with  the  yellow  colour, 
near  the  lateral  angles,  contracted  or  almost  obsolete  ;  elytra  with 


SOME  NORTH  AMERICAN  INSECTS.  441 

about  ten  grooves  which  extend  three  fourths  the  distance  to  the  tip. 
the  four  exterior  interstitial  spaces  confluent,  or  nearly  so,  by  twos ; 
lateral  margin  not  dilated,  honey-yellow  with  an  obsolete  branch 
towards  the  tip  proceeding  obliquely  to  the  suture  ;  beneath  honey- 
yellow,  sutures  more  or  less  margined  with  black. — Length  one  inch 
and  a  half. 

This  fine  large  species  was  sent  me  by  Dr  E.  Holmes  of  the  (iardiner 
Lyceum,  together  with  many  other  interesting  objects  of  natural  his- 
tory. It  is  more  than  double  the  size  of  D.fasciventris,  Say,  and  may 
also  be  distinguished  from  that  species  by  the  confluent  termination  of 
the  four  exterior  grooves  of  the  elytra  in  the  female.  It  is  less  dilated 
than  the  latissimus,  Fabr.,  and  is  destitute  of  the  wide  elytral  mar- 
gin. 

2.  D.habilis.  Blackish  olivaceous  :  thorax  and  elytra  margined  with 
yellow :  elytra  with  three  series  of  punctures. — Inhab.  Mexico. 

Body  oval:  above  with  minute,  distant  punctures;  /jer/f/ with  a  fron- 
tal rufous  angular  line  or  semicircle,  divaricating  at  its  anlerior  tips 
into  a  more  dilated  spot  between  the  canthusof  the  eye  and  the  nasus, 
which  is  yellow, excepting  the  anterior  edge;  above  the  nasus  on  each 
side  is  an  orbicular,  punctured  indentation  ;  front  each  side  at  the  eye 
with  an  indented,  punctured  line  ;  thorax  with  a  broad  yellow  margin ; 
dorsal  line  acute,  distinct,  not  extending  upon  the  margins ;  a  line  of 
impressed  punctures  on  the  anterior  margin  interrupted  in  the  mid- 
dle ;  lateral  margin  not  at  all  depressed  ;  scutel  honey-yellow  on  the 
posterior  submargin  ;  elytra  with  three  series  of  impressed  punctures ; 
the  exterior  series  less  distinct ;  general  puncturation  near  the  tip  much 
larger  and  more  obvious  ;  posterior  margin  yellowish  with  an  obsolete 
undulated  branch  proceeding  obliquely  towards  the  tip  ;  beneath  varied 
with  blackish,  piceous  and  yellow. — Length  one  inch. 

A  male  of  this  species  was  taken  by  William  Bennett  in  the  river 
beyond  Vera  Cruz,  and,  together  with  the  two  following,  presented  to 
me  by  Mr  William  Maclure.  It  is  allied  to  the  D.  marginalis,  F.,  but 
that  species  in  form  approaches  the  ovate ;  the  present  also  is  much 
smaller  and  oval. 

Vol.  IV.— 5  L 


442  DESCRIPTIONS   OF  AND   OBSERVATIONS   ON 

3.  D.  bimarginatus.  Black;  head  and  thorax  rufous;  elytra  with  a 
yellow  vitta  on  the  lateral  submargin. — Inhab,  Louisiana. 

Body  oval,  blackish ;  head  honey-yellow,  posteriorly  black ;  ^m^jz  and 
antenyiae  yellowish ;  thorax  honey-yellow ;  posterior  margin  black, 
which  is  more  dilated  on  the  middle  half;  elytra  with  three  series  of 
distant  slight  punctures  ;  on  the  lateral  submargin  a  yellow  vitta, 
which  passes  a  short  distance  on  the  humeral  base,  and  posteriorly 
diverges  a  little  from  the  margin,  attenuates,  and  does  not  reach  the 
tip ;  margin  and  epipleura  dull  rufous,  not  reaching  the  tip  ;  beneath 
piceous  black  ;  pectus  and  anterior  feet  yellowish ;  terminal  joints  of 
the  tarsi  piceous  ;  posterior  pairs  of  feet  piceous;  intermediate  thighs 
dull  yellow  ;  venter  each  side  with  obsolete  piceous  spots. — Length  less 
than  half  an  inch. 

For  this  species  I  am  indebted  to  the  politeness  of  Mr  J.  Barabino, 
who  sent  it  to  me  from  New  Orleans. 

COLYMBETES,  C/a/m 

1.  C.  tacniolis,  Say,  (Dytiscus)  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  In  Mex- 
ico is  a  variety,  being  smaller.  The  specimen  is  a  male,  and  proves 
that  the  species  must  be  placed  in  the  present  genus.  It  was  taken  in 
the  river  beyond  Vera  Cruz. 

2.  C.  gufticollis.  Thorax  yellowish  with  four  black  spots ;  head 
black,  anteriorly  and  band  of  the  vertex  yellow. — Inhab.  Mexico. 

Head  black  ;  a  transverse  yellowish  band  between  the  nearest  points 
of  the  eyes ;  a  dilated  yellowish  triangle  occupying  all  the  anterior 
part  of  the  head,  the  apex  being  at  the  middle  of  the  face ;  antennae 
and  palpi  honey-yellow,  dusky  at  their  tips ;  thorax  honey-yellow,  an- 
terior margin  blackish ;  posterior  margin  dusky ;  four  large  black  spots 
in  a  transverse  series,  the  two  intermediate  ones  nearer  together ;  elytra 
honey-yellow  with  minute  black  points  more  or  less  crowded  so  as  to 
give  a  dusky,  sometimes  almost  blackish  appearance  ;  lateral  margin 
destitute  of  black  punctures,  but  with  a  black  line  on  the  posterior  cur- 
vature ;  at  base,  particularly  the  humeral  base,  destitute  of  the  black 
punctures;  three  regular  series  of  small  black  dots;  beneath  black; 


SOME  NORTH  AMERICAN  INSECTS.  443 

pectus,  feet  and  epiplcura  yellowish. — Length  over  two  fifths  of  an 
inch. 

Taken  in  the  river  beyond  Vera  Cruz. 

It  is  about  the  size  of  the  C.  adspcrsus,  F.,  which  it  considerably  re- 
sembles, if  we  except  the  thoracic  black  dots. 

3.  C.  fenesfralis,  Say,  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Since  described 
by  Germar  under  the  name  of  higiittitliis,  Sp.  Insect.,  p.  29. 

4.  C.  intcrrogatiis,  Fabr.  Syst.  Eleut.  C.  vcmisfus,  Say,  Trans. 
Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  When  describing  this  species  I  stated  that  it 
"may  probably  prove  to  be  the  intcrrogatiis  of  Fabricius."  Of  this  I 
have  now  so  little  doubt,  that  I  venture  to  reject  the  name  I  then 
provisionally  gave,  and  to  adopt  the  true  or  anterior  name.  Dojean 
is  also  of  the  opinion  that  it  is  the  interrogatus,  F.  Sturm,  ho\vever, 
considers  it  distinct. 

COPTOTOMUS,  Sai/. 

Tarsi  distinctly  five-jointed ;  basal  joints  of  the  anterior  pair  of  the 
male  subequally  dilated  or  gradually  tapering  ;  posterior  nails  appressed 
together  and  apparently  single ;  posterior  feet  natatory,  base  of  the 
thighs  naked  ;  antennae  eleven-jointed,  at  least  as  long  as  the  head  and 
thorax,  filiform  ;  scutel  distinct ;  terminal  joint  of  the  palpi  somewhat 
compressed  at  tip  and  emarginate. 

Observations — This  genus  differs  from  other  genera  of  this  family  in 
the  character  of  the  emarginate  palpi,  excepting  the  genus  Noterus, 
which  is  destitute  of  an  apparent  scutel  and  the  emargination  of  the 
palpi  is  confined  to  the  labial.  The  name  is  derived  from  the 
words  copfo  I  cut,  and  tome  joint  or  articulation,  in  allusion  to  the  form 
of  the  palpi. 

C.  serripalpus.  Yellowish;  elytra  brownish  varied  with  whitish, — 
Inhab.  Mexico. 

Body  oblong-oval,  honey-yellow;  head  black  on  the  posterior  margin; 
lahial palpi  with  the  penultimate  joint  crenate  or  bituberculate  before; 
thorax  on  the  middle  of  the  anterior  and  posterior  margins  broadly 
black ;  elytra  brownish,  with  very  numerous,  minute  honey-yellow 


?(V^ 


444  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  AND  OBSERVATIONS  ON 

points ;  two  very  slightly  impressed  striae,  with  punctures  hardly  dis- 
tinguishable from  minute  inequalities  of  the  surface,  and  an  indistinct 
part  of  a  series  of  hardly  impressed  punctures  each  side ;  from  the  base 
near  the  scutel  proceeds  a  whitish  broad  vitta  one  fifth  of  the  length 
of  the  elytra,  bifid  at  tip ;  from  the  humeral  base  to  the  tip  proceeds  a 
broad,  interrupted  and  somewhat  irregular  vitta  also  whitish ;  venter 
piceous. — Length  less  than  three  tenths  of  an  inch. 

This  insect  was  obtained  on  the  estate  of  the  Conde  del  Regla  about 
10  leagues  N.  E.  of  the  city  of  Mexico  by  William  Bennett,  and  pre- 
sented to  me  by  Mr  William  Maclure.  It  cannot  be  the  Dytiscus  cir- 
cumscriptus,  Germ.,  which  is  "  breviter  ovali." 

LACCOPHILUS,  Leach. 

L.  maculosus,  Say,  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Since  described,  by 
Germar,  also  under  the  name  of  maculosus,  Sp.  Gen.,  p.  30. 

HYPHIDRUS,  Lair. 
H.  punctatus,  Say,  (Laccophilus)  Journal  of  the  Acad.  Nat.  Sc. 

HYDROPORUS,  Clairv. 

1.  H.  hifidiis.  Elytra  with  a  subsutural,  impressed,  punctured  stria. 
— Inhab.  Mexico. 

Body  black  ;  head  with  much-dilated  indentations  between  the  eyes ; 
a  longitudinal  honey-yellow  line,  more  dilated  before  ;  antennae  yel- 
lowish, dusky  at  tip ;  thorax  with  a  submarginal  honey-yellow  band 
before  having  three  processes,  one  in  the  middle,  and  one,  rather  more 
dilated,  on  the  lateral  margin,  not  reaching  the  posterior  edge;  elytra 
with  a  very  distinct,  punctured,  impressed,  subsutural  stria,  and  about 
two  other  hardly  obvious  ones  near  the  middle ;  bifid  yellowish  lines  at 
base  near  the  tip ;  feet  dark  honey-yellow. — Length  less  than  one  fifth 
of  an  inch.  '  -^ 

This  species  and  the  two  following  were  taken  by  William  Bennett 
in  a  small  river  beyond  Vera  Cruz,  and  were  presented  to  me  by  Mr 
Maclure. 

2.  H.  nudatus.     Beneath  black ;  feet  yellowish ;  thorax  and  head 


SOME  NORTH  AMERICAN  INSECTS.  445 

on  their  disks  yellowish;  elytra  blackish  with  lines  and  tip  yellowish. 
— Inhab.  Mexico. 

Head  with  numerous  deep  punctures,  honey-yellow  on  the  disk, 
blackish  each  side  and  behind;  antennae  pale  yellowish,  dusky  at  (ip; 
thorax  with  numerous  deep  punctures,  more  dense  and  obvious  to- 
wards the  base,  honey-yellow,  anterior  and  posterior  margins  dusky ; 
elytra  brownish-black,  with  numerous,  profound,  approximate  punc- 
tures ;  striae  not  distinct,  but  traces  of  two  may  be  discovered  near  the 
base ;  about  four  more  or  less  confluent  lines  at  base,  irregular  ones 
each  side  and  tip  dull  w^hitish  yellow;  beneath  black,  pectus  yellow; 
feet  honey-yellow. — Length  over  three  twentieths  of  an  inch. 

3.  H.  scricatus.  Yellowish ;  elytra  blackish  with  abbreviated  lines 
and  margin  dull  yellow'ish. — Inhab.  Mexico. 

Dull  honey-yellow,  somewhat  sericeous  above;  head  with  a  dilated, 
not  profound,  indentation  each  side,  and  numerous  small  punctures ; 
antennae  also  honey-yellow ;  thorax  a  little  dusky  on  the  anterior  and 
posterior  margins,  with  numerous,  small,  slightly  impressed  punctures: 
elytra  dark  brownish,  almost  black,  more  obviously  sericeous  than  the 
thorax  ;  striae  none ;  lateral  margin  dull  honey,  dilated  near  the  base 
into  a  band  of  about  four  abbreviated,  unequal,  longitudinal  lines,  ex- 
cepting the  inner  one,  not  reaching  the  base,  another  somewhat  similar 
band  behind  the  middle  and  slight  double  dilatation  at  tip  of  the  same 
colour. — Length  less  than  one  fifth  of  an  inch. 

This  species  was  obtained  in  the  same  locality  with  the  preceding. 
It  is  closely  allied  to  undidatiis,  Say,  but  is  more  sericeous,  the  elytial 
lines  are  not  so  dilated  or  confluent,  &c. 

4.  H.  interruplus.  Black;  feet,  frontal  line,  three  thoracic  spots, 
and  many  elytral  abbreviated  lines  yellowish. — Inhab.  Pennsylvania. 

Body  blackish  ;  head  with  a  slight  piceous  tinge  ;  an  anterior  honey- 
yellow  triangular  spot,  the  superior  angle  near  the  vertex ;  antennae  pale 
yellow,  dusky  at  tip ;  thorax  obsoletely  tinged  with  piceous ;  a  lateral 
irregular  spot,  and  a  dorsal,  longitudinal,  somewhat  fusiform  one,  honey- 
yellow  ;  elytra  with  an  oblique  impressed  line  at  the  inner  angles,  a 
slightly  impressed  subsutural  stria,  and  an  obsolete  one  on  each  side  of 
the  middle ;  lateral  margin  with  two  slender  oblique  branches  before 
Vol.  IV.— 5  M 


446  DESCRIPTIONS   OF   AND   OBSERVATIONS   ON 

the  middle,  slender  subsutural  vitta  exterior  to  the  stria,  interrupted 
line  or  two  along  the  middle,  a  small  spot  behind  near  the  middle  and 
about  two  transverse  series  of  two  or  three  short  lines,  dull  honey- 
yellow  ;  beneath  black  ;  pectus,  feet  and  epipleura  yellowish. — Length 
over  three  twentieths  of  an  inch. 

5.  H.  discicoUis.  Reddish  brown,  somewhat  sericeous,  minutely 
punctured,  middle  of  the  thorax  without  punctures. — Inhab.  N.  W. 
Territory. 

Body  entirely  dark  reddish  brown,  with  minute  punctures  :  hmil 

— ;  thorax  wath  the  disk  impunctured,  polished  and  a  little  more 

convex ;  elytra  darker  than  the  thorax,  more  obviously  sericeous ;  lat- 
eral margin  a  little  paler ;  spot  at  the  tip  dull  yellowish ;  posfpectiis 
black  piceous. — Length  three  twentieths  of  an  inch. 

I  obtained  an  individual  of  this  species  during  Long's  Expedition 
to  the  source  of  St  Peter's  River,  and  although  it  is  now  mutilated, 
yet  I  have  no  hesitation  in  giving  it  as  distinct  from  any  other  I  am 
acquainted  with. 

HALIPLUS,  Latr. 
H.  i^-jmnctatus,  Say.  Some  specimens  were  found  in  Mexico,  in 
the  locality  above  mentioned  by  William  Bennett,  and  presented  to  me 
by  Mr  William  Maclure.  They  vary  a  little  from  those  of  this  region  in 
being  very  slightly  more  elongated  and  larger ;  but  the  spots,  their  ar- 
rangement and  the  sculpture  appear  to  be  precisely  the  same.  The 
species  is  therefore  found  over  the  greater  part  of  North  America  east 
of  the  Rocky  Mountains. 

NOTERUS,  Latr. 

N,  bicolor.  Honey-yellow;  elytra  black,  punctured. — Inhab.  Lou- 
isiana. 

Head  and  thorax  honey-yellow ;  eyes  black ;  jyalpi  not  deeply  emar- 
ginate;  elytrahhck,  punctured;  at  tip  obsoletely  piceous,  very  obliquely 
and  slightly  truncate;  acute;  beneath  honey-yellow,  or  piceous. — 
Length  one  tenth  of  an  inch. 

For  this  species  I  am  indebted  to  Mr  Barabino. 


SOME  NORTH  AMERICAN   INSECTS.  447 

HYDROCANTHUS,  Say. 

H.  afripe::7i}S.     Ferruginous;  elytra  black. — Inhab.  .Mexico. 

Head  and  thorax  ferruginous ;  the  former  with  an  oblong  triangu- 
lar, obsolete,  darker  spot  between  the  eyes,  and  the  latter  with  an  im- 
pressed line  on  the  lateral  submargin  :  elytra  blue-black,  inimacuhite. 
impunctured  ;  pectus^  as  well  as  the  head  beneath,  dull  yellowish : 
sternum  flat,  at  its  anterior  tip  acute,  but  not  prominent,  dusky  :  pod- 
pectus  blackish,  dull  yellow  at  tip  ;  feet,  intermediate  and  posterior 
pairs  blackish,  slightly  varied  with  piceous. — Length  less  than  one 
fifth  of  an  inch. 

This  is  the  second  species  of  this  genus :  the  first  J  published  in  the 
Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  vol.  2,  new  series.  The  genus  is  allied  to 
Noterus,  Latr.,  but  the  labial  palpi  are  much  more  dilated,  and  have 
no  appearance  of  emargination. 

GYRINUS,  Linn. 

1.  G.  eniarginatus,  Say,  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Since  descri- 
bed by  Germar  under  the  name  of  vittatus,  Spec.  Nov. 

2.  G.  analis,  Say,  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Germar  is  of  opinion 
that  this  is  the  same  as  natator,  F. ;  but  on  comparison,  I  find  it  to 
ditfer  in  many  small  characters,  the  most  obvious  one  of  which  is  the 
colour  of  the  epipleura,  that  of  the  natator  being  light  piceous,  whilst 
in  the  analis  it  is  of  a  bronzed  black,  &c.  It  is  no  doubt  a  closely  allied 
species. 

3.  G.  obtusus.  Black;  feet  honey-yellow;  behind  obtuse. — Inhab. 
Mexico. 

Body  black,  polished ;  head  with  two  indented  dots  between  the 
eyes ;  mouth  piceous ;  antennae  piceous-black ;  thorax  with  the  anterior 
lateral,  posterior  lateral  and  medial  impressed  lines  very  distinct ;  elytra 
obtuse  behind  and  widely  truncate ;  near  the  tip  obviously  depressed ; 
punctures  well  impressed,  in  regular  series,  the  intervals  not  impressed  ; 
beneath  dark  piceous,  somewhat  paler  on  the  edges  of  the  segments : 
feet  and  tip  of  the  venter  honey-yellow.— Length  over  one  fifth  of  an 
inch. 


448  DESCRIPTIONS   OF  AND   OBSERVATIONS   ON 

It  may  be  distinguished  from  the  analis  and  limbatus,  Nob.,  and 
from  the  natator,  Fabr.,  and  marinits,  Gyl.,  in  being  more  obtuse  be- 
hind and  the  consequent  greater  truncation  of  the  elytra. 

4.  G.  parens.     Black ;  feet  honey-yellow. — Inhab.  Mexico. 

Body  rather  robust,  black,  highly  polished ;  head  with  two  indented, 
oblique  lines  between  and  before  the  eyes;  thorax  with  the  impressed 
lines  very  obvious ;  elytra  with  very  distinct,  well  impressed  series  of 
punctures,  the  intervals  not  at  all  impressed ;  tips  obtusely  rounded  ; 
feet  honey-yellow. — Length  nearly  one  fifth  of  an  inch. 

In  comparison  with  minutus,  Fabr.,  this  species  is  a  little  longer  and 
much  more  robust,  more  highly  polished  and  the  impressed  lines  of 
the  thorax  and  dots  of  the  elytra  are  more  profound  and  distinct.  It  is 
somewhat  smaller  than  either  of  those  I  have  before  described,  and  the 
punctures  of  the  elytra  are,  notwithstanding,  larger. 

STAPHYLINUS,  Linn.,  Grav. 

1.  S.  ephippialus.    Black;  elytra rufous.—Inhab.  Mexico. 

Body  black,  polished ;  head  with  a  longitudinal,  impressed  line  be- 
tween the  eyes  ;  superior  orbits  with  three  or  four  punctures,  above 
these  a  lateral  series  of  four  or  five  punctures,  and  two  or  three  insu- 
lated ones,  and  at  base  each  side  a  transverse  series  of  four  or  five  punc- 
tures ;  antennae,  terminal  joint  obliquely  truncate ;  thorax  semioval 
with  a  few  scattered  punctures  each  side,  an  abbreviated  dorsal  series 
of  four  or  five  punctures  not  extending  on  the  posterior  third  of  the 
length  of  the  thorax;  scutel  densely  punctured,  black;  elytra  cinna- 
mon-rufous, with  very  numerous  small  hairs  and  slightly  impressed 
punctures  ;  tergum  a  little  hairy,  deep  blackish-blue,  iridescent ;  palpi 
piceous. — Length  over  half  an  inch. 

This  and  the  following  species  belong  to  Family  1st  of  Gravenh. 
Monogr. 

2.  S.  connexHS.     Black  ;  elytra  and  feet  rufous. — Inhab.  Mexico. 

Body  black,  polished ;  head  with  punctured  orbits  and  a  few  scat- 
tered punctures  each  side;  palpi  piceous  black;  a  deep  and  wide 
indentation  between  the  antennae,  on  each  side  of  which  above  is  a  sin- 
gle puncture ;  thorax  with  a  series  of  about  five  large  dorsal  punctures 


SOME  NOnTH  AMERICAN  INSECTS.  449 

and  a  few  scattered  lateral  ones ;  antennae  cinnamon  rufous,  with  very 
short  hair  and  minute  punctures  ;  feet  colour  of  the  elytra. — Length 
over  three  tenths  of  an  inch. 

Resembles  the  preceding,  but  the  feet  are  rufous,  and  the  tcrgum 
is  simply  black;  the  clypeus  is  a  little  advanced  in  the  middle.  Fam. 
1st. 

3.  S.  iracundus.  Black;  elytra  rufous;  dorsal  thoracic  punctures 
three. — Inhab.  Indiana. 

Head  with  an  orbital  puncture  and  three  occipital  punctures,  of 
which  the  anterior  one  is  near  the  eye  and  larger ;  anlennar  piceous  ; 
flagellum  fuscous;  the  joints  a  little  broader  than  long;  terminal  joint 
with  the  apex  rather  prominent;  mouth  dull  piceous;  occiput  with 
numerous  small  punctures  ;  thorax  with  three  small  dorsal  punctures, 
not  reaching  the  middle  of  the  length  ;  lateral  punctures  about  five, 
the  second  and  fifth  placed  a  little  above  the  straight  line ;  marginal 
punctures  two  or  three ;  towards  the  anterior  angles  are  numerous 
obsolete  discoidal  punctures,  visible  with  a  strong  power;  scufcl  gla- 
brous, black;  elytra  rufous,  densely  punctured,  with  short  prostrate 
hairs ;  tergiim  at  tip  slightly  tinged  with  piceous ;  tibiae,  tarn  and  pos- 
terior margins  of  the  ventral  segments  piceous. — Length  over  seven 
twentieths  of  an  inch. 

This  species  seems  to  have  some  relation  to  the  laticollis,  Grav.,  but 
the  thorax  is  less  dilated,  the  lateral  puncturations  are  much  more  nu- 
merous; the  elytra  are  of  a  difTerent  colour,  &,c.    Fam.  1st. 

4.  S.  blandus,  Grav.  The  reddish  colour  of  this  handsome  insect  is 
of  a  tint  approaching  sanguineous. 

Gravenhorst  had  probably  old  specimens,  of  which  the  colour  had 
faded.  He  describes  the  feet  as  "rufo  testacei,"  but  in  my  specimens 
the  tibiae  and  tarsi  are  piceous.  He  says  "coleoptera  depilia,"  but  my 
specimens  certainly  have  prostrate  hairs  on  the  elytra  as  well  as  on  the 
scutel.  If  this  is  not  in  reality  Gravenhorst's  species,  it  differs  in  the 
exceptions  I  have  stated,  and  can  be  called  laetulus.     Fam.  1st. 

5.  S.  inversus.  Black;  dorsal  thoracic  punctures  three. — Inhab. 
Indiana. 

Vol.  IV.— 5  N 


450  DESCRIPTIONS   OF  AND   OBSERVATIONS  ON 

Head  with  an  orbital  puncture,  and  another  above  the  eye ;  mouth 
and  antennae  piceous  ;  joints  of  the  fiagellum  rather  transverse,  point  of 
the  last  joint  not  prominent;  thorax  a  little  narrowed  before;  dorsal 
punctures  three,  the  series  nearer  each  other  at  tip  than  near  the  head 
and  hardly  reaching  the  middle  of  the  length ;  lateral  two,  remote, 
with  a  single  puncture  midway  between  the  second  and  the  dorsal 
series  ;  marginal  one;  scM^e/ glabrous,  impunctured  ;  elytra  on  the  disk 
with  but  very  few  hairs ;  punctures  few,  distant,  almost  to  be  traced 
into  obsolete  series  ;  laterally  with  small  punctures,  furnishing  short 
hairs ;  terugm  in  some  lights  slightly  iridescent  towards  the  tip ;  be- 
neath very  obscurely  piceous  ;yee/  piceous. — Length  nearly  three  tenths 
of  an  inch. 

The  two  dorsal  series  of  punctures  in  other  species  diverge  a  little 
posteriorly,  but  in  the  present  species  they  evidently  approach  towards 
their  posterior  termination.     Fam.  1st. 

6.  S,  dimidiatus.  Blackish ;  elytra  and  margins  of  abdominal  seg- 
ments reddish  brown  ;  feet  pale. — Inhab.  United  States. 

Body  piceous  black;  head  oval  black,  with  two  punctures  between 
the  eyes,  two  punctures  on  the  posterior  canthus  and  five  or  six  behind ; 
mouth  piceous ;  antennae,  first  and  second  joints  and  part  of  the  third 
yellowish,  or  reddish  brown  more  or  less  pale ;  thorax  black,  with  a 
tinge  of  piceous ;  dorsal  series  five,  and  an  equal  puncture  more  dis- 
tant than  the  others,  near  the  anterior  margin,  and  a  little  exterior  to 
the  line  of  the  series ;  lateral  punctures  two,  or  in  a  much  curved  line 
three ;  marginal  two ;  elytra  reddish  brown,  with  prostrate  hairs  ;  ab- 
domen, segments  reddish  brown  on  their  posterior  margins  ;  feet 
yellowish,  or  pale  reddish  brown. — Length  nearly  one  fifth  of  an 
inch. 

I  have  found  specimens  in  Pennsylvania  and  Missouri.  The  red- 
dish brown  colour  of  the  posterior  margins  of  the  abdomen,  is  obvious 
beneath.    Fam.  1st. 

7.  S.  tnchiniformis.  Black;  thorax  sanguineous;  feet  piceous. — 
Inhab.  Mexico. 

Body  black ;  head  rather  small,  oval,  polished ;  with  two  punctures 


SOME  NORTH  AMERICAN  INSECTS.  451 

each  side  between  the  eyes,  and  eight  or  ten  behind  the  eyes ;  antennae 
fuscous,  dark  piceous  at  base;  mouth  piceous;  thorax  sanguineous; 
dorsal  punctures  five,  distant  from  the  base  and  tip ;  lateral  t\vo ;  mar- 
ginal three,  placed  triangularly ;  elytra  with  a  slight,  obscure  metallic 
tinge,  with  numerous  minute  punctures  furnishing  prostrate  hairs; 
feet  honey-yellow ;  posterior  pair  and  tibiae  and  tarsi  darker. — Lengtli 
one  fourth  of  an  inch.     Fam.  1st. 

8.  S.  apkiaUs.  Black ;  terminal  joint  of  the  antennae  and  abdomen 
towards  the  tip,  rufous. — Inhab.  United  States. 

Body  black,  polished,  punctured ;  head  with  numerous  punctures, 
smooth  in  the  middle ;  antennae  with  the  terminal  joint  yellowish-ru- 
fous ;  mandibles  piceous ;  ;jf//;ji  with  the  terminal  joint  rather  long, 
slender,  piceous ;  thorax  with  numerous  not  crowded  punctures,  with 
a  longitudinal,  dilated,  glabrous  line;  seutel,  punctures  minute,  dense  ; 
elytra  with  a  subsutural  line  and  numerous  small  punctures  furnishing 
hairs;  abdomen  towards  the  tip  dull  rufous;  yet/  piceous-black. — 
Length  nearly  two  fifths  of  an  inch.     Fam.  3d. 

9.  S.  eyanipennis,  Fabr.  The  allied  species  of  the  United  States 
w^as  considered  by  Gravenhorst  as  a  variety  only  of  the  European  species. 
I  have  not  at  present  in  my  collection  the  true  eyanipennis  of  Eu- 
rope to  compare,  but  as  Gravenhorst  mentions  a  difierence  in  the  size  of 
the  head,  it  may  yet  prove  to  be  a  distinct  species,  and,  if  so,  the  name 
proposed  by  Knoch,  S.  cyanopterus,  will  be  an  appropriate  one. — Fam. 
1st. 

10.  S.  vidiiatus,  F.  This  name  has  the  priority  over  that  of  macu- 
losus,  Grav.  Belongs  to  Family  4.  It  is  singular  that  Gravenhorst  in 
his  revised  work  the  "Monographia"  quotes  the  proper  name  of  this 
insect  and  yet  retains  the  synonym  of  maculosus  as  the  true  name, 
although  it  was  given  by  himself  a  year  after  the  Fabrician  name. 

U.S.  violaceus,  Grav.  This  species  is  subject  to  vary  considerably ; 
the  "linea  media  longitudinali  laevi"  of  the  head  is  very  commonly 
obliterated  by  punctures,  and  there  exists  a  variety,  of  whicli  the 
elytra  are  tinged  with  greenish,  or  are  dusky  brassy.    Belongs  to  Fam .  3. 

12.  S.  umbratilis,  Grav.    My  specimens,  five  in  number,  have  about 


452  DESCRIPTIONS    OP  AND   OBSERVATIONS  ON 

five  punctures  in  the  dorsal  series,  neither  of  them  has  four  only  as 
stated  in  the  description.     Belongs  to  Fam.  1st. 

13.  S.  ater,  Grav.  In  my  cabinet  I  find  that  I  formerly  placed  this 
species  under  the  genus  Astrapaeus,  Grav.,  from  the  circumstance  that 
the  terminal  joints  of  the  palpi  are  more  dilated  than  in  any  other 
species  of  Staphylinus,  that  I  am  acquainted  with.  The  terminal 
joint  of  the  maxillary  palpi,  is  not  longer  than  the  penultimate  one, 
and  the  diameter  is  nearly,  if  not  quite  as  great;  the  terminal  joint  of 
the  labial  palpi  is  very  obviously,  dilated,  oval,  and  its  transverse  diam- 
eter is  nearly  double  that  of  the  last  joint  of  the  maxillaries.  Still, 
however,  as  neither  of  these  joints  can  be  called  securiform,  agreeably 
to  the  essential  characters  of  Astrapaeus,  we  must  agree  with  Graven- 
horst,  and  return  the  species  to  his  third  family  of  Staphylinus,  from 
which  it  certainly  differs  in  the  characters  above  stated. 

XANTHOLINUS,  Dahl 

1.  X.  emmesHS,  Grav.,  Coleopt.  Micropt.  176,  belongs  to  this  genus. 
It  is  subject  to  vary  in  its  colouring;  the  abdomen  is  often  piceous,  and 
sometimes  even  still  paler. 

2.  X.  cephalus.  Black ;  antennae  reddish-brown  ;  elytra  and  feet 
honey-yellow. — Inhab.  Virginia. 

Body  black,  polished ;  head  elongated,  sides  parallel,  punctured ; 
punctures  numerous  and  larger  each  side,  excepting  immediately  the 
line  behind  the  eye  obsolete  on  the  longitudinal  middle ;  a  larger  punc- 
ture each  side  at  base ;  and  a  slight  longitudinal  indentation  on  the 
basal  margin ;  thorax  as  wide  as  the  head  anteriorly,  becoming  gradually 
a  little  narrower  to  the  base ;  a  dorsal  series  of  five  or  six  punctures ;  lat- 
eral four  or  five  punctures ;  on  the  anterior  termination  of  this  series  a 
much  dilated  slight  indentation  ;  marginal  puncture  one ;  basal  edge 
each  side  and  lateral  edge  with  a  series  of  punctures ;  elytra  honey- 
yellow,  irregularly  not  profoundly  punctured;  pectus  rufous;  feet 
honey-yellow  ;  abdomen  piceous  black. — Length  one  fourth  of  an  inch. 

The  head  is  large,  longer  than  the  thorax.  I  obtained  it  on  Chin- 
quotege  Island. 


SOME  NORTH  AMEHICAN  INSECTS.  453 

3.  X,  hamatus.  Piceous ;  antennae,  elytra  and  feet  yellowish. — 
Inhab.  United  States. 

Head  piceous-black,  ovate,  with  sparse,  profound  punctures,  wanting 
on  the  longitudinal  middle  and  immediately  in  a  line  behind  the  eye ; 
antennae  reddish  brown,  paler  at  base ;  palpi  palo  reddish  brown ; 
thorax  rufo-piceous,  not  distinctly  contracted  behind  ;  dorsal  punctures 
about  ten,  with  an  anterior,  nearly  parallel,  exterior  series  of  about 
four;  lateral  series  ten  or  twelve  punctured,  extending  to  the  locality 
of  the  posterior  angle,  and  at  its  anterior  extremity  curved  outward 
and  backward  with  four  or  five  additional  punctures;  elytra  honey-yel- 
low, sparsely  and  irregularly  punctured ;  a  somewhat  elevated  line  on 
the  sutural  submargin ;  feet  dark  honey-yellow. — Length  about  one 
foiirth  of  an  inch. 

Remarkable  for  the  number  of  punctures  in  the  thoracic  series. 

LATHROIUUM,  Grav. 

1.  1j.  similipenne.  Black;  members  rufous  or  yellowish. — Inhab. 
Mexico. 

Body  black,  polished,  hairy,  densely  punctured  ;  antennae  reddish 
brown,  first  and  second  joints  rufous ;  lahrum  and  palpi  piceous  ;  thorax 
longer  than  broad,  with  a  longitudinal  glabrous  line  in  the  middle,  and 
a  glabrous  basal  margin  ;  elytra,  terminal  edge  piceous ;  tergiim  with 
more  minute  punctures;  more  hairy  at  tip;/eenioney-yellow  ;  this;hs 
pale  yellow. — Length  two  fifths  of  an  inch. 

Like  most  of  the  species  of  this  genus  the  middle  of  the  thorax  is 
destitute  of  punctures  ;  in  this  character  it  also  agrees  with  Staphyliniis 
violaceus,  Grav. 

2.  L.  armatum.  Anterior  thighs  dilated  and  angulated  beneath. — 
Inhab.  Indiana. 

Body  black,  punctured ;  antennae  piceous ;  first  joint  obconic,  not 
longer  than  the  second  and  third  together,  which  are  equal;  4-10 
joints  moniliform  ;  last  joint  ovate  acute  ;  palpi  pale  piceous  ;  terminal 
joint  minute,  that  of  the  labial  longer  ;  thorax  oblong-quadrate ;  angles 
rounded;  glabrous  line  none;  elytra  black  piceous,  punctures  not 
Vol.  IV.— 5  0 


454  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  AND  OBSERVATIONS  ON 

deeply  impressed ;  sutural  stria  distinct ;  fe,d  rufous ;  thighs  robust, 
particularly  the  anterior,  which  have  a  prominent  angle  beneath  near 
the  tip ;  tihiae  a  little  dilated  and  compressed,  obliquely  truncate  at 
tip  ;  anterior  pair  with  an  obtuse  sinus  on  the  inner  side ;  tarsi^  first 
joint  not  longer  than  the  second  ;  penultimate  joint  a  little  lobed  be- 
neath.— Length  about  seven  twentieths  of  an  inch.  r 

I  have  obtained  but  one  specimen,  which  is  a  male.  The  above 
description  will  show  that  it  differs  much  from  any  known  species. 

3.  L,  cindum.  Black,  punctured  ;  antennae  and  mouth  piceous  ; 
feet  yellowish  ;  posterior  margins  of  the  segments  of  the  abdomen 
rufous. — Inhab.  Missouri. 

Body  black,  punctured,  hairy  ;  head  above,  punctures  dense,  distinct, 
profound,  furnishing  hairs  ;  on  the  front  sparse,  remote ;  antennae  pale 
piceous,  first  joint  nearly  one  third  of  the  entire  length,  third  joint 
rather  longer  than  the  second  and  with  the  others  obconic,  two  termi- 
nal ones  subglobular  ;  lahnun  very  short  at  tip  punctured  and  setous, 
emarginate  in  the  middle;  mandibles  piceous,  prominent,  strongly 
dentate  in  the  middle;  jyalpi,  maxillary  prominent,  pale  piceous,  ter- 
minal joint  conic  acute,  as  large  at  base  as  the  preceding  joint,  labial 
pale  testaceous,  minute,  throat  with  an  impressed  convex  line  ;  thorax 
oblong,  not  wider  than  the  head,  punctures  numerous,  profound,  fur- 
nishing hairs,  angles  rounded ;  scutel  impunctured  ;  elytra,  punctures 
somewhat  transversely  confluent,  a  little  hairy ;  feel  testaceous,  thighs 
paler,  anterior  thighs  near  the  tip  abruptly  narrowed  beneath,  coxae 
piceous;  pectus  impunctured;  postpectus  and  abdomen  densely  and 
minutely  punctured,  punctures  hair}^ ;  segments  of  the  latter  with 
rufo-ferruginous  posterior  margins. — Length  less  than  two  fifths  of  an 
inch. 

Found  near  Engineer  Cantonment  on  the  Missouri. 

4.  L.  bicolor,  Grav.  This  is  an  abundant  species,  and  widely  distri- 
buted. Nuttall  gave  me  a  specimen  which  he  found  in  Arkansaw; 
I  have  taken  them  in  Missouri,  Pennsylvania  and  very  commonly  in 
this  state.  It  varies  considerably  in  its  shades  of  colouring.  I  have 
an  individual  of  which  the  thorax  is  pale  yellow. 


SOME  NORTH  AMERICAN  INSECTS,  455 

5.  L.  ilimidiatum.  Black;  thorax  and  posterior  half  of  the  elytra 
rufous — Inhab.  United  States. 

Black ;  head  with  scattered  punctures ;  antennae  fuscous  :  first  and 
second  joints,  and  paipi  honey-yellow  ;  thorax  briu;lit  rufous,  willi  a 
dorsal  hardly  regular  stria  of  seven  or  eight  punctures,  Ihe  stria 
somewhat  impressed  towards  the  base  ;  lateral  punctures  many,  not 
crowded ;  elytra  with  one  or  two  hardly  regular  striae  of  punctures, 
and  lateral  scattered  punctures ;  an  indented  subsutural  line  ;  bright 
rufous,  the  basal  half  black;  terguin  piceous  black;  segments  dull 
rufous  on  their  posterior  margins ;  feet  pale  yellow. — Length  three 
twentieths  of  an  inch. 

Var.  a.  Punctures  of  the  thorax  a  little  more  regular  and  numerous  ; 
black  portion  of  the  elytra  confined  to  the  basal  margin  and  sometimes 
obsolete. 

Punctured  somewhat  like  loiigiii senium,  Grav.,  but  is  much  smaller 
and  differently  coloured. 

G.Li.sphaericolle.  Blackish;  thorax  orbicular,  convex;  antennae 
long. — Inhab.  Indiana. 

Body  black  piceous;  head  with  the  carina  of  the  antennae  a  little 
elevated,  abrupt  before ;  antennae  much  thicker  towards  the  tip.  rather 
longer  than  to  the  base  of  the  thorax,  first  joint  hardly  longer  than  the  se- 
cond and  third  together ;  fuscous,  three  basal  joints  honey-yellow,  fourth 
and  terminal  joints  obscure  honey-yellow ;  larger  joints  hardly  longer 
than  broad ;  mandibles  bifid  at  tip,  and  with  the  palpi  piceous :  neck 
distinct;  thorax  nearly  orbicular,  a  little  wider  before  the  middle  and 
narrower  behind ;  convex,  with  sparse  black  hairs ;  elytra  with  scat- 
tered, upright  hairs ;  subsutural  stria  deeply  indented,  particularly  to- 
wards the  base ;  tip  truncate  not  sinuate :  taken  together,  transverse 
quadrate  :  tergumh\ack;feet  yellowish  ;  thighs  towards  the  tip  piceous. 
— Length  over  one  tenth  of  an  inch. 

The  labrum  is  longitudinally  indented  in  the  middle,  and  at  tip  is 
widely,  but  not  very  deeply  emarginate.  The  habit  dilfers  from  that  of 
most  of  the  species,  and  it  cannot  be,  rigidly  speaking,  congeneric  with 
bicolor  and  pallipes,  Grav. 


456  DEscniPTioNs  of  and  observations  on 

It  varies  in  having  the  feet  entirely  yellowish  and  the  tips  of  the 
carinae  of  the  head  honey-yellow. 

7.  L.  millepundatum.  Piceous;  with  dense,  minute  punctures; 
thorax  with  a  glabrous  line,  rounded  behind. — Inhab.  Indiana. 

Body  dull  piceous,  with  very  minute,  crowded  punctures  and  small 
hairs ;  head  larger  than  thorax,  black  piceous,  quadrate,  almost  lobed  at 
the  posterior  angles ;  antennae  and  mouth  paler,  rufous  ;  thorax,  as  in 
Staphylinus,  rounded  behind  and  truncate  before ;  a  dorsal,  slender, 
glabrous  line  ;  elytra  paler  on  the  humerus  ;  tergum  dark  piceous,  pos- 
terior margins  of  the  segments  and  lateral  margin  paler;  beneath 
honey-yellow,  head  rufous. — Length  less  than  one  fourth  of  an  inch. 

The  form  of  the  thorax  and  head  is  that  of  a  Staphylinus ;  which 
together  with  the  dense  and  minute  puncturing,  distinguish  this  species 
very  readily  from  others. 

8.  L.  confluentum.  Piceous ;  densely  punctured ;  thorax  short, 
rounded  behind  and  angulated  before  each  side ;  head  large. — Inhab. 
United  States. 

Body  piceous ;  head  with  close  set,  discoidal  punctures  ;  large,  ovate 
or  subquadrate ;  tips  of  the  carinae  of  the  antennae,  base  of  the  anten- 
nae and  palpi  paler ;  palpi  with  the  terminal  joint  very  small ;  anten- 
nae towards  the  tip  moniliform ;  thorax  much  smaller  than  the  head, 
paler  on  the  lateral  and  posterior  margins ;  punctures  confluent  longi- 
tudinally ;  anterior  margin  with  a  short,  abrupt  neck ;  anterior  angles 
angulated ;  behind  rounded ;  elytra  with  small,  irregular  punctures, 
furnishing  short  hairs,  almost  obsolete  at  tip  ;  tip  paler ;  feet  honey- 
yellow. — Length  less  than  three  twentieths  of  an  inch, 

I  obtained  a  few  specimens  at  Chincoteage  Island,  in  dung,  October; 
and  one  in  Indiana. 

PINOPHILUS,  Grav. 

P.  latipes,  Grav.  In  his  last  work,  this  author  abolishes  this  genus 
and  unites  the  species  with  Lathobium.  But  I  think  with  Latreille, 
that  it  must  be  a  distinct  genus. 


SOME  NORTH  AMERICAN  INSECTS.  457 

PAEDERUS,  Fabr. 

1.  P.  discopimctahis.  Yellowish;  abdomen  black  at  tip. — Iiiliab. 
United  States. 

Body  elongated,  dull  honey-yellow,  punctured  ;  Iicad  with  close  set, 
discoidal  punctures  ;  subquadrate,  obtuse  before  ;  anfovuir,  and  palpi 
paler  than  the  head  ;  thorax  with  discoidal  punctures;  which  arc  close 
set  and  like  those  of  the  head  with  a  central  point ;  oval,  rather  smaller 
than  the  head ;  edges  a  little  darker ;  elytra  a  little  paler  than  the  head 
and  thorax,  with  dense,  transversely  somewhat  confluent  punctures ; 
abdomen  dark  honey-yellow,  black  at  tip  ;  feet  colour  of  the  elytra. — 
Length  less  than  three  twentieths  of  an  inch. 

Resembles  P.  h'motatus.  Say,  but  may  be  distinguished  at  first  sight 
by  the  more  obtuse  anterior  termination  of  the  head,  and  by  the  ab- 
sence of  the  elytral  spots,  which  mark  that  species. 

2.  P.  cindiis.  Black;  tips  of  the  elytra  obscure  rufous. — Inhab. 
United  States. 

Body  elongated,  black  with  a  slight  tinge  of  piccous.  and  with  dis- 
coidal punctures ;  head  obtuse  before ;  antennae  and  palpi  honey-}  ellow  ; 
thorax  somewhat  smaller  than  the  head,  a  little  obovate,  obscurely 
rufous  behind :  elytra  obscure  rufous  at  tip  ;  iergum,  posterior  margins 
of  the  segments  tlull  rufous  ;  feet  pale  honey-yellow. — Length  nearly 
three  twentieths  of  an  inch. 

Resembles  the  preceding  in  form,  and  in  the  obtuse  anterior  termi- 
nation of  the  head. 

RUGILUS,  Leach. 
R.  dentatus.     Black;  feet  pale ;  elytra  dull  rufous  at  tip. — Inhab. 
United  States. 

Body  piceous  black;  head  longitudinally  wrinkled;  antennae  and 
palpi  piceous ;  lahrum  large,  bidentate  in  the  middle,  piceous,  rounded 
each  side ;  thorax  smaller  than  the  head,  longitudinally  wrinkled,  con- 
vex, with  a  longitudinal,  glabrous  line  ;  elytra  with  numerous,  minute, 
hairy  punctures :  a  subsutural  impressed  line  ;  posterior  margin  dull 
Vol.  IV.— 5  P 


458  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  AND   OBSERVATIONS  ON 

rufous,  or  yellowish ;  feet  pale  yellowish. — Length  over  three  twen- 
tieths of  an  inch. 

Var.  a.  Posterior  margin  nearly  black  towards  the  suture ;  glabrous 
thoracic  line  almost  obsolete. 

Much  smaller  than  R.  orbiculatiis,  Payk.,  and  the  wrinkles  of  the 
head  and  thorax  are  larger  and  more  obvious. 


'&"■ 


STENUS,  Lafr. 

1.  S.  geniciilalus.  Black;  antennae  and  feet  whitish. — Inhab. 
United  States. 

Body  black,  with  a  very  slight  cinereous  tinge ;  deeply  punctured ; 
head  with  a  wide,  but  not  very  deep  indentation  each  side  of  the  mid- 
dle ;  profoundly  punctured  ;  antennae  whitish ;  anterior  part  of  the 
head  with  short  whitish  hairs ;  thorax  punctured  like  the  head  ;  elijtra 
also  with  profound  punctures ;  tergum  a  deeper  black  than  the  elytra  ; 
segments  with  large  punctures  at  base  and  small  ones  towards  the  tip ; 
feet  yellowish-white  ;  posterior  knees  blackish. — Length  less  than  one 
fifth  of  an  inch. 

This  has  been  supposed  to  be  the  same  as  the  fuscipes,  Grav.,  but  it 
is  much  larger,  with  pale  feet,  &c: 

2.  S.  colon.  Black;  elytra  with  a  rufous  dot;  feet  pale  beneath. — 
Inhab.  Indiana. 

Body  black,  with  large,  dense,  not  very  profound  punctures ;  elytra 
with  the  punctures  towards  the  suture  longitudinally  confluent ;  a  sub- 
lunate  or  triangular,  dull  rufous  spot  rather  behind  the  middle  of  each 
elytrum ;  tergum  with  the  punctures  not  smaller  at  the  posterior  mar- 
gins of  the  segments  ;  feet  dirty  yellowish ;  thighs  blackish  above — 
Length  over  three  twentieths  of  an  inch. 

Much  like  S.  biguttatus,  Linn.,  but  is  much  smaller,  and  the  spot 
of  the  elytra  is  placed  rather  more  outward  and  backward,  and  is  more 
triangular  and  ejiiarginate  before. 
.     3.  S.  stygicus.     Grayish  black,  immaculate. — Inhab.  Missouri. 

Body  black,  with  a  slight  tint  of  gray  ;  punctures  dense,  with  short, 
prostrate  hairs ;  head  obtusely  indented  each  side  between  the  eyes  ; 


SOME  NORTH  AMERICAN  INSECTS.  459 

thorax  broadest  a  little  before  the  middle ;  t/y/w,  region  of  the  scutel 
indented  ;  terginn  of  a  more  unmixed  black  than  the  anterior  part  of 
the  body ;  feet  immaculate. — Length  nearly  three  t\Yentietlis  of  an 
inch. 

Resembles  bupthalmm,  Schr.,  but  may  be  distinguisued  by  the  more 
obvious  indentations  of  the  head. 

4.  ^.  fcmoratus.  Grayish  black;  thighs  rufous. — Inhab.  Pennsyl- 
vania. 

Body  black  with  a  slight  tinge  of  gray ;  punctures  dense,  with  short, 
prostrate  hairs  ;  hctid  obtusely  indented  each  side  between  the  eyes  ; 
thorax  broadest  rather  before  the  middle,  contracted  behind :  a  slight 
appearance  of  indentation  behind  the  middle ;  eltjlra,  region  of  the 
scutel  a  little  indented ;  ter2;wn  of  a  more  unmixed  black  than  the 
other  part  of  the  body:  anterior  thighs  rufous,  black  at  the  knee; 
posterior  thighs  obscure  rufous. — Length  less  than  three  twentieths  of 
an  inch. 

5.  S.  quadripiinctatus.  Black,  punctured ;  thorax  hexagonal,  ine- 
qual. — Inhab.  Missouri. 

Body  deep  black,  immaculate,  profoundly  and  densely  punctured : 
mouth  testaceous ;  palpi  black  ;  thorax  hexagonal,  the  lateral  edge  pro- 
jecting into  an  angle  in  the  middle,  disk  with  four  dilated,  indented 
spots,  placed  in  quincunx,  with  a  slightly  elevated  line  between  them, 
one  or  two  obsolete,  indented  spots  near  the  lateral  angle ;  alnlomen, 
pectus  and  poslpcctus  impunctured,  the  former  with  short  hairs ;  feet 
piceous. — Length  more  than  one  tenth  of  an  inch. 

Found  at  Engineer  Cantonment.  It  has  a  somewhat  dilFerent  aspect 
from  the  preceding  species.  The  eyes  are  not  quite  so  large,  and  the 
three  last  joints  of  the  antennae  are  not  so  remarkably  larger  than  the 
others. 

OXYPORUS,  Fair. 

O.  sfygicus.     Black;  tarsi  rufous. — Inhab.  Indiana. 
Body  black,  polished;  antennae  2-5  joints  rufous;  tabrum  rufous: 
palpi  honey-yellow;  thorax  with  the  lateral  dellectcd  margin  indented ; 


460  DESCRIPTIONS    OF  AND   OBSERVATIONS  ON 

ehjtra  entirely  black ;  a  subsutural  stria,  and  an  abbreviated  one  on  the 
middle,  near  which  is  another  obsolete  one,  and  many  rather  large  dis- 
tant punctures ;  exterior  margin  impunctured ;  feet  blackish  piceous ; 
tarsi  pale  rufous. — Length  three  tenths  of  an  inch. 

The  thorax  is  somewhat  longer  than  that  of  cmcliis,  Grav.,  and  the 
punctures  of  the  elytra  are  more  numerous. 

OXYTELUS,  Grav. 

1.  0.  sculpt  us.  Blackish;  five  lined;  elytra  rufous;  feet  pale. — 
Inhab.  Pennsylvania. 

Body  piceous-black,  punctured ;  head  indented,  with  numerous, 
small  punctures  above  ;  mouth  piceous ;  antennae  fuscous,  piceous  at 
base ;  thorax  with  five  grooves,  of  which  the  exterior  ones  are  dilated 
and  not  deeply  impressed ;  densely  punctured  ;  anterior  angles  not 
acute ;  elytra  dull  rufous,  with  small  hairy  punctures ;  a  subsutural  im- 
pressed line  and  another  from  the  humerus  not  reaching  the  tip ;  ter- 
gum  black  with  a  piceous  tinge ;  feet  yellowish-white ;  tibiae  and  tarsi 
a  little  darker. — Length  over  three  twentieths  of  an    inch. 

Gravenhorst  considered  this  insect  as  specifically  identical  with  his 
piceus,  but  in  his  remarks  on  that  species  he  states  that  "huic  Oxytelo 
alius  affinis  est,  quam  D.  Prof.  Knoch  O.  sculptus  nuncupavit.  Differt 
thorace  lateribus  subrotundatis,  basin  versus  paulo  angustiore,  coleop- 
tris  breviore  et  paulo  angustiore,  fusco  seu  rufo ;  coleoptris  quadratis, 
rufescentibus  seu  piceo-rufo."  These  differences  of  character,  indicate 
a  difference  of  species. — It  is  the  Aleochara  sculpta  of  Melsheimer's 
Catalogue. 

2.  O.  rugulosiis.  Black ;  longitudinally  wrinkled  ;  elytra  obscure 
piceous. — Inhab.  Mexico. 

Body  black,  rather  short,  with  numerous  punctures,  somewhat  con- 
fluent into  longitudinal  wrinkles;  tiead  with  three  grooves,  rather 
slightly  impressed,  the  lateral  ones  dilated  ;  aritennae  brown,  dull  honey- 
yellow  at  base ;  palpi  dull  honey-yellow ;  tliorax  with  three  grooves, 
of  which  the  middle  one  is  wider  before  and  the  lateral  ones  wider 
behind ;  each  side  a  little  concave,  the  edge  slightly  reflected  ;  anterior 


SOME  NORTH  AMERICAN  INSECTS.  461 

angles  acute ;  lateral  edge  arquated  ;  rounded  behind  ;  chjlra  transverse 
quadrate,  blackish  piceous:  tergiim  with  dense  minute  punctures  ;/ee/ 
honey-yellow. — Length  less  than  one  tenth  of  an  inch. 

This  does  not  altogether  agree  with  the  var.  a  of  the  carhuifus  of 
Gravenhorst  and  to  which  he  has  given  the  name  of  insignitus.  The 
present  species  is  proportionally  much  shorter  than  the  carinalm.  It 
is  not  more  than  half  the  length  of  that  species.  It  is  more  than  pro- 
bable that  the  insignitus  is  also  a  distinct  species, 

I  obtained  three  specimens  of  the  rugulosus  in  Mexico. 

3.  O.  cordatus.  Black;  elytra  whitish,  with  a  common  brown  spot. 
— Inhab.  Virginia. 

Body  black,  with  numerous  small  punctures :  mandibles  piceous : 
on/emioe  pale,  towards  the  tip  brownish  ;  Mo/'rt.x,  angles  almost  rounded; 
elytra  yellowish  white,  with  a  common  fuliginous  disk ;  feci  yellow- 
ish white;  tibiae  and  tarsi  darker. — Length  three  Iwentieths  of  an 
inch. 

This  occurred  extremely  numerous,  in  October,  under  the  surface 
of  the  sand  in  flat  places  on  the  sea  beach,  over  which  the  higli  tides 
flow.  When  the  water  subsides  their  labours  become  visible.  'J'hey 
proceed  forwards  a  little  beneath  the  surface  in  a  very  irregular  line, 
casting  up  the  sand  so  as  to  resemble  a  miniature  mole  tunnel. 

On  the  wet  or  partially  dry  plain,  their  tunnels,  though  very  small. 
are  yet  very  striking  to  the  eye,  in  consequence  of  their  great  abun- 
dance, and  being  drier  and  whiter  than  the  general  surface.  They  ap- 
pear to  be  in  search  of  the  various  minute  crustaceous  animals,  that 
take  refuse  in  the  sand  on  the  recession  of  the  waters. 

4.  O.  emarginatiis.  Black;  elytra  whitish  with  a  fuliginou><  suture. 
— Inhab.  Indiana. 

Body  black,  punctured  ;  ^ear/ with  numerous,  but  not  crowded  punc- 
tures ;  two  longitudinal  indentations  between  the  antennae :  antennae^ 
mandibles  and  palpi  honey-yellow;  thorax  with  a  piceous  tinge, 
rounded  behind ;  with  rather  sparse,  well  defined  punctures,  and  an 
obvious,  impressed,  dorsal  line ;  elytra  with  separate  punct\ires  and  a 
much  dilated,  common,  fuliginous  vitta:  sutural  tip  very  obtusely 
Vol.  IV.— 5  Q 


462  DESCRIPTIONS   OF  AND   OBSERVATIONS  ON 

rounded ;  fed  honey-yellow  ;  thighs  and  coxae  whitish. — Length  less 
than  one  tenth  of  an  inch. 

The  obtusely  rounded  sutural  tip  of  the  elytra,  gives  this  part,  in 
repose,  a  profoundly  emarginated  appearance. 

GENUS  MOLOSOMA,  Say. 

Labrum  entire  ;  palpi  filiform,  terminal  joint  of  the  maxillaries 
much  longer  than  the  second,  slightly  attenuate  to  the  tip  ;  antennae 
before  the  eyes,  inserted  under  the  margin,  gradually  thicker  at  tip, 
four  last  joints  larger;  body  cylindric;  thorax  truncate  at  base;  abdo- 
men with  the  penultimate  segment  longest;  tibiae  spinous,  a  little 
arquated. 

M.  latipes,  Grav.    (Monog.  Coleopt.  Micr.,  p.  198.) 

In  the  present  state  of  the  science,  the  latipes  can  no  longer  remain 
in  the  genus  Oxytelus,  as  a  species  of  which  Gravenhorst  described  it. 
That  author  was,  however,  perfectly  sensible  of  its  distinguishing  cha- 
racters, and  had  he  written  twenty  years  later,  I  should  not  now  have 
to  construct  this  new  genus.  The  following  are  his  remarks  adjoined 
to  his  copious  description,  to  which  I  must  refer  the  reader : 

"Cum  hoc  insectum  palpis  instructum  sit  filiformibus,  antennis 
extrorsum  crassioribus,  thorace  immarginato  basi  truncato,  Tachinis 
adnumerandum  foret,  si  solos  characteres  artificiales  (Coleopt.  Mi- 
cropt.,  p.  134)  datos  respiceremus.  Habitu  autem  toto,  et,  exceptis 
ultimis  palporum  articulis,  partibus  etiam  singulis  cum  Oxytelis  hujus 
familiae  plane  congruit.  Certo  systematis  naturalis  nullam  haberemus 
rationem,  cum  hoc  micropteron  Tachinis  adjungeremus.  Oxytelus 
autem,  sicut  hue  usque  determinati  erant,  ob  characteres  per  systema 
artificiale  constitutes,  baud  adsociari  potest.  Eodem  ergo  jure,  quo 
Astrapaei  genus  olim  a  Staphylino  disjuugebatur,  quibus  attamen 
simillimum  est,  hoc  etiam  insectum  genus  novum,  ab  Oxytelis  separa- 
tum, conderet,  nisi  regula  systematis  naturalis,  i.  e.  character  totus 
externus  seu  habitus  totus,  dissuaderet." 


SOiME  NORTH  AMERICAN  INSECT!-.  463 

ANTHOPHAGUS,  Gmv. 

A.  verticalis.  Body  reddish  brown ;  elytra  and  margin  of  the  ter- 
gum  yellowish. — Inhab,  Pennsylvania. 

Body  chestnut,  punctured,  a  little  hairy ;  head  darker  than  the  tho- 
rax, punctures  sparse;  disk  of  the  vertex  impressed;  between  the  an- 
tennae unequal ;  antennae  and  mouth  paler  than  the  head  ;  thorax 
convex,  rounded  each  side,  contracted  at  base,  with  a  conspicuous  im- 
pressed line,  terminating  behind  in  a  dilated  puncture  ;  elytra  reddish 
yellow,  punctured,  at  tip  obscure  ;  terginn  with  a  dorsal  impressed 
line ;  posterior  or  rather  lateral  triangular  yellow  spot,  and  on  the 
lateral  margin  of  each  segment;  thighs  testaceous:  tibiae  and  tarsi 
somewhat  darker. — Length  under  one  fifth  of  an  inch. 

Allied  to  A.  brunncus,  Nob.,  but  the  segments  of  the  tergum  are 
not  margined  around  by  dusky;  on  each  is  a  dusky  triangle,  much 
dilated  on  the  posterior  margin,  so  as  nearly  to  reach  the  lateral  edge. 

OMALIUM,  Grav. 

1.  O.  marginatum.  Piceous,  punctured;  antennae  and  feet  dull 
rufous. — Inhab.  Upper  Missouri. 

Body  oblong  oval,  piceous,  punctured  ;  head,  punctures  sparse,  obso- 
lete at  tip  ;  with  an  indentation  each  side  between  the  antennae  and  a 
longitudinal  impressed  line  each  side  at  base ;  antennae  rufous  at  base, 
red  brown  obscure  at  tip  with  cinereous  hair;  palpi  rufous  ;  thorax 
transverse  subquadrate,  punctures  not  crowded;  posterior  edge  ob- 
scurely piceous ;  elytra  longitudinally  quadrate,  covering  more  than 
half  of  the  tergum,  exterior  margin  piceous  towards  the  humerus;  ex- 
terior hind  angles  rounded,  sutural  ones  acute :  almost  to  be  traced 
into  striae  :  feet  piceous,  paler  towards  the  tip ;  tergum  obscurely  ru- 
fous on  the  margin,  and  on  the  posterior  margins  of  the  segments. — 
Length  one  tenth  of  an  inch. 

I  obtained  this  insect  when  with  Major  Long's  expedition  to  the 
Rocky  Mountains;  I  think  it  occurred  at  Engineer  Cantonment  on 
the  Missouri. 


464  DESCRIPTIONS    OF  AND   OBSERVATIONS  ON 

2.  O.  rotundicolle.  Piceous  black ;  thorax  rounded  behind,  emargin- 
ate  before. — luhab.  Pennsylvania. 

Body  Avith  rather  large,  numerous  and  profound  punctures ;  anten- 
nae piceous,  brown,  the  three  basal  joints,  labrum  and  palpi  honey- 
yellow  ;  thorax  transverse  oval,  deeply  emarginate  before,  equally 
punctured  ;  posterior  angles  rounded ;  edges  piceous  ;  elytra  equally 
punctured,  long;  terminal  edge  piceous;  tergum  piceous,  rather  paler 
on  the  posterior  margins  of  the  segments ;  feet  dark  honey-yellow ; 
venter  somewhat  piceous. — Length  less  than  one  fifth  of  an  inch. 

Taken  on  the  wing  at  twilight,  in  October. 

TACHINUS,  Grav. 

1.  T.  atricaudatus,  Xob.  Very  closely  allied  to  atricapilliis,  and 
cinctus.  Grav. 

2.  T.  ohsoletus.  Black ;  thorax,  curve  on  the  elytra,  segment  mar- 
gins and  feet  yellowish. — Inhab.  Virginia. 

Body  black ;  antennae  fuscous ;  four  basal  joints  yellowish ;  tip  of 
the  last  joint  dirty  fulvous  ;  mouth  honey-yellow ;  thorax  honey-yel- 
low ;  elytra,  in  some  lights  with  an  appearance  of  obsolete  striae ;  sub- 
sutural  impressed  line  obvious;  a  honey-yellow  base,  suture  and  ter- 
minal margin ;  abdomen  with  the  segments  piceous  on  their  posterior 
margins :  feet  pale  yellowish. — Length  over  one  fourth  of  an  inch. 

I  obtained  this  species  in  October,  at  Chinquotege  Island. 

3.  T.  trimaculafus.  Yellowish ;  head  and  three  elytral  spots  blackish ; 
tergum  rufous. — Lihab.  Pennsylvania. 

Body  yellow,  tinged  with  honey-yellow ;  head  obscure  piceous ;  an- 
tennae fuscous ;  four  basal  joints  pale  yellow ;  mouth  yellow ;  mandibles 
piceous  at  tip;  thorax  immaculate;  sc»/c/ piceous ;  elytra,  with  a  few 
remote  punctures  on  the  basal  half,  and  towards  the  tip  obsolete 
impressed  striae,  a  subsutural  impressed  line,  near  which  is  a  series 
of  distant  larger  punctures ;  region  of  the  scutel  with  a  dilated  black- 
ish triangle,  extending  to  the  middle  of  the  length  of  the  suture, 
and  thence  by  a  narrow  and  paler  sutural  line  to  the  tip ;  exterior 


SOME  NORTH  AMERICAN  INSECTS.  465 

margin  or  epipleura  black,  with  a  spot  near  its  tip  cxtendiiic;  in- 
wards, half  way  to  the  suture  but  not  reaching  the  tip  of  the  elytra; 
tergwn  dull  sanguineous;  near  the  tip  with  an  obsolete,  blackish 
band ;  at  tip  with  a  yellowish  tinge. — Length  over  three  twentieths 
of  an  inch. 

4.  T.  cincficollls.  Black  ;  posterior  thoracic  margin,  line  of  the 
elytra,  and  feet  yellowish. — Inhab.  Indiana. 

Body  black ;  moufh  yellowish ;  iHilpi  pale  yellow ;  antennae  fuscous, 
three  basal  joints  yellowish;  fourth  joint  piceous;  //iorox*  posterior  mar- 
gin, and  lateral  margin  dilating  towards  the  posterior  angles,  honey-yel- 
low ;  scutel  piceous ;  elytra  with  an  appearance  of  striae  at  tip  ;  a  sntu- 
ral  impressed  stria,  near  which  is  a  series  of  distant  punctures,  and 
another  near  the  middle  and  a  submarginal  one ;  pale  yellowish,  a  di- 
lated oval  blued  black  spot  extends  from  before  the  middle  to  the  tip, 
does  not  attain  to  the  suture  and  is  confluent  with  a  blackish  marginal 
line,  which  does  not  reach  the  humerus;  tcrgum,  segments  on  their 
posterior  margins,  obscure  piceous  ;/ee/  pale  yellow. — Length  less  than 
one  fifth  of  an  inch. 

Distinguished  from  the  others  of  this  country,  by  the  dilTerently 
coloured  thoracic  margin. 

5.  T.  humklus.  Black ;  elytra  and  posterior  margins  of  the  abdo- 
minal segments,  rufous. — Tnhab.  Indiana. 

Body  black  ;  antennae  brownish,  base  and  mouth  honey-yellow ; 
thorax  piceous  on  the  posterior  edge ;  elytra  rufous  or  honey-yellow, 
an  impressed  subsutural  line,  near  which  is  a  series  of  punctures,  sur- 
face with  sparse  punctures  almost  to  be  traced  into  two  or  three  series ; 
sutural  margin  very  slightly  dusky;  tergiim  blackish,  with  piceous 
posterior  margins  of  the  segments  ;  tip  somewhat  fulvous;  feel  honey- 
yellow. — Length  one  tenth  of  an  inch. 

Allied  to  the  preceding,  but  is  a  much  smaller  species,  and  the  elytra 
are  immaculate. 

Vol.  IV.— 5  R 


466  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  AND  OBSERVATIONS  ON 

TACHYPORUS,  Grav. 

1 .  T.  fumipennis.  Black ;  margin  of  the  thorax  and  base  of  the 
elytra  yellowish. — Inhab.  Pennsylvania. 

Body  minutely  punctured;  head hlack ;  a??/emi«e  filiform,  brown  ; 
four  basal  joints  honey-yellow ;  palpi  filiform,  yellowish ;  thorax  black, 
margined  around  with  honey-yellow ;  sciifel  black ;  elytra  fuliginous,  a 
wide  part  of  the  base  and  narrow  tip  dull  honey-yellow  ;  tergum  black- 
ish, the  segments  piceous  on  the  hind  margins ;  beneath  black-piceous : 
feet  honey-yellow.— Length  over  three  twentieths  of  an  inch. 

2.  T.  moediis.  Piceous,  sericeous ;  thorax  and  elytra  margined  with 
dull  yellowish  obscure. — Inhab.  United  States. 

Body  blackish  piceous,  somewhat  sericeous  ;  mouth  and  antennae 
dull  yellowish ;  the  latter  pale  brownish  towards  the  middle ;  palpi, 
penultimate  joint  thick :  last  joint  much  shorter  and  acicular;  thorax 
dilated,  convex,  lateral  and  basal  margins  dull  yellowish;  elytra,  basal 
and  exterior  margins  dull  yellowish:  abdomen  somewhat  hairy  at  tip, 
beneath  honey-yellow ;  feet  not  or  hardly  spiny. — Length  less  than 
three  twentieths  of  an  inch. 

The  paler  margins  of  the  thorax  and  elytra  are  sometimes  almost 
obsolete. 

3.  T.jocosits.  Black  :  thorax,  elytra,  feet  and  mouth  yellowish. — 
Inhab.  Indiana. 

Head  black  piceous,  polished,  convex,  impunctured  ;  antennae  honey- 
yellow  (six  ultimate  joints  wanting  in  the  specimen)  ;  y;«^^i  honey-yel- 
low, terminal  joint  acicular;  thorax  polished,  impunctured, yellowish  : 
anterior  and  posterior  margins  blackish ;  scutel  blackish  ;  elytra  yel- 
lowish, with  very  fine,  prostrate  hairs ;  region  of  the  scutel  black- 
ish ;  tergum,  posterior  margins  of  the  segments  yellowish ;  longer 
than  the  elytra  (in  the  preserved  state)  ;  feet  pale  yellow^. — Length 
one  tenth  of  an  inch. 

4.  T.  ventricidus.  Black;  thorax  each  side  and  elytral  margin  pi- 
ceous.— Inhab.  Pennsylvania. 

Body  black,  with   a  slight  piceous   tinge,  polished  ;  antennae  dull 


SOME  NORTH  AMERICAN  INSECTS.  4G7 

yellowish,  dusky  towards  the  tip:  mouth  dull  yellowish:  palpi  fili- 
form :  thorax  piceous  on  the  lateral  margin,  gradually  shading  to  the 
general  blackish  colour;  chjtra  on  the  lateral  margin  and  at  tip 
piceous ;  common  edge  of  the  tip  not  indented  at  the  suture ;  Icrgitm 
(in  the  preserved  state)  much  shorter  than  the  elytra,  at  lip  of  the 
segments  dull  piceous :  fed  honey-yellow ;  tibiae  not  remarkably  siiin}-. 
— Length  one  twelfth  of  an  inch. 

The  abdomen  contracts  very  much  in  desiccation. 

This  can  hardly  be  the  crassus,  Grav..  as  his  description  does  not  in- 
dicate it. 

5.  T.  opieiis.  Blackish :  feet,  base  of  the  thorax  and  of  the  elytra 
obscure  reddish  brown. — Inhab.  IMissouri. 

Body  deep  black  l)rown,  somewhat  sericeous ;  head  black  :  antennae 
at  base  and  tip  pale  reddish  brown ;  palpi  pale  reddish  brown :  thorax 
convex ;  a  narrow,  obscure,  red  brown  posterior  margin  ;  elytra  with 
a  broad  red  brown  basal  margin :  feet  red  brown  ;  lihiae  not  remark- 
ably spinous;  terguni  with  paler  margins  to  the  segments,  shorter 
than  the  elytra,  hairy  at  tip. — Length  over  one  tenth  of  an  inch. 

This  species  is  not  highly  polished,  but  is  distinctly  sericeous. 

6.  T.  aeaiulus.  Abbreviated  ;  honey-yellowish  ;  thorax  paler  each 
side. — Inhab.  Indiana. 

Body  honey-yellow,  polished  ;  /icc/f/ black  piceous  ;  antennae  fuscous, 
four  basal  joints  obscure  yellowish  :  palpi  yellowish,  last  joint  acicular  ; 
thorax  honey-yellowish,  more  dusky  on  the  disk  and  at  base,  and 
])aler.  somewhat  translucent  on  the  lateral  margin:  elytra  yellow  with 
a  rufous  tinge,  a  little  hairy,  dusky  on  the  region  of  the  scutcl :  tip  of 
the  suture  a  little  rounded,  so  as  to  produce  an  acute,  but  small,  com- 
mon emargination  ;  tergwn  less  than  half  the  length  of  the  elytra, 
blackish  brassy,  somev.hat  hairy  :/tf/ yellow,  pale  :  tibiae  wMh  obvious, 
but  not  very  prominent  spines. — Length  nearly  one  twelfth  of  an  inch. 

This  is  very  broad  in  proportion  to  its  length,  in  consequence  of  the 
great  contraction  of  the  abdomen  in  drying.  It  resembles  yoro.9«.s'.  N.. 
but  is  wider  in  proportion  to  its  length,  without  taking  into  considera- 
tion the  extraordinary  brevity  of  the  abdomen. 


468  DESCRIPTIONS  OP  AND   OBSERVATIONS  ON 

7.  T.faber.  Thorax  and  elytra  yellowish;  near  the  scutel  depress- 
ed ;  last  joint  of  the  palpi  very  short. — Inhab.  Indiana. 

Body  somewhat  depressed ;  head  black-piceous,  polished  ;  antennae 
yellowish  towards  the  base ;  palpi,  penultimate  joint  rather  dilated  ; 
ultimate  joint  very  short,  conic,  hardly  one  fourth  as  long  as  the  prece- 
ding :  thorax  honey-yellow,  glabrous ;  scutel  small,  dusky ;  elytra 
paler  than  the  thorax,  slightly  hairy ;  suture  and  base  near  the  scutel 
a  little  dusky;  region  of  the  scutel  somewhat  indented  ;  /eyg-Mm  wider 
and  more  depressed  than  in  most  species,  paler  towards  the  tip ;  beneath 
reddish  brown ;  feet  yellowish  ;  tibiae  a  little  spinous. — Length  about 
one  twelfth  of  an  inch. 

The  abdomen  is  more  depressed  than  usual  in  this  genus,  and  the 
terminal  joint  of  the  maxillary  palpi  is  much  shorter  than  in  our  other 
species. 

Much  reform  seems  requisite  in  this  and  the  preceding  genera. 

8.  T.  Jimbriatus,  Grav.  Varies  in  being  more  or  less  tinged 
with  ferruginous.  The  head  and  thorax  are  sometimes  entirely  dull 
ferruginous.  It  is  the  boleti  of  Melsh.  Catal.,  but  it  was  afterwards 
first  described  by  Gravenhorst  under  the  name  which  I  have  of  course 
adopted. 

ALEOCIIARA,  Grav. 

1.  A.  obscuricollis.  Black;  elytra  ferruginous;  tarsi  piceous. — 
Inhab.  Mexico. 

Body  black  ;  head  opaque ;  labriim  piceous ;  thorax  orbicular,  trun- 
cated before  for  the  reception  of  the  head,  opaque  ;  elytra  ferruginous, 
length  hardly  exceeding  the  breadth ;  scutel  black,  opaque ;  abdomen 
obviously  hairy,  polished,  lateral  edge  somewhat  elevated ;  tarsi  piceous. 
— Length  less  than  three  tenths  of  an  inch. 

2.  A.  bimaculata,  Grav. 

A  species  very  closely  allied,  or  perhaps  the  same  as  the  bimaculata, 
Grav.,  is  an  inhabitant  also  of  Mexico. 

3.  A.  lustrica.  Blackish;  thorax  each  side,  elytra  and  feet  dull  ru- 
fous.— Inhab.  Pennsylvania. 


SOME  NORTH  AMEUICAN  INSECTS.  469 

Body  piceous  black,  obviously  punctured ;  head  black,  with  nu- 
merous punctures,  sparse  in  front  and  more  dense  bcliind ;  before  the 
antennae  triangularly  carinate,  dull  piceous  ;  antennae  dark  reddish 
brown,  three  basal  joints  honey-yellow;  mouth  dull  honey-yellow; 
thorax  with  very  numerous  punctures,  rather  larger  towards  the  base 
and  almost  to  be  traced  into  transverse  arquated  lines;  lateral  margins 
piceous  ;  elytra  dull  yellowish-rufous,  with  dense  punctures ;  (thdomen 
piceous  at  tip  ;  feet  honey-yellow. — Length  under  one  fourth  of  an 
inch. 

4.  A.  fasciata.  Yellow  ;  head,  baud  of  the  elytra  and  spot  on  the 
tergum,  black. — Inhab.  Pennsylvania. 

Body  yellow,  with  a  slight  rufous  tinge ;  head  black  piceous, 
with  rather  large  punctures  each  side  towards  the  eyes  ;  eyes  large, 
prominent ;  mouth  dull  yellowish ;  antennae  at  base  pale  yellow  ; 
thorax  sparsely  and  unequally  punctured,  with  four  somewhat  larger 
remote  punctures  on  the  disk;  elytra,  punctures  small,  not  deeply 
impressed  ;  posterior  half  blackish ;  tergum  with  a  black  dot  near 
the  tip  ;  feet  whitish. — Length  about  one  twelfth  of  an  inch. 

This  is  the  A.  fasciata  of  Melsh.  Catal. 

5.  A.  indentata.  Yellowish  ;  head,  thoracic  disk,  clytral  spot  and 
middle  of  the  tergum,  black. — Inhab.  Pennsylvania. 

Head  not  obviously  punctured;  eijes  not  remarkably  large  or 
prominent ;  antennae  reddish  brown,  pale  at  base  ;  mouth  honey- 
yellow  ;  thorax  dull  yellowish,  dusky  in  the  middle  ;  a  longitudinal 
impressed  line,  and  an  indentation  on  the  middle  of  the  base  ;  elytra 
with  small,  numerous  punctures;  yellowish  with  the  sutural  edge 
and  a  triangular  spot,  extending  from  before  the  middle  to  the  pos- 
terior outer  angle,  but  not  reaching  the  suture;  tergum  reddish 
yellow,  the  two  middle  segments  blackish  ;  beneath  yellowish  ;  posl- 
pectus  and  middle  of  the  venter  black ;  feet  whitish. — Length  one 
fifteenth  of  an  inch. 

Var.  a.     Thorax  with  the  dusky  disk  obsolete. 

Resembles  the  dichroa,  Grav.,  in  having  the  indentation  on  the 
Vol.  IV.— 5  S 


470  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  INSECTS. 

middle  of  the  base,  but  it  differs  in  many  respects,  and  obviously  in 
colouring.  "       ' 

6.  A.  A-pundata.  Thorax  rufous,  with  four  punctures  placed 
transversely. — Inhab.  Missouri  and  Indiana. 

Head  piceous  black,  vv^ith  one  puncture  on  the  inner  orbit,  and 
three  or  four  behind  the  eye  ;  antennae,  reddish  brow^n,  three  basal 
joints  honey-yellow ;  palpi  piceous ;  thorax  honey-yellow  with  four 
distant  punctures  before  the  middle,  placed  in  a  transverse  line,  the 
lateral  ones  less  distinct;  elytra  dull  honey-yellow,  with  minute 
punctures,  having  prostrate  hairs;  tergum  piceous,  paler  towards  the 
tip  ;  beneath  dark  piceous  ;  feet  yellowish. — Length  over  one  tenth  of 
an  inch. 

The  four  punctures  of  the  thorax  is  an  obvious  character. 

7.  A.  propera.  Blackish  ;  thorax  depressed  on  the  posterior  middle. 
— Inhab.  Indiana. 

Body  with  very  numerous,  small  punctures,  furnishing  pale  yel- 
lowish hairs;  antennae  black  fuscous,  three  or  four  basal  joints 
piceous  ;  inouth  piceous  ;  thorax  black  piceous,  conspicuously  hairy  ; 
on  the  middle  of  the  base  indented ;  elytra  piceous  brown,  obviously 
hairy,  a  little  depressed  on  the  basal  margin  and  in  the  region  of  the 
scutel ;  tergum  black  ;  feet  pale  piceous.— Length  over  or  about  one 
tenth  of  an  inch. 

The  depression,  almost  or  quite  amounting  to  an  indentation  at 
the  base  of  the  thorax  is  sometimes  geminate. 

8.  A  semicarinata.  Blackish  ;  thorax  with  a  carina  on  the  basal 
half. — Inhab.  Missouri. 

Body  black  with  a  piceous  tinge :  thorax  with  an  elevated  line,  or 
two  parallel  impressed  striae,  from  the  middle  to  the  base ;  elytra  with 
a  slightly  impressed  sutural  groove  ou  the  basal  half  j  abdomen  black; 
feet  pale  piceous. 


DONATIONS 

Received  hy  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  since  the  Publication 

of  Vol.  III.—Neiv  Series. 

FOR  THE  LIBRARY. 

FROM  SOVEREIGN  PRINCES,  GOVERNMENTS,  AND  STATES. 

From  his  3IaJesli/  the  King  of  the  Netherlands. 

Flora  Batava.  Fig.  par  J.  Le  Sepp  et  Ills.  Description  par  J.  Kops  et  Van  Hall.  4to. 
Cuts  in  79  a  82,  85  a  87,  89  a  94,  with  Title  and  Index  to  Vol.  C. 

Fimn  the  United  States. 

Diplomatic  Corresp.  of  the  Am.  Rcvol.,  from  the  First  Congress  to  the  Ratification  of  the 
Peace  with  0.  Britain.    Ed.  by  Jared  Sparks.   12Vols.,8vo.   Boston,  1H29— 30. 

Journal  of  the  House  of  Rep.  of  the  U.  S.,  from  First  Congress  under  tlic  Constitution,  1781), 
to  the  13th  Congress,  March  1815.     9  Vols.,  8vo.      Washington,  1820. 

FROM  AMERICAN  AND  FOREIGN  SOCIETIES. 

Albany.     Trans,  of  the  Institute.     Vol.  1,  Nos.  4,  5,  6.— Vol.  2,  No.  1.    1830—3.     8vo. 
Batavia.     Trans,  of  the  Batavian  Soc.  of  Arts,  &c.  8vo.     Vol.  1  a  7,  11  a  14.      ISlf — 33. 
Bath.     Trans.  Bath  and  AV.  of  Eng.  Soc.     Vol.  15,  part  I.     1829.     8vo. 
Berlin.     Abhandl.  der  KiJnigl.  Akad.  der  Wissenchaften.     4to.     1826 — 1831,  1829 — 32. 
Bordeau-x.     Bullet.  d'Hist.  Nat.  de  la  Soc.  Linn.    8vo.    3d  Vol.;  and  4ih,  Nos  1  a  3.   1H26 — 

1830. 
Boston.     Mem.  of  the  Amer.  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences.    N.  Series,  4to.    Vol.  1.  1833. 

Collections  Massachusetts  Hist.  Soc.     3d  Series,  8vo.     Vol.  2.     Cambridge,  1830. 

Calcutta.     Trans,  of  the  Agricul.  and  Hort.  Soc.  of  India.    8vo.  Vol.1.    Seranipore,  1829. 
Cambridge  (Mass.).     Catalogue  of  the  Library  of  Harvard  College.     3  Vols.,  8vo.     1830. 

Also,  Catalogue  of  Charts  and  Maps  in  their  Library.     8vo.     1831. 
Dublin.     Trans,  of  the  Royal  Irish  Academy.     4to.     Vol.  10  a  16.     1806—1831. 
EDiNBtmoH.     Trans,  of  the  Royal  Soc.     Vol.  11th,  p.  2,  and  Vol.  12th,  p.  3.     1831.     4to. 
Trans,  of  the  Soc.  of  Antiquaries  of  Scotland.     4to.     Vol.  3d,  and  Vol.  4th,  parts  1 

and  2.     1831—1833. 


472  DONATIONS  FOR  THE  LIBRARY. 

London.     Trans,   of  the  Royal  Soc.     1829,  part  2.     1830,  parts   1  and  2.     1833,  part  1 ; 
continuation  of  the  Index  from  1821 — 1830,   inclusive.     London. 

Also,  Astron.  Obs.  made  at  Greenwich,  by  J.  Ponds,  for  1829,  1830.    1832,  No.  4,  5. 

1833,  No.   1,  2;    and  Catalogue   of    1112   stars,   reduced   from    observation. 
1816—33. 

Trans,  of  the  Royal  Astron.   Soc.     Vols  4,  5.     1831 — 3.     4to.     Also,  Ast.  Obs.  at 

Greenwich,  by  J.  Ponds,  1831,  1832,  parts  1,  2,  3,  fol. 

of  the  Hort.  Soc,  completion  of  7th  Vol.     4to.     1830. 

of  the  Soc.  of  Arts,  Manuf.  and  Com.    Vols  47,  48,  49,  part  1, 1829—32.     8vo. 

of  the  Geol.  Soc.  N.  S.    Vol.  3,  part  2.     1832.     4to. 

of  the  Linnean  Soc.     Vol.  16,  parts  2d  and  3d.     1830 — 3.     4to. 

of  the  Antiquarian  Soc.     Vols  23,  24.     1831—2.     4to. 

of  the  Lond.  Instit.    Supplement  to  Catalogue  of  their  Library.     1830. 

Lisbon.     Real  Acad,  das  Sciencias. 

Programma  e  distrib.  de  premios.    1829 — 32.     Lista  dos  Donativos,  1825  a  1831. 
Madrid.     Mem.  de  la  Acad.  Real  de  la  Hist.     Tom.  7.     1832.     cao. 
Manchester.  (G.  B.)     Mem.  of  the  Lit.  and  Philos.  Soc.  N.  S.'   Vol.  3,  1819.     Vol.  5, 

1831.     8vo. 
Michigan.     Hist.  Soc.    Disc,  of  Gen.  Cass,  1839.     Disc.  H.  N.  Schoolcraft,  1830.     8vo. 
MiTTAU.     Jahresverhandl.  def  Kurland.  Gesellschaft  der  Litter,  und  Kunst.    Vols  1,2.    4to. 

1819,  1822. 
Moscow.     Notice  sur  les  Vegetaux  Fossiles  du  Gouv.  de  Moscou  a  la  Seance  publ.  de  la 

Soc.  Imp.  des  Naturalistes,  par  G.  Fischer  de  Waldheim.     1826.     4to. 

Par  le  meme.    Programme  pour  la  Seance  publique  de  la  Soc.  Imp.  de  Nat.   1828.  4to. 

New  York.     Annals  of  the  Lyceum.     Vol.  3,  Nos  3,  4.     Index  to  Library,  1830. 
Paris.     Mem.  de  I'Acad.  Roy.  des  Sci.  de  I'lnstitut.     Vol.  9  to  12.     1830—3.     4to. 

Mem.  presentes  par  divers  Savans  a  I'lnstit.     Vols  2,  3.     1830 — 33.     4to. 

Notices  et  extraits  des  MSS.  de  la  Bibl.  du  Roi.     Vol.  10,  12.     1818—31. 

Hist.  Litt.  de  la  France.     Vols  14,  15,  16.     1817—24. 

Through  the  attention  of  JM.  Eoiix  de  Rochelle,  this  Society  tvere  enabled  to 
complete  the  collection  of  ivories  published  by  the  Academy  and  Institute. 

Memoires  de  la  Soc.  Roy.  des  Antiq.  de  France.    8vo.   Vol.  9,  with  fol.  plates,  1833. 

Nouv.  Annales  du  Museum  d'Hist.  Nat.     Vol.  1,  cahier  1,  2.     4to.     1832. 

Recueil  de  Voy.  et  Mem.  de  la  Soc.  Geogr.     Vol.  3,  4to.     1830. 

Nouveau  Journal  de  la  Soc.  Asiatique.     Vol.  9,  1830,  8vo.     6  Nos  1833. 

Mso  the  following  TForks,  published  and  presented  by  them: 

Fables  de  Vartan,  en  armen.  et  en  fran^.,  par  MM  Saint-Martin  et  Zohrab.     1  Vol.,  8vo. 

Elem.  de  la  Gram,   japonaise,  par  le  P.  Rodriguez  ;  tr.  du  portug.,  par  M.  C.  Land- 

resse  ;  precedes  d'une  explication  des  syllabaires  japonais,  par  M.  Abel  Remusat, 
ec  un  supplement.     8vo. 

Elegie  sur  la  prise   d'Edesse    par    les  Musulmans,  par  Nerses  Klaietsi,  patriarche 

d'Armenie  ;  publiee  pour  la  premiere  fois,  en  armenien,  par  le  D.  J.  Zohrab. 
1  Vol.,  8vo. 

Essai  sur  le  Pali,  ou  Langue  sacree  de  la  presqu'ile  au  dela  du  Gange,  avec  six  plan- 

ches lithographiees,  et  la  notice  des  manuscrits  Palis  de  la  Bibliotheque  du  roi, 
par  E.  Burnouf  et  Ch.  Lassen.     1  Vol.,  8vo. 


DONATIONS  FOR  THE  LlllRAUY.  473 

Paris — conliniied. 

Observations  sur  le  mi-mo  ouvrarrp,  par  M.  Tkiniouf.     Cruiul  Rvo. 

La   Keconnaissancc   do   JSacounlala,  draino   sansrrit  ot   pracrit  dc  f'aliclasa,  public  cii 

original  et  accompa^ic  d'unc  traduction  Irancaise,  par  A.  L.  Clii'zy.     1  Vol.,  ■Ito. 

Vocabulaire  de  la  langiie  georgiennc,  par  IM.  J.  Klaproth.     1  Vol.,  8vo. 

Yajnadattabada,  on  la  Mort  d'YadJnadatta.     Episode  cxtrait  du  IJamayana,  rn  :-anscril 

et  en  trant-ais,  par  A.  L.  Cla'zy.     1  Vol.,  4lo. 

Chronique  Gt'orgiciine,  textc  et  traduction  par  ]M.  Brossct. 

Loix  de  Manou,  publiccs  en  Sanscrit,  avec  des  notes,  par  M.  Deslongchamps,  ct  avcc 

trad.  Fran^'oisc.     8vo.     3  Livrais.     1830. 

Yu-Kiac-I,i.  Roman  Chinois,  tr.  par  M.  IJemnsat. 

Tableau  des  Eleraens   de   I'ecriture  Chinoise.     Bvo.     1829.     Par  .AHI.  I.cvasscur  rt 

Kurz. 

Geographic  d'Aboul-Feda  ;  autographic  d'uu  iMS.  Arabc.     Par  .M.  Tony,  corrigee  par 

M.  Reinaud.     4to.     1829. 
Philadelphia.     Mem.  of  the  Acad,  of  Nat.  Sc.     Vol.0.     Nos  10  a  13.     1831.     8vo. 

N.  Amer.  Med.  and  Surgical  Journal  of  the  Kappa  Lambda  Association.     Vol.  9  a  12. 

1830—1.     8vo. 

Supplement  to  the  Catalogue  of  the  Philad.  City  T.ilirary.      1831 — 2. 

Med.  Soc.  of  Philad.     Report  of  their  Committee  on  Epiil.  Cholera,  May  1832.     8vo. 

Qi'EBEC.     Trans,  of  the  Lit.  and  Hist.  Soc.     Vol.  3,  parts  1,  2.      1832.     8vo. 
Rotterdam.     iNicuwc  verhand.  van  het  Bataafsche  Genootsch.  dcr  proefond.  Wijsbegecrtc. 

Aol.  7,  1819.     4to. 
St  Petersburo.     JMem.  de  I'Acad.  Imp.  des  Sc.     Vol.  11,  1830.      Ito. 

Idem.     6me.  Serie. 

Vol.  1.     Sc.  Math.  Phys.  et  Nat.     Liv.  1  a  6.     1830—1.     4to. 

Vol.  1.     Sc.  Pol.  Hist.  Plulologie.     Liv.  1  a  3.      1830,     4to. 

Vol.  1.     Par  divers  Savans  et  lus  dans  ses  assemblees.     Liv.  1  a  6.     4to.      1830 — 1. 

Recueil  des  Actes  des  Seances  publ.  de  I'Acad.  Imp.  des  Sc.  tenues  lo  29  Dec.  1827, 

1828,  1829,  1830. 

Recherches   sur  les  Phcnomenes  lumincux  qu'on  apcrcoit  qiielquefois  au  cicl  dans 

des  positions  dctcrminees,  par  rapport  au  soleil  ou  ii  la  lune.     Par  le  Prof.  Ossi- 
pofsky.      1828.     4to.     St  Petersburg. 

Mem.  sur  les  points  lixes  du  Thermometre.     Par  G.  F.  Parrat.     St  Pet.  4to.    1828. 

Mem.  concernant  de  nouveaux  Moyens  de  prevenir  tous  les  accidens  qui  ont  lieu  dans 

les  machines  ii  Vapeur,  &c.     Par  G.  F.  Parrat.     St  Petersburg.     4to.      1829. 

Disc,  prononce  par  M.  Alex.   Humboldt,   a  la  Seance   Extraord.    tenuc   par  I'Acad. 

Imp.  des  Sc.  Nov.  1829.     4to. 
Stockholm.     Kongl.    V'etensk.   Acad.    Nya   Ilandlingar.     8vo.     1829 — 31.      Stockholm. 
1830—2. 

Beriittelser  om  vetensk.  Framsteg  afgivne  af  Kongl.  vetensk.  Acad.  Embetsman.     8vo. 

1830 — 1.     Tlirough  the  CUiev.  Loricli,  consul-general  of  Swc.  and  Norw. 
Turin.     Mem.   della  Real  Acad,   delle   Scienze   di   Torino.     Vols  33,  34,  33.  30.     4io 
1829—1833. 

Vol.  IV.— 5  T 


474  DONATIONS  FOR  THE  LIBRARY. 


FROM    INDIVIDUALS. 

Adams  (J.  Q.)    His  Oration,  4th  July  1831,  addressed  to  the  Inhabitants  of  the  town  of 
Quincy.     Boston,  1831.     8vo. 

His  Eulogy  on  the  Life  and  Character  of  James  Monroe,  late  Pres.  of  U.  S.,  delivered 

before  the  Corpor.  of  Boston.     1831.     8vo. 
Adelung  (Frederick)     Poetical  Works  of  Alex.  Chapzki  (Polish).    St  Petersb.  1829.    12mo. 

Expedition  d' Alexandre  le  Grand  contre  les  Russes,  extraite  de  I'Alexandreide  d'ls- 

kender-name  de  Nizamy.  tr.  par  M.  Spitznagel,     Vol.  1.     St  Petersb.  1827. 

Disc,  de  M.  A.  Humboldt  a  la  Seance  extr.  de  I'Acad.  Imp.  des.  Sc.  Nov.  1829.     4to. 

Disc,  de  M.  Ouvaroff  (President)  a  la  memo  Seance. 

Programme  d'un  prix  de  Technologie  propose  par  I'Acad.  pour  la  fabrique  de  Soude. 

4to.     1829. 

Bulletin  de  la  Soc.  Imp.  des  Naturalistes  a  Moscou.     Ire  annee.     St  Petersb.  1829. 

Miscel.  Med.  Treat,  of  Med.  Soc,  4th  collection.    St  Petersb.  1830.   8vo.  (German.) 

Nacliricht  andie  Evang.  S.  Petri  Gemeinde.     St  Petersb.  1829.     4to. 

Russische  Misz.  zur  genauern  kenntnissen  Russlands  und  seiner  bewohner,  von  G. 

Engelhardt.     3d  Vol.     St  Petersb.  1830. 

A  Grammar  of  the  Armen.  Language,  by  the  Archimandrite  Michael.     St  Petersburgh, 

1828.     (Russ.) 

Versuch  einer  Literatur  der  Sanscrit  Sprache,  von  Fred.  Adelung.     St  Pet.  1830.    8vo. 

Beitriige  zur  Geognosie  des  Russichen  Reiches,  von  C.  H.  Panans.     St  Petersb.  1830. 

Paleograph.  Monuments  of  the  15th  and  18th  centuries.     Moscow,  1829.     (Russ.) 

Desc.  of  Slav,  and  Russ.  Books  in  the  Libr.  of  Count  Tolstoy.     Mosc.  1829.    (Russ.) 

Suppl.  to  a  former  description  of  do.,  1825. 

Adam  (AV alter)  On  the  Osteol.  symm.  of  the  Camel.    Lond.  1832.  4to.    (From  Linn.  Trans.) 
Aldini  (Chev.)     L'Art  de  se  preserver  de  Taction  de  la  flamme,  applique  a  la  conservation 
des  personnes  cxposees  au  feu.     8vo.     Paris,  1830. 

Short  Exper.  made  in  Italy,  Geneva,  and  Paris,  for  preserving  Life  and  Objects  of 

Value  from  Destruction  by  fire.     Lond.  1830. 
Alger  (Francis)     See  Jackson. 

Aschlund  (A.)  On  the  Variation  of  the  Compass,  with  2  Maps  and  a  Table.  Copenh.  1831. 
Babbage  (Charles)  Reflect,  on  the  dechne  of  Science  in  Eng.,  and  some  of  its  Causes.    8vo. 

Lond.  1830. 

Tabl.  of  the  Logarithms  of  Nat.  Numb,  from  1  a  108,000.     2d  edit.  Lond.  1831.  8vo. 

Bache  (Franklin— M.D.)  and  Wood  (G.  B.— M.D.)     See  Wood  (G.  B.— M.D.). 

Bache  (A.  D.  Prof.)  Treatise  on  Optics,  by  Sir  David  Brewster.  First  Am.  Edit,  with  an 
Append.,  being  an  Elementary  View  of  the  Application  of  Analysis  to  Reflection 
and  Refraction.     Philad.  1833.     8vo. 

Note  of  the  Effects  upon  the  Magnetic  Needle  of  the  Aurora  Borealis  seen  at  Philad. 

17th  May,  1833. 

Attempt  to  fix  the  Date  of  Dr  Franklin's  Observ.  in  relation  to  the  N.  E.  Storms  of  the 

Atlantic  States.     Philad.  1833. 


DONATIONS  FOR  THE  LIBRARY.  475 

Banckcr  (C.  N.)     The  Univ.  Etyni.  Diet.,  by  Walter  Whister.    4to.    Camb.  (C.  13.)  1825. 

Barnct  (Jas.  C.)     Hist.  Abregee  des  Jcsuites.     2  Vols,  8vo.     Paris,  1820. 

Bell  (John — M.D.)     On  Baths  anil  Min.  Waters,  in  2  pans  : — 1  Curative  I'owcrs.     2  Hist. 

of  the  Composition  and  Properties  of  the  chief  Alin.  Springs  of  U.  y.  and  Europe. 

Philad.  1831.     8vo. 
Biddle  (C.  C.)     An  Essay  on  the  Production  of  Wealth,  with  an  App.  on  the  Application  of 

the  Principles  of  Pol.  Econ.  to  the  State  of  the  Country.     8vo.     Lond.  1821. 

An  Essay  on  the  External  Corn  Trade.     3d  edit.     Lond.  1820. 

Ricardo  on  the  Principles  of  Pol.  Econ.  and  Taxation.     8vo.     Lond.  1817. 

Intr.  Lecture  on  Pol.  Econ.,  by  Rich.  Wiiately,  Prof.  Oxford.  (G.  B,)     Lond.  1831. 

Binney  (H.)     A  Cliart  of  Narraganset  Bay,  surv.  1832  by  Captain  A.  S.  Wadswortli  and 

Assist,  by  order  of  L.  AVoodbury,  Sec.  of  the  Navy. 
Black  (James — INLD.)     A  short  Liquiry  into  the  Capillary  Circulation  of  the  Blood,   &c. 

8vo.     Lond.  1825. 
Blaney  (         )     Journal  of  the  Senate  and  H.  of  R.  of  Penn.  each  Vol.  1.     1829—30.     8vo. 
Bonaparte   (Jos.  Comte  de  Survillicrs)     Iconographie  Grccque  ;   Recucil  des  Portraits  au- 

thcntiques  des  Empereurs,  Rois  et  Homraes  Illustres,  &c.  de  I'Antiquitc.     I'ar 

E.  Visconti.     3  Vols  fol.     Paris,  1808. 

Museum  Etrusque  de  Lucien  Bonaparte,  Prince  de  Canino.     Vases  Feints  avec  In- 

scriptions, fouilles  de  1828 — 9.     Liv.  1,  2,  avec  Planches.   Vitcrbo.  1829.    Fol. 
Bonaparte  (C.  L.  Prince  of  Musignano)     Linceografo,  ossia  le  Dodici  Tavole  dclle  prescriz- 
ioni  deir  Acad,  dei  Lincei.    Roma.     Fol. 

Scritto  del  Duca  Fred.  Cesi,  Fondatore  e  Principe  dcll'Acad.  dei  Lincei ;  Luglio,  1826, 

commentato  daU' Ab.  ScarpeUini,  Restauratore  deir  Acad.     Fol.     Roma,  1826. 

Saggio  d'una  distribuzione  raetodica  degli  aniraali  vcrtebrati.     Roma,  1831.     8vo. 

Cenni  sopra  le  variazioni  a  cui  vanno  soggette  le  farfalle,  gruppo  McliLxa.  Roma,  1831. 

Osservazioni  sulla.  2da  cdiz.  del  Regno  Animale  di  Cuvier.     8vo.     Bologna,  1830. 

Osservazioni   relative   alle   larve   pregiudiccvoli  alia   Pianta  del  Grano  Turco.     (Zea 

Mays).     Osserv.  sopra  alcune  Larve  e  tignole  dell'  Ulivo  del  dott.  Carlo  Passc- 

rini.     1832. 
Bowditch  (N.)   His  Translation  (with  a  Commentary)  of  the  Mecanique  Celeste  de  la  Place. 

4to.    Vol.  2.    Boston,  1832. 
Bradford  (J.  G.)     See  Lieber  (F.) 
Brazer  (Rev.  J.)     An  Ethical  Essay  on  the  several  Duties  we  owe  to  God,  &c.     TJic  Virtues 

of  a  Christian  Life  contrasted  with  their  opposite  Vices,  by  E.A.  Holyoke,  with 

a  biographical  Memoir,  by  John  Brazer.     Salem,  1830.    8vo. 
Bywater  (John)     Remarks  on  the  Principles  of  the  Barometer.     8vo.     Liverp.  1832. 

Brief  Analysis  of  the  Human  Understanding.     Liverp.  1832. 

Cacciatore  (N.  de)    De  Reducendis  ad  unicam  seriem  comparabilem  meteorologicis  ubique 

factis  observationibus.     Panormi,  1832.     4to. 

Statuti  deir  Acad,  delle  scienze  e  belle  lettcrc  di  Palermo.     8vo.     1832. 

Carena  (G.)     Servatoi  artificiali  d'Acque  Piovanc  sui  pozzi  Artesiani  6  saglienti.     Torino. 

1824.     8vo. 
Carey  (M.)  Historical  Survey  of  the  Cities  of  London  and  Westminster,  Borough  of  Souih- 

wark,  &c.;  being  an  Improvement  of  Stone's  Survey,  by  Robt.  Seymour.    2  Vols 

fol.     Lond.  1784. 


476  DONATIONS  FOR  THE  LIBRARY. 

Carey  (M.)  Holy  Bible  and  N.  Testament  in  Welsh.     Trefeeca,  1880.     12mo. 

Guide  to  the  Low  Dutch  Language,  by  W.  Sewell.    4th  edit.    Loud.  1788. 

Public  Docu.  relative  to  N.  York  and  Philad.     Fol.    And  MS.  relative  to  Impressment. 

Treasury  Report  U.  S.  1811—1812.    Fol. 

National  Journal,  1824.     Wash. 

Account  of  the  Rye-house  Plot,  published  by  order  of  the  King.     Lond.  1685. 

Hist.  Coll.  of  the  4  last  Parlia.  of  Q.  Eliz.  collected  by  Townsend.    Lond.  Fol.    1830. 

Collection  of  Political  Handbills  and  Pamphlets.    Fol.     1685.    Lond. 

Hist,  of  the  Low  Country  Wars,  1555  a  1667,  by  F.  Strada.  tr.  from  the  Latin  by  R. 

Staple  ton.     Fol. 

Hist,  de  la  Guerre  entre  la  France  et  la  Russia,  avec  Atlas.    4to.     Par  un  Officier  de 

I'Etat  Major.     Lond.  1815. 

Green  Leaves  in  Autumn.     Poems  by  W.  Carey.     Lond.  1825.     8vo. 

Antipathy  of  the  Engl,  lordly  Prelacie  both  to  Regall  Monarchy  and  Civil  Unity. 

2  Vols,  4to.     Lond.  1641.  .,    ■ 

Hist.  Eccles.  G.  Hornii.  Lugd.  Bal.  1637. 

Eikon  Basilike.     The  Portr.  of  Charles  L  in  his  sufferings.     Lond.  1648. 

East  India  Vocabulary. — To  which  is  prefixed.  Form  of  Impeachment  as  applied  to 

Hasting's  Trial.     Lond.  1788. 

Arnoldi  Clapmarii  de  Arcanis  rerum  publicarum  ad  florentissimum  senat.  Reipub.  Bre- 

mensis.  Broems.  4to. 

MatliKi  AVesenbecii  CEconomia  juris.     Lips.  1571. 

H.  of  Commons  of  G.  B.  1678—9. 

The  Case  of  Ireland  being  bound  by  Acts  of  Pari,  in  Engl,  stated  by  Wm.  Molyneux ; 

with  an  Answer  to  it.     Dublin,  1698. 

Great  Britain's  coasting  Pilot,  or  Survey  of  the  Coast  of  G.  B.  and  Ireland  and  adjacent 

Islands.     By  Granville  Collins.     1781.     Fol. 

Hist,  des  ou^Tages  des  Savans.     15  Vols,  12mo.     Paris,  1688  to  1703. 

New  Testament  and  Psalms  in  Dutch.     Hague,  1637. 

Avent.  de  Telem.  trad,  em  Lingoa  Portugueza.     3  Vols,  12mo.     Lisb.  785. 

Collecpao  de  Hist.  trad,  dos  melh.  aut.  Francezes.     3  Vols.   1785. 

De  Rerum  varietate  (Nat.  Philos.  and  Nat.  Hist.),  by  P.  Cardan.     Milan,  1556. 

Einleitung,  &c.     Introd.  to  the  Antiq.  of  the  Egyptians,  Jews,  Greeks,  Romans.     By 

J.  H.  D.  Moldenhauer.     Leips.  1754.     8vo. 
Carey,  Lea  &  Blanchard.     Am.  Jour,  of  Med.  Sc.     Vol.  6— 12.     1830—33.    Philad.    8vo. 
Carey  (H.  C.)    Eneycl.  Amer.  from  the  German  Convers.  Lex.  with  a  copious  Amer.  Biog. 

Vol.  7  a  13.      1831—2.     8vo. 
Chervin  (N. — M.D.)     De  Fopinion  des  Medecins  Am.  sur  la  Contagion  ou  non  Cont.  de  la 

fievre  Jaune,  avec  reponse  au  Dr  Hosack.     Paris,  1829. 
Collins  (Z.)     Ant.  Bertolonii  Amoenitates  Italics,   sistentes  opuscula  ad  rem  herbariam  et 

Zoologiam  Italia?  Spectantia.     Bonon.  1819. 
Conway  (M.)     O  Feliz  independente,  o  da  fortuna  e  arte  de  vivir  contento  em  quaesquer  tra- 

balhos  da  vida.     Lisb.  1826.     3  Vols,  12mo. 
Cooper  (Wm.)     On  Big  Bone  Lick  in  Kentucky.     N.  Y.  1832. 
Coraboeuf  (M.)    Mem.  sur  les  oper.  Geodesiques  des  Pyrenees  et  la  comparaison  du  Niveau 

des  deux  Mers.     Paris,  1831.     4to. 


DONATIONS  FOR  THE  LIBUAUV.  477 

Coulter  (M.)  Descr.  generale  ties  Fares  et  Fanaux,  ou  Guide  des  !Marins.  'id  edit.  IGino. 
1833.     Paris. 

Cresson  (E.)  Amer.  Colonization  See.  Rep.  9,  10,  13.  Wash.  1820 — 7,  1830.  Also,  a 
lew  facts  relative  to  Liberia.  AVash.  1830.  Rep.  1830  ol"  Pcniis.  Colon,  and  Af. 
Education  Soc. 

Dallas  (G.  M.)  Fifth  Census,  or  cnumer.  of  the  Inhab.  of  U.  S.  for  1830,  to  wliirh  is  pre- 
fixed an  abstract  of  the  Number  within  the  diff.  Dist.  in  1790,  1800.  ISK),  1820. 

Letter  from  Sec.  Trea.  to  H.  of  R.  of  U.  S.  with  Slatem.  of  Com.  and  Navig.  of  U.  S. 

for  Year  ending  20th  Sept.  1831.     8vo. 
Dannery  (S.  A.)     Almanac  Royal  de  France,  1825. 
Davis  (J.  P.)     News  from  Penns.,  or  Narr.  of  several  remarkable  Passages  in  the  Gov.  of 

the  Quakers  in  that  Prov.    Supposed  by  Author  of  Pil.  Prog.  Lend.  1702.   rime. 

Daniel  AVebster's  Address  to  the  Inhabitants  of  Pittsburg. 

Delancy  (W.  H.)     His  Address  to  the  Trust,  and  Stud,  of  the  Univ.  of  Pcnn.  on  opening 

the  New  College  Hall,  Philad.  Sept.  1830.     8vo. 
Dillaway  (C.  K.)     Colloquies  of  Erasmus,  with  a  Vocab.  for  Classical  Schools.     C.  K.  Dil- 

laway,  editor.     Boston.     12mo,     1833. 
Don  (David)     On  the  Characters  and  AiRnities  of  certain  Genera,  chiefly  belonging  to  the 

Flora  Peruviana.     Edin.  1832. 

On  the  Plant  which  yields  the  Gum  Ammoniac.     Lond.  1830. 

Ducatel  (J.  T.)  Manual  of  practical  Toxicology,  condensed  from  Dr  Christisons  Treatise 
on  Poisons,  with  Notes.     Bait.  1833.     12mo. 

Autog.  Letters  of  T.  Jefferson  to  Girardin,  Author  of  the  Cont.  of  Hist,  of  Virginia  by 

Burke,  1809  a  1823. 
Dunglison  (R.)  Human  Physiology,  illust.  by  numerous  Engr.    Philad.  2  Vols,  8vo.    1832. 

A  New  Diet,  of  Med.  Sc.  and  Lit.     2  Vols,  8vo.     Boston,  1833. 

Valed.  Lect.  to  the  Med.  Class  of  the  University  of  Virginia,  July  1833. 

Du  Ponceau  (P.  S.)  Rapprochemens  entre  les  depenses  pub.  de  la  France  ct  des  Etats 
Unis.     Par  Saulnier  fils.     Paris,  1831. 

La  Fayette  a  ses  CoUegues  de  la  Ch.  des  Dep.     Reponse  a  Saulnier,  accomp.  des  Let- 

tres  du  Gen.  Bernard  et  de  M.  F.  Cooper  a.  M.  La  Fayette.     Paris,  1831. 

Nouvelles  Obs.  sur  les  Finances  des  Etats  Unis,  par  Saulnier,  J.  en  reponse  ii  la  broch- 

ure de  La  Fayette.     Paris,  1831. 
Meng-Tseu,  seu  Mencius  Sinarum  Philosophus,  latine  sinice  edidit.  S.  Jiilicn.     2  Vols, 

8vo.     1824 — 6.     Paris. 
Gaii  Institutionum  commentarios  IV.  cd.  J.  B.  E.  Boulet,  with  Frencli  Translation  and 

Notes.     Paris,  1827.     8vo. 
The  Fredoniad,  or  Indep.  preserved.    Ep.  Poem  on  the  War  of  1812.    2d  edit.  4  Vols, 

8vo.     Philad.  1830.- 

Lect.  of  John  Pickering  on  Telegraphic  Language,  before  the  Marine  .Soc.  Boston,  18.33. 

La  Gaule  Poetique,  ou  I'Hist.  de  la  France  dans  les  rapports  de  la  Poesic,  I'Eloqucnce 

et  les  Arts,  par  M.  Marchandy.     4  Vols,  8vo.     Paris,  1813 — 15. 
Repertoire  Bibliographique  universel  avec  notice  des  Bibliog.  ant^rieures,  par  G.  Peig- 

not.     Paris.     8vo.     1812. 
Essays  on  American  Silk.     By  J  D'Homergue  and  P.  S.  Duponeeau.     Philad.  1830. 

12mo. 

Vol.  IV.— 5  U 


478  DONATIONS  FOR  THE  LIBRARY, 

Du  Ponceau  (P.  S.) — continued. 

Names  given  by  the  Lenni  Lenupe,  or  Delaware  Indians,  to  the  rivers,  places,  &c.  in 

the  now  States  of  Penns.  New  Jersey,  Maryland,  and  Virginia ;  with  the  names 
of  Chiefs,  &c.  By  Rev.  John  Heckewelder,  and  prepared  for  the  press  by  P.  S. 
Duponceau.     Philad.  1833.     4to. 

Literary  Journals,  viz. 

■  Amer.  Univ.  Mag.  Vol.  3.  Philad.  1827.     Philad.  Monthly  Mag.   Vol.1.    1828. 

Lit.  Journal  of  the  Virg.  University  for  1830. 

Almanac  Royal  for  1828,  1830,  1833'.     Paris. 
Dyer  (Gilbert)     A  Catalogue  of  his  valuable  Library  of  For.  and  Eng.  Divinity,  Eccles.  Hist., 

Biogr.,  Philology.     Exet.  1829 — 30.     Pres.  by  Wm.  Strong,  Exet.  through  Mr 

Martin. 
Elice  (F.)     Observations  on  the  Constr.  of  the  Lightn.  Rod,  approved  by  the  French  Acad. 

of  Sci.     Genoa,  1826. 

Acct.  of  a  New  Pluviometer,  adopted  by  him.     Genoa,  1833. 

Ely  (E.  S.)  Min.  of  Assembly  of  Presb.  Church  in  U.  S.  1830—2.     8vo.     Philad. 
Emerson  (G. — M.D.)    Med.  Stat,  of  the  City  of  Philad.  relative  to  its  Population — Births, 

Deaths,  &c.  1821— 1830.     Philad.  1831. 
Everett  (E.)     His  Speech  in  H.  of  R.  U.  S.  1830,  on  removing  the  Indians  to  W,  of  Missis. 

Addr.  to  Charleston  (M.)  Lyceum,  28  June  1830.     Ann.  of  arrival  of  Gov.  Winthrop. 

Addr.  to  Amer.  Institute,  N.  York,  4th  Anniv.  Exhibition,  Oct.  1831. 

Documents  accompanying  President's  Message,  Dec.  1832. 

Feuchtwanger  (D.  L.)     His  Remarks  on  Arsenic.     N.  York,  1831.     . 

Fisher  (J.  F.)  Deux  Lettres  de  ChampoUion  le  Jeune  a  M.  Le  due  de  Blacas  d'Aulps  re- 
latives au  Musee  Roy.  Egyp.  a  Turin.  Monuments  Hist.  1824 — 1826. 

Precis  du  Systeme  Hieroglyphique  des  anciens  Egyptiens,  par  ChampoUion  le  Jeune, 

avec  un  Vol.  de  Planches.    2  edit.     Paris,  1828.     8vo. 

M.   F.   Quintiliani  de  Institutione  Oratoria.     3  Vols,  12rao.     Ed.   by  F.  G.  Pettier. 

Paris,  1812. 

Mem.  of  Card,  de  Retz.  tr.  from  the  French.     4  Vols,  12mo.     Lond.  1723. 

Fitzinger  (L.  I.)     Neue  Classification  der  Reptilien,  &c.     Wien.  1826. 

Franck  (M.)  Rapp.  fait  a,  la  Soc.  de  Geog.  de  Paris  sur  la  Collect,  de  dessins  d'Antiq. 
Mexicaines,  par  M.  Frank.  Paris,  1831.  Avec  copie  d'une  lettre  MS.  de  M. 
F.  au  Pres.  de  la  Soc.  Geog. 

Diet.  Geograp.  de  Vosgien.     8vo.     1826.     Paris. 

Follen  (C.)  Inaug.  Disc,  on  the  Germ.  Language,  delivered  in  the  Univ.  Cambridge  (Mass.) 
Sept.  1831.     8vo.  • 

Franklin  (W.)  Journals  of  Senate  and  H.  of  R.  of  Penn.  Sess.  Dec.  1831  to  Mar.  1832,  with 
Documents.     4  Vols.     Harrisburg,  1833. 

Furness  (Rev.  W.  H.)  Fourth  Ann.  Rep.  of  the  Pres.  of  Harvard  University  to  the  Over- 
seers for  1828—29.     Cambr.  (Mass.)  1830. 

Gordon  (T.  F.)  Cabinet  of  Amer.  Hist.  Vols  1,  2.  History  of  the  Spanish  Discov.  prior  to 
1520.     12mo.     Philad.  1831. 

Hist,  of  Anc.  Mexico,  from  the  Foundation  of  the  Emp.  till  destroyed  by  the  Spaniards. 

2  Vols,  12mo.  1832;  being  3d  and  4th  of  the  Cabinet  of  Am.  Hist. 
Gouge  (W.  M.)     A  short  Hist,  of  Banking  and  Paper  Money,  and  an  Inquiry  into  the  Prin- 
ciples.    8vo.     Philad.  1833. 


DONATIONS  FOR  THE  LIBRAHY.  479 

Green  (J. — M.D.)     A  Monograpli  of  the  Trilobites  of  N.  Amcr.     Philail.  1832. 
Griffith  (T.  W.)     Sketches  of  the  early  History  of  Maryland.     Bait.  1821. 

Annals  of  Baltimore.     1824. 

Griva  (T.  D.)     Sul'  Epidemia  Variolosa  del  1829  in  Torino  aggiuntivi  i  Lavori   Vaccinii, 

&c.     Turin,  1831. 
Hammer  (J.  Von)     Jahrbiicher  der  Litteratur.     Wicn.  1818 — 31.      Deficient,  No.  8,  181U; 

15,  16,  1821  ;   17,  1822  ;  35,  36,  1826. 

Coram,  of  tlie  Erap.  Marcus  Aurelius,  tr.  into  Persian  by  J.  Von  Hammer  (with  ihc 

Greek  Text).     Vien.  1830. 

Wiens  erste  aufgohobene  Turkische  belagerung.     8vo.     Pest.  1829. 

Gescliichte  des  Osmanischen  Reiches,  Vol.  7.  1656 — 1774.     Pcsl.  1830 — 2. 

Harlan  (R.)  J.  J.  Audubon's  Ornithological  Biog.,  or  Habits  of  Birds  of  U.  S.  with  descrip- 
tions of  the  Objects  represented  in  his  work,  "The  Birds  of  America."  Royal 
8vo.    Philad.  1831. 

Description  of  the  Fossil  Bones  of  the  Megalonix,  discovered  in  "  White  Cave,"  Virg. 

Philad.  1831. 
Harris  (T.— M.D.)     Oration  before  the  Med.  Soc.  of  Philad.  1831. 
Hassler  (F.  R.)     Logarithmic  and  Trigonometric  Tables.     N.  York,  1830.      12mo. 

Comparison  of  Weights,  of  Measures,  of  Length  and  Capacity,  reported  to  Senate  of 

U.  S.,  by  the  Treas.  Department.     Wash.  1832. 

A  Popular  exposition  of  the  System  of  the  Universe.     N.  York,  1828. 

Elements  of  the  Geom.  of  Planes  and  Solids.     N.  York,  1828. 

Elements  of  Analytic  Trigonometry.     N.  Y'ork,  182G. 

Hays  (Isaac — M.D.)  Descrip.  of  a  Fragment  of  the  Head  of  a  new  Fossil  Animal,  from  a 
Marl  Pit,  N.  Jersey,  1830. 

Obs.  on  the  Nomencl.  of  Wilson's  Ornith.     By  C.  L.  Bonaparte.     Philad.  1820. 

Memoires  de  P.  E.  Morin,  au  sujet  d'une  Correspondance  Meteorologique.    1827 — 9. 

Paris,  8vo. 

Dissert,  inaug.  de  Fungis  Venenatis  Auct.  M.  Archerson — De  Alcaloideis,  Auct.  E.  H. 

Hartung.     Berlin,  1827. 

Statuti  della  Real  Acad,  delle  Sc.  e  dclle  Belle  Lettere  eretta  in  Napoli.      1780. 

Library  of  Medical  Sc.,  or  Cyclop,  of  practical  Med.     Philad. 

A   Collection   of  Medical   Pamph.     By  Pennock,   Horner,  AVarrcn,  J.  G.,  Carter.  V. 

V.  Molt,  S.  Jackson,  Isaac  Parish,  E.  F.  Rivinus,  H.  L.  Hodge,  J.  W.  Monet, 

Griscomb. 

C.  W.  Pennock  and  W.  AV.  Gerhard's  Obs.  on  the  Cholera  of  Paris.     Philad.  1833. 

On  the  Patholgy  of  the  Cholera. 

On  Medical  Education  and  Institutions,  with  an  account  of  the  Medical  School  at 

Paris. 
J.  K.  Mitchell,  M.D.  on  a  new  Practice  in  Acute  and  Chronic  Rheumatism,  ^831. 

Additional  Obs.  1833.     Philad. 
Hazard  (Samuel)     His  Register  of  Pennsylvania.     Vols  5  a  12.     1830—3.     8vo. 
Lutheri  Catechismus,  Oefwersat  pi.  Amerikan-Virginiske  Spriikct,  af  J.   Carapanius 

Holm.     Stockholm,  1696. 
Henderson  (Wm.)     Scale  of  Comp.  Weights  of  the  principal  Cities  in  different  Parts  of  tlie 

World  (on  Rollers).     N.  York,  1833. 


480  DONATIONS  FOR  THE  LIBRARY, 

Hodgson  (W.  B.)     Kma-TatTivn  'AffAivo-rnxx,  K/1/T8  Gscro-aMJuxBc  H£|aC/fMic  ;  being  a  Trails),  into 

Modern  Greek  of  Harmenopuli  proniptuarium  Juris.     Venice,  1840.     4to. 
Holmes  (Abiel)     His  Annals  of  Aiuer.  from  the  Disc,  of  Columb.  to  1826.   2d  edit.   2  Vols, 

8vo.     Camb.  1829. 
Hopkinson  (Joseph)     The  Miscel.  Essays  and  occasional  Writings  of  Francis  Hopkinson. 

5  Vols,  4to.  MSS.     (They  have  been  published.) 
Horner  (W.  E.)     Cat.  of  the  Anat.  Museum  of  the  Univ.  of  Penn.     By  W.  E.  Horner, 

Prof,  of  Anatomy.     Philad.  1832. 

Introd.  Lect.  to  a  Course  of  Anat.  in  the  Univ.  of  Penn.     Philad.  1831.     8vo. 

Hosack  (David)  His  Essays  on  various  Subjects  of  Med.  Sc.    8vo.   Vol.3.    N.  York,  1830. 
Horsefield  (Thomas)   Descriptive  Catal.  of  Lepidopterous  Insects  in  the  Museum  of  the  Hon. 

E.  I.  Co.  with  col.  Figures.     Parts  1,  2.     Lond.     4to. 
— —  Memoir  of  the  Life  and  public  Services  of  Sir  Thomas  Stamford  Raffles,  spent  in  the 

Government  of  Java,  1811 — 6,  and  of  Bencoolen,  1817«— 24.     By  his  Widow, 

Lond.  1830. 
Hughs  (T.)     Universal  Class  Book.     1830.     12mo. 
Jackel  (Joseph)     Neueste  Europaische  Milnz-Mass  und  Gewicht  Kunde.     2  Vols,  12mo. 

Wien.  1828. 
Jackson  (S. — M.D.)     Introd.  Lect.  on  the  Instit.  of  Medicine.     Phil.  1830. 
Jackson  (C.  F.)  and  Alger  (F.)     Eemarks  on  the  Miner,  and  Geol.  of  the  Peninsula  of  Nova 

Scotia,  with  a  Geol.  Map.     Camb.  (Mass.)  1832.     4to. 
James  (Edwin)     Kekitchemanitomenahn,  &;c.     Translation  into  Chippewa  of  the  N.  Testa- 
ment.    12mo.     Albany,  1833. 
Ingraham  (J.  D.)     Rep.  of  Senate  of  U.  S.  respecting  the  relative  Value  of  Gold  and  Silver. 

Wash.  1830. 
Jomard  (E.)     His  following  Works  : — 

Des.  des  Pyramides  d'Egypte,  Delta  Oriental,  Hieroglyphes,  Inscriptions,  Pierre  de 

Rosette,    Le    Kaire,    Geographic    comparee,   Index   Geog.   d'Egypte,    Cartes 
d'Egypte.  Fol.     With  a  Volume  of  Plates.  Fol. 

Recueil  d'  Observ.  et  Mem.,  &c.  sur  I'Egypte  anc.  et  mod.    Vol.  1  a  6.     Paris.     And 

fol.  plates. 

Remarques  et  Recherches  Geog.  sur  le  Voyage  de  M.  Caille  dans  I'Afrique  Centrale. 

Rapport  de  la  Comm.  spec,  de  la  Soc.  Geogr.  de  Paris,  chargee  de  rendre  compte  du 

Voy.  de  M.  A.  Caille  en  Afrique.     1828. 

Compar.  de  differentes  Methodes  Tachygraphiques  et  Stenograph.    8vo.    Paris,  1831. 

La  Lithographie  pent  elles  etre  appliquee  aux  Cartes  Geog.     1826. 

Remarques  sur  les  Decouvertes  Geog.  faites  dans  I'Afrique  Centrale,  1827. 

Rapport  sur  I'Ecole  Egyptienne  a  Paris.     1828. 

Johnston  (W.  R.)     Obs.  on  the  Electric  Qual.  of  Caoutchouc  or  Gum  Elastic.     Philad,  1831. 

^Experimental  Inquiries  relative  to  Heat  and  Vapour. 

Jones  (Wm.)     Collect,  des  gravures  des  Tableaux  de  I'Ecole  Ital.  contenues  dans  le  Musee 

Napoleon.     Notices  et  Texte  par  J.  Griffith.     Fol.     Paris,  1806. 
Jones  (T.  P.)     New  Convers.  on  Chemistry,  adapted  to  the  present  State  of  Science. 

Conv.  on  Nat.  Philos.,  founded  on  Mrs  Marcet's  Convers.,  &c.    Philad.  1832.    12mo. 

Joslin  (B.  F. — M.D.)     On  the  Privileges  of  Man  as  a  progressive  Being.     N.  York,  1833. 


DONATIONS  FOR  THE  LIBUAUY.  481 

Jullien  (M.  A.)  Notice  Biog.  de  lui  meme  et  coup  d'csil  sur  les  bcsoins  dc  la  France.     I'aris, 

1831.    La  France  en  182.') ;  Plusieurs  dc  ses  ccril-s  Moraux  ct  Poliliqucs  ;  L'Avo- 

nir,  par  J.  I-,  dc  Sismondi.     Paris,  18:}0. 
Kane  (J.  K.)     Pantographia. — Copies  of  the  known  Alphabets,  or  Digest  of  Phrenology. 

By  E.  Fry.     Lond.  1799. 
Kay  (James  Jiin.  &  Co.)     Theol.   Diet,  of  Relig.  Terms   and  Systems  of  Divinity,  l>y  iho 

Rev.  C.  Buck.     Am.  edit.  Philad.  1831. 

Essay  on  the  Human  Understanding,  by  John  Locke.     Philad.  edit.  1S33. 

Keating  (W.  H.)     Mcreurio  Volante  sobrc  asuutos  de  lisica  y  dc  Alcdicina,  1772 — 3.    lio.   y 
Lccciones  Mathcni.  a  la  R.  Univ.  de  Mexico,  17G9.     I'or  J.  J.  Bartolaclic,  I).  M. 

Idea  de  una  nueva  Hist.  Gen.  dcla  Am.  Sept.  fundada  sobre  las  .Vntig.  y  MS!S.  dc  au- 

tores  Indios,  174(5. 
La  Doueette  (J.  C.  F.)     I-c  Troubadour.  Hist.  Provcncale.     Paris,  1821.     12mo. 

Fables,  1824.     Philoclcs,  imitation  de  Wicland.     2  Vols.     Paris,  1820. 

Topogr.  Hist.,  &c.  dos  Haules  Alpes,  avec  Biogr.  dc  M.  Villars.     Paris,  1820. 

Larrey  (Le  Baron  dc)     Clinique  Chirurg.  exercee  dan-s  les  champs  ct  les  hop.  rail  it.. 

depuis  1792  a  1829.     3  Vols,  8vo.     Paris,  1830. 
Laussat  (A.)     Documents  respecting  the  Finances  of  Pennsylvania  for  1827 — 8. 

Laws  of  the  State  of  Pennsylvania,  1825  a  1830.     Harrisburg.     8vo. 

Lea  (Isaac)     Contributions  to  Geology.     Philad.  1833.     8vo. 

Leib  (J.  R.)     Lect.  on  Modern  Philos.  before  Franklin  Inst.,  Philad.  1830. 
Lieber  (F.),  E.  Wigglesworth,  and  J.  G.  Bradford.    Encyclop.  Amcr.    Vols  1  a  0.    Philad. 
1831—2.     8vo. 

France,  or  a  Series  of  Articles  from  the  Encyclop.  Amcr.   1831. 

Leslie  (T.  G.)     Regulation  of  the  Milit.  Acad.  West  Point.     N.  York,  1812,     8vo. 

Register  of  the  Oflicers  and  Graduates  of  W.  Point,  1802 — 32. 

Lewis  (R.  M.)  Reports  of  the  Chcsap.  and  Delaware  Canal  Co.  1830 — 2. 

Livingston  (E.)     His  Speech,  and  those   of  W.  Smith,  S.  C,  J.  S.  Johnslon.    Louis.,   on 
Mr  Foot's  Resol.  relative  to  Public  Lands.     Wash.  1830. 

His  System  of  Penal  Law  for  the  Stale  of  Louis,  prepared  under   the   ;mihorily  of  a 

Law  of  that  State,  with  prelim.  Reports.     8vo.     Phila.  1833. 

Biog.  Sketch  of  the  Life  of  General  Adair,  by  Hon.  M.  White.     Wash.  1830. 

Rep.  of  Comm.  of  Ways  and  Means,  iM'Dullie,  Chairman,  on  the  l?ank  of  IT.  S.  to  the 

H.  of  R.  of  U.  S.     1830. 

Congressional  Documents,  1828  a  1831.     Wash. 

Leymerie  (D.  M.)    Replique  :i  la  Coram,  de  Tripoli  dc  Syrie  presentee  a  ITnst.    i'aris,  1830. 

8vo. 
Lono-  (S.  H.)  and  W.  Gibbes.     M.  O'Ncil's  Nan-ative  of  proceedings  of  Board  of  Engineers 

of  Bait,  and  Ohio  Rail  Road.    Bait.  1830. 

Third  Ann.  Rep.  of  the  Pres.  and  Direc.  of  the  Bait,  and  Ohio  Rail  Road  Co.     1  >^29. 

Lorich  (Sev.)    De  Colonia  Nova  Succia  in  Am.  Boreal.  Dissert,  auctore  C.  D.  .Vrfwcdson. 

Ups.  1825.     4to. 

Utkast  til  en  Svensk  Flora,  af  S.  Liljeblad.     Ups.  1782.     8vo. 

Resa  uti  Europa,  Afr.,   Asia,  fiirra'ttad  aren  1770  a  1779.     4  Vols,  8vo.     Af  C  I'. 

Thnnberg.     Upsal,  1788—93. 
Grunderna  til  SwenskaLagfarenheten,  af  E.  S.  Bring.  Filrsta  Dclen.    Lund.  1817.    8vo. 

Vol.  IV.— 5  V 


482  WONATIONS   FOR  THE   LIBRARY. 

Lubbock  (J.  W.)     His  Researches  in  Phys.,  Astron.,  and  on  the  Pendulum.     Lond.  1830. 

On  Notation.     Lond.  1829. 

M'DufRe  (G.)     His  Speech  against  the  Prohib.  Sys.  delivered  in  H.  of  R.  of  U.  S.,  April, 

1830.     8vo. 
Malin  (G.  W.)  His  Account  of  the  Origin,  Objects,  and  present  State  of  the  Penn.  Hospital, 

by  G.  W.  M.  Steward.     Philad.  1831.     8vo. 
Marcoz  (J.  B.  P.)     Astron.  Solaire  simplitiee.     8vo.     Paris,  1833. 

Erreurs  des   Astron.  et  Geom.  d'avoir  admis  1' Acceleration  Seculaire  de  la  Lune. 

Paris,  1833. 
Martini  (Lorenzo)     Introduzione  alia  Medic,  legale.     3  Vols,  8vo.     Torino,  1825. 

Elementi  di  Polizia  Medica.     5  Vols,  8vo.     Torino,  1824 — 5. 

Scienza  del  Cuore,  tratta  dall'  Iliade.     2  Vols,  8vo.     Torino,  1825. 

De  Medicinae  bcneficiis  in  Rerapub.  praelectio.     Torino,  1823  ;  2d,  1832. 

Aemilius,  seu  de  vita,  Instituenda.     Tor.  1824. 

Lezioni  di  Fisiologia.     Vols  6,  7.     Tor.  1828.     8vo. 

Poesie  Scelte  di  A.  Haller.     12mo. 

La  Medicina  Curativa  di  le  Roy,  richiamata  ad  imparziale  Disamina,  da  L.  Martini. 

Torino,  1825. 

Riflessioni  suUa  Fisiologia  delle  Passioni,  o  nuova  Dottrina  dei  sent.  Morali  di  J.  R.  Ali- 

bert,  proposta  da  L.  Martini.     Tor.  1826.     8vo. 

Elementa  medicince  forensis,  Politise  Med.  et  Hygienes,  ad  usum  Subalpinorum.  4  Vols, 

8vo.     Tor.  1832. 

Discorsi  Filadelfici,  ossia  fasti  dell'  Ingegno  Italiano.     Tor.  1832.     8vo. 

Martin  (F.  K.)     Hist,  of  Louis,  from  the  earliest  period.     2  Vols,  8vo.     N.  Orl.  1827 — 9. 
Mather  (VV.  W.)     On  the  Principles  involved  in  the  Reduction  of  Gold  and  Silver  Ores,  and 

Notice  of  Silver  Mines  in  Mexico  and  S.  America.     8vo. 
Mease  (J.)     His  Additions  to  the  Am.  edit,  of  Brewster's  Edin.  Ency.  to  the  Articles  Steam 

Boats,  Carriage,  explosion  of  Boilers,  and  Shipbuilding.     Philad.  1831.     4to. 

On  some  Veget.  Materials  from  which  Cordage,  Twine,  &c.  are  made.     1831.     8vo. 

On  the  Causes,  Cure,  and  Means  of  preventing  the  Sick  Headache. 

Memoirs  of  the  Philadadelphia  Society  for  promoting  Agriculture.      Vol.  2.     Philad. 

1811.     8vo. 

Receipts  and  Expenses  of  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  1830.     Harrisburg,  1831. 

Meigs  (C.  D.)     Elem.  Treat,  on  Midwifery,  or  Principles  of  Tokology  and  Embryology,  tr. 
from  the  French  of  M.  Valpeau.     Philad.  1831.     8vo. 

Joyful  News  of  the  New  World,  &c.  tr.  from  the  Spanish  of  N.  Monardus  (Seville, 

1509).     Lond.  1596. 
Middleton  (H.)     Les  Discours  de  M.  Alex.  Humboldt  et  de  M.  Ouvaroff,  prononces  dans 

I'Acad.  Imp.  des  Sci.     St  Petersburg,  1829. 
Milnor  (Wm.  Jun.)     La  Nouv.  maison  rustique,  par  Liger.     9me  ed.     2  Vols,  4to.     Paris, 

1768. 
Mitchell  (J.  K.)     A  new  Greek  and  English  Lexicon,  on  the  Plan  of  Schneider's  Greek  and 

Germ.  Lexicon,  by  J.   Donnegan,  M.D.     Enlarged  from  Lond.  ed.  by  R.  B. 

Patton.     Boston,  1832.     8vo. 
Molcon  (V.  de)     Des  Cholera  Morbus.     Paris,  1831. 
Instruc.  sur  les  Brevets  d'Invention,  &c.  par  le  Chef  du  Bureau  des  Manuf.  Paris,  1829. 


DONATIONS  FOR  TIIK  MDHAIIV.  kS'3 

Moleon  (V.  de)     Aperou  siir  les  legislations  relatives  aiix  Inventions  indiistriclles  en  Europr- 
el  aux  Etats  Unis.     8vo.     Extrait  du  Kccucil  Indiist.  do  M.  Molcou. 

Anatomic  de  la  Vigne,  tr.  de  I'Angl.  de  M.  Cooper.     Paris,  18:i'^. 

Monroe  (James)     Orations,  delivered  in  N.  York  by  !S.  L.  Gouvcrneur,  in  Conimenioraiion 

of  the  French  Revolution  of  1830. 
Moulin  (C.  de)     Descrip.  d'une  nouvelle  Esp.  d'Euphorbc  cl  de  3  CJenres  de  coiiuilles  Fos- 

siles  des  Environs  de  Bord.  aussi  d'un  Liraa^-on  dc  .Malabar.     I5ord.  18'.i8 — 9. 
Murray  (Rev.  N.)     A  Hist,  of  our  Lord  and  Saviour  Jesus  Christ  from   iiis  Passion   to  his 

Ascension,  in  the  Unami  Dialect  of  ihc  Delaware  or  Lcnni-Lenupc  Language  ; 

transl.  in  the  years  1770 — 3  at  Tschetschequanung,  on  the  ISusquchannah.  MS. 

4to.     No  Author's  Name.     Found  at  Wilkesbarre  in  1831. 
Naccari  (F.  L.)     Flora  Veneta,  secondo  il  Sist.  Linn,  c  coll'  iudicazione  di  Jussieu.    Venez. 

1826.     G  Vols,  4to.  bd.  in  2. 
Nagy  (C.)     Bericht  iiber  die  Versamnilung  deutsehcr  nattirforschcr  und  iirztc  in  Wien,  Sep. 

1833.     Von  F.  Von  Jacquin  und  J.  J.  Littrow. 

P.  Virgilii   Maronis    Opera,   cum   integris  Comment.  Servii,  Philargyrii,  et  Pierii  ct 

Notis   Scaligeri   et   Lindenbrogii.  Reccns.    Pancrat.   Masvicius.     2  Vols,   Ito. 
Lcovard.  1717. 

J.  Faeciolati  Calepinus  vii  linguar.  Ed.    noviss.  a  J.  B.  Galliccioli.  2  Vols,  fol.  (bound 

in  1).     Venet.  1778. 

iiTCK^^m  A-rafTi.     Isocratis  Scripta  qua;  extant.  Gra;ce  ct  Latine  ;  Ilier.  WoUio,  inlerp. 

Basil,  1614.     8vo. 
Newhall  (J.)     Letters  of  Junius,  showing  that  the  Author  of  that  celebrated  Work  was  Earl 

Temple.     Boston,  1831.     8vo. 
Newman  (Edw.)     Essay  on  the  sphinx  Vespiformis.     Lond.  1832.     8vo. 
Nicklin  (P.  H.)     Lamark's  Genera  of  Shells  tr.  in  part,  and  completed  in  pari  from  Lond. 

Journals   of  Science   with   a  Conchological   Introduction,   by  P.  H.  Nicklin. 

Philad.  1831.     MS.     Fol. 

Opera  Omnia  Cicerouis,  ex  recensione  novissimil  I.  A.  Ernesti,  cum  ejusdcm  Notis  el 

Clave.     19  Vols,  8vo.     Boston,  1814 — 15. 

Address  of  J.  M.  Berrien  at  Ann.  Commencement,  Princeton,  Sep.  29,  1829.     8vo. 

Niles  (H.)     Weekly  Register,  Vol.  37  a  44.     Bait.  1830—33.     8vo. 

Nultall  (Thos.)     A  Manual  of  Ornithol.  of  U.  S.  and  Canada  :   the  Land  Birds.    8vo.   Camb. 

(Mass.)  1833.     8vo. 
Offley  (M.)     Hist,  of  Charles  XII.  King  of  Sweden,  tr.  from  the  French  into  Modern  Greek. 

Venice,  1806.     12rao. 
Ord  (Geo.)     Ornilliol.  Biog.,  or  Habits  of  Birds  as  represented  in  his  great  Work,  '  The 

Birds  of  America.'     By  J.  J.  Audubon.     Edin.  1831.     8vo. 

Plinii  Secund.  Hist.     Libri  xxxvii.     Fol.     Basil,  1525. 

Till  Livii  Historiarum  Libri  Oranes  superstices.     Edit.  F.  Modii  et  J.  Gruteri.     Fol. 

Franef.  1628. 

Taciti  Opera,  ab  Lipsio  recensita,  item  Vellcii  Paterculi,  cum  Notis.  Fol.  Aniw.  1048. 

Memorie  concernenti  la  Citta  di  Url)ino,  dedicati  alia  M.  de  Giacomo  III.  re  della  Gran 

Britannia,  da  B.  B.  Balbi.     Fol.     Roma,  1724. 
Gasparis  F.  Urbinatis  de  Colurana  Trajani  Syntagma.     Roraac,  1083.     Fol. 

Juvenalis  (D.  J.)  Satvrs  XVI.     1761.     Typis  Baskerville.     4to.     Birmingham. 


48  4  DONATIONS  FOR  THE  LIBRARY. 

Ord  (Geo.)  A.  Persii  Flacci  Satyrarura,  Lib.  VI.  1761.  Typis  BaskerviUe.  4to, 
Birmingham. 

P.  Terentii  Comffidiae  VI.     Typis  BaskerviUe,  1772.     4to. 

M.  T.  Ciceronis  Oraliones,  ex  recensione  J.  Sturmio.     Argent,  1578.     3  Vols,  8vo. 

An  Essay  on  the   Hist,  of  Civil  Soc.  by  Adam  Ferguson.     4to.  ed.     1767.     From 

FrankHn's  Library,  with  his  Autograph. 

Ainsworth's  Tliesaurus  Ling.  Lat.     2d  ed.  2  Vols,  fol.     Lond.  1762. 

Shaw's    General   Zoology,    continued  by  J.  F.   Stephens.     Vol.    14,   8vo.      Lond. 

1800—26. 

Loudon's  Mag.  of  Nat.  Hist.     Vol.  6th,  and  part  of  5th,  containing  Communications 

of  C.  Waterton.     Lond.  1822—3. 

Rich  (O.)  Catalogue  of  Books  principally  relative  to  America.  Parts  1,  2.  Lond.  1832. 
Catalogue  of  Botanic  Books. 

Palfry  (J.  G.)     Letter  of  F.  C.  Gray  to  Gov.  Lincoln  on  Harvard  Univ.     Boston,  1831. 

Pancoast  (J.— M.D.)  A  Treatise  on  the  Structure,  Functions,  &c.  of  the  Human  Sympa- 
thetic Nerves,  from  the  French  of  J.  F.  Lobstein,  with  Plates  and  Notes  by  the 
Translator.     Philad.  1831. 

Lecture  on  Anatomy,  from  the  French  of  J.  P.  Manu. 

The  Cerebro-Spinal  Axis  of  the  great  Sympathetic  Nerve  of  Man,  with  the  Origin  and 

First  Division  of  the  Nerves. 
Parker  (Daniel)     Catal.  of  the  Library  of  the  Milit.  Acad.  W.  Point.     N.  York,  1830. 

Descrip.  uberior  gramin.  et  plant.  Calamariaruni  Am.  Sept.  indigenarum,  auct.  H.  Muh- 

lenberg.    (MSS.  deposited  by  hini  Nov.  1831.) 
Patterson  (R.  M.)     Catal.  of  Faculty  and  Stud,  of  the  Univ.  of  Virginia.     1832 — 3. 
Patton  (R.  B.)     See  Mitchel. 

Payne  (R.  T.)     His  Am.  Alman.  and  Repos.  of  Useful  Knowledge  for  1832.     Boston. 
Pederson  (P.)     Septieme  Rapp.  du  Progrcs  de  FEnseign.  mutuel  en  Danemark  pour  1829. 

Par  le  Ch.  Abrahamson. 

S.  A.  AV.  Steinii  Tabula3  Anatomies,  Fascic.  I.  pars  la.     8vo.     Hafn.  1831. 

Prince  (Rev.  Jno.)     Desc.  of  a  new  Stand  for  a  reilecting  Telescope.     Boston,  1832.     4to. 
Peters  (R.)     Table  of  the  Post  Oifices  of  the  U.  S.,  arranged  by  States  and  Count,  to  1831. 

Wasli.     12mo. 

Poussin  (W.  T.)  Mess,  of  Pres.  of  U.  S.  to  Congress,  relative  to  a  Survey  made  by  Gen. 
Bernard  and  W.  T.  Poussin,  of  a  Route  for  a  Canal  between  the  Gulf  of  Mexico 
and  the  Atlantic  Ocean.     Wash.  Feb.  1830.     With  a  3  sheet  Map. 

Quincy  (Josiah)  Address  to  the  Cit\_of  Boston  on  the  2d  Centen.  Celeb,  from  the  Settle- 
ment of  the  City.     Boston,  1830. 

Catal.  of  the  Books  added  to  the  Boston  Athenaeum  since  the  catal.  published  1827. 

8vo.     Boston,  1830. 
Rafinesque  (C.  S.)     Tabular  View  of  the  compared  Atlantic  Alphabets  and  Glyphs  of  Africa 

and  America.     Philad.  1832. 
Raguet  (Condy)    The  Free  Trade  Advocate,  devoted  to  the  Sci.  of  Political  Economy.    Vols 

1,  2.     Philad.  1829.     8vo. 

The  Banner  of  the  Constit.,  devoted  to  Political  Ecou.,  State  Papers,  &c.     Vols  1,  2, 

3,  fol.     1829—31. 


DONATIONS  FOR  THE  MBUARY.  485 

Ralston  (G.)     Havle's  Arithmetic,  in  IJeiiiialec,  for  tlie  Use  of  (Schools.     Chiiismar,  1830. 

The  English  Psalter  and  Church  Travers,  in  Chinese.     1818. 

Rask  (I?.)     Italiocnsk  forlajrc,  rcdarhcjilat  eftcr  sammo  plan  sora  den  Spanskc   Sproglire. 
Kiibcn.  1827. 

Den  ffhlste  Ilebraiskc  Tiilsrrgninn-  inillil  Moses.     Kiiben.  1S2S. 

Historian  cm  de  ti  vczirer  og  hvorledes  del  gik  dim  nicd  Kong  Azad  Bachls  siin,  ol'vcrsai 

af  Arabisk  ved  K.  Rask.     Kiibcn.  1820. 

Den  gamle  yEg3-ptiske  Tidsregning  eftcr  kilderne,  pa  ny  bcarljcidct  af  R.  Husk.     Kii- 

ben. 1827. 
Redfield  (W.  C.)     Ilis  Remarks  on  tlie  prevailing  Storms  of  the  Ailaniic  Coast  of  the  North 

American  States.     N.  York,  1831. 
Rio  (And.  del)     Nuevo  S3-stema  mineral  de  Berzclio  del  ano  182,j,  trad,  del  Frances  con  ai- 

gunas  Notas.     Por  A.  del  Rio,  del  Inst.  JMe.xicano.     .Mex.  1S27.     Fol. 

Elcm.  de  Orictognosia  o  del  conocimicnto  dc  fossiles  sesrun  nl  sistcnia  dc  Bcrcelio  y 

segun  los  Principios  dc  Werner,  para  cl  uso  del  .Seminario  dc  JMcxico.    Philad. 

1832.     8vo. 
Robertson  (James)     Speeches  on  the  Slave  Question,  delivered  in  the  Assembly  of  Ihc  State 

of  Virginia,  by  Seven  Members.     Letter  of  Apponialox  to  llie  l'copk>  of  A'irginia 

on  the  mischievous  tendency  of  the  measures  of  tlie  Abolitionists.  ]{ichm.  1832. 
Sagra  (Don  R.  de  la)  Hist.  Econ.  PoL  el  Estadislica  de  la  Isla  dc  Cuba.  I  lav.  ls:u.  (to. 
Say  (Benj.)     Dcscr.  of  New  Spain,  Curculionitos  of  N.  A.,  with  Observ.  on  some  species 

already  known.     N.  Harmony,  1831. 
Sergeant  (John)     A  Collection  of  his  select  Speeches.     Philad.  1832.     8vo. 

Address  before  Apprentices  Library  Co.     Pliilad.  1832. 

Shaler  (Wm.)     Guia  de  Forasteros  y  Calendario  para  la  Isla  dc  Cuba.     Hav.  1832. 

Cuadro  Estadistico  de  la  Isla  de  Cuba.  Por  Orden  de  Vives  capit.  General.   1829.  Fui. 

Rcvista  trimestre  de  la  Isla  de  Cuba,  No.  1  a  7,  Jun.  1831  ;i  Jul.  1832.     llav. 

Sharpless  (J.  T.)     A  Desc.  of  the  Am.  Wild  Swan  proved  to  be  a  new  Species.    1832.  8vo. 
Southern  Review  (The  Editors)     Vols  0.  7,  8.     1830—2.     8vo.     Charleston,  (S.  C.) 
Sparks  (J.)     The  Life  of  Gouverneiir  Morris,  selected  from  his  CoiTCspondcnce  and  Papers 

relative  to  the  French  Revolution.     3  Vols,  8vo.     Boston,  1832. 

Familiar  Letters  and  Miscellaneous   Pieces  by  Dr  Benj.  Franklin,  collected  bv  the 

donor.     12rao.     Boston,  1833. 
Schlegel   (J.  F.  G.)     Codex  Juris  Islandorum  antiquissimus,  q\ii  nomin.   (Jragas.     Latine 

et  Island.     Parts  1,2.     3  Vols,  4to.     Ilafn.  182i). 
Schroeder  (J.  F.)     Treatise  on  the  Canonical  Authority  of  the  Scripture  of  the  Old  Testa- 
ment, tr.  by  him  from  J.  G.  Eichhorn.     N.  York,  1829.     8vo. 
Short  (Chas.)     The   Transylvania  Journal  of  Medical  and  Associate  Science.     \'ol.  3  a  (1. 

1830—3.     8vo. 
Silliraan  (B.)     The  Amer.  Jour,  of  Sci.  and  Arts,  edited  by  him.     \"ol.  19  a  21.     8vo.     N. 

Haven,  1831—33. 
Smith  (Thos.)     His  Essay  on  Currency  and  Banking,  applied  to  the  Currencv  and  Banking 

of  the  U.S.     8vo.     Pliilad.  1832. 
Snider  (Geo.)     Works  of  J.  Gainbold,  Bishop  of  Unitas  Fratnim,  with  Life  of  the  Author. 

Bath,  1789.     8vo. 

America  known  to  the  Ancients,  by  S.  Mather.     Boston,  1772.     8vo. 

Vol.  IV.— 5  W 


486  DONATIONS  FOR  THE  LIBRARY. 

Sully  (Thomas)     Traite  de  Peinture,  par  da  Vinci,  tr.  par  De  Chanibray.   Paris,  1651.  Fol. 

The  Art  of  Painting  and  Lives  of  Painters,  tr.  from  De  Piles,  with  Essay  on  an  English 

School  of  Painting,  by  B.  Buckeridge.     Lend.  1706. 

Le  Noir's  Monuments  of  the  13th  century,  collected  in  a  Museum  at  Paris.     8vo. 

Tanner  (H.  S.)     View  of  the  Valley  of  the  Mississippi,  or  Traveller's  Guide  to  the  West. 

8vo.     Philad.  1832. 

A  Geograph.  and  Statis.  Account  of  the  Epidemic  Cholera,  from  its  commencement  in 

India  to  its  entry  in  the  U.  S.,  with  Maps  and  Tables.     1830. 
Taylor  (R.  C.)     On  the  Geology  of  East  Norfolk,  G.  B.,  with  Remarks  on  the  former  level 
of  the  German  Ocean  in  reply  to  Robberds.     Lond.  1827.     8vo. 

Report  on  Surv.  for  a  Rail  Road  from  Coal  and  Iron  Mines,  Peters  Camp,  Tioga  Co., 

Penns.,  to  Lawrenceville,  N.  York,  to  connect  with  Chenango  and  Erie  Canal. 
8vo.     1833. 

Thackrah  (C.  T.)  The  effect  of  the  principal  Arts  and  Trades  and  Habits  of  living  on  Lon- 
gevity, specially  applied  to  Leeds,  (G.  B.)     Lond.  1831.     8vo. 

Thayer  (Sylv.)  Military  Pyrotechny  for  the  Use  of  the  Cadets  of  the  U.  S.  Military  Aca- 
demy, West  Point.     1832.     Fol. 

— —  Treatise  on  the  Forms  of  Cannon,  and  various  Systems  of  Artillery,  tr.  from  the  French 
of  Prof.  Persy,  for  the  Use  of  the  Cadets  of  W.  Point  Mil.  Acad.     1832.     Fol. 
[Both  the  above  Lithographed  at  the  .icademy.) 

Todd  (J.  T.)  The  Book  of  Analysis  ;  or  a  new  Method  of  Experience,  whereby  the  Pro- 
duction of  the  Novum  Organum  is  easily  applied  to  complex  Parts  of  Science. 
Lond.  1831.     8vo. 

Thomas  (Isaiah)  The  completion  of  the  Mass.  Spy,  or  Worcester  Gazette.  14  Vols,  fol. 
1817  a  1830.     Worcester,  (Mass.) 

Torlade  de  Arambuja  (J.  F.)  Viagem  Extatico  ao  Templo  da  Saviduria.  Poema.  Lisboa, 
1830.     4to. 

Account  of  the  Labours  of  the  R.  Acad,  of  Lisbon  for  1831.     List  of  Donations  made 

to  the  R.  Acad. 

Memoria  sobre  o  valor  das  moedas  nas  difl'erentes  Epocas  da  Monarquia  Portugueza  e 

outros  objectos  legados  com  a  mesma.     MS.  4to.     By  the  donor. 

Tornel  (J.  M.  de)  A  large  Collection  of  Mexican  State  Documents,  and  political  Publica- 
tions in  Mex.     Collected  by  him  1822—30.     4  Vols,  fol.     8  Vols,  4to. 

Tydiman  (P.)  Letters  under  the  Signature  of  Herman  in  the  Banner  of  the  Constitution, 
and  a  Collection  of  Political  Pamphlets,  published  in  Carolina  on  the  Subject  of 
Nullification.     1831—3. 

Value  (V.)  Experience  consulted,  or  a  rational  System  of  teaching  foreign  Languages. 
Philad.  1832.     By  the  donor. 

Vandervinne  (Sec.  Batavian  Soc.  of  Sci.)  Nederduitsch  en  Maleisch  en  Maleisch  en  Nederd. 
Woordenbock,  door  P.  P.  R.  van  Eysinga.     2  Vols,  4to.     Batavia,  1825. 

Maleisch  Spraaken-kunst,  door  Van  Angebeck.     Batavia,  1823.     4to. 

Proeve  cener  Javaansche  Spraak-kunst,  door  B.  Zendeling.     8vo.     Seranipoorc,  1830. 

Kruidkundige  Waarneraiugen,  uitgegeven  door  C.  L.  Blume.     17  Nos.     Jan.  1825  to 

May  1826. 

Bijdragen  tot  de  Flora  van  Nederlandsche  India.     Door  P.  P.  R.  van  Eysinga. 

Transl.  of  the  New  Test,  into  Japanese.     By  C.  L.  Bruckner.     8vo. 


DONATIONS  FOR  THE  LIBRARY.  487 

Vandervinne  (Sec.  Bataviaii  Soc.  of  Sci.)  Eerstc  GronJen  der  Javaanscho  Tal,  hcnevens  Ja- 
vaaiische  Leer-cn-Leesbock,  met  eeue  wordcnlijst,  door  O.  L.  V.  (urii'he.  1831. 
4to. 

Grammaire  de  la  lanijiic  IMalaye.     Haarlem,  1821.     4to. 

Diet.  HoUandais  et  Malais,  avec  Diet.  Franeois  et  Malais.     1820.     4to. 

^^—  Diet.  Malais,  Hollandais  et  Franqais,  par  Wra.  Marden,  tr.  par  C.  P.  T.  Ecout.     4io. 

1823. 
Vander  Maelen   (P.  H.)     Memorial   de   I'Etablissem.  Geographique   dc   IJnixcllcs.      8vo. 

Brux.  1831. 
Vauglian  (John)     The  Primitives  of  the  Greek  Tongue,  by  T.  Nugent.     Loud.  1818.     8vo. 

Life  of  Elbridge  Gerrj%  by  J.  T.  Austin.     2  Vols,  8vo.     Boston,  1823. 

Englisli  Pamphlets.     12  Vols. 

Comparison  of  the  Opinions  of  the  most  distinguished  British  Writers  on  the  French 

Revolution.     2  Vols,  8vo.     Lond.  1797. 

Reflect,  on  the  Polit.  of  Ancient  Greece,  tr.  by  G.  Bancroft,  from  the  Germ,  of  A.  H. 

L.  Heeren.     8vo.     Boston,  1824. 

An  Hist.  Sketch  of  the  Greek  Revol.     By  S.  G.  Howe.     N.  York,  1828.     8vo. 

Compendium  Biblicum  (Ilebraice),  auct.  Joh.  Leusden.    Liigd.  Bat.  1094.     12mo. 

J.  Buxtorfii  Thesaurus  Grammaticus  linguae  sanctae.     Basil,  1009.     12mo. 

Ejusd.  Lexicon  Hebraicum.     Basil,  1735.     12rao. 

Novum  Testam.  Syriace,  cum  punctis  et  vers.  Lat.  Mathaei ;  accurante  ^Egidio  Gutbirio. 

Hamb.  1004.      12mo. 

G.  Pasoris  Lexicon  Grreco-Lalinum  in  Nov.  Testam.  Hcbr.     Nassov.  1021.     12mo. 

Dantzic  Compend.  Grammat.  Hebra;o-Chaldaica.  Francf.  ad  Mcen.  170.5.      12mo. 

M.  T.  Varronis  Op.  omnia  quffi^extant.     Durdr.  1019.     12mo. 

Pineda's  Spanish  Grammar.     Lond.  1702.     8vo. 

Delpino's  Spanish  Gram.     Lond.  1800. 

Granimatica  Francese,  da  Chattard.     Roma,  1703.     8vo. 

Grammatica  Tedesca,  da  Sanfdeben.     Mdano,  1750.     8vo. 

Struvii  (G.  A.)  Jurispr.  Roman.  German,  forensis.     17  edit.     Banib.  1759. 

Prisellii   (J.)  Argonauticon  American,  sive  Hist,  periculorum  Petri  de  Victoria  el  Soc 

Gedans,  1088. 

Colomesii  (P.)   Opuscula.     Ultraject.,  1609.     lOmo. 

Ustadii  (P.)  Coelum  Philos.  sen  Liber  de  Secretis  Naturrr.  Lug.  Bat.  1572.     IGmo. 

Busbequii  (A.  G.)  Omn.  Opera  quae  extant.     Elzev.  Amst.  1000.     ICino. 

La  Conjiiracion  de  Catilina,  y  la  guerra  de  Jugurta;  trad,  del  Latin  de  Salustio,  per 

Don  Gabriel  de  Borhon,  inf.  de  Espana,  con  Texto  Latino.    Madrid,  1771.   Fol. 

Terentii  Op.  omnia,  cum  Not.  Scalig. 

JoyfuU  Newes  out  of  the  new-found  Worlde,  wherein  are  declared  the  rare  and  singular 

Virtues  of  divers  Herbs,  Trees,  Plantcs,  Oyles  and  Stones,  <fcc.  Englished  by 
Joliii  Frampton,  Marchant.     Lond.  1590.     4to. 

Psalms  of  David  tr.  into  Arabic.     Lond.  1819. 

Guide  des  Voy.  aux  Etats  Unis  d'Amer.  par  Manuel.     Paris,  1818. 

Essay  on  the  Decline  of  For.  Trade  in  G.  B.,  and  Means  of  restoring  it.     Lond.  1750. 

Huskiiison  on  the  Bullion  Question.     Lond.  1810. 

On  the  Poor  Laws  of  G.  B.,  by  M.  Nolan.     2  Vols,  8vo.     Lond.  1805. 


488  DONATIONS  FOR  THE  LIBRARY. 

Vaughan  (John)     Picture  of  Edinburgh,  by  J.  Stark.     12mo.     Edin.  1825. 

Life  of  Theod.  Agr.  d'Aubigne,  with  an  Account  of  the  Civil  Wars  of  France,  from 

Charles  IX  to  Louis  XIIL     Lond.  1773. 

Hist.  Eccles.  des  Eglises  reformees  de  France.     Vols  2,  3.     Anv.  1580. 

Digest  of  the  Records  of  the  Gen.  Ass.  of  the  Presby.  Church  in  America  up  to  1819. 

Philad.  1830. 

A  Treatise  on  xVstronomy,  by  Sir  J.  W.  Herschel.     8vo.     Philad.  edit.  1833. 

Essay  on  Comets  by  A.  Oliver.  1773.     Winthrop's  Lect.  on  Comets,  with  Biog.  of 

both.     Boston,  1811. 

Tract  on  Comets  by  M.  Arago,  tr.  by  John  Farrar.     Boston,  1833.     8vo. 

Essay  on  Comets,  with  a  new  Theory  for  the  Solution  of  Cometic  Plienomena,  by  J. 

G.  Hooper.     Philad.  1833. 

Amer.  Almanac  for  1833  ;  Astron.  part  by  R.  T.  Paine.     Also,  with  Statist,  of  U.  S. 

of  Amer.  and  Europe.     12mo.     1833. 

Berzelius  sur  la  Chimic,  tr.  par  Ilerve.     Paris,  1826. 

Bcrgwerk's  Lexicon,  af  Sven  Rinman.     2  Vols,  4to.     Stockholm,  1789. 

Du  Systeme  Penitentiaire  aux  Etats  Unis  d'Amerique,  par  MJL  Beaumont  et  Toque- 

ville.     8vo.     Paris,  1833. 

Les  Six  Voyages  de  J.  B.  Tavernier  en  Turquie,  Perse  et  aux  Indes.     3  Vols,  12mo. 

;i  la  llaye,  1708. 

Memoir  of  the   Rev.  Dr  Joseph  Priestley,  reprinted  on  the  Centenary  of  his  Birth, 

with  an  Obituary  Tablet.     March  1833.     Birmingham. 

Sermon  on  the  same  Occasion,  by  Wm.  Kentish.     Birmingham,  1833. 

Hist,  of  the  Lite  and  Voy.  of  Chr.  Columbus,  by  Wash.  Irving.     3  Vols,  8vo.     New 

York,  1808. 

Accounts  of  Gen.  Geo.  Washington  with  the  U.  S.  of  America,  for  his  Expenses  during 

the  Revolutionary  War.     Lithographed  from  the  original  Autograph,  and  duly 
certified.     Wash.  1833. 

A  short  Hist  of  Barbadoes,  from  its  Discovery  to  1707.     Lond.  1768. 

The  Oceana  and  other  Works  of  James  Harrington,  with  his  Life  by  John  Toland. 

Fol.     Lond.  1700. 

Aristotelis  Stagyrita;  Politicorum,  sive  de  Republicil,  Lib.  8.   L.  Aretino  Interpr.     Fol. 

1563. 
{The   Seven  next  following  f forks  are  in  Harper's  Family  Library,  jmblislied 
N.  v.  1831—3.) 

African  Disc,  with  Illust.  of  Nat.  Hist,  by  Jameson  Wilson  Murray. 

Disc,  of  Polar  Seas  and  Regions,  with  Illust.  of  N.  II.  by  Leslie  Jameson  Murray,  and 

an  Account  of  the  Whale  Fishery. 

Progi-ess  of  Disc,  on  the  more  Northern  Coasts  of  America. 

Life  of  Sir  Isaac  Newton,  by  David  Brewster. 

Lives  and  Voyages  of  Drake,  Cavendish  and  Dampier,  with  an  Account  of  the  Buccan- 

iers  and  early  Navigators. 

Letters  of  Euler  to  a  German  Princess,  on  the  Subject  of  Nat.  Philos.,  with  Notes  by 

D.  Brewster,  and  additional  Notes  to  Amer.  edit,  by  J.  Griscom. 

Festivals,  Games  and  Amusements,  ancient  and  modern,  by  H.  Smith. 

Hist.  Crit.  de  ITnquisition  d'Espagne,  par  J   A.  Llorente,  tr.  par  Peltier.     4  Vols, 

8vo.     Paris,  1818. 


DONATIONS  FOR  THE   LinRARV.  4S9 

Vaughan  (Petty)     The  Hist,  of  tlie  Conquest  of  ."Mexico  by  the  Spiinianls.     Hy  A.  do  Solis, 
tr.  by  Thomas  Townsend.     liOiul.  I'M.     Fol. 

Hist,  of  America :  all  the  principal  Kiiiiriloms,  Provinces,  and  especially  Terra  Aus- 

tralis  Incognita  or  Southern  Continent,  with  the  Hist,  ui'  the  CoiuiiiesI  of  Peru 
and  Mexico.     By  J.  Ogilby.     Fol.      Lond.  IGS'^. 
Vaughan  (William)     Several  early  Volumes  of  the  Trans,  of  the  Amer.  Philoso.  Sec,  now 
out  of  print. 

The  State  of  the  Commerce  of  G.  B.  -wiili  Reference   to  (.'olonial  and  oilier  Produce 

for  1830.     W.  India  Ivcporlcr,  No.  38,  -U). 

Finance  Accounts  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  G.  B.  and  Ireland  for  18:)':,  and  to  Jan. 

1833.     Loud.     Fol. 

Letters  from  Settlers  of  Upper  Canada  and  ]Map  ;  and  Description  of  Land  in  U.  C.  to 

be  disposed  of  by  the  incorporated  (18'JC.)  Company.     Loud.  1833. 

Report  on  the  Bank  of  England  Charter  with  i\Iinutes  of  Evidence.     Lond.  1832. 

Correspondence  of  the  British  Government  vvidt  the  Governors  of  Sierra  Leone  and 

other  British  Possessions  in  Africa,  Island  of  Mauritius  and  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 
Fol.     Submitted  to  II.  of  Commons  182.5. 

Reports  of  the  Commissioners,  appointed  by  his  ^Majesty  in   compliani'C  wiih   an  Ad- 

dress of  II.  of  Commons,  to  imiuire  into  the  State  of  the  Africans  captured  from 
Slave  Traders,  being  part  of  Major  JMoody's  Rep.  to  H.  of  C.  1S2G.     Fol. 

Origin  and  Progress  of  W.  India  Slavery,  and  an  Account  of  the  British  Acts  relative 

thereto,  and  which  recognise  the  Legal,  of  Prop,  in  Slaves.     Lond.  1833.      Fol. 

Heads  of  the  English  Bill  for  the  Abolition  of  Slavery,  and  Obs.  thereon  by  the  >Vest 

India  Body  of  Merchants,  1833. 
Vaux  (Roberts)     Ann.  Rep.  of  the  iManagcrs  of  Pennsylvania  Soc.  for  discouraging  tiie  Use 

of  Ardent  Spirits.     Philad.  1831. 
Wallcnstcin  (Jules  de)     Momoires  sur  I'Astronomie  pratique,  par  Montciro  da  Roca.  Direct, 

de  rObserv.  R.  de  Coimbra,  tr.  du  Portug.     4to.     Paris,  1808. 

iMemoire  sur  I'lntcrieur  do  I'Afrique,  par  Jer.  la  Landc.     4to.     Paris. 

SpliKrischc,  Theoretische,  Physische  Astronomie,  von  P.  F.  Schubert.     St  Petersburg, 

1798. 

Voyage  en  Californie,  pour  I'Observ.  du  Passage  do  Venus,  sur  le  disque  du  Soleil, 

3  Juin,  1709,  par  Chappe  d'Auterocbc,  rcdige  par  M.  Cassini,  ajjres  la  Mort  de 

C.  d'A.     Paris,  1773.     4to. 
Eleinens   de  la  Geometric   a  3  Dimensions,  Theoric  dcs  Ligncs,  et  dcs  Substances 

Courbes  ;  partie  Syntht'tique.     Paris,  1817.     8vo. 

Elemens  de  Geometric,  lime  ed.     Par  A.  Legendre.     Paris,  1817.     8vo. 

Nouvelles  Tables  Loxochomiques,  application  do  la  Thcorie  de  la  figure  de  la  Torre  ii 

la  Construction  des  Cartes  iMarines   reduites,  par  Murdoch,  tr.  dc  r.\n£;lois,  par 

M.  De  Breraard.     Paris,  1832.     8vo. 
Essais  de  Geometric  sur  les  Plans  et  les  Surfaces  Courbes.     Par  S.  F.  La  Croix. 

Paris,  1812.     8vo. 
Traite  Element,  de  Trigonom.  rectdin.  et  spherique.     L'Applicalion  dc  I'.Mgebre  ii  la 

Geometrie,  par  La  Croix.     Paris,  1822.     8vo. 
Examen  des  Methodes  employees  pour  rcsoudrc  les  problcmcs  dc  Gcomctnc.     Par 

G.  Lame.     Paris,  1818.     Svo. 

Vol.  IV.— 5  X 


490  DONATIONS  FOR  THE  LIBRARY. 

Wallenstein  (Jules  de)     De  la  Correlation  des  figures  de  Geometrie.     Paris,  J  801.     8vo. 

Annuaire  du  Bureau  de  Longitude  prescnte  au  lloi  par  le  Bureau,  1831 — 3.     Paris, 

16mo. 

Astronomisches  Jalir  Bucli  f  iir  das  Jahr  1823.     Berlin,  1820. 

Schumacher,  (II.  C.)  Astron.  Hiilftafeln  f  iir  1823. 

Blunt's  Nautical  Almanac.     1823. 

Several  Numbers  of  Von  Zach's  Monatliche  Correspondenz. 

Walsh  (Robt.)  A  very  large  and  important  Collection  of  Political,  Historical  Statistical,  and 
Literary  Pamphlets,  and  several  Public  Documents,  foreign  and  domestic. 

Ward  (Sam.)     New  York  Mathem.  Diary,  ed.  by  James  Ryan,  for  1832. 

Warden  (D.  B.)  L'Art  de  Verifier  les  dates,  depuis  1770,  jusqu'  a  nos  jours.  Vol.  4,  faisant 
suite  a  I'Hist.  Chronol.  d'Am. 

L'Art  de  Verifier  les  dates,  suite  de  la  Chronol.  Hist,  de  I'Amerique.     Vols  13,  14. 

(Bresil)  Paris,  1822 — 3.     With  a  great  number  of  valuable  Pamphlets. 

Derniers  momens  de  M.  Gregoire,  Anc.  Eveque  de  Blois.     Paris,  1821. 

Bibliotheca  Amer.  or  Chro.  Catal.  of  Books  relative  to  N.  and  S.  Amer.     Paris,  1831. 

Paris  Rapports  de  la  Societe  d'Agricult.  de  Caen.     1831. 

Etat  de  la  Sc.  relative  aux  malad.  Epidemiques,  on  reniarques  sur  les   demarches   de 

M.   Chcrvin,   pour  empecher  Texaraen  de  ses  Documens.      Par   M.   Lassis. 
Paris,  1831. 

Notes  Biog.  pour  faire  suite  a  I'Eloge  de  M.  Fourier,  par  M.  Cousin.     1831. 

Rapport  par  David,  a  I'Occasion  des  primes  sur  les  Antiq.  de  France. 

Disc,  prononce  par  M.  Brissant  a  la  Seanco  publique  de  I'Acad.  pour  decerner  le  Prix 

Montyon. 

Almanac  de  France  1833,  par  la  Soc.  pour  I'emancipation  ^intellectuelle  de  la  France. 

12mo. 

La  Flore  et  la  Pomone  Francoise.     Livrais.  105 — 8.     Prospectus  with  the  above  as 

Specimens. 
Watmough  (J.  G.)     Letter  of  L.  M'Lane,  Sec.  of  the  Treas.,  with  Statement  of  Commerce 

and  Navigation  of  U.  S.  for  1832.     8vo. 
Watson  (Jno.  J.)     His  Annals  of  Philad.  from  the  Olden  Time,  with  an  Appendix  relative 

to  the  Olden  Time  of  N.  York  City.     Philad.  1830.     8vo. 
Wigglesworth  (E.)     See  Lieber. 
White  (D.  A.)     Second  Century  Lecture  of  1st  Congressional  Church  at  Salem,  Mass.     By 

Rev.  C.  W.  Upham.     1829. 
White  (Rt.  Rev.  Bishop  Wm.)     15  Nos  to  complete  a  Set  of  the  Report  of  the  Amer.  Bible 

Soc.  to  1830.     Also  3  Reports  of  French  Bible  Soc.     Paris,  1828. 
Wood  (G.  B. — M.D.)   and  Franklin  Bache,  M.D.     The  Dispensatory  of  the  United  States 

of  Amer.     Philad.  1833.     8vo. 
Woodbridge  (W.  C.)     Amer.  Ann.  of  Educ.  and  Instruction,  ed.  by  him.     No.  1,  3d  series. 

Boston,  1830. 
Worcester  (J.  E.)     Pronouncing  and  explaining  Diet,  of  the  English  Language,  also  of  Clas- 
sical and  Scriptural  Names.     Boston,  1830.     8vo. 
Yard  (Wm.)     Several  Essays  on  Natural  History  : — 

On  the  Change  of  Plumage  in  Pheasants.     On  the  Trachea  of  Birds.     On  a  Species 

of  Tringa.     On  the  Organ  of  Voice  in  Birds.     Lond.  4to.     From  the  Trans,  of 

Royal  Soc.  and  Linnean  Soc. 


DONATIONS  FOR  THE  CABINET.  491 

Yard  (Wni.)     Descrip.  of  the  Organ  of  Voice  in  a  new  Species  of  Wild  Swan     (Cygnus 

Buccinator  of  Kicluirdsoii).     Lond.  1831.     -lio. 
Zimmerman  (M.  D.)     Positions  Gcoirr.  de  I'Obs.  dcpuis  Tobolsk  Jiistiu'  ii  la  nicr  (ilaciale, 

corrigcrs,  par  Adulphe  Ernian,  servant  de  prospectus  ii  la  relation  (I'un  X'ovagc, 

par  le  Nord  de  TAsie  ct  les  deux  Oceans  dans  les  Annccs    1828 — DO.     bcrlin, 

1831.     8vo.     Pub.  par  FAcad.  Roy.  des  Sciences. 


Works   subscribed  for,  or  purchased  by  iMcmbers  of  the   SocUlj,  and  frcsntlul   In   the 

Library. 

The  Birds  of  America,  \i\  John  James  Audubon,  intended  to  be  comprehended  in    1  Vols, 

grand  folio,  at  S300.     Vol.  1.  and  3,  4  of  the  2d  received,  and  remaindir  to  be 

delivered  as  published. 
Hist,  et  Memoires  de  TAcademie  des  Inscriptions  et  Belles  Lettres,  1701  a  1T81.     I'aris, 

1730—93. 
The  Topog.  and  Hist,  of  the  United  States  of  Amer.  witli  100  Plates,  by  John  II.  Ilinton. 

2  Vols,  4to.     Lond.  1832. 


DONATIONS  FOR  THE  CABINET. 

Portraits  of  Presidents  and  Members  of  the  American  PiiiLOsoniicAL  Society. 

William  Short,  Portrait  of  Thomas  Jeflerson  (Pres.),  by  Thos.  Sully. 
Henry  Seybert,  Portrait  of  Caspar  Wislar  (Pres.),  by  Thomas  Sully. 
Subscription  of  some  of  the  Members,  Portrait  of  Robert  Patterson  (Pres.),  by  R.  Pcale. 

Portrait  of  William  Tilghman  (Pres.),  by  R.  Peale. 

Portrait  of  P.  S.  Du  Ponceau  (Pres.),  by  Thomas  Sully. 

The  Pennsylvania  Academy  of  Fine  Arts,  Portrait  of  The  Abbe  Correa  da  Scrra  (.Member), 
by  Lawrence. 

The  Administrators  and  Professors  of  the  Museitii  of  Natural  History,  Paris,  gave 
to  Dr  Richard  Harlan,  to  be  presented  to  The  American  Philosophical  Society, 
Two  valuable  Casts,  viz. 

1.  The  Head  of  the  Maestricht  Monitor  of  Cuvier,  described  in  liis  Works,  '  Osse- 
mens  fossiles,  Vol.  5,  p.  2,  3d  edit.  p.  31  ;  but  Cuvier  finally  adopted  tlie  Name 
of  Mosasaurus  given  to  it  by  Conybeare. 

2.  The  almost  entire  Skeleton  of  the  Plesiosaurus  Dalicodeiris  from  the  Cliffs 
of  Lime  Regis,  Dorset  Co.,  Great  Britain. 

Through  the  same  medium  of  Dr  Harlan  : 
M.  David,  Member  of  the  Institute  of  France,  presented  to  the  Amer.  Philosophical  Society, 
a  Colossal  Bust  in  Plaster  of  Cuvier,  inscribed  '  A  la  Memoire  de  Georges  Cuvier, 
P.  J.  David.'     This  Bust  was  not  made  for  sale. 


492  DONATIONS  FOR  THE  CABINET. 

Adams  (John  Quincy)     A  Collection  of  Minerals  made  by  Andrew  Armstrong,  U.  States' 

Resident  at  Lima. 
Audubon  (J.  J.)     Eleven  Species  of  large  Marine  Shells  from  Florida. 
Bloomfield  (J.  E.)     Two  Silver  Vases  used  by  the  Priests  of  the  Temple  of  the  Sun,  and  a 

Cestus  worn  by  a  Virgin  of  the  Sun  at  the  Period  of  the  Invasion  of  Peru  by  Pi- 

zarro. 
Brown  (Fred.)     A  Peruvian  Ewer  of  Antique  Form  found  at  Huaco. 
Brown  (P.  A.)     A  Fac-simile  in  Plaster  of  2  Letters  found  in  the  middle  of  a  Stone  when 

sawed. 

A  Plate,  being  the  Profile  of  the  Rocks  between  Philadelphia  and  Norristown,  sur- 

veyed by  him. 

Burroughs  (Marmaduke — M.D.)  A  very  valuable  and  numerous  Collection  of  Huacaros,  or 
Indian  Antiquities,  from  the  Cemeteries  of  the  Ancient  Peruvians,  collected  prin- 
cipally from  the  Neighbourhood  of  Truxillo  in  Lower  Peru,  and  from  Arica  and 
Qiiilca  in  Upper  Peru.  Also  a  very  large  and  interesting  Collection  of  fabrics 
from  the  Philippine  Islands,  Alsam  and  other  Parts  of  Asia,  comprising  Manu- 
factures from  the  Manilla  Hemp,  Leaf  of  the  Pine  Apple,  &c.  by  the  Natives  of 
those  Parts.  Also  Specimens  of  the  Essential  Oils  of  Croton  and  Camphor  from 
the  East  Indies. 

Bry  (H.)  Some  Fossil  Bones  found  near  Washita,  50  MUes  from  the  Town  of  Monroe, 
described  in  this  Vol.,  with  a  Plate. 

A  Specimen  of  Silk  Cloth  manufactured  by  Silk  Worms  on  a  Plane  Surface  instead  of 

Cocoons. 

Cass  (Lewis)  A  Specimen  of  Salt,  2  inches  by  2;,  cut  out  of  a  Mass  of  Salt  in  a  Brick  at 
the  Head  of  Arkansas,  in  which  a  Channel  had  been  worn  in  the  Salt  Rock. 

Coles  (Edw.)  Various  Specimens  of  Lead  and  Copper  Ore  from  Illinois,  jMissouri,  and 
N.  W.  Territory. 

D'Homergue  (J.)  A  Cast,  coined  1791,  before  the  Establishment  of  the  Mint  (1792),  with 
a  Head  of  Washington.     N.B.  This  was  presented  as  a  Model  but  rejected. 

Du  Ponceau  (P.  S.)  Fragments  of  Egyptian  papyrus,  found  by  an  American  Officer  among 
the  Ruins  of  Thebes  ;  the  writing  in  the  Demotic  character. 

Fairman,  Draper,  Underwood,  and  Co.,  Specimen  Sheets  of  Bank  Note  Engravings,  Busts, 
Vignettes,  &c. 

Harlan  (Richard — M.D.)  Several  Specimens  of  Indian  Pottery.  One  very  large  from  Ken- 
tucky, the  rest  from  Peru. 

Hodgson  (W.  B.)     A  Girdle  of  a  Berber  Female. 

Humphreys  (Sterne,  Lt.  U.  S.  Navy)  A  Collection  of  very  interesting  Articles  collected  by 
him  when  on  Board  the  St  Louis  on  the  Coast  of  America  and  Pacific  Ocean  : — 
Ancient  Pottery  from  Huaco,  Minerals  from  Cobija,  Shells,  Dresses,  AVar  Imple- 
ments, Paddles  of  curious  Workmanship,  from  Feejee  Islands  and  Marquesas. 

Jones  (Wm.)  Collec.  des  Gravures  des  Tableaux  d'apres  I'Ecole  Ital.  contenus  dans  le 
Musee  Napoleon,  avec  Description,  par  J.  Griffith.     Paris,  1806. 

KeafF  (         )     Collection  of  Copper  Ores  from  Perkoiming. 

La  Roche  (R. — M.D.)  A  Specimen  of  Calcareous  Deposit  from  the  Tartarian  Lake,  12 
Miles  from  Rome. 


DONATIONS  FOR  THE  CABINET.  493 

Martinez  (J.  J.)     MSS.  Chart  of  his  Survey  of  llie  N.  W.  Coast  of  Cuba,  between  Havana 

and  Cape  Antonio. 
Mease  (James — M.D.)     A  Collection  of  Minerals  IVoni  the  Serra  tie  Pasco  Mines  of  I'cru. 
Meigs  (C.  D. — M.D.)     Human  Bones  IbunJ  in  Brazil,  dcscribcj  in  tlic  Traiisaciioiis  of  ilic 

Soc,  Vol.  3.  New  Series. 
Middleton  (Henry)     Two  Russian  Coins  of  Platina,  value  3  and  0  rnlilcs. 
Mifflin  (Charles — M.D.)     An  engraved  Portrait  of  Jolin  Dallon,  Manchester,  G.  H. 
Nagy  (Charles)     A  Telescope  made  by  PIocll'cl  of  \"icnna. 

A  Collection  of  Roman,  Turkish,  Austrian,  and  Ihiiiirarian  Coins  and  Medals. 

A  New  Map  of  Hungary  on  a  large  Scale. 

A  Map  of  the  Moon  (Desmond),  with  a  Description  of  Size,  Mountains,  6cc.  in  (lerman, 

with  Marks  and  References. 
Parker  (General  Daniel)     Plan  of  New  York  by  Longstrcth. 

Survc}' of  the  Isthmus  of  Cape  Cod  (Mass.)  and  the  Town  of  Sandwich,  with  a  Profile 

of  the  proposed  Route  for  a  Canal  between  Buzzard  and  Barnstable  Bays. 

Survey  of  Valley  and  Pond  auxiliary  to  the  above  Survey. 

The  above  surveyed  by  J.  A.  W.  Smith  and  F.  Searle  of  II.  States  Artillery. 

A  Map  of  the  Country  between  AVashington  and  Pittsburgh,  willi  reference  to  tlie  Oliio 

and  Chesapeake  Canal  Route  and  Profile,  1820,  by  Lt  Farley,  from  general  Map 
in  Engineer  Department. 

Routes  examined  between  N.  Orleans  and  Washington,    villi  a  View  to  a  National 

Road. 

Original  Percil  Portrait  of  Zaccheus  Collins,  late  Vice  Prcs.  of  the  Society,  by  liOnij- 

acrc.     This  last  deposited. 
Poussin  (Wm.  Tell)     Survey  of  a  Route  for  a  Canal  Iietwecn  the  Gulf  of  ^Mexico  and  tiie 

Atlantic  Ocean.     Surveyed  by  Gen.  Bernard   and  W.  T.  Poussin,  by  Order  of 

tiie  United  States.     Wash.  Feb.  1830. 
Rawle  (Wm.)     Lithograph.  Portrait  of  John  Marshall,  '^Hiief  Justice  of  tlic  United  .States, 

from  a  painting  by  Inman. 
Strickland  (Wm.)     Plan  of  the  Harbour  of  the  Delaware  Breakwater  from  the  Ocean,  now 

executing  by  him.     1833. 
Tanner  (Henry  S.)     His  new  and  authentic  Map  of  the  Globe,  embracing  all  (he  rccciu 

Discoveries.     Philad.  1831. 

His  Universal  Atlas,  No.  1  a  8.     Philad.  1833. 

Tappan  (Charles  &  Co.)     Specimens  of  their  Bank  Note  Engravinsr,  &c.  suljmiiied  to  ihe 

Banks. 
Wetherill  (C.)     A  Bust  of  John  Quincy  Adams,  cast  in  Iron  at  Keim  and  Jones's  Furnace, 

Pennsylvania. 
Wetherill  (J.  P.)     Casts  of  Megalonyx  Fossil  Bones,  found  in  the  Wliite  Cave,  Kentucky. 
ZoUikofler  (Wm. — M.D.)     Specimen  of  Sewing  Silk,  in  Maryland,  from  Cocoons  produced 

by  Worms  fed  entirely  from  Lettuce  Leaves. 

Vol.  IV.— 5  Y 


494 


LEGACY  TO  THE  SOCIETY. 


Thomas  (Isaiah),  of  Worcester,  Massachusetts,  Five  Hundred  Dollars. 


Note. — Legacies  to  the  Society  should  be  made  to  them  by  their  Corporate  Name, 
"  77(6  Jlmerican  Philosophical  Society,  held  at  Philadelphia,  for  promoting  Useful  Know- 
ledge,'' otherwise  they  will  be  void  for  uncertainty. 


ERRATA  IN  DONATIONS. 

Page  471,  8(A  line,  for  Cuts  in  read  Noa. 
Page  472,  \6lh.  line,  for  <f\o.  read  4to. 
Page  474,  Gth  line,  for  Chapzki  read  Chadzki 

2\st  line,  for  C.  H.  Panans  read  C.  H.  Pander 
Page  475,  1st  line,  for  Whister  read  Whiter 
Page  480,  24(7t  line,  for  Ingraham  read  Ingham 
Page  481,  ith  line,  for  Phrenology  read  Phonology 

2oift  line,  for  Leslie  (T.  G.)  read  Leslie  (T.  J.) 
Page  487,  Gth  line,  for  Marden  read  Marsden 

Page  490,  ith  line  from  bottom,  for  Yard  (Wm.)  read  Yarrell  (Wm.) 
Page  491, 1st  line,  for  Yard  (Wm.)  read  Yarrell  (Wm.) 

lOWj  line,  after  at  $200.  insert  per  volume. 
Page  492,  'i&th  line,  for  Cast  read  Cent 


INDEX 


THE  FIRST,  SECOND,  THIRD  AND  FOURTH  VOLUMES— NEW  SERIES. 


ABAX  COBACLXUS,  II,  59.     IV,  426. 

penniindus,  IV,  426. 

Aborigines  of  NoUh  America,  memoir  on  their  population  and  lumuli,  by  H.  H.  BrackenrlJgc,  I,  151. 
Acinula  candicans,  IV,  266. 
Acipenser  brevirosiinm,  I,  390. 

oxyrhyjichus  ?  I,  394. 

rubicundus,  I,  .3SS. 

Acladium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  276. 
Acremonium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  2S3. 
Acrospermum,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  266. 
Acrothamniwn  ziolaceum,  IV,  275. 
Actidium  carkinum,  IV,  240. 
Actinodermium  Sterrebeckii,  IV,  255. 
Aciinothtjrimn,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  249. 
Acupalpus  conjtmctus,  IV,  435. 

debilipes,  IV,  435. 

— ^^—  obsoletus,  IV,  435. 

partiarius,  IV,  434. 

.  Tupestris,  IV,  435. 
Adrain,  Robert,  investigation  of  the  figure  of  the  earth,  and  of  the  gravity  in  difTcrcnt  l.itilui!e?,  I,  119. 

search  concerning  the  mean  diameter  of  the  earth,  353. 
Advertisement  of  the  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  I,  ir.     II,  iv.     Ill,  iii. 
Aecidium,  IV,  292. 

Aegerita,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  303. 
Aethalium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  261. 
Agaricus,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  145. 
Agonum  errans,  IV,  423. 

limbatwn,  IV,  423. 

nutans,  IV,  423. 

obsoletum,  IV,  423. 

orhicoUe,  IV,  423. 

punctiforme,  IV,  423. 

sutxirale,  IV,  423. 

Agyrium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  1S7. 


496 

Airhh,  thiid  vocal  soum!,  1,  253. 

Alhldade  to  the  plaiie  table  intended  for  the  survey  of  the  coast,  II,  34S. 

Alligator,  observations  on  its  anatomy  and  physiology,  by  N.  M.  Hentz,  II,  216. 

Alluvial  formation,  description  of,  I,  23. — Deposits  of  shells  in,  24. — Inland  Navigation  in  this  class  extensive 
and  commodious,  but  where  it  forms  a  sea-coast  the  harbours  aud  bays  are  difficult  and  dangerous,  59. 

Alphabet  of  the  Berber  Language,  IV,  38. 

Aljtiicibetical  Writing  in  all  the  European  l.inguages  has  more  or  less  deviated  from  its  original  plan,  I,  232. 

Altitudes  of  mountains  of  New  York,  New  Hampshire  and  Vermont,  by  A.  Partridge,  1, 147.  All  possible  ones 
on  land  measured  by  a  simple  appendage  to  (he  reflecting  sector,  325.  Problem  to  find  the  angular 
altitude  or  depression  of  any  visible  object,  336. 

Alternaria  tenuis,  IV,  286. 

Alytosporium,  syno\ms  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  274. 

Amara,  II,  35,  36,  37.     IV,  428. 

angustata,  IV,  428. 

basilaris,  IV,  428.  "    • 

dolosa,  IV,  428. 

furtiva,  IV,  429. 

?  grossa,  IV,  430. 

impunctata,  IV,  428. 

impuncticnllis,  IV,  42S. 

musculis,  IV,  428. 

obesa,  IV,  428. 

sera,  IV,  42S. 

Amber  at  Cape  Sable,  Maryland,  II,  110  and  113. 

Amhlychcila,  a  new  genus  of  insects,  IV,  409. 

American  Philosophical  Society,  rules  of,  I,  iv.  Officers,  I,  v.  II,  v.  Ill,  iv.  List  of  members,  I,  vi. 
11,  vi.  Ill,  V.  Grant  by  the  cily  authorities  of  the  use  of  the  centre  Engine  House  for  an 
astronomical  observatory,  I,  xvi.  Donations  to  the  library,  1,436.  11,481.  Hi,  4S9.  IV,  471 — to 
the  cabinet,  I,  452.  II,  502.  Ill,  509.  IV,  491.  Rules  for  the  government  of  committees  of  publi- 
cation, III,  iii.  Prefatory  notice  to  the  3d  Vol.,  Ill,  vii.  A  collection  of  Me,xican  antiquities  pre- 
sented, III,  510. 

Ammoccetes  bicolor,  I,  3SG. 

Amygdaloid  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Rocky  mountains,  II,  211. 

Analysis  of  the  blue  iron  earlh  of  New  Jersey,  by  Thomas  Cooper,  1, 193 — of  the  component  sounds  of  the 
English  language,  by  P.  S.  Duponceau,  I,  228. 

Anchomenus  cincticollis,  IV,  421. 

collnris,  IV,  421. 

decenlis,  IV,  421. 

decurus,  IV,  421. 

extensicollis,  IV,  421. 

Anderson,  Henry  James,  On  the  motion  of  solids  on  surfaces,  in  the  two  hypotheses  of  perfect  sliding  and  per- 
fect rolling,  wilh  a  particular  examination  of  their  small  oscillatory  motions,  III,  315  and  335  Con- 
cluding remaiks,  3S2. 

Angiogastres,  order  of  fungi,  IV,  252. 

Anisoductylus  agricohis,  IV,  431. 

Baltimoriensis,  IV,  431. 

aenus,  IV,  431. 

carbonarius,  IV,  432. 

dilatatiis,  IV,  431. 

Iculus!  Di-j.  IV,  432. 

rusticits,  IV ,  431. 

Anixia  interrupla,  IV,  264. 

Anthina  ceranoides,  IV,  305. 

Anthracite  in  ihe  U.  Slates  found  only  in  the  transition  formation,  I,  12. 

Antiquities  of  Mexico,  a  collection  presented  to  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  III,  510. 


AND  FOURTH  VOLUMES NEW  SERIES.  497 

•.Antiquity  of  llie  mounds  on  the  Mississippi,  1,  15S. 

■'ipiosiioiium  salicinutn,  IV,  265. 

Apparatus  wliich  may  seive  as  a  subslilute  lor  the  ship  pump,  I,  -IST. 

Jjrachniun  album,  IV,  253. 

Jlrctic  plants,  their  soulhern  limit  in  N.  .Vinerica,  III,  2S3. 

Jircfjria,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  W,  259. 

Avctharea,  a  new  genus  of  insects,  IV,  .111. 

Argand  Lamp,  observations  on  tlic  superior  liglit  which  it  proiluces.  III,  5C. 

Argillaceous  and  calcareous  eaitlis,  most  propitious  to  vegetable  production,  I,  177. 

Jlrgutor,  II,  5S  and  59. 

.irillimctic,  an  easy  solution  to  a  useful  pioblem  in,  I,  181. 

.irpelh,  second  vocal  sound,  I,  251. 

Jirlhrinium  caricicola,  IV,  27S. 

Ariiculatiuns  of  the  human  voice,  differences  in,  in  dilTerent  languages,  I,  229.  No  idea  of  them  can  be  con- 
veyed by  alplrabetical  signs,  229,  &c. 

Ascubolus,  .synopsis  of  N.  .\meiican  species,  IV,  17S. 

Aspergillus,  synopsis  of  N.  Ameiican  species,  IV,  2S2. 

Aspirations,  two  in  the  English  language,  I,  246. 

Astacus  Blandingii,  III,  464. 

Asterophora,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  263. 

Astronomical  applications  of  the  laws  of  irradiation,  IV,  347,  &c. 

Astronomical  clocks,  intended  for  the  observatories,  II,  359. 

Astronomical  observations.  See  Ellicott,  Roberts,  Gummere,  Henwick,  Paine,  Hassler,  Patterson,  JP'alker, 
Lambert. 

Asirosporimn  vulgare,  IV,  299. 

.Itractobolus,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  254. 

Aulif,  first  vocal  sound,  I,  250. 

.luricularini,  suborder  of  fungi,  IV,  165. 

Austin,  James,  an  easy  solution  of  a  useful  problem  in  arithmetic,  1,  ISl. 

Azim,  fourth  vocal  sound,  I,  253. 

Azimuth,  or  bearing,  of  any  particular  object,  how  to  find  by  means  of  a  new  instrument,  I,  338.  Of  the  sun, 
may  be  found  by  the  same,  the  meridian  and  latitude  of  the  place  being  given,  339.  Also  the  meri- 
dian aud  declination  being  given,  339;  and  the  latitude  and  lime,  339. 

Bache,  A.  D.,  meteorological  observations  during  the  solar  eclipse  of  Feb.  12,  1831,  IV,  132. 

Bactridium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  276. 

Baldwin,  TVilliam,  account  of  two  North  American  species  of  Cyperus,  discovered  in  the  state  of  Georgia  ;  to 
which  is  added  four  species  of  Kyllingia,  found  on  the  Brazilian  coast,  and  on  the  Rio  de  la  Plata  in 
South  America,  II,  167. 

^nronieter,  diurnal  variations  of,  II,  424,  &c.  Observations  made  with  it  at  Washington  city,  431  and  436. 
Observations  made  during  the  solar  eclipse  of  Feb.  12,  1831,  IV,  134. 

Basalt,  opinion  that  it  is  originally  always  amorphous,  and  takes  a  determinate  form  only  in  a  state  of  decom- 
position, II,  157. 

Basilosaurus,  IV,  403. 

Bembidium  affine,  II,  86. 

contractum,  II,  85. 

coxendix,  IV,  436. 

dorsale,  II,  84.     IV,  437. 

•  ephippiatum,  IV,  439. 

flavicaudum,  II,  87. 

honestum,  II,  82.    IV,  436. 

inaquale,  IV,  436. 

incunwn,  IV,  440. 

inornatnm,  II,  87. 

lavum,  II,  83. 

Vol.  IV.— 5  Z 


498  INDEX  TO  THE  FIRST,  SECOND,  THIRD 

Bembidium  levigatum,  11,  84.     IV,  436. 

niger,  II,  85.     IV,  436. 

oppositum,  II,  86.     IV,  438. 

/)os(re?)i«m,  IV,  437. 

proximum,\\,SS. 

piinctato-slTiatum,  II,  83. 

setnifasciatuin,  IV,  438. 

sigillare,  IV,  437. 

tetracolum,U,  89.     IV,  437. 

tripunclatum,  IV,  439. 

variegatum,  II,  89. 

Berbers  of  Africa,  memoir  on  theii-  language,  manners  and  customs,  by  Wm.  Shaler,  II,  438.  Vocabularies  of 
the  language  of  the  Kabyleg,  453 ; — notes  on  the  foregoing  vocabularies,  460.  Vocabulary  of  the 
Mozabi  dialect,  462.  Grammatical  structure  of  the  Berber  language,  463.  Grammatical  sketch  and 
specimens  of  the  language,  preceded  by  lour  letters  on  Berber  etymologies,  addressed  to  the  presi- 
dent of  the  society,  by  William  B.  Hodgson,  IV,  1.  Their  towns  divided  into  two,  three  or  four 
distinct  communities,  who  war  with  each  other,  29.  Alphabet  of  the  Berber  language,  38.  Of  the 
article,  38.  Declension  of  nouns  substantive,  39.  Examples  of  the  numbers  in  nouns,  39.  Inflec- 
tion of  an  adjective,  40.  Comparison  of  an  adjective,  40.  Numerals,  40.  Pronouns,  40.  Verbs, 
and  specimens  of  the  manner  in  which  they  are  conjugated,  41.  Berber  poetry,  44.  A  Berber  tale, 
with  an  interlinear  translation,  46. 

Big  Beaver,  outlet  of,  a  noted  place  among  the  Indians,  IV,  366. 

Big  Bone  Licit,  an  account  of  two  heads  found  there,  I,  375.  Teeth  of  the  mastodon  and  Siberian  elephant 
found  there,  I,  376. 

Birds,  observations  on  moulting.  III,  292.  Observations  on  the  genus  Tetrao,  with  a  synopsis  of  the  species, 
III,  383. 

Biscaries  of  Africa,  II,  446.     Further  observations  on  them,  IV,  23. 

Bison,  cranium  of,  I,  380. 

Black  Lead,  beds  of,  noticed,  I,  34. 

Bleaching,  memoir  on,  by  T.  Cooper,  I,  317.     Improved  method  of,  318. 

Blood,  influence  of  position  on  its  circulation,  I,  300. 

Bhie  Iron  Earth  of  New  Jersey,  analysis  of,  by  Thomas  Cooper,  1, 193. 

Bhce  Ridge,  from  Magotty  to  Rockfish  gap,  divides  the  primitive  and  transition  formations,  I,  41. 

Bog  Iron  Ore,  deposits  of,  in  the  alluvial,  I,  25.  More  abundant  in  the  alluvial  of  New  Jersey  and  Maryland 
than  in  other  states  to  the  south,  71. 

Boletus,  the  N.  American  species,  IV,  154. 

Bonaparte,  Charles  Lucien,  general  observations  on  the  birds  of  the  genus  Tetrao ;  with  a  synopsis  of  the 
species  hitherto  known,  III,  383. 

Bonasia,  HI,  384  and  389. 

Bones,  observations  on  those  processes  of  the  ethmoid  bone  which  originally  form  the  spenoidal  sinuses,  I, 
371.     Account  of  two  heads  found  at  Big  Bone  Lick,  375. 

Bos,  fossil  heads  of  this  genus  found  at  Big  Bone  Lick,  I,  376. 

Botryosporium,  a  new  genus  of  fungi,  IV,  306. 

Botrytis,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  280. 

Batista,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  256. 

Brachinus  fumans,  11,7. 

slygicornis,  IV,  415. 

Brackenridge,  H.  H.,  memoir  on  the  population  and  tumuli  of  the  Aborigines  of  N.  America,  I,  151. 

Browne,  P.  Jl.,  description  of  an  improved  piston  for  steam  engines,  without  hemp  packing,  I,  313. 

Bry,  H;  letter  accompanying  some  fossil  bones  found  on  the  Ouachita,  IV,  397.  Some  geological  observations 
on  the  stale  of  Louisiana,  398. 

Bulgaria,  synopsis  of  N.  Ameiican  species,  IV,  178. 

Bull,  Marcus,  e.\periuients  to  determine  the  comparative  quantities  of  heat  evolved  in  the  combustion  of  the 
principal  varieties  of  wood  and  coal  used  in  the  United  States  for  fuel;  also  to  deteimine  the 
comparative  quantities  of  heat  lost  by  the  ordinary  apparatus  made  use  of  lor  their  combustion,  111,2. 


AND  FOURTH  VOLUMES — NEW  SERIES.  499 

Description  of  ttie  apparatus,  plan  of  the  experimiiils  anil  manner  ol  cxpcrimeuling,  9.  Mode  of 
ascertaining  the  value  of  a  given  quantity  of  fuel,  22.  Metliod  of  asccrlaininj;  llic  specific  gravity 
of  wood,  30.  Method  of  obtaining  the  product  of  charccrl,  31.  Density  or  durability  of  llio  dilTcrenl 
woods,  apparently  not  to  be  attributeil  to  tlie  qu.\ulity  of  carbon  Ihcy  contain,  36.  E.vpcriincnis  to 
determine  the  comparative  loss  of  heat  sustained  by  difTerent  constructions  of  apparatus  ordinarily 
used  for  the  combustion  of  fuel,  40.  General  table  to  the  .ibove  experiments,  60.  Table  exhibiting 
the  results  of  experiments  made  to  determine  the  comparative  loss  of  heat  sustained  by  using  appa- 
ratus of  different  constructions,  HI,  63. 
Burrough,  M.,  letter  on  the  subject  of  a  species  of  Orang  from  the  N.  Eastern  province  of  British  India,  IV,  66. 

Cabinet  of  the  .American  Philosophical  Society,  donations  to,  I,   152.     II,  502.     Ill,  509.     IV,  -191. 

Cactus,  an  arborescent  species  on  the  head  waters  of  the  Arkausaw,  11,  182. 

Caeoma,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  290. 

Calathus,  II,  47  and  48. 

Calleida  decora,  IV,  414. 

purpurea,  414. 

smaragdina,  Dej.  414. 

viridq^ennis,  414. 

Caloccra,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  183. 

Calosonia  calidiim,  II,  74.     IV,  416. 

Iceve,  IV,  416. 

luxtitum,  IV,  416. 

scrutator,  II,  73. 

Calcareous  and  argillaceous  earths  most  propitious  to  vegetable  production,  I,  177.  Calcareous  earth  the  only 
one  that  water  can  neaily  perfectly  dissolve,  ISO. 

Campanhts,  his  account  of  New  Sweden  noticed,  1,  341. 

Campsotrichmn  splendidum,  IV,  283. 

Campioum  curvatum,  IV,  27S. 

Cantharellus,  North  American  species  of,  IV,  152. 

Cantharis  marginala  and  bimaculata.  III,  459. 

Capillaria,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  273. 

Carahici  and  Hydrocanthari,  descriptions  of  N.  Ainer.  species,  II,  1. 

Carahus  extermis,  IV,  416. 

interruplus,  II,  76. 

ligalus,  IV,  416. 

liinliatus,  II,  77. 

serratus,  II,  77.     IV,  416. 

sylvosus,  II,  75. 

tiiictus,  IV,  416. 

Cardiospermum  helicacabum,  abundant  and  native  on  the  Canadian,  two  hundred  miles  above  its  confluence. 
II,  ISO. 

Carlisle,  Penu.,  obseivations  on  the  trap  rocks  near,  II,  156. 

CarocoUa  helicoides,  IV,  103. 

spinosa,  IV,  104. 

Cartridges,  leaden,  memoir  on,  by  W.  Jones,  I,  137. 

Casnonia  rufipes,  IV,  412. 

Castalia,  observations  on  this  genus,  IV,  107. 

Catalogue  of  plants  collected  during  a  journey  to  and  from  the  Rocky  Mountains,  II,  172.  Of  Mexican  Anti- 
quities presented  to  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  III,  510. 

Ceiiangium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  238. 

Cephalotrichum,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  304. 

Ceratium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  305. 

Ceraiosporium,  a  new  genus  of  fungi,  IV,  300. 

Ceuthospora phueocomes,  IV,  248. 

Chaetomium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  265. 


500  INDEX  TO  THE  FIRST,  SECOND,  THIRD 

Chalk  formation,  not  yet  discovered  in  the  United  States,  1, 15.     Decomposes  into  a  good  soil  when  level,  55. 

Charcoal  in  ditferent  woods,  method  of  ascertaining  the  quantity  of,  II,  31.  This  method  of  obtaining  charcoal 
successfully  practised  on  a  large  scale,  33. 

Chart,  vertical  one  of  the  Ohio  river,  II,  124. 

Chauliognathus,  a  new  genus  of  insects,  of  the  family  Lampyrides,  III,  460. 

marginatus,  460. 

bimaculatus,  461. 

Cherokee  language,  analogous  in  one  of  its  forms  to  the  Berber,  II,  443. 

Chimneys,  observations  on  them.  III,  52,  &c. 

Chinese  language,  observations  on,  I,  235  ; — and  Cochin  Chinese,  notice  on  the  comparative  vocabulary 
brought  to  this  country,  by  J.  White,  III,  72.  Chinese  characters  cannot  be  read  alike  in  every 
language,  not  even  in  those  which  have  the  greatest  resemblance,  72. 

Chlanius  astivus,  II,  62. 

circunicinctus,  IV,  418. 

emarginatus,  II,  63. 

impunctifrons,  II,  64. 

laticolUs,  II,  64. 

lithophilus,  II,  62. 

nejnoralis,  II,  65. 

Pennsylvanicus,  II,  66. 

pusillus,  II,  63.     IV,  418. 

sericeus,  II,  61. 

soccatus,  IV,  419. 

soUtariiis,  II,  65. 

tomeniosus,  IV,  418. 

vigilans,  IV,  419. 

Chloridium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  276. 

Chondropterigious  fishes,  several  N.  Amer.  species  described,  I,  383. 

Chordostylum  capillare,  IV,  2S4. 

Chrysoberyls  from  Haddam  and  Brasil,  analyses  of,  II,  116. 

Cicindela,  several  N.  American  species  described,  by  T.  Say,  I,  401.  Description  of  the  habits  and  larva  of 
these  insects,  401.  Essential  character  of  the  genus,  405.  Artificial  character,  405.  Natural  cha- 
racter, 406.     Species,  409. 

abd07ni7iaUs,  425, 

decimnotala,  423. 

denlicnlata.  III,  253. 

dorsalis,  I,  415.     IV,  410. 

duodecim-guttata,  Dej.  IV,  411. 

formosa,  I,  422. 

hceinorrhoidalis,  III,  254. 

hirticollis,  I,  411.     IV,  410. 

marginala,  I,  417.     IV,  410. 

micans,  I,  426. 

ohscura,  I,  418. 

punctulata,  I,  420. 

purpurea,  I,  419.     IV,  410. 

pusilla,  I,  424. 

sexguttata,  I,  414.     IV,  410. 

splendida.  III,  254. 

unicolor,  Dej.  IV,  410. 

unipunctata,  I,  412.     IV,  410. 

violacea,  I,  425. 

vulgaris,  I,  409.     IV,  410. 

Circviotrichum  candidum,  IV,  276. 


AND  FOURTH  VOLUMES NEW  SERIES.  501 

Circtdaiion  of  the  blood,  influence  of  position  on,  I,  300.     la  the  alligator,  II,  21ii  lo  227. 

Cladosporiitm,  synopsis  of  N.  .American  .>:pccles,  IV,  277. 

Clasteiispoi itim,  a  new  genus  ol  funa;i,  IV,  300. 

Clalhrus,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  252. 

Clavaria,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  ISl, 

Climate  of  (lie  country  about  the  river  Delaware,  observations  made  on  it  at  au  caily  period,  1,310.  01  Wash- 
iugton,  very  moist  during  a  great  part  of  the  year,  11,  431.  Of  Washington  and  St  Petersburg  com- 
pared, 433. 

Cliostoimim  cornigaluin,  IV,  240. 

Clivina  bipustulutci,  II,  20.     IV,  415. 

globidosa,  II,  23. 

Uneolala,  U,  22. 

pallida,  l\,  22. 

pallipennis,  II,  24. 

guadrimaciilata,  IV,  415. 

sj^hcuricollis,  II,  23. 

viridis,  II,  21.     IV,  416. 

Clocks,  astronomical,  intended  for  the  observatories,  II,  359. 

Cloud,  Joseph,  account  of  some  c.'cperiments  made  on  crude  Platinum,  and  a  new  process  for  separating  Palla- 
dium and  Rhodium  from  that  metal,  I,  161.  Au  attempt  to  aecertaiu  the  fusing  Icmperaturo  of 
metals,  1G7.  Inquiry  into  the  causes  why  the  metals  in  a  solid  slate  appear  to  be  specifically  lighter 
than  in  a  state  of  fusion,  170. 

Coal,  formation  at  Richmond,  noticed,  I,  31.  Extent  of,  in  the  United  Slates,  39.  Used  with  advantage  as 
manure,  73.  Formed  by  the  decomposition  of  vegetables  imbedded  between  stony  strata,  I,  179. 
Description  of  fossil  vegetables  contained  in,  I,  265.  Coal-field  of  Yorkshire  and  Derbyshire,  269. 
Indications  of,  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  II,  207. 

Coast  of  the  United  States,  papers  relating  to  the  survey.     See  Hassler. 

Coccotiichitm,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  274. 

CoelosporiumfnUiculosum,  IV,  279. 

Coltetosporium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  274. 

Collin,  JVicholas,  observations  made  at  an  early  period  on  the  climate  of  the  country  about  the  river  Delaware, 

collected  from  the  records  of  the  Sweedish  colony,  I,  340. 
Cohjinbetes  ambiguus,  II,  96. 

bicarinatus,  II,  9S. 

erytroplerus,  II,  95. 

fenestralis,  11,95.     IV,  443. 

glyphicus,  II,  'J9. 

gutticollis,  IV,  442. 

interrogatus,  IV,  443. 

niiidus,  II,  9S. 

obtusatus,  II,  99. 

seriatus,  II,  97. 

stagninus,  II,  100. 

ta:niolis,  IV,  442. 

venustus,  II,  9S.     IV,  443. 

Comet  of  1S07,  observations  on,  by  A.  Ellicott,  I,  94. 

Condor,  notice  of  an  anatomical  peculiarity  in  its  structure,  III,  466. 

Coniosporiiim,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  265. 

Connewago  hills  of  Pennsylvania,  Trap  rocks  of,  II,  156. 

Conoplea  hispidula,  IV,  27S. 

Consonant,  or  Organic  sounds,  twenty-one  in  the  English  language,  1,  246. 

Contents  of  Vol.  I,  xxi.    II,  xiii.     Ill,  is. 

Cooper,  Thomas,  analysis  of  the  blue  iron  earth  of  New  Jersey,  1, 192.    Memoir  on  bleaching,  317. 

Copper,  beds  of  the  ore,  noticed,  I,  29  and  34.     Fusing  temperature  of,  169. 

Vol.  IV.— 6  A 


502  INDEX  TO  THE  FIRST,  SECOND,  THIRD 

C'optotomus,  a  new  genus  of  insects,  IV,  443. 

Coremmm,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  2S2. 

Correa  de  Serra,  J.,  observations  and  conjectures  on  the  formation  and  nature  of  the  soil  of  Kentucky,  I,  174. 

Opinion  on  the  soil  of  the  Elkhorn  tract,  180. 
Coryneum,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  806. 
CVam'um,  of  a  fossil  deer,  described,  I,  378.     Of  the  American  Elk  and  Moose,  378.     Of  a  fossil  ox,  379.     Of 

the  Bison,  380. 
Cratacanthus  Pennsylvanicus,  IV,  430. 
Craterium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  268. 
Crihraria,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  260. 
Crinula,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  183. 
Crocodilus  lucius,  observations  on  its  anatomy  and  physiology,  II,  216. 
Cryptosporium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  299. 
Crystalline  lens,  peculiar  structure  of,  as  connected  with  irradiation,  IV,  345. 
Currents,  tables  of  observations  made  during  twenty-six  voyages  to  and  from  Europe,  II,  142.     Periodical 

ones  seem  to  prevail  between  the  Bank  of  Newfoundland  and  Europe,  144.     Water  always  warmer 

in  currents  than  out  of  them,  151. 
Ctjchrus  bilobus,  II,  73. 

elevatus,  71. 

stenostomus,  72. 

unicolor,  71. 

Cymindis  decorus,  II,  8.     IV,  414. 

laticollis,  IV,  413. 

;)i7os!(s,  II,  10.     IV,  414. 

platicollis,  IV,  413. 

purpureus,  II,  \0.     IV,  414. 

sinuatus,  II,  8. 

Tiridipennis,  II,  9.     IV,  414. 

Cyperus  sparsiflorus ,  II,  166. 

ovatus,  II,  167. 

Cyphella,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  1S4. 
Cytispora,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  247. 

Dacrina,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  305. 

Dacrynnjces,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  186. 

DactyVium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  2S3. 

Daedalea,  the  N.  American  species,  IV,  160. 

Daplus  incrassatus,  IV,  430. 

Deaths  in  the  cily  and  liberties  of  Philadelphia,  for  eight  years,  1809   to  1816,  with  the  diseases, ages,  &c.,  I, 

430.     For  the  year  1817—18,  453. 
Debris  of  granite,  &c.,  scattered  over  the  valley  of  the  Ohio,  I,  41  and  85.    II,  133,  Sic. — and  Missouri,  135  ; — 

lying  in  heaps,  137. 
De  Butts,  Elisha,  account  of  an  improvement  made  on  the  differential  thermometer  of  Mr  Leslie,  I,  302. 
Declination  may  be  found  by  a  new  instiument,  the  meridian  and  latitude  of  a  place  being  given,  I,  339.    Also, 

the  latitude  and  lime  being  given,  339. 
Decomposition  of  rocks,  I,  43.    Of  vegetables,  imbedded  between  strong  strata,  compared  with  the  same  pro- 
cess in  the  atmosphere,  178. 
Delaware,  state  of,  geology,  nature  of  the  soil,  internal  navigation.  Sac,  I,  74.     Observations  on  the  climate  of 

the  country  about  the  river  Delaware,  made  at  an  early  period,  340.     Indian  name  of  this  river, 

II,  355. 
Delaware  Indians,  grammar  of  their  language.  III,  65.    Names  given  by  them  to  rivers,  streams,  places,  &c., 

in  Penneylvania,  New  Jersey,  Maryland  and  Virginia,  &.C.,  IV,  351. 
Del  Rio,  Andres,  memoir  on  silver  ores,  reduced  by  the  method  of  Becquerel,  IV,  60. 
Dematium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  287. 


AND  FOURTH  VOLUMES — NEW  SERIES.  503 

Dermea,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  237. 

Vermosporium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  302. 

Diachaea  Itiicoslyla,  IV,  260. 

Dials,  description  and  use  of  a  very  simple  instrument  foi  selling  tliem  up,  I,  333. 

Diary  of  the  weather,  kept  on  the  Delaware  during  the  years  164-1 — 5,  by  John  Canipanius,  I,  312. 

Diccelus  dilalattts,  II,  6S. 

elongatus,  11,63.     IV,  421. 

purpuratus,  II,  67.     IV,  421. 

sculptilis,  II,  68. 

splendidus,  II,  69. 

violaceiis,  II,  67. 

Dicaeoma,  IV,  293. 

Dichaena,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  227. 

Dichosporium  aggregatum,  IV,  263. 

Dictydium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  260. 

Didymiiim,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  257. 

Didymosporium,  syoopsis  of  N.  .American  species,  IV,  29S. 

Dij}  of  the  strata  in  the  United  States,  I,  21. 

Diphthongal  sounds,  I,  2.5S. 

Ditiola,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  179. 

Dona/ioKS  to  the  library,  1,436.     II,  4S1.     111,487.     IV,  471.     To  the  cabinet,  I,  452.     11,502.     111,509. 
IV,  491. 

Dorsey,  John  Syng,  account  of  a  large  wen  successfully  extirpated,  I,  29?. 

Dothidea,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  230. 

Downs  on  the  southern  shore  of  Lake  Michigan,  II,  131. 

Drake,  Daniel,  geological  account  of  the  valley  of  the  Ohio,  II,  124.  Opinion  on  the  Iransporl.iiion  from  the 
north,  of  the  great  blocks  of  granite,  &c.  which  are  spread  over  the  Ohio  valley,  137. 

Draw-gate,  description  of  a  rolling  one,  as  applied  to  water-mills,  1,  307. 

Dromia,  II,  13. 

Dryopldhtm,  a  new  genus  of  fungi,  IV',  26S. 

Diiponceau,  Peter  S.,  English  phonology,  or  an  essay  towards  an  analy.=is  and  description  of  the  component 
sounds  of  the  Knglish  language,  I,  22S.  Series  of  letters  to  him  on  the  hinguage,  manners  and  cus- 
toms of  the  Berbers  of  Africa,  II,  43S.  Letter  from  him  to  the  president  of  the  society,  enclosing  the 
above  communications,  43S.  Grammar  of  the  language  of  the  Lcnni  Lcnape,  or  Delaware  Indians, 
translated  from  the  German  manuscript  of  the  late  Rev.  David  Zeisbcrger,  for  the  American  Philo- 
sophical Society,  III,  65.  Translator's  preface,  63.  Notice  of  the  comparative  vocabulary  of  Pallas 
and  of  the  Milhridates,  65  to  63.  Present  state  of  philology,  69.  Notice  of  a  vocabulary  of  the 
Chinese  and  Cochin-Chinese  languages  brought  to  the  United  Stales  by  .1-  White,  72.  A  remaik- 
able  character  which  pervades  all  the  Indian  languages  from  Greenland  to  Cape  Horn,  7G.  The  In- 
dian languages  are  lich  in  words  and  regular  in  their  forms,  and  ilo  not  yield  in  those  respects  to  any 
other  idiom,  77.  Multitude  of  ideas  combiaed  with  the  verb  in  the  Indian  l.inguages,  84.  Notice 
of  the  Rev.  David  Zeisberger,  86.  Notice  of  an  essay  on  a  uniform  orthography  for  the  Indian  lan- 
guages, 90.  Introduction  to  the  grammar,  97.  Concluding  note,  24?.  His  opinion,  that  the  gram- 
matical forms  of  a  language,  or  its  organization,  are  the  work  of  nature,  and  not  of  civilizalion  or  its 
arts,  249.  That  the  arts  of  civilization  may  cultivate  and  by  that  means  polish  a  language  lo  a  cer- 
tain extent,  but  cannot  alter  its  organization,  249.  That  the  contrary  opinion,  which  appears  generally 
to  prevail  in  Europe,  is  the  result  of  the  pride  of  civilized  men ;  a  passion  inherent  in  our  nature, 
and  the  greatest  obstacle  that  e.xisis  to  the  investigation  of  truth,  249.  Grammatical  i-kflch  and 
specimens  of  the  Berber  language  :  preceded  by  four  letters  on  Berber  etymologies,  addressed  lo 
hiniby  William  B.Hodgson,  IV,  1.  Memoir  of  the  Rev.  John  Heckewelder  on  ihe  names  given  by 
the  Delaware  Indians  to  rivers,  streams,  places,  kc,  in  Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey,  Maryland  and 
Virginia:  also  names  of  chieftains,  with  the  significations,  and  biographical  sketches,  Sic.,  IV,  351. 
Observations  on  the  etymology  of  Tinicum  and  Ohio,  352. 


504  INDEX  TO  THE  FIRST,  SECOND,  THIRD 

Dynamics,  of  solids  on  supporting;  surfaces,  in  the  two  hypotheses  of  perfect  sliding  and  perfect  rollins,  with  a 

special  consideration  of  the  laws  of  their  oscillatory  motions,  III,  316. 
Dytiscus  himarginatus,  IV,  442. 

confluens,  IV,  440. 

fimhriolatus,  II,  91. 

hahilis,  IV,  441. 

mediatus,  II,  93. 

tanioUs,  II,  94.     IV,  442. 

verticalis,  II,  92. 

Earth,  investigation  of  the  figure  of,  by  R.  Adrain,!,  119.  Research  concerning  its  mean  diameter, I,  353.  To 
find  a  sphere  agreeing  with  the  terrestrial  spheroid  in  as  many  important  circumstances  as  possible, 
I,  353.  Its  radius  and  the  gravity  on  its  surface  should  be  equal  to  the  semidiameter  and  gravity  of 
the  terrestrial  spheroid  in  lat.  35°  15',  365.  Its  radius  and  the  length  of  a  degree  of  a  great  circle 
reduced  to  English  miles,  366. 

Earthquake  at  Philadelphia,  on  the  17lh  of  December,  1737,  I,  352. 

Eclipse,  liaiar.  observations  made  on  that  of  Jan.  4,  1806,  by  A.  Ellicott,  I,  93. 

solar,  of  February  12,  1S31,  observations  made  on  it,  in  diflferent  parts  of  the  United  Stales,  IV,  125  ;  at 

Philadelphia,  by  J.  Roberts.  125  ;  at  Burlington,  N.  Jersey,  by  John  Gummere,  12S  ;  at  Columbia 
College,  N.  York,  by  J.  Renwick  ;  at  Cape  Malabar  Light-house,  by  Robert  Treat  Paine,  130  ;  at 
Washington  city,  by  F.  R.  Hassler,  131  ;  at  the  University  of  Virginia,  by  R.  M.  Patterson,  132  ;  at 
Philadelphia,  by  S.  C.  Walker,  12S.  Meteorological  observations  made  at  Philadelphia,  by  A.  D. 
Bache,  132.     Solar  spectrum  observed,  129.     Magnetic  needle  observed,  129. 

Eclipses  of  Jupiter's  satellites,  observations  on,  by  A.  Ellicott,  I,  93. 

of  the  sun,  on  the  construction  of,  by  John  Gummere,  III,  467. 

Elaphotnyces  cerrinum,  IV,  255. 

Elaphrus  fuliginosus,  IV,  417. 

riparius,  II,  SO. 

niscarius,  IV,  417. 

Elephant,  teeth  of  this  animal  found  at  Big  Bone  Lick,  I,  376. 

Elim,  fifth  vocal  sound,  I,  254. 

Elk  in  former  times  came  as  far  as  the  Delaware,  I,  345.     Description  of  its  cranium,  I,  378. 

Elkhorn  tract  of  Kentucky,  I,  174.     Opinion  on  its  formation,  I,  ISO. 

Ellicott,  Andrew,  Astronomical  observations  communicated  by,  I,  93.  Observations  on  the  lunar  eclipse  of 
Jan.  4,  1806,  93.  On  the  eclipses  of  Jupiter's  satellites,  93.  On  the  comet  of  1S07,  made  at  Lan- 
caster, 94. 

Elvellacei,  order  of  fungi,  IV.  169. 

En^ZJsft /rtTi^uag-e,  no  attempt  has  yet  succeeded  to  ascertain  and  fix  its  pronunciation,  I,  231.  Its  principal 
characteristics  are  strength  and  rapidity,  I,  241.     Contains  twenty-nine  elementary  sounds,  I,  246. 

phonology,  or  an  essay  towards  an  analysis  and  description  of  the  component  sounds  of  the  English  lan- 
guage, I,  228. 

Enteridium  cinereum,  IV,  261. 

Entophyta:.  IV,  290. 

Eplcoccum,  synopsis  o(  N.  American  species,  IV,  303. 

Epochnium  monilioiJes,  IV,  275. 

Epomis  tomentosus,  II,  60.     IV,  41S. 

Erineum,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  289. 

Erysiphe,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  269. 

Ethmoid  bone,  observations  on  those  processes  of  it  which  originally  form  the  sphenoidal  sinuses,  I,  371, 

Etymologies,  of  the  Berber  language,  four  letters  on,  by  Wra.  B.  Hodgson,  IV,  1. 

Eurotium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  2S5. 

Excipula,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  246. 

Exidia,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  185. 

Exosporium,  IV,  228  and  306. 

Expansion  of  iron  and  brass,  experiments  on,  I,  210. 


AND  FOURTH  VOLUMES NEW  SERIES.  505 

Experiments,  on  fuel,  by  M.  Bull,  III,  1.    On  the  poison  of  the  rattle-snake,  by  R.  Harlan,  III,  300  and  400. 

Pyrometric  experiments  made  at  Newark,  N.  Jersey,  by  F.  R.  Hassler,  I,  210. 
Eye,  peculiar  structure  of  the  crystalline  lens,  as  connected  with  irradiation,  IV,  315. 

Favolics,  North  American  species  of,  IV,  152. 
Feronia  adoxa,  II,  46. 

angtistata,  II,  36.     IV,  42S. 

alrimcdia,  II,  39. 

autumiialis,  II,  48. 

basilaris,  II,  35.     IV,  42S. 

caitdicalis,  II,  56. 

chalciies,  II,  56. 

cincticoUis,  II,  52.     IV,  421. 

consiricta,  IV,  426. 

convexicoUis,  II,  50.     IV,  424. 

coracina,  IV,  426. 

cuprlpennis,  II,  50. 

decmtis,  II,  53.    IV,  421. 

(fecoro,  11,53.     IV,  421. 

deparca,  IV,  426. 

extenskolUs,  II,  54.     IV,  421. 

gregaria,  II,  47. 

honesta,  II,  51. 

hypolilhos,  II,  59. 

impunctata,  II,  45.    IV,  428. 

impwuncoUis,  II,  36.    IV,  428. 

interstitiaUs,  II,  57.    IV,  432. 

Hmbata,  II,  49.     IV,  423. 

lineola,  II,  37. 

longkomis,  II,  40.    IV,  121. 

lucnilanda,  II,  55. 

jncesia,  II,  42. 

mvscuUs,  11,  Z5.     IV,  428. 

muia,  II,  44. 

nutans,  II,  52.     IV,  423. 

obesa,  II,  37.     IV,  428. 

oblongo-notata,  IV,  424. 

obscura,  IV,  424. 

obsoleta,  II,  57.    IV,  423  and  424. 

ochropeza,  II,  54. 

octopimctata,  II,  51. 

panipes,U,  33. 

parmata,  II,  49.     IV,  424. 

permunda,  IV,  424. 

placida,  II,  43. 

punctiformis,  II,  5S.    IV,  423. 

recta,  II,  58.    IV,  421. 

sigillata,  II,  42. 

stygica,  II,  41. 

siibmarginata,  II,  45. 

tartarica,  II,  44. 

terminata,  II,  48.    IV,  432. 

ventralis,  II,  46. 

unicotor,  II,  40. 

Vol.  IV.— 6  B 


506  INDEX  TO  THE  FIRST,  SECOND,  THIRD 

Fibrillaria,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  288. 

Figure  of  the  earth,  investigalion  of,  by  R.  Adrain,  I,  119.  ■ 

Fishes,  several  N.  American  ones  described  by  C.  A.  Le  Sueur,  1, 383. 

Flstulina,  the  N.  American  species,  IV,  161. 

Forest,  a  submarine  one  in  the  eastern  part  of  England,  I,  179. 

Fornmla,  Maskelyne's,  for  calculating  the  parallax  in  latitude  and  longitude,  I,  99. 

Fortifications,  supposed,  of  the  aborigines  of  North  America,  are  nothing  more  than  the  traces  of  palisadoed 
towns  and  villages,  1, 153. 

Fossil  animal,  desciiption  of  a  fragment  of  the  head  of  a  new  one,  found  in  N.  Jersey,  by  I.  Hays,  III,  471. 
Description  of  a  new  genus  and  nev?  species  of  extinct  mammiferous  quadruped,  by  J.  D.  Godman, 
■178.     Description  of  a  vertebra  of  a  Saurian  animal  found  in  Louisiana,  IV,  397. 

bones,  found  at  Big  Bone  Lick,  description  of  them,  I,  375.     Descriptions  of  the  inferior  ma.xillary  bones 

of  Mastodons,  IV,  317.  Notice  of  fossil  bones  found  in  the  state  of  Louisiana,  397.  Notice  of  the 
discovery  of  the  remains  of  the  Ichthyosaurus  in  Missouri,  405. 

gum  or  resin,  II,  115. 

vegetables,  in  the  coal  strata,  I,  265.    May  be  conveniently  arranged  under  four  classes,  265. 

Fossils,  very  abundant  in  the  great  secondary  formation  of  the  United  States,  I,  19  and  193. 

Fractions,  vanishing ;  memoir  on,  by  J.  Mansfield,  I,  200. 

Fringilla  tristis,  remarks  on  its  change  of  plumage.  III,  294. 

Fuel,  experiments  on,  by  M.  Bull,  III,  1.  Mode  of  ascertaining  the  value  of  a  given  quantity,  22.  Experi- 
ments to  determine  the  comparative  loss  of  heat  by  the  ordinary  apparatus  used  for  combustion,  40. 
Table  exhibiting  the  results  of  the  above.  III,  63. 

Fungi,  of  North  America,  synopsis  of,  IV,  141.  Conspectus  of  the  system  adopted,  143.  Genera  that  are 
wanting,  144.  New  genera  proposed,  144.  List  of  those  first  discovered  in  N.  America  by  L.  D. 
Schweinitz,  IV,  309. 

Fusarium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  302. 

Fusidium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  300. 

Fusing  temperature  of  metals,  an  attempt  to  ascertain  it,  I,  167. 

Fusisporium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  275. 

Fusus fluvialis  of  Say,  a  new  genus  founded  on  it,  IV,  122. 

Galena,  large  deposits  of,  at  St  Louis,  I,  40. 

Galerita  Americana,  II,  15. 

Gasteromycetes,  class  of  fungi,  IV,  252. 

Geastrum,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  255. 

Geest  of  the  valley  of  the  Ohio,  II,  136. 

Geoglossum,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  181. 

Geographical  distribution,  of  plants,  memoir  on.  III,  274.     Division  of  the  globe  into  botanical  regions.  III, 

279.     Examples  of  the  range  of  North  American  plants  delineated  on  a  map,  283.     Observations  on 

the  geographic.il  distiibutlon  of  land  quadrupeds,  282. 
Geological  sections  of  the  United  Slates,  I,  90.    Account  of  the  valley  of  the  Ohio,  by  Daniel  Drake,  II,  124. 
Geology,  of  the  United  States,  observations  on,  by  Wm.  Maclure,  I,  1.     Of  the  North  of  Europe,  9.     Regula- 

rily  of  the  geological  structure  of  North  America,  10.     Of  the  valley  of  the  Ohio,  by  Daniel  Drake, 

II,  124.     Of  the  western  part  of  the  valley  of  the  Mississippi,  by  E.  P.  James,  191. 
Georgia,  geology  of,  nature  of  the  soil,  internal  navigation,  &c.,  I,  81. 
Gil/soyi,  John  B.,  Observations  on  the  Trap  rocks  of  the  Connewago  hills  near  MIddletown,  and  of  the  stony 

ridge  near  Carlisle,   Pennsylvania,  II,  156.      His  opinion   that  basalt  or  greenstone  is  originally 

always  amorphous,  and  that  it  takes  a  determinate  form  only  in  a  state  of  decomposition,  II,  157. 
Gilmer,  Francis  William,  memoir  on  the  geological  formation  of  the  Natural  Bridge  of  Virginia,  I,  187. 
Glonium,  synopsis  of  N.  Ameiican  species,  IV,  240. 
Glucina  in  Chrysoberyl,  II,  119  and  121. 

Gneiss  probably  extends  over  half  the  primitive  formation  of  the  United  Slates,  I,  32. 
Godman,  John  D.,  description  of  a  new  genus  and  new  species  of  extinct  mammiferous  quadruped.  III,  473. 

Remarks  on  this  genus,  by  I.  Hays,  IV,  317. 


AND  FOURTH  VOLUMES NEW  SERIES.  507 

Gold,  found  in  the  primitive  formation,  I,  31.     Fu?inf;  temperature  of,  163. 

Goniosporium  jtuccinoides,  IV,  273. 

Gonylrichuni  caesititn,  IV',  175. 

Grammar  of  tlic  Ijnguase  of  ilif  Lcnni  Lcnapc  or  Delaware  Indian*,  III,  C5.  Tlie  word«  to  lie  pronounced 
according  to  tlie  powers  ol  the  German  alpliabet,  SO.  An  article  in  this  lan^uafjo,  fl-^.  Of  nouns, 
9S.  Of  niunbers,  100.  Of  adjective.^,  103.  Degrees  of  comparison,  101.  Gemleis,  105.  Of  nu- 
merals, 106.  Ordinal  numbers,  lOS.  Of  the  computation  of  time,  lOS.  Names  of  the  months,  109. 
Of  pronouns,  109.  Demonstrative  and  relative  pronouns,  110.  Of  verb.«,  II 1.  First  conjucatiou, 
113.  Second  conjugation,  112.  Third  conjugation,  151.  Fourth  conjugation,  15(>.  Fillh  conju- 
gation,150.  Sixth  conjugation,  195.  Seventh  conjugation,  20(5.  Kightli  conjugation,  211.  Irre- 
gular verbs,  223.  Adjective  verbs,  225.  Adverbs,  233.  Alphabetical  list  of  llicm,  237.  Adverbial 
verbs,  240.     Prepositions,  245.     Conjunctions,  247.     Interjections,  247. 

Grammntical  sketch  and  specimens  of  the  Berber  language,  by  \Vm.  I!.  Hodgson,  IV,  1. 

Granite,  detaclied  masses  lying  on  the  secondary  Ibrmation,  I,  41  and  S5.  II,  133  and  137.  Hypothesis 
respecting  their  transportation,  137.  Heaps  of  these  masses  in  certain  situations,  137.  Granitic 
ridge  of  the  Rocky  mountains,  195. 

Gravity  indilTerent  latitudes,  investigation  of,  by  R.  Adrain,  I,  119.  .Augmentation  of,  in  proceeding  from  tiic 
equator  to  the  pole,  is  as  the  square  of  the  sine  of  the  latitude,  121. 

Grouse,  general  observations  on  these  birds,  with  a  synopsis  of  the  species  hitherto  known.  III,  3?3. 

Guepinia  helrelloiJca,  IV,  1S4. 

Gulf  stream,  table  of  observations  on  it,  by  John  Hamilton,  II,  145.  Impossible  to  define,  with  any  degree  o( 
accuracy,  its  precise  limits,  146.  -After  passing  the  tail  ot  the  liank  of  Newfounrlland,  the  main 
stream  proceeds  in  a  south  east  direction,  146.  Its  counter  currents,  146.  By  lire  frequent  use  o( 
the  thermometer,  the  navigator  may  always  discover  when  he  touches  upon  it,  146.  Directions  for 
sailing  in  the  Gulf  stream,  or  its  counter  currents,  152.  Irregular  in  its  courses  and  undefineil  in  its 
limits,  which  are  considerably  changed  by  (he  prevailing  winds,  154. 

Gummere,John,  memoir  on  the  construction  of  eclipses  of  (he  sun.  III,  467.  Observations  made  at  the  time 
of  the  solar  eclipse  of  Feb.  12,  1S31,  IV,  12S. 

Gutturals,  two  in  the  English  language,  I,  260. 

Gymnomycetcs,  class  of  fungi,  IV,  290. 

Gynmosporaiigiuinjuniperi,  IV,  307. 

Gyrinus  Americanus,  II,  107. 

ann/is,  II,  lOS.     IV,  447. 

emarginatus,  II,  lOS.     IV,  447. 

limbatus,  II,  109. 

obtusus,  IV,  447. 

parens,  IV,  44S. 

Gypsum,  in  the  United  Slates,  only  found  west  of  a  certain  line,  I,  21.  None  found  in  the  primitive  in  this 
country,  3.3.  E.-stensive  beds  in  the  secondary  formation,  39.  Its  piopcrlies  as  a  manure  noticed. 
55.     Very  abundant  on  the  Canadian  river,  II,  213. 

Haddam,  in  Connecticut,  Chrysoberyls  found  there,  II,  116. 

Haliphis  \2-punctalus,  II,  106.     IV,  446. 

iriopsis,  II,  106. 

Hamilton,  John,  tables  of  observations  on  the  winds,  the  currents,  the  Gulf  stream,  the  comparative  temper- 
ature of  the  air  and  water,  &c.,  made  during  (wenty-six  voyages  to  and  from  Europe,  II,  140.  The 
currents  which  prevail  between  the  Bank  of  Newfoundland  and  Europe  appear  (o  be  periodical,  144 

Haplaria  grisea,  IV,  2S0. 

Bnplotrichum,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  2S0. 

Harlan.  Richard,  let(er  (o  N.  M.  Heniz  on  the  physiology  of  the  alligator,  II,  226.  Expcrimen(.s  made  on  (he 
poison  of  the  rattle-snake,  in  which  the  powers  of  (he  hieracium  venosum,  as  a  specific,  wcie  «-f  ted  ; 
together  with  some  anatomical  observalions  on  (his  animal.  III,  300.  General  remarks  on  llic  same, 
312.  Further  experiments  on  the  poison  of  the  rattle-snake,  400.  Description  of  a  new  species  ol 
astacus,  464.     Notice  of  an  anatomical  peculiarity  observed  in  tho  structure  of  the  condor  of  the 


508  INDEX  TO  THE  FIRST,  SECOKD,  THIRD 

Andes,  466.  Description  of  a  species  of  orang  from  the  North  Eastern  province  of  British  East  India, 
lately  the  kingdom  of  Assam,  IV,  52.  Notice  of  fossil  bones  found  in  the  tertiary  formation  of  the 
state  of  Lonisiana,  IV,  397.  Notice  of  the  discovery  of  the  remains  of  the  Ichthyosaurus  in  Mis- 
souri, IV,  405. 

Harpalus  agricolus,  II,  33.     IV,  431. 

amputalus,  IV,  432. 

Baltimoriensis,  II,  33.     IV,  431. 

bicolor,  11,26. 

ccBnus,U,  34.    IV,  431. 

caliginosus,  II,  26.     IV,  431. 

catbonarius,  II,  32.     IV,  432. 

eraticus,  II,  27. 

faunus,  II,  2S. 

herbivagus,  II,  29. 

hylacis,  II,  31. 

irkolor,  IV,  432. 

iripennis,  II,  30. 

Mexicanus,  IV,  432. 

ocrealus,  IV,  433. 

Pennsylvanicus,  II,  28. 

rusiicus,  II,  32.     IV,  431. 

similis,  II,  29. 

terminatus,  IV,  432. 

viridis,  II,  31.     IV,  432. 

vulpeculus,  II,  30.     IV,  432. 

Hassler,  F.  R.,  an  account  of  pyrometric  experiments,  made  at  Newark,  N.  Jersey,  I,  210.  Note  on  the  pre- 
ceding memoir  by  Dr  Patterson,  I,  227.  Papers  on  various  subjects  connected  with  the  survey  of 
the  coast  of  the  United  States,  II,  232.  Circular  letter  from  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  232. 
Letter  to  Mr  Gallatin,  234.  Plan  for  putting  into  operation  the  said  survey,  241.  Catalogue  of  the 
instruments  and  books  collected  for  the  purpose,  246.  Comparison  of  the  French  and  English 
standard  measures  of  length,  and  regulation  of  the  bars  for  the  base  line  apparatus,  230,  De- 
scription of  the  apparatus  for  measuring  base  lines,  273.  Description  of  the  two  feet  theo- 
dolite, 2S7.  Methods  of  observing  with  the  two  feet  theodolite,  294.  On  the  signals  and 
system  of  wires  in  the  telescope,  SOS.  Additions  made  to  the  repeating  circle  with  two  teles- 
copes, 315.  On  some  adjustments  of  the  repeating  circle,  320.  Methods  of  observing  a  series 
of  vertical  angles  with  the  repeating  circle,  322.  Peculiar  method  of  observing  time  with  the 
repeating  circle,  326.  Description  of  the  repeating  theodolite  of  one  foot  diameter,  32S.  Method 
of  observing  horizontal  angles  with  the  repeating  theodolite,  336.  Method  of  observing  vertical 
angles  with  the  repeating  theodolite,  338.  Description  of  the  repealing  circle  of  reflection,  341. 
Method  of  observing  with  the  repeating  reflecting  circle,  345.  Description  of  the  plane  table,  and 
the  alhidade  to  the  same,  348.  Description  of  magnetic  needles,  354.  Peculiarities  of  the  five  feet 
transit  instruments  destined  for  the  observatories,  357.  On  the  astronomical  clocks  intended  for  the 
observatories,  359.  Plan  of  an  observatory  proposed  to  be  built  at  Washington,  365.  Promiscuous 
remarks  upon  the  principles  of  construction,  the  choice  and  trial  of  instruments,  371.  On  the  me- 
chanical organization  of  a  large  survey,  and  the  particular  application  to  the  survey  of  the  coast,  335. 
Exemplars  of  the  day-book  and  journal  of  results,  409.  Results  of  the  observation  of  the  solar 
eclipse  of  February  12,  1831,  made  at  the  city  of  Washington,  IV,  131. 

Hays,  Isaac,  desciiption  of  a  fragment  of  the  head  of  a  new  fossil  animal,  discovered  in  a  marl  pit,  near  Moores- 
town.  New  Jersey,  111,471.  Descriptions  of  the  inferior  ma.xillary  bones  of  mastodons  in  the 
cabinet  of  the  Ameiican  Philosophical  Society,  with  remarks  on  the  genus  Tetracaulodon,  IV,  317. 
Dentition  of  these  animals,  328.     Four  new  species  indicated,  334. 

Heart  of  the  alligator,  anatomical  observations  on  its  structure,  II,  216. 

Heat,  as  evolved  by  the  combustion  of  the  principal  varieties  of  wood  and  coal  used  in  the  United  States,  e.^pe- 
riments  on.  III,  1.  Observations  on  its  diminution  during  the  solar  eclipse  of  February  12,  1S31. 
IV,  133 ;  and  on  the  power  of  the  lens  to  produce  combustion  during  the  same  period,  139. 


AND  FOURTH  VOLUMES — NEAV  SERIES.  509 

Heckewelder,  Rev.  John,  D3mes  given  by  the  Lenni  Lenape,  or  Delaware  Indians  to  rivcri",  etreams,  places, 
&c.,  in  Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey,  Maryland,  and  Virginia ;  also,  namej  of  cljietlaius,  with  lliu  sig- 
nifications and  biographical  sketches,  &c.,  IV,  351. 

Helicomijces  roseits,  IV,  2S7. 

Helicosporium  vegctum,  IV,  2S0. 

Helicolrichum  pulvinalum,  IV,  276. 

Helix  Carolinensis,  IV,  lOS. 

Helminihosporium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  279. 

Helotium  umhonatum,  IV,  1S4. 

Heloellii,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  170. 

/fenii,  JV".  ^/.,  observations  on  the  anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  alligator  of  North  America,  11,  21C.  De- 
scriptions of  eleven  new  species  of  North  American  insects.  III,  253.  Remarks  on  the  use  ot  the 
maxillaj  in  coleopterous  insects,  with  an  account  of  two  species  of  the  family  Tclephorida;,  and  of 
three  of  the  family  MordelliJw,  which  ought  to  be  the  type  of  two  distinct  genera,  458. 

Herbarium  of  Muhlenburg,  presented  to  the  society,  I,  453. 

Hericium,  IV,  ISO. 

Hicracium  venosum,  its  powers  as  a  specific  for  the  bite  of  the  rattle-snake  tested.  III,  300.  Further  experi- 
ments, 400. 

Hilobates  hoolock,  IV,  52. 

Himanlia,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  2SS. 

Historical  and  literary  committee,  report  of,  I,  si.     Literary  notices  published  by,  I,  .xii. 

Historical  notices,  on  the  settlement  of  the  country  on  the  river  Delaware  by  the  Swedes,  I,  340. 

Hodgson,  TflUiam  B.,  grammatical  sketch  and  specimens  of  the  Berber  language  ;  preceded  by  four  letters  on 
Berber  etymologies,  addressed  to  the  president  of  the  society,  IV,  1.  Hypothesis  that  the  Berber  is 
the  original  language  of  all  North  Africa,  including  the  Egypts  and  Abyssinia,  25.  Plan  of  the  town 
of  Eghwaat,  IV,  29.     Remarks  upon  the  Tuarycks,  31. 

Holm,  Thomas  Campanius,  his  account  of  New  Sweilen  noticed,  I,  341. 

Hour  of  the  day,  how  to  find  by  a  new  instrument,  I,  33S.  Of  the  night,  may  be  found  by  the  same,  the  right 
ascensions  of  the  moon,  or  of  any  other  planet  or  fixed  star  being  given,  together  with  that  of  the 
sun,  339. 

Hudson,  only  river  in  U.  States  in  which  the  tide  passes  through  the  alluvial,  primitive,  transition,  and  into  the 
secondary, I,  67. 

Human  bones,  found  on  the  coast  of  Brazil,  account  of  them.  III,  285. 

Hyiinum,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  161. 

Hydraulic  lime,  used  in  constructing  the  Erie  canal,  analysis  of  it,  by  H.  Seybert,  II,  229. 

Bydrocanthari  and  Carabici,  descriptions  of  North  American  species,  II,  1. 

Hydrocantlius  tricolor,  II,  105. 

atripe7iyiis,  IV,  447. 

Hydroporus  affinis,  II,  104. 

bifidus,  IV,  444. 

catascopium,  II,  103. 

discicollis,  IV,  446. 

inlerrttptui,  IV,  445. 

lacustris,  II,  103. 

niger,  II,  102. 

nudatus,  IV,  444. 

oppositus,  II,  102. 

sericatus,  IV,  445. 

undulatus,  II,  102. 

Hygrometer,  of  Saussure,  observations  made  with  it  at  Washington  city,  II,  436.  Observations  made  with  the 
hygrometer,  during  the  eclipse  of  Feb.  12, 1S31,  IV,  134. 

Hymenella,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  1S7. 

Hymenomycetes,  class  of  fungi,  IV,  145. 

Hyphelia,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  262. 

Vol.  IV.— 6  C 


510 


INDEX  TO  THE  FIRST,  SECOND,  THIRD 


Hyphotnycetes,  c\as3  of  (iingijlV,  211.  » 

Hyphidrus  punctaius,  IV,  444. 

Hj^jodermmm,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  297. 

Hyria,  observations  on  this  genus,  IV,  67. 

Hysterimn,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  243. 

Ice,  fields  of,  have  probably  transported  from  northern  regions  the  large  blocks  of  granite  which  are  scattered 

over  the  basin  of  the  Ohio,  II,  137. 
Ichlhyosmirus,  discovery  of  the  remains  of  this  animal  in  Missouri,  IV,  405. 
lllosporlum,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  265. 
Indian  chiefs,  names  of,  with  biographical  sketches,  by  Rev.  John  Heckewelder,  IV,  3S3,  &c. 

fort,  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Lexington,  Kentucky,  description  pf,  I,  310. 

languages,  a   remarkable  character  which  pervades  all  of  them,  from  Greenland  to  Cape  Horn,  III,  76. 

Are  rich  in  words  and  regular  in  their  forms,  and  do  not  yield  in  those  respects  to  any  other  idiom, 

77.     Multitude  of  ideas  combined  with  the  verb  in  these  languages,  84.     Also  with  the  other  parts 

of  speech,  84.     Have  no  declensions  properly  so  called,  93. 

names  of  rivers,  places,  Sic,  in  Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey,  Maryland  and  Virginia,  IV,  351,  &c. 

tumuli,  I,  151. 

Indians,  kind  treatment  of  them  by  the  Swedish  settlers  on  the  Delaware,  I,  347. 

/nseds,  of  North  America,  several  described,!,  401.     11,1.     Ill,  233  and  460.     IV,  409. 

Institale  ?  maximum,  IV,  263. 

Instrument,  for  setting  up  sun-dials,  and  for  many  other  useful  purposes,  I,  333. 

Instruments,  collected  for  the  survey  of  the  coast  of  the  United  States.     See  Hassler. 

lofusiformis,  IV,  122. 

Iron,  limestone  and  manures  support  the  greatest  part  of  the  expense  of  canals,  even  in  England,  1, 73.     Fusing 

temperature  of,  167.     Experiments  to  determine  the  expansion  of  four  iron  bars,  and  the  diij'crence 

between  their  expansion  and  that  of  brass,  I,  210.     Note  on  the  same  subject,  227. 
Irpex,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  163. 
Irradiation,  memoir  on,  by  Benjamin  F.  Joslin,  IV,  340.     General  law  respecting,  344.    Peculiar  structure  in 

the  crystalline  lens,  345.     General  conclusions,  346.     Astronomical  applications,  347  and  348. 
Isaria,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  304. 

James,  E.  P.,  catalogue  of  plants  collected  during  a  journey  to  and  from  the  Rocky  mountains,  during  the 
summer  of  1S20,  II,  172.  Remarks  on  the  sandstone  and  floetz  trap  formations  of  the  western  part 
of  the  valley  of  the  Mississippi,  191. 

Jones,  f-fllUam,  memoir  on  leaden  cartridges,  I,  137.     Farther  communication  on  the  same,  I,  141. 

Joslin,  Benjamin  F.,  memoir  on  irradiation,  IV,  340.  Law  respecting  irradiation,  344.  General  conclusions, 
345. 

Jupiter's  satellites,  eclipses  of,  I,  93. 

Kabijles  of  Africa,  on  their  language,  manners  and  customs,  II,  446.    Grammatical  sketch  of  the  Berber  lan- 
guage, as  spoken  by  this  people,  IV,  1. 
Kentucky,  observations  and  conjectures  on  the  formation  and  nature  of  its  soil,  I,  174. 
King  crab,  description  of  this  animal  by  an  early  Swedish  writer,  I,  345. 
Kyllingia  leiicocephala,  II,  170. 

rigida,  169. 

squarrosa,  169. 

tenuis,  163. 

Labials,  three  in  the  English  language,  I,  259. 
Labio-dentals,  two  in  the  English  language,  I,  260, 
Labrella,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  249. 
Laccophilus  maculosus,  11,  100.     IV,  444. 
proximus,  II,  101. 


AND  FOURTH  VOLUJIES NEW  SERIES.  511 

Lachnobolus  cinereus,  IV,  2G2. 

Lagopus,  III,  3S3  an  J  392. 

Lambert,  William,  absliact  of  calculations  to  ascertain  (he  longitude  ol  the  capitol,  in  WaahinKton  city,  I,  J03. 

Lampreys  of  Norlh  America  ilesctilied,  1,  3S3. 

Language,  English,  an  essay  towards  an  analysis  and  description  of  the  component  sounds  of,  I,  22-*.  Oral 
language  subject  to  change, 1,  233.  No  analogy  in  nature  between  wrillon  »igin  and  woc.ls  spoken. 
any  more  than  between  words  and  ideas,  1,  233.  Written  language  of  China,  235.  01  the  Ikibcru 
of  Africa,  meiuoir  on.  11,  43S.  Analogous  in  one  respect  to  that  of  the  Chcrokoes,  113.  Tho 
grammatical  forms  of  a  language  ate  the  work  of  nature,  and  not  of  civilization  or  its  arn,  the  com- 
mon opinion  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding,  III,  219.  01  tho  Berbers,  grammatical  sketch  and 
specimens  of  it,  IV,  1. 

Lathrolitim  armaium,  IV,  453. 

btcolor,  IV,  45-1. 

cinctum,  IV,  454. 

coitfluetitum,  IV,  456. 

dimidialum,  IV,  455. 

miUepunctalum,  IV,  456. 

similipenne,  IV,  453. 

-: sphiericolle,  IV,  455. 

Latitude,  Maskelyne's  formul.>  for  calculating  the  parallax  in,  I,  99.  To  Ond,  by  a  new  instrument,  the  mcii- 
dian  and  declination  being  given,  I,  339. 

Lead,  in  the  transition  formation,  noticed,  I,  37.  Large  deposits  of  tho  ore  at  St  Louis,  4il.  Fusing  temper- 
ature of,  I,  169.     Red  lead  used  in  a  new  method  of  bleaching,  I,  31?. 

Lea,  Jsaac,  description  of  six  new  species  of  the  genus  Unio,  embracing  the  anatomy  of  the  oviduct  ol  one  of 
them,  together  with  some  anatomical  observations  on  the  genus,  III,  259.  Description  of  a  new 
genus  of  the  Naiades,  and  also  of  eleven  new  species  of  Unio,  from  the  rivers  of  the  United  Slates ; 
with  observations  on  some  of  the  characters  of  the  Naiades,  403.  Observations  on  the  Naiades, 
with  descriptions  of  new  species  of  that  and  other  families,  IV,  63.  Supplement  to  the  foregoing 
memoir,  105.     Description  of  a  new  genus  of  the  family  Melaniana  of  Lamarck,  122. 

Leaden  cartridges,  meraoir  on,  by  William  Jones,  I,  137.  Letter  from  the  Secretary  of  War  lespecting  the 
same,  144. 

Leangium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  25S. 

Lebia  atrive7itris,  II,  13. 

borea.  III,  255. 

fuscala,  Dej.,  IV,  414. 

grandis.  III,  255. 

ornata,  II,  13.     IV,  413. 

platicoUis,  11,  U.     IV,  413. 

solea.  III,  256. 

tricolor,  II,  11. 

viridis,  II,  14.     IV,  414. 

zittala,  11,12. 

Lemalis,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  184. 

Leniii  Lenape,  or  Delaware  Indians,  grammar  of  their  language.  III,  65.  Naiacs  of  rivers,  Sic,  in  Pcnnsyl 
vania.  New  Jersey,  Maryland  and  Virginia,  Stc,  IV,  351. 

Lentinus,  North  American  species  of,  IV,  152. 

Leolia,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  170. 

Leplostroma,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  250. 

Le  Sueur,  C.  A.,  description  of  several  species  of  chondropterigious  fishes  of  North  America,  with  their  v»iie- 
ties,  I,  3S3. 

Lexington,  Kentucky,  Indian  fort  in  the  neighbourhood  of,  I,  310. 

Lewis  and  Clarke,  fossil  bones  observed  by  them  on  the  Yellowstone  river,  IV,  403. 

Library  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  donatious  to,  I,  436.     II,  4S1.     Ill,  439.     IV,  471. 

Licea,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  25S. 


512  INDEX  TO  THE  FIRST,  SECOND,  THIRD 

Lichenopsis,  a  new  genus  of  fungi,  IV,  308. 

Light,  Jiminution  of,  produced  by  the  eclipse  of  February  12,  1831,  IV,  133. 

Lime,  hydraulic,  used  in  constructing  the  Erie  canal,  analysis  of  it,  by  H.  Seybert,  II,  229. 

Limestone,  no  secondary  found  south-east  of  the  primitive  in  the  U.  States,  I,  11.  Foundation  of  most  of  the 
level  countries,  14.  An  extensive  and  regular  formation  of,  in  Europe,  described,  15.  Beds  of  pri- 
mitive limestone,  noticed,  22  and  30.  Limestone  of  the  transition  formation,  noticed,  36.  Of  se- 
condary formation,  noticed,  39.  Its  easy  solution  and  facility  of  decomposition,  considered  as 
affecting  soils,  46.  Wilh  iron  and  manures  probably  supports  the  greatest  part  of  the  e.s'pense  of 
canals,  even  in  England,  73.     Its  absence  in  the  western  part  of  the  valley  of  the  Mississippi,  II,  213. 

Linguals,  four  in  the  English  language,  I,  261. 

Lingua -dentals,  four  in  the  English  language,  I,  261. 

Linguo-palatnts,  three  in  the  English  language,  I,  261. 

Lithocarpi,  I,  265. 

LithophyUi,  I,  265. 

Lithoxylon,  I,  265. 

Longitude,  Maskelyne's  formula  for  calculating  the  parallax  in,  I,  99.     Of  the  capilol  in  Washington  city,  103. 

Lophium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  240. 

Louisiana,  fossil  bones  found  in,  IV,  397.     Some  geological  observations  on  this  state,  393. 

Lycogala,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  256. 

Lycoperdon,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  256. 

Maclure,  William,  Observations  on  the  geology  of  the  United  States  of  North  America ;  with  remarks  on  the 
probable  effects  that  may  be  produced  by  the  decomposition  of  the  different  classes  of  rocks  on  the 
nature  and  fertility  of  soils  ;  applied  to  the  different  states  of  the  union,  agreeably  to  an  accom- 
panying geological  map,  I,  1.  General  remarks  on  the  method  of  pursuing  geological  researches,  S. 
Observations  on  the  different  chains  of  European  mountains  compared  with  those  of  the  United 
Slates,  S.  E.xplanation  of  the  geological  map,  19.  Inquiry  into  the  probable  effects  the  decompo- 
sition of  rocks  may  produce  on  the  nature  and  forlilily  of  soils,  43.  The  same,  considered  in  refer- 
ence to  the  accompanying  geological  map,  62.    Explanation  of  the  geological  sections,  90. 

Macrosiagon,  a  new  genus  of  insects,  of  the  family  Mordellonse,  III,  462. 

Macrosporium,  IV,  275. 

Magellanic  premium  regulations,  I,  viii. 

Magnetic  iron  ore,  beds  of,  at  Franconia,  &c.,  I,  22  and  34.  Wrought  to  advantage  in  northern  part  of  New 
Jersey,  71. 

Magnetic  needle,  its  variation  may  be  found  by  a  new  instrument,  I,  339.  Description  of  those  intended  to  be 
employed  in  the  survey  of  the  coast,  II,  354. 

Mammoth.     See  Mastodon. 

Manganese,  found  in  the  primitive  formation,  I,  34.     Observations  on  it  as  applied  to  bleaching,  317. 

Mansfield,  Jared,  memoir  on  vanishing  fractions,  I,  201. 

Manticora,  IV,  309. 

Manures,  iron  and  limestone  support  the  greatest  part  of  the  expense  of  canals,  even  in  England,  I,  73. 

Marl,  found  in  New  Jersey,  I,  24.     One  of  the  best  depositions  for  making  a  good  soil,  58. 

Maryland,  geology  of,  nature  of  the  soil,  internal  navigation,  &c.,  I,  75.  Indian  names  of  rivers,  creeks,  &c. 
IV,  377. 

Maskelyne's  formula  for  calculating  the  parallax  in  latitude  and  longitude,  I,  99. 

Mastodon,  teeth  of  this  animal  found  at  Big  Bone  Lick,  I,  376.  Descriptions  of  the  inferior  maxillary  bones 
of  these  animals,  IV,  317.    Dentition  of,  328.     Species  of,  332.    New  species  indicated,  334. 

Maxilla:,  on  the  use  of,  in  coleopterous  insects.  III,  458. 

Measures  of  length,  comparison  of  the  French  and  English  standard,  II,  250. 

Megacephala  Carolina,  IV,  410. 

Meigs,  C.  D.,  account  of  some  human  bones  found  on  the  coast  of  Brazil,  III,  285. 

Melanconium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  297. 

Melania  acuta,  IV,  101. 

elongata,  IV,  120. 


AND  FOURTH  VOLUMES — NEW  SEUIES.  513 

.Velania  suhularis,  IV,  100. 

tubcrcularis,  IV,  101. 

Melano-GetuUans  of  Ptolemy,  iilenlic.il  with  the  Wadrcagans  and  Wiirgehns  of  Africa,  IV,  23 
Melolontha porcina.  III,  256. 

variolosa.  III,  256. 

Memhers  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  list  of  thcin,  1,  vi.     U,  vi.     Ill,  v.     IV, 

Menispora  glauca,  IV,  175. 

Meridian,  the  Litituile  of  the  place  and  time  being  given,  how  to  6nd  by  a  new  in<(tumcnl,  I,  339.     Also,  iho 

declination  of  the  moon,  or  of  any  other  planet  or  fixed  star,  together  with  the  latitude  of  the  plicc 

being  given,  339. 
Meridian  line,  to  draw  a  true  one  on  any  plane  level  surface,  by  means  of  a  new  inislrumenl,  I,  337. 
Merulius,  synopsis  of  the  N.  American  species,  IV,  160. 
Metallic  substances  lound  in  the  primitive   I'ormation  ot  the  United  States,  I,  3-1.     In  the  transition  formation, 

37.     In  the  secondary,  40. 
Metals,  an  attempt  to  ascertain  the  fusing  temperature  of,  I,  1G7.     Inquiry  into  the  causes  why  they  appear  to 

be  specifically  lighter  when  in  a  solid  state  than  in  a  state  effusion,  170. 
Meteorological  obsercations,  made  during  the  eclipse  ol  Feb.  12,  1S31,  by  A-  0.  Bache,  IV,  132. 
Meteorological  tables,  made  on  the  North  Atlantic  ocean,  II,  140.     At  the  city  of  Washington,  -121. 
Mexican  antiquities  presented  to  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  list  of  ihem.  III,  510. 
Minerals,  in  the  primitive  formation  of  the  Uiuted  States,  I,  33. 
Mississippi,  territory  of,  geology,  nature  ol  the  soil,  climate,  internal  navigation,  Sic,  I,  83.     Basin  of.  gcolosy. 

nature  of  the  soil,  internal  navigation,  &c.,  85  and  175.     Remarks  on  the  sand-stone  ami  flij.t7.  tiap 

formations  of  its  western  part,  by  E.  P.  James,  II,  191. 
Missouri,  territory  of,  geology,  nature  of  the  soil,  fee,  I,  S6.     Fossil  bone  lound  in,  IV.  -105  and  40S. 
Mitranijces,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  255. 
Mitrula,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  ISl. 
Mulops,  IV,  427. 

Monilia,  synopsis  of  N.  .American  species,  IV,  2S6. 

Monograph  of  the  North  American  insects  of  the  genus  Cicindela,  1,401. 
Moon,  eclipse  of,  January  4,  1S06,  I,  93.     Singular  appearance  of  it  during  the  solar  eclipse  of  Ffdiruary  12, 

1S32,  IV,  131. 
Moose,  description  of  its  cranium,  I,  37S. 
Murchella,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  169. 
MordellidcE,  a  new  genus  of.  III,  45S. 
Morio  Georgia,  II,  25. 
Mortality  of  the  city  and  liberties  of  Philadelphia,  from  1S09  to  1816,  with  a  statement  of  the  diseases,  igej, 

Sic.,  being  an  abstract  and  the  results  of  eight  annual  slalenients,  published  by  the  board  of  health, 

I,  430.     Appendix  to  the  above,  for  the  year  1317 — IS,  453. 
Motion  of  solids  on  surfaces,  in  the  two  hypotheses  of  perfect  sliding  and  perfect  rolling,  with  a  particular 

examination  of  their  small  oscillatory  motions,  memoir  oB,  by  Henry  .lames  Anderson,  III,  315. 
Moulting  of  birds,  observations  on,  III,  292. 
Mounds,  an  extensive  one  near  St  Louis,  I,  154.     List  of  the  most  considerable  ones  on  Ihc  Mississippi  and 

Ohio,  155. 
Mountains  of  Europe  compared  with  those  of  N.  America,  1, 17.     Pyrenees,  Carpathian,  &c.,  modify  climate 

by  shutting  out  northerly  winds,  67.    The  Stony  mountains  arc  covered  at  their  summits  with  per- 
petual snows  and  glaciers,  86.     Tables  of  the  altitudes  of  mountains  in  New  York,  New  H.ir.jpshirc 

and  Vermont,  by  A.  Partridge,  147.     Geological  observations  on  the  Rocky  mountain-  of  North 

America,  by  E.  P.  James,  II,  191. 
Mozabis  of  Africa,  on  their  language,  manners  and  customs,  11,  449,  &c.     Further  observations,  IV,  22. 
Mucor,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  285. 
Muhlenberg,  Rev.  H.,  his  herbarium  presented  to  the  society,  I,  452. 
Muriatic  acid,  distilled  over  red  lead  in  a  new  method  of  bleaching,  I,  318. 
Mycogone,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  275. 
Myriococcum  prceeox,  IV,  253. 

Vol.  IV.— 6  D 


514  INDEX  TO  THE  FIRST,  SECOND,  THIRD 

Myrothedwn,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  263. 
Myxosporium  croceum,  IV,  300. 
Myxotrichum  chartarum,  IV,  276. 

J\raematelia,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  186. 

A'aiades,  observations  on  this  family  of  shells,  by  P.  H.  Nicklin,  III,  395.  A  new  genus  proposed,  with  ob- 
servations on  some  of  the  characters  of  the  family,  403.  Observations  on  this  family,  vpilh  descrip- 
tions of  new  species,  IV,  63.     On  the  teeth  in  this  family,  considered  as  a  generic  character,  67. 

JVasal  somids,  I,  256. 

J\ratural  bridge  of  Virginia,  on  its  geological  formation,  by  F.  W.  Gilmer,  I,  187. 

JVebria  pallipes,  II,  7S. 

JVemognatha  nemorensis ,  III,  258. 

JVew  England,  geology,  nature  of  the  soil,  &c.,  I,  64.  Sea  coast  abounds  in  good  harbours,  65.  Internal 
navigation  exceedingly  bad,  65. 

J^ew  Jersey,  geology  of,  nature  of  the  soil,  &c.,  I,  70.    Indian  names  of  rivers,  places,  &c.,  IV,  375. 

JVew  York  state,  geology,  nature  of  the  soil,  internal  navigation,  &c.,  I,  67. 

JVicklin,  Philip  Houlbrooke,  observations  on  Lamarck's  family  of  the  Naiades,  III,  395. 

JVidularia,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  252. 

JVorth  Carolina,  geology  of,  nature  of  the  soil,  internal  navigation,  &c.,  I,  73. 

JVoterus  bicolor,  IV,  446. 

JVothiophilus  porrettus,  IV,  41S. 

semistriatus,  11,  81.     IV,  417. 

J\''uUy,  Eugenins,  investigation  of  a  theorem  proposed  by  Dr  Rittenhouse,  respecting  the  summation  of  the 
several  powers  of  the  sines;  with  its  application  to  the  problem  of  a  pendulum  vibrating  in  circular 
arcs,  I,  396.     Solution  of  a  general  case  of  the  simple  pendulum,  II,  466. 

JVuttall,  Thomas,  description  of  a  new  species  of  Sarracenia,  IV,  49. 

Obituary  JVotiees,  I,  xviii.     II,  is.     Ill,  vii.     IV, 

Observatory,  ordinance  of  the  city  councils,  granting  the  use  of  the  centre  engine  house  to  the  American  Phi- 
losophical Society,  I,  .xvi.  Two,  necessary  for  cariying  into  effect  the  proposed  plan  of  a  survey  of 
the  United  States,  II,  241.  Peculiarities  of  the  five  feet  transit  instruments  destined  for  them,  357. 
Astronomical  clocks  intended  for  them,  359.     Plan  of  one  proposed  to  be  built  at  Washington,  365. 

Ochre,  found  abundantly  in  the  alluvial  formation,  I,  25. 

Odacantha  Pennsylvanica,  I!,  16. 

dorsaZis,  I!,  17.     IV,  412. 

Oedemium  atruni,  IV,  278. 

Officers,  of  the  society,  for  1818,  I,  v.     For  1825,  II,  v.     For  1S30,  III,  iv.     For  1834,  IV, 

Ohio  river,  geological  account  of  its  valley,  by  Daniel  Drake,  124.  Has  a  channel  below  the  bottom  of  the 
alluvial  deposits,  to  which  it  is  confined  when  not  swelled  by  rains,  128.  Hypothesis  to  account  for 
the  great  elevation  of  its  older  alluvial  banks,  129.  Its  southern  tributaries  flow  in  deeper  channels 
than  the  northern,  130.  In  its  old  alluvial  formation,  the  only  aquatic  animal  remains  which  were 
discovered  were  the  shells  of  a  species  of  Mya,  which  does  not  seem  to  exist  in  the  river  at  present, 
130.  Valleys  of  this  quarter  probably  not  the  work  of  causes  which  have  acted  regularly  and  unre- 
iciltingly  ever  since  the  recession  of  the  sea,  131.     Indian  name  of,  IV,  352  and  367. 

Oidium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  285. 

Olisthopus  cinctus,  IV,  424. 

parmatus,  IV,  424. 

Omophron  labiatum,  II,  79. 

Onygena,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  263. 

Oodes?  parallelus,  IV,  420. 

Oomin,  seventh  vocal  sound,  I,  256. 

Ophonus  insterstitialis,  IV,  432. 

Optical  illusions,  IV,  347,  &c. 

Orang,  description  of  a  species  from  the  north  eastern  province  of  British  East  India,  IV,  52, 


AND  FOCRTn  VOLUMES — NEW  SERIES.  515 

Ord,  George,  some  observations  on  the  mouUiog  of  birds,  HI,  292. 

Oreb,  siitli  vocal  sound,  I,  255. 

Ores  of  different  metals,  found  in  the  piimilivo  formation  of  the  United  Slates,  i,  34.     Id  the  transition,  37. 

In  the  secondary,  40. 
Organic  remains  in  the  sandstones  of  the  Upper  Platte  and  Atkansaw,  II,  11)5,  Sic. 
Organic  sounds,  I,  246  and  259. 
Orthography  of  the  English  language,  no  innovation  needed  in,  I,  236.     However,  mut.itions  have,  and  will 

again  take  place,  237.    An  essay  for  a  uniform  one  for  llic  Indian  iauguagc!",  noticed.  111,  90. 
Oscillalory  motion,  observations  on.  III,  315. 
Ostracoderma  spadiceum,  IV,  262. 
Ostropa,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  227. 
Ouachita  river,  fossil  bones  found  on,  IV,  397. 
Oxyporus  stygicus,  IV,  459. 
Ozytelus  riigulosus,  IV,  460. 

sculptus,  IV,  460. 

Ozonium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  2S7. 

Pachyma  cocos,  IV,  264. 
Paederus  cinclus,  IV,  457. 

discopunctatus,  IV,  457. 

Paine,  Robert  Treat,  observations  of  the  eclipse  of  the  sun  of  Feb.  12,  1?31,  made  at  Capo  Malabar  Light- 
house, IV,  130. 
Palladium,  a  nev?  process  for  separating  this  metal  and  rhodium  from  platinum,  I,  161. 
Panagccus  cnicigerus,  II,  69, 

fascialus,  70. 

Pangus  caUginosna,  IV,  431. 

Partridge,  A.,  tables  of  the  altitudes  of  mountains  in  the  slates  of  New  York,  New  Hampshire  and  Vermont, 

I,  147. 
Pasimachus  siilsukatus,  II,  19. 

depressus,  11,  19. 

Patellaria,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  236, 
Patrohus  longicornis,  IV,  421. 

Patterson,  Robert,  note  on  Mr  Hassler's  memoir  respecting  the  expansion  of  iron,  1,  227.     Description  and 
use  of  a  simple  appendage  to  the  reflecting  sector,  by  which  it  is  rendered  capable  of  mca.^^uring  all 
possible  altitudes  on  land,  by  reflection  from  an  artificial  horizon,  325.     Description  and  use  of  a 
very  simple  instrument  for  setting  up  sun-dial9,  and  for  many  other  useful  purposes,  333.     Solution 
of  several  problems  by  the  above  apparatus,  336.     Error  in  the  above  solutions,  arising  from   the 
refraction  of  the   sun,  &c.,  how  to  allow  for  it,  339.     Memoir  on  an  improvement  in  the  common 
ship-pump,  I,  367.     Description  and  rationale  of  a  simple  apparatus,  which  may  serve  as  a  substi- 
tute for  the  ship-pump,  and  which  will  require  no  manual  labour  whatever,  f,  427.     Obituary  notice 
of  him,  11,  \x. 
Patterson,  P.M.,  observations  on  the  solat  eclipse  of  Feb.  12, 1831,  made  at  the  University  of  Virginia,  IV,  132. 
Pelor  avidus,  IV,  42S. 
Pendulum,  observed  lengths  of  in  different  latitudes,  1, 120.    Vibrating  in  circular  arcs,  applicaUon  of  a  theorem 

to,  395.     Solution  of  a  general  case  of  the  simple  pendulum,  II,  467. 
Penicillum,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  282. 
Pennsylvania,  geology  of,  nature  of  the  soil,  internal  navigation,  (ac,  I,  71.     Indian  names  of  river*,  places, 

&C.,  IV,  355. 
Percus,  II,  40. 

Perichtrna,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  258. 
Periconia,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  304. 
Periola  pubescens,  IV,  265. 

Perisporium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  270. 
Petersburg,  St,  its  climate  compared  with  that  of  Washington,  II,  433 


516  INDEX  TO  THE  FIRST,  SECOND,  THIRD 

Petromyzon  Jlmerieanus,  1,  3S3. 

nigricans,  I,  385. 

peziza,  synopsis  of  American  species,  IV,  170. 

Phacidium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  242. 

Phallus,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV, 

Philadelphia,  morlality  of,  for  eight  years,  1S09 — 16,  with  a  statement  of  the  diseases,  ages.  Sec,  I,  430.     Ap- 

penilix  to  the  above  table  for  the  year  1817 — 18,453.    Observations,  made  at  an  early  period,  on 

the  climate  of  the  country  on  the  river  Delaware,  I,  340.     Indian  name  of,  IV,  355. 
Philology,  observations  on  its  present  state,  III,  69. 
Phlebia,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  165. 
Phlebomorphia,  synopsis  of  N.  Americ.in  species,  IV,  283. 
Phoma,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  24S. 
Phonology,  English,  I,  288. 

Photometer,  observations  made  with  it  during  the  eclipse  of  Feb.  12, 1831,  IV,  133. 
Phragmidiiim  hedysari,  IV,  297. 
Phyllopia,  N.  American  species  of,  IV,  137. 
Physarum,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  257. 

Fhysick,  Br,  his  practice  of  employing  position  to  empty  blood  vessels  for  surgical  purposes,  I,  300. 
Phytolithus  cancellatus,  I,  2S0. 

Dawsoni,  I,  293. 

Martini,  I,  291. 

notatus,  I,  294. 

parmatvs,  I,  286. 

reticulaius,  I,  291. 

— . —  siilcatus,  I,  277. 

tesselatus,  I,  295. 

transversus,  I,  293. 

verrucosus,  I,  26S. 

Pickering,  C,  memoir  on  the  geographical  distribution  of  plants,  IH,  274. 

Pilcati,  order  of  fungi,  IV,  145. 

Pilobolus,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  254. 

Pinophilus  latipes,  IV,  456. 

Pistillaria,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  1S4. 

Piston  for  steam  engines,  an  improved  one  described,  I,  313. 

Pittsburgh,  Indian  name  of,  IV,  367. 

Pittocarpium  flavum,  IV,  261, 

Plane  table  for  the  survey  of  the  coast,  and  the  alhidade  to  the  same,  II,  343. 

Plants,  collected  during  a  journey  to  and  from  the  Rocky  mountains,  during  the  summer  of  1820,  catalogue  of 

them,  II,  172.     Geographical  distribution  of,  III,  274. 
Platinum,  some  exporiments  on,  and  a  new  process  for  separating  palladium  and  rhodium  from  (hat  metal,  I, 

161.     Fusing  temperature  of,  169. 
Platysma,  IV,  425. 
Plumbago,  beds  of  it,  noticed,  I,  34. 
Podisoma,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  307. 

Podosporium,  a  new  genus  of  fungi,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  278. 
Pocci7iJS,  II,  55  and  56.     IV,  421. 
Pogonus  rectus,  IV,  421. 

Poison  of  the  rattle-snake,  experiments  made  on  it,  III,  300.     Further  esperimenta  on  the  same  subject,  400. 
Polyactis,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  282. 
Polyangiwn  vitellinum,  IV,  253. 
Polyporus,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  154. 
Polythrincium  trifolii,  IV,  278. 

Population  and  tumuli  of  the  aborigines  of  North  America,  I,  151. 
Porotheleum,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  160. 


AND  FOURTH  VOLUMES NEW  SERFES.  517 

Primitive  formation  prevails  cast  of  tlie  Huilion,  and  constitutes  the  highest  mountains,  I,  21.  South  of  ihe 
Delaware  the  first  rock  after  the  alluvial,  21.  Description  of,  25.  Not  favourable  to  Ihe  formin); 
of  soil  fit  for  vegetation,  49. 

Problem  in  arithmetic,  an  easy  solution  of  one,  by  James  Austin,  I,  ISl.  To  find  the  anpiUr  altllude  or  de- 
pression of  any  visible  oliject,  337.  To  draw  a  true  meridian  line,  on  any  pl,\nc  level  lurlice,  337. 
To  find  the  azimuth  or  bearing  of  any  visible  object,  338.  To  fiml  the  hour  of  the  day,  338.  Re- 
lating to  the  figure  of  the  earth,  to  find  a  sphere  agreeing  with  the  spheroid  in  as  many  important 
circumstances  as  possible,  354,  356,  357,  359,  3G1,  362  and  364.  Of  a  pendulum  vibrating  in  cir- 
cular arcs,  theorem  applied  to,  395. 

Pronuncialion,  of  the  English  language,  no  attempt  yet  made  has  succeeded  in  ascertaining  and  fixing  it,  I, 
231 .     Reasons  given  for  the  failure,  231.     Of  words,  does  not  constantly  remain  tlio  same,  233. 

Prosthemium  beliiligmtm,  IV,  249. 

Pteroflichiis,  11,  41,  42,  43,  47  and  59. 

Plerula  plumosa,  IV,  1S3. 

Puccinia,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  295. 

Pumice  stotte,  substance  resembling,  which  floats  down  the  Missouri,  found  in  detached  masses  in  tho  vicinity 
of  trap  rocks  about  the  baso  of  the  Rocky  mountains,  II,  212. 

Pyrenium,  synopsis  of  American  species,  IV,  187  and  266. 

Pyre7iomycetes,  class  of  Fungi,  IV,  ISS. 

Pyrochroa?  elei^ans.  III,  257. 

infumala.  111,  257. 

Pyrometer  of  Wedgewood,  several  objections  to,  I,  167. 

Pyromeiric  experiments,  made  at  Newark,  New  Jersey,  by  F.  R.  Ilassler,  F,  210. 

Quadruped,  extinct,  description  of  a  new  genus  and  new  species  of,  III,  473. 
Quadrupeds,  observations  on  their  geographical  distribution,  III,  2S2. 

Racodium  cellarc,  IV,  275. 

Raduhim,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  164. 

Rattlesnake,  experiments  on  its  poison,  together  with  anatomical  observations.  III,  30(1.  Further  experi- 
ments, 400. 

Records  of  the  Swedish  colony  on  tho  river  Delaware,  extracts  from,  I,  340. 

Reed-bird,  remaiks  on  its  change  of  plumage.  III,  294. 

Red  lands,  which  cross  Viiginia,  noticed,  I,  63. 

Red  lead,  employed  in  a  new  method  of  bleaching,  I,  313. 

Red  sandstone  formation,  described,  I,  28.     Found  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Rocky  mountains,  II,  204. 

Reflecting  sector,  description  and  use  of  a  simple  appendage  to  it,  by  which  it  is  rendered  capable  of  measuring 
all  altitudes  on  land,  by  reflection  from  an  artificial  horizon,  I,  325. 

Remvick,  James,  observations  on  the  solar  eclipse  of  Feb.  12,  1S31,  made  at  Columbia  College,  New  York, 
IV,  130. 

Repeating  circle,  for  the  survey  of  the  coast,  additions  made  to,  II,  315.  On  some  adjustmcnis  of,  320.  Mc- 
°  thods  of  observing  a  series  of  vertical  angles  with  it,  322.     Peculiar  method  of  observing  t.mc  with 

it,  326. 
Repeating  circle  of  reflection,  for  the  survey  of  the  coast,  description  of,  II,  341.     Method  of  observing  with 

Repeating  theodolite,  of  one  foot  diameter,  for  the  survey  of  the  coast,  description  of,  II,  323.  Method  of 
°  observing  horizontal  angles  with  it,  336.     Method  of  observing  vertical  angles  with  it,  335. 

Report  of  the  historical  and  literary  commillee,  1,  xi.  Of  the  committee  on  the  memoir  on  leaden  carlndgcf, 
1, 143.  or  Ihe  committee  on  astronomical  observations,  containing  observations  made  In  difTcrenl 
parts  of  the  United  States  on  the  solar  eclipse  of  Feb.  12,  1S31,  IV,  125. 

Resin,  distilled  from  relinasphalt,  II,  113. 

Respiration,  in  a  case  of  disease,  performed  by  one  side  of  the  thorax,  I,  331. 

Reticularia,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  262.  ,       .     ,        i     ■      r  ■.   ii 

RetinasphaU,  discovered  at  Cape  Sable,  INIagoihy  river,  Maryland,  description  and  chemical  anilysu  of  it.  ll. 
110.     Is  apparently  a  fossil  guiu  or  resin,  II,  115. 

Vol.  IV.— 6  E 


518  INDEX  TO  THE  FIRST,  SECOND,  THIRD 

Shipiphorus  dimidiatus,  limbatus,  zni  tristis.  Ill,  462. 

Rhizina  undulata,rV,nO.  i  :.   /  -    :     .  •       ,   ■     . 

Rhizopogon,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  252. 

iJA(iOC(onia,  synopsis  of  N.  Ameiican  species,  IV,  264.  , 

Rhodium,  a  new  process  for  separating  ttiis  metal  and  palladium  from  platinum,  I,  161. 

Rhytisma,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  241. 

Right  ascensio7i,  of  the  moon,  or  of  any  other  planet  or  fixed  star  being  given,  to  find  the  meridian,  I,  339. 

Rio,  Andres  del,  memoir  on  silver  ores  reduced  by  the  method  of  Becquerel,  IV,  60. 

River  navigation  of  the  primitive  and  transition  formations,  its  character,  I,  72.     Of  the  secondary  formation, 

its  character,  57. 
Roberts,  Joseph,  observations  made  at  Friends'  observatory,  during  the  solar  eclipse  of  Feb.  12, 1831. 
Rocks,  their  different  modes  of  decomposing,  I,  43. 
Rolling  draw-gate,  desci  iption  of  one,  as  applied  to  water  mills,  I,  307. 
Rugilus  dentatus,  IV,  457. 

Sacidium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  251. 

Salt,  only  found  weslwaiJ  of  a  ceitain  line,  I,  21.  Extensive  beds  of,  noticed,  41.  Masses,  found  west  of  the 
Mississippi,  H,  213.  Licks,  springs,  and  saline  efflorescences  abundant  near  the  Rocky  mountains, 
II,  214.     Extensive  repositories  probably  exist  on  the  Arkansaw  and  Red  river,  II,  214. 

Sand-stone,  old  red,  its  limits,  &c.,  in  the  United  States,  I,  28.  And  fioelz  trap  of  the  western  part  of  the 
valley  of  the  Mississippi,  II,  191.  Red  sand-stone,  similar  to  that  of  the  eastern  part  of  New  York, 
very  abundant  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Rocky  mountains,  204.  The  same  not  seen  in  the  eastern  part 
of  the  valley  of  (he  Mississippi,  204. 

Sarcnpodium  circinnatum,  IV,  303. 

Sarea,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  178. 

Sarracenia  cakeolata,  IV,  49. 

Saurodo7i,  a  new  genus  of  fossil  animals.  III,  476, 

lanciformis.  III,  476. 

Leanus,  III,  477. 

Say,  Thomas,  a  monograph  of  N.  American  insects  of  the  genus  Cicindela,  I,  401.  Descriptions  of  insects  of 
the  families  Carabici  and  Hydrocanthari  of  Latreille,  inhabiting  North  America,  II,  1.  Descriptions 
of  new  North  American  insects,  and  observations  on  some  already  described,  IV,  409. 

Scarites  subterraneus,  II,  18. 

Schizoderma,  IV,  297. 

Schizophyllum,  the  N.  American  species,  IV,  154. 

Schizoxylon,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  249. 

Schweinitz,  L.  D.,  synopsis  fungorum  in  America  Boreali  media  degentium,  IV,  141.  List  of  the  species  first 
discovered  in  America  by  him,  IV,  309. 

Scleroderma,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  255. 

Sclerotiurn,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  266. 

Scolicotrichnm,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  276. 

Scorias  spongiosa,  IV,  305. 

Secondary  furmalion,  great  extent  of,  in  the  United  States,  1, 14.  Description  of,  3S.  Has  many  properties 
favourable  to  the  growth  of  vegetables,  54.  An  easy  river  navigation  one  of  the  most  valuable  ad- 
vantages attached  to  this  class  of  rocks,  57. 

Sector,  reflecting,  a  simple  appendage  to  it,  by  which  it  is  rendered  capable  of  measuring  all  altitudes  on  land, 
1,326. 

Seiridium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  306. 

Sellers,  JVathan,  description  of  a  rolling  draw-gate,  as  applied  to  watermills,  I,  307. 

Sepedonivm  mi/c^jihihim,  IV,  275. 

Septaria,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  297. 

Serra,  J.  Correa  dt,  observations  and  conjectures  on  the  formation  and  nature  of  the  soil  of  Kentucky,  I,  174. 

Seyhert,  Henry,  analyses  of  the  chrysobetyls  from  Haddam  and  Brazil,  II,  116.  Analysis  of  the  hydraulic 
lime  used  in  constructing  the  Erie  canal,  229. 

Shaler,  William,  letters  on  the  language,  manners  and  customs  of  the  Berbers,  or  Brebers  of  Africa,  II,  43S. 


AND  FOURTH  VOLUMES NEW  SERIES.  519 

Ship-piimp,  an  improvement  in,  I,  367.     A  snbslilulo  for,  which  will  require  no  manual  labour,  127. 

Short,  C.  ]V.,  description  of  an  Indi.iii  fort  in  the  neif;libouil]0od  ol  Lc.vinglon,  Kenlucky,  1,  310. 

Silver,  fu-int;  temperature  of,  I,  Kit).     Ores  reduced  by  the  method  of  Becquercl,  IV,  lit). 

Simla  Hoolock,  IV,  52. 

Sines,  investi^.ilion  of  a  theorem  rcspeclini;  the  sumniatiou  of  the  several  power,*  of,  I,  395. 

Sistoirema,  «ynop>is  of  N.  .\mericaii  species,  IV,  ItiS. 

Solettia,  synop-is  of  N.  Anieiican  species,  IV,  ISO. 

Snow,  fill  of,  on  the  Del.iwarc,  on  the  lOih  of  October,  I,  350. 

Soils,  how  inOuenced  by  the  decomposilion  of  rocks,  I,  43  and  177.     Observations  and  conjectures  on  ilt  foi- 

niation  and  nature  in  Kentucky,  174.     Conclusions  rcspcclinf;  the  same,  ISO. 
South  Caroliiui,  geology  of,  nature  of  the  soil,  internal  navigation,  &.C.,  1,  79. 
Sparasfis,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  ISO. 
Spalhuleaflaui'la,  IV,  ISl. 

Specifics,  reputed,  for  the  bite  of  the  rattle-snake,  III,  300,  &c.    The  Hieracium  vcnosum  tested,  3UU. 
Spermodennium  rvfum,  IV,  269. 
Spermoedia  chvus,  IV,  2G9. 

Sphaerin,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  1S3. 
Sphaeroyiema,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  247. 
Sphaerobolus,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  254. 
Sphaerosporium,  a  new  genus  of  Fungi,  IV,  303. 
Sphenoidnl  sinuses,  observations  on,  I,  371. 
Spheracra,  a  new  genus  of  insects,  IV,  412. 
Sphere,  to  find  one  agreeing  with  the  terrestrial  spheroid  in  as  many  important  circumstances  as   possible,  I, 

353.     lis  radius,  and  the  length  of  a  degree  of  a  great  circle,  366. 
Spilocaea,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  297. 
Spondylocladiuinfumosum,  IV,  2S4. 
Sporidesiniuin,  synopsis  ol  N.  American  species,  IV,  306. 
Sporophleian  gramineum,  IV,  278. 
SpoTOtrichum,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  271. 
Spiimaria,  synopsis  of  N.  Amejican  species,  IV',  261. 
Stachylidium,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  283. 
Staphylinus  apicialis,  IV,  451. 

ater,  IV,  452. 

blandiis,  IV,  449. 

connexus,  IV,  448. 

cyanipennis,  IV,  451. 

dimidiatus,  IV,  450. 

ephippiatus,  IV,  44S. 

inversus,  IV,  449. 

iracundvs,  IV,  449. 

tachinifarmis,  IV,  450. 

nmbratdis,  IV,  451. 

viduatus,  IV,  451. 

violaceiis,  IV,  451. 

Stars,  phenomena  explained  by  irradiation,  IV,  347,  6tc. 

Steam  ens;ine,  an  injproved  piston  described,  I,  310. 

Steafomalous  tumour,  a  large  one  successfully  extirpated,  I,  293. 

Steinhauer,  Rev.  Henry,  memoir  on  the  fossil  vegetables  of  the  coal  strata,  I,  265. 

Stemonitis,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  260. 

Slenolophus  ductus,  IV,  434. 

Stenus  colon,  IV,  45S. 

femoratus,  IV,  459. 

geniculatus,  IV,  453. 

quadripunctalus,  IV,  459. 

stygicus,  IV,  45S. 


520  INDEX  TO  THE  FIRST,  SECOND,  THIKD 

Steropus,  IV,  424. 

Stictis,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  179. 

Stilbospora,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  299. 

Slilbum,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  284. 

Slomis  granulatus,  IV,  427. 

Stratification,  regulari(y  of,  in  North  America,  I,  10.    East  of  New  York  runs  nearly  north  and  south  ;  to  the 

southward  and  westward  it  runs  nearly  north  east  and  south  west;  and  in  both  instances  dips  to  the 

east,  21.     Horizontal  in  the  secondary  formation,  38  and  175. 
Submarine  forest  in  the  eastern  part  of  England,  1, 179. 

Summation  of  the  several  powers  of  the  sines,  investigation  of  a  theorem  relating  to,  I,  396. 
Sun-dials,  description  and  use  of  a  very  simple  instrument  for  setting  them  up,  I,  333. 
Survey  of  the  coast  of  the  United  States,  papers  relating  to.     See  Hassler. 
Swedish  colony  on  the  river  Delaware,  historical  notices  concerning  it,  I,  340. 
Symphynota,  a  new  genus  of  the  family  of  the  naiades.  III,  442. 

aiata.  III,  448. 

bi-alata.  III,  445. 

bilineata,  IV,  98. 

complanata.  III,  443. 

—  compressa.  III,  450. 

cygnea,  III,  456. 

gracilis.  III,  452. 

infata,  IV,  99. 

laevissima.  III,  444. 

ochracea,  III,  455. 

tenuissima.  III,  453. 

Syjiopsis  of  North  American  Fungi,  by  L.  D.  Schweinilz,  IV,  141. 

Table,  of  the  mortality  of  the  city  and  liberties  of  Philadelphia  from  1809  to  1816,  with  a  statement  of  the 
diseases,  ages,  Stc,  I,  430.  Appendix  to  the  above,  for  the  year  1817 — 18,  453.  Of  observations 
on  the  winds,  currents,  Gulf  stream,  comparative  temperature  of  the  air  and  water,  &c.,  made  on 
the  North  Atlanlic  ocean,  during  twenty-six  voyages  to  and  from  Europe,  between  the  years  1799 
and  1817,  inclusive,  by  John  Hamilton,  II,  140.  Of  meteorological  observations  made  at  the  city 
of  Washington,  436.  General  table  to  the  experiments  on  fuel,  by  M.  Bull,  III,  60,  Of  results  of 
experiments  made  to  determine  the  comparative  loss  of  heat  sustained  by  the  ordinary  apparatus 
made  use  of  for  combustion,  63. 

Tapirus  mastodonloides,  IV,  324. 

Teeth  of  the  niaslodon,  observations  on,  IV,  317,  &c. 

Telephorida:,  a  new  genus  of.  III,  458. 

Telescope,  for  the  survey  of  the  coast,  on  the  signals  and  system  of  wires  in,  303. 

Temperature,  of  the  air  and  water  and  soundings,  table  of,  made  during  twenty-six  voyages  to  and  from  Europe, 
II,  147.  Of  the  water  much  colder  on  banks  than  on  soundings  shelving  gradually,  143.  Table  of 
the  mean  of  the  air  and  water,  in  the  Atlanlic  ocean,  in  different  latitudes,  during  every  month  of 
the  year,  II,  150.  Of  the  water,  always  warmer  in  currents  than  out  of  them,  II,  151.  Table  of 
the  mean  of  the  air  and  water,  between  the  latitudes  of  40°  and  50"  N.  and  the  longitudes  of  15" 
and  45"  W.  Mean,  at  Washington  city,  for  the  months  of  May,  June  and  July  1823,  was  nearly 
equal  to  the  mean  at  noon  of  the  preceding  month,  429.  Of  the  air  during  the  eclipse  of  Feb.  12, 
1831,1V,  133. 

Teocalli,  compared  wiih  the  mounds  situated  between  the  Arkansaw  and  St  Francis  rivers,  I,  156. 

Tetracaulodon,  a  new  genus  of  extinct  raammiferous  quadrupeds,  III,  484.  Remarks  on  this  genus,  by  I. 
Hays,  IV,317,  &c. 

mastoilonloideum,  III,  484,  and  IV,  336. 

Coltinsii  and  Godmani,  334. 

Tetracolimn  luhercularice,  IV,  286. 

Tetrao,  geneial  otiscrvaiions  on  these  birds,  with  a  synopsis  of  the  species  hitherto  known,  by  C.  L.  Bona- 
parte, III,  383. 


AND  FOURTH  VOLUMES — NEW  SERIES.  521 

Tetrao  albtts,  III,  393. 

bonasia,  389. 

Canadensis,  391, 

cvpido,  392. 

hybridus,  390. 

lagopus,  393. 

obseurus,  39!. 

phasianelhis,  392. 

scoticus,  393. 

telrix,  391. 

itmbellus,  389. 

urogalliis,  390. 

urophasiatius,  390. 

Thamnidhun,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  285. 

Thehbonts  stercoreus,  IV,  254. 

Thelephora,  synopsis  oIN.  American  species,  IV,  165. 

Theodolite,  for  the  survey  of  llie  coast,  description  of  it,  II,  2S7.     Methods  of  observing  with,  291. 

repeating,  for  the  same  purpose,  description  of  it,  328.     RIelhoJ  of  observing  horizontal   angles  with  it, 

836.     Method  of  observing  vertical  angles  with  the  same,  333. 

Theorem,  investigation  of  one  proposed  by  Dr  Rittenhouse,  respecting  the  summation  of  the  several  poweri  of 
the  sines,  with  its  application  to  the  problem  of  a  pendulum  vibrating  in  circul.\r  arcs,  I,  395. 

Thermometer,  an  account  of  an  improvement  made  on  the  diffcrcnlial  therniomcler  of  Mr  Lcshc,  I,  301.  01 
little  use  in  indicating  soundings  off  the  coast  of  Ireland,  II,  1 19.  A  very  important  and  useful  in- 
slrunient  in  navigation,  yet  not  entitled  to  implicit  confidence,  15-1.  Observations  with  it  during 
the  solar  eclipse  of  Feb.  12,  IS31,  IV,  133. 

Thorax,  a  case  of  disease  in  which  one  side  was  at  rest  while  the  other  performed  Iho  motions  of  rupinlioD  in 
the  usual  way,  I,  381. 

Time,  of  the  day,  how  to  find  by  a  new  instrument,  I,  338.  Of  the  night,  the  right  ascensions  of  the  moon, 
or  of  any  other  planet  or  fixed  star  being  given,  together  with  that  of  the  sun,  may  be  found  by  the 
same  inslrument,  339.  The  meridian  and  latitude  of  a  place  being  given,  how  to  find  the  time, 
declination  and  azimuth  of  the  sun,  339.  Tho  meridian  and  declination  being  given,  to  find  the 
latitude,  time  and  azimuth,  339.     Peculiar  method  of  observing  it,  with  the  repealing  circle,  11,326. 

Tioga,  some  of  the  Five  Nations  stationed  here  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  what  persons  wore  coming  into 
their  country,  IV,  362. 

Tombuctoo,  a  peiiodical  caravan  between  this  place  and  Orao,  II,  443. 

Torula,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  2S6. 

Towns  of  the  Berbers,  divided  into  two,  three  or  four  distinct  communities,  who  war  with  each  other,  IV,  29. 

Transit  instruments,  destined  for  tho  observatories,  peculiarities  ol  them,  U,  420. 

Transition  formntio7i,  necessity  of  such  a  class,  discussed,  I,  12.  Description  of,  as  it  occurs  In  the  V.  Slates, 
I,  35.  The  greatest  part  of  the  rocks  of  this  class  decompose  into  soils  favourable  to  vegetation, 
51.     Water  not  so  pure  as  that  of  the  primitive  class,  53. 

TVojJ./ormairon,  newest  flffitz,  not  yet  discovered  in  the  United  States,  I,  15.  Of  the  western  part  of  the 
valley  of  the  Mississippi,  II,  191.     Description  of  the  same,  209. 

J^ap-rochs,  of  the  Connewago  hills,  near  MidJIetown,  and  of  Stony  ridge,  near  Carlisle,  Pennsylvania,  ob- 
servations on,  by  John  B.  Gibson,  II,  156.  Nothing  in  the  position  of  the  former  to  indicate  an 
igneous  origin,  159. 

Trechus  conjunciiis,  II,  90.     IV,  435. 

partiarius,  II,  90.     IV,  434. 

rupesiris,U,  91.     IV,  435. 

Tremella,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  185. 

Trichia,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  259. 

Trichoderma,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  263. 

Trichodermacei,  o'Jer  of  fungi,  IV,  261. 

Trichospermi,  order  of  fungi,  IV,  255. 

Trichothecium  roseum,  IV,  275. 

Vol.  IV.— 6  F 


522  INDEX  TO  THE  FIRST,  SECOND,  THIRD 

Tioost,  G.,  description  and  chemical  analysis  of  the  retinasphalt,  discovered  at  Cape  Sable,  Magothy  river, 
Maryland,  II,  110.     Notice  of  a  new  crystalline  form  of  the  yenite  of  Rhode  Island,  478. 

Tuarycks  of  Afiica,  notice  concerning  them,  II,  452.  Remarks  upon  them,  by  Wm.  B.  Hodgson,  IV,  31. 
Remarkable  for  their  commercial  habits  and  warlike  propensities,  31.  Vocabulary  of  their  lan- 
guage, 35. 

Tuber  cibaiiutn,  IV,  252: 

ruieccu/arid,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  301. 

Tu/os/oma,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  256. 

Tumour,  a  large  one  successfully  extirpated,  I,  29S. 

Tumu/j  and  population  of  the  aborigines  of  N.  America,  I,  151. 

Tusks  ot  the  mastodon,  observations  on,  IV,  317,  &c. 

Tympanis,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  237. 

Tyjihala,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  183. 

Unio,  some  anatomical  observations  on  the  genus,  III,  260.  Manner  of  taking  their  food,  261.  IV,  65. 
Muscles  which  seem  to  have  escaped  attention,  262.  Oviducts  of  the  U.  irroratus  are  different 
from  those  of  any  other  species  yet  examined,  263.  Observations  on  the  genus,  by  P.  H.  Nicklin, 
395.  Description  of  eleven  new  species  from  the  rivers  of  the  United  States,  403.  Teeth  of,  407. 
Colour,  409.  Elevations  on  the  surface  of  the  disks,  410.  Epidermal  colours,  411.  Beaks,  413. 
Muscular  impressions,  414.  Ligament,  415.  List  of  North  American  species,  with  synonyms,  415. 
Critical  remarks  on  Lamarck's  species  of  Unio,  421.  Observations  on  the  manner  in  which  the 
elevations  on  thejsurface  of  the  disks  are  formed,  IV,  63.  Observations  on  the  teeth  in  the  Naiades, 
67.    Additional  species  described,  105.     Large  size  of  some  species,  106. 

aculissimus,  IV,  89. 

anguslalus,  IV,  114. 

anoilontoides,  IV,  SI.  ■  ■  • 

arcajormis,  IV,  116. 

asper,  IV,  85. 

asperrimus,  IV,  71. 

ater,  111,426. 

hrevidens,  IV,  75. 

C(E)  ulcus,  IV,  95.  ' 

cakeolus,  111,265.  ' 

castaneus,  IV,  91. 

circulus.  III,  433. 

— —  congarceus,  IV,  72. 

cuprinus,  IV,  94. 

decisus,  IV,  92. 

donaciformis,  HI,  267. 

ebenus,  IV,  8i. 

elegans,  IV,  S3. 

elUpsh,  111,268. 

fahalis,  IV,  86. 

formosus,  IV,  111. 

glans,  IV,  82.  '  - 

heterodon,  HI,  428. 

incurvus,  IV,  97. 

iris,  HI,  439. 

irroratus,  HI,  269.    Description  of  the  oviducts,  which  are  different  from  those  of  any  other  species  yet 

examined,  270. 

lacrymosus.  Ill,  272.  ■  '     » 

lanceolatus.  III,  266. 

letis,  IV,  SO.  *         - 

mullipHcaius,  IV,  70. 

multiradiaius,  III,  434.  -         iJk  ■ 


AND  rOURTn  VOLUMES — NEW  SERIES.  523 

Unio  multislriatus,  IV,  91. 

obesus,lV  ,96.  Erior  io  the  locality  of  this  species  corrected,  lOS. 

occideiis,  III,  435. 

oUrarius.  IV,  lOS. 

orieiif,  IV,  73.     Peculiarity  in  its  habits,  107. 

imtxtlus.  III,  4^1. 

perplexus,  IV,  112. 

pilens,  IV,  119. 

2^lantilalus,  III,  431. 

;nis/i(/i7/us,  IV,  79. 

2nii:tulusus,  IV,  76. 

pyramiJaliis,  IV,  109. 

rubigino^us,  III,  427. 

secuiis.  III,  437. 

sokniformis,  IV,  S7.    Peculiarity  in  its  habits,  IOC. 

stapes,  IV,  77. 

suboraliif:,  IV,  IIS. 

subrotunJua,  IV,  117. 

sxtlcatus.  III,  430. 

trapezoiiies,  IV,  69. 

trigonus,  IV,  110. 

Dari'coji/s,  IV,  90. 

zig-zag,  lit,  440. 

United  Stales,  cnast  of,  papers  relating  (o  its  survey — Sec  Hassler.    Observations  on  the  gcolocy  of,  by  Wm. 

Mjclnre,  I,  1. 
Ujierrhiza  Boscii,  IV,  255. 
Uredo,  IV,  290. 

Valvata  arenifera,  IV,  104. 

Vanishing  fractions,  memoir  on,  by  J.  Mansfield,  I,  200. 

Variation  of  the  magnetic  needle,  may  be  found  by  means  of  a  new  instrument,  I,  339. 

Vaughan,  John,  letter  to  him,  describing  an  Indian  fort  in  the  neiglibourbood  of  Lc.^innlon,  Kentucky,  I,  310. 

Communication  of  an  abstract  and  results  of  eight  annual   statements  of  the  deaths,  with  di'cajes, 

ages,  &.C.  in  the  city  and  liberties  of  Philadelphia,  I,  430. 
Vegetable  moxdd,  considered  as  a  criterion  of  the  richness  of  soils,  I,  43.     Stratum  of,  generally  thin   in  all 

countries,  I,  173.     Too  deep  in  Kentucky  to  have  been  produced  by  forests  growing   on  the  spot, 

179  ;  and  probably  the  produce  of  an  uncovered  bed  of  coal,  180. 
Vegetables,  decomposition  of,  in  the  atmosphere,  dilferent  from  the  same  process  when  they  are  imbedded  be- 
tween stony  strata,  I,  173. 
X'erpa  Caroliniana,  IV,  170. 

Vermicidaria,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  228. 
Verticiltum,  synopsis  of  N.  Aiuerican  species,  IV,  233. 
Vibrissea  truncoruni,  IV,  173. 
Virginia,  geology  of,  nature  of  the  soil,  internal  navigation,  &c.,  I,  76.     Indian  names  of  rivers,  persons,  &c., 

IV,  379. 
Vocabularies  of  the  language  of  the  Kabyles  of  Africa,  II,  453.     Of  the  Mozabi  dialect,  462.     Cornparalive,  o( 

the  Chinese  and  Cochin-Chinese,  brought  to  this  country  by  J.  White,  notice  respecting.  III,  72 

or  the  language  of  the  Tuarycks  of  Africa,  IV,  35. 
Voccd  sounds,  seven  in  the  English  language,  I,  246  and  249. 
Vocals,  two  in  the  English  language,  I,  262. 
Voice,  variety  of  sounds  produced  by  the  human  voice,  I,  229. 
Volcanic  productions,  none  found  east  of  the  Mississippi,  1,23.    This  class  of  rocks  has  many  ptopertiof 

highly  favourable  to  vegetation  in  its  decomposed  state,  60. 
Volutella  quercina,  IV,  179. 
Vowels  represent  the  vocal  sounds,  I,  246. 


524  INDEX  TO  THE  FIRST  FOUR  VOLUMES NEW  SERIES. 

TVadreagans  of  Africa,  observations  on  their  language,  manners,  &c.,  IV,  23.  Identical  with  the  Rlelano- 
GiEtulians  of  Ptolemy,  IV,  23. 

Walker,  Sears  C,  observations  of  the  beginning  and  end  of  the  eclipse  of  the  sun  of  Feb.  12, 1831,  made  at 
Philadelphia,  IV,  128. 

Wallenstein,  Jules  de,  memoir  pour  accompagner  le  tableau  des  observations  m^teorologiques  faites  a  Wash- 
ington, depuis  le  17  Avril  1823,  jusqu'au  18  Avril  1824,  II,  421. 

Ware,  JV.  .5.,  note  accompanying  a  fragment  of  the  javp  of  a  fossil  animal  from  Missouri,  IV,  405. 

Washington  city,  abstract  of  calculations  to  ascertain  the  longitude  of  the  capitol,  by  William  Lambert,  I,  103. 
Plan  of  an  observatory  proposed  to  be  built  there,  II,  365.  Meteorological  observations  made  there, 
421.     Its  climate  compared  with  that  of  St  Petersburg,  433. 

Water,  Xio\.  so  pure  in  the  transition  formation  as  among  the  primitive  rocks,  1, 53.  Springs  are  of  very  different 
qualities  in  the  secondary  formation,  57. 

Weather,  diary  of,  kept  on  the  river  Delaware  during  the  years  1644  and  1645,  by  John  Campanius,  1,  342. 

Wedgetcood's  pyrometer,  several  objections  to,  I,  167. 

Wen,  a  large  one  successfully  extirpated,  I,  293. 

Western  States,  geology  of,  nature  of  the  soil,  internal  navigation,  &c.,  I,  85. 

West  Point,  altitudes  of  the  mountains  near,  1, 148. 

White  mountains  of  New  Hampshire,  altitudes  of,  1, 149. 

Winds,  table  of  observations  on  them,  made  during  twenty-six  voyages  to  and  from  Europe,  II,  140.  Westerly 
winds  prevailed  more  than  half  the  time  during  the  preceding  voyages,  143.  Table  of  observations 
made  at  Washington  city,  437. 

Wistar,  Caspar,  observations  on  those  processes  of  the  ethmoid  bone,  which  originally  form  the  sphenoidal 
sinuses,  I,  371.  An  account  of  two  heads  found  in  a  morass  called  the  Big  Bone  Lick,  375.  Ac- 
count of  a  case  of  disease,  in  which  one  side  of  the  thorax  was  at  rest,  while  the  other  performed 
the  motions  of  respiration  in  the  usual  way,  I,  381. 

Wood  and  coal,  experiments  on  the  heat  evolved  by  their  combustion,  III,  1.  Shell-bark  hickory  taken  as  the 
standard  in  the  above  experiments,  being  of  greater  weight  than  any  other,  an<l  disengaging  in  its 
combustion  an  equal  quantity  of  heat  from  any  given  weight,  21.  Method  of  ascertaining  the  spe- 
cific gravity  of  wood,  29.  Method  of  obtaining  the  product  of  charcoal,  31.  The  same  practised 
successfully  on  a  large  scale,  33.  The  density  or  durability  of  the  different  woods,  apparently  not 
to  be  attributed  to  the  quantity  of  carbon  they  contain,  36. 

Wurgelans  of  Africa,  observations  on  their  language,  manners,  &c.,  IV,  23.  Identical  with  the  Melano- 
Ga;tulians  of  Ptolemy,  IV,  23. 

Wyoming,  Indian  name  of,  IV,  361. 

Xantholinus  cephalus,  IV,  452. 

emmesus,  IV,  452. 

hamatus,  IV,  453.  ^ 

Xylomacea,  order  of  fungi,  IV,  249. 

yellow- stone  river,  fossil  bone  found  near,  IV,  405  and  403. 
Tenite,  of  Rhode  Island,  notice  of  a  new  crystalline  form  of,  II,  478. 

Zeisberger,  Rev.  David,  a  grammar  of  the  language  of  the  Lenni  Lenape  or  Delaware  Indians,  III,  65.     Notice 

respecting  him  by  P.  S.  Duponceau,  86. 
Zinc,  fusing  temperature  of,  I,  169. 
Zythia,  synopsis  of  N.  American  species,  IV,  247. 


THE  END.